Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Geographical
Distribution of Animals, Volume 2
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will
have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
this eBook.
Title: The Geographical Distribution of Animals, Volume 2
Author: Alfred Russel Wallace
Release date: February 6, 2018 [eBook #56507]
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/56507
Credits: Produced by Keith Edkins, MWS and the Online Distributed
Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
produced from images generously made available by The
Internet Archive)
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS, VOLUME 2 ***
Transcriber's The Errata (after the List of Plates) have been worked
note: into the main text and appear like this. All other
apparent mistakes have been retained as printed.
Distribution of Animals, Volume 2
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will
have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
this eBook.
Title: The Geographical Distribution of Animals, Volume 2
Author: Alfred Russel Wallace
Release date: February 6, 2018 [eBook #56507]
Language: English
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/56507
Credits: Produced by Keith Edkins, MWS and the Online Distributed
Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
produced from images generously made available by The
Internet Archive)
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS, VOLUME 2 ***
Transcriber's The Errata (after the List of Plates) have been worked
note: into the main text and appear like this. All other
apparent mistakes have been retained as printed.
Page 4
THE GEOGRAPHICAL
DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS
WITH A STUDY OF
THE RELATIONS OF LIVING AND EXTINCT FAUNAS
AS ELUCIDATING THE
PAST CHANGES OF THE EARTH'S SURFACE.
BY
ALFRED RUSSEL WALLACE,
AUTHOR OF "THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO," ETC.
WITH MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS.
IN TWO VOLUMES.—VOLUME II.
London:
MACMILLAN AND CO.
1876.
[The Right of Translation and Reproduction is Reserved.]
LONDON:
R. CLAY, SONS, AND TAYLOR, PRINTERS,
BREAD STREET HILL.
DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS
WITH A STUDY OF
THE RELATIONS OF LIVING AND EXTINCT FAUNAS
AS ELUCIDATING THE
PAST CHANGES OF THE EARTH'S SURFACE.
BY
ALFRED RUSSEL WALLACE,
AUTHOR OF "THE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO," ETC.
WITH MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS.
IN TWO VOLUMES.—VOLUME II.
London:
MACMILLAN AND CO.
1876.
[The Right of Translation and Reproduction is Reserved.]
LONDON:
R. CLAY, SONS, AND TAYLOR, PRINTERS,
BREAD STREET HILL.
Page 5
CONTENTS OF THE SECOND VOLUME.
PART III. (continued).
ZOOLOGICAL GEOGRAPHY: A
REVIEW OF THE CHIEF FORMS
OF ANIMAL LIFE IN THE
SEVERAL REGIONS AND SUB-
REGIONS, WITH THE
INDICATIONS THEY AFFORD OF
GEOGRAPHICAL MUTATIONS.
CHAPTER XIV.
THE NEOTROPICAL REGION.
1-113
General Zoological Features of the
Neotropical Region (p. 5)—
Distinctive Characters of Neotropical
Mammalia (p. 6)—Of Neotropical
Birds (p. 7)—Neotropical Reptiles (p.
9)—Fresh-water Fishes (p. 12)—
Insects (p. 13)—Coleoptera (p. 15)—
Land Shells (p. 19)—Marine Shells
(p. 20)—Brazilian Sub-region (p. 21)
—Its Mammalia (p. 23)—Its Birds (p.
24)—Islands of Tropical South
America, Galapagos (p. 29)—Chilian
Sub-region (p. 36)—Birds (p. 38)—
Reptiles and Amphibia (p. 40)—
Fresh-water Fishes (p. 42)—
Lepidoptera (p. 42)—Coleoptera (p.
44)—Islands of South Temperate
America (p. 49)—Mexican Sub-
region (p. 51)—Mammalia and Birds
PART III. (continued).
ZOOLOGICAL GEOGRAPHY: A
REVIEW OF THE CHIEF FORMS
OF ANIMAL LIFE IN THE
SEVERAL REGIONS AND SUB-
REGIONS, WITH THE
INDICATIONS THEY AFFORD OF
GEOGRAPHICAL MUTATIONS.
CHAPTER XIV.
THE NEOTROPICAL REGION.
1-113
General Zoological Features of the
Neotropical Region (p. 5)—
Distinctive Characters of Neotropical
Mammalia (p. 6)—Of Neotropical
Birds (p. 7)—Neotropical Reptiles (p.
9)—Fresh-water Fishes (p. 12)—
Insects (p. 13)—Coleoptera (p. 15)—
Land Shells (p. 19)—Marine Shells
(p. 20)—Brazilian Sub-region (p. 21)
—Its Mammalia (p. 23)—Its Birds (p.
24)—Islands of Tropical South
America, Galapagos (p. 29)—Chilian
Sub-region (p. 36)—Birds (p. 38)—
Reptiles and Amphibia (p. 40)—
Fresh-water Fishes (p. 42)—
Lepidoptera (p. 42)—Coleoptera (p.
44)—Islands of South Temperate
America (p. 49)—Mexican Sub-
region (p. 51)—Mammalia and Birds
Page 6
(p. 52)—Reptiles and Fishes (p. 54)
—Insects (p. 55)—Relations of the
Mexican Sub-region to the North and
South American Continents (p. 57)—
Islands of the Mexican Sub-region (p.
59)—The Antillean Sub-region (p.
60)—Its Mammalia (p. 62)—Its Birds
(p. 64)—Table of the Resident Land
Birds of the Antilles (p. 68)—Reptiles
(p. 72)—Insects (p. 73)—Land Shells
(p. 75)—Past History of the Antilles
(p. 78)—Summary of the Past History
of the Neotropical Region (p. 80)—
Table I. Families of Animals
inhabiting the Neotropical Region (p.
85)—Table II. Genera of Terrestrial
Mammalia and Birds of the
Neotropical Region (p. 91)
CHAPTER XV.
THE NEARCTIC REGION.
114-153
Zoological Characteristics of the
Nearctic Region (p. 115)—List of
Typical Nearctic Genera of Land
Birds (p. 118)—Summary of Nearctic
Vertebrata (p. 120)—Insects (p. 122)
—Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca
(p. 124)—The Californian Sub-region
(p. 127)—The Rocky Mountain Sub-
region (p. 129)—The Alleghany Sub-
region (p. 131)—The Bermudas (p.
134)—The Canadian Sub-region (p.
135)—Greenland (p. 138)—Table I.
Families of Animals inhabiting the
Nearctic Region (p. 140)—Table II.
—Insects (p. 55)—Relations of the
Mexican Sub-region to the North and
South American Continents (p. 57)—
Islands of the Mexican Sub-region (p.
59)—The Antillean Sub-region (p.
60)—Its Mammalia (p. 62)—Its Birds
(p. 64)—Table of the Resident Land
Birds of the Antilles (p. 68)—Reptiles
(p. 72)—Insects (p. 73)—Land Shells
(p. 75)—Past History of the Antilles
(p. 78)—Summary of the Past History
of the Neotropical Region (p. 80)—
Table I. Families of Animals
inhabiting the Neotropical Region (p.
85)—Table II. Genera of Terrestrial
Mammalia and Birds of the
Neotropical Region (p. 91)
CHAPTER XV.
THE NEARCTIC REGION.
114-153
Zoological Characteristics of the
Nearctic Region (p. 115)—List of
Typical Nearctic Genera of Land
Birds (p. 118)—Summary of Nearctic
Vertebrata (p. 120)—Insects (p. 122)
—Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca
(p. 124)—The Californian Sub-region
(p. 127)—The Rocky Mountain Sub-
region (p. 129)—The Alleghany Sub-
region (p. 131)—The Bermudas (p.
134)—The Canadian Sub-region (p.
135)—Greenland (p. 138)—Table I.
Families of Animals inhabiting the
Nearctic Region (p. 140)—Table II.
Page 7
Genera of Terrestrial Mammalia and
Birds of the Nearctic Region (p. 145)
CHAPTER XVI.
SUMMARY OF THE PAST CHANGES AND
GENERAL RELATIONS OF THE SEVERAL
REGIONS
PART IV.
GEOGRAPHICAL ZOOLOGY: A
SYSTEMATIC SKETCH OF THE
CHIEF FAMILIES OF LAND
ANIMALS IN THEIR
GEOGRAPHICAL RELATIONS.
Introduction 167-169
CHAPTER XVII.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FAMILIES AND
GENERA OF MAMMALIA.
170-254
Primates (p. 170)—General Remarks on
the Distribution of Primates (p. 179)
—Chiroptera (p. 181)—Remarks on
the Distribution of Chiroptera (p.
185)—Insectivora (p. 186)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of
Insectivora (p. 191)—Carnivora (p.
192)—General Remarks on the
Distribution of the Carnivora (p. 204)
—Cetacea (p. 207)—Sirenia (p. 210)
—Ungulata (p. 211)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of the
Ungulata (p. 226)—Proboscidea (p.
Birds of the Nearctic Region (p. 145)
CHAPTER XVI.
SUMMARY OF THE PAST CHANGES AND
GENERAL RELATIONS OF THE SEVERAL
REGIONS
PART IV.
GEOGRAPHICAL ZOOLOGY: A
SYSTEMATIC SKETCH OF THE
CHIEF FAMILIES OF LAND
ANIMALS IN THEIR
GEOGRAPHICAL RELATIONS.
Introduction 167-169
CHAPTER XVII.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FAMILIES AND
GENERA OF MAMMALIA.
170-254
Primates (p. 170)—General Remarks on
the Distribution of Primates (p. 179)
—Chiroptera (p. 181)—Remarks on
the Distribution of Chiroptera (p.
185)—Insectivora (p. 186)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of
Insectivora (p. 191)—Carnivora (p.
192)—General Remarks on the
Distribution of the Carnivora (p. 204)
—Cetacea (p. 207)—Sirenia (p. 210)
—Ungulata (p. 211)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of the
Ungulata (p. 226)—Proboscidea (p.
Page 8
227)—Hyracoidea (p. 228)—
Rodentia (p. 229)—General Remarks
on the Distribution of the Rodentia (p.
243)—Edentata (p. 244)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of the
Edentata (p. 247)—Marsupialia (p.
248)—General Remarks on the
Distribution of Marsupialia (p. 253)
—Monotremata (p. 253)
CHAPTER XVII.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FAMILIES AND
GENERA OF BIRDS.
255-371
Passeres (p. 255)—General Remarks on
the Distribution of the Passeres (p.
299)—Picariæ (p. 302)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of the
Picariæ (p. 322)—Psittaci (p. 324)—
General Remarks on the Distribution
of the Psittaci (p. 329)—Columbæ (p.
331)—General Remarks on the
Distribution of the Columbæ (p. 335)
—Gallinæ (p. 337)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of
Gallinæ (p. 344)—Opisthocomi (p.
345)—Accipitres (p. 345)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of the
Accipitres (p. 351)—Grallæ (p. 351)
—General Remarks on the
Distribution of the Grallæ (p. 362)—
Anseres (p. 363)—General Remarks
on the Distribution of the Anseres (p.
367)—Struthiones (p. 368)—
Struthious Birds recently Extinct (p.
369)—General Remarks on the
Rodentia (p. 229)—General Remarks
on the Distribution of the Rodentia (p.
243)—Edentata (p. 244)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of the
Edentata (p. 247)—Marsupialia (p.
248)—General Remarks on the
Distribution of Marsupialia (p. 253)
—Monotremata (p. 253)
CHAPTER XVII.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FAMILIES AND
GENERA OF BIRDS.
255-371
Passeres (p. 255)—General Remarks on
the Distribution of the Passeres (p.
299)—Picariæ (p. 302)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of the
Picariæ (p. 322)—Psittaci (p. 324)—
General Remarks on the Distribution
of the Psittaci (p. 329)—Columbæ (p.
331)—General Remarks on the
Distribution of the Columbæ (p. 335)
—Gallinæ (p. 337)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of
Gallinæ (p. 344)—Opisthocomi (p.
345)—Accipitres (p. 345)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of the
Accipitres (p. 351)—Grallæ (p. 351)
—General Remarks on the
Distribution of the Grallæ (p. 362)—
Anseres (p. 363)—General Remarks
on the Distribution of the Anseres (p.
367)—Struthiones (p. 368)—
Struthious Birds recently Extinct (p.
369)—General Remarks on the
Page 9
Distribution of the Struthiones (p.
370)
CHAPTER XIX.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FAMILIES AND
GENERA OF REPTILES AND AMPHIBIA.
Ophidia (p. 372)—General Remarks on
the Distribution of Ophidia (p. 386)—
Lacertilia (p. 388)—General Remarks
on the Distribution of Lacertilia (p.
403)—Rhyncocephalina (p. 405)—
Crocodilia (p. 405)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of
Crocodilia (p. 406)—Chelonia (p.
407)—Remarks on the Distribution of
Chelonia (p. 410)—Amphibia,
Pseudophidia (p. 411)—Urodela (p.
411)—Anura (p. 414)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of
Amphibia (p. 422) 372-423
CHAPTER XX.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FAMILIES OF
FISHES, WITH THE RANGE OF SUCH
GENERA AS INHABIT FRESH WATER.
424-467
Acanthopterygii (p. 424)—-
Acanthopterygii Pharyngognathi (p.
437)—Anacanthini (p. 439)—
Physostomi (p. 441)—Lophobranchii
(p. 456)—Plectognathi (p. 457)—
Sirenoidei (p. 458)—Ganoidei (p.
458)—Chondropterygii (p. 460)—
Cyclostomata (p. 463)—Leptocardii
370)
CHAPTER XIX.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FAMILIES AND
GENERA OF REPTILES AND AMPHIBIA.
Ophidia (p. 372)—General Remarks on
the Distribution of Ophidia (p. 386)—
Lacertilia (p. 388)—General Remarks
on the Distribution of Lacertilia (p.
403)—Rhyncocephalina (p. 405)—
Crocodilia (p. 405)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of
Crocodilia (p. 406)—Chelonia (p.
407)—Remarks on the Distribution of
Chelonia (p. 410)—Amphibia,
Pseudophidia (p. 411)—Urodela (p.
411)—Anura (p. 414)—General
Remarks on the Distribution of
Amphibia (p. 422) 372-423
CHAPTER XX.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FAMILIES OF
FISHES, WITH THE RANGE OF SUCH
GENERA AS INHABIT FRESH WATER.
424-467
Acanthopterygii (p. 424)—-
Acanthopterygii Pharyngognathi (p.
437)—Anacanthini (p. 439)—
Physostomi (p. 441)—Lophobranchii
(p. 456)—Plectognathi (p. 457)—
Sirenoidei (p. 458)—Ganoidei (p.
458)—Chondropterygii (p. 460)—
Cyclostomata (p. 463)—Leptocardii
Page 10
(p. 464)—Remarks on the
Distribution of Fishes (p. 464)
CHAPTER XXI.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF SOME OF THE MORE
IMPORTANT FAMILIES AND GENERA OF
INSECTS.
Lepidoptera (p. 470)—General Remarks
on the Distribution of the Diurnal
Lepidoptera and Sphingidea (p. 483)
—Coleoptera (p. 486)—Cicindelidæ
(p. 486)—Carabidæ (p. 488)—
Lucanidæ (p. 492)—Cetoniidæ (p.
494)—Buprestidæ (p. 495)—
Longicornia (p. 498)—General
Observations on the Distribution of
Coleoptera (p. 502) 468-503
CHAPTER XXII.
AN OUTLINE OF THE GEOGRAPHICAL
DISTRIBUTION OF MOLLUSCA.
Cephalopoda (p. 505)—Gasteropoda (p.
507)—Pulmonifera (p. 512)—
General Observations on the
Distribution of Land Mollusca (p.
522)—Pteropoda (p. 531)—
Brachiopoda (p. 532)—Conchifera (p.
533)—General Remarks on the
Distribution of Marine Mollusca (p.
537) 504-539
CHAPTER XXIII.
Distribution of Fishes (p. 464)
CHAPTER XXI.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF SOME OF THE MORE
IMPORTANT FAMILIES AND GENERA OF
INSECTS.
Lepidoptera (p. 470)—General Remarks
on the Distribution of the Diurnal
Lepidoptera and Sphingidea (p. 483)
—Coleoptera (p. 486)—Cicindelidæ
(p. 486)—Carabidæ (p. 488)—
Lucanidæ (p. 492)—Cetoniidæ (p.
494)—Buprestidæ (p. 495)—
Longicornia (p. 498)—General
Observations on the Distribution of
Coleoptera (p. 502) 468-503
CHAPTER XXII.
AN OUTLINE OF THE GEOGRAPHICAL
DISTRIBUTION OF MOLLUSCA.
Cephalopoda (p. 505)—Gasteropoda (p.
507)—Pulmonifera (p. 512)—
General Observations on the
Distribution of Land Mollusca (p.
522)—Pteropoda (p. 531)—
Brachiopoda (p. 532)—Conchifera (p.
533)—General Remarks on the
Distribution of Marine Mollusca (p.
537) 504-539
CHAPTER XXIII.
Page 11
SUMMARY OF THE DISTRIBUTION AND
LINES OF MIGRATION OF THE SEVERAL
CLASSES OF ANIMALS.
Mammalia (p. 540)—Lines of Migration
of the Mammalia (p. 544)—Birds (p.
545)—Reptiles (p. 547)—Amphibia
(p. 548)—Fresh-water Fishes (p. 549)
—Insects (p. 550)—Terrestrial
Mollusca (p. 551)—Conclusion (p.
552) 540-553
General Index 557
MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOL. II.
To face
page
1. Map of the Neotropical Region 3
Plate XIV. A Brazilian Forest with Characteristic 24
2. Mammalia
Plate XV. A Scene on the Upper Amazon, with some 28
3. Characteristic Birds
Plate XVI. The Chilian Andes, with Characteristic 40
4. Animals
Plate XVII. A Scene in Cuba, with Characteristic 67
5. Animals
6. Map of the Nearctic Region 115
LINES OF MIGRATION OF THE SEVERAL
CLASSES OF ANIMALS.
Mammalia (p. 540)—Lines of Migration
of the Mammalia (p. 544)—Birds (p.
545)—Reptiles (p. 547)—Amphibia
(p. 548)—Fresh-water Fishes (p. 549)
—Insects (p. 550)—Terrestrial
Mollusca (p. 551)—Conclusion (p.
552) 540-553
General Index 557
MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOL. II.
To face
page
1. Map of the Neotropical Region 3
Plate XIV. A Brazilian Forest with Characteristic 24
2. Mammalia
Plate XV. A Scene on the Upper Amazon, with some 28
3. Characteristic Birds
Plate XVI. The Chilian Andes, with Characteristic 40
4. Animals
Plate XVII. A Scene in Cuba, with Characteristic 67
5. Animals
6. Map of the Nearctic Region 115
Page 12
Plate XVIII. Scene in California with some 128
7. Characteristic Birds
Plate XIX. The North American Prairies with 130
8. Characteristic Mammalia
Plate XX. A Canadian Forest with Characteristic 136
9. Mammalia
ERRATA IN VOL. II.
As in Vol. I. mis-spellings are not given here, being mostly corrected in the
Index.
Page 111, No. 642, for 1 read 2.
" 111, No. 643, for 15 read 9.
" 267, line 7, add Borneo.
" 276, line 10, for 16 Genera read 11 Genera.
" " 8 lines from foot, for Drepanornis read Neodrepanis.
" 291, 5 lines from foot, for Sayornis read Empidias.
THE
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
OF ANIMALS.
PART III. (continued.)
7. Characteristic Birds
Plate XIX. The North American Prairies with 130
8. Characteristic Mammalia
Plate XX. A Canadian Forest with Characteristic 136
9. Mammalia
ERRATA IN VOL. II.
As in Vol. I. mis-spellings are not given here, being mostly corrected in the
Index.
Page 111, No. 642, for 1 read 2.
" 111, No. 643, for 15 read 9.
" 267, line 7, add Borneo.
" 276, line 10, for 16 Genera read 11 Genera.
" " 8 lines from foot, for Drepanornis read Neodrepanis.
" 291, 5 lines from foot, for Sayornis read Empidias.
THE
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
OF ANIMALS.
PART III. (continued.)
Page 13
ZOOLOGICAL GEOGRAPHY:
A REVIEW OF THE CHIEF FORMS OF ANIMAL LIFE IN THE SEVERAL REGIONS AND SUB-
REGIONS, WITH THE INDICATIONS THEY AFFORD OF GEOGRAPHICAL MUTATIONS.
A REVIEW OF THE CHIEF FORMS OF ANIMAL LIFE IN THE SEVERAL REGIONS AND SUB-
REGIONS, WITH THE INDICATIONS THEY AFFORD OF GEOGRAPHICAL MUTATIONS.
Page 14
CHAPTER XIV.
THE NEOTROPICAL REGION.
This region, comprehending not only South America but Tropical North
America and the Antilles, may be compared as to extent with the Ethiopian
region; but it is distinguished from all the other great zoological divisions of
the globe, by the small proportion of its surface occupied by deserts, by the
large proportion of its lowlands, and by the altogether unequalled extent and
luxuriance of its tropical forests. It further possesses a grand mountain
range, rivalling the Himalayas in altitude and far surpassing them in extent,
and which, being wholly situated within the region and running through
eighty degrees of latitude, offers a variety of conditions and an extent of
mountain slopes, of lofty plateaus and of deep valleys, which no other
tropical region can approach. It has a further advantage in a southward
prolongation far into the temperate zone, equivalent to a still greater
extension of its lofty plateaus; and this has, no doubt, aided the
development of the peculiar alpine forms of life which abound in the
southern Andes. The climate of this region is exceptionally favourable.
Owing to the lofty mountain range situated along its western margin, the
moisture-laden trade winds from the Atlantic have free access to the
interior. A sufficient proportion of this moisture reaches the higher slopes of
the Andes, where its condensation gives rise to innumerable streams, which
cut deep ravines and carry down such an amount of sediment, that they
have formed the vast plains of the Amazon, of Paraguay, and of the
Orinooko out of what were once, no doubt, arms of the sea, separating the
large islands of Guiana, Brazil, and the Andes. From these concurrent
favourable conditions, there has resulted that inexhaustible variety of
generic and specific forms with a somewhat limited range of family and
ordinal types, which characterise neotropical zoology to a degree nowhere
else to be met with.
Together with this variety and richness, there is a remarkable uniformity of
animal life over all the tropical continental portions of the region, so that its
division into sub-regions is a matter of some difficulty. There is, however,
no doubt about separating the West Indian islands as forming a well-marked
subdivision; characterised, not only by that poverty of forms which is a
THE NEOTROPICAL REGION.
This region, comprehending not only South America but Tropical North
America and the Antilles, may be compared as to extent with the Ethiopian
region; but it is distinguished from all the other great zoological divisions of
the globe, by the small proportion of its surface occupied by deserts, by the
large proportion of its lowlands, and by the altogether unequalled extent and
luxuriance of its tropical forests. It further possesses a grand mountain
range, rivalling the Himalayas in altitude and far surpassing them in extent,
and which, being wholly situated within the region and running through
eighty degrees of latitude, offers a variety of conditions and an extent of
mountain slopes, of lofty plateaus and of deep valleys, which no other
tropical region can approach. It has a further advantage in a southward
prolongation far into the temperate zone, equivalent to a still greater
extension of its lofty plateaus; and this has, no doubt, aided the
development of the peculiar alpine forms of life which abound in the
southern Andes. The climate of this region is exceptionally favourable.
Owing to the lofty mountain range situated along its western margin, the
moisture-laden trade winds from the Atlantic have free access to the
interior. A sufficient proportion of this moisture reaches the higher slopes of
the Andes, where its condensation gives rise to innumerable streams, which
cut deep ravines and carry down such an amount of sediment, that they
have formed the vast plains of the Amazon, of Paraguay, and of the
Orinooko out of what were once, no doubt, arms of the sea, separating the
large islands of Guiana, Brazil, and the Andes. From these concurrent
favourable conditions, there has resulted that inexhaustible variety of
generic and specific forms with a somewhat limited range of family and
ordinal types, which characterise neotropical zoology to a degree nowhere
else to be met with.
Together with this variety and richness, there is a remarkable uniformity of
animal life over all the tropical continental portions of the region, so that its
division into sub-regions is a matter of some difficulty. There is, however,
no doubt about separating the West Indian islands as forming a well-marked
subdivision; characterised, not only by that poverty of forms which is a
Page 15
general feature of ancient insular groups, but also by a number of peculiar
generic types, some of which are quite foreign to the remainder of the
region. We must exclude, however, the islands of Trinidad, Tobago, and a
few other small islands near the coast, which zoologically form a part of the
main land. Again, the South Temperate portion of the continent, together
with the high plateaus of the Andes to near the equator, form a well-marked
subdivision, characterised by a peculiar fauna, very distinct both positively
and negatively from that of the tropical lowland districts. The rest of
Tropical South America is so homogeneous in its forms of life that it cannot
be conveniently subdivided for the purposes of a work like the present.
There are, no doubt, considerable differences in various parts of its vast
area, due partly to its having been once separated into three or more islands,
in part to existing diversities of physical conditions; and more exact
knowledge may enable us to form several provinces or perhaps additional
sub-regions. A large proportion of the genera, however, when sufficiently
numerous in species, range over almost the whole extent of this sub-region
wherever the conditions are favourable. Even the Andes do not seem to
form such a barrier as has been supposed. North of the equator, where its
western slopes are moist and forest-clad, most of the genera are found on
both sides. To the south of this line its western valleys are arid and its lower
plains almost deserts; and thus the absence of a number of groups to which
verdant forests are essential, can be traced to the unsuitable conditions
rather than to the existence of the mountain barrier. All Tropical South
America, therefore, is here considered to form but one sub-region.
The portion of North America that lies within the tropics, closely resembles
the last sub-region in general zoological features. It possesses hardly any
positive distinctions; but there are several of a negative character, many
important groups being wholly confined to South America. On the other
hand many genera range into Mexico and Guatemala from the north, which
never reach South America; so that it is convenient to separate this district
as a sub-region, which forms, to some extent, a transition to the Nearctic
region.
General Zoological Features of the Neotropical Region.—Richness
combined with isolation is the predominant feature of Neotropical zoology,
and no other region can approach it in the number of its peculiar family and
generic types, some of which are quite foreign to the remainder of the
region. We must exclude, however, the islands of Trinidad, Tobago, and a
few other small islands near the coast, which zoologically form a part of the
main land. Again, the South Temperate portion of the continent, together
with the high plateaus of the Andes to near the equator, form a well-marked
subdivision, characterised by a peculiar fauna, very distinct both positively
and negatively from that of the tropical lowland districts. The rest of
Tropical South America is so homogeneous in its forms of life that it cannot
be conveniently subdivided for the purposes of a work like the present.
There are, no doubt, considerable differences in various parts of its vast
area, due partly to its having been once separated into three or more islands,
in part to existing diversities of physical conditions; and more exact
knowledge may enable us to form several provinces or perhaps additional
sub-regions. A large proportion of the genera, however, when sufficiently
numerous in species, range over almost the whole extent of this sub-region
wherever the conditions are favourable. Even the Andes do not seem to
form such a barrier as has been supposed. North of the equator, where its
western slopes are moist and forest-clad, most of the genera are found on
both sides. To the south of this line its western valleys are arid and its lower
plains almost deserts; and thus the absence of a number of groups to which
verdant forests are essential, can be traced to the unsuitable conditions
rather than to the existence of the mountain barrier. All Tropical South
America, therefore, is here considered to form but one sub-region.
The portion of North America that lies within the tropics, closely resembles
the last sub-region in general zoological features. It possesses hardly any
positive distinctions; but there are several of a negative character, many
important groups being wholly confined to South America. On the other
hand many genera range into Mexico and Guatemala from the north, which
never reach South America; so that it is convenient to separate this district
as a sub-region, which forms, to some extent, a transition to the Nearctic
region.
General Zoological Features of the Neotropical Region.—Richness
combined with isolation is the predominant feature of Neotropical zoology,
and no other region can approach it in the number of its peculiar family and
Page 16
generic types. It has eight families of Mammalia absolutely confined to it,
besides several others which are rare elsewhere. These consist of two
families of monkeys, Cebidæ and Hapalidæ, both abounding in genera and
species; the Phyllostomidæ, or blood-sucking bats; Chinchillidæ and
Caviidæ among rodents; besides the greater part of the Octodontidæ,
Echimyidæ and Cercolabidæ. Among edentata, it has Bradypodidæ, or
sloths, Dasypodidæ, or armadillos, and Myrmecophagidæ, or anteaters,
constituting nearly the entire order; while Procyonidæ, belonging to the
carnivora, and Didelphyidæ, a family of marsupials, only extend into the
Nearctic region. It has also many peculiar groups of carnivora and of
Muridæ, making a total of full a hundred genera confined to the region.
Hardly less remarkable is the absence of many wide-spread groups. With
the exception of one genus in the West Indian islands and a Sorex which
reaches Guatemala and Costa Rica, the Insectivora are wholly wanting; as
is also the extensive and wide-spread family of the Viverridæ. It has no
oxen or sheep, and indeed no form of ruminant except deer and llamas;
neither do its vast forests and grassy plains support a single form of non-
ruminant ungulate, except the tapir and the peccary.
Birds.—In birds, the Neotropical region is even richer and more isolated. It
possesses no less than 23 families wholly confined within its limits, with 7
others which only extend into the Nearctic region. The names of the
peculiar families are: Cærebidæ, or sugar-birds; Phytotomidæ, or plant-
cutters; Pipridæ, or manakins; Cotingidæ, or chatterers; Formicariidæ, or
ant-thrushes; Dendrocolaptidæ, or tree-creepers; Pteroptochidæ;
Rhamphastidæ, or toucans; Bucconidæ, or puff-birds; Galbulidæ, or
jacamas; Todidæ, or todies; Momotidæ, or motmots; Steatornithidæ, the
guacharo, or oil-bird; Cracidæ, or curassows; Tinamidæ, or tinamous;
Opisthocomidæ, the hoazin; Thinocoridæ; Cariamidæ; Aramidæ;
Psophiidæ, or trumpeters; Eurypygidæ, or sun-bitterns; and Palamedeidæ,
or horned-screamers. The seven which it possesses in common with North
America are: Vireonidæ, or greenlets; Mniotiltidæ, or wood-warblers;
Tanagridæ, or tanagers; Icteridæ, or hang-nests; Tyrannidæ, or tyrant-
shrikes; Trochilidæ, or humming-birds; and Conuridæ, or macaws. Most of
these families abound in genera and species, and many are of immense
extent; such as Trochilidæ, with 115 genera, and nearly 400 species;
Tyrannidæ, with more than 60 genera and nearly 300 species; Tanagridæ,
besides several others which are rare elsewhere. These consist of two
families of monkeys, Cebidæ and Hapalidæ, both abounding in genera and
species; the Phyllostomidæ, or blood-sucking bats; Chinchillidæ and
Caviidæ among rodents; besides the greater part of the Octodontidæ,
Echimyidæ and Cercolabidæ. Among edentata, it has Bradypodidæ, or
sloths, Dasypodidæ, or armadillos, and Myrmecophagidæ, or anteaters,
constituting nearly the entire order; while Procyonidæ, belonging to the
carnivora, and Didelphyidæ, a family of marsupials, only extend into the
Nearctic region. It has also many peculiar groups of carnivora and of
Muridæ, making a total of full a hundred genera confined to the region.
Hardly less remarkable is the absence of many wide-spread groups. With
the exception of one genus in the West Indian islands and a Sorex which
reaches Guatemala and Costa Rica, the Insectivora are wholly wanting; as
is also the extensive and wide-spread family of the Viverridæ. It has no
oxen or sheep, and indeed no form of ruminant except deer and llamas;
neither do its vast forests and grassy plains support a single form of non-
ruminant ungulate, except the tapir and the peccary.
Birds.—In birds, the Neotropical region is even richer and more isolated. It
possesses no less than 23 families wholly confined within its limits, with 7
others which only extend into the Nearctic region. The names of the
peculiar families are: Cærebidæ, or sugar-birds; Phytotomidæ, or plant-
cutters; Pipridæ, or manakins; Cotingidæ, or chatterers; Formicariidæ, or
ant-thrushes; Dendrocolaptidæ, or tree-creepers; Pteroptochidæ;
Rhamphastidæ, or toucans; Bucconidæ, or puff-birds; Galbulidæ, or
jacamas; Todidæ, or todies; Momotidæ, or motmots; Steatornithidæ, the
guacharo, or oil-bird; Cracidæ, or curassows; Tinamidæ, or tinamous;
Opisthocomidæ, the hoazin; Thinocoridæ; Cariamidæ; Aramidæ;
Psophiidæ, or trumpeters; Eurypygidæ, or sun-bitterns; and Palamedeidæ,
or horned-screamers. The seven which it possesses in common with North
America are: Vireonidæ, or greenlets; Mniotiltidæ, or wood-warblers;
Tanagridæ, or tanagers; Icteridæ, or hang-nests; Tyrannidæ, or tyrant-
shrikes; Trochilidæ, or humming-birds; and Conuridæ, or macaws. Most of
these families abound in genera and species, and many are of immense
extent; such as Trochilidæ, with 115 genera, and nearly 400 species;
Tyrannidæ, with more than 60 genera and nearly 300 species; Tanagridæ,
Page 17
with 43 genera and 300 species; Dendrocolaptidæ with 43 genera and more
than 200 species; and many other very large groups. There are nearly 600
genera peculiar to the Neotropical region; but in using this number as a
basis of comparison with other regions we must remember, that owing to
several ornithologists having made the birds of South America a special
study, they have perhaps been more minutely subdivided than in the case of
other entire tropical regions.
Distinctive Characters of Neotropical Mammalia.—It is important also to
consider the kind and amount of difference between the various animal
forms of this region and of the Old World. To begin with the Quadrumana,
all the larger American monkeys (Cebidæ) differ from every Old World
group in the possession of an additional molar tooth in each jaw; and it is in
this group alone that the tail is developed into a prehensile organ of
wonderful power, adapting the animals to a purely arboreal life. Four of the
genera, comprising more than half the species, have the prehensile tail, the
remainder having this organ either short, or lax as in the Old World
monkeys. Other differences from Old World apes, are the possession of a
broad nasal septum, and a less opposable thumb; and the absence of cheek-
pouches, ischial callosities, and a bony ear-tube. The Hapalidæ, or
marmozets, agree with the Cebidæ in all these characters, but have others in
addition which still more widely separate them from the Simiidæ; such as
an additional premolar tooth, acute claws, and thumb not at all opposable;
so that the whole group of American monkeys are radically different from
the remainder of the order.
The Procyonidæ are a distinct family of Carnivora, which make up for the
scarcity of Mustelidæ in South America. The Suidæ are represented by the
very distinct genus Dicotyles (Peccary) forming a separate sub-family, and
differing from all other genera in their dentition, the absence of tail and of
one of the toes of the hind feet, the possession of a dorsal gland, and only
two mammæ. The rodents are represented by the Chinchillidæ and Caviidæ,
the latter comprising the largest animals in the order. The Edentata are
almost wholly confined to this region; and the three families of the sloths
(Bradypodidæ), armadillos (Dasypodidæ), and ant-eaters
(Myrmecophagidæ), are widely separated in structure from any Old World
animals. Lastly, we have the opossums (Didelphyidæ), a family of
than 200 species; and many other very large groups. There are nearly 600
genera peculiar to the Neotropical region; but in using this number as a
basis of comparison with other regions we must remember, that owing to
several ornithologists having made the birds of South America a special
study, they have perhaps been more minutely subdivided than in the case of
other entire tropical regions.
Distinctive Characters of Neotropical Mammalia.—It is important also to
consider the kind and amount of difference between the various animal
forms of this region and of the Old World. To begin with the Quadrumana,
all the larger American monkeys (Cebidæ) differ from every Old World
group in the possession of an additional molar tooth in each jaw; and it is in
this group alone that the tail is developed into a prehensile organ of
wonderful power, adapting the animals to a purely arboreal life. Four of the
genera, comprising more than half the species, have the prehensile tail, the
remainder having this organ either short, or lax as in the Old World
monkeys. Other differences from Old World apes, are the possession of a
broad nasal septum, and a less opposable thumb; and the absence of cheek-
pouches, ischial callosities, and a bony ear-tube. The Hapalidæ, or
marmozets, agree with the Cebidæ in all these characters, but have others in
addition which still more widely separate them from the Simiidæ; such as
an additional premolar tooth, acute claws, and thumb not at all opposable;
so that the whole group of American monkeys are radically different from
the remainder of the order.
The Procyonidæ are a distinct family of Carnivora, which make up for the
scarcity of Mustelidæ in South America. The Suidæ are represented by the
very distinct genus Dicotyles (Peccary) forming a separate sub-family, and
differing from all other genera in their dentition, the absence of tail and of
one of the toes of the hind feet, the possession of a dorsal gland, and only
two mammæ. The rodents are represented by the Chinchillidæ and Caviidæ,
the latter comprising the largest animals in the order. The Edentata are
almost wholly confined to this region; and the three families of the sloths
(Bradypodidæ), armadillos (Dasypodidæ), and ant-eaters
(Myrmecophagidæ), are widely separated in structure from any Old World
animals. Lastly, we have the opossums (Didelphyidæ), a family of
Page 18
marsupials, but having no close affinity to any of the numerous Australian
forms of that order. We have already arrived at the conclusion that the
presence of marsupials in South America is not due to any direct
transference from Australia, but that their introduction is comparatively
recent, and that they came from the Old World by way of North America
(vol. i., p. 155). But the numerous and deep-seated peculiarities of many
other of its mammalia, would indicate a very remote origin; and a long-
continued isolation of South America from the rest of the world is required,
in order to account for the preservation and development of so many
distinct groups of comparatively low-type quadrupeds.
Distinctive Characters of Neotropical Birds.—The birds which are
especially characteristic of this region, present similar distinctive features.
In the enormous group of Passerine birds which, though comprising nearly
three-fourths of the entire class, yet presents hardly any well-marked
differences of structure by which it can be subdivided—the families
confined to America are, for the most part, more closely related to each
other than to the Old World groups. The ten families forming the group of
"Formicaroid Passeres," in our arrangement (vol. i., p. 94), are characterised
by the absence of singing muscles in the larynx, and also by an unusual
development of the first primary quill; and seven of this series of families
(which are considered to be less perfectly developed than the great mass of
Old World passeres) are exclusively American, the three belonging to the
Eastern hemisphere being of small extent. Another group of ten families—
our "Tanagroid Passeres," are characterised by the abortion or very
rudimentary condition of the first quill; and of these, five are exclusively
American, and have numerous genera and species, while only two are non-
American, and these are of small extent. On the other hand the "Turdoid
Passeres," consisting of 23 families and comprising all the true "singing-
birds," is poorly represented in America; no family being exclusively
Neotropical, and only three being at all fully represented in South America,
though they comprise the great mass of the Old World passeres. These
peculiarities, which group together whole series of families of American
birds, point to early separation and long isolation, no less surely than the
more remarkable structural divergences presented by the Neotropical
mammalia.
forms of that order. We have already arrived at the conclusion that the
presence of marsupials in South America is not due to any direct
transference from Australia, but that their introduction is comparatively
recent, and that they came from the Old World by way of North America
(vol. i., p. 155). But the numerous and deep-seated peculiarities of many
other of its mammalia, would indicate a very remote origin; and a long-
continued isolation of South America from the rest of the world is required,
in order to account for the preservation and development of so many
distinct groups of comparatively low-type quadrupeds.
Distinctive Characters of Neotropical Birds.—The birds which are
especially characteristic of this region, present similar distinctive features.
In the enormous group of Passerine birds which, though comprising nearly
three-fourths of the entire class, yet presents hardly any well-marked
differences of structure by which it can be subdivided—the families
confined to America are, for the most part, more closely related to each
other than to the Old World groups. The ten families forming the group of
"Formicaroid Passeres," in our arrangement (vol. i., p. 94), are characterised
by the absence of singing muscles in the larynx, and also by an unusual
development of the first primary quill; and seven of this series of families
(which are considered to be less perfectly developed than the great mass of
Old World passeres) are exclusively American, the three belonging to the
Eastern hemisphere being of small extent. Another group of ten families—
our "Tanagroid Passeres," are characterised by the abortion or very
rudimentary condition of the first quill; and of these, five are exclusively
American, and have numerous genera and species, while only two are non-
American, and these are of small extent. On the other hand the "Turdoid
Passeres," consisting of 23 families and comprising all the true "singing-
birds," is poorly represented in America; no family being exclusively
Neotropical, and only three being at all fully represented in South America,
though they comprise the great mass of the Old World passeres. These
peculiarities, which group together whole series of families of American
birds, point to early separation and long isolation, no less surely than the
more remarkable structural divergences presented by the Neotropical
mammalia.
Page 19
In the Picariæ, we have first, the toucans (Rhamphastidæ); an extraordinary
and beautiful family, whose enormous gaily-coloured bills and long
feathered tongues, separate them widely from all other birds. The Galbulidæ
or jacamars, the motmots (Momotidæ), and the curious little todies
(Todidæ) of the Antilles, are also isolated groups. But most remarkable of
all is the wonderful family of the humming-birds, which ranges over all
America from Tierra del Fuego to Sitka, and from the level plains of the
Amazon to above the snow-line on the Andes; which abounds both in
genera, species, and individuals, and is yet strictly confined to this continent
alone! How vast must have been the time required to develop those
beautiful and highly specialized forms out of some ancestral swift-like type;
how complete and long continued the isolation of their birthplace to have
allowed of their modification and adaptation to such divergent climates and
conditions, yet never to have permitted them to establish themselves in the
other continents. No naturalist can study in detail this single family of birds,
without being profoundly impressed with the vast antiquity of the South
American continent, its long isolation from the rest of the land surface of
the globe, and the persistence through countless ages of all the conditions
requisite for the development and increase of varied forms of animal life.
Passing on to the parrot tribe, we find the peculiar family of the Conuridæ,
of which the macaws are the highest development, very largely represented.
It is in the gallinaceous birds however that we again meet with wholly
isolated groups. The Cracidæ, including the curassows and guans, have no
immediate relations with any of the Old World families. Professor Huxley
considers them to approach nearest to (though still very remote from) the
Australian megapodes; and here, as in the case of the marsupials, we
probably have divergent modifications of an ancient type once widely
distributed, not a direct communication between the southern continents.
The Tinamidæ or tinamous, point to a still more remote antiquity, since
their nearest allies are believed to be the Struthiones or ostrich tribe, of
which a few representatives are scattered widely over the globe. The hoazin
of Guiana (Opisthocomus) is another isolated form, not only the type of a
family, but perhaps of an extinct order of birds. Passing on to the waders,
we have a number of peculiar family types, all indicative of antiquity and
isolation. The Cariama of the plains of Brazil, a bird somewhat
intermediate between a bustard and a hawk, is one of these; the elegant
and beautiful family, whose enormous gaily-coloured bills and long
feathered tongues, separate them widely from all other birds. The Galbulidæ
or jacamars, the motmots (Momotidæ), and the curious little todies
(Todidæ) of the Antilles, are also isolated groups. But most remarkable of
all is the wonderful family of the humming-birds, which ranges over all
America from Tierra del Fuego to Sitka, and from the level plains of the
Amazon to above the snow-line on the Andes; which abounds both in
genera, species, and individuals, and is yet strictly confined to this continent
alone! How vast must have been the time required to develop those
beautiful and highly specialized forms out of some ancestral swift-like type;
how complete and long continued the isolation of their birthplace to have
allowed of their modification and adaptation to such divergent climates and
conditions, yet never to have permitted them to establish themselves in the
other continents. No naturalist can study in detail this single family of birds,
without being profoundly impressed with the vast antiquity of the South
American continent, its long isolation from the rest of the land surface of
the globe, and the persistence through countless ages of all the conditions
requisite for the development and increase of varied forms of animal life.
Passing on to the parrot tribe, we find the peculiar family of the Conuridæ,
of which the macaws are the highest development, very largely represented.
It is in the gallinaceous birds however that we again meet with wholly
isolated groups. The Cracidæ, including the curassows and guans, have no
immediate relations with any of the Old World families. Professor Huxley
considers them to approach nearest to (though still very remote from) the
Australian megapodes; and here, as in the case of the marsupials, we
probably have divergent modifications of an ancient type once widely
distributed, not a direct communication between the southern continents.
The Tinamidæ or tinamous, point to a still more remote antiquity, since
their nearest allies are believed to be the Struthiones or ostrich tribe, of
which a few representatives are scattered widely over the globe. The hoazin
of Guiana (Opisthocomus) is another isolated form, not only the type of a
family, but perhaps of an extinct order of birds. Passing on to the waders,
we have a number of peculiar family types, all indicative of antiquity and
isolation. The Cariama of the plains of Brazil, a bird somewhat
intermediate between a bustard and a hawk, is one of these; the elegant
Page 20
Psophia or trumpeter of the Amazonian forests; the beautiful little sun-
bittern of the river banks (Eurypyga); and the horned screamers
(Palamedea), all form distinct and isolated families of birds, to which the
Old World offers nothing directly comparable.
Reptiles.—The Neotropical region is very rich in varied forms of reptile
life, and the species are very abundant. It has six altogether peculiar
families, and several others which only range into the Nearctic region, as
well as a very large number of peculiar or characteristic genera. As the
orders of reptiles differ considerably in their distributional features, they
must be considered separately.
The snakes (Ophidia) differ from all other reptiles, and from most other
orders of vertebrates, in the wide average distribution of the families; so
that such an isolated region as the Neotropical possesses no peculiar family,
nor even one confined to the American continent. The families of most
restricted range are—the Scytalidæ, only found elsewhere in the Philippine
islands; the Amblycephalidæ, common to the Oriental and Neotropical
regions; and the Tortricidæ, most abundant in the Oriental region, but found
also in the Austro-Malay islands and Tropical South America. Sixteen of the
families of snakes occur in the region, the Colubridæ, Amblycephalidæ, and
Pythonidæ, being those which are best represented by peculiar forms. There
are 25 peculiar or characteristic genera, the most important being Dromicus
(Colubridæ); Boa, Epicrates, and Ungalia (Pythonidæ); Elaps (Elapidæ);
and Craspedocephalus (Crotalidæ).
The lizards (Lacertilia) are generally more restricted in their range; hence
we find that out of 15 families which inhabit the region, 5 are altogether
peculiar, and 4 more extend only to N. America. The peculiar families are
Helodermidæ, Anadiadæ, Chirocolidæ, Iphisiadæ, and Cercosauridæ; but it
must be noted that these all possess but a single genus each, and only two of
them (Chirocolidæ and Cercosauridæ) have more than a single species. The
families which range over both South and North America are Chirotidæ,
Chalcidæ, Teidæ, and Iguanidæ; the first and second are of small extent, but
the other two are very large groups, the Teidæ possessing 12 genera and
near 80 species; the Iguanidæ 40 genera and near 150 species; the greater
bittern of the river banks (Eurypyga); and the horned screamers
(Palamedea), all form distinct and isolated families of birds, to which the
Old World offers nothing directly comparable.
Reptiles.—The Neotropical region is very rich in varied forms of reptile
life, and the species are very abundant. It has six altogether peculiar
families, and several others which only range into the Nearctic region, as
well as a very large number of peculiar or characteristic genera. As the
orders of reptiles differ considerably in their distributional features, they
must be considered separately.
The snakes (Ophidia) differ from all other reptiles, and from most other
orders of vertebrates, in the wide average distribution of the families; so
that such an isolated region as the Neotropical possesses no peculiar family,
nor even one confined to the American continent. The families of most
restricted range are—the Scytalidæ, only found elsewhere in the Philippine
islands; the Amblycephalidæ, common to the Oriental and Neotropical
regions; and the Tortricidæ, most abundant in the Oriental region, but found
also in the Austro-Malay islands and Tropical South America. Sixteen of the
families of snakes occur in the region, the Colubridæ, Amblycephalidæ, and
Pythonidæ, being those which are best represented by peculiar forms. There
are 25 peculiar or characteristic genera, the most important being Dromicus
(Colubridæ); Boa, Epicrates, and Ungalia (Pythonidæ); Elaps (Elapidæ);
and Craspedocephalus (Crotalidæ).
The lizards (Lacertilia) are generally more restricted in their range; hence
we find that out of 15 families which inhabit the region, 5 are altogether
peculiar, and 4 more extend only to N. America. The peculiar families are
Helodermidæ, Anadiadæ, Chirocolidæ, Iphisiadæ, and Cercosauridæ; but it
must be noted that these all possess but a single genus each, and only two of
them (Chirocolidæ and Cercosauridæ) have more than a single species. The
families which range over both South and North America are Chirotidæ,
Chalcidæ, Teidæ, and Iguanidæ; the first and second are of small extent, but
the other two are very large groups, the Teidæ possessing 12 genera and
near 80 species; the Iguanidæ 40 genera and near 150 species; the greater
Page 21
part of which are Neotropical. There are more than 50 peculiar or highly
characteristic genera of lizards, about 40 of which belong to the Teidæ and
Iguanidæ, which thus especially characterize the region. The most
important and characteristic genera are the following; Ameiva (Teidæ);
Gymnopthalmus (Gymnopthalmidæ); Celestus and Diploglossus
(Scincidæ); Sphærodactylus (Geckotidæ); Liocephalus, Liolæmus,
Proctotretus, and many smaller genera (Iguanidæ). The three extensive Old
World families Varanidæ, Lacertidæ, and Agamidæ, are absent from the
entire American continent.
In the order Crocodilia, America has the peculiar family of the alligators
(Alligatoridæ), as well as several species of true crocodiles (Crocodilidæ).
The Chelonia (tortoises) are represented by the families Testudinidæ and
Chelydidæ, both of wide range; but there are six peculiar genera,—
Dermatemys and Staurotypus belonging to the former family,—
Peltocephalus, Podocnemis, Hydromedusa, and Chelys, to the latter. Some
of the Amazon river-turtles of the genus Podocnemys rival in size the
largest species of true marine turtles (Cheloniidæ), and are equally good for
food.
Amphibia.—The Neotropical region possesses representatives of sixteen
families of Amphibia of which four are peculiar; all belonging to Anoura or
tail-less Batrachians. The Cæciliadæ or snake-like amphibia, are
represented by two peculiar genera, Siphonopsis and Rhinatrema. Tailed
Batrachians are almost unknown, only a few species of Spelerpes
(Salamandridæ) entering Central America, and one extending as far south as
the Andes of Bogota in South America. Tail-less Batrachians on the other
hand, are abundant; there being 14 families represented, of which 4,—
Rhinophryndæ, Hylaplesidæ, Plectromantidæ, and Pipidæ are peculiar.
None of these families contain more than a single genus, and only the
second more than a single species; so that it is not these which give a
character to the South American Amphibia-fauna. The most important and
best represented families are, Ranidæ (true frogs), with eleven genera and
more than 50 species; Polypedatidæ (tree-frogs) with seven genera and
about 40 species; Hylidæ (tree-frogs) with eight genera and nearly 30
species; Engystomidæ (toads) (5 genera), Bombinatoridæ (frogs), (4
genera), Phryniscidæ and Bufonidæ (toads), (each with 2 genera), are also
characteristic genera of lizards, about 40 of which belong to the Teidæ and
Iguanidæ, which thus especially characterize the region. The most
important and characteristic genera are the following; Ameiva (Teidæ);
Gymnopthalmus (Gymnopthalmidæ); Celestus and Diploglossus
(Scincidæ); Sphærodactylus (Geckotidæ); Liocephalus, Liolæmus,
Proctotretus, and many smaller genera (Iguanidæ). The three extensive Old
World families Varanidæ, Lacertidæ, and Agamidæ, are absent from the
entire American continent.
In the order Crocodilia, America has the peculiar family of the alligators
(Alligatoridæ), as well as several species of true crocodiles (Crocodilidæ).
The Chelonia (tortoises) are represented by the families Testudinidæ and
Chelydidæ, both of wide range; but there are six peculiar genera,—
Dermatemys and Staurotypus belonging to the former family,—
Peltocephalus, Podocnemis, Hydromedusa, and Chelys, to the latter. Some
of the Amazon river-turtles of the genus Podocnemys rival in size the
largest species of true marine turtles (Cheloniidæ), and are equally good for
food.
Amphibia.—The Neotropical region possesses representatives of sixteen
families of Amphibia of which four are peculiar; all belonging to Anoura or
tail-less Batrachians. The Cæciliadæ or snake-like amphibia, are
represented by two peculiar genera, Siphonopsis and Rhinatrema. Tailed
Batrachians are almost unknown, only a few species of Spelerpes
(Salamandridæ) entering Central America, and one extending as far south as
the Andes of Bogota in South America. Tail-less Batrachians on the other
hand, are abundant; there being 14 families represented, of which 4,—
Rhinophryndæ, Hylaplesidæ, Plectromantidæ, and Pipidæ are peculiar.
None of these families contain more than a single genus, and only the
second more than a single species; so that it is not these which give a
character to the South American Amphibia-fauna. The most important and
best represented families are, Ranidæ (true frogs), with eleven genera and
more than 50 species; Polypedatidæ (tree-frogs) with seven genera and
about 40 species; Hylidæ (tree-frogs) with eight genera and nearly 30
species; Engystomidæ (toads) (5 genera), Bombinatoridæ (frogs), (4
genera), Phryniscidæ and Bufonidæ (toads), (each with 2 genera), are also
Page 22
fairly represented. All these families are widely distributed, but the
Neotropical genera are, in almost every case, peculiar.
Fresh-water fishes.—The great rivers of Tropical America abound in fish of
many strange forms and peculiar types. Three families, and three sub-family
groups are peculiar, while the number of peculiar genera is about 120. The
peculiar families are Polycentridæ, with two genera; Gymnotidæ, a family
which includes the electric eels, (5 genera); and Trygonidæ, the rays, which
are everywhere marine except in the great rivers of South America, where
many species are found, belonging to two genera. Of the extensive family
Siluridæ, three sub-families Siluridæ anomalopteræ, S. olisthopteræ, and S.
branchiolæ, are confined to this region. The larger and more important of
the peculiar genera are the following: Percilia, inhabiting Chilian and
Percichthys South Temperate rivers, belong to the Perch family (Percidæ);
Acharnes, found only in Guiana, belongs to the Nandidæ, a family of wide
range in the tropics; the Chromidæ, a family of exclusively fresh-water
fishes found in the tropics of the Ethiopian, Oriental and Neotropical
regions, are here represented by 15 genera, the more important being Acara
(17 sp.), Heros (26 sp.), Crenicichla (9 sp.), Satanoperca (7 sp.). Many of
these fishes are beautifully marked and coloured. The Siluridæ proteropteræ
are represented by 14 genera, of which Pimelodus (42 sp.), and Platystoma
(11 sp.), are the most important; the Siluridæ stenobranchiæ by 11 genera,
the chief being Doras (13 sp.), Auchenipterus (9 sp.), and Oxydoras (7 sp.).
The Siluridæ proteropodes are represented by 16 genera, many of them
being among the most singular of fresh-water fishes, clothed in coats of
mail, and armed with hooks and serrated spines. The following are the most
important,—Chætostomus (25 sp.), Loricaria (17 sp.), Plecostonus (15 sp.)
and Callichthys (11 sp.). The Characinidæ are divided between Tropical
America and Tropical Africa, the former possessing about 40 genera and
200 species. The Haplochitonidæ are confined to South America and
Australia; the American genus being Haplochiton. The Cyprinodontidæ are
represented by 18 genera, the most important being, Pæcilia (16 sp.),
Girardinus (10 sp.), and Gambusia (8 sp.) The Osteoglossidæ, found in
Australian and African rivers, are represented in South America by the
peculiar Arapaima, the "pirarucu" of the Amazon. The ancient Sirenoidei,
also found in Australia and Africa, have the Lepidosiren as their American
representative. Lastly, Ellipisurus is a genus of rays peculiar to the fresh
Neotropical genera are, in almost every case, peculiar.
Fresh-water fishes.—The great rivers of Tropical America abound in fish of
many strange forms and peculiar types. Three families, and three sub-family
groups are peculiar, while the number of peculiar genera is about 120. The
peculiar families are Polycentridæ, with two genera; Gymnotidæ, a family
which includes the electric eels, (5 genera); and Trygonidæ, the rays, which
are everywhere marine except in the great rivers of South America, where
many species are found, belonging to two genera. Of the extensive family
Siluridæ, three sub-families Siluridæ anomalopteræ, S. olisthopteræ, and S.
branchiolæ, are confined to this region. The larger and more important of
the peculiar genera are the following: Percilia, inhabiting Chilian and
Percichthys South Temperate rivers, belong to the Perch family (Percidæ);
Acharnes, found only in Guiana, belongs to the Nandidæ, a family of wide
range in the tropics; the Chromidæ, a family of exclusively fresh-water
fishes found in the tropics of the Ethiopian, Oriental and Neotropical
regions, are here represented by 15 genera, the more important being Acara
(17 sp.), Heros (26 sp.), Crenicichla (9 sp.), Satanoperca (7 sp.). Many of
these fishes are beautifully marked and coloured. The Siluridæ proteropteræ
are represented by 14 genera, of which Pimelodus (42 sp.), and Platystoma
(11 sp.), are the most important; the Siluridæ stenobranchiæ by 11 genera,
the chief being Doras (13 sp.), Auchenipterus (9 sp.), and Oxydoras (7 sp.).
The Siluridæ proteropodes are represented by 16 genera, many of them
being among the most singular of fresh-water fishes, clothed in coats of
mail, and armed with hooks and serrated spines. The following are the most
important,—Chætostomus (25 sp.), Loricaria (17 sp.), Plecostonus (15 sp.)
and Callichthys (11 sp.). The Characinidæ are divided between Tropical
America and Tropical Africa, the former possessing about 40 genera and
200 species. The Haplochitonidæ are confined to South America and
Australia; the American genus being Haplochiton. The Cyprinodontidæ are
represented by 18 genera, the most important being, Pæcilia (16 sp.),
Girardinus (10 sp.), and Gambusia (8 sp.) The Osteoglossidæ, found in
Australian and African rivers, are represented in South America by the
peculiar Arapaima, the "pirarucu" of the Amazon. The ancient Sirenoidei,
also found in Australia and Africa, have the Lepidosiren as their American
representative. Lastly, Ellipisurus is a genus of rays peculiar to the fresh
Page 23
waters of South America. We may expect these numbers to be largely
increased and many new genera to be added, when the extensive collections
made by Agassiz in Brazil are described.
Summary of Neotropical Vertebrates.—Summarizing the preceding facts,
we find that the Neotropical region possesses no less than 45 families and
more than 900 genera of Vertebrata which are altogether peculiar to it;
while it has representatives of 168 families out of a total of 330, showing
that 162 families are altogether absent. It has also representatives of 131
genera of Mammalia of which 103 are peculiar to it, a proportion of 4⁄5;
while of 683 genera of land-birds no less than 576 are peculiar, being
almost exactly 5⁄6 of the whole. These numbers and proportions are far
higher than in the case of any other region.
Insects.
The Neotropical region is so excessively rich in insect life, it so abounds in
peculiar groups, in forms of exquisite beauty, and in an endless profusion of
species, that no adequate idea of this branch of its fauna can be conveyed by
the mere enumeration of peculiar and characteristic groups, to which we are
here compelled to limit ourselves. Our facts and figures will, however,
furnish data for comparison; and will thus enable those who have some
knowledge of the entomology of any other country, to form a better notion
of the vast wealth of insect life in this region, than a more general and
picturesque description could afford them.
Lepidoptera.—The Butterflies of South America surpass those of all other
regions in numbers, variety and beauty; and we find here, not only more
peculiar genera and families than elsewhere, but, what is very remarkable, a
fuller representation of the whole series of families. Out of the 16 families
of butterflies in all parts of the world, 13 are found here, and 3 of these are
wholly peculiar—Brassolidæ, Heliconidæ, and Eurygonidæ, with a fourth,
Erycinidæ, which only extends into the Nearctic region; so that there are 4
families peculiar to America. These four families comprise 68 genera and
more than 800 species; alone constituting a very important feature in the
entomology of the region. But in almost all the other families there are
increased and many new genera to be added, when the extensive collections
made by Agassiz in Brazil are described.
Summary of Neotropical Vertebrates.—Summarizing the preceding facts,
we find that the Neotropical region possesses no less than 45 families and
more than 900 genera of Vertebrata which are altogether peculiar to it;
while it has representatives of 168 families out of a total of 330, showing
that 162 families are altogether absent. It has also representatives of 131
genera of Mammalia of which 103 are peculiar to it, a proportion of 4⁄5;
while of 683 genera of land-birds no less than 576 are peculiar, being
almost exactly 5⁄6 of the whole. These numbers and proportions are far
higher than in the case of any other region.
Insects.
The Neotropical region is so excessively rich in insect life, it so abounds in
peculiar groups, in forms of exquisite beauty, and in an endless profusion of
species, that no adequate idea of this branch of its fauna can be conveyed by
the mere enumeration of peculiar and characteristic groups, to which we are
here compelled to limit ourselves. Our facts and figures will, however,
furnish data for comparison; and will thus enable those who have some
knowledge of the entomology of any other country, to form a better notion
of the vast wealth of insect life in this region, than a more general and
picturesque description could afford them.
Lepidoptera.—The Butterflies of South America surpass those of all other
regions in numbers, variety and beauty; and we find here, not only more
peculiar genera and families than elsewhere, but, what is very remarkable, a
fuller representation of the whole series of families. Out of the 16 families
of butterflies in all parts of the world, 13 are found here, and 3 of these are
wholly peculiar—Brassolidæ, Heliconidæ, and Eurygonidæ, with a fourth,
Erycinidæ, which only extends into the Nearctic region; so that there are 4
families peculiar to America. These four families comprise 68 genera and
more than 800 species; alone constituting a very important feature in the
entomology of the region. But in almost all the other families there are
Page 24
numbers of peculiar genera, amounting in all to about 200, or not far short
of half the total number of genera in the world—(431). We must briefly
notice some of the peculiarities of the several families, as represented in this
region. The Danaidæ consist of 15 genera, all peculiar, and differing widely
from the generally sombre-tinted forms of the rest of the world. The
delicate transparent-winged Ithomias of which 160 species are described,
are the most remarkable. Melinæa, Napeogenes, Ceratina and Dircenna are
more gaily coloured, and are among the chief ornaments of the forests. The
Satyridæ are represented by 25 peculiar genera, many of great beauty; the
most remarkable and elegant being the genus Hætera and its allies, whose
transparent wings are delicately marked with patches of orange, pink, or
violet. The genus Morpho is perhaps the grandest development of the
butterfly type, being of immense size and adorned with the most brilliant
azure tints, which in some species attain a splendour of metallic lustre
unsurpassed in nature. The Brassolidæ are even larger, but are crepuscular
insects, with rich though sober colouring. The true Heliconii are
magnificent insects, most elegantly marked with brilliant and strongly
contrasted tints. The Nymphalidæ are represented by such a variety of
gorgeous insects that it is difficult to select examples. Prominent are the
genera Catagramma and Callithea, whose exquisite colours and
symmetrical markings are unique and indescribable; and these are in some
cases rivalled by Agrias and Prepona, which reproduce their style of
coloration although not closely allied to them. The Erycinidæ, consisting of
59 genera and 560 species, comprise the most varied and beautiful of small
butterflies; and it would be useless to attempt to indicate the unimaginable
combinations of form and colour they present. It must be sufficient to say
that nothing elsewhere on the globe at all resembles them. In Lycænidæ the
world-wide genus Thecla is wonderfully developed, and the South
American species not only surpass all others in size and beauty, but some of
them are so gorgeous on the under surface of their wings, as to exceed
almost all the combinations of metallic tints we meet with in nature. The
last family, Hesperidæ, is also wonderfully developed here, the species
being excessively numerous, while some of them redeem the character of
this generally sober family, by their rich and elegant coloration.
In the only other group of Lepidoptera we can here notice, the Sphingina,
the Neotropical region possesses some peculiar forms. The magnificent
of half the total number of genera in the world—(431). We must briefly
notice some of the peculiarities of the several families, as represented in this
region. The Danaidæ consist of 15 genera, all peculiar, and differing widely
from the generally sombre-tinted forms of the rest of the world. The
delicate transparent-winged Ithomias of which 160 species are described,
are the most remarkable. Melinæa, Napeogenes, Ceratina and Dircenna are
more gaily coloured, and are among the chief ornaments of the forests. The
Satyridæ are represented by 25 peculiar genera, many of great beauty; the
most remarkable and elegant being the genus Hætera and its allies, whose
transparent wings are delicately marked with patches of orange, pink, or
violet. The genus Morpho is perhaps the grandest development of the
butterfly type, being of immense size and adorned with the most brilliant
azure tints, which in some species attain a splendour of metallic lustre
unsurpassed in nature. The Brassolidæ are even larger, but are crepuscular
insects, with rich though sober colouring. The true Heliconii are
magnificent insects, most elegantly marked with brilliant and strongly
contrasted tints. The Nymphalidæ are represented by such a variety of
gorgeous insects that it is difficult to select examples. Prominent are the
genera Catagramma and Callithea, whose exquisite colours and
symmetrical markings are unique and indescribable; and these are in some
cases rivalled by Agrias and Prepona, which reproduce their style of
coloration although not closely allied to them. The Erycinidæ, consisting of
59 genera and 560 species, comprise the most varied and beautiful of small
butterflies; and it would be useless to attempt to indicate the unimaginable
combinations of form and colour they present. It must be sufficient to say
that nothing elsewhere on the globe at all resembles them. In Lycænidæ the
world-wide genus Thecla is wonderfully developed, and the South
American species not only surpass all others in size and beauty, but some of
them are so gorgeous on the under surface of their wings, as to exceed
almost all the combinations of metallic tints we meet with in nature. The
last family, Hesperidæ, is also wonderfully developed here, the species
being excessively numerous, while some of them redeem the character of
this generally sober family, by their rich and elegant coloration.
In the only other group of Lepidoptera we can here notice, the Sphingina,
the Neotropical region possesses some peculiar forms. The magnificent
Page 25
diurnal butterfly-like moths, Urania, are the most remarkable; and they are
rendered more interesting by the occurrence of a species closely resembling
them in Madagascar. Another family of day-flying moths, the Castniidæ, is
almost equally divided between the Neotropical and Australian regions,
although the genera are more numerous in the latter. The American Castnias
are large, thick-bodied insects, with a coarse scaly surface and rich dull
colours; differing widely from the glossy and gaily coloured Agaristas,
which are typical of the family in the East.
Coleoptera.—This is so vast a subject that, as in the case of the regions
already treated, we must confine our attention to a few of the more
important and best known families as representatives of the entire order.
Cicindelidæ.—We find here examples of 15 out of the 35 genera of these
insects; and 10 of these genera are peculiar. The most important are
Oxychila (11 sp.), Hiresia (14 sp.), and Ctenostoma (26 sp.). Odontochila
(57 sp.) is the most abundant and characteristic of all, but is not wholly
peculiar, there being a species in the Malay archipelago. Tetracha, another
large genus, has species in Australia and a few in North America and
Europe. The small genus Peridexia is divided between Brazil and
Madagascar,—a somewhat similar distribution to that of Urania noticed
above. One genus, Agrius, is confined to the southern extremity of the
continent.
Carabidæ.—Besides a considerable number of cosmopolitan or wide-spread
genera, this family is represented by more than 100 genera which are
peculiar to the Neotropical region. The most important of these are Agra
(150 sp.), Ardistonus (44 sp.), Schizogenius (25 sp.), Pelecium (24 sp.),
Calophena (22 sp.), Aspidoglossa (21 sp.), and Lia, Camptodonotus,
Stenocrepis, and Lachnophorus, with each more than 12 species. These are
all tropical; but there are also a number of genera (26) peculiar to Chili and
South Temperate America. The most important of these are Antarctia (29
sp,), all except two or three confined to South Temperate America;
Scelodontis (10 sp.), mostly Chilian; Feronomorpha (6 sp.) all Chilian; and
Tropidopterus (4 sp.), all Chilian. Helluomorpha (18 sp.), is confined to
North and South America; Galerita, Callida, and Tetragonoderus, are large
rendered more interesting by the occurrence of a species closely resembling
them in Madagascar. Another family of day-flying moths, the Castniidæ, is
almost equally divided between the Neotropical and Australian regions,
although the genera are more numerous in the latter. The American Castnias
are large, thick-bodied insects, with a coarse scaly surface and rich dull
colours; differing widely from the glossy and gaily coloured Agaristas,
which are typical of the family in the East.
Coleoptera.—This is so vast a subject that, as in the case of the regions
already treated, we must confine our attention to a few of the more
important and best known families as representatives of the entire order.
Cicindelidæ.—We find here examples of 15 out of the 35 genera of these
insects; and 10 of these genera are peculiar. The most important are
Oxychila (11 sp.), Hiresia (14 sp.), and Ctenostoma (26 sp.). Odontochila
(57 sp.) is the most abundant and characteristic of all, but is not wholly
peculiar, there being a species in the Malay archipelago. Tetracha, another
large genus, has species in Australia and a few in North America and
Europe. The small genus Peridexia is divided between Brazil and
Madagascar,—a somewhat similar distribution to that of Urania noticed
above. One genus, Agrius, is confined to the southern extremity of the
continent.
Carabidæ.—Besides a considerable number of cosmopolitan or wide-spread
genera, this family is represented by more than 100 genera which are
peculiar to the Neotropical region. The most important of these are Agra
(150 sp.), Ardistonus (44 sp.), Schizogenius (25 sp.), Pelecium (24 sp.),
Calophena (22 sp.), Aspidoglossa (21 sp.), and Lia, Camptodonotus,
Stenocrepis, and Lachnophorus, with each more than 12 species. These are
all tropical; but there are also a number of genera (26) peculiar to Chili and
South Temperate America. The most important of these are Antarctia (29
sp,), all except two or three confined to South Temperate America;
Scelodontis (10 sp.), mostly Chilian; Feronomorpha (6 sp.) all Chilian; and
Tropidopterus (4 sp.), all Chilian. Helluomorpha (18 sp.), is confined to
North and South America; Galerita, Callida, and Tetragonoderus, are large
Page 26
genera which are chiefly South American but with a few species scattered
over the other tropical regions, Casnonia and Lebia are cosmopolite, but
most abundant in South America. Pachyteles is mostly South American but
with a few species in West Africa; while Lobodonotus has one species in
South America and two in Africa.
Lucanidæ.—The Neotropical species of this family almost all belong to
peculiar genera. Those common to other regions are Syndesus, confined to
Tropical South America and Australia, and Platycerus which is Palæarctic
and Nearctic, with one species in Brazil. The most remarkable genus is
undoubtedly Chiasognathus, confined to Chili. These are large insects of
metallic green colours, and armed with enormous serrated mandibles. The
allied genera, Pholidotus and Sphenognathus, inhabit Tropical South
America. Streptocerus confined to Chili, is interesting, as being allied to the
Australian Lamprima. The other genera present no remarkable features; but
Sclerognathus and Leptinoptera are the most extensive.
Cetoniidæ.—These magnificent insects are but poorly represented in
America; the species being mostly of sombre colours. There are 14 genera,
12 of which are peculiar. The most extensive genus is Gymnetis, which,
with its allies Cotinis and Allorhina, form a group which comprehends two-
thirds of the Neotropical species of the family. The only other genera of
importance are, Inca (7 sp.), remarkable for their large size, and being the
only American group in which horns are developed on the head; and
Trigonopeltastes (6 sp.), allied to the European Trichius. The non-peculiar
genera are, Stethodesma, of which half the species are African and half
tropical American; and Euphoria, confined to America both North and
South.
Buprestidæ.—In this fine group the Neotropical region is tolerably rich,
having examples of 39 genera, 18 of which are peculiar to it. Of these, the
most extensive are Conognatha and Halecia, which have a wide range over
most parts of the region; and Dactylozodes, confined to the south temperate
zone. Of important genera which range beyond the region, Dicerca is
mainly Nearctic and Palæarctic; Cinyra has a species in North America and
one in Australia; Curis is divided between Chili and Australia; the
over the other tropical regions, Casnonia and Lebia are cosmopolite, but
most abundant in South America. Pachyteles is mostly South American but
with a few species in West Africa; while Lobodonotus has one species in
South America and two in Africa.
Lucanidæ.—The Neotropical species of this family almost all belong to
peculiar genera. Those common to other regions are Syndesus, confined to
Tropical South America and Australia, and Platycerus which is Palæarctic
and Nearctic, with one species in Brazil. The most remarkable genus is
undoubtedly Chiasognathus, confined to Chili. These are large insects of
metallic green colours, and armed with enormous serrated mandibles. The
allied genera, Pholidotus and Sphenognathus, inhabit Tropical South
America. Streptocerus confined to Chili, is interesting, as being allied to the
Australian Lamprima. The other genera present no remarkable features; but
Sclerognathus and Leptinoptera are the most extensive.
Cetoniidæ.—These magnificent insects are but poorly represented in
America; the species being mostly of sombre colours. There are 14 genera,
12 of which are peculiar. The most extensive genus is Gymnetis, which,
with its allies Cotinis and Allorhina, form a group which comprehends two-
thirds of the Neotropical species of the family. The only other genera of
importance are, Inca (7 sp.), remarkable for their large size, and being the
only American group in which horns are developed on the head; and
Trigonopeltastes (6 sp.), allied to the European Trichius. The non-peculiar
genera are, Stethodesma, of which half the species are African and half
tropical American; and Euphoria, confined to America both North and
South.
Buprestidæ.—In this fine group the Neotropical region is tolerably rich,
having examples of 39 genera, 18 of which are peculiar to it. Of these, the
most extensive are Conognatha and Halecia, which have a wide range over
most parts of the region; and Dactylozodes, confined to the south temperate
zone. Of important genera which range beyond the region, Dicerca is
mainly Nearctic and Palæarctic; Cinyra has a species in North America and
one in Australia; Curis is divided between Chili and Australia; the
Page 27
Australian genus Stigmodera has a species in Chili; Polycesta has a species
in Madagascar, two in the Mediterranean region, and a few in North
America; Acherusia is divided between Australia and Brazil; Ptosima has
one species in south temperate America, the rest widely scattered from
North America to the Philippines; Actenodes has a single species in North
America and another in West Africa; Colobogaster has two in West Africa,
one in Java and one in the Moluccas. The relations of South America and
Australia as indicated by these insects has already been sufficiently noticed
under the latter region.
Longicornia.—The Neotropical Longicorn Coleoptera are overwhelming in
their numbers and variety, their singularity and their beauty. In the recent
Catalogue of Gemminger and Harold, it is credited with 516 genera, 489 of
which are peculiar to it; while it has only 5 genera in common (exclusively)
with the Nearctic, and 4 (in the same way) with the Australian region. Only
the more important genera can be here referred to, under the three great
families into which these insects are divided.
The Prionidæ are excessively numerous, being grouped in 64 genera, more
than double the number possessed by any other region; and 61 of these are
peculiar. The three, common to other regions, are, Parandra and Mallodon,
which are widely distributed; and Ergates, found also in California and
Europe. The most remarkable genera are, the magnificently-coloured
Psalidognathus and Pyrodes; the large and strangely marked Macrodontia;
and Titanus, the largest insect of the entire family.
Of the Cerambycidæ there are 233 genera, exceeding by one-half, the
number in any other region; and 225 of these are peculiar. Only 2 are
common to the Neotropical and Nearctic regions exclusively, and 3 to the
Neotropical and Australian. The most extensive genera are the elegant
Ibidion (80 sp.); the richly-coloured Chrysoprasis (47 sp.); the prettily-
marked Trachyderes (53 sp.); with Odontocera (25 sp.); Criodon (22 sp.);
and a host of others of less extent, but often of surpassing interest and
beauty. The noteworthy genera of wide range are, Oeme and Cyrtomerus,
which have each a species in West Africa, and Hammatocerus, which has
one in Australia.
in Madagascar, two in the Mediterranean region, and a few in North
America; Acherusia is divided between Australia and Brazil; Ptosima has
one species in south temperate America, the rest widely scattered from
North America to the Philippines; Actenodes has a single species in North
America and another in West Africa; Colobogaster has two in West Africa,
one in Java and one in the Moluccas. The relations of South America and
Australia as indicated by these insects has already been sufficiently noticed
under the latter region.
Longicornia.—The Neotropical Longicorn Coleoptera are overwhelming in
their numbers and variety, their singularity and their beauty. In the recent
Catalogue of Gemminger and Harold, it is credited with 516 genera, 489 of
which are peculiar to it; while it has only 5 genera in common (exclusively)
with the Nearctic, and 4 (in the same way) with the Australian region. Only
the more important genera can be here referred to, under the three great
families into which these insects are divided.
The Prionidæ are excessively numerous, being grouped in 64 genera, more
than double the number possessed by any other region; and 61 of these are
peculiar. The three, common to other regions, are, Parandra and Mallodon,
which are widely distributed; and Ergates, found also in California and
Europe. The most remarkable genera are, the magnificently-coloured
Psalidognathus and Pyrodes; the large and strangely marked Macrodontia;
and Titanus, the largest insect of the entire family.
Of the Cerambycidæ there are 233 genera, exceeding by one-half, the
number in any other region; and 225 of these are peculiar. Only 2 are
common to the Neotropical and Nearctic regions exclusively, and 3 to the
Neotropical and Australian. The most extensive genera are the elegant
Ibidion (80 sp.); the richly-coloured Chrysoprasis (47 sp.); the prettily-
marked Trachyderes (53 sp.); with Odontocera (25 sp.); Criodon (22 sp.);
and a host of others of less extent, but often of surpassing interest and
beauty. The noteworthy genera of wide range are, Oeme and Cyrtomerus,
which have each a species in West Africa, and Hammatocerus, which has
one in Australia.
Page 28
The Lamiidæ have 219 genera, and this is the only tropical region in which
they do not exceed the Cerambycidæ. This number is almost exactly the
same as that of the Oriental genera, but here there are more peculiar groups,
203 against 160 in the other region. The most extensive genera are
Hemilophus (80 sp.), Colobothea (70 sp.), Acanthoderes (56 sp.),
Oncoderes (48 sp.), Lepturgus (40 sp.), Hypsioma (32 sp.), and Tæniotes
(20 sp.). Macropus longimanus, commonly called the harlequin beetle, is
one of the largest and most singularly-marked insects in the whole family.
Leptostylus has a single species in New Zealand; Acanthoderes has one
species in Europe, W. Africa, and Australia, respectively; Spalacopsis has a
species in W. Africa; Pachypeza is common to S. America and the
Philippines; Mesosa is Oriental and Palæarctic, but has one species on the
Amazon; Apomecyna ranges through the tropics of the Eastern Hemisphere,
but has two species in S. America; Acanthocinus has one species in
Tasmania, and the rest in South America, North America, and Europe; Phæa
is wholly Neotropical, except two species in the Philippine Islands.
General Conclusions as to the Neotropical Insect-fauna.—Looking at the
insects of the Neotropical region as a whole, we are struck with the vast
amount of specialty they present; and, considering how many causes there
are which must lead to the dispersal of insects, the number of its groups
which are scattered over the globe is not nearly so great as we might expect.
This points to a long period of isolation, during which the various forms of
life have acted and reacted on each other, leading to such a complex yet
harmoniously-balanced result as to defy the competition of the chance
immigrants that from time to time must have arrived. This is quite in
accordance with the very high antiquity we have shown most insect-forms
to possess; and it is no doubt owing to this antiquity, that such a complete
diversity of generic forms has been here brought about, without any
important deviation from the great family types which prevail over the rest
of the globe.
Land Shells.—The Neotropical region is probably the richest on the globe
in Terrestrial Mollusca, but this is owing, not to any extreme productiveness
of the equatorial parts of the continent, where almost all other forms of life
are so largely developed, but to the altogether exceptional riches of the West
they do not exceed the Cerambycidæ. This number is almost exactly the
same as that of the Oriental genera, but here there are more peculiar groups,
203 against 160 in the other region. The most extensive genera are
Hemilophus (80 sp.), Colobothea (70 sp.), Acanthoderes (56 sp.),
Oncoderes (48 sp.), Lepturgus (40 sp.), Hypsioma (32 sp.), and Tæniotes
(20 sp.). Macropus longimanus, commonly called the harlequin beetle, is
one of the largest and most singularly-marked insects in the whole family.
Leptostylus has a single species in New Zealand; Acanthoderes has one
species in Europe, W. Africa, and Australia, respectively; Spalacopsis has a
species in W. Africa; Pachypeza is common to S. America and the
Philippines; Mesosa is Oriental and Palæarctic, but has one species on the
Amazon; Apomecyna ranges through the tropics of the Eastern Hemisphere,
but has two species in S. America; Acanthocinus has one species in
Tasmania, and the rest in South America, North America, and Europe; Phæa
is wholly Neotropical, except two species in the Philippine Islands.
General Conclusions as to the Neotropical Insect-fauna.—Looking at the
insects of the Neotropical region as a whole, we are struck with the vast
amount of specialty they present; and, considering how many causes there
are which must lead to the dispersal of insects, the number of its groups
which are scattered over the globe is not nearly so great as we might expect.
This points to a long period of isolation, during which the various forms of
life have acted and reacted on each other, leading to such a complex yet
harmoniously-balanced result as to defy the competition of the chance
immigrants that from time to time must have arrived. This is quite in
accordance with the very high antiquity we have shown most insect-forms
to possess; and it is no doubt owing to this antiquity, that such a complete
diversity of generic forms has been here brought about, without any
important deviation from the great family types which prevail over the rest
of the globe.
Land Shells.—The Neotropical region is probably the richest on the globe
in Terrestrial Mollusca, but this is owing, not to any extreme productiveness
of the equatorial parts of the continent, where almost all other forms of life
are so largely developed, but to the altogether exceptional riches of the West
Page 29
India Islands. The most recent estimates show that the Antilles contain more
species of land shells than all the rest of the region, and almost exactly as
many as all continental America, north and south.
Mr. Thomas Bland, who has long studied American land shells, points out a
remarkable difference in the distribution of the Operculated and
Inoperculated groups, the former being predominant on the islands, the
latter on the continent. The Antilles possess over 600 species of Operculata,
to about 150 on the whole American continent, the genera being as 22 to 14.
Of Inoperculata the Antilles have 740, the Continent 1,250, the genera
being 18 and 22. The proportions of the two groups in each country are,
therefore:
West India Islands. American Continent.
Operculata Gen. 22 Sp. 608 14 151
Inoperculata " 18 " 737 22 1251
The extensive family of the Helicidæ is represented by 22 genera, of which
6 are peculiar. Spiraxis is confined to Central America and the Antilles;
Stenopus and Sagda are Antillean only; Orthalicus, Macroceramus, and
Bulimulus have a wider range, the last two extending into the southern
United States. Important and characteristic genera are, Glandina, in all the
tropical parts of the region; Cylindrella, in Central America and the
Antilles; Bulimus, containing many large and handsome species in South
America; Stenogyra, widely spread in the tropics; and Streptaxis, in
Tropical South America.
Among the Operculata, the Aciculidæ are mostly Antillean, two genera
being peculiar there, and one, Truncatella, of wide distribution, but most
abundant in the West Indian Islands. The Cyclostomidæ are represented by
15 genera, 9 being peculiar to the region, and 5 of these (belonging to the
sub-family Licinidæ) to the Antilles only. Of these peculiar genera Cistula
and Chondropoma are the most important, ranging over all the tropical parts
of the region. Other important genera are Cyclotus and Megalomastoma;
while Cyclophorus also occurs all over the region. The Helicinidæ are
species of land shells than all the rest of the region, and almost exactly as
many as all continental America, north and south.
Mr. Thomas Bland, who has long studied American land shells, points out a
remarkable difference in the distribution of the Operculated and
Inoperculated groups, the former being predominant on the islands, the
latter on the continent. The Antilles possess over 600 species of Operculata,
to about 150 on the whole American continent, the genera being as 22 to 14.
Of Inoperculata the Antilles have 740, the Continent 1,250, the genera
being 18 and 22. The proportions of the two groups in each country are,
therefore:
West India Islands. American Continent.
Operculata Gen. 22 Sp. 608 14 151
Inoperculata " 18 " 737 22 1251
The extensive family of the Helicidæ is represented by 22 genera, of which
6 are peculiar. Spiraxis is confined to Central America and the Antilles;
Stenopus and Sagda are Antillean only; Orthalicus, Macroceramus, and
Bulimulus have a wider range, the last two extending into the southern
United States. Important and characteristic genera are, Glandina, in all the
tropical parts of the region; Cylindrella, in Central America and the
Antilles; Bulimus, containing many large and handsome species in South
America; Stenogyra, widely spread in the tropics; and Streptaxis, in
Tropical South America.
Among the Operculata, the Aciculidæ are mostly Antillean, two genera
being peculiar there, and one, Truncatella, of wide distribution, but most
abundant in the West Indian Islands. The Cyclostomidæ are represented by
15 genera, 9 being peculiar to the region, and 5 of these (belonging to the
sub-family Licinidæ) to the Antilles only. Of these peculiar genera Cistula
and Chondropoma are the most important, ranging over all the tropical parts
of the region. Other important genera are Cyclotus and Megalomastoma;
while Cyclophorus also occurs all over the region. The Helicinidæ are
Page 30
mostly Neotropical, six out of the seven genera being found here, and four
are peculiar. Stoastoma, is one of the largest genera; and, with Trochatella
and Alcadia, is confined to the Antilles, while the wide-spread Helicina is
most abundant there.
The Limacidæ, or Old World slugs, are absent from the region, their place
being taken by the allied family, Oncidiadæ.
Marine Shells.—We go out of our usual course to say a few words about the
marine shells of this region, because their distribution on the two sides of
the continent is important, as an indication of the former separation of
North and South America, and the connection of the Atlantic and Pacific
Oceans. It was once thought that no species of shells were common to the
two sides of the Central American Isthmus, and Dr. Mörch still holds that
opinion; but Dr. Philip Carpenter, who has paid special attention to the
subject, considers that there are at least 35 species absolutely identical,
while as many others are so close that they may be only varieties. Nearly 70
others are distinct but representative species. The genera of marine
mollusca are very largely common to the east and west coasts, more than 40
being so named in the lists published by Mr. Woodward. The West Indian
Islands being a rich shell district, produce a number of peculiar forms, and
the west coast of South America is, to some extent, peopled by Oriental and
Pacific genera of shells. On the west coast there is hardly any coral, while
on the east it is abundant, showing a difference of physical conditions that
must have greatly influenced the development of mollusca. When these
various counteracting influences are taken into consideration, the identity or
close affinity of about 140 species and 40 genera on the two sides of the
Isthmus of Panama becomes very important; and, combined with the fact of
48 species of fish (or 30 per cent. of those known) being identical on the
adjacent coasts of the two oceans (as determined by Dr. Günther), render it
probable that Central America has been partially submerged up to
comparatively recent geological times. Yet another proof of this former
union of two oceans is to be found in the fossil corals of the Antilles of the
Miocene age, which Dr. Duncan finds to be more allied to existing Pacific
forms, than to those of the Atlantic or even of the Caribbean Sea.
are peculiar. Stoastoma, is one of the largest genera; and, with Trochatella
and Alcadia, is confined to the Antilles, while the wide-spread Helicina is
most abundant there.
The Limacidæ, or Old World slugs, are absent from the region, their place
being taken by the allied family, Oncidiadæ.
Marine Shells.—We go out of our usual course to say a few words about the
marine shells of this region, because their distribution on the two sides of
the continent is important, as an indication of the former separation of
North and South America, and the connection of the Atlantic and Pacific
Oceans. It was once thought that no species of shells were common to the
two sides of the Central American Isthmus, and Dr. Mörch still holds that
opinion; but Dr. Philip Carpenter, who has paid special attention to the
subject, considers that there are at least 35 species absolutely identical,
while as many others are so close that they may be only varieties. Nearly 70
others are distinct but representative species. The genera of marine
mollusca are very largely common to the east and west coasts, more than 40
being so named in the lists published by Mr. Woodward. The West Indian
Islands being a rich shell district, produce a number of peculiar forms, and
the west coast of South America is, to some extent, peopled by Oriental and
Pacific genera of shells. On the west coast there is hardly any coral, while
on the east it is abundant, showing a difference of physical conditions that
must have greatly influenced the development of mollusca. When these
various counteracting influences are taken into consideration, the identity or
close affinity of about 140 species and 40 genera on the two sides of the
Isthmus of Panama becomes very important; and, combined with the fact of
48 species of fish (or 30 per cent. of those known) being identical on the
adjacent coasts of the two oceans (as determined by Dr. Günther), render it
probable that Central America has been partially submerged up to
comparatively recent geological times. Yet another proof of this former
union of two oceans is to be found in the fossil corals of the Antilles of the
Miocene age, which Dr. Duncan finds to be more allied to existing Pacific
forms, than to those of the Atlantic or even of the Caribbean Sea.
Page 31
Neotropical Sub-regions.
In the concluding part of this work devoted to geographical zoology, the
sub-regions are arranged in the order best adapted to exhibit them in a
tabular form, and to show the affinities of the several regions; but for our
present purpose it will be best to take first in order that which is the most
important and most extensive, and which exhibits all the peculiar
characteristics of the region in their fullest development. We begin therefore
with our second division.
II. Tropical South-America, or the Brazilian Sub-region.
This extensive district may be defined as consisting of all the tropical
forest-region of South America, including all the open plains and pasture
lands, surrounded by, or intimately associated with, the forests. Its central
mass consists of the great forest-plain of the Amazons, extending from
Paranaiba on the north coast of Brazil (long. 42° W.) to Zamora, in the
province of Loja (lat. 4° S., long. 79° W.), high up in the Andes, on the
west;—a distance in a straight line of more than 2,500 English miles, along
the whole of which there is (almost certainly) one continuous virgin forest.
Its greatest extent from north to south, is from the mouths of the Orinooko
to the eastern slopes of the Andes near La Paz in Bolivia and a little north of
Sta. Cruz de la Sierra (lat. 18° S.), a distance of about 1,900 miles. Within
this area of continuous forests, are included some open "campos," or
patches of pasture lands, the most important being,—the Campos of the
Upper Rio Branco on the northern boundary of Brazil; a tract in the interior
of British Guiana; and another on the northern bank of the Amazon near its
mouth, and extending some little distance on its south bank at Santarem. On
the northern bank of the Orinooko are the Llanos, or flat open plains, partly
flooded in the rainy season; but much of the interior of Venezuela appears
to be forest country. The forest again prevails from Panama to Maracaybo,
and southwards in the Magdalena valley; and on all the western side of the
Andes to about 100 miles south of Guayaquil. On the N.E. coast of Brazil is
a tract of open country, in some parts of which (as near Ceara) rain does not
fall for years together; but south of Cape St. Roque the coast-forests of
Brazil commence, extending to lat. 30° S., clothing all the valleys and hill
In the concluding part of this work devoted to geographical zoology, the
sub-regions are arranged in the order best adapted to exhibit them in a
tabular form, and to show the affinities of the several regions; but for our
present purpose it will be best to take first in order that which is the most
important and most extensive, and which exhibits all the peculiar
characteristics of the region in their fullest development. We begin therefore
with our second division.
II. Tropical South-America, or the Brazilian Sub-region.
This extensive district may be defined as consisting of all the tropical
forest-region of South America, including all the open plains and pasture
lands, surrounded by, or intimately associated with, the forests. Its central
mass consists of the great forest-plain of the Amazons, extending from
Paranaiba on the north coast of Brazil (long. 42° W.) to Zamora, in the
province of Loja (lat. 4° S., long. 79° W.), high up in the Andes, on the
west;—a distance in a straight line of more than 2,500 English miles, along
the whole of which there is (almost certainly) one continuous virgin forest.
Its greatest extent from north to south, is from the mouths of the Orinooko
to the eastern slopes of the Andes near La Paz in Bolivia and a little north of
Sta. Cruz de la Sierra (lat. 18° S.), a distance of about 1,900 miles. Within
this area of continuous forests, are included some open "campos," or
patches of pasture lands, the most important being,—the Campos of the
Upper Rio Branco on the northern boundary of Brazil; a tract in the interior
of British Guiana; and another on the northern bank of the Amazon near its
mouth, and extending some little distance on its south bank at Santarem. On
the northern bank of the Orinooko are the Llanos, or flat open plains, partly
flooded in the rainy season; but much of the interior of Venezuela appears
to be forest country. The forest again prevails from Panama to Maracaybo,
and southwards in the Magdalena valley; and on all the western side of the
Andes to about 100 miles south of Guayaquil. On the N.E. coast of Brazil is
a tract of open country, in some parts of which (as near Ceara) rain does not
fall for years together; but south of Cape St. Roque the coast-forests of
Brazil commence, extending to lat. 30° S., clothing all the valleys and hill
Page 32
sides as far inland as the higher mountain ranges, and even penetrating up
the great valleys far into the interior. To the south-west the forest country
reappears in Paraguay, and extends in patches and partially wooded country,
till it almost reaches the southern extension of the Amazonian forests. The
interior of Brazil is thus in the position of a great island-plateau, rising out
of, and surrounded by, a lowland region of ever-verdant forest. The
Brazilian sub-region comprises all this forest-country and its included open
tracts, and so far beyond it as there exists sufficient woody vegetation to
support its peculiar forms of life. It thus extends considerably beyond the
tropic in Paraguay and south Brazil; while the great desert of Chaco,
extending from 25° to 30° S., lat. between the Parana and the Andes, as well
as the high plateaus of the Andean range, with the strip of sandy desert on
the Pacific coast as far as to about 5° of south latitude, belong to south
temperate America, or the sub-region of the Andes.
Having already given a sketch, of the zoological features of the Neotropical
region as a whole, the greater part of which will apply to this sub-region,
we must here confine ourselves to an indication of the more important
groups which, on the one hand, are confined to it, and on the other are
absent; together with a notice of its special relations to other regions.
Mammalia.—Many of the most remarkable of the American monkeys are
limited to this sub-region; as Lagothrix, Pithecia, and Brachyurus, limited
to the great Amazonian forests; Eriodes to south-east Brazil; and Callithrix
to tropical South America. All the marmosets (Hapalidæ) are also confined
to this sub-region, one only being found at Panama, and perhaps extending
a little beyond it. Among other peculiar forms, are 8 genera of bats; 3
peculiar forms of wild dog; Pteronura, a genus of otters; Inia, a peculiar
form of dolphin inhabiting the upper waters of the Amazon; tapirs of the
genus Tapirus (a distinct genus being found north of Panama); 4 genera of
Muridæ; Ctenomys, a genus of Octodontidæ; the whole family of
Echimyidæ, or spiny rats, (as far as the American continent is concerned)
consisting of 8 genera and 28 species; Chætomys, a genus of Cercolabidæ;
the capybara (Hydrochœrus) the largest known rodent, belonging to the
Caviidæ; the larger ant-eaters (Myrmecophaga); sloths of the genus
Bradypus; 2 genera of armadillos (Dasypodidæ); and two peculiar forms of
the opossum family (Didelphyidæ). No group that is typically Neotropical
the great valleys far into the interior. To the south-west the forest country
reappears in Paraguay, and extends in patches and partially wooded country,
till it almost reaches the southern extension of the Amazonian forests. The
interior of Brazil is thus in the position of a great island-plateau, rising out
of, and surrounded by, a lowland region of ever-verdant forest. The
Brazilian sub-region comprises all this forest-country and its included open
tracts, and so far beyond it as there exists sufficient woody vegetation to
support its peculiar forms of life. It thus extends considerably beyond the
tropic in Paraguay and south Brazil; while the great desert of Chaco,
extending from 25° to 30° S., lat. between the Parana and the Andes, as well
as the high plateaus of the Andean range, with the strip of sandy desert on
the Pacific coast as far as to about 5° of south latitude, belong to south
temperate America, or the sub-region of the Andes.
Having already given a sketch, of the zoological features of the Neotropical
region as a whole, the greater part of which will apply to this sub-region,
we must here confine ourselves to an indication of the more important
groups which, on the one hand, are confined to it, and on the other are
absent; together with a notice of its special relations to other regions.
Mammalia.—Many of the most remarkable of the American monkeys are
limited to this sub-region; as Lagothrix, Pithecia, and Brachyurus, limited
to the great Amazonian forests; Eriodes to south-east Brazil; and Callithrix
to tropical South America. All the marmosets (Hapalidæ) are also confined
to this sub-region, one only being found at Panama, and perhaps extending
a little beyond it. Among other peculiar forms, are 8 genera of bats; 3
peculiar forms of wild dog; Pteronura, a genus of otters; Inia, a peculiar
form of dolphin inhabiting the upper waters of the Amazon; tapirs of the
genus Tapirus (a distinct genus being found north of Panama); 4 genera of
Muridæ; Ctenomys, a genus of Octodontidæ; the whole family of
Echimyidæ, or spiny rats, (as far as the American continent is concerned)
consisting of 8 genera and 28 species; Chætomys, a genus of Cercolabidæ;
the capybara (Hydrochœrus) the largest known rodent, belonging to the
Caviidæ; the larger ant-eaters (Myrmecophaga); sloths of the genus
Bradypus; 2 genera of armadillos (Dasypodidæ); and two peculiar forms of
the opossum family (Didelphyidæ). No group that is typically Neotropical
Page 33
is absent from this sub-region, except such as are peculiar to other single
sub-regions and which will be noticed accordingly. The occurrence of a
solitary species of hare (Lepus braziliensis) in central Brazil and the Andes,
is remarkable, as it is cut off from all its allies, the genus not being known
to occur elsewhere on the continent further south than Costa Rica. The only
important external relation indicated by the Mammalia of this sub-region is
towards the Ethiopian region, 2 genera of Echimyidæ, Aulacodes and
Petromys, occurring in South and South-east Africa.
Plate IV. Characteristic Neotropical Mammalia.—Our illustration
represents a mountainous forest in Brazil, the part of South America where
the Neotropical Mammalia are perhaps best developed. The central and
most conspicuous figure is the collared ant-eater, (Tamandua tetradactyla),
one of the handsomest of the family, in its conspicuous livery of black and
white. To the left are a pair of sloths (Arctopithecus flaccidus) showing the
curious black spot on the back with which many of the species are marked,
and which looks like a hole in the trunk of a tree; but this mark seems to be
only found on the male animal. The fur of many of the sloths has a greenish
tinge, and Dr. Seemann remarked its resemblance to the Tillandsia
usneoides, or "vegetable horsehair," which clothes many of the trees in
Central America; and this probably conceals them from their enemies, the
harpy-eagles. On the right are a pair of opossums (Didelphys azaræ), one of
them swinging by its prehensile tail. Overhead in the foreground are a
group of howling monkeys (Mycetes ursinus) the largest of the American
Quadrumana, and the noisiest of monkeys. The large hollow vessel into
which the hyoid bone is transformed, and which assists in producing their
tremendous howling, is altogether unique in the animal kingdom. Below
them, in the distance, are a group of Sapajou monkeys (Cebus sp.); while
gaudy screaming macaws complete the picture of Brazilian forest life.
Birds.—A very large number of genera of birds, and some entire families,
are confined to this sub-region, as will be seen by looking over the list of
genera at the end of this chapter. We can here only notice the more
important, and summarize the results. More than 120 genera of Passeres are
thus limited, belonging to the following 12 families: Sylviidæ (1),
Troglodytidæ (2), Cœrebidæ (4), Tanagridæ (26), Fringillidæ (8), Icteridæ
(5), Pteroptochidæ (3), Dendrocolaptidæ (12), Formicariidæ (16),
sub-regions and which will be noticed accordingly. The occurrence of a
solitary species of hare (Lepus braziliensis) in central Brazil and the Andes,
is remarkable, as it is cut off from all its allies, the genus not being known
to occur elsewhere on the continent further south than Costa Rica. The only
important external relation indicated by the Mammalia of this sub-region is
towards the Ethiopian region, 2 genera of Echimyidæ, Aulacodes and
Petromys, occurring in South and South-east Africa.
Plate IV. Characteristic Neotropical Mammalia.—Our illustration
represents a mountainous forest in Brazil, the part of South America where
the Neotropical Mammalia are perhaps best developed. The central and
most conspicuous figure is the collared ant-eater, (Tamandua tetradactyla),
one of the handsomest of the family, in its conspicuous livery of black and
white. To the left are a pair of sloths (Arctopithecus flaccidus) showing the
curious black spot on the back with which many of the species are marked,
and which looks like a hole in the trunk of a tree; but this mark seems to be
only found on the male animal. The fur of many of the sloths has a greenish
tinge, and Dr. Seemann remarked its resemblance to the Tillandsia
usneoides, or "vegetable horsehair," which clothes many of the trees in
Central America; and this probably conceals them from their enemies, the
harpy-eagles. On the right are a pair of opossums (Didelphys azaræ), one of
them swinging by its prehensile tail. Overhead in the foreground are a
group of howling monkeys (Mycetes ursinus) the largest of the American
Quadrumana, and the noisiest of monkeys. The large hollow vessel into
which the hyoid bone is transformed, and which assists in producing their
tremendous howling, is altogether unique in the animal kingdom. Below
them, in the distance, are a group of Sapajou monkeys (Cebus sp.); while
gaudy screaming macaws complete the picture of Brazilian forest life.
Birds.—A very large number of genera of birds, and some entire families,
are confined to this sub-region, as will be seen by looking over the list of
genera at the end of this chapter. We can here only notice the more
important, and summarize the results. More than 120 genera of Passeres are
thus limited, belonging to the following 12 families: Sylviidæ (1),
Troglodytidæ (2), Cœrebidæ (4), Tanagridæ (26), Fringillidæ (8), Icteridæ
(5), Pteroptochidæ (3), Dendrocolaptidæ (12), Formicariidæ (16),
Page 34
Tyrannidæ (22), Cotingidæ (16), Pipridæ (10). Of the Picariæ there are 76
peculiar genera belonging to 9 families, viz., Picidæ (2), Rhamphastidæ (1),
Cuculidæ (1), Bucconidæ (2), Galbulidæ (5), Momotidæ (2), Podargidæ (1),
Caprimalgidæ (4), Trochilidæ (58). There are 3 peculiar genera of Psittaci, 8
of Gallinæ, the only genus of Opisthocomidæ, 3 of Accipitres, 1 of Rallidæ,
Psophia and Eurypyga types of distinct families, and 1 genus of Ardeidæ,
Palamedeidæ, and Anatidæ respectively. The preceding enumeration shows
how very rich this sub-region is in peculiar types of all the most
characteristic American families, such as the Tanagridæ, Tyrannidæ,
Cotingidæ, Formicariidæ, Trochilidæ, and Galbulidæ. A considerable
proportion of the genera of the Chilian and Mexican sub-regions also occur
here, so that out of about 680 genera of Neotropical land-birds more than
500 are represented in this sub-region.
Plate XIV.
A BRAZILIAN FOREST, WITH CHARACTERISTIC MAMMALIA.
Without entering minutely into the distribution of species it is difficult to
sub-divide this extensive territory with any satisfactory result.[1] The upland
tract between the Amazon and Orinooko, which may be termed Guiana, was
evidently once an island, yet it possesses few marked distinctive features.
Brazil, which must have formed another great island, has more speciality,
but the intermediate Amazonian forests form a perfect transition between
them. The northern portion of the continent west of the Orinooko has more
peculiar genera belonging to 9 families, viz., Picidæ (2), Rhamphastidæ (1),
Cuculidæ (1), Bucconidæ (2), Galbulidæ (5), Momotidæ (2), Podargidæ (1),
Caprimalgidæ (4), Trochilidæ (58). There are 3 peculiar genera of Psittaci, 8
of Gallinæ, the only genus of Opisthocomidæ, 3 of Accipitres, 1 of Rallidæ,
Psophia and Eurypyga types of distinct families, and 1 genus of Ardeidæ,
Palamedeidæ, and Anatidæ respectively. The preceding enumeration shows
how very rich this sub-region is in peculiar types of all the most
characteristic American families, such as the Tanagridæ, Tyrannidæ,
Cotingidæ, Formicariidæ, Trochilidæ, and Galbulidæ. A considerable
proportion of the genera of the Chilian and Mexican sub-regions also occur
here, so that out of about 680 genera of Neotropical land-birds more than
500 are represented in this sub-region.
Plate XIV.
A BRAZILIAN FOREST, WITH CHARACTERISTIC MAMMALIA.
Without entering minutely into the distribution of species it is difficult to
sub-divide this extensive territory with any satisfactory result.[1] The upland
tract between the Amazon and Orinooko, which may be termed Guiana, was
evidently once an island, yet it possesses few marked distinctive features.
Brazil, which must have formed another great island, has more speciality,
but the intermediate Amazonian forests form a perfect transition between
them. The northern portion of the continent west of the Orinooko has more
Page 35
character; and there are indications that this has received many forms from
Central and North America, and thus blended two faunas once more distinct
than they are now. The family of wood-warblers (Mniotiltidæ) seems to
have belonged to this more northern fauna; for out of 18 genera only 5
extend south of the equator, while 6 range from Mexico or the Antilles into
Columbia, some of these being only winter immigrants and no genus being
exclusively South American. The eastern slopes of the Andes constitute,
however, the richest and best marked province of this sub-region. At least
12 genera of tanagers (Tanagridæ) are found here only, with an immense
number of Fringillidæ,—the former confined to the forests; the latter
ranging to the upland plains. The ant-thrushes (Formicariidæ) on the other
hand seem more abundant in the lowlands, many genera being peculiar to
the Amazonian forests. The superb chatterers (Cotingidæ) also seem to have
their head-quarters in the forests of Brazil and Guiana, and to have thence
spread into the Amazonian valley. Guiana still boasts such remarkable
forms as the cardinal chatterer (Phœnicocercus), the military chatterer
(Hæmatoderus), as well as Querula, Gymnoderus, and Gymnocephalus; but
the first three pass to the south side of the Lower Amazon. Here also belong
the cock of the rock (Rupicola), which ranges from Guiana to the Andes,
and the marvellous umbrella-birds of the Rio Nigro and Upper Amazon
(Cephalopterus), which extends across the Ecuadorean Andes and into
Costa Rica. Brazil has Ptilochloris, Casiornis, Tijuca, Phibalura, and
Calyptura; while not a single genus of this family, except perhaps
Heliochæra, is confined to the extensive range of the Andes. Almost the
same phenomena are presented by the allied Pipridæ or manakins, the
greater part of the genera and species occurring in Eastern South America,
that is in Brazil, Guiana, and the surrounding lowlands rather than in the
Andean valleys. The same may be said of the jacamars (Galbulidæ) and
puff-birds (Bucconidæ); but the humming-birds (Trochilidæ) have their
greatest development in the Andean district. Brazil and Guiana have each a
peculiar genus of parrots; Guiana has three peculiar genera of Cracidæ,
while the Andes north of the equator have two. The Tinamidæ on the other
hand have their metropolis in Brazil, which has two or three peculiar
genera, while two others seem confined to the Andes south of the equator.
The elegant trumpeters (Psophiidæ) are almost restricted to the Amazonian
valley.
Central and North America, and thus blended two faunas once more distinct
than they are now. The family of wood-warblers (Mniotiltidæ) seems to
have belonged to this more northern fauna; for out of 18 genera only 5
extend south of the equator, while 6 range from Mexico or the Antilles into
Columbia, some of these being only winter immigrants and no genus being
exclusively South American. The eastern slopes of the Andes constitute,
however, the richest and best marked province of this sub-region. At least
12 genera of tanagers (Tanagridæ) are found here only, with an immense
number of Fringillidæ,—the former confined to the forests; the latter
ranging to the upland plains. The ant-thrushes (Formicariidæ) on the other
hand seem more abundant in the lowlands, many genera being peculiar to
the Amazonian forests. The superb chatterers (Cotingidæ) also seem to have
their head-quarters in the forests of Brazil and Guiana, and to have thence
spread into the Amazonian valley. Guiana still boasts such remarkable
forms as the cardinal chatterer (Phœnicocercus), the military chatterer
(Hæmatoderus), as well as Querula, Gymnoderus, and Gymnocephalus; but
the first three pass to the south side of the Lower Amazon. Here also belong
the cock of the rock (Rupicola), which ranges from Guiana to the Andes,
and the marvellous umbrella-birds of the Rio Nigro and Upper Amazon
(Cephalopterus), which extends across the Ecuadorean Andes and into
Costa Rica. Brazil has Ptilochloris, Casiornis, Tijuca, Phibalura, and
Calyptura; while not a single genus of this family, except perhaps
Heliochæra, is confined to the extensive range of the Andes. Almost the
same phenomena are presented by the allied Pipridæ or manakins, the
greater part of the genera and species occurring in Eastern South America,
that is in Brazil, Guiana, and the surrounding lowlands rather than in the
Andean valleys. The same may be said of the jacamars (Galbulidæ) and
puff-birds (Bucconidæ); but the humming-birds (Trochilidæ) have their
greatest development in the Andean district. Brazil and Guiana have each a
peculiar genus of parrots; Guiana has three peculiar genera of Cracidæ,
while the Andes north of the equator have two. The Tinamidæ on the other
hand have their metropolis in Brazil, which has two or three peculiar
genera, while two others seem confined to the Andes south of the equator.
The elegant trumpeters (Psophiidæ) are almost restricted to the Amazonian
valley.
Page 36
Somewhat similar facts occur among the Mammalia. At least 3 genera of
monkeys are confined to the great lowland equatorial forests and 1 to
Brazil; Icticyon (Canidæ) and Pteronura (Mustelidæ) belong to Guiana and
Brazil; and most of the Echimyidæ are found in the same districts. The
sloths, ant-eaters, and armadillos all seem more characteristic of the eastern
districts than of the Andean; while the opossums are perhaps equally
plentiful in the Andes.
The preceding facts of distribution lead us to conclude that the highlands of
Brazil and of Guiana represent very ancient lands, dating back to a period
long anterior to the elevation of the Andean range (which is by no means of
great geological antiquity) and perhaps even to the elevation of the
continuous land which forms the base of the mountains. It was, no doubt,
during their slow elevation and the consequent loosening of the surface, that
the vast masses of debris were carried down which filled up the sea
separating the Andean chain from the great islands of Brazil and Guiana,
and formed that enormous extent of fertile lowland forest, which has
created a great continent; given space for the free interaction of the distinct
faunas which here met together, and thus greatly assisted in the marvellous
development of animal and vegetable life, which no other continent can
match. But this development, and the fusion of the various faunas into one
homogeneous assemblage must have been a work of time; and it is probable
that most of the existing continent was dry land before the Andes had
acquired their present altitude. The blending of the originally distinct sub-
faunas has been no doubt assisted by elevations and depressions of the land
or of the ocean, which have alternately diminished and increased the land-
area. This would lead to a crowding together at one time, and a dispersion at
others, which would evidently afford opportunity for many previously
restricted forms to enter fresh areas and become adapted to new modes of
life.
From the preceding sketch it will appear, that the great sub-region of
Tropical South America as here defined, is really formed of three originally
distinct lands, fused together by the vast lowland Amazonian forests. In the
class of birds sufficient materials exist for separating these districts; and
that of the Andes contains a larger series of peculiar genera than either of
the other sub-regions here adopted. But there are many objections to
monkeys are confined to the great lowland equatorial forests and 1 to
Brazil; Icticyon (Canidæ) and Pteronura (Mustelidæ) belong to Guiana and
Brazil; and most of the Echimyidæ are found in the same districts. The
sloths, ant-eaters, and armadillos all seem more characteristic of the eastern
districts than of the Andean; while the opossums are perhaps equally
plentiful in the Andes.
The preceding facts of distribution lead us to conclude that the highlands of
Brazil and of Guiana represent very ancient lands, dating back to a period
long anterior to the elevation of the Andean range (which is by no means of
great geological antiquity) and perhaps even to the elevation of the
continuous land which forms the base of the mountains. It was, no doubt,
during their slow elevation and the consequent loosening of the surface, that
the vast masses of debris were carried down which filled up the sea
separating the Andean chain from the great islands of Brazil and Guiana,
and formed that enormous extent of fertile lowland forest, which has
created a great continent; given space for the free interaction of the distinct
faunas which here met together, and thus greatly assisted in the marvellous
development of animal and vegetable life, which no other continent can
match. But this development, and the fusion of the various faunas into one
homogeneous assemblage must have been a work of time; and it is probable
that most of the existing continent was dry land before the Andes had
acquired their present altitude. The blending of the originally distinct sub-
faunas has been no doubt assisted by elevations and depressions of the land
or of the ocean, which have alternately diminished and increased the land-
area. This would lead to a crowding together at one time, and a dispersion at
others, which would evidently afford opportunity for many previously
restricted forms to enter fresh areas and become adapted to new modes of
life.
From the preceding sketch it will appear, that the great sub-region of
Tropical South America as here defined, is really formed of three originally
distinct lands, fused together by the vast lowland Amazonian forests. In the
class of birds sufficient materials exist for separating these districts; and
that of the Andes contains a larger series of peculiar genera than either of
the other sub-regions here adopted. But there are many objections to
Page 37
making such a sub-division here. It is absolutely impossible to define even
approximate limits to these divisions—to say for example where the
"Andes" ends and where "Brazil" or "Amazonia" or "Guiana" begins; and
the unknown border lands separating these are so vast, that many groups,
now apparently limited in their distribution, may prove to have a very much
wider range. In mammalia, reptiles, and insects, it is even more difficult to
maintain such divisions, so that on the whole it seems better to treat the
entire area as one sub-region, although recognizing the fact of its zoological
and geographical diversity, as well as its vast superiority over every other
sub-region in the number and variety of its animal forms.
The reptiles, fishes, mollusca, and insects of this sub-region have been
sufficiently discussed in treating of the entire region, as by far the larger
proportion of them, except in the case of land-shells, are found here.
Plate XV. Characteristic Neotropical Birds.—To illustrate the ornithology
of South America we place our scene on one of the tributaries of the Upper
Amazon, a district where this class of animals is the most prominent
zoological feature, and where a number of the most remarkable and
interesting birds are to be found. On the left we have the umbrella-bird
(Cephalopterus ornatus), so called from its wonderful crest, which, when
expanded, completely overshadows its head like an umbrella. It is also
adorned with a long tassel of plumes hanging from its breast, which is
formed by a slender fleshy tube clothed with broad feathers. The bird is as
large as a crow, of a glossy blue-black colour, and belongs to the same
family as the exquisitely tinted blue-and-purple chatterers. Flying towards
us are a pair of curl-crested toucans (Pteroglossus beauharnaisii),
distinguished among all other toucans by a crest composed of small black
and shining barbless plumes, resembling curled whalebone. The general
plumage is green above, yellow and red beneath, like many of its allies. To
the right are two of the exquisite little whiskered hummers, or "frill-necked
coquettes," as they are called by Mr. Gould, (Lophornis gouldi). These
diminutive birds are adorned with green-tipped plumes springing from each
side of the throat, as well as with beautiful crests, and are among the most
elegant of the great American family of humming-birds, now numbering
about 400 known species. Overhead are perched a pair of curassows (Crax
globulosa), which represent in America the pheasants of the Old World.
approximate limits to these divisions—to say for example where the
"Andes" ends and where "Brazil" or "Amazonia" or "Guiana" begins; and
the unknown border lands separating these are so vast, that many groups,
now apparently limited in their distribution, may prove to have a very much
wider range. In mammalia, reptiles, and insects, it is even more difficult to
maintain such divisions, so that on the whole it seems better to treat the
entire area as one sub-region, although recognizing the fact of its zoological
and geographical diversity, as well as its vast superiority over every other
sub-region in the number and variety of its animal forms.
The reptiles, fishes, mollusca, and insects of this sub-region have been
sufficiently discussed in treating of the entire region, as by far the larger
proportion of them, except in the case of land-shells, are found here.
Plate XV. Characteristic Neotropical Birds.—To illustrate the ornithology
of South America we place our scene on one of the tributaries of the Upper
Amazon, a district where this class of animals is the most prominent
zoological feature, and where a number of the most remarkable and
interesting birds are to be found. On the left we have the umbrella-bird
(Cephalopterus ornatus), so called from its wonderful crest, which, when
expanded, completely overshadows its head like an umbrella. It is also
adorned with a long tassel of plumes hanging from its breast, which is
formed by a slender fleshy tube clothed with broad feathers. The bird is as
large as a crow, of a glossy blue-black colour, and belongs to the same
family as the exquisitely tinted blue-and-purple chatterers. Flying towards
us are a pair of curl-crested toucans (Pteroglossus beauharnaisii),
distinguished among all other toucans by a crest composed of small black
and shining barbless plumes, resembling curled whalebone. The general
plumage is green above, yellow and red beneath, like many of its allies. To
the right are two of the exquisite little whiskered hummers, or "frill-necked
coquettes," as they are called by Mr. Gould, (Lophornis gouldi). These
diminutive birds are adorned with green-tipped plumes springing from each
side of the throat, as well as with beautiful crests, and are among the most
elegant of the great American family of humming-birds, now numbering
about 400 known species. Overhead are perched a pair of curassows (Crax
globulosa), which represent in America the pheasants of the Old World.
Page 38
There are about a dozen species of these fine birds, most of which are
adorned with handsome curled crests. That figured, is distinguished by the
yellow caruncular swellings at the base of the bill. The tall crane-like bird
near the water is one of the trumpeters, (Psophia leucoptera), elegant birds
with silky plumage peculiar to the Amazon valley. They are often kept in
houses, where they get very tame and affectionate; and they are useful in
catching flies and other house insects, which they do with great
perseverance and dexterity.
Plate XV.
A FOREST SCENE ON THE UPPER AMAZON, WITH SOME CHARACTERISTIC BIRDS.
Islands of Tropical South America.
These are few in number, and, with one exception, not of much interest.
Such islands as Trinidad and Sta. Catherina form parts of South America,
and have no peculiar groups of animals. The small islands of Fernando
Noronha, Trinidad, and Martin Vaz, off the coast of Brazil, are the only
Atlantic islands somewhat remote from land; while the Galapagos
Archipelago in the Pacific is the only group whose productions have been
carefully examined, or which present features of special interest.
adorned with handsome curled crests. That figured, is distinguished by the
yellow caruncular swellings at the base of the bill. The tall crane-like bird
near the water is one of the trumpeters, (Psophia leucoptera), elegant birds
with silky plumage peculiar to the Amazon valley. They are often kept in
houses, where they get very tame and affectionate; and they are useful in
catching flies and other house insects, which they do with great
perseverance and dexterity.
Plate XV.
A FOREST SCENE ON THE UPPER AMAZON, WITH SOME CHARACTERISTIC BIRDS.
Islands of Tropical South America.
These are few in number, and, with one exception, not of much interest.
Such islands as Trinidad and Sta. Catherina form parts of South America,
and have no peculiar groups of animals. The small islands of Fernando
Noronha, Trinidad, and Martin Vaz, off the coast of Brazil, are the only
Atlantic islands somewhat remote from land; while the Galapagos
Archipelago in the Pacific is the only group whose productions have been
carefully examined, or which present features of special interest.
Page 39
Galapagos Islands.—These are situated on the equator, about 500 miles
from the coast of Ecuador. They consist of the large Albemarle island, 70
miles long; four much smaller (18 to 25 miles long), named Narborough,
James, Indefatigable, and Chatham Islands; four smaller still (9 to 12 miles
long), named Abingdon, Bindloes, Hood's, and Charles Islands. All are
volcanic, and consist of fields of black basaltic lava, with great numbers of
extinct craters, a few which are still active. The islands vary in height from
1,700 to 5,000 feet, and they all rise sufficiently high to enter the region of
moist currents of air, so that while the lower parts are parched and
excessively sterile, above 800 or 1,000 feet there is a belt of comparatively
green and fertile country.
These islands are known to support 58 species of Vertebrates,—1
quadruped, 52 birds and 5 reptiles, the greater part of which are found
nowhere else, while a considerable number belong to peculiar and very
remarkable genera. We must therefore notice them in some detail.
Mammalia.—This class is represented by a mouse belonging to the
American genus Hesperomys, but slightly different from any found on the
continent. A true rat (Mus), slightly differing from any European species,
also occurs; and as there can be little doubt that this is an escape from a
ship, somewhat changed under its new conditions of life (the genus Mus not
being indigenous to the American continent), it is not improbable, as Mr.
Darwin remarks, that the American mouse may also have been imported by
man, and have become similarly changed.
Birds.[2]—Recent researches in the islands have increased the number of
land-birds to thirty-two, and of wading and aquatic birds to twenty-three.
All the land birds but two or three are peculiar to the islands, and eighteen,
or considerably more than half, belong to peculiar genera. Of the waders 4
are peculiar, and of the swimmers 2. These are a rail (Porzana spilonota);
two herons (Butorides plumbea and Nycticorax pauper); a flamingo
(Phœnicopterus glyphorhynchus); while the new aquatics are a gull (Larus
fuliginosus), and a penguin (Spheniscus mendiculus).
from the coast of Ecuador. They consist of the large Albemarle island, 70
miles long; four much smaller (18 to 25 miles long), named Narborough,
James, Indefatigable, and Chatham Islands; four smaller still (9 to 12 miles
long), named Abingdon, Bindloes, Hood's, and Charles Islands. All are
volcanic, and consist of fields of black basaltic lava, with great numbers of
extinct craters, a few which are still active. The islands vary in height from
1,700 to 5,000 feet, and they all rise sufficiently high to enter the region of
moist currents of air, so that while the lower parts are parched and
excessively sterile, above 800 or 1,000 feet there is a belt of comparatively
green and fertile country.
These islands are known to support 58 species of Vertebrates,—1
quadruped, 52 birds and 5 reptiles, the greater part of which are found
nowhere else, while a considerable number belong to peculiar and very
remarkable genera. We must therefore notice them in some detail.
Mammalia.—This class is represented by a mouse belonging to the
American genus Hesperomys, but slightly different from any found on the
continent. A true rat (Mus), slightly differing from any European species,
also occurs; and as there can be little doubt that this is an escape from a
ship, somewhat changed under its new conditions of life (the genus Mus not
being indigenous to the American continent), it is not improbable, as Mr.
Darwin remarks, that the American mouse may also have been imported by
man, and have become similarly changed.
Birds.[2]—Recent researches in the islands have increased the number of
land-birds to thirty-two, and of wading and aquatic birds to twenty-three.
All the land birds but two or three are peculiar to the islands, and eighteen,
or considerably more than half, belong to peculiar genera. Of the waders 4
are peculiar, and of the swimmers 2. These are a rail (Porzana spilonota);
two herons (Butorides plumbea and Nycticorax pauper); a flamingo
(Phœnicopterus glyphorhynchus); while the new aquatics are a gull (Larus
fuliginosus), and a penguin (Spheniscus mendiculus).
Page 40
The land-birds are much more interesting. All except the birds of prey
belong to American genera which abound on the opposite coast or on that of
Chili a little further south, or to peculiar genera allied to South American
forms. The only species not peculiar are, Dolichonyx oryzivorus, a bird of
very wide range in America and of migratory habits, which often visits the
Bermudas 600 miles from North America,—and Asio accipitrinus, an owl
which is found almost all over the world. The only genera not exclusively
American are Buteo and Strix, of each of which a peculiar species occurs in
the Galapagos, although very closely allied to South American species.
There remain 10 genera, all either American or peculiar to the Galapagos;
and on these we will remark in systematic order.
1. Mimus, the group of American mocking-thrushes, is represented by three
distinct and well-marked species. 2. Dendrœca, an extensive and wide-
spread genus of the wood-warblers (Mniotiltidæ), is represented by one
species, which ranges over the greater part of the archipelago. The genus is
especially abundant in Mexico, the Antilles, and the northern parts of
tropical America, only one species extending south as far as Chili. 3.
Certhidea, a peculiar genus originally classed among the finches, but which
Mr. Sclater, who has made South American birds his special study,
considers to belong to the Cœrebidæ, or sugar-birds, a family which is
wholly tropical. Two species of this genus inhabit separate islands. 4.
Progne, the American martins (Hirundinidæ), is represented by a peculiar
species. 5. Geospiza, a peculiar genus of finches, of which no less than
eight species occur in the archipelago, but not more than four in any one
island. 6. Camarhynchus (6 sp.) and 7. Cactornis (4 sp.) are two other
peculiar genera of finches; some of the species of which are confined to
single islands, while others inhabit several. 8. Pyrocephalus, a genus of the
American family of tyrant-flycatchers (Tyrannidæ), has one peculiar species
closely allied to T. rubineus, which has a wide range in South America. 9.
Myiarchus, another genus of the same family which does not range further
south than western Ecuador, has also a representative species found in
several of the islands. 10. Zenaida, an American genus of pigeons, has a
species in James Island and probably in some of the others, closely allied to
a species from the west coast of America.
belong to American genera which abound on the opposite coast or on that of
Chili a little further south, or to peculiar genera allied to South American
forms. The only species not peculiar are, Dolichonyx oryzivorus, a bird of
very wide range in America and of migratory habits, which often visits the
Bermudas 600 miles from North America,—and Asio accipitrinus, an owl
which is found almost all over the world. The only genera not exclusively
American are Buteo and Strix, of each of which a peculiar species occurs in
the Galapagos, although very closely allied to South American species.
There remain 10 genera, all either American or peculiar to the Galapagos;
and on these we will remark in systematic order.
1. Mimus, the group of American mocking-thrushes, is represented by three
distinct and well-marked species. 2. Dendrœca, an extensive and wide-
spread genus of the wood-warblers (Mniotiltidæ), is represented by one
species, which ranges over the greater part of the archipelago. The genus is
especially abundant in Mexico, the Antilles, and the northern parts of
tropical America, only one species extending south as far as Chili. 3.
Certhidea, a peculiar genus originally classed among the finches, but which
Mr. Sclater, who has made South American birds his special study,
considers to belong to the Cœrebidæ, or sugar-birds, a family which is
wholly tropical. Two species of this genus inhabit separate islands. 4.
Progne, the American martins (Hirundinidæ), is represented by a peculiar
species. 5. Geospiza, a peculiar genus of finches, of which no less than
eight species occur in the archipelago, but not more than four in any one
island. 6. Camarhynchus (6 sp.) and 7. Cactornis (4 sp.) are two other
peculiar genera of finches; some of the species of which are confined to
single islands, while others inhabit several. 8. Pyrocephalus, a genus of the
American family of tyrant-flycatchers (Tyrannidæ), has one peculiar species
closely allied to T. rubineus, which has a wide range in South America. 9.
Myiarchus, another genus of the same family which does not range further
south than western Ecuador, has also a representative species found in
several of the islands. 10. Zenaida, an American genus of pigeons, has a
species in James Island and probably in some of the others, closely allied to
a species from the west coast of America.
Page 41
It has been already stated that some of the islands possess peculiar species
of birds distinct from the allied forms in other islands, but unfortunately our
knowledge of the different islands is so unequal and of some so imperfect,
that we can form no useful generalizations as to the distribution of birds
among the islands themselves. The largest island is the least known; only
one bird being recorded from it, one of the mocking-thrushes found
nowhere else. Combining the observations of Mr. Darwin with those of Dr.
Habel and Prof. Sundevall, we have species recorded as occurring in seven
of the islands. Albemarle island has but one definitely known species;
Chatham and Bindloe islands have 11 each; Abingdon and Charles islands
12 each; Indefatigable island and James island have each 18 species. This
shows that birds are very fairly distributed over all the islands, one of the
smallest and most remote (Abingdon) furnishing as many as the much
larger Chatham Island, which is also the nearest to the mainland. Taking the
six islands which seem tolerably explored, we find that two of the species
(Dendrœca aureola and Geospiza fortis) occur in all of them; two others
(Geospiza strenua and Myiarchus magnirostris) in five; four (Mimus
melanotis, Geospiza fuliginosa, G. parvula, and Camarhynchus
prosthemelas) in four islands; five (Certhidea olivacea, Cactornis scandens,
Pyrocephalus nanus), and two of the birds of prey, in three islands; nine
(Certhidea fusca, Progne concolor, Geospiza nebulosa, G. magnirostris,
Camarhynchus psittaculus, C. variegatus, C. habeli and Asio accipitrinus)
in two islands; while the remaining ten species are confined to one island
each. These peculiar species are distributed among the islands as follows.
James, Charles and Abingdon islands, have 2 each; Bindloes, Chatham, and
Indefatigable, 1 each. The amount of speciality of James Island is perhaps
only apparent, owing to our ignorance of the fauna of the adjacent large
Albemarle island; the most remote islands north and south, Abingdon and
Charles, have no doubt in reality most peculiar species, as they appear to
have. The scarcity of peculiar species in Chatham Island is remarkable, it
being large, very isolated, and the nearest to the mainland. There is still
room for exploration in these islands, especially in Albemarle, Narborough,
and Hood's islands of which we know nothing.
Reptiles.—The few reptiles found in these islands are very interesting.
There are two snakes, a species of the American genus Herpetodryas, and
another which was at first thought to be a Chilian species (Psammophis
of birds distinct from the allied forms in other islands, but unfortunately our
knowledge of the different islands is so unequal and of some so imperfect,
that we can form no useful generalizations as to the distribution of birds
among the islands themselves. The largest island is the least known; only
one bird being recorded from it, one of the mocking-thrushes found
nowhere else. Combining the observations of Mr. Darwin with those of Dr.
Habel and Prof. Sundevall, we have species recorded as occurring in seven
of the islands. Albemarle island has but one definitely known species;
Chatham and Bindloe islands have 11 each; Abingdon and Charles islands
12 each; Indefatigable island and James island have each 18 species. This
shows that birds are very fairly distributed over all the islands, one of the
smallest and most remote (Abingdon) furnishing as many as the much
larger Chatham Island, which is also the nearest to the mainland. Taking the
six islands which seem tolerably explored, we find that two of the species
(Dendrœca aureola and Geospiza fortis) occur in all of them; two others
(Geospiza strenua and Myiarchus magnirostris) in five; four (Mimus
melanotis, Geospiza fuliginosa, G. parvula, and Camarhynchus
prosthemelas) in four islands; five (Certhidea olivacea, Cactornis scandens,
Pyrocephalus nanus), and two of the birds of prey, in three islands; nine
(Certhidea fusca, Progne concolor, Geospiza nebulosa, G. magnirostris,
Camarhynchus psittaculus, C. variegatus, C. habeli and Asio accipitrinus)
in two islands; while the remaining ten species are confined to one island
each. These peculiar species are distributed among the islands as follows.
James, Charles and Abingdon islands, have 2 each; Bindloes, Chatham, and
Indefatigable, 1 each. The amount of speciality of James Island is perhaps
only apparent, owing to our ignorance of the fauna of the adjacent large
Albemarle island; the most remote islands north and south, Abingdon and
Charles, have no doubt in reality most peculiar species, as they appear to
have. The scarcity of peculiar species in Chatham Island is remarkable, it
being large, very isolated, and the nearest to the mainland. There is still
room for exploration in these islands, especially in Albemarle, Narborough,
and Hood's islands of which we know nothing.
Reptiles.—The few reptiles found in these islands are very interesting.
There are two snakes, a species of the American genus Herpetodryas, and
another which was at first thought to be a Chilian species (Psammophis
Page 42
Temminckii), but which is now considered to be distinct. Of lizards there are
four at least, belonging to as many genera. One is a species of
Phyllodactylus, a wide-spread genus of Geckotidæ; the rest belong to the
American family of the Iguanas, one being a species of the Neotropical
genus Leiocephalus, the other two very remarkable forms, Trachycephalus
and Oreocephalus (formerly united in the genus Amblyrhynchus). The first
is a land, the second a marine, lizard; both are of large size and very
abundant on all the islands; and they are quite distinct from any of the very
numerous genera of Iguanidæ, spread all over the American continent. The
last reptile is a land tortoise (Testudo nigra) of immense size, and also
abundant in all the islands. Its nearest ally is the equally large species of the
Mascarene Islands; an unusual development due, in both cases, to the
absence of enemies permitting these slow but continually growing animals
to attain an immense age. It is believed that each island has a distinct
variety or species of tortoise.
Insects.—Almost the only insects known from these islands are some
Coleoptera, chiefly collected by Mr. Darwin. They consist of a few peculiar
species of American or wide-ranging genera, the most important being, a
Calosoma, Pœcilus, Solenophorus, and Notaphus, among the Carabidæ; an
Oryctes among the Lamellicornes; two new genera of obscure Heteromera;
two Curculionidæ of wide-spread genera; a Longicorn of the South
American genus Eburia; and two small Phytophaga,—a set of species
highly suggestive of accidental immigrations at rare and distant intervals.
Land-Shells.—These consist of small and obscure species, forming two
peculiar sub-genera of Bulimulus, a genus greatly developed on the whole
West coast of America; and a single species of Buliminus, a genus which
ranges over all the world except America. As in the case of the birds, most
of the islands have two or three peculiar species.
General Conclusions.—These islands are wholly volcanic and surrounded
by very deep sea; and Mr. Darwin is of opinion, not only that the islands
have never been more nearly connected with the mainland than at present,
but that they have never been connected among themselves. They are
situated on the Equator, in a sea where gales and storms are almost
four at least, belonging to as many genera. One is a species of
Phyllodactylus, a wide-spread genus of Geckotidæ; the rest belong to the
American family of the Iguanas, one being a species of the Neotropical
genus Leiocephalus, the other two very remarkable forms, Trachycephalus
and Oreocephalus (formerly united in the genus Amblyrhynchus). The first
is a land, the second a marine, lizard; both are of large size and very
abundant on all the islands; and they are quite distinct from any of the very
numerous genera of Iguanidæ, spread all over the American continent. The
last reptile is a land tortoise (Testudo nigra) of immense size, and also
abundant in all the islands. Its nearest ally is the equally large species of the
Mascarene Islands; an unusual development due, in both cases, to the
absence of enemies permitting these slow but continually growing animals
to attain an immense age. It is believed that each island has a distinct
variety or species of tortoise.
Insects.—Almost the only insects known from these islands are some
Coleoptera, chiefly collected by Mr. Darwin. They consist of a few peculiar
species of American or wide-ranging genera, the most important being, a
Calosoma, Pœcilus, Solenophorus, and Notaphus, among the Carabidæ; an
Oryctes among the Lamellicornes; two new genera of obscure Heteromera;
two Curculionidæ of wide-spread genera; a Longicorn of the South
American genus Eburia; and two small Phytophaga,—a set of species
highly suggestive of accidental immigrations at rare and distant intervals.
Land-Shells.—These consist of small and obscure species, forming two
peculiar sub-genera of Bulimulus, a genus greatly developed on the whole
West coast of America; and a single species of Buliminus, a genus which
ranges over all the world except America. As in the case of the birds, most
of the islands have two or three peculiar species.
General Conclusions.—These islands are wholly volcanic and surrounded
by very deep sea; and Mr. Darwin is of opinion, not only that the islands
have never been more nearly connected with the mainland than at present,
but that they have never been connected among themselves. They are
situated on the Equator, in a sea where gales and storms are almost
Page 43
unknown. The main currents are from the south-west, an extension of the
Peruvian drift along the west coast of South America. From their great
extent, and their volcanoes being now almost extinct, we may assume that
they are of considerable antiquity. These facts exactly harmonize with the
theory, that they have been peopled by rare accidental immigrations at very
remote intervals. The only peculiar genera consist of birds and lizards,
which must therefore have been the earliest immigrants. We know that
small Passerine birds annually reach the Bermudas from America, and the
Azores from Europe, the former travelling over 600, the latter over 1000
miles of ocean. These groups of islands are both situated in stormy seas,
and the immigrants are so numerous that hardly any specific change in the
resident birds has taken place. The Galapagos receive no such annual
visitants; hence, when by some rare accident a few individuals of a species
did arrive, they remained isolated, probably for thousands of generations,
and became gradually modified through natural selection under completely
new conditions of existence. Less rare and violent storms would suffice to
carry some of these to other islands, and thus the archipelago would in time
become stocked. It would appear probable, that those which have
undergone most change were the earliest to arrive; so that we might look
upon the three peculiar genera of finches, and Certhidea, the peculiar form
of Cœrebidæ, as among the most ancient inhabitants of the islands, since
they have become so modified as to have apparently no near allies on the
mainland. But other birds may have arrived nearly at the same time, and yet
not have been much changed. A species of very wide range, already adapted
to live under very varied conditions and to compete with varied forms of
life, might not need to become modified so much as a bird of more
restricted range, and more specialized constitution. And if, before any
considerable change had been effected, a second immigration of the same
species occurred, crossing the breed would tend to bring back the original
type of form. While, therefore, we may be sure that birds like the finches,
which are profoundly modified and adapted to the special conditions of the
climate and vegetation, are among the most ancient of the colonists; we
cannot be sure that the less modified form of tyrant-flycatcher or mocking-
thrush, or even the unchanged but cosmopolitan owl, were not of coeval
date; since even if the parent form on the continent has been changed,
successive immigrations may have communicated the same change to the
colonists.
Peruvian drift along the west coast of South America. From their great
extent, and their volcanoes being now almost extinct, we may assume that
they are of considerable antiquity. These facts exactly harmonize with the
theory, that they have been peopled by rare accidental immigrations at very
remote intervals. The only peculiar genera consist of birds and lizards,
which must therefore have been the earliest immigrants. We know that
small Passerine birds annually reach the Bermudas from America, and the
Azores from Europe, the former travelling over 600, the latter over 1000
miles of ocean. These groups of islands are both situated in stormy seas,
and the immigrants are so numerous that hardly any specific change in the
resident birds has taken place. The Galapagos receive no such annual
visitants; hence, when by some rare accident a few individuals of a species
did arrive, they remained isolated, probably for thousands of generations,
and became gradually modified through natural selection under completely
new conditions of existence. Less rare and violent storms would suffice to
carry some of these to other islands, and thus the archipelago would in time
become stocked. It would appear probable, that those which have
undergone most change were the earliest to arrive; so that we might look
upon the three peculiar genera of finches, and Certhidea, the peculiar form
of Cœrebidæ, as among the most ancient inhabitants of the islands, since
they have become so modified as to have apparently no near allies on the
mainland. But other birds may have arrived nearly at the same time, and yet
not have been much changed. A species of very wide range, already adapted
to live under very varied conditions and to compete with varied forms of
life, might not need to become modified so much as a bird of more
restricted range, and more specialized constitution. And if, before any
considerable change had been effected, a second immigration of the same
species occurred, crossing the breed would tend to bring back the original
type of form. While, therefore, we may be sure that birds like the finches,
which are profoundly modified and adapted to the special conditions of the
climate and vegetation, are among the most ancient of the colonists; we
cannot be sure that the less modified form of tyrant-flycatcher or mocking-
thrush, or even the unchanged but cosmopolitan owl, were not of coeval
date; since even if the parent form on the continent has been changed,
successive immigrations may have communicated the same change to the
colonists.
Page 44
The reptiles are somewhat more difficult to account for. We know, however,
that lizards have some means of dispersal over the sea, because we find
existing species with an enormous range. The ancestors of the
Amblyrhynchi must have come as early, probably, as the earliest birds; and
the same powers of dispersal have spread them over every island. The two
American genera of lizards, and the tortoises, are perhaps later immigrants.
Latest of all were the snakes, which hardly differ from continental forms;
but it is not at all improbable that these latter, as well as the peculiar
American mouse, have been early human importations. Snakes are
continually found on board native canoes whose cabins are thatched with
palm leaves; and a few centuries would probably suffice to produce some
modification of a species completely isolated, under conditions widely
different from those of its native country. Land-shells, being so few and
small, and almost all modifications of one type, are a clear indication of
how rare are the conditions which lead to their dispersal over a wide extent
of ocean; since two or three individuals, arriving on two or three occasions
only during the whole period of the existence of the islands, would suffice
to account for the present fauna. Insects have arrived much more
frequently; and this is in accordance with their habits, their lower specific
gravity, their power of flight, and their capacity for resisting for some time
the effects of salt water.
We learn, then, from the fauna of these islands, some very important facts.
We are taught that tropical land-birds, unless blown out of their usual
course by storms, rarely or never venture out to sea, or if they do so, can
seldom pass safely over a distance of 500 miles. The immigrants to the
Galapagos can hardly have averaged a bird in a thousand years. We learn,
that of all reptiles lizards alone have some tolerably effective mode of
transmission across the sea; and this is probably by means of currents, and
in connection with floating vegetation. Yet their transmission is a far rarer
event than that of land-birds; for, whereas three female immigrants will
account for the lizard population, at least eight or ten ancestors are required
for the birds. Land serpents can pass over still more rarely, as two such
transmissions would have sufficed to stock the islands with their snakes;
and it is not certain that either of these occurred without the aid of man. It is
doubtful whether mammals or batrachians have any means of passing,
independently of man's assistance; the former having but one doubtfully
that lizards have some means of dispersal over the sea, because we find
existing species with an enormous range. The ancestors of the
Amblyrhynchi must have come as early, probably, as the earliest birds; and
the same powers of dispersal have spread them over every island. The two
American genera of lizards, and the tortoises, are perhaps later immigrants.
Latest of all were the snakes, which hardly differ from continental forms;
but it is not at all improbable that these latter, as well as the peculiar
American mouse, have been early human importations. Snakes are
continually found on board native canoes whose cabins are thatched with
palm leaves; and a few centuries would probably suffice to produce some
modification of a species completely isolated, under conditions widely
different from those of its native country. Land-shells, being so few and
small, and almost all modifications of one type, are a clear indication of
how rare are the conditions which lead to their dispersal over a wide extent
of ocean; since two or three individuals, arriving on two or three occasions
only during the whole period of the existence of the islands, would suffice
to account for the present fauna. Insects have arrived much more
frequently; and this is in accordance with their habits, their lower specific
gravity, their power of flight, and their capacity for resisting for some time
the effects of salt water.
We learn, then, from the fauna of these islands, some very important facts.
We are taught that tropical land-birds, unless blown out of their usual
course by storms, rarely or never venture out to sea, or if they do so, can
seldom pass safely over a distance of 500 miles. The immigrants to the
Galapagos can hardly have averaged a bird in a thousand years. We learn,
that of all reptiles lizards alone have some tolerably effective mode of
transmission across the sea; and this is probably by means of currents, and
in connection with floating vegetation. Yet their transmission is a far rarer
event than that of land-birds; for, whereas three female immigrants will
account for the lizard population, at least eight or ten ancestors are required
for the birds. Land serpents can pass over still more rarely, as two such
transmissions would have sufficed to stock the islands with their snakes;
and it is not certain that either of these occurred without the aid of man. It is
doubtful whether mammals or batrachians have any means of passing,
independently of man's assistance; the former having but one doubtfully
Page 45
indigenous representative, the latter none at all. The remarkable absence of
all gay or conspicuous flowers in these tropical islands, though possessing a
zone of fairly luxuriant shrubby vegetation, and the dependence of this
phenomenon on the extreme scarcity of insects, has been already noticed at
Vol. I. p. 461, when treating of a somewhat similar peculiarity of the New
Zealand fauna and flora.
I. South Temperate America, or the Chilian Sub-region.
This sub-region may be generally defined as the temperate portion of South
America. On the south, it commences with the cold damp forests of Tierra
del Fuego, and their continuation up the west coast to Chiloe and northward
to near Santiago. To the east we have the barren plains of Patagonia,
gradually changing towards the north into the more fertile, but still treeless,
pampas of La Plata. Whether this sub-region should be continued across the
Rio de la Plata into Uruguay and Entre-rios, is somewhat doubtful. To the
west of the Parana it extends northward over the Chaco desert, till we
approach the border of the great forests near St. Cruz de la Sierra. On the
plateau of the Andes, however, it must be continued still further north,
along the "paramos" or alpine pastures, till we reach 5° of South latitude.
Beyond this the Andes are very narrow, having no double range with an
intervening plateau; and although some of the peculiar forms of the
temperate zone pass on to the equator or even beyond it, these are not
sufficiently numerous to warrant our extending the sub-region to include
them. Along with the high Andes it seems necessary to include the western
strip of arid country, which is mostly peopled by forms derived from Chili
and the south temperate regions.
Mammalia.—This sub-region is well characterised by the possession of an
entire family of mammalia having Neotropical affinities—the Chinchillidæ.
It consists of 3 genera—Chinchilla (2 sp.), inhabiting the Andes of Chili
and Peru as far as 9° south latitude, and at from 8,000 to 12,000 feet
altitude; Lagidium (3 sp.), ranging over the Andes of Chili, Peru, and South
Ecuador, from 11,000 to 16,000 feet altitude; and Lagostomus (1 sp.), the
"viscacha," confined to the pampas between the Uruguay and Rio Negro.
Many important genera are also confined to this sub-region. Auchenia (4
all gay or conspicuous flowers in these tropical islands, though possessing a
zone of fairly luxuriant shrubby vegetation, and the dependence of this
phenomenon on the extreme scarcity of insects, has been already noticed at
Vol. I. p. 461, when treating of a somewhat similar peculiarity of the New
Zealand fauna and flora.
I. South Temperate America, or the Chilian Sub-region.
This sub-region may be generally defined as the temperate portion of South
America. On the south, it commences with the cold damp forests of Tierra
del Fuego, and their continuation up the west coast to Chiloe and northward
to near Santiago. To the east we have the barren plains of Patagonia,
gradually changing towards the north into the more fertile, but still treeless,
pampas of La Plata. Whether this sub-region should be continued across the
Rio de la Plata into Uruguay and Entre-rios, is somewhat doubtful. To the
west of the Parana it extends northward over the Chaco desert, till we
approach the border of the great forests near St. Cruz de la Sierra. On the
plateau of the Andes, however, it must be continued still further north,
along the "paramos" or alpine pastures, till we reach 5° of South latitude.
Beyond this the Andes are very narrow, having no double range with an
intervening plateau; and although some of the peculiar forms of the
temperate zone pass on to the equator or even beyond it, these are not
sufficiently numerous to warrant our extending the sub-region to include
them. Along with the high Andes it seems necessary to include the western
strip of arid country, which is mostly peopled by forms derived from Chili
and the south temperate regions.
Mammalia.—This sub-region is well characterised by the possession of an
entire family of mammalia having Neotropical affinities—the Chinchillidæ.
It consists of 3 genera—Chinchilla (2 sp.), inhabiting the Andes of Chili
and Peru as far as 9° south latitude, and at from 8,000 to 12,000 feet
altitude; Lagidium (3 sp.), ranging over the Andes of Chili, Peru, and South
Ecuador, from 11,000 to 16,000 feet altitude; and Lagostomus (1 sp.), the
"viscacha," confined to the pampas between the Uruguay and Rio Negro.
Many important genera are also confined to this sub-region. Auchenia (4
Page 46
sp.), including the domesticated llamas and alpacas, the vicugna which
inhabits the Andes of Peru and Chili, and the guanaco which ranges over
the plains of Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego. Although this genus is allied
to the Old World camels, it is a very distinct form, and its introduction from
North America, where the family appear to have originated, may date back
to a remote epoch. Ursus ornatus, the "spectacled bear" of the Chilian
Andes, is a remarkable form, supposed to be most allied to the Malay bear,
and probably forming a distinct genus, which has been named Tremarctos.
Four genera of Octodontidæ are also peculiar to this sub-region, or almost
so; Habrocomus (1 sp.) is Chilian; Spalacopus (2 sp.) is found in Chili and
on the east side of the southern Andes; Octodon (3 sp.) ranges from Chili
into Peru and Bolivia; Ctenomys (6 sp.) from the Straits of Magellan to
Bolivia, with one species in South Brazil. Dolichotis, one of the Cavies,
ranges from Patagonia to Mendoza, and on the east coast to 37½° S.
latitude. Myopotamus (1 sp.), the coypu (Echimyidæ), ranges from 33° to
48° S. latitude on the west side of the Andes, and from the frontiers of Peru
to 42° S. on the east side. Reithrodon and Acodon, genera of Muridæ, are
also confined to Temperate South America; Tolypeutes and
Chlamydophorus, two genera of armadillos, the latter very peculiar in its
organization and sometimes placed in a distinct family, are found only in La
Plata and the highlands of Bolivia, and so belong to this sub-region. Otaria,
one of the "eared seals" (Otariidæ), is confined to the coasts of this sub-
region and the antarctic islands. Deer of American groups extend as far as
Chiloe on the west, and the Straits of Magellan on the east coast. Mice of
the South American genera Hesperomys and Reithrodon, are abundant down
to the Straits of Magellan and into Tierra del Fuego, Mr. Darwin having
collected more than 20 distinct species. The following are the genera of
Mammalia which have been observed on the shores of the Straits of
Magellan, those marked * extending into Tierra del Fuego: *Pseudalopex
(two wolf-like foxes), Felis (the puma), Mephitis (skunks), Cervus (deer),
*Auchenia (guanaco), *Ctenomys (tucu-tucu), *Reithrodon and
*Hesperomys (American mice).
Birds.—Three families of Birds are confined to this sub-region,—
Phytotomidæ (1 genus, 3 sp.), inhabiting Chili, La Plata, and Bolivia;
Chionididæ (1 genus, 2 sp.) the "sheath-bills," found only at the southern
extremity of the continent and in Kerguelen's Island, which with the other
inhabits the Andes of Peru and Chili, and the guanaco which ranges over
the plains of Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego. Although this genus is allied
to the Old World camels, it is a very distinct form, and its introduction from
North America, where the family appear to have originated, may date back
to a remote epoch. Ursus ornatus, the "spectacled bear" of the Chilian
Andes, is a remarkable form, supposed to be most allied to the Malay bear,
and probably forming a distinct genus, which has been named Tremarctos.
Four genera of Octodontidæ are also peculiar to this sub-region, or almost
so; Habrocomus (1 sp.) is Chilian; Spalacopus (2 sp.) is found in Chili and
on the east side of the southern Andes; Octodon (3 sp.) ranges from Chili
into Peru and Bolivia; Ctenomys (6 sp.) from the Straits of Magellan to
Bolivia, with one species in South Brazil. Dolichotis, one of the Cavies,
ranges from Patagonia to Mendoza, and on the east coast to 37½° S.
latitude. Myopotamus (1 sp.), the coypu (Echimyidæ), ranges from 33° to
48° S. latitude on the west side of the Andes, and from the frontiers of Peru
to 42° S. on the east side. Reithrodon and Acodon, genera of Muridæ, are
also confined to Temperate South America; Tolypeutes and
Chlamydophorus, two genera of armadillos, the latter very peculiar in its
organization and sometimes placed in a distinct family, are found only in La
Plata and the highlands of Bolivia, and so belong to this sub-region. Otaria,
one of the "eared seals" (Otariidæ), is confined to the coasts of this sub-
region and the antarctic islands. Deer of American groups extend as far as
Chiloe on the west, and the Straits of Magellan on the east coast. Mice of
the South American genera Hesperomys and Reithrodon, are abundant down
to the Straits of Magellan and into Tierra del Fuego, Mr. Darwin having
collected more than 20 distinct species. The following are the genera of
Mammalia which have been observed on the shores of the Straits of
Magellan, those marked * extending into Tierra del Fuego: *Pseudalopex
(two wolf-like foxes), Felis (the puma), Mephitis (skunks), Cervus (deer),
*Auchenia (guanaco), *Ctenomys (tucu-tucu), *Reithrodon and
*Hesperomys (American mice).
Birds.—Three families of Birds are confined to this sub-region,—
Phytotomidæ (1 genus, 3 sp.), inhabiting Chili, La Plata, and Bolivia;
Chionididæ (1 genus, 2 sp.) the "sheath-bills," found only at the southern
extremity of the continent and in Kerguelen's Island, which with the other
Page 47
antarctic lands perhaps comes best here; Thinocoridæ (2 genera, 6 species)
an isolated family of waders, ranging over the whole sub-region and
extending northward to the equatorial Andes. Many genera are also
peculiar: 3 of Fringillidæ, and 1 of Icteridæ; 9 of Dendrocolaptidæ, 6 of
Tyrannidæ, 3 of Trochilidæ, and 4 of Pteroptochidæ,—the last four South
American families. There is also a peculiar genus of parrots
(Henicognathus) in Chili; two of pigeons (Metriopelia and Gymnopelia)
confined to the Andes and west coast from Peru to Chili; two of Tinamous,
Tinamotes in the Andes, and Calodromus in La Plata; three of Charadriidæ,
Phægornis, Pluvianellus, and Oreophilus; and Rhea, the American
ostriches, inhabiting all Patagonia and the pampas. Perhaps the Cariamidæ
have almost as much right here as in the last sub-region, inhabiting as they
do, the "pampas" of La Plata and the upland "campos" of Brazil; and even
among the wide-ranging aquatic birds, we have a peculiar genus,
Merganetta, one of the duck family, which is confined to the temperate
plateau of the Andes.
Against this extensive series of characteristic groups, all either of American
type or very distinct forms of Old World families, and therefore implying
great antiquity, we find, in mammalia and birds, very scanty evidence of
that direct affinity with the north temperate zone, on which some naturalists
lay so much stress. We cannot point to a single terrestrial genus, which is
characteristic of the north and reappears in this south temperate region
without also occurring over much of the intervening land. Mustela seems
only to have reached Peru; Lepus is isolated in Brazil; true Ursus does not
pass south of Mexico. In birds, the northern groups rarely go further south
than Mexico or the Columbian Andes; and the only case of discontinuous
distribution we can find recorded is that of the genus of ducks,
Camptolæmus, which has a species on the east side of North America and
another in Chili and the Falkland Islands, but these, Professor Newton
assures me, do not properly belong to the same genus. Out of 30 genera of
land-birds collected on the Rio Negro in Patagonia, by Mr. Hudson, only
four extend beyond the American continent, and the same exclusively
American character applies equally to its southern extremity. No list
appears to have been yet published of the land-birds of the Straits of
Magellan and Tierra del Fuego. The following is compiled from the
an isolated family of waders, ranging over the whole sub-region and
extending northward to the equatorial Andes. Many genera are also
peculiar: 3 of Fringillidæ, and 1 of Icteridæ; 9 of Dendrocolaptidæ, 6 of
Tyrannidæ, 3 of Trochilidæ, and 4 of Pteroptochidæ,—the last four South
American families. There is also a peculiar genus of parrots
(Henicognathus) in Chili; two of pigeons (Metriopelia and Gymnopelia)
confined to the Andes and west coast from Peru to Chili; two of Tinamous,
Tinamotes in the Andes, and Calodromus in La Plata; three of Charadriidæ,
Phægornis, Pluvianellus, and Oreophilus; and Rhea, the American
ostriches, inhabiting all Patagonia and the pampas. Perhaps the Cariamidæ
have almost as much right here as in the last sub-region, inhabiting as they
do, the "pampas" of La Plata and the upland "campos" of Brazil; and even
among the wide-ranging aquatic birds, we have a peculiar genus,
Merganetta, one of the duck family, which is confined to the temperate
plateau of the Andes.
Against this extensive series of characteristic groups, all either of American
type or very distinct forms of Old World families, and therefore implying
great antiquity, we find, in mammalia and birds, very scanty evidence of
that direct affinity with the north temperate zone, on which some naturalists
lay so much stress. We cannot point to a single terrestrial genus, which is
characteristic of the north and reappears in this south temperate region
without also occurring over much of the intervening land. Mustela seems
only to have reached Peru; Lepus is isolated in Brazil; true Ursus does not
pass south of Mexico. In birds, the northern groups rarely go further south
than Mexico or the Columbian Andes; and the only case of discontinuous
distribution we can find recorded is that of the genus of ducks,
Camptolæmus, which has a species on the east side of North America and
another in Chili and the Falkland Islands, but these, Professor Newton
assures me, do not properly belong to the same genus. Out of 30 genera of
land-birds collected on the Rio Negro in Patagonia, by Mr. Hudson, only
four extend beyond the American continent, and the same exclusively
American character applies equally to its southern extremity. No list
appears to have been yet published of the land-birds of the Straits of
Magellan and Tierra del Fuego. The following is compiled from the
Page 48
observations of Mr. Darwin, the recent voyage of Professor Cunningham,
and other sources; and will be useful for comparison.
Turdidæ. Picidæ.
1. Turdus falklandicus. *23. Campephilus magellanicus.
24. Picus lignarius.
Troglodytidæ.
2. Troglodytes magellanicus. Alcedinidæ.
25. Ceryle stellata.
Fringillidæ.
3. Chrysomitris barbata. Trochilidæ.
*4. Phrygilus gayi. 26. Eustephanus galeritus.
*5. " aldunatii
6. " fruticeti Conuridæ.
*7. " xanthogrammus 27. Conurus patagonus.
8. Zonotrichia pileata.
Vulturidæ.
Icteridæ. 28. Cathartes aura.
9. Sturnella militaris. 29. Sarcorhamphus gryphus.
10. Curæus aterrimus.
Falconidæ.
Hirundinidæ. 30. Circus macropterus.
11. Hirundo meyeni. 31. Buteo erythronotus.
32. Geranoaëtus melanolencus.
Tyrannidæ. 33. Accipiter chilensis.
12. Tænioptera pyrope. 34. Cerchneis sparverius.
13. Myiotheretes rufiventris. 35. Milvago albogularis.
14. Muscisaxicola mentalis. 36. Polyborus tharus.
15. Centrites niger.
16. Anæretes parulus. Strigidæ.
17. Elainea griseogularis. 37. Asio accipitrinus.
38. Bubo magellanicus.
Dendrocolaptidæ. 39. Pholeoptynx cunicularia.
18. Upucerthia dumetoria. 40. Glaucidium nana.
*19. Cinclodes patagonicus. 41. Syrnium rufipes.
*20. " fuscus
and other sources; and will be useful for comparison.
Turdidæ. Picidæ.
1. Turdus falklandicus. *23. Campephilus magellanicus.
24. Picus lignarius.
Troglodytidæ.
2. Troglodytes magellanicus. Alcedinidæ.
25. Ceryle stellata.
Fringillidæ.
3. Chrysomitris barbata. Trochilidæ.
*4. Phrygilus gayi. 26. Eustephanus galeritus.
*5. " aldunatii
6. " fruticeti Conuridæ.
*7. " xanthogrammus 27. Conurus patagonus.
8. Zonotrichia pileata.
Vulturidæ.
Icteridæ. 28. Cathartes aura.
9. Sturnella militaris. 29. Sarcorhamphus gryphus.
10. Curæus aterrimus.
Falconidæ.
Hirundinidæ. 30. Circus macropterus.
11. Hirundo meyeni. 31. Buteo erythronotus.
32. Geranoaëtus melanolencus.
Tyrannidæ. 33. Accipiter chilensis.
12. Tænioptera pyrope. 34. Cerchneis sparverius.
13. Myiotheretes rufiventris. 35. Milvago albogularis.
14. Muscisaxicola mentalis. 36. Polyborus tharus.
15. Centrites niger.
16. Anæretes parulus. Strigidæ.
17. Elainea griseogularis. 37. Asio accipitrinus.
38. Bubo magellanicus.
Dendrocolaptidæ. 39. Pholeoptynx cunicularia.
18. Upucerthia dumetoria. 40. Glaucidium nana.
*19. Cinclodes patagonicus. 41. Syrnium rufipes.
*20. " fuscus
Page 49
*21. Oxyurus spinicauda. Struthionidæ.
42. Rhea darwinii.
Pteroptochidæ.
*22. Scytalopus magellanicus.
In the above list the species marked * extend to Tierra del Fuego. It is a
remarkable fact that so many of the species belong to genera which are
wholly Neotropical, and that the specially South American families of
Icteridæ, Tyrannidæ, Dendrocolaptidæ, Pteroptochidæ, Trochilidæ, and
Conuridæ, should supply more than one-third of the species; while the
purely South American genus Phrygilus, should be represented by four
species, three of which abound in Tierra del Fuego.
Plate XVI. A Scene in the Andes of Chili, with characteristic Animals.—The
fauna of South Temperate America being most fully developed in Chili, we
place the scene of our illustration in that country. In the foreground we have
a pair of the beautiful little chinchillas (Chinchilla lanigera), belonging to a
family of animals peculiar to the sub-region. There are only two species of
this group, both confined to the higher Andes, at about 8000 feet elevation.
Coming round a projecting ridge of the mountain, are a herd of vicunas
(Auchenia vicugna), one of that peculiar form of the camel tribe found in
South America and confined to its temperate and alpine regions. The upper
bird is a plant-cutter (Phytotoma rara), of sober plumage but allied to the
beautiful chatterers, though forming a separate family. Below, standing on a
rock, is a plover-like bird, the Thinocorus orbignianus, which is considered
to belong to a separate family, though allied to the plovers and sheath-bills.
Its habits are, however, more those of the quails or partridges, living inland
in dry and desert places, and feeding on plants, roots, and insects. Above is
a condor, the most characteristic bird of the high Andes.
Reptiles and Amphibia.—These groups show, for the most part, similar
modifications of American and Neotropical forms, as those we have seen to
prevail among the birds. Snakes do not seem to go very far south, but
several South American genera of Colubridæ and Dendrophidæ occur in
Chili; while Enophrys is peculiar to La Plata, and Callorhinus to Patagonia,
both belonging to the Colubridæ. The Elapidæ do not extend into the
42. Rhea darwinii.
Pteroptochidæ.
*22. Scytalopus magellanicus.
In the above list the species marked * extend to Tierra del Fuego. It is a
remarkable fact that so many of the species belong to genera which are
wholly Neotropical, and that the specially South American families of
Icteridæ, Tyrannidæ, Dendrocolaptidæ, Pteroptochidæ, Trochilidæ, and
Conuridæ, should supply more than one-third of the species; while the
purely South American genus Phrygilus, should be represented by four
species, three of which abound in Tierra del Fuego.
Plate XVI. A Scene in the Andes of Chili, with characteristic Animals.—The
fauna of South Temperate America being most fully developed in Chili, we
place the scene of our illustration in that country. In the foreground we have
a pair of the beautiful little chinchillas (Chinchilla lanigera), belonging to a
family of animals peculiar to the sub-region. There are only two species of
this group, both confined to the higher Andes, at about 8000 feet elevation.
Coming round a projecting ridge of the mountain, are a herd of vicunas
(Auchenia vicugna), one of that peculiar form of the camel tribe found in
South America and confined to its temperate and alpine regions. The upper
bird is a plant-cutter (Phytotoma rara), of sober plumage but allied to the
beautiful chatterers, though forming a separate family. Below, standing on a
rock, is a plover-like bird, the Thinocorus orbignianus, which is considered
to belong to a separate family, though allied to the plovers and sheath-bills.
Its habits are, however, more those of the quails or partridges, living inland
in dry and desert places, and feeding on plants, roots, and insects. Above is
a condor, the most characteristic bird of the high Andes.
Reptiles and Amphibia.—These groups show, for the most part, similar
modifications of American and Neotropical forms, as those we have seen to
prevail among the birds. Snakes do not seem to go very far south, but
several South American genera of Colubridæ and Dendrophidæ occur in
Chili; while Enophrys is peculiar to La Plata, and Callorhinus to Patagonia,
both belonging to the Colubridæ. The Elapidæ do not extend into the
Page 50
temperate zone; but Craspedocephalus, one of the Crotalidæ, occurs at
Bahia Blanca in Patagonia (Lat. 40° S.)
Plate XVI.
THE CHILIAN ANDES, WITH CHARACTERISTIC ANIMALS.
Lizards are much more numerous, and there are several peculiar and
interesting forms. Three families are represented; Teidæ by two genera—
Callopistes peculiar to Chili, and Ameiva which ranges over almost the
whole American continent and is found in Patagonia; Geckotidæ by four
genera, two of which,—Caudiverbera and Homonota—are peculiar to
Chili, while Sphærodactylus and Cubina are Neotropical, the former
ranging to Patagonia, the latter to Chili; and lastly the American family
Iguanidæ represented by eight genera, no less than six being peculiar, (or
almost so,) to the South temperate region. These are Leiodera, Diplolæmus
and Proctrotretus, ranging from Chili to Patagonia; Leiolæmus, from Peru
to Patagonia; Phrymaturus, confined to Chili, and Ptygoderus peculiar to
Bahia Blanca in Patagonia (Lat. 40° S.)
Plate XVI.
THE CHILIAN ANDES, WITH CHARACTERISTIC ANIMALS.
Lizards are much more numerous, and there are several peculiar and
interesting forms. Three families are represented; Teidæ by two genera—
Callopistes peculiar to Chili, and Ameiva which ranges over almost the
whole American continent and is found in Patagonia; Geckotidæ by four
genera, two of which,—Caudiverbera and Homonota—are peculiar to
Chili, while Sphærodactylus and Cubina are Neotropical, the former
ranging to Patagonia, the latter to Chili; and lastly the American family
Iguanidæ represented by eight genera, no less than six being peculiar, (or
almost so,) to the South temperate region. These are Leiodera, Diplolæmus
and Proctrotretus, ranging from Chili to Patagonia; Leiolæmus, from Peru
to Patagonia; Phrymaturus, confined to Chili, and Ptygoderus peculiar to
Page 51
Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego. The other two genera, Oplurus and
Leiosaurus, are common to Chili and tropical South America.
Tortoises appear to be scarce, a species of Hydromedusa only being
recorded. Of the Amphibia, batrachia (frogs and toads) alone are
represented, and appear to be tolerably abundant, seventeen species having
been collected by Mr. Darwin in this sub-region. Species of the South
American genera Phryniscus, Hylaplesia, Telmatobius, Cacotus, Hylodes,
Cyclorhamphus, Pleurodema, Cystignathus, and Leiuperus, are found in
various localities, some extending even to the Straits of Magellan,—-the
extreme southern limit of both Reptilia and Amphibia, except one lizard
(Ptygoderus) found by Professor Cunningham in Tierra del Fuego. There
are also four peculiar genera, Rhinoderma belonging to the Engystomidæ;
Alsodes and Nannophryne to the Bombinatoridæ; Opisthodelphys to the
Hylidæ; and Calyptocephalus to the Discoglossidæ.
It thus appears, that in the Reptiles all the groups are typically American,
and that most of the peculiar genera belong to families which are
exclusively American. The Amphibia, on the other hand, present some
interesting external relations, but these are as much with Australia as with
the North temperate regions. The Bombinatoridæ are indeed Palæarctic, but
a larger proportion are Neotropical, and one genus inhabits New Zealand.
The Chilian genus Calyptocephalus is allied to Australian tropical genera.
The Neotropical genera of Ranidæ, five of which extend to Chili and
Patagonia, belong to a division which is Australian and Neotropical, and
which has species in the Oriental and Ethiopian regions.
Fresh-water Fishes.—These present some peculiar forms, and some very
interesting phenomena of distribution. The genus Percilia has been found
only in the Rio de Maypu in Chili; and Percichthys, also belonging to the
perch family, has five species confined to the fresh waters of South
Temperate America, and one far away in Java. Nematogenys (1 sp.) is
peculiar to Chili; Trichomycterus reaches 15,000 feet elevation in the
Andes,—both belonging to the Siluridæ; Chirodon (2 sp.), belonging to the
Characinidæ, is peculiar to Chili; and several other genera of the same
family extend into this sub-region from Brazil. The family Haplochitonidæ
Leiosaurus, are common to Chili and tropical South America.
Tortoises appear to be scarce, a species of Hydromedusa only being
recorded. Of the Amphibia, batrachia (frogs and toads) alone are
represented, and appear to be tolerably abundant, seventeen species having
been collected by Mr. Darwin in this sub-region. Species of the South
American genera Phryniscus, Hylaplesia, Telmatobius, Cacotus, Hylodes,
Cyclorhamphus, Pleurodema, Cystignathus, and Leiuperus, are found in
various localities, some extending even to the Straits of Magellan,—-the
extreme southern limit of both Reptilia and Amphibia, except one lizard
(Ptygoderus) found by Professor Cunningham in Tierra del Fuego. There
are also four peculiar genera, Rhinoderma belonging to the Engystomidæ;
Alsodes and Nannophryne to the Bombinatoridæ; Opisthodelphys to the
Hylidæ; and Calyptocephalus to the Discoglossidæ.
It thus appears, that in the Reptiles all the groups are typically American,
and that most of the peculiar genera belong to families which are
exclusively American. The Amphibia, on the other hand, present some
interesting external relations, but these are as much with Australia as with
the North temperate regions. The Bombinatoridæ are indeed Palæarctic, but
a larger proportion are Neotropical, and one genus inhabits New Zealand.
The Chilian genus Calyptocephalus is allied to Australian tropical genera.
The Neotropical genera of Ranidæ, five of which extend to Chili and
Patagonia, belong to a division which is Australian and Neotropical, and
which has species in the Oriental and Ethiopian regions.
Fresh-water Fishes.—These present some peculiar forms, and some very
interesting phenomena of distribution. The genus Percilia has been found
only in the Rio de Maypu in Chili; and Percichthys, also belonging to the
perch family, has five species confined to the fresh waters of South
Temperate America, and one far away in Java. Nematogenys (1 sp.) is
peculiar to Chili; Trichomycterus reaches 15,000 feet elevation in the
Andes,—both belonging to the Siluridæ; Chirodon (2 sp.), belonging to the
Characinidæ, is peculiar to Chili; and several other genera of the same
family extend into this sub-region from Brazil. The family Haplochitonidæ
Page 52
has a remarkable distribution; one of its genera, Haplochiton (2 sp.),
inhabiting Tierra del Fuego and the Falkland Islands, while the other,
Prototroctes, is found only in South Australia and New Zealand. Still more
remarkable is Galaxias (forming the family Galaxidæ), the species of which
are divided between Temperate South America, and Australia, Tasmania,
and New Zealand; and there is even one species (Galaxias attenuatus)
which is found in the Chatham Islands, New Zealand, and Tasmania, as
well as in the Falkland Islands and Patagonia. Fitzroya (1 sp.) is found only
at Montevideo; Orestias (6 sp.) is peculiar to Lake Titicaca in the high
Andes of Bolivia; Jenynsia (1 sp.) in the Rio de la Plata—all belonging to
the characteristic South American family of the Cyprinodontidæ.
Insects.—It is in insects more than in any other class of animals, that we
find clear indications of a not very remote migration of northern forms,
along the great mountain range to South Temperate America, where they
have established themselves as a prominent feature in the entomology of the
country. The several orders and families, however, differ greatly in this
respect; and there are some groups which are only represented by
modifications of tropical forms, as we have seen to be almost entirely the
case in birds and reptiles.
Lepidoptera.—The butterflies of the South Temperate Sub-region are not
numerous, only about 29 genera and 80 species being recorded. Most of
these are from Chili, which is sufficiently accounted for by the general
absence of wood on the east side of the Andes from Buenos Ayres to South
Patagonia. The families represented are as follows: Satyridæ, with 11
genera and 27 species, are the most abundant; Nymphalidæ, 2 genera and 8
species; Lemoniidæ, 1 genus, 1 species; Lycænidæ, 3 genera, 8 species;
Pieridæ, 6 genera, 14 species; Papilionidæ, 2 genera, 8 species; Hesperidæ,
4 genera, 13 species. One genus of Satyridæ (Elina) and 2 of Pieridæ
(Eroessa and Phulia) are peculiar to Chili. The following are the genera
whose derivation must be traced to the north temperate zone:—
Tetraphlybia, Neosatyrus, and 3 allied genera of 1 species each, were
formerly included under Erebia, a northern and arctic form, yet having a
few species in South Africa; Argyrophorus, allied to Æneis, a northern
genus; Hipparchia, a northern genus yet having a species in Brazil;—all
Satyridæ. The Nymphalidæ are represented by the typical north temperate
inhabiting Tierra del Fuego and the Falkland Islands, while the other,
Prototroctes, is found only in South Australia and New Zealand. Still more
remarkable is Galaxias (forming the family Galaxidæ), the species of which
are divided between Temperate South America, and Australia, Tasmania,
and New Zealand; and there is even one species (Galaxias attenuatus)
which is found in the Chatham Islands, New Zealand, and Tasmania, as
well as in the Falkland Islands and Patagonia. Fitzroya (1 sp.) is found only
at Montevideo; Orestias (6 sp.) is peculiar to Lake Titicaca in the high
Andes of Bolivia; Jenynsia (1 sp.) in the Rio de la Plata—all belonging to
the characteristic South American family of the Cyprinodontidæ.
Insects.—It is in insects more than in any other class of animals, that we
find clear indications of a not very remote migration of northern forms,
along the great mountain range to South Temperate America, where they
have established themselves as a prominent feature in the entomology of the
country. The several orders and families, however, differ greatly in this
respect; and there are some groups which are only represented by
modifications of tropical forms, as we have seen to be almost entirely the
case in birds and reptiles.
Lepidoptera.—The butterflies of the South Temperate Sub-region are not
numerous, only about 29 genera and 80 species being recorded. Most of
these are from Chili, which is sufficiently accounted for by the general
absence of wood on the east side of the Andes from Buenos Ayres to South
Patagonia. The families represented are as follows: Satyridæ, with 11
genera and 27 species, are the most abundant; Nymphalidæ, 2 genera and 8
species; Lemoniidæ, 1 genus, 1 species; Lycænidæ, 3 genera, 8 species;
Pieridæ, 6 genera, 14 species; Papilionidæ, 2 genera, 8 species; Hesperidæ,
4 genera, 13 species. One genus of Satyridæ (Elina) and 2 of Pieridæ
(Eroessa and Phulia) are peculiar to Chili. The following are the genera
whose derivation must be traced to the north temperate zone:—
Tetraphlybia, Neosatyrus, and 3 allied genera of 1 species each, were
formerly included under Erebia, a northern and arctic form, yet having a
few species in South Africa; Argyrophorus, allied to Æneis, a northern
genus; Hipparchia, a northern genus yet having a species in Brazil;—all
Satyridæ. The Nymphalidæ are represented by the typical north temperate
Page 53
genus Argynnis, with 7 species in Chili; Colias, among the Pieridæ, is
usually considered to be a northern genus, but it possesses representatives
in South Africa, the Sandwich Islands, Malabar, New Grenada, and Peru, as
well as Chili, and must rather be classed as cosmopolitan. These form a
sufficiently remarkable group of northern forms, but they are accompanied
by others of a wholly Neotropical origin. Such are Stibomorpha with 6
species, ranging through South America to Guatemala, and Eteona,
common to Chili and Brazil (Satyridæ); Apodemia (Lemoniidæ) confined to
Tropical America and Chili. Hesperocharis and Callidryas (Pieridæ), both
tropical; and Thracides (Hesperidæ) confined to Tropical America and
Chili. Other genera are widely scattered; as, Epinephile found also in
Mexico and Australia; Cupido, widely spread in the tropics; Euryades,
found only in La Plata and Paraguay, allied to South American forms of
Papilio, to the Australian Eurycus, and the northern Parnassius; and
Heteropterus, scattered in Chili, North America, and Tropical Africa. We
find then, among butterflies, a large north-temperate element, intermingled
in nearly equal proportions with forms derived from Tropical America; and
the varying degrees of resemblances of the Chilian to the northern species,
seems to indicate successive immigrations at remote intervals.
Coleoptera.—It is among the beetles of South Temperate America that we
find some of the most curious examples of remote affinities, and traces of
ancient migrations. The Carabidæ are very well represented, and having
been more extensively collected than most other families, offer us perhaps
the most complete materials. Including the Cicindelidæ, about 50 genera are
known from the South Temperate Sub-region, the greater part from Chili,
but a good number also from Patagonia and the Straits of Magellan. Of
these more than 30 are peculiar, and most of them are so isolated that it is
impossible to determine with precision their nearest allies.
The only remarkable form of Cicindelidæ is Agrius, a genus allied to the
Amblycheila and Omus of N.W. America. Two genera of Carabidæ,
Cascellius and Baripus, are closely allied to Promecoderus, an Australian
genus; and another, Lecanomerus, has one species in Chili and the other in
Australia. Five or six of the peculiar genera are undoubtedly allied to
characteristic Palæarctic forms; and such northern genera as Carabus,
Pristonychus, Anchomenus, Pterostichus, Percus, Bradycellus, Trechus, and
usually considered to be a northern genus, but it possesses representatives
in South Africa, the Sandwich Islands, Malabar, New Grenada, and Peru, as
well as Chili, and must rather be classed as cosmopolitan. These form a
sufficiently remarkable group of northern forms, but they are accompanied
by others of a wholly Neotropical origin. Such are Stibomorpha with 6
species, ranging through South America to Guatemala, and Eteona,
common to Chili and Brazil (Satyridæ); Apodemia (Lemoniidæ) confined to
Tropical America and Chili. Hesperocharis and Callidryas (Pieridæ), both
tropical; and Thracides (Hesperidæ) confined to Tropical America and
Chili. Other genera are widely scattered; as, Epinephile found also in
Mexico and Australia; Cupido, widely spread in the tropics; Euryades,
found only in La Plata and Paraguay, allied to South American forms of
Papilio, to the Australian Eurycus, and the northern Parnassius; and
Heteropterus, scattered in Chili, North America, and Tropical Africa. We
find then, among butterflies, a large north-temperate element, intermingled
in nearly equal proportions with forms derived from Tropical America; and
the varying degrees of resemblances of the Chilian to the northern species,
seems to indicate successive immigrations at remote intervals.
Coleoptera.—It is among the beetles of South Temperate America that we
find some of the most curious examples of remote affinities, and traces of
ancient migrations. The Carabidæ are very well represented, and having
been more extensively collected than most other families, offer us perhaps
the most complete materials. Including the Cicindelidæ, about 50 genera are
known from the South Temperate Sub-region, the greater part from Chili,
but a good number also from Patagonia and the Straits of Magellan. Of
these more than 30 are peculiar, and most of them are so isolated that it is
impossible to determine with precision their nearest allies.
The only remarkable form of Cicindelidæ is Agrius, a genus allied to the
Amblycheila and Omus of N.W. America. Two genera of Carabidæ,
Cascellius and Baripus, are closely allied to Promecoderus, an Australian
genus; and another, Lecanomerus, has one species in Chili and the other in
Australia. Five or six of the peculiar genera are undoubtedly allied to
characteristic Palæarctic forms; and such northern genera as Carabus,
Pristonychus, Anchomenus, Pterostichus, Percus, Bradycellus, Trechus, and
Page 54
Bembidium, all absent from Tropical America, give great support to the
view that there is a close relation between the insects of the northern
regions and South Temperate America. A decided tropical element is,
however, present. Tropopterus is near Colpodes, a Tropical and South
American genus; Mimodromius and Plagiotelium are near Calleida, a South
American genus; while Pachyteles, Pericompsus, Variopalpus, and Calleida
are widely spread American groups. The preponderance of northern forms
seems, however, to be undoubted.
Six Carabidæ are known from Juan Fernandez, 3 being identical with
Chilian species and 3 peculiar. As the island is 350 miles from the
mainland, we have here a proof of how readily insects may be transported
great distances.
The Palæarctic affinity of the South Temperate Carabidæ may be readily
understood, if we bear in mind the great antiquity of the group, and the
known long persistence of generic and specific forms of Coleoptera; the
facility with which they may be transported to great distances by gales and
hurricanes, either on land or over the sea; and, therefore, the probability that
suitable stations would be rapidly occupied by species already adapted to
them, to the exclusion of those of the adjacent tracts which had been
specialised under different conditions. If, for example, we carry ourselves
back to the time when the Andes had only risen to half their present altitude,
and Patagonia had not emerged from the ocean (an epoch not very remote
geologically), we should find nearly all the Carabidæ of South America,
adapted to a warm, and probably forest-covered country. If, then, a further
considerable elevation of the land took place, a large temperate and cold
area would be formed, without any suitable insect inhabitants. During the
necessarily slow process of elevation, many of the tropical Carabidæ would
spread upwards, and some would become adapted to the new conditions;
while the majority would probably only maintain themselves by continued
fresh immigrations. But, as the mountains rose, another set of organisms
would make their way along the highest ridges. The abundance and variety
of the North Temperate Carabidæ, and their complete adaptation to a life on
barren plains and rock-strewn mountains, would enable them rapidly to
extend into any newly-raised land suitable to them; and thus the whole
range of the Rocky Mountains and Andes would obtain a population of
view that there is a close relation between the insects of the northern
regions and South Temperate America. A decided tropical element is,
however, present. Tropopterus is near Colpodes, a Tropical and South
American genus; Mimodromius and Plagiotelium are near Calleida, a South
American genus; while Pachyteles, Pericompsus, Variopalpus, and Calleida
are widely spread American groups. The preponderance of northern forms
seems, however, to be undoubted.
Six Carabidæ are known from Juan Fernandez, 3 being identical with
Chilian species and 3 peculiar. As the island is 350 miles from the
mainland, we have here a proof of how readily insects may be transported
great distances.
The Palæarctic affinity of the South Temperate Carabidæ may be readily
understood, if we bear in mind the great antiquity of the group, and the
known long persistence of generic and specific forms of Coleoptera; the
facility with which they may be transported to great distances by gales and
hurricanes, either on land or over the sea; and, therefore, the probability that
suitable stations would be rapidly occupied by species already adapted to
them, to the exclusion of those of the adjacent tracts which had been
specialised under different conditions. If, for example, we carry ourselves
back to the time when the Andes had only risen to half their present altitude,
and Patagonia had not emerged from the ocean (an epoch not very remote
geologically), we should find nearly all the Carabidæ of South America,
adapted to a warm, and probably forest-covered country. If, then, a further
considerable elevation of the land took place, a large temperate and cold
area would be formed, without any suitable insect inhabitants. During the
necessarily slow process of elevation, many of the tropical Carabidæ would
spread upwards, and some would become adapted to the new conditions;
while the majority would probably only maintain themselves by continued
fresh immigrations. But, as the mountains rose, another set of organisms
would make their way along the highest ridges. The abundance and variety
of the North Temperate Carabidæ, and their complete adaptation to a life on
barren plains and rock-strewn mountains, would enable them rapidly to
extend into any newly-raised land suitable to them; and thus the whole
range of the Rocky Mountains and Andes would obtain a population of
Page 55
northern forms, which would overflow into Patagonia, and there, finding no
competitors, would develope into a variety of modified groups. This
migration was no doubt effected mainly, during successive glacial epochs,
when the mountain-range of the Isthmus of Panama, if moderately
increased in height, might become adapted for the passage of northern
forms, while storms would often carry insects from peak to peak over
intervening forest lowlands or narrow straits of sea. If this is the true
explanation, we ought to find no such preponderant northern element in
groups which are proportionally less developed in cold and temperate
climates. Our further examination will show how far this is the case.
Lucanidæ.—Only four genera are known in the sub-region. Two are
peculiar, Chiasognathus and Streptocerus, the former allied to Tropical
American, the latter to Australian genera; the other two genera are
exclusively South American.
Cetoniidæ.—These seem very scarce, only a few species of the Neotropical
genus Gymnetis reaching Patagonia.
Buprestidæ.—These are rather numerous, many very beautiful species
being found in Chili. Nineteen genera are represented in South Temperate
America, and 5 of these are peculiar to it; 3 others are South American
genera; 2 are Australian, and the remainder are wide-spread, but all are
found also in Tropical America. The only north-temperate genus is Dicerca,
and even this occurs also in the Antilles, Brazil, and Peru. Of the peculiar
genera, the largest, Dactylozodes (26 sp.), has one species in South Brazil,
and is closely allied to Hyperantha, a genus of Tropical America;
Epistomentis is allied to Nascis, an Australian genus; Tyndaris is close to
Acmœodera, a genus of wide range and preferring desert or dry countries.
The other two are single species of cosmopolitan affinities. On the whole,
therefore, the Buprestidæ are unmistakeably Neotropical in character.
Longicorns.—Almost the whole of the South Temperate Longicorns inhabit
Chili, which is very rich in this beautiful tribe. About 75 genera and 160
species are known, and nearly half of the genera are peculiar. Many of the
species are large and handsome, rivalling in beauty those of the most
competitors, would develope into a variety of modified groups. This
migration was no doubt effected mainly, during successive glacial epochs,
when the mountain-range of the Isthmus of Panama, if moderately
increased in height, might become adapted for the passage of northern
forms, while storms would often carry insects from peak to peak over
intervening forest lowlands or narrow straits of sea. If this is the true
explanation, we ought to find no such preponderant northern element in
groups which are proportionally less developed in cold and temperate
climates. Our further examination will show how far this is the case.
Lucanidæ.—Only four genera are known in the sub-region. Two are
peculiar, Chiasognathus and Streptocerus, the former allied to Tropical
American, the latter to Australian genera; the other two genera are
exclusively South American.
Cetoniidæ.—These seem very scarce, only a few species of the Neotropical
genus Gymnetis reaching Patagonia.
Buprestidæ.—These are rather numerous, many very beautiful species
being found in Chili. Nineteen genera are represented in South Temperate
America, and 5 of these are peculiar to it; 3 others are South American
genera; 2 are Australian, and the remainder are wide-spread, but all are
found also in Tropical America. The only north-temperate genus is Dicerca,
and even this occurs also in the Antilles, Brazil, and Peru. Of the peculiar
genera, the largest, Dactylozodes (26 sp.), has one species in South Brazil,
and is closely allied to Hyperantha, a genus of Tropical America;
Epistomentis is allied to Nascis, an Australian genus; Tyndaris is close to
Acmœodera, a genus of wide range and preferring desert or dry countries.
The other two are single species of cosmopolitan affinities. On the whole,
therefore, the Buprestidæ are unmistakeably Neotropical in character.
Longicorns.—Almost the whole of the South Temperate Longicorns inhabit
Chili, which is very rich in this beautiful tribe. About 75 genera and 160
species are known, and nearly half of the genera are peculiar. Many of the
species are large and handsome, rivalling in beauty those of the most
Page 56
favoured tropical lands. Of the 8 genera of Prionidæ 6 are peculiar, but all
are allied to Tropical American forms except Microplophorus, which
belongs to a group of genera spread over Australia, Europe, and Mexico.
The Cerambycidæ are much more abundant, and their affinities more
interesting. Two (Syllitus and Pseudocephalus) are common to Australia
and Chili. Twenty-three are Neotropical; and among these Ibidion,
Compsocerus, Callideriphus, Trachyderes, and Xylocharis, are best
represented. Twenty are altogether peculiar, but most of them are more or
less closely allied to genera inhabiting Tropical America. Some, as the
handsome Cheloderus and Oxypeltus, have no close allies in any part of the
world. Holopterus, though very peculiar, shows most resemblance to a New
Zealand insect. Sibylla, Adalbus, and Phantagoderus, have Australian
affinities; while Calydon alone shows an affinity for north-temperate forms.
One species of the northern genus, Leptura, is said to have been found at
Buenos Ayres.
The Lamiidæ are less abundant. Nine of the genera are Neotropical. Two
(Apomecyna and Exocentrus) are spread over all tropical regions. Ten
genera are peculiar; and most of these are related to Neotropical groups or
are of doubtful affinities. Only one, Aconopterus, is decidedly allied to a
northern genus, Pogonochærus. It thus appears, that none of the Lamiidæ
exhibit Australian affinities, although these are a prominent feature in the
relations of the Cerambycidæ.
It is evident, from the foregoing outline, that the insects of South Temperate
America, more than any other class of animals, exhibit a connection with
the north temperate regions, yet this connection is only seen in certain
groups. In Diurnal Lepidoptera and in Carabidæ, the northern element is
fully equal to the tropical, or even preponderates over it. We have already
suggested an explanation of this fact in the case of the Carabidæ, and with
the butterflies it is not more difficult. The great mass of Neotropical
butterflies are forest species, and have been developed for countless ages in
a forest-clad tropical country. The north temperate butterflies, on the other
hand, are very largely open-country species, frequenting pastures,
are allied to Tropical American forms except Microplophorus, which
belongs to a group of genera spread over Australia, Europe, and Mexico.
The Cerambycidæ are much more abundant, and their affinities more
interesting. Two (Syllitus and Pseudocephalus) are common to Australia
and Chili. Twenty-three are Neotropical; and among these Ibidion,
Compsocerus, Callideriphus, Trachyderes, and Xylocharis, are best
represented. Twenty are altogether peculiar, but most of them are more or
less closely allied to genera inhabiting Tropical America. Some, as the
handsome Cheloderus and Oxypeltus, have no close allies in any part of the
world. Holopterus, though very peculiar, shows most resemblance to a New
Zealand insect. Sibylla, Adalbus, and Phantagoderus, have Australian
affinities; while Calydon alone shows an affinity for north-temperate forms.
One species of the northern genus, Leptura, is said to have been found at
Buenos Ayres.
The Lamiidæ are less abundant. Nine of the genera are Neotropical. Two
(Apomecyna and Exocentrus) are spread over all tropical regions. Ten
genera are peculiar; and most of these are related to Neotropical groups or
are of doubtful affinities. Only one, Aconopterus, is decidedly allied to a
northern genus, Pogonochærus. It thus appears, that none of the Lamiidæ
exhibit Australian affinities, although these are a prominent feature in the
relations of the Cerambycidæ.
It is evident, from the foregoing outline, that the insects of South Temperate
America, more than any other class of animals, exhibit a connection with
the north temperate regions, yet this connection is only seen in certain
groups. In Diurnal Lepidoptera and in Carabidæ, the northern element is
fully equal to the tropical, or even preponderates over it. We have already
suggested an explanation of this fact in the case of the Carabidæ, and with
the butterflies it is not more difficult. The great mass of Neotropical
butterflies are forest species, and have been developed for countless ages in
a forest-clad tropical country. The north temperate butterflies, on the other
hand, are very largely open-country species, frequenting pastures,
Page 57
mountains, and open plains, and often wandering over an extensive area.
These would find, on the higher slopes of mountains, a vegetation and
conditions suited to them, and would occupy such stations in less time than
would be required to adapt and modify the forest-haunting groups of the
American lowlands. In those groups of insects, however, in which the
conditions of life are nearly the same as regards both temperate and tropical
species, the superior number and variety of the tropical forms has given
them the advantage. Thus we find that among the Lucanidæ, Buprestidæ,
and Longicorns, the northern element is hardly perceptible. Most of these
are either purely Neotropical, or allied to Neotropical genera, with the
admixture, however, of a decided Australian element. As in the case of the
Amphibia and fresh-water fishes, the Australian affinity, as shown by
insects, is of two kinds, near and remote. We have a few genera common to
the two countries; but more commonly the genera are very distinct, and the
affinity is shown by the genera of both countries belonging to a group
peculiar to them, but which may be of very great age. In the former case,
we must impute some of the resemblance of the two faunas to an actual
interchange of forms within the epoch of existing genera—a period of vast
and unknown duration in the class of insects; while in the latter case, and
perhaps also in many of the former, it seems more in accordance with the
whole of the phenomena, to look upon most of the instances as survivals, in
the two southern temperate areas, of the relics of groups which had once a
much wider distribution. That this is the true explanation, is suggested by
the numerous cases of discontinuous and scattered distribution we have had
to notice, in which every part of the globe, without exception, is implicated;
and there is a reason why these survivals should be rather more frequent in
Australia and temperate South America, inasmuch as these two areas agree
in the absence of a considerable number of otherwise cosmopolitan
vertebrate types, and are also in many respects very similar in climatic and
other physical conditions. The preponderating influence of the organic over
the physical environment, as taught by Mr. Darwin, leads us to give most
weight to the first of the above-mentioned causes; to which we may also
impute such undoubted cases of survival of ancient types as the Centetidæ
of the Antilles and Madagascar—both areas strikingly deficient in the
higher vertebrate forms. The probable mode and time of the cross migration
between Australia and South America, has been sufficiently discussed in
These would find, on the higher slopes of mountains, a vegetation and
conditions suited to them, and would occupy such stations in less time than
would be required to adapt and modify the forest-haunting groups of the
American lowlands. In those groups of insects, however, in which the
conditions of life are nearly the same as regards both temperate and tropical
species, the superior number and variety of the tropical forms has given
them the advantage. Thus we find that among the Lucanidæ, Buprestidæ,
and Longicorns, the northern element is hardly perceptible. Most of these
are either purely Neotropical, or allied to Neotropical genera, with the
admixture, however, of a decided Australian element. As in the case of the
Amphibia and fresh-water fishes, the Australian affinity, as shown by
insects, is of two kinds, near and remote. We have a few genera common to
the two countries; but more commonly the genera are very distinct, and the
affinity is shown by the genera of both countries belonging to a group
peculiar to them, but which may be of very great age. In the former case,
we must impute some of the resemblance of the two faunas to an actual
interchange of forms within the epoch of existing genera—a period of vast
and unknown duration in the class of insects; while in the latter case, and
perhaps also in many of the former, it seems more in accordance with the
whole of the phenomena, to look upon most of the instances as survivals, in
the two southern temperate areas, of the relics of groups which had once a
much wider distribution. That this is the true explanation, is suggested by
the numerous cases of discontinuous and scattered distribution we have had
to notice, in which every part of the globe, without exception, is implicated;
and there is a reason why these survivals should be rather more frequent in
Australia and temperate South America, inasmuch as these two areas agree
in the absence of a considerable number of otherwise cosmopolitan
vertebrate types, and are also in many respects very similar in climatic and
other physical conditions. The preponderating influence of the organic over
the physical environment, as taught by Mr. Darwin, leads us to give most
weight to the first of the above-mentioned causes; to which we may also
impute such undoubted cases of survival of ancient types as the Centetidæ
of the Antilles and Madagascar—both areas strikingly deficient in the
higher vertebrate forms. The probable mode and time of the cross migration
between Australia and South America, has been sufficiently discussed in
Page 58
our chapter on the Australian region, when treating of the origin and
affinities of the New Zealand fauna.
affinities of the New Zealand fauna.
Page 59
Islands of the South Temperate Sub-region.
These are few, and of not much zoological interest. Tierra del Fuego,
although really an island, is divided from the mainland by so narrow a
channel that it may be considered as forming part of the continent. The
guanaco (Auchenia huanaco) ranges over it, and even to small islands
further south.
The Falkland Islands.—These are more important, being situated about 350
miles to the east of Southern Patagonia; but the intervening sea is shallow,
the 100 fathom line of soundings passing outside the islands. We have
therefore reason to believe that they have been connected with South
America at a not distant epoch; and in agreement with this view we find
most of their productions identical, while the few that are peculiar are
closely allied to the forms of the mainland.
The only indigenous Mammals are a wolf-like fox (Pseudalopex
antarcticus) said to be found nowhere else, but allied to two other species
inhabiting Southern Patagonia; and a species of mouse, probably one of the
American genera Hesperomys or Reithrodon.
Sixty-seven species of Birds have been obtained in these islands, but only
18 are land-birds; and even of these 7 are birds of prey, leaving only 11
Passeres. The former are all common South American forms, but one
species, Milvago australis, seems peculiar. The 11 Passeres belong to 9
genera, all found on the adjacent mainland. Three, or perhaps four, of the
species are however peculiar. These are Phrygilus melanoderus, P.
xanthogrammus, Cinclodes antarcticus, and Muscisaxicola macloviana.
The wading and swimming birds are of little interest, except the penguins,
which are greatly developed; no less than eight species being found, five as
residents and three as accidental visitors.
No reptiles are known to inhabit these islands.
Juan Fernandez.—This island is situated in the Pacific Ocean, about 400
miles west of Valparaiso in Chili. It is only a few miles in extent, yet it
These are few, and of not much zoological interest. Tierra del Fuego,
although really an island, is divided from the mainland by so narrow a
channel that it may be considered as forming part of the continent. The
guanaco (Auchenia huanaco) ranges over it, and even to small islands
further south.
The Falkland Islands.—These are more important, being situated about 350
miles to the east of Southern Patagonia; but the intervening sea is shallow,
the 100 fathom line of soundings passing outside the islands. We have
therefore reason to believe that they have been connected with South
America at a not distant epoch; and in agreement with this view we find
most of their productions identical, while the few that are peculiar are
closely allied to the forms of the mainland.
The only indigenous Mammals are a wolf-like fox (Pseudalopex
antarcticus) said to be found nowhere else, but allied to two other species
inhabiting Southern Patagonia; and a species of mouse, probably one of the
American genera Hesperomys or Reithrodon.
Sixty-seven species of Birds have been obtained in these islands, but only
18 are land-birds; and even of these 7 are birds of prey, leaving only 11
Passeres. The former are all common South American forms, but one
species, Milvago australis, seems peculiar. The 11 Passeres belong to 9
genera, all found on the adjacent mainland. Three, or perhaps four, of the
species are however peculiar. These are Phrygilus melanoderus, P.
xanthogrammus, Cinclodes antarcticus, and Muscisaxicola macloviana.
The wading and swimming birds are of little interest, except the penguins,
which are greatly developed; no less than eight species being found, five as
residents and three as accidental visitors.
No reptiles are known to inhabit these islands.
Juan Fernandez.—This island is situated in the Pacific Ocean, about 400
miles west of Valparaiso in Chili. It is only a few miles in extent, yet it
Page 60
possesses four land-birds, excluding the powerful Accipitres. These are
Turdus falklandicus; Anæretes fernandensis, one of the Tyrannidæ; and two
humming-birds, Eustephanus fernandensis and E. galeritus. The first is a
widespread South Temperate species, the two next are peculiar to the island,
while the last is a Chilian species which ranges south to Tierra del Fuego.
But ninety miles beyond this island lies another, called "Mas-a-fuero," very
much smaller; yet this, too, contains four species of similar birds; one,
Oxyurus mas-a-fueræ, allied to the wide-spread South Temperate O.
spinicauda, and Cinclodes fusus, a South Temperate species—both
Dendrocolaptidæ; with a humming-bird, Eustephanus leyboldi, allied to the
species in the larger island. The preceding facts are taken from papers by
Mr. Sclater in the Ibis for 1871, and a later one in the same journal by Mr.
Salvin (1875). The former author has some interesting remarks on the three
species of humming-birds of the genus Eustephanus, above referred to. The
Chilian species, E. galeritus, is green in both sexes. E. fernandensis has the
male of a fine red colour and the female green, though differently marked
from the female of E. galeritus. E. leyboldi (of Mas-a-fuera) has the male
also red and the female green, but the female is more like that of E.
galeritus, than it is like the female of its nearer ally in Juan Fernandez. Mr.
Sclater supposes, that the ancient parent form of these three birds had the
sexes alike, as in the present Chilian bird; that a pair (or a female having
fertilised ova) reached Juan Fernandez and colonised it. Under the action of
sexual selection (unchecked by some conditions which had impaired its
efficacy on the continent) the male gradually assumed a brilliant plumage,
and the female also slightly changed its markings. Before this change was
completed the bird had established an isolated colony on Mas-a-fuera; and
here the process of change was continued in the male, but from some
unknown cause checked in the female, which thus remains nearer the parent
form. Lastly the slightly modified Chilian bird again reached Juan
Fernandez and exists there side by side with its strangely altered cousin.
All the phenomena can thus be accounted for by known laws, on the theory
of very rare accidental immigrations from the mainland. The species are
here so very few, that the greatest advocate for continental extensions would
hardly call such vast causes into action, to account for the presence of these
three birds on so small and so remote an island, especially as the union must
have continued down to the time of existing species. But if accidental
Turdus falklandicus; Anæretes fernandensis, one of the Tyrannidæ; and two
humming-birds, Eustephanus fernandensis and E. galeritus. The first is a
widespread South Temperate species, the two next are peculiar to the island,
while the last is a Chilian species which ranges south to Tierra del Fuego.
But ninety miles beyond this island lies another, called "Mas-a-fuero," very
much smaller; yet this, too, contains four species of similar birds; one,
Oxyurus mas-a-fueræ, allied to the wide-spread South Temperate O.
spinicauda, and Cinclodes fusus, a South Temperate species—both
Dendrocolaptidæ; with a humming-bird, Eustephanus leyboldi, allied to the
species in the larger island. The preceding facts are taken from papers by
Mr. Sclater in the Ibis for 1871, and a later one in the same journal by Mr.
Salvin (1875). The former author has some interesting remarks on the three
species of humming-birds of the genus Eustephanus, above referred to. The
Chilian species, E. galeritus, is green in both sexes. E. fernandensis has the
male of a fine red colour and the female green, though differently marked
from the female of E. galeritus. E. leyboldi (of Mas-a-fuera) has the male
also red and the female green, but the female is more like that of E.
galeritus, than it is like the female of its nearer ally in Juan Fernandez. Mr.
Sclater supposes, that the ancient parent form of these three birds had the
sexes alike, as in the present Chilian bird; that a pair (or a female having
fertilised ova) reached Juan Fernandez and colonised it. Under the action of
sexual selection (unchecked by some conditions which had impaired its
efficacy on the continent) the male gradually assumed a brilliant plumage,
and the female also slightly changed its markings. Before this change was
completed the bird had established an isolated colony on Mas-a-fuera; and
here the process of change was continued in the male, but from some
unknown cause checked in the female, which thus remains nearer the parent
form. Lastly the slightly modified Chilian bird again reached Juan
Fernandez and exists there side by side with its strangely altered cousin.
All the phenomena can thus be accounted for by known laws, on the theory
of very rare accidental immigrations from the mainland. The species are
here so very few, that the greatest advocate for continental extensions would
hardly call such vast causes into action, to account for the presence of these
three birds on so small and so remote an island, especially as the union must
have continued down to the time of existing species. But if accidental
Page 61
immigration has sufficed here, it will also assuredly have sufficed where the
islands are larger, and the chances of reaching them proportionately greater;
and it is because an important principle is here illustrated on so small a
scale, and in so simple a manner as to be almost undeniable, that we have
devoted a paragraph to its elucidation.
A few Coleoptera from Juan Fernandez present analogous phenomena. All
belong to Chilian genera, while a portion of them constitute peculiar
species.
Land-shells are rather plentiful, there being about twenty species belonging
to seven genera, all found in the adjacent parts of South America; but all the
species are peculiar, as well as four others found on the island of Mas-a-
fuera.
III. Tropical North America, or the Mexican Sub-region.
This sub-region is of comparatively small extent, consisting of the irregular
neck of land, about 1,800 miles long, which connects the North and South
American continents. Almost the whole of its area is mountainous, being in
fact a continuation of the great range of the Rocky Mountains. In Mexico it
forms an extensive table-land, from 6,000 to 9,000 feet above the sea, with
numerous volcanic peaks from 12,000 to 18,000 feet high; but in Yucatan
and Honduras, the country is less elevated, though still mountainous. On the
shores of the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico, there is a margin of low
land from 50 to 100 miles wide, beyond which the mountains rise abruptly;
but on the Pacific side this is almost entirely wanting, the mountains rising
almost immediately from the sea shore. With the exception of the elevated
plateaus of Mexico and Guatemala, and the extremity of the peninsula of
Yucatan, the whole of Central America is clothed with forests; and as its
surface is much broken up into hill and valley, and the volcanic soil of a
large portion of it is very fertile, it is altogether well adapted to support a
varied fauna, as it does a most luxuriant vegetation. Although many peculiar
Neotropical types are absent, it yet possesses an ample supply of generic
and specific forms; and, as far as concerns birds and insects, is not perhaps
islands are larger, and the chances of reaching them proportionately greater;
and it is because an important principle is here illustrated on so small a
scale, and in so simple a manner as to be almost undeniable, that we have
devoted a paragraph to its elucidation.
A few Coleoptera from Juan Fernandez present analogous phenomena. All
belong to Chilian genera, while a portion of them constitute peculiar
species.
Land-shells are rather plentiful, there being about twenty species belonging
to seven genera, all found in the adjacent parts of South America; but all the
species are peculiar, as well as four others found on the island of Mas-a-
fuera.
III. Tropical North America, or the Mexican Sub-region.
This sub-region is of comparatively small extent, consisting of the irregular
neck of land, about 1,800 miles long, which connects the North and South
American continents. Almost the whole of its area is mountainous, being in
fact a continuation of the great range of the Rocky Mountains. In Mexico it
forms an extensive table-land, from 6,000 to 9,000 feet above the sea, with
numerous volcanic peaks from 12,000 to 18,000 feet high; but in Yucatan
and Honduras, the country is less elevated, though still mountainous. On the
shores of the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico, there is a margin of low
land from 50 to 100 miles wide, beyond which the mountains rise abruptly;
but on the Pacific side this is almost entirely wanting, the mountains rising
almost immediately from the sea shore. With the exception of the elevated
plateaus of Mexico and Guatemala, and the extremity of the peninsula of
Yucatan, the whole of Central America is clothed with forests; and as its
surface is much broken up into hill and valley, and the volcanic soil of a
large portion of it is very fertile, it is altogether well adapted to support a
varied fauna, as it does a most luxuriant vegetation. Although many peculiar
Neotropical types are absent, it yet possesses an ample supply of generic
and specific forms; and, as far as concerns birds and insects, is not perhaps
Page 62
inferior to the richest portions of South America in the number of species to
be found in equal areas.
Owing to the fact that the former Republic of Mexico comprised much
territory that belongs to the Nearctic region, and that many Nearctic groups
extend along the high-lands to the capital city of Mexico itself, and even
considerably further south, there is much difficulty in determining what
animals really belong to this sub-region. On the low-lands, tropical forms
predominate as far as 28° N. latitude; while on the cordilleras, temperate
forms prevail down to 20°, and are found even much farther within the
tropics.
Mammalia.—Very few peculiar forms of Mammalia are restricted to
tropical North America; which is not to be wondered at when we consider
the small extent of the country, and the facility of communication with
adjacent sub-regions. A peculiar form of tapir (Elasmognathus bairdi)
inhabits Central America, from Panama to Guatemala, and, with Myxomys,
a genus of Muridæ, are all at present discovered. Bassaris, a remarkable
form of Procyonidæ, has been included in the Nearctic region, but it
extends to the high-lands of Guatemala. Heteromys, a peculiar genus of
Saccomyidæ or pouched rats, inhabits Mexico, Honduras, Costa Rica, and
Trinidad. Five genera of monkeys extend here,—Ateles, Mycetes, Cebus,
Nyctipithecus, and Saimiris; the two former alone reaching Mexico, the last
only going as far as Costa Rica. Other typical Neotropical forms are
Galera, the tayra, belonging to the weasel family; Nasua, the coatimundi;
Dicotyles, the peccary; Cercolabes, the tree porcupine; Dasyprocta, the
agouti; Cælogenys, the paca; Cholœpus, and Arctopithecus, sloths;
Cyclothurus, an ant-eater; Tatusia, an armadillo; and Didelphys, oppossum.
Of Northern forms, Sorex, Vulpes, Lepus, and Pteromys reach Guatemala.
Birds.—The productiveness of this district in bird life, may be estimated
from the fact, that Messrs. Salvin and Sclater have catalogued more than
600 species from the comparatively small territory of Guatemala, or the
portion of Central America between Mexico and Honduras. The great mass
of the birds of this sub-region are of Neotropical families and genera, but
these are intermingled with a number of migrants from temperate North
be found in equal areas.
Owing to the fact that the former Republic of Mexico comprised much
territory that belongs to the Nearctic region, and that many Nearctic groups
extend along the high-lands to the capital city of Mexico itself, and even
considerably further south, there is much difficulty in determining what
animals really belong to this sub-region. On the low-lands, tropical forms
predominate as far as 28° N. latitude; while on the cordilleras, temperate
forms prevail down to 20°, and are found even much farther within the
tropics.
Mammalia.—Very few peculiar forms of Mammalia are restricted to
tropical North America; which is not to be wondered at when we consider
the small extent of the country, and the facility of communication with
adjacent sub-regions. A peculiar form of tapir (Elasmognathus bairdi)
inhabits Central America, from Panama to Guatemala, and, with Myxomys,
a genus of Muridæ, are all at present discovered. Bassaris, a remarkable
form of Procyonidæ, has been included in the Nearctic region, but it
extends to the high-lands of Guatemala. Heteromys, a peculiar genus of
Saccomyidæ or pouched rats, inhabits Mexico, Honduras, Costa Rica, and
Trinidad. Five genera of monkeys extend here,—Ateles, Mycetes, Cebus,
Nyctipithecus, and Saimiris; the two former alone reaching Mexico, the last
only going as far as Costa Rica. Other typical Neotropical forms are
Galera, the tayra, belonging to the weasel family; Nasua, the coatimundi;
Dicotyles, the peccary; Cercolabes, the tree porcupine; Dasyprocta, the
agouti; Cælogenys, the paca; Cholœpus, and Arctopithecus, sloths;
Cyclothurus, an ant-eater; Tatusia, an armadillo; and Didelphys, oppossum.
Of Northern forms, Sorex, Vulpes, Lepus, and Pteromys reach Guatemala.
Birds.—The productiveness of this district in bird life, may be estimated
from the fact, that Messrs. Salvin and Sclater have catalogued more than
600 species from the comparatively small territory of Guatemala, or the
portion of Central America between Mexico and Honduras. The great mass
of the birds of this sub-region are of Neotropical families and genera, but
these are intermingled with a number of migrants from temperate North
Page 63
America, which pass the winter here; with some northern forms on the
high-lands; and with a considerable number of peculiar genera, mostly of
Neotropical affinities.
The genera of birds peculiar to this sub-region belong to the following
families:—Turdidæ (2 genera); Troglodytidæ (1 gen.); Vireonidæ (1 gen.);
Corvidæ (2 gen.); Ampelidæ (1 gen.); Tanagridæ (1 gen.); Fringillidæ (2
gen.); Icteridæ (1 gen.); Formicariidæ (2 gen.); Tyrannidæ (2 gen.);
Cotingidæ (1 gen.); Momotidæ (1 gen.); Trogonidæ (1 gen.); Trochilidæ (14
gen.); Conuridæ (1 gen.); Cracidæ (2 gen.); Strigidæ (1 gen.); in all 37
genera of land-birds. The Neotropical families that do not extend into this
sub-region are, Pteroptochidæ; the sub-family Furnariinæ of the
Dendrocolaptidæ; the sub-family Conophaginæ of the Tyrannidæ; the sub-
family Rupicolinæ of the Cotingidæ; Phytotomidæ; Todidæ;
Opisthocomidæ; Chionididæ; Thinocoridæ; Cariamidæ; Psophiidæ;
Eurypygidæ; Palamedeidæ; and Struthionidæ. On the other hand Paridæ,
Certhiidæ, Ampelidæ, and Phasianidæ, are northern families represented
here, but which do not reach South America; and there are also several
northern genera and species, of Turdidæ, Troglodytidæ, Mniotiltidæ,
Vireonidæ, Fringillidæ, Corvidæ, Tetraonidæ, and Strigidæ, which are
similarly restricted. Some of the most remarkable of the Neotropical genera
only extend as far as Costa Rica and Veragua,—countries which possess a
rich and remarkable fauna. Here only are found an umbrella bird,
(Cephalopterus glabricollis); a bell bird (Chasmorhynchus
tricarunculatus); and species of Dacnis (Cerœbidæ), Buthraupis,
Eucometis, Tachyphonus (Tanagridæ), Xiphorhynchus (Dendrocolaptidæ);
Hypocnemis (Formicariidæ); Euscarthmus (Tyrannidæ); Attila (Cotingidæ);
Piprites (Pipridæ); Capito, Tetragonops (Megalæmidæ); Selenidera
(Rhamphastidæ); Neomorphus (Cuculidæ); Monasa (Bucconidæ); many
genera of Trochilidæ; and Nothocercus (Tinamidæ); none of which extend
further north. A considerable number of the peculiar genera noted above,
are also found in this restricted area, which is probably one of the richest
ornithological districts on the globe.
Reptiles.—These are much less known than the preceding classes, but they
afford several peculiar and interesting forms. Snakes are perhaps the least
remarkable; yet there are recorded 4 peculiar genera of Calamariidæ, 1 of
high-lands; and with a considerable number of peculiar genera, mostly of
Neotropical affinities.
The genera of birds peculiar to this sub-region belong to the following
families:—Turdidæ (2 genera); Troglodytidæ (1 gen.); Vireonidæ (1 gen.);
Corvidæ (2 gen.); Ampelidæ (1 gen.); Tanagridæ (1 gen.); Fringillidæ (2
gen.); Icteridæ (1 gen.); Formicariidæ (2 gen.); Tyrannidæ (2 gen.);
Cotingidæ (1 gen.); Momotidæ (1 gen.); Trogonidæ (1 gen.); Trochilidæ (14
gen.); Conuridæ (1 gen.); Cracidæ (2 gen.); Strigidæ (1 gen.); in all 37
genera of land-birds. The Neotropical families that do not extend into this
sub-region are, Pteroptochidæ; the sub-family Furnariinæ of the
Dendrocolaptidæ; the sub-family Conophaginæ of the Tyrannidæ; the sub-
family Rupicolinæ of the Cotingidæ; Phytotomidæ; Todidæ;
Opisthocomidæ; Chionididæ; Thinocoridæ; Cariamidæ; Psophiidæ;
Eurypygidæ; Palamedeidæ; and Struthionidæ. On the other hand Paridæ,
Certhiidæ, Ampelidæ, and Phasianidæ, are northern families represented
here, but which do not reach South America; and there are also several
northern genera and species, of Turdidæ, Troglodytidæ, Mniotiltidæ,
Vireonidæ, Fringillidæ, Corvidæ, Tetraonidæ, and Strigidæ, which are
similarly restricted. Some of the most remarkable of the Neotropical genera
only extend as far as Costa Rica and Veragua,—countries which possess a
rich and remarkable fauna. Here only are found an umbrella bird,
(Cephalopterus glabricollis); a bell bird (Chasmorhynchus
tricarunculatus); and species of Dacnis (Cerœbidæ), Buthraupis,
Eucometis, Tachyphonus (Tanagridæ), Xiphorhynchus (Dendrocolaptidæ);
Hypocnemis (Formicariidæ); Euscarthmus (Tyrannidæ); Attila (Cotingidæ);
Piprites (Pipridæ); Capito, Tetragonops (Megalæmidæ); Selenidera
(Rhamphastidæ); Neomorphus (Cuculidæ); Monasa (Bucconidæ); many
genera of Trochilidæ; and Nothocercus (Tinamidæ); none of which extend
further north. A considerable number of the peculiar genera noted above,
are also found in this restricted area, which is probably one of the richest
ornithological districts on the globe.
Reptiles.—These are much less known than the preceding classes, but they
afford several peculiar and interesting forms. Snakes are perhaps the least
remarkable; yet there are recorded 4 peculiar genera of Calamariidæ, 1 of
Page 64
Colubridæ, 1 of Homalopsidæ, 3 of Dipsadidæ; while Boa and Elaps are in
common with South America. Lizards are much more specially developed.
Chirotes, one of the Amphisbænians, is confined to Mexico and the
southern part of the Nearctic region; Heloderma forming a peculiar family,
Helodermidæ, is Mexican only; Abronia and Barissia (Zonuridæ) are also
Mexican, as is Siderolampus belonging to the Scincidæ, while
Blepharactitis (same family) inhabits Nicaragua; Brachydactylus, one of the
geckoes, is from Costa Rica; while Phymatolepis, Lamanctus, Corytheolus,
Cachrix, Corythophanes and Chamæleopsis, all belonging to the Iguanidæ,
are confined to various parts of the sub-region. In the same family we have
also the Antillean, Cyclura, and the Nearctic Phrynosoma and Tropidolepis,
as well as the wide-spread American genus Anolius.
Among the tortoises, Staurotypus, allied to Chelydra, is found in Mexico
and Guatemala; and another genus, Claudius, has been lately described
from Mexico.
Amphibia.—These are chiefly Batrachians; Rhinophryna (forming a
peculiar family) being confined to Mexico; Triprion, a genus of Hylidæ,
inhabiting Yucatan, with Leyla and Strabomantis (Polypedatidæ) found only
in Costa Rica and Veragua, are peculiar genera. The Salamandridæ, so
abundant in the Nearctic region, are represented by a few species of
Amblystoma and Spelerpes.
Fresh-water fish.—Since the British Museum catalogue was published, a
valuable paper by Dr. Günther, in the Transactions of the Zoological
Society for 1868, furnishes much additional information on the fishes of
Central America. In that part of the region south of Mexico, 106 species of
fresh-water fishes are enumerated; and 17 of these are found in streams
flowing into both the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. On the whole, 11
families are represented among the fresh-water fish, and about 38 genera.
Of these, 14 are specially Nearctic,—Amiurus (Siluridæ); Fundulus
(Cyprinodontidæ); Sclerognathus (Cyprinidæ); and Lepidosteus (Ganoidei).
A much larger number are Neotropical; and several Neotropical genera, as
Heros and Pœcilia, are more largely developed here than in any other part
of the region. There are also a considerable number of peculiar genera;—
common with South America. Lizards are much more specially developed.
Chirotes, one of the Amphisbænians, is confined to Mexico and the
southern part of the Nearctic region; Heloderma forming a peculiar family,
Helodermidæ, is Mexican only; Abronia and Barissia (Zonuridæ) are also
Mexican, as is Siderolampus belonging to the Scincidæ, while
Blepharactitis (same family) inhabits Nicaragua; Brachydactylus, one of the
geckoes, is from Costa Rica; while Phymatolepis, Lamanctus, Corytheolus,
Cachrix, Corythophanes and Chamæleopsis, all belonging to the Iguanidæ,
are confined to various parts of the sub-region. In the same family we have
also the Antillean, Cyclura, and the Nearctic Phrynosoma and Tropidolepis,
as well as the wide-spread American genus Anolius.
Among the tortoises, Staurotypus, allied to Chelydra, is found in Mexico
and Guatemala; and another genus, Claudius, has been lately described
from Mexico.
Amphibia.—These are chiefly Batrachians; Rhinophryna (forming a
peculiar family) being confined to Mexico; Triprion, a genus of Hylidæ,
inhabiting Yucatan, with Leyla and Strabomantis (Polypedatidæ) found only
in Costa Rica and Veragua, are peculiar genera. The Salamandridæ, so
abundant in the Nearctic region, are represented by a few species of
Amblystoma and Spelerpes.
Fresh-water fish.—Since the British Museum catalogue was published, a
valuable paper by Dr. Günther, in the Transactions of the Zoological
Society for 1868, furnishes much additional information on the fishes of
Central America. In that part of the region south of Mexico, 106 species of
fresh-water fishes are enumerated; and 17 of these are found in streams
flowing into both the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. On the whole, 11
families are represented among the fresh-water fish, and about 38 genera.
Of these, 14 are specially Nearctic,—Amiurus (Siluridæ); Fundulus
(Cyprinodontidæ); Sclerognathus (Cyprinidæ); and Lepidosteus (Ganoidei).
A much larger number are Neotropical; and several Neotropical genera, as
Heros and Pœcilia, are more largely developed here than in any other part
of the region. There are also a considerable number of peculiar genera;—
Page 65
Petenia, Theraps, and Neotrophus (Chromides); Ælurichthys (Siluridæ);
Chalcinopsis (Characniidæ); Characodon, Belonesox, Pseudoxiphophorus,
Platypœcilus, Mollienesia, and Xiphophorus (Cyprinodontidæ). A few
peculiar Antillean forms are also present; as Agonostoma (Mugilidæ);
Gambusia and Girardinuus (Cyprinodontidæ). The other families
represented are Percidæ (1 genus); Pristopomatidæ (2 gen.); Gobiidæ (1
gen.); Clupeidæ (2 gen.); and Gymnotidæ (1 genus).
On the whole the fish-fauna is typically Neotropical, but with a small
infusion of Nearctic forms. There are a considerable proportion of peculiar
genera, and almost all the species are distinct from those of other countries.
The predominant family is that of the Cyprinodontidæ, represented by 12
genera; and the genus Heros (Chromidæ) has here its maximum
development, containing between thirty and forty species. Dr. Günther
considers that a number of sub-faunas can be distinguished, corresponding
to some extent, with the islands into which the country would be divided by
a subsidence of about 2,000 feet. The most important of these divisions is
that separating Honduras from Costa Rica, and as it also divides a very
marked ornithological fauna we have every reason to believe that such a
division must have existed during the latter portion of the tertiary epoch. We
shall find some farther evidence of this division in the next class.
Insects.—The butterflies of various parts of Central America and Mexico,
having been largely collected, offer us some valuable evidence as to the
relations of this sub-region. Their general character is wholly Neotropical,
about one half of the South American genera being found here. There are
also a few peculiar genera, as, Drucina (Satyridæ); Microtia (Nymphalidæ);
Eumæus (Lycænidæ); and Eucheira (Pieridæ). Clothilda (Nymphalidæ) is
confined to this sub-region and the Antilles. The majority of the genera
range over the whole sub-region from Panama to Mexico, but there are a
considerable number, comprising many of the most characteristic South
American forms, which do not pass north of Costa Rica or Nicaragua. Such
are Lycorea, Ituna, Thyridia, Callithomia, Oleria and Ceratina,—all
characteristic South American groups of Danaidæ; Pronophila and
Dynastor (Satyridæ); Protogonius, Pycina, Prepona, Nica, Ectima and
Colænis (Nymphalidæ); Eurybia and Methonella (Nemeobiidæ); Hades,
and Panthemos (Erycinidæ).
Chalcinopsis (Characniidæ); Characodon, Belonesox, Pseudoxiphophorus,
Platypœcilus, Mollienesia, and Xiphophorus (Cyprinodontidæ). A few
peculiar Antillean forms are also present; as Agonostoma (Mugilidæ);
Gambusia and Girardinuus (Cyprinodontidæ). The other families
represented are Percidæ (1 genus); Pristopomatidæ (2 gen.); Gobiidæ (1
gen.); Clupeidæ (2 gen.); and Gymnotidæ (1 genus).
On the whole the fish-fauna is typically Neotropical, but with a small
infusion of Nearctic forms. There are a considerable proportion of peculiar
genera, and almost all the species are distinct from those of other countries.
The predominant family is that of the Cyprinodontidæ, represented by 12
genera; and the genus Heros (Chromidæ) has here its maximum
development, containing between thirty and forty species. Dr. Günther
considers that a number of sub-faunas can be distinguished, corresponding
to some extent, with the islands into which the country would be divided by
a subsidence of about 2,000 feet. The most important of these divisions is
that separating Honduras from Costa Rica, and as it also divides a very
marked ornithological fauna we have every reason to believe that such a
division must have existed during the latter portion of the tertiary epoch. We
shall find some farther evidence of this division in the next class.
Insects.—The butterflies of various parts of Central America and Mexico,
having been largely collected, offer us some valuable evidence as to the
relations of this sub-region. Their general character is wholly Neotropical,
about one half of the South American genera being found here. There are
also a few peculiar genera, as, Drucina (Satyridæ); Microtia (Nymphalidæ);
Eumæus (Lycænidæ); and Eucheira (Pieridæ). Clothilda (Nymphalidæ) is
confined to this sub-region and the Antilles. The majority of the genera
range over the whole sub-region from Panama to Mexico, but there are a
considerable number, comprising many of the most characteristic South
American forms, which do not pass north of Costa Rica or Nicaragua. Such
are Lycorea, Ituna, Thyridia, Callithomia, Oleria and Ceratina,—all
characteristic South American groups of Danaidæ; Pronophila and
Dynastor (Satyridæ); Protogonius, Pycina, Prepona, Nica, Ectima and
Colænis (Nymphalidæ); Eurybia and Methonella (Nemeobiidæ); Hades,
and Panthemos (Erycinidæ).
Page 66
Coleoptera.—These present some interesting features, but owing to their
vast number only a few of the more important families can be noticed.
Cicindelidæ.—The only specially Neotropical genera recorded as occurring
in this sub-region, are Ctenostoma and Hiresia, both reaching Mexico.
Carabidæ.—Several genera are peculiar. Molobrus is found in all parts of
the sub-region, while Onychopterygia, Phymatocephalus, and Anisotarsus
are Mexican only. There are about 20 South American genera, most of
which extend to Mexico, and include such characteristic Neotropical forms
as Agra, Callida, Coptodera, Pachyteles, Ardistomus, Aspidoglossa,
Stenocrepis, and Pelecium.
Lucanidæ.—Of this important family there is, strange to say, not a single
species recorded in Gemminger and Harold's catalogue up to 1868! It is
almost impossible that they can be really absent; yet their place seems to he,
to some extent, supplied by an unusual development of the allied Passalidæ,
of which there are five South American and six peculiar genera.
Cetoniidæ.—All the larger South American genera extend to Mexico, which
country possesses 3 peculiar forms, Ischnoscelis, Psilocnemis, and
Dialithus; while Trigonopeltastes is characteristic, having 4 Mexican, 1
Brazilian, and 1 North American species.
Buprestidæ.—In this family there are no peculiar genera. All the large
South American groups are absent, the only important and characteristic
genus being Stenogaster.
Longicorns.—This important group is largely developed, the country being
well adapted to them; and their distribution presents some features of
interest.
In the Prionidæ there are 6 peculiar genera, the largest being Holonotus
with 3 species; two others, Derotrachus and Mallaspis, are characteristic; 3
more are common to South America, and 1 to Cuba. The Cerambycidæ are
much more numerous, and there are 24 peculiar genera, the most important
vast number only a few of the more important families can be noticed.
Cicindelidæ.—The only specially Neotropical genera recorded as occurring
in this sub-region, are Ctenostoma and Hiresia, both reaching Mexico.
Carabidæ.—Several genera are peculiar. Molobrus is found in all parts of
the sub-region, while Onychopterygia, Phymatocephalus, and Anisotarsus
are Mexican only. There are about 20 South American genera, most of
which extend to Mexico, and include such characteristic Neotropical forms
as Agra, Callida, Coptodera, Pachyteles, Ardistomus, Aspidoglossa,
Stenocrepis, and Pelecium.
Lucanidæ.—Of this important family there is, strange to say, not a single
species recorded in Gemminger and Harold's catalogue up to 1868! It is
almost impossible that they can be really absent; yet their place seems to he,
to some extent, supplied by an unusual development of the allied Passalidæ,
of which there are five South American and six peculiar genera.
Cetoniidæ.—All the larger South American genera extend to Mexico, which
country possesses 3 peculiar forms, Ischnoscelis, Psilocnemis, and
Dialithus; while Trigonopeltastes is characteristic, having 4 Mexican, 1
Brazilian, and 1 North American species.
Buprestidæ.—In this family there are no peculiar genera. All the large
South American groups are absent, the only important and characteristic
genus being Stenogaster.
Longicorns.—This important group is largely developed, the country being
well adapted to them; and their distribution presents some features of
interest.
In the Prionidæ there are 6 peculiar genera, the largest being Holonotus
with 3 species; two others, Derotrachus and Mallaspis, are characteristic; 3
more are common to South America, and 1 to Cuba. The Cerambycidæ are
much more numerous, and there are 24 peculiar genera, the most important
Page 67
being Sphenothecus, Entomosterna, and Cyphosterna; while Crioprosopus
and Metaleptus are characteristic of the sub-region, although extending into
South America; about 12 Neotropical genera extend to Mexico or
Guatemala, while 12 more stop short, as far as yet known, at Nicaragua.
Lamiidæ have a very similar distribution; 13 genera are peculiar, the most
important being Monilema, Hamatoderus, and Carneades, while Phæa and
Lagochirus are characteristic. About sixteen typical Neotropical genera
extend to Mexico, and 15 more only reach Nicaragua, among which are
such important genera as Anisopus, Lepturgus, and Callia.
The land-shells are not sufficiently known to furnish any corresponding
results. They are however mostly of South American genera, and have
comparatively little affinity for those of the Antilles.
Relations of the Mexican sub-region to the North and South American
Continents.—The sudden appearance of numerous South American forms
of Edentata in temperate North America, in Post-Tertiary times, as narrated
in Chapter VII., together with such facts as the occurrence of a considerable
number of identical species of sea fish on the two sides of the Central
American isthmus, render it almost certain that the union of North and
South America is comparatively a recent occurrance, and that during the
Miocene and Pliocene periods, they were separated by a wide arm of the
sea. The low country of Nicaragua was probably the part submerged,
leaving the highlands of Mexico and Guatemala still united with the North
American continent, and forming part of the Tertiary "Nearctic region."
This is clearly indicated both by the many Nearctic forms which do not pass
south of Nicaragua, of which the turkeys (Meleagris) are a striking
example, and by the comparative poverty of this area in typical Neotropical
groups. During the Miocene period there was not that marked diversity of
climate between North and South America that now prevails; for when a
luxuriant vegetation covered what are now the shores of the Arctic Ocean,
the country south of the great lakes must have been almost or quite tropical.
At an early Tertiary period, the zoological differences of the Nearctic and
Neotropical regions were probably more radical than they are now, South
America being a huge island, or group of islands—a kind of Australia of the
New World, chiefly inhabited by the imperfectly organized Edentata; while
North America abounded in Ungulata and Carnivora, and perhaps formed a
and Metaleptus are characteristic of the sub-region, although extending into
South America; about 12 Neotropical genera extend to Mexico or
Guatemala, while 12 more stop short, as far as yet known, at Nicaragua.
Lamiidæ have a very similar distribution; 13 genera are peculiar, the most
important being Monilema, Hamatoderus, and Carneades, while Phæa and
Lagochirus are characteristic. About sixteen typical Neotropical genera
extend to Mexico, and 15 more only reach Nicaragua, among which are
such important genera as Anisopus, Lepturgus, and Callia.
The land-shells are not sufficiently known to furnish any corresponding
results. They are however mostly of South American genera, and have
comparatively little affinity for those of the Antilles.
Relations of the Mexican sub-region to the North and South American
Continents.—The sudden appearance of numerous South American forms
of Edentata in temperate North America, in Post-Tertiary times, as narrated
in Chapter VII., together with such facts as the occurrence of a considerable
number of identical species of sea fish on the two sides of the Central
American isthmus, render it almost certain that the union of North and
South America is comparatively a recent occurrance, and that during the
Miocene and Pliocene periods, they were separated by a wide arm of the
sea. The low country of Nicaragua was probably the part submerged,
leaving the highlands of Mexico and Guatemala still united with the North
American continent, and forming part of the Tertiary "Nearctic region."
This is clearly indicated both by the many Nearctic forms which do not pass
south of Nicaragua, of which the turkeys (Meleagris) are a striking
example, and by the comparative poverty of this area in typical Neotropical
groups. During the Miocene period there was not that marked diversity of
climate between North and South America that now prevails; for when a
luxuriant vegetation covered what are now the shores of the Arctic Ocean,
the country south of the great lakes must have been almost or quite tropical.
At an early Tertiary period, the zoological differences of the Nearctic and
Neotropical regions were probably more radical than they are now, South
America being a huge island, or group of islands—a kind of Australia of the
New World, chiefly inhabited by the imperfectly organized Edentata; while
North America abounded in Ungulata and Carnivora, and perhaps formed a
Page 68
part of the great Old World continent. There were also one or more very
ancient unions (in Eocene or Miocene times) of the two continents,
admitting of the entrance of the ancestral types of Quadrumana into South
America, and, somewhat later, of the Camelidæ; while the isthmus south of
Nicaragua was at one time united to the southern continent, at another made
insular by subsidence near Panama, and thus obtained that rich variety of
Neotropical types that still characterises it. When the final union of the two
continents took place, the tropical climate of the lower portions of
Guatemala and Mexico would invite rapid immigration from the south;
while some northern forms would extend their range into and beyond the
newly elevated territory. The Mexican sub-region has therefore a composite
character, and we must not endeavour too rigidly to determine its northern
limits, nor claim as exclusively Neotropical, forms which are perhaps
comparatively recent immigrants; and it would perhaps be a more accurate
representation of the facts, if we were to consider all the highlands of
Mexico and Guatemala above the limits of the tropical forests, as still
belonging to the Nearctic region, of which the whole country so recently
formed a part.
The long-continued separation of North and South America by one or more
arms of the sea, as above indicated, is further rendered necessary by the
character of the molluscan fauna of the Pacific shores of tropical America,
which is much more closely allied to that of the Caribbean sea, and even of
West Africa, than to that of the Pacific islands. The families and many of
the genera are the same, and a certain proportion of very closely allied or
identical species, shows that the union of the two oceans continued into late
Tertiary times. When the evidence of both land and sea animals support
each other as they do here, the conclusions arrived at are almost as certain
as if we had (as we no doubt some day shall have) geological proof of these
successive subsidences.
Islands of the Mexican Sub-region.—The only islands of interest belonging
to this sub-region, are Tres Marias and Socorro, recently investigated by
Col. Grayson for some of the American Natural History societies.
ancient unions (in Eocene or Miocene times) of the two continents,
admitting of the entrance of the ancestral types of Quadrumana into South
America, and, somewhat later, of the Camelidæ; while the isthmus south of
Nicaragua was at one time united to the southern continent, at another made
insular by subsidence near Panama, and thus obtained that rich variety of
Neotropical types that still characterises it. When the final union of the two
continents took place, the tropical climate of the lower portions of
Guatemala and Mexico would invite rapid immigration from the south;
while some northern forms would extend their range into and beyond the
newly elevated territory. The Mexican sub-region has therefore a composite
character, and we must not endeavour too rigidly to determine its northern
limits, nor claim as exclusively Neotropical, forms which are perhaps
comparatively recent immigrants; and it would perhaps be a more accurate
representation of the facts, if we were to consider all the highlands of
Mexico and Guatemala above the limits of the tropical forests, as still
belonging to the Nearctic region, of which the whole country so recently
formed a part.
The long-continued separation of North and South America by one or more
arms of the sea, as above indicated, is further rendered necessary by the
character of the molluscan fauna of the Pacific shores of tropical America,
which is much more closely allied to that of the Caribbean sea, and even of
West Africa, than to that of the Pacific islands. The families and many of
the genera are the same, and a certain proportion of very closely allied or
identical species, shows that the union of the two oceans continued into late
Tertiary times. When the evidence of both land and sea animals support
each other as they do here, the conclusions arrived at are almost as certain
as if we had (as we no doubt some day shall have) geological proof of these
successive subsidences.
Islands of the Mexican Sub-region.—The only islands of interest belonging
to this sub-region, are Tres Marias and Socorro, recently investigated by
Col. Grayson for some of the American Natural History societies.
Page 69
Tres Marias consist of four small islands lying off the coast of north-
western Mexico, about 70 miles from San Blas. The largest is about 15
miles long by 10 wide. They are of horizontally stratified deposits, of
moderate height and flat-topped, and everywhere covered with luxuriant
virgin forests. They appear to lie within the 100 fathom line of soundings.
Fifty-two species of birds, of which 45 were land-birds, were collected on
these islands. They consisted of 19 Passeres; 11 Picariæ (7 being humming-
birds); 10 Accipitres; 2 parrots, and 3 pigeons. All were Mexican species
except 4, which were new, and presumably peculiar to the islands, and one
tolerably marked variety. The new species belong to the following genera;
—Parula and Granatellus (Mniotiltidæ); Icterus (Icteridæ); and Amazilia
(Trochilidæ). A small Psittacula differs somewhat from the same species on
the mainland.
There are a few mammalia on the islands; a rabbit (Lepus) supposed to be
new; a very small opossum (Didelphys), and a racoon (Procyon). There are
also several tree-snakes, a Boa, and many lizards. The occurrence of so
many mammalia and snakes is a proof that these islands have been once
joined to the mainland; but the fact that some of the species of both birds
and mammals are peculiar, indicates that the separation is not a very recent
one. At the same time, as all the species are very closely allied to those of
the opposite coasts when not identical, we may be sure that the subsidence
which isolated them is not geologically remote.
Socorro, the largest of the Revillagigedo Islands, is altogether different
from the Tres Marias. It is situated a little further south (19 S. Latitude), and
about 300 miles from the coast, in deep water. It is about 2,000 feet high,
very rugged and bare, and wholly volcanic. No mammalia were observed,
and no reptiles but a small lizard, a new species of a genus (Uta)
characteristic of the deserts of N.-Western Mexico. The only observed land-
shell (Orthalicus undatus) also inhabits N.-W. Mexico. Only 14 species of
birds were obtained, of which 9 were land-birds; but of these 4 were new
species, one a peculiar variety, and another (Parula insularis) a species first
found in the Tres Marias. With the exception of this bird and a Buteo, all the
land-birds belonged to different genera from any found on the Tres Marias,
though all were Mexican forms. The peculiar species belonged to the genera
Harporhynchus (Turdidæ); Troglodytes (Troglodytidæ); Pipilo
western Mexico, about 70 miles from San Blas. The largest is about 15
miles long by 10 wide. They are of horizontally stratified deposits, of
moderate height and flat-topped, and everywhere covered with luxuriant
virgin forests. They appear to lie within the 100 fathom line of soundings.
Fifty-two species of birds, of which 45 were land-birds, were collected on
these islands. They consisted of 19 Passeres; 11 Picariæ (7 being humming-
birds); 10 Accipitres; 2 parrots, and 3 pigeons. All were Mexican species
except 4, which were new, and presumably peculiar to the islands, and one
tolerably marked variety. The new species belong to the following genera;
—Parula and Granatellus (Mniotiltidæ); Icterus (Icteridæ); and Amazilia
(Trochilidæ). A small Psittacula differs somewhat from the same species on
the mainland.
There are a few mammalia on the islands; a rabbit (Lepus) supposed to be
new; a very small opossum (Didelphys), and a racoon (Procyon). There are
also several tree-snakes, a Boa, and many lizards. The occurrence of so
many mammalia and snakes is a proof that these islands have been once
joined to the mainland; but the fact that some of the species of both birds
and mammals are peculiar, indicates that the separation is not a very recent
one. At the same time, as all the species are very closely allied to those of
the opposite coasts when not identical, we may be sure that the subsidence
which isolated them is not geologically remote.
Socorro, the largest of the Revillagigedo Islands, is altogether different
from the Tres Marias. It is situated a little further south (19 S. Latitude), and
about 300 miles from the coast, in deep water. It is about 2,000 feet high,
very rugged and bare, and wholly volcanic. No mammalia were observed,
and no reptiles but a small lizard, a new species of a genus (Uta)
characteristic of the deserts of N.-Western Mexico. The only observed land-
shell (Orthalicus undatus) also inhabits N.-W. Mexico. Only 14 species of
birds were obtained, of which 9 were land-birds; but of these 4 were new
species, one a peculiar variety, and another (Parula insularis) a species first
found in the Tres Marias. With the exception of this bird and a Buteo, all the
land-birds belonged to different genera from any found on the Tres Marias,
though all were Mexican forms. The peculiar species belonged to the genera
Harporhynchus (Turdidæ); Troglodytes (Troglodytidæ); Pipilo
Page 70
(Fringillidæ); Zenaidura (Columbidæ); and a variety of Conurus
holochrous (Psittacidæ).
The absence of mammals and snakes, the large proportion of peculiar
species, the wholly volcanic nature of these islands, and their situation in
deep water 300 miles from land,—all indicate that they have not formed
part of the continent, but have been raised in the ocean; and the close
relation of their peculiar species to those living in N.-Western Mexico,
renders it probable that their antiquity is not geologically great.
The Cocos Islands, about 300 miles S.-W. of the Isthmus of Panama, are
known to possess one peculiar bird, a cuckoo of the Coccyzus type, which is
considered by some ornithologists to constitute a peculiar genus,
Nesococcyx.
IV. The West Indian Islands, or Antillean Sub-region.
The West Indian islands are, in many respects, one of the most interesting of
zoological sub-regions. In position they form an unbroken chain uniting
North and South America, in a line parallel to the great Central American
isthmus; yet instead of exhibiting an intermixture of the productions of
Florida and Venezuela, they differ widely from both these countries,
possessing in some groups a degree of speciality only to be found elsewhere
in islands far removed from any continent. They consist of two very large
islands, Cuba and Hayti;[3] two of moderate size, Jamaica and Portorico;
and a chain of much smaller islands, St. Croix, Anguilla, Barbuda, Antigua,
Guadeloupe, Dominica, Martinique, St. Lucia, St. Vincent, Barbadoes, and
Grenada, with a host of intervening islets. Tobago, Trinidad, Margarita, and
Curaçao, are situated in shallow water near the coast of South America, of
which they form part zoologically. To the north of Cuba and Hayti are the
Bahamas, an extensive group of coral reefs and islands, 700 miles long, and
although very poor in animal life, belonging zoologically to the Antilles. All
the larger islands, and most of the smaller ones (except those of coral
formation) are very mountainous and rocky, the chains rising to about 8,000
feet in Hayti and Jamaica, and to nearly the same height in Cuba. All,
except where they have been cleared by man, are covered with a luxuriant
holochrous (Psittacidæ).
The absence of mammals and snakes, the large proportion of peculiar
species, the wholly volcanic nature of these islands, and their situation in
deep water 300 miles from land,—all indicate that they have not formed
part of the continent, but have been raised in the ocean; and the close
relation of their peculiar species to those living in N.-Western Mexico,
renders it probable that their antiquity is not geologically great.
The Cocos Islands, about 300 miles S.-W. of the Isthmus of Panama, are
known to possess one peculiar bird, a cuckoo of the Coccyzus type, which is
considered by some ornithologists to constitute a peculiar genus,
Nesococcyx.
IV. The West Indian Islands, or Antillean Sub-region.
The West Indian islands are, in many respects, one of the most interesting of
zoological sub-regions. In position they form an unbroken chain uniting
North and South America, in a line parallel to the great Central American
isthmus; yet instead of exhibiting an intermixture of the productions of
Florida and Venezuela, they differ widely from both these countries,
possessing in some groups a degree of speciality only to be found elsewhere
in islands far removed from any continent. They consist of two very large
islands, Cuba and Hayti;[3] two of moderate size, Jamaica and Portorico;
and a chain of much smaller islands, St. Croix, Anguilla, Barbuda, Antigua,
Guadeloupe, Dominica, Martinique, St. Lucia, St. Vincent, Barbadoes, and
Grenada, with a host of intervening islets. Tobago, Trinidad, Margarita, and
Curaçao, are situated in shallow water near the coast of South America, of
which they form part zoologically. To the north of Cuba and Hayti are the
Bahamas, an extensive group of coral reefs and islands, 700 miles long, and
although very poor in animal life, belonging zoologically to the Antilles. All
the larger islands, and most of the smaller ones (except those of coral
formation) are very mountainous and rocky, the chains rising to about 8,000
feet in Hayti and Jamaica, and to nearly the same height in Cuba. All,
except where they have been cleared by man, are covered with a luxuriant
Page 71
forest vegetation; the temperature is high and uniform; the rains ample; the
soil, derived from granitic and limestone rocks, exceedingly fertile; and as
the four larger islands together are larger than Great Britain, we might
expect an ample and luxuriant fauna. The reverse is however the case; and
there are probably no land areas on the globe, so highly favoured by nature
in all the essentials for supporting animal life, and at the same time so poor
in all the more highly organised groups of animals. Before entering upon
our sketch of the main features of this peculiar but limited fauna, it will be
well to note a few peculiarities in the physical structure of the islands,
which have an important bearing on their past history, and will enable us to
account for much that is peculiar in the general character of their natural
productions.
If we draw a line immediately south of St. Croix and St. Bartholomew, we
shall divide the Archipelago into two very different groups. The southern
range of islands, or the Lesser Antilles, are, almost without exception,
volcanic; beginning with the small detached volcanoes of Saba and St.
Eustatius, and ending with the old volcano of Grenada. Barbuda and
Antigua are low islands of Tertiary or recent formation, connected with the
volcanic islands by a submerged bank at no great depth. The islands to the
north and west are none of them volcanic; many are very large, and these
have all a central nucleus of ancient or granitic rocks. We must also note,
that the channels between these islands are not of excessive depth, and that
their outlines, as well as the direction of their mountain ranges, point to a
former union. Thus, the northern range of Hayti is continued westward in
Cuba, and eastward in Portorico; while the south-western peninsula extends
in a direct line towards Jamaica, the depth between them being 600
fathoms. Between Portorico and Hayti there is only 250 fathoms; while
close to the south of all these islands the sea is enormously deep, from more
than 1,000 fathoms south of Cuba and Jamaica, to 2,000 south of Hayti, and
2,600 fathoms near the south-east extremity of Portorico. The importance of
the division here pointed out will be seen, when we state, that indigenous
mammalia of peculiar genera are found on the western group of islands
only; and it is on these that all the chief peculiarities of Antillian zoology
are developed.
soil, derived from granitic and limestone rocks, exceedingly fertile; and as
the four larger islands together are larger than Great Britain, we might
expect an ample and luxuriant fauna. The reverse is however the case; and
there are probably no land areas on the globe, so highly favoured by nature
in all the essentials for supporting animal life, and at the same time so poor
in all the more highly organised groups of animals. Before entering upon
our sketch of the main features of this peculiar but limited fauna, it will be
well to note a few peculiarities in the physical structure of the islands,
which have an important bearing on their past history, and will enable us to
account for much that is peculiar in the general character of their natural
productions.
If we draw a line immediately south of St. Croix and St. Bartholomew, we
shall divide the Archipelago into two very different groups. The southern
range of islands, or the Lesser Antilles, are, almost without exception,
volcanic; beginning with the small detached volcanoes of Saba and St.
Eustatius, and ending with the old volcano of Grenada. Barbuda and
Antigua are low islands of Tertiary or recent formation, connected with the
volcanic islands by a submerged bank at no great depth. The islands to the
north and west are none of them volcanic; many are very large, and these
have all a central nucleus of ancient or granitic rocks. We must also note,
that the channels between these islands are not of excessive depth, and that
their outlines, as well as the direction of their mountain ranges, point to a
former union. Thus, the northern range of Hayti is continued westward in
Cuba, and eastward in Portorico; while the south-western peninsula extends
in a direct line towards Jamaica, the depth between them being 600
fathoms. Between Portorico and Hayti there is only 250 fathoms; while
close to the south of all these islands the sea is enormously deep, from more
than 1,000 fathoms south of Cuba and Jamaica, to 2,000 south of Hayti, and
2,600 fathoms near the south-east extremity of Portorico. The importance of
the division here pointed out will be seen, when we state, that indigenous
mammalia of peculiar genera are found on the western group of islands
only; and it is on these that all the chief peculiarities of Antillian zoology
are developed.
Page 72
Mammalia.—The mammals of the West Indian Islands are exceedingly few,
but very interesting. Almost all the orders most characteristic of South
America are absent. There are no monkeys, no carnivora, no edentata.
Besides bats, which are abundant, only two orders are represented; rodents,
by peculiar forms of a South American family; and insectivora (an order
entirely wanting in South America) by a genus belonging to a family largely
developed in Madagascar and found nowhere else. The early voyagers
mention "Coatis" and "Agoutis" as being found in Hayti and the other large
islands, and it is not improbable that species allied to Nasua and
Dasyprocta did exist, and have been destroyed by the dogs of the invaders;
though, on the other hand, these names may have been applied to the
existing species, which do bear some general resemblance to these two
forms.
The Chiroptera, or bats, are represented by a large number of species and by
several peculiar genera. The American family of Phyllostomidæ or
vampires, has six genera in the Antilles, of which three, Lonchorina,
Brachyphylla, and Phyllonycteris, are peculiar, the latter being found only
in Cuba. The Vespertilionidæ have four genera, of which one, Nycticellus, is
confined to Cuba. There are six genera of Noctilionidæ, of which one,
Phyllodia, is confined to Jamaica.
The Insectivora are represented by the genus Solenodon, of which two
species are known, one inhabiting Cuba the other Hayti. These are small
animals about the size of a cat, with long shrew-like snout, bare rat-like tail,
and long claws. Their peculiar dentition and other points of their anatomy
shows that they belong to the family Centetidæ, of which five different
genera inhabit Madagascar; while there is nothing closely allied to them in
any other part of the world but in these two islands.
Seals are said to be found on the shores of some of the islands, but they are
very imperfectly known.
The rodents belong to the family Octodontidæ, or, according to some
authors, to the Echimyidæ, both characteristic South American groups.
They consist of two genera, Capromys, containing three or four species
but very interesting. Almost all the orders most characteristic of South
America are absent. There are no monkeys, no carnivora, no edentata.
Besides bats, which are abundant, only two orders are represented; rodents,
by peculiar forms of a South American family; and insectivora (an order
entirely wanting in South America) by a genus belonging to a family largely
developed in Madagascar and found nowhere else. The early voyagers
mention "Coatis" and "Agoutis" as being found in Hayti and the other large
islands, and it is not improbable that species allied to Nasua and
Dasyprocta did exist, and have been destroyed by the dogs of the invaders;
though, on the other hand, these names may have been applied to the
existing species, which do bear some general resemblance to these two
forms.
The Chiroptera, or bats, are represented by a large number of species and by
several peculiar genera. The American family of Phyllostomidæ or
vampires, has six genera in the Antilles, of which three, Lonchorina,
Brachyphylla, and Phyllonycteris, are peculiar, the latter being found only
in Cuba. The Vespertilionidæ have four genera, of which one, Nycticellus, is
confined to Cuba. There are six genera of Noctilionidæ, of which one,
Phyllodia, is confined to Jamaica.
The Insectivora are represented by the genus Solenodon, of which two
species are known, one inhabiting Cuba the other Hayti. These are small
animals about the size of a cat, with long shrew-like snout, bare rat-like tail,
and long claws. Their peculiar dentition and other points of their anatomy
shows that they belong to the family Centetidæ, of which five different
genera inhabit Madagascar; while there is nothing closely allied to them in
any other part of the world but in these two islands.
Seals are said to be found on the shores of some of the islands, but they are
very imperfectly known.
The rodents belong to the family Octodontidæ, or, according to some
authors, to the Echimyidæ, both characteristic South American groups.
They consist of two genera, Capromys, containing three or four species
Page 73
inhabiting Cuba and Jamaica; while Plagiodontia (very closely allied) is
confined to Hayti. A peculiar mouse, a species of the American genus
Hesperomys, is said to inhabit Hayti and Martinique, and probably other
islands. A Dasyprocta or agouti, closely allied to, if not identical with, a
South American species, inhabits St. Vincent, St. Lucia, and Grenada, and
perhaps St. Thomas, and is the only mammal of any size indigenous to the
Lesser Antilles. All the islands in which sugar is cultivated are, however,
overrun with European rats and mice, and it is not improbable that these
may have starved out and exterminated some of the smaller native rodents.
Birds.—The birds of the Antilles, although very inferior in number and
variety to those of the mainland, are yet sufficiently abundant and
remarkable, to offer us good materials for elucidating the past history of the
country, when aided by such indications as geology and physical geography
can afford.
The total number of land-birds which are permanent residents in the West
India islands is, as nearly as can be ascertained from existing materials, 203.
There are, in addition to this number, according to Prof. Baird, 88 migrants
from North America, which either spend the winter in some of the islands
or pass on to Central or South America. These migrants belong to 55
genera, and it is an interesting fact that so many as 40 of these genera have
no resident representatives in the islands. This is important, as showing that
this northern migration is probably a recent and superficial phenomenon,
and has not produced any (or a very slight) permanent effect on the fauna.
The migratory genera which have permanent residents, and almost always
representative species, in the islands, are in most cases characteristic rather
of the Neotropical than of the Nearctic fauna, as the following list will
show; Turdus, Dendrœca, Vireo, Polioptila, Agelæus, Icterus, Contopus,
Myiarchus, Tyrannus, Antrostomus, Chordeiles, Coccyzus, Columba. By far
the larger part of these birds visit Cuba only; 81 species being recorded as
occurring in that island, while only 31 have been found in Jamacia, 12 in
Porto Rico and St. Croix, and 2 in Tobago and Trinidad. Setting aside these
migratory birds, as having no bearing on the origin of the true Antillean
fauna, we will discuss the residents somewhat in detail.
confined to Hayti. A peculiar mouse, a species of the American genus
Hesperomys, is said to inhabit Hayti and Martinique, and probably other
islands. A Dasyprocta or agouti, closely allied to, if not identical with, a
South American species, inhabits St. Vincent, St. Lucia, and Grenada, and
perhaps St. Thomas, and is the only mammal of any size indigenous to the
Lesser Antilles. All the islands in which sugar is cultivated are, however,
overrun with European rats and mice, and it is not improbable that these
may have starved out and exterminated some of the smaller native rodents.
Birds.—The birds of the Antilles, although very inferior in number and
variety to those of the mainland, are yet sufficiently abundant and
remarkable, to offer us good materials for elucidating the past history of the
country, when aided by such indications as geology and physical geography
can afford.
The total number of land-birds which are permanent residents in the West
India islands is, as nearly as can be ascertained from existing materials, 203.
There are, in addition to this number, according to Prof. Baird, 88 migrants
from North America, which either spend the winter in some of the islands
or pass on to Central or South America. These migrants belong to 55
genera, and it is an interesting fact that so many as 40 of these genera have
no resident representatives in the islands. This is important, as showing that
this northern migration is probably a recent and superficial phenomenon,
and has not produced any (or a very slight) permanent effect on the fauna.
The migratory genera which have permanent residents, and almost always
representative species, in the islands, are in most cases characteristic rather
of the Neotropical than of the Nearctic fauna, as the following list will
show; Turdus, Dendrœca, Vireo, Polioptila, Agelæus, Icterus, Contopus,
Myiarchus, Tyrannus, Antrostomus, Chordeiles, Coccyzus, Columba. By far
the larger part of these birds visit Cuba only; 81 species being recorded as
occurring in that island, while only 31 have been found in Jamacia, 12 in
Porto Rico and St. Croix, and 2 in Tobago and Trinidad. Setting aside these
migratory birds, as having no bearing on the origin of the true Antillean
fauna, we will discuss the residents somewhat in detail.
Page 74
The resident land-birds (203 in number) belong to 95 genera and 26
families. Of these families 15 are cosmopolitan or nearly so—Turdidæ,
Sylviidæ, Corvidæ, Hirundinidæ, Fringillidæ, Picidæ, Cuculidæ,
Caprimulgidæ, Cypselidæ, Trogonidæ, Psittacidæ, Columbidæ, Tetraonidæ,
Falconidæ, and Strigidæ; 5 are American only—Vireonidæ, Mniotiltidæ,
Icteridæ, Tyrannidæ, Trochilidæ; 4 are Netropical only or almost
exclusively—Cœrebidæ, Tanagridæ, Cotingidæ, Conuridæ; 1 is Antillean
only—Todidæ; while 1—Ampelidæ—is confined (in the western
hemisphere) to North America, and almost to the Nearctic region. Of the 95
genera, no less than 31, or almost exactly one-third, are peculiar; while of
the 203 resident species, 177 are peculiar, the other 26 being all inhabitants
of South or Central America. Considering how closely the islands approach
the continent in several places—Florida, Yucatan, and Venezuela—this
amount of speciality in such locomotive creatures as birds, is probably
unexampled in any other part of the globe. The most interesting of these
peculiar genera are the following: 4 of Turdidæ, or thrushes—1 confined to
the large islands, 1 to the whole archipelago, while 2 are limited to the
Lesser Antilles; 2 genera of Tanagridæ, confined to the larger islands; 2 of
Trogonidæ, also confined to the larger islands; 5 of hummingbirds, 3
confined to the Greater, 1 to the Lesser Antilles; 2 of cuckoos, one
represented in all the large islands, the other in Jamaica only; 2 of owls, one
peculiar to Jamaica, the other represented in St. Croix, St. Thomas,
Portorico, and Cuba; and lastly, Todus, constituting a peculiar family, and
having representative species in each of the larger islands, is especially
interesting because it belongs to a group of families which are wholly
Neotropical—the Momotidæ, Galbulidæ, and Todidæ. The presence of this
peculiar form, with 2 trogons; 10 species of parrots, all but one peculiar; 16
peculiar humming-birds belonging to 8 genera; a genus of Cotingidæ; 10
peculiar tanagers belonging to 3 genera; 9 Cœrebidæ of 3 genera; together
with species of such exclusively Netropical genera as Cœreba, Certhiola,
Sycalis, Phonipara, Elainea, Pitangus, Campephilus, Chloronerpes,
Nyctibius, Stenopsis, Lampornis, Calypte, Ara, Chrysotis, Zenaida,
Leptoptila, and Geotrygon, sufficiently demonstrate the predominant
affinities of this fauna; although there are many cases in which it is difficult
to say, whether the ancestors of the peculiar genera or species may not have
been derived from the Nearctic rather than from the Neotropical region.
families. Of these families 15 are cosmopolitan or nearly so—Turdidæ,
Sylviidæ, Corvidæ, Hirundinidæ, Fringillidæ, Picidæ, Cuculidæ,
Caprimulgidæ, Cypselidæ, Trogonidæ, Psittacidæ, Columbidæ, Tetraonidæ,
Falconidæ, and Strigidæ; 5 are American only—Vireonidæ, Mniotiltidæ,
Icteridæ, Tyrannidæ, Trochilidæ; 4 are Netropical only or almost
exclusively—Cœrebidæ, Tanagridæ, Cotingidæ, Conuridæ; 1 is Antillean
only—Todidæ; while 1—Ampelidæ—is confined (in the western
hemisphere) to North America, and almost to the Nearctic region. Of the 95
genera, no less than 31, or almost exactly one-third, are peculiar; while of
the 203 resident species, 177 are peculiar, the other 26 being all inhabitants
of South or Central America. Considering how closely the islands approach
the continent in several places—Florida, Yucatan, and Venezuela—this
amount of speciality in such locomotive creatures as birds, is probably
unexampled in any other part of the globe. The most interesting of these
peculiar genera are the following: 4 of Turdidæ, or thrushes—1 confined to
the large islands, 1 to the whole archipelago, while 2 are limited to the
Lesser Antilles; 2 genera of Tanagridæ, confined to the larger islands; 2 of
Trogonidæ, also confined to the larger islands; 5 of hummingbirds, 3
confined to the Greater, 1 to the Lesser Antilles; 2 of cuckoos, one
represented in all the large islands, the other in Jamaica only; 2 of owls, one
peculiar to Jamaica, the other represented in St. Croix, St. Thomas,
Portorico, and Cuba; and lastly, Todus, constituting a peculiar family, and
having representative species in each of the larger islands, is especially
interesting because it belongs to a group of families which are wholly
Neotropical—the Momotidæ, Galbulidæ, and Todidæ. The presence of this
peculiar form, with 2 trogons; 10 species of parrots, all but one peculiar; 16
peculiar humming-birds belonging to 8 genera; a genus of Cotingidæ; 10
peculiar tanagers belonging to 3 genera; 9 Cœrebidæ of 3 genera; together
with species of such exclusively Netropical genera as Cœreba, Certhiola,
Sycalis, Phonipara, Elainea, Pitangus, Campephilus, Chloronerpes,
Nyctibius, Stenopsis, Lampornis, Calypte, Ara, Chrysotis, Zenaida,
Leptoptila, and Geotrygon, sufficiently demonstrate the predominant
affinities of this fauna; although there are many cases in which it is difficult
to say, whether the ancestors of the peculiar genera or species may not have
been derived from the Nearctic rather than from the Neotropical region.
Page 75
The several islands differ considerably in their apparent productiveness, but
this is, no doubt, partly due to our knowledge of Cuba and Jamaica being
much more complete than of Hayti. The species of resident land-birds at
present known are as follows:—
Cuba 68 species of which 40 are peculiar to it.
Hayti 40 " " 17 " "
Jamaica 67 " " 41 " "
Portorico 40 " " 15 " "
Lesser Antilles 45 " " 24 " "
If we count the peculiar genera of each island, and reckon as (½) when a
genus is common to two islands only, the numbers are as follows:—Cuba
7½, Hayti 3½, Jamaica 8½, Portorico 1, Lesser Antilles 3½. These figures
show us, that although Jamaica is one of the smaller and the most isolated
of the four chief islands, it yet stands in the first rank, both for the number
of its species and of its peculiar forms of birds,—and although this
superiority may be in part due to its having been more investigated, it is
probably not wholly so, since Cuba has also been well explored. This fact
indicates, that the West Indian islands have undergone great changes, and
that they were not peopled by immigration from surrounding countries
while in the condition we now see them; for in that case the smaller and
more remote islands would be very much poorer, while Cuba, which is not
only the largest, but nearest to the mainland in two directions, would be
immensely richer, just as it really is in migratory birds.
The number of birds common to the four larger islands is very small—
probably not more than half a dozen; between 20 and 30 are common to
some two of the islands (counting the Lesser Antilles as one island) and a
few to three; but the great mass of the species (at least 140) are confined
each to some one of the five islands or groups we have indicated. This is an
amount of isolation and speciality, probably not to be equalled elsewhere,
and which must have required a remarkable series of physical changes to
bring about. What those changes probably were, we shall be in a better
position to consider when we have completed our survey of the various
classes of land animals.
this is, no doubt, partly due to our knowledge of Cuba and Jamaica being
much more complete than of Hayti. The species of resident land-birds at
present known are as follows:—
Cuba 68 species of which 40 are peculiar to it.
Hayti 40 " " 17 " "
Jamaica 67 " " 41 " "
Portorico 40 " " 15 " "
Lesser Antilles 45 " " 24 " "
If we count the peculiar genera of each island, and reckon as (½) when a
genus is common to two islands only, the numbers are as follows:—Cuba
7½, Hayti 3½, Jamaica 8½, Portorico 1, Lesser Antilles 3½. These figures
show us, that although Jamaica is one of the smaller and the most isolated
of the four chief islands, it yet stands in the first rank, both for the number
of its species and of its peculiar forms of birds,—and although this
superiority may be in part due to its having been more investigated, it is
probably not wholly so, since Cuba has also been well explored. This fact
indicates, that the West Indian islands have undergone great changes, and
that they were not peopled by immigration from surrounding countries
while in the condition we now see them; for in that case the smaller and
more remote islands would be very much poorer, while Cuba, which is not
only the largest, but nearest to the mainland in two directions, would be
immensely richer, just as it really is in migratory birds.
The number of birds common to the four larger islands is very small—
probably not more than half a dozen; between 20 and 30 are common to
some two of the islands (counting the Lesser Antilles as one island) and a
few to three; but the great mass of the species (at least 140) are confined
each to some one of the five islands or groups we have indicated. This is an
amount of isolation and speciality, probably not to be equalled elsewhere,
and which must have required a remarkable series of physical changes to
bring about. What those changes probably were, we shall be in a better
position to consider when we have completed our survey of the various
classes of land animals.
Page 76
Plate XVII.
A SCENE IN CUBA, WITH CHARACTERISTIC ANIMALS.
In the preceding enumeration the Bahamas have been included with Cuba,
as regards the birds they have in common; but they possess some half dozen
species not found elsewhere, and even one central American genus of
humming-birds (Doricha) not found in any other part of the Antilles. We
have thus given Cuba rather more peculiar species than it really possesses,
so that the proportionate richness of Jamaica is rather greater than shown by
our figures.
The destruction of the forests and the increase of population, with, perhaps,
the use of firearms, seem to have led to the extermination of some species
of birds in the smaller islands. Professor Newton has called attention to the
work of M. Ledru, who, in 1796, described the birds of St. Thomas. He
mentions a parrot and a parroquet in the island, the latter only being now
known, and very scarce; also a green pigeon and a tody, both now
unknown. No less than six species of parrots are said to have been formerly
found in Guadeloupe and Martinique, which are now extinct.
A SCENE IN CUBA, WITH CHARACTERISTIC ANIMALS.
In the preceding enumeration the Bahamas have been included with Cuba,
as regards the birds they have in common; but they possess some half dozen
species not found elsewhere, and even one central American genus of
humming-birds (Doricha) not found in any other part of the Antilles. We
have thus given Cuba rather more peculiar species than it really possesses,
so that the proportionate richness of Jamaica is rather greater than shown by
our figures.
The destruction of the forests and the increase of population, with, perhaps,
the use of firearms, seem to have led to the extermination of some species
of birds in the smaller islands. Professor Newton has called attention to the
work of M. Ledru, who, in 1796, described the birds of St. Thomas. He
mentions a parrot and a parroquet in the island, the latter only being now
known, and very scarce; also a green pigeon and a tody, both now
unknown. No less than six species of parrots are said to have been formerly
found in Guadeloupe and Martinique, which are now extinct.
Page 77
Plate XVII. Illustrating the peculiar Mammalia and Birds of the Antilles.—
The scene of this illustration is Cuba, the largest of the West Indian islands,
and one in which all its peculiar zoological features are well developed. In
the foreground is the agouta (Solenodon cubanus), a remarkable
insectivorous animal which, with another species inhabiting Hayti, has no
allies on the American continent; nor anywhere in the world but in
Madagascar, where a group of animals are found constituting the family
Centetidæ, to which Solenodon is said undoubtedly to belong. Above it are
a pair of hutias (Capromys fournieri), rat-like animals belonging to the
South American family Octodontidæ. They live in the forests, and climb
trees readily, eating all kinds of vegetable food. Three species of the genus
are known, which are found only in Cuba and Jamaica. Just above these
animals is a white-breasted trogon (Prionoteles temnurus), confined to
Cuba, and the only species of the genus. Near the top of the picture are a
pair of todies (Todus multicolor), singular little insectivorous birds allied to
the motmots, but forming a very distinct family which is confined to the
islands of the Greater Antilles. They are beautifully-coloured birds,—green
above, red and white beneath, and are exceedingly active in their
movements. To the right are a pair of small humming-birds (Sporadinus
ricordi), not very remarkable in this beautiful family, but introduced here
because they belong to a genus which is confined to the Greater Antilles.
Table of distribution of West-Indian Birds.—As the birds of the West Indian
islands are particularly interesting and their peculiarities comparatively
little known, we give here a table of the genera of land-birds, compiled
from all available sources of information. Owing to the numerous
independent observations on which it is founded, the discrepancies of
nomenclature, and uncertainty in some cases as to the locality of species, it
can only be looked upon as an approximative summary of the existing
materials on Antillean ornithology.
TABLE OF THE RESIDENT LAND-BIRDS OF THE ANTILLES.
Note.—Genera confined to the West Indies are in Italics. An (a) after (1)
indicates a species common to two islands: but where there are two or more
The scene of this illustration is Cuba, the largest of the West Indian islands,
and one in which all its peculiar zoological features are well developed. In
the foreground is the agouta (Solenodon cubanus), a remarkable
insectivorous animal which, with another species inhabiting Hayti, has no
allies on the American continent; nor anywhere in the world but in
Madagascar, where a group of animals are found constituting the family
Centetidæ, to which Solenodon is said undoubtedly to belong. Above it are
a pair of hutias (Capromys fournieri), rat-like animals belonging to the
South American family Octodontidæ. They live in the forests, and climb
trees readily, eating all kinds of vegetable food. Three species of the genus
are known, which are found only in Cuba and Jamaica. Just above these
animals is a white-breasted trogon (Prionoteles temnurus), confined to
Cuba, and the only species of the genus. Near the top of the picture are a
pair of todies (Todus multicolor), singular little insectivorous birds allied to
the motmots, but forming a very distinct family which is confined to the
islands of the Greater Antilles. They are beautifully-coloured birds,—green
above, red and white beneath, and are exceedingly active in their
movements. To the right are a pair of small humming-birds (Sporadinus
ricordi), not very remarkable in this beautiful family, but introduced here
because they belong to a genus which is confined to the Greater Antilles.
Table of distribution of West-Indian Birds.—As the birds of the West Indian
islands are particularly interesting and their peculiarities comparatively
little known, we give here a table of the genera of land-birds, compiled
from all available sources of information. Owing to the numerous
independent observations on which it is founded, the discrepancies of
nomenclature, and uncertainty in some cases as to the locality of species, it
can only be looked upon as an approximative summary of the existing
materials on Antillean ornithology.
TABLE OF THE RESIDENT LAND-BIRDS OF THE ANTILLES.
Note.—Genera confined to the West Indies are in Italics. An (a) after (1)
indicates a species common to two islands: but where there are two or more
Page 78
species in an island, or the localities are doubtful, this indication cannot be
given. All species not otherwise noted are peculiar to the Antilles.
Key to columns:
Column 1 Cuba.
" 2 Bahamas.
" 3 Hayti.
" 4 Jamaica.
" 5 Portorico & St. Croix.
" 6 Lesser Antilles.
" 7 Total resident species.
Number of Species in each
Family and Island. 7 Remarks.
Genus.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Turdidæ.
Turdus — — — 1 — — 1 Five species
migrate to
Cuba
Mimocichla 2 1 1 1 — — 5
Margarops — — 1a — 1a 3 4 Martinique,
St. Lucia,
Guada.
Rhamphocinclus — — — — — 1 1 Martinique
and St. Lucia
Cinclocerthia — — — — — 3 3 Nevis to St.
Lucia
Mimus 1 1 — 1 (?) — 3 Another
species
migrates to
the Antilles
Sylviidæ.
given. All species not otherwise noted are peculiar to the Antilles.
Key to columns:
Column 1 Cuba.
" 2 Bahamas.
" 3 Hayti.
" 4 Jamaica.
" 5 Portorico & St. Croix.
" 6 Lesser Antilles.
" 7 Total resident species.
Number of Species in each
Family and Island. 7 Remarks.
Genus.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Turdidæ.
Turdus — — — 1 — — 1 Five species
migrate to
Cuba
Mimocichla 2 1 1 1 — — 5
Margarops — — 1a — 1a 3 4 Martinique,
St. Lucia,
Guada.
Rhamphocinclus — — — — — 1 1 Martinique
and St. Lucia
Cinclocerthia — — — — — 3 3 Nevis to St.
Lucia
Mimus 1 1 — 1 (?) — 3 Another
species
migrates to
the Antilles
Sylviidæ.
Page 79
Myiadestes 1 — — 1 — 1 3 St. Lucia
Polioptila 1 — — — — — 1
Vireonidæ.
Vireosylvia 1 — 1 1 1 1 2 One S.
American
species
Vireo 1 1 — 1 1 — 4 Five species
migrate to
Cuba
Laletes — — — 1 — — 1
Phœnicomanes — — — 1 — — 1
Corvidæ.
Corvus 1 — 1a 1 1a — 3
Cyanocorax — — — 1 — — 1 S. American
species
Mniotiltidæ.
Perissoglossa 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 N. American
species
Dendrœca 2 2 1 3 1 1 7 Twelve sp.
migrate to W.
I.
Teretristis 2 — — — — — 2
Cœrebidæ.
Certhiola — 1 1 1 2 2 7 Dominica
and
Martinique
Glossiptila — — — 1 — — 1
Cœreba 1 — — — — — 1 S. American
species
Ampelidæ.
Polioptila 1 — — — — — 1
Vireonidæ.
Vireosylvia 1 — 1 1 1 1 2 One S.
American
species
Vireo 1 1 — 1 1 — 4 Five species
migrate to
Cuba
Laletes — — — 1 — — 1
Phœnicomanes — — — 1 — — 1
Corvidæ.
Corvus 1 — 1a 1 1a — 3
Cyanocorax — — — 1 — — 1 S. American
species
Mniotiltidæ.
Perissoglossa 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 N. American
species
Dendrœca 2 2 1 3 1 1 7 Twelve sp.
migrate to W.
I.
Teretristis 2 — — — — — 2
Cœrebidæ.
Certhiola — 1 1 1 2 2 7 Dominica
and
Martinique
Glossiptila — — — 1 — — 1
Cœreba 1 — — — — — 1 S. American
species
Ampelidæ.
Page 80
Dulus (?) — 1 (?) (?) (?) 2 One species
locality
unknown
Hirundinidæ.
Progne — — 1 1 1 — 1
Pterochelidon 1 — — 1 1 — 1
Hirundo 1 — 1a 1a — — 2 One S.
American
species
Tanagridæ.
Euphonia 1a — 1a 1 1 1 4 St.
Bartholom. &
Martinique
Spindalis 2 1 1 1 1 — 5
Phænicophilus — — 1 — — — 1
Saltator — — — — — 1 1 Guadeloupe
and St. Lucia
Fringillidæ.
Loxigilla — — 1 1 — 1 3 Martinique
and
Dominica
Melopyrrha 1 — — — — — 1
Sycalis — — — 1 — — 1 S. American
species
Phonipara 3 — 3 3 2 — 4 One S.
American
species
Chrysomitris — — 1 — — — 1
Icteridæ.
Icterus 1 — 1 1 2 2 6
Agelæus 2 — — — 1 — 3
locality
unknown
Hirundinidæ.
Progne — — 1 1 1 — 1
Pterochelidon 1 — — 1 1 — 1
Hirundo 1 — 1a 1a — — 2 One S.
American
species
Tanagridæ.
Euphonia 1a — 1a 1 1 1 4 St.
Bartholom. &
Martinique
Spindalis 2 1 1 1 1 — 5
Phænicophilus — — 1 — — — 1
Saltator — — — — — 1 1 Guadeloupe
and St. Lucia
Fringillidæ.
Loxigilla — — 1 1 — 1 3 Martinique
and
Dominica
Melopyrrha 1 — — — — — 1
Sycalis — — — 1 — — 1 S. American
species
Phonipara 3 — 3 3 2 — 4 One S.
American
species
Chrysomitris — — 1 — — — 1
Icteridæ.
Icterus 1 — 1 1 2 2 6
Agelæus 2 — — — 1 — 3
Page 81
Sturnella 1 — — — — — 1 Mexican
species
Nesopsar — — — 1 — — 1
Scolecophagus 1 — — — — — 1
Quiscalus — — 1 1 2 2 4 St. Lucia,
Martinique
and
Barbadoes
Tyrannidæ.
Elainea — — — 2 — 1 3
Pitangus 1a — — 1a 1 — 2
Contopus — — — 1 — 1 2 St. Lucia
Myiarchus 2 — 1 3 1 1b 7 One S.
American
species (b)
Blacicus 1a — 1a 1 — — 2
Tyrannus 2 — — 1b 1b 2b 3 One sp. in
Cen. America
(b)
Cotingidæ.
Hadrostomus — — — 1 — — 1
Picidæ.
Campephilus 1 — — — — — 1
Xiphidiopicus 1 — — — — — 1
Melanerpes — — — — 1 — 1
Chloronerpes — — 1 — — — 1
Centurus 1 — 1 1 — — 3
Colaptes 2 — — — — — 2
Nesoceleus 1 — — — — — 1
Picumnus — — ?1 — — — 1
Cuculidæ.
Saurothera 1 — 1 1 1 — 4
species
Nesopsar — — — 1 — — 1
Scolecophagus 1 — — — — — 1
Quiscalus — — 1 1 2 2 4 St. Lucia,
Martinique
and
Barbadoes
Tyrannidæ.
Elainea — — — 2 — 1 3
Pitangus 1a — — 1a 1 — 2
Contopus — — — 1 — 1 2 St. Lucia
Myiarchus 2 — 1 3 1 1b 7 One S.
American
species (b)
Blacicus 1a — 1a 1 — — 2
Tyrannus 2 — — 1b 1b 2b 3 One sp. in
Cen. America
(b)
Cotingidæ.
Hadrostomus — — — 1 — — 1
Picidæ.
Campephilus 1 — — — — — 1
Xiphidiopicus 1 — — — — — 1
Melanerpes — — — — 1 — 1
Chloronerpes — — 1 — — — 1
Centurus 1 — 1 1 — — 3
Colaptes 2 — — — — — 2
Nesoceleus 1 — — — — — 1
Picumnus — — ?1 — — — 1
Cuculidæ.
Saurothera 1 — 1 1 1 — 4
Page 82
Hyetornis — — 1 1 — — 2
Coccygus 1 — 2 1 1 1 3 Dominica, St.
Lucia, all
Neotropical
species
Crotophaga 1 — — 1 1 1 2 N. & Cen.
American
species
Todidæ.
Todus 1 — 1 2 1 — 5
Trogonidæ.
Prionoteles 1 — — — — — 1
Temnotrogon — — 1 — — — 1
Caprimulgidæ.
Nyctibius — — — 1 — — 1 Neotropical
species
Chordeiles — — — 1 — — 1
Antrostomus 2 — — 1 — 1 2 One
Neotropical
species
Siphonorhis — — — 1 — — 1
Stenopsis — — — — — 1 1 Martinique
(S. America
sp.)
Cypselidæ.
Cypselus 1 — — 1 — — 1
Panyptila — — 1 — — — 1 S. American
species
Hemiprocne — — 1 1 — — 1 Mexican
species
Cypseloides — — — 1 — — 1
Coccygus 1 — 2 1 1 1 3 Dominica, St.
Lucia, all
Neotropical
species
Crotophaga 1 — — 1 1 1 2 N. & Cen.
American
species
Todidæ.
Todus 1 — 1 2 1 — 5
Trogonidæ.
Prionoteles 1 — — — — — 1
Temnotrogon — — 1 — — — 1
Caprimulgidæ.
Nyctibius — — — 1 — — 1 Neotropical
species
Chordeiles — — — 1 — — 1
Antrostomus 2 — — 1 — 1 2 One
Neotropical
species
Siphonorhis — — — 1 — — 1
Stenopsis — — — — — 1 1 Martinique
(S. America
sp.)
Cypselidæ.
Cypselus 1 — — 1 — — 1
Panyptila — — 1 — — — 1 S. American
species
Hemiprocne — — 1 1 — — 1 Mexican
species
Cypseloides — — — 1 — — 1
Page 83
Trochilidæ.
Lampornis — — 1a 1 2a 1a 3
Doricha — 2 — — — — 2
Eulampis — — — — 1 2 2 St. Croix,
Dominica, St.
Lucia,
Martinique
Aithurus — — — 1 — — 1
Mellisuga — — 1 1 — — 1
Calypte 1 — — — — — 1
Orthorhynchus — — — — 1 2 3 Domin.,
Martini., St.
Lucia
Sporadinus 1 — 1 — 1 — 3
Conuridæ.
Ara 1 — — — — — 1 S. American
species
Conurus 1 — — 1 1 1 1 St. Thomas
Psittacidæ.
Chrysotis 1 — 1 2 1 3 8
Columbidæ.
Columba 1 — 1 2 2 1 3 One in
Honduras
Chamæpelia — — — 1 1 1 1
Zenaida 1 — 1 1 1 2 2
Leptoptila — — — 1 — — 1
Geotrygon 2 — 1 2 1 2 5 St. Lucia,
Martinique,
one species
Mexican
Starnœnas 1 — — — — — 1
Lampornis — — 1a 1 2a 1a 3
Doricha — 2 — — — — 2
Eulampis — — — — 1 2 2 St. Croix,
Dominica, St.
Lucia,
Martinique
Aithurus — — — 1 — — 1
Mellisuga — — 1 1 — — 1
Calypte 1 — — — — — 1
Orthorhynchus — — — — 1 2 3 Domin.,
Martini., St.
Lucia
Sporadinus 1 — 1 — 1 — 3
Conuridæ.
Ara 1 — — — — — 1 S. American
species
Conurus 1 — — 1 1 1 1 St. Thomas
Psittacidæ.
Chrysotis 1 — 1 2 1 3 8
Columbidæ.
Columba 1 — 1 2 2 1 3 One in
Honduras
Chamæpelia — — — 1 1 1 1
Zenaida 1 — 1 1 1 2 2
Leptoptila — — — 1 — — 1
Geotrygon 2 — 1 2 1 2 5 St. Lucia,
Martinique,
one species
Mexican
Starnœnas 1 — — — — — 1
Page 84
Tetraonidæ.
Ortyx 1 — — — — — 1
Falconidæ.
Accipiter 2 — — — — — 2
Hypotriorchis — — — 1 — — 1 Mexican
species
Cerchneis 2 — 1 — — 1 2
Cymindis 1 — — — — — 1
Polyborus 1 — — — — — 1 Mexican
species
Strigidæ.
Nyctalops 1 — — — — — 1 S. American
species
Pseudoscops — — — 1 — — 1
Gymnoglaux 1 — — — 1 — 2 St. Croix and
St. Thomas
Glaucidium 1 — — — — — 1
Number of families resident land- in Antilles 26
of birds the
Totals " " genera " " " 95
" " species " " "
203
Reptiles and Amphibia.—These classes not having been systematically
collected, and the numerous described genera not having undergone careful
revision, little trustworthy information can be derived from them. The
following enumeration of the chief groups hitherto noticed or described,
will, however, show very similar features to those presented by the birds—a
general relation to Neotropical forms, a more special relation to those of
Central America and Mexico, and a considerable number of peculiar types.
Ortyx 1 — — — — — 1
Falconidæ.
Accipiter 2 — — — — — 2
Hypotriorchis — — — 1 — — 1 Mexican
species
Cerchneis 2 — 1 — — 1 2
Cymindis 1 — — — — — 1
Polyborus 1 — — — — — 1 Mexican
species
Strigidæ.
Nyctalops 1 — — — — — 1 S. American
species
Pseudoscops — — — 1 — — 1
Gymnoglaux 1 — — — 1 — 2 St. Croix and
St. Thomas
Glaucidium 1 — — — — — 1
Number of families resident land- in Antilles 26
of birds the
Totals " " genera " " " 95
" " species " " "
203
Reptiles and Amphibia.—These classes not having been systematically
collected, and the numerous described genera not having undergone careful
revision, little trustworthy information can be derived from them. The
following enumeration of the chief groups hitherto noticed or described,
will, however, show very similar features to those presented by the birds—a
general relation to Neotropical forms, a more special relation to those of
Central America and Mexico, and a considerable number of peculiar types.
Page 85
Snakes.—Arrhyton (Calamariidæ) from Cuba, Hypsirhynchus from
Barbadoes, Cryptodacus from Cuba, Ialtris from Hayti, and Coloragia from
Cuba (all Colubridæ), have been described as genera peculiar to the
Antilles. Phylodryas and Dromicus (Colubridæ) are Antillean and
Neotropical; Ahætulla, (Dendrophidæ) has the same distribution but extends
to tropical Africa; Epicrates and Corallus (Pythonidæ) are Neotropical and
Antillean; while Chilabothrus from Jamaica and Ungalia from Cuba and
Jamaica (both Pythonidæ) are found elsewhere only in Central America and
Mexico. There appear to be no Crotalidæ except an introduced species of
Craspedocephalus in St. Lucia.
Lizards are more numerous. Ameiva (Teidæ) is found all over America,
Gerrhonotus (Zonuridæ) is Neotropical and occurs in Cuba;
Gymnopthalmus is South American and Antillean. Of Scincidæ seven
genera are noted. Celestus (with 9 species) is peculiar to the Antilles;
Camilia (1 species) to Jamaica, Panoplus (1 species) and Embryopus (1
species) to Hayti; Diplogossus is Antillean and South American; while
Plestiodon and Mabouya are cosmopolite. Of Geckotidæ there are four
genera; Phyllodactylus and Hemidactylus which are cosmopolite;
Sphærodactylus which is wholly American; and Cubina found only in
Martinique and Brazil. Of Iguanidæ there are six genera; Anolis, which
ranges all over America; Polychrus, which is Neotropical; Iguana and
Liocephalus which are South American; Tropedurus found in Cuba and
Brazil; and Cyclura only known from Jamaica, Cuba, and Central America.
Amphibia.—The genus Trachycephalus, belonging to the Hylidæ or tropical
tree-frogs, is almost peculiar to the Antilles; Cuba, Hayti, and Jamaica
possessing seven species, while only one is recorded from South America.
Other genera are, Peltaphryne (Bufonidæ) from Portorico; Phyllobates
(Polypedatidæ) from Cuba; Leiuperus (Ranidæ) from Hayti,—all
Neotropical. Of the Urodela, or tailed batrachians, no representative occurs,
although they are so characteristic a feature of the Nearctic region.
Fresh-water fish.—The same general remarks apply to these as to the
reptiles. Only one peculiar genus is noted—Lebistes, a form of
Cyprinodontidæ from Barbadoes; other genera of the same family being,
Barbadoes, Cryptodacus from Cuba, Ialtris from Hayti, and Coloragia from
Cuba (all Colubridæ), have been described as genera peculiar to the
Antilles. Phylodryas and Dromicus (Colubridæ) are Antillean and
Neotropical; Ahætulla, (Dendrophidæ) has the same distribution but extends
to tropical Africa; Epicrates and Corallus (Pythonidæ) are Neotropical and
Antillean; while Chilabothrus from Jamaica and Ungalia from Cuba and
Jamaica (both Pythonidæ) are found elsewhere only in Central America and
Mexico. There appear to be no Crotalidæ except an introduced species of
Craspedocephalus in St. Lucia.
Lizards are more numerous. Ameiva (Teidæ) is found all over America,
Gerrhonotus (Zonuridæ) is Neotropical and occurs in Cuba;
Gymnopthalmus is South American and Antillean. Of Scincidæ seven
genera are noted. Celestus (with 9 species) is peculiar to the Antilles;
Camilia (1 species) to Jamaica, Panoplus (1 species) and Embryopus (1
species) to Hayti; Diplogossus is Antillean and South American; while
Plestiodon and Mabouya are cosmopolite. Of Geckotidæ there are four
genera; Phyllodactylus and Hemidactylus which are cosmopolite;
Sphærodactylus which is wholly American; and Cubina found only in
Martinique and Brazil. Of Iguanidæ there are six genera; Anolis, which
ranges all over America; Polychrus, which is Neotropical; Iguana and
Liocephalus which are South American; Tropedurus found in Cuba and
Brazil; and Cyclura only known from Jamaica, Cuba, and Central America.
Amphibia.—The genus Trachycephalus, belonging to the Hylidæ or tropical
tree-frogs, is almost peculiar to the Antilles; Cuba, Hayti, and Jamaica
possessing seven species, while only one is recorded from South America.
Other genera are, Peltaphryne (Bufonidæ) from Portorico; Phyllobates
(Polypedatidæ) from Cuba; Leiuperus (Ranidæ) from Hayti,—all
Neotropical. Of the Urodela, or tailed batrachians, no representative occurs,
although they are so characteristic a feature of the Nearctic region.
Fresh-water fish.—The same general remarks apply to these as to the
reptiles. Only one peculiar genus is noted—Lebistes, a form of
Cyprinodontidæ from Barbadoes; other genera of the same family being,
Page 86
Haplochilus, Rivulus, and Girardinus, widely spread in the Neotropical
region; while Gambusia is confined to Central America, Mexico, and the
Antilles. Four other families are represented; Siluridæ by Chætostomus,
found in Portorico and South America; Chromidæ by the South American
Acara; Mugillidæ by the Central American Agonostoma; and Percidæ by
the North American Centrarchus, of which a species is recorded from Cuba.
Insects.—The various West Indian islands have not been well explored
entomologically; one reason no doubt being, that their comparative poverty
renders them little attractive to the professional collector, while the
abounding riches of Central and South America lie so near at hand. We can,
therefore, hardly tell whether the comparative poverty, or even total absence
of some families while others seem fairly represented, is a real phenomenon
of distribution, or only dependent on imperfect knowledge. Bearing this in
mind, we proceed to give a sketch of what is known of the chief groups of
Lepidoptera and Coleoptera.
Lepidoptera.—The Neotropical butterfly-fauna is but poorly represented,
the majority of the most remarkable types being entirely wanting; yet there
are a few peculiar and very characteristic forms which show great isolation,
while the majority of the species are peculiar. Four genera are exclusively
or characteristically Antillean,—Calisto belonging to the Satyridæ, with
four species, of which one ranges to South Carolina; Clothilda
(Nymphalidæ) a fine genus which has 4 Antillean species and 2 in Central
America; Lucinia (Nymphalidæ) 2 species, confined to Jamaica and Hayti;
and Kricogonia belonging to the Pieridæ, which has 2 West Indian species,
while 1 inhabits Mexico and Florida. Genera which show a special relation
to Central America are Euptoieta, Eumæus, and Nathalis. Almost all the
other genera are South American, the total number recorded in each family
as occurring in the West Indian islands, being, 3 of Danaidæ; 1 of
Heliconiidæ; 2 of Satyridæ; 18 of Nymphalidæ; 1 of Erycinidæ; 4 of
Lycænidæ; 6 of Pieridæ; 1 of Papilionidæ, and 10 of Hesperidæ. The genus
Papilio is represented by about 20 species, 2 of which are North American,
4 South American, while the rest form little characteristic groups allied to
those of Central America. The most marked feature seems to be the scarcity
of Satyridæ and the almost total absence of Erycinidæ, with a great
region; while Gambusia is confined to Central America, Mexico, and the
Antilles. Four other families are represented; Siluridæ by Chætostomus,
found in Portorico and South America; Chromidæ by the South American
Acara; Mugillidæ by the Central American Agonostoma; and Percidæ by
the North American Centrarchus, of which a species is recorded from Cuba.
Insects.—The various West Indian islands have not been well explored
entomologically; one reason no doubt being, that their comparative poverty
renders them little attractive to the professional collector, while the
abounding riches of Central and South America lie so near at hand. We can,
therefore, hardly tell whether the comparative poverty, or even total absence
of some families while others seem fairly represented, is a real phenomenon
of distribution, or only dependent on imperfect knowledge. Bearing this in
mind, we proceed to give a sketch of what is known of the chief groups of
Lepidoptera and Coleoptera.
Lepidoptera.—The Neotropical butterfly-fauna is but poorly represented,
the majority of the most remarkable types being entirely wanting; yet there
are a few peculiar and very characteristic forms which show great isolation,
while the majority of the species are peculiar. Four genera are exclusively
or characteristically Antillean,—Calisto belonging to the Satyridæ, with
four species, of which one ranges to South Carolina; Clothilda
(Nymphalidæ) a fine genus which has 4 Antillean species and 2 in Central
America; Lucinia (Nymphalidæ) 2 species, confined to Jamaica and Hayti;
and Kricogonia belonging to the Pieridæ, which has 2 West Indian species,
while 1 inhabits Mexico and Florida. Genera which show a special relation
to Central America are Euptoieta, Eumæus, and Nathalis. Almost all the
other genera are South American, the total number recorded in each family
as occurring in the West Indian islands, being, 3 of Danaidæ; 1 of
Heliconiidæ; 2 of Satyridæ; 18 of Nymphalidæ; 1 of Erycinidæ; 4 of
Lycænidæ; 6 of Pieridæ; 1 of Papilionidæ, and 10 of Hesperidæ. The genus
Papilio is represented by about 20 species, 2 of which are North American,
4 South American, while the rest form little characteristic groups allied to
those of Central America. The most marked feature seems to be the scarcity
of Satyridæ and the almost total absence of Erycinidæ, with a great
Page 87
deficiency in characteristic Neotropical forms of Danaidæ and
Nymphalidæ.
Coleoptera.—Cicindelidæ and Carabidæ are very poorly represented, by a
few species of wide-spread groups, and hardly any peculiar genera. No
Lucanidæ are recorded. Of Cetoniidæ, Gymnetis only appears to be
represented. Buprestidæ seem to be more numerous; 15 genera being
recorded, but almost all of wide distribution. One only is peculiar—
Tetragonoschoma, found in Hayti; Halecia is the only exclusively South
American genus; Chalcophora is widely scattered over the tropical regions
but is absent from South America, yet it occurs in the Nearctic region and
extends to Jamaica and Guadeloupe. We now come to the Longicorns, the
only group of Coleoptera which seems to be well represented, or which has
been carefully collected. No less than 40 genera are known from the West
Indian islands, and 15 of these are peculiar. Prionidæ are proportionately
very numerous, there being 10 genera, 2 of which are widely distributed in
both South and North America, 1 is North American, and 1 South
American, while the following are peculiar,—Stenodontes (Hayti and
Cuba); Dendroblaptus (Cuba); Monodesmus (Cuba and Jamaica);
Prosternodes (Cuba); Solenoptera and Elateropsis, the two largest genera
found in most of the islands. Of Cerambycidæ there are 16 genera, 2 of
which range all over America, 4 are Neotropical, 1 South American only,
while the following are confined to the islands,—Merostenus, Pentomacrus,
and Eburiola (Jamaica); Bromiades (Cuba); Trichrous, Heterops, and
Pæciloderma (Antilles). One genus, Smodicum, is widely spread, having a
species in Carolina, 1 in South America, 1 in Hayti, and 1 in West Africa.
Of Lamiidæ there are 14 genera, 8 of which are Neotropical, 1 common to
Central America and Mexico, 1 to the United States and Cuba, while 2,
Proecha and Phidola, are confined to Cuba. Several of the genera are
curiously distributed;—Spalacopsis is South American, with 4 species in
Cuba and Tropical Africa; Lagocheirus is Neotropical, with a species in
Australia; while Leptostilus is characteristic of the Antilles and North
America, with a few species in South America, and one in New Zealand.
These cases of erratic distribution, so opposed to the general series of
phenomena among which they occur, must be held to be sufficiently
explained by the great antiquity of these groups and their former wide
distribution. They may be supposed to be the remnants of types, now dying
Nymphalidæ.
Coleoptera.—Cicindelidæ and Carabidæ are very poorly represented, by a
few species of wide-spread groups, and hardly any peculiar genera. No
Lucanidæ are recorded. Of Cetoniidæ, Gymnetis only appears to be
represented. Buprestidæ seem to be more numerous; 15 genera being
recorded, but almost all of wide distribution. One only is peculiar—
Tetragonoschoma, found in Hayti; Halecia is the only exclusively South
American genus; Chalcophora is widely scattered over the tropical regions
but is absent from South America, yet it occurs in the Nearctic region and
extends to Jamaica and Guadeloupe. We now come to the Longicorns, the
only group of Coleoptera which seems to be well represented, or which has
been carefully collected. No less than 40 genera are known from the West
Indian islands, and 15 of these are peculiar. Prionidæ are proportionately
very numerous, there being 10 genera, 2 of which are widely distributed in
both South and North America, 1 is North American, and 1 South
American, while the following are peculiar,—Stenodontes (Hayti and
Cuba); Dendroblaptus (Cuba); Monodesmus (Cuba and Jamaica);
Prosternodes (Cuba); Solenoptera and Elateropsis, the two largest genera
found in most of the islands. Of Cerambycidæ there are 16 genera, 2 of
which range all over America, 4 are Neotropical, 1 South American only,
while the following are confined to the islands,—Merostenus, Pentomacrus,
and Eburiola (Jamaica); Bromiades (Cuba); Trichrous, Heterops, and
Pæciloderma (Antilles). One genus, Smodicum, is widely spread, having a
species in Carolina, 1 in South America, 1 in Hayti, and 1 in West Africa.
Of Lamiidæ there are 14 genera, 8 of which are Neotropical, 1 common to
Central America and Mexico, 1 to the United States and Cuba, while 2,
Proecha and Phidola, are confined to Cuba. Several of the genera are
curiously distributed;—Spalacopsis is South American, with 4 species in
Cuba and Tropical Africa; Lagocheirus is Neotropical, with a species in
Australia; while Leptostilus is characteristic of the Antilles and North
America, with a few species in South America, and one in New Zealand.
These cases of erratic distribution, so opposed to the general series of
phenomena among which they occur, must be held to be sufficiently
explained by the great antiquity of these groups and their former wide
distribution. They may be supposed to be the remnants of types, now dying
Page 88
out, which were once, like Callichroma, Clytus, and many others, almost
universally distributed.
All the peculiar Antillean genera of Cerambycidæ and Lamiidæ are allied to
Neotropical forms. The peculiar Prionidæ, however, are mostly allied to
Mexican and North American groups, and one, Monodesmus, belongs to a
group all the other genera of which inhabit the East Indies and South Africa.
Land-shells.—This subject has already been generally treated under the
Region, of which, in this class of animals, the Antilles form so important a
part. We must therefore now confine ourselves mainly to the internal
distribution of the genera, and to a few remarks on the general bearing of
the facts.
The excessive and altogether unexampled productiveness of the West Indian
islands in land-shells, may be traced to two main sets of causes. The first
and least known, consist of the peculiar influences and conditions which
render islands always more productive than continents. Whatever these
conditions are, they will be more effective where the islands have been long
separated from the mainland, as is here undoubtedly the case. It seems most
probable that the great development of land-shells in islands, is due to the
absence or deficiency of the vertebrata, which on continents supply a
variety of species adapted to prey upon these molluscs. This view is
supported by the fact, that in such islands as have been united to a continent
at no very distant epoch, and still maintain a continental variety of
vertebrata, no such special development of land-shells has taken place. If
we compare the Philippine islands with the Sunda group, we find the
development of vertebrata and land-molluscs in inverse ratio to each other.
The same thing occurs if we compare New Zealand and Tasmania; and we
have a still more striking example in the Antillean group itself, continental
Trinidad having only 20 genera and 38 species, while the highly insular
Jamaica has about 30 genera and more than 500 species.
The other causes favourable to the increase and development of land-shells
are of a physical nature. A great extent of limestone-rock is one; and in the
larger West Indian islands we have a considerable proportion of the surface
universally distributed.
All the peculiar Antillean genera of Cerambycidæ and Lamiidæ are allied to
Neotropical forms. The peculiar Prionidæ, however, are mostly allied to
Mexican and North American groups, and one, Monodesmus, belongs to a
group all the other genera of which inhabit the East Indies and South Africa.
Land-shells.—This subject has already been generally treated under the
Region, of which, in this class of animals, the Antilles form so important a
part. We must therefore now confine ourselves mainly to the internal
distribution of the genera, and to a few remarks on the general bearing of
the facts.
The excessive and altogether unexampled productiveness of the West Indian
islands in land-shells, may be traced to two main sets of causes. The first
and least known, consist of the peculiar influences and conditions which
render islands always more productive than continents. Whatever these
conditions are, they will be more effective where the islands have been long
separated from the mainland, as is here undoubtedly the case. It seems most
probable that the great development of land-shells in islands, is due to the
absence or deficiency of the vertebrata, which on continents supply a
variety of species adapted to prey upon these molluscs. This view is
supported by the fact, that in such islands as have been united to a continent
at no very distant epoch, and still maintain a continental variety of
vertebrata, no such special development of land-shells has taken place. If
we compare the Philippine islands with the Sunda group, we find the
development of vertebrata and land-molluscs in inverse ratio to each other.
The same thing occurs if we compare New Zealand and Tasmania; and we
have a still more striking example in the Antillean group itself, continental
Trinidad having only 20 genera and 38 species, while the highly insular
Jamaica has about 30 genera and more than 500 species.
The other causes favourable to the increase and development of land-shells
are of a physical nature. A great extent of limestone-rock is one; and in the
larger West Indian islands we have a considerable proportion of the surface
Page 89
consisting of this rock. But perhaps equally or more important, is the
character of the land surface, and the texture of the exposed rock itself. A
much broken surface, with numerous deep ravines, cutting up the whole
country into isolated valleys and ridges, seems very favourable to the
specialization of forms in this very sedentary class of animals. Equally
favourable is a honeycombed and highly-fissured rock-surface, affording
everywhere cracks and crannies for concealment. Now, taking Jamaica as
an example of the archipelago, we find all these conditions in a wonderful
degree. Over a large part of this island, a yard of level ground can hardly be
found; but ridges, precipices, ravines, and rock-bound valleys, succeed each
other over the whole country. At least five-sixths of the entire surface is
limestone, and under the influence of tropical rains this rock is worn,
fissured, and honeycombed, so as to afford ample shelter and concealment
for land-shells.
It is probable that the three chief islands, Cuba, Jamaica and Hayti, are
nearly equally rich in land-shells; but the last is very much less known, and
therefore, perhaps, appears to be much poorer. Cuba has rather more species
than Jamaica; but while the former has only 1 peculiar genus (Diplopoma),
the latter has 3 (Geomelania, Chittya, and Jamaicea), as well as two others
only represented in the other islands by single species. From Hayti, only
about one-third as many species are known as from the two former islands.
It has no peculiar genera, but it has some forms in common with Cuba and
others with Jamaica, which show that those islands have more connection
with it, than with each other; just as we found to be the case in birds.
Portorico and the Virgin islands have still fewer species than Hayti; and, as
many of the genera common to the other three islands are wanting, there is,
no doubt, here a real deficiency. In the islands farther south (Barbuda to
Martinique) more Antillean genera disappear or become very rare, while
some continental forms take their place. The islands from St. Lucia to
Trinidad have a still more continental character; the genus Bulimus, so
largely developed on the continent, only reaching St. Lucia. The Bahamas
contain about 80 species of land-shells, of which 25 are Antillean, the rest
peculiar; all the genera being Antillean. The affinity is chiefly with Hayti
and Cuba, but closest with the latter island.
character of the land surface, and the texture of the exposed rock itself. A
much broken surface, with numerous deep ravines, cutting up the whole
country into isolated valleys and ridges, seems very favourable to the
specialization of forms in this very sedentary class of animals. Equally
favourable is a honeycombed and highly-fissured rock-surface, affording
everywhere cracks and crannies for concealment. Now, taking Jamaica as
an example of the archipelago, we find all these conditions in a wonderful
degree. Over a large part of this island, a yard of level ground can hardly be
found; but ridges, precipices, ravines, and rock-bound valleys, succeed each
other over the whole country. At least five-sixths of the entire surface is
limestone, and under the influence of tropical rains this rock is worn,
fissured, and honeycombed, so as to afford ample shelter and concealment
for land-shells.
It is probable that the three chief islands, Cuba, Jamaica and Hayti, are
nearly equally rich in land-shells; but the last is very much less known, and
therefore, perhaps, appears to be much poorer. Cuba has rather more species
than Jamaica; but while the former has only 1 peculiar genus (Diplopoma),
the latter has 3 (Geomelania, Chittya, and Jamaicea), as well as two others
only represented in the other islands by single species. From Hayti, only
about one-third as many species are known as from the two former islands.
It has no peculiar genera, but it has some forms in common with Cuba and
others with Jamaica, which show that those islands have more connection
with it, than with each other; just as we found to be the case in birds.
Portorico and the Virgin islands have still fewer species than Hayti; and, as
many of the genera common to the other three islands are wanting, there is,
no doubt, here a real deficiency. In the islands farther south (Barbuda to
Martinique) more Antillean genera disappear or become very rare, while
some continental forms take their place. The islands from St. Lucia to
Trinidad have a still more continental character; the genus Bulimus, so
largely developed on the continent, only reaching St. Lucia. The Bahamas
contain about 80 species of land-shells, of which 25 are Antillean, the rest
peculiar; all the genera being Antillean. The affinity is chiefly with Hayti
and Cuba, but closest with the latter island.
Page 90
In the West Indian islands as a whole, there are 11 peculiar genera; 9
operculate (Geomelania, Chittya, Jamaicea, Licina, Choanopoma,
Ctenopoma, Diplopoma, Stoastoma, Lucidella); and 2 inoperculate (Sagda
and Stenopus), besides Cyclostomus, which belongs to the Old World and is
not found on the American continent. Mr. Bland considers, that many of the
Antillean land-shells exhibit decided African and Asiatic, rather than South
American affinities. A species of the Asiatic genus Diplommatina has been
found in Trinidad, and an Indian species of Ennea occurs in Grenada and St.
Thomas; a clear indication that land-shells are liable to be accidentally
imported, and to become established in the less productive islands.
Although these islands are so wonderfully rich even now, there is good
reason to believe that many species have become extinct since the European
occupation of them. When small islands are much cultivated, many of these
molluscs which can only live under the shade of forests, are soon
extirpated. In St. Croix many species have become extinct at a
comparatively recent period, from the burning of forests; and as we know
that in all the islands many of the species are excessively local, being often
confined to single valleys or ridges, we may be sure that wherever the
native forests have disappeared before the hand of man, numbers of land
shells have disappeared with them. As some of the smaller islands have
been almost denuded of their wood, and in the larger ones extensive tracts
have been cleared for sugar cultivation, a very considerable number of
species have almost certainly been exterminated.
General Conclusions as to the Past History of the West Indian Islands.—
The preceding sketch of the peculiarities of the animal life of these islands,
enables us to state, that it represents the remains of an ancient fauna of
decided Neotropical type, having on the whole most resemblance to that
which now inhabits the Mexican sub-region. The number of peculiar genera
in all classes of animals is so great in proportion to those in common with
the adjacent mainland, as to lead us to conclude that, subsequent to the
original separation from the Mexican area, a very large tract of land existed,
calculated to support a rich and varied fauna, and, by the interaction of
competing types, give rise to peculiar and specially modified organisms. We
have already shown that the outline of the present islands and the depths of
the surrounding seas, give indications of the position and extent of this
operculate (Geomelania, Chittya, Jamaicea, Licina, Choanopoma,
Ctenopoma, Diplopoma, Stoastoma, Lucidella); and 2 inoperculate (Sagda
and Stenopus), besides Cyclostomus, which belongs to the Old World and is
not found on the American continent. Mr. Bland considers, that many of the
Antillean land-shells exhibit decided African and Asiatic, rather than South
American affinities. A species of the Asiatic genus Diplommatina has been
found in Trinidad, and an Indian species of Ennea occurs in Grenada and St.
Thomas; a clear indication that land-shells are liable to be accidentally
imported, and to become established in the less productive islands.
Although these islands are so wonderfully rich even now, there is good
reason to believe that many species have become extinct since the European
occupation of them. When small islands are much cultivated, many of these
molluscs which can only live under the shade of forests, are soon
extirpated. In St. Croix many species have become extinct at a
comparatively recent period, from the burning of forests; and as we know
that in all the islands many of the species are excessively local, being often
confined to single valleys or ridges, we may be sure that wherever the
native forests have disappeared before the hand of man, numbers of land
shells have disappeared with them. As some of the smaller islands have
been almost denuded of their wood, and in the larger ones extensive tracts
have been cleared for sugar cultivation, a very considerable number of
species have almost certainly been exterminated.
General Conclusions as to the Past History of the West Indian Islands.—
The preceding sketch of the peculiarities of the animal life of these islands,
enables us to state, that it represents the remains of an ancient fauna of
decided Neotropical type, having on the whole most resemblance to that
which now inhabits the Mexican sub-region. The number of peculiar genera
in all classes of animals is so great in proportion to those in common with
the adjacent mainland, as to lead us to conclude that, subsequent to the
original separation from the Mexican area, a very large tract of land existed,
calculated to support a rich and varied fauna, and, by the interaction of
competing types, give rise to peculiar and specially modified organisms. We
have already shown that the outline of the present islands and the depths of
the surrounding seas, give indications of the position and extent of this
Page 91
ancient land; which not improbably occupied the space enclosed by uniting
Western Cuba with Yucatan, and Jamaica with the Mosquito Coast. This
land must have stretched eastward to include Anguilla, and probably
northward to include the whole of the Bahamas. At one time it perhaps
extended southward so as to unite Hayti with northern Venezuela, while
Panama and Costa Pica were sunk beneath the Pacific. At this time the
Lesser Antilles had no existence.
The only large island of whose geology we have any detailed account, is
Jamaica; and taking this as a type of what will probably be found in Cuba
and Hayti, we must place the continental period as having occurred after the
close of the Miocene, or during some part of the Pliocene epoch, since a
large portion of the surface of the former island consists of beds of marine
limestone from 2,000 to 3,000 thick, believed to be of Pliocene age. After
some time, the land between Hayti and South America subsided, and still
later that between Central America and Cuba with Jamaica; but a large tract
of land remained insulated, and no doubt supported a very much richer and
more varied fauna than now. We have evidence of this in extinct Mammalia
of large size, belonging to the peculiar South American family of the
chinchillas, which have been found in caves in the small islands of
Anguilla, and which, from the character of the land-shells associated with
them, are believed to be of Pliocene or Post-pliocene age. This discovery is
most interesting, and gives promise of very valuable results from the
exploration of the numerous caverns that undoubtedly exist in the abundant
limestone strata of the larger islands. This extensive Antillean land, after
long continuing undivided, was at length broken up by subsidence into
several islands; but as this alone would not account for the almost complete
annihilation of the mammalian fauna, it seems probable that the subsidence
was continued much farther, so as greatly to reduce the size and increase the
number of the islands. This is indicated, by the extensive alluvial plains in
Cuba and Hayti, and to a less extent in Jamaica; and by elevated beds of
Post-pliocene marls in the latter island.
The series of changes now suggested, will account for all the main features
of the Antillean fauna in its relations to that of the American continent.
There remains the affinity with Madagascar, indicated by Solenodon, and a
few cases of African and Asiatic affinity in insects and land-shells; but these
Western Cuba with Yucatan, and Jamaica with the Mosquito Coast. This
land must have stretched eastward to include Anguilla, and probably
northward to include the whole of the Bahamas. At one time it perhaps
extended southward so as to unite Hayti with northern Venezuela, while
Panama and Costa Pica were sunk beneath the Pacific. At this time the
Lesser Antilles had no existence.
The only large island of whose geology we have any detailed account, is
Jamaica; and taking this as a type of what will probably be found in Cuba
and Hayti, we must place the continental period as having occurred after the
close of the Miocene, or during some part of the Pliocene epoch, since a
large portion of the surface of the former island consists of beds of marine
limestone from 2,000 to 3,000 thick, believed to be of Pliocene age. After
some time, the land between Hayti and South America subsided, and still
later that between Central America and Cuba with Jamaica; but a large tract
of land remained insulated, and no doubt supported a very much richer and
more varied fauna than now. We have evidence of this in extinct Mammalia
of large size, belonging to the peculiar South American family of the
chinchillas, which have been found in caves in the small islands of
Anguilla, and which, from the character of the land-shells associated with
them, are believed to be of Pliocene or Post-pliocene age. This discovery is
most interesting, and gives promise of very valuable results from the
exploration of the numerous caverns that undoubtedly exist in the abundant
limestone strata of the larger islands. This extensive Antillean land, after
long continuing undivided, was at length broken up by subsidence into
several islands; but as this alone would not account for the almost complete
annihilation of the mammalian fauna, it seems probable that the subsidence
was continued much farther, so as greatly to reduce the size and increase the
number of the islands. This is indicated, by the extensive alluvial plains in
Cuba and Hayti, and to a less extent in Jamaica; and by elevated beds of
Post-pliocene marls in the latter island.
The series of changes now suggested, will account for all the main features
of the Antillean fauna in its relations to that of the American continent.
There remains the affinity with Madagascar, indicated by Solenodon, and a
few cases of African and Asiatic affinity in insects and land-shells; but these
Page 92
are far too scanty to call for any attempt at special explanation. Such cases
of remote affinity and discontinuous distribution, occur in all the regions,
and in almost every group of animals; and we look upon them almost all, as
cases of survival, under favourable conditions, of once wide-spread groups.
If no wild species of the genus Equus were now to be found, except in
South Africa (where they are still most abundant), and in South Temperate
America, where their fossil remains show us they did exist not very long
ago, what a strong fact it would have appeared for the advocates of
continental extensions! Yet it would have been due to no former union of
the great southern continents, but to the former extensive range of the
family or the genus to which the two isolated remnants belonged. And if
such an explanation will apply to the higher vertebrata, it is still more likely
to be applicable to similar cases occurring among insects or mollusca, the
genera of which we have every reason to believe to be usually much older
than those of vertebrates. It is in these classes that examples of widely
scattered allied species most frequently occur; and the facility with which
they are diffused under favourable conditions, renders any other explanation
than that here given altogether superfluous.
The Solenodon is a member of an order of Mammalia of low type
(Insectivora) once very extensive and wide-spread, but which has begun to
die out, and which has left a number of curious and isolated forms thinly
scattered over three-fourths of the globe. The occurrence, therefore, of an
isolated remnant of this order in the Antilles is not in itself remarkable; and
the fact that the remainder of the family to which the Antillean species
belong has found a refuge in Madagascar, where it has developed into
several distinct types, does not afford the least shred of argument on which
to found a supposed independent land connection between these two sets of
islands.
Summary of the Past History of the Neotropical Region.
We have already discussed this subject, both in our account of extinct
animals, and in various parts of the present chapter. It is therefore only
necessary here, briefly to review and summarise the conclusions we have
arrived at.
of remote affinity and discontinuous distribution, occur in all the regions,
and in almost every group of animals; and we look upon them almost all, as
cases of survival, under favourable conditions, of once wide-spread groups.
If no wild species of the genus Equus were now to be found, except in
South Africa (where they are still most abundant), and in South Temperate
America, where their fossil remains show us they did exist not very long
ago, what a strong fact it would have appeared for the advocates of
continental extensions! Yet it would have been due to no former union of
the great southern continents, but to the former extensive range of the
family or the genus to which the two isolated remnants belonged. And if
such an explanation will apply to the higher vertebrata, it is still more likely
to be applicable to similar cases occurring among insects or mollusca, the
genera of which we have every reason to believe to be usually much older
than those of vertebrates. It is in these classes that examples of widely
scattered allied species most frequently occur; and the facility with which
they are diffused under favourable conditions, renders any other explanation
than that here given altogether superfluous.
The Solenodon is a member of an order of Mammalia of low type
(Insectivora) once very extensive and wide-spread, but which has begun to
die out, and which has left a number of curious and isolated forms thinly
scattered over three-fourths of the globe. The occurrence, therefore, of an
isolated remnant of this order in the Antilles is not in itself remarkable; and
the fact that the remainder of the family to which the Antillean species
belong has found a refuge in Madagascar, where it has developed into
several distinct types, does not afford the least shred of argument on which
to found a supposed independent land connection between these two sets of
islands.
Summary of the Past History of the Neotropical Region.
We have already discussed this subject, both in our account of extinct
animals, and in various parts of the present chapter. It is therefore only
necessary here, briefly to review and summarise the conclusions we have
arrived at.
Page 93
The whole character of Neotropical zoology, whether as regards its
deficiencies or its specialities, points to a long continuance of isolation from
the rest of the world, with a few very distant periods of union with the
northern continent. The latest important separation took place by the
submergence of parts of Nicaragua and Honduras, and this separation
probably continued throughout much of the Miocene and Pliocene periods;
but some time previous to the coming on of the glacial epoch, the union
between the two continents took place which has continued to our day.
Earlier submergences of the isthmus of Panama probably occurred, isolating
Costa Rica and Veragua, which then may have had a greater extension, and
have thus been able to develope their rich and peculiar fauna.
The isthmus of Tehuantepec, at the south of Mexico, may, probably, also
have been submerged; thus isolating Guatemala and Yucatan, and leading to
the specialization of some of the peculiar forms that now characterise those
countries and Mexico.
The West Indian Islands have been long isolated and have varied much in
extent. Originally, they probably formed part of Central America, and may
have been united with Yucatan and Honduras in one extensive tropical land.
But their separation from the continent took place at a remote period, and
they have since been broken up into numerous islands, which have probably
undergone much submergence in recent times. This has led to that poverty
of the higher forms of life, combined with the remarkable speciality, which
now characterises them; while their fauna still preserves a sufficient
resemblance to that of Central America to indicate its origin.
The great continent of South America, as far as we can judge from the
remarkable characteristics of its fauna and the vast depths of the oceans east
and west of it, has not during Tertiary, and probably not even during
Secondary times, been united with any other continent, except through the
intervention of North America. During some part of the Secondary epoch it
probably received the ancestral forms of its Edentates and Rodents, at a
time when these were among the highest types of Mammalia on the globe.
It appears to have remained long isolated, and to have already greatly
developed these groups of animals, before it received, in early Tertiary
deficiencies or its specialities, points to a long continuance of isolation from
the rest of the world, with a few very distant periods of union with the
northern continent. The latest important separation took place by the
submergence of parts of Nicaragua and Honduras, and this separation
probably continued throughout much of the Miocene and Pliocene periods;
but some time previous to the coming on of the glacial epoch, the union
between the two continents took place which has continued to our day.
Earlier submergences of the isthmus of Panama probably occurred, isolating
Costa Rica and Veragua, which then may have had a greater extension, and
have thus been able to develope their rich and peculiar fauna.
The isthmus of Tehuantepec, at the south of Mexico, may, probably, also
have been submerged; thus isolating Guatemala and Yucatan, and leading to
the specialization of some of the peculiar forms that now characterise those
countries and Mexico.
The West Indian Islands have been long isolated and have varied much in
extent. Originally, they probably formed part of Central America, and may
have been united with Yucatan and Honduras in one extensive tropical land.
But their separation from the continent took place at a remote period, and
they have since been broken up into numerous islands, which have probably
undergone much submergence in recent times. This has led to that poverty
of the higher forms of life, combined with the remarkable speciality, which
now characterises them; while their fauna still preserves a sufficient
resemblance to that of Central America to indicate its origin.
The great continent of South America, as far as we can judge from the
remarkable characteristics of its fauna and the vast depths of the oceans east
and west of it, has not during Tertiary, and probably not even during
Secondary times, been united with any other continent, except through the
intervention of North America. During some part of the Secondary epoch it
probably received the ancestral forms of its Edentates and Rodents, at a
time when these were among the highest types of Mammalia on the globe.
It appears to have remained long isolated, and to have already greatly
developed these groups of animals, before it received, in early Tertiary
Page 94
times, the ancestors of its marmosets and monkeys, and, perhaps also, some
of its peculiar forms of Carnivora. Later, it received its Camelidæ,
peccaries, mastodons, and large Carnivora; and later still, just before the
Glacial epoch, its deer, tapir, opossums, antelopes, and horses, the two latter
having since become extinct. All this time its surface was undergoing
important physical changes. What its earlier condition was we cannot
conjecture, but there are clear indications that it has been broken up into at
least three large masses, and probably a number of smaller ones; and these
have no doubt undergone successive elevations and subsidences, so as at
one time to reduce their area and separate them still more widely from each
other, and at another period to unite them into continental masses. The
richness and varied development of the old fauna of South America, as still
existing, proves, however, that the country has always maintained an
extensive area; and there is reason to believe that the last great change has
been a long continued and steady increase of its surface, resulting in the
formation of the vast alluvial plains of the Amazon, Orinoko, and La Plata,
and thus greatly favouring the production of that wealth of specific forms,
which distinguishes South America above all other parts of our globe.
The southern temperate portion of the continent, has probably had a
considerable southward extension in late Tertiary times; and this, as well as
the comparatively recent elevation of the Andes, has given rise to some
degree of intermixture of two distinct faunas, with that proper to South
Temperate America itself. The most important of these, is the considerable
Australian element that appears in the insects, and even in the reptiles and
fresh-water fishes, of South Temperate America. These may be traced to
several causes. Icebergs and icefloes, and even solid fields of ice, may,
during the Glacial epoch, have afforded many opportunities for the passage
of the more cold-enduring groups; while the greater extension of southern
lands and islands during the warm periods—which there is reason to believe
prevailed in the southern as well as in the northern regions in Miocene
times—would afford facilities for the passage of the reptiles and insects of
more temperate zones. That no actual land-connection occurred, is proved
by the total absence of interchange of the mammals or land-birds of the two
countries, no less than by the very fragmentary nature of the resemblances
that do exist. The northern element consists almost wholly of insects; and is
evidently due to the migration of arctic and north temperate forms along the
of its peculiar forms of Carnivora. Later, it received its Camelidæ,
peccaries, mastodons, and large Carnivora; and later still, just before the
Glacial epoch, its deer, tapir, opossums, antelopes, and horses, the two latter
having since become extinct. All this time its surface was undergoing
important physical changes. What its earlier condition was we cannot
conjecture, but there are clear indications that it has been broken up into at
least three large masses, and probably a number of smaller ones; and these
have no doubt undergone successive elevations and subsidences, so as at
one time to reduce their area and separate them still more widely from each
other, and at another period to unite them into continental masses. The
richness and varied development of the old fauna of South America, as still
existing, proves, however, that the country has always maintained an
extensive area; and there is reason to believe that the last great change has
been a long continued and steady increase of its surface, resulting in the
formation of the vast alluvial plains of the Amazon, Orinoko, and La Plata,
and thus greatly favouring the production of that wealth of specific forms,
which distinguishes South America above all other parts of our globe.
The southern temperate portion of the continent, has probably had a
considerable southward extension in late Tertiary times; and this, as well as
the comparatively recent elevation of the Andes, has given rise to some
degree of intermixture of two distinct faunas, with that proper to South
Temperate America itself. The most important of these, is the considerable
Australian element that appears in the insects, and even in the reptiles and
fresh-water fishes, of South Temperate America. These may be traced to
several causes. Icebergs and icefloes, and even solid fields of ice, may,
during the Glacial epoch, have afforded many opportunities for the passage
of the more cold-enduring groups; while the greater extension of southern
lands and islands during the warm periods—which there is reason to believe
prevailed in the southern as well as in the northern regions in Miocene
times—would afford facilities for the passage of the reptiles and insects of
more temperate zones. That no actual land-connection occurred, is proved
by the total absence of interchange of the mammals or land-birds of the two
countries, no less than by the very fragmentary nature of the resemblances
that do exist. The northern element consists almost wholly of insects; and is
evidently due to the migration of arctic and north temperate forms along the
Page 95
ridges and plateaus of the Andes; and most likely occurred when these
organisms were driven southward at successive cold or Glacial periods.
A curious parallel exists between the past history and actual zoological
condition of South America and Africa. In both we see a very ancient land-
area extending into the South Temperate zone, isolated at a very early
period, and developing only a low grade of Mammalian life; chiefly
Edentates and Rodents on the one, Lemurs and Insectivora in the other.
Later we find an irruption into both of higher forms, including
Quadrumana, which soon acquired a large and special development in the
tropical portions of each country. Still later we have an irruption into both
of northern forms, which spread widely over the two regions, and having
become extinct in the land from whence they came, have been long held to
be the original denizens of their adopted country. Such are the various
forms of antelopes, the giraffe, the elephant, rhinoceros, and lion in Africa;
while in America we have deer and peccaries, the tapir, opossums, and the
puma.
On the whole, we cannot but consider that the broad outlines of the
zoological history of the Neotropical region can be traced with some degree
of certainty; but, owing to the absence of information as to the most
important of the geological periods—the Miocene and Eocene—we have no
clue to the character of its early fauna, or to the land connections with other
countries, which may possibly have occurred in early Tertiary times.
TABLES OF DISTRIBUTION.
In drawing up these tables, showing the distribution of the various classes
of animals in the Neotropical region, the following sources of information
have been relied on, in addition to the general treatises, monographs, and
catalogues used in the compilation of the Fourth Part of this work.
Mammalia.—D'Orbigny, and Burmeister, for Brazil and La Plata; Darwin,
and Cunningham, for Temperate S. America; Tschudi, for Peru; Frazer, for
organisms were driven southward at successive cold or Glacial periods.
A curious parallel exists between the past history and actual zoological
condition of South America and Africa. In both we see a very ancient land-
area extending into the South Temperate zone, isolated at a very early
period, and developing only a low grade of Mammalian life; chiefly
Edentates and Rodents on the one, Lemurs and Insectivora in the other.
Later we find an irruption into both of higher forms, including
Quadrumana, which soon acquired a large and special development in the
tropical portions of each country. Still later we have an irruption into both
of northern forms, which spread widely over the two regions, and having
become extinct in the land from whence they came, have been long held to
be the original denizens of their adopted country. Such are the various
forms of antelopes, the giraffe, the elephant, rhinoceros, and lion in Africa;
while in America we have deer and peccaries, the tapir, opossums, and the
puma.
On the whole, we cannot but consider that the broad outlines of the
zoological history of the Neotropical region can be traced with some degree
of certainty; but, owing to the absence of information as to the most
important of the geological periods—the Miocene and Eocene—we have no
clue to the character of its early fauna, or to the land connections with other
countries, which may possibly have occurred in early Tertiary times.
TABLES OF DISTRIBUTION.
In drawing up these tables, showing the distribution of the various classes
of animals in the Neotropical region, the following sources of information
have been relied on, in addition to the general treatises, monographs, and
catalogues used in the compilation of the Fourth Part of this work.
Mammalia.—D'Orbigny, and Burmeister, for Brazil and La Plata; Darwin,
and Cunningham, for Temperate S. America; Tschudi, for Peru; Frazer, for
Page 96
Ecuador; Salvin, for Guatemala; Frantzius, for Costa Rica; Sclater, for
Quadrumana N. of Panama; Gundlach, for Cuba; and papers by Dr. J. E.
Gray, and Mr. Tomes.
Birds.—Sclater and Salvin's Nomenclator; Notes by Darwin, and
Cunningham; Gundlach, March, Bryant, Baird, Elliot, Newton, Semper, and
Sundevall, for various islands of the Antilles; and papers by Hudson,
Lawrence, Grayson, Abbott, Sclater, and Salvin.
TABLE I.
FAMILIES OF ANIMALS INHABITING THE NEOTROPICAL REGION.
Explanation.
Names in italics show the families which are peculiar to the region.
Names enclosed thus (......) indicate families which barely enter the
region, and are not considered properly to belong to it.
Numbers correspond with those of the series of families in Part IV.
Sub-regions
Range beyond the
Order and Family
Region.
Chili. Brazil. Mexico. Antilles.
MAMMALIA.
Primates.
4. Cebidæ — —
5. Hapalidæ — (?)
Chiroptera.
10. Phyllostomidæ — — — — California
Quadrumana N. of Panama; Gundlach, for Cuba; and papers by Dr. J. E.
Gray, and Mr. Tomes.
Birds.—Sclater and Salvin's Nomenclator; Notes by Darwin, and
Cunningham; Gundlach, March, Bryant, Baird, Elliot, Newton, Semper, and
Sundevall, for various islands of the Antilles; and papers by Hudson,
Lawrence, Grayson, Abbott, Sclater, and Salvin.
TABLE I.
FAMILIES OF ANIMALS INHABITING THE NEOTROPICAL REGION.
Explanation.
Names in italics show the families which are peculiar to the region.
Names enclosed thus (......) indicate families which barely enter the
region, and are not considered properly to belong to it.
Numbers correspond with those of the series of families in Part IV.
Sub-regions
Range beyond the
Order and Family
Region.
Chili. Brazil. Mexico. Antilles.
MAMMALIA.
Primates.
4. Cebidæ — —
5. Hapalidæ — (?)
Chiroptera.
10. Phyllostomidæ — — — — California
Page 97
12. — — — — Cosmopolite
Vespertilionidæ
13. Noctilionidæ — — — — All tropical
regions
Insectivora.
18. Centetidæ — Madagascar
Carnivora.
23. Felidæ — — — All regions
but
Australian
28. Canidæ — — — All regions
but
Australian
29. Mustelidæ — — — All regions
but
Australian
30. Procyonidæ — — — N. America
32. Ursidæ — All regions
but Ethiopian
and
Australian
33. Otariidæ — S. temperate
zone
35. Phocidæ — (?) N. and S.
temperate
zones
Cetacea.
36 to 41 — Oceanic
Sirenia.
42. Manatidæ — — — Tropical
shores
Vespertilionidæ
13. Noctilionidæ — — — — All tropical
regions
Insectivora.
18. Centetidæ — Madagascar
Carnivora.
23. Felidæ — — — All regions
but
Australian
28. Canidæ — — — All regions
but
Australian
29. Mustelidæ — — — All regions
but
Australian
30. Procyonidæ — — — N. America
32. Ursidæ — All regions
but Ethiopian
and
Australian
33. Otariidæ — S. temperate
zone
35. Phocidæ — (?) N. and S.
temperate
zones
Cetacea.
36 to 41 — Oceanic
Sirenia.
42. Manatidæ — — — Tropical
shores
Page 98
Ungulata.
44. Tapiridæ — — Indo-Malaya
47. Suidæ — — Cosmopolite,
excl.
Australia
48. Camelidæ — Palæarctic
50. Cervidæ — — — All regions
but Ethiopian
and
Australian
Rodentia.
55. Muridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
59. Saccomyidæ — Nearctic
61. Sciuridæ — — All regions
but
Australian
63. Chinchillidæ —
64. Octodontidæ — — — Africa
65. Echimyidæ — — Ethiopian
66. Cercolabidæ — — Nearctic
68. Caviidæ — — — —
70. Leporidæ — — All regions
but
Australian
Edentata.
71. Bradypodidæ — —
73. Dasypodidæ — — —
75. — —
Myrmecophagidæ
Marsupialia.
76. Didelphyidæ — — — Temperate
N. America
44. Tapiridæ — — Indo-Malaya
47. Suidæ — — Cosmopolite,
excl.
Australia
48. Camelidæ — Palæarctic
50. Cervidæ — — — All regions
but Ethiopian
and
Australian
Rodentia.
55. Muridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
59. Saccomyidæ — Nearctic
61. Sciuridæ — — All regions
but
Australian
63. Chinchillidæ —
64. Octodontidæ — — — Africa
65. Echimyidæ — — Ethiopian
66. Cercolabidæ — — Nearctic
68. Caviidæ — — — —
70. Leporidæ — — All regions
but
Australian
Edentata.
71. Bradypodidæ — —
73. Dasypodidæ — — —
75. — —
Myrmecophagidæ
Marsupialia.
76. Didelphyidæ — — — Temperate
N. America
Page 99
BIRDS.
Passeres.
1. Turdidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
2. Sylviidæ — — — Almost
cosmopolite
5. Cinclidæ — — Nearctic,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
6. Troglodytidæ — — — — Nearctic,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
8. Certhiidæ — Nearctic,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
9. Sittidæ — All regions,
excl. Africa
10. Paridæ — Nearctic,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
20. Corvidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
26. Cœrebidæ — — —
27. Mniotiltidæ — — — Nearctic
28. Vireonidæ — — — Nearctic
29. Ampelidæ — — Nearctic,
Palæarctic
30. Hirundinidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
31. Icteridæ — — — — Nearctic
32. Tanagridæ — — — — Nearctic
33. Fringillidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
38. Motacillidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
38a. — —
Oxyrhamphidæ
Passeres.
1. Turdidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
2. Sylviidæ — — — Almost
cosmopolite
5. Cinclidæ — — Nearctic,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
6. Troglodytidæ — — — — Nearctic,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
8. Certhiidæ — Nearctic,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
9. Sittidæ — All regions,
excl. Africa
10. Paridæ — Nearctic,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
20. Corvidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
26. Cœrebidæ — — —
27. Mniotiltidæ — — — Nearctic
28. Vireonidæ — — — Nearctic
29. Ampelidæ — — Nearctic,
Palæarctic
30. Hirundinidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
31. Icteridæ — — — — Nearctic
32. Tanagridæ — — — — Nearctic
33. Fringillidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
38. Motacillidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
38a. — —
Oxyrhamphidæ
Page 100
39. Tyrannidæ — — — — Nearctic
40. Pipridæ — —
41. Cotingidæ — — — —
42. Phytotomidæ —
44. — — —
Dendrocolaptidæ
45. Formicariidæ — —
46. Pteroptochidæ — —
Picariæ.
51. Picidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
54. Megalæmidæ — — Ethiopian,
Oriental
55. Rhamphastidæ — —
58. Cuculidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
60. Bucconidæ — —
61. Galbulidæ — —
64. Todidæ —
65. Momotidæ — —
66. Trogonidæ — — — Ethiopian,
Oriental
67. Alcedinidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
72. Steatornithidæ —
73. Caprimulgidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
74. Cypselidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
75. Trochilidæ — — — — Nearctic
Psittaci.
80. Conuridæ — — — — S. United
States
81. Psittacidæ — — — Ethiopian
Columbæ.
40. Pipridæ — —
41. Cotingidæ — — — —
42. Phytotomidæ —
44. — — —
Dendrocolaptidæ
45. Formicariidæ — —
46. Pteroptochidæ — —
Picariæ.
51. Picidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
54. Megalæmidæ — — Ethiopian,
Oriental
55. Rhamphastidæ — —
58. Cuculidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
60. Bucconidæ — —
61. Galbulidæ — —
64. Todidæ —
65. Momotidæ — —
66. Trogonidæ — — — Ethiopian,
Oriental
67. Alcedinidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
72. Steatornithidæ —
73. Caprimulgidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
74. Cypselidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
75. Trochilidæ — — — — Nearctic
Psittaci.
80. Conuridæ — — — — S. United
States
81. Psittacidæ — — — Ethiopian
Columbæ.
Page 101
84. Columbidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Gallinæ.
87. Tetraonidæ — — — Almost
cosmopolite
88. Phasianidæ — All regions
but
Australian
91. Cracidæ — —
92. Tinamidæ — — —
Opisthocomi.
93. —
Opisthocomidæ
Accipitres.
94. Vulturidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
96. Falconidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
97. Pandionidæ — — — Cosmopolite
98. Strigidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Grallæ.
99. Rallidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
100. Scolopacidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
101. Chionididæ —
102. Thinocoridæ —
103. Parridæ — — Tropical
regions
105. Charadriidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
108. Cariamidæ — —
109. Aramidæ — —
110. Psophiidæ —
111. Eurypygidæ — —
113. Ardeidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Gallinæ.
87. Tetraonidæ — — — Almost
cosmopolite
88. Phasianidæ — All regions
but
Australian
91. Cracidæ — —
92. Tinamidæ — — —
Opisthocomi.
93. —
Opisthocomidæ
Accipitres.
94. Vulturidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
96. Falconidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
97. Pandionidæ — — — Cosmopolite
98. Strigidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Grallæ.
99. Rallidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
100. Scolopacidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
101. Chionididæ —
102. Thinocoridæ —
103. Parridæ — — Tropical
regions
105. Charadriidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
108. Cariamidæ — —
109. Aramidæ — —
110. Psophiidæ —
111. Eurypygidæ — —
113. Ardeidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Page 102
114. Plataleidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
115. Ciconiidæ — — — Nearly
cosmopolite
116. Palamedeidæ — —
117. — — — Ethiopian,
Phœnicopteridæ Indian
Anseres.
118. Anatidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
119. Laridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
120. Procellariidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
121. Pelecanidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
122. Spheniscidæ — S. temperate
zone
124. Podicipidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Struthiones.
126. Struthionidæ — Ethiopian
REPTILIA.
Ophidia.
1. Typhlopidæ — — — Tropical
regions and
S. Palæarctic
2. Tortricidæ — Oriental, N.-
W. America
5. Calamariidæ — — — — All warm
countries
6. Oligodontidæ — Oriental,
Japan
7. Colubridæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
8. Homalopsidæ — — All the
regions
cosmopolite
115. Ciconiidæ — — — Nearly
cosmopolite
116. Palamedeidæ — —
117. — — — Ethiopian,
Phœnicopteridæ Indian
Anseres.
118. Anatidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
119. Laridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
120. Procellariidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
121. Pelecanidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
122. Spheniscidæ — S. temperate
zone
124. Podicipidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Struthiones.
126. Struthionidæ — Ethiopian
REPTILIA.
Ophidia.
1. Typhlopidæ — — — Tropical
regions and
S. Palæarctic
2. Tortricidæ — Oriental, N.-
W. America
5. Calamariidæ — — — — All warm
countries
6. Oligodontidæ — Oriental,
Japan
7. Colubridæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
8. Homalopsidæ — — All the
regions
Page 103
11. Dendrophidæ — — — — All tropical
regions
12. Dryiophidæ — — Oriental,
Ethiopian
13. Dipsadidæ — — All tropical
regions
14. Scytalidæ — — Philippine
Islands
16. — — Oriental
Amblycephalidæ
17. Pythonidæ — — — — All tropical
regions,
California
20. Elapidæ — — — Tropical
regions,
Japan, S.
Carolina
23. Hydrophidæ — Oriental,
Australian,
Madagascar
24. Crotalidæ — — — — Nearctic,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
Lacertilia.
27. Chirotidæ — Missouri
28. — — — Ethiopian, S.
Amphisbænidæ Palæarctic
29. — — Ethiopian
Lepidosternidæ
31. Helodermidæ —
32. Teidæ — — — — Nearctic
34. Zonuridæ — — — Nearctic,
Ethiopian, S.
Europe, and
N. India
35. Chalcidæ — — — Nearctic
regions
12. Dryiophidæ — — Oriental,
Ethiopian
13. Dipsadidæ — — All tropical
regions
14. Scytalidæ — — Philippine
Islands
16. — — Oriental
Amblycephalidæ
17. Pythonidæ — — — — All tropical
regions,
California
20. Elapidæ — — — Tropical
regions,
Japan, S.
Carolina
23. Hydrophidæ — Oriental,
Australian,
Madagascar
24. Crotalidæ — — — — Nearctic,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
Lacertilia.
27. Chirotidæ — Missouri
28. — — — Ethiopian, S.
Amphisbænidæ Palæarctic
29. — — Ethiopian
Lepidosternidæ
31. Helodermidæ —
32. Teidæ — — — — Nearctic
34. Zonuridæ — — — Nearctic,
Ethiopian, S.
Europe, and
N. India
35. Chalcidæ — — — Nearctic
Page 104
36. Anadiadæ —
37. Chirocolidæ —
38. Iphisadæ —
39. Cercosauridæ —
41. — — Australian,
Gymnopthalmidæ Ethiopian,
Palæarctic
45. Scincidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
49. Geckotidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
50. Iguanidæ — — — — Nearctic
Crocodilia.
55. Crocodilidæ — — — Ethiopian,
Oriental, N.
Australian
56. Alligatoridæ — — Nearctic
Chelonia.
57. Testudinidæ — — — — All
continents
but
Australian
58. Chelydidæ — Ethiopian,
Australian
60. Cheloniidæ Marine
AMPHIBIA.
Pseudophidia.
1. Ceciliadæ — — Oriental,
Ethiopian
Urodela.
37. Chirocolidæ —
38. Iphisadæ —
39. Cercosauridæ —
41. — — Australian,
Gymnopthalmidæ Ethiopian,
Palæarctic
45. Scincidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
49. Geckotidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
50. Iguanidæ — — — — Nearctic
Crocodilia.
55. Crocodilidæ — — — Ethiopian,
Oriental, N.
Australian
56. Alligatoridæ — — Nearctic
Chelonia.
57. Testudinidæ — — — — All
continents
but
Australian
58. Chelydidæ — Ethiopian,
Australian
60. Cheloniidæ Marine
AMPHIBIA.
Pseudophidia.
1. Ceciliadæ — — Oriental,
Ethiopian
Urodela.
Page 105
6. — — Nearctic,
(Salamandridæ) Palæarctic
Anoura.
7. —
Rhinophrynidæ
8. Phryniscidæ — — — Ethiopian,
Australian,
Java
9. Hylaplesidæ — — —
10. Bufonidæ — — — — All
continents
but Australia
12. Engystomidæ — — — All regions
but
Palæarctic
13. — — Palæarctic,
Bombinatoridæ New Zealand
14. —
Plectromantidæ
15. Alytidæ — All regions
but Oriental
16. Pelodryadæ — — Australia
17. Hylidæ — — — — All regions
but Ethiopian
18. Polypedatidæ — — — — All the
regions
19. Ranidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
20. Discoglossidæ — — All regions
but Nearctic
21. Pipidæ —
FISHES (FRESH-
WATER).
Acanthopterygii.
(Salamandridæ) Palæarctic
Anoura.
7. —
Rhinophrynidæ
8. Phryniscidæ — — — Ethiopian,
Australian,
Java
9. Hylaplesidæ — — —
10. Bufonidæ — — — — All
continents
but Australia
12. Engystomidæ — — — All regions
but
Palæarctic
13. — — Palæarctic,
Bombinatoridæ New Zealand
14. —
Plectromantidæ
15. Alytidæ — All regions
but Oriental
16. Pelodryadæ — — Australia
17. Hylidæ — — — — All regions
but Ethiopian
18. Polypedatidæ — — — — All the
regions
19. Ranidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
20. Discoglossidæ — — All regions
but Nearctic
21. Pipidæ —
FISHES (FRESH-
WATER).
Acanthopterygii.
Page 106
3. Percidæ — — — All regions
but
Australian
11. (Trachinidæ) — Australia
12. Scienidæ (?) — — (?) All regions
but
Australian
33. Nandidæ — Oriental
34. Polycentridæ — —
38. Mugillidæ (?) — — Australian,
Ethiopian
52. Chromidæ — — — — Ethiopian,
Oriental
Physostomi.
59. Siluridæ — — — — All warm
regions
60. Characinidæ — — — — Ethiopian
61. — S. Australia
Haplochitonidæ
67. Galaxidæ — Tasmania
and New
Zealand
73. — — — — Absent from
Cyprinodontidæ Australia
78. Osteoglossidæ — All tropical
regions
84. Gymnotidæ —
85. Symbranchidæ — Oriental,
Australian,
(? marine)
Dipnoi.
92. Sirenoidei — Ethiopian,
Australian
but
Australian
11. (Trachinidæ) — Australia
12. Scienidæ (?) — — (?) All regions
but
Australian
33. Nandidæ — Oriental
34. Polycentridæ — —
38. Mugillidæ (?) — — Australian,
Ethiopian
52. Chromidæ — — — — Ethiopian,
Oriental
Physostomi.
59. Siluridæ — — — — All warm
regions
60. Characinidæ — — — — Ethiopian
61. — S. Australia
Haplochitonidæ
67. Galaxidæ — Tasmania
and New
Zealand
73. — — — — Absent from
Cyprinodontidæ Australia
78. Osteoglossidæ — All tropical
regions
84. Gymnotidæ —
85. Symbranchidæ — Oriental,
Australian,
(? marine)
Dipnoi.
92. Sirenoidei — Ethiopian,
Australian
Page 107
Plagiostomata.
112. Trygonidæ —
INSECTS.
LEPIDOPTERA
(PART).
Durini
(Butterflies).
1. Danaidæ — — — — All warm
regions, and
to Canada
2. Satyridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
4. Morphidæ — — Australian,
Oriental
5. Brassolidæ — —
6. Acræidæ — — All tropical
regions
7. Heliconiidæ — — —
8. Nymphalidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
9. Libytheidæ — — Absent from
Australia
10. Nemeobiidæ — — Not in
Australia or
Nearctic
regions
11. Eurygonidæ — —
12. Erycinidæ — — — Nearctic
13. Lycænidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
14. Pieridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
15. Papilionidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
16. Hesperidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Sphingidea.
17. Zygænidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
18. Castniidæ — — — Australian
112. Trygonidæ —
INSECTS.
LEPIDOPTERA
(PART).
Durini
(Butterflies).
1. Danaidæ — — — — All warm
regions, and
to Canada
2. Satyridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
4. Morphidæ — — Australian,
Oriental
5. Brassolidæ — —
6. Acræidæ — — All tropical
regions
7. Heliconiidæ — — —
8. Nymphalidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
9. Libytheidæ — — Absent from
Australia
10. Nemeobiidæ — — Not in
Australia or
Nearctic
regions
11. Eurygonidæ — —
12. Erycinidæ — — — Nearctic
13. Lycænidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
14. Pieridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
15. Papilionidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
16. Hesperidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Sphingidea.
17. Zygænidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
18. Castniidæ — — — Australian
Page 108
20. Uraniidæ — — — All tropical
regions
21. Stygiidæ — Palæarctic
22. Ægeriidæ — — — — Not in
Australia
23. Sphingidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
TABLE II.
GENERA OF TERRESTRIAL MAMMALIA AND BIRDS INHABITING THE
NEOTROPICAL REGION.
Explanation.
Names in italics show the genera peculiar to the region.
Names enclosed thus (......) indicate genera which barely enter the
region, and are not considered properly to belong to it.
Genera undoubtedly belonging to the region are numbered
consecutively.
MAMMALIA.
Order, Family, and No. of Range within the Range beyond the
Genus. Species. Region. Region.
PRIMATES.
Cebidæ.
1. Cebus 18 Costa Rica to
Paraguay
2. Lagothrix 5 Upper
Amazon
regions
21. Stygiidæ — Palæarctic
22. Ægeriidæ — — — — Not in
Australia
23. Sphingidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
TABLE II.
GENERA OF TERRESTRIAL MAMMALIA AND BIRDS INHABITING THE
NEOTROPICAL REGION.
Explanation.
Names in italics show the genera peculiar to the region.
Names enclosed thus (......) indicate genera which barely enter the
region, and are not considered properly to belong to it.
Genera undoubtedly belonging to the region are numbered
consecutively.
MAMMALIA.
Order, Family, and No. of Range within the Range beyond the
Genus. Species. Region. Region.
PRIMATES.
Cebidæ.
1. Cebus 18 Costa Rica to
Paraguay
2. Lagothrix 5 Upper
Amazon
Page 109
and E.
Andes
3. Eriodes 3 East Brazil, S.
of Equator
4. Ateles 14 Almost all
tropical
America
5. Mycetes 10 E. Guatemala
to Paraguay
6. Pithecia 7 Equatorial
Forests
7. Brachiurus 5 Equatorial
Forests
8. Nyctipithecus 5 Nicaragua to
Amazonia
9. Saimiris 3 Costa Rica to
Brazil and
Bolivia
10. Callithrix 11 Panama to
Paraguay
Hapalidæ.
11. Hapale 9 Brazil and
Upper
Amazon
12. Midas 24 Equatorial
America to
Panama
CHIROPTERA.
Phyllostomidæ.
13. Lonchorina 1 West Indian
Islands
14. Macrophyllum 1 Brazil
Andes
3. Eriodes 3 East Brazil, S.
of Equator
4. Ateles 14 Almost all
tropical
America
5. Mycetes 10 E. Guatemala
to Paraguay
6. Pithecia 7 Equatorial
Forests
7. Brachiurus 5 Equatorial
Forests
8. Nyctipithecus 5 Nicaragua to
Amazonia
9. Saimiris 3 Costa Rica to
Brazil and
Bolivia
10. Callithrix 11 Panama to
Paraguay
Hapalidæ.
11. Hapale 9 Brazil and
Upper
Amazon
12. Midas 24 Equatorial
America to
Panama
CHIROPTERA.
Phyllostomidæ.
13. Lonchorina 1 West Indian
Islands
14. Macrophyllum 1 Brazil
Page 110
15. Vampyrus
16. Lophostoma 25 Tropical
America and
Chili
17. Phyllostoma
18. Macrotus 1 Antilles and California
Mexico
19. Schizostoma 5 South
America
20. Brachyphylla 1 Antilles
21. Glossophaga 8 Tropical
America
22. Phyllonycteris 2 Cuba
23. Artibeus 4 S. America &
Antilles,
Costa Rica
24. Stenoderma 7 The whole
region
25. Sturnira 3 Chili to
Guatemala
26. Desmodus 3 Chili to
Mexico
27. Saccopteryx 1 Ecuador
28. Diphylla 1 Brazil
29. Centurio 3 Brazil to
Mexico
Vespertilionidæ.
30. Lasiurus 2 Tropical Nearctic
America
31. Scotophilus 7 Antilles, Nearc.,
Mexico to Austral.,
S. America Orien.
32. Vespertilio 12 The whole Cosmopolite
region
33. Nycticejus 3 S. Temperate Nearctic, India,
America Tropical
16. Lophostoma 25 Tropical
America and
Chili
17. Phyllostoma
18. Macrotus 1 Antilles and California
Mexico
19. Schizostoma 5 South
America
20. Brachyphylla 1 Antilles
21. Glossophaga 8 Tropical
America
22. Phyllonycteris 2 Cuba
23. Artibeus 4 S. America &
Antilles,
Costa Rica
24. Stenoderma 7 The whole
region
25. Sturnira 3 Chili to
Guatemala
26. Desmodus 3 Chili to
Mexico
27. Saccopteryx 1 Ecuador
28. Diphylla 1 Brazil
29. Centurio 3 Brazil to
Mexico
Vespertilionidæ.
30. Lasiurus 2 Tropical Nearctic
America
31. Scotophilus 7 Antilles, Nearc.,
Mexico to Austral.,
S. America Orien.
32. Vespertilio 12 The whole Cosmopolite
region
33. Nycticejus 3 S. Temperate Nearctic, India,
America Tropical
Page 111
Africa
34. Natalus 1 S. America
and Antilles
35. Furipterus 2 S. America
36. Thyroptera 2 S. America
37. Nycticellus 1 Cuba
38. Taphozous 5 S. America Ethiopian,
Oriental,
Austro-
Malayan
39. Diclidurus 1 Brazil
Noctilionidæ.
40. Noctilio 2 Paraguay to
W. Indies
41. Mormops 1 Antilles and
Mexico
42. Phyllodia 1 Jamaica
43. Chilonycteris 5 Brazil and
West Indies
44. Pteronotus 1 Trinidad
45. Nyctinomus 2 La Plata to S. Nearc.,
Antilles & Orien.,
Costa Rica Madag.
46. Molossus 16 Paraguay and Ethiopian, S.
Chili to Palæarc.,
Antilles Australian
INSECTIVORA.
Centetidæ.
47. Solenodon 2 Cuba and
Hayti
Soricidæ.
(Sorex 1 Guatemala All other reg.
and Costa but Austrl.
Rica)
34. Natalus 1 S. America
and Antilles
35. Furipterus 2 S. America
36. Thyroptera 2 S. America
37. Nycticellus 1 Cuba
38. Taphozous 5 S. America Ethiopian,
Oriental,
Austro-
Malayan
39. Diclidurus 1 Brazil
Noctilionidæ.
40. Noctilio 2 Paraguay to
W. Indies
41. Mormops 1 Antilles and
Mexico
42. Phyllodia 1 Jamaica
43. Chilonycteris 5 Brazil and
West Indies
44. Pteronotus 1 Trinidad
45. Nyctinomus 2 La Plata to S. Nearc.,
Antilles & Orien.,
Costa Rica Madag.
46. Molossus 16 Paraguay and Ethiopian, S.
Chili to Palæarc.,
Antilles Australian
INSECTIVORA.
Centetidæ.
47. Solenodon 2 Cuba and
Hayti
Soricidæ.
(Sorex 1 Guatemala All other reg.
and Costa but Austrl.
Rica)
Page 112
CARNIVORA.
Felidæ.
48. Felis 13 The whole All regions but
region, Austral.
excl.
Antilles
Canidæ.
49. Icticyon 1 Brazil
50. Chrysocyon 1 S. America
(Lupus 2 Mexico to Northern genus
Costa Rica)
51. Lycalopex 2 S. America
52. Pseudalopex 5 S. America,
Falkland
Islands, &
Tierra del
Fuego
53. Thous 2 S. America to
Chili
Mustelidæ.
54. Mustela 2 Andes of Peru All other reg.
but Austrl.
55. Galictis 2 S. America to
Chili &
Patagonia
56. Lontra 3 Central and S.
America to
Chonos
Archipelago
57. Nutria 1 W. coast of W. coast of N.
America to America
Chiloe
58. Pteronura 1 Surinam and
Brazil
Felidæ.
48. Felis 13 The whole All regions but
region, Austral.
excl.
Antilles
Canidæ.
49. Icticyon 1 Brazil
50. Chrysocyon 1 S. America
(Lupus 2 Mexico to Northern genus
Costa Rica)
51. Lycalopex 2 S. America
52. Pseudalopex 5 S. America,
Falkland
Islands, &
Tierra del
Fuego
53. Thous 2 S. America to
Chili
Mustelidæ.
54. Mustela 2 Andes of Peru All other reg.
but Austrl.
55. Galictis 2 S. America to
Chili &
Patagonia
56. Lontra 3 Central and S.
America to
Chonos
Archipelago
57. Nutria 1 W. coast of W. coast of N.
America to America
Chiloe
58. Pteronura 1 Surinam and
Brazil
Page 113
59. Mephitis 3 Mexico to Sts. Nearctic to
of Magellan Canada
Procyonidæ.
60. Procyon 1 Tropical Nearctic to
America Canada
61. Nasua 5 Mexico to
Paraguay &
La Plata
62. Cercoleptes 1 Mexico to
Peru and N.
Brazil
63. Bassaris 2 Mexico and California and
Guatemala Texas
Ursidæ.
64. Tremarctos 1 Andes of Peru
and Chili
Otariidæ.
65. Otaria 1 Chili, La
Plata, and
Patagonia
66. Arctocephalus 1 Falkland New Zealand
Islands &
Cape Horn
Phocidæ.
67. Stenorhynchus 1 Falkland New Zealand
Islands
68. Lobodon 1 Antarctic
shores
69. Leptonyx 1 Antarctic S. Australia
shores, E.
Patagonia
70. Ommatophoca 1 Antarctic
shores
of Magellan Canada
Procyonidæ.
60. Procyon 1 Tropical Nearctic to
America Canada
61. Nasua 5 Mexico to
Paraguay &
La Plata
62. Cercoleptes 1 Mexico to
Peru and N.
Brazil
63. Bassaris 2 Mexico and California and
Guatemala Texas
Ursidæ.
64. Tremarctos 1 Andes of Peru
and Chili
Otariidæ.
65. Otaria 1 Chili, La
Plata, and
Patagonia
66. Arctocephalus 1 Falkland New Zealand
Islands &
Cape Horn
Phocidæ.
67. Stenorhynchus 1 Falkland New Zealand
Islands
68. Lobodon 1 Antarctic
shores
69. Leptonyx 1 Antarctic S. Australia
shores, E.
Patagonia
70. Ommatophoca 1 Antarctic
shores
Page 114
71. Morunga 1 Falkland California, S.
Islands temp. zone
72. Cystophora 1 Antilles N. Atlantic
CETACEA.
Delphinidæ.
73. Inia 1 Upper
Amazon
SIRENIA.
Manatidæ.
74. Manatus 1 Gulf of W. Africa
Mexico to
N. Brazil,
Amazon R.
UNGULATA.
Tapiridæ.
75. Tapirus 2 Equatorial S. Indo-Malaya
America
76. Elasmognathus 1 Panama to
Guatemala
Suidæ.
77. Dicotyles 2 Mexico to Texas
Paraguay
Camelidæ.
78. Auchenia 4 Temp. S.
America,
from Cape
Horn to
Andes of
Peru
Islands temp. zone
72. Cystophora 1 Antilles N. Atlantic
CETACEA.
Delphinidæ.
73. Inia 1 Upper
Amazon
SIRENIA.
Manatidæ.
74. Manatus 1 Gulf of W. Africa
Mexico to
N. Brazil,
Amazon R.
UNGULATA.
Tapiridæ.
75. Tapirus 2 Equatorial S. Indo-Malaya
America
76. Elasmognathus 1 Panama to
Guatemala
Suidæ.
77. Dicotyles 2 Mexico to Texas
Paraguay
Camelidæ.
78. Auchenia 4 Temp. S.
America,
from Cape
Horn to
Andes of
Peru
Page 115
Cervidæ.
79. Cervus 12 Mexico to All regions but
Patagonia Ethiopian
and Tierra and
del Fuego Australian
RODENTIA.
Muridæ.
80. Reithrodon 4 South Temp. United States
America to
Tierra del
Fuego
81. Acodon 1 Peru, 14,000
ft. elevation
82. Myxomys 1 Guatemala
83. Hesperomys 76 The whole Nearctic
region
84. Holochilus 4 S. America
85. Oxymycterus 3 Brazil and La
Plata
86. Drymomys 1 Peru
87. Neotomys 2 S. America
(Fiber 1 Mexico) Nearctic genus
Saccomyidæ.
88. Heteromys 6 Mexico,
Honduras,
Costa Rica
& Trinidad
Sciuridæ.
89. Sciurus 30 Mexico to All reg. but
Paraguay Australian
Chinchillidæ.
79. Cervus 12 Mexico to All regions but
Patagonia Ethiopian
and Tierra and
del Fuego Australian
RODENTIA.
Muridæ.
80. Reithrodon 4 South Temp. United States
America to
Tierra del
Fuego
81. Acodon 1 Peru, 14,000
ft. elevation
82. Myxomys 1 Guatemala
83. Hesperomys 76 The whole Nearctic
region
84. Holochilus 4 S. America
85. Oxymycterus 3 Brazil and La
Plata
86. Drymomys 1 Peru
87. Neotomys 2 S. America
(Fiber 1 Mexico) Nearctic genus
Saccomyidæ.
88. Heteromys 6 Mexico,
Honduras,
Costa Rica
& Trinidad
Sciuridæ.
89. Sciurus 30 Mexico to All reg. but
Paraguay Australian
Chinchillidæ.
Page 116
90. Chinchilla 2 Andes of Chili
and Peru
91. Lagidium 3 Chili to
Ecuador
(11,000 to
16,000 ft.)
92. Lagostomus 1 Uruguay to
Rio Negro
of
Patagonia
Octodontidæ.
93. Habrocomus 2 Chili
94. Capromys 3 Cuba and
Jamaica
95. Plagiodontia 1 Hayti
96. Spalacopus 2 Chili and E. of
Andes
97. Octodon 3 Chili, Peru,
and Bolivia
98. Ctenomys 6 S. Brazil to
Tierra del
Fuego
Echimyidæ.
99. Dactylomys 2 Guiana and
Brazil
100. Cercomys 1 Central Brazil
101. Lasiuromys 1 St. Paulo,
Brazil
102. Myopotamus 1 S. half of
tropical S.
America
103. Carterodon 1 Central Brazil
104. Mesomys 1 Upper
Amazon
and Peru
91. Lagidium 3 Chili to
Ecuador
(11,000 to
16,000 ft.)
92. Lagostomus 1 Uruguay to
Rio Negro
of
Patagonia
Octodontidæ.
93. Habrocomus 2 Chili
94. Capromys 3 Cuba and
Jamaica
95. Plagiodontia 1 Hayti
96. Spalacopus 2 Chili and E. of
Andes
97. Octodon 3 Chili, Peru,
and Bolivia
98. Ctenomys 6 S. Brazil to
Tierra del
Fuego
Echimyidæ.
99. Dactylomys 2 Guiana and
Brazil
100. Cercomys 1 Central Brazil
101. Lasiuromys 1 St. Paulo,
Brazil
102. Myopotamus 1 S. half of
tropical S.
America
103. Carterodon 1 Central Brazil
104. Mesomys 1 Upper
Amazon
Page 117
105. Echimys 11 Equatorial
America to
Paraguay
106. Loncheres 10 New Granada
to Brazil
Cercolabidæ.
107. Cercolabes 12 Mexico to
Paraguay
108. Chætomys 1 N. Brazil
Caviidæ.
109. Dasyprocta 9 Paraguay to
Mexico and
Lesser
Antilles
110. Cœlogenys 2 Guatemala to
Paraguay
111. Hydrochœrus 1 Guiana to La
Plata
112. Cavia 9 Brazil and
Peru to
Magellan
Sts.
113. Kerodon 6 Brazil and
Peru to
Magellan
Sts.
114. Dolichotis 1 The Pampas
and
Patagonia
Leporidæ.
115. Lepus 1 Central Brazil All regions but
and Andes, Austral.
Costa Rica
to Mexico
America to
Paraguay
106. Loncheres 10 New Granada
to Brazil
Cercolabidæ.
107. Cercolabes 12 Mexico to
Paraguay
108. Chætomys 1 N. Brazil
Caviidæ.
109. Dasyprocta 9 Paraguay to
Mexico and
Lesser
Antilles
110. Cœlogenys 2 Guatemala to
Paraguay
111. Hydrochœrus 1 Guiana to La
Plata
112. Cavia 9 Brazil and
Peru to
Magellan
Sts.
113. Kerodon 6 Brazil and
Peru to
Magellan
Sts.
114. Dolichotis 1 The Pampas
and
Patagonia
Leporidæ.
115. Lepus 1 Central Brazil All regions but
and Andes, Austral.
Costa Rica
to Mexico
Page 118
EDENTATA.
Bradypodidæ.
116. Cholœpus 2 Costa Rica to
Brazil
117. Bradypus 2 Amazon to
Rio de
Janeiro
118. Arctopithecus 8 Costa Rica to
Brazil and
Bolivia
Dasypodidæ.
119. Tatusia 5 Rio Grande,
Texas, to
Patagonia
120. Prionodontes 1 Surinam to
Paraguay
121. Dasypus 4 Brazil to Chili
and La
Plata, Costa
Rica?
122. Xenurus 3 Guiana to
Paraguay,
Costa Rica?
123. Tolypeutes 2 Bolivia and La
Plata
124. Chlamydophorus 2 La Plata and
Bolivia
Myrmecophagidæ.
125. Myrmecophaga 1 Costa Rica?,
& N. Braz.,
to Parag.
126. Tamandua 2 Guatemala to
Paraguay
Bradypodidæ.
116. Cholœpus 2 Costa Rica to
Brazil
117. Bradypus 2 Amazon to
Rio de
Janeiro
118. Arctopithecus 8 Costa Rica to
Brazil and
Bolivia
Dasypodidæ.
119. Tatusia 5 Rio Grande,
Texas, to
Patagonia
120. Prionodontes 1 Surinam to
Paraguay
121. Dasypus 4 Brazil to Chili
and La
Plata, Costa
Rica?
122. Xenurus 3 Guiana to
Paraguay,
Costa Rica?
123. Tolypeutes 2 Bolivia and La
Plata
124. Chlamydophorus 2 La Plata and
Bolivia
Myrmecophagidæ.
125. Myrmecophaga 1 Costa Rica?,
& N. Braz.,
to Parag.
126. Tamandua 2 Guatemala to
Paraguay
Page 119
127. Cyclothurus 2 Honduras and
Costa Rica
to Paraguay
MARSUPIALIA.
Didelphyidæ.
128. Didelphys 20 Mexico to Temperate N.
Uruguay America
and S. Chili
129. Chironectes 1 Guiana and
Brazil,
Costa Rica
130. Hyracodon 1 Ecuador
BIRDS.
PASSERES.
Turdidæ.
1. Turdus 32 The whole Almost
reg. to cosmopolite
Tierra del
Fuego
2. Rhodinocichla 1 Mexico to
Venezuela
3. Melanoptila 1 Honduras
4. Catharus 10 Mexico to
Ecuador
and
Columbia
5. Margarops 4 Hayti and
Lesser
Antilles
6. Mimus 16 Nearly the Nearctic
whole
Costa Rica
to Paraguay
MARSUPIALIA.
Didelphyidæ.
128. Didelphys 20 Mexico to Temperate N.
Uruguay America
and S. Chili
129. Chironectes 1 Guiana and
Brazil,
Costa Rica
130. Hyracodon 1 Ecuador
BIRDS.
PASSERES.
Turdidæ.
1. Turdus 32 The whole Almost
reg. to cosmopolite
Tierra del
Fuego
2. Rhodinocichla 1 Mexico to
Venezuela
3. Melanoptila 1 Honduras
4. Catharus 10 Mexico to
Ecuador
and
Columbia
5. Margarops 4 Hayti and
Lesser
Antilles
6. Mimus 16 Nearly the Nearctic
whole
Page 120
region
7. Melanotis 2 Mexico and
Guatemala
8. Galeoscoptes 1 Mexico to Nearctic
Panama
9. Mimocichla 4 Cuba to Porto
Rico
(Harporhynchus 3 Mexico) Nearctic genus
10. Cinclocerthia 3 Lesser
Antilles
11. Ramphocinclus 1 Martinique
and St.
Lucia
Sylviidæ.
12. Myiadestes 8 Mexico and N. & W. of N.
Antilles to America
Peru and
Bolivia
13. Cichlopsis 1 Brazil
(Sialia 2 Mexico and United States
Guatemala) & Canada
14. Regulus 2 Mexico and Nearctic,
Guatemala Palæarctic
15. Polioptila 6 Mexico and Cen. and S. U.
Cuba to States
Bolivia and
La Plata
Cinclidæ.
16. Cinclus 4 Mexico to Nearctic,
Venezuela Palæarctic
and Peru
Troglodytidæ.
17. Troglodytes 5 Mexico to Nearctic,
Straits of Palæarctic
7. Melanotis 2 Mexico and
Guatemala
8. Galeoscoptes 1 Mexico to Nearctic
Panama
9. Mimocichla 4 Cuba to Porto
Rico
(Harporhynchus 3 Mexico) Nearctic genus
10. Cinclocerthia 3 Lesser
Antilles
11. Ramphocinclus 1 Martinique
and St.
Lucia
Sylviidæ.
12. Myiadestes 8 Mexico and N. & W. of N.
Antilles to America
Peru and
Bolivia
13. Cichlopsis 1 Brazil
(Sialia 2 Mexico and United States
Guatemala) & Canada
14. Regulus 2 Mexico and Nearctic,
Guatemala Palæarctic
15. Polioptila 6 Mexico and Cen. and S. U.
Cuba to States
Bolivia and
La Plata
Cinclidæ.
16. Cinclus 4 Mexico to Nearctic,
Venezuela Palæarctic
and Peru
Troglodytidæ.
17. Troglodytes 5 Mexico to Nearctic,
Straits of Palæarctic
Page 121
Magellan
18. Thryophilus 13 Mexico to N.-W. America
Central
Brazil
19. Thryothorus 12 Mexico to S. N. America
Brazil
20. Cistothorus 3 Mexico to N. America
Chili and
Patagonia
21. Donacobius 2 Columbia to
Brazil and
Bolivia
22. Campylorhynchus 18 Mexico to New Mexico
Brazil and
Bolivia
23. Cyphorhinus 5 Costa Rica to
Peru
24. Microcerculus 5 Mexico to
Peru
25. Henicorhina 2 Mexico to
Peru
(Salpinctes 1 Mexico and Nearctic genus
Guatemala)
(Catherpes 1 Mexico) Gila and
Colorado
26. Cinnicerthia 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
27. Uropsila 1 Mexico
Certhiidæ.
(Certhia 1 Mexico and North
Guatemala) temperate
genus
Sittidæ.
(Sitta 2 Mexico) North
temperate
18. Thryophilus 13 Mexico to N.-W. America
Central
Brazil
19. Thryothorus 12 Mexico to S. N. America
Brazil
20. Cistothorus 3 Mexico to N. America
Chili and
Patagonia
21. Donacobius 2 Columbia to
Brazil and
Bolivia
22. Campylorhynchus 18 Mexico to New Mexico
Brazil and
Bolivia
23. Cyphorhinus 5 Costa Rica to
Peru
24. Microcerculus 5 Mexico to
Peru
25. Henicorhina 2 Mexico to
Peru
(Salpinctes 1 Mexico and Nearctic genus
Guatemala)
(Catherpes 1 Mexico) Gila and
Colorado
26. Cinnicerthia 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
27. Uropsila 1 Mexico
Certhiidæ.
(Certhia 1 Mexico and North
Guatemala) temperate
genus
Sittidæ.
(Sitta 2 Mexico) North
temperate
Page 122
genus
Paridæ.
(Parus 1 Mexico) Nearc.,
Palæarc.,
Orient.
(Lophophanes 2 Mexico) North
temperate
genus
(Psaltriparus 1 Mexico and Nearctic
Guatemala)
Corvidæ.
28. Cyanocitta 16 Mexico to Nearctic
Peru and
Bolivia
29. Cyanocorax 12 Mexico to
Paraguay,
Jamaica
30. Calocitta 2 Mexico to
Guatemala
31. Psilorhinus 3 Mexico to
Costa Rica
32. Corvus 4 Mexico to Cosmop., excl.
Guatemala, S. Amer.
Cuba to
Porto Rico
Cœrebidæ.
33. Diglossa 14 Mexico to
Guiana,
Peru, and
Bolivia
34. Diglossopis 1 Venezuela to
Ecuador
35. Oreomanes 1 Ecuador
Paridæ.
(Parus 1 Mexico) Nearc.,
Palæarc.,
Orient.
(Lophophanes 2 Mexico) North
temperate
genus
(Psaltriparus 1 Mexico and Nearctic
Guatemala)
Corvidæ.
28. Cyanocitta 16 Mexico to Nearctic
Peru and
Bolivia
29. Cyanocorax 12 Mexico to
Paraguay,
Jamaica
30. Calocitta 2 Mexico to
Guatemala
31. Psilorhinus 3 Mexico to
Costa Rica
32. Corvus 4 Mexico to Cosmop., excl.
Guatemala, S. Amer.
Cuba to
Porto Rico
Cœrebidæ.
33. Diglossa 14 Mexico to
Guiana,
Peru, and
Bolivia
34. Diglossopis 1 Venezuela to
Ecuador
35. Oreomanes 1 Ecuador
Page 123
36. Conirostrum 6 Columbia to
Bolivia
37. Hemidacnis 1 Columbia and
Upper
Amazon
38. Dacnis 13 Costa Rica to
Guiana &
S. Brazil
39. Certhidea 2 Galapagos
Islands
40. Chlorophanes 2 Brazil to
Central
America,
Cuba
41. Cœreba 4 Mexico and
Cuba to
Guiana and
Brazil
42. Certhiola 10 Antilles to Florida
Ecuador
and Brazil
43. Glossiptila 1 Jamaica
Mniotiltidæ.
44. Siurus 3 Mexico to S. & E. States
Columbia, & Canada
Antilles
45. Mniotilta 1 Columbia to Eastern United
Mexico and States
Antilles
46. Parula 5 Brazil and Eastern U. S. &
Ecuador to Canada
Mexico
47. Protonotaria 1 Venezuela to Florida to Ohio
Central
America
Bolivia
37. Hemidacnis 1 Columbia and
Upper
Amazon
38. Dacnis 13 Costa Rica to
Guiana &
S. Brazil
39. Certhidea 2 Galapagos
Islands
40. Chlorophanes 2 Brazil to
Central
America,
Cuba
41. Cœreba 4 Mexico and
Cuba to
Guiana and
Brazil
42. Certhiola 10 Antilles to Florida
Ecuador
and Brazil
43. Glossiptila 1 Jamaica
Mniotiltidæ.
44. Siurus 3 Mexico to S. & E. States
Columbia, & Canada
Antilles
45. Mniotilta 1 Columbia to Eastern United
Mexico and States
Antilles
46. Parula 5 Brazil and Eastern U. S. &
Ecuador to Canada
Mexico
47. Protonotaria 1 Venezuela to Florida to Ohio
Central
America
Page 124
and W.
India
48. Helminthophaga 5 Mexico to North America
Columbia
49. Helmintherus 1 Mexico to U. States to
Veragua Canada
50. Perissoglossa 1 Cuba, Hayti, E. United
and Porto States
Rico
51. Dendrœca 25 Mexico & W. All N. America
Indies to
Ecuador
and Chili
52. Oporornis 1 Guatemala to
Panama
53. Geothlypis 10 Brazil to All N. America
Mexico
54. Setophaga 12 Mexico to E. U. States &
Brazil Canada
55. Cardellina 1 Gautemala
and Mexico
56. Ergaticus 2 Guatemala
and Mexico
57. Myioodioctes 3 Columbia to U. States and
Mexico Canada
58. Basileuterus 22 Mexico to
Brazil
59. Icteria 1 Costa Rica to E. and Central
Mexico United
States to
Canada
60. Granatellus 3 Amazon to
Mexico
61. Teretristis 2 Cuba
Vireonidæ.
India
48. Helminthophaga 5 Mexico to North America
Columbia
49. Helmintherus 1 Mexico to U. States to
Veragua Canada
50. Perissoglossa 1 Cuba, Hayti, E. United
and Porto States
Rico
51. Dendrœca 25 Mexico & W. All N. America
Indies to
Ecuador
and Chili
52. Oporornis 1 Guatemala to
Panama
53. Geothlypis 10 Brazil to All N. America
Mexico
54. Setophaga 12 Mexico to E. U. States &
Brazil Canada
55. Cardellina 1 Gautemala
and Mexico
56. Ergaticus 2 Guatemala
and Mexico
57. Myioodioctes 3 Columbia to U. States and
Mexico Canada
58. Basileuterus 22 Mexico to
Brazil
59. Icteria 1 Costa Rica to E. and Central
Mexico United
States to
Canada
60. Granatellus 3 Amazon to
Mexico
61. Teretristis 2 Cuba
Vireonidæ.
Page 125
62. Vireosylvia 9 Venezuela to All N. America
Mexico &
Antilles
63. Vireo 10 Mexico to All United
Costa Rica States
& Antilles
64. Neochloe 1 Mexico
65. Hylophilus 16 Brazil to
Mexico
66. Laletes 1 Jamaica
67. Phœnicomanes 1 Jamaica
68. Vireolanius 4 Mexico to
Amazon
69. Cychloris 9 Mexico to
Paraguay
Ampelidæ.
70. Dulus 2 Hayti
(Ampelis 1 Mexico and N. temperate
Guatemala) genus
71. Ptilogonys 2 Mexico to
Costa Rica
(Phainopepla 1 Mexico) Gila and Lower
Colorado
Hirundinidæ.
72. Hirundo 9 Mexico and Almost
Antilles to cosmopolite
Chili and
La Plata
73. Petrochelidon 3 Mexico and Nearctic
Antilles to
Paraguay
74. Atticora 6 Guatemala to
Peru and
Brazil
Mexico &
Antilles
63. Vireo 10 Mexico to All United
Costa Rica States
& Antilles
64. Neochloe 1 Mexico
65. Hylophilus 16 Brazil to
Mexico
66. Laletes 1 Jamaica
67. Phœnicomanes 1 Jamaica
68. Vireolanius 4 Mexico to
Amazon
69. Cychloris 9 Mexico to
Paraguay
Ampelidæ.
70. Dulus 2 Hayti
(Ampelis 1 Mexico and N. temperate
Guatemala) genus
71. Ptilogonys 2 Mexico to
Costa Rica
(Phainopepla 1 Mexico) Gila and Lower
Colorado
Hirundinidæ.
72. Hirundo 9 Mexico and Almost
Antilles to cosmopolite
Chili and
La Plata
73. Petrochelidon 3 Mexico and Nearctic
Antilles to
Paraguay
74. Atticora 6 Guatemala to
Peru and
Brazil
Page 126
75. Cotyle 2 Central All regions but
America to Austral.
La Plata
76. Stelgidopteryx 4 Mexico to S. United
Brazil States
77. Progne 4 The whole Nearctic
region
Icteridæ.
78. Clypeicterus 1 Upper
Amazon
79. Ostinops 8 Mexico to
Guiana,
Brazil, and
Bolivia
80. Cassiculus 1 Mexico
81. Cassicus 10 Mexico to S.
Brazil and
Bolivia
82. Icterus 33 Mexico to All U. States &
Antilles and Canada
La Plata
83. Dolichonyx 1 Mexico to E. U. States
Paraguay, and Canada
Galapagos
84. Molothrus 8 Mexico to La All U. States &
Plata and Canada
Bolivia
85. Agelæus 6 Mexico to All U. States &
Paraguay, Canada
Cuba, Porto
Rico
(Xanthocephalus 1 Mexico) Nearctic genus
86. Xanthosomus 4 Venezuela to
La Plata
87. Amblyrhamphus 1 Bolivia and La
Plata
America to Austral.
La Plata
76. Stelgidopteryx 4 Mexico to S. United
Brazil States
77. Progne 4 The whole Nearctic
region
Icteridæ.
78. Clypeicterus 1 Upper
Amazon
79. Ostinops 8 Mexico to
Guiana,
Brazil, and
Bolivia
80. Cassiculus 1 Mexico
81. Cassicus 10 Mexico to S.
Brazil and
Bolivia
82. Icterus 33 Mexico to All U. States &
Antilles and Canada
La Plata
83. Dolichonyx 1 Mexico to E. U. States
Paraguay, and Canada
Galapagos
84. Molothrus 8 Mexico to La All U. States &
Plata and Canada
Bolivia
85. Agelæus 6 Mexico to All U. States &
Paraguay, Canada
Cuba, Porto
Rico
(Xanthocephalus 1 Mexico) Nearctic genus
86. Xanthosomus 4 Venezuela to
La Plata
87. Amblyrhamphus 1 Bolivia and La
Plata
Page 127
88. Gymnomystax 1 Guiana and
Amazonia
89. Pseudoleistes 2 Brazil and La
Plata
90. Leistes 3 Venezuela to
Paraguay &
Bolivia
91. Sturnella 4 Cuba and All U. States &
Mexico to Canada
Chili,
Falkland
Islands &
Tierra del
Fuego
92. Curœus 1 Chili to
Magellan
Straits
93. Nesopsar 1 Jamaica
(Scolecophagus 1 Mexico, Cuba Nearctic genus
?)
94. Lampropsar 4 Guatemala to
Peru and
Guiana
95. Quiscalus 9 Mexico to S. and E.
Antilles & United
Venezuela States to
Labrador
96. Hypopyrrhus 1 Columbia
97. Aphobus 1 Brazil
Paraguay
and Bolivia
98. Cassidix 1 Mexico to
Brazil and
Guiana
Tanagridæ.
Amazonia
89. Pseudoleistes 2 Brazil and La
Plata
90. Leistes 3 Venezuela to
Paraguay &
Bolivia
91. Sturnella 4 Cuba and All U. States &
Mexico to Canada
Chili,
Falkland
Islands &
Tierra del
Fuego
92. Curœus 1 Chili to
Magellan
Straits
93. Nesopsar 1 Jamaica
(Scolecophagus 1 Mexico, Cuba Nearctic genus
?)
94. Lampropsar 4 Guatemala to
Peru and
Guiana
95. Quiscalus 9 Mexico to S. and E.
Antilles & United
Venezuela States to
Labrador
96. Hypopyrrhus 1 Columbia
97. Aphobus 1 Brazil
Paraguay
and Bolivia
98. Cassidix 1 Mexico to
Brazil and
Guiana
Tanagridæ.
Page 128
99. Procnias 2 Brazil and
Peru to
Columbia
100. Chlorophonia 7 Brazil to
Mexico
101. Euphonia 32 Mexico and
W. Indies to
Brazil and
Bolivia
102. Tanagrella 4 Columbia to
Guiana and
Brazil
103. Chlorochrysa 2 Columbia to
Peru
104. Pipridea 2 Venezuela to
Brazil and
Bolivia
105. Diva 1 Columbia and
Ecuador
106. Calliste 56 Guatemala to
Bolivia &
Paraguay
107. Iridornis 4 Columbia to
Peru
108. Pœcilothraupis 4 Columbia to
Bolivia
109. Stephanophorus 1 Brazil and La
Plata
110. Buthraupis 5 Veragua to
Bolivia
111. Compsocoma 5 Columbia to
Bolivia
112. Dubusia 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
113. Tanagra 12 Mexico to
Bolivia and
La Plata
Peru to
Columbia
100. Chlorophonia 7 Brazil to
Mexico
101. Euphonia 32 Mexico and
W. Indies to
Brazil and
Bolivia
102. Tanagrella 4 Columbia to
Guiana and
Brazil
103. Chlorochrysa 2 Columbia to
Peru
104. Pipridea 2 Venezuela to
Brazil and
Bolivia
105. Diva 1 Columbia and
Ecuador
106. Calliste 56 Guatemala to
Bolivia &
Paraguay
107. Iridornis 4 Columbia to
Peru
108. Pœcilothraupis 4 Columbia to
Bolivia
109. Stephanophorus 1 Brazil and La
Plata
110. Buthraupis 5 Veragua to
Bolivia
111. Compsocoma 5 Columbia to
Bolivia
112. Dubusia 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
113. Tanagra 12 Mexico to
Bolivia and
La Plata
Page 129
114. Spindalis 5 Porto Rico to
Bahamas
115. Rhamphocœlus 11 Guatemala to
Brazil and
Bolivia
116. Phlogothraupis 1 Mexico to
Costa Rica
117. Euchætes 1 Eastern
Ecuador
118. Pyranga 11 Mexico to U. States and
Bolivia and Canada
Paraguay
119. Orthogonys 2 Brazil and
Guiana
120. Lamprotes 2 Brazil and
Columbia
121. Phænicothraupis 7 Mexico to
Paraguay
and Bolivia
122. Lanio 4 Mexico to
Bolivia
123. Eucometis 5 Costa Rica to
Bolivia
124. Trichothraupis 1 S. Brazil and
Paraguay
125. Creurgops 1 West Ecuador
126. Tachyphonus 11 Nicaragua to
Paraguay
127. Cypsnagra 1 S. Brazil and
Bolivia
128. Nemosia 11 Venezuela, W.
Ecuador, to
Brazil and
Bolivia
129. Pyrrhocoma 1 S. Brazil and
Paraguay
Bahamas
115. Rhamphocœlus 11 Guatemala to
Brazil and
Bolivia
116. Phlogothraupis 1 Mexico to
Costa Rica
117. Euchætes 1 Eastern
Ecuador
118. Pyranga 11 Mexico to U. States and
Bolivia and Canada
Paraguay
119. Orthogonys 2 Brazil and
Guiana
120. Lamprotes 2 Brazil and
Columbia
121. Phænicothraupis 7 Mexico to
Paraguay
and Bolivia
122. Lanio 4 Mexico to
Bolivia
123. Eucometis 5 Costa Rica to
Bolivia
124. Trichothraupis 1 S. Brazil and
Paraguay
125. Creurgops 1 West Ecuador
126. Tachyphonus 11 Nicaragua to
Paraguay
127. Cypsnagra 1 S. Brazil and
Bolivia
128. Nemosia 11 Venezuela, W.
Ecuador, to
Brazil and
Bolivia
129. Pyrrhocoma 1 S. Brazil and
Paraguay
Page 130
130. Chlorospingus 18 Mexico to
Peru and
Bolivia
131. Buarremon 20 Mexico to S.
Brazil and
Bolivia
132. Phænicophilus 1 Hayti
133. Arremon 12 Mexico to S.
Brazil
134. Oreothraupis 1 East Ecuador
135. Cissopis 3 Columbia to
Peru and
Bolivia
136. Lamprospiza 1 Guiana
137. Psittospiza 2 Columbia to
Peru
138. Saltator 17 Mexico to La
Plata and
Bolivia
139. Diucopis 2 Upper
Amazon
and S.
Brazil
140. Orchesticus 3 Tropical S.
America
141. Pitylus 8 Mexico to
Brazil and
Ecuador
Fringillidæ.
142. Chrysomitris 12 Mexico to Nearctic,
Brazil, Palæarctic
Chili and
Patagonia
143. Sycalis 9 Mexico to
Chili and
Peru and
Bolivia
131. Buarremon 20 Mexico to S.
Brazil and
Bolivia
132. Phænicophilus 1 Hayti
133. Arremon 12 Mexico to S.
Brazil
134. Oreothraupis 1 East Ecuador
135. Cissopis 3 Columbia to
Peru and
Bolivia
136. Lamprospiza 1 Guiana
137. Psittospiza 2 Columbia to
Peru
138. Saltator 17 Mexico to La
Plata and
Bolivia
139. Diucopis 2 Upper
Amazon
and S.
Brazil
140. Orchesticus 3 Tropical S.
America
141. Pitylus 8 Mexico to
Brazil and
Ecuador
Fringillidæ.
142. Chrysomitris 12 Mexico to Nearctic,
Brazil, Palæarctic
Chili and
Patagonia
143. Sycalis 9 Mexico to
Chili and
Page 131
La Plata,
Jamaica
144. Coccothraustes 2 Mexico and Nearctic,
Guatemala Palæarctic
145. Geospiza 7 Galapagos
Islands
146. Camarhynchus 5 Galapagos
Islands
147. Cactornis 4 Galapagos
Islands
148. Phrygilus 10 Columbia to
Fuegia and
Falkland
Islands
149. Xenospingus 1 Peru
150. Diuca 3 Peru, Chili,
and
Patagonia
151. Emberizoides 3 Venezuela to
Paraguay
152. Doncacospiza 1 S. Brazil and
La Plata
153. Chamæospiza 1 Mexico
154. Embernagra 9 Mexico to La Rocky
Plata Mountains
155. Hæmophila 6 Mexico to
Costa Rica
156. Atlapetes 1 Mexico Nearctic?
157. Pyrgisoma 5 Mexico to
Costa Rica
158. Pipilo 4 Mexico to All Nearctic
Guatemala region
159. Junco 2 Mexico and United States
Guatemala
160. Zonotrichia 5 Mexico to Nearctic
Straits of
Magellan
Jamaica
144. Coccothraustes 2 Mexico and Nearctic,
Guatemala Palæarctic
145. Geospiza 7 Galapagos
Islands
146. Camarhynchus 5 Galapagos
Islands
147. Cactornis 4 Galapagos
Islands
148. Phrygilus 10 Columbia to
Fuegia and
Falkland
Islands
149. Xenospingus 1 Peru
150. Diuca 3 Peru, Chili,
and
Patagonia
151. Emberizoides 3 Venezuela to
Paraguay
152. Doncacospiza 1 S. Brazil and
La Plata
153. Chamæospiza 1 Mexico
154. Embernagra 9 Mexico to La Rocky
Plata Mountains
155. Hæmophila 6 Mexico to
Costa Rica
156. Atlapetes 1 Mexico Nearctic?
157. Pyrgisoma 5 Mexico to
Costa Rica
158. Pipilo 4 Mexico to All Nearctic
Guatemala region
159. Junco 2 Mexico and United States
Guatemala
160. Zonotrichia 5 Mexico to Nearctic
Straits of
Magellan
Page 132
(Melospiza 2 Mexico and Nearctic genus
Guatemala)
(Spizella 3 Mexico and Nearctic genus
Guatemala)
(Passerculus 1 Mexico and Nearctic genus
Guatemala)
(Poœcetes 1 Mexico) Nearctic genus
161. Ammodramus 1 Guatemala Nearctic
162. Coturniculus 4 Mexico to E. & N. of N.
Bolivia, America
Jamaica
163. Peucæa 4 Mexico S. E. States &
California
164. Tiaris 1 Brazil
165. Volatinia 1 Mexico to
Brazil
(Cyanospiza 4 Mexico and Nearctic
Central
America)
166. Paroaria 6 Trop. S.
America, E.
of Andes
167. Coryphospingus 4 Tropical S.
America
168. Porphyrospiza 1 Brazil
169. Haplospiza 2 Mexico and
Brazil
170. Phonipara 5 Mexico to
Columbia,
Greater
Antilles
171. Poospiza 12 Mexico to W. & Central
Bolivia and U. States
La Plata
172. Spodiornis 1 Ecuador
(Carpodacus 2 Mexico) Nearctic,
Palæarctic
Guatemala)
(Spizella 3 Mexico and Nearctic genus
Guatemala)
(Passerculus 1 Mexico and Nearctic genus
Guatemala)
(Poœcetes 1 Mexico) Nearctic genus
161. Ammodramus 1 Guatemala Nearctic
162. Coturniculus 4 Mexico to E. & N. of N.
Bolivia, America
Jamaica
163. Peucæa 4 Mexico S. E. States &
California
164. Tiaris 1 Brazil
165. Volatinia 1 Mexico to
Brazil
(Cyanospiza 4 Mexico and Nearctic
Central
America)
166. Paroaria 6 Trop. S.
America, E.
of Andes
167. Coryphospingus 4 Tropical S.
America
168. Porphyrospiza 1 Brazil
169. Haplospiza 2 Mexico and
Brazil
170. Phonipara 5 Mexico to
Columbia,
Greater
Antilles
171. Poospiza 12 Mexico to W. & Central
Bolivia and U. States
La Plata
172. Spodiornis 1 Ecuador
(Carpodacus 2 Mexico) Nearctic,
Palæarctic
Page 133
173. Cardinalis 2 Mexico to S. & S. Cent.
Venezuela U. States
174. Guiraca 6 Mexico to Southern U.
Brazil and States
La Plata
175. Amaurospiza 2 Costa Rica
and Brazil
176. Hedymeles 2 Mexico to Nearctic
Columbia
177. Pheucticus 5 Mexico to
Peru and
Bolivia
178. Oryzoborus 6 Mexico to
Ecuador
and S.
Brazil
179. Melopyrrha 1 Cuba
180. Loxigilla 4 Antilles
181. Spermophila 44 Mexico to Texas
Bolivia and
Uruguay
182. Catamenia 4 Columbia to
Bolivia
183. Neorhynchus 1 W. Peru
184. Catamblyrhynchus 1 Columbia
(Loxia 1 Mexico) North
temperate
genus
(Calamospiza 1 Mexico) Arizona and
Texas
(Chondestes 1 Mexico) W. and Cent.
U. States
(Euspiza 1 Mexico to S.-E. U. States,
Columbia) Palæarc.
185. Gubernatrix 1 Paraguay and
La Plata
Venezuela U. States
174. Guiraca 6 Mexico to Southern U.
Brazil and States
La Plata
175. Amaurospiza 2 Costa Rica
and Brazil
176. Hedymeles 2 Mexico to Nearctic
Columbia
177. Pheucticus 5 Mexico to
Peru and
Bolivia
178. Oryzoborus 6 Mexico to
Ecuador
and S.
Brazil
179. Melopyrrha 1 Cuba
180. Loxigilla 4 Antilles
181. Spermophila 44 Mexico to Texas
Bolivia and
Uruguay
182. Catamenia 4 Columbia to
Bolivia
183. Neorhynchus 1 W. Peru
184. Catamblyrhynchus 1 Columbia
(Loxia 1 Mexico) North
temperate
genus
(Calamospiza 1 Mexico) Arizona and
Texas
(Chondestes 1 Mexico) W. and Cent.
U. States
(Euspiza 1 Mexico to S.-E. U. States,
Columbia) Palæarc.
185. Gubernatrix 1 Paraguay and
La Plata
Page 134
(Plectrophanes 1 Mexico) N. temp. &
Arctic genus
Alaudidæ.
186. Otocorys 1 Mexico, Nearc. &
Andes of Palæarc.
Columbia genus
Motacillidæ.
187. Anthus 4 Mexico to Cosmopolite
Patagonia
and
Falkland
Islands
Oxyrhamphidæ.
187a. Oxyrhamphus 2 Brazil to
Costa Rica
Tyrannidæ.
188. Conophaga 11 Columbia to
Bolivia and
Brazil
189. Corythopis 2 Brazil and
Guiana
190. Agriornis 5 Ecuador, Peru,
and Chili
191. Myiotheretes 3 Columbia to
Ecuador,
Patagonia
192. Tænioptepa 8 S. Brazil and
Bolivia to
Patago.
193. Ochthodiœta 1 Columbian
Andes
194. Ochthæca 17 Andes,
Bolivia to
Columbia
Arctic genus
Alaudidæ.
186. Otocorys 1 Mexico, Nearc. &
Andes of Palæarc.
Columbia genus
Motacillidæ.
187. Anthus 4 Mexico to Cosmopolite
Patagonia
and
Falkland
Islands
Oxyrhamphidæ.
187a. Oxyrhamphus 2 Brazil to
Costa Rica
Tyrannidæ.
188. Conophaga 11 Columbia to
Bolivia and
Brazil
189. Corythopis 2 Brazil and
Guiana
190. Agriornis 5 Ecuador, Peru,
and Chili
191. Myiotheretes 3 Columbia to
Ecuador,
Patagonia
192. Tænioptepa 8 S. Brazil and
Bolivia to
Patago.
193. Ochthodiœta 1 Columbian
Andes
194. Ochthæca 17 Andes,
Bolivia to
Columbia
Page 135
and
Venezuela
195. Sayornis 4 Mexico to E. United Sts.
Ecuador to Canada
196. Fluvicola 4 Guiana & W.
Ecuador to
Brazil, and
Bolivia
197. Arundinicola 1 Tropical S.
America
198. Alectorurus 2 S. Brazil and
La Plata
199. Cybernetes 1 Brazil
200. Sysopygis 1 S. Brazil and
La Plata
201. Cnipolegus 9 Amazonia to
Patagonia
202. Lichenops 1 Brazil and La
Plata
203. Muscipipra 1 S. Brazil
204. Copurus 3 Costa Rica to
S. Brazil
205. Machetornis 1 Venezuela to
Brazil
206. Muscisaxicola 11 Andes of
Ecuador to
Chili and
Patagonia
207. Centrites 2 Bolivia to
Patagonia
208. Muscigralla 1 W. Ecuador
209. Platyrhynchus 7 Mexico to
Brazil
210. Todirostrum 11 Tropical N.
and S.
America
Venezuela
195. Sayornis 4 Mexico to E. United Sts.
Ecuador to Canada
196. Fluvicola 4 Guiana & W.
Ecuador to
Brazil, and
Bolivia
197. Arundinicola 1 Tropical S.
America
198. Alectorurus 2 S. Brazil and
La Plata
199. Cybernetes 1 Brazil
200. Sysopygis 1 S. Brazil and
La Plata
201. Cnipolegus 9 Amazonia to
Patagonia
202. Lichenops 1 Brazil and La
Plata
203. Muscipipra 1 S. Brazil
204. Copurus 3 Costa Rica to
S. Brazil
205. Machetornis 1 Venezuela to
Brazil
206. Muscisaxicola 11 Andes of
Ecuador to
Chili and
Patagonia
207. Centrites 2 Bolivia to
Patagonia
208. Muscigralla 1 W. Ecuador
209. Platyrhynchus 7 Mexico to
Brazil
210. Todirostrum 11 Tropical N.
and S.
America
Page 136
211. Oncosotma 2 Tropical N.
America
212. Euscarthmus 12 Costa Rica to
W. Ecuador,
Brazil, and
Bolivia
213. Orchilus 2 Costa Rica to
Brazil and
Bolivia
214. Colopterus 2 Veragua to
Columbia
and Guiana
215. Hemitriccus 1 Brazil
216. Phylloscartes 1 Columbia to
Brazil
217. Hapalocercus 3 Brazil to Chili
and La
Plata
218. Habrura 1 Uruguay
219. Pogonotriccus 2 Brazil and
Columbia
220. Leptotriccus 2 Brazil and
Veragua
221. Stigmatura 2 Upper
Amazon to
La Plata
222. Serphophaga 7 Columbia to
Chili and
La Plata
223. Anæretes 4 Columbia to
Chili and
La Plata,
Magell. Sts.
& Juan
Fernand.
224. Cyanotis 1 W. Peru to La
Plata
America
212. Euscarthmus 12 Costa Rica to
W. Ecuador,
Brazil, and
Bolivia
213. Orchilus 2 Costa Rica to
Brazil and
Bolivia
214. Colopterus 2 Veragua to
Columbia
and Guiana
215. Hemitriccus 1 Brazil
216. Phylloscartes 1 Columbia to
Brazil
217. Hapalocercus 3 Brazil to Chili
and La
Plata
218. Habrura 1 Uruguay
219. Pogonotriccus 2 Brazil and
Columbia
220. Leptotriccus 2 Brazil and
Veragua
221. Stigmatura 2 Upper
Amazon to
La Plata
222. Serphophaga 7 Columbia to
Chili and
La Plata
223. Anæretes 4 Columbia to
Chili and
La Plata,
Magell. Sts.
& Juan
Fernand.
224. Cyanotis 1 W. Peru to La
Plata
Page 137
225. Mionectes 4 Mexico to
Brazil and
Bolivia
226. Leptopogon 6 Mexico to
Peru and
Brazil
227. Capsiempis 1 Chiriqui to
Brazil
228. Phyllomyias 5 Columbia to
Brazil
229. Ornithion 4 Mexico to
Brazil
230. Tyrannulus 3 Guatemala to
Amazonia
231. Tyranniscus 9 Guatemala to
E. Peru
232. Elainea 18 Mexico to
Tierra del
Fuego,
Antilles
233. Empidagra 1 Bolivia and La
Plata
234. Legatus 2 Mexico to
Brazil
235. Sublegatus 2 Venezuela and
Lower
Amazon
236. Myiozetetes 8 Mexico to W.
Peru and
Brazil
237. Rhynchocyclus 10 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
238. Conopias 3 Venezuela to
Peru and
Brazil
Brazil and
Bolivia
226. Leptopogon 6 Mexico to
Peru and
Brazil
227. Capsiempis 1 Chiriqui to
Brazil
228. Phyllomyias 5 Columbia to
Brazil
229. Ornithion 4 Mexico to
Brazil
230. Tyrannulus 3 Guatemala to
Amazonia
231. Tyranniscus 9 Guatemala to
E. Peru
232. Elainea 18 Mexico to
Tierra del
Fuego,
Antilles
233. Empidagra 1 Bolivia and La
Plata
234. Legatus 2 Mexico to
Brazil
235. Sublegatus 2 Venezuela and
Lower
Amazon
236. Myiozetetes 8 Mexico to W.
Peru and
Brazil
237. Rhynchocyclus 10 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
238. Conopias 3 Venezuela to
Peru and
Brazil
Page 138
239. Pitangus 7 Mexico to La
Plata,
Antilles
240. Sirystes 2 Panama to
Brazil
241. Myiodynastes 6 Mexico to
Bolivia and
Paraguay
242. Megarhynchus 1 Mexico to
Brazil
243. Muscivora 5 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
244. Hirundinea 3 Columbia &
Guiana to
Paraguay
245. Cnipodectes 1 Panama to W.
Ecuador &
Amazon
246. Myiobius 13 Mexico to W.
Peru,
Bolivia, and
La Plata
247. Pyrocephalus 3 Tropical N. Gila and Rio
and S. Grande
America
and
Galapagos
Islands
248. Empidochanes 4 Venezuela to
S. Brazil.
249. Mitrephorus 2 Mexico to
Costa Rica
250. Empidonax 12 Mexico to All N. America
Columbia
& Ecuador
Plata,
Antilles
240. Sirystes 2 Panama to
Brazil
241. Myiodynastes 6 Mexico to
Bolivia and
Paraguay
242. Megarhynchus 1 Mexico to
Brazil
243. Muscivora 5 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
244. Hirundinea 3 Columbia &
Guiana to
Paraguay
245. Cnipodectes 1 Panama to W.
Ecuador &
Amazon
246. Myiobius 13 Mexico to W.
Peru,
Bolivia, and
La Plata
247. Pyrocephalus 3 Tropical N. Gila and Rio
and S. Grande
America
and
Galapagos
Islands
248. Empidochanes 4 Venezuela to
S. Brazil.
249. Mitrephorus 2 Mexico to
Costa Rica
250. Empidonax 12 Mexico to All N. America
Columbia
& Ecuador
Page 139
251. Contopus 10 Mexico to N. & E. of
Amazonia, Rocky Mtns.
Antilles
252. Myiochanes 1 Amazonia and
Brazil
253. Myiarchus 12 Mexico to W. East and West
Ecuador & Coasts to
Brazil, Canada
Galapagos
and Antilles
254. Blacicus 2 Cuba, Hayti,
Jamaica
(Empidias 1 Mexico) Eastern United
States
255. Empidonomus 1 Guiana and
Brazil
256. Tyrannus 11 All tropical All U. States to
sub-regions Canada
257. Milvulus 2 Tropical N. Texas
and S.
America
Pipridæ.
258. Piprites 4 Costa Rica to
Brazil
259. Masius 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
260. Chloropipo 1 Columbia
261. Xenopipo 1 Guiana and
Columbia
262. Pipra 19 Trop. N. and
S. America
263. Neopipo 1 Upper
Amazon
264. Machæropterus 4 Columbia to
Brazil
265. Ilicura 1 Brazil
Amazonia, Rocky Mtns.
Antilles
252. Myiochanes 1 Amazonia and
Brazil
253. Myiarchus 12 Mexico to W. East and West
Ecuador & Coasts to
Brazil, Canada
Galapagos
and Antilles
254. Blacicus 2 Cuba, Hayti,
Jamaica
(Empidias 1 Mexico) Eastern United
States
255. Empidonomus 1 Guiana and
Brazil
256. Tyrannus 11 All tropical All U. States to
sub-regions Canada
257. Milvulus 2 Tropical N. Texas
and S.
America
Pipridæ.
258. Piprites 4 Costa Rica to
Brazil
259. Masius 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
260. Chloropipo 1 Columbia
261. Xenopipo 1 Guiana and
Columbia
262. Pipra 19 Trop. N. and
S. America
263. Neopipo 1 Upper
Amazon
264. Machæropterus 4 Columbia to
Brazil
265. Ilicura 1 Brazil
Page 140
266. Chiroxiphia 5 Guatemala to
Brazil
267. Metopia 1 Brazil
268. Metopothrix 1 Upper
Amazon
269. Chiromachæris 6 Mexico to
Ecuador
and Brazil
270. Hetoropelma 10 Mexico to
Guiana and
Brazil
271. Heterocercus 2 Guiana and
Upper
Amazon
272. Schiffornis 2 Upper
Amazon
and Brazil
Cotingidæ.
273. Tityra 6 Tropical N.
and S.
America
274. Hadrostomus 5 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil,
Jamaica
275. Pachyhamphus 11 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
276. Lathria 5 Mexico to
Brazil
277. Aulia 3 Veragua to
Brazil
278. Lipaugus 3 Guatemala to
Brazil and
Guiana
279. Ptilochloris 2 Brazil
Brazil
267. Metopia 1 Brazil
268. Metopothrix 1 Upper
Amazon
269. Chiromachæris 6 Mexico to
Ecuador
and Brazil
270. Hetoropelma 10 Mexico to
Guiana and
Brazil
271. Heterocercus 2 Guiana and
Upper
Amazon
272. Schiffornis 2 Upper
Amazon
and Brazil
Cotingidæ.
273. Tityra 6 Tropical N.
and S.
America
274. Hadrostomus 5 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil,
Jamaica
275. Pachyhamphus 11 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
276. Lathria 5 Mexico to
Brazil
277. Aulia 3 Veragua to
Brazil
278. Lipaugus 3 Guatemala to
Brazil and
Guiana
279. Ptilochloris 2 Brazil
Page 141
280. Attila 8 Costa Rica to
Brazil and
Guiana
281. Casiornis 2 S. Brazil to
Paraguay
282. Rupicola 3 Guiana to W.
Ecuador &
Bolivia
283. Phœnicocercus 2 Guiana and
Amazonia
284. Tijuca 1 Brazil
285. Phibalura 1 Brazil
286. Pipreola 7 Venezuela to
Ecuador
and Peru
287. Ampelio 4 Columbia to
Peru and
Brazil
288. Carpodectes 1 Nicaragua and
Costa Rica
289. Heliochæra 2 Columbia to
Peru and
Bolivia
290. Cotinga 6 Guatemala to
Peru and
Brazil
291. Xipholena 3 Guiana to
Brazil
292. Iodopleura 3 Guiana to
Brazil
293. Calyptura 1 Brazil
294. Querula 1 Panama to
Amazonia
295. Hæmatoderus 1 Guiana and
Lower
Amazon
Brazil and
Guiana
281. Casiornis 2 S. Brazil to
Paraguay
282. Rupicola 3 Guiana to W.
Ecuador &
Bolivia
283. Phœnicocercus 2 Guiana and
Amazonia
284. Tijuca 1 Brazil
285. Phibalura 1 Brazil
286. Pipreola 7 Venezuela to
Ecuador
and Peru
287. Ampelio 4 Columbia to
Peru and
Brazil
288. Carpodectes 1 Nicaragua and
Costa Rica
289. Heliochæra 2 Columbia to
Peru and
Bolivia
290. Cotinga 6 Guatemala to
Peru and
Brazil
291. Xipholena 3 Guiana to
Brazil
292. Iodopleura 3 Guiana to
Brazil
293. Calyptura 1 Brazil
294. Querula 1 Panama to
Amazonia
295. Hæmatoderus 1 Guiana and
Lower
Amazon
Page 142
296. Chasmorhynchus 4 Costa Rica to
Guiana and
Brazil
297. Gymnocephalus 1 Guiana and
Rio Negro
298. Gymnoderus 1 Guiana and
Upper
Amazon
299. Pyroderus 3 Venezuela to
Brazil
300. Cephalopterus 3 Costa Rica to
W. Ecuador
& Upr.
Amazon
Phytotomidæ.
301. Phytotoma 3 Bolivia, Chili,
and La
Plata
Dendrocolaptidæ.
302. Geobates 1 South Brazil
303. Geositta 6 Peru to Chili
and
Patagonia
304. Furnarius 9 Guiana & W.
Ecuador to
La Plata
305. Clibanornis 1 S. Brazil
306. Upucerthia 4 Andes of
Ecuador to
Chili and
Patagonia
307. Cinclodes 5 Ecuador to
Chili,
Patagonia
Guiana and
Brazil
297. Gymnocephalus 1 Guiana and
Rio Negro
298. Gymnoderus 1 Guiana and
Upper
Amazon
299. Pyroderus 3 Venezuela to
Brazil
300. Cephalopterus 3 Costa Rica to
W. Ecuador
& Upr.
Amazon
Phytotomidæ.
301. Phytotoma 3 Bolivia, Chili,
and La
Plata
Dendrocolaptidæ.
302. Geobates 1 South Brazil
303. Geositta 6 Peru to Chili
and
Patagonia
304. Furnarius 9 Guiana & W.
Ecuador to
La Plata
305. Clibanornis 1 S. Brazil
306. Upucerthia 4 Andes of
Ecuador to
Chili and
Patagonia
307. Cinclodes 5 Ecuador to
Chili,
Patagonia
Page 143
and Tierra
del Fuego
308. Henicornis 2 Patagonia
309. Lochmias 2 Venezuela and
Brazil
310. Sclerurus 6 Mexico to
Brazil
311. Oxyurus 2 Chili to Tierra
del Fuego,
and
Masafuera
Islands
312. Sylviorthorhynchus 1 Chili
313. Phlæocryptes 1 W. Peru to La
Plata
314. Leptasthenura 5 Andes of
Ecuador to
Brazil and
Patagonia
315. Synallaxis 55 The whole
region
(excl.
Antilles)
316. Coryphistera 1 La Plata
317. Anumbius 1 Paraguay and
La Plata
318. Limnornis 1 Uruguay and
La Plata
319. Placellodomus 4 Venezuela to
Peru and La
Plata
320. Thripophaga 3 Brazil and
Columbia
321. Pseudocolaptes 1 Columbia to
Peru
322. Homorus 3 Brazil,
Bolivia, and
del Fuego
308. Henicornis 2 Patagonia
309. Lochmias 2 Venezuela and
Brazil
310. Sclerurus 6 Mexico to
Brazil
311. Oxyurus 2 Chili to Tierra
del Fuego,
and
Masafuera
Islands
312. Sylviorthorhynchus 1 Chili
313. Phlæocryptes 1 W. Peru to La
Plata
314. Leptasthenura 5 Andes of
Ecuador to
Brazil and
Patagonia
315. Synallaxis 55 The whole
region
(excl.
Antilles)
316. Coryphistera 1 La Plata
317. Anumbius 1 Paraguay and
La Plata
318. Limnornis 1 Uruguay and
La Plata
319. Placellodomus 4 Venezuela to
Peru and La
Plata
320. Thripophaga 3 Brazil and
Columbia
321. Pseudocolaptes 1 Columbia to
Peru
322. Homorus 3 Brazil,
Bolivia, and
Page 144
La Plata
323. Thripadectes 1 Columbia
324. Ancistrops 1 Upper
Amazon
325. Automolus 9 Mexico to
Amazonia
326. Philydor 14 Tropical South
America
327. Heliobletus 1 Brazil
328. Anabatoides 1 Brazil
329. Anabazenops 5 Mexico to
Brazil
330. Xenops 3 Trop. North
and South
America
331. Sittasomus 3 Mexico to
Ecuador
and Brazil
332. Margarornis 4 Costa Rica to
Peru and
Bolivia
333. Glyphorhynchus 1 Trop. North
and South
America
334. Pygarrhicus 1 Chili
335. Dendrocincla 10 Mexico to
Venezuela
and Brazil
336. Dendrocolaptes 7 Guatemala to
Peru and
Brazil
337. Nasica 1 Guiana
338. Drymornis 1 La Plata
339. Xiphocolaptes 5 Mexico to
Bolivia and
Paraguay
340. Dendrexetastes 2 Guiana
323. Thripadectes 1 Columbia
324. Ancistrops 1 Upper
Amazon
325. Automolus 9 Mexico to
Amazonia
326. Philydor 14 Tropical South
America
327. Heliobletus 1 Brazil
328. Anabatoides 1 Brazil
329. Anabazenops 5 Mexico to
Brazil
330. Xenops 3 Trop. North
and South
America
331. Sittasomus 3 Mexico to
Ecuador
and Brazil
332. Margarornis 4 Costa Rica to
Peru and
Bolivia
333. Glyphorhynchus 1 Trop. North
and South
America
334. Pygarrhicus 1 Chili
335. Dendrocincla 10 Mexico to
Venezuela
and Brazil
336. Dendrocolaptes 7 Guatemala to
Peru and
Brazil
337. Nasica 1 Guiana
338. Drymornis 1 La Plata
339. Xiphocolaptes 5 Mexico to
Bolivia and
Paraguay
340. Dendrexetastes 2 Guiana
Page 145
341. Dendrornis 14 Mexico, W.
Ecuador
and Brazil
342. Dendroplex 2 Columbia &
Venezuela
to Brazil
343. Picolaptes 14 Mexico to
Bolivia and
La Plata
344. Xiphorhynchus 4 Veragua to
Brazil
Formicariidæ.
345. Cymbilanius 1 Amazonia and
Guiana
346. Batara 1 S. Brazil
347. Thamnophilus 47 Trop. North
and South
America
348. Biatas 1 Brazil
349. Thamnistes 2 Central
America
and
Ecuador
350. Pygoptila 2 Amazonia
351. Neoctantes 1 Amazonia
352. Clytoctantes 1 Eastern
Ecuador
353. Dysithamnus 12 Mexico to
Bolivia and
Brazil
354. Thamnomanes 2 Ecuador,
Guiana, and
Brazil
355. Herpsilochmus 4 Venezuela to
Brazil and
Bolivia
Ecuador
and Brazil
342. Dendroplex 2 Columbia &
Venezuela
to Brazil
343. Picolaptes 14 Mexico to
Bolivia and
La Plata
344. Xiphorhynchus 4 Veragua to
Brazil
Formicariidæ.
345. Cymbilanius 1 Amazonia and
Guiana
346. Batara 1 S. Brazil
347. Thamnophilus 47 Trop. North
and South
America
348. Biatas 1 Brazil
349. Thamnistes 2 Central
America
and
Ecuador
350. Pygoptila 2 Amazonia
351. Neoctantes 1 Amazonia
352. Clytoctantes 1 Eastern
Ecuador
353. Dysithamnus 12 Mexico to
Bolivia and
Brazil
354. Thamnomanes 2 Ecuador,
Guiana, and
Brazil
355. Herpsilochmus 4 Venezuela to
Brazil and
Bolivia
Page 146
356. Myrmotherula 21 Tropical S.
America
357. Formicivora 14 Trop. North
and South
America
358. Terenura 3 Veragua to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
359. Psilorhamphus 1 Central Brazil
360. Microbates 1 Cayenne
361. Rhamphocænus 4 Guatemala to
Brazil
362. Cercomacra 9 Cen. America
to W.
Equador &
S. Brazil
363. Pyriglena 4 Ecuador to
Peru and
Brazil
364. Gymnocichla 2 Honduras to
Panama
365. Percnostola 3 Guiana and
Upper
Amazon
366. Heterocnemis 3 Guiana and
Upper
Amazon
367. Myrmeciza 11 Veragua to W.
Ecuador,
Bolivia, and
Brazil
368. Hypocnemis 15 Costa Rica to
W. Ecuador
& Brazil
369. Pithys 5 Nicaragua to
Amazonia
370. Rhopoterpe 1 Guiana
America
357. Formicivora 14 Trop. North
and South
America
358. Terenura 3 Veragua to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
359. Psilorhamphus 1 Central Brazil
360. Microbates 1 Cayenne
361. Rhamphocænus 4 Guatemala to
Brazil
362. Cercomacra 9 Cen. America
to W.
Equador &
S. Brazil
363. Pyriglena 4 Ecuador to
Peru and
Brazil
364. Gymnocichla 2 Honduras to
Panama
365. Percnostola 3 Guiana and
Upper
Amazon
366. Heterocnemis 3 Guiana and
Upper
Amazon
367. Myrmeciza 11 Veragua to W.
Ecuador,
Bolivia, and
Brazil
368. Hypocnemis 15 Costa Rica to
W. Ecuador
& Brazil
369. Pithys 5 Nicaragua to
Amazonia
370. Rhopoterpe 1 Guiana
Page 147
371. Phlogopsis 4 Nicaragua to
Guiana and
Bolivia
372. Formicarius 9 Mexico to
Brazil and
Bolivia
373. Pittasoma 1 Panama and
Veragua
374. Chamæza 4 Columbia to
Brazil
375. Grallaria 20 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
376. Grallaricula 5 Costa Rica to
Ecuador
Pteroptochidæ.
377. Scytalopus 8 Columbia &
Brazil to
Chili and
Tierra del
Fuego
378. Merulaxis 1 Central Brazil
379. Rhinocrypta 2 La Plata and
Patagonia
380. Liosceles 1 Madeira
Valley
381. Pteroptochus 2 Chili and
Chiloe
382. Hylactes 3 Chili
383. Acropternis 1 Columbia and
Ecuador
384. Triptorhinus 1 Chili
PICARIÆ.
Picidæ.
Guiana and
Bolivia
372. Formicarius 9 Mexico to
Brazil and
Bolivia
373. Pittasoma 1 Panama and
Veragua
374. Chamæza 4 Columbia to
Brazil
375. Grallaria 20 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
376. Grallaricula 5 Costa Rica to
Ecuador
Pteroptochidæ.
377. Scytalopus 8 Columbia &
Brazil to
Chili and
Tierra del
Fuego
378. Merulaxis 1 Central Brazil
379. Rhinocrypta 2 La Plata and
Patagonia
380. Liosceles 1 Madeira
Valley
381. Pteroptochus 2 Chili and
Chiloe
382. Hylactes 3 Chili
383. Acropternis 1 Columbia and
Ecuador
384. Triptorhinus 1 Chili
PICARIÆ.
Picidæ.
Page 148
385. Picumnus 14 Honduras to
Brazil and
Bolivia
386. Picus 6 Mexico, Chili, All reg. but
La Plata, Austral. &
and S. Ethiopian
Patagonia
(Sphyrapicus 1 Mexico and Nearctic genus
Guatemala)
387. Campephilus 12 Mexico to Nearctic
Patagonia,
Cuba
388. Dryocopus 4 Mexico to S. Palæarctic
Brazil
389. Celeus 15 Mexico and S.
Brazil
390. Nesoceleus 1 Cuba
391. Chrysoptilus 6 Tropical S.
America
392. Centurus 10 Mexico to Nearctic
Venezuela,
Antilles
393. Chloronerpes 35 Tropical
America,
Hayti
394. Xiphidiopicus 1 Cuba
395. Melanerpes 9 Mexico to Nearctic
Brazil,
Porto Rico
396. Leuconerpes 1 Brazil, Bolivia
397. Colaptes 7 Open country Nearctic
of trop.
America,
Greater
Antilles
398. Hypoxanthus 1 Venezuela and
Ecuador
Brazil and
Bolivia
386. Picus 6 Mexico, Chili, All reg. but
La Plata, Austral. &
and S. Ethiopian
Patagonia
(Sphyrapicus 1 Mexico and Nearctic genus
Guatemala)
387. Campephilus 12 Mexico to Nearctic
Patagonia,
Cuba
388. Dryocopus 4 Mexico to S. Palæarctic
Brazil
389. Celeus 15 Mexico and S.
Brazil
390. Nesoceleus 1 Cuba
391. Chrysoptilus 6 Tropical S.
America
392. Centurus 10 Mexico to Nearctic
Venezuela,
Antilles
393. Chloronerpes 35 Tropical
America,
Hayti
394. Xiphidiopicus 1 Cuba
395. Melanerpes 9 Mexico to Nearctic
Brazil,
Porto Rico
396. Leuconerpes 1 Brazil, Bolivia
397. Colaptes 7 Open country Nearctic
of trop.
America,
Greater
Antilles
398. Hypoxanthus 1 Venezuela and
Ecuador
Page 149
Megalæmidæ.
399. Capito 10 Costa Rica to
Peru and
Guiana
400. Tetragonops 2 Costa Rica
and
Ecuador
Rhamphastidæ.
401. Rhamphastos 12 All tropical
America
402. Pteroglossus 16 Mexico to
Guiana and
Brazil
403. Selenidera 7 Veragua to
Brazil
404. Andigena 6 Columbia to
W. Ecuador,
Bolivia and
Brazil
405. Aulacorhamphus 10 Mexico to
Venezuela
and Bolivia
Cuculidæ.
406. Crotophaga 3 Tropical Nearctic to
America Pennsylvania
and Antilles
407. Guira 1 Brazil and
Paraguay
408. Neomorphus 4 Nicaragua to
Brazil and
Upper
Amazon
409. Geococcyx 1 Guatemala Texas to
Calfornia
399. Capito 10 Costa Rica to
Peru and
Guiana
400. Tetragonops 2 Costa Rica
and
Ecuador
Rhamphastidæ.
401. Rhamphastos 12 All tropical
America
402. Pteroglossus 16 Mexico to
Guiana and
Brazil
403. Selenidera 7 Veragua to
Brazil
404. Andigena 6 Columbia to
W. Ecuador,
Bolivia and
Brazil
405. Aulacorhamphus 10 Mexico to
Venezuela
and Bolivia
Cuculidæ.
406. Crotophaga 3 Tropical Nearctic to
America Pennsylvania
and Antilles
407. Guira 1 Brazil and
Paraguay
408. Neomorphus 4 Nicaragua to
Brazil and
Upper
Amazon
409. Geococcyx 1 Guatemala Texas to
Calfornia
Page 150
410. Dromococcyx 2 Mexico to
Brazil
411. Diplopterus 1 Mexico to
Ecuador
and Brazil
412. Saurothera 4 Greater
Antilles
413. Hyetornis 2 Jamaica and
Hayti
414. Piaya 3 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
415. Morococcyx 1 Mexico to
Costa Rica
416. Coccygus 10 Tropical Nearctic
America
and
Antilles,
Cocos
Islands
Bucconidæ.
417. Bucco 21 Guatemala to
Guiana,
Paraguay
and Bolivia
418. Malacoptila 10 Guatemala to
Guiana, W.
Ecuador
and Bolivia
419. Nonnula 5 Columbia and
Amazonia
420. Monasa 7 Costa Rica to
Brazil
421. Chelidoptera 2 Columbia to
Guiana and
Brazil
Brazil
411. Diplopterus 1 Mexico to
Ecuador
and Brazil
412. Saurothera 4 Greater
Antilles
413. Hyetornis 2 Jamaica and
Hayti
414. Piaya 3 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
415. Morococcyx 1 Mexico to
Costa Rica
416. Coccygus 10 Tropical Nearctic
America
and
Antilles,
Cocos
Islands
Bucconidæ.
417. Bucco 21 Guatemala to
Guiana,
Paraguay
and Bolivia
418. Malacoptila 10 Guatemala to
Guiana, W.
Ecuador
and Bolivia
419. Nonnula 5 Columbia and
Amazonia
420. Monasa 7 Costa Rica to
Brazil
421. Chelidoptera 2 Columbia to
Guiana and
Brazil
Page 151
Galbrilidæ.
422. Galbula 9 Guatemala to
Brazil and
Bolivia
423. Urogalba 2 Guiana to
Lower
Amazon
424. Brachygalba 4 Columbia to
Brazil and
Bolivia
425. Jacamaralcyon 1 Brazil
426. Jacamerops 2 Columbia to
Amazonia
427. Galbalcyrhynchus 1 Upper
Amazon
Todidæ.
428. Todus 5 Greater
Antilles
Momotidæ.
429. Momotus 10 Mexico to W.
Ecuador,
Brazil and
Bolivia
430. Urospatha 1 Costa Rica to
Columbia
431. Baryphthengus 1 Brazil and
Paraguay
432. Hylomanes 2 Mexico and
Guatemala
433. Prionirhynchus 2 Guatemala to
Upper
Amazon
434. Eumomota 1 Honduras to
Chiriqui
422. Galbula 9 Guatemala to
Brazil and
Bolivia
423. Urogalba 2 Guiana to
Lower
Amazon
424. Brachygalba 4 Columbia to
Brazil and
Bolivia
425. Jacamaralcyon 1 Brazil
426. Jacamerops 2 Columbia to
Amazonia
427. Galbalcyrhynchus 1 Upper
Amazon
Todidæ.
428. Todus 5 Greater
Antilles
Momotidæ.
429. Momotus 10 Mexico to W.
Ecuador,
Brazil and
Bolivia
430. Urospatha 1 Costa Rica to
Columbia
431. Baryphthengus 1 Brazil and
Paraguay
432. Hylomanes 2 Mexico and
Guatemala
433. Prionirhynchus 2 Guatemala to
Upper
Amazon
434. Eumomota 1 Honduras to
Chiriqui
Page 152
Trogonidæ.
435. Prionoteles 1 Cuba
436. Temnotrogon 1 Hayti
437. Trogon 22 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Parag.
438. Euptilotis 1 Mexico
439. Pharomacrus 5 Guatemala to
Upper
Amazon
and Bolivia
Alcedinidæ.
440. Ceryle 8 Mexico to Nearc., S.
Brazil, Palæarc.,
Patagonia Orien.
and Chili
Steatornithidæ.
441. Steatornis 1 Columb.,
Venezuela,
& Trinidad
Caprimulgidæ.
442. Nyctibius 6 Brazil to
Guatemala
& Jamaica
443. Hydropsalis 8 Columbia &
Guiana to
La Plata
444. Antrostomus 10 Mexico and All U. States to
Cuba to Canada
Bolivia and
La Plata
445. Stenopsis 4 Martinique to
Columb.,
435. Prionoteles 1 Cuba
436. Temnotrogon 1 Hayti
437. Trogon 22 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Parag.
438. Euptilotis 1 Mexico
439. Pharomacrus 5 Guatemala to
Upper
Amazon
and Bolivia
Alcedinidæ.
440. Ceryle 8 Mexico to Nearc., S.
Brazil, Palæarc.,
Patagonia Orien.
and Chili
Steatornithidæ.
441. Steatornis 1 Columb.,
Venezuela,
& Trinidad
Caprimulgidæ.
442. Nyctibius 6 Brazil to
Guatemala
& Jamaica
443. Hydropsalis 8 Columbia &
Guiana to
La Plata
444. Antrostomus 10 Mexico and All U. States to
Cuba to Canada
Bolivia and
La Plata
445. Stenopsis 4 Martinique to
Columb.,
Page 153
W. Peru and
Chili
446. Siphonorhis 1 Jamaica
447. Heleothreptus 1 Central Brazil
448. Nyctidromus 1 Central
America to
S. Brazil
449. Podager 1 Tropical S.
America
450. Lurocalis 2 Guiana to
Brazil
451. Chordeiles 7 Mexico to W. All U. States to
Peru and Canada
Brazil,
Jamaica and
Porto Rico
452. Nyctiprogne 1 Amazonia
Cypselidæ.
453. Cypselus 3 Antilles to The Eastern
Guiana and Hemisphere
Bolivia
454. Panyptila 3 Guatemala
and Guiana
455. Chætura 9 Mexico to Almost
Ecuador cosmopolite
and Brazil
456. Hemiprocne 3 Mexico to La
Plata,
Jamaica and
Hayti
457. Cypseloides 2 Brazil and
Peru
458. Nephœcetes 1 Jamaica
Trochilidæ.
459. Grypus 1 Brazil
Chili
446. Siphonorhis 1 Jamaica
447. Heleothreptus 1 Central Brazil
448. Nyctidromus 1 Central
America to
S. Brazil
449. Podager 1 Tropical S.
America
450. Lurocalis 2 Guiana to
Brazil
451. Chordeiles 7 Mexico to W. All U. States to
Peru and Canada
Brazil,
Jamaica and
Porto Rico
452. Nyctiprogne 1 Amazonia
Cypselidæ.
453. Cypselus 3 Antilles to The Eastern
Guiana and Hemisphere
Bolivia
454. Panyptila 3 Guatemala
and Guiana
455. Chætura 9 Mexico to Almost
Ecuador cosmopolite
and Brazil
456. Hemiprocne 3 Mexico to La
Plata,
Jamaica and
Hayti
457. Cypseloides 2 Brazil and
Peru
458. Nephœcetes 1 Jamaica
Trochilidæ.
459. Grypus 1 Brazil
Page 154
460. Androdon 1 Ecuador
461. Eutoxeres 2 Costa Rica to
Ecuador
462. Glaucis 2 Panama to
Brazil
463. Phaethornis 14 Tropical N.
and S.
America
464. Pygmornis 8 Mexico to
Guiana and
Brazil
465. Threnetes 4 Costa Rica to
Amazonia
and W.
Ecuador
466. Dolerisca 1 Venezuela
467. Eupetomena 1 Guiana to
Brazil
468. Sphenoproctus 2 Mexico to
Guatemala
469. Campylopterus 9 Mexico to
Amazonia
470. Phæochroa 2 Guatemala to
Columbia
471. Aphantochroa 3 Ecuador and
Brazil
472. Urochroa 1 Ecuador
473. Sternoclyta 1 Venezuela
474. Eugenes 2 Mexico to
Costa Rica
475. Cœligena 1 Mexico
476. Lamprolæma 1 Mexico and
Guatemala
477. Delattria 2 Guatemala
478. Oreopyra 4 Costa Rica to
Chiriqui
461. Eutoxeres 2 Costa Rica to
Ecuador
462. Glaucis 2 Panama to
Brazil
463. Phaethornis 14 Tropical N.
and S.
America
464. Pygmornis 8 Mexico to
Guiana and
Brazil
465. Threnetes 4 Costa Rica to
Amazonia
and W.
Ecuador
466. Dolerisca 1 Venezuela
467. Eupetomena 1 Guiana to
Brazil
468. Sphenoproctus 2 Mexico to
Guatemala
469. Campylopterus 9 Mexico to
Amazonia
470. Phæochroa 2 Guatemala to
Columbia
471. Aphantochroa 3 Ecuador and
Brazil
472. Urochroa 1 Ecuador
473. Sternoclyta 1 Venezuela
474. Eugenes 2 Mexico to
Costa Rica
475. Cœligena 1 Mexico
476. Lamprolæma 1 Mexico and
Guatemala
477. Delattria 2 Guatemala
478. Oreopyra 4 Costa Rica to
Chiriqui
Page 155
479. Heliopædica 2 Mexico and
Guatemala
480. Topaza 2 Guiana
481. Oreotrochilus 6 Ecuador to
Peru and
Chili
482. Lampornis 7 Mexico & W.
India to
Amazonia
483. Eulampis 2 Lesser
Antilles
484. Avocettula 1 Guiana
485. Lafresnaya 2 Venezuela and
Columbia
486. Doryphora 5 Costa Rica to
Ecuador
487. Chalybura 5 Costa Rica to
Columbia
488. Heliodoxa 5 Costa Rica to
Venezue. &
Boliv.
489. Iolæma 2 Ecuador to
Peru
490. Phæolæma 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
491. Eugenia 1 Ecuador
492. Aithurus 1 Jamaica
493. Thalurania 10 Costa Rica to
Guiana,
Ecuador
and Brazil
494. Panoplites 3 Columbia and
Ecuador
495. Florisuga 2 Guatemala to
Brazil
496. Microchera 2 Nicaragua to
Veragua
Guatemala
480. Topaza 2 Guiana
481. Oreotrochilus 6 Ecuador to
Peru and
Chili
482. Lampornis 7 Mexico & W.
India to
Amazonia
483. Eulampis 2 Lesser
Antilles
484. Avocettula 1 Guiana
485. Lafresnaya 2 Venezuela and
Columbia
486. Doryphora 5 Costa Rica to
Ecuador
487. Chalybura 5 Costa Rica to
Columbia
488. Heliodoxa 5 Costa Rica to
Venezue. &
Boliv.
489. Iolæma 2 Ecuador to
Peru
490. Phæolæma 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
491. Eugenia 1 Ecuador
492. Aithurus 1 Jamaica
493. Thalurania 10 Costa Rica to
Guiana,
Ecuador
and Brazil
494. Panoplites 3 Columbia and
Ecuador
495. Florisuga 2 Guatemala to
Brazil
496. Microchera 2 Nicaragua to
Veragua
Page 156
497. Lophorius 7 Mexico to
Brazil,
Peru, &
Bolivia
498. Polemistria 2 Columbia to
S. Brazil
499. Discura 2 Brazil
500. Gouldia 4 Costa Rica to
Brazil &
Bolivia
501. Trochilus 2 Mexico to To Canada and
Veragua Sitka
502. Mellisuga 1 Jamaica to
Hayti
503. Calypte 3 Mexico and
Cuba
504. Selasphorus 7 Mexico to W. & Cen.
Veragua United
States
505. Atthis 1 Mexico and California and
Guatemala Colorado
506. Stellula 1 Mexico
507. Calothorax 2 Mexico
508. Acestrura 3 Venezuela to
Ecuador &
Bolivia
509. Chætocercus 3 Venezuela and
Ecuador
510. Myrtis 2 Ecuador to
Bolivia, W.
of Andes
511. Thaumastura 1 W. Peru
512. Rhodopis 2 W. Peru and
Chili
513. Doricha 5 Mexico to
Veragua,
Bahamas
Brazil,
Peru, &
Bolivia
498. Polemistria 2 Columbia to
S. Brazil
499. Discura 2 Brazil
500. Gouldia 4 Costa Rica to
Brazil &
Bolivia
501. Trochilus 2 Mexico to To Canada and
Veragua Sitka
502. Mellisuga 1 Jamaica to
Hayti
503. Calypte 3 Mexico and
Cuba
504. Selasphorus 7 Mexico to W. & Cen.
Veragua United
States
505. Atthis 1 Mexico and California and
Guatemala Colorado
506. Stellula 1 Mexico
507. Calothorax 2 Mexico
508. Acestrura 3 Venezuela to
Ecuador &
Bolivia
509. Chætocercus 3 Venezuela and
Ecuador
510. Myrtis 2 Ecuador to
Bolivia, W.
of Andes
511. Thaumastura 1 W. Peru
512. Rhodopis 2 W. Peru and
Chili
513. Doricha 5 Mexico to
Veragua,
Bahamas
Page 157
514. Tilmatura 1 Guatemala
515. Calliphlox 2 Ecuador and
Brazil
516. Loddigesia 1 Peruvian
Andes
517. Steganura 6 Venezuela to
Ecuador &
Bolivia
518. Lesbia 6 Columbia to
Peru
519. Cynanthus 2 Venezuela to
Ecuador
520. Sparganura 4 Columbia to
Bolivia &
La Plata
521. Pterophanes 1 Columbia to
Peru
522. Aglæactis 4 Columbia to
Bolivia
523. Oxypogon 2 Venezuela and
Columbia
524. Oreonympha 1 Peru
525. Rhamphomicron 6 Columbia to
Bolivia
526. Urosticte 2 Ecuador
527. Metallura 6 Columbia to
Bolivia
528. Adelomia 4 Venezuela to
Peru &
Bolivia
529. Avocettinus 1 Columbia
530. Anthocephala 1 Columbia
531. Chrysolampis 1 Venezuela to
Brazil
532. Orthorhynchus 2 Lesser
Antilles
533. Cephalolepis 3 Brazil
515. Calliphlox 2 Ecuador and
Brazil
516. Loddigesia 1 Peruvian
Andes
517. Steganura 6 Venezuela to
Ecuador &
Bolivia
518. Lesbia 6 Columbia to
Peru
519. Cynanthus 2 Venezuela to
Ecuador
520. Sparganura 4 Columbia to
Bolivia &
La Plata
521. Pterophanes 1 Columbia to
Peru
522. Aglæactis 4 Columbia to
Bolivia
523. Oxypogon 2 Venezuela and
Columbia
524. Oreonympha 1 Peru
525. Rhamphomicron 6 Columbia to
Bolivia
526. Urosticte 2 Ecuador
527. Metallura 6 Columbia to
Bolivia
528. Adelomia 4 Venezuela to
Peru &
Bolivia
529. Avocettinus 1 Columbia
530. Anthocephala 1 Columbia
531. Chrysolampis 1 Venezuela to
Brazil
532. Orthorhynchus 2 Lesser
Antilles
533. Cephalolepis 3 Brazil
Page 158
534. Clais 1 Venezuela and
Columbia
535. Baucis 1 Mexico to
Veragua
536. Heliactin 1 Brazil
537. Heliothrix 3 Guatemala to
Ecuador &
Brazil
538. Schistes 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
539. Phlogophilus 1 Ecuador
540. Augastes 2 Brazil
541. Petasophora 5 Mexico to
Peru and
Brazil
542. Chrysobronchus 3 Venezuela to
Brazil
543. Patagona 1 Ecuador to
Bolivia and
Chili
544. Docimastes 1 Columbia and
Ecuador
545. Helianthea 7 Columbia to
Bolivia
546. Heliotrypha 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
547. Heliangelus 6 Venezuela to
Peru
548. Diphlogæna 3 Bolivia
549. Clytolæma 2 E. Ecuador
and Brazil
550. Bourcieria 5 Venezuela to
Peru
551. Lampropygia 4 Venezuela to
Bolivia
552. Heliomastes 5 Mexico to
Ecuador &
Columbia
535. Baucis 1 Mexico to
Veragua
536. Heliactin 1 Brazil
537. Heliothrix 3 Guatemala to
Ecuador &
Brazil
538. Schistes 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
539. Phlogophilus 1 Ecuador
540. Augastes 2 Brazil
541. Petasophora 5 Mexico to
Peru and
Brazil
542. Chrysobronchus 3 Venezuela to
Brazil
543. Patagona 1 Ecuador to
Bolivia and
Chili
544. Docimastes 1 Columbia and
Ecuador
545. Helianthea 7 Columbia to
Bolivia
546. Heliotrypha 2 Columbia and
Ecuador
547. Heliangelus 6 Venezuela to
Peru
548. Diphlogæna 3 Bolivia
549. Clytolæma 2 E. Ecuador
and Brazil
550. Bourcieria 5 Venezuela to
Peru
551. Lampropygia 4 Venezuela to
Bolivia
552. Heliomastes 5 Mexico to
Ecuador &
Page 159
Venezuela
553. Lepidolarynx 1 Brazil
554. Calliperidia 1 Central Brazil
and
Paraguay
555. Eustephanus 3 Chili, S.
Patagonia,
and Juan
Fernandez
Island
556. Eriocnemis 14 Venezuela to
Ecuador
557. Cyanomyia 6 Mexico to
Peru
558. Hemistilbon 1 Mexico
559. Leucippus 2 Peru and
Bolivia
560. Thaumatias 15 Mexico to
Guiana,
Upr.
Amazon,
and Brazil
561. Amazilia 14 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Peru
562. Saucerottia 7 Costa Rica to
Columb. &
Venezue.
563. Eupherusa 3 Mexico to
Veragua
564. Chrysuronia 5 Guatemala to
Ecuador &
La Plata
565. Eucephala 7 Venezuela to
Guiana and
Brazil
553. Lepidolarynx 1 Brazil
554. Calliperidia 1 Central Brazil
and
Paraguay
555. Eustephanus 3 Chili, S.
Patagonia,
and Juan
Fernandez
Island
556. Eriocnemis 14 Venezuela to
Ecuador
557. Cyanomyia 6 Mexico to
Peru
558. Hemistilbon 1 Mexico
559. Leucippus 2 Peru and
Bolivia
560. Thaumatias 15 Mexico to
Guiana,
Upr.
Amazon,
and Brazil
561. Amazilia 14 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Peru
562. Saucerottia 7 Costa Rica to
Columb. &
Venezue.
563. Eupherusa 3 Mexico to
Veragua
564. Chrysuronia 5 Guatemala to
Ecuador &
La Plata
565. Eucephala 7 Venezuela to
Guiana and
Brazil
Page 160
566. Panterpe 1 Costa Rica
and
Chiriqui
567. Juliamyia 2 Panama to
Ecuador
568. Circe 3 Mexico
569. Phæoptila 1 Mexico
570. Damophila 1 Costa Rica to
Ecuador
571. Hylocharis 3 Amazonia and
Brazil
572. Sapphironia 2 Columbia and
Veragua
573. Sporadinus 3 Cuba,
Bahamas,
Hayti, Porto
Rico
574. Chlorostilbon 8 Mexico to
Brazil and
La Plata
575. Panychlora 3 Venezuela and
Columbia
576. Smaragdochrysis 1 Brazil
PSITTACI.
Conuridæ.
577. Ara 15 Trop. North
and South
America,
Cuba,
Jamaica
(extinct)
578. Rhyncopsitta 1 Mexico
579. Henicognathus 1 Chili
580. Conurus 30 The whole S. & S.E.
region United
and
Chiriqui
567. Juliamyia 2 Panama to
Ecuador
568. Circe 3 Mexico
569. Phæoptila 1 Mexico
570. Damophila 1 Costa Rica to
Ecuador
571. Hylocharis 3 Amazonia and
Brazil
572. Sapphironia 2 Columbia and
Veragua
573. Sporadinus 3 Cuba,
Bahamas,
Hayti, Porto
Rico
574. Chlorostilbon 8 Mexico to
Brazil and
La Plata
575. Panychlora 3 Venezuela and
Columbia
576. Smaragdochrysis 1 Brazil
PSITTACI.
Conuridæ.
577. Ara 15 Trop. North
and South
America,
Cuba,
Jamaica
(extinct)
578. Rhyncopsitta 1 Mexico
579. Henicognathus 1 Chili
580. Conurus 30 The whole S. & S.E.
region United
Page 161
States
581. Pyrrhura 16 Costa Rica to
Paraguay &
Bolivia
582. Bolborhynchus 7 Mexico to
Peru,
Central
Brazil, and
La Plata
583. Brotogerys 9 Trop. North
and South
America
Psittacidæ.
584. Caica 9 Mexico to
Amazonia
585. Chrysotis 32 All the
tropical
sub-regions
586. Triclaria 1 Brazil
587. Deroptyus 1 Guiana and
Rio Negro
588. Pionus 9 Costa Rica to
Bolivia and
Brazil
589. Urochroma 7 Venezuela to
Brazil
590. Psittacula 6 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
COLUMBÆ.
591. Columba 18 Trop. sub- All regions but
regions Austral.
with Chili
and La
Plata
581. Pyrrhura 16 Costa Rica to
Paraguay &
Bolivia
582. Bolborhynchus 7 Mexico to
Peru,
Central
Brazil, and
La Plata
583. Brotogerys 9 Trop. North
and South
America
Psittacidæ.
584. Caica 9 Mexico to
Amazonia
585. Chrysotis 32 All the
tropical
sub-regions
586. Triclaria 1 Brazil
587. Deroptyus 1 Guiana and
Rio Negro
588. Pionus 9 Costa Rica to
Bolivia and
Brazil
589. Urochroma 7 Venezuela to
Brazil
590. Psittacula 6 Mexico to W.
Ecuador &
Brazil
COLUMBÆ.
591. Columba 18 Trop. sub- All regions but
regions Austral.
with Chili
and La
Plata
Page 162
592. Zenaidura 2 Mexico to Nearctic
Veragua
593. Chamæpelia 6 Mexico to S. Nearctic
Brazil and
Bolivia
594. Columbula 2 Brazil and La
Plata to
Chili
595. Scardafella 2 Guatemala
and Brazil
596. Zenaida 10 Antilles and S.
America to
Chili and
La Plata
597. Melopelia 2 Mexico to South & West
Chili Nearctic
598. Peristera 4 Mexico to
Brazil
599. Metriopelia 2 W. America
from
Ecuador to
Chili
600. Gymnopelia 1 West Peru and
Bolivia
601. Leptoptila 11 Tropical sub-
regions
602. Geotrygon 14 Tropical sub-
regions
603. Starnœnas 1 Cuba
GALLINÆ.
Tetraonidæ.
604. Odontophorus 17 Trop. North
and South
America
Veragua
593. Chamæpelia 6 Mexico to S. Nearctic
Brazil and
Bolivia
594. Columbula 2 Brazil and La
Plata to
Chili
595. Scardafella 2 Guatemala
and Brazil
596. Zenaida 10 Antilles and S.
America to
Chili and
La Plata
597. Melopelia 2 Mexico to South & West
Chili Nearctic
598. Peristera 4 Mexico to
Brazil
599. Metriopelia 2 W. America
from
Ecuador to
Chili
600. Gymnopelia 1 West Peru and
Bolivia
601. Leptoptila 11 Tropical sub-
regions
602. Geotrygon 14 Tropical sub-
regions
603. Starnœnas 1 Cuba
GALLINÆ.
Tetraonidæ.
604. Odontophorus 17 Trop. North
and South
America
Page 163
605. Dendrortyx 3 Mexico to
Costa Rica
606. Cyrtonyx 3 Mexico to S. Central
Guatemala United
States
607. Ortyx 5 Mexico to Nearctic to
Costa Rica, Canada
Cuba
608. Eupsychortyx 5 Mexico to
Columbia
and Guiana
(Callipepla 2 Mexico) California
Phasianidæ.
609. Meleagris 2 Mexico and Nearctic
Honduras
Cracidæ.
610. Crax 8 Mexico to
Venezuela
& S. Brazil
611. Nothocrax 1 Guiana and
Upper
Amazon
612. Pauxi 1 Guiana and
Venezuela
613. Mitua 2 Guiana to
Peru
614. Stegnolæma 1 Columbia and
Ecuador
615. Penelope 13 Trop. North
and South
America
616. Penelopina 1 Guatemala
617. Pipile 3 Venezuela to
Brazil and
Peru
Costa Rica
606. Cyrtonyx 3 Mexico to S. Central
Guatemala United
States
607. Ortyx 5 Mexico to Nearctic to
Costa Rica, Canada
Cuba
608. Eupsychortyx 5 Mexico to
Columbia
and Guiana
(Callipepla 2 Mexico) California
Phasianidæ.
609. Meleagris 2 Mexico and Nearctic
Honduras
Cracidæ.
610. Crax 8 Mexico to
Venezuela
& S. Brazil
611. Nothocrax 1 Guiana and
Upper
Amazon
612. Pauxi 1 Guiana and
Venezuela
613. Mitua 2 Guiana to
Peru
614. Stegnolæma 1 Columbia and
Ecuador
615. Penelope 13 Trop. North
and South
America
616. Penelopina 1 Guatemala
617. Pipile 3 Venezuela to
Brazil and
Peru
Page 164
618. Aburria 1 Columbia
619. Chamæpetes 2 Costa Rica to
Peru
620. Ortalida 18 Trop. North New Mexico
and South
America
621. Oreophasis 1 Guatemala
Tinamidæ.
622. Tinamus 7 Trop. North
and South
America
623. Nothocercus 3 Costa Rica to
Venezue. &
Ecuador
624. Crypturus 16 Trop. North
and South
America
625. Rhynchotus 2 Brazil to
Bolivia and
La Plata
626. Nothoprocta 4 Ecuador to
Bolivia and
Chili
627. Nothura 4 Brazil to
Bolivia and
La Plata
628. Taoniscus 1 Brazil and
Paraguay
629. Calodromas 1 La Plata
630. Tinamotis 1 Andes of Peru
and Bolivia
OPISTHOCOMI.
Opisthocomidæ
619. Chamæpetes 2 Costa Rica to
Peru
620. Ortalida 18 Trop. North New Mexico
and South
America
621. Oreophasis 1 Guatemala
Tinamidæ.
622. Tinamus 7 Trop. North
and South
America
623. Nothocercus 3 Costa Rica to
Venezue. &
Ecuador
624. Crypturus 16 Trop. North
and South
America
625. Rhynchotus 2 Brazil to
Bolivia and
La Plata
626. Nothoprocta 4 Ecuador to
Bolivia and
Chili
627. Nothura 4 Brazil to
Bolivia and
La Plata
628. Taoniscus 1 Brazil and
Paraguay
629. Calodromas 1 La Plata
630. Tinamotis 1 Andes of Peru
and Bolivia
OPISTHOCOMI.
Opisthocomidæ
Page 165
631. Opisthocomus 1 Guiana and
Lower
Amazon
ACCIPITRES.
Vulturidæ.
(Cathartinæ.)
632. Sarcorhamphus 2 The Andes
and S. of
41° S. Lat.
633. Cathartes 1 Mexico to 20°
S. Lat.
634. Catharista 1 Mexico to 40° S. United
S. Lat. States
635. Pseudogryphis 3 Mexico to United States
Falkland
Ids., Cuba,
Jamaica
Falconidæ.
636. Polyborus 2 The whole California and
region Florida
637. Ibycter 8 Guatemala to
Terra del
Fuego
638. Circus 3 Nearly the Almost
whole cosmopolite
region
639. Micrastur 7 Trop. North
and South
America
640. Geranospiza 2 Trop. North
and South
America
641. Antenor 1 Mexico to California and
Chili and Texas
Lower
Amazon
ACCIPITRES.
Vulturidæ.
(Cathartinæ.)
632. Sarcorhamphus 2 The Andes
and S. of
41° S. Lat.
633. Cathartes 1 Mexico to 20°
S. Lat.
634. Catharista 1 Mexico to 40° S. United
S. Lat. States
635. Pseudogryphis 3 Mexico to United States
Falkland
Ids., Cuba,
Jamaica
Falconidæ.
636. Polyborus 2 The whole California and
region Florida
637. Ibycter 8 Guatemala to
Terra del
Fuego
638. Circus 3 Nearly the Almost
whole cosmopolite
region
639. Micrastur 7 Trop. North
and South
America
640. Geranospiza 2 Trop. North
and South
America
641. Antenor 1 Mexico to California and
Chili and Texas
Page 166
La Plata
642. Astur 2 Trop. N. and Almost
S. America cosmopolite
643. Accipiter 9 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
644. Heterospizias 1 Trop. S.
America, E.
of Andes
645. Tachytriorchis 2 Mexico to California
Paraguay
646. Buteo 9 Mexico to Almost
Patagonia cosmopolite
647. Buteola 1 Veragua to
Amazonia
648. Asturina 7 Mexico to S.E. United
Bolivia and States
La Plata
649. Busarellus 1 Brazil and
Guiana
650. Buteogallus 1 Columbia and
Guiana
651. Urubutinga 12 Mexico to
Brazil and
Bolivia
652. Harpyhaliæetus 1 Veragua to
Chili & N.
Patagonia
653. Morphnus 1 Panama to
Amazonia
654. Thrasaëtus 1 Mexico to
Bolivia and
Paraguay
655. Lophotriorchis 1 Bogota Indo-Malaya
656. Spiziastur 1 Guatemala to
Brazil
657. Spizaëtus 4 Mexico to Africa, India,
Paraguay Malaya
642. Astur 2 Trop. N. and Almost
S. America cosmopolite
643. Accipiter 9 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
644. Heterospizias 1 Trop. S.
America, E.
of Andes
645. Tachytriorchis 2 Mexico to California
Paraguay
646. Buteo 9 Mexico to Almost
Patagonia cosmopolite
647. Buteola 1 Veragua to
Amazonia
648. Asturina 7 Mexico to S.E. United
Bolivia and States
La Plata
649. Busarellus 1 Brazil and
Guiana
650. Buteogallus 1 Columbia and
Guiana
651. Urubutinga 12 Mexico to
Brazil and
Bolivia
652. Harpyhaliæetus 1 Veragua to
Chili & N.
Patagonia
653. Morphnus 1 Panama to
Amazonia
654. Thrasaëtus 1 Mexico to
Bolivia and
Paraguay
655. Lophotriorchis 1 Bogota Indo-Malaya
656. Spiziastur 1 Guatemala to
Brazil
657. Spizaëtus 4 Mexico to Africa, India,
Paraguay Malaya
Page 167
658. Herpetotheres 1 S. Mexico to
Bolivia &
Paraguay
659. Nauclerus 1 Mexico to S. United
Brazil States
660. Rostrhamus 3 Antilles to Florida
Brazil and
Peru
661. Leptodon 4 Central
America to
S. Brazil
and Bolivia
662. Elanus 1 Mexico to Califor., Old
Chili World trop.
663. Gampsonyx 1 Trinidad to
Brazil
664. Harpagus 3 Central
America to
Brazil &
Peru
665. Ictinia 2 Mexico to South United
Brazil States
666. Spiziapteryx 1 La Plata
667. Falco 3 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
668. Cerchneis 3 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
Pandionidæ.
669. Pandion 1 The whole Cosmopolite
region
Strigidæ.
670. Glaucidium 6 The whole W. United Sts.,
region Palæarc.
671. Micrathene 1 Mexico Arizona, New
Mexico
Bolivia &
Paraguay
659. Nauclerus 1 Mexico to S. United
Brazil States
660. Rostrhamus 3 Antilles to Florida
Brazil and
Peru
661. Leptodon 4 Central
America to
S. Brazil
and Bolivia
662. Elanus 1 Mexico to Califor., Old
Chili World trop.
663. Gampsonyx 1 Trinidad to
Brazil
664. Harpagus 3 Central
America to
Brazil &
Peru
665. Ictinia 2 Mexico to South United
Brazil States
666. Spiziapteryx 1 La Plata
667. Falco 3 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
668. Cerchneis 3 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
Pandionidæ.
669. Pandion 1 The whole Cosmopolite
region
Strigidæ.
670. Glaucidium 6 The whole W. United Sts.,
region Palæarc.
671. Micrathene 1 Mexico Arizona, New
Mexico
Page 168
672. Pholeoptynx 1 The whole N. W. America
region & Texas
673. Bubo 1 The whole All regions but
region Austral.
674. Scops 6 Mexico to Almost
Brazil and cosmopolite
La Plata
675. Gymnoglaux 2 West India
Islands
676. Lophostrix 2 Guatemala to
Lower
Amazon
677. Syrnium 3 Mexico to All regions but
Patagonia Austral.
678. Ciccaba 10 Mexico to
Peru and
Paraguay
679. Nyctalatinus 1 Columbia
680. Pulsatrix 2 Guatemala to
Brazil and
Peru
681. Asio 2 The whole All regions but
region Austral.
682. Nyctalops 1 Cuba and
Mexico to
Brazil
683. Pseudoscops 1 Jamaica
(Nyctale 1 Mexico) N. Temperate
genus
684. Strix 2 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
Peculiar or very characteristic Genera of Wading and Swimming
Birds.
GRALLÆ.
region & Texas
673. Bubo 1 The whole All regions but
region Austral.
674. Scops 6 Mexico to Almost
Brazil and cosmopolite
La Plata
675. Gymnoglaux 2 West India
Islands
676. Lophostrix 2 Guatemala to
Lower
Amazon
677. Syrnium 3 Mexico to All regions but
Patagonia Austral.
678. Ciccaba 10 Mexico to
Peru and
Paraguay
679. Nyctalatinus 1 Columbia
680. Pulsatrix 2 Guatemala to
Brazil and
Peru
681. Asio 2 The whole All regions but
region Austral.
682. Nyctalops 1 Cuba and
Mexico to
Brazil
683. Pseudoscops 1 Jamaica
(Nyctale 1 Mexico) N. Temperate
genus
684. Strix 2 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
Peculiar or very characteristic Genera of Wading and Swimming
Birds.
GRALLÆ.
Page 169
Rallidæ.
Aramides 23 The whole Nearctic
region
Heliornis 1 Tropical
America
Scolopacidæ.
Eureunetes 3 The whole Nearctic
region
Chionididæ.
Chionis 2 Sts. of Kerguelen's
Magellan, Island
Falkland
Ids.
Thinocoridæ.
Attagis 4 Andes to
Fuegia and
Falkland
Islands
Thinocoris 2 Peru, Chili,
and La
Plata
Charadriidæ.
Phægornis 1 Temperate S.
America
Oreophilus 1 Temperate S.
America
Pluvianellus 1 Temperate S.
America
Aphriza 1 W. coast of S. W. coast of N.
America America
Cariamidæ.
Aramides 23 The whole Nearctic
region
Heliornis 1 Tropical
America
Scolopacidæ.
Eureunetes 3 The whole Nearctic
region
Chionididæ.
Chionis 2 Sts. of Kerguelen's
Magellan, Island
Falkland
Ids.
Thinocoridæ.
Attagis 4 Andes to
Fuegia and
Falkland
Islands
Thinocoris 2 Peru, Chili,
and La
Plata
Charadriidæ.
Phægornis 1 Temperate S.
America
Oreophilus 1 Temperate S.
America
Pluvianellus 1 Temperate S.
America
Aphriza 1 W. coast of S. W. coast of N.
America America
Cariamidæ.
Page 170
Cariama 2 S. Brazil and
La Plata
Aramidæ.
Aramus 5 Mexico and
Cuba to
Brazil
Psophiidæ.
Psophia 6 Equatorial S.
America
Eurypygidæ.
Eurypyga 2 Tropical
America
Ardeidæ.
Tigrisoma 3 The whole
region
Cancroma 1 Tropical S.
America
Palamedeidæ.
Palamedea 1 Equatorial
America
Chauna 2 Columbia,
Brazil, and
La Plata
ANSERES.
Anatidæ.
Cairina 1 Tropical S.
America
Merganetta 3 Andes
Micropterus 1 Temperate S.
America
La Plata
Aramidæ.
Aramus 5 Mexico and
Cuba to
Brazil
Psophiidæ.
Psophia 6 Equatorial S.
America
Eurypygidæ.
Eurypyga 2 Tropical
America
Ardeidæ.
Tigrisoma 3 The whole
region
Cancroma 1 Tropical S.
America
Palamedeidæ.
Palamedea 1 Equatorial
America
Chauna 2 Columbia,
Brazil, and
La Plata
ANSERES.
Anatidæ.
Cairina 1 Tropical S.
America
Merganetta 3 Andes
Micropterus 1 Temperate S.
America
Page 171
Spheniscidæ.
Eudyptes 6 Temperate S. Antarctic
America shores
Aptenodytes 2 Falkland Antarctic
Islands shores
STRUTHIONES.
Struthionidæ.
685. Rhea 3 S. Temperate
America
Eudyptes 6 Temperate S. Antarctic
America shores
Aptenodytes 2 Falkland Antarctic
Islands shores
STRUTHIONES.
Struthionidæ.
685. Rhea 3 S. Temperate
America
Page 172
CHAPTER XV.
THE NEARCTIC REGION.
This region consists almost wholly of Temperate North America as defined
by physical geographers. In area it is about equal to the Neotropical region.
It possesses a vast mountain range traversing its entire length from north to
south, comparable with, and in fact a continuation of, the Andes,—and a
smaller range near the east coast, equally comparable with the mountains of
Brazil and Guiana. These mountains supply its great river-system of the
Mississippi, second only to that of the Amazon; and in its vast group of
fresh-water lakes or inland seas, it possesses a feature unmatched by any
other region, except perhaps by the Ethiopian. It possesses every variety of
climate between arctic and tropical; extensive forests and vast prairies; a
greatly varied surface and a rich and beautiful flora. But these great
advantages are somewhat neutralized by other physical features. It extends
far towards the north, and there it reaches its greatest width; while in its
southern and warmest portion it suddenly narrows. The northern mass of
land causes its isothermal lines to bend southwards; and its winter
temperature especially, is far lower than at corresponding latitudes in
Europe. This diminishes the available area for supporting animal life; the
amount and character of which must be, to a great extent, determined by the
nature of the least favourable part of the year. Again, owing to the position
of its mountain ranges and the direction of prevalent winds, a large extent of
its interior, east of the Rocky Mountains, is bare and arid, and often almost
desert; while the most favoured districts,—those east of the Mississippi and
west of the Sierra Nevada, bear but a small proportion to its whole area.
Again, we know that at a very recent period geologically, it was subjected
to a very severe Glacial epoch, which wrapped a full half of it in a mantle of
ice, and exterminated a large number of animals which previously inhabited
it. Taking all this into account, we need not be surprised to find the Nearctic
region somewhat less rich and varied in its forms of life than the Palæarctic
or the Australian regions, with which alone it can fairly be compared. The
wonder rather is that it should be so little inferior to them in this respect,
and that it should possess such a variety of groups, and such a multitude of
forms, in every class of animals.
THE NEARCTIC REGION.
This region consists almost wholly of Temperate North America as defined
by physical geographers. In area it is about equal to the Neotropical region.
It possesses a vast mountain range traversing its entire length from north to
south, comparable with, and in fact a continuation of, the Andes,—and a
smaller range near the east coast, equally comparable with the mountains of
Brazil and Guiana. These mountains supply its great river-system of the
Mississippi, second only to that of the Amazon; and in its vast group of
fresh-water lakes or inland seas, it possesses a feature unmatched by any
other region, except perhaps by the Ethiopian. It possesses every variety of
climate between arctic and tropical; extensive forests and vast prairies; a
greatly varied surface and a rich and beautiful flora. But these great
advantages are somewhat neutralized by other physical features. It extends
far towards the north, and there it reaches its greatest width; while in its
southern and warmest portion it suddenly narrows. The northern mass of
land causes its isothermal lines to bend southwards; and its winter
temperature especially, is far lower than at corresponding latitudes in
Europe. This diminishes the available area for supporting animal life; the
amount and character of which must be, to a great extent, determined by the
nature of the least favourable part of the year. Again, owing to the position
of its mountain ranges and the direction of prevalent winds, a large extent of
its interior, east of the Rocky Mountains, is bare and arid, and often almost
desert; while the most favoured districts,—those east of the Mississippi and
west of the Sierra Nevada, bear but a small proportion to its whole area.
Again, we know that at a very recent period geologically, it was subjected
to a very severe Glacial epoch, which wrapped a full half of it in a mantle of
ice, and exterminated a large number of animals which previously inhabited
it. Taking all this into account, we need not be surprised to find the Nearctic
region somewhat less rich and varied in its forms of life than the Palæarctic
or the Australian regions, with which alone it can fairly be compared. The
wonder rather is that it should be so little inferior to them in this respect,
and that it should possess such a variety of groups, and such a multitude of
forms, in every class of animals.
Page 173
Zoological characteristics of the Nearctic Region.—Temperate North
America possesses representatives of 26 families of Mammalia, 48 of Birds,
18 of Reptiles, 11 of Amphibia, and 18 of Fresh-water Fish. The first three
numbers are considerably less than the corresponding numbers for the
Palæarctic region, while the last two are greater—in the case of fishes
materially so, a circumstance readily explained by the wonderful group of
fresh-water lakes and the noble southward-flowing river system of the
Mississippi, to which the Palæarctic region has nothing comparable. But
although somewhat deficient in the total number of its families, this region
possesses its full proportion of peculiar and characteristic family and
generic forms. No less than 13 families or sub-families of Vertebrata are
confined to it, or just enter the adjacent Neotropical region. These are,—
three of mammalia, Antilocaprinæ, Saccomyidæ and Haploodontidæ; one of
birds, Chamæidæ; one of reptiles, Chirotidæ; two of amphibia, Sirenidæ
and Amphiumidæ; and the remaining six of fresh-water fishes. The number
of peculiar or characteristic genera is perhaps more important for our
purpose; and these are very considerable, as the following enumeration will
show.
America possesses representatives of 26 families of Mammalia, 48 of Birds,
18 of Reptiles, 11 of Amphibia, and 18 of Fresh-water Fish. The first three
numbers are considerably less than the corresponding numbers for the
Palæarctic region, while the last two are greater—in the case of fishes
materially so, a circumstance readily explained by the wonderful group of
fresh-water lakes and the noble southward-flowing river system of the
Mississippi, to which the Palæarctic region has nothing comparable. But
although somewhat deficient in the total number of its families, this region
possesses its full proportion of peculiar and characteristic family and
generic forms. No less than 13 families or sub-families of Vertebrata are
confined to it, or just enter the adjacent Neotropical region. These are,—
three of mammalia, Antilocaprinæ, Saccomyidæ and Haploodontidæ; one of
birds, Chamæidæ; one of reptiles, Chirotidæ; two of amphibia, Sirenidæ
and Amphiumidæ; and the remaining six of fresh-water fishes. The number
of peculiar or characteristic genera is perhaps more important for our
purpose; and these are very considerable, as the following enumeration will
show.
Page 174
Mammalia.—Of the family of moles (Talpidæ) we have 3 peculiar genera:
Condylura, Scapanus, and Scalops, as well as the remarkable Urotrichus,
found only in California and Japan. In the weasel family (Mustelidæ) we
have Latax, a peculiar kind of otter; Taxidea, allied to the badgers; and one
of the remarkable and characteristic skunks is separated by Dr. J. E. Gray as
a genus—Spilogale. In the American family Procyonidæ, a peculiar genus
(Bassaris) is found in California and Texas, extending south along the
mountains of Mexico and Guatemala. Eumetopias, and Halicyon, are seals
confined to the west coast of North America. The Bovidæ, or hollow-
horned ruminants, contain three peculiar forms; Antilocapra, the
remarkable prong-buck of the Rocky Mountains; Aplocerus, a goat-like
antelope; and Ovibos, the musk-sheep, confined to Arctic America and
Greenland. Among the Rodents are many peculiar genera: Neotoma,
Sigmodon, and Fiber, belong to the Muridæ, or rats; Jaculus to the
Dipodidæ, or jerboas. The very distinct family Saccomyidæ, or pouched
rats, which have peculiar cheek pouches, or a kind of outer hairy mouth,
consists of five genera all confined to this region, with one of doubtful
affinities in Trinidad and Central America. In the squirrel family (Sciuridæ),
Cynomys, the prairie-dogs, are peculiar; and Tamias, the ground squirrel, is
very characteristic, though found also in North Asia. Haploodon, or
sewellels, consisting of two species, forms a distinct family; and Erethizon
is a peculiar form of tree porcupine (Cercolabidæ). True mice and rats of
the genus Mus are not indigenous to North America, their place being
supplied by a distinct genus (Hesperomys), confined to the American
continent.
Birds.—The genera of birds absolutely peculiar to the Nearctic region are
not very numerous, because, there being no boundary but one of climate
between it and the Neotropical region, most of its characteristic forms enter
a short distance within the limits we are obliged to concede to the latter.
Owing also to the severe winter-climate of a large part of the region (which
we know is a comparatively recent phenomenon), a large proportion of its
birds migrate southwards, to pass the winter in the West-Indian islands or
Mexico, some going as far as Guatemala, and a few even to Venezuela.
In our chapter on extinct animals, we have shown, that there is good reason
for believing that the existing union of North and South America is a quite
Condylura, Scapanus, and Scalops, as well as the remarkable Urotrichus,
found only in California and Japan. In the weasel family (Mustelidæ) we
have Latax, a peculiar kind of otter; Taxidea, allied to the badgers; and one
of the remarkable and characteristic skunks is separated by Dr. J. E. Gray as
a genus—Spilogale. In the American family Procyonidæ, a peculiar genus
(Bassaris) is found in California and Texas, extending south along the
mountains of Mexico and Guatemala. Eumetopias, and Halicyon, are seals
confined to the west coast of North America. The Bovidæ, or hollow-
horned ruminants, contain three peculiar forms; Antilocapra, the
remarkable prong-buck of the Rocky Mountains; Aplocerus, a goat-like
antelope; and Ovibos, the musk-sheep, confined to Arctic America and
Greenland. Among the Rodents are many peculiar genera: Neotoma,
Sigmodon, and Fiber, belong to the Muridæ, or rats; Jaculus to the
Dipodidæ, or jerboas. The very distinct family Saccomyidæ, or pouched
rats, which have peculiar cheek pouches, or a kind of outer hairy mouth,
consists of five genera all confined to this region, with one of doubtful
affinities in Trinidad and Central America. In the squirrel family (Sciuridæ),
Cynomys, the prairie-dogs, are peculiar; and Tamias, the ground squirrel, is
very characteristic, though found also in North Asia. Haploodon, or
sewellels, consisting of two species, forms a distinct family; and Erethizon
is a peculiar form of tree porcupine (Cercolabidæ). True mice and rats of
the genus Mus are not indigenous to North America, their place being
supplied by a distinct genus (Hesperomys), confined to the American
continent.
Birds.—The genera of birds absolutely peculiar to the Nearctic region are
not very numerous, because, there being no boundary but one of climate
between it and the Neotropical region, most of its characteristic forms enter
a short distance within the limits we are obliged to concede to the latter.
Owing also to the severe winter-climate of a large part of the region (which
we know is a comparatively recent phenomenon), a large proportion of its
birds migrate southwards, to pass the winter in the West-Indian islands or
Mexico, some going as far as Guatemala, and a few even to Venezuela.
In our chapter on extinct animals, we have shown, that there is good reason
for believing that the existing union of North and South America is a quite
Page 175
recent occurrence; and that the separation was effected by an arm of the sea
across what is now Nicaragua, with perhaps another at Panama. This would
leave Mexico and Guatemala joined to North America, and forming part of
the Nearctic region, although no doubt containing many Neotropical forms,
which they had received during earlier continental periods; and these
countries might at other times have been made insular by a strait at the
isthmus of Tehuantepec, and have then developed some peculiar species.
The latest climatal changes have tended to restrict these Neotropical forms
to those parts where the climate is really tropical; and thus Mexico has
attained its present strongly marked Neotropical character, although
deficient in many of the most important groups of that region.
In view of these recent changes, it seems proper not to draw any decided
line between the Nearctic and Neotropical regions, but rather to apply, in
the case of each genus, a test which will show whether it was probably
derived at a comparatively recent date from one region or the other. The test
referred to, is the existence of peculiar species of the genus, in what are
undoubtedly portions of ancient North or South America. If, for example,
all the species of a genus occur in North America, some, or even all, of
them, migrating into the Neotropical region in winter, while there are no
peculiar Neotropical species, then we must class that genus as strictly
Nearctic; for if it were Neotropical it would certainly have developed some
peculiar resident forms. Again, even if there should be one or two resident
species peculiar to that part of Central America north of the ancient dividing
strait, with an equal or greater number of species ranging over a large part
of Temperate North America, the genus must still be considered Nearctic.
Examples of the former case, are Helminthophaga and Myiodioctes,
belonging to the Mniotiltidæ, or wood-warblers, which range over all
Temperate North America to Canada, where all the species are found, but in
each case one of the species is found in South America, probably as a
winter migrant. Of the latter, are Ammodramus and Junco (genera of
finches), which range over the whole United States, but each have one
peculiar species in Guatemala. These may be claimed as exclusively
Nearctic genera, on the ground that Guatemala was recently Nearctic; and is
now really a transition territory, of which the lowlands have been invaded
and taken exclusive possession of by a Neotropical fauna, while the
highlands are still (in part at least) occupied by Nearctic forms.
across what is now Nicaragua, with perhaps another at Panama. This would
leave Mexico and Guatemala joined to North America, and forming part of
the Nearctic region, although no doubt containing many Neotropical forms,
which they had received during earlier continental periods; and these
countries might at other times have been made insular by a strait at the
isthmus of Tehuantepec, and have then developed some peculiar species.
The latest climatal changes have tended to restrict these Neotropical forms
to those parts where the climate is really tropical; and thus Mexico has
attained its present strongly marked Neotropical character, although
deficient in many of the most important groups of that region.
In view of these recent changes, it seems proper not to draw any decided
line between the Nearctic and Neotropical regions, but rather to apply, in
the case of each genus, a test which will show whether it was probably
derived at a comparatively recent date from one region or the other. The test
referred to, is the existence of peculiar species of the genus, in what are
undoubtedly portions of ancient North or South America. If, for example,
all the species of a genus occur in North America, some, or even all, of
them, migrating into the Neotropical region in winter, while there are no
peculiar Neotropical species, then we must class that genus as strictly
Nearctic; for if it were Neotropical it would certainly have developed some
peculiar resident forms. Again, even if there should be one or two resident
species peculiar to that part of Central America north of the ancient dividing
strait, with an equal or greater number of species ranging over a large part
of Temperate North America, the genus must still be considered Nearctic.
Examples of the former case, are Helminthophaga and Myiodioctes,
belonging to the Mniotiltidæ, or wood-warblers, which range over all
Temperate North America to Canada, where all the species are found, but in
each case one of the species is found in South America, probably as a
winter migrant. Of the latter, are Ammodramus and Junco (genera of
finches), which range over the whole United States, but each have one
peculiar species in Guatemala. These may be claimed as exclusively
Nearctic genera, on the ground that Guatemala was recently Nearctic; and is
now really a transition territory, of which the lowlands have been invaded
and taken exclusive possession of by a Neotropical fauna, while the
highlands are still (in part at least) occupied by Nearctic forms.
Page 176
In his article on "Birds," in the new edition of the "Encyclopædia
Britannica" (now publishing), Professor Newton points out, that the number
of peculiar genera of Nearctic birds is much less than in each of the various
sub-divisions of the Neotropical region; and that the total number of genera
is also less, while the bulk of them are common either to the Neotropical or
Palæarctic regions. This is undoubtedly the case if any fixed geographical
boundary is taken; and it would thus seem that the "Nearctic" should, in
birds, form a sub-region only. But, if we define "Nearctic genera" as above
indicated, we find a considerable amount of speciality, as the following list
will show. The names not italicised are those which are represented in
Mexico or Guatemala by peculiar species:—
List of Typical Nearctic Genera of Land Birds.
1. Oreoscoptes 17. Phænopepla 33. Empidias
2. Harporhynchus 18. Xanthocephalus 34. Sphyrapicus
3. Sialia 19. Scolecophagus 35. Hylatomus
4. Chamæa 20. Pipilo 36. Trochilus
5. Catherpes 21. Junco 37. Atthis
6. Salpinctus 22. Melospiza 38. Ectopistes
7. Psaltriparus 23. Spizella 39. Centrocercus
8. Auriparus 24. Passerculus 40. Pediocætes
9. Gymnokitta 25. Poœcetes 41. Cupidonia
10. Picicorvus 26. Ammodromus ? Ortyx
11. Mniotilta 27. Cyanospiza 42. Oreortyx
12. Oporornis 28. Pyrrhuloxia 43. Lophortyx
13. Icteria 29. Calamospiza 44. Callipepla
14. Helmintherus 30. Chondestes 45. Cyrtonyx
15. Helminthophaga 31. Centronyx 46. Meleagris
16. Myiodioctes 32. Neocorys 47. Micrathene
The above are all groups which are either wholly Nearctic or typically so,
but entering more or less into the debatable ground of the Neotropical
region; though none possess any peculiar species in the ancient Neotropical
land south of Nicaragua. But we have, besides these, a number of genera
Britannica" (now publishing), Professor Newton points out, that the number
of peculiar genera of Nearctic birds is much less than in each of the various
sub-divisions of the Neotropical region; and that the total number of genera
is also less, while the bulk of them are common either to the Neotropical or
Palæarctic regions. This is undoubtedly the case if any fixed geographical
boundary is taken; and it would thus seem that the "Nearctic" should, in
birds, form a sub-region only. But, if we define "Nearctic genera" as above
indicated, we find a considerable amount of speciality, as the following list
will show. The names not italicised are those which are represented in
Mexico or Guatemala by peculiar species:—
List of Typical Nearctic Genera of Land Birds.
1. Oreoscoptes 17. Phænopepla 33. Empidias
2. Harporhynchus 18. Xanthocephalus 34. Sphyrapicus
3. Sialia 19. Scolecophagus 35. Hylatomus
4. Chamæa 20. Pipilo 36. Trochilus
5. Catherpes 21. Junco 37. Atthis
6. Salpinctus 22. Melospiza 38. Ectopistes
7. Psaltriparus 23. Spizella 39. Centrocercus
8. Auriparus 24. Passerculus 40. Pediocætes
9. Gymnokitta 25. Poœcetes 41. Cupidonia
10. Picicorvus 26. Ammodromus ? Ortyx
11. Mniotilta 27. Cyanospiza 42. Oreortyx
12. Oporornis 28. Pyrrhuloxia 43. Lophortyx
13. Icteria 29. Calamospiza 44. Callipepla
14. Helmintherus 30. Chondestes 45. Cyrtonyx
15. Helminthophaga 31. Centronyx 46. Meleagris
16. Myiodioctes 32. Neocorys 47. Micrathene
The above are all groups which are either wholly Nearctic or typically so,
but entering more or less into the debatable ground of the Neotropical
region; though none possess any peculiar species in the ancient Neotropical
land south of Nicaragua. But we have, besides these, a number of genera
Page 177
which we are accustomed to consider as typically European, or Palæarctic,
having representatives in North America; although in many cases it would
be more correct to say that they are Nearctic genera, represented in Europe,
since America possesses more species than Europe or North Asia. The
following is a list of genera which have as much right to be considered
typically Nearctic as Palæarctic:—
1. Regulus 9. Corvus 16. Euspiza
2. Certhia 10. Ampelis 17. Plectrophanes
3. Sitta 11. Loxia 18. Tetrao
4. Parus 12. Pinicola 19. Lagopus
5. Lophophanes 13. Linota 20. Nyctala
6. Lanius 14. Passerelia 21. Archibuteo
7. Perisoreus 15. Leucosticte 22. Haliæetus
8. Pica
The seven genera italicized have a decided preponderance of Nearctic
species, and have every right to be considered typically Nearctic; while the
remainder are so well represented by peculiar species, that it is quite
possible many of them may have originated here, rather than in the
Palæarctic region, all alike being quite foreign to the Neotropical.
On the whole, then, we have 47 in the first and 7 in the second table,
making 54 genera which we may fairly class as typically Nearctic, out of a
total of 168 genera of land-birds, or nearly one-third of the whole. This is an
amount of peculiarity which is comparable with that of either of the less
isolated regions; and, combined with the more marked and more
exclusively peculiar forms in the other orders of vertebrates, fully
establishes Temperate North America as a region, distinct alike from the
Neotropical and the Palæarctic.
Reptiles.—Although temperate climates are always comparatively poor in
reptiles, a considerable number of genera are peculiar to the Nearctic
region. Of snakes, there are, Conophis, Chilomeniscus, Pituophis, and
Ischnognathus, belonging to the Colubridæ; Farancia, and Dimodes,
having representatives in North America; although in many cases it would
be more correct to say that they are Nearctic genera, represented in Europe,
since America possesses more species than Europe or North Asia. The
following is a list of genera which have as much right to be considered
typically Nearctic as Palæarctic:—
1. Regulus 9. Corvus 16. Euspiza
2. Certhia 10. Ampelis 17. Plectrophanes
3. Sitta 11. Loxia 18. Tetrao
4. Parus 12. Pinicola 19. Lagopus
5. Lophophanes 13. Linota 20. Nyctala
6. Lanius 14. Passerelia 21. Archibuteo
7. Perisoreus 15. Leucosticte 22. Haliæetus
8. Pica
The seven genera italicized have a decided preponderance of Nearctic
species, and have every right to be considered typically Nearctic; while the
remainder are so well represented by peculiar species, that it is quite
possible many of them may have originated here, rather than in the
Palæarctic region, all alike being quite foreign to the Neotropical.
On the whole, then, we have 47 in the first and 7 in the second table,
making 54 genera which we may fairly class as typically Nearctic, out of a
total of 168 genera of land-birds, or nearly one-third of the whole. This is an
amount of peculiarity which is comparable with that of either of the less
isolated regions; and, combined with the more marked and more
exclusively peculiar forms in the other orders of vertebrates, fully
establishes Temperate North America as a region, distinct alike from the
Neotropical and the Palæarctic.
Reptiles.—Although temperate climates are always comparatively poor in
reptiles, a considerable number of genera are peculiar to the Nearctic
region. Of snakes, there are, Conophis, Chilomeniscus, Pituophis, and
Ischnognathus, belonging to the Colubridæ; Farancia, and Dimodes,
Page 178
Homalopsidæ; Lichanotus, one of the Pythonidæ; Cenchris, Crotalophorus,
Uropsophorus, and Crotalus, belonging to the Crotalidæ or rattlesnakes.
Of Lizards, Chirotes, forming a peculiar family; Ophisaurus, the curious
glass-snake, belonging to the Zonuridæ; with Phrynosoma (commonly
called horned toads), Callisaurus, Uta, Euphryne, Uma, and Holbrookia,
genera of Iguanidæ.
Testudinidæ, or Tortoises, show a great development of the genus Emys;
with Aromochelys and Chelydra as peculiar genera.
Amphibia.—In this class the Nearctic region is very rich, possessing
representatives of nine of the families, of which two are peculiar to the
region, and there are no less than fifteen peculiar genera. Siren forms the
family Sirenidæ; Menobranchus belongs to the Proteidæ; Amphiuma is the
only representative of the Amphiumidæ; there are nine peculiar genera of
Salamandridæ. Among the tail-less batrachians (frogs and toads) we have
Scaphiopus, belonging to the Alytidæ; Pseudacris to the Hylidæ; and Acris
to the Polypedatidæ.
Fresh-water Fishes.—The Nearctic region possesses no less than five
peculiar family types, and twenty-four peculiar genera of this class. The
families are Aphredoderidæ, consisting of a single species found in the
Eastern States; Percopsidæ, founded on a species peculiar to Lake Superior;
Heteropygii, containing two genera peculiar to the Eastern States;
Hyodontidæ and Amiidæ, each consisting of a single species. The genera
are as follows: Paralabrax, found in California; Huro, peculiar to Lake
Huron; Pileoma, Boleosoma, Bryttus and Pomotis in the Eastern States—all
belonging to the perch family. Hypodelus and Noturus, belonging to the
Siluridæ. Thaleichthys, one of the Salmonidæ peculiar to the Columbia
river. Moxostoma, Pimephales, Hyborhynchus, Rhinichthys, in the Eastern
States; Ericymba, Exoglossum, Leucosomus, and Carpiodes, more widely
distributed; Cochlognathus, in Texas; Mylaphorodon and Orthodon, in
California; Meda, in the river Gila; and Acrochilus, in the Columbia river—
all belonging to the Cyprinidæ. Scaphirhynchus, found only in the
Uropsophorus, and Crotalus, belonging to the Crotalidæ or rattlesnakes.
Of Lizards, Chirotes, forming a peculiar family; Ophisaurus, the curious
glass-snake, belonging to the Zonuridæ; with Phrynosoma (commonly
called horned toads), Callisaurus, Uta, Euphryne, Uma, and Holbrookia,
genera of Iguanidæ.
Testudinidæ, or Tortoises, show a great development of the genus Emys;
with Aromochelys and Chelydra as peculiar genera.
Amphibia.—In this class the Nearctic region is very rich, possessing
representatives of nine of the families, of which two are peculiar to the
region, and there are no less than fifteen peculiar genera. Siren forms the
family Sirenidæ; Menobranchus belongs to the Proteidæ; Amphiuma is the
only representative of the Amphiumidæ; there are nine peculiar genera of
Salamandridæ. Among the tail-less batrachians (frogs and toads) we have
Scaphiopus, belonging to the Alytidæ; Pseudacris to the Hylidæ; and Acris
to the Polypedatidæ.
Fresh-water Fishes.—The Nearctic region possesses no less than five
peculiar family types, and twenty-four peculiar genera of this class. The
families are Aphredoderidæ, consisting of a single species found in the
Eastern States; Percopsidæ, founded on a species peculiar to Lake Superior;
Heteropygii, containing two genera peculiar to the Eastern States;
Hyodontidæ and Amiidæ, each consisting of a single species. The genera
are as follows: Paralabrax, found in California; Huro, peculiar to Lake
Huron; Pileoma, Boleosoma, Bryttus and Pomotis in the Eastern States—all
belonging to the perch family. Hypodelus and Noturus, belonging to the
Siluridæ. Thaleichthys, one of the Salmonidæ peculiar to the Columbia
river. Moxostoma, Pimephales, Hyborhynchus, Rhinichthys, in the Eastern
States; Ericymba, Exoglossum, Leucosomus, and Carpiodes, more widely
distributed; Cochlognathus, in Texas; Mylaphorodon and Orthodon, in
California; Meda, in the river Gila; and Acrochilus, in the Columbia river—
all belonging to the Cyprinidæ. Scaphirhynchus, found only in the
Page 179
Mississippi and its tributaries, belongs to the sturgeon family
(Accipenseridæ).
Summary of Nearctic Vertebrata.—The Nearctic region possesses 24
peculiar genera of mammalia, 49 of birds, 21 of reptiles, and 29 of fresh-
water fishes, making 123 in all. Of these 70 are mammals and land-birds,
out of a total of 242 genera of these groups, a proportion of about two-
sevenths. This is the smallest proportion of peculiar genera we have found
in any of the regions; but many of the genera are of such isolated and
exceptional forms that they constitute separate families, so that we have no
less than 12 families of vertebrata confined to the region. The Palæarctic
region has only 3 peculiar families, and even the Oriental region only 12; so
that, judged by this test, the Nearctic region is remarkably well
characterized. We must also remember that, owing to the migration of many
of its peculiar forms during the Glacial period, it has recently lost some of
its speciality; and we should therefore give some weight to the many
characteristic groups it possesses, which, though not quite peculiar to it,
form important features in its fauna, and help to separate it from the other
regions with which it has been thought to be closely allied. It is thus well
distinguished from the Palæarctic region by its Procyonidæ, or racoons,
Hesperomys, or vesper mice, and Didelphys, or opossums, among
Mammalia; by its Vireonidæ, or greenlets, Mniotiltidæ, or wood-warblers,
Icteridæ, or hang-nests, Tyrannidæ, or tyrant shrikes, and Trochilidæ, or
humming-birds, among birds, families which, extending to its extreme
northern limits must be held to be as truly characteristic of it as of the
Neotropical region; by its Teidæ, Iguanidæ, and Cinosternum, among
reptiles; and by its Siluridæ, and Lepidosteidæ, among fishes. From the
Neotropical region it is still more clearly separated, by its numerous
insectivora; by its bears; its Old World forms of ruminants; its beaver; its
numerous Arvicolæ, or voles; its Sciuropterus, or flying squirrels; Tamias,
or ground-squirrels; and Lagomys, or marmots, among mammals; its
numerous Paridæ, or tits, and Tetraonidæ, or grouse, among birds; its
Trionychidæ among reptiles; its Proteidæ, and Salamandridæ, among
Amphibia; and its Gasterosteidæ, Atherinidæ, Esocidæ, Umbridæ,
Accipenseridæ, and Polydontidæ, among fishes.
(Accipenseridæ).
Summary of Nearctic Vertebrata.—The Nearctic region possesses 24
peculiar genera of mammalia, 49 of birds, 21 of reptiles, and 29 of fresh-
water fishes, making 123 in all. Of these 70 are mammals and land-birds,
out of a total of 242 genera of these groups, a proportion of about two-
sevenths. This is the smallest proportion of peculiar genera we have found
in any of the regions; but many of the genera are of such isolated and
exceptional forms that they constitute separate families, so that we have no
less than 12 families of vertebrata confined to the region. The Palæarctic
region has only 3 peculiar families, and even the Oriental region only 12; so
that, judged by this test, the Nearctic region is remarkably well
characterized. We must also remember that, owing to the migration of many
of its peculiar forms during the Glacial period, it has recently lost some of
its speciality; and we should therefore give some weight to the many
characteristic groups it possesses, which, though not quite peculiar to it,
form important features in its fauna, and help to separate it from the other
regions with which it has been thought to be closely allied. It is thus well
distinguished from the Palæarctic region by its Procyonidæ, or racoons,
Hesperomys, or vesper mice, and Didelphys, or opossums, among
Mammalia; by its Vireonidæ, or greenlets, Mniotiltidæ, or wood-warblers,
Icteridæ, or hang-nests, Tyrannidæ, or tyrant shrikes, and Trochilidæ, or
humming-birds, among birds, families which, extending to its extreme
northern limits must be held to be as truly characteristic of it as of the
Neotropical region; by its Teidæ, Iguanidæ, and Cinosternum, among
reptiles; and by its Siluridæ, and Lepidosteidæ, among fishes. From the
Neotropical region it is still more clearly separated, by its numerous
insectivora; by its bears; its Old World forms of ruminants; its beaver; its
numerous Arvicolæ, or voles; its Sciuropterus, or flying squirrels; Tamias,
or ground-squirrels; and Lagomys, or marmots, among mammals; its
numerous Paridæ, or tits, and Tetraonidæ, or grouse, among birds; its
Trionychidæ among reptiles; its Proteidæ, and Salamandridæ, among
Amphibia; and its Gasterosteidæ, Atherinidæ, Esocidæ, Umbridæ,
Accipenseridæ, and Polydontidæ, among fishes.
Page 180
These characteristic features, taken in conjunction with the absolutely
peculiar groups before enumerated, demonstrate that the Nearctic region
cannot with propriety be combined with any other. Though not very rich,
and having many disadvantages of climate and of physical condition, it is
yet sufficiently well characterized in its zoological features to rank as one of
the well-marked primary divisions of the earth's surface.
There is one other consideration bearing on this question which should not
be lost sight of. In establishing our regions we have depended wholly upon
their now possessing a sufficient number and variety of animal forms, and a
fair proportion of peculiar types; but when the validity of our conclusion on
these grounds is disputed, we may supplement the evidence by an appeal to
the past history of the region in question. In this case we find a remarkable
support to our views. During the whole Tertiary period, North America was,
zoologically, far more strongly contrasted with South America than it is
now; while, during the same long series of ages, it was always clearly
separated from the Eastern hemisphere or the Palæarctic region by the
exclusive possession of important families and numerous genera of
Mammalia, as shown by our summary of its extinct fauna in Chapter VII.
Not only may we claim North America as now forming one of the great
zoological regions, but as having continued to be one ever since the Eocene
period.
Insects.
In describing the Palæarctic and Neotropical regions, many of the
peculiarities of the insect-fauna of this region have been incidentally
referred to; and as a tolerably full account of the distribution of the several
families is given in the Fourth Part of our work (Chapter XXI.), we shall
treat the subject very briefly here.
Lepidoptera.—The butterflies of the Nearctic region have lately been
studied with much assiduity, and we are now able to form some idea of their
nature and extent. Nearly 500 species belonging to about 100 genera have
been described; showing that the region, which a few years ago was thought
to be very poor in species of butterflies, is really much richer than Europe,
peculiar groups before enumerated, demonstrate that the Nearctic region
cannot with propriety be combined with any other. Though not very rich,
and having many disadvantages of climate and of physical condition, it is
yet sufficiently well characterized in its zoological features to rank as one of
the well-marked primary divisions of the earth's surface.
There is one other consideration bearing on this question which should not
be lost sight of. In establishing our regions we have depended wholly upon
their now possessing a sufficient number and variety of animal forms, and a
fair proportion of peculiar types; but when the validity of our conclusion on
these grounds is disputed, we may supplement the evidence by an appeal to
the past history of the region in question. In this case we find a remarkable
support to our views. During the whole Tertiary period, North America was,
zoologically, far more strongly contrasted with South America than it is
now; while, during the same long series of ages, it was always clearly
separated from the Eastern hemisphere or the Palæarctic region by the
exclusive possession of important families and numerous genera of
Mammalia, as shown by our summary of its extinct fauna in Chapter VII.
Not only may we claim North America as now forming one of the great
zoological regions, but as having continued to be one ever since the Eocene
period.
Insects.
In describing the Palæarctic and Neotropical regions, many of the
peculiarities of the insect-fauna of this region have been incidentally
referred to; and as a tolerably full account of the distribution of the several
families is given in the Fourth Part of our work (Chapter XXI.), we shall
treat the subject very briefly here.
Lepidoptera.—The butterflies of the Nearctic region have lately been
studied with much assiduity, and we are now able to form some idea of their
nature and extent. Nearly 500 species belonging to about 100 genera have
been described; showing that the region, which a few years ago was thought
to be very poor in species of butterflies, is really much richer than Europe,
Page 181
and probably about as rich as the more extensive Palæarctic region. There
is, however, very little speciality in the forms. A considerable number of
Neotropical types enter the southern States; but there are hardly any
peculiar genera, except one of the Lycænidæ and perhaps a few among the
Hesperidæ, The most conspicuous feature of the region is its fine group of
Papilios, belonging to types (P. turnus and P. troilus) which are
characteristically Nearctic. It is also as rich as the Palæarctic region in some
genera which we are accustomed to consider as pre-eminently European;
such as Argynnis, Melitæa, Grapta, Chionabas, and a few others. Still, we
must acknowledge, that if we formed our conclusions from the butterflies
alone, we could hardly separate the Nearctic from the Palæarctic region.
This identity probably dates from the Miocene period; for when our existing
arctic regions supported a luxuriant vegetation, butterflies would have been
plentiful; and as the cold came on, these would move southwards both in
America and Europe, and, owing to the long continuance of the generic
types of insects, would remain little modified till now.
Coleoptera.—Only a few indications can be given of the peculiarities of the
Nearctic coleoptera. In Cicindelidæ the region possesses, besides the
cosmopolite Cicindela, four other genera, two of which—Amblychile and
Omus—are peculiar to the West Coast and the Rocky Mountains. Of
Carabidæ it possesses Dicælus, Pasimachus, Eurytrichus, Sphæroderus,
Pinacodera, and a number of smaller genera, altogether peculiar to it;
Helluomorpha, Galerita, Callida, and Tetragonoderus, in common with
South America; and a large number of characteristic European forms.
The Lucanidæ are all of European types. The region is poor in Cetoniidæ,
but has representatives of the South American Euphoria, as well as of four
European genera. Of Buprestidæ it has the South American Actenodes; a
single species of the Ethiopian and Eastern Belionota, in California; and
about a dozen other genera of European and wide distribution.
Among Longicorns it possesses fifty-nine peculiar genera, representatives
of five Neotropical, and thirteen Palæarctic genera; as well as many of
wider distribution. Prionus is the chief representative of the Prionidæ;
Leptura and Crossidius of the Cerambycidæ; Leptostylus, Liopus,
is, however, very little speciality in the forms. A considerable number of
Neotropical types enter the southern States; but there are hardly any
peculiar genera, except one of the Lycænidæ and perhaps a few among the
Hesperidæ, The most conspicuous feature of the region is its fine group of
Papilios, belonging to types (P. turnus and P. troilus) which are
characteristically Nearctic. It is also as rich as the Palæarctic region in some
genera which we are accustomed to consider as pre-eminently European;
such as Argynnis, Melitæa, Grapta, Chionabas, and a few others. Still, we
must acknowledge, that if we formed our conclusions from the butterflies
alone, we could hardly separate the Nearctic from the Palæarctic region.
This identity probably dates from the Miocene period; for when our existing
arctic regions supported a luxuriant vegetation, butterflies would have been
plentiful; and as the cold came on, these would move southwards both in
America and Europe, and, owing to the long continuance of the generic
types of insects, would remain little modified till now.
Coleoptera.—Only a few indications can be given of the peculiarities of the
Nearctic coleoptera. In Cicindelidæ the region possesses, besides the
cosmopolite Cicindela, four other genera, two of which—Amblychile and
Omus—are peculiar to the West Coast and the Rocky Mountains. Of
Carabidæ it possesses Dicælus, Pasimachus, Eurytrichus, Sphæroderus,
Pinacodera, and a number of smaller genera, altogether peculiar to it;
Helluomorpha, Galerita, Callida, and Tetragonoderus, in common with
South America; and a large number of characteristic European forms.
The Lucanidæ are all of European types. The region is poor in Cetoniidæ,
but has representatives of the South American Euphoria, as well as of four
European genera. Of Buprestidæ it has the South American Actenodes; a
single species of the Ethiopian and Eastern Belionota, in California; and
about a dozen other genera of European and wide distribution.
Among Longicorns it possesses fifty-nine peculiar genera, representatives
of five Neotropical, and thirteen Palæarctic genera; as well as many of
wider distribution. Prionus is the chief representative of the Prionidæ;
Leptura and Crossidius of the Cerambycidæ; Leptostylus, Liopus,
Page 182
Graphidurus, and Tetraopes, of the Lamiidæ, the latter genus being
confined to the region.
Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca.
The land-shells of temperate North America almost all belong to the
Inoperculate or Pulmoniferous division; the Operculata being represented
only by a few species of Helicina and Truncatella, chiefly in the Southern
States. According to Mr. Binney's recent "Catalogue of the Terrestrial Air-
breathing Mollusks of North America," the fauna consists of the following
genera:—Glandina (6 sp.); Macrocyclis (5 sp.); Zonites (37 sp.); Vitrina (4
sp.); Limax (5 sp.); Arion (3 sp.); Ariolimax (3 sp.); Prophysaon (1 sp.);
Binneia (1 sp.); Hemiphillia (1 sp.); Patula (16 sp.); Helix (80); Holospira
(2 sp.); Cylindrella (2 sp.); Macroceramus (2 sp.); Bulimulus (8 sp.);
Cionella (2 sp.); Stenogyra (4 sp.); Pupa (19 sp.); Strophia (1 sp.); Vertigo
(6 sp.); Liguus (1 sp.); Orthalicus (2 sp.); Punctum (1 sp.); Succinea (26
sp.); Tebennophorus (1 sp.); Pallifera (1 sp.); Veronicella (2 sp.).
All the larger genera range over the whole region, but the following have a
more restricted distribution; Macrocyclis has only one species in the East,
the rest being Californian or Central; Ariolimax, Prophysaon, Binneia, and
Hemiphillia, are confined to the Western sub-region. Lower California has
affinities with Mexico, 18 species being peculiar to it, of which two are true
Bulimi, a genus unknown in other parts of the region. The Central or Rocky
Mountain sub-region is chiefly characterised by six peculiar species of
Patula. The Eastern sub-region is by far the richest, nine-tenths of the
whole number of species being found in it. The Alleghany Mountains form
the richest portion of this sub-region, possessing nearly half the total
number of species, and at least 24 species found nowhere else. The southern
States have also several peculiar species, but they are not so productive as
the Alleghanies. The Canadian sub-region possesses 32 species, of which
nearly half are northern forms more or less common to the whole Arctic
regions, and several of this character have spread southwards all over the
United States. Species of Vitrina, Zonites, Pupa, and Succinea, are found in
Greenland; and Eastern Palæarctic species of Vitrina, Patula, and Pupa
confined to the region.
Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca.
The land-shells of temperate North America almost all belong to the
Inoperculate or Pulmoniferous division; the Operculata being represented
only by a few species of Helicina and Truncatella, chiefly in the Southern
States. According to Mr. Binney's recent "Catalogue of the Terrestrial Air-
breathing Mollusks of North America," the fauna consists of the following
genera:—Glandina (6 sp.); Macrocyclis (5 sp.); Zonites (37 sp.); Vitrina (4
sp.); Limax (5 sp.); Arion (3 sp.); Ariolimax (3 sp.); Prophysaon (1 sp.);
Binneia (1 sp.); Hemiphillia (1 sp.); Patula (16 sp.); Helix (80); Holospira
(2 sp.); Cylindrella (2 sp.); Macroceramus (2 sp.); Bulimulus (8 sp.);
Cionella (2 sp.); Stenogyra (4 sp.); Pupa (19 sp.); Strophia (1 sp.); Vertigo
(6 sp.); Liguus (1 sp.); Orthalicus (2 sp.); Punctum (1 sp.); Succinea (26
sp.); Tebennophorus (1 sp.); Pallifera (1 sp.); Veronicella (2 sp.).
All the larger genera range over the whole region, but the following have a
more restricted distribution; Macrocyclis has only one species in the East,
the rest being Californian or Central; Ariolimax, Prophysaon, Binneia, and
Hemiphillia, are confined to the Western sub-region. Lower California has
affinities with Mexico, 18 species being peculiar to it, of which two are true
Bulimi, a genus unknown in other parts of the region. The Central or Rocky
Mountain sub-region is chiefly characterised by six peculiar species of
Patula. The Eastern sub-region is by far the richest, nine-tenths of the
whole number of species being found in it. The Alleghany Mountains form
the richest portion of this sub-region, possessing nearly half the total
number of species, and at least 24 species found nowhere else. The southern
States have also several peculiar species, but they are not so productive as
the Alleghanies. The Canadian sub-region possesses 32 species, of which
nearly half are northern forms more or less common to the whole Arctic
regions, and several of this character have spread southwards all over the
United States. Species of Vitrina, Zonites, Pupa, and Succinea, are found in
Greenland; and Eastern Palæarctic species of Vitrina, Patula, and Pupa
Page 183
occur in Alaska. More than 30 species of shells living in the Eastern States,
are found fossil in the Post-Pliocene deposits of the Ohio and Mississippi.
Fresh-water Shells.—North America surpasses every other part of the globe
in the number and variety of its fresh-water mollusca, both univalve and
bivalve. The numbers up to 1866 were as follows:—Melaniadæ, 380
species; Paludinidæ, 58 species; Cycladidæ, 44 species; and Unionidæ, 552
species. The last family had, however, increased to 832 species in 1874,
according to Dr. Isaac Lea, who has made them his special study; but it is
probable that many of these are such as would be considered varieties by
most conchologists. Many of the species of Unio are very large, of varied
forms, and rich internal colouring, and the group forms a prominent feature
of the Nearctic fauna. By far the larger proportion of the fresh-water shells
inhabit the Eastern or Alleghany sub-region; and their great development is
a powerful argument against any recent extensive submergence beneath the
ocean of the lowlands of North America.
The Nearctic Sub-regions.
The sub-divisions of the Nearctic region, although pretty clearly indicated
by physical features and peculiarities of climate and vegetation, are by no
means so strongly marked out in their zoology as we might expect. The
same genera, as a rule, extend over the whole region; while the species of
the several sub-regions are in most cases different. Even the vast range of
the Rocky Mountains has not been an effectual barrier against this wide
dispersal of the same forms of life; and although some important groups are
limited by it, these are exceptions to the rule. Even now, we find fertile
valleys and plateaus of moderate elevation, penetrating the range on either
side; and both to the north and south there are passes which can be freely
traversed by most animals during the summer. Previous to the glacial epoch
there was probably a warm period, when every part of the range supported
an abundant and varied fauna, which, when the cold period arrived, would
descend to the lowlands, and people the country to the east, west, and south,
with similar forms of life.
are found fossil in the Post-Pliocene deposits of the Ohio and Mississippi.
Fresh-water Shells.—North America surpasses every other part of the globe
in the number and variety of its fresh-water mollusca, both univalve and
bivalve. The numbers up to 1866 were as follows:—Melaniadæ, 380
species; Paludinidæ, 58 species; Cycladidæ, 44 species; and Unionidæ, 552
species. The last family had, however, increased to 832 species in 1874,
according to Dr. Isaac Lea, who has made them his special study; but it is
probable that many of these are such as would be considered varieties by
most conchologists. Many of the species of Unio are very large, of varied
forms, and rich internal colouring, and the group forms a prominent feature
of the Nearctic fauna. By far the larger proportion of the fresh-water shells
inhabit the Eastern or Alleghany sub-region; and their great development is
a powerful argument against any recent extensive submergence beneath the
ocean of the lowlands of North America.
The Nearctic Sub-regions.
The sub-divisions of the Nearctic region, although pretty clearly indicated
by physical features and peculiarities of climate and vegetation, are by no
means so strongly marked out in their zoology as we might expect. The
same genera, as a rule, extend over the whole region; while the species of
the several sub-regions are in most cases different. Even the vast range of
the Rocky Mountains has not been an effectual barrier against this wide
dispersal of the same forms of life; and although some important groups are
limited by it, these are exceptions to the rule. Even now, we find fertile
valleys and plateaus of moderate elevation, penetrating the range on either
side; and both to the north and south there are passes which can be freely
traversed by most animals during the summer. Previous to the glacial epoch
there was probably a warm period, when every part of the range supported
an abundant and varied fauna, which, when the cold period arrived, would
descend to the lowlands, and people the country to the east, west, and south,
with similar forms of life.
Page 184
The first, and most important sub-division we can make, consists of the
Eastern United States, extending across the Mississippi and the more fertile
prairies, to about the 100°th. meridian of west longitude, where the arid and
almost desert country commences. Southwards, the boundary bends
towards the coast, near the line of the Brazos or Colorado rivers. To the
north the limits are undefined; but as a considerable number of species and
genera occur in the United States but not in Canada, it will be convenient to
draw the line somewhere near the boundary of the two countries, except
that the district between lakes Huron and Ontario, and probably Nova
Scotia, may be included in the present sub-region. As far west as the
Mississippi, this was originally a vast forest country; and it is still well
wooded, and clothed with a varied and luxuriant vegetation.
The next, or Central sub-region, consists of the dry, elevated, and often arid
district of the Rocky Mountains, with its great plateaus, and the barren
plains of its eastern slope; extending northwards to near the commencement
of the great forests north of the Saskatchewan, and southward to the Rio
Grande del Norte, the Gulf of California, and to Cape St. Lucas, as shown
on our maps. This sub-region is of an essentially desert character, although
the higher valleys of the Rocky Mountains are often well wooded, and in
these are found some northern and some western types.
The third, or Californian sub-region, is small, but very luxuriant, occupying
the comparatively narrow strip of country between the Sierra Nevada and
the Pacific. To the north it may include Vancouver's Island and the southern
part of British Columbia, while to the south it extends to the head of the
Gulf of California.
The fourth division, comprises the remainder of North America; and is a
country of pine forests, and of barren wastes towards the Arctic Ocean. It
has fewer peculiar species to characterise it than any other, but it possesses
several characteristic arctic forms, while many of those peculiar to the south
are absent; so that it is a very convenient, if it should not be considered an
altogether natural, sub-region.
Eastern United States, extending across the Mississippi and the more fertile
prairies, to about the 100°th. meridian of west longitude, where the arid and
almost desert country commences. Southwards, the boundary bends
towards the coast, near the line of the Brazos or Colorado rivers. To the
north the limits are undefined; but as a considerable number of species and
genera occur in the United States but not in Canada, it will be convenient to
draw the line somewhere near the boundary of the two countries, except
that the district between lakes Huron and Ontario, and probably Nova
Scotia, may be included in the present sub-region. As far west as the
Mississippi, this was originally a vast forest country; and it is still well
wooded, and clothed with a varied and luxuriant vegetation.
The next, or Central sub-region, consists of the dry, elevated, and often arid
district of the Rocky Mountains, with its great plateaus, and the barren
plains of its eastern slope; extending northwards to near the commencement
of the great forests north of the Saskatchewan, and southward to the Rio
Grande del Norte, the Gulf of California, and to Cape St. Lucas, as shown
on our maps. This sub-region is of an essentially desert character, although
the higher valleys of the Rocky Mountains are often well wooded, and in
these are found some northern and some western types.
The third, or Californian sub-region, is small, but very luxuriant, occupying
the comparatively narrow strip of country between the Sierra Nevada and
the Pacific. To the north it may include Vancouver's Island and the southern
part of British Columbia, while to the south it extends to the head of the
Gulf of California.
The fourth division, comprises the remainder of North America; and is a
country of pine forests, and of barren wastes towards the Arctic Ocean. It
has fewer peculiar species to characterise it than any other, but it possesses
several characteristic arctic forms, while many of those peculiar to the south
are absent; so that it is a very convenient, if it should not be considered an
altogether natural, sub-region.
Page 185
We will now give an outline of the most important zoological features of
each of these divisions, taking them in the order in which they are arranged
in the Fourth Part of this work. California comes first, as it has some
tropical forms not found elsewhere, and thus forms a transition from the
Neotropical region.
I. The Western or Californian Sub-region.
This small district possesses a fruitful soil and a highly favourable climate,
and is, in proportion to its extent, perhaps the richest portion of the
continent, both zoologically and botanically. Its winters are far milder than
those of the Eastern States in corresponding latitudes; and this, perhaps, has
enabled it to support several tropical forms which give a special character to
its fauna. It is here only, in the whole region, that bats of the families
Phyllostomidæ and Noctilionidæ, and a serpent of the tropical family,
Pythonidæ, are found, as well as several Neotropical forms of birds and
reptiles.
Mammalia.—The following genera are not found in any other part of the
Nearctic region. Macrotus (Phyllostomidæ), one species in California;
Antrozous (Vespertilionidæ), one species on the West Coast; Urotrichus
(Talpidæ) one species in British Columbia; sub-genus Nesorex (Soricidæ),
one species in Oregon; Bassaris (Procyonidæ), California; Enhydra
(Mustelidæ), Pacific Coast; Morunga (Phocidæ), California; Haploodon
(Haploodontidæ) a rat-like animal, allied to the beavers and marmots, and
constituting a peculiar family found only in California and British
Columbia. The following characteristic Nearctic forms also extend into this
sub-region:—Taxidea, Procyon, Didelphys, Sciuropterus, Tamias,
Spermophilus, Dipodomys, Perognathus, Jaculus.
Birds.—Few genera of birds are quite peculiar to this sub-region, since
most of the Western forms extend into the central district, yet it has a few.
Glaucidium, a genus of Owls, is confined (in the Nearctic region) to
California; Chamæa, a singular form allied to the wrens, and forming a
distinct family, is quite peculiar; Geococcyx, a Neotropical form of cuckoo,
extends to California and Southern Texas. The following genera are very
each of these divisions, taking them in the order in which they are arranged
in the Fourth Part of this work. California comes first, as it has some
tropical forms not found elsewhere, and thus forms a transition from the
Neotropical region.
I. The Western or Californian Sub-region.
This small district possesses a fruitful soil and a highly favourable climate,
and is, in proportion to its extent, perhaps the richest portion of the
continent, both zoologically and botanically. Its winters are far milder than
those of the Eastern States in corresponding latitudes; and this, perhaps, has
enabled it to support several tropical forms which give a special character to
its fauna. It is here only, in the whole region, that bats of the families
Phyllostomidæ and Noctilionidæ, and a serpent of the tropical family,
Pythonidæ, are found, as well as several Neotropical forms of birds and
reptiles.
Mammalia.—The following genera are not found in any other part of the
Nearctic region. Macrotus (Phyllostomidæ), one species in California;
Antrozous (Vespertilionidæ), one species on the West Coast; Urotrichus
(Talpidæ) one species in British Columbia; sub-genus Nesorex (Soricidæ),
one species in Oregon; Bassaris (Procyonidæ), California; Enhydra
(Mustelidæ), Pacific Coast; Morunga (Phocidæ), California; Haploodon
(Haploodontidæ) a rat-like animal, allied to the beavers and marmots, and
constituting a peculiar family found only in California and British
Columbia. The following characteristic Nearctic forms also extend into this
sub-region:—Taxidea, Procyon, Didelphys, Sciuropterus, Tamias,
Spermophilus, Dipodomys, Perognathus, Jaculus.
Birds.—Few genera of birds are quite peculiar to this sub-region, since
most of the Western forms extend into the central district, yet it has a few.
Glaucidium, a genus of Owls, is confined (in the Nearctic region) to
California; Chamæa, a singular form allied to the wrens, and forming a
distinct family, is quite peculiar; Geococcyx, a Neotropical form of cuckoo,
extends to California and Southern Texas. The following genera are very
Page 186
characteristic of the sub-region, and some of them almost confined to it:
Myiadestes (Sylviidæ); Psaltriparus (Paridæ); Cyanocitta, Picicorvus
(Corvidæ); Hesperiphona, Peucæa, Chondestes (Fringillidæ); Selasphorus,
Atthis (Trochilidæ); Columba, Melopelia (Columbidæ); Oreortyx
(Tetraonidæ).
Reptiles.—The following genera are not found in any other part of the
Nearctic region: Charina (Tortricidæ); Lichanotus (Pythonidæ);
Gerrhonotus (Zonuridæ); Phyllodactylus (Geckotidæ); Anolius and
Tropidolepis (Iguanidæ). Sceloporus (Iguanidæ) is only found elsewhere in
Florida. All the larger North American groups of lizards and snakes are also
represented here; but in tortoises it is deficient, owing to the absence of
lakes and large rivers.
Amphibia.—California possesses two genera of Salamandridæ, Aneides and
Heredia, which do not extend to the other sub-regions.
Fresh-water Fish.—There are two or three peculiar genera of Cyprinidæ,
but the sub-region is comparatively poor in this group.
Plate XVIII. Illustrative of the Zoology of California and the Rocky
Mountains.—We have chosen for the subject of this illustration, the peculiar
Birds of the Western mountains. The two birds in the foreground are a
species of grouse (Pediocætes Columbianus), entirely confined to this sub-
region; while the only other species of the genus is found in the prairies
north and west of Wisconsin, so that the group is peculiar to northern and
western America. The crested birds in the middle of the picture (Oreortyx
picta), are partridges, belonging to the American sub-family
Odontophorinæ. This is the only species of the genus which is confined to
California and Oregon. The bird at the top is the blue crow (Gymnokitta
cyanocephala), confined to the Rocky Mountains and Sierra Nevada from
New Mexico and Arizona northwards, and more properly belonging to the
Central sub-region. It is allied to the European nutcracker; but according to
the American ornithologist, Dr. Coues, has also resemblances to the jays,
and certainly forms a distinct genus. The grizzly bear (Ursus ferox) in the
Myiadestes (Sylviidæ); Psaltriparus (Paridæ); Cyanocitta, Picicorvus
(Corvidæ); Hesperiphona, Peucæa, Chondestes (Fringillidæ); Selasphorus,
Atthis (Trochilidæ); Columba, Melopelia (Columbidæ); Oreortyx
(Tetraonidæ).
Reptiles.—The following genera are not found in any other part of the
Nearctic region: Charina (Tortricidæ); Lichanotus (Pythonidæ);
Gerrhonotus (Zonuridæ); Phyllodactylus (Geckotidæ); Anolius and
Tropidolepis (Iguanidæ). Sceloporus (Iguanidæ) is only found elsewhere in
Florida. All the larger North American groups of lizards and snakes are also
represented here; but in tortoises it is deficient, owing to the absence of
lakes and large rivers.
Amphibia.—California possesses two genera of Salamandridæ, Aneides and
Heredia, which do not extend to the other sub-regions.
Fresh-water Fish.—There are two or three peculiar genera of Cyprinidæ,
but the sub-region is comparatively poor in this group.
Plate XVIII. Illustrative of the Zoology of California and the Rocky
Mountains.—We have chosen for the subject of this illustration, the peculiar
Birds of the Western mountains. The two birds in the foreground are a
species of grouse (Pediocætes Columbianus), entirely confined to this sub-
region; while the only other species of the genus is found in the prairies
north and west of Wisconsin, so that the group is peculiar to northern and
western America. The crested birds in the middle of the picture (Oreortyx
picta), are partridges, belonging to the American sub-family
Odontophorinæ. This is the only species of the genus which is confined to
California and Oregon. The bird at the top is the blue crow (Gymnokitta
cyanocephala), confined to the Rocky Mountains and Sierra Nevada from
New Mexico and Arizona northwards, and more properly belonging to the
Central sub-region. It is allied to the European nutcracker; but according to
the American ornithologist, Dr. Coues, has also resemblances to the jays,
and certainly forms a distinct genus. The grizzly bear (Ursus ferox) in the
Page 187
background, is one of the characteristic animals of the Californian
highlands.
Plate XVIII.
SCENE IN CALIFORNIA, WITH SOME CHARACTERISTIC BIRDS.
II. The Central, or Rocky Mountain Sub-region.
This extensive district is, for the greater part of its extent, from 2,000 to
5,000 feet above the sea, and is excessively arid; and, except in the
immediate vicinity of streams and on some of the higher slopes of the
mountains, is almost wholly treeless. Its zoology is therefore peculiar. Many
of the most characteristic genera and families of the Eastern States are
absent; while a number of curious desert and alpine forms give it a
character of its own, and render it very interesting to the naturalist.
highlands.
Plate XVIII.
SCENE IN CALIFORNIA, WITH SOME CHARACTERISTIC BIRDS.
II. The Central, or Rocky Mountain Sub-region.
This extensive district is, for the greater part of its extent, from 2,000 to
5,000 feet above the sea, and is excessively arid; and, except in the
immediate vicinity of streams and on some of the higher slopes of the
mountains, is almost wholly treeless. Its zoology is therefore peculiar. Many
of the most characteristic genera and families of the Eastern States are
absent; while a number of curious desert and alpine forms give it a
character of its own, and render it very interesting to the naturalist.
Page 188
Mammalia.—The remarkable prong-horned antelope (Antilocapra), the
mountain goat (Aplocerus), the mountain sheep or bighorn (Ovis montana),
and the prairie-dog (Cynomys), one of the Rodentia, are peculiar to this sub-
region; while the family of the Saccomyidæ, or pouched rats, is represented
by many forms and is very characteristic. Here is also the chief home of the
bison. The glutton (Gulo) and marmot (Lagomys) enter it from the north;
while it has the racoon (Procyon), flying squirrel (Sciuropterus), ground
squirrel (Tamias), pouched marmot (Spermophilus) and jumping mouse
(Jaculus) in common with the countries east or west of it.
Plate XIX. Illustrative of the Zoology of the Central Plains or Prairies.—
We here introduce four of the most characteristic mammalia of the great
American plains or prairies, three of them being types confined to North
America. The graceful animals on the left are the prong-horned antelopes
(Antilocapra americana), whose small horns, though hollow like those of
the antelopes, are shed annually like those of the deer. To the right we have
the prairie-dogs of the trappers (Cynomys ludovicianus) which, as will be
easily seen, are rodents, and allied to the marmots of the European Alps.
Their burrows are numerous on the prairies, and the manner in which they
perch themselves on little mounds and gaze on intruders, is noticed by all
travellers. On the left, in the foreground, is one of the extraordinary
pouched rats of America (Geomys bursarius). These are burrowing animals,
feeding on roots; and the mouth is, as it were, double, the outer portion very
wide and hairy, behind which is the small inner mouth. Its use may be to
keep out the earth from the mouth while the animal is gnawing roots. A
mouth so constructed is found in no other animals but in these North
American rats. In the distance is a herd of bisons (Bison americanus), the
typical beast of the prairies.
Birds.—This sub-region has many peculiar forms of birds, both residents,
and migrants from the south or north. Among the peculiar resident species
we may probably reckon a dipper, (Cinclus); Salpinctes, one of the wrens;
Poospiza, Calamospiza, genera of finches; Picicorvus, Gymnokitta, genera
of the crow family; Centrocercus and Pediocætes, genera of grouse. As
winter migrants from the north it has Leucosticte and Plectrophanes, genera
of finches; Perisoreus, a genus of the crow family; Picoides, the Arctic
woodpecker; and Lagopus, ptarmigan. Its summer migrants, many of which
mountain goat (Aplocerus), the mountain sheep or bighorn (Ovis montana),
and the prairie-dog (Cynomys), one of the Rodentia, are peculiar to this sub-
region; while the family of the Saccomyidæ, or pouched rats, is represented
by many forms and is very characteristic. Here is also the chief home of the
bison. The glutton (Gulo) and marmot (Lagomys) enter it from the north;
while it has the racoon (Procyon), flying squirrel (Sciuropterus), ground
squirrel (Tamias), pouched marmot (Spermophilus) and jumping mouse
(Jaculus) in common with the countries east or west of it.
Plate XIX. Illustrative of the Zoology of the Central Plains or Prairies.—
We here introduce four of the most characteristic mammalia of the great
American plains or prairies, three of them being types confined to North
America. The graceful animals on the left are the prong-horned antelopes
(Antilocapra americana), whose small horns, though hollow like those of
the antelopes, are shed annually like those of the deer. To the right we have
the prairie-dogs of the trappers (Cynomys ludovicianus) which, as will be
easily seen, are rodents, and allied to the marmots of the European Alps.
Their burrows are numerous on the prairies, and the manner in which they
perch themselves on little mounds and gaze on intruders, is noticed by all
travellers. On the left, in the foreground, is one of the extraordinary
pouched rats of America (Geomys bursarius). These are burrowing animals,
feeding on roots; and the mouth is, as it were, double, the outer portion very
wide and hairy, behind which is the small inner mouth. Its use may be to
keep out the earth from the mouth while the animal is gnawing roots. A
mouth so constructed is found in no other animals but in these North
American rats. In the distance is a herd of bisons (Bison americanus), the
typical beast of the prairies.
Birds.—This sub-region has many peculiar forms of birds, both residents,
and migrants from the south or north. Among the peculiar resident species
we may probably reckon a dipper, (Cinclus); Salpinctes, one of the wrens;
Poospiza, Calamospiza, genera of finches; Picicorvus, Gymnokitta, genera
of the crow family; Centrocercus and Pediocætes, genera of grouse. As
winter migrants from the north it has Leucosticte and Plectrophanes, genera
of finches; Perisoreus, a genus of the crow family; Picoides, the Arctic
woodpecker; and Lagopus, ptarmigan. Its summer migrants, many of which
Page 189
may be resident in the warmer districts, are more numerous. Such are,
Oreoscoptes, a genus of thrushes; Campylorhynchus and Catherpes, wrens;
Paroides, one of the tits; Phænopepla, allied to the waxwing; Embernagra
and Spermophila, genera of finches; Pyrocephalus, one of the tyrant
shrikes; Callipepla and Cyrtonyx, American partridges. Besides these, the
more widely spread genera, Harporhynchus, Lophophanes, Carpodacus,
Spizella, and Cyanocitta, are characteristic of the central district, and two
genera of humming-birds—Atthis and Selasphorus—only occur here and in
California. Prof. Baird notes 40 genera of birds which are represented by
distinct allied species in the western, central, and eastern divisions of the
United States, corresponding to our sub-regions.
Plate XIX.
THE AMERICAN PRAIRIES, WITH CHARACTERISTIC MAMMALIA.
It is a curious fact that the birds of this sub-region should extend across the
Gulf of California, and that Cape St. Lucas, at the southern extremity of the
peninsula, should be decidedly more "Central" than "Californian" in its
ornithology. Prof. Baird says, that its fauna is almost identical with that of
the Gila River, and has hardly any relation to that of Upper California. It
possesses a considerable number (about twenty) of peculiar species of birds,
but all belong to genera characteristic of the present sub-region; and there is
no resemblance to the birds of Mazatlan, just across the gulf in the
Neotropical region.
Oreoscoptes, a genus of thrushes; Campylorhynchus and Catherpes, wrens;
Paroides, one of the tits; Phænopepla, allied to the waxwing; Embernagra
and Spermophila, genera of finches; Pyrocephalus, one of the tyrant
shrikes; Callipepla and Cyrtonyx, American partridges. Besides these, the
more widely spread genera, Harporhynchus, Lophophanes, Carpodacus,
Spizella, and Cyanocitta, are characteristic of the central district, and two
genera of humming-birds—Atthis and Selasphorus—only occur here and in
California. Prof. Baird notes 40 genera of birds which are represented by
distinct allied species in the western, central, and eastern divisions of the
United States, corresponding to our sub-regions.
Plate XIX.
THE AMERICAN PRAIRIES, WITH CHARACTERISTIC MAMMALIA.
It is a curious fact that the birds of this sub-region should extend across the
Gulf of California, and that Cape St. Lucas, at the southern extremity of the
peninsula, should be decidedly more "Central" than "Californian" in its
ornithology. Prof. Baird says, that its fauna is almost identical with that of
the Gila River, and has hardly any relation to that of Upper California. It
possesses a considerable number (about twenty) of peculiar species of birds,
but all belong to genera characteristic of the present sub-region; and there is
no resemblance to the birds of Mazatlan, just across the gulf in the
Neotropical region.
Page 190
Reptiles, Amphibia, and Fishes.—A large number of snakes and lizards
inhabit this sub-region, but they have not yet been classified with sufficient
precision to enable us to make much use of them. Among lizards, Iguanidæ,
Geckotidæ, Scincidæ, and Zonuridæ, appear to be numerous; and many new
genera of doubtful value have been described. Among snakes, Calamariidæ,
Colubridæ, and Crotalidæ are represented. Among Amphibia, Siredon, one
of the Proteidæ, is peculiar. The rivers and lakes of the Great Central Basin,
and the Colorado River, contain many peculiar forms of Cyprinidæ.
III. The Eastern or Alleghany Sub-region.
This sub-region contains examples of all that is most characteristic of
Nearctic zoology. It is for the most part an undulating or mountainous
forest-clad country, with a warm or temperate climate, but somewhat
extreme in character, and everywhere abounding in animal and vegetable
life. To the west, across the Mississippi, the country becomes more open,
gradually rises, becomes much drier, and at length merges into the arid
plains of the central sub-region. To the south, in Georgia, Florida, and
Louisiana, a sub-tropical climate prevails, and winter is almost unknown.
To the north, in Michigan and New England, the winters are very severe,
and streams and lakes are frozen for months together. These different
climates, however, produce little effect on the forms of animal life; the
species to some extent change as we go from north to south, but the same
types everywhere prevail. This portion of the United States, having been
longest inhabited by Europeans, has been more thoroughly explored than
other parts of North America; and to this more complete knowledge its
superior zoological richness may be to some extent due; but there can be
little doubt that it is also positively, and not merely relatively, more
productive in varied forms of animal life than either of the other sub-
regions.
Mammalia.—There seems to be only one genus absolutely peculiar to this
sub-region—the very remarkable Condylura, or star-nosed mole, only
found from Pennsylvania to Nova Scotia, and as far as about 94° west
longitude. It also has opossums (Didelphys) in common with California,
and three out of four species of Scalops, a genus of moles; as well as the
inhabit this sub-region, but they have not yet been classified with sufficient
precision to enable us to make much use of them. Among lizards, Iguanidæ,
Geckotidæ, Scincidæ, and Zonuridæ, appear to be numerous; and many new
genera of doubtful value have been described. Among snakes, Calamariidæ,
Colubridæ, and Crotalidæ are represented. Among Amphibia, Siredon, one
of the Proteidæ, is peculiar. The rivers and lakes of the Great Central Basin,
and the Colorado River, contain many peculiar forms of Cyprinidæ.
III. The Eastern or Alleghany Sub-region.
This sub-region contains examples of all that is most characteristic of
Nearctic zoology. It is for the most part an undulating or mountainous
forest-clad country, with a warm or temperate climate, but somewhat
extreme in character, and everywhere abounding in animal and vegetable
life. To the west, across the Mississippi, the country becomes more open,
gradually rises, becomes much drier, and at length merges into the arid
plains of the central sub-region. To the south, in Georgia, Florida, and
Louisiana, a sub-tropical climate prevails, and winter is almost unknown.
To the north, in Michigan and New England, the winters are very severe,
and streams and lakes are frozen for months together. These different
climates, however, produce little effect on the forms of animal life; the
species to some extent change as we go from north to south, but the same
types everywhere prevail. This portion of the United States, having been
longest inhabited by Europeans, has been more thoroughly explored than
other parts of North America; and to this more complete knowledge its
superior zoological richness may be to some extent due; but there can be
little doubt that it is also positively, and not merely relatively, more
productive in varied forms of animal life than either of the other sub-
regions.
Mammalia.—There seems to be only one genus absolutely peculiar to this
sub-region—the very remarkable Condylura, or star-nosed mole, only
found from Pennsylvania to Nova Scotia, and as far as about 94° west
longitude. It also has opossums (Didelphys) in common with California,
and three out of four species of Scalops, a genus of moles; as well as the
Page 191
skunk (Mephitis), American badger (Taxidea), racoon (Procyon), pouched
rat (Geomys), beaver rat (Fiber), jumping mouse (Jaculus), tree porcupine
(Erethizon), and other characteristic Nearctic forms.
Birds.—The birds of this sub-region have been carefully studied by
American naturalists, and many interesting facts ascertained as to their
distribution and migrations. About 120 species of birds are peculiar to the
east coast of the United States, but only about 30 of these are residents all
the year round in any part of it; the bird population being essentially a
migratory one, coming from the north in winter and the south in summer.
The largest number of species seems to be congregated in the district of the
Alleghany mountains. A considerable proportion of the passerine birds
winter in Central America and the West Indian Islands, and go to the Middle
States or Canada to breed; so that even the luxuriant Southern States do not
possess many birds which may be called permanent residents. Thus, in East
Pennsylvania there are only 52, and in the district of Columbia 54 species,
found all the year round, out of about 130 which breed in these localities;
very much below the number which permanently reside in Great Britain.
This sub-region is well characterised by its almost exclusive possession of
Ectopistes, the celebrated passenger pigeon, whose enormous flocks and
breeding places have been so often described; and Cupidonia, a remarkable
genus of grouse. The only Nearctic parrot, Conurus carolinensis, is found in
the Southern States; as well as Crotophaga, a South American genus
usually associated with the cuckoos. Helmintherus and Oporornis, genera
of wood-warblers, may be considered to be peculiar to this sub-region,
since in each case only one of the two species migrates as far as Central
America; while two other genera of the same family, Siurus and Setophaga,
as well as the finch genus, Euspiza, do not extend to either of the western
sub-regions. Parus, a genus of tits, comes into the district from the north;
Otocorys, an alpine lark, and Coturniculus, an American finch, from the
west; and such characteristic Nearctic genera as Antrostomus (the whip-
poor-will goatsuckers); Helminthophaga, Dendræca, and Myiodioctes
(wood-warblers); Vireo (greenlets); Dolichonyx (rice-bird); Quiscalus
(troupial); Meleagris (turkey); and Ortyx (American partridge), are wide-
spread and abundant. In Mr. J. A. Allen's elaborate and interesting paper on
the birds of eastern North America, he enumerates 32 species which breed
rat (Geomys), beaver rat (Fiber), jumping mouse (Jaculus), tree porcupine
(Erethizon), and other characteristic Nearctic forms.
Birds.—The birds of this sub-region have been carefully studied by
American naturalists, and many interesting facts ascertained as to their
distribution and migrations. About 120 species of birds are peculiar to the
east coast of the United States, but only about 30 of these are residents all
the year round in any part of it; the bird population being essentially a
migratory one, coming from the north in winter and the south in summer.
The largest number of species seems to be congregated in the district of the
Alleghany mountains. A considerable proportion of the passerine birds
winter in Central America and the West Indian Islands, and go to the Middle
States or Canada to breed; so that even the luxuriant Southern States do not
possess many birds which may be called permanent residents. Thus, in East
Pennsylvania there are only 52, and in the district of Columbia 54 species,
found all the year round, out of about 130 which breed in these localities;
very much below the number which permanently reside in Great Britain.
This sub-region is well characterised by its almost exclusive possession of
Ectopistes, the celebrated passenger pigeon, whose enormous flocks and
breeding places have been so often described; and Cupidonia, a remarkable
genus of grouse. The only Nearctic parrot, Conurus carolinensis, is found in
the Southern States; as well as Crotophaga, a South American genus
usually associated with the cuckoos. Helmintherus and Oporornis, genera
of wood-warblers, may be considered to be peculiar to this sub-region,
since in each case only one of the two species migrates as far as Central
America; while two other genera of the same family, Siurus and Setophaga,
as well as the finch genus, Euspiza, do not extend to either of the western
sub-regions. Parus, a genus of tits, comes into the district from the north;
Otocorys, an alpine lark, and Coturniculus, an American finch, from the
west; and such characteristic Nearctic genera as Antrostomus (the whip-
poor-will goatsuckers); Helminthophaga, Dendræca, and Myiodioctes
(wood-warblers); Vireo (greenlets); Dolichonyx (rice-bird); Quiscalus
(troupial); Meleagris (turkey); and Ortyx (American partridge), are wide-
spread and abundant. In Mr. J. A. Allen's elaborate and interesting paper on
the birds of eastern North America, he enumerates 32 species which breed
Page 192
only in the more temperate portions of this province, and may therefore be
considered to be especially characteristic of it. These belong to the
following genera:—Turdus, Galeoscoptes, Harporhynchus, Sialia,
Dendræca, Wilsonia, Pyranga, Vireo, Lanivireo, Lophophanes,
Coturniculus, Ammodromus, Spizella, Euspiza, Hedymeles, Cyanospiza,
Pipilo, Cardinalis, Icterus, Corvus, Centurus, Melanerpes, Antrostomus,
Coccyzus, Ortyx, and Cupidonia.
Reptiles.—In this class the Eastern States are rich, possessing many
peculiar forms not found in other parts of the region. Among snakes it has
the genera Farancia and Dimodes belonging to the fresh-water snakes
(Homalopsidæ); the South American genus Elaps; and 3 genera of
rattlesnakes, Cenchris, Crotalophorus, and Crotalus. The following genera
of snakes are said to occur in the State of New York:—Coluber,
Tropidonotus, Leptophis, Calamaria, Heterodon, Trigonocephalus,
Crotalus, Psammophis, Helicops, Rhinostoma, Pituophis, and Elaps.
Among lizards, Chirotes, forming a peculiar family of Amphisbenians,
inhabits Missouri and Mexico; while the remarkable glass-snake,
Ophisaurus, belonging to the family Zonuridæ, is peculiar to the Southern
States; and the South American Sphærodactylus, one of the gecko family,
reaches Florida. Other genera which extend as far north as the State of New
York are, Scincus, Tropidolepis, Plestiodon, Lygosoma, Ameiva, and
Phrynosoma.
Tortoises, especially the fresh-water kind, are very abundant; and the genera
Aromochelys, Chelydra, Terrapene, and Trionyx, are nearly, if not quite,
confined to this division of the region.
Amphibia.—Almost all the remarkable forms of Urodela, or tailed
batrachians, peculiar to the region are found here only; such as Siren and
Pseudobranchus, constituting the family Sirenidæ; Menobranchus, allied to
the Proteus of Europe; Amphiuma, an eel-like creature with four
rudimentary feet, constituting the family Amphiumidæ; Notopthalmus,
Desmognathus, and Menopoma, belonging to the Salamandridæ; together
with several other genera of wider range. Of Anura, or tail-less batrachians,
considered to be especially characteristic of it. These belong to the
following genera:—Turdus, Galeoscoptes, Harporhynchus, Sialia,
Dendræca, Wilsonia, Pyranga, Vireo, Lanivireo, Lophophanes,
Coturniculus, Ammodromus, Spizella, Euspiza, Hedymeles, Cyanospiza,
Pipilo, Cardinalis, Icterus, Corvus, Centurus, Melanerpes, Antrostomus,
Coccyzus, Ortyx, and Cupidonia.
Reptiles.—In this class the Eastern States are rich, possessing many
peculiar forms not found in other parts of the region. Among snakes it has
the genera Farancia and Dimodes belonging to the fresh-water snakes
(Homalopsidæ); the South American genus Elaps; and 3 genera of
rattlesnakes, Cenchris, Crotalophorus, and Crotalus. The following genera
of snakes are said to occur in the State of New York:—Coluber,
Tropidonotus, Leptophis, Calamaria, Heterodon, Trigonocephalus,
Crotalus, Psammophis, Helicops, Rhinostoma, Pituophis, and Elaps.
Among lizards, Chirotes, forming a peculiar family of Amphisbenians,
inhabits Missouri and Mexico; while the remarkable glass-snake,
Ophisaurus, belonging to the family Zonuridæ, is peculiar to the Southern
States; and the South American Sphærodactylus, one of the gecko family,
reaches Florida. Other genera which extend as far north as the State of New
York are, Scincus, Tropidolepis, Plestiodon, Lygosoma, Ameiva, and
Phrynosoma.
Tortoises, especially the fresh-water kind, are very abundant; and the genera
Aromochelys, Chelydra, Terrapene, and Trionyx, are nearly, if not quite,
confined to this division of the region.
Amphibia.—Almost all the remarkable forms of Urodela, or tailed
batrachians, peculiar to the region are found here only; such as Siren and
Pseudobranchus, constituting the family Sirenidæ; Menobranchus, allied to
the Proteus of Europe; Amphiuma, an eel-like creature with four
rudimentary feet, constituting the family Amphiumidæ; Notopthalmus,
Desmognathus, and Menopoma, belonging to the Salamandridæ; together
with several other genera of wider range. Of Anura, or tail-less batrachians,
Page 193
there are no peculiar genera, but the Neotropical genus of toads,
Engystoma, extends as far as South Carolina.
Fishes.—Owing to its possession of the Mississippi and the great lakes,
almost all the peculiar forms of North American fishes are confined to this
sub-region. Such are Perca, Pileoma, Huro, Bryttus, and Pomotis (Percidæ);
the families Aphredoderidæ and Percopsidæ; several genera of
Cyprinodontidæ and Cyprinidæ; and the family Polydontidæ.
Islands of the Alleghany Sub-region.
The Bermudas.—These islands, situated in the Atlantic, about 700 miles
from the coast of Carolina, are chiefly interesting for the proof they afford
of the power of a great variety of birds to cross so wide an extent of ocean.
There are only 6 or 8 species of birds which are permanent residents on the
islands, all common North American species; while no less than 140 species
have been recorded as visiting them. Most of these are stragglers, many
only noticed once; others appear frequently and in great numbers, but very
few, perhaps not a dozen, come every year, and can be considered regular
migrants. The permanent residents are, a greenlet (Vireo noveboracensis),
the catbird (Galeoscoptes carolinensis), the blue bird (Sialia sialis), the
cardinal (Cardinalis virginianus), the American crow (Corvus americanus),
and the ground dove (Chamæpelia passerina). The most regular visitants
are a kingfisher (Ceryle alcyon), the wood-wagtail (Siurus noveboracensis),
the rice-bird (Dolichonyx oryzivorus), and a moorhen (Gallinula galeata).
Besides the American species, four European birds have been taken at the
Bermudas: Saxicola œnanthe, Alauda arvensis (perhaps introduced), Crex
pratensis, and Scolopax gallinago.
A common American lizard, Plestiodon longirostris, is the only land reptile
found on the islands.
IV. The Sub-Arctic or Canadian Sub-region.
Engystoma, extends as far as South Carolina.
Fishes.—Owing to its possession of the Mississippi and the great lakes,
almost all the peculiar forms of North American fishes are confined to this
sub-region. Such are Perca, Pileoma, Huro, Bryttus, and Pomotis (Percidæ);
the families Aphredoderidæ and Percopsidæ; several genera of
Cyprinodontidæ and Cyprinidæ; and the family Polydontidæ.
Islands of the Alleghany Sub-region.
The Bermudas.—These islands, situated in the Atlantic, about 700 miles
from the coast of Carolina, are chiefly interesting for the proof they afford
of the power of a great variety of birds to cross so wide an extent of ocean.
There are only 6 or 8 species of birds which are permanent residents on the
islands, all common North American species; while no less than 140 species
have been recorded as visiting them. Most of these are stragglers, many
only noticed once; others appear frequently and in great numbers, but very
few, perhaps not a dozen, come every year, and can be considered regular
migrants. The permanent residents are, a greenlet (Vireo noveboracensis),
the catbird (Galeoscoptes carolinensis), the blue bird (Sialia sialis), the
cardinal (Cardinalis virginianus), the American crow (Corvus americanus),
and the ground dove (Chamæpelia passerina). The most regular visitants
are a kingfisher (Ceryle alcyon), the wood-wagtail (Siurus noveboracensis),
the rice-bird (Dolichonyx oryzivorus), and a moorhen (Gallinula galeata).
Besides the American species, four European birds have been taken at the
Bermudas: Saxicola œnanthe, Alauda arvensis (perhaps introduced), Crex
pratensis, and Scolopax gallinago.
A common American lizard, Plestiodon longirostris, is the only land reptile
found on the islands.
IV. The Sub-Arctic or Canadian Sub-region.
Page 194
This sub-region serves to connect together the other three, since they all
merge gradually into it; while to the north it passes into the circumpolar
zone which is common to the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions. The greater
portion of it is an extensive forest-district, mostly of coniferæ; and where
these cease towards the north, barren wastes extend to the polar ocean. It
possesses several northern or arctic forms of Mammalia, such as the
glutton, lemming, reindeer, and elk, which barely enter the more southern
sub-regions; as well as the polar bear and arctic fox; but it also has some
peculiar forms, and many of the most characteristic Nearctic types. The
remarkable musk-sheep (Ovibos) is confined to this sub-region, ranging
over a considerable extent of country north of the forests, as well as
Greenland. It has been extinct in Europe and Asia since the Post-pliocene
epoch. Such purely Nearctic genera as Procyon, Latax, Erethizon, Jaculus,
Fiber, Thomomys, and Hesperomys, abound, many of them ranging to the
shores of Hudson's Bay and the barren wastes of northern Labrador. Others,
such as Blarina, Condylura, and Mephitis, are found only in Nova Scotia
and various parts of Canada. About 20 species of Mammalia seem to be
peculiar to this sub-region.
Plate XX. Illustrating the Zoology of Canada.—We have here a group of
Mammalia characteristic of Canada and the colder parts of the United
States. Conspicuous in the foreground is the skunk (Mephitis mephitica),
belonging to a genus of the weasel family found only in America. This
animal is celebrated for its power of ejecting a terribly offensive liquid, the
odour of which is almost intolerable. The skunks are nocturnal animals, and
are generally marked, as in the species represented, with conspicuous bands
and patches of white. This enables them to be easily seen at night, and thus
serves to warn larger animals not to attack them. To the left is the curious
little jumping mouse (Jaculus hudsonius), the American representative of
the Palæarctic jerboa. Climbing up a tree on the left is the tree porcupine
(Erethizon dorsatus), belonging to the family Cercolabidæ, which
represents, on the American continent, the porcupines of the Old World. In
the background is the elk or moose (Alces americanus), perhaps identical
with the European elk, and the most striking inhabitant of the northern
forests of America, as the bison is of the prairies.
merge gradually into it; while to the north it passes into the circumpolar
zone which is common to the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions. The greater
portion of it is an extensive forest-district, mostly of coniferæ; and where
these cease towards the north, barren wastes extend to the polar ocean. It
possesses several northern or arctic forms of Mammalia, such as the
glutton, lemming, reindeer, and elk, which barely enter the more southern
sub-regions; as well as the polar bear and arctic fox; but it also has some
peculiar forms, and many of the most characteristic Nearctic types. The
remarkable musk-sheep (Ovibos) is confined to this sub-region, ranging
over a considerable extent of country north of the forests, as well as
Greenland. It has been extinct in Europe and Asia since the Post-pliocene
epoch. Such purely Nearctic genera as Procyon, Latax, Erethizon, Jaculus,
Fiber, Thomomys, and Hesperomys, abound, many of them ranging to the
shores of Hudson's Bay and the barren wastes of northern Labrador. Others,
such as Blarina, Condylura, and Mephitis, are found only in Nova Scotia
and various parts of Canada. About 20 species of Mammalia seem to be
peculiar to this sub-region.
Plate XX. Illustrating the Zoology of Canada.—We have here a group of
Mammalia characteristic of Canada and the colder parts of the United
States. Conspicuous in the foreground is the skunk (Mephitis mephitica),
belonging to a genus of the weasel family found only in America. This
animal is celebrated for its power of ejecting a terribly offensive liquid, the
odour of which is almost intolerable. The skunks are nocturnal animals, and
are generally marked, as in the species represented, with conspicuous bands
and patches of white. This enables them to be easily seen at night, and thus
serves to warn larger animals not to attack them. To the left is the curious
little jumping mouse (Jaculus hudsonius), the American representative of
the Palæarctic jerboa. Climbing up a tree on the left is the tree porcupine
(Erethizon dorsatus), belonging to the family Cercolabidæ, which
represents, on the American continent, the porcupines of the Old World. In
the background is the elk or moose (Alces americanus), perhaps identical
with the European elk, and the most striking inhabitant of the northern
forests of America, as the bison is of the prairies.
Page 195
Birds.—Although the Canadian sub-region possesses very few resident
birds, the numbers which breed in it are perhaps greater than in the other
sub-regions, because a large number of circumpolar species are found here
exclusively. From a comparison of Mr. Allen's tables it appears, that more
than 200 species are regular migrants to Canada in the breeding season, and
nearly half of these are land-birds. Among them are to be found a
considerable number of genera of the American families Tyrannidæ and
Mniotiltidæ, as well as the American genera Sialia, Progne, Vireo,
Cistothorus, Junco, Pipilo, Zonotrichia, Spizella, Melospiza, Molothrus,
Agelæus, Cyanura, Sphyrapicus, and many others; so that the ornithology
of these northern regions is still mainly Nearctic in character. Besides these,
it has such specially northern forms as Surnia (Strigidæ); Picoides (Picidæ);
Pinicola (Fringillidæ); as well as Leucosticte, Plectrophanes, Perisoreus,
and Lagopus, which extend further south, especially in the middle sub-
region. No less than 212 species of birds have been collected in the new
United States territory of Alaska (formerly Russian America), where a
humming-bird (Selasphorus rufus) breeds. The great majority of these are
typically American, including such forms as Colaptes, Helminthophaga,
Siurus, Dendræca, Myiodioctes, Passerculus, Zonotrichia, Junco, Spizella,
Melospizpa, Passerella, Scoleophagas, Pediocetes, and Bonasa; together
with many northern birds common to both continents. Yet a few Palæarctic
forms, not known in other parts of the sub-region, appear here. These are
Budytes flava, Phylloscopus kennicottii, and Pyrrhula coccinea, all
belonging to genera not occurring elsewhere in North America. Considering
the proximity of the district to North-east Asia, and the high probability that
there was an actual land connection at, and south of, Behring's Straits, in
late Tertiary times, it is somewhat remarkable that the admixture of
Palæarctic and Nearctic groups is not greater than it is. The Palæarctic
element, however, forms so small apportion of the whole fauna, that it may
be satisfactorily accounted for by the establishment of immigrants since the
Glacial period. The great interest felt by ornithologists in the discovery of
the three genera above-named, with a wren allied to a European species, is
an indication that the faunas even of the northern parts of the Nearctic and
Palæarctic regions are, as regards birds, radically distinct. It may be
mentioned that the birds of the Aleutian Isles are also, so far as known,
almost wholly Nearctic. The number of land-birds known from Alaska is
birds, the numbers which breed in it are perhaps greater than in the other
sub-regions, because a large number of circumpolar species are found here
exclusively. From a comparison of Mr. Allen's tables it appears, that more
than 200 species are regular migrants to Canada in the breeding season, and
nearly half of these are land-birds. Among them are to be found a
considerable number of genera of the American families Tyrannidæ and
Mniotiltidæ, as well as the American genera Sialia, Progne, Vireo,
Cistothorus, Junco, Pipilo, Zonotrichia, Spizella, Melospiza, Molothrus,
Agelæus, Cyanura, Sphyrapicus, and many others; so that the ornithology
of these northern regions is still mainly Nearctic in character. Besides these,
it has such specially northern forms as Surnia (Strigidæ); Picoides (Picidæ);
Pinicola (Fringillidæ); as well as Leucosticte, Plectrophanes, Perisoreus,
and Lagopus, which extend further south, especially in the middle sub-
region. No less than 212 species of birds have been collected in the new
United States territory of Alaska (formerly Russian America), where a
humming-bird (Selasphorus rufus) breeds. The great majority of these are
typically American, including such forms as Colaptes, Helminthophaga,
Siurus, Dendræca, Myiodioctes, Passerculus, Zonotrichia, Junco, Spizella,
Melospizpa, Passerella, Scoleophagas, Pediocetes, and Bonasa; together
with many northern birds common to both continents. Yet a few Palæarctic
forms, not known in other parts of the sub-region, appear here. These are
Budytes flava, Phylloscopus kennicottii, and Pyrrhula coccinea, all
belonging to genera not occurring elsewhere in North America. Considering
the proximity of the district to North-east Asia, and the high probability that
there was an actual land connection at, and south of, Behring's Straits, in
late Tertiary times, it is somewhat remarkable that the admixture of
Palæarctic and Nearctic groups is not greater than it is. The Palæarctic
element, however, forms so small apportion of the whole fauna, that it may
be satisfactorily accounted for by the establishment of immigrants since the
Glacial period. The great interest felt by ornithologists in the discovery of
the three genera above-named, with a wren allied to a European species, is
an indication that the faunas even of the northern parts of the Nearctic and
Palæarctic regions are, as regards birds, radically distinct. It may be
mentioned that the birds of the Aleutian Isles are also, so far as known,
almost wholly Nearctic. The number of land-birds known from Alaska is
Page 196
77; and from the Aleutian Isles 16 species, all of which, except one, are
North American.
Plate XX.
A CANADIAN FOREST, WITH CHARACTERISTIC MAMMALIA.
Reptiles.—These are comparatively few and unimportant. There are
however five snakes and three tortoises which are limited to Canada proper;
while further north there are only Amphibia, represented by frogs and toads,
and a salamander of the genus Plethodon.
Fishes.—Most of the groups of fresh-water fish of the Nearctic region are
represented here, especially those of the perch, salmon, and pike families;
but there seem to be few or no peculiar genera.
Insects.—These are far less numerous than in the more temperate districts,
but are still tolerably abundant. In Canada there are 53 species of
North American.
Plate XX.
A CANADIAN FOREST, WITH CHARACTERISTIC MAMMALIA.
Reptiles.—These are comparatively few and unimportant. There are
however five snakes and three tortoises which are limited to Canada proper;
while further north there are only Amphibia, represented by frogs and toads,
and a salamander of the genus Plethodon.
Fishes.—Most of the groups of fresh-water fish of the Nearctic region are
represented here, especially those of the perch, salmon, and pike families;
but there seem to be few or no peculiar genera.
Insects.—These are far less numerous than in the more temperate districts,
but are still tolerably abundant. In Canada there are 53 species of
Page 197
butterflies, viz., Papilionidæ, 4; Pieridæ, 2; Nymphalidæ, 21; Satyridæ, 3;
Lycænidæ 16, and Hesperidæ 7. Most of these are, no doubt, found chiefly
in the southern parts of Canada. That Coleoptera are pretty numerous is
shown, by more than 800 species having been collected on the shores of
Lake Superior; 177 being Geodephaga and 39 Longicorns.
Greenland.—This great arctic island must be considered as belonging to the
Nearctic region, since of its six land mammals, three are exclusively
American (Myodes torquatus, Lepus glacialis, and Ovibos moschatus),
while the other three (Vulpes lagopus, Ursus maritimus, and Rangifer
tarandus) are circumpolar. Only fourteen land-birds are either resident in,
or regular migrants to the country; and of these two are European
(Haliæetus albicilla, and Falco peregrinus), while three are American
(Anthus ludovicianus, Zonotrichia leucophrys, and Lagopus rupestris), the
rest being arctic species common to both continents. The waders and
aquatics (49 in number) are nearly equally divided between both continents;
but the land-birds which visit Greenland as stragglers are mostly American.
Yet although the Nearctic element somewhat preponderates, Greenland
really belongs to that circumpolar debateable land, which is common to the
two North Temperate regions.
Concluding remarks.—We have already discussed pretty fully, though
somewhat incidentally, the status and relations of the Nearctic region; first
in our chapter on Zoological regions, then in our review of extinct faunas,
and lastly in the earlier part of this chapter. It will not therefore be necessary
to go further into the question here; but we shall, in our next chapter, give a
brief summary of the general conclusions we have reached as to the past
history and mutual zoological relations of all the great divisions of the
earth.
TABLES OF DISTRIBUTION.
Lycænidæ 16, and Hesperidæ 7. Most of these are, no doubt, found chiefly
in the southern parts of Canada. That Coleoptera are pretty numerous is
shown, by more than 800 species having been collected on the shores of
Lake Superior; 177 being Geodephaga and 39 Longicorns.
Greenland.—This great arctic island must be considered as belonging to the
Nearctic region, since of its six land mammals, three are exclusively
American (Myodes torquatus, Lepus glacialis, and Ovibos moschatus),
while the other three (Vulpes lagopus, Ursus maritimus, and Rangifer
tarandus) are circumpolar. Only fourteen land-birds are either resident in,
or regular migrants to the country; and of these two are European
(Haliæetus albicilla, and Falco peregrinus), while three are American
(Anthus ludovicianus, Zonotrichia leucophrys, and Lagopus rupestris), the
rest being arctic species common to both continents. The waders and
aquatics (49 in number) are nearly equally divided between both continents;
but the land-birds which visit Greenland as stragglers are mostly American.
Yet although the Nearctic element somewhat preponderates, Greenland
really belongs to that circumpolar debateable land, which is common to the
two North Temperate regions.
Concluding remarks.—We have already discussed pretty fully, though
somewhat incidentally, the status and relations of the Nearctic region; first
in our chapter on Zoological regions, then in our review of extinct faunas,
and lastly in the earlier part of this chapter. It will not therefore be necessary
to go further into the question here; but we shall, in our next chapter, give a
brief summary of the general conclusions we have reached as to the past
history and mutual zoological relations of all the great divisions of the
earth.
TABLES OF DISTRIBUTION.
Page 198
In drawing up these tables, showing the distribution of various classes of
animals in the Nearctic region, the following sources of information have
been chiefly relied on, in addition to the general treatises, monographs, and
catalogues used in the compilation of the 4th Part of this work.
Mammalia.—Professor Baird's Catalogue; Allen's List of the Bats; Mr.
Lord's List for British Columbia; Brown, for Greenland; Packard for
Labrador.
Birds.—Baird, Cassin, and Allen's Lists for United States; Richardson's
Fauna Boreali Americana; Jones, for Bermudas; and papers by Brown,
Coues, Lord, Packard, Dall, and Professor Newton.
TABLE I.
FAMILIES OF ANIMALS INHABITING THE NEARCTIC REGION.
Explanation.
Names in italics show the families which are peculiar to the region.
Names inclosed thus (......) show families which barely enter the
region, and are not considered properly to belong to it.
Numbers correspond to the series of numbers to the families in Part IV.
Sub-regions
Range beyond
Order and Family
Rocky the Region.
California. Alleghanies. Canada.
Mntns.
MAMMALIA.
Chiroptera.
10. Phyllostomidæ — Neotropical
animals in the Nearctic region, the following sources of information have
been chiefly relied on, in addition to the general treatises, monographs, and
catalogues used in the compilation of the 4th Part of this work.
Mammalia.—Professor Baird's Catalogue; Allen's List of the Bats; Mr.
Lord's List for British Columbia; Brown, for Greenland; Packard for
Labrador.
Birds.—Baird, Cassin, and Allen's Lists for United States; Richardson's
Fauna Boreali Americana; Jones, for Bermudas; and papers by Brown,
Coues, Lord, Packard, Dall, and Professor Newton.
TABLE I.
FAMILIES OF ANIMALS INHABITING THE NEARCTIC REGION.
Explanation.
Names in italics show the families which are peculiar to the region.
Names inclosed thus (......) show families which barely enter the
region, and are not considered properly to belong to it.
Numbers correspond to the series of numbers to the families in Part IV.
Sub-regions
Range beyond
Order and Family
Rocky the Region.
California. Alleghanies. Canada.
Mntns.
MAMMALIA.
Chiroptera.
10. Phyllostomidæ — Neotropical
Page 199
12. — — — — Cosmopolite
Vespertilionidæ
13. Noctilionidæ — Tropical
regions
Insectivora.
21. Talpidæ — — — — Palæarctic
22. Soricidæ — — — — The Eastern
Hemisphere,
excl.
Australia
Carnivora.
23. Felidæ — — — — All regions
but the
Australian
28. Canidæ — — — — All regions
but the
Australian
29. Mustelidæ — — — — All regions
but the
Australian
30. Procyonidæ — — — — Neotropical
32. Ursidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
Oriental
33. Otariidæ — — N. and S.
temperate
zones
34. Trichechidæ — Arctic
regions
35. Phocidæ — — N. and S.
temperate
zones
Cetacea.
36 to 41. Oceanic
Vespertilionidæ
13. Noctilionidæ — Tropical
regions
Insectivora.
21. Talpidæ — — — — Palæarctic
22. Soricidæ — — — — The Eastern
Hemisphere,
excl.
Australia
Carnivora.
23. Felidæ — — — — All regions
but the
Australian
28. Canidæ — — — — All regions
but the
Australian
29. Mustelidæ — — — — All regions
but the
Australian
30. Procyonidæ — — — — Neotropical
32. Ursidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
Oriental
33. Otariidæ — — N. and S.
temperate
zones
34. Trichechidæ — Arctic
regions
35. Phocidæ — — N. and S.
temperate
zones
Cetacea.
36 to 41. Oceanic
Page 200
Ungulata.
47. Suidæ — All other
continents
but
Australia
50. Cervidæ — — — — All regions
but
Ethiopian
and
Australian
52. Bovidæ — — — Palæarctic,
Ethiopian,
Oriental
Rodentia.
55. Muridæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
57. Dipodidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
Ethiopian
59. Saccomyidæ — — — — Mexican
sub-region
60. Castoridæ — — — — Palæarctic
61. Sciuridæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
62. —
Haploodontidæ
66. Cercolabidæ — — — — Neotropical
69. Lagomyidæ — — Palæarctic
70. Leporidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
Marsupialia.
76. Didelphyidæ — — Neotropical
47. Suidæ — All other
continents
but
Australia
50. Cervidæ — — — — All regions
but
Ethiopian
and
Australian
52. Bovidæ — — — Palæarctic,
Ethiopian,
Oriental
Rodentia.
55. Muridæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
57. Dipodidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
Ethiopian
59. Saccomyidæ — — — — Mexican
sub-region
60. Castoridæ — — — — Palæarctic
61. Sciuridæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
62. —
Haploodontidæ
66. Cercolabidæ — — — — Neotropical
69. Lagomyidæ — — Palæarctic
70. Leporidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
Marsupialia.
76. Didelphyidæ — — Neotropical
Page 201
BIRDS.
Passeres.
1. Turdidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
2. Sylviidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
5. Cinclidæ — — Palæarctic,
Oriental,
Andes
6. Troglodytidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
7. Chamæidæ —
8. Certhiidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
Oriental,
Australian
9. Sittidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
Oriental,
Australian
10. Paridæ — — — — The Eastern
Hemisphere
19. Laniidæ — — — — The Eastern
Hemisphere
20. Corvidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
26. (Cœrebidæ) — Neotropical
family
27. Mniotiltidæ — — — — Neotropical
28. Vireonidæ — — — — Neotropical
29. Ampelidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
Antilles,
Guatemala
30. Hirundinidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
31. Icteridæ — — — — Neotropical
32. Tanagridæ — — Neotropical
Passeres.
1. Turdidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
2. Sylviidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
5. Cinclidæ — — Palæarctic,
Oriental,
Andes
6. Troglodytidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
7. Chamæidæ —
8. Certhiidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
Oriental,
Australian
9. Sittidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
Oriental,
Australian
10. Paridæ — — — — The Eastern
Hemisphere
19. Laniidæ — — — — The Eastern
Hemisphere
20. Corvidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
26. (Cœrebidæ) — Neotropical
family
27. Mniotiltidæ — — — — Neotropical
28. Vireonidæ — — — — Neotropical
29. Ampelidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
Antilles,
Guatemala
30. Hirundinidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
31. Icteridæ — — — — Neotropical
32. Tanagridæ — — Neotropical
Page 202
33. Fringillidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
37. Alaudidæ — — — All regions
but
Neotropical
38. Motacillidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
39. Tyrannidæ — — — — Neotropical
Picariæ.
51. Picidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
58. Cuculidæ — — — Almost
cosmopolite
67. Alcedinidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
73. Caprimulgidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
74. Cypselidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
75. Trochilidæ — — — — Neotropical
Psittaci.
80. Conuridæ — Neotropical
Columbæ.
84. Columbidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Gallinæ.
87. Tetraonidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
88. Phasianidæ — — Palæarctic,
Oriental,
Ethiopian,
Honduras
91. (Cracidæ) — Neotropical
but
Australian
37. Alaudidæ — — — All regions
but
Neotropical
38. Motacillidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
39. Tyrannidæ — — — — Neotropical
Picariæ.
51. Picidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
58. Cuculidæ — — — Almost
cosmopolite
67. Alcedinidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
73. Caprimulgidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
74. Cypselidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
75. Trochilidæ — — — — Neotropical
Psittaci.
80. Conuridæ — Neotropical
Columbæ.
84. Columbidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Gallinæ.
87. Tetraonidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
88. Phasianidæ — — Palæarctic,
Oriental,
Ethiopian,
Honduras
91. (Cracidæ) — Neotropical
Page 203
Accipitres.
94. Vulturidæ — — — All regions
but
Australian
96. Falconidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
97. Pandionidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
98. Strigidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Grallæ.
99. Rallidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
100. Scolopacidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
105. Charadriidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
107. Gruidæ — — — All regions
but
Neotropical
113. Ardeidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
114. Plataleidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
115. Ciconiidæ — All the
regions
Anseres.
118. Anatidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
119. Laridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
120. Procellariidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
121. Pelecanidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
123. Colymbidæ — North
temperate
and arctic
zones
124. Podicipidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
125. Alcidæ — — North
temperate
and arctic
zones
94. Vulturidæ — — — All regions
but
Australian
96. Falconidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
97. Pandionidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
98. Strigidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Grallæ.
99. Rallidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
100. Scolopacidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
105. Charadriidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
107. Gruidæ — — — All regions
but
Neotropical
113. Ardeidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
114. Plataleidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
115. Ciconiidæ — All the
regions
Anseres.
118. Anatidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
119. Laridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
120. Procellariidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
121. Pelecanidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
123. Colymbidæ — North
temperate
and arctic
zones
124. Podicipidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
125. Alcidæ — — North
temperate
and arctic
zones
Page 204
REPTILIA.
Ophidia.
5. Calamariidæ — — — All the
regions
6. Oligodontidæ — Neotropical,
Oriental,
Japan
7. Colubridæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
8. Homalopsidæ — All the
regions
17. Pythonidæ — All tropical
regions
20. Elapidæ — All tropical
regions,
Japan
24. Crotalidæ — — — — Neotropical,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
Lacertilia.
27. Chirotidæ — — Mexico
32. Teidæ — — — Neotropical
34. Zonuridæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
35. Chalcidæ — Neotropical
45. Scincidæ — — — Almost
cosmopolite
49. Geckotidæ — — — Almost
cosmopolite
50. Iguanidæ — — — Neotropical
Crocodilia.
56. Alligatoridæ — Neotropical
Ophidia.
5. Calamariidæ — — — All the
regions
6. Oligodontidæ — Neotropical,
Oriental,
Japan
7. Colubridæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
8. Homalopsidæ — All the
regions
17. Pythonidæ — All tropical
regions
20. Elapidæ — All tropical
regions,
Japan
24. Crotalidæ — — — — Neotropical,
Palæarctic,
Oriental
Lacertilia.
27. Chirotidæ — — Mexico
32. Teidæ — — — Neotropical
34. Zonuridæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
35. Chalcidæ — Neotropical
45. Scincidæ — — — Almost
cosmopolite
49. Geckotidæ — — — Almost
cosmopolite
50. Iguanidæ — — — Neotropical
Crocodilia.
56. Alligatoridæ — Neotropical
Page 205
Chelonia.
57. Testudinidæ — — — — All
continents
but
Australian
59. Trionychidæ — Ethiopian,
Oriental,
Japan
60. Cheloniidæ Marine
AMPHIBIA.
Urodela.
2. Sirenidæ —
3. Proteidæ — Palæarctic
4. Amphiumidæ —
5. Menopomidæ — Palæarctic
6. Salamandridæ — — — — Andes,
Palæarctic
Anoura.
10. Bufonidæ — — — — All
continents
but
Australia
12. Engystomidæ — All regions
but Nearctic
15. Alytidæ — — — All regions
but Oriental
17. Hylidæ — — — — All regions
but
Ethiopian
18. Polypedatidæ — All the
regions
19. Ranidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
57. Testudinidæ — — — — All
continents
but
Australian
59. Trionychidæ — Ethiopian,
Oriental,
Japan
60. Cheloniidæ Marine
AMPHIBIA.
Urodela.
2. Sirenidæ —
3. Proteidæ — Palæarctic
4. Amphiumidæ —
5. Menopomidæ — Palæarctic
6. Salamandridæ — — — — Andes,
Palæarctic
Anoura.
10. Bufonidæ — — — — All
continents
but
Australia
12. Engystomidæ — All regions
but Nearctic
15. Alytidæ — — — All regions
but Oriental
17. Hylidæ — — — — All regions
but
Ethiopian
18. Polypedatidæ — All the
regions
19. Ranidæ — — — — Almost
cosmopolite
Page 206
FISHES (FRESH-
WATER).
Acanthopterygii.
1. Gasterosteidæ — — — — Palæarctic
3. Percidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
4. —
Aphredoderidæ
12. Scienidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
37. Atherinidæ — — — — Palæarctic
Physostomi.
59. Siluridæ — — — — All warm
regions
65. Salmonidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
New
Zealand
66. Percopsidæ —
70. Esocidæ — — — — Palæarctic
71. Umbridæ — — — — Palæarctic
73. — — — All regions
Cyprinodontidæ but
Australian
74. Heteropygii —
75. Cyprinidæ — — — — Not in S.
America or
Australia
77. Hyodontidæ — — — —
Ganoidei.
93. Amiidæ — — — —
95. Lepidosteidæ — — — —
96. Accipenseridæ — — — — Palæarctic
97. Polydontidæ — Palæarctic
WATER).
Acanthopterygii.
1. Gasterosteidæ — — — — Palæarctic
3. Percidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
4. —
Aphredoderidæ
12. Scienidæ — — — — All regions
but
Australian
37. Atherinidæ — — — — Palæarctic
Physostomi.
59. Siluridæ — — — — All warm
regions
65. Salmonidæ — — — — Palæarctic,
New
Zealand
66. Percopsidæ —
70. Esocidæ — — — — Palæarctic
71. Umbridæ — — — — Palæarctic
73. — — — All regions
Cyprinodontidæ but
Australian
74. Heteropygii —
75. Cyprinidæ — — — — Not in S.
America or
Australia
77. Hyodontidæ — — — —
Ganoidei.
93. Amiidæ — — — —
95. Lepidosteidæ — — — —
96. Accipenseridæ — — — — Palæarctic
97. Polydontidæ — Palæarctic
Page 207
INSECTS.
LEPIDOPTERA
(PART).
Durini
(Butterflies).
1. Danaidæ — — — — All warm
regions
2. Satyridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
7. (Heliconidæ) — Neotropical
8. Nymphalidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
9. Libytheidæ — — Not in
Australia
12. Erycinidæ — — — Neotropical
13. Lycænidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
14. Pieridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
15. Papilionidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
16. Hesperidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Sphingidea.
17. Zygænidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
18. Castniidæ — Neotropical,
Australian
22. Ægeriidæ — — — — Not in
Australia
23. Sphingidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
TABLE II.
LIST OF GENERA OF TERRESTRIAL MAMMALIA AND BIRDS
INHABITING THE NEARCTIC REGION.
Explanation.
LEPIDOPTERA
(PART).
Durini
(Butterflies).
1. Danaidæ — — — — All warm
regions
2. Satyridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
7. (Heliconidæ) — Neotropical
8. Nymphalidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
9. Libytheidæ — — Not in
Australia
12. Erycinidæ — — — Neotropical
13. Lycænidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
14. Pieridæ — — — — Cosmopolite
15. Papilionidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
16. Hesperidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
Sphingidea.
17. Zygænidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
18. Castniidæ — Neotropical,
Australian
22. Ægeriidæ — — — — Not in
Australia
23. Sphingidæ — — — — Cosmopolite
TABLE II.
LIST OF GENERA OF TERRESTRIAL MAMMALIA AND BIRDS
INHABITING THE NEARCTIC REGION.
Explanation.
Page 208
Names in italics show genera peculiar to the region.
Names enclosed thus (...) indicate genera which barely enter the region,
and are not considered properly to belong to it.
Genera properly belonging to the region are numbered consecutively.
MAMMALIA.
Order, Family, and No. of Range within the Range beyond the
Genus. Species. Region. Region.
CHIROPTERA.
Phyllostomidæ.
1. Macrotus 1 California
Mexico,
Antilles
Vespertilionidæ.
2. Scotophilus 5 Universal, to Neotr., Orient.,
Hudson's Austral.
Bay
3. Vespertilio 6 Universal, to Cosmopolite.
Hudson's
Bay
4. Nycticejus 1 South and East India, Tropical
Africa,
temperate S.
America
5. Lasiurus 3 Temp. N. Tropical
Amer. to America
Nova Scotia
6. Synotus 2 S. E. and
Central
States
Names enclosed thus (...) indicate genera which barely enter the region,
and are not considered properly to belong to it.
Genera properly belonging to the region are numbered consecutively.
MAMMALIA.
Order, Family, and No. of Range within the Range beyond the
Genus. Species. Region. Region.
CHIROPTERA.
Phyllostomidæ.
1. Macrotus 1 California
Mexico,
Antilles
Vespertilionidæ.
2. Scotophilus 5 Universal, to Neotr., Orient.,
Hudson's Austral.
Bay
3. Vespertilio 6 Universal, to Cosmopolite.
Hudson's
Bay
4. Nycticejus 1 South and East India, Tropical
Africa,
temperate S.
America
5. Lasiurus 3 Temp. N. Tropical
Amer. to America
Nova Scotia
6. Synotus 2 S. E. and
Central
States
Page 209
7. Autrozous 1 W. Coast
Noctilionidæ.
8. Nyctinomus 1 Cal. and S. Neotropical,
Central Sub- Oriental, S.
region Palæarctic
INSECTIVORA.
Talpidæ.
9. Condylura 1 Eastern N.
America
10. Scapanus 2 New York to
San
Francisco
11. Scalops 3 S. of Great
Lakes &
Brit.
Columb.
12. Urotrichus 1 British Japan
Columbia
Soricidæ.
13. Sorex 16 The whole Palæarc.,
region Ethiop.,
Orien.
14. Neosorex 1 Vancouver's
Island (a
sub-genus)
15. Blarina 7 Canada to
Mexico (a
sub-genus)
CARNIVORA.
Felidæ.
16. Felis 5 S. of 55° N. All regs. but
Latitude Australian
Noctilionidæ.
8. Nyctinomus 1 Cal. and S. Neotropical,
Central Sub- Oriental, S.
region Palæarctic
INSECTIVORA.
Talpidæ.
9. Condylura 1 Eastern N.
America
10. Scapanus 2 New York to
San
Francisco
11. Scalops 3 S. of Great
Lakes &
Brit.
Columb.
12. Urotrichus 1 British Japan
Columbia
Soricidæ.
13. Sorex 16 The whole Palæarc.,
region Ethiop.,
Orien.
14. Neosorex 1 Vancouver's
Island (a
sub-genus)
15. Blarina 7 Canada to
Mexico (a
sub-genus)
CARNIVORA.
Felidæ.
16. Felis 5 S. of 55° N. All regs. but
Latitude Australian
Page 210
17. Lynx 3 S. of 56° N. Palæarctic
Latitude
Canidæ.
18. Lupus 6 All N. America Palæarctic,
Oriental
19. Vulpes 6 N. America to Palæarc.,
Arctic Ocean Ethiop.,
and Orient.
Greenland
Mustelidæ.
20. Martes 2 Pennsylvania Palæarctic,
to Paget's Oriental
Sound
21. Mustela 11 All N. America Peru,
Palæarctic,
Ethiopian,
Oriental
22. Gulo 1 Rocky N. Palæarctic
Mountains
and Canada
23. Latax 2 United States
and Canada
24. Enhydris 1 Pacific coast W. coast of S.
America
25. Taxidea 2 Arkansas to
58° N. Lat.
26. Mephitis 6 United States Neotropical
and Canada
Procyonidæ.
27. Procyon 2 Texas to Neotropical
Canada,
California
28. Bassaris 1 California and Guatemala and
Texas Mexico
Latitude
Canidæ.
18. Lupus 6 All N. America Palæarctic,
Oriental
19. Vulpes 6 N. America to Palæarc.,
Arctic Ocean Ethiop.,
and Orient.
Greenland
Mustelidæ.
20. Martes 2 Pennsylvania Palæarctic,
to Paget's Oriental
Sound
21. Mustela 11 All N. America Peru,
Palæarctic,
Ethiopian,
Oriental
22. Gulo 1 Rocky N. Palæarctic
Mountains
and Canada
23. Latax 2 United States
and Canada
24. Enhydris 1 Pacific coast W. coast of S.
America
25. Taxidea 2 Arkansas to
58° N. Lat.
26. Mephitis 6 United States Neotropical
and Canada
Procyonidæ.
27. Procyon 2 Texas to Neotropical
Canada,
California
28. Bassaris 1 California and Guatemala and
Texas Mexico
Page 211
Ursidæ.
29. Ursus 3 N. America and Palæarctic,
Greenland Oriental
Otariidæ.
30. Callorhinus 1 Behring's Kamschatka
Straits
31. Zalophus 1 S. California to Japan
N. Pacific
Eumetopias 1 California to
Behring's
Straits
Trichechidæ.
32. Trichechus 1 Arctic Ocean to Palæarctic
66° N. Lat.
in N.
America
Phocidæ.
33. Callocephalus 1 Greenland Palæarctic
34. Pagomys 1 N. Atlantic and Japan
N. Pacific
35. Pagophilus 1 N. Atlantic and Palæarctic
N. Pacific
36. Halicyon 1 N. W. coast of
America
37. Phoca 1 Northern Coast Palæarctic
38. Halichœrus 1 Greenland Palæarctic
39. Morunga 1 California S. temperate
shores
40. Cystophora Greenland N. Atlantic
UNGULATA.
Suidæ.
29. Ursus 3 N. America and Palæarctic,
Greenland Oriental
Otariidæ.
30. Callorhinus 1 Behring's Kamschatka
Straits
31. Zalophus 1 S. California to Japan
N. Pacific
Eumetopias 1 California to
Behring's
Straits
Trichechidæ.
32. Trichechus 1 Arctic Ocean to Palæarctic
66° N. Lat.
in N.
America
Phocidæ.
33. Callocephalus 1 Greenland Palæarctic
34. Pagomys 1 N. Atlantic and Japan
N. Pacific
35. Pagophilus 1 N. Atlantic and Palæarctic
N. Pacific
36. Halicyon 1 N. W. coast of
America
37. Phoca 1 Northern Coast Palæarctic
38. Halichœrus 1 Greenland Palæarctic
39. Morunga 1 California S. temperate
shores
40. Cystophora Greenland N. Atlantic
UNGULATA.
Suidæ.
Page 212
41. Dicotyles 1 Texas to Red Neotropical
River,
Arkansas
Cervidæ.
42. Alces 1 N. E. United N. Palæarctic
States &
Canada
43. Rangifer 2 Maine to Arctic Arctic zone
Ocean &
Greenl.
44. Cervus 6 N. America to Neotr.,
57° N. Lat. Palæarc.,
Orien.
Bovidæ.
45. Bison 1 Between E. Europe
Missouri &
Rocky Mtns.
46. Antilocapra 1 Central plains
from Rio
Grande to
British
Columbia
47. Aplocerus 1 Northern
Rocky
Mountains
48. Capra 1 Upper Missouri Palæarctic
and Rocky
Mountains
northwards
49. Ovibos 1 Arctic America
and
Greenland
RODENTIA.
Muridæ.
River,
Arkansas
Cervidæ.
42. Alces 1 N. E. United N. Palæarctic
States &
Canada
43. Rangifer 2 Maine to Arctic Arctic zone
Ocean &
Greenl.
44. Cervus 6 N. America to Neotr.,
57° N. Lat. Palæarc.,
Orien.
Bovidæ.
45. Bison 1 Between E. Europe
Missouri &
Rocky Mtns.
46. Antilocapra 1 Central plains
from Rio
Grande to
British
Columbia
47. Aplocerus 1 Northern
Rocky
Mountains
48. Capra 1 Upper Missouri Palæarctic
and Rocky
Mountains
northwards
49. Ovibos 1 Arctic America
and
Greenland
RODENTIA.
Muridæ.
Page 213
50. Reithrodon 5 N. America to Neotropical
Lat. 39° N.
51. Hesperomys 16 Temperate N. Neotropical
America
52. Neotoma 7 Temperate N.
America
53. Sigmodon 2 S. and S. E.
States
54. Arvicola 27 Texas and Palæarctic
California to
Hudson's
Bay
55. Myodes 3 N. United N. Palæarctic
States to
Arctic Reg.
and
Greenland
56. Fiber 1 All N. America Mexico
Dipodidæ.
57. Jaculus 1 Pennsylvania
to Canada
and
California
Saccomyidæ.
58. Dipodomys 5 New Mexico to
Columbia
River and
Carolina
59. Perognathus 6 New Mexico to
British
Columbia
60. Thomomys 2 Upper Missouri
to Hudson's
Bay
Lat. 39° N.
51. Hesperomys 16 Temperate N. Neotropical
America
52. Neotoma 7 Temperate N.
America
53. Sigmodon 2 S. and S. E.
States
54. Arvicola 27 Texas and Palæarctic
California to
Hudson's
Bay
55. Myodes 3 N. United N. Palæarctic
States to
Arctic Reg.
and
Greenland
56. Fiber 1 All N. America Mexico
Dipodidæ.
57. Jaculus 1 Pennsylvania
to Canada
and
California
Saccomyidæ.
58. Dipodomys 5 New Mexico to
Columbia
River and
Carolina
59. Perognathus 6 New Mexico to
British
Columbia
60. Thomomys 2 Upper Missouri
to Hudson's
Bay
Page 214
61. Geomys 5 New Mexico to
Alabama and
Nebraska
62. Saccomys 1 N. America
Castoridæ.
63. Castor 1 N. Mexico to Palæarctic
Labrador
Sciuridæ
64. Sciurus 18 N. America to All regs. but
Labrador Australian
65. Sciuropterus 4 California & E. Palæarctic,
States Oriental
northwds.
66. Tamias 4 Mexico and Mexico, N.
Virginia to Asia
Canada
67. Spermophilus 15 N., W., & Palæarctic
Central N.
America
68. Cynomys 2 Rio Grande to
Missouri
(Central)
69. Arctomys 4 Virginia and N. Palæarctic
Nebraska,
northws.
Haploodontidæ.
70. Haploodon 2 California and
British
Columbia
Cercolabidæ
71. Erethizon 2 Pennsylvania
to Canada, &
Pacific coast
Alabama and
Nebraska
62. Saccomys 1 N. America
Castoridæ.
63. Castor 1 N. Mexico to Palæarctic
Labrador
Sciuridæ
64. Sciurus 18 N. America to All regs. but
Labrador Australian
65. Sciuropterus 4 California & E. Palæarctic,
States Oriental
northwds.
66. Tamias 4 Mexico and Mexico, N.
Virginia to Asia
Canada
67. Spermophilus 15 N., W., & Palæarctic
Central N.
America
68. Cynomys 2 Rio Grande to
Missouri
(Central)
69. Arctomys 4 Virginia and N. Palæarctic
Nebraska,
northws.
Haploodontidæ.
70. Haploodon 2 California and
British
Columbia
Cercolabidæ
71. Erethizon 2 Pennsylvania
to Canada, &
Pacific coast
Page 215
Lagomyidæ.
72. Lagomys 1 Rocky Palæarctic
Mountains,
42° to 60° N.
Lat.
Leporidæ.
73. Lepus 15 All N. America All regs. but
to Greenland Australian
MARSUPIALIA.
Didelphyidæ.
74. Didelphys 2 From Hudson's Neotropical
River &
Lower
California,
southward
BIRDS.
PASSERES.
Turdidæ.
1. Turdus 9 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
2. Mimus 2 All U. States Neotropical
and to
Canada
3. Galeoscoptes 1 E. of N. To Panama
America
4. Oreoscoptes 1 California and Mexico
Rocky
Mountains
5. Harporhynchus 7 N. America, Mexico
chiefly the
72. Lagomys 1 Rocky Palæarctic
Mountains,
42° to 60° N.
Lat.
Leporidæ.
73. Lepus 15 All N. America All regs. but
to Greenland Australian
MARSUPIALIA.
Didelphyidæ.
74. Didelphys 2 From Hudson's Neotropical
River &
Lower
California,
southward
BIRDS.
PASSERES.
Turdidæ.
1. Turdus 9 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
2. Mimus 2 All U. States Neotropical
and to
Canada
3. Galeoscoptes 1 E. of N. To Panama
America
4. Oreoscoptes 1 California and Mexico
Rocky
Mountains
5. Harporhynchus 7 N. America, Mexico
chiefly the
Page 216
west
Sylviidæ.
6. Myiadestes 1 W. of Rocky Neotropical
Mountains
and to
Canada
7. Sialia 3 All United Mexico and
States and to Guatemala
Canada
8. Regulus 3 All United Palæarc., Cent.
States & to America
Labrador
9. Polioptila 3 Central and Neotropical
Southern U.
States
Cinclidæ.
10. Cinclus 1 Rocky Andes,
Mountains Palæarctic
and British
America
Troglodytidæ.
11. Troglodytes 3 N. America Neotropical,
Palæarctic
12. Thryophilus 1 N. W. America Neotropical
13. Thryothorus 3 All N. America Neotropical
14. Cistothorus 2 N. America Neotropical
(Campylorhynchus 1 Gila and Rio Neotropical
Grande) genus
15. Salpinctes 1 Rocky
Mountains to
Oregon
16. Catherpes 1 Gila and
Colorado
Chamæidæ.
Sylviidæ.
6. Myiadestes 1 W. of Rocky Neotropical
Mountains
and to
Canada
7. Sialia 3 All United Mexico and
States and to Guatemala
Canada
8. Regulus 3 All United Palæarc., Cent.
States & to America
Labrador
9. Polioptila 3 Central and Neotropical
Southern U.
States
Cinclidæ.
10. Cinclus 1 Rocky Andes,
Mountains Palæarctic
and British
America
Troglodytidæ.
11. Troglodytes 3 N. America Neotropical,
Palæarctic
12. Thryophilus 1 N. W. America Neotropical
13. Thryothorus 3 All N. America Neotropical
14. Cistothorus 2 N. America Neotropical
(Campylorhynchus 1 Gila and Rio Neotropical
Grande) genus
15. Salpinctes 1 Rocky
Mountains to
Oregon
16. Catherpes 1 Gila and
Colorado
Chamæidæ.
Page 217
17. Chamæa 1 California
Certhiidæ.
18. Certhia 2 All United Palæarctic,
States and Guatemala
Canada
Sittidæ.
19. Sitta 5 All United Palæarctic,
States and Mexico
Canada
Paridæ.
20. Parus 8 All United Palæarc.,
States and Orien.,
Canada Mexico
21. Lophophanes 4 All United Palæarctic,
States Mexico
22. Psaltriparus 3 Central & Mexico and
Western N. Guatemala
America
23. Auriparus 1 Rio Grande
Valley
Laniidæ.
24. Lanius 4 All N. America Palæarc.,
Ethio.,
Orient.
Corvidæ.
25. Perisoreus 1 Canada and Palæarctic
Rocky
Mountains
26. Cyanocitta 9 All United Neotropical
States and to
Canada
27. Gymnokitta 1 Central and N.
W. States
Certhiidæ.
18. Certhia 2 All United Palæarctic,
States and Guatemala
Canada
Sittidæ.
19. Sitta 5 All United Palæarctic,
States and Mexico
Canada
Paridæ.
20. Parus 8 All United Palæarc.,
States and Orien.,
Canada Mexico
21. Lophophanes 4 All United Palæarctic,
States Mexico
22. Psaltriparus 3 Central & Mexico and
Western N. Guatemala
America
23. Auriparus 1 Rio Grande
Valley
Laniidæ.
24. Lanius 4 All N. America Palæarc.,
Ethio.,
Orient.
Corvidæ.
25. Perisoreus 1 Canada and Palæarctic
Rocky
Mountains
26. Cyanocitta 9 All United Neotropical
States and to
Canada
27. Gymnokitta 1 Central and N.
W. States
Page 218
28. Picicorvus 1 Central and
Western
States to
Sitka
29. Pica 2 Central and Palæarctic
Western
States to
Arctic Ocean
30. Corvus 7 All N. America Cosmop., excl.
S. Amer.
Cœrebidæ.
(Certhiola 1 Florida; Neotropical
summer genus
migrant)
Mniotiltidæ.
31. Mniotilta 1 Eastern States Antilles,
Andes of
Columbia
(migrant)
32. Parula 1 Eastern States Neotropical
and Canada
33. Protonotaria 1 Ohio and Neotrop. to
southwards Venezuela
34. Helminthophaga 8 All N. America Mexico to
Columbia
35. Helmintherus 2 S. and E. States Mexico to
to Canada Veragua
36. Perissoglossa 1 Eastern United Antilles
States
37. Dendrœca 22 All N. America Mex. to
Ecuador &
Chili
38. Oporornis 2 Eastern States Guatemala and
Panama
39. Geothlypis 4 All N. America Neotropical
Western
States to
Sitka
29. Pica 2 Central and Palæarctic
Western
States to
Arctic Ocean
30. Corvus 7 All N. America Cosmop., excl.
S. Amer.
Cœrebidæ.
(Certhiola 1 Florida; Neotropical
summer genus
migrant)
Mniotiltidæ.
31. Mniotilta 1 Eastern States Antilles,
Andes of
Columbia
(migrant)
32. Parula 1 Eastern States Neotropical
and Canada
33. Protonotaria 1 Ohio and Neotrop. to
southwards Venezuela
34. Helminthophaga 8 All N. America Mexico to
Columbia
35. Helmintherus 2 S. and E. States Mexico to
to Canada Veragua
36. Perissoglossa 1 Eastern United Antilles
States
37. Dendrœca 22 All N. America Mex. to
Ecuador &
Chili
38. Oporornis 2 Eastern States Guatemala and
Panama
39. Geothlypis 4 All N. America Neotropical
Page 219
40. Setophaga 2 E. States & Neotropical
Canadian
sub-region
41. Myiodioctes 5 United States Mex. to
and Canada Columb.
(migr.)
42. Siurus 3 S. and E. States Mexico to
to Canada Columbia
43. Icteria 2 E. and Central Mexico to
States to Costa Rica
Canada
Vireonidæ.
44. Vireosylvia 7 All N. America Antilles and
Venezuela
45. Vireo 6 All United Antilles and
States Costa Rica
Ampelidæ.
46. Ampelis 2 All N. America Palæarctic,
Guatemala
47. Phænopepla 1 Gila and Lower Mexico
Colorado
Hirundinidæ.
48. Hirundo 3 All N. America Almost
cosmopolite
49. Petrochelidon 1 All N. America Neotropical
50. Cotyle 1 All N. America All regs. but
Australian
51. Stelgidopteryx 1 Southern States Neotropical
52. Progne 1 All N. America Neotropical
Icteridæ.
53. Icterus 7 All United Neotropical
States and
Canada
Canadian
sub-region
41. Myiodioctes 5 United States Mex. to
and Canada Columb.
(migr.)
42. Siurus 3 S. and E. States Mexico to
to Canada Columbia
43. Icteria 2 E. and Central Mexico to
States to Costa Rica
Canada
Vireonidæ.
44. Vireosylvia 7 All N. America Antilles and
Venezuela
45. Vireo 6 All United Antilles and
States Costa Rica
Ampelidæ.
46. Ampelis 2 All N. America Palæarctic,
Guatemala
47. Phænopepla 1 Gila and Lower Mexico
Colorado
Hirundinidæ.
48. Hirundo 3 All N. America Almost
cosmopolite
49. Petrochelidon 1 All N. America Neotropical
50. Cotyle 1 All N. America All regs. but
Australian
51. Stelgidopteryx 1 Southern States Neotropical
52. Progne 1 All N. America Neotropical
Icteridæ.
53. Icterus 7 All United Neotropical
States and
Canada
Page 220
54. Dolichonyx 1 Eastern States Neotropical
and Canada
55. Molothrus 1 All United Neotropical
States and
Canada
56. Agelæus 3 All United Neotropical
Slates and
Canada
57. Xanthocephalus 1 The whole Mexico
region
58. Sturnella 2 All United Neotropical
States and
Canada
59. Scolecophagus 2 All United Mexico
States and
Canada
60. Quiscalus 4 S. and E. States Mexico to
to Labrador Venezuela
Tanagridæ.
61. Pyranga 4 United Stales Neotropical
and Canada
Fringillidæ.
62. Chrysomitris 7 The whole Neotropical,
region Palæarctic
63. Coccothraustes 1 W. and N. W. Palæarctic,
America Guatemala
64. Embernagra 1 Rocky Neotropical
Mountain
district
65. Pipilo 9 All N. America Mexico and
Guatemala
66. Junco 5 All United Mexico and
States Guatemala
67. Zonotrichia 5 The whole Neotropical
region
and Canada
55. Molothrus 1 All United Neotropical
States and
Canada
56. Agelæus 3 All United Neotropical
Slates and
Canada
57. Xanthocephalus 1 The whole Mexico
region
58. Sturnella 2 All United Neotropical
States and
Canada
59. Scolecophagus 2 All United Mexico
States and
Canada
60. Quiscalus 4 S. and E. States Mexico to
to Labrador Venezuela
Tanagridæ.
61. Pyranga 4 United Stales Neotropical
and Canada
Fringillidæ.
62. Chrysomitris 7 The whole Neotropical,
region Palæarctic
63. Coccothraustes 1 W. and N. W. Palæarctic,
America Guatemala
64. Embernagra 1 Rocky Neotropical
Mountain
district
65. Pipilo 9 All N. America Mexico and
Guatemala
66. Junco 5 All United Mexico and
States Guatemala
67. Zonotrichia 5 The whole Neotropical
region
Page 221
68. Melospiza 7 All United Mexico and
States to Guatemala
Sitka
69. Spizella 6 N. America Mexico and
Guatemala
70. Passerella 3 The whole Northern Asia
region
71. Passerculus 6 The whole Mexico and
region Guatemala
72. Poœcetes 1 All United Mexico
States
73. Ammodromus 3 All United Mexico and
States Guatemala
74. Coturniculus 3 E. and N. of N. Neotropical
America
75. Peucæa 3 S. Atlantic Mexico
States and
California
76. Cyanospiza 5 All United Central
States to American
Canada
77. Poospiza 2 California and Neotropical
S. Central
States
78. Carpodacus 5 The whole Mexico,
region Palæarctic
79. Cardinalis 1 S. and S. Mexico to
Central Venezuela
States
80. Pyrrhuloxia 1 Texas and Rio
Grande
81. Guiraca 1 Southern States Neotropical
82. Hedymeles 2 All United Mexico to
States Columbia
(Spermophila 1 Texas) Neotropical
genus
States to Guatemala
Sitka
69. Spizella 6 N. America Mexico and
Guatemala
70. Passerella 3 The whole Northern Asia
region
71. Passerculus 6 The whole Mexico and
region Guatemala
72. Poœcetes 1 All United Mexico
States
73. Ammodromus 3 All United Mexico and
States Guatemala
74. Coturniculus 3 E. and N. of N. Neotropical
America
75. Peucæa 3 S. Atlantic Mexico
States and
California
76. Cyanospiza 5 All United Central
States to American
Canada
77. Poospiza 2 California and Neotropical
S. Central
States
78. Carpodacus 5 The whole Mexico,
region Palæarctic
79. Cardinalis 1 S. and S. Mexico to
Central Venezuela
States
80. Pyrrhuloxia 1 Texas and Rio
Grande
81. Guiraca 1 Southern States Neotropical
82. Hedymeles 2 All United Mexico to
States Columbia
(Spermophila 1 Texas) Neotropical
genus
Page 222
83. Loxia 2 N. of Palæarctic
Pennsylvania
84. Pinicola 1 Boreal America Palæarctic
85. Linota 2 E. and N. of N. Palæarctic
America
86. Leucosticte 4 Alaska to Utah Palæarctic
87. Calamospiza 1 Arizona and Mexico
Texas to
Mexico
88. Chondestes 1 Western, Cen., Mexico
& Southern
States
89. Euspiza 2 S. Eastern Palæarc.,
States Columb.
(mig.)
90. Plectrophanes 6 Boreal America Palæarctic
and E. side
of Rocky
Mountains
91. Centronyx 1 Mouth of
Yellowstone
River
Alaudidæ.
92. Otocorys 1 High central Palæarc.,
plains to E. Mexico,
States and Andes of
Canada Columbia
Motacillidæ.
93. Anthus 1 The whole Cosmopolite
region
94. Neocorys 1 Nebraska
Tyrannidæ.
95. Sayornis 3 E. States to Mexico to
Canada, Ecuador
Pennsylvania
84. Pinicola 1 Boreal America Palæarctic
85. Linota 2 E. and N. of N. Palæarctic
America
86. Leucosticte 4 Alaska to Utah Palæarctic
87. Calamospiza 1 Arizona and Mexico
Texas to
Mexico
88. Chondestes 1 Western, Cen., Mexico
& Southern
States
89. Euspiza 2 S. Eastern Palæarc.,
States Columb.
(mig.)
90. Plectrophanes 6 Boreal America Palæarctic
and E. side
of Rocky
Mountains
91. Centronyx 1 Mouth of
Yellowstone
River
Alaudidæ.
92. Otocorys 1 High central Palæarc.,
plains to E. Mexico,
States and Andes of
Canada Columbia
Motacillidæ.
93. Anthus 1 The whole Cosmopolite
region
94. Neocorys 1 Nebraska
Tyrannidæ.
95. Sayornis 3 E. States to Mexico to
Canada, Ecuador
Page 223
California
(Pyrocephalus 1 Gila and Rio Neotropical
Grande)
96. Empidonax 7 The whole Mexico to
region Ecuador
97. Contopus 3 N. and E. of Mexico to
Rocky Amazonia
Mountains
98. Myiarchus 2 E. and W. Neotropical
coasts and
Canada
99. Empidias 1 Eastern States Mexico
100. Tyrannus 4 All United Neotropical
States to
Canada
(Milvulus 1 Texas) Neotropical
genus
PICARIÆ.
Picidæ.
101. Picoides 3 Arctic zone and Palæarctic
Rocky
Mounts.
102. Picus 6 All United All regs. but
States and Eth. & Aus.
Canada
103. Sphyrapicus 6 Brit. Columbia Mexico and
and Guatemala
Pennsylvania
southwards
104. Campephilus 2 United States Neotropical
and Canada
105. Hylatomus 1 E. and W.
States and
Canada
(Pyrocephalus 1 Gila and Rio Neotropical
Grande)
96. Empidonax 7 The whole Mexico to
region Ecuador
97. Contopus 3 N. and E. of Mexico to
Rocky Amazonia
Mountains
98. Myiarchus 2 E. and W. Neotropical
coasts and
Canada
99. Empidias 1 Eastern States Mexico
100. Tyrannus 4 All United Neotropical
States to
Canada
(Milvulus 1 Texas) Neotropical
genus
PICARIÆ.
Picidæ.
101. Picoides 3 Arctic zone and Palæarctic
Rocky
Mounts.
102. Picus 6 All United All regs. but
States and Eth. & Aus.
Canada
103. Sphyrapicus 6 Brit. Columbia Mexico and
and Guatemala
Pennsylvania
southwards
104. Campephilus 2 United States Neotropical
and Canada
105. Hylatomus 1 E. and W.
States and
Canada
Page 224
106. Centurus 3 The whole Mexico to
region Venezuela
107. Melanerpes 3 United States Neotropical
and S.
Canada
108. Colaptes 3 United States Neotropical
and Canada
Cuculidæ.
109. Crotophaga 2 E. States from Neotropical
Pennsylvania
S.
110. Coccyzus 3 S. E. and Cen. Neotropical
States to
Canada
111. Geococcyx 1 California to Guatemala
New Mex. &
Texas
Alcedinidæ.
112. Ceryle 2 The whole Neotropical S.
region, Palæarctic,
Oriental
Caprimulgidæ.
113. Chordeiles 3 All United Neotropical
States to
Canada
114. Antrostomus 3 All United Neotropical
States to
Canada
Cypselidæ.
115. Nephœcetes 1 N. W. America
Jamaica
116. Chætura 2 All U. States & Almost
British cosmopolite
Columbia
region Venezuela
107. Melanerpes 3 United States Neotropical
and S.
Canada
108. Colaptes 3 United States Neotropical
and Canada
Cuculidæ.
109. Crotophaga 2 E. States from Neotropical
Pennsylvania
S.
110. Coccyzus 3 S. E. and Cen. Neotropical
States to
Canada
111. Geococcyx 1 California to Guatemala
New Mex. &
Texas
Alcedinidæ.
112. Ceryle 2 The whole Neotropical S.
region, Palæarctic,
Oriental
Caprimulgidæ.
113. Chordeiles 3 All United Neotropical
States to
Canada
114. Antrostomus 3 All United Neotropical
States to
Canada
Cypselidæ.
115. Nephœcetes 1 N. W. America
Jamaica
116. Chætura 2 All U. States & Almost
British cosmopolite
Columbia
Page 225
Trochilidæ.
117. Trochilus 2 The whole Mexico to
region Veragua (?
mi.)
118. Selasphorus 2 W. coast and Mexico to
Centre Veragua
119. Atthis 2 California and Mexico to
Colorado Guatemala
Valley
PSITTACI.
Conuridæ.
120. Conurus 1 S. and S. E. Neotropical
States
COLUMBÆ.
Columbidæ.
121. Columba 3 W. and Central All regs. but
States to Australian
Canada
122. Ectopistes 1 E. coast to Cen.
plains,
Canada and
British
Columbia
123. Melopelia 1 W. and S. Neotropical
Central
States
124. Zenaidura 1 All United Mexico to
States to Veragua
Canada
125. Chæmepelia 1 California and Neotropical
S. E. States
GALLINÆ.
117. Trochilus 2 The whole Mexico to
region Veragua (?
mi.)
118. Selasphorus 2 W. coast and Mexico to
Centre Veragua
119. Atthis 2 California and Mexico to
Colorado Guatemala
Valley
PSITTACI.
Conuridæ.
120. Conurus 1 S. and S. E. Neotropical
States
COLUMBÆ.
Columbidæ.
121. Columba 3 W. and Central All regs. but
States to Australian
Canada
122. Ectopistes 1 E. coast to Cen.
plains,
Canada and
British
Columbia
123. Melopelia 1 W. and S. Neotropical
Central
States
124. Zenaidura 1 All United Mexico to
States to Veragua
Canada
125. Chæmepelia 1 California and Neotropical
S. E. States
GALLINÆ.
Page 226
Tetraonidæ.
126. Cyrotonyx 1 S. Central Mexico and
States Guatemala
127. Ortyx 5 All United Mexico to
States and to Honduras
Canada and Costa
Rica
128. Callipepla 1 California Mexico
129. Lophortyx 2 Arizona and
California
130. Oreortyx 1 California and
Oregon
131. Tetrao 3 N. and N. W. Palæarctic
America
132. Centrocercus 1 Rocky
Mountains
133. Pediocætes 2 N. and N. W.
America
134. Cupidonia 1 E. & N. Cen.
States and
Canada
135. Bonasa 1 N. United Palæarctic
States and
Canada
136. Lagopus 4 Arctic zone and Palæarctic
to 39° N.
Lat. in
Rocky
Mountains
Phasianidæ.
137. Meleagris 2 E. and Central Mexico,
States to Honduras
Canada
Cracidæ.
126. Cyrotonyx 1 S. Central Mexico and
States Guatemala
127. Ortyx 5 All United Mexico to
States and to Honduras
Canada and Costa
Rica
128. Callipepla 1 California Mexico
129. Lophortyx 2 Arizona and
California
130. Oreortyx 1 California and
Oregon
131. Tetrao 3 N. and N. W. Palæarctic
America
132. Centrocercus 1 Rocky
Mountains
133. Pediocætes 2 N. and N. W.
America
134. Cupidonia 1 E. & N. Cen.
States and
Canada
135. Bonasa 1 N. United Palæarctic
States and
Canada
136. Lagopus 4 Arctic zone and Palæarctic
to 39° N.
Lat. in
Rocky
Mountains
Phasianidæ.
137. Meleagris 2 E. and Central Mexico,
States to Honduras
Canada
Cracidæ.
Page 227
(Ortalida 1 New Mexico) Neotropical
genus
ACCIPITRES.
Vulturidæ.
Sub-Family
(Cathartinæ.)
138. Catharista 1 United States Neotropical
to 40° N.
Lat.
139. Psuedogryphis 2 United States Neotropical
to 49° N.
Lat.
Falconidæ.
140. Polyborus 1 S. States to Neotropical
Florida &
California
141. Circus 1 All N. America Nearly
cosmopolite
142. Antenor 2 California and Neotropical
Texas
143. Astur 1 All N. America Almost
cosmopolite
144. Accipiter 3 All temperate Almost
N. America cosmopolite
145. Tachytriorchis 1 New Mexico to Neotropical
California
146. Buteo 12 All N. America All regs. but
Australian
147. Archibuteo 3 All N. America Palæarctic
N.
148. Asturina 1 S. E. States Neotropical
149. Aquila 1 The whole Palæarc.,
region Ethiop.,
Indian
genus
ACCIPITRES.
Vulturidæ.
Sub-Family
(Cathartinæ.)
138. Catharista 1 United States Neotropical
to 40° N.
Lat.
139. Psuedogryphis 2 United States Neotropical
to 49° N.
Lat.
Falconidæ.
140. Polyborus 1 S. States to Neotropical
Florida &
California
141. Circus 1 All N. America Nearly
cosmopolite
142. Antenor 2 California and Neotropical
Texas
143. Astur 1 All N. America Almost
cosmopolite
144. Accipiter 3 All temperate Almost
N. America cosmopolite
145. Tachytriorchis 1 New Mexico to Neotropical
California
146. Buteo 12 All N. America All regs. but
Australian
147. Archibuteo 3 All N. America Palæarctic
N.
148. Asturina 1 S. E. States Neotropical
149. Aquila 1 The whole Palæarc.,
region Ethiop.,
Indian
Page 228
150. Haliæetus 2 All N. America All regs. but
Neotropical
151. Nauclerus 1 E. coast to Neotropical
Pennsylvania
and
Wisconsin
(Rostrhamus 1 Florida) Neotropical
152. Elanus 1 Southern and Tropical
Western regions
States
153. Ictinia 1 Southern States Neotropical
154. Falco 7 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
155. Hierofalco 2 N. of N. N. Palæarctic
America
156. Cerchneis 1 All N. America Almost
cosmopolite
Pandionidæ.
157. Pandion 1 Temperate N. America
Cosmopolite
Strigidæ.
158. Surnia 1 Arctic & N. N. Palæarctic
Temperate
America
159. Nyctea 1 S. Carolina to N. Palæarctic
Greenland
160. Glaucidium 1 Oregon and Neotropical,
California Palæarctic
161. Micrathene 1 Arizona and Mexico
New Mexico
162. Pholeoptynx 1 N. W. America, Neotropical
Texas
163. Bubo 1 All N. America All regs. but
Australian
Neotropical
151. Nauclerus 1 E. coast to Neotropical
Pennsylvania
and
Wisconsin
(Rostrhamus 1 Florida) Neotropical
152. Elanus 1 Southern and Tropical
Western regions
States
153. Ictinia 1 Southern States Neotropical
154. Falco 7 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
155. Hierofalco 2 N. of N. N. Palæarctic
America
156. Cerchneis 1 All N. America Almost
cosmopolite
Pandionidæ.
157. Pandion 1 Temperate N. America
Cosmopolite
Strigidæ.
158. Surnia 1 Arctic & N. N. Palæarctic
Temperate
America
159. Nyctea 1 S. Carolina to N. Palæarctic
Greenland
160. Glaucidium 1 Oregon and Neotropical,
California Palæarctic
161. Micrathene 1 Arizona and Mexico
New Mexico
162. Pholeoptynx 1 N. W. America, Neotropical
Texas
163. Bubo 1 All N. America All regs. but
Australian
Page 229
164. Scops 2 The whole Almost
region cosmopolite
165. Syrnium 2 E. States, All regs. but
California, Australian
Canada
166. Asio 2 The whole All regs. but
region Australian
167. Nyctale 3 All N. America Palæarctic
168. Strix 1 Temperate N. Almost
America cosmopolite
Peculiar or very characteristic Genera of Wading and Swimming
Birds.
GRALLÆ
Scolopacidæ.
Micropelma 1 N. America Andes to Chili
Philohela 1 Eastern States
to Canada
Charadriidæ.
Aphriza 1 W. coast of West of S.
America America
ANSERES.
Anatidæ.
Aix 1 N. America China
Bucephala 4 N. America Europe
Œdemia 3 N. America Europe
Harelda 1 Arctic Arctic Seas
Somateria 5 Arctic North
Palæarctic
Camptolæmus 1 N. E. America
(? extinct)
Laridæ.
region cosmopolite
165. Syrnium 2 E. States, All regs. but
California, Australian
Canada
166. Asio 2 The whole All regs. but
region Australian
167. Nyctale 3 All N. America Palæarctic
168. Strix 1 Temperate N. Almost
America cosmopolite
Peculiar or very characteristic Genera of Wading and Swimming
Birds.
GRALLÆ
Scolopacidæ.
Micropelma 1 N. America Andes to Chili
Philohela 1 Eastern States
to Canada
Charadriidæ.
Aphriza 1 W. coast of West of S.
America America
ANSERES.
Anatidæ.
Aix 1 N. America China
Bucephala 4 N. America Europe
Œdemia 3 N. America Europe
Harelda 1 Arctic Arctic Seas
Somateria 5 Arctic North
Palæarctic
Camptolæmus 1 N. E. America
(? extinct)
Laridæ.
Page 230
Creagrus 1 California and
N. Pacific
coasts
N. Pacific
coasts
Page 231
CHAPTER XVI.
S U M M A R Y O F T H E P A S T C H A N G E S A N D G E N E R A L R E L AT I O N S
OF THE SEVERAL REGIONS.
Having now closed our survey of the animal life of the whole earth—a
survey which has necessarily been encumbered with a multiplicity of detail
—we proceed to summarize the general conclusions at which we have
arrived, with regard to the past history and mutual relations of the great
regions into which we have divided the land surface of the globe.
All the palæontological, no less than the geological and physical evidence,
at present available, points to the great land masses of the Northern
Hemisphere as being of immense antiquity, and as the area in which the
higher forms of life were developed. In going back through the long series
of the Tertiary formations, in Europe, Asia, and North America, we find a
continuous succession of vertebrate forms, including all the highest types
now existing or that have existed on the earth. These extinct animals
comprise ancestors or forerunners of all the chief forms now living in the
Northern Hemisphere; and as we go back farther and farther into the past,
we meet with ancestral forms of those types also, which are now either
confined to, or specially characteristic of, the land masses of the Southern
Hemisphere. Not only do we find that elephants, and rhinoceroses, and
hippopotami, were once far more abundant in Europe than they are now in
the tropics, but we also find that the apes of West Africa and Malaya, the
lemurs of Madagascar, the Edentata of Africa and South America, and the
Marsupials of America and Australia, were all represented in Europe (and
probably also in North America) during the earlier part of the Tertiary
epoch. These facts, taken in their entirety, lead us to conclude that, during
the whole of the Tertiary and perhaps during much of the Secondary
periods, the great land masses of the earth were, as now, situated in the
Northern Hemisphere; and that here alone were developed the successive
types of vertebrata from the lowest to the highest. In the Southern
Hemisphere there appear to have been three considerable and very ancient
land masses, varying in extent from time to time, but always keeping
distinct from each other, and represented, more or less completely, by
Australia, South Africa, and South America of our time. Into these flowed
S U M M A R Y O F T H E P A S T C H A N G E S A N D G E N E R A L R E L AT I O N S
OF THE SEVERAL REGIONS.
Having now closed our survey of the animal life of the whole earth—a
survey which has necessarily been encumbered with a multiplicity of detail
—we proceed to summarize the general conclusions at which we have
arrived, with regard to the past history and mutual relations of the great
regions into which we have divided the land surface of the globe.
All the palæontological, no less than the geological and physical evidence,
at present available, points to the great land masses of the Northern
Hemisphere as being of immense antiquity, and as the area in which the
higher forms of life were developed. In going back through the long series
of the Tertiary formations, in Europe, Asia, and North America, we find a
continuous succession of vertebrate forms, including all the highest types
now existing or that have existed on the earth. These extinct animals
comprise ancestors or forerunners of all the chief forms now living in the
Northern Hemisphere; and as we go back farther and farther into the past,
we meet with ancestral forms of those types also, which are now either
confined to, or specially characteristic of, the land masses of the Southern
Hemisphere. Not only do we find that elephants, and rhinoceroses, and
hippopotami, were once far more abundant in Europe than they are now in
the tropics, but we also find that the apes of West Africa and Malaya, the
lemurs of Madagascar, the Edentata of Africa and South America, and the
Marsupials of America and Australia, were all represented in Europe (and
probably also in North America) during the earlier part of the Tertiary
epoch. These facts, taken in their entirety, lead us to conclude that, during
the whole of the Tertiary and perhaps during much of the Secondary
periods, the great land masses of the earth were, as now, situated in the
Northern Hemisphere; and that here alone were developed the successive
types of vertebrata from the lowest to the highest. In the Southern
Hemisphere there appear to have been three considerable and very ancient
land masses, varying in extent from time to time, but always keeping
distinct from each other, and represented, more or less completely, by
Australia, South Africa, and South America of our time. Into these flowed
Page 232
successive waves of life, as they each in turn became temporarily united
with some part of the northern land. Australia appears to have had but one
such union, perhaps during the middle or latter part of the Secondary epoch,
when it received the ancestors of its Monotremata and Marsupials, which it
has since developed into a great variety of forms. The South African and
South American lands, on the other hand, appear each to have had several
successive unions and separations, allowing first of the influx of low forms
only (Edentata, Insectivora and Lemurs); subsequently of Rodents and small
Carnivora, and, latest of all, of the higher types of Primates, Carnivora and
Ungulata.
During the whole of the Tertiary period, at least, the Northern Hemisphere
appears to have been divided, as now, into an Eastern and a Western
continent; always approximating and sometimes united towards the north,
and then admitting of much interchange of their respective faunas; but on
the whole keeping distinct, and each developing its own special family and
generic types, of equally high grade, and generally belonging to the same
Orders. During the Eocene and Miocene periods, the distinction of the
Palæarctic and Nearctic regions was better marked than it is now; as is
shown by the floras no less than by the faunas of those epochs. Dr.
Newberry, in his Report on the Cretaceous and Tertiary floras of the
Yellowstone and Missouri Rivers, states, that although the Miocene flora of
Central North America corresponds generally with that of the European
Miocene, yet many of the tropical, and especially the Australian types, such
as Hakea and Dryandra, are absent. Owing to the recent discovery of a rich
Cretaceous flora in North America, probably of the same age as that of Aix-
la-Chapelle in Europe, we are able to continue the comparison; and it
appears, that at this early period the difference was still more marked. The
predominant feature of the European Cretaceous flora seems to have been
the abundance of Proteaceæ, of which seven genera now living in Australia
or the Cape of Good Hope have been recognised, besides others which are
extinct. There are also several species of Pandanus, or screw-pine, now
confined to the tropics of the Eastern Hemisphere, and along with these,
oaks, pines, and other more temperate forms. The North American
Cretaceous flora, although far richer than that of Europe, contains no
Proteaceæ or Pandani, but immense numbers of forest trees of living and
extinct genera. Among the former we have oaks, beeches, willows, planes,
with some part of the northern land. Australia appears to have had but one
such union, perhaps during the middle or latter part of the Secondary epoch,
when it received the ancestors of its Monotremata and Marsupials, which it
has since developed into a great variety of forms. The South African and
South American lands, on the other hand, appear each to have had several
successive unions and separations, allowing first of the influx of low forms
only (Edentata, Insectivora and Lemurs); subsequently of Rodents and small
Carnivora, and, latest of all, of the higher types of Primates, Carnivora and
Ungulata.
During the whole of the Tertiary period, at least, the Northern Hemisphere
appears to have been divided, as now, into an Eastern and a Western
continent; always approximating and sometimes united towards the north,
and then admitting of much interchange of their respective faunas; but on
the whole keeping distinct, and each developing its own special family and
generic types, of equally high grade, and generally belonging to the same
Orders. During the Eocene and Miocene periods, the distinction of the
Palæarctic and Nearctic regions was better marked than it is now; as is
shown by the floras no less than by the faunas of those epochs. Dr.
Newberry, in his Report on the Cretaceous and Tertiary floras of the
Yellowstone and Missouri Rivers, states, that although the Miocene flora of
Central North America corresponds generally with that of the European
Miocene, yet many of the tropical, and especially the Australian types, such
as Hakea and Dryandra, are absent. Owing to the recent discovery of a rich
Cretaceous flora in North America, probably of the same age as that of Aix-
la-Chapelle in Europe, we are able to continue the comparison; and it
appears, that at this early period the difference was still more marked. The
predominant feature of the European Cretaceous flora seems to have been
the abundance of Proteaceæ, of which seven genera now living in Australia
or the Cape of Good Hope have been recognised, besides others which are
extinct. There are also several species of Pandanus, or screw-pine, now
confined to the tropics of the Eastern Hemisphere, and along with these,
oaks, pines, and other more temperate forms. The North American
Cretaceous flora, although far richer than that of Europe, contains no
Proteaceæ or Pandani, but immense numbers of forest trees of living and
extinct genera. Among the former we have oaks, beeches, willows, planes,
Page 233
alders, dog-wood, and cypress; together with such American forms as
magnolias, sassafras, and liriodendrons. There are also a few not now found
in America, as Araucaria and Cinnamomum, the latter still living in Japan.
This remarkable flora has been found over a wide extent of country—New
Jersey, Alabama, Kansas, and near the sources of the Missouri in the latitude
of Quebec—so that we can hardly impute its peculiarly temperate character
to the great elevation of so large an area. The intervening Eocene flora
approximates closely, in North America, to that of the Miocene period;
while in Europe it seems to have been fully as tropical in character as that of
the preceding Cretaceous period; fruits of Nipa, Pandanus, Anona, Acacia,
and many Proteaceæ, occurring in the London clay at the mouth of the
Thames.
These facts appear, at first sight, to be inconsistent, unless we suppose the
climates of Europe and North America to have been widely different in
these early times; but they may perhaps be harmonised, on the supposition
of a more uniform and a somewhat milder climate then prevailing over the
whole Northern Hemisphere; the contrast in the vegetation of these
countries being due to a radical difference of type, and therefore not
indicative of climate. The early European flora seems to have been a portion
of that which now exists only in the tropical and sub-tropical lands of the
Eastern Hemisphere; and, as much of this flora still survives in Australia,
Tasmania, Japan, and the Cape of Good Hope, it does not necessarily imply
more than a warm and equable temperate climate. The early North
American flora, on the other hand, seems to have been essentially the same
in type as that which now exists there, and which, in the Miocene period,
was well represented in Europe; and it is such as now flourishes best in the
warmer parts of the United States. But whatever conclusion we may arrive
at on the question of climate, there can be no doubt as to the distinctness of
the floras of the ancient Nearctic and Palæarctic regions; and the view
derived from our study of their existing and extinct faunas—that these two
regions have, in past times, been more clearly separated than they are now
—receives strong support from the unexpected evidence now obtained as to
the character and mutations of their vegetable forms, during so vast an
epoch as is comprised in the whole duration of the Tertiary period.
magnolias, sassafras, and liriodendrons. There are also a few not now found
in America, as Araucaria and Cinnamomum, the latter still living in Japan.
This remarkable flora has been found over a wide extent of country—New
Jersey, Alabama, Kansas, and near the sources of the Missouri in the latitude
of Quebec—so that we can hardly impute its peculiarly temperate character
to the great elevation of so large an area. The intervening Eocene flora
approximates closely, in North America, to that of the Miocene period;
while in Europe it seems to have been fully as tropical in character as that of
the preceding Cretaceous period; fruits of Nipa, Pandanus, Anona, Acacia,
and many Proteaceæ, occurring in the London clay at the mouth of the
Thames.
These facts appear, at first sight, to be inconsistent, unless we suppose the
climates of Europe and North America to have been widely different in
these early times; but they may perhaps be harmonised, on the supposition
of a more uniform and a somewhat milder climate then prevailing over the
whole Northern Hemisphere; the contrast in the vegetation of these
countries being due to a radical difference of type, and therefore not
indicative of climate. The early European flora seems to have been a portion
of that which now exists only in the tropical and sub-tropical lands of the
Eastern Hemisphere; and, as much of this flora still survives in Australia,
Tasmania, Japan, and the Cape of Good Hope, it does not necessarily imply
more than a warm and equable temperate climate. The early North
American flora, on the other hand, seems to have been essentially the same
in type as that which now exists there, and which, in the Miocene period,
was well represented in Europe; and it is such as now flourishes best in the
warmer parts of the United States. But whatever conclusion we may arrive
at on the question of climate, there can be no doubt as to the distinctness of
the floras of the ancient Nearctic and Palæarctic regions; and the view
derived from our study of their existing and extinct faunas—that these two
regions have, in past times, been more clearly separated than they are now
—receives strong support from the unexpected evidence now obtained as to
the character and mutations of their vegetable forms, during so vast an
epoch as is comprised in the whole duration of the Tertiary period.
Page 234
The general phenomena of the distribution of living animals, combined with
the evidence of extinct forms, lead us to conclude that the Palæarctic region
of early Tertiary times was, for the most part, situated beyond the tropics,
although it probably had a greater southward extension than at the present
time. It certainly included much of North Africa, and perhaps reached far
into what is now the Sahara; while a southward extension of its central mass
may have included the Abyssinian highlands, where some truly Palæarctic
forms are still found. This is rendered probable by the fossils of Perim
Island a little further east, which show that the characteristic Miocene fauna
of South Europe and North India prevailed so far within the tropics. There
existed, however, at the extreme eastern and western limits of the region,
two extensive equatorial land-areas, our Indo-Malayan and West African
sub-regions—both of which must have been united for more or less
considerable periods with the northern continent. They would then have
received from it such of the higher vertebrates as were best adapted for the
peculiar climatal and organic conditions which everywhere prevail near the
equator; and these would be preserved, under variously modified forms,
when they had ceased to exist in the less favourable and constantly
deteriorating climate of the north. At later epochs, both these equatorial
lands became united to some part of the great South African continent (then
including Madagascar), and we thus have explained many of the similarities
presented by the faunas of these distant, and generally very different
countries.
During the Miocene period, when a subtropical climate prevailed over much
of Europe and Central Asia, there would be no such marked contrast as now
prevails between temperate and tropical zones; and at this time much of our
Oriental region, perhaps, formed a hardly separable portion of the great
Palæarctic land. But when, from unknown causes, the climate of Europe
became less genial, and when the elevation of the Himalayan chain and the
Mongolian plateau caused an abrupt difference of climate on the northern
and southern sides of that great mountain barrier, a tropical and a temperate
region were necessarily formed; and many of the animals which once
roamed over the greater part of the older and more extensive region, now
became restricted to its southern or northern divisions respectively. Then
came the great change we have already described (vol. i. p. 288), opening
the newly-formed plains of Central Africa to the incursions of the higher
the evidence of extinct forms, lead us to conclude that the Palæarctic region
of early Tertiary times was, for the most part, situated beyond the tropics,
although it probably had a greater southward extension than at the present
time. It certainly included much of North Africa, and perhaps reached far
into what is now the Sahara; while a southward extension of its central mass
may have included the Abyssinian highlands, where some truly Palæarctic
forms are still found. This is rendered probable by the fossils of Perim
Island a little further east, which show that the characteristic Miocene fauna
of South Europe and North India prevailed so far within the tropics. There
existed, however, at the extreme eastern and western limits of the region,
two extensive equatorial land-areas, our Indo-Malayan and West African
sub-regions—both of which must have been united for more or less
considerable periods with the northern continent. They would then have
received from it such of the higher vertebrates as were best adapted for the
peculiar climatal and organic conditions which everywhere prevail near the
equator; and these would be preserved, under variously modified forms,
when they had ceased to exist in the less favourable and constantly
deteriorating climate of the north. At later epochs, both these equatorial
lands became united to some part of the great South African continent (then
including Madagascar), and we thus have explained many of the similarities
presented by the faunas of these distant, and generally very different
countries.
During the Miocene period, when a subtropical climate prevailed over much
of Europe and Central Asia, there would be no such marked contrast as now
prevails between temperate and tropical zones; and at this time much of our
Oriental region, perhaps, formed a hardly separable portion of the great
Palæarctic land. But when, from unknown causes, the climate of Europe
became less genial, and when the elevation of the Himalayan chain and the
Mongolian plateau caused an abrupt difference of climate on the northern
and southern sides of that great mountain barrier, a tropical and a temperate
region were necessarily formed; and many of the animals which once
roamed over the greater part of the older and more extensive region, now
became restricted to its southern or northern divisions respectively. Then
came the great change we have already described (vol. i. p. 288), opening
the newly-formed plains of Central Africa to the incursions of the higher
Page 235
forms of Europe; and following on this, a still further deterioration of
climate, resulting in that marked contrast between temperate and tropical
faunas, which is now one of the most prominent features in the distribution
of animal as well as of vegetable forms.
It is not necessary to go into any further details here, as we have already, in
our discussion of the origin of the fauna of the several regions, pointed out
what changes most probably occurred in each case. These details are,
however, to a great extent speculative; and they must remain so till we
obtain as much knowledge of the extinct faunas and past geological history
of the southern lands, as we have of those of Europe and North America.
But the broad conclusions at which we have now arrived seem to rest on a
sufficiently extensive basis of facts; and they lead us to a clearer conception
of the mutual relations and comparative importance of the several regions
than could be obtained at an earlier stage of our inquiries.
If our views of the origin of the several regions are correct, it is clear that no
mere binary division—into north and south, or into east and west—can be
altogether satisfactory, since at the dawn of the Tertiary period we still find
our six regions, or what may be termed the rudiments of them, already
established. The north and south division truly represents the fact, that the
great northern continents are the seat and birth-place of all the higher forms
of life, while the southern continents have derived the greater part, if not the
whole, of their vertebrate fauna from the north; but it implies the erroneous
conclusion, that the chief southern lands—Australia and South America—
are more closely related to each other than to the northern continent. The
fact, however, is that the fauna of each has been derived, independently, and
perhaps at very different times, from the north, with which they therefore
have a true genetic relation; while any intercommunion between themselves
has been comparatively recent and superficial, and has in no way modified
the great features of animal life in each. The east and west division,
represents—according to our views—a more fundamental diversity; since
we find the northern continent itself so divided in the earliest Eocene, and
even in Cretaceous times; while we have the strongest proof that South
America was peopled from the Nearctic, and Australia and Africa from the
Palæarctic region: hence, the Eastern and Western Hemispheres are the two
great branches of the tree of life of our globe. But this division, taken by
climate, resulting in that marked contrast between temperate and tropical
faunas, which is now one of the most prominent features in the distribution
of animal as well as of vegetable forms.
It is not necessary to go into any further details here, as we have already, in
our discussion of the origin of the fauna of the several regions, pointed out
what changes most probably occurred in each case. These details are,
however, to a great extent speculative; and they must remain so till we
obtain as much knowledge of the extinct faunas and past geological history
of the southern lands, as we have of those of Europe and North America.
But the broad conclusions at which we have now arrived seem to rest on a
sufficiently extensive basis of facts; and they lead us to a clearer conception
of the mutual relations and comparative importance of the several regions
than could be obtained at an earlier stage of our inquiries.
If our views of the origin of the several regions are correct, it is clear that no
mere binary division—into north and south, or into east and west—can be
altogether satisfactory, since at the dawn of the Tertiary period we still find
our six regions, or what may be termed the rudiments of them, already
established. The north and south division truly represents the fact, that the
great northern continents are the seat and birth-place of all the higher forms
of life, while the southern continents have derived the greater part, if not the
whole, of their vertebrate fauna from the north; but it implies the erroneous
conclusion, that the chief southern lands—Australia and South America—
are more closely related to each other than to the northern continent. The
fact, however, is that the fauna of each has been derived, independently, and
perhaps at very different times, from the north, with which they therefore
have a true genetic relation; while any intercommunion between themselves
has been comparatively recent and superficial, and has in no way modified
the great features of animal life in each. The east and west division,
represents—according to our views—a more fundamental diversity; since
we find the northern continent itself so divided in the earliest Eocene, and
even in Cretaceous times; while we have the strongest proof that South
America was peopled from the Nearctic, and Australia and Africa from the
Palæarctic region: hence, the Eastern and Western Hemispheres are the two
great branches of the tree of life of our globe. But this division, taken by
Page 236
itself, would obscure the facts—firstly, of the close relation and parallelism
of the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions, not only now but as far back as we
can clearly trace them in the past; and, secondly, of the existing radical
diversity of the Australian region from the rest of the Eastern Hemisphere.
Owing to the much greater extent of the old Palæarctic region (including our
Oriental), and the greater diversity of Mammalia it appears to have
produced, we can have little doubt that here was the earliest seat of the
development of the vertebrate type; and probably of the higher forms of
insects and land-molluscs. Whether the Nearctic region ever formed one
mass with it, or only received successive immigrations from it by northern
land-connections both in an easterly and westerly direction, we cannot
decide; but the latter seems the most probable supposition. In any case, we
must concede the first rank to the Palæarctic and Oriental regions, as
representing the most important part of what seems always to have been the
Great Continent of the earth, and the source from which all the other regions
were supplied with the higher forms of life. These once formed a single
great region, which has been since divided into a temperate and a tropical
portion, now sufficiently distinct; while the Nearctic region has, by
deterioration of climate, suffered a considerable diminution of productive
area, and has in consequence lost a number of its more remarkable forms.
The two temperate regions have thus come to resemble each other more
than they once did, while the Oriental retains more of the zoological aspect
of the great northern regions of Miocene times. The Ethiopian, from having
been once an insular region, where lower types of vertebrates alone
prevailed, has been so overrun with higher types from the old Palæarctic
and Oriental lands that it now rivals, or even surpasses, the Oriental region
in its representation of the ancient fauna of the great northern continent.
Both of our tropical regions of the Eastern Hemisphere possess faunas
which are, to some extent, composite, being made up in different
proportions of the productions of the northern and southern continents,—the
former prevailing largely in the Oriental, while the latter constitutes an
important feature in the Ethiopian fauna. The Neotropical region has
probably undergone great fluctuations in early times; but it was,
undoubtedly, for long periods completely isolated, and then developed the
Edentate type of Mammals and the Formicaroid type of Passerine birds into
a variety of forms, comparable with the diversified Marsupials of Australia,
of the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions, not only now but as far back as we
can clearly trace them in the past; and, secondly, of the existing radical
diversity of the Australian region from the rest of the Eastern Hemisphere.
Owing to the much greater extent of the old Palæarctic region (including our
Oriental), and the greater diversity of Mammalia it appears to have
produced, we can have little doubt that here was the earliest seat of the
development of the vertebrate type; and probably of the higher forms of
insects and land-molluscs. Whether the Nearctic region ever formed one
mass with it, or only received successive immigrations from it by northern
land-connections both in an easterly and westerly direction, we cannot
decide; but the latter seems the most probable supposition. In any case, we
must concede the first rank to the Palæarctic and Oriental regions, as
representing the most important part of what seems always to have been the
Great Continent of the earth, and the source from which all the other regions
were supplied with the higher forms of life. These once formed a single
great region, which has been since divided into a temperate and a tropical
portion, now sufficiently distinct; while the Nearctic region has, by
deterioration of climate, suffered a considerable diminution of productive
area, and has in consequence lost a number of its more remarkable forms.
The two temperate regions have thus come to resemble each other more
than they once did, while the Oriental retains more of the zoological aspect
of the great northern regions of Miocene times. The Ethiopian, from having
been once an insular region, where lower types of vertebrates alone
prevailed, has been so overrun with higher types from the old Palæarctic
and Oriental lands that it now rivals, or even surpasses, the Oriental region
in its representation of the ancient fauna of the great northern continent.
Both of our tropical regions of the Eastern Hemisphere possess faunas
which are, to some extent, composite, being made up in different
proportions of the productions of the northern and southern continents,—the
former prevailing largely in the Oriental, while the latter constitutes an
important feature in the Ethiopian fauna. The Neotropical region has
probably undergone great fluctuations in early times; but it was,
undoubtedly, for long periods completely isolated, and then developed the
Edentate type of Mammals and the Formicaroid type of Passerine birds into
a variety of forms, comparable with the diversified Marsupials of Australia,
Page 237
and typical Passeres of the Eastern Hemisphere. It has, however, received
successive infusions of higher types from the north, which now mingle in
various degrees with its lower forms. At an early period it must have
received a low form of Primates, which has been developed into the two
peculiar families of American monkeys; while its llamas, tapirs, deer, and
peccaries, came in at a later date, and its opossums and extinct horses
probably among the latest. The Australian region alone, after having been
united with the great northern continent at a very early date (probably
during the Secondary period) has ever since remained more or less
completely isolated; and thus exhibits the development of a primeval type of
mammal, almost wholly uninfluenced by any incursions of a later and
higher type. In this respect it is unique among all the great regions of the
earth.
We see, then, that each of our six regions has had a history of its own, the
main outlines of which we have been able to trace with tolerable certainty.
Each of them is now characterised—as it seems to have been in all past time
of which we have any tolerably full record—by well-marked zoological
features; while all are connected and related in the complex modes we have
endeavoured to unravel. To combine any two or more of these regions, on
account of existing similarities which are, for the most part, of recent origin,
would obscure some of the most important and interesting features of their
past history and present condition. And it seems no less impracticable to
combine the whole into groups of higher rank; since it has been shown that
there are two opposing modes of doing this, and that each of them
represents but one aspect of a problem, which can only be solved by giving
equal attention to all its aspects.
For reasons which have been already stated, and which are sufficiently
obvious, we have relied almost exclusively on the distribution of living and
extinct mammalia, in arriving at these conclusions. But we believe they will
apply equally to elucidate the phenomena presented by the distribution of all
terrestrial organisms, when combined with a careful consideration of the
various means of dispersal of the different groups, and the comparative
longevity of their species and genera. Even insects, which are perhaps of all
successive infusions of higher types from the north, which now mingle in
various degrees with its lower forms. At an early period it must have
received a low form of Primates, which has been developed into the two
peculiar families of American monkeys; while its llamas, tapirs, deer, and
peccaries, came in at a later date, and its opossums and extinct horses
probably among the latest. The Australian region alone, after having been
united with the great northern continent at a very early date (probably
during the Secondary period) has ever since remained more or less
completely isolated; and thus exhibits the development of a primeval type of
mammal, almost wholly uninfluenced by any incursions of a later and
higher type. In this respect it is unique among all the great regions of the
earth.
We see, then, that each of our six regions has had a history of its own, the
main outlines of which we have been able to trace with tolerable certainty.
Each of them is now characterised—as it seems to have been in all past time
of which we have any tolerably full record—by well-marked zoological
features; while all are connected and related in the complex modes we have
endeavoured to unravel. To combine any two or more of these regions, on
account of existing similarities which are, for the most part, of recent origin,
would obscure some of the most important and interesting features of their
past history and present condition. And it seems no less impracticable to
combine the whole into groups of higher rank; since it has been shown that
there are two opposing modes of doing this, and that each of them
represents but one aspect of a problem, which can only be solved by giving
equal attention to all its aspects.
For reasons which have been already stated, and which are sufficiently
obvious, we have relied almost exclusively on the distribution of living and
extinct mammalia, in arriving at these conclusions. But we believe they will
apply equally to elucidate the phenomena presented by the distribution of all
terrestrial organisms, when combined with a careful consideration of the
various means of dispersal of the different groups, and the comparative
longevity of their species and genera. Even insects, which are perhaps of all
Page 238
animals the farthest removed from mammalia in this respect, agree, in the
great outlines of their distribution, with the vertebrate orders. The Regions
are admittedly the same, or nearly the same for both; and the discrepancies
that occur are of a nature which can be explained by two undoubted facts—
the greater antiquity, and the greater facilities for dispersal, of insects.
But this principle, if sound, must be carried farther, and be applied to plants
also. There are not wanting indications that this may be successfully done;
and it seems not improbable, that the reason why botanists have hitherto
failed to determine, with any unanimity, which are the most natural
phytological regions, and to work out any connected theory of the
migrations of plants, is, because they have not been furnished with the clue
to the past changes of the great land masses, which could only be arrived at
by such an examination of the past and present distribution of the higher
animals as has been here attempted. The difficulties in the way of the study
of the distribution of plants, from this point of view, will be undoubtedly
very great; owing to the unusual facilities for distribution many of them
possess, and the absence of any group which might take the place of the
mammalia among animals, and serve as a guide and standard for the rest.
We cannot expect the regions to be so well defined in the case of plants as in
that of animals; and there are sure to be many anomalies and discrepancies,
which will require long study to unravel. The Six Great Regions here
adopted, are however, as a whole, very well characterised by their vegetable
forms. The floras of tropical America, of Australia, of South Africa, and of
Indo-Malaya, stand out with as much individuality as do the faunas; while
the plants of the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions, exhibit resemblances and
diversities, of a character not unlike those found among the animals.
This is not a mere question of applying to the vegetable kingdom a series of
arbitrary divisions of the earth which have been found useful to zoologists;
for it really involves a fundamental problem in the theory of evolution. The
question we have to answer, is, firstly—whether the distribution of plants is,
like that of animals, mainly and primarily dependent on the past revolutions
of the earth's surface; or, whether other, and altogether distinct causes, have
had a preponderating influence in determining the range and limits of
vegetable forms; and, secondly—whether those revolutions have been, in
their general outlines, correctly interpreted by means of a study of the
great outlines of their distribution, with the vertebrate orders. The Regions
are admittedly the same, or nearly the same for both; and the discrepancies
that occur are of a nature which can be explained by two undoubted facts—
the greater antiquity, and the greater facilities for dispersal, of insects.
But this principle, if sound, must be carried farther, and be applied to plants
also. There are not wanting indications that this may be successfully done;
and it seems not improbable, that the reason why botanists have hitherto
failed to determine, with any unanimity, which are the most natural
phytological regions, and to work out any connected theory of the
migrations of plants, is, because they have not been furnished with the clue
to the past changes of the great land masses, which could only be arrived at
by such an examination of the past and present distribution of the higher
animals as has been here attempted. The difficulties in the way of the study
of the distribution of plants, from this point of view, will be undoubtedly
very great; owing to the unusual facilities for distribution many of them
possess, and the absence of any group which might take the place of the
mammalia among animals, and serve as a guide and standard for the rest.
We cannot expect the regions to be so well defined in the case of plants as in
that of animals; and there are sure to be many anomalies and discrepancies,
which will require long study to unravel. The Six Great Regions here
adopted, are however, as a whole, very well characterised by their vegetable
forms. The floras of tropical America, of Australia, of South Africa, and of
Indo-Malaya, stand out with as much individuality as do the faunas; while
the plants of the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions, exhibit resemblances and
diversities, of a character not unlike those found among the animals.
This is not a mere question of applying to the vegetable kingdom a series of
arbitrary divisions of the earth which have been found useful to zoologists;
for it really involves a fundamental problem in the theory of evolution. The
question we have to answer, is, firstly—whether the distribution of plants is,
like that of animals, mainly and primarily dependent on the past revolutions
of the earth's surface; or, whether other, and altogether distinct causes, have
had a preponderating influence in determining the range and limits of
vegetable forms; and, secondly—whether those revolutions have been, in
their general outlines, correctly interpreted by means of a study of the
Page 239
distribution and affinities of the higher animals. The first question is one for
botanists alone to answer; but, on the second point, the author ventures to
hope for an affirmative reply, from such of his readers as will weigh
carefully the facts and arguments he has adduced.
The remaining part of this volume, will consist, of a systematic review of
the distribution of each family of animals, and an application of the
principles already established to elucidate the chief phenomena they present.
The present chapter must, therefore, be considered as the conclusion of the
argumentative and theoretical part of the present work; but it must be read in
connection with the various discussions in Parts II. and III., in which the
conclusions to be drawn from the several groups of facts have been
successively given;—and especially in connection with the general
observations at the end of each of the six chapters on the Zoological
Regions.
The hypothetical view, as to the more recent of the great Geographical
changes of the Earth's surface, here set forth, is not the result of any
preconceived theory, but has grown out of a careful study of the facts
accumulated, and has led to a considerable modification of the author's
previous views. It may be described, as an application of the general theory
of Evolution, to solve the problem of the distribution of animals; but it also
furnishes some independent support to that theory, both by showing what a
great variety of curious facts are explained by its means, and by answering
some of the objections, which have been founded on supposed difficulties in
the distribution of animals in space and time.
It also illustrates and supports the geological doctrine, of the general
permanence of our great continents and oceans, by showing how many facts
in the distribution of animals can only be explained and understood on such
a supposition; and it exhibits, in a striking manner, the enormous influence
of the Glacial epoch, in determining the existing zoological features of the
various continents.
botanists alone to answer; but, on the second point, the author ventures to
hope for an affirmative reply, from such of his readers as will weigh
carefully the facts and arguments he has adduced.
The remaining part of this volume, will consist, of a systematic review of
the distribution of each family of animals, and an application of the
principles already established to elucidate the chief phenomena they present.
The present chapter must, therefore, be considered as the conclusion of the
argumentative and theoretical part of the present work; but it must be read in
connection with the various discussions in Parts II. and III., in which the
conclusions to be drawn from the several groups of facts have been
successively given;—and especially in connection with the general
observations at the end of each of the six chapters on the Zoological
Regions.
The hypothetical view, as to the more recent of the great Geographical
changes of the Earth's surface, here set forth, is not the result of any
preconceived theory, but has grown out of a careful study of the facts
accumulated, and has led to a considerable modification of the author's
previous views. It may be described, as an application of the general theory
of Evolution, to solve the problem of the distribution of animals; but it also
furnishes some independent support to that theory, both by showing what a
great variety of curious facts are explained by its means, and by answering
some of the objections, which have been founded on supposed difficulties in
the distribution of animals in space and time.
It also illustrates and supports the geological doctrine, of the general
permanence of our great continents and oceans, by showing how many facts
in the distribution of animals can only be explained and understood on such
a supposition; and it exhibits, in a striking manner, the enormous influence
of the Glacial epoch, in determining the existing zoological features of the
various continents.
Page 240
And, lastly, it furnishes a more consistent and intelligible idea than has yet
been reached by any other mode of investigation, of all the more important
changes of the earth's surface that have probably occurred during the entire
Tertiary period; and of the influence of these changes, in bringing about the
general features, as well as many of the more interesting details and
puzzling anomalies, of the Geographical Distribution of Animals.
PART IV.
GEOGRAPHICAL ZOOLOGY:
A SYSTEMATIC SKETCH OF THE CHIEF FAMILIES OF LAND ANIMALS IN THEIR
GEOGRAPHICAL RELATIONS.
INTRODUCTION.
In the preceding part of our work, we have discussed the geographical
distribution of animals from the point of view of the geographer; taking the
different regions of the earth in succession, and giving as full an account as
our space would permit of their chief forms of animal life. Now, we proceed
from the standpoint of the systematic zoologist; taking in succession each of
the families with which we deal, and giving an account of the distribution,
both of the entire family and, as far as practicable, of each of the genera of
been reached by any other mode of investigation, of all the more important
changes of the earth's surface that have probably occurred during the entire
Tertiary period; and of the influence of these changes, in bringing about the
general features, as well as many of the more interesting details and
puzzling anomalies, of the Geographical Distribution of Animals.
PART IV.
GEOGRAPHICAL ZOOLOGY:
A SYSTEMATIC SKETCH OF THE CHIEF FAMILIES OF LAND ANIMALS IN THEIR
GEOGRAPHICAL RELATIONS.
INTRODUCTION.
In the preceding part of our work, we have discussed the geographical
distribution of animals from the point of view of the geographer; taking the
different regions of the earth in succession, and giving as full an account as
our space would permit of their chief forms of animal life. Now, we proceed
from the standpoint of the systematic zoologist; taking in succession each of
the families with which we deal, and giving an account of the distribution,
both of the entire family and, as far as practicable, of each of the genera of
Page 241
which it is composed. As in the former part, our mode of treatment led us to
speculate on the past changes of the earth's surface; so here we shall
endeavour to elucidate the past migrations of animals, and thus, to some
extent, account for their actual distribution.
The tabular headings, showing the range of the family in each region, will
enable the reader to determine at a glance the general distribution of the
group, as soon as he has familiarised himself, by a study of our general and
regional maps, with the limits of the regions and sub-regions, and the
figures (1 to 4) by which the latter are indicated. Much pains have been
taken, to give the number of the known genera and species in each family,
correctly; but these numbers must, in most cases, only be looked upon as
approximations; because, owing to constant accessions of fresh material on
the one hand, and the discovery that many supposed species are only
varieties, on the other, such statistics are in a continual state of fluctuation.
In the number of genera there is the greatest uncertainty; as will be seen by
the two sets of numbers sometimes given, which denote the genera
according to different modern authorities.
There is also a considerable difference in the dependence to be placed on the
details given in the different classes of animals. In Mammalia and Birds
some degree of accuracy has, it is hoped, been attained; the classification of
these groups being much advanced, and the materials for their study ample.
In Reptiles this is not the case, as there is no recently published work
dealing with the whole subject, or with either of the larger orders. An
immense number of new species and new genera of snakes and lizards, have
been described in the last twenty years; and Dr. Günther—our greatest
authority on reptiles in this country—has kindly assisted me in
incorporating such of these as are most trustworthy, in a general system; but
until entire Orders have been described or catalogued on a uniform plan,
nothing more than a general approximation to the truth can be arrived at.
Still, so many of the groups are well defined, and have a clearly limited
distribution, that some interesting and valuable comparisons may be made.
For Fishes, the valuable "Catalogue" of Dr. Günther was available, and it
has rarely been attempted to go beyond it. A large number of new species
have since been described, in all parts of the world; but it is impossible to
speculate on the past changes of the earth's surface; so here we shall
endeavour to elucidate the past migrations of animals, and thus, to some
extent, account for their actual distribution.
The tabular headings, showing the range of the family in each region, will
enable the reader to determine at a glance the general distribution of the
group, as soon as he has familiarised himself, by a study of our general and
regional maps, with the limits of the regions and sub-regions, and the
figures (1 to 4) by which the latter are indicated. Much pains have been
taken, to give the number of the known genera and species in each family,
correctly; but these numbers must, in most cases, only be looked upon as
approximations; because, owing to constant accessions of fresh material on
the one hand, and the discovery that many supposed species are only
varieties, on the other, such statistics are in a continual state of fluctuation.
In the number of genera there is the greatest uncertainty; as will be seen by
the two sets of numbers sometimes given, which denote the genera
according to different modern authorities.
There is also a considerable difference in the dependence to be placed on the
details given in the different classes of animals. In Mammalia and Birds
some degree of accuracy has, it is hoped, been attained; the classification of
these groups being much advanced, and the materials for their study ample.
In Reptiles this is not the case, as there is no recently published work
dealing with the whole subject, or with either of the larger orders. An
immense number of new species and new genera of snakes and lizards, have
been described in the last twenty years; and Dr. Günther—our greatest
authority on reptiles in this country—has kindly assisted me in
incorporating such of these as are most trustworthy, in a general system; but
until entire Orders have been described or catalogued on a uniform plan,
nothing more than a general approximation to the truth can be arrived at.
Still, so many of the groups are well defined, and have a clearly limited
distribution, that some interesting and valuable comparisons may be made.
For Fishes, the valuable "Catalogue" of Dr. Günther was available, and it
has rarely been attempted to go beyond it. A large number of new species
have since been described, in all parts of the world; but it is impossible to
Page 242
say how many of these are really new, or what genera they actually belong
to. The part devoted to this Class is, therefore, practically a summary of Dr.
Günther's Catalogue; and it is believed that the discoveries since made will
not materially invalidate the conclusions to be drawn from such a large
number of species, which have been critically examined and classified on a
uniform system by one of our most able naturalists. When a supplement to
this catalogue is issued, it will be easier to make the necessary alterations in
distribution, than if a mass of untrustworthy materials had been mixed up
with it.
For Insects, excellent materials are furnished, in the Catalogue of Mr. Kirby
for Butterflies and in that of Drs. Gemminger and Harold for Coleoptera. I
have also made use of some recently published memoirs on the Insects of
Japan and St. Helena, and a few other recent works; and have, I believe,
elaborated a more extensive series of facts to illustrate the distribution of
insects, than has been made use of by any previous writer. Several
discussions on the bearing of the facts of insect distribution, will also be
found under the several Regions, in the preceding part of this work.
Terrestrial Mollusca form a group, as to the treatment of which I have most
misgivings; owing to my almost entire ignorance of Malacology, and the
great changes recently made in the classification of shells. There is also
much uncertainty as to genera and sub-genera, which is very puzzling to one
who merely wishes to get at general results. Finding it impossible to
incorporate the new matter with the old, or to harmonise the different
classifications of modern conchologists, I thought it better to confine myself
to the standard works of Martens and Pfeiffer, with such additions of new
species as I could make without fear of going far wrong. In some cases I
have made use of recent monographs—especially on the shells of Europe,
North America, the West Indian Islands, and the Sandwich Islands; and
have, I venture to hope, not fallen into much error in the general conclusions
at which I have arrived.
to. The part devoted to this Class is, therefore, practically a summary of Dr.
Günther's Catalogue; and it is believed that the discoveries since made will
not materially invalidate the conclusions to be drawn from such a large
number of species, which have been critically examined and classified on a
uniform system by one of our most able naturalists. When a supplement to
this catalogue is issued, it will be easier to make the necessary alterations in
distribution, than if a mass of untrustworthy materials had been mixed up
with it.
For Insects, excellent materials are furnished, in the Catalogue of Mr. Kirby
for Butterflies and in that of Drs. Gemminger and Harold for Coleoptera. I
have also made use of some recently published memoirs on the Insects of
Japan and St. Helena, and a few other recent works; and have, I believe,
elaborated a more extensive series of facts to illustrate the distribution of
insects, than has been made use of by any previous writer. Several
discussions on the bearing of the facts of insect distribution, will also be
found under the several Regions, in the preceding part of this work.
Terrestrial Mollusca form a group, as to the treatment of which I have most
misgivings; owing to my almost entire ignorance of Malacology, and the
great changes recently made in the classification of shells. There is also
much uncertainty as to genera and sub-genera, which is very puzzling to one
who merely wishes to get at general results. Finding it impossible to
incorporate the new matter with the old, or to harmonise the different
classifications of modern conchologists, I thought it better to confine myself
to the standard works of Martens and Pfeiffer, with such additions of new
species as I could make without fear of going far wrong. In some cases I
have made use of recent monographs—especially on the shells of Europe,
North America, the West Indian Islands, and the Sandwich Islands; and
have, I venture to hope, not fallen into much error in the general conclusions
at which I have arrived.
Page 243
CHAPTER XVII.
T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N O F T H E FA M I L I E S A N D G E N E R A O F
MAMMALIA.
Order I.—PRIMATES.
Family 1.—SIMIIDÆ. (4 Genera, 12 Species).
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— —2— — — 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Simiidæ, or Anthropoid Apes, comprehend those forms of the monkey-
tribe which, in general organization, approach nearest to man. They inhabit
the tropics of the Old World, and are most abundant near the equator; but
they are limited to certain districts, being quite unknown in eastern and
southern Africa, and the whole peninsula of Hindostan.
The genus Troglodytes (or Mimetes, as it is sometimes named) comprehends
the chimpanzee and gorilla. It is confined to the West African sub-region,
being found on the coast about 12° North and South of the equator, from the
Gambia to Benguela, and as far inland as the great equatorial forests extend.
There are perhaps other species of chimpanzee; since Livingstone met with
what he supposed to be a new species in the forest region west of Lake
Tanganyika, while Dr. Schweinfurth found one in the country beyond the
western watershed of the Nile. The gorilla is confined within narrower
limits on and near the equator.
We have to pass over more than 70° of longitude before we again meet with
Anthropoid Apes, in the northern part of Sumatra—where a specimen of the
T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N O F T H E FA M I L I E S A N D G E N E R A O F
MAMMALIA.
Order I.—PRIMATES.
Family 1.—SIMIIDÆ. (4 Genera, 12 Species).
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— —2— — — 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Simiidæ, or Anthropoid Apes, comprehend those forms of the monkey-
tribe which, in general organization, approach nearest to man. They inhabit
the tropics of the Old World, and are most abundant near the equator; but
they are limited to certain districts, being quite unknown in eastern and
southern Africa, and the whole peninsula of Hindostan.
The genus Troglodytes (or Mimetes, as it is sometimes named) comprehends
the chimpanzee and gorilla. It is confined to the West African sub-region,
being found on the coast about 12° North and South of the equator, from the
Gambia to Benguela, and as far inland as the great equatorial forests extend.
There are perhaps other species of chimpanzee; since Livingstone met with
what he supposed to be a new species in the forest region west of Lake
Tanganyika, while Dr. Schweinfurth found one in the country beyond the
western watershed of the Nile. The gorilla is confined within narrower
limits on and near the equator.
We have to pass over more than 70° of longitude before we again meet with
Anthropoid Apes, in the northern part of Sumatra—where a specimen of the
Page 244
orang-utan (Simia satyrus) now in the Calcutta Museum, was obtained by
Dr. Abel, and described by him in the Asiatic Researches, vol. xv.—and in
Borneo, from which latter island almost all the specimens in European
museums have been derived. There are supposed to be two species of Simia
in Borneo, a larger and a smaller; but their distinctness is not admitted by all
naturalists. Both appear to be confined to the swampy forests near the north,
west, and south coasts.
The Gibbons, or long-armed apes, forming the genus Hylobates, (7 species)
are found in all the large islands of the Indo-Malayan sub-region, except the
Philippines; and also in Sylhet and Assam south of the Brahmaputra river,
eastward to Cambodja and South China to the west of Canton, and in the
island of Hainan.
The Siamang (Siamanga syndactyla) presents some anatomical peculiarities,
and has the second and third toes united to the last joint, but in general form
and structure it does not differ from Hylobates. It is the largest of the long-
armed apes, and inhabits Sumatra and the Malay peninsula.
Family 2.—SEMNOPITHECIDÆ. (2 Genera, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — 4 —
The Semnopithecidæ, are long-tailed monkeys without cheek-pouches, and
with rather rounded faces, the muzzle not being prominent. They have
nearly the same distribution as the last family, but are more widely dispersed
in both Africa and Asia, one species just entering the Palæarctic region.
Dr. Abel, and described by him in the Asiatic Researches, vol. xv.—and in
Borneo, from which latter island almost all the specimens in European
museums have been derived. There are supposed to be two species of Simia
in Borneo, a larger and a smaller; but their distinctness is not admitted by all
naturalists. Both appear to be confined to the swampy forests near the north,
west, and south coasts.
The Gibbons, or long-armed apes, forming the genus Hylobates, (7 species)
are found in all the large islands of the Indo-Malayan sub-region, except the
Philippines; and also in Sylhet and Assam south of the Brahmaputra river,
eastward to Cambodja and South China to the west of Canton, and in the
island of Hainan.
The Siamang (Siamanga syndactyla) presents some anatomical peculiarities,
and has the second and third toes united to the last joint, but in general form
and structure it does not differ from Hylobates. It is the largest of the long-
armed apes, and inhabits Sumatra and the Malay peninsula.
Family 2.—SEMNOPITHECIDÆ. (2 Genera, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — 4 —
The Semnopithecidæ, are long-tailed monkeys without cheek-pouches, and
with rather rounded faces, the muzzle not being prominent. They have
nearly the same distribution as the last family, but are more widely dispersed
in both Africa and Asia, one species just entering the Palæarctic region.
Page 245
The Eastern genus Presbytes or Semnopithecus (29 species), is spread over
almost the whole of the Oriental region wherever the forests are extensive.
They extend along the Himalayas to beyond Simla, where a species has
been observed at an altitude of 11,000 feet, playing among fir-trees laden
with snow wreaths. On the west side of India they are not found to the north
of 14° N. latitude. On the east they extend into Arakan, and to Borneo and
Java, but not apparently into Siam or Cambodja. Along the eastern
extension of the Himalayas they again occur in East Thibet; a remarkable
species with a large upturned nose (S. roxellana) having been discovered by
Père David at Moupin (about Lat. 32° N.) in the highest forests, where the
winters are severe and last for several months, and where the vegetation,
and the other forms of animal life, are wholly those of the Palæarctic region.
It is very curious that this species should somewhat resemble the young
state of the proboscis monkey (S. nasalis), which inhabits one of the most
uniform, damp, and hot climates on the globe—the river-swamps of Borneo.
Colobus, the African genus (11 species), is very closely allied to the
preceding, differing chiefly in the thumb being absent or rudimentary. They
are confined to the tropical regions—Abyssinia on the east, and from the
Gambia to Angola and the island of Fernando Po, on the west.
Family 3.—CYNOPITHECIDÆ. (7 Genera, 67 Species).
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — —
This family comprehends all the monkeys with cheek pouches, and the
baboons. Some of these have very long tails, some none; some are dog-
faced, others tolerably round-faced; but there are so many transitions from
one to the other, and such a general agreement in structure, that they are
almost the whole of the Oriental region wherever the forests are extensive.
They extend along the Himalayas to beyond Simla, where a species has
been observed at an altitude of 11,000 feet, playing among fir-trees laden
with snow wreaths. On the west side of India they are not found to the north
of 14° N. latitude. On the east they extend into Arakan, and to Borneo and
Java, but not apparently into Siam or Cambodja. Along the eastern
extension of the Himalayas they again occur in East Thibet; a remarkable
species with a large upturned nose (S. roxellana) having been discovered by
Père David at Moupin (about Lat. 32° N.) in the highest forests, where the
winters are severe and last for several months, and where the vegetation,
and the other forms of animal life, are wholly those of the Palæarctic region.
It is very curious that this species should somewhat resemble the young
state of the proboscis monkey (S. nasalis), which inhabits one of the most
uniform, damp, and hot climates on the globe—the river-swamps of Borneo.
Colobus, the African genus (11 species), is very closely allied to the
preceding, differing chiefly in the thumb being absent or rudimentary. They
are confined to the tropical regions—Abyssinia on the east, and from the
Gambia to Angola and the island of Fernando Po, on the west.
Family 3.—CYNOPITHECIDÆ. (7 Genera, 67 Species).
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — —
This family comprehends all the monkeys with cheek pouches, and the
baboons. Some of these have very long tails, some none; some are dog-
faced, others tolerably round-faced; but there are so many transitions from
one to the other, and such a general agreement in structure, that they are
Page 246
now considered to form a very natural family. Their range is more extensive
than any other family of Quadrumana, since they not only occur in every
part of the Ethiopian and Oriental regions, but enter the Palæarctic region in
the east and west, and the Australian region as far as the islands of Timor
and Batchian. The African genera are Myiopithecus, Cercopithecus,
Cercocebus, Theropithecus, and Cynocephalus; the Oriental genera,
Macacus, and Cynopithecus.
Myiopithecus (1 species), consisting of the talapoin monkey of West Africa,
differs from the other African monkeys in the structure of the last molar
tooth; in the large ears, short face, and wide internasal septum; in this
respect, as well as in its grace and gentleness, resembling some of the
American monkeys.
Cercopithecus (24 species), contains all the more graceful and prettily
coloured monkeys of tropical Africa, and comprises the guenons, the white-
nosed, and the green monkeys. They range from the Gambia to the Congo,
and from Abyssinia to the Zambesi.
Cercocebus (5 species), the mangabeys, of West Africa, are very closely
allied to the eastern genus Macacus.
Theropithecus (2 species), including the gelada of Abyssinia and an allied
species, resemble in form the baboons, but have the nostrils placed as in the
last genus.
Cynocephalus (10 species), the baboons, are found in all parts of Africa.
They consist of animals which vary much in appearance, but which agree in
having an elongated dog-like muzzle with terminal nostrils, and being of
terrestrial habits. Some of the baboons are of very large size, the mandrill
(C. maimon) being only inferior to the orang and gorilla.
Macacus (25 species), is the commonest form of eastern monkey, and is
found in every part of the Oriental region, as well as in North Africa,
Gibraltar, Thibet, North China, and Japan; and one of the commonest
species, M. cynomolgus, has extended its range from Java eastward to the
than any other family of Quadrumana, since they not only occur in every
part of the Ethiopian and Oriental regions, but enter the Palæarctic region in
the east and west, and the Australian region as far as the islands of Timor
and Batchian. The African genera are Myiopithecus, Cercopithecus,
Cercocebus, Theropithecus, and Cynocephalus; the Oriental genera,
Macacus, and Cynopithecus.
Myiopithecus (1 species), consisting of the talapoin monkey of West Africa,
differs from the other African monkeys in the structure of the last molar
tooth; in the large ears, short face, and wide internasal septum; in this
respect, as well as in its grace and gentleness, resembling some of the
American monkeys.
Cercopithecus (24 species), contains all the more graceful and prettily
coloured monkeys of tropical Africa, and comprises the guenons, the white-
nosed, and the green monkeys. They range from the Gambia to the Congo,
and from Abyssinia to the Zambesi.
Cercocebus (5 species), the mangabeys, of West Africa, are very closely
allied to the eastern genus Macacus.
Theropithecus (2 species), including the gelada of Abyssinia and an allied
species, resemble in form the baboons, but have the nostrils placed as in the
last genus.
Cynocephalus (10 species), the baboons, are found in all parts of Africa.
They consist of animals which vary much in appearance, but which agree in
having an elongated dog-like muzzle with terminal nostrils, and being of
terrestrial habits. Some of the baboons are of very large size, the mandrill
(C. maimon) being only inferior to the orang and gorilla.
Macacus (25 species), is the commonest form of eastern monkey, and is
found in every part of the Oriental region, as well as in North Africa,
Gibraltar, Thibet, North China, and Japan; and one of the commonest
species, M. cynomolgus, has extended its range from Java eastward to the
Page 247
extremity of Timor. The tail varies greatly in length, and in the Gibraltar
monkey (M. innus) is quite absent. A remarkable species clothed with very
thick fur, has lately been discovered in the snowy mountains of eastern
Thibet.
Cynopithecus (? 2 sp.).—This genus consists of a black baboon-like Ape,
inhabiting Celebes, Batchian, and the Philippine Islands; but perhaps
introduced by man into the latter islands and into Batchian. It is doubtful if
there is more than one species. The tail of this animal is a fleshy tubercle,
the nostrils as in Macacus, but the muzzle is very prominent; and the
development of the maxillary bones into strong lateral ridges corresponds to
the structure of the most typical baboons. This species extends further east
than any other quadrumanous animal.
Family 4.—CEBIDÆ. (10 Genera, 78 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Cebidæ, which comprehend all the larger American Monkeys, differ
from those of the Old World by having an additional molar tooth in each
jaw, and a broad nasal septum; while they have neither cheek-pouches nor
ischial callosities, and the thumb is never completely opposable. Some have
prehensile tails, especially adapting them for an arboreal life. They are
divided into four sub-families,—Cebinæ, Mycetinæ, Pitheciinæ, and
Nyctipithecinæ. The Cebidæ are strictly confined to the forest regions of
tropical America, from the southern part of Mexico to about the parallel of
30° South Latitude. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
monkey (M. innus) is quite absent. A remarkable species clothed with very
thick fur, has lately been discovered in the snowy mountains of eastern
Thibet.
Cynopithecus (? 2 sp.).—This genus consists of a black baboon-like Ape,
inhabiting Celebes, Batchian, and the Philippine Islands; but perhaps
introduced by man into the latter islands and into Batchian. It is doubtful if
there is more than one species. The tail of this animal is a fleshy tubercle,
the nostrils as in Macacus, but the muzzle is very prominent; and the
development of the maxillary bones into strong lateral ridges corresponds to
the structure of the most typical baboons. This species extends further east
than any other quadrumanous animal.
Family 4.—CEBIDÆ. (10 Genera, 78 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Cebidæ, which comprehend all the larger American Monkeys, differ
from those of the Old World by having an additional molar tooth in each
jaw, and a broad nasal septum; while they have neither cheek-pouches nor
ischial callosities, and the thumb is never completely opposable. Some have
prehensile tails, especially adapting them for an arboreal life. They are
divided into four sub-families,—Cebinæ, Mycetinæ, Pitheciinæ, and
Nyctipithecinæ. The Cebidæ are strictly confined to the forest regions of
tropical America, from the southern part of Mexico to about the parallel of
30° South Latitude. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Page 248
Sub-family, Cebinæ.—Cebus (18 sp.), is the largest genus of American
monkeys, and ranges from Costa Rica to Paraguay. They are commonly
called sapajous. Lagothrix (5 sp.), the woolly monkeys, are rather larger and
less active than the preceding; they are confined to the forests of the Upper
Amazon Valley, and along the slopes of the Andes to Venezuela and Bolivia.
Ateles (14 sp.), the spider monkeys, have very long limbs and tail. They
range over the whole area of the family, and occur on the west side of the
Equatorial Andes and on the Pacific coast of Guatemala. Eriodes (3 sp.), are
somewhat intermediate between the last two genera, and are confined to the
eastern parts of Brazil south of the equator. The three last mentioned genera
have very powerful prehensile tails, the end being bare beneath; whereas the
species of Cebus have the tail completely covered with hair, although
prehensile, and therefore not so perfect a grasping organ.
Sub-family, Mycetinæ, consists of but a single genus, Mycetes (10 sp.), the
howling monkeys, characterized by having a hollow bony vessel in the
throat formed by an enlargement of the hyoid bone, which enables them to
produce a wonderful howling noise. They are large, heavy animals, with a
powerful and perfect prehensile tail. They range from East Guatemala to
Paraguay. (Plate XIV., vol. ii., p. 24.)
Sub-family, Pitheciinæ, the sakis, have a non-prehensile bushy tail. Pithecia
(7 sp.), has the tail of moderate length; while Brachiurus (5 sp.) has it very
short. Both appear to be restricted to the great equatorial forests of South
America.
Sub-family, Nyctipithecinæ, are small and elegant monkeys, with long,
hairy, non-prehensile tails. Nyctipithecus (5 sp.), the night-monkeys or
douroucoulis, have large eyes, nocturnal habits, and are somewhat lemurine
in their appearance. They range from Nicaragua to the Amazon and eastern
Peru. Saimiris or Chrysothrix (3 sp.), the squirrel-monkeys, are beautiful
and active little creatures, found in most of the tropical forests from Costa
Rica to Brazil and Bolivia. Callithrix (11 sp.), are somewhat intermediate
between the last two genera, and are found all over South America from
Panama to the southern limits of the great forests.
monkeys, and ranges from Costa Rica to Paraguay. They are commonly
called sapajous. Lagothrix (5 sp.), the woolly monkeys, are rather larger and
less active than the preceding; they are confined to the forests of the Upper
Amazon Valley, and along the slopes of the Andes to Venezuela and Bolivia.
Ateles (14 sp.), the spider monkeys, have very long limbs and tail. They
range over the whole area of the family, and occur on the west side of the
Equatorial Andes and on the Pacific coast of Guatemala. Eriodes (3 sp.), are
somewhat intermediate between the last two genera, and are confined to the
eastern parts of Brazil south of the equator. The three last mentioned genera
have very powerful prehensile tails, the end being bare beneath; whereas the
species of Cebus have the tail completely covered with hair, although
prehensile, and therefore not so perfect a grasping organ.
Sub-family, Mycetinæ, consists of but a single genus, Mycetes (10 sp.), the
howling monkeys, characterized by having a hollow bony vessel in the
throat formed by an enlargement of the hyoid bone, which enables them to
produce a wonderful howling noise. They are large, heavy animals, with a
powerful and perfect prehensile tail. They range from East Guatemala to
Paraguay. (Plate XIV., vol. ii., p. 24.)
Sub-family, Pitheciinæ, the sakis, have a non-prehensile bushy tail. Pithecia
(7 sp.), has the tail of moderate length; while Brachiurus (5 sp.) has it very
short. Both appear to be restricted to the great equatorial forests of South
America.
Sub-family, Nyctipithecinæ, are small and elegant monkeys, with long,
hairy, non-prehensile tails. Nyctipithecus (5 sp.), the night-monkeys or
douroucoulis, have large eyes, nocturnal habits, and are somewhat lemurine
in their appearance. They range from Nicaragua to the Amazon and eastern
Peru. Saimiris or Chrysothrix (3 sp.), the squirrel-monkeys, are beautiful
and active little creatures, found in most of the tropical forests from Costa
Rica to Brazil and Bolivia. Callithrix (11 sp.), are somewhat intermediate
between the last two genera, and are found all over South America from
Panama to the southern limits of the great forests.
Page 249
Family 5.—HAPALIDÆ. (2 Genera, 32 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Hapalidæ, or marmosets, are very small monkeys, which differ from the
true Cebidæ in the absence of one premolar tooth, while they possess the
additional molar tooth; so that while they have the same number of teeth
(thirty-two) as the Old World monkeys, they differ from them even more
than do the Cebidæ. The thumb is not at all opposable, and all the fingers
are armed with sharp claws. The hallux, or thumb-like great toe, is very
small; the tail is long and not prehensile. The two genera Hapale (9 sp.), and
Midas (24 sp.), are of doubtful value, though some naturalists have still
further sub-divided them. They are confined to the tropical forests of South
America, and are most abundant in the districts near the equator.
Sub-order—LEMUROIDEA.
Family 6.—LEMURIDÆ. (11 Genera, 53 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 — 2. 3. 4 ——— ———
— — — —
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Hapalidæ, or marmosets, are very small monkeys, which differ from the
true Cebidæ in the absence of one premolar tooth, while they possess the
additional molar tooth; so that while they have the same number of teeth
(thirty-two) as the Old World monkeys, they differ from them even more
than do the Cebidæ. The thumb is not at all opposable, and all the fingers
are armed with sharp claws. The hallux, or thumb-like great toe, is very
small; the tail is long and not prehensile. The two genera Hapale (9 sp.), and
Midas (24 sp.), are of doubtful value, though some naturalists have still
further sub-divided them. They are confined to the tropical forests of South
America, and are most abundant in the districts near the equator.
Sub-order—LEMUROIDEA.
Family 6.—LEMURIDÆ. (11 Genera, 53 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 — 2. 3. 4 ——— ———
— — — —
Page 250
The Lemuridæ, comprehending all the animals usually termed Lemurs and
many of their allies, are divided by Professor Mivart—who has carefully
studied the group—into four sub-families and eleven genera, as follows:—
Sub-family Indrisinæ, consisting of the genus Indris (5 sp.), is confined to
Madagascar.
Sub-family Lemurinæ, contains five genera, viz.:—Lemur, (15 sp.);
Hapalemur (2 sp.); Microcebus (4 sp.); Chirogaleus (5 sp.); and Lepilemur
(2 sp.);—all confined to Madagascar.
Sub-family Nycticebinæ, contains four genera, viz.:—Nycticebus (3 sp.)—
small, short-tailed, nocturnal animals, called slow-lemurs,—range from East
Bengal to South China, and to Borneo and Java; Loris (1 sp.)—a very small,
tail-less, nocturnal lemur, which inhabits Madras, Malabar, and Ceylon;
Perodicticus (1 sp.)—the potto—a small lemur with almost rudimentary
forefinger, found at Sierra Leone (Plate V., vol. i., p. 264); Arctocebus (1
sp.)—the angwantibo,—another extraordinary form in which the forefinger
is quite absent and the first toe armed with a long claw,—inhabits Old
Calabar.
Sub-family Galaginæ, contains only the genus Galago (14 sp.), which is
confined to the African continent, ranging from Senegal and Fernando Po to
Zanzibar and Natal.
Family 7.—TARSIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — 4 —
many of their allies, are divided by Professor Mivart—who has carefully
studied the group—into four sub-families and eleven genera, as follows:—
Sub-family Indrisinæ, consisting of the genus Indris (5 sp.), is confined to
Madagascar.
Sub-family Lemurinæ, contains five genera, viz.:—Lemur, (15 sp.);
Hapalemur (2 sp.); Microcebus (4 sp.); Chirogaleus (5 sp.); and Lepilemur
(2 sp.);—all confined to Madagascar.
Sub-family Nycticebinæ, contains four genera, viz.:—Nycticebus (3 sp.)—
small, short-tailed, nocturnal animals, called slow-lemurs,—range from East
Bengal to South China, and to Borneo and Java; Loris (1 sp.)—a very small,
tail-less, nocturnal lemur, which inhabits Madras, Malabar, and Ceylon;
Perodicticus (1 sp.)—the potto—a small lemur with almost rudimentary
forefinger, found at Sierra Leone (Plate V., vol. i., p. 264); Arctocebus (1
sp.)—the angwantibo,—another extraordinary form in which the forefinger
is quite absent and the first toe armed with a long claw,—inhabits Old
Calabar.
Sub-family Galaginæ, contains only the genus Galago (14 sp.), which is
confined to the African continent, ranging from Senegal and Fernando Po to
Zanzibar and Natal.
Family 7.—TARSIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — 4 —
Page 251
The curious Tarsius spectrum, which constitutes this family, inhabits
Sumatra, Banca, and Borneo, and is also found in some parts of Celebes,
which would bring it into the Australian region; but this island is altogether
so anomalous that we can only consider its productions to have somewhat
more affinity with the Australian than the Oriental region, but hardly to
belong to either. The Tarsier is a small, long-tailed, nocturnal animal, of
curious structure and appearance; and it forms the only link of connection
with the next family, which it resembles in the extraordinary development of
the toes, one of which is much larger and more slender than the rest. (Plate
VIII., vol. i. p. 337.)
Family 8.—CHIROMYIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 — —
The Aye-aye, (Chiromys), the sole representative of this family, is confined
to the island of Madagascar. It was for a long time very imperfectly known,
and was supposed to belong to the Rodentia; but it has now been ascertained
to be an exceedingly specialized form of the Lemuroid type, and must be
considered to be one of the most extraordinary of the mammalia now
inhabiting the globe. (Plate VI., vol. i., p. 278.)
Fossil Quadrumana.
Not much progress has yet been made in tracing back the various forms of
Apes and Monkeys to their earliest appearance on the globe; but there have
been some interesting recent discoveries, which lead us to hope that the field
Sumatra, Banca, and Borneo, and is also found in some parts of Celebes,
which would bring it into the Australian region; but this island is altogether
so anomalous that we can only consider its productions to have somewhat
more affinity with the Australian than the Oriental region, but hardly to
belong to either. The Tarsier is a small, long-tailed, nocturnal animal, of
curious structure and appearance; and it forms the only link of connection
with the next family, which it resembles in the extraordinary development of
the toes, one of which is much larger and more slender than the rest. (Plate
VIII., vol. i. p. 337.)
Family 8.—CHIROMYIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 — —
The Aye-aye, (Chiromys), the sole representative of this family, is confined
to the island of Madagascar. It was for a long time very imperfectly known,
and was supposed to belong to the Rodentia; but it has now been ascertained
to be an exceedingly specialized form of the Lemuroid type, and must be
considered to be one of the most extraordinary of the mammalia now
inhabiting the globe. (Plate VI., vol. i., p. 278.)
Fossil Quadrumana.
Not much progress has yet been made in tracing back the various forms of
Apes and Monkeys to their earliest appearance on the globe; but there have
been some interesting recent discoveries, which lead us to hope that the field
Page 252
is not yet exhausted. The following is a summary of what is known as to the
early forms of each family:—
Simiidæ.—Two or three species of this family have been found in the Upper
Miocene deposits of France and Switzerland. Pliopithecus, of which a
species has been found at each locality, was allied to the gibbons
(Hylobates), and perhaps to Semnopithecus. A more remarkable form,
named Dryopithecus, as large as a man, and having peculiarities of structure
which are thought by Gervais and Lartet to indicate a nearer approach to the
human form than any existing Ape, has been found in strata of the same age
in France.
Semnopithecidæ.—Species of Semnopithecus have been found in the Upper
Miocene of Greece, and others in the Siwalik Hills of N. W. India, also of
Upper Miocene age. An allied form also occurs in the Miocene of
Wurtemburg. Mesopithecus from Greece is somewhat intermediate between
Semnopithecus and Macacus.
Remains supposed to be of Semnopithecus, have also occurred in the
Pliocene of Montpellier.
Cynopithecidæ.—Macacus has occurred in Pliocene deposits at Grays,
Essex; and also in the South of France along with Cercopithecus.
Cebidæ.—In the caves of Brazil remains of the genera Cebus, Mycetes,
Callithrix, and Hapale, have been found; as well as an extinct form of larger
size—Protopithecus.
Lemuroidea.—A true lemur has recently been discovered in the Eocene of
France; and it is supposed to be most nearly allied to the peculiar West
African genera, Perodicticus and Arctocebus.
Cænopithecus, from the Swiss Jura, is supposed to have affinities both for
the Lemuridæ and the American Cebidæ.
early forms of each family:—
Simiidæ.—Two or three species of this family have been found in the Upper
Miocene deposits of France and Switzerland. Pliopithecus, of which a
species has been found at each locality, was allied to the gibbons
(Hylobates), and perhaps to Semnopithecus. A more remarkable form,
named Dryopithecus, as large as a man, and having peculiarities of structure
which are thought by Gervais and Lartet to indicate a nearer approach to the
human form than any existing Ape, has been found in strata of the same age
in France.
Semnopithecidæ.—Species of Semnopithecus have been found in the Upper
Miocene of Greece, and others in the Siwalik Hills of N. W. India, also of
Upper Miocene age. An allied form also occurs in the Miocene of
Wurtemburg. Mesopithecus from Greece is somewhat intermediate between
Semnopithecus and Macacus.
Remains supposed to be of Semnopithecus, have also occurred in the
Pliocene of Montpellier.
Cynopithecidæ.—Macacus has occurred in Pliocene deposits at Grays,
Essex; and also in the South of France along with Cercopithecus.
Cebidæ.—In the caves of Brazil remains of the genera Cebus, Mycetes,
Callithrix, and Hapale, have been found; as well as an extinct form of larger
size—Protopithecus.
Lemuroidea.—A true lemur has recently been discovered in the Eocene of
France; and it is supposed to be most nearly allied to the peculiar West
African genera, Perodicticus and Arctocebus.
Cænopithecus, from the Swiss Jura, is supposed to have affinities both for
the Lemuridæ and the American Cebidæ.
Page 253
In the lower Eocene of North America remains have been discovered, which
are believed to belong to this sub-order: but they form two distinct families,
—Lemuravidæ and Limnotheridæ. Other remains from the Miocene are
believed to be intermediate between these and the Cebidæ,—a most
interesting and suggestive affinity, if well founded. For the genera of these
American Lemuroidea, see vol. i., p. 133.
General Remarks on the Distribution of Primates.
The most striking fact presented by this order, from our present point of
view, is the strict limitation of well-marked families to definite areas. The
Cebidæ and Hapalidæ would alone serve to mark out tropical America as
the nucleus of one of the great zoological divisions of the earth. In the
Eastern Hemisphere, the corresponding fact is the entire absence of the
order from the Australian region, with the exception of one or two outlying
forms, which have evidently transgressed the normal limits of their group.
The separation of the Ethiopian and Oriental regions is, in this order, mainly
indicated by the distribution of the genera, no one of which is common to
the two regions. The two highest families, the Simiidæ and the
Semnopithecidæ, are pretty equally distributed about two equatorial foci,
one situated in West Africa, the other in the Malay archipelago,—in Borneo
or the Peninsula of Malacca;—while the third family, Cynopithecidæ,
ranges over the whole of both regions, and somewhat overpasses their
limits. The Lemuroid group, on the other hand, offers us one of the most
singular phenomena in geographical distribution. It consists of three
families, the species of which are grouped into six sub-families and 13
genera. One of these families and two of the sub-families, comprising 7
genera, and no less than 30 out of the total of 50 species, are confined to the
one island of Madagascar. Of the remainder, 3 genera, comprising 15
species, are spread over tropical Africa; while three other genera with 5
species, inhabit certain restricted portions of India and the Malay islands.
These curious facts point unmistakably to the former existence of a large
tract of land in what is now the Indian Ocean, connecting Madagascar on
the one hand with Ceylon, and with the Malay countries on the other. About
this same time (but perhaps not contemporaneously) Madagascar must have
been connected with some portion of Southern Africa, and the whole of the
are believed to belong to this sub-order: but they form two distinct families,
—Lemuravidæ and Limnotheridæ. Other remains from the Miocene are
believed to be intermediate between these and the Cebidæ,—a most
interesting and suggestive affinity, if well founded. For the genera of these
American Lemuroidea, see vol. i., p. 133.
General Remarks on the Distribution of Primates.
The most striking fact presented by this order, from our present point of
view, is the strict limitation of well-marked families to definite areas. The
Cebidæ and Hapalidæ would alone serve to mark out tropical America as
the nucleus of one of the great zoological divisions of the earth. In the
Eastern Hemisphere, the corresponding fact is the entire absence of the
order from the Australian region, with the exception of one or two outlying
forms, which have evidently transgressed the normal limits of their group.
The separation of the Ethiopian and Oriental regions is, in this order, mainly
indicated by the distribution of the genera, no one of which is common to
the two regions. The two highest families, the Simiidæ and the
Semnopithecidæ, are pretty equally distributed about two equatorial foci,
one situated in West Africa, the other in the Malay archipelago,—in Borneo
or the Peninsula of Malacca;—while the third family, Cynopithecidæ,
ranges over the whole of both regions, and somewhat overpasses their
limits. The Lemuroid group, on the other hand, offers us one of the most
singular phenomena in geographical distribution. It consists of three
families, the species of which are grouped into six sub-families and 13
genera. One of these families and two of the sub-families, comprising 7
genera, and no less than 30 out of the total of 50 species, are confined to the
one island of Madagascar. Of the remainder, 3 genera, comprising 15
species, are spread over tropical Africa; while three other genera with 5
species, inhabit certain restricted portions of India and the Malay islands.
These curious facts point unmistakably to the former existence of a large
tract of land in what is now the Indian Ocean, connecting Madagascar on
the one hand with Ceylon, and with the Malay countries on the other. About
this same time (but perhaps not contemporaneously) Madagascar must have
been connected with some portion of Southern Africa, and the whole of the
Page 254
country would possess no other Primates but Lemuroidea. After the
Madagascar territory (very much larger than the existing island) had been
separated, a connection appears to have been long maintained (probably by
a northerly route) between the more equatorial portions of Asia and Africa;
till those higher forms had become developed, which were afterwards
differentiated into Simia, Presbytes, and Cynopithecus, on the one hand, and
into Troglodytes, Colobus, and Cynocephalus, on the other. In accordance
with the principle of competition so well expounded by Mr. Darwin, we can
understand how, in the vast Asiatic and African area north of the Equator,
with a great variety of physical conditions and the influence of a host of
competing forms of life, higher types were developed than in the less
extensive and long-isolated countries south of the Equator. In Madagascar,
where these less complex conditions prevailed in a considerable land-area,
the lowly organized Lemuroids have diverged into many specialized forms
of their own peculiar type; while on the continents they have, to a great
extent, become exterminated, or have maintained their existence in a few
cases, in islands or in mountain ranges. In Africa the nocturnal and arboreal
Galagos are adapted to a special mode of life, in which they probably have
few competitors.
How and when the ancestors of the Cebidæ and Hapalidæ entered the South
American continent, it is less easy to conceive. The only rays of light we yet
have on the subject are, the supposed affinities of the fossil Cænopithecus of
the Swiss, and the Lemuravidæ of the North American Eocene, with both
Cebidæ and Lemuroids, and the fact that in Miocene or Eocene times a mild
climate prevailed up to the Arctic circle. The discovery of an undoubted
Lemuroid in the Eocene of Europe, indicates that the great Northern
Continent was probably the birthplace of this low type of mammal, and the
source whence Africa and Southern Asia were peopled with them, as it was,
at a later period, with the higher forms of monkeys and apes.
Order II.—CHIROPTERA.
Family 9.—PTEROPIDÆ. (9 Genera, 65 Species.)
Madagascar territory (very much larger than the existing island) had been
separated, a connection appears to have been long maintained (probably by
a northerly route) between the more equatorial portions of Asia and Africa;
till those higher forms had become developed, which were afterwards
differentiated into Simia, Presbytes, and Cynopithecus, on the one hand, and
into Troglodytes, Colobus, and Cynocephalus, on the other. In accordance
with the principle of competition so well expounded by Mr. Darwin, we can
understand how, in the vast Asiatic and African area north of the Equator,
with a great variety of physical conditions and the influence of a host of
competing forms of life, higher types were developed than in the less
extensive and long-isolated countries south of the Equator. In Madagascar,
where these less complex conditions prevailed in a considerable land-area,
the lowly organized Lemuroids have diverged into many specialized forms
of their own peculiar type; while on the continents they have, to a great
extent, become exterminated, or have maintained their existence in a few
cases, in islands or in mountain ranges. In Africa the nocturnal and arboreal
Galagos are adapted to a special mode of life, in which they probably have
few competitors.
How and when the ancestors of the Cebidæ and Hapalidæ entered the South
American continent, it is less easy to conceive. The only rays of light we yet
have on the subject are, the supposed affinities of the fossil Cænopithecus of
the Swiss, and the Lemuravidæ of the North American Eocene, with both
Cebidæ and Lemuroids, and the fact that in Miocene or Eocene times a mild
climate prevailed up to the Arctic circle. The discovery of an undoubted
Lemuroid in the Eocene of Europe, indicates that the great Northern
Continent was probably the birthplace of this low type of mammal, and the
source whence Africa and Southern Asia were peopled with them, as it was,
at a later period, with the higher forms of monkeys and apes.
Order II.—CHIROPTERA.
Family 9.—PTEROPIDÆ. (9 Genera, 65 Species.)
Page 255
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— — 4
The Pteropidæ, or fruit-eating Bats, sometimes called flying-foxes, are
pretty evenly distributed over the tropical regions of the Old World and
Australia. They range over all Africa and the whole of the Oriental Region,
and northward, to Amoy in China and to the South of Japan. They are also
found in the more fertile parts of Australia and Tasmania, and in the Pacific
Islands as far east as the Marianne and Samoa Islands; but not in the
Sandwich Islands or New Zealand.
The genera of bats are exceedingly numerous, but they are in a very
unsettled state, and the synonymy is exceedingly confused. The details of
their distribution cannot therefore be usefully entered into here. The
Pteropidæ differ so much from all other bats, that they are considered to
form a distinct suborder of Chiroptera, and by some naturalists even a
distinct order of Mammalia.
No fossil Pteropidæ have been discovered.
Family 10.—PHYLLOSTOMIDÆ. (31 Genera, 60 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. — 1—— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— — 4
The Pteropidæ, or fruit-eating Bats, sometimes called flying-foxes, are
pretty evenly distributed over the tropical regions of the Old World and
Australia. They range over all Africa and the whole of the Oriental Region,
and northward, to Amoy in China and to the South of Japan. They are also
found in the more fertile parts of Australia and Tasmania, and in the Pacific
Islands as far east as the Marianne and Samoa Islands; but not in the
Sandwich Islands or New Zealand.
The genera of bats are exceedingly numerous, but they are in a very
unsettled state, and the synonymy is exceedingly confused. The details of
their distribution cannot therefore be usefully entered into here. The
Pteropidæ differ so much from all other bats, that they are considered to
form a distinct suborder of Chiroptera, and by some naturalists even a
distinct order of Mammalia.
No fossil Pteropidæ have been discovered.
Family 10.—PHYLLOSTOMIDÆ. (31 Genera, 60 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. — 1—— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
Page 256
The Phyllostomidæ, or simple leaf-nosed Bats, are confined to the
Neotropical region, from Mexico and the Antilles to the southern limits of
the forest region east of the Andes, and to about lat. 33° S. in Chili. None
are found in the Nearctic region, with the exception of one species in
California (Macrotus Californicus), closely allied to Mexican and West
Indian forms. The celebrated blood-sucking vampyre bats of South America
belong to this group. Two genera, Desmodus and Diphylla, form Dr. Peters'
family Desmodidæ. Mr. Dobson, in his recently published arrangement,
divides the family into five groups:—Mormopes, Vampyri, Glossophagæ,
Stenodermata, and Desmodontes.
Numerous remains of extinct species of this family have been found in the
bone-caves of Brazil.
Family 11.—RHINOLOPHIDÆ. (7 Genera, 70 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. —
— — —
The Rhinolophidæ, or Horse-shoe Bats (so-called from a curiously-shaped
membranous appendance to the nose), range over all the Ethiopian and
Oriental regions, the southern part of the Palæarctic region, Australia and
Tasmania. They are most abundant and varied in the Oriental region, where
twelve genera are found; while only five inhabit the Australian and
Ethiopian regions respectively. Europe has only one genus and four species,
mostly found in the southern parts, and none going further north than the
latitude of England, where two species occur. Two others are found in
Japan, at the opposite extremity of the Palæarctic region.
Neotropical region, from Mexico and the Antilles to the southern limits of
the forest region east of the Andes, and to about lat. 33° S. in Chili. None
are found in the Nearctic region, with the exception of one species in
California (Macrotus Californicus), closely allied to Mexican and West
Indian forms. The celebrated blood-sucking vampyre bats of South America
belong to this group. Two genera, Desmodus and Diphylla, form Dr. Peters'
family Desmodidæ. Mr. Dobson, in his recently published arrangement,
divides the family into five groups:—Mormopes, Vampyri, Glossophagæ,
Stenodermata, and Desmodontes.
Numerous remains of extinct species of this family have been found in the
bone-caves of Brazil.
Family 11.—RHINOLOPHIDÆ. (7 Genera, 70 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. —
— — —
The Rhinolophidæ, or Horse-shoe Bats (so-called from a curiously-shaped
membranous appendance to the nose), range over all the Ethiopian and
Oriental regions, the southern part of the Palæarctic region, Australia and
Tasmania. They are most abundant and varied in the Oriental region, where
twelve genera are found; while only five inhabit the Australian and
Ethiopian regions respectively. Europe has only one genus and four species,
mostly found in the southern parts, and none going further north than the
latitude of England, where two species occur. Two others are found in
Japan, at the opposite extremity of the Palæarctic region.
Page 257
The genera Nycteris and Megaderma, which range over the Ethiopian and
Oriental regions to the Moluccas, are considered by Dr. Peters to form a
distinct family, Megadermidæ; and Mr. Dobson in his recent arrangement
(published after our first volume was printed) adopts the same family under
the name of Nycteridæ. The curious Indian genus Rhinopoma, which,
following Dr. J. E. Gray, we have classed in this family, is considered by
Mr. Dobson to belong to the Noctilionidæ.
Fossil Rhinolophidæ.—Remains of a species of Rhinolophus still living in
England, have been found in Kent's Cavern, near Torquay.
Family 12.—VESPERTILIONIDÆ (18 Genera, 200 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The small bats constituting the family Vespertilionidæ, have no nose-
membrane, but an internal earlet or tragus, and often very large ears. They
range over almost the whole globe, being apparently only limited by the
necessity of procuring insect food. In America they are found as far north as
Hudson's Bay and the Columbia river; and in Europe they approach, if they
do not pass the Arctic circle. Such remote islands as the Azores, Bermudas,
Fiji Islands, Sandwich Islands, and New Zealand, all possess species of this
group of bats, some of which probably inhabit every island in warm or
temperate parts of the globe.
The genus Taphozous, which, in our Tables of Distribution in vol. i. we have
included in this family, is placed by Mr. Dobson in his family
Emballonuridæ, which is equivalent to our next family, Noctilionidæ.
Oriental regions to the Moluccas, are considered by Dr. Peters to form a
distinct family, Megadermidæ; and Mr. Dobson in his recent arrangement
(published after our first volume was printed) adopts the same family under
the name of Nycteridæ. The curious Indian genus Rhinopoma, which,
following Dr. J. E. Gray, we have classed in this family, is considered by
Mr. Dobson to belong to the Noctilionidæ.
Fossil Rhinolophidæ.—Remains of a species of Rhinolophus still living in
England, have been found in Kent's Cavern, near Torquay.
Family 12.—VESPERTILIONIDÆ (18 Genera, 200 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The small bats constituting the family Vespertilionidæ, have no nose-
membrane, but an internal earlet or tragus, and often very large ears. They
range over almost the whole globe, being apparently only limited by the
necessity of procuring insect food. In America they are found as far north as
Hudson's Bay and the Columbia river; and in Europe they approach, if they
do not pass the Arctic circle. Such remote islands as the Azores, Bermudas,
Fiji Islands, Sandwich Islands, and New Zealand, all possess species of this
group of bats, some of which probably inhabit every island in warm or
temperate parts of the globe.
The genus Taphozous, which, in our Tables of Distribution in vol. i. we have
included in this family, is placed by Mr. Dobson in his family
Emballonuridæ, which is equivalent to our next family, Noctilionidæ.
Page 258
Fossil Vespertilionidæ.—Several living European bats of this family—
Scotophilus murinus, Plecotus auritus, Vespertilio noctula, and V.
pipestrellus—have been found fossil in bone-caves in various parts of
Europe.
Extinct species of Vespertilio have occurred in the Lower Miocene at
Mayence, in the Upper Miocene of the South of France, and in the Upper
Eocene of the Paris basin.
Family 13.—NOCTILIONIDÆ. (14 Genera, 50 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1—— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — 4
The Noctilionidæ, or short-headed Bats, are found in every region, but are
very unequally distributed. Their head-quarters is the Neotropical region,
where most of the genera occur, and where they range from Mexico to
Buenos Ayres and Chili, while in North America there is only one species in
California. They are unknown in Australia; but one species occurs in New
Zealand, and another in Norfolk Island. Several species of Dysopes (or
Molossus) inhabit the Oriental region; one or two species being widely
distributed over the continent, while two others inhabit the Indo-Malayan
Islands. A species of this same genus occurs in South Africa, and another in
Madagascar and in the Island of Bourbon; while one inhabits Southern
Europe and North Africa, and another is found at Amoy in China. It will be
seen therefore, that these are really South American bats, which have a few
allies widely scattered over the various regions of the globe. Their affinities
are, according to Mr. Tomes, with the Phyllostomidæ, a purely South
American family. The species which forms the connecting link is the
Mystacina tuberculata, a New Zealand bat, which may, with almost equal
Scotophilus murinus, Plecotus auritus, Vespertilio noctula, and V.
pipestrellus—have been found fossil in bone-caves in various parts of
Europe.
Extinct species of Vespertilio have occurred in the Lower Miocene at
Mayence, in the Upper Miocene of the South of France, and in the Upper
Eocene of the Paris basin.
Family 13.—NOCTILIONIDÆ. (14 Genera, 50 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1—— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — 4
The Noctilionidæ, or short-headed Bats, are found in every region, but are
very unequally distributed. Their head-quarters is the Neotropical region,
where most of the genera occur, and where they range from Mexico to
Buenos Ayres and Chili, while in North America there is only one species in
California. They are unknown in Australia; but one species occurs in New
Zealand, and another in Norfolk Island. Several species of Dysopes (or
Molossus) inhabit the Oriental region; one or two species being widely
distributed over the continent, while two others inhabit the Indo-Malayan
Islands. A species of this same genus occurs in South Africa, and another in
Madagascar and in the Island of Bourbon; while one inhabits Southern
Europe and North Africa, and another is found at Amoy in China. It will be
seen therefore, that these are really South American bats, which have a few
allies widely scattered over the various regions of the globe. Their affinities
are, according to Mr. Tomes, with the Phyllostomidæ, a purely South
American family. The species which forms the connecting link is the
Mystacina tuberculata, a New Zealand bat, which may, with almost equal
Page 259
propriety be placed in either family, and which affords an interesting
illustration of the many points of resemblance between the Australian and
Neotropical regions.
Dr. Peters has separated this family into three,—Mormopidæ, which is
wholly Neotropical, and is especially abundant in the West Indian Islands;
Molossidæ, chiefly consisting of the genus Molossus; and Noctilionidæ,
comprising the remainder of the family, and wholly Neotropical. Mr.
Dobson, however, classes the Mormopes with the Phyllostomidæ, and
reduces the Molossi to the rank of a sub-family. In our first volume we have
classed Rhinopoma with the Rhinolophidæ, and Taphozous with the
Vespertilionidæ; but according to Mr. Dobson both these genera belong to
the present family.
Remarks on the Distribution of the Order Chiroptera.
Although the bats, from their great powers of flight, are not amenable to the
limitations which determine the distribution of other terrestrial mammals,
yet certain great facts of distribution come out in a very striking manner.
The speciality of the Neotropical region is well shown, not only by its
exclusive possession of one large family (Phyllostomidæ), but almost
equally so by the total absence of two others (Pteropidæ and Rhinolophidæ).
The Nearctic region is also unusually well marked, by the total absence of a
family (Rhinolophidæ) which is tolerably well represented in the Palæarctic.
The Pteropidæ well characterize the tropical regions of the Old World and
Australia; while the Vespertilionidæ are more characteristic of the
Palæarctic and Nearctic regions, which together possess about 60 species of
this family.
The bats are a very difficult study, and it is quite uncertain how many
distinct species are really known. Schinz, in his Synopsis Mammalium
(1844) describes 330, while the list given by Mr. Andrew Murray in his
Geographical Distribution of Mammalia (1866), contains 400 species. A
small number of new species have been since described, but others have
been sunk as synonyms, so that we can perhaps hardly obtain a nearer
illustration of the many points of resemblance between the Australian and
Neotropical regions.
Dr. Peters has separated this family into three,—Mormopidæ, which is
wholly Neotropical, and is especially abundant in the West Indian Islands;
Molossidæ, chiefly consisting of the genus Molossus; and Noctilionidæ,
comprising the remainder of the family, and wholly Neotropical. Mr.
Dobson, however, classes the Mormopes with the Phyllostomidæ, and
reduces the Molossi to the rank of a sub-family. In our first volume we have
classed Rhinopoma with the Rhinolophidæ, and Taphozous with the
Vespertilionidæ; but according to Mr. Dobson both these genera belong to
the present family.
Remarks on the Distribution of the Order Chiroptera.
Although the bats, from their great powers of flight, are not amenable to the
limitations which determine the distribution of other terrestrial mammals,
yet certain great facts of distribution come out in a very striking manner.
The speciality of the Neotropical region is well shown, not only by its
exclusive possession of one large family (Phyllostomidæ), but almost
equally so by the total absence of two others (Pteropidæ and Rhinolophidæ).
The Nearctic region is also unusually well marked, by the total absence of a
family (Rhinolophidæ) which is tolerably well represented in the Palæarctic.
The Pteropidæ well characterize the tropical regions of the Old World and
Australia; while the Vespertilionidæ are more characteristic of the
Palæarctic and Nearctic regions, which together possess about 60 species of
this family.
The bats are a very difficult study, and it is quite uncertain how many
distinct species are really known. Schinz, in his Synopsis Mammalium
(1844) describes 330, while the list given by Mr. Andrew Murray in his
Geographical Distribution of Mammalia (1866), contains 400 species. A
small number of new species have been since described, but others have
been sunk as synonyms, so that we can perhaps hardly obtain a nearer
Page 260
approximation to the truth than the last number. In Europe there are 35
species, and only 17 in North America.
Fossil Chiroptera.—The fossil remains of bats that have yet been
discovered, being chiefly allied to forms still existing in the same countries,
throw no light on the origin or affinities of this remarkable and isolated
order of Mammalia; but as species very similar to those now living were in
existence so far back as Miocene or even Eocene times, we may be sure the
group is one of immense antiquity, and that there has been ample time for
the amount of variation and extinction required to bring about the limitation
of types, and the peculiarities of distribution we now find to exist.
Order III.—INSECTIVORA.
Family 14.—GALEOPITHECIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — 4 —
The singular and isolated genus Galeopithecus, or flying lemur, has been
usually placed among the Lemuroidea, but it is now considered to come best
at the head of the Insectivora. Its food however, seems to be purely
vegetable, and the very small, blind, and naked young, closely attached to
the wrinkled skin of the mother's breast, perhaps indicates some affinity
with the Marsupials. This animal seems, in fact, to be a lateral offshoot of
some low form, which has survived during the process of development of
the Insectivora, the Lemuroidea, and the Marsupials, from an ancestral type.
Only two species are known, one found in Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo,
but not in Java; the other in the Philippine islands (Plate VIII. vol. i. p. 337).
species, and only 17 in North America.
Fossil Chiroptera.—The fossil remains of bats that have yet been
discovered, being chiefly allied to forms still existing in the same countries,
throw no light on the origin or affinities of this remarkable and isolated
order of Mammalia; but as species very similar to those now living were in
existence so far back as Miocene or even Eocene times, we may be sure the
group is one of immense antiquity, and that there has been ample time for
the amount of variation and extinction required to bring about the limitation
of types, and the peculiarities of distribution we now find to exist.
Order III.—INSECTIVORA.
Family 14.—GALEOPITHECIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — 4 —
The singular and isolated genus Galeopithecus, or flying lemur, has been
usually placed among the Lemuroidea, but it is now considered to come best
at the head of the Insectivora. Its food however, seems to be purely
vegetable, and the very small, blind, and naked young, closely attached to
the wrinkled skin of the mother's breast, perhaps indicates some affinity
with the Marsupials. This animal seems, in fact, to be a lateral offshoot of
some low form, which has survived during the process of development of
the Insectivora, the Lemuroidea, and the Marsupials, from an ancestral type.
Only two species are known, one found in Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo,
but not in Java; the other in the Philippine islands (Plate VIII. vol. i. p. 337).
Page 261
Family 15.—MACROSCELIDIDÆ. (3 Genera, 10 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1—3— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Macroscelides, or elephant shrews, are extraordinary little animals, with
trunk-like snout and kangaroo-like hind-legs. They are almost confined to
South Africa, whence they extend up the east coast as far as the Zambezi
and Mozambique. A single outlying species of Macroscelides inhabits
Barbary and Algeria; while the two genera Petrodromus, and Rhyncocyon,
each represented by a single species, have only been found at Mozambique.
Family 16.—TUPAIIDÆ. (3 Genera, 10 species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— — 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Tupaiidæ are squirrel-like shrews, having bushy tails, and often
climbing up trees, but also feeding on the ground and among low bushes.
The typical Tupaia (7 species), are called ground squirrels by the Malays.
They are most abundant in the Malay islands and Indo-Chinese countries,
but one species is found in the Khasia Mountains, and one in the Eastern
Ghauts near Madras. The small shorter-tailed Hylomys (2 species) is found
from Tenasserim to Java and Borneo; while the elegant little Ptilocerus (1
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1—3— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Macroscelides, or elephant shrews, are extraordinary little animals, with
trunk-like snout and kangaroo-like hind-legs. They are almost confined to
South Africa, whence they extend up the east coast as far as the Zambezi
and Mozambique. A single outlying species of Macroscelides inhabits
Barbary and Algeria; while the two genera Petrodromus, and Rhyncocyon,
each represented by a single species, have only been found at Mozambique.
Family 16.—TUPAIIDÆ. (3 Genera, 10 species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— — 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Tupaiidæ are squirrel-like shrews, having bushy tails, and often
climbing up trees, but also feeding on the ground and among low bushes.
The typical Tupaia (7 species), are called ground squirrels by the Malays.
They are most abundant in the Malay islands and Indo-Chinese countries,
but one species is found in the Khasia Mountains, and one in the Eastern
Ghauts near Madras. The small shorter-tailed Hylomys (2 species) is found
from Tenasserim to Java and Borneo; while the elegant little Ptilocerus (1
Page 262
species) with its long pencilled tail, is confined to Borneo; (Plate VIII. vol. i.
p. 337). The family is therefore especially Malayan, with outlying species in
northern and continental India.
Extinct Species.—Oxygomphus, found in the Tertiary deposits of Germany,
is believed to belong to this family; as is Omomys, from the Pliocene of the
United States.
Family 17.—ERINACEIDÆ. (2 Genera, 15 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——3 1. 2. — 4 ———
— — — —
The Hedgehogs, comprised in the genus Erinaceus (14 species), are widely
distributed over the Palæarctic, and a part of the Oriental regions; but they
only occur in the Ethiopian region in South Africa and in the Deserts of the
north, which more properly belong to the Palæarctic region. They are absent
from the Malayan, and also from the Indo-Chinese sub-regions; except that
they extend from the north of China to Amoy and Formosa and into the
temperate highlands of the Western Himalayas. The curious Gymnura (1
species) is found in Borneo, Sumatra, and the Malay peninsula.
Extinct Species.—The common hedgehog has been found fossil in several
Post-tertiary deposits, while extinct species occur in the lower Miocene of
Auvergne and in some other parts of Europe. Many of these remains are
classed in different genera from the living species;—(Amphechinus,
Tetracus, Galerix.)
Family 18.—CENTETIDÆ. (6 Genera, 10 Species.)
p. 337). The family is therefore especially Malayan, with outlying species in
northern and continental India.
Extinct Species.—Oxygomphus, found in the Tertiary deposits of Germany,
is believed to belong to this family; as is Omomys, from the Pliocene of the
United States.
Family 17.—ERINACEIDÆ. (2 Genera, 15 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——3 1. 2. — 4 ———
— — — —
The Hedgehogs, comprised in the genus Erinaceus (14 species), are widely
distributed over the Palæarctic, and a part of the Oriental regions; but they
only occur in the Ethiopian region in South Africa and in the Deserts of the
north, which more properly belong to the Palæarctic region. They are absent
from the Malayan, and also from the Indo-Chinese sub-regions; except that
they extend from the north of China to Amoy and Formosa and into the
temperate highlands of the Western Himalayas. The curious Gymnura (1
species) is found in Borneo, Sumatra, and the Malay peninsula.
Extinct Species.—The common hedgehog has been found fossil in several
Post-tertiary deposits, while extinct species occur in the lower Miocene of
Auvergne and in some other parts of Europe. Many of these remains are
classed in different genera from the living species;—(Amphechinus,
Tetracus, Galerix.)
Family 18.—CENTETIDÆ. (6 Genera, 10 Species.)
Page 263
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
4 — — 4 — —
The Centetidæ are small animals, many of them having a spiny covering,
whence the species of Centetes have been called Madagascar hedgehogs.
The genera Centetes (2 species), Hemicentetes (1 species), Ericulus (1
species), Echinops (3 species), and the recently described Oryzorictes (1
species), are all exclusively inhabitants of Madagascar, and are almost or
quite tail-less. The remaining genus, Solenodon, is a more slender and active
animal, with a long, rat-like tail, shrew-like head, and coarse fur; and the
two known species are among the very few indigenous mammals of the
West Indian islands, one being found in Cuba (Plate XVII., vol. ii., p. 67),
the other in Hayti. Although presenting many points of difference in detail,
the essential characters of this curious animal are, according to Professors
Peters and Mivart, identical with the rest of the Centetidæ. We have thus a
most remarkable and well-established case of discontinuous distribution,
two portions of the same family being now separated from each other by an
extensive continent, as well as by a deep ocean.
Extinct Species.—Remains found in the Lower Miocene of the South of
France are believed to belong to the genus Echinops, or one closely allied to
it.
Family 19.—POTAMOGALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
4 — — 4 — —
The Centetidæ are small animals, many of them having a spiny covering,
whence the species of Centetes have been called Madagascar hedgehogs.
The genera Centetes (2 species), Hemicentetes (1 species), Ericulus (1
species), Echinops (3 species), and the recently described Oryzorictes (1
species), are all exclusively inhabitants of Madagascar, and are almost or
quite tail-less. The remaining genus, Solenodon, is a more slender and active
animal, with a long, rat-like tail, shrew-like head, and coarse fur; and the
two known species are among the very few indigenous mammals of the
West Indian islands, one being found in Cuba (Plate XVII., vol. ii., p. 67),
the other in Hayti. Although presenting many points of difference in detail,
the essential characters of this curious animal are, according to Professors
Peters and Mivart, identical with the rest of the Centetidæ. We have thus a
most remarkable and well-established case of discontinuous distribution,
two portions of the same family being now separated from each other by an
extensive continent, as well as by a deep ocean.
Extinct Species.—Remains found in the Lower Miocene of the South of
France are believed to belong to the genus Echinops, or one closely allied to
it.
Family 19.—POTAMOGALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 264
——— ——— ——— —2— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Potamogale was founded on a curious, small, otter-like animal
from West Africa, first found by M. Du Chaillu at the Gaboon, and
afterwards by the Portuguese at Angola. Its affinities are with several groups
of Insectivora, but it is sufficiently peculiar to require the establishment of a
distinct family for its reception. (Plate V., vol. i., p. 264.)
Family 20.—CHRYSOCHLORIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— — — 3. ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Chrysochloridæ, or golden moles, of the Cape of Good Hope have been
separated by Professor Mivart into two genera, Chrysochloris and
Chalcochloris. They are remarkable mole-like animals, having beautiful
silky fur, with a metallic lustre and changeable golden tints. They are
peculiar to the Cape district, but one species extends as far north as the
Mozambique territory. Their dentition is altogether peculiar, so as to
completely separate them from the true moles.
Family 21.—TALPIDÆ. (8 Genera, 19 Species.)
General Distribution.
— — — — — —
The genus Potamogale was founded on a curious, small, otter-like animal
from West Africa, first found by M. Du Chaillu at the Gaboon, and
afterwards by the Portuguese at Angola. Its affinities are with several groups
of Insectivora, but it is sufficiently peculiar to require the establishment of a
distinct family for its reception. (Plate V., vol. i., p. 264.)
Family 20.—CHRYSOCHLORIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— — — 3. ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Chrysochloridæ, or golden moles, of the Cape of Good Hope have been
separated by Professor Mivart into two genera, Chrysochloris and
Chalcochloris. They are remarkable mole-like animals, having beautiful
silky fur, with a metallic lustre and changeable golden tints. They are
peculiar to the Cape district, but one species extends as far north as the
Mozambique territory. Their dentition is altogether peculiar, so as to
completely separate them from the true moles.
Family 21.—TALPIDÆ. (8 Genera, 19 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 265
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——3 ———
— — — —
The Moles comprise many extraordinary forms of small mammalia
especially characteristic of the temperate regions of the northern
hemisphere, only sending out a few species of Talpa along the Himalayas as
far as Assam, and even to Tenasserim, if there is no mistake about this
locality; while one species is found in Formosa, the northern part of which
is almost as much Palæarctic as Oriental. The genus Talpa (7 species),
spreads over the whole Palæarctic region from Great Britain to Japan;
Scaptochirus (1 species) is a recent discovery in North China; Condylura (1
species), the star-nosed mole, inhabits Eastern North America from Nova
Scotia to Pennsylvania; Scapanus (2 species) ranges across from New York
to St. Francisco; Scalops (3 species), the shrew-moles, range from Mexico
to the great lakes on the east side of America, but on the west only to the
north of Oregon. An allied genus, Myogale (2 species), has a curious
discontinuous distribution in Europe, one species being found in South-East
Russia, the other in the Pyrenees (Plate II., vol. i., p. 218). Another allied
genus, Nectogale (1 species), has recently been described by Professor
Milne-Edwards from Thibet. Urotrichus is a shrew-like mole which inhabits
Japan, and a second species has been discovered in the mountains of British
Columbia; an allied form, Uropsilus, inhabits East Thibet. Anurosorex and
Scaptonyx, are new genera from North China.
Extinct Species.—The common mole has been found fossil in bone-caves
and diluvial deposits, and several extinct species of mole-like animals occur
in the Miocene deposits of the South of France and of Germany. These have
been described under the generic names Dimylus, Geotrypus, Hyporissus,
Galeospalax; while Palæospalax has been found in the Pliocene forest-beds
of Norfolk and Ostend. Species of Myogale also occur from the Miocene
downwards.
Family 22.—SORICIDÆ. (1 Genus, 11 Sub-genera, 65 Species.)
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——3 ———
— — — —
The Moles comprise many extraordinary forms of small mammalia
especially characteristic of the temperate regions of the northern
hemisphere, only sending out a few species of Talpa along the Himalayas as
far as Assam, and even to Tenasserim, if there is no mistake about this
locality; while one species is found in Formosa, the northern part of which
is almost as much Palæarctic as Oriental. The genus Talpa (7 species),
spreads over the whole Palæarctic region from Great Britain to Japan;
Scaptochirus (1 species) is a recent discovery in North China; Condylura (1
species), the star-nosed mole, inhabits Eastern North America from Nova
Scotia to Pennsylvania; Scapanus (2 species) ranges across from New York
to St. Francisco; Scalops (3 species), the shrew-moles, range from Mexico
to the great lakes on the east side of America, but on the west only to the
north of Oregon. An allied genus, Myogale (2 species), has a curious
discontinuous distribution in Europe, one species being found in South-East
Russia, the other in the Pyrenees (Plate II., vol. i., p. 218). Another allied
genus, Nectogale (1 species), has recently been described by Professor
Milne-Edwards from Thibet. Urotrichus is a shrew-like mole which inhabits
Japan, and a second species has been discovered in the mountains of British
Columbia; an allied form, Uropsilus, inhabits East Thibet. Anurosorex and
Scaptonyx, are new genera from North China.
Extinct Species.—The common mole has been found fossil in bone-caves
and diluvial deposits, and several extinct species of mole-like animals occur
in the Miocene deposits of the South of France and of Germany. These have
been described under the generic names Dimylus, Geotrypus, Hyporissus,
Galeospalax; while Palæospalax has been found in the Pliocene forest-beds
of Norfolk and Ostend. Species of Myogale also occur from the Miocene
downwards.
Family 22.—SORICIDÆ. (1 Genus, 11 Sub-genera, 65 Species.)
Page 266
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— —
The Shrews have a wide distribution, being found throughout every region
except the Australian and Neotropical; although, as a species is found in
Timor and in some of the Moluccas, they just enter this part of the former
region, while one found in Guatemala brings them into the latter. A number
of species have recently been described from India and the Malay Islands,
so that the Oriental region is now the richest in shrews, having 28 species;
the Nearctic comes next with 24; while the Ethiopian has 11, and the
Palæarctic 10 species. The sub-genera are Crossopus, Amphisorex,
Neosorex, Crocidura, Diplomesodon, Pinulia, Pachyura, Blarina,
Feroculus, Anausorex.
Extinct Species.—Several species of Sorex have been found fossil in the
Miocene of the South of France, as well as the extinct genera Mysarachne
and Plesiosorex; and some existing species have occurred in Bone Caves
and Diluvial deposits.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Insectivora.
The most prominent features in the distribution of the Insectivora are,—
their complete absence from South America and Australia; the presence of
Solenodon in two of the West Indian islands while the five allied genera are
found only in Madagascar; and the absence of hedgehogs from North
America. If we consider that there are only 135 known species of the order,
65 of which belong to the one genus Sorex; while the remaining 26 genera
contain only 70 species, which have to be classed in 8 distinct families, and
present such divergent and highly specialized forms as Galeopithecus,
Erinaceus, Solenodon, and Condylura, it becomes evident that we have here
the detached fragments of a much more extensive group of animals, now
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— —
The Shrews have a wide distribution, being found throughout every region
except the Australian and Neotropical; although, as a species is found in
Timor and in some of the Moluccas, they just enter this part of the former
region, while one found in Guatemala brings them into the latter. A number
of species have recently been described from India and the Malay Islands,
so that the Oriental region is now the richest in shrews, having 28 species;
the Nearctic comes next with 24; while the Ethiopian has 11, and the
Palæarctic 10 species. The sub-genera are Crossopus, Amphisorex,
Neosorex, Crocidura, Diplomesodon, Pinulia, Pachyura, Blarina,
Feroculus, Anausorex.
Extinct Species.—Several species of Sorex have been found fossil in the
Miocene of the South of France, as well as the extinct genera Mysarachne
and Plesiosorex; and some existing species have occurred in Bone Caves
and Diluvial deposits.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Insectivora.
The most prominent features in the distribution of the Insectivora are,—
their complete absence from South America and Australia; the presence of
Solenodon in two of the West Indian islands while the five allied genera are
found only in Madagascar; and the absence of hedgehogs from North
America. If we consider that there are only 135 known species of the order,
65 of which belong to the one genus Sorex; while the remaining 26 genera
contain only 70 species, which have to be classed in 8 distinct families, and
present such divergent and highly specialized forms as Galeopithecus,
Erinaceus, Solenodon, and Condylura, it becomes evident that we have here
the detached fragments of a much more extensive group of animals, now
Page 267
almost extinct. Many of the forms continue to exist only in islands, removed
from the severe competition of a varied mammalian population, as in
Madagascar and the Antilles; while others appear to have escaped
extermination either by their peculiar habits—as the various forms of
Moles; by special protection—as in the Hedgehogs; or by a resemblance in
form, coloration, and habits to dominant groups in their own district—as the
Tupaias of Malay which resemble squirrels, and the Elephant-shrews of
Africa which resemble the jerboas. The numerous cases of isolated and
discontinuous distribution among the Insectivora, offer no difficulty from
this point of view; since they are the necessary results of an extensive and
widely-spread group of animals slowly becoming extinct, and continuing to
exist only where special conditions have enabled them to maintain
themselves in the struggle with more highly organized forms.
The fossil Insectivora do not throw much light on the early history of the
order, since even as far back as the Miocene period they consist almost
wholly of forms which can be referred to existing families. In North
America they go back to the Eocene period, if certain doubtful remains have
been rightly placed. The occurrence of fossil Centetidæ in Europe, supports
the view we have maintained in preceding chapters, that the existing
distribution of this family between Madagascar and the Antilles, proves no
direct connection between those islands, but only shows us that the family
once had an extensive range.
Order IV—CARNIVORA.
Family 23.—FELIDÆ. (3 Genera, 14 Sub-genera, 66 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
—
from the severe competition of a varied mammalian population, as in
Madagascar and the Antilles; while others appear to have escaped
extermination either by their peculiar habits—as the various forms of
Moles; by special protection—as in the Hedgehogs; or by a resemblance in
form, coloration, and habits to dominant groups in their own district—as the
Tupaias of Malay which resemble squirrels, and the Elephant-shrews of
Africa which resemble the jerboas. The numerous cases of isolated and
discontinuous distribution among the Insectivora, offer no difficulty from
this point of view; since they are the necessary results of an extensive and
widely-spread group of animals slowly becoming extinct, and continuing to
exist only where special conditions have enabled them to maintain
themselves in the struggle with more highly organized forms.
The fossil Insectivora do not throw much light on the early history of the
order, since even as far back as the Miocene period they consist almost
wholly of forms which can be referred to existing families. In North
America they go back to the Eocene period, if certain doubtful remains have
been rightly placed. The occurrence of fossil Centetidæ in Europe, supports
the view we have maintained in preceding chapters, that the existing
distribution of this family between Madagascar and the Antilles, proves no
direct connection between those islands, but only shows us that the family
once had an extensive range.
Order IV—CARNIVORA.
Family 23.—FELIDÆ. (3 Genera, 14 Sub-genera, 66 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
—
Page 268
The Cats are very widely distributed over the earth—with the exception of
the Australian region and the island sub-region of Madagascar and the
Antilles—universally; ranging from the torrid zone to the Arctic regions and
the Straits of Magellan. They are so uniform in their organization that many
naturalists group them all under one genus, Felis; but it is now more usual
to class at least the lynxes as a separate genus, while the hunting leopard, or
cheetah, forms another. Dr. J. E. Gray divides these again, and makes 17
generic groups; but as this subdivision is not generally adopted, and does
not bring out any special features of geographical distribution, I shall not
further notice it.
The genus Felis (56 species) has the same general range as the whole
family, except that it does not go so far north; the Amoor river in Eastern
Asia, and 55° N. Lat. in America, marking its limits. Lyncus (10 species) is a
more northern group, ranging to the polar regions in Europe and Asia, and
to Lat. 66° N. in America, but not going further south than Northern Mexico
and the European shores of the Mediterranean, except the caracal, which
may be another genus, and which extends to Central India, Persia, North
Africa and even the Cape of Good Hope. The lynxes are thus almost wholly
peculiar to the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions. Cynælurus (1 species) the
hunting leopard, ranges from Southern and Western India through Persia,
Syria, Northern and Central Africa, to the Cape of Good Hope.
Extinct Felidæ.—More than twenty extinct species of true Felidæ have been
described, ranging in time from the epoch of prehistoric man back to the
Miocene or even the Eocene period. They occur in the south of England, in
Central and South Europe, in North-West India, in Nebraska in North
America, and in the caves of Brazil. Most of them are referred to the genus
Felis, and closely resemble the existing lions, tigers, and other large cats.
Another group however forms the genus Machairodus, a highly specialized
form with serrated teeth. Five species have been described from Europe,
Northern India, and both North and South America; and it is remarkable that
they exhibit at least as wide a range, both in space and time, as the more
numerous species referred to Felis. One of them undoubtedly coexisted with
man in England, while another, as well as the allied Dinictis, has been found
in the Mauvaises Terres of Nebraska, associated with Anchitherium and
other extinct and equally remarkable forms, which are certainly Miocene if
the Australian region and the island sub-region of Madagascar and the
Antilles—universally; ranging from the torrid zone to the Arctic regions and
the Straits of Magellan. They are so uniform in their organization that many
naturalists group them all under one genus, Felis; but it is now more usual
to class at least the lynxes as a separate genus, while the hunting leopard, or
cheetah, forms another. Dr. J. E. Gray divides these again, and makes 17
generic groups; but as this subdivision is not generally adopted, and does
not bring out any special features of geographical distribution, I shall not
further notice it.
The genus Felis (56 species) has the same general range as the whole
family, except that it does not go so far north; the Amoor river in Eastern
Asia, and 55° N. Lat. in America, marking its limits. Lyncus (10 species) is a
more northern group, ranging to the polar regions in Europe and Asia, and
to Lat. 66° N. in America, but not going further south than Northern Mexico
and the European shores of the Mediterranean, except the caracal, which
may be another genus, and which extends to Central India, Persia, North
Africa and even the Cape of Good Hope. The lynxes are thus almost wholly
peculiar to the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions. Cynælurus (1 species) the
hunting leopard, ranges from Southern and Western India through Persia,
Syria, Northern and Central Africa, to the Cape of Good Hope.
Extinct Felidæ.—More than twenty extinct species of true Felidæ have been
described, ranging in time from the epoch of prehistoric man back to the
Miocene or even the Eocene period. They occur in the south of England, in
Central and South Europe, in North-West India, in Nebraska in North
America, and in the caves of Brazil. Most of them are referred to the genus
Felis, and closely resemble the existing lions, tigers, and other large cats.
Another group however forms the genus Machairodus, a highly specialized
form with serrated teeth. Five species have been described from Europe,
Northern India, and both North and South America; and it is remarkable that
they exhibit at least as wide a range, both in space and time, as the more
numerous species referred to Felis. One of them undoubtedly coexisted with
man in England, while another, as well as the allied Dinictis, has been found
in the Mauvaises Terres of Nebraska, associated with Anchitherium and
other extinct and equally remarkable forms, which are certainly Miocene if
Page 269
not, as some geologists think, belonging to the Eocene period. These facts
clearly indicate that we have as yet made little approach to discovering the
epoch when Felidæ originated, since the oldest forms yet discovered are
typical and highly specialized representatives of a group which is itself the
most specialized of the Carnivora. Another genus, Pseudælurus, is common
to the Miocene deposits of Europe and North America.
Family 24.—CRYPTOPROCTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 — —
The Cryptoprocta ferox, a small and graceful cat-like animal, peculiar to
Madagascar, was formerly classed among the Viverridæ, but is now
considered by Professor Flower to constitute a distinct family between the
Cats and the Civets.
Family 25.—VIVERRIDÆ. (8-33 Genera, 100 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — — —
clearly indicate that we have as yet made little approach to discovering the
epoch when Felidæ originated, since the oldest forms yet discovered are
typical and highly specialized representatives of a group which is itself the
most specialized of the Carnivora. Another genus, Pseudælurus, is common
to the Miocene deposits of Europe and North America.
Family 24.—CRYPTOPROCTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 — —
The Cryptoprocta ferox, a small and graceful cat-like animal, peculiar to
Madagascar, was formerly classed among the Viverridæ, but is now
considered by Professor Flower to constitute a distinct family between the
Cats and the Civets.
Family 25.—VIVERRIDÆ. (8-33 Genera, 100 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — — —
Page 270
The Viverridæ comprise a number of small and moderate-sized carnivorous
animals, popularly known as civets, genets, and ichneumons, highly
characteristic of the Ethiopian and Oriental regions, several of the genera
being common to both. A species of Genetta, and one of Herpestes, inhabit
South Europe; while Viverra extends to the Moluccas, but is doubtfully
indigenous. The extreme geographical limits of the family are marked by
Genetta in France and Spain, Viverra in Shanghae and Batchian Island, and
Herpestes in Java and the Cape of Good Hope.
The following are the genera with their distribution as given by Dr. J. E.
Gray in his latest British Museum Catalogue:
Sub-family Viverrinæ.—Viverra (3 species), North and tropical Africa, the
whole Oriental region to the Moluccas; Viverricula (1 species) India to Java;
Genetta (5 species), South Europe, Palestine, Arabia, and all Africa; Fossa
(1 species), Madagascar; Linsang (2 species), Malacca to Java; Poiana (1
species), West Africa; Galidia (3 species), Madagascar; Hemigalea (1
species), Malacca and Borneo; Arctictis (1 species) Nepal to Sumatra and
Java; Nandinia (1 species), West Africa; Paradoxurus (9 species), the whole
Oriental region; Paguma (3 species), Nepal to China, Sumatra, and Borneo;
Arctogale (1 species), Tenasserim to Java.
Sub-family Herpestinæ.—Cynogale (1 species), Borneo; Galidictis (2
species), Madagascar; Herpestes (22 species), South Palæarctic, Ethiopian,
and Oriental regions; Athylax (3 species), Tropical and South Africa;
Galogale (13 species), all Africa, North India, to Cambodja; Galerella (1
species), East Africa; Calictis (1 species), Ceylon (?); Ariella (1 species),
South Africa; Ichneumia (4 species), Central, East, and South Africa;
Bdeogale (3 species), West and East Africa; Urva (1 species), Himalayas to
Aracan; Tæniogale (1 species), Central India; Onychogale (1 species),
Ceylon; Helogale (2 species) East and South Africa; Cynictis (3 species),
South Africa.
Sub-family Rhinogalidæ.—Rhinogale (1 species), East Africa; Mungos (3
species), all Africa; Crossarchus (1 species), Tropical Africa; Eupleres (1
species), Madagascar; Suricata (1 species), South Africa.
animals, popularly known as civets, genets, and ichneumons, highly
characteristic of the Ethiopian and Oriental regions, several of the genera
being common to both. A species of Genetta, and one of Herpestes, inhabit
South Europe; while Viverra extends to the Moluccas, but is doubtfully
indigenous. The extreme geographical limits of the family are marked by
Genetta in France and Spain, Viverra in Shanghae and Batchian Island, and
Herpestes in Java and the Cape of Good Hope.
The following are the genera with their distribution as given by Dr. J. E.
Gray in his latest British Museum Catalogue:
Sub-family Viverrinæ.—Viverra (3 species), North and tropical Africa, the
whole Oriental region to the Moluccas; Viverricula (1 species) India to Java;
Genetta (5 species), South Europe, Palestine, Arabia, and all Africa; Fossa
(1 species), Madagascar; Linsang (2 species), Malacca to Java; Poiana (1
species), West Africa; Galidia (3 species), Madagascar; Hemigalea (1
species), Malacca and Borneo; Arctictis (1 species) Nepal to Sumatra and
Java; Nandinia (1 species), West Africa; Paradoxurus (9 species), the whole
Oriental region; Paguma (3 species), Nepal to China, Sumatra, and Borneo;
Arctogale (1 species), Tenasserim to Java.
Sub-family Herpestinæ.—Cynogale (1 species), Borneo; Galidictis (2
species), Madagascar; Herpestes (22 species), South Palæarctic, Ethiopian,
and Oriental regions; Athylax (3 species), Tropical and South Africa;
Galogale (13 species), all Africa, North India, to Cambodja; Galerella (1
species), East Africa; Calictis (1 species), Ceylon (?); Ariella (1 species),
South Africa; Ichneumia (4 species), Central, East, and South Africa;
Bdeogale (3 species), West and East Africa; Urva (1 species), Himalayas to
Aracan; Tæniogale (1 species), Central India; Onychogale (1 species),
Ceylon; Helogale (2 species) East and South Africa; Cynictis (3 species),
South Africa.
Sub-family Rhinogalidæ.—Rhinogale (1 species), East Africa; Mungos (3
species), all Africa; Crossarchus (1 species), Tropical Africa; Eupleres (1
species), Madagascar; Suricata (1 species), South Africa.
Page 271
Fossil Viverridæ.—Several species of Viverra and Genetta have been found
in the Upper Miocene of France, and many extinct genera have also been
discovered. The most remarkable of these was Ictitherium, from the Upper
Miocene of Greece, which has also been found in Hungary, Bessarabia, and
France. Some of the species were larger than any living forms of Viverridæ,
and approached the hyænas. Other extinct genera are Thalassictis and
Soricictis from the Upper Miocene, the former as large as a panther;
Tylodon, of small size, from the Upper Eocene; and Palæonyctis from the
Lower Eocene, also small and showing a very great antiquity for this family,
if really belonging to it.
Family 26.—PROTELIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——3 ——— ———
— — — — — —
The curious Proteles or Aard-wolf, a highly-modified form of hyæna,
approaching the ichneumons, and feeding on white ants and carrion, is
peculiar to South Africa.
Family 27.—HYÆNIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
in the Upper Miocene of France, and many extinct genera have also been
discovered. The most remarkable of these was Ictitherium, from the Upper
Miocene of Greece, which has also been found in Hungary, Bessarabia, and
France. Some of the species were larger than any living forms of Viverridæ,
and approached the hyænas. Other extinct genera are Thalassictis and
Soricictis from the Upper Miocene, the former as large as a panther;
Tylodon, of small size, from the Upper Eocene; and Palæonyctis from the
Lower Eocene, also small and showing a very great antiquity for this family,
if really belonging to it.
Family 26.—PROTELIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——3 ——— ———
— — — — — —
The curious Proteles or Aard-wolf, a highly-modified form of hyæna,
approaching the ichneumons, and feeding on white ants and carrion, is
peculiar to South Africa.
Family 27.—HYÆNIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 272
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3 — 1—— ———
— — — — —
The Hyænas are characteristically Ethiopian, to which region two of the
species are confined. The third, Hyæna striata, ranges over all the open
country of India to the foot of the Himalayas, and through Persia, Asia
Minor, and North Africa. Its fossil remains have been found in France.
Extinct Species.—The cave hyæna (H. spelæa) occurs abundantly in the
caverns of this country and of Central Europe, and is supposed to be most
nearly allied to the H. crocuta of South Africa. Another species is found in
some parts of France. The earliest known true hyænas occur in the Pliocene
formation in France, in the Red Crag (Older Pliocene) of England, and in
the Upper Miocene of the Siwalik hills. In the Miocene period in Europe,
quite distinct genera are found, such as Hyænictis and Lycæna from the
Upper Miocene of Greece; Ictitherium, supposed to be intermediate between
Viverridæ and Hyænidæ; and Thalassictis, uniting the weasels and hyænas.
Family 28.—CANIDÆ. (3 Genera, 17 Sub-Genera, 54 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 — 2? —
—
The Canidæ, comprising the animals commonly known as dogs, wolves,
and foxes, have an almost universal range over the earth, being only absent
from the island sub-regions of Madagascar, the Antilles, Austro-Malaya,
New Zealand, and the Pacific Islands. With the exception of two remarkable
forms—the hyæna dog (Lycaon picta), and the great-eared fox (Megalotis
— — — — —
The Hyænas are characteristically Ethiopian, to which region two of the
species are confined. The third, Hyæna striata, ranges over all the open
country of India to the foot of the Himalayas, and through Persia, Asia
Minor, and North Africa. Its fossil remains have been found in France.
Extinct Species.—The cave hyæna (H. spelæa) occurs abundantly in the
caverns of this country and of Central Europe, and is supposed to be most
nearly allied to the H. crocuta of South Africa. Another species is found in
some parts of France. The earliest known true hyænas occur in the Pliocene
formation in France, in the Red Crag (Older Pliocene) of England, and in
the Upper Miocene of the Siwalik hills. In the Miocene period in Europe,
quite distinct genera are found, such as Hyænictis and Lycæna from the
Upper Miocene of Greece; Ictitherium, supposed to be intermediate between
Viverridæ and Hyænidæ; and Thalassictis, uniting the weasels and hyænas.
Family 28.—CANIDÆ. (3 Genera, 17 Sub-Genera, 54 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 — 2? —
—
The Canidæ, comprising the animals commonly known as dogs, wolves,
and foxes, have an almost universal range over the earth, being only absent
from the island sub-regions of Madagascar, the Antilles, Austro-Malaya,
New Zealand, and the Pacific Islands. With the exception of two remarkable
forms—the hyæna dog (Lycaon picta), and the great-eared fox (Megalotis
Page 273
Lalandei), both from South Africa—all the species are usually placed in the
genus Canis, the distribution of which will be the same as that of the family.
Dr. J. E. Gray, in his arrangement of the family (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1868),
subdivides it into fifteen genera, the names and general distribution of
which are as follows:—
Icticyon (1 species), Brazil; Cuon (4 species), Siberia to Java; Lupus (5
species), North America, Europe, India to Ceylon; Dieba (1 species), North
and West Africa; Simenia (1 species), Abyssinia; Chrysocyon (2 species),
North and South America; Canis (4 species), India, Australia (indigenous?)
Lycalopex (2 species), South America; Pseudalopex (5 species), South
America and Falkland Islands; Thous (2 species), South America to Chili;
Vulpes (17 species), all the great continents, except South America and
Australia; Fennecus (4 species), all Africa; Leucocyon (1 species), Arctic
regions; Urocyon (2 species), North America; Nyctereutes (1 species),
Japan, Amoorland to Canton (Plate III., vol. i. p. 226). These are all sub-
genera according to Professor Carus, except Icticyon. The same author
makes Lycaon a sub-genus, while Dr. Gray makes it a sub-family!
Extinct Species.—The dog, wolf, and fox, are found fossil in caverns in
many parts of Europe, and several extinct species have been found in
Tertiary deposits in Europe, North India, and South America. Two species
have been found so far back as the Eocene of France, but the fragments
discovered are not sufficient to determine the characters with any certainty.
In North America, several species of Canis occur in the Pliocene of
Nebraska and La Plata. The genus Galecynus, of the Pliocene of Œninghen,
and Palæocyon, of the Brazilian caves, are supposed to belong to the
Canidæ. Amphicyon abounded in the Miocene period, both in Europe and
North America; and some of the species were as large as a tiger. Other
extinct genera are, Cynodictis, Cyotherium, and Galethylax, from the
Eocene of France; Pseudocyon, Simocyon, and Hemicyon, from the
Miocene; but all these show transition characters to Viverridæ or Ursidæ,
and do not perhaps belong to the present family.
Family 29.—MUSTELIDÆ. (21-28 Genera, 92 Species.)
genus Canis, the distribution of which will be the same as that of the family.
Dr. J. E. Gray, in his arrangement of the family (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1868),
subdivides it into fifteen genera, the names and general distribution of
which are as follows:—
Icticyon (1 species), Brazil; Cuon (4 species), Siberia to Java; Lupus (5
species), North America, Europe, India to Ceylon; Dieba (1 species), North
and West Africa; Simenia (1 species), Abyssinia; Chrysocyon (2 species),
North and South America; Canis (4 species), India, Australia (indigenous?)
Lycalopex (2 species), South America; Pseudalopex (5 species), South
America and Falkland Islands; Thous (2 species), South America to Chili;
Vulpes (17 species), all the great continents, except South America and
Australia; Fennecus (4 species), all Africa; Leucocyon (1 species), Arctic
regions; Urocyon (2 species), North America; Nyctereutes (1 species),
Japan, Amoorland to Canton (Plate III., vol. i. p. 226). These are all sub-
genera according to Professor Carus, except Icticyon. The same author
makes Lycaon a sub-genus, while Dr. Gray makes it a sub-family!
Extinct Species.—The dog, wolf, and fox, are found fossil in caverns in
many parts of Europe, and several extinct species have been found in
Tertiary deposits in Europe, North India, and South America. Two species
have been found so far back as the Eocene of France, but the fragments
discovered are not sufficient to determine the characters with any certainty.
In North America, several species of Canis occur in the Pliocene of
Nebraska and La Plata. The genus Galecynus, of the Pliocene of Œninghen,
and Palæocyon, of the Brazilian caves, are supposed to belong to the
Canidæ. Amphicyon abounded in the Miocene period, both in Europe and
North America; and some of the species were as large as a tiger. Other
extinct genera are, Cynodictis, Cyotherium, and Galethylax, from the
Eocene of France; Pseudocyon, Simocyon, and Hemicyon, from the
Miocene; but all these show transition characters to Viverridæ or Ursidæ,
and do not perhaps belong to the present family.
Family 29.—MUSTELIDÆ. (21-28 Genera, 92 Species.)
Page 274
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
—
The Mustelidæ constitute one of those groups which range over the whole
of the great continental areas. They may be divided into three sub-families
—one, the Mustelinæ, containing the weasels, gluttons, and allied forms; a
second, the Lutrinæ, containing the otters; and a third, often considered a
distinct family, the Melininæ, containing the badgers, ratels, skunks, and
their allies.
In the first group (Mustelinæ) the genera Martes and Putorius (13 species),
range over all the Palæarctic region, and a considerable part of the Oriental,
extending through India to Ceylon, and to Java and Borneo. Two species of
Martes (= Mustela of Baird) occur in the United States. The weasels,
forming the genus Mustela (20 species), have a still wider range, extending
into tropical Africa and the Cordilleras of Peru, but not going south of the
Himalayas in India. The North American species are placed in the genus
Putorius by Professor Baird. An allied genus, Gymnopus (4 species), is
confined to the third and fourth Oriental sub-regions. Gulo (1 species), the
glutton, is an arctic animal keeping to the cold regions of Europe and Asia,
and coming as far south as the great lakes in North America. Galictis (2
species), the grisons, are confined to the Neotropical region.
The Otters (Lutrinæ) range over the whole area occupied by the family.
They have been subdivided into a number of groups, such as Barangia (1
species), found only in Sumatra; Lontra, containing 3 South American
species; Lutra (7 species), ranging over the whole of the Palæarctic and
Oriental regions; Nutria (1 species), a sea-otter confined to the west coast of
America from California to Chiloe; Lutronectes (1 species), from Japan
only; Aonyx (5 species), found in West and South Africa, and the third and
fourth Oriental sub-regions. Hydrogale (1 species), confined to South
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
—
The Mustelidæ constitute one of those groups which range over the whole
of the great continental areas. They may be divided into three sub-families
—one, the Mustelinæ, containing the weasels, gluttons, and allied forms; a
second, the Lutrinæ, containing the otters; and a third, often considered a
distinct family, the Melininæ, containing the badgers, ratels, skunks, and
their allies.
In the first group (Mustelinæ) the genera Martes and Putorius (13 species),
range over all the Palæarctic region, and a considerable part of the Oriental,
extending through India to Ceylon, and to Java and Borneo. Two species of
Martes (= Mustela of Baird) occur in the United States. The weasels,
forming the genus Mustela (20 species), have a still wider range, extending
into tropical Africa and the Cordilleras of Peru, but not going south of the
Himalayas in India. The North American species are placed in the genus
Putorius by Professor Baird. An allied genus, Gymnopus (4 species), is
confined to the third and fourth Oriental sub-regions. Gulo (1 species), the
glutton, is an arctic animal keeping to the cold regions of Europe and Asia,
and coming as far south as the great lakes in North America. Galictis (2
species), the grisons, are confined to the Neotropical region.
The Otters (Lutrinæ) range over the whole area occupied by the family.
They have been subdivided into a number of groups, such as Barangia (1
species), found only in Sumatra; Lontra, containing 3 South American
species; Lutra (7 species), ranging over the whole of the Palæarctic and
Oriental regions; Nutria (1 species), a sea-otter confined to the west coast of
America from California to Chiloe; Lutronectes (1 species), from Japan
only; Aonyx (5 species), found in West and South Africa, and the third and
fourth Oriental sub-regions. Hydrogale (1 species), confined to South
Page 275
Africa; Latax (2 species), Florida and California to Canada and British
Columbia; Pteronura (1 species), Brazil and Surinam; and Enhydris (1
species), the peculiar sea-otter of California, Kamschatka and Japan. The
last two are the only groups of otters, besides Lutra, admitted by Professor
Carus as genera.
The Badgers and allies (Melininæ) have also a wide range, but with one
exception are absent from South America. They comprise the following
genera: Arctonyx (1 species), Nepal to Aracan; Meles (4 species), North
Europe to Japan, and China as far south as Hongkong (Plate I., vol. i., p.
195); Taxidea (2 species), Central and Western North America to 58° N.
Lat.; Mydaus (1 species), mountains of Java and Sumatra; Melivora (3
species), Tropical and South Africa and India to foot of Himalayas; Mephitis
(12 species), America from Canada and British Columbia to the Straits of
Magellan (Plate XX., vol. ii., p. 136). Ictonyx (2 species), Tropical Africa to
the Cape; Helictis (4 species), Nepal to Java, Formosa and Shanghai (Plate
VII., vol. i. p. 331).
Fossil Mustelidæ.—Species of otter, weasel, badger, and glutton, occur in
European bone caves and other Post-tertiary deposits; and in North America
Galictis, now found only in the Neotropical region, and, with Mephitis,
occurring in Brazilian caves.
Species of Mustela have been found in the Pliocene of France and of South
America; and Lutra in the Pliocene of North America.
In the Miocene deposits of Europe several species of Mustela and Lutra
have been found; with the extinct genera Taxodon, Potamotherium, and
Palæomephitis; as well as Promephitis in Greece.
In the Upper Miocene of the Siwalik Hills species of Lutra and Mellivora
are found, as well as the extinct genera Enhydrion and Ursitaxus.
The family appears to have been unknown in North America during the
Miocene period.
Columbia; Pteronura (1 species), Brazil and Surinam; and Enhydris (1
species), the peculiar sea-otter of California, Kamschatka and Japan. The
last two are the only groups of otters, besides Lutra, admitted by Professor
Carus as genera.
The Badgers and allies (Melininæ) have also a wide range, but with one
exception are absent from South America. They comprise the following
genera: Arctonyx (1 species), Nepal to Aracan; Meles (4 species), North
Europe to Japan, and China as far south as Hongkong (Plate I., vol. i., p.
195); Taxidea (2 species), Central and Western North America to 58° N.
Lat.; Mydaus (1 species), mountains of Java and Sumatra; Melivora (3
species), Tropical and South Africa and India to foot of Himalayas; Mephitis
(12 species), America from Canada and British Columbia to the Straits of
Magellan (Plate XX., vol. ii., p. 136). Ictonyx (2 species), Tropical Africa to
the Cape; Helictis (4 species), Nepal to Java, Formosa and Shanghai (Plate
VII., vol. i. p. 331).
Fossil Mustelidæ.—Species of otter, weasel, badger, and glutton, occur in
European bone caves and other Post-tertiary deposits; and in North America
Galictis, now found only in the Neotropical region, and, with Mephitis,
occurring in Brazilian caves.
Species of Mustela have been found in the Pliocene of France and of South
America; and Lutra in the Pliocene of North America.
In the Miocene deposits of Europe several species of Mustela and Lutra
have been found; with the extinct genera Taxodon, Potamotherium, and
Palæomephitis; as well as Promephitis in Greece.
In the Upper Miocene of the Siwalik Hills species of Lutra and Mellivora
are found, as well as the extinct genera Enhydrion and Ursitaxus.
The family appears to have been unknown in North America during the
Miocene period.
Page 276
Family 30.—PROCYONIDÆ. (4 Genera, 8 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Procyonidæ are a small, but very curious and interesting family of bear-
like quadrupeds, ranging from British Columbia and Canada on the north, to
Paraguay and the limits of the tropical forests on the south.
The Racoons, forming the genus Procyon, are common all over North
America; a well-marked variety or distinct species inhabiting the west coast,
and another, most parts of South America. The genus Nasua, or the coatis (5
species?), extends from Mexico and Guatemala to Paraguay. The curious
arboreal prehensile-tailed kinkagou (Cercoleptes candivolvus) is also found
in Mexico and Guatemala, and in all the great forests of Peru and North
Brazil. Bassaris (2 species), a small weasel-like animal with a banded tail,
has been usually classed with the Viverridæ or Mustelidæ, but is now found
to agree closely in all important points of internal structure with this family.
It is found in California, Texas, and the highlands of Mexico, and belongs
therefore as much to the Nearctic as to the Neotropical region. A second
species has recently been described by Professor Peters from Coban in
Guatemala, in which, country it has also been observed by Mr. Salvin.
Fossil Procyonidæ.—A species of Nasua has been found in the bone caves
of Brazil, and a Procyon in the Pliocene or Post-pliocene deposits of Illinois
and Carolina.
Family 31.—ÆLURIDÆ. (2 Genera, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Procyonidæ are a small, but very curious and interesting family of bear-
like quadrupeds, ranging from British Columbia and Canada on the north, to
Paraguay and the limits of the tropical forests on the south.
The Racoons, forming the genus Procyon, are common all over North
America; a well-marked variety or distinct species inhabiting the west coast,
and another, most parts of South America. The genus Nasua, or the coatis (5
species?), extends from Mexico and Guatemala to Paraguay. The curious
arboreal prehensile-tailed kinkagou (Cercoleptes candivolvus) is also found
in Mexico and Guatemala, and in all the great forests of Peru and North
Brazil. Bassaris (2 species), a small weasel-like animal with a banded tail,
has been usually classed with the Viverridæ or Mustelidæ, but is now found
to agree closely in all important points of internal structure with this family.
It is found in California, Texas, and the highlands of Mexico, and belongs
therefore as much to the Nearctic as to the Neotropical region. A second
species has recently been described by Professor Peters from Coban in
Guatemala, in which, country it has also been observed by Mr. Salvin.
Fossil Procyonidæ.—A species of Nasua has been found in the bone caves
of Brazil, and a Procyon in the Pliocene or Post-pliocene deposits of Illinois
and Carolina.
Family 31.—ÆLURIDÆ. (2 Genera, 2 Species.)
Page 277
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——3 ———
— — 4 — — —
The Panda (Ælurus fulgens), of the forest regions of the Eastern Himalayas
and East Thibet, a small cat-like bear, has peculiarities of organization
which render it necessary to place it in a family by itself. (Plate VII. vol. i.
p. 331). An allied genus, Æluropus, a remarkable animal of larger size and
in colour nearly all white, has recently been described by Professor Milne-
Edwards, from the mountains of East Thibet; so that the family may be said
to inhabit the border lands of the Oriental and Palæarctic regions. These
animals have their nearest allies in the coatis and bears.
Family 32.—URSIDÆ. (5 Genera, or Sub-genera, 15 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — —
The Bears have a tolerably wide distribution, although they are entirely
absent from the Australian and Ethiopian, and almost so from the
Neotropical region, one species only being found in the Andes of Peru and
Chili. They comprise the following groups, some of which are doubtfully
ranked as genera.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——3 ———
— — 4 — — —
The Panda (Ælurus fulgens), of the forest regions of the Eastern Himalayas
and East Thibet, a small cat-like bear, has peculiarities of organization
which render it necessary to place it in a family by itself. (Plate VII. vol. i.
p. 331). An allied genus, Æluropus, a remarkable animal of larger size and
in colour nearly all white, has recently been described by Professor Milne-
Edwards, from the mountains of East Thibet; so that the family may be said
to inhabit the border lands of the Oriental and Palæarctic regions. These
animals have their nearest allies in the coatis and bears.
Family 32.—URSIDÆ. (5 Genera, or Sub-genera, 15 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — —
The Bears have a tolerably wide distribution, although they are entirely
absent from the Australian and Ethiopian, and almost so from the
Neotropical region, one species only being found in the Andes of Peru and
Chili. They comprise the following groups, some of which are doubtfully
ranked as genera.
Page 278
Thalassarctos, the polar bear (1 species) inhabiting the Arctic regions;
Ursus, the true bears (12 species), which range over all the Nearctic and
Palæarctic regions as far as the Atlas Mountains, the Indo-Chinese sub-
region in the mountains, and to Hainan and Formosa; Helarctos, the Malay
or sun-bear (1 species) confined to the Indo-Malayan sub-region; Melursus
or Prochilus, the honey-bear (1 species), confined to the first and second
Oriental sub-regions, over which it ranges from the Ganges to Ceylon; and
Tremarctos, the spectacled bear—commonly known as Ursus ornatus—
which is isolated in the Andes of Peru and Chili, and forms a distinct group.
Fossil Ursidæ.—Two bears (Ursus spelæus and U. priscus) closely allied to
living species, abound in the Post-tertiary deposits of Europe; and others of
the same age are found in North America, as well as an extinct genus,
Arctodus.
Ursus arvernensis is found in the Pliocene formation of France, and the
extinct genus Leptarchus in that of North America.
Several species of Amphicyon, which appears to be an ancestral form of this
family, are found in the Miocene deposits of Europe and N. India; while
Ursus also occurs in the Siwalik Hills and Nerbudda deposits.
Family 33.—OTARIIDÆ (4 Genera, 8 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— 1——4 ——— ——3 ——— — 2. 3 —
— — — —
The Otariidæ, or Eared Seals, comprehending the sea-bears and sea-lions,
are confined to the temperate and cold shores of the North Pacific, and to
similar climates in the Southern Hemisphere, where the larger proportion of
Ursus, the true bears (12 species), which range over all the Nearctic and
Palæarctic regions as far as the Atlas Mountains, the Indo-Chinese sub-
region in the mountains, and to Hainan and Formosa; Helarctos, the Malay
or sun-bear (1 species) confined to the Indo-Malayan sub-region; Melursus
or Prochilus, the honey-bear (1 species), confined to the first and second
Oriental sub-regions, over which it ranges from the Ganges to Ceylon; and
Tremarctos, the spectacled bear—commonly known as Ursus ornatus—
which is isolated in the Andes of Peru and Chili, and forms a distinct group.
Fossil Ursidæ.—Two bears (Ursus spelæus and U. priscus) closely allied to
living species, abound in the Post-tertiary deposits of Europe; and others of
the same age are found in North America, as well as an extinct genus,
Arctodus.
Ursus arvernensis is found in the Pliocene formation of France, and the
extinct genus Leptarchus in that of North America.
Several species of Amphicyon, which appears to be an ancestral form of this
family, are found in the Miocene deposits of Europe and N. India; while
Ursus also occurs in the Siwalik Hills and Nerbudda deposits.
Family 33.—OTARIIDÆ (4 Genera, 8 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— 1——4 ——— ——3 ——— — 2. 3 —
— — — —
The Otariidæ, or Eared Seals, comprehending the sea-bears and sea-lions,
are confined to the temperate and cold shores of the North Pacific, and to
similar climates in the Southern Hemisphere, where the larger proportion of
Page 279
the species are found. They are entirely absent from the North Atlantic
shores. Mr. J. A. Allen, in his recent discussion of this family (Bull. Harvard
Museum) divides them into the following genera:—
Otaria (1 species), Temperate South America, from Chili to La Plata;
Callorhinus (1 species), Behring's Straits and Kamschatka; Arctocephalus (3
species), temperate regions of the Southern Hemisphere; Zalophus (2
species), North Pacific, from California to Japan, and the shores of Australia
and New Zealand; Eumetopias (1 species), Behring's Straits and California.
Fossil Otariidæ.—Remains supposed to belong to this family have been
found in the Miocene of France.
Family 34.—TRICHECHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1—3— ——— ——— ———
— 4 — — —
The Morse, or Walrus (Trichecus rosmarus), which alone constitutes this
family, is a characteristic animal of the North Polar regions, hardly passing
south of the Arctic circle except on the east and west coasts of North
America, where it sometimes reaches Lat. 60°. It is most abundant on the
shores of Spitzbergen, but is not found on the northern shores of Asia
between Long. 80° and 160° E., or on the north shores of America from
100° to 150° west.
Its remains have been found fossil in Europe as far south as France, and in
America as far as Virginia; but the small fragments discovered may render
the identification uncertain.
shores. Mr. J. A. Allen, in his recent discussion of this family (Bull. Harvard
Museum) divides them into the following genera:—
Otaria (1 species), Temperate South America, from Chili to La Plata;
Callorhinus (1 species), Behring's Straits and Kamschatka; Arctocephalus (3
species), temperate regions of the Southern Hemisphere; Zalophus (2
species), North Pacific, from California to Japan, and the shores of Australia
and New Zealand; Eumetopias (1 species), Behring's Straits and California.
Fossil Otariidæ.—Remains supposed to belong to this family have been
found in the Miocene of France.
Family 34.—TRICHECHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1—3— ——— ——— ———
— 4 — — —
The Morse, or Walrus (Trichecus rosmarus), which alone constitutes this
family, is a characteristic animal of the North Polar regions, hardly passing
south of the Arctic circle except on the east and west coasts of North
America, where it sometimes reaches Lat. 60°. It is most abundant on the
shores of Spitzbergen, but is not found on the northern shores of Asia
between Long. 80° and 160° E., or on the north shores of America from
100° to 150° west.
Its remains have been found fossil in Europe as far south as France, and in
America as far as Virginia; but the small fragments discovered may render
the identification uncertain.
Page 280
Family 35.—PHOCIDÆ. (13 Genera, 21 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— 1——4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— — 2. 3 —
4? — —
The earless or true Seals are pretty equally divided between the Northern
and Southern Hemispheres, frequenting almost exclusively the temperate
and cold regions, except two species said to occur among the West Indian
islands. The genus Phoca and its close allies, as well as Halichœrus and
Pelagius, are northern; while Stenorhynchus and Morunga, with their allies,
are mostly southern. The genera admitted by Dr. Gray in his catalogue are as
follows:—
Callocephalus (3 species), Greenland, North Sea, also the Caspian Sea, and
Lakes Aral and Baikal; Pagomys (2 species), North Sea, North Pacific, and
Japan; Pagophilus (2 species), North Pacific and North Atlantic; Halicyon
(1 species), North West coast of America; Phoca (2 species), North Atlantic
and North Pacific, Japan; Halichœrus (1 species), Greenland, North Sea,
and Baltic; Pelagius (2 species), Madeira, Mediterranean, Black Sea;
Stenorhynchus (1 species), Antarctic Ocean, Falkland Islands, New Zealand;
Lobodon (1 species), Antarctic Ocean; Leptonyx (1 species), Antarctic
Ocean, South Australia, East Patagonia; Ommatophoca (1 species),
Antarctic Ocean; Morunga (2 species), California, Falkland Islands,
Temperate regions of Southern Ocean; Cystophora (2 species), North
Atlantic, Antilles.
Fossil Seals.—Remains of living species of seals have been found in Post-
tertiary deposits in many parts of Europe and in Algeria, as well as in New
Zealand. Pristiphoca occitana is a fossil seal from the Pliocene of
Montpellier, while a species of Phoca is said to have been found in the
Miocene deposits of the United States.
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— 1——4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— — 2. 3 —
4? — —
The earless or true Seals are pretty equally divided between the Northern
and Southern Hemispheres, frequenting almost exclusively the temperate
and cold regions, except two species said to occur among the West Indian
islands. The genus Phoca and its close allies, as well as Halichœrus and
Pelagius, are northern; while Stenorhynchus and Morunga, with their allies,
are mostly southern. The genera admitted by Dr. Gray in his catalogue are as
follows:—
Callocephalus (3 species), Greenland, North Sea, also the Caspian Sea, and
Lakes Aral and Baikal; Pagomys (2 species), North Sea, North Pacific, and
Japan; Pagophilus (2 species), North Pacific and North Atlantic; Halicyon
(1 species), North West coast of America; Phoca (2 species), North Atlantic
and North Pacific, Japan; Halichœrus (1 species), Greenland, North Sea,
and Baltic; Pelagius (2 species), Madeira, Mediterranean, Black Sea;
Stenorhynchus (1 species), Antarctic Ocean, Falkland Islands, New Zealand;
Lobodon (1 species), Antarctic Ocean; Leptonyx (1 species), Antarctic
Ocean, South Australia, East Patagonia; Ommatophoca (1 species),
Antarctic Ocean; Morunga (2 species), California, Falkland Islands,
Temperate regions of Southern Ocean; Cystophora (2 species), North
Atlantic, Antilles.
Fossil Seals.—Remains of living species of seals have been found in Post-
tertiary deposits in many parts of Europe and in Algeria, as well as in New
Zealand. Pristiphoca occitana is a fossil seal from the Pliocene of
Montpellier, while a species of Phoca is said to have been found in the
Miocene deposits of the United States.
Page 281
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Carnivora.
Terrestrial Carnivora.—For the purposes of geographical distribution, the
terrestrial and aquatic Carnivora differ too widely to be considered in one
view, their areas being limited by barriers of a very different nature. The
terrestrial Carnivora form a very extensive and considerably varied group of
animals, having, with the doubtful exception of Australia, a world-wide
distribution. Yet the range of modification of form is not very great, and the
occurrence of three families consisting of but one species each, is an
indication of a great amount of recent extinction. One of the most marked
features presented by this group is its comparative scarcity in the
Neotropical region, only four families being represented there (not counting
the Ursidæ, which has only one Andean species), and both genera and
species are few in number. Even the Procyonidæ, which are especially
South American, have but two genera and six species in that vast area. We
might therefore, from these considerations alone, conclude that Carnivora
are a development of the northern hemisphere, and have been introduced
into the Neotropical region at a comparatively recent epoch. The claim of
the Nearctic region to be kept distinct from the Palæarctic (with which some
writers have wished to unite it) is well maintained by its possession of at
least six species of Mephitis, or skunk, a group having no close allies in any
other region,—and the genera Procyon and Bassaris,—for the latter, ranging
from the high lands of Guatemala and Mexico to Texas and California, may
be considered a Nearctic rather than a Neotropical form. In the other
families, the most marked feature is the total absence of Ursidæ from the
Ethiopian region. The great mass of the generic forms of Carnivora,
however, are found in the Oriental and Ethiopian regions, which possess all
the extensive group of Viverridæ (except a few species in the fourth
Palæarctic sub-region) and a large number of Felidæ and Mustelidæ.
Aquatic Carnivora.—The aquatic Carnivora present no very marked
features of distribution, except their preference for cold and temperate rather
than tropical seas. Their nearest approximation to the terrestrial group, is
supposed to be that of the Otariidæ to the Ursidæ; but this must be very
remote, and the occurrence of both seals and bears in the Miocene period,
shows, that until we find some late Secondary or early Tertiary formation
rich in Mammalian remains, we are not likely to get at the transition forms
Terrestrial Carnivora.—For the purposes of geographical distribution, the
terrestrial and aquatic Carnivora differ too widely to be considered in one
view, their areas being limited by barriers of a very different nature. The
terrestrial Carnivora form a very extensive and considerably varied group of
animals, having, with the doubtful exception of Australia, a world-wide
distribution. Yet the range of modification of form is not very great, and the
occurrence of three families consisting of but one species each, is an
indication of a great amount of recent extinction. One of the most marked
features presented by this group is its comparative scarcity in the
Neotropical region, only four families being represented there (not counting
the Ursidæ, which has only one Andean species), and both genera and
species are few in number. Even the Procyonidæ, which are especially
South American, have but two genera and six species in that vast area. We
might therefore, from these considerations alone, conclude that Carnivora
are a development of the northern hemisphere, and have been introduced
into the Neotropical region at a comparatively recent epoch. The claim of
the Nearctic region to be kept distinct from the Palæarctic (with which some
writers have wished to unite it) is well maintained by its possession of at
least six species of Mephitis, or skunk, a group having no close allies in any
other region,—and the genera Procyon and Bassaris,—for the latter, ranging
from the high lands of Guatemala and Mexico to Texas and California, may
be considered a Nearctic rather than a Neotropical form. In the other
families, the most marked feature is the total absence of Ursidæ from the
Ethiopian region. The great mass of the generic forms of Carnivora,
however, are found in the Oriental and Ethiopian regions, which possess all
the extensive group of Viverridæ (except a few species in the fourth
Palæarctic sub-region) and a large number of Felidæ and Mustelidæ.
Aquatic Carnivora.—The aquatic Carnivora present no very marked
features of distribution, except their preference for cold and temperate rather
than tropical seas. Their nearest approximation to the terrestrial group, is
supposed to be that of the Otariidæ to the Ursidæ; but this must be very
remote, and the occurrence of both seals and bears in the Miocene period,
shows, that until we find some late Secondary or early Tertiary formation
rich in Mammalian remains, we are not likely to get at the transition forms
Page 282
indicating the steps by which the aquatic Carnivora were developed. The
most interesting special fact of distribution to be noticed, is the occurrence
of seals, closely allied to those inhabiting the northern seas, in the Caspian,
Lake Aral, and Lake Baikal. In the case of the two first-named localities
there is little difficulty, as they are connected with the North Sea by
extensive plains of low elevation, so that a depression of less than 500 feet
would open a free communication with the ocean. At a comparatively recent
epoch, a great gulf of the Arctic ocean must have occupied the valley of the
Irtish, and extended to the Caspian Sea; till the elevation of the Kirghiz
Steppes cut off the communication with the ocean, leaving an inland sea
with its seals. Lake Baikal, however, offers much greater difficulties; since
it is not only a fresh-water lake, but is situated in a mountain district nearly
2,000 feet above the sea level, and entirely separated from the plains by
several hundred miles of high land. It is true that such an amount of
submergence and elevation is known to have occurred in Europe so recently
as during the Glacial period; but Lake Baikal is so surrounded by
mountains, that it must at that time have been filled with ice, if at anything
like its present elevation. Its emergence from the sea must therefore have
taken place since the cold epoch, and this would imply that an enormous
extent of Northern Asia has been very recently under water.
We are accustomed to look on Seals as animals which exclusively inhabit
salt water; but it is probably from other causes than its saltness that they
usually keep to the open sea, and there seems no reason why fresh-water
should not suit them quite as well, provided they find in it a sufficiency of
food, facilities for rearing their young, and freedom from the attacks of
enemies. As already remarked in vol. i. p. 218, Mr. Belt's ingenious
hypothesis (founded on personal examination of the Siberian Steppes), that
during the Glacial period the northern ice-cap dammed up the waters of the
northward flowing Asiatic rivers, and thus formed a vast fresh-water lake
which might have risen as high as Lake Baikal, seems to offer the best
solution of this curious problem of distribution.
Range of Carnivora in Time.—Carnivora have been found in all the Tertiary
deposits, and comprise a number of extinct genera and even families.
Several genera of Canidæ occur in the Upper Eocene of Europe; but the
most remarkable fact is, that even in the Lower Eocene are found two well-
most interesting special fact of distribution to be noticed, is the occurrence
of seals, closely allied to those inhabiting the northern seas, in the Caspian,
Lake Aral, and Lake Baikal. In the case of the two first-named localities
there is little difficulty, as they are connected with the North Sea by
extensive plains of low elevation, so that a depression of less than 500 feet
would open a free communication with the ocean. At a comparatively recent
epoch, a great gulf of the Arctic ocean must have occupied the valley of the
Irtish, and extended to the Caspian Sea; till the elevation of the Kirghiz
Steppes cut off the communication with the ocean, leaving an inland sea
with its seals. Lake Baikal, however, offers much greater difficulties; since
it is not only a fresh-water lake, but is situated in a mountain district nearly
2,000 feet above the sea level, and entirely separated from the plains by
several hundred miles of high land. It is true that such an amount of
submergence and elevation is known to have occurred in Europe so recently
as during the Glacial period; but Lake Baikal is so surrounded by
mountains, that it must at that time have been filled with ice, if at anything
like its present elevation. Its emergence from the sea must therefore have
taken place since the cold epoch, and this would imply that an enormous
extent of Northern Asia has been very recently under water.
We are accustomed to look on Seals as animals which exclusively inhabit
salt water; but it is probably from other causes than its saltness that they
usually keep to the open sea, and there seems no reason why fresh-water
should not suit them quite as well, provided they find in it a sufficiency of
food, facilities for rearing their young, and freedom from the attacks of
enemies. As already remarked in vol. i. p. 218, Mr. Belt's ingenious
hypothesis (founded on personal examination of the Siberian Steppes), that
during the Glacial period the northern ice-cap dammed up the waters of the
northward flowing Asiatic rivers, and thus formed a vast fresh-water lake
which might have risen as high as Lake Baikal, seems to offer the best
solution of this curious problem of distribution.
Range of Carnivora in Time.—Carnivora have been found in all the Tertiary
deposits, and comprise a number of extinct genera and even families.
Several genera of Canidæ occur in the Upper Eocene of Europe; but the
most remarkable fact is, that even in the Lower Eocene are found two well-
Page 283
marked forms, Palæonyctis, one of the Viverridæ, and Arctocyon, forming a
distinct family type of very generalized characters, but unmistakably a
carnivore. This last has been found at La Fère, in the north-east of France, in
a deposit which, according to M. Gaudry, is the very lowest of the Lower
Eocene formation in Europe. Arctocyon is therefore one of the oldest, if not
the very oldest, of the higher forms of mammal yet discovered.
distinct family type of very generalized characters, but unmistakably a
carnivore. This last has been found at La Fère, in the north-east of France, in
a deposit which, according to M. Gaudry, is the very lowest of the Lower
Eocene formation in Europe. Arctocyon is therefore one of the oldest, if not
the very oldest, of the higher forms of mammal yet discovered.
Page 284
Order V.—CETACEA.
Family 36.—BALÆNIDÆ. (6 Genera, 14 Species.)
General Distribution.—Temperate and Cold Seas of both Northern and
Southern Hemispheres.
This family comprises the whalebone or "right" whales, the best known
species being the Greenland whale (Balæna mysticetus). Allied species are
found in all parts of the southern seas, as far north as the Cape of Good
Hope; while some of the northern species are found off the coast of Spain,
and even enter the Mediterranean. As most of the species indicated are
imperfectly known, and their classification by no means well settled, no
useful purpose will be served by enumerating the genera or sub-genera.
Family 37.—BALÆNOPTERIDÆ. (9 Genera, 22 Species.)
General Distribution.—Cold and Temperate Seas of both Hemispheres.
This family comprises the finner whales and rorquals, and are characterised
by possessing a dorsal fin and having the baleen or whalebone less
developed. They are abundant in all northern seas, less so in the southern
hemisphere, but they seem occasionally to enter the tropical seas. The best
known genera are Megaptera (7 species); Physalus (4 species); and
Balænoptera (2 species); all of which have species in the North Sea.
Family 38.—CATODONTIDÆ. (4 Genera, or Sub-Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.—All the Tropical Oceans, extending north and south
into Temperate waters.
This family, comprising the cachalots or sperm whales, and black-fish, are
separated from the true whales by having teeth in the lower jaw and no
whalebone. They are pre-eminently a tropical, as distinguished from the two
Family 36.—BALÆNIDÆ. (6 Genera, 14 Species.)
General Distribution.—Temperate and Cold Seas of both Northern and
Southern Hemispheres.
This family comprises the whalebone or "right" whales, the best known
species being the Greenland whale (Balæna mysticetus). Allied species are
found in all parts of the southern seas, as far north as the Cape of Good
Hope; while some of the northern species are found off the coast of Spain,
and even enter the Mediterranean. As most of the species indicated are
imperfectly known, and their classification by no means well settled, no
useful purpose will be served by enumerating the genera or sub-genera.
Family 37.—BALÆNOPTERIDÆ. (9 Genera, 22 Species.)
General Distribution.—Cold and Temperate Seas of both Hemispheres.
This family comprises the finner whales and rorquals, and are characterised
by possessing a dorsal fin and having the baleen or whalebone less
developed. They are abundant in all northern seas, less so in the southern
hemisphere, but they seem occasionally to enter the tropical seas. The best
known genera are Megaptera (7 species); Physalus (4 species); and
Balænoptera (2 species); all of which have species in the North Sea.
Family 38.—CATODONTIDÆ. (4 Genera, or Sub-Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.—All the Tropical Oceans, extending north and south
into Temperate waters.
This family, comprising the cachalots or sperm whales, and black-fish, are
separated from the true whales by having teeth in the lower jaw and no
whalebone. They are pre-eminently a tropical, as distinguished from the two
Page 285
preceding which are arctic and antarctic families. The spermaceti whale
(Catodon macrocephalus) abounds in the Pacific Ocean and in the deep
Moluccan Sea, and also in the Indian Ocean and the Mozambique Channel.
In the Atlantic it is scarce, although it occasionally comes north as far as our
shores.
The genera of Catodontidæ as given by Dr. Gray are, Catodon (2 species?),
Warm Eastern Oceans; Physeter (1 species), "the black fish," North Sea;
Cogia (2 species), South Temperate Oceans; Euphysetes (1 species), Coast
of Australia.
Family 39.—HYPEROODONTIDÆ. (9 Genera or Sub-Genera, 12
Species.)
General Distribution.—Atlantic, Mediterranean, Indian Ocean, and
Southern Ocean.
This family consists of the beaked whales, which have no permanent teeth
in the upper jaw. The genera, according to Dr. Gray, are, Hyperoodon (2
species) "bottle-nosed whales," North Sea; Lagenocetus (1 species), North
Sea; Epiodon (2 species), North and South Atlantic; Petrorhynchus (2
species), Mediterranean Sea and Southern Ocean; Berardius (1 species),
New Zealand; Xiphius (1 species) North Atlantic; Dolichodon (1 species),
Cape of Good Hope; Neoziphius (1 species) Mediterranean; Dioplodon (1
species), Indian Ocean.
Family 40.—MONODONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
The "Narwhal" (Monodon monoceros) which constitutes this family, is
placed by Dr. Gray along with the "white whales," in his family Belugidæ. It
inhabits the North Sea.
Family 41.—DELPHINIDÆ. (24 Genera or Sub-Genera, 100 Species.)
(Catodon macrocephalus) abounds in the Pacific Ocean and in the deep
Moluccan Sea, and also in the Indian Ocean and the Mozambique Channel.
In the Atlantic it is scarce, although it occasionally comes north as far as our
shores.
The genera of Catodontidæ as given by Dr. Gray are, Catodon (2 species?),
Warm Eastern Oceans; Physeter (1 species), "the black fish," North Sea;
Cogia (2 species), South Temperate Oceans; Euphysetes (1 species), Coast
of Australia.
Family 39.—HYPEROODONTIDÆ. (9 Genera or Sub-Genera, 12
Species.)
General Distribution.—Atlantic, Mediterranean, Indian Ocean, and
Southern Ocean.
This family consists of the beaked whales, which have no permanent teeth
in the upper jaw. The genera, according to Dr. Gray, are, Hyperoodon (2
species) "bottle-nosed whales," North Sea; Lagenocetus (1 species), North
Sea; Epiodon (2 species), North and South Atlantic; Petrorhynchus (2
species), Mediterranean Sea and Southern Ocean; Berardius (1 species),
New Zealand; Xiphius (1 species) North Atlantic; Dolichodon (1 species),
Cape of Good Hope; Neoziphius (1 species) Mediterranean; Dioplodon (1
species), Indian Ocean.
Family 40.—MONODONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
The "Narwhal" (Monodon monoceros) which constitutes this family, is
placed by Dr. Gray along with the "white whales," in his family Belugidæ. It
inhabits the North Sea.
Family 41.—DELPHINIDÆ. (24 Genera or Sub-Genera, 100 Species.)
Page 286
General Distribution.—All Oceans, Seas, and Great Rivers of the globe.
This family, including the Porpoises, Dolphins, White Whales, &c., may be
described as small, fish-shaped whales, having teeth in both jaws.
According to Dr. Gray they form seven families and 24 genera; according to
Professor Carus, four sub-families and 8 genera, but as these groups appear
to be established on quite different principles, and often differ widely from
each other, I shall simply enumerate Dr. Gray's genera with their distribution
as given in his British Museum Catalogue.
Platanista (2 species), long-snouted porpoises, inhabiting the Ganges and
Indus; Inia (1 species), a somewhat similar form, inhabiting the upper
waters of the Amazonian rivers: Steno (8 species), Indian Ocean, Cape of
Good Hope, and West Pacific; Sotalia (1 species), Guiana; Delphinus (10
species), all the oceans; Clymenia (14 species), all the oceans;
Delphinapterus (1 species), South Atlantic; Tursio (7 species), Atlantic and
Indian Oceans; Eutropia (2 species), Chili, and Cape of Good Hope;
Electra, (8 species), all the oceans; Leucopleurus (1 species), North Sea;
Lagenorhynchus (1 species), North Sea; Pseudorca (2 species), North Sea,
Tasmania; Orcaella (2 species), Ganges; Acanthodelphis (1 species), Brazil;
Phocæna (2 species), North Sea; Neomeris (1 species), India; Grampus (3
species), North Sea, Mediterranean, Cape of Good Hope; Globiocephalus
(14 species), all the oceans; Sphærocephalus (1 species), North Atlantic;
Orca (9 species), Northern and Southern Oceans; Ophysia (1 species), North
Pacific; Beluga (6 species), Arctic Seas, Australia; Pontoporia (1 species),
Monte Video.
Fossil Cetacea.
Remains of Cetacea are tolerably abundant in Tertiary deposits, both in
Europe and North America. In the Lower Pliocene of England, France, and
Germany, extinct species of five or six living genera of whales and dolphins
have been found; and most of these occur also in the Upper Miocene, along
with many others, referred to about a dozen extinct genera.
This family, including the Porpoises, Dolphins, White Whales, &c., may be
described as small, fish-shaped whales, having teeth in both jaws.
According to Dr. Gray they form seven families and 24 genera; according to
Professor Carus, four sub-families and 8 genera, but as these groups appear
to be established on quite different principles, and often differ widely from
each other, I shall simply enumerate Dr. Gray's genera with their distribution
as given in his British Museum Catalogue.
Platanista (2 species), long-snouted porpoises, inhabiting the Ganges and
Indus; Inia (1 species), a somewhat similar form, inhabiting the upper
waters of the Amazonian rivers: Steno (8 species), Indian Ocean, Cape of
Good Hope, and West Pacific; Sotalia (1 species), Guiana; Delphinus (10
species), all the oceans; Clymenia (14 species), all the oceans;
Delphinapterus (1 species), South Atlantic; Tursio (7 species), Atlantic and
Indian Oceans; Eutropia (2 species), Chili, and Cape of Good Hope;
Electra, (8 species), all the oceans; Leucopleurus (1 species), North Sea;
Lagenorhynchus (1 species), North Sea; Pseudorca (2 species), North Sea,
Tasmania; Orcaella (2 species), Ganges; Acanthodelphis (1 species), Brazil;
Phocæna (2 species), North Sea; Neomeris (1 species), India; Grampus (3
species), North Sea, Mediterranean, Cape of Good Hope; Globiocephalus
(14 species), all the oceans; Sphærocephalus (1 species), North Atlantic;
Orca (9 species), Northern and Southern Oceans; Ophysia (1 species), North
Pacific; Beluga (6 species), Arctic Seas, Australia; Pontoporia (1 species),
Monte Video.
Fossil Cetacea.
Remains of Cetacea are tolerably abundant in Tertiary deposits, both in
Europe and North America. In the Lower Pliocene of England, France, and
Germany, extinct species of five or six living genera of whales and dolphins
have been found; and most of these occur also in the Upper Miocene, along
with many others, referred to about a dozen extinct genera.
Page 287
In the Post-pliocene deposits of Vermont and South Carolina, several extinct
species have been found belonging to living genera; but in the Miocene
deposits of the Eastern United States cetacean remains are much more
abundant, more than 30 species of extinct whales and dolphins having been
described, most of them belonging to extinct genera.
The Zeuglodontidæ, an extinct family of carnivorous whales, with double-
fanged serrated molar teeth, whose affinities are somewhat doubtful, are
found in the older Pliocene of Europe, and in the Miocene and Eocene of the
Eastern United States. Zeuglodon abounds in the United States, and one
species reached a length of seventy feet. A species of this genus is said to
have been found in Malta. Squalodon occurs in Europe and North America;
and in the latter country four or five other genera have been described, of
which one, Saurocetes, has been found also at Buenos Ayres.
Order VI.—SIRENIA.
Family 42.—MANATIDÆ. (3 Genera, 5 Species?)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2—4 ——— 1. — 3 — 1. 2 — — 1. 2. — 4 1——
— —
The Sea-cows are herbivorous aquatic animals living on the coasts or in the
great rivers of several parts of the globe. Manatus (2 species) inhabits both
shores of the Atlantic, one species ranging from the Gulf of Mexico to North
Brazil, and ascending the Amazon far into the interior of the continent;
while the other is found on the west coast of Africa. Halicore (2 species?),
the Dugong, is peculiar to the Indian Ocean, extending from Mozambique to
the Red Sea, thence to Western India and Ceylon, the Malay Archipelago
and the north coast of Australia. Rytina (1 species), supposed to be now
species have been found belonging to living genera; but in the Miocene
deposits of the Eastern United States cetacean remains are much more
abundant, more than 30 species of extinct whales and dolphins having been
described, most of them belonging to extinct genera.
The Zeuglodontidæ, an extinct family of carnivorous whales, with double-
fanged serrated molar teeth, whose affinities are somewhat doubtful, are
found in the older Pliocene of Europe, and in the Miocene and Eocene of the
Eastern United States. Zeuglodon abounds in the United States, and one
species reached a length of seventy feet. A species of this genus is said to
have been found in Malta. Squalodon occurs in Europe and North America;
and in the latter country four or five other genera have been described, of
which one, Saurocetes, has been found also at Buenos Ayres.
Order VI.—SIRENIA.
Family 42.—MANATIDÆ. (3 Genera, 5 Species?)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2—4 ——— 1. — 3 — 1. 2 — — 1. 2. — 4 1——
— —
The Sea-cows are herbivorous aquatic animals living on the coasts or in the
great rivers of several parts of the globe. Manatus (2 species) inhabits both
shores of the Atlantic, one species ranging from the Gulf of Mexico to North
Brazil, and ascending the Amazon far into the interior of the continent;
while the other is found on the west coast of Africa. Halicore (2 species?),
the Dugong, is peculiar to the Indian Ocean, extending from Mozambique to
the Red Sea, thence to Western India and Ceylon, the Malay Archipelago
and the north coast of Australia. Rytina (1 species), supposed to be now
Page 288
extinct, inhabited recently the North Pacific, between Kamschatka and
Behring's Straits.
Fossil Sirenia.—Extinct species of Manatus have been found in the Post-
pliocene deposits of Eastern North America from Maryland to Florida; and
an extinct genus, Prorastomus, in some Tertiary deposits in the Island of
Jamaica.
In Post-pliocene deposits in Siberia, remains of Rytina have been found;
while several species of the extinct genus Halitherium, perhaps intermediate
between Manatus and Halicore, have been found in the older Pliocene and
Upper Miocene of France and Germany.
Order VII.—UNGULATA.
Family 43.—EQUIDÆ. (1 Genus, 8 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
——— ——— — 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — —
Extinct Species.
1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1—3— ———
— —
The Horses, Asses, and Zebras form a highly specialized group now
confined to the Ethiopian and Palæarctic regions, but during the middle and
later tertiaries having a very extensive range. The zebras (3 species) inhabit
the greater part of the Ethiopian region, while the asses (4 species) are
Behring's Straits.
Fossil Sirenia.—Extinct species of Manatus have been found in the Post-
pliocene deposits of Eastern North America from Maryland to Florida; and
an extinct genus, Prorastomus, in some Tertiary deposits in the Island of
Jamaica.
In Post-pliocene deposits in Siberia, remains of Rytina have been found;
while several species of the extinct genus Halitherium, perhaps intermediate
between Manatus and Halicore, have been found in the older Pliocene and
Upper Miocene of France and Germany.
Order VII.—UNGULATA.
Family 43.—EQUIDÆ. (1 Genus, 8 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
——— ——— — 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — —
Extinct Species.
1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1—3— ———
— —
The Horses, Asses, and Zebras form a highly specialized group now
confined to the Ethiopian and Palæarctic regions, but during the middle and
later tertiaries having a very extensive range. The zebras (3 species) inhabit
the greater part of the Ethiopian region, while the asses (4 species) are
Page 289
characteristic of the deserts of the Palæarctic region from North Africa and
Syria to Western India, Mongolia, and Manchuria. The domestic horse is not
known in a wild state, but its remains are found in recent deposits from
Britain to the Altai Mountains, so that its disappearance is probably due to
human agency.
Extinct Equidæ.—Extinct forms of this family are very numerous. The
genus Equus occurs in Post-pliocene and Pliocene deposits in Europe, North
America, and South America. In North America the species are most
numerous. An allied genus Hipparion, having rudimentary lateral toes, is
represented by several species in the Pliocene of North America, while in
Europe it occurs both in the Older Pliocene and Upper Miocene. Various
other allied forms, in which the lateral toes are more and more developed,
and most of which are now classed in a distinct family, Anchitheridæ, range
back through the Miocene to the Eocene period. A sufficient account of
these has already been given in vol. i. chap. vi. p. 135, to which the reader is
referred for the supposed origin and migrations of the horse.
Family 44—TAPIRIDÆ. (2 Genera? 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 —
The Tapirs form a small group of animals whose discontinuous distribution
plainly indicates their approaching extinction. For a long time only two
species were known, the black American, and the white-banded Malay tapir,
the former confined to the equatorial forests of South America, the latter to
the Malay peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo (Plate VIII. vol. i. p. 337). Lately
however another, or perhaps two distinct species (or according to Dr. J. E.
Gray, four!) have been discovered in the Andes of New Granada and
Syria to Western India, Mongolia, and Manchuria. The domestic horse is not
known in a wild state, but its remains are found in recent deposits from
Britain to the Altai Mountains, so that its disappearance is probably due to
human agency.
Extinct Equidæ.—Extinct forms of this family are very numerous. The
genus Equus occurs in Post-pliocene and Pliocene deposits in Europe, North
America, and South America. In North America the species are most
numerous. An allied genus Hipparion, having rudimentary lateral toes, is
represented by several species in the Pliocene of North America, while in
Europe it occurs both in the Older Pliocene and Upper Miocene. Various
other allied forms, in which the lateral toes are more and more developed,
and most of which are now classed in a distinct family, Anchitheridæ, range
back through the Miocene to the Eocene period. A sufficient account of
these has already been given in vol. i. chap. vi. p. 135, to which the reader is
referred for the supposed origin and migrations of the horse.
Family 44—TAPIRIDÆ. (2 Genera? 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 —
The Tapirs form a small group of animals whose discontinuous distribution
plainly indicates their approaching extinction. For a long time only two
species were known, the black American, and the white-banded Malay tapir,
the former confined to the equatorial forests of South America, the latter to
the Malay peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo (Plate VIII. vol. i. p. 337). Lately
however another, or perhaps two distinct species (or according to Dr. J. E.
Gray, four!) have been discovered in the Andes of New Granada and
Page 290
Ecuador, at an elevation of from 8,000 to 12,000 feet; while one or perhaps
two more, forming the allied genus Elasmognathus, have been found to
inhabit Central America from Panama to Guatemala.
Extinct Tapirs.—True tapirs inhabited Western Europe, from the latest
Pliocene back to the earliest Miocene times; while they only occur in either
North or South America in the Post-pliocene deposits and caves. The
singular distribution of the living species is thus explained, since we see that
they are an Old World group which only entered the American continent at a
comparatively recent epoch. An ancestral form of this group—Lophiodon—
is found in Miocene and Eocene deposits of Europe and North America;
while a still more ancient form of large size is found in the Lower Eocene of
France and England, indicating an immense antiquity for this group of
Mammalia. There are many other extinct forms connecting these with the
Palæotheridæ, already noticed in chapter vi. (vol. i. pp. 119-125).
Family 45.—RHINOCEROTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 9 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — — — 3. 4 ———
— — — —
Extinct Species.
——— 1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1—3— ———
— — —
Living Rhinoceroses are especially characteristic of Africa, with Northern
and Malayan India. Four or perhaps five species, all two-horned, are found
in Africa, where they range over the whole country south of the desert to the
two more, forming the allied genus Elasmognathus, have been found to
inhabit Central America from Panama to Guatemala.
Extinct Tapirs.—True tapirs inhabited Western Europe, from the latest
Pliocene back to the earliest Miocene times; while they only occur in either
North or South America in the Post-pliocene deposits and caves. The
singular distribution of the living species is thus explained, since we see that
they are an Old World group which only entered the American continent at a
comparatively recent epoch. An ancestral form of this group—Lophiodon—
is found in Miocene and Eocene deposits of Europe and North America;
while a still more ancient form of large size is found in the Lower Eocene of
France and England, indicating an immense antiquity for this group of
Mammalia. There are many other extinct forms connecting these with the
Palæotheridæ, already noticed in chapter vi. (vol. i. pp. 119-125).
Family 45.—RHINOCEROTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 9 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — — — 3. 4 ———
— — — —
Extinct Species.
——— 1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1—3— ———
— — —
Living Rhinoceroses are especially characteristic of Africa, with Northern
and Malayan India. Four or perhaps five species, all two-horned, are found
in Africa, where they range over the whole country south of the desert to the
Page 291
Cape of Good Hope. In the Oriental region there are also four or five
species, which range from the forests at the foot of the Himalayas eastwards
through Assam, Chittagong, and Siam, to Sumatra, Borneo and Java. Three
of these are one-horned, the others found in Sumatra, and northwards to
Pegu and Chittagong, two-horned. The Asiatic differ from the African
species in some dental characters, but they are in other respects so much
alike that they are not generally considered to form distinct genera. In his
latest catalogue however (1873), Dr. Gray has four genera, Rhinoceros (4
species), and Ceratorhinus (2 species), Asiatic; Rhinaster (2 species), and
Ceratotherium (2 species), African.
Extinct Rhinocerotidæ.—Numerous species of Rhinoceros ranged over
Europe and Asia from the Post-pliocene back to the Upper Miocene period,
and in North America during the Pliocene period only. The hornless
Acerotherium is Miocene only, in both countries. Other genera are Leptodon
from Greece, and Hyracodon from Nebraska, both of Miocene age. More
than 20 species of extinct rhinoceroses are known, and one has even been
found at an altitude of 16,000 feet in Thibet.
Family 46.—HIPPOPOTAMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
Extinct Species.
——— ——— 1. 2 — — ——— 1—3— ———
— — — —
species, which range from the forests at the foot of the Himalayas eastwards
through Assam, Chittagong, and Siam, to Sumatra, Borneo and Java. Three
of these are one-horned, the others found in Sumatra, and northwards to
Pegu and Chittagong, two-horned. The Asiatic differ from the African
species in some dental characters, but they are in other respects so much
alike that they are not generally considered to form distinct genera. In his
latest catalogue however (1873), Dr. Gray has four genera, Rhinoceros (4
species), and Ceratorhinus (2 species), Asiatic; Rhinaster (2 species), and
Ceratotherium (2 species), African.
Extinct Rhinocerotidæ.—Numerous species of Rhinoceros ranged over
Europe and Asia from the Post-pliocene back to the Upper Miocene period,
and in North America during the Pliocene period only. The hornless
Acerotherium is Miocene only, in both countries. Other genera are Leptodon
from Greece, and Hyracodon from Nebraska, both of Miocene age. More
than 20 species of extinct rhinoceroses are known, and one has even been
found at an altitude of 16,000 feet in Thibet.
Family 46.—HIPPOPOTAMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
Extinct Species.
——— ——— 1. 2 — — ——— 1—3— ———
— — — —
Page 292
The Hippopotamus inhabits all the great rivers of Africa; a distinct species
of a smaller size being found on the west coast, and on some of the rivers
flowing into Lake Tchad.
Fossil Hippopotami.—Eight extinct species of Hippopotamus are known
from Europe and India, the former Post-pliocene or Pliocene, the latter of
Upper Miocene age. They ranged as far north as the Thames valley. An
extinct genus from the Siwalik Hills, Merycopotamus, according to Dr.
Falconer connects Hippopotamus with Anthracotherium, an extinct form
from the Miocene of Europe, allied to the swine.
Family 47.—SUIDÆ. (5 Genera, 22 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — — 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. — —
—
The Swine may be divided into three well-marked groups, from peculiarities
in their dentition. 1. The Dicotylinæ, or peccaries (1 genus, Dicotyles).
These offer so many structural differences that they are often classed as a
separate family. 2. The true swine (3 genera, Sus, Potamochœrus, and
Babirusa); and, 3. The Phacochœrinæ, or wart hogs (1 genus,
Phacochœrus). These last are also sometimes made into a separate family,
but they are hardly so distinct as the Dicotylinæ.
The Peccaries (2 species), are peculiar to the Neotropical region, extending
from Mexico to Paraguay. They also spread northwards into Texas, and as
far as the Red River of Arkansas, thus just entering the Nearctic region; but
with this exception swine are wholly absent from this region, forming an
excellent feature by which to differentiate it from the Palæarctic.
of a smaller size being found on the west coast, and on some of the rivers
flowing into Lake Tchad.
Fossil Hippopotami.—Eight extinct species of Hippopotamus are known
from Europe and India, the former Post-pliocene or Pliocene, the latter of
Upper Miocene age. They ranged as far north as the Thames valley. An
extinct genus from the Siwalik Hills, Merycopotamus, according to Dr.
Falconer connects Hippopotamus with Anthracotherium, an extinct form
from the Miocene of Europe, allied to the swine.
Family 47.—SUIDÆ. (5 Genera, 22 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — — 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. — —
—
The Swine may be divided into three well-marked groups, from peculiarities
in their dentition. 1. The Dicotylinæ, or peccaries (1 genus, Dicotyles).
These offer so many structural differences that they are often classed as a
separate family. 2. The true swine (3 genera, Sus, Potamochœrus, and
Babirusa); and, 3. The Phacochœrinæ, or wart hogs (1 genus,
Phacochœrus). These last are also sometimes made into a separate family,
but they are hardly so distinct as the Dicotylinæ.
The Peccaries (2 species), are peculiar to the Neotropical region, extending
from Mexico to Paraguay. They also spread northwards into Texas, and as
far as the Red River of Arkansas, thus just entering the Nearctic region; but
with this exception swine are wholly absent from this region, forming an
excellent feature by which to differentiate it from the Palæarctic.
Page 293
Sus (14 species), ranges over the Palæarctic and Oriental regions and into
the first Australian sub-region as far as New Guinea; but it is absent from
the Ethiopian region, or barely enters it on the north-east. Potamochœrus (3
species?), is wholly Ethiopian (Plate V. vol. i. p. 278). Babirusa (1 species),
is confined to two islands, Celebes and Bouru, in the first Australian sub-
region.
Phacochœrus (2 species), ranges over tropical Africa from Abyssinia to
Caffraria.
Dr. J. E. Gray divides true swine (Sus) into 7 genera, but it seems far better
to keep them as one.
Fossil Suidæ.—These are very numerous. Many extinct species of wild hog
(Sus), are found in Europe and North India, ranging back from the Post-
pliocene to the Upper Miocene formations. In the Miocene of Europe are
numerous extinct genera, Bothriodon, Anthracotherium, Palæochœrus,
Hyotherium, and some others; while in the Upper Eocene occur
Cebochœrus, Chœropotamus, and Acotherium,—these early forms having
more resemblance to the peccaries.
None of these genera are found in America, where we have the living genus
Dicotyles in the Post-pliocene and Pliocene deposits, both of North and
South America; with a number of extinct genera in the Miocene. The chief
of these are, Elotherium, Perchœrus, Leptochœrus, and Nanohyus, all from
Dakota, and Thinohyus, from Oregon. One extinct genus, Platygonus,
closely allied to Dicotyles, is found in the Post-pliocene of Nebraska,
Oregon, and Arkansas. Elotherium is said to be allied to the peccary and
hippopotamus. Hyopotamus, from the Miocene of Dakota, is allied to
Anthracotherium, and forms with it (according to Dr. Leidy) a distinct
family of ancestral swine.
It thus appears, that the swine were almost equally well represented in North
America and Europe, during Miocene and Pliocene times, but by entirely
distinct forms; and it is a remarkable fact that these hardy omnivorous
animals, should, like the horses, have entirely died out in North America,
the first Australian sub-region as far as New Guinea; but it is absent from
the Ethiopian region, or barely enters it on the north-east. Potamochœrus (3
species?), is wholly Ethiopian (Plate V. vol. i. p. 278). Babirusa (1 species),
is confined to two islands, Celebes and Bouru, in the first Australian sub-
region.
Phacochœrus (2 species), ranges over tropical Africa from Abyssinia to
Caffraria.
Dr. J. E. Gray divides true swine (Sus) into 7 genera, but it seems far better
to keep them as one.
Fossil Suidæ.—These are very numerous. Many extinct species of wild hog
(Sus), are found in Europe and North India, ranging back from the Post-
pliocene to the Upper Miocene formations. In the Miocene of Europe are
numerous extinct genera, Bothriodon, Anthracotherium, Palæochœrus,
Hyotherium, and some others; while in the Upper Eocene occur
Cebochœrus, Chœropotamus, and Acotherium,—these early forms having
more resemblance to the peccaries.
None of these genera are found in America, where we have the living genus
Dicotyles in the Post-pliocene and Pliocene deposits, both of North and
South America; with a number of extinct genera in the Miocene. The chief
of these are, Elotherium, Perchœrus, Leptochœrus, and Nanohyus, all from
Dakota, and Thinohyus, from Oregon. One extinct genus, Platygonus,
closely allied to Dicotyles, is found in the Post-pliocene of Nebraska,
Oregon, and Arkansas. Elotherium is said to be allied to the peccary and
hippopotamus. Hyopotamus, from the Miocene of Dakota, is allied to
Anthracotherium, and forms with it (according to Dr. Leidy) a distinct
family of ancestral swine.
It thus appears, that the swine were almost equally well represented in North
America and Europe, during Miocene and Pliocene times, but by entirely
distinct forms; and it is a remarkable fact that these hardy omnivorous
animals, should, like the horses, have entirely died out in North America,
Page 294
except a few peccaries which have preserved themselves in the sub-tropical
parts and in the southern continent, to which they are comparatively recent
emigrants. We can hardly have a more convincing proof of the vast physical
changes that have occurred in the North American continent during the
Pliocene and Post-pliocene epochs, than the complete extinction of these,
along with so many other remarkable types of Mammalia.
According to M. Gaudry, the ancestors of all the swine, with the
hippopotami and extinct Anthracotherium, Merycopotamus, and many allied
forms,—are the Hyracotherium and Pliolophus, both found only in the
London clay belonging to the Lower Eocene formation.
Family 48.—CAMELIDÆ. (2 Genera, 6 Species).
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
1. — — ——— — 2. 3 — ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
Extinct Species.
1. — — — 2. 3. 4 ——3 ——— — — 3. ———
— — — — —
The Camels are an exceedingly restricted group, the majority of the species
now existing only in a state of domestication. The genus Camelus (2
species), is a highly characteristic desert form of the Palæarctic region, from
the Sahara to Mongolia as far as Lake Baikal. Auchenia (4 species),
comprehending the Llamas and Alpacas, is equally characteristic of the
mountains and deserts of the southern part of South America. Two species
entirely domesticated inhabit the Peruvian and Bolivian Andes; and two
parts and in the southern continent, to which they are comparatively recent
emigrants. We can hardly have a more convincing proof of the vast physical
changes that have occurred in the North American continent during the
Pliocene and Post-pliocene epochs, than the complete extinction of these,
along with so many other remarkable types of Mammalia.
According to M. Gaudry, the ancestors of all the swine, with the
hippopotami and extinct Anthracotherium, Merycopotamus, and many allied
forms,—are the Hyracotherium and Pliolophus, both found only in the
London clay belonging to the Lower Eocene formation.
Family 48.—CAMELIDÆ. (2 Genera, 6 Species).
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
1. — — ——— — 2. 3 — ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
Extinct Species.
1. — — — 2. 3. 4 ——3 ——— — — 3. ———
— — — — —
The Camels are an exceedingly restricted group, the majority of the species
now existing only in a state of domestication. The genus Camelus (2
species), is a highly characteristic desert form of the Palæarctic region, from
the Sahara to Mongolia as far as Lake Baikal. Auchenia (4 species),
comprehending the Llamas and Alpacas, is equally characteristic of the
mountains and deserts of the southern part of South America. Two species
entirely domesticated inhabit the Peruvian and Bolivian Andes; and two
Page 295
others are found in a wild state, the vicuna in the Andes of Peru and Chili
(Plate XVI. vol. ii. p. 40), and the guanaco over the plains of Patagonia and
Tierra del Fuego.
Extinct Camelidæ.—No fossil remains of camels have been found in
Europe, but one occurs in the deposits of the Siwalik Hills, usually classed
as Upper Miocene, but which some naturalists think are more likely of
Older Pliocene age. Merycotherium, teeth of which have been found in the
Siberian drift, is supposed to belong to this family.
In North America, where no representative of the family now exists, the
camel-tribe were once abundant. In the Post-pliocene deposits of California
an Auchenia has been found, and in those of Kansas one of the extinct genus
Procamelus. In the Pliocene period, this genus, which was closely allied to
the living camels, abounded, six or seven species having been described
from Nebraska and Texas, together with an allied form Homocamelus. In the
Miocene period different genera appear,—Pœbrotherium, and Protomeryx,
—while a Procamelus has been found in deposits of this age in Virginia.
In South America a species of Auchenia has been found in the caves of
Brazil, and others in the Pliocene deposits of the pampas, together with two
extinct genera, Palæolama and Camelotherium.
We thus find the ancestors of the Camelidæ in a region where they do not
now exist, but which is situated so that the now widely separated living
forms could easily have been derived from it. This case offers a remarkable
example of the light thrown by palæontology on the distribution of living
animals; and it is a warning against the too common practice of assuming
the direct land connection of remote continents, in order to explain similar
instances of discontinuous distribution to that of the present family.
Family 49.—TRAGULIDÆ. (2 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
(Plate XVI. vol. ii. p. 40), and the guanaco over the plains of Patagonia and
Tierra del Fuego.
Extinct Camelidæ.—No fossil remains of camels have been found in
Europe, but one occurs in the deposits of the Siwalik Hills, usually classed
as Upper Miocene, but which some naturalists think are more likely of
Older Pliocene age. Merycotherium, teeth of which have been found in the
Siberian drift, is supposed to belong to this family.
In North America, where no representative of the family now exists, the
camel-tribe were once abundant. In the Post-pliocene deposits of California
an Auchenia has been found, and in those of Kansas one of the extinct genus
Procamelus. In the Pliocene period, this genus, which was closely allied to
the living camels, abounded, six or seven species having been described
from Nebraska and Texas, together with an allied form Homocamelus. In the
Miocene period different genera appear,—Pœbrotherium, and Protomeryx,
—while a Procamelus has been found in deposits of this age in Virginia.
In South America a species of Auchenia has been found in the caves of
Brazil, and others in the Pliocene deposits of the pampas, together with two
extinct genera, Palæolama and Camelotherium.
We thus find the ancestors of the Camelidæ in a region where they do not
now exist, but which is situated so that the now widely separated living
forms could easily have been derived from it. This case offers a remarkable
example of the light thrown by palæontology on the distribution of living
animals; and it is a warning against the too common practice of assuming
the direct land connection of remote continents, in order to explain similar
instances of discontinuous distribution to that of the present family.
Family 49.—TRAGULIDÆ. (2 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 296
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Tragulidæ are a group of small, hornless, deer-like animals, with tusks
in the upper jaw, and having some structural affinities with the camels. The
musk-deer was formerly classed in this family, which it resembles
externally; but a minute examination of its structure by M. Milne-Edwards,
has shown it to be more nearly allied to the true deer. The Chevrotains, or
mouse-deer, Tragulus (5 species), range over all India to the foot of the
Himalayas and Ceylon, and through Assam, Malacca, and Cambodja, to
Sumatra, Borneo, and Java (Plate VIII., vol. i. p. 337). Hyomoschus (1
species), is found in West Africa.
Extinct Tragulidæ.—A species of Hyomoschus is said to have been found in
the Miocene of the South of France, as well as three extinct genera,
Dremotherium (also found in Greece), with Lophiomeryx from the Upper
Miocene, said to be allied to Tragulus; and Amphitragulus from the Lower
Miocene, of more remote affinities, and sometimes placed among the Deer.
There seems to be no doubt, however, that this family existed in Europe in
Miocene times; and thus another case of discontinuous distribution is
satisfactorily accounted for.
Family 50.—CERVIDÆ. (8 Genera, 52 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— —
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Tragulidæ are a group of small, hornless, deer-like animals, with tusks
in the upper jaw, and having some structural affinities with the camels. The
musk-deer was formerly classed in this family, which it resembles
externally; but a minute examination of its structure by M. Milne-Edwards,
has shown it to be more nearly allied to the true deer. The Chevrotains, or
mouse-deer, Tragulus (5 species), range over all India to the foot of the
Himalayas and Ceylon, and through Assam, Malacca, and Cambodja, to
Sumatra, Borneo, and Java (Plate VIII., vol. i. p. 337). Hyomoschus (1
species), is found in West Africa.
Extinct Tragulidæ.—A species of Hyomoschus is said to have been found in
the Miocene of the South of France, as well as three extinct genera,
Dremotherium (also found in Greece), with Lophiomeryx from the Upper
Miocene, said to be allied to Tragulus; and Amphitragulus from the Lower
Miocene, of more remote affinities, and sometimes placed among the Deer.
There seems to be no doubt, however, that this family existed in Europe in
Miocene times; and thus another case of discontinuous distribution is
satisfactorily accounted for.
Family 50.—CERVIDÆ. (8 Genera, 52 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— —
Page 297
The Cervidæ, or deer tribe, are an extensive group of animals equally
adapted for inhabiting forests or open plains, the Arctic regions or the
Tropics. They range in fact over the whole of the great continents of the
globe, with the one striking exception of Africa, where they are only found
on the shores of the Mediterranean which form part of the Palæarctic region.
The following is the distribution of the genera.
Alces (1 species), the elk or moose, ranges all over Northern Europe and
Asia, as far south as East Prussia, the Caucasus, and North China; and over
Arctic America to Maine on the East, and British Columbia on the west. The
American species may however be distinct, although very closely allied to
that of Europe. Tarandus (1 species), the reindeer, has a similar range to the
last, but keeps farther north in Europe, inhabiting Greenland and
Spitzbergen; and in America extends farther south, to New Brunswick and
the north shore of Lake Superior. There are several varieties or species of
this animal confined to special districts, but they are not yet well
determined. Cervus (40 species), the true deer, have been sub-divided into
numerous sub-genera characteristic of separate districts. They range over
the whole area of the family, except that they do not go beyond 57° N. in
America and a little further in Europe and Asia. In South America they
extend over Patagonia and even to Tierra del Fuego. They are found in the
north of Africa, and over the whole of the Oriental region, and beyond it as
far as the Moluccas and Timor, where however they have probably been
introduced by man at an early period. Dama (1 species), the fallow deer, is a
native of the shores of the Mediterranean, from Spain and Barbary to Syria.
Capreolus (2 species), the roe-deer, inhabits all Temperate and South
Europe to Syria, with a distinct species in N. China. Cervulus (4 species),
the muntjacs, are found in all the forest districts of the Oriental region, from
India and Ceylon to China as far north as Ningpo and Formosa, also
southward to the Philippines, Borneo, and Java. Moschus (1 species), the
musk-deer, inhabits Central Asia from the Amoor and Pekin, to the
Himalayas and the Siamese mountains above 8000 ft. elevation. This is
usually classed as a distinct family, but M. Milne-Edwards remarks, that it
differs in no important points of organisation from the rest of the Cervidæ.
Hydropotes (1 species) inhabits China from the Yang-tse Kiang northwards.
This new genus has recently been discovered by Mr. Swinhoe, who says its
nearest affinities are with Moschus. Other new forms are Lophotragus, and
adapted for inhabiting forests or open plains, the Arctic regions or the
Tropics. They range in fact over the whole of the great continents of the
globe, with the one striking exception of Africa, where they are only found
on the shores of the Mediterranean which form part of the Palæarctic region.
The following is the distribution of the genera.
Alces (1 species), the elk or moose, ranges all over Northern Europe and
Asia, as far south as East Prussia, the Caucasus, and North China; and over
Arctic America to Maine on the East, and British Columbia on the west. The
American species may however be distinct, although very closely allied to
that of Europe. Tarandus (1 species), the reindeer, has a similar range to the
last, but keeps farther north in Europe, inhabiting Greenland and
Spitzbergen; and in America extends farther south, to New Brunswick and
the north shore of Lake Superior. There are several varieties or species of
this animal confined to special districts, but they are not yet well
determined. Cervus (40 species), the true deer, have been sub-divided into
numerous sub-genera characteristic of separate districts. They range over
the whole area of the family, except that they do not go beyond 57° N. in
America and a little further in Europe and Asia. In South America they
extend over Patagonia and even to Tierra del Fuego. They are found in the
north of Africa, and over the whole of the Oriental region, and beyond it as
far as the Moluccas and Timor, where however they have probably been
introduced by man at an early period. Dama (1 species), the fallow deer, is a
native of the shores of the Mediterranean, from Spain and Barbary to Syria.
Capreolus (2 species), the roe-deer, inhabits all Temperate and South
Europe to Syria, with a distinct species in N. China. Cervulus (4 species),
the muntjacs, are found in all the forest districts of the Oriental region, from
India and Ceylon to China as far north as Ningpo and Formosa, also
southward to the Philippines, Borneo, and Java. Moschus (1 species), the
musk-deer, inhabits Central Asia from the Amoor and Pekin, to the
Himalayas and the Siamese mountains above 8000 ft. elevation. This is
usually classed as a distinct family, but M. Milne-Edwards remarks, that it
differs in no important points of organisation from the rest of the Cervidæ.
Hydropotes (1 species) inhabits China from the Yang-tse Kiang northwards.
This new genus has recently been discovered by Mr. Swinhoe, who says its
nearest affinities are with Moschus. Other new forms are Lophotragus, and
Page 298
Elaphodus, both inhabiting North China; the former is hornless, the latter
has very small horns about an inch long.
Extinct Deer.—Numerous extinct species of the genus Cervus are found
fossil in many parts of Europe, and in all formations between the Post-
pliocene and the Upper Miocene. The Elk and Reindeer are also found in
caves and Post-pliocene deposits, the latter as far south as the South of
France. Extinct genera only, occur in the Upper Miocene in various parts of
Europe:—Micromeryx, Palæomeryx, and Dicrocercus have been described;
with others referred doubtfully to Moschus, and an allied genus
Amphimoschus.
In N. America, remains of this family are very scarce, a Cervus allied to the
existing wapiti deer, being found in Post-pliocene deposits, and an extinct
genus, Leptomeryx, in the Upper Miocene of Dakota and Oregon. Another
extinct genus, Merycodus, from the Pliocene of Oregon, is said to be allied
to camels and deer.
In South America, several species of Cervus have been found in the
Brazilian caves, and in the Pliocene deposits of La Plata.
It thus appears, that there are not yet sufficient materials for determining the
origin and migrations of the Cervidæ. There can be little doubt that they are
an Old World group, and a comparatively recent development; and that
some time during the Miocene period they passed to North America, and
subsequently to the Southern continent. They do not however appear to have
developed much in North America, owing perhaps to their finding the
country already amply stocked with numerous forms of indigenous
Ungulates.
Family 51.—CAMELOPARDALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
has very small horns about an inch long.
Extinct Deer.—Numerous extinct species of the genus Cervus are found
fossil in many parts of Europe, and in all formations between the Post-
pliocene and the Upper Miocene. The Elk and Reindeer are also found in
caves and Post-pliocene deposits, the latter as far south as the South of
France. Extinct genera only, occur in the Upper Miocene in various parts of
Europe:—Micromeryx, Palæomeryx, and Dicrocercus have been described;
with others referred doubtfully to Moschus, and an allied genus
Amphimoschus.
In N. America, remains of this family are very scarce, a Cervus allied to the
existing wapiti deer, being found in Post-pliocene deposits, and an extinct
genus, Leptomeryx, in the Upper Miocene of Dakota and Oregon. Another
extinct genus, Merycodus, from the Pliocene of Oregon, is said to be allied
to camels and deer.
In South America, several species of Cervus have been found in the
Brazilian caves, and in the Pliocene deposits of La Plata.
It thus appears, that there are not yet sufficient materials for determining the
origin and migrations of the Cervidæ. There can be little doubt that they are
an Old World group, and a comparatively recent development; and that
some time during the Miocene period they passed to North America, and
subsequently to the Southern continent. They do not however appear to have
developed much in North America, owing perhaps to their finding the
country already amply stocked with numerous forms of indigenous
Ungulates.
Family 51.—CAMELOPARDALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 299
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
——— ——— ——— 1—3— ——— ———
— — — — —
Extinct Species.
——— ——— —2— 1—— ——3 ———
— — — — — —
The Camelopardalidæ, or giraffes, now consist of but a single species which
ranges over all the open country of the Ethiopian region, and is therefore
almost absent from West Africa, which is more especially a forest district.
During the Middle Tertiary period, however, these animals had a wider
range, over Southern Europe and Western India as far as the slopes of the
Himalayas.
Extinct Species.—Species of Camelopardalis have been found in Greece,
the Siwalik Hills, and Perim Island at the entrance to the Red Sea; and an
extinct genus, Helladotherium, more bulky but not so tall as the giraffe,
ranged from the south of France to Greece and North-west India.
Family 52.—BOVIDÆ. (34 Genera, 149 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2 — 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— —
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
——— ——— ——— 1—3— ——— ———
— — — — —
Extinct Species.
——— ——— —2— 1—— ——3 ———
— — — — — —
The Camelopardalidæ, or giraffes, now consist of but a single species which
ranges over all the open country of the Ethiopian region, and is therefore
almost absent from West Africa, which is more especially a forest district.
During the Middle Tertiary period, however, these animals had a wider
range, over Southern Europe and Western India as far as the slopes of the
Himalayas.
Extinct Species.—Species of Camelopardalis have been found in Greece,
the Siwalik Hills, and Perim Island at the entrance to the Red Sea; and an
extinct genus, Helladotherium, more bulky but not so tall as the giraffe,
ranged from the south of France to Greece and North-west India.
Family 52.—BOVIDÆ. (34 Genera, 149 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2 — 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— —
Page 300
This large and important family, includes all the animals commonly known
as oxen, buffaloes, antelopes, sheep, and goats, which have been classed by
many naturalists in at least three, and sometimes four or five, distinct
families. Zoologically, they are briefly and accurately defined as, "hollow-
horned ruminants;" and, although they present wide differences in external
form, they grade so insensibly into each other, that no satisfactory definition
of the smaller family groups can be found. As a whole they are almost
confined to the great Old World continent, only a few forms extending along
the highlands and prairies of the Nearctic region; while one peculiar type is
found in Celebes, an island which is almost intermediate between the
Oriental and Australian regions. In each of the Old World regions there are
found a characteristic set of types. Antelopes prevail in the Ethiopian region;
sheep and goats in the Palæarctic; while the oxen are perhaps best
developed in the Oriental region.
Sir Victor Brooke, who has paid special attention to this family, divides
them into 13 sub-families, and I here adopt the arrangement of the genera
and species which he has been so good as to communicate to me in MSS.
Sub-family I. Bovinæ (6 genera, 13 species). This group is one of the best
marked in the family. It comprises the Oxen and Buffaloes with their allies,
and has a distribution very nearly the same as that of the entire family. The
genera are as follows: Bos (1 sp.), now represented by our domestic cattle,
the descendants of the Bos primigenius, which ranged over a large part of
Central Europe in the time of the Romans. The Chillingham wild cattle are
supposed to be the nearest approach to the original species. Bison (2 sp.),
one still wild in Poland and the Caucasus; the other in North America,
ranging over the prairies west of the Mississippi, and on the eastern slopes
of the Rocky Mountains (Plate XIX., vol. ii., p. 129). Bibos (3 sp.), the
Indian wild cattle, ranging over a large part of the Oriental region, from
Southern India to Assam, Burmah, the Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Java.
Poephagus (1 sp.), the yak, confined to the high plains of Western Thibet.
Bubalus (5 sp.), the buffaloes, of which three species are African, ranging
over all the continental parts of the Ethiopian region; one Northern and
Central Indian; and the domesticated animal in South Europe and North
Africa. Anoa (1 sp.), the small wild cow of Celebes, a very peculiar form
more nearly allied to the buffaloes than to any other type of oxen.
as oxen, buffaloes, antelopes, sheep, and goats, which have been classed by
many naturalists in at least three, and sometimes four or five, distinct
families. Zoologically, they are briefly and accurately defined as, "hollow-
horned ruminants;" and, although they present wide differences in external
form, they grade so insensibly into each other, that no satisfactory definition
of the smaller family groups can be found. As a whole they are almost
confined to the great Old World continent, only a few forms extending along
the highlands and prairies of the Nearctic region; while one peculiar type is
found in Celebes, an island which is almost intermediate between the
Oriental and Australian regions. In each of the Old World regions there are
found a characteristic set of types. Antelopes prevail in the Ethiopian region;
sheep and goats in the Palæarctic; while the oxen are perhaps best
developed in the Oriental region.
Sir Victor Brooke, who has paid special attention to this family, divides
them into 13 sub-families, and I here adopt the arrangement of the genera
and species which he has been so good as to communicate to me in MSS.
Sub-family I. Bovinæ (6 genera, 13 species). This group is one of the best
marked in the family. It comprises the Oxen and Buffaloes with their allies,
and has a distribution very nearly the same as that of the entire family. The
genera are as follows: Bos (1 sp.), now represented by our domestic cattle,
the descendants of the Bos primigenius, which ranged over a large part of
Central Europe in the time of the Romans. The Chillingham wild cattle are
supposed to be the nearest approach to the original species. Bison (2 sp.),
one still wild in Poland and the Caucasus; the other in North America,
ranging over the prairies west of the Mississippi, and on the eastern slopes
of the Rocky Mountains (Plate XIX., vol. ii., p. 129). Bibos (3 sp.), the
Indian wild cattle, ranging over a large part of the Oriental region, from
Southern India to Assam, Burmah, the Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Java.
Poephagus (1 sp.), the yak, confined to the high plains of Western Thibet.
Bubalus (5 sp.), the buffaloes, of which three species are African, ranging
over all the continental parts of the Ethiopian region; one Northern and
Central Indian; and the domesticated animal in South Europe and North
Africa. Anoa (1 sp.), the small wild cow of Celebes, a very peculiar form
more nearly allied to the buffaloes than to any other type of oxen.
Page 301
Sub-family II. Tragelaphinæ: (3 genera, 11 species). The Bovine Antelopes
are large and handsome animals, mostly Ethiopian, but extending into the
adjacent parts of the Palæarctic and Oriental regions. The genera are: Oreas
(2 sp.), elands, inhabiting all Tropical and South Africa. Tragelaphus (8 sp.),
including the bosch-bok, kudu, and other large antelopes, ranges over all
Tropical and South Africa (Plate IV., vol. i., p. 261). Portax (1 sp.) India, but
rare in Madras and north of the Ganges.
Sub-family III. Oryginæ: (2 genera, 5 species). Oryx (4 sp.) is a desert
genus, ranging over all the African deserts to South Arabia and Syria; Addax
(1 sp.) inhabits North Africa, North Arabia, and Syria.
Sub-family IV. Hippotraginæ (1 genus, 3 species). The Sable Antelopes,
Hippotragus, form an isolated group inhabiting the open country of Tropical
Africa and south to the Cape.
Sub-family V. Gazellinæ (6 genera, 23 species). This is a group of small or
moderate-sized animals, most abundant in the deserts on the borders of the
Palæarctic, Oriental, and Ethiopian regions. Gazella (17 sp.) is typically a
Palæarctic desert group, ranging over the great desert plateaus of North
Africa, from Senegal and Abyssinia to Syria, Persia, Beloochistan, and the
plains of India, with one outlying species in South Africa. Procapra (2 sp.),
Western Thibet and Mongolia to about 110° east longitude. Antilope (1 sp.)
inhabits all the plains of India. Æpyceros (1 sp.) the pallah, inhabits the open
country of South and South-east Africa. Saiga (1 sp.) a singular sheep-faced
antelope, which inhabits the steppes of Eastern Europe and Western Asia
from Poland to the Irtish River, south of 55° north latitude. (Plate II., vol. i.,
p. 218.) Panthalops (1 sp.) confined to the highlands of Western Thibet and
perhaps Turkestan.
Sub-family VI. Antilocaprinæ (1 genus, 1 species), Antilocapra, the prong-
horned antelope, inhabit both sides of the Rocky Mountains, extending
north to the Saskatchewan and Columbia River, west to the coast range of
California, and east to the Missouri. Its remarkable deciduous horns seem to
indicate a transition to the Cervidæ. (Plate XIX., vol. ii., p. 129.)
are large and handsome animals, mostly Ethiopian, but extending into the
adjacent parts of the Palæarctic and Oriental regions. The genera are: Oreas
(2 sp.), elands, inhabiting all Tropical and South Africa. Tragelaphus (8 sp.),
including the bosch-bok, kudu, and other large antelopes, ranges over all
Tropical and South Africa (Plate IV., vol. i., p. 261). Portax (1 sp.) India, but
rare in Madras and north of the Ganges.
Sub-family III. Oryginæ: (2 genera, 5 species). Oryx (4 sp.) is a desert
genus, ranging over all the African deserts to South Arabia and Syria; Addax
(1 sp.) inhabits North Africa, North Arabia, and Syria.
Sub-family IV. Hippotraginæ (1 genus, 3 species). The Sable Antelopes,
Hippotragus, form an isolated group inhabiting the open country of Tropical
Africa and south to the Cape.
Sub-family V. Gazellinæ (6 genera, 23 species). This is a group of small or
moderate-sized animals, most abundant in the deserts on the borders of the
Palæarctic, Oriental, and Ethiopian regions. Gazella (17 sp.) is typically a
Palæarctic desert group, ranging over the great desert plateaus of North
Africa, from Senegal and Abyssinia to Syria, Persia, Beloochistan, and the
plains of India, with one outlying species in South Africa. Procapra (2 sp.),
Western Thibet and Mongolia to about 110° east longitude. Antilope (1 sp.)
inhabits all the plains of India. Æpyceros (1 sp.) the pallah, inhabits the open
country of South and South-east Africa. Saiga (1 sp.) a singular sheep-faced
antelope, which inhabits the steppes of Eastern Europe and Western Asia
from Poland to the Irtish River, south of 55° north latitude. (Plate II., vol. i.,
p. 218.) Panthalops (1 sp.) confined to the highlands of Western Thibet and
perhaps Turkestan.
Sub-family VI. Antilocaprinæ (1 genus, 1 species), Antilocapra, the prong-
horned antelope, inhabit both sides of the Rocky Mountains, extending
north to the Saskatchewan and Columbia River, west to the coast range of
California, and east to the Missouri. Its remarkable deciduous horns seem to
indicate a transition to the Cervidæ. (Plate XIX., vol. ii., p. 129.)
Page 302
Sub-family VII. Cervicaprinæ (5 genera, 21 species). This group of
Antelopes is wholly confined to the continental portion of the Ethiopian
region. The genera are: Cervicapra (4 sp.), Africa, south of the equator and
Abyssinia; Kobus (6 sp.), grassy plains and marshes of Tropical Africa;
Pelea (1 sp.), South Africa; Nanotragus (9 species), Africa, south of the
Sahara; Neotragus (1 sp.) Abyssinia and East Africa.
Sub-family VIII. Cephalophinæ (2 genera, 24 species), Africa and India;
Cephalophus (22 sp.), continental Ethiopian region; Tetraceros (2 sp.) hilly
part of all India, but rare north of the Ganges.
Sub-family IX. Alcephalinæ (2 genera, 11 species), large African
Antelopes, one species just entering the Palæarctic region. The genera are:
Alcephalus (9 sp.) all Africa and north-east to Syria; Catoblepas (2 sp.),
gnus, Africa, south of the Equator.
Sub-region X. Budorcinæ (1 genus, 2 species) Budorcas inhabits the high
Himalayas from Nepal to East Thibet.
Sub-family XI. Rupicaprinæ (1 genus, 2 species) the Chamois, Rupicapra,
inhabit the high European Alps from the Pyrenees to the Caucasus. (Plate I.,
vol. i., p. 195.)
Sub-family XII. Nemorhedinæ (2 genera, 10 species). These goat-like
Antelopes inhabit portions of the Palæarctic and Oriental regions, as well as
the Rocky Mountains in the Nearctic region. Nemorhedus (9 sp.) ranges
from the Eastern Himalayas to N. China and Japan, and south to Formosa,
the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra. Aplocerus (1 sp.), the mountain goat of
the trappers, inhabits the northern parts of California and the Rocky
Mountains.
Sub-family XIII. Caprinæ (2 genera, 23 species). The Goats and Sheep form
an extensive series, highly characteristic of the Palæarctic region, but with
an outlying species on the Neilgherries in Southern India, and one in the
Rocky Mountains and California. The genera are Capra (22 sp.) and Ovibos
(1 sp.). The genus Capra consists of several sub-groups which have been
Antelopes is wholly confined to the continental portion of the Ethiopian
region. The genera are: Cervicapra (4 sp.), Africa, south of the equator and
Abyssinia; Kobus (6 sp.), grassy plains and marshes of Tropical Africa;
Pelea (1 sp.), South Africa; Nanotragus (9 species), Africa, south of the
Sahara; Neotragus (1 sp.) Abyssinia and East Africa.
Sub-family VIII. Cephalophinæ (2 genera, 24 species), Africa and India;
Cephalophus (22 sp.), continental Ethiopian region; Tetraceros (2 sp.) hilly
part of all India, but rare north of the Ganges.
Sub-family IX. Alcephalinæ (2 genera, 11 species), large African
Antelopes, one species just entering the Palæarctic region. The genera are:
Alcephalus (9 sp.) all Africa and north-east to Syria; Catoblepas (2 sp.),
gnus, Africa, south of the Equator.
Sub-region X. Budorcinæ (1 genus, 2 species) Budorcas inhabits the high
Himalayas from Nepal to East Thibet.
Sub-family XI. Rupicaprinæ (1 genus, 2 species) the Chamois, Rupicapra,
inhabit the high European Alps from the Pyrenees to the Caucasus. (Plate I.,
vol. i., p. 195.)
Sub-family XII. Nemorhedinæ (2 genera, 10 species). These goat-like
Antelopes inhabit portions of the Palæarctic and Oriental regions, as well as
the Rocky Mountains in the Nearctic region. Nemorhedus (9 sp.) ranges
from the Eastern Himalayas to N. China and Japan, and south to Formosa,
the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra. Aplocerus (1 sp.), the mountain goat of
the trappers, inhabits the northern parts of California and the Rocky
Mountains.
Sub-family XIII. Caprinæ (2 genera, 23 species). The Goats and Sheep form
an extensive series, highly characteristic of the Palæarctic region, but with
an outlying species on the Neilgherries in Southern India, and one in the
Rocky Mountains and California. The genera are Capra (22 sp.) and Ovibos
(1 sp.). The genus Capra consists of several sub-groups which have been
Page 303
named as genera, but it is unnecessary here to do more than divide them into
"Goats and Ibexes" on the one hand and "Sheep" on the other—each
comprising 11 species. The former range over all the South European Alps
from Spain to the Caucasus; to Abyssinia, Persia, and Scinde; over the high
Himalayas to E. Thibet and N. China; with an outlying species in the
Neilgherries. The latter are only found in the mountains of Corsica,
Sardinia, and Crete, in Europe; in Asia Minor, Persia, and in Central and
North-Eastern Asia, with one somewhat isolated species in the Atlas
mountains; while in America a species is found in the Rocky Mountains and
the coast range of California. Ovibos (1 sp.), the musk-sheep, inhabits Arctic
America north of lat. 60; but it occurs fossil in Post-glacial gravels on the
Yena and Obi in Siberia, in Germany and France along with the Mammoth
and with flint implements, and in caves of the Reindeer period; also in the
brick earth in the south of England, associated with Rhinoceros megarhinus
and Elephas antiquus.
Extinct Bovidæ.—In the caverns and diluviums of Europe, of the Post-
Pliocene period, the remains are found of extinct species of Bos, Bison, and
Capra; and in the caverns of the south of France Rupicapra, and an antelope
near Hippotragus. Bos and Bison also occur in Pliocene deposits. In the
Miocene of Europe, the only remains are antelopes closely allied to existing
species, and these are especially numerous in Greece, where remains
referred to two living and four extinct genera have been discovered. In the
Miocene of India numerous extinct species of Bos, and two extinct genera,
Hemibos and Amphibos, have been found, one of them at a great elevation
in Thibet. Antelopes, allied to living Indian species, are chiefly found in the
Nerbudda deposits.
In North America, the only bovine remains are those of a Bison, and a sheep
or goat, in the Post-pliocene deposits; and of two species of musk-sheep,
sometimes classed in a distinct genus Bootherium, from beds of the same
age in Arkansas and Ohio. Casoryx, from the Pliocene of Nebraska, is
supposed to be allied to the antelopes and to deer.
In the caves of Brazil remains of two animals said to be antelopes, have
been discovered. They are classed by Gervais in the genera Antilope and
"Goats and Ibexes" on the one hand and "Sheep" on the other—each
comprising 11 species. The former range over all the South European Alps
from Spain to the Caucasus; to Abyssinia, Persia, and Scinde; over the high
Himalayas to E. Thibet and N. China; with an outlying species in the
Neilgherries. The latter are only found in the mountains of Corsica,
Sardinia, and Crete, in Europe; in Asia Minor, Persia, and in Central and
North-Eastern Asia, with one somewhat isolated species in the Atlas
mountains; while in America a species is found in the Rocky Mountains and
the coast range of California. Ovibos (1 sp.), the musk-sheep, inhabits Arctic
America north of lat. 60; but it occurs fossil in Post-glacial gravels on the
Yena and Obi in Siberia, in Germany and France along with the Mammoth
and with flint implements, and in caves of the Reindeer period; also in the
brick earth in the south of England, associated with Rhinoceros megarhinus
and Elephas antiquus.
Extinct Bovidæ.—In the caverns and diluviums of Europe, of the Post-
Pliocene period, the remains are found of extinct species of Bos, Bison, and
Capra; and in the caverns of the south of France Rupicapra, and an antelope
near Hippotragus. Bos and Bison also occur in Pliocene deposits. In the
Miocene of Europe, the only remains are antelopes closely allied to existing
species, and these are especially numerous in Greece, where remains
referred to two living and four extinct genera have been discovered. In the
Miocene of India numerous extinct species of Bos, and two extinct genera,
Hemibos and Amphibos, have been found, one of them at a great elevation
in Thibet. Antelopes, allied to living Indian species, are chiefly found in the
Nerbudda deposits.
In North America, the only bovine remains are those of a Bison, and a sheep
or goat, in the Post-pliocene deposits; and of two species of musk-sheep,
sometimes classed in a distinct genus Bootherium, from beds of the same
age in Arkansas and Ohio. Casoryx, from the Pliocene of Nebraska, is
supposed to be allied to the antelopes and to deer.
In the caves of Brazil remains of two animals said to be antelopes, have
been discovered. They are classed by Gervais in the genera Antilope and
Page 304
Leptotherium, but the presence of true antelopes in S. America at this period
is so improbable, that there is probably some error of identification.
The extinct family Sivatheridæ, containing the extraordinary and gigantic
four-horned Sivatherium and Bramatherium, of the Siwalik deposits, are
most nearly allied to the antelopes.
From the preceding facts we may conclude, that the great existing
development of the Bovidæ is comparatively recent. The type may have
originated early in the Miocene period, the oxen being at first most tropical,
while the antelopes inhabited the desert zone a little further north. The sheep
and goats seem to be the most recent development of the bovine type, which
was probably long confined to the Eastern Hemisphere.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Ungulata.
With the exception of the Australian region, from which this order of
mammalia is almost entirely wanting, the Ungulata are almost universally
distributed over the continental parts of all the other regions. Of the ten
families, 7 are Ethiopian, 6 Oriental, 5 Palæarctic, 4 Neotropical, and 3
Nearctic. The Ethiopian region owes its superiority to the exclusive
possession of the hippopotamus and giraffe, both of which inhabited the
Palæarctic and Oriental regions in Miocene times. The excessive poverty of
the Nearctic region in this order is remarkable; the swine being represented
only by Dicotyles in its extreme southern portion, while the Bovidæ are
restricted to four isolated species. Deer alone are fairly well represented.
But, during the Eocene and Miocene periods, North America was
wonderfully rich in varied forms of Ungulates, of which there were at least
8 or 9 families; while we have reason to believe that during the same
periods the Ethiopian region was excessively poor, and that it probably
received the ancestors of all its existing families from Europe or Western
Asia in later Miocene or Pliocene times. Many types that once abounded in
both Europe and North America are now preserved only in South America
and Central or Tropical Asia,—as the tapirs and camels; while others once
confined to Europe and Asia have found a refuge in Africa,—as the
hippopotamus and giraffe; so that in no other order do we find such striking
is so improbable, that there is probably some error of identification.
The extinct family Sivatheridæ, containing the extraordinary and gigantic
four-horned Sivatherium and Bramatherium, of the Siwalik deposits, are
most nearly allied to the antelopes.
From the preceding facts we may conclude, that the great existing
development of the Bovidæ is comparatively recent. The type may have
originated early in the Miocene period, the oxen being at first most tropical,
while the antelopes inhabited the desert zone a little further north. The sheep
and goats seem to be the most recent development of the bovine type, which
was probably long confined to the Eastern Hemisphere.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Ungulata.
With the exception of the Australian region, from which this order of
mammalia is almost entirely wanting, the Ungulata are almost universally
distributed over the continental parts of all the other regions. Of the ten
families, 7 are Ethiopian, 6 Oriental, 5 Palæarctic, 4 Neotropical, and 3
Nearctic. The Ethiopian region owes its superiority to the exclusive
possession of the hippopotamus and giraffe, both of which inhabited the
Palæarctic and Oriental regions in Miocene times. The excessive poverty of
the Nearctic region in this order is remarkable; the swine being represented
only by Dicotyles in its extreme southern portion, while the Bovidæ are
restricted to four isolated species. Deer alone are fairly well represented.
But, during the Eocene and Miocene periods, North America was
wonderfully rich in varied forms of Ungulates, of which there were at least
8 or 9 families; while we have reason to believe that during the same
periods the Ethiopian region was excessively poor, and that it probably
received the ancestors of all its existing families from Europe or Western
Asia in later Miocene or Pliocene times. Many types that once abounded in
both Europe and North America are now preserved only in South America
and Central or Tropical Asia,—as the tapirs and camels; while others once
confined to Europe and Asia have found a refuge in Africa,—as the
hippopotamus and giraffe; so that in no other order do we find such striking
Page 305
examples of those radical changes in the distribution of the higher animals
which were effected during the latter part of the Tertiary period. The present
distribution of this order is, in fact, utterly unintelligible without reference
to the numerous extinct forms of existing and allied families; but as this
subject has been sufficiently discussed in the Second Part of this work
(Chapters VI. and VII.) it is unnecessary to give further details here.
Order VIII.—PROBOSCIDEA.
Family 53.—ELEPHANTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — —
Extinct Species.
1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1—— 1—3— ———
— —
The elephants are now represented by two species, the African, which
ranges all over that continent south of the Sahara, and the Indian, which is
found over all the wooded parts of the Oriental region, from the slopes of
the Himalayas to Ceylon, and eastward, to the frontiers of China and to
Sumatra and Borneo. These, however, are but the feeble remnants of a host
of gigantic creatures, which roamed over all the great continents except
Australia during the Tertiary period, and several of which were
contemporary with man.
which were effected during the latter part of the Tertiary period. The present
distribution of this order is, in fact, utterly unintelligible without reference
to the numerous extinct forms of existing and allied families; but as this
subject has been sufficiently discussed in the Second Part of this work
(Chapters VI. and VII.) it is unnecessary to give further details here.
Order VIII.—PROBOSCIDEA.
Family 53.—ELEPHANTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Living Species.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — —
Extinct Species.
1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1—— 1—3— ———
— —
The elephants are now represented by two species, the African, which
ranges all over that continent south of the Sahara, and the Indian, which is
found over all the wooded parts of the Oriental region, from the slopes of
the Himalayas to Ceylon, and eastward, to the frontiers of China and to
Sumatra and Borneo. These, however, are but the feeble remnants of a host
of gigantic creatures, which roamed over all the great continents except
Australia during the Tertiary period, and several of which were
contemporary with man.
Page 306
Extinct Elephants.—At least 14 extinct species of Elephas, and a rather
greater number of the allied genus Mastodon (distinguished by their less
complex grinding teeth) have now been discovered. Elephants ranged over
all the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions in Post-Pliocene times; in Europe
and Central India they go back to the Pliocene; and only in India to the
Upper Miocene period; the number of species increasing as we go back to
the older formations.
In North America two or three species of Mastodon are Post-pliocene and
Pliocene; and a species is found in the caves of Brazil, and in the Pliocene
deposits of the pampas of La Plata, of the Bolivian Andes, and of Honduras
and the Bahamas. In Europe the genus is Upper Miocene and Pliocene, but
is especially abundant in the former period. In the East, it extends from
Perim island to Burmah and over all India, and is mostly Miocene, but with
perhaps one species Pliocene in Central India.
An account of the range of such animals as belong to extinct families of
Proboscidea, will be found in Chapters VI. and VII.; from which it will be
seen that, although the family Elephantidæ undoubtedly originated in the
Eastern Hemisphere, it is not improbable that the first traces of the order
Proboscidea are to be found in N. America.
Order IX.—HYRACOIDEA.
Family 54.—HYRACIDÆ. (1 Genus. 10-12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— — 2. — 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
greater number of the allied genus Mastodon (distinguished by their less
complex grinding teeth) have now been discovered. Elephants ranged over
all the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions in Post-Pliocene times; in Europe
and Central India they go back to the Pliocene; and only in India to the
Upper Miocene period; the number of species increasing as we go back to
the older formations.
In North America two or three species of Mastodon are Post-pliocene and
Pliocene; and a species is found in the caves of Brazil, and in the Pliocene
deposits of the pampas of La Plata, of the Bolivian Andes, and of Honduras
and the Bahamas. In Europe the genus is Upper Miocene and Pliocene, but
is especially abundant in the former period. In the East, it extends from
Perim island to Burmah and over all India, and is mostly Miocene, but with
perhaps one species Pliocene in Central India.
An account of the range of such animals as belong to extinct families of
Proboscidea, will be found in Chapters VI. and VII.; from which it will be
seen that, although the family Elephantidæ undoubtedly originated in the
Eastern Hemisphere, it is not improbable that the first traces of the order
Proboscidea are to be found in N. America.
Order IX.—HYRACOIDEA.
Family 54.—HYRACIDÆ. (1 Genus. 10-12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— — 2. — 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
Page 307
The genus Hyrax, which alone constitutes this family, consists of small
animals having the appearance of hares or marmots, but which more
resemble the genus Rhinoceros in their teeth and skeleton. They range all
over the Ethiopian region, except Madagascar; a peculiar species is found in
Fernando Po, and they just enter the Palæarctic as far as Syria. They may
therefore be considered as an exclusively Ethiopian group. In Dr. Gray's last
Catalogue (1873) he divides the genus into three—Hyrax, Euhyrax and
Dendrohyrax—the latter consisting of two species confined apparently to
West and South Africa.
No extinct forms of this family have yet been discovered; the
Hyracotherium of the London clay (Lower Eocene) which was supposed to
resemble Hyrax, is now believed to be an ancestral type of the Suidæ or
swine.
Order X.—RODENTIA.
Family 55.—MURIDÆ. (37 Genera, 330 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 —2—
—
The Muridæ, comprising the rats and mice with their allies, are almost
universally distributed over the globe (even not reckoning the domestic
species which have been introduced almost everywhere by man), the
exceptions being the three insular groups belonging to the Australian region,
from none of which have any species yet been obtained. Before enumerating
the genera it will be as well to say a few words on the peculiarities of
distribution they present. The true mice, forming the genus Mus, is
distributed over the whole of the world except N. and S. America where not
animals having the appearance of hares or marmots, but which more
resemble the genus Rhinoceros in their teeth and skeleton. They range all
over the Ethiopian region, except Madagascar; a peculiar species is found in
Fernando Po, and they just enter the Palæarctic as far as Syria. They may
therefore be considered as an exclusively Ethiopian group. In Dr. Gray's last
Catalogue (1873) he divides the genus into three—Hyrax, Euhyrax and
Dendrohyrax—the latter consisting of two species confined apparently to
West and South Africa.
No extinct forms of this family have yet been discovered; the
Hyracotherium of the London clay (Lower Eocene) which was supposed to
resemble Hyrax, is now believed to be an ancestral type of the Suidæ or
swine.
Order X.—RODENTIA.
Family 55.—MURIDÆ. (37 Genera, 330 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 —2—
—
The Muridæ, comprising the rats and mice with their allies, are almost
universally distributed over the globe (even not reckoning the domestic
species which have been introduced almost everywhere by man), the
exceptions being the three insular groups belonging to the Australian region,
from none of which have any species yet been obtained. Before enumerating
the genera it will be as well to say a few words on the peculiarities of
distribution they present. The true mice, forming the genus Mus, is
distributed over the whole of the world except N. and S. America where not
Page 308
a single indigenous species occurs, being replaced by the genus
Hesperomys; five other genera, comprehending all the remaining species
found in South America are peculiar to the Neotropical region. Three genera
are confined to the Palæarctic region, and three others to the Nearctic. No
less than twelve genera are exclusively Ethiopian, while only three are
exclusively Oriental and three Australian.
Mus (100-120 sp.) the Eastern Hemisphere, but absent from the Pacific and
Austro-Malayan Islands, except Celebes and Papua; Lasiomys (1 sp.)
Guinea; Acanthomys (5-6 sp.) Africa, India and N. Australia; Cricetomys (1
sp.) Tropical Africa; Saccostomus (2 sp.) Mozambique; Cricetus (9 sp.)
Palæarctic region and Egypt; Cricetulus (1 sp., Milne-Edwards, 1870)
Pekin; Pseudomys (1 sp.) Australia; Hapalotis (13 sp.) Australia; Phlæomys
(1 sp.) Philippines; Platacanthomys (1 sp., Blyth, 1865) Malabar;
Dendromys (2 sp.) S. Africa; Nesomys (1 sp. Peters, 1870) Madagascar;
Steatomys (2 sp.) N. and S. Africa; Pelomys (1 sp.) Mozambique;
Reithrodon (9 sp.) N. America, Lat. 29° to Mexico, and south to Tierra del
Fuego; Acodon (1 sp.) Peru; Myxomys (1 sp.) Guatemala; Hesperomys (90
sp.) North and South America; Holochilus (4 sp.) South America;
Oxymycterus (4 sp.) Brazil and La Plata; Neotoma (6 sp.) U.S., East coast to
California; Sigmodon (2 sp.) Southern United States; Drymomys (1 sp.)
Peru; Neotomys (2 sp.) S. America; Otomys (6 sp.) S. and E. Africa;
Meriones = Gerbillus (20-30 sp.) Egypt, Central Asia, India, Africa;
Rhombomys (6 sp.) S. E. Europe, N. Africa, Central Asia; Malacothrix (2
sp.) South Africa; Mystromys (1 sp.) South Africa; Psammomys (1 sp.)
Egypt; Spalacomys (1 sp.) India; Sminthus (1-3 sp.) East Europe, Tartary,
Siberia; Hydromys (5 sp.) Australia and Tasmania; Hypogeomys (1 sp.,
Grandidier, 1870) Madagascar; Brachytarsomys (1 sp., Günther, 1874)
Madagascar; Fiber (2 sp.) N. America to Mexico; Arvicola (50 sp.) Europe
to Asia Minor, North Asia, Himalayas, Temp. N. America; Cuniculus (1 sp.)
N. E. Europe, Siberia, Greenland, Arctic America; Myodes (4 sp.) Europe,
Siberia, Arctic America, and Northern United States; Myospalax = Siphneus
(2 sp.) Altai Mountains and N. China[4]; Lophiomys (1 sp.) S. Arabia, and N.
E. Africa; Echiothrix (1 sp.) Australia.
Extinct Muridæ.—Species of Mus, Cricetus, Arvicola, and Myodes, occur in
the Post-Pliocene deposits of Europe; Arvicola, Meriones, and the extinct
Hesperomys; five other genera, comprehending all the remaining species
found in South America are peculiar to the Neotropical region. Three genera
are confined to the Palæarctic region, and three others to the Nearctic. No
less than twelve genera are exclusively Ethiopian, while only three are
exclusively Oriental and three Australian.
Mus (100-120 sp.) the Eastern Hemisphere, but absent from the Pacific and
Austro-Malayan Islands, except Celebes and Papua; Lasiomys (1 sp.)
Guinea; Acanthomys (5-6 sp.) Africa, India and N. Australia; Cricetomys (1
sp.) Tropical Africa; Saccostomus (2 sp.) Mozambique; Cricetus (9 sp.)
Palæarctic region and Egypt; Cricetulus (1 sp., Milne-Edwards, 1870)
Pekin; Pseudomys (1 sp.) Australia; Hapalotis (13 sp.) Australia; Phlæomys
(1 sp.) Philippines; Platacanthomys (1 sp., Blyth, 1865) Malabar;
Dendromys (2 sp.) S. Africa; Nesomys (1 sp. Peters, 1870) Madagascar;
Steatomys (2 sp.) N. and S. Africa; Pelomys (1 sp.) Mozambique;
Reithrodon (9 sp.) N. America, Lat. 29° to Mexico, and south to Tierra del
Fuego; Acodon (1 sp.) Peru; Myxomys (1 sp.) Guatemala; Hesperomys (90
sp.) North and South America; Holochilus (4 sp.) South America;
Oxymycterus (4 sp.) Brazil and La Plata; Neotoma (6 sp.) U.S., East coast to
California; Sigmodon (2 sp.) Southern United States; Drymomys (1 sp.)
Peru; Neotomys (2 sp.) S. America; Otomys (6 sp.) S. and E. Africa;
Meriones = Gerbillus (20-30 sp.) Egypt, Central Asia, India, Africa;
Rhombomys (6 sp.) S. E. Europe, N. Africa, Central Asia; Malacothrix (2
sp.) South Africa; Mystromys (1 sp.) South Africa; Psammomys (1 sp.)
Egypt; Spalacomys (1 sp.) India; Sminthus (1-3 sp.) East Europe, Tartary,
Siberia; Hydromys (5 sp.) Australia and Tasmania; Hypogeomys (1 sp.,
Grandidier, 1870) Madagascar; Brachytarsomys (1 sp., Günther, 1874)
Madagascar; Fiber (2 sp.) N. America to Mexico; Arvicola (50 sp.) Europe
to Asia Minor, North Asia, Himalayas, Temp. N. America; Cuniculus (1 sp.)
N. E. Europe, Siberia, Greenland, Arctic America; Myodes (4 sp.) Europe,
Siberia, Arctic America, and Northern United States; Myospalax = Siphneus
(2 sp.) Altai Mountains and N. China[4]; Lophiomys (1 sp.) S. Arabia, and N.
E. Africa; Echiothrix (1 sp.) Australia.
Extinct Muridæ.—Species of Mus, Cricetus, Arvicola, and Myodes, occur in
the Post-Pliocene deposits of Europe; Arvicola, Meriones, and the extinct
Page 309
genus Cricetodon, with some others, in the Miocene.
In North America, Fiber, Arvicola, and Neotoma, occur in caves; an extinct
genus, Eumys, in the Upper Miocene of Dakota, and another, Mysops, in the
Eocene of Wyoming.
In South America Mus, or more probably Hesperomys, is abundant in
Brazilian caverns, and Oxymycterus in the Pliocene of La Plata; while
Arvicola is said to have occurred both in the Pliocene and Eocene deposits
of the same country.
Family 56.—SPALACIDÆ. (7 Genera, 17 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3 — 1 — 3. 4 ———
— — —
The Spalacidæ, or mole-rats, have a straggling distribution over the Old
World continents. They are found over nearly the whole of Africa, but only
in the South-east of Europe, and West of Temperate Asia, but appearing
again in North India, Malacca, and South China. Ellobius (1 sp.), is found in
South Russia and South-west Siberia; Spalax (1 sp.), Southern Russia, West
Asia, Hungary, Moldavia, and Greece (Plate II., vol. i. p. 218); Rhizomys (6
sp.), Abyssinia, North India, Malacca, South China; Heterocephalus (1 sp.),
Abyssinia; Bathyerges (= Orycterus 1 sp.), South Africa; Georychus (6 sp.),
South, Central, and East Africa; Heliophobus (1 sp.), Mozambique.
Family 57.—DIPODIDÆ. (3 Genera, 22 Species.)
In North America, Fiber, Arvicola, and Neotoma, occur in caves; an extinct
genus, Eumys, in the Upper Miocene of Dakota, and another, Mysops, in the
Eocene of Wyoming.
In South America Mus, or more probably Hesperomys, is abundant in
Brazilian caverns, and Oxymycterus in the Pliocene of La Plata; while
Arvicola is said to have occurred both in the Pliocene and Eocene deposits
of the same country.
Family 56.—SPALACIDÆ. (7 Genera, 17 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3 — 1 — 3. 4 ———
— — —
The Spalacidæ, or mole-rats, have a straggling distribution over the Old
World continents. They are found over nearly the whole of Africa, but only
in the South-east of Europe, and West of Temperate Asia, but appearing
again in North India, Malacca, and South China. Ellobius (1 sp.), is found in
South Russia and South-west Siberia; Spalax (1 sp.), Southern Russia, West
Asia, Hungary, Moldavia, and Greece (Plate II., vol. i. p. 218); Rhizomys (6
sp.), Abyssinia, North India, Malacca, South China; Heterocephalus (1 sp.),
Abyssinia; Bathyerges (= Orycterus 1 sp.), South Africa; Georychus (6 sp.),
South, Central, and East Africa; Heliophobus (1 sp.), Mozambique.
Family 57.—DIPODIDÆ. (3 Genera, 22 Species.)
Page 310
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 — 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — —
The Jerboas, or jumping mice, are especially characteristic of the regions
about the eastern extremity of the Mediterranean, being found in South
Russia, the Caspian district, Arabia, Egypt, and Abyssinia; but they also
extend over a large part of Africa, and eastward to India; while isolated
forms occur in North America, and the Cape of Good Hope. Dipus =
Gerbillus (20 sp.), inhabits North and Central Africa, South-East Europe,
and across Temperate Asia to North China, also Afghanistan, India, and
Ceylon; Pedetes (1 sp.), South Africa to Mozambique and Angola; Jaculus
= Meriones (1 sp.), North America, from Nova Scotia and Canada, south to
Pennsylvania and west to California and British Columbia (Plate XX., vol.
ii. p. 135).
Extinct Dipodidæ.—Dipus occurs fossil in the Miocene of the Alps; and an
extinct genus, Issiodromys, said to be allied to Pedetes of the Cape of Good
Hope, is from the Pliocene formations of Auvergne in France.
Family 58.—MYOXIDÆ. (1 Genus, 12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — —
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 — 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — —
The Jerboas, or jumping mice, are especially characteristic of the regions
about the eastern extremity of the Mediterranean, being found in South
Russia, the Caspian district, Arabia, Egypt, and Abyssinia; but they also
extend over a large part of Africa, and eastward to India; while isolated
forms occur in North America, and the Cape of Good Hope. Dipus =
Gerbillus (20 sp.), inhabits North and Central Africa, South-East Europe,
and across Temperate Asia to North China, also Afghanistan, India, and
Ceylon; Pedetes (1 sp.), South Africa to Mozambique and Angola; Jaculus
= Meriones (1 sp.), North America, from Nova Scotia and Canada, south to
Pennsylvania and west to California and British Columbia (Plate XX., vol.
ii. p. 135).
Extinct Dipodidæ.—Dipus occurs fossil in the Miocene of the Alps; and an
extinct genus, Issiodromys, said to be allied to Pedetes of the Cape of Good
Hope, is from the Pliocene formations of Auvergne in France.
Family 58.—MYOXIDÆ. (1 Genus, 12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — —
Page 311
The Dormice (Myoxus), are small rodents found over all the temperate parts
of the Palæarctic region, from Britain to Japan; and also over most parts of
Africa to the Cape, but wanting in India. Some of the African species have
been separated under the name of Graphidurus, while those of Europe and
Asia form the sub-genera Glis, Muscardinus, and Eliomys.
Extinct Myoxidæ.—Myoxus ranges from the Post-pliocene of the Maltese
caverns to the Miocene of Switzerland and the Upper Eocene of France; and
an extinct genus Brachymys is found in the Miocene of Central Europe.
Family 59.—SACCOMYIDÆ. (6 Genera, 33 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Saccomyidæ, or pouched rats, are almost wholly confined to our second
Nearctic sub-region, comprising the Rocky Mountains and the elevated
plains of Central North America. A few species range from this district as
far as Hudson's Bay on the north, to South Carolina on the east, and to
California on the west, while one genus, doubtfully placed here, goes south
as far as Honduras and Trinidad. The group must therefore be considered to
be pre-eminently characteristic of the Nearctic region.
The genera are,—Dipodomys (5 sp.), North Mexico, California, the east
slope of the Rocky Mountains to the Columbia River, and one species in
South Carolina; Perognathus (6 sp.), North Mexico, California, east slope of
the Rocky Mountains to British Columbia; Thomomys (2 sp.), Upper
Missouri, and Upper Columbia Rivers to Hudson's Bay; Geomys (5 sp.),
North Mexico, and east slope of Rocky Mountains to Nebraska (Plate XIX.,
vol. ii. p. 129); Saccomys (1 sp.), North America, locality unknown;
of the Palæarctic region, from Britain to Japan; and also over most parts of
Africa to the Cape, but wanting in India. Some of the African species have
been separated under the name of Graphidurus, while those of Europe and
Asia form the sub-genera Glis, Muscardinus, and Eliomys.
Extinct Myoxidæ.—Myoxus ranges from the Post-pliocene of the Maltese
caverns to the Miocene of Switzerland and the Upper Eocene of France; and
an extinct genus Brachymys is found in the Miocene of Central Europe.
Family 59.—SACCOMYIDÆ. (6 Genera, 33 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Saccomyidæ, or pouched rats, are almost wholly confined to our second
Nearctic sub-region, comprising the Rocky Mountains and the elevated
plains of Central North America. A few species range from this district as
far as Hudson's Bay on the north, to South Carolina on the east, and to
California on the west, while one genus, doubtfully placed here, goes south
as far as Honduras and Trinidad. The group must therefore be considered to
be pre-eminently characteristic of the Nearctic region.
The genera are,—Dipodomys (5 sp.), North Mexico, California, the east
slope of the Rocky Mountains to the Columbia River, and one species in
South Carolina; Perognathus (6 sp.), North Mexico, California, east slope of
the Rocky Mountains to British Columbia; Thomomys (2 sp.), Upper
Missouri, and Upper Columbia Rivers to Hudson's Bay; Geomys (5 sp.),
North Mexico, and east slope of Rocky Mountains to Nebraska (Plate XIX.,
vol. ii. p. 129); Saccomys (1 sp.), North America, locality unknown;
Page 312
Heteromys (6 sp.), Mexico, Honduras, and Trinidad. Geomys and Thomomys
constitute a separate family Geomyidæ, of Professor Carus; but I follow
Professor Lilljeborg, who has made a special study of the Order, in keeping
them with this family.
In the Post-Pliocene deposits of Illinois and Nebraska, remains of an
existing species of Geomys have been found.
Family 60.—CASTORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1—3— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Beavers, forming the genus Castor, consist of two species, the
American (Castor canadensis) ranging over the whole of North America
from Labrador to North Mexico; while the European (Castor fiber) appears
to be confined to the temperate regions of Europe and Asia, from France to
the River Amoor, over which extensive region it doubtless roamed in
prehistoric times, although now becoming rare in many districts.
Extinct Castoridæ.—Extinct species of Castor range back from the Post-
pliocene to the Upper Miocene in Europe, and to the Newer Pliocene in
North America. Extinct genera in Europe are, Trogontherium, Post-Pliocene
and Pliocene; Chalicomys, Older Pliocene; and Steneofiber, Upper Miocene.
In North America Castoroides is Post-Pliocene, and Palæocastor, Upper
Miocene. The family thus first appears on the same geological horizon in
both Europe and North America.
Family 61.—SCIURIDÆ.—(8 Genera, 180-200 Species.)
constitute a separate family Geomyidæ, of Professor Carus; but I follow
Professor Lilljeborg, who has made a special study of the Order, in keeping
them with this family.
In the Post-Pliocene deposits of Illinois and Nebraska, remains of an
existing species of Geomys have been found.
Family 60.—CASTORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1—3— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Beavers, forming the genus Castor, consist of two species, the
American (Castor canadensis) ranging over the whole of North America
from Labrador to North Mexico; while the European (Castor fiber) appears
to be confined to the temperate regions of Europe and Asia, from France to
the River Amoor, over which extensive region it doubtless roamed in
prehistoric times, although now becoming rare in many districts.
Extinct Castoridæ.—Extinct species of Castor range back from the Post-
pliocene to the Upper Miocene in Europe, and to the Newer Pliocene in
North America. Extinct genera in Europe are, Trogontherium, Post-Pliocene
and Pliocene; Chalicomys, Older Pliocene; and Steneofiber, Upper Miocene.
In North America Castoroides is Post-Pliocene, and Palæocastor, Upper
Miocene. The family thus first appears on the same geological horizon in
both Europe and North America.
Family 61.—SCIURIDÆ.—(8 Genera, 180-200 Species.)
Page 313
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
—
The Squirrel family, comprehending also the marmots and prairie-dogs, are
very widely spread over the earth. They are especially abundant in the
Nearctic, Palæarctic, and Oriental regions, and rather less frequent in the
Ethiopian and Neotropical, in which last region they do not extend south of
Paraguay. They are absent from the West Indian islands, Madagascar, and
Australia, only occurring in Celebes which doubtfully belongs to the
Australian region. The genera are as follows:—
Sciurus (100-120 sp., including the sub-genera Spermosciurus, Xerus,
Macroxus, Rheithrosciurus, and Rhinosciurus), comprises the true squirrels,
and occupies the area of the whole family wherever woods and forests
occur. The approximate number of species in each region is as follows:
Nearctic 18, Palæarctic 6, Ethiopian 18, Oriental 50, Australian (Celebes) 5,
Neotropical 30. Sciuropterus (16-19 sp.), comprises the flat-tailed flying
squirrels, which range from Lapland and Finland to North China and Japan,
and southward through India and Ceylon, to Malacca and Java, with a
species in Formosa; while in North America they occur from Labrador to
British Columbia, and south to Minnesota and Southern California.
Pteromys (12 sp.), comprising the round-tailed flying squirrels, is a more
southern form, being confined to the wooded regions of India from the
Western Himalayas to Java and Borneo, with species in Formosa and Japan.
Tamias (5 sp.), the ground squirrels, are chiefly North American, ranging
from Mexico to Puget's Sound on the west coast, and from Virginia to
Montreal on the Atlantic coast; while one species is found over all northern
Asia. Spermophilus (26 sp.), the pouched marmots, are confined to the
Nearctic and Palæarctic regions; in the former extending from the Arctic
Ocean to Mexico and the west coast, but not passing east of Lake Michigan
and the lower Mississippi; in the latter from Silesia through South Russia to
the Amoor and Kamschatka, most abundant in the desert plains of Tartary
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
—
The Squirrel family, comprehending also the marmots and prairie-dogs, are
very widely spread over the earth. They are especially abundant in the
Nearctic, Palæarctic, and Oriental regions, and rather less frequent in the
Ethiopian and Neotropical, in which last region they do not extend south of
Paraguay. They are absent from the West Indian islands, Madagascar, and
Australia, only occurring in Celebes which doubtfully belongs to the
Australian region. The genera are as follows:—
Sciurus (100-120 sp., including the sub-genera Spermosciurus, Xerus,
Macroxus, Rheithrosciurus, and Rhinosciurus), comprises the true squirrels,
and occupies the area of the whole family wherever woods and forests
occur. The approximate number of species in each region is as follows:
Nearctic 18, Palæarctic 6, Ethiopian 18, Oriental 50, Australian (Celebes) 5,
Neotropical 30. Sciuropterus (16-19 sp.), comprises the flat-tailed flying
squirrels, which range from Lapland and Finland to North China and Japan,
and southward through India and Ceylon, to Malacca and Java, with a
species in Formosa; while in North America they occur from Labrador to
British Columbia, and south to Minnesota and Southern California.
Pteromys (12 sp.), comprising the round-tailed flying squirrels, is a more
southern form, being confined to the wooded regions of India from the
Western Himalayas to Java and Borneo, with species in Formosa and Japan.
Tamias (5 sp.), the ground squirrels, are chiefly North American, ranging
from Mexico to Puget's Sound on the west coast, and from Virginia to
Montreal on the Atlantic coast; while one species is found over all northern
Asia. Spermophilus (26 sp.), the pouched marmots, are confined to the
Nearctic and Palæarctic regions; in the former extending from the Arctic
Ocean to Mexico and the west coast, but not passing east of Lake Michigan
and the lower Mississippi; in the latter from Silesia through South Russia to
the Amoor and Kamschatka, most abundant in the desert plains of Tartary
Page 314
and Mongolia. Arctomys (8 sp.), the marmots, are found in the northern
parts of North America as far down as Virginia and Nebraska to the Rocky
Mountains and British Columbia, but not in California; and from the Swiss
Alps eastward to Lake Baikal and Kamschatka, and south as far as the
Himalayas, above 8,000 feet elevation. Cynomys (2 sp.), the prairie-dogs,
inhabit the plains east of the Rocky Mountains from the Upper Missouri to
the Red River and Rio Grande (Plate XIX., vol. ii. p. 129). Anomalurus (5
sp.), consists of animals which resemble flying-squirrels, but differ from all
other members of the family in some points of internal structure. They form
a very aberrant portion of the Sciuridæ, and, according to some naturalists, a
distinct family. They inhabit West Africa and the island of Fernando Po.
Extinct Sciuridæ.—These are tolerably abundant. The genus Sciurus appears
to be a remarkably ancient form, extinct species being found in the
Miocene, and even in the Upper Eocene formations of Europe.
Spermophilus goes back to the Upper Miocene; Arctomys to the Newer
Pliocene. Extinct genera are, Brachymys, Lithomys and Plesiarctomys, from
the European Miocene, the latter said to be intermediate between marmots
and squirrels.
In North America, Sciurus, Tamias, and Arctomys occur in the Post-pliocene
deposits only. The extinct genera are Ischyromys, from the Upper Miocene
of Nebraska; Paramys, allied to the marmots, and Sciuravus, near the
squirrels, from the Eocene of Wyoming.
Here we have unmistakable evidence that the true squirrels (Sciurus) are an
Old World type, which has only recently entered North America; and this is
in accordance with the comparative scarcity of this group in South America,
a country so well adapted to them, and their great abundance in the Oriental
region, which, with the Palæarctic, was probably the country of their origin
and early development. The family, however, has been traced equally far
back in Europe and North America, so that we have as yet no means of
determining where it originated.
Family 62—HAPLOODONTIDÆ.—(1 Genus, 2 Species.)
parts of North America as far down as Virginia and Nebraska to the Rocky
Mountains and British Columbia, but not in California; and from the Swiss
Alps eastward to Lake Baikal and Kamschatka, and south as far as the
Himalayas, above 8,000 feet elevation. Cynomys (2 sp.), the prairie-dogs,
inhabit the plains east of the Rocky Mountains from the Upper Missouri to
the Red River and Rio Grande (Plate XIX., vol. ii. p. 129). Anomalurus (5
sp.), consists of animals which resemble flying-squirrels, but differ from all
other members of the family in some points of internal structure. They form
a very aberrant portion of the Sciuridæ, and, according to some naturalists, a
distinct family. They inhabit West Africa and the island of Fernando Po.
Extinct Sciuridæ.—These are tolerably abundant. The genus Sciurus appears
to be a remarkably ancient form, extinct species being found in the
Miocene, and even in the Upper Eocene formations of Europe.
Spermophilus goes back to the Upper Miocene; Arctomys to the Newer
Pliocene. Extinct genera are, Brachymys, Lithomys and Plesiarctomys, from
the European Miocene, the latter said to be intermediate between marmots
and squirrels.
In North America, Sciurus, Tamias, and Arctomys occur in the Post-pliocene
deposits only. The extinct genera are Ischyromys, from the Upper Miocene
of Nebraska; Paramys, allied to the marmots, and Sciuravus, near the
squirrels, from the Eocene of Wyoming.
Here we have unmistakable evidence that the true squirrels (Sciurus) are an
Old World type, which has only recently entered North America; and this is
in accordance with the comparative scarcity of this group in South America,
a country so well adapted to them, and their great abundance in the Oriental
region, which, with the Palæarctic, was probably the country of their origin
and early development. The family, however, has been traced equally far
back in Europe and North America, so that we have as yet no means of
determining where it originated.
Family 62—HAPLOODONTIDÆ.—(1 Genus, 2 Species.)
Page 315
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1—— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Haploodon or Aplodontia, consists of two curious rat-like
animals, inhabiting the west coast of America, from the southern part of
British Columbia to the mountains of California. They seem to have
affinities both with the beavers and marmots, and Professor Lilljeborg
constitutes a separate family to receive them.
Family 63.—CHINCHILLIDÆ. (3 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Chinchillidæ, including the chinchillas and viscachas, are confined to
the alpine zones of the Andes, from the boundary of Ecuador and Peru to the
southern parts of Chili; and over the Pampas, to the Rio Negro on the south,
and the River Uruguay on the east. Chinchilla (2 sp.), the true chinchillas,
are found in the Andes of Chili and Peru, south of 9° S. lat., and from 8,000
to 12,000 feet elevation (Plate XVI. vol. ii. p. 40); Lagidium (3 sp.), the
alpine viscachas, inhabit the loftiest plateaus and mountains from 11,000 to
16,000 feet, and extend furthest north of any of the family; while
Lagostomus (1 sp.), the viscacha of the Pampas, has the range above
indicated. The family is thus confined within the limits of a single sub-
region.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1—— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Haploodon or Aplodontia, consists of two curious rat-like
animals, inhabiting the west coast of America, from the southern part of
British Columbia to the mountains of California. They seem to have
affinities both with the beavers and marmots, and Professor Lilljeborg
constitutes a separate family to receive them.
Family 63.—CHINCHILLIDÆ. (3 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Chinchillidæ, including the chinchillas and viscachas, are confined to
the alpine zones of the Andes, from the boundary of Ecuador and Peru to the
southern parts of Chili; and over the Pampas, to the Rio Negro on the south,
and the River Uruguay on the east. Chinchilla (2 sp.), the true chinchillas,
are found in the Andes of Chili and Peru, south of 9° S. lat., and from 8,000
to 12,000 feet elevation (Plate XVI. vol. ii. p. 40); Lagidium (3 sp.), the
alpine viscachas, inhabit the loftiest plateaus and mountains from 11,000 to
16,000 feet, and extend furthest north of any of the family; while
Lagostomus (1 sp.), the viscacha of the Pampas, has the range above
indicated. The family is thus confined within the limits of a single sub-
region.
Page 316
Extinct Chinchillidæ.—Lagostomus has been found fossil in the caves of
Brazil, and in the Pliocene deposits of La Plata. The only known extinct
forms of this family are Amblyrhiza and Loxomylus, found in cavern-
deposits in the island of Anguilla, of Post-Pliocene age. These are very
interesting, as showing the greater range of this family so recently; though
its absence from North America and Europe indicates that it is a peculiar
development of the Neotropical region.
Family 64.—OCTODONTIDÆ. (8 Genera, 19 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — 4 ——— —2— 1—— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Octodontidæ include a number of curious and obscure rat-like animals,
mostly confined to the mountains and open plains of South America, but
having a few stragglers in other parts of the world, as will be seen by our
notes on the genera. The most remarkable point in their distribution is, that
two genera are peculiar to the West Indian islands, while no species of the
family inhabits the northern half of South America. The distribution of the
genera is as follows:—Habrocomus (2 sp.), Chili; Capromys (3 sp.), two of
which inhabit Cuba, the third Jamaica (Plate XVII. vol. ii. p. 67);
Plagiodontia (1 sp.), only known from Hayti; Spalacopus, including
Schizodon (2 sp.), Chili, and east side of Southern Andes; Octodon (3 sp.),
Peru, Bolivia, and Chili; Ctenomys (6 sp.), the tuco-tuco of the Pampas, the
Campos of Brazil to Bolivia and Tierra del Fuego; Ctenodactylus (1 sp.),
Tripoli, North Africa; Pectinator (1 sp.), East Africa, Abyssinia, 4,000 to
5,000 feet.
Capromys and Plagiodontia, the two West Indian genera, were classed
among the Echimyidæ by Mr. Waterhouse, but Professor Lilljeborg removes
them to this family.
Brazil, and in the Pliocene deposits of La Plata. The only known extinct
forms of this family are Amblyrhiza and Loxomylus, found in cavern-
deposits in the island of Anguilla, of Post-Pliocene age. These are very
interesting, as showing the greater range of this family so recently; though
its absence from North America and Europe indicates that it is a peculiar
development of the Neotropical region.
Family 64.—OCTODONTIDÆ. (8 Genera, 19 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — 4 ——— —2— 1—— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Octodontidæ include a number of curious and obscure rat-like animals,
mostly confined to the mountains and open plains of South America, but
having a few stragglers in other parts of the world, as will be seen by our
notes on the genera. The most remarkable point in their distribution is, that
two genera are peculiar to the West Indian islands, while no species of the
family inhabits the northern half of South America. The distribution of the
genera is as follows:—Habrocomus (2 sp.), Chili; Capromys (3 sp.), two of
which inhabit Cuba, the third Jamaica (Plate XVII. vol. ii. p. 67);
Plagiodontia (1 sp.), only known from Hayti; Spalacopus, including
Schizodon (2 sp.), Chili, and east side of Southern Andes; Octodon (3 sp.),
Peru, Bolivia, and Chili; Ctenomys (6 sp.), the tuco-tuco of the Pampas, the
Campos of Brazil to Bolivia and Tierra del Fuego; Ctenodactylus (1 sp.),
Tripoli, North Africa; Pectinator (1 sp.), East Africa, Abyssinia, 4,000 to
5,000 feet.
Capromys and Plagiodontia, the two West Indian genera, were classed
among the Echimyidæ by Mr. Waterhouse, but Professor Lilljeborg removes
them to this family.
Page 317
Extinct Octodontidæ.—Species of Ctenomys have been found in the
Pliocene of La Plata, and an extinct genus Megamys, said to be allied to
Capromys, in the Eocene of the same country. In Europe, Palæomys and
Archæomys from the lower Miocene of Germany and France, are also said
to be allied to Capromys.
Family 65.—ECHIMYIDÆ. (10 Genera, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— 1—3— ——— ———
— — — —
The Echimyidæ, or spiny rats, are a family, chiefly South American, of
which the Coypu, a large beaver-like water-rat from Peru and Chili is the
best known. Two of the genera are found in South Africa, but all the rest
inhabit the continent of South America, East of the Andes, none being yet
known north of Panama. The genera are as follows:—Dactylomys (2 sp.),
Guiana and Brazil; Cercomys (1 sp.), Central Brazil; Lasiuromys (1 sp.), San
Paulo, Brazil; Petromys (1 sp.), South Africa; Myopotamus (1 sp.), the
coypu, on the East side of the Andes from Peru to 42° S. lat., on the West
side from 33° to 48° S. lat.; Carterodon (1 sp.), Minaes Geraes, Brazil;
Aulacodes (1. sp.), West and South Africa; Mesomys (1 sp.), Borba on the
Amazon; Echimys (11 sp.), from Guiana and the Ecuadorian Andes to
Paraguay; Loncheres (10 sp.), New Granada to Brazil.
Fossil and Extinct Echimyidæ.—The genus Carterodon was established on
bones found in the Brazilian caves, and it was several years afterwards that
specimens were obtained showing the animal to be a living species. Extinct
species of Myopotamus and Loncheres have also been found in these caves,
with the extinct genera Lonchophorus and Phyllomys.
Pliocene of La Plata, and an extinct genus Megamys, said to be allied to
Capromys, in the Eocene of the same country. In Europe, Palæomys and
Archæomys from the lower Miocene of Germany and France, are also said
to be allied to Capromys.
Family 65.—ECHIMYIDÆ. (10 Genera, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— 1—3— ——— ———
— — — —
The Echimyidæ, or spiny rats, are a family, chiefly South American, of
which the Coypu, a large beaver-like water-rat from Peru and Chili is the
best known. Two of the genera are found in South Africa, but all the rest
inhabit the continent of South America, East of the Andes, none being yet
known north of Panama. The genera are as follows:—Dactylomys (2 sp.),
Guiana and Brazil; Cercomys (1 sp.), Central Brazil; Lasiuromys (1 sp.), San
Paulo, Brazil; Petromys (1 sp.), South Africa; Myopotamus (1 sp.), the
coypu, on the East side of the Andes from Peru to 42° S. lat., on the West
side from 33° to 48° S. lat.; Carterodon (1 sp.), Minaes Geraes, Brazil;
Aulacodes (1. sp.), West and South Africa; Mesomys (1 sp.), Borba on the
Amazon; Echimys (11 sp.), from Guiana and the Ecuadorian Andes to
Paraguay; Loncheres (10 sp.), New Granada to Brazil.
Fossil and Extinct Echimyidæ.—The genus Carterodon was established on
bones found in the Brazilian caves, and it was several years afterwards that
specimens were obtained showing the animal to be a living species. Extinct
species of Myopotamus and Loncheres have also been found in these caves,
with the extinct genera Lonchophorus and Phyllomys.
Page 318
No remains of this family have been discovered in North America; but in
the Miocene and Upper Eocene deposits of France there are many species of
an extinct genus Theridomys, which is said to be allied to this group or to
the next (Cercolabidæ). Aulacodon, from the Upper Miocene of Germany, is
allied to the West African Aulacodes; and some other remains from the
lower Miocene of Auvergne, are supposed to belong to Echimys.
Family 66.—CERCOLABIDÆ. (3 Genera, 13-15 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Cercolabidæ, or arboreal porcupines, are a group of rodents entirely
confined to America, where they range from the northern limit of trees on
the Mackenzie River, to the southern limit of forests in Paraguay. There is
however an intervening district, the Southern United States, from which
they are absent. Erethizon (3 sp.), the Canadian porcupine, is found
throughout Canada and as far south as Northern Pennsylvania, and west to
the Mississippi (Plate XX., vol. ii. p. 135); an allied species inhabiting the
west coast from California to Alaska, and inland to the head of the Missouri
River; while a third is found in the north-western part of South America;
Cercolabes (12 sp.), ranges from Mexico and Guatemala to Paraguay, on the
eastern side of the Andes; Chætomys (1 sp.), North Brazil.
Extinct Cercolabidæ.—A large species of Cercolabes has been found in the
Brazilian caves, but none have been discovered in North America or Europe.
We may conclude therefore that this is probably a South American type,
which has thence spread into North America at a comparatively recent
epoch. The peculiar distribution of Cercolabes may be explained by
supposing it to have migrated northwards along the west coast by means of
the Miocene and Upper Eocene deposits of France there are many species of
an extinct genus Theridomys, which is said to be allied to this group or to
the next (Cercolabidæ). Aulacodon, from the Upper Miocene of Germany, is
allied to the West African Aulacodes; and some other remains from the
lower Miocene of Auvergne, are supposed to belong to Echimys.
Family 66.—CERCOLABIDÆ. (3 Genera, 13-15 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Cercolabidæ, or arboreal porcupines, are a group of rodents entirely
confined to America, where they range from the northern limit of trees on
the Mackenzie River, to the southern limit of forests in Paraguay. There is
however an intervening district, the Southern United States, from which
they are absent. Erethizon (3 sp.), the Canadian porcupine, is found
throughout Canada and as far south as Northern Pennsylvania, and west to
the Mississippi (Plate XX., vol. ii. p. 135); an allied species inhabiting the
west coast from California to Alaska, and inland to the head of the Missouri
River; while a third is found in the north-western part of South America;
Cercolabes (12 sp.), ranges from Mexico and Guatemala to Paraguay, on the
eastern side of the Andes; Chætomys (1 sp.), North Brazil.
Extinct Cercolabidæ.—A large species of Cercolabes has been found in the
Brazilian caves, but none have been discovered in North America or Europe.
We may conclude therefore that this is probably a South American type,
which has thence spread into North America at a comparatively recent
epoch. The peculiar distribution of Cercolabes may be explained by
supposing it to have migrated northwards along the west coast by means of
Page 319
the wooded slopes of the Rocky Mountains. It could then only reach the
Eastern States by way of the forest region of the great lakes, and then move
southward. This it may be now doing, but it has not yet reached the
Southern States of Eastern North America.
Family 67.—HYSTRICIDÆ. (3 Genera, 12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — —
The true Porcupines have a very compact and well-marked distribution, over
the whole of the Oriental and Ethiopian regions (except Madagascar), and
the second Palæarctic sub-region. There is some confusion as to their sub-
division into genera, but the following are those most usually admitted:—
Hystrix (5 sp.), South Europe to the Cape of Good Hope, all India, Ceylon,
and South China; Atherura (5 sp.), "brush-tailed porcupines," inhabit West
Africa, India, to Siam, Sumatra, and Borneo; Acanthion (2 sp.), Nepal and
Malacca, to Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.
Extinct Hystricidæ.—Several extinct species of Hystrix have been found in
the Pliocene and Miocene deposits of Europe, and one in the Pliocene of
Nebraska in North America.
Family 68.—CAVIIDÆ. (6 Genera, 28 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Eastern States by way of the forest region of the great lakes, and then move
southward. This it may be now doing, but it has not yet reached the
Southern States of Eastern North America.
Family 67.—HYSTRICIDÆ. (3 Genera, 12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — —
The true Porcupines have a very compact and well-marked distribution, over
the whole of the Oriental and Ethiopian regions (except Madagascar), and
the second Palæarctic sub-region. There is some confusion as to their sub-
division into genera, but the following are those most usually admitted:—
Hystrix (5 sp.), South Europe to the Cape of Good Hope, all India, Ceylon,
and South China; Atherura (5 sp.), "brush-tailed porcupines," inhabit West
Africa, India, to Siam, Sumatra, and Borneo; Acanthion (2 sp.), Nepal and
Malacca, to Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.
Extinct Hystricidæ.—Several extinct species of Hystrix have been found in
the Pliocene and Miocene deposits of Europe, and one in the Pliocene of
Nebraska in North America.
Family 68.—CAVIIDÆ. (6 Genera, 28 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 320
1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Cavies and Agoutis were placed in distinct families by Mr. Waterhouse,
in which he is followed by Professor Carus, but they have been united by
Professor Lilljeborg, and without pretending to decide which classification
is the more correct I follow the latter, because there is a striking external
resemblance between the two groups, and they have an identical distribution
in the Neotropical region, and with one exception are all found east of the
Andes. Dasyprocta (9 sp.), the agouti, ranges from Mexico to Paraguay, one
species inhabiting the small West Indian islands of St. Vincent, Lucia, and
Grenada; Cælogenys (2 sp.), the paca, is found from Guatemala to Paraguay,
and a second species (somewhat doubtful) in Eastern Peru; Hydrochœrus (1
sp.), the capybara inhabits the banks of rivers from Guayana to La Plata;
Cavia (9 sp.), the guinea-pigs, Brazil to the Straits of Magellan, and one
species west of the Andes at Yça Peru; Kerodon (6 sp.), Brazil and Peru to
Magellan; Dolichotis (1 sp,), the Patagonian cavy, from Mendoza to 48° 30′
south latitude, on sterile plains.
Extinct Caviidæ.—Hydrochœrus, Cælogenys, Dasyprocta, and Kerodon,
have occurred abundantly in the caves of Brazil, and the last-named genus
in the Pliocene of La Plata. Hydrochœrus has been found in the Post-
Pliocene deposits of South Carolina. Cavia and Dasyprocta are said to have
been found in the Miocene of Switzerland and France. No well-marked
extinct genera of this family have been recorded.
If the determination of the above-mentioned fossil species of Cavia and
Dasyprocta are correct, it would show that this now exclusively South
American family is really derived from Europe, where it has long been
extinct.
Family 69.—LAGOMYIDÆ. (1 Genus, 11 Species.)
General Distribution.
— — — — —
The Cavies and Agoutis were placed in distinct families by Mr. Waterhouse,
in which he is followed by Professor Carus, but they have been united by
Professor Lilljeborg, and without pretending to decide which classification
is the more correct I follow the latter, because there is a striking external
resemblance between the two groups, and they have an identical distribution
in the Neotropical region, and with one exception are all found east of the
Andes. Dasyprocta (9 sp.), the agouti, ranges from Mexico to Paraguay, one
species inhabiting the small West Indian islands of St. Vincent, Lucia, and
Grenada; Cælogenys (2 sp.), the paca, is found from Guatemala to Paraguay,
and a second species (somewhat doubtful) in Eastern Peru; Hydrochœrus (1
sp.), the capybara inhabits the banks of rivers from Guayana to La Plata;
Cavia (9 sp.), the guinea-pigs, Brazil to the Straits of Magellan, and one
species west of the Andes at Yça Peru; Kerodon (6 sp.), Brazil and Peru to
Magellan; Dolichotis (1 sp,), the Patagonian cavy, from Mendoza to 48° 30′
south latitude, on sterile plains.
Extinct Caviidæ.—Hydrochœrus, Cælogenys, Dasyprocta, and Kerodon,
have occurred abundantly in the caves of Brazil, and the last-named genus
in the Pliocene of La Plata. Hydrochœrus has been found in the Post-
Pliocene deposits of South Carolina. Cavia and Dasyprocta are said to have
been found in the Miocene of Switzerland and France. No well-marked
extinct genera of this family have been recorded.
If the determination of the above-mentioned fossil species of Cavia and
Dasyprocta are correct, it would show that this now exclusively South
American family is really derived from Europe, where it has long been
extinct.
Family 69.—LAGOMYIDÆ. (1 Genus, 11 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 321
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— —2—4 ——3 ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Lagomyidæ, or pikas, are small alpine and desert animals which range
from the south of the Ural Mountains to Cashmere and the Himalayas, at
heights of 11,000 to 14,000 feet, and northward to the Polar regions and the
north-eastern extremity of Siberia. They just enter the eastern extremity of
Europe as far as the Volga, but with this exception, seem strictly limited to
the third Palæarctic sub-region. In America they are confined to the Rocky
Mountains from about 42° to 60° north latitude.
Extinct Lagomyidæ.—Extinct species of Lagomys have occurred in the
southern parts of Europe, from the Post-Pliocene to the Miocene formations.
Titanomys, an extinct genus, is found in the Miocene of France and
Germany.
Family 70.—LEPORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 35-40 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1—3— 1. 2. 3 — ———
—
The Hares and Rabbits are especially characteristic of the Nearctic and
Palæarctic, but are also thinly scattered over the Ethiopian and Oriental
regions. In the Neotropical region they are very scarce, only one species
being found in South America, in the mountains of Brazil and various parts
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— —2—4 ——3 ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Lagomyidæ, or pikas, are small alpine and desert animals which range
from the south of the Ural Mountains to Cashmere and the Himalayas, at
heights of 11,000 to 14,000 feet, and northward to the Polar regions and the
north-eastern extremity of Siberia. They just enter the eastern extremity of
Europe as far as the Volga, but with this exception, seem strictly limited to
the third Palæarctic sub-region. In America they are confined to the Rocky
Mountains from about 42° to 60° north latitude.
Extinct Lagomyidæ.—Extinct species of Lagomys have occurred in the
southern parts of Europe, from the Post-Pliocene to the Miocene formations.
Titanomys, an extinct genus, is found in the Miocene of France and
Germany.
Family 70.—LEPORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 35-40 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1—3— 1. 2. 3 — ———
—
The Hares and Rabbits are especially characteristic of the Nearctic and
Palæarctic, but are also thinly scattered over the Ethiopian and Oriental
regions. In the Neotropical region they are very scarce, only one species
being found in South America, in the mountains of Brazil and various parts
Page 322
of the Andes, while one or two of the North American species extend into
Mexico and Guatemala. In the Nearctic region, they are most abundant in
the central and western parts of the continent, and they extend to the Arctic
Ocean and to Greenland. They are found in every part of the Palæarctic
region, from Ireland to Japan; three species range over all India to Ceylon,
and others occur in Hainan, Formosa, South China, and the mountains of
Pegu; the Ethiopian region has only four or five species, mostly in the
southern extremity and along the East coast. An Indian species is now wild
in some parts of Java, but it has probably been introduced.
Extinct Leporidæ.—Species of Lepus occur in the Post-Pliocene and Newer
Pliocene of France; but only in the Post-Pliocene of North America, and the
caves of Brazil.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Rodentia.
With the exception of the Australian region and Madagascar, where Muridæ
alone have been found, this order is one of the most universally and evenly
distributed over the entire globe. Of the sixteen families which compose it,
the Palæarctic region has 10; the Ethiopian, Nearctic, and Neotropical, each
9; and the Oriental only 5. These figures are very curious and suggestive.
We know that the rodentia are exceedingly ancient, since some of the living
genera date back to the Eocene period; and some ancestral types might thus
have reached the remote South American and South African lands at the
time of one of their earliest unions with the northern continents. In both
these countries the rodents diverged into many special forms, and being
small animals easily able to conceal themselves, have largely survived the
introduction of higher Mammalia. In the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions,
their small size and faculty of hibernation may have enabled them to
maintain themselves during those great physical changes which resulted in
the extermination or banishment of so many of the larger and more highly
organised Mammalia, to which, in these regions, they now bear a somewhat
inordinate proportion. The reasons why they are now less numerous and
varied in the Oriental region, may be of two kinds. The comparatively small
area of that region and its uniformity of climate, would naturally lead to less
development of such a group as this, than in the vastly more extensive and
Mexico and Guatemala. In the Nearctic region, they are most abundant in
the central and western parts of the continent, and they extend to the Arctic
Ocean and to Greenland. They are found in every part of the Palæarctic
region, from Ireland to Japan; three species range over all India to Ceylon,
and others occur in Hainan, Formosa, South China, and the mountains of
Pegu; the Ethiopian region has only four or five species, mostly in the
southern extremity and along the East coast. An Indian species is now wild
in some parts of Java, but it has probably been introduced.
Extinct Leporidæ.—Species of Lepus occur in the Post-Pliocene and Newer
Pliocene of France; but only in the Post-Pliocene of North America, and the
caves of Brazil.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Rodentia.
With the exception of the Australian region and Madagascar, where Muridæ
alone have been found, this order is one of the most universally and evenly
distributed over the entire globe. Of the sixteen families which compose it,
the Palæarctic region has 10; the Ethiopian, Nearctic, and Neotropical, each
9; and the Oriental only 5. These figures are very curious and suggestive.
We know that the rodentia are exceedingly ancient, since some of the living
genera date back to the Eocene period; and some ancestral types might thus
have reached the remote South American and South African lands at the
time of one of their earliest unions with the northern continents. In both
these countries the rodents diverged into many special forms, and being
small animals easily able to conceal themselves, have largely survived the
introduction of higher Mammalia. In the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions,
their small size and faculty of hibernation may have enabled them to
maintain themselves during those great physical changes which resulted in
the extermination or banishment of so many of the larger and more highly
organised Mammalia, to which, in these regions, they now bear a somewhat
inordinate proportion. The reasons why they are now less numerous and
varied in the Oriental region, may be of two kinds. The comparatively small
area of that region and its uniformity of climate, would naturally lead to less
development of such a group as this, than in the vastly more extensive and
Page 323
varied and almost equally luxuriant Palæarctic region of Eocene and
Miocene times; while on the other hand the greater number of the smaller
Carnivora in the tropics during the Pliocene and Post-Pliocene epochs,
would be a constant check upon the increase of these defenceless animals,
and no doubt exterminate a number of them.
The Rodents thus offer a striking contrast to the Ungulates; and these two
great orders afford an admirable illustration of the different way in which
physical and organic changes may affect large and small herbivorous
Mammalia; often leading to the extinction of the former, while favouring the
comparative development of the latter.
Order XI.—EDENTATA.
Family 71.—BRADYPODIDÆ. (3 Genera, 12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Sloths are a remarkable group of arboreal mammals, strictly confined to
the great forests of the Neotropical region, from Guatemala to Brazil and
Eastern Bolivia. None are found west of the Andes, nor do they appear to
extend into Paraguay, or beyond the Tropic of Capricorn on the east coast.
The genera as defined by Dr. Gray in 1871 are:—Cholœpus (2 sp.), "Sloths
with two toes on fore limbs, sexes alike," Costa Rica to Brazil; Bradypus (2
sp.), "Sloths with three toes on fore limbs, sexes alike," Central Brazil,
Amazon to Rio de Janeiro; Arctopithecus (8 sp.), "Sloths with three toes on
fore limbs, males with a coloured patch on the back," Costa Rica to Brazil
and Eastern Bolivia (Plate XIV., vol ii. p. 24).
Miocene times; while on the other hand the greater number of the smaller
Carnivora in the tropics during the Pliocene and Post-Pliocene epochs,
would be a constant check upon the increase of these defenceless animals,
and no doubt exterminate a number of them.
The Rodents thus offer a striking contrast to the Ungulates; and these two
great orders afford an admirable illustration of the different way in which
physical and organic changes may affect large and small herbivorous
Mammalia; often leading to the extinction of the former, while favouring the
comparative development of the latter.
Order XI.—EDENTATA.
Family 71.—BRADYPODIDÆ. (3 Genera, 12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Sloths are a remarkable group of arboreal mammals, strictly confined to
the great forests of the Neotropical region, from Guatemala to Brazil and
Eastern Bolivia. None are found west of the Andes, nor do they appear to
extend into Paraguay, or beyond the Tropic of Capricorn on the east coast.
The genera as defined by Dr. Gray in 1871 are:—Cholœpus (2 sp.), "Sloths
with two toes on fore limbs, sexes alike," Costa Rica to Brazil; Bradypus (2
sp.), "Sloths with three toes on fore limbs, sexes alike," Central Brazil,
Amazon to Rio de Janeiro; Arctopithecus (8 sp.), "Sloths with three toes on
fore limbs, males with a coloured patch on the back," Costa Rica to Brazil
and Eastern Bolivia (Plate XIV., vol ii. p. 24).
Page 324
Extinct Bradypodidæ.—In the caves of Brazil are found three extinct genera
of Sloths—Cælodon, Sphenodon, and Ochotherium. More distantly allied,
and probably forming distinct families, are Scelidotherium and
Megatherium, from the caves of Brazil and the Pliocene deposits of La Plata
and Patagonia.
Family 72.—MANIDIDÆ. (1 Genus, 8 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — —
The Manididæ, or scaly ant-eaters, are the only Edentate Mammalia found
out of America, They are spread over the Ethiopian and Oriental regions; in
the former from Sennaar to West Africa and the Cape; in the latter from the
Himalayas to Ceylon, and Eastward to Borneo and Java, as well as to South
China, as far as Amoy, Hainan, and Formosa. They have been sub-divided,
according to differences in the scaly covering, into five groups, Manis,
Phatagin, Smutsia, Pholidotus and Pangolin, the three former being
confined to Africa, the last common to Africa and the East, while Pholidotus
seems confined to Java. It is doubtful if these divisions are more than sub-
genera, and as such they are treated here.
No extinct species referable to this family are yet known.
Family 73.—DASYPODIDÆ. (6 Genera, 17 Species.)
General Distribution.
of Sloths—Cælodon, Sphenodon, and Ochotherium. More distantly allied,
and probably forming distinct families, are Scelidotherium and
Megatherium, from the caves of Brazil and the Pliocene deposits of La Plata
and Patagonia.
Family 72.—MANIDIDÆ. (1 Genus, 8 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — —
The Manididæ, or scaly ant-eaters, are the only Edentate Mammalia found
out of America, They are spread over the Ethiopian and Oriental regions; in
the former from Sennaar to West Africa and the Cape; in the latter from the
Himalayas to Ceylon, and Eastward to Borneo and Java, as well as to South
China, as far as Amoy, Hainan, and Formosa. They have been sub-divided,
according to differences in the scaly covering, into five groups, Manis,
Phatagin, Smutsia, Pholidotus and Pangolin, the three former being
confined to Africa, the last common to Africa and the East, while Pholidotus
seems confined to Java. It is doubtful if these divisions are more than sub-
genera, and as such they are treated here.
No extinct species referable to this family are yet known.
Family 73.—DASYPODIDÆ. (6 Genera, 17 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 325
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Dasypodidæ, or armadillos, are a highly characteristic Neotropical
family, ranging from the northern extremity of the region in south Texas, to
50° south latitude on the plains of Patagonia. The distribution of the genera
is as follows:—Tatusia (5 sp.), has the range of the whole family from the
lower Rio Grande of Texas to Patagonia; Prionodontes (1 sp.), the giant
armadillo, Surinam to Paraguay; Dasypus (4 sp.), Brazil to Bolivia, Chili,
and La Plata; Xenurus (3 sp.), Guiana to Paraguay; Tolypeutes (2 sp.), the
three-banded armadillos, Bolivia and La Plata; Chlamydophorus (2 sp.),
near Mendoza in La Plata, and Santa Cruz de la Sierra in Bolivia.
Extinct Armadillos.—Many species of Dasypus and Xenurus have been
found in the caves of Brazil, together with many extinct genera—
Hoplophorus, Euryodon, Heterodon, Pachytherium, and Chlamydotherium,
the latter as large as a rhinoceros. Eutatus, allied to Tolypeutes, is from the
Pliocene deposits of La Plata.
Family 74.—ORYCTEROPODIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1—3— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Aard-vark, or Cape ant-eater (Orycteropus capensis) is a curious form
of Edentate animal, with the general form of an ant-eater, but with the
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Dasypodidæ, or armadillos, are a highly characteristic Neotropical
family, ranging from the northern extremity of the region in south Texas, to
50° south latitude on the plains of Patagonia. The distribution of the genera
is as follows:—Tatusia (5 sp.), has the range of the whole family from the
lower Rio Grande of Texas to Patagonia; Prionodontes (1 sp.), the giant
armadillo, Surinam to Paraguay; Dasypus (4 sp.), Brazil to Bolivia, Chili,
and La Plata; Xenurus (3 sp.), Guiana to Paraguay; Tolypeutes (2 sp.), the
three-banded armadillos, Bolivia and La Plata; Chlamydophorus (2 sp.),
near Mendoza in La Plata, and Santa Cruz de la Sierra in Bolivia.
Extinct Armadillos.—Many species of Dasypus and Xenurus have been
found in the caves of Brazil, together with many extinct genera—
Hoplophorus, Euryodon, Heterodon, Pachytherium, and Chlamydotherium,
the latter as large as a rhinoceros. Eutatus, allied to Tolypeutes, is from the
Pliocene deposits of La Plata.
Family 74.—ORYCTEROPODIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1—3— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Aard-vark, or Cape ant-eater (Orycteropus capensis) is a curious form
of Edentate animal, with the general form of an ant-eater, but with the
Page 326
bristly skin and long obtuse snout of a pig. A second species inhabits the
interior of North-East Africa and Senegal, that of the latter country perhaps
forming a third species (Plate IV. vol. i. p. 261).
Extinct Orycteropodidæ.—The genus Macrotherium, remains of which
occur in the Miocene deposits of France, Germany, and Greece, is allied to
this group, though perhaps forming a separate family. The same may be said
of the Ancylotherium, a huge animal found only in the Miocene deposits of
Greece.
Family 75.—MYRMECOPHAGIDÆ. (3 Genera, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The true ant-eaters are strictly confined to the wooded portions of the
Neotropical region, ranging from Honduras to Paraguay on the East side of
the Andes. The three genera now generally admitted are: Myrmecophaga (1
sp.), the great ant-eater, Northern Brazil to Paraguay; Tamandua (2 sp.), 4-
toed ant-eaters, Guatemala, Ecuador to Paraguay (Plate XIV. vol. ii. p. 24);
Cyclothurus (2 sp.), 2-toed ant-eaters, Honduras and Costa Rica to Brazil.
Extinct Ant-eaters.—The only extinct form of this family seems to be the
Glossotherium, found in the caves of Brazil, and the Tertiary deposits of
Uruguay. It is said to be allied to Myrmecophaga and Manis.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Edentata.
interior of North-East Africa and Senegal, that of the latter country perhaps
forming a third species (Plate IV. vol. i. p. 261).
Extinct Orycteropodidæ.—The genus Macrotherium, remains of which
occur in the Miocene deposits of France, Germany, and Greece, is allied to
this group, though perhaps forming a separate family. The same may be said
of the Ancylotherium, a huge animal found only in the Miocene deposits of
Greece.
Family 75.—MYRMECOPHAGIDÆ. (3 Genera, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The true ant-eaters are strictly confined to the wooded portions of the
Neotropical region, ranging from Honduras to Paraguay on the East side of
the Andes. The three genera now generally admitted are: Myrmecophaga (1
sp.), the great ant-eater, Northern Brazil to Paraguay; Tamandua (2 sp.), 4-
toed ant-eaters, Guatemala, Ecuador to Paraguay (Plate XIV. vol. ii. p. 24);
Cyclothurus (2 sp.), 2-toed ant-eaters, Honduras and Costa Rica to Brazil.
Extinct Ant-eaters.—The only extinct form of this family seems to be the
Glossotherium, found in the caves of Brazil, and the Tertiary deposits of
Uruguay. It is said to be allied to Myrmecophaga and Manis.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Edentata.
Page 327
These singular animals are almost confined to South America, where they
constitute an important part of the fauna. In Africa, two family types are
scantily represented, and one of these extends over all the Oriental region.
In Pliocene and Post-Pliocene times the Edentata were wonderfully
developed in South America, many of them being huge animals, rivalling in
bulk, the rhinoceros and hippopotamus. As none of these forms resemble
those of Africa, while the only European fossil Edentata are of African type,
it seems probable that South Africa, like South America, was a centre of
development for this group of mammalia; and it is in the highest degree
probable that, should extensive fluviatile deposits of Pliocene or Miocene
age be discovered in the former country, an extinct fauna, not less strange
and grotesque than that of South America, will be brought to light. From the
fact that so few remains of this order occur in Europe, and those of one
family type, and in Miocene deposits only, it seems a fair conclusion, that
this represents an incursion of an ancient Ethiopian form into Europe
analogous to that which invaded North America from the south during the
Post-Pliocene epoch. The extension of the Manididæ, or scaly ant-eaters,
over tropical Asia may have occurred at the same, or a somewhat later
epoch.
For a summary of the Numerous Edentata of North and South America
which belong to extinct families, see vol. i. p. 147.
Order XII.—MARSUPIALIA.
Family 76.—DIDELPHYIDÆ. (3 Genera, 22 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — 1—3— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
constitute an important part of the fauna. In Africa, two family types are
scantily represented, and one of these extends over all the Oriental region.
In Pliocene and Post-Pliocene times the Edentata were wonderfully
developed in South America, many of them being huge animals, rivalling in
bulk, the rhinoceros and hippopotamus. As none of these forms resemble
those of Africa, while the only European fossil Edentata are of African type,
it seems probable that South Africa, like South America, was a centre of
development for this group of mammalia; and it is in the highest degree
probable that, should extensive fluviatile deposits of Pliocene or Miocene
age be discovered in the former country, an extinct fauna, not less strange
and grotesque than that of South America, will be brought to light. From the
fact that so few remains of this order occur in Europe, and those of one
family type, and in Miocene deposits only, it seems a fair conclusion, that
this represents an incursion of an ancient Ethiopian form into Europe
analogous to that which invaded North America from the south during the
Post-Pliocene epoch. The extension of the Manididæ, or scaly ant-eaters,
over tropical Asia may have occurred at the same, or a somewhat later
epoch.
For a summary of the Numerous Edentata of North and South America
which belong to extinct families, see vol. i. p. 147.
Order XII.—MARSUPIALIA.
Family 76.—DIDELPHYIDÆ. (3 Genera, 22 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — 1—3— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
Page 328
The Didelphyidæ, or true opossums, range throughout all the wooded
districts of the Neotropical region from the southern boundary of Texas to
the River La Plata, and on the west coast to 42° S. Lat., where a species of
Didelphys was obtained by Professor Cunningham. One species only is
found in the Nearctic region, extending from Florida to the Hudson River,
and west to the Missouri. The species named Didelphys californica inhabits
Mexico, and only extends into the southern extremity of California. The
species are most numerous in the great forest region of Brazil, and they have
been recently found to the west of the Andes near Guayaquil, as well as in
Chili. The exact number of species is very doubtful, owing to the difficulty
of determining them from dried skins. All but two belong to the genus
Didelphys, which has the range above given for the family (Plate XIV., vol.
ii. p. 24); Chironectes (1 sp.), the yapock or water opossum, inhabits Guiana
and Brazil; Hyracodon (1 sp.), is a small rat-like animal discovered by Mr.
Fraser in Ecuador, and which may perhaps belong to another family.
Extinct Didelphyidæ.—No less than seven species of Didelphys have been
found in the caves of Brazil, but none in the older formations. In North
America the living species only, has been found in Post-Pliocene deposits.
In Europe, however, many species of small opossums, now classed as a
distinct genus, Peratherium, have been found in various Tertiary deposits
from the Upper Miocene to the Upper Eocene.
We have here a sufficient proof that the American Marsupials have nothing
to do with those of Australia, but were derived from Europe, where their
ancestors lived during a long series of ages.
Family 77.—DASYURIDÆ. (10 Genera, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
districts of the Neotropical region from the southern boundary of Texas to
the River La Plata, and on the west coast to 42° S. Lat., where a species of
Didelphys was obtained by Professor Cunningham. One species only is
found in the Nearctic region, extending from Florida to the Hudson River,
and west to the Missouri. The species named Didelphys californica inhabits
Mexico, and only extends into the southern extremity of California. The
species are most numerous in the great forest region of Brazil, and they have
been recently found to the west of the Andes near Guayaquil, as well as in
Chili. The exact number of species is very doubtful, owing to the difficulty
of determining them from dried skins. All but two belong to the genus
Didelphys, which has the range above given for the family (Plate XIV., vol.
ii. p. 24); Chironectes (1 sp.), the yapock or water opossum, inhabits Guiana
and Brazil; Hyracodon (1 sp.), is a small rat-like animal discovered by Mr.
Fraser in Ecuador, and which may perhaps belong to another family.
Extinct Didelphyidæ.—No less than seven species of Didelphys have been
found in the caves of Brazil, but none in the older formations. In North
America the living species only, has been found in Post-Pliocene deposits.
In Europe, however, many species of small opossums, now classed as a
distinct genus, Peratherium, have been found in various Tertiary deposits
from the Upper Miocene to the Upper Eocene.
We have here a sufficient proof that the American Marsupials have nothing
to do with those of Australia, but were derived from Europe, where their
ancestors lived during a long series of ages.
Family 77.—DASYURIDÆ. (10 Genera, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
Page 329
The Dasyuridæ, or native cats, are a group of carnivorous or insectivorous
marsupials, ranging from the size of a wolf to that of a mouse. They are
found all over Australia and Tasmania, as well as in New Guinea and the
adjacent Papuan islands. Several new genera and species have recently been
described by Mr. G. Krefft, of the Sydney Museum, and are included in the
following enumeration. Phasgogale (3 sp.), New Guinea, West, East, and
South Australia; Antechinomys (1 sp.), Interior of South Australia;
Antechinus (12 sp.), Aru Islands, all Australia, and Tasmania; Chætocercus
(1 sp.), South Australia; Dactylopsila (1 sp.), Aru Islands and North
Australia; Podabrus (5 sp.), West, East, and South Australia, and Tasmania;
Myoictis (1 sp.), Aru Islands; Sarcophilus (1 sp.), Tasmania; Dasyurus (4
sp.), North, East, and South, Australia, and Tasmania; Thylacinus (1 sp.),
Tasmania (Plate XI., vol. i. p. 439).
Extinct species of Dasyurus and Thylacinus have been found in the Post-
Pliocene deposits of Australia.
Family 78.—MYRMECOBIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
The only representative of this family is the Myrmecobius fasciatus, or
native ant-eater, a small bushy-tailed squirrel-like animal, found in the
South and West of Australia.
Family 79.—PERAMELIDÆ. (3 Genera, 10 Species.)
marsupials, ranging from the size of a wolf to that of a mouse. They are
found all over Australia and Tasmania, as well as in New Guinea and the
adjacent Papuan islands. Several new genera and species have recently been
described by Mr. G. Krefft, of the Sydney Museum, and are included in the
following enumeration. Phasgogale (3 sp.), New Guinea, West, East, and
South Australia; Antechinomys (1 sp.), Interior of South Australia;
Antechinus (12 sp.), Aru Islands, all Australia, and Tasmania; Chætocercus
(1 sp.), South Australia; Dactylopsila (1 sp.), Aru Islands and North
Australia; Podabrus (5 sp.), West, East, and South Australia, and Tasmania;
Myoictis (1 sp.), Aru Islands; Sarcophilus (1 sp.), Tasmania; Dasyurus (4
sp.), North, East, and South, Australia, and Tasmania; Thylacinus (1 sp.),
Tasmania (Plate XI., vol. i. p. 439).
Extinct species of Dasyurus and Thylacinus have been found in the Post-
Pliocene deposits of Australia.
Family 78.—MYRMECOBIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
The only representative of this family is the Myrmecobius fasciatus, or
native ant-eater, a small bushy-tailed squirrel-like animal, found in the
South and West of Australia.
Family 79.—PERAMELIDÆ. (3 Genera, 10 Species.)
Page 330
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
The Peramelidæ, or bandicoots, are small insectivorous Marsupials, having
something of the form of the kangaroos. They range over the whole of
Australia and Tasmania, as well as the Papuan Islands. The genus Perameles
(8 sp.), has the range of the family, one species being found in New Guinea
and the Aru Islands (Plate XI., vol. i. p. 440); Peragalea (1 sp.), inhabits
West Australia only; and Chœropus (1 sp.), a beautiful little animal with
something of the appearance of a mouse-deer, is found in both South, East,
and West Australia.
Family 80.—MACROPODIDÆ. (10 Genera, 56 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
The well-known Kangaroos are the most largely developed family of
Marsupials, and they appear to be the form best adapted for the present
conditions of life in Australia, over every part of which they range. One
genus of true terrestrial kangaroos (Dorcopsis), inhabits the Papuan Islands,
as do also the curious tree kangaroos (Dendrolagus) which, without much
apparent modification of form, are able to climb trees and feed upon the
foliage. The genera, as established by Mr. Waterhouse, are as follows:
Macropus (4 sp.), West, South, and East Australia, and Tasmania (Plate XII.,
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
The Peramelidæ, or bandicoots, are small insectivorous Marsupials, having
something of the form of the kangaroos. They range over the whole of
Australia and Tasmania, as well as the Papuan Islands. The genus Perameles
(8 sp.), has the range of the family, one species being found in New Guinea
and the Aru Islands (Plate XI., vol. i. p. 440); Peragalea (1 sp.), inhabits
West Australia only; and Chœropus (1 sp.), a beautiful little animal with
something of the appearance of a mouse-deer, is found in both South, East,
and West Australia.
Family 80.—MACROPODIDÆ. (10 Genera, 56 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
The well-known Kangaroos are the most largely developed family of
Marsupials, and they appear to be the form best adapted for the present
conditions of life in Australia, over every part of which they range. One
genus of true terrestrial kangaroos (Dorcopsis), inhabits the Papuan Islands,
as do also the curious tree kangaroos (Dendrolagus) which, without much
apparent modification of form, are able to climb trees and feed upon the
foliage. The genera, as established by Mr. Waterhouse, are as follows:
Macropus (4 sp.), West, South, and East Australia, and Tasmania (Plate XII.,
Page 331
vol. i. p. 441); Osphranter (5 sp.), all Australia; Halmaturus (18 sp.), all
Australia and Tasmania; Petrogale (7 sp.), all Australia; Dendrolagus (2
sp.), New Guinea (Plate X., vol. i. p. 414); Dorcopsis (2 sp.) Aru and Mysol
Islands, and New Guinea; Onychogalea (3 sp.), Central Australia;
Lagorchestes (5 sp.), North, West, and South Australia; Bettongia (6 sp.),
West, South, and East, Australia, and Tasmania; Hypsiprymnus (4 sp.), West
and East Australia, and Tasmania.
Extinct Macropodidæ.—Many species of the genera Macropus and
Hypsiprymnus have been found in the cave-deposits and other Post-Tertiary
strata of Australia. Among the extinct genera are Protemnodon and
Sthenurus, which are more allied to the tree-kangaroos of New Guinea than
to living Australian species; the gigantic Diprotodon, a kangaroo nearly as
large as an elephant; and Nototherium, of smaller size.
Family 81.—PHALANGISTIDÆ. (8 Genera, 27 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
The Phalangistidæ, or phalangers, are one of the most varied and interesting
groups of Marsupials, being modified in a variety of ways for an arboreal
life. We have the clumsy-looking tail-less koala, or native sloth; the
prehensile-tailed opossum-like phalangers; the beautiful flying oppossums,
so closely resembling in form the flying squirrels of North America and
India, but often no larger than a mouse; the beautiful dormouse-like
Dromiciæ, one species of which is only 2¼ inches long or less than the
harvest-mouse; and the little Tarsipes, a true honey-sucker with an extensile
tongue, and of the size of a mouse. These extreme modifications and
specializations within the range of a single family, are sufficient to indicate
Australia and Tasmania; Petrogale (7 sp.), all Australia; Dendrolagus (2
sp.), New Guinea (Plate X., vol. i. p. 414); Dorcopsis (2 sp.) Aru and Mysol
Islands, and New Guinea; Onychogalea (3 sp.), Central Australia;
Lagorchestes (5 sp.), North, West, and South Australia; Bettongia (6 sp.),
West, South, and East, Australia, and Tasmania; Hypsiprymnus (4 sp.), West
and East Australia, and Tasmania.
Extinct Macropodidæ.—Many species of the genera Macropus and
Hypsiprymnus have been found in the cave-deposits and other Post-Tertiary
strata of Australia. Among the extinct genera are Protemnodon and
Sthenurus, which are more allied to the tree-kangaroos of New Guinea than
to living Australian species; the gigantic Diprotodon, a kangaroo nearly as
large as an elephant; and Nototherium, of smaller size.
Family 81.—PHALANGISTIDÆ. (8 Genera, 27 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
The Phalangistidæ, or phalangers, are one of the most varied and interesting
groups of Marsupials, being modified in a variety of ways for an arboreal
life. We have the clumsy-looking tail-less koala, or native sloth; the
prehensile-tailed opossum-like phalangers; the beautiful flying oppossums,
so closely resembling in form the flying squirrels of North America and
India, but often no larger than a mouse; the beautiful dormouse-like
Dromiciæ, one species of which is only 2¼ inches long or less than the
harvest-mouse; and the little Tarsipes, a true honey-sucker with an extensile
tongue, and of the size of a mouse. These extreme modifications and
specializations within the range of a single family, are sufficient to indicate
Page 332
the great antiquity of the Australian fauna; and they render it almost certain
that the region it occupied was once much more extensive, so as to supply
the variety of conditions and the struggle between competing forms of life,
which would be required to develop so many curiously modified forms, of
which we now probably see only a remnant.
The Phalangistidæ not only range over all Australia and Tasmania, but over
the whole of the Austro-Malayan sub-region from New Guinea to the
Moluccas and Celebes. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Phascolarctos (1 sp.), the koala, East Australia; Phalangista (5 sp.), East,
South, and West Australia, and Tasmania; Cuscus (8 sp.), woolly phalangers,
New Guinea, North Australia, Timor, Moluccas and Celebes; Petaurista (1
sp.) large flying phalanger, East Australia; Belideus (5 sp.), flying
opossums, South, East, and North Australia, New Guiana and Moluccas;
Acrobata (1 sp.), pigmy flying opossum, South and East Australia; Dromicia
(5 sp.), dormouse-phalangers, West and East Australia, and Tasmania;
Tarsipes (1 sp.), West Australia.
Thylacoleo, a large extinct marsupial of doubtful affinities, seems to be
somewhat intermediate between this family and the kangaroos. Professor
Owen considered it to be carnivorous, and able to prey upon the huge
Diprotodon, while Professor Flower and Mr. Gerard Krefft, believe that it
was herbivorous.
Family 82.—PHASCOLOMYIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
that the region it occupied was once much more extensive, so as to supply
the variety of conditions and the struggle between competing forms of life,
which would be required to develop so many curiously modified forms, of
which we now probably see only a remnant.
The Phalangistidæ not only range over all Australia and Tasmania, but over
the whole of the Austro-Malayan sub-region from New Guinea to the
Moluccas and Celebes. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Phascolarctos (1 sp.), the koala, East Australia; Phalangista (5 sp.), East,
South, and West Australia, and Tasmania; Cuscus (8 sp.), woolly phalangers,
New Guinea, North Australia, Timor, Moluccas and Celebes; Petaurista (1
sp.) large flying phalanger, East Australia; Belideus (5 sp.), flying
opossums, South, East, and North Australia, New Guiana and Moluccas;
Acrobata (1 sp.), pigmy flying opossum, South and East Australia; Dromicia
(5 sp.), dormouse-phalangers, West and East Australia, and Tasmania;
Tarsipes (1 sp.), West Australia.
Thylacoleo, a large extinct marsupial of doubtful affinities, seems to be
somewhat intermediate between this family and the kangaroos. Professor
Owen considered it to be carnivorous, and able to prey upon the huge
Diprotodon, while Professor Flower and Mr. Gerard Krefft, believe that it
was herbivorous.
Family 82.—PHASCOLOMYIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
Page 333
The Wombats are tail-less, terrestrial, burrowing animals, about the size of a
badger, but feeding on roots and grass. They inhabit South Australia and
Tasmania (Plate XI. vol. i. p. 439).
An extinct wombat, as large as a tapir, has been found in the Australian
Pliocene deposits.
General Remarks on the Distribution of Marsupialia.
We have here the most remarkable case, of an extensive and highly varied
order being confined to one very limited area on the earth's surface, the only
exception being the opossums in America. It has been already shown that
these are comparatively recent immigrants, which have survived in that
country long after they disappeared in Europe. As, however, no other form
but that of the Didelphyidæ occurs there during the Tertiary period, we must
suppose that it was at a far more remote epoch that the ancestral forms of all
the other Marsupials entered Australia; and the curious little mammals of
the Oolite and Trias, offer valuable indications as to the time when this
really took place.
A notice of these extinct marsupials of the secondary period will be found at
vol. i. p. 159.
Order XIII.—MONOTREMATA.
Family 83.—ORNITHORHYNCHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
badger, but feeding on roots and grass. They inhabit South Australia and
Tasmania (Plate XI. vol. i. p. 439).
An extinct wombat, as large as a tapir, has been found in the Australian
Pliocene deposits.
General Remarks on the Distribution of Marsupialia.
We have here the most remarkable case, of an extensive and highly varied
order being confined to one very limited area on the earth's surface, the only
exception being the opossums in America. It has been already shown that
these are comparatively recent immigrants, which have survived in that
country long after they disappeared in Europe. As, however, no other form
but that of the Didelphyidæ occurs there during the Tertiary period, we must
suppose that it was at a far more remote epoch that the ancestral forms of all
the other Marsupials entered Australia; and the curious little mammals of
the Oolite and Trias, offer valuable indications as to the time when this
really took place.
A notice of these extinct marsupials of the secondary period will be found at
vol. i. p. 159.
Order XIII.—MONOTREMATA.
Family 83.—ORNITHORHYNCHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
Page 334
The Ornithorhynchus, or duck-billed Platypus, one of the most remarkable
and isolated of existing mammalia, is found in East and South Australia, and
Tasmania.
Family 84.—ECHIDNIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
The Echidna, or Australian Hedgehog, although quite as remarkable in
internal structure as the Ornithorhynchus, is not so peculiar in external
appearance, having very much the aspect of a hedgehog or spiny armadillo.
The two species of this genus are very closely allied; one inhabits East and
South Australia, the other Tasmania.
Extinct Echidnidæ.—Remains of a very large fossil species of Echidna have
lately (1868) been discovered at Darling Downs in Australia.
Remark on the Distribution of the Monotremata.
This order is the lowest and most anomalous of the mammalia, and nothing
resembling it has been found among the very numerous extinct animals
discovered in any other part of the world than Australia.
and isolated of existing mammalia, is found in East and South Australia, and
Tasmania.
Family 84.—ECHIDNIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
The Echidna, or Australian Hedgehog, although quite as remarkable in
internal structure as the Ornithorhynchus, is not so peculiar in external
appearance, having very much the aspect of a hedgehog or spiny armadillo.
The two species of this genus are very closely allied; one inhabits East and
South Australia, the other Tasmania.
Extinct Echidnidæ.—Remains of a very large fossil species of Echidna have
lately (1868) been discovered at Darling Downs in Australia.
Remark on the Distribution of the Monotremata.
This order is the lowest and most anomalous of the mammalia, and nothing
resembling it has been found among the very numerous extinct animals
discovered in any other part of the world than Australia.
Page 335
CHAPTER XVIII.
T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N O F T H E FA M I L I E S A N D G E N E R A O F B I R D S .
Order I.—PASSERES.
Family 1.—TURDIDÆ. (21 Genera, 205 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
The extensive and familiar group of Thrushes ranges over every region and
sub-region, except New Zealand. It abounds most in the North Temperate
regions, and has its least development in the Australian region. Thrushes are
among the most perfectly organized of birds, and it is to this cause, perhaps,
as well as to their omnivorous diet, that they have been enabled to establish
themselves on a number of remote islands. Peculiar species of true thrush
are found in Norfolk Island, and in the small Lord Howes' Island nearer
Australia; the Island of St. Thomas in the Gulf of Guinea has a peculiar
species; while the Mid-Atlantic island Tristan d'Acunha,—one of the most
remote and isolated spots on the globe,—has a peculiarly modified form of
thrush. Several of the smaller West Indian Islands have also peculiar species
or genera of thrushes.
The family is of somewhat uncertain extent, blending insensibly with the
warblers (Sylviidæ) as well as with the Indian bulbuls (Pycnonotidæ), while
one genus, usually placed in it (Myiophonus) seems to agree better with
Enicurus among the Cinclidæ. The genera here admitted into the thrush
family are the following, the numbers prefixed to some of the genera
indicating their position in Gray's Hand List of the Genera and Species of
Birds:—
T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N O F T H E FA M I L I E S A N D G E N E R A O F B I R D S .
Order I.—PASSERES.
Family 1.—TURDIDÆ. (21 Genera, 205 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
The extensive and familiar group of Thrushes ranges over every region and
sub-region, except New Zealand. It abounds most in the North Temperate
regions, and has its least development in the Australian region. Thrushes are
among the most perfectly organized of birds, and it is to this cause, perhaps,
as well as to their omnivorous diet, that they have been enabled to establish
themselves on a number of remote islands. Peculiar species of true thrush
are found in Norfolk Island, and in the small Lord Howes' Island nearer
Australia; the Island of St. Thomas in the Gulf of Guinea has a peculiar
species; while the Mid-Atlantic island Tristan d'Acunha,—one of the most
remote and isolated spots on the globe,—has a peculiarly modified form of
thrush. Several of the smaller West Indian Islands have also peculiar species
or genera of thrushes.
The family is of somewhat uncertain extent, blending insensibly with the
warblers (Sylviidæ) as well as with the Indian bulbuls (Pycnonotidæ), while
one genus, usually placed in it (Myiophonus) seems to agree better with
Enicurus among the Cinclidæ. The genera here admitted into the thrush
family are the following, the numbers prefixed to some of the genera
indicating their position in Gray's Hand List of the Genera and Species of
Birds:—
Page 336
(1143) Brachypteryx (8 sp.), Nepaul to Java and Ceylon (this may belong to
the Timaliidæ); Turdus (100 sp.) has the range of the whole family,
abounding in the Palæarctic, Oriental and Neotropical regions, while it is
less plentiful in the Nearctic and Ethiopian, and very scarce in the
Australian; (934) Oreocincla (11 sp.), Palæarctic and Oriental regions,
Australia and Tasmania; (942) Rhodinocichla (1 sp.), Venezuela; (946)
Melanoptila (1 sp.), Honduras; (947 948) Catharus (10 sp.) Mexico to
Equador; (949 950) Margarops (4 sp.), Hayti and Porto Rico to St. Lucia; (951)
Nesocichla (1 sp.), Tristan d'Acunha; (952) Geocichla (8 sp.), India to
Formosa and Celebes, Timor and North Australia; (954 955) Monticola (8
sp.), Central Europe to South Africa and to China, Philippine Islands, Gilolo
and Java; (956) Orocætes (3 sp.), Himalayas and N. China; Zoothera (3 sp.)
Himalayas, Aracan, Java, and Lombok; Mimus (20 sp.) Canada to
Patagonia, West Indies and Galapagos; (962) Oreoscoptes (1 sp.), Rocky
Mountains and Mexico; (963) Melanotis (2 sp.), South Mexico and
Guatemala; (964) Galeoscoptes (1 sp.), Canada and Eastern United States to
Cuba and Panama; (965 966) Mimocichla (5 sp.), Greater Antilles; (967 968)
Harporhynchus (7 sp.), North America, from the great lakes to Mexico;
Cinclocerthia (3 sp.), Lesser Antilles; (970) Rhamphocinclus (1 sp.), Lesser
Antilles; Chætops (3 sp.), South Africa; Cossypha = Bessonornis (15 sp.)
Ethiopian region and Palestine.
Family 2.—SYLVIIDÆ. (74 Genera, 640 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
This immense family, comprising all the birds usually known as "warblers,"
is, as here constituted, of almost universal distribution. Yet it is so numerous
and preponderant over the whole Eastern Hemisphere, that it may be well
the Timaliidæ); Turdus (100 sp.) has the range of the whole family,
abounding in the Palæarctic, Oriental and Neotropical regions, while it is
less plentiful in the Nearctic and Ethiopian, and very scarce in the
Australian; (934) Oreocincla (11 sp.), Palæarctic and Oriental regions,
Australia and Tasmania; (942) Rhodinocichla (1 sp.), Venezuela; (946)
Melanoptila (1 sp.), Honduras; (947 948) Catharus (10 sp.) Mexico to
Equador; (949 950) Margarops (4 sp.), Hayti and Porto Rico to St. Lucia; (951)
Nesocichla (1 sp.), Tristan d'Acunha; (952) Geocichla (8 sp.), India to
Formosa and Celebes, Timor and North Australia; (954 955) Monticola (8
sp.), Central Europe to South Africa and to China, Philippine Islands, Gilolo
and Java; (956) Orocætes (3 sp.), Himalayas and N. China; Zoothera (3 sp.)
Himalayas, Aracan, Java, and Lombok; Mimus (20 sp.) Canada to
Patagonia, West Indies and Galapagos; (962) Oreoscoptes (1 sp.), Rocky
Mountains and Mexico; (963) Melanotis (2 sp.), South Mexico and
Guatemala; (964) Galeoscoptes (1 sp.), Canada and Eastern United States to
Cuba and Panama; (965 966) Mimocichla (5 sp.), Greater Antilles; (967 968)
Harporhynchus (7 sp.), North America, from the great lakes to Mexico;
Cinclocerthia (3 sp.), Lesser Antilles; (970) Rhamphocinclus (1 sp.), Lesser
Antilles; Chætops (3 sp.), South Africa; Cossypha = Bessonornis (15 sp.)
Ethiopian region and Palestine.
Family 2.—SYLVIIDÆ. (74 Genera, 640 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
This immense family, comprising all the birds usually known as "warblers,"
is, as here constituted, of almost universal distribution. Yet it is so numerous
and preponderant over the whole Eastern Hemisphere, that it may be well
Page 337
termed an Old-World group; only two undoubted genera with very few
species belonging to the Nearctic region, while two or three others whose
position is somewhat doubtful, are found in California and the Neotropical
region.
Canon Tristram, who has paid great attention to this difficult group, has
kindly communicated to me a MSS. arrangement of the genera and species,
which, with a very few additions and alterations, I implicitly follow. He
divides the Sylviidæ into seven sub-families, as follows:
1. Drymœcinæ (15 genera, 194 sp.), confined to the Old World and
Australia, and especially abundant in the three Tropical regions. 2.
Calamoherpinæ (11 genera, 75 sp.), has the same general distribution as the
last, but is scarce in the Australian and abundant in the Palæarctic region; 3.
Phylloscopinæ (11 genera, 139 sp.), has the same distribution as the entire
family, but is most abundant in the Oriental and Palæarctic regions. 4.
Sylviinæ (6 genera, 33 sp.), most abundant in the Palæarctic region, very
scarce in the Australian and Oriental regions, absent from America. 5.
Ruticillinæ (10 genera, 50 sp.); entirely absent from America and Australia;
abounds in the Oriental and Palæarctic regions. 6. Saxicolinæ (12 genera,
126 sp.), absent from America (except the extreme north-west), abundant in
the Oriental region and moderately so in the Palæarctic, Ethiopian, and
Australian. 7. Accentorinæ (6 genera, 21 sp.), absent from the Ethiopian
region and South America, most abundant in Australia, one small genus
(Sialia), in North America.
The distribution of the several genera arranged under these sub-families, is
as follows:
1. Drymœcinæ.—(736) Orthotomus (13 sp.), all the Oriental region; (737)
Prinia (11 sp.), all the Oriental region; (738 740 742 746) Drymœca (83 sp.),
Ethiopian and Oriental regions, most abundant in the former; (743 to 745 and
749 to 752
) Cisticola (32 sp.), Ethiopian and Oriental regions, with South
Europe, China and Australia; (741) Suya (5 sp.), Nepal to South China and
Formosa; (773) Sphenæacus (7 sp.), Australia, New Zealand, and Chatham
Island, with one species (?) in South Africa; (770 772) Megalurus (4 sp.),
species belonging to the Nearctic region, while two or three others whose
position is somewhat doubtful, are found in California and the Neotropical
region.
Canon Tristram, who has paid great attention to this difficult group, has
kindly communicated to me a MSS. arrangement of the genera and species,
which, with a very few additions and alterations, I implicitly follow. He
divides the Sylviidæ into seven sub-families, as follows:
1. Drymœcinæ (15 genera, 194 sp.), confined to the Old World and
Australia, and especially abundant in the three Tropical regions. 2.
Calamoherpinæ (11 genera, 75 sp.), has the same general distribution as the
last, but is scarce in the Australian and abundant in the Palæarctic region; 3.
Phylloscopinæ (11 genera, 139 sp.), has the same distribution as the entire
family, but is most abundant in the Oriental and Palæarctic regions. 4.
Sylviinæ (6 genera, 33 sp.), most abundant in the Palæarctic region, very
scarce in the Australian and Oriental regions, absent from America. 5.
Ruticillinæ (10 genera, 50 sp.); entirely absent from America and Australia;
abounds in the Oriental and Palæarctic regions. 6. Saxicolinæ (12 genera,
126 sp.), absent from America (except the extreme north-west), abundant in
the Oriental region and moderately so in the Palæarctic, Ethiopian, and
Australian. 7. Accentorinæ (6 genera, 21 sp.), absent from the Ethiopian
region and South America, most abundant in Australia, one small genus
(Sialia), in North America.
The distribution of the several genera arranged under these sub-families, is
as follows:
1. Drymœcinæ.—(736) Orthotomus (13 sp.), all the Oriental region; (737)
Prinia (11 sp.), all the Oriental region; (738 740 742 746) Drymœca (83 sp.),
Ethiopian and Oriental regions, most abundant in the former; (743 to 745 and
749 to 752
) Cisticola (32 sp.), Ethiopian and Oriental regions, with South
Europe, China and Australia; (741) Suya (5 sp.), Nepal to South China and
Formosa; (773) Sphenæacus (7 sp.), Australia, New Zealand, and Chatham
Island, with one species (?) in South Africa; (770 772) Megalurus (4 sp.),
Page 338
Central India to Java and Timor; (774 775) Poodytes (2 sp.), Australia; (766)
Amytis (3 sp.), Australia; (768) Sphenura (4 sp.), Australia; (764) Malurus (16
sp.), Australia and Tasmania; (762 763) Chthonicola (3 sp.), Australia; (761)
Calamanthus (2 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; (759) Camaroptera (5 sp.),
Africa and Fernando Po; (753) Apalis (1 sp.), South Africa.
2. Calamoherpinæ.—(777 to 781 and sp. 2968) Acrocephalus (35 sp.), Palæarctic,
Ethiopian, continental part of Oriental region, Moluccas, Caroline Islands,
and Australia; (782 818) Dumeticola (4 sp.), Nepal to East Thibet, Central
Asia, high regions; (783 790) Potamodus (3 sp.), Central and South Europe,
and East Thibet; (789 and sp. 2969) Lusciniola (1 sp.), South Europe; (791 792)
Locustella (8 sp.), Palæarctic region to Central India and China; (739)
Horites (5 sp.), Nepal to North-west China and Formosa; (784—786)
Bradyptetus = Cettia (10 sp.), South Europe, Palestine, and South Africa;
(747 748) Catriscus (3 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Bernieria (2 sp.), and
(756) Ellisia (3 sp.), Madagascar; (832 a) Mystacornis (1 sp.), Madagascar;
(787) Calamodus (2 sp.), Europe and Palestine; (734) Tatare (2 sp.) Samoa to
Marquesas Islands.
3. Phylloscopinæ.[5]—Phylloscopus (18 sp.), all Palæarctic and Oriental
regions to Batchian; (757 758 820) Eremomela (16 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa; (754) Eroessa (1 sp.), Madagascar; [5]Hypolais (12 sp.), Palæarctic
region, all India, Timor, North and South Africa; (815 816 819) Abrornis (26
sp.), Oriental region; (814) Reguloides (4 sp.), Palæarctic and continental
Oriental regions; (822) Sericornis (7 sp.), Australia and Tasmania (823 824
1451
) Acanthiza (14 sp.), Australia and New Caledonia; (821) Regulus (7 sp.),
all Palæarctic and Nearctic regions and south to Guatemala; (890) Polioptila
(13 sp,); Paraguay to New Mexico; (825) Gerygone (22 sp.), Australia,
Papuan and Timor groups, New Zealand and Norfolk Island.
4. Sylviinæ.—(793) Aedon (9 sp.), Spain and Palestine, to East and South
Africa; (858) Drymodes (2 sp.), Australia; (800) Pyrophthalma (2 sp.), South
Europe and Palestine; (801) Melizophilus (3 sp.), South-west Europe and
North-east Africa; (802 804) Sylvia = Alsecus (8 sp.), Palæarctic region to
Amytis (3 sp.), Australia; (768) Sphenura (4 sp.), Australia; (764) Malurus (16
sp.), Australia and Tasmania; (762 763) Chthonicola (3 sp.), Australia; (761)
Calamanthus (2 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; (759) Camaroptera (5 sp.),
Africa and Fernando Po; (753) Apalis (1 sp.), South Africa.
2. Calamoherpinæ.—(777 to 781 and sp. 2968) Acrocephalus (35 sp.), Palæarctic,
Ethiopian, continental part of Oriental region, Moluccas, Caroline Islands,
and Australia; (782 818) Dumeticola (4 sp.), Nepal to East Thibet, Central
Asia, high regions; (783 790) Potamodus (3 sp.), Central and South Europe,
and East Thibet; (789 and sp. 2969) Lusciniola (1 sp.), South Europe; (791 792)
Locustella (8 sp.), Palæarctic region to Central India and China; (739)
Horites (5 sp.), Nepal to North-west China and Formosa; (784—786)
Bradyptetus = Cettia (10 sp.), South Europe, Palestine, and South Africa;
(747 748) Catriscus (3 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Bernieria (2 sp.), and
(756) Ellisia (3 sp.), Madagascar; (832 a) Mystacornis (1 sp.), Madagascar;
(787) Calamodus (2 sp.), Europe and Palestine; (734) Tatare (2 sp.) Samoa to
Marquesas Islands.
3. Phylloscopinæ.[5]—Phylloscopus (18 sp.), all Palæarctic and Oriental
regions to Batchian; (757 758 820) Eremomela (16 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa; (754) Eroessa (1 sp.), Madagascar; [5]Hypolais (12 sp.), Palæarctic
region, all India, Timor, North and South Africa; (815 816 819) Abrornis (26
sp.), Oriental region; (814) Reguloides (4 sp.), Palæarctic and continental
Oriental regions; (822) Sericornis (7 sp.), Australia and Tasmania (823 824
1451
) Acanthiza (14 sp.), Australia and New Caledonia; (821) Regulus (7 sp.),
all Palæarctic and Nearctic regions and south to Guatemala; (890) Polioptila
(13 sp,); Paraguay to New Mexico; (825) Gerygone (22 sp.), Australia,
Papuan and Timor groups, New Zealand and Norfolk Island.
4. Sylviinæ.—(793) Aedon (9 sp.), Spain and Palestine, to East and South
Africa; (858) Drymodes (2 sp.), Australia; (800) Pyrophthalma (2 sp.), South
Europe and Palestine; (801) Melizophilus (3 sp.), South-west Europe and
North-east Africa; (802 804) Sylvia = Alsecus (8 sp.), Palæarctic region to
Page 339
India and Ceylon, and North-east Africa; (806 809) Curruca (7 sp.), Central
and South Europe, Madeira, Palestine, Central India, North-east Africa, and
South Africa.
5. Ruticillinæ.—(827) Luscinia (2 sp.), West Asia, Europe, North Africa;
(839) Cyanecula (3 sp.), Europe, North-east Africa, India, Ceylon, and
China; (840) Calliope (2 sp.), North Asia, Himalayas, Central India, and
China; (838) Erithacus (3 sp.), Europe, North-east Africa, Japan, and North
China; (828 830 837) Ruticilla (20 sp.), Palæarctic and Oriental regions to
Senegal and Abyssinia, and east to Timor; abounds in Himalayas; (829)
Chæmarrhornis (1 sp.), Himalayas; (831 832 834) Larvivora (10 sp.), Oriental
region and Japan; (833) Notodela (3 sp.), Himalayas, Pegu, Formosa, Java;
(835) Tarsiger (2 sp.), Nepal; (841) Grandala (1 sp.), High Himalayas of
Nepal.
6. Saxicolinæ.—(975) Copsychus (7 sp.), all Oriental region and
Madagascar; (976) Kittacincla (5 sp.), Oriental region to Ceylon, Andaman
Islands, Formosa, and Borneo; (794—799) Thamnobia (10 sp.), Ethiopian
region and India to foot of Himalayas; (977) Gervasia (2 sp.), Madagascar
and Seychelle Islands; (845 847) Dromolæa (18 sp.), Africa to South Europe,
Palestine, North-west India, and North China; (842 843 846) Saxicola (36 sp.),
Africa, North-west India, whole Palæarctic region, migrating to Alaska and
Greenland; (848 849) Oreicola (5 sp.), Timor, Lombok, and Burmah; (844)
Cercomela (6 sp.), North-east Africa to North-west India; (850) Pratincola
(15 sp.), Europe, Ethiopian, and Oriental regions to Celebes and Timor; (917)
Ephthianura (3 sp.), Australia; (851—856) Petrœca (17 sp.), Australian
region, Papua to New Zealand, Chatham and Auckland Islands, and Samoa;
(857) Miro (2 sp.), New Zealand (doubtfully placed here).
7. Accentorinæ.—(771) Cinclorhamphus (2 sp.), Australia; (860) Origma (1
sp.), East Australia; (859) Sialia (8 sp.), United States to Guatemala; (861)
Accentor (12 sp.), Palæarctic region to Himalayas and North-west China;
(703) Orthonyx (4 sp.), East Australia and New Zealand (doubtfully placed
here).
and South Europe, Madeira, Palestine, Central India, North-east Africa, and
South Africa.
5. Ruticillinæ.—(827) Luscinia (2 sp.), West Asia, Europe, North Africa;
(839) Cyanecula (3 sp.), Europe, North-east Africa, India, Ceylon, and
China; (840) Calliope (2 sp.), North Asia, Himalayas, Central India, and
China; (838) Erithacus (3 sp.), Europe, North-east Africa, Japan, and North
China; (828 830 837) Ruticilla (20 sp.), Palæarctic and Oriental regions to
Senegal and Abyssinia, and east to Timor; abounds in Himalayas; (829)
Chæmarrhornis (1 sp.), Himalayas; (831 832 834) Larvivora (10 sp.), Oriental
region and Japan; (833) Notodela (3 sp.), Himalayas, Pegu, Formosa, Java;
(835) Tarsiger (2 sp.), Nepal; (841) Grandala (1 sp.), High Himalayas of
Nepal.
6. Saxicolinæ.—(975) Copsychus (7 sp.), all Oriental region and
Madagascar; (976) Kittacincla (5 sp.), Oriental region to Ceylon, Andaman
Islands, Formosa, and Borneo; (794—799) Thamnobia (10 sp.), Ethiopian
region and India to foot of Himalayas; (977) Gervasia (2 sp.), Madagascar
and Seychelle Islands; (845 847) Dromolæa (18 sp.), Africa to South Europe,
Palestine, North-west India, and North China; (842 843 846) Saxicola (36 sp.),
Africa, North-west India, whole Palæarctic region, migrating to Alaska and
Greenland; (848 849) Oreicola (5 sp.), Timor, Lombok, and Burmah; (844)
Cercomela (6 sp.), North-east Africa to North-west India; (850) Pratincola
(15 sp.), Europe, Ethiopian, and Oriental regions to Celebes and Timor; (917)
Ephthianura (3 sp.), Australia; (851—856) Petrœca (17 sp.), Australian
region, Papua to New Zealand, Chatham and Auckland Islands, and Samoa;
(857) Miro (2 sp.), New Zealand (doubtfully placed here).
7. Accentorinæ.—(771) Cinclorhamphus (2 sp.), Australia; (860) Origma (1
sp.), East Australia; (859) Sialia (8 sp.), United States to Guatemala; (861)
Accentor (12 sp.), Palæarctic region to Himalayas and North-west China;
(703) Orthonyx (4 sp.), East Australia and New Zealand (doubtfully placed
here).
Page 340
The following two genera, which have been usually classed as Ampelidæ,
are arranged by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin in the Sylviidæ:—
(1362) Myiadestes (8 sp.), Peru and Bolivia, along the Andes to Mexico and
California, also the Antilles; (1364) Cichlopsis (1 sp.), Brazil.
Family 3.—TIMALIIDÆ. (35 Genera, 240 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — 4
— —
The Timaliidæ, or babbling thrushes, are a group of small strong-legged
active birds, mostly of dull colours, which are especially characteristic of
the Oriental region, in every part of which they abound, while they are much
less plentiful in Australia and Africa. The Indo-Chinese sub-region is the
head quarters of the family, whence it diminishes rapidly in all directions in
variety of both generic and specific forms. Viscount Walden has kindly
assisted me in the determination of the limits of this family, as to which
there is still much difference of opinion. The distribution of the genera here
admitted is as follows; and as the genera are widely scattered in the Hand
List, reference numbers are prefixed in every case.
(1023—1026 1008) Pomatorhinus (27 sp.), the whole Oriental region (excluding
Philippines), Australia and New Guinea; (1027) Pterohinus (3 sp.), North
China, East Thibet; (1029 1030) Malacocircus (9 sp.), Continental India and
Ceylon, Arabia, Nubia; (1031) Chatarrhæa (5 sp.), Abyssinia, Palestine,
India, Nepal, Burmah, and Philippines; (1032) Layardia (3 sp.), India and
Ceylon; (1033) Acanthoptila (1 sp.), Nepal; (1034) Cinclosoma (4 sp.),
Australia and Tasmania; (1035 1036) Crateropus (18 sp.), all Africa, Persia;
are arranged by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin in the Sylviidæ:—
(1362) Myiadestes (8 sp.), Peru and Bolivia, along the Andes to Mexico and
California, also the Antilles; (1364) Cichlopsis (1 sp.), Brazil.
Family 3.—TIMALIIDÆ. (35 Genera, 240 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — 4
— —
The Timaliidæ, or babbling thrushes, are a group of small strong-legged
active birds, mostly of dull colours, which are especially characteristic of
the Oriental region, in every part of which they abound, while they are much
less plentiful in Australia and Africa. The Indo-Chinese sub-region is the
head quarters of the family, whence it diminishes rapidly in all directions in
variety of both generic and specific forms. Viscount Walden has kindly
assisted me in the determination of the limits of this family, as to which
there is still much difference of opinion. The distribution of the genera here
admitted is as follows; and as the genera are widely scattered in the Hand
List, reference numbers are prefixed in every case.
(1023—1026 1008) Pomatorhinus (27 sp.), the whole Oriental region (excluding
Philippines), Australia and New Guinea; (1027) Pterohinus (3 sp.), North
China, East Thibet; (1029 1030) Malacocircus (9 sp.), Continental India and
Ceylon, Arabia, Nubia; (1031) Chatarrhæa (5 sp.), Abyssinia, Palestine,
India, Nepal, Burmah, and Philippines; (1032) Layardia (3 sp.), India and
Ceylon; (1033) Acanthoptila (1 sp.), Nepal; (1034) Cinclosoma (4 sp.),
Australia and Tasmania; (1035 1036) Crateropus (18 sp.), all Africa, Persia;
Page 341
(1037) Hypergerus (1 sp.), West Africa; (1038) Cichladusa (3 sp.), Tropical
Africa; (1039) Garrulax (23 sp.), the Oriental region (excluding Philippines);
(1040) Janthocincla (10 sp.), Nepal, to East Thibet, Sumatra, Formosa; (1041
1042
) Gampsorhynchus (2 sp.), Himalayas; (1049) Grammatoptila (1 sp.),
North India; (1043—1045) Trochalopteron (24 sp.), all India to China and
Formosa; (1046) Actinodura (4 sp.), Nepal to Burmah, 3,000-10,000 feet;
(1047) Pellorneum (4 sp.), Nepal to Ceylon, Tenasserim; (1158 1159) Timalia
(12 sp.), Malaya;[6] (1160) Dumetia (2 sp.), Central India and Ceylon; (1162)
Stachyris (6 sp.), Nepal to Assam, Sumatra, Formosa; (1164) Pyctorhis (3
sp.), India to Ceylon and Burmah; (1165) Mixornis (8 sp.), Himalayas and
Malaya; (1167) Malacopteron (3 sp.), Malaya; (1168 1169) Alcippe (15 sp.),
Ceylon and South India, Himalayas to Aracan, Malaya, Formosa, New
Guinea; (1170) Macronus (2 sp.), Malaya; (1171) Cacopitta (5 sp.), Malaya;
(1172) Trichastoma (11 sp.), Nepal, Burmah, Malaya, Celebes; (1173)
Napothera (6 sp.), Malaya; (1174) Drymocataphus (8 sp.), Burmah, Malaya,
Ceylon, Timor; (1175) Turdinus (5 sp.), Khasia Hills, Malacca, Tenasserim;
(1176) Trichixos (1 sp.), Borneo, Malacca; (1004) Sibia (6 sp.), Nepal to
Assam, Tenasserim, Formosa; (1177 1178) Alethe (4 sp.), West Africa; (1178 a)
Oxylabes (1 sp.), Madagascar; (1050) Psophodes (2 sp.), South, East, and
West Australia; (1048) Turnagra (3 sp.), New Zealand.
Family 4.—PANURIDÆ. (4 Genera, 13 Species).
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2 — 4 ——— ——3 ———
— — — — —
This new family is adopted, at the suggestion of Professor Newton, to
include some peculiar groups of Himalayan birds whose position has
Africa; (1039) Garrulax (23 sp.), the Oriental region (excluding Philippines);
(1040) Janthocincla (10 sp.), Nepal, to East Thibet, Sumatra, Formosa; (1041
1042
) Gampsorhynchus (2 sp.), Himalayas; (1049) Grammatoptila (1 sp.),
North India; (1043—1045) Trochalopteron (24 sp.), all India to China and
Formosa; (1046) Actinodura (4 sp.), Nepal to Burmah, 3,000-10,000 feet;
(1047) Pellorneum (4 sp.), Nepal to Ceylon, Tenasserim; (1158 1159) Timalia
(12 sp.), Malaya;[6] (1160) Dumetia (2 sp.), Central India and Ceylon; (1162)
Stachyris (6 sp.), Nepal to Assam, Sumatra, Formosa; (1164) Pyctorhis (3
sp.), India to Ceylon and Burmah; (1165) Mixornis (8 sp.), Himalayas and
Malaya; (1167) Malacopteron (3 sp.), Malaya; (1168 1169) Alcippe (15 sp.),
Ceylon and South India, Himalayas to Aracan, Malaya, Formosa, New
Guinea; (1170) Macronus (2 sp.), Malaya; (1171) Cacopitta (5 sp.), Malaya;
(1172) Trichastoma (11 sp.), Nepal, Burmah, Malaya, Celebes; (1173)
Napothera (6 sp.), Malaya; (1174) Drymocataphus (8 sp.), Burmah, Malaya,
Ceylon, Timor; (1175) Turdinus (5 sp.), Khasia Hills, Malacca, Tenasserim;
(1176) Trichixos (1 sp.), Borneo, Malacca; (1004) Sibia (6 sp.), Nepal to
Assam, Tenasserim, Formosa; (1177 1178) Alethe (4 sp.), West Africa; (1178 a)
Oxylabes (1 sp.), Madagascar; (1050) Psophodes (2 sp.), South, East, and
West Australia; (1048) Turnagra (3 sp.), New Zealand.
Family 4.—PANURIDÆ. (4 Genera, 13 Species).
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2 — 4 ——— ——3 ———
— — — — —
This new family is adopted, at the suggestion of Professor Newton, to
include some peculiar groups of Himalayan birds whose position has
Page 342
usually been among the Timaliidæ or the Paridæ, but which are now found
to be allied to our Bearded Reedling. The supposed affinity of this bird for
the Tits has been long known to be erroneous, and the family Panuridæ was
formed for its reception (Yarrell's British Birds, 4th edit. p. 512). The genera
having hitherto been widely scattered in systematic works, are referred to by
the numbers of Mr. G. E. Gray's Hand List.
(1901) Paradoxornis (3 sp.), Himalayas and East Thibet; (1904) Conostoma (1
sp.), Himalayas and East Thibet; (876) Suthora (8 sp.), Himalayas to North-
west China, Formosa; (877) Chlenasicus (1 sp.), Darjeeling; (887) Panurus (1
sp.), Central and Southern Europe; (1902) Heteromorpha (1 sp.), Nepal,
10,000 feet altitude; Cholornis (1 sp.), Moupin in East Thibet.
Family 5.—CINCLIDÆ. (4 Genera, 27 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
?4 —
The Cinclidæ consist of a number of more or less thrush-like ground-birds,
of which the most remarkable are the Dippers, forming the genus Cinclus.
These are curiously distributed, from the Palæarctic region as a centre, to
the alpine districts of North and South America; while the three genera
which are here included as somewhat allied to Cinclus, all inhabit the
Oriental region. The genera which I class in this family are the following:—
(978) Cinclus (9 sp.), Palæarctic region to West China and Formosa, Rocky
Mountains, and Mexico in North America, and southward to the Andes of
Peru; (916) Enicurus (9 sp.), Himalayas to Java and West China; (979)
Eupetes (4 sp.), Indo-Malay sub-region and New Guinea; (971) Myiophonus
(5 sp.), Himalayas to Ceylon, Java, South China, and Formosa.
to be allied to our Bearded Reedling. The supposed affinity of this bird for
the Tits has been long known to be erroneous, and the family Panuridæ was
formed for its reception (Yarrell's British Birds, 4th edit. p. 512). The genera
having hitherto been widely scattered in systematic works, are referred to by
the numbers of Mr. G. E. Gray's Hand List.
(1901) Paradoxornis (3 sp.), Himalayas and East Thibet; (1904) Conostoma (1
sp.), Himalayas and East Thibet; (876) Suthora (8 sp.), Himalayas to North-
west China, Formosa; (877) Chlenasicus (1 sp.), Darjeeling; (887) Panurus (1
sp.), Central and Southern Europe; (1902) Heteromorpha (1 sp.), Nepal,
10,000 feet altitude; Cholornis (1 sp.), Moupin in East Thibet.
Family 5.—CINCLIDÆ. (4 Genera, 27 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
?4 —
The Cinclidæ consist of a number of more or less thrush-like ground-birds,
of which the most remarkable are the Dippers, forming the genus Cinclus.
These are curiously distributed, from the Palæarctic region as a centre, to
the alpine districts of North and South America; while the three genera
which are here included as somewhat allied to Cinclus, all inhabit the
Oriental region. The genera which I class in this family are the following:—
(978) Cinclus (9 sp.), Palæarctic region to West China and Formosa, Rocky
Mountains, and Mexico in North America, and southward to the Andes of
Peru; (916) Enicurus (9 sp.), Himalayas to Java and West China; (979)
Eupetes (4 sp.), Indo-Malay sub-region and New Guinea; (971) Myiophonus
(5 sp.), Himalayas to Ceylon, Java, South China, and Formosa.
Page 343
(981) Mesites (1 sp.), Madagascar, is an anomalous bird placed with Eupetes
by Mr. G. R. Gray, but of very uncertain affinities.
Family 6.—TROGLODYTIDÆ. (17 Genera, 94 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — — — 3. 4 1——
—
The Troglodytidæ, or Wrens, are small birds, rather abundant and varied in
the Neotropical region, with a few species scattered through the Nearctic,
Palæarctic, and parts of the Oriental regions, and one doubtful genus in
Africa. The constitution of the family is by no means well determined. The
South American genera are taken from Messrs. Sclater and Salvin's
Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium.
Tesia (2 sp.), Eastern Himalayas; Pnoepyga (6 sp.), Himalayas to East
Thibet, Java; (716 and 723) Troglodytes (15 sp.), Neotropical, Nearctic, and
Palæarctic regions to the Higher Himalayas; (697) Rimator (1 sp.),
Darjeeling; Thryothorus (13 sp.), South Brazil to Mexico, Martinique, and
Nearctic region; Thryophilus (13 sp.), Brazil to Mexico, and North-west
America; Cistothorus (5 sp.), Patagonia to Greenland; Uropsila (1 sp.),
Mexico; Donacobius (2 sp.), Tropical America; Campylorhynchus (18 sp.),
Brazil, and Bolivia to Mexico and the Gila valley; Cyphorhinus (5 sp.),
Equatorial South America to Costa Rica; Microcerculus (5 sp.), Brazil and
Peru to Mexico; Henicorhina (2 sp.), Peru and Guiana to Costa Rica;
Salpinctes (1 sp.), High Plains of Rocky Mountains; Catherpes (1 sp.),
Mexico and Rio Grande; Cinnicerthia (2 sp.), Ecuador and Columbia. (760)
Sylvietta (2 sp.), Tropical and South Africa,—is placed in this family by Mr.
Tristram.
by Mr. G. R. Gray, but of very uncertain affinities.
Family 6.—TROGLODYTIDÆ. (17 Genera, 94 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — — — 3. 4 1——
—
The Troglodytidæ, or Wrens, are small birds, rather abundant and varied in
the Neotropical region, with a few species scattered through the Nearctic,
Palæarctic, and parts of the Oriental regions, and one doubtful genus in
Africa. The constitution of the family is by no means well determined. The
South American genera are taken from Messrs. Sclater and Salvin's
Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium.
Tesia (2 sp.), Eastern Himalayas; Pnoepyga (6 sp.), Himalayas to East
Thibet, Java; (716 and 723) Troglodytes (15 sp.), Neotropical, Nearctic, and
Palæarctic regions to the Higher Himalayas; (697) Rimator (1 sp.),
Darjeeling; Thryothorus (13 sp.), South Brazil to Mexico, Martinique, and
Nearctic region; Thryophilus (13 sp.), Brazil to Mexico, and North-west
America; Cistothorus (5 sp.), Patagonia to Greenland; Uropsila (1 sp.),
Mexico; Donacobius (2 sp.), Tropical America; Campylorhynchus (18 sp.),
Brazil, and Bolivia to Mexico and the Gila valley; Cyphorhinus (5 sp.),
Equatorial South America to Costa Rica; Microcerculus (5 sp.), Brazil and
Peru to Mexico; Henicorhina (2 sp.), Peru and Guiana to Costa Rica;
Salpinctes (1 sp.), High Plains of Rocky Mountains; Catherpes (1 sp.),
Mexico and Rio Grande; Cinnicerthia (2 sp.), Ecuador and Columbia. (760)
Sylvietta (2 sp.), Tropical and South Africa,—is placed in this family by Mr.
Tristram.
Page 344
Family 7.—CHAMÆIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species).
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1—— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The bird which forms the genus Chamæa inhabits California; and though
allied to the wrens it has certain peculiarities of structure which, in the
opinion of many ornithologists, require that it should be placed in a distinct
family.
Family 8.—CERTHIIDÆ. (6 Genera, 18 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1 — 3. 4 1.2 — —
— — —
The Certhiidæ, or Creepers, form a small family whose species are thinly
scattered over North America from Mexico, the Palæarctic region, parts of
the Oriental region, and Australia, where they are somewhat more abundant.
The distribution of the genera is as follows:
Certhia (6 sp.), Nearctic and Palæarctic regions, Nepal, and Sikhim;
Salpornis (1 sp.), Central India; Tichodroma, (1 sp.), South Europe to
Abyssinia, Nepal, and North China; Rhabdornis (1 sp.), Philippine Islands;
Climacteris (8 sp.), Australia and New Guinea.
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1—— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The bird which forms the genus Chamæa inhabits California; and though
allied to the wrens it has certain peculiarities of structure which, in the
opinion of many ornithologists, require that it should be placed in a distinct
family.
Family 8.—CERTHIIDÆ. (6 Genera, 18 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1 — 3. 4 1.2 — —
— — —
The Certhiidæ, or Creepers, form a small family whose species are thinly
scattered over North America from Mexico, the Palæarctic region, parts of
the Oriental region, and Australia, where they are somewhat more abundant.
The distribution of the genera is as follows:
Certhia (6 sp.), Nearctic and Palæarctic regions, Nepal, and Sikhim;
Salpornis (1 sp.), Central India; Tichodroma, (1 sp.), South Europe to
Abyssinia, Nepal, and North China; Rhabdornis (1 sp.), Philippine Islands;
Climacteris (8 sp.), Australia and New Guinea.
Page 345
Family 9.—SITTIDÆ. (6 Genera, 31 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — 4
— —
The Sittidæ, or Nuthatches, are another small family of tree-creeping birds,
whose distribution is very similar to that of the Certhiidæ, but with a more
uniform range over the Oriental region, and extending to New Zealand and
Madagascar. The genera are as follows:—
Sitta (17 sp.), Palæarctic and Nearctic regions to South India and Mexico;
Dendrophila (2 sp.), Ceylon and India to Burmah and Malaya; Hypherpes (1
sp.), Madagascar; Sittella (6 sp.), Australia and New Guinea. Acanthisitta (1
sp.) and Xenicus (4 sp.), New Zealand, are placed with some doubt in this
family.
Family 10.—PARIDÆ. (14 Genera, 92 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 —2—4
—
The Paridæ, or Tits, are very abundant in the Nearctic and Palæarctic
regions; many fine species are found in the Himalayas, but they are
sparingly scattered through the Ethiopian, Oriental, and Australian regions.
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — 4
— —
The Sittidæ, or Nuthatches, are another small family of tree-creeping birds,
whose distribution is very similar to that of the Certhiidæ, but with a more
uniform range over the Oriental region, and extending to New Zealand and
Madagascar. The genera are as follows:—
Sitta (17 sp.), Palæarctic and Nearctic regions to South India and Mexico;
Dendrophila (2 sp.), Ceylon and India to Burmah and Malaya; Hypherpes (1
sp.), Madagascar; Sittella (6 sp.), Australia and New Guinea. Acanthisitta (1
sp.) and Xenicus (4 sp.), New Zealand, are placed with some doubt in this
family.
Family 10.—PARIDÆ. (14 Genera, 92 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 —2—4
—
The Paridæ, or Tits, are very abundant in the Nearctic and Palæarctic
regions; many fine species are found in the Himalayas, but they are
sparingly scattered through the Ethiopian, Oriental, and Australian regions.
Page 346
The genera usually admitted into this family are the following, but the
position of some of them, especially of the Australian forms, is doubtful.
(864—867 870) Parus (46 sp.), North America, from Mexico, Palæarctic, and
Oriental regions, Tropical and South Africa; (868 869) Lophophanes (10 sp.),
Europe, the Higher Himalayas to Sikhim, North America to Mexico;
Acredula = Orites (6 sp.), Palæarctic region; Melanochlora (2 sp.), Nepal to
Sumatra; Psaltria (1 sp.), Java; Psaltriparus (3 sp.), Guatemala to
California, and Rocky Mountains; Auriparus (1 sp.), Rio Grande; (881 882)
Parisoma (5 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; (883 884) Ægithalus (6 sp.),
South-east Europe to South Africa; (885 889) Ægithaliscus (6 sp.),
Afghanistan and Himalayas to Amoy; Cephalopyrus (1 sp.), North-west
Himalayas; Sylviparus (1 sp.), Himalayas and Central India; Certhiparus (2
sp.), New Zealand; (879 880) Sphenostoma (2 sp.), East and South Australia.
Family 11.—LIOTRICHIDÆ. (11 Genera, 35 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Liotrichidæ, or Hill-Tits, are small, active, delicately-coloured birds,
almost confined to the Himalayas and their extension eastward to China.
They are now generally admitted to form a distinct family. The genera are
distributed as follows:
(1146) Liothrix (3 sp.), Himalayas to China; Siva (3 sp.), Himalayas; Minla
(4 sp.), Himalayas and East Thibet; Proparus (7 sp.), Nepal to East Thibet
and Aracan; (1153) Pteruthius (6 sp.), Himalayas to Java and West China;
(1155) Cutia (2 sp.), Nepal; (1019) Yuhina (3 sp.), High Himalayas and
position of some of them, especially of the Australian forms, is doubtful.
(864—867 870) Parus (46 sp.), North America, from Mexico, Palæarctic, and
Oriental regions, Tropical and South Africa; (868 869) Lophophanes (10 sp.),
Europe, the Higher Himalayas to Sikhim, North America to Mexico;
Acredula = Orites (6 sp.), Palæarctic region; Melanochlora (2 sp.), Nepal to
Sumatra; Psaltria (1 sp.), Java; Psaltriparus (3 sp.), Guatemala to
California, and Rocky Mountains; Auriparus (1 sp.), Rio Grande; (881 882)
Parisoma (5 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; (883 884) Ægithalus (6 sp.),
South-east Europe to South Africa; (885 889) Ægithaliscus (6 sp.),
Afghanistan and Himalayas to Amoy; Cephalopyrus (1 sp.), North-west
Himalayas; Sylviparus (1 sp.), Himalayas and Central India; Certhiparus (2
sp.), New Zealand; (879 880) Sphenostoma (2 sp.), East and South Australia.
Family 11.—LIOTRICHIDÆ. (11 Genera, 35 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Liotrichidæ, or Hill-Tits, are small, active, delicately-coloured birds,
almost confined to the Himalayas and their extension eastward to China.
They are now generally admitted to form a distinct family. The genera are
distributed as follows:
(1146) Liothrix (3 sp.), Himalayas to China; Siva (3 sp.), Himalayas; Minla
(4 sp.), Himalayas and East Thibet; Proparus (7 sp.), Nepal to East Thibet
and Aracan; (1153) Pteruthius (6 sp.), Himalayas to Java and West China;
(1155) Cutia (2 sp.), Nepal; (1019) Yuhina (3 sp.), High Himalayas and
Page 347
Moupin; (1020) Ixulus (3 sp.), Himalayas to Tenasserim; (1021) Myzornis (1
sp.), Darjeeling.
Family 12.—PHYLLORNITHIDÆ. (3 Genera, 14 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Phyllornithidæ, or "Green Bulbuls," are a small group of fruit-eating
birds, strictly confined to the Oriental region, and ranging over the whole of
it, with the one exception of the Philippine Islands. The genera are:—
(1022) Phyllornis (12 sp.), India to Java, Ceylon, and Hainan; (1166) Iora (4
sp.), the whole Oriental region; (1163) Erpornis (2 sp.), Borneo, Himalayas,
Hainan, and Formosa.
Family 13.—PYCNONOTIDÆ. (9 Genera, 139 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — —
The Pycnonotidæ, Bulbuls, or fruit-thrushes, are highly characteristic of the
Oriental region, in every part of which they abound; less plentiful in the
sp.), Darjeeling.
Family 12.—PHYLLORNITHIDÆ. (3 Genera, 14 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Phyllornithidæ, or "Green Bulbuls," are a small group of fruit-eating
birds, strictly confined to the Oriental region, and ranging over the whole of
it, with the one exception of the Philippine Islands. The genera are:—
(1022) Phyllornis (12 sp.), India to Java, Ceylon, and Hainan; (1166) Iora (4
sp.), the whole Oriental region; (1163) Erpornis (2 sp.), Borneo, Himalayas,
Hainan, and Formosa.
Family 13.—PYCNONOTIDÆ. (9 Genera, 139 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — —
The Pycnonotidæ, Bulbuls, or fruit-thrushes, are highly characteristic of the
Oriental region, in every part of which they abound; less plentiful in the
Page 348
Ethiopian region, and extending to Palestine and Japan in the Palæarctic,
and to the Moluccas in the Australian region, but absent from the
intervening island of Celebes. The genera are:—
Microscelis (6 sp.), Burmah, the Indo-Malay Islands, and Japan;
Pycnonotus (52 sp., in many sub-genera), Palestine to South Africa, the
whole Oriental region, China and Japan; Alcurus (1 sp.), Himalayas;
Hemixus (2 sp.), Nepal, Bootan, Hainan; Phyllastrephus (4 sp.), West and
South Africa; Hypsipetes (20 sp.), the whole Oriental region, Madagascar
and the Mascarene Islands; Tylas (1 sp.), Madagascar; Criniger (30 sp.), the
whole Oriental region (excluding Philippines), West and South Africa,
Moluccas; Ixonotus (7 sp.), West Africa; (1015 1017) Setornis (3 sp.),
Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo; Iole (4 sp.), Aracan and Malaya;
Andropadus (9 sp.), Tropical Africa; (1157) Lioptilus (1 sp.), South Africa.
Family 14.—ORIOLIDÆ. (5 Genera, 40 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2 — 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Orioles, or Golden Thrushes, are a small group characteristic of the
Oriental and Ethiopian regions, migrating into the western Palæarctic
region, and with some of the less typical forms in Australia. The genera
are:—
Oriolus (24 sp.), Central Europe, throughout Africa, and the whole Oriental
region, northward to Pekin, and eastward to Flores; (1073) Analcipus (3 sp.),
Himalayas, Formosa, Java and Borneo; Mimeta (9 sp.), the Moluccas and
and to the Moluccas in the Australian region, but absent from the
intervening island of Celebes. The genera are:—
Microscelis (6 sp.), Burmah, the Indo-Malay Islands, and Japan;
Pycnonotus (52 sp., in many sub-genera), Palestine to South Africa, the
whole Oriental region, China and Japan; Alcurus (1 sp.), Himalayas;
Hemixus (2 sp.), Nepal, Bootan, Hainan; Phyllastrephus (4 sp.), West and
South Africa; Hypsipetes (20 sp.), the whole Oriental region, Madagascar
and the Mascarene Islands; Tylas (1 sp.), Madagascar; Criniger (30 sp.), the
whole Oriental region (excluding Philippines), West and South Africa,
Moluccas; Ixonotus (7 sp.), West Africa; (1015 1017) Setornis (3 sp.),
Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo; Iole (4 sp.), Aracan and Malaya;
Andropadus (9 sp.), Tropical Africa; (1157) Lioptilus (1 sp.), South Africa.
Family 14.—ORIOLIDÆ. (5 Genera, 40 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2 — 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Orioles, or Golden Thrushes, are a small group characteristic of the
Oriental and Ethiopian regions, migrating into the western Palæarctic
region, and with some of the less typical forms in Australia. The genera
are:—
Oriolus (24 sp.), Central Europe, throughout Africa, and the whole Oriental
region, northward to Pekin, and eastward to Flores; (1073) Analcipus (3 sp.),
Himalayas, Formosa, Java and Borneo; Mimeta (9 sp.), the Moluccas and
Page 349
Australia; Sphecotheres (3 sp.), Timor and Australia. Artamia (1 sp.),
Madagascar,—perhaps belongs to the next family or to Laniidæ.
Family 15.—CAMPEPHAGIDÆ (3 Genera, 100 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— — —
The Campephagidæ, or Cuckoo Shrikes, (Campephaginæ of the Hand List,
with the addition of Cochoa) are most abundant in the Australian region
(especially in the Austro-Malay sub-region), less so in the Oriental, and still
less in the Ethiopian region. The genera, for the most part as adopted by Dr.
Hartlaub, are as follows:—
Pericrocotus (22 sp.), the whole Oriental region, extending north to Pekin,
and east to Lombok; (1242—1244) Lanicterus (4 sp.), West and South Africa;
(1245 1246) Graucalus (25 sp.), the whole Oriental region, and eastward to
Austro-Malaya, the New Hebrides, and Tasmania; Artamides (1 sp.),
Celebes; Pteropodocys (1 sp.), Australia; (1248 1250 1257 1258) Campephaga
(16 sp.), Austro-Malaya, and New Caledonia, Philippines, the Ethiopian
region; Volvocivora (8 sp.) the Oriental region (excluding Philippines);
Lalage (18 sp.), the whole Malay Archipelago to New Caledonia and
Australia; Symmorphus (1 sp.), Australia; Oxynotus (2 sp.), Mauritius and
Bourbon; (1204) Cochoa (3 sp.), Himalayas, Java. The position of this last
genus is doubtful. Jerdon puts it in the Liotrichidæ; Sundeval in the
Sturnidæ; Bonaparte in the Dicruridæ; Professor Newton suggests the
Pycnonotidæ; but it seems on the whole best placed here.
Family 16.—DICRURIDÆ. (6 Genera, 58 Species.)
Madagascar,—perhaps belongs to the next family or to Laniidæ.
Family 15.—CAMPEPHAGIDÆ (3 Genera, 100 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— — —
The Campephagidæ, or Cuckoo Shrikes, (Campephaginæ of the Hand List,
with the addition of Cochoa) are most abundant in the Australian region
(especially in the Austro-Malay sub-region), less so in the Oriental, and still
less in the Ethiopian region. The genera, for the most part as adopted by Dr.
Hartlaub, are as follows:—
Pericrocotus (22 sp.), the whole Oriental region, extending north to Pekin,
and east to Lombok; (1242—1244) Lanicterus (4 sp.), West and South Africa;
(1245 1246) Graucalus (25 sp.), the whole Oriental region, and eastward to
Austro-Malaya, the New Hebrides, and Tasmania; Artamides (1 sp.),
Celebes; Pteropodocys (1 sp.), Australia; (1248 1250 1257 1258) Campephaga
(16 sp.), Austro-Malaya, and New Caledonia, Philippines, the Ethiopian
region; Volvocivora (8 sp.) the Oriental region (excluding Philippines);
Lalage (18 sp.), the whole Malay Archipelago to New Caledonia and
Australia; Symmorphus (1 sp.), Australia; Oxynotus (2 sp.), Mauritius and
Bourbon; (1204) Cochoa (3 sp.), Himalayas, Java. The position of this last
genus is doubtful. Jerdon puts it in the Liotrichidæ; Sundeval in the
Sturnidæ; Bonaparte in the Dicruridæ; Professor Newton suggests the
Pycnonotidæ; but it seems on the whole best placed here.
Family 16.—DICRURIDÆ. (6 Genera, 58 Species.)
Page 350
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— — —
The Dicruridæ, or Drongo Shrikes (Dicruridæ of the Hand List, omitting the
genus Melænornis), have nearly the same distribution as the last family,
with which they are sometimes united. They are, however, most abundant
and varied in the Oriental region, much less so both in the Australian and
Ethiopian regions. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Dicrurus (46 sp., in several sub-genera), has the range of the whole family,
extending east to New Ireland, and one species in Australia; Chætorhynchus
(1 sp.), New Guinea; Bhringa (2 sp.), Himalayas to Borneo (Plate IX. vol. i.
p. 339); Chibia (2 sp.), Himalayas eastward to North China; Chaptia (3 sp.),
all India to Malacca and Formosa; Irena (4 sp.), Central India, Assam, and
Burmah to Borneo and the Philippine Islands. This last genus is placed by
Jerdon among the Pycnonotidæ, but seems to come most naturally here or in
the last family.
Family 17.—MUSCICAPIDÆ. (44 Genera, 283 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
— —
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— — —
The Dicruridæ, or Drongo Shrikes (Dicruridæ of the Hand List, omitting the
genus Melænornis), have nearly the same distribution as the last family,
with which they are sometimes united. They are, however, most abundant
and varied in the Oriental region, much less so both in the Australian and
Ethiopian regions. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Dicrurus (46 sp., in several sub-genera), has the range of the whole family,
extending east to New Ireland, and one species in Australia; Chætorhynchus
(1 sp.), New Guinea; Bhringa (2 sp.), Himalayas to Borneo (Plate IX. vol. i.
p. 339); Chibia (2 sp.), Himalayas eastward to North China; Chaptia (3 sp.),
all India to Malacca and Formosa; Irena (4 sp.), Central India, Assam, and
Burmah to Borneo and the Philippine Islands. This last genus is placed by
Jerdon among the Pycnonotidæ, but seems to come most naturally here or in
the last family.
Family 17.—MUSCICAPIDÆ. (44 Genera, 283 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
— —
Page 351
The Muscicapidæ, or Flycatchers (Muscicapinæ and Myiagrinæ of the Hand
List, omitting Cochoa and including Pogonocichla) form an extensive
family of usually small-sized and often bright-coloured birds, very abundant
in the warmer regions of the Old World and Australia, but becoming scarce
as we approach the temperate and colder regions. They are wholly absent
from North and South America. The genera, many of which are not well
defined, are distributed as follows:—
Peltops (1 sp.), Papuan Islands; Monarcha (28 sp.), Moluccas to the
Carolines and Marquesas Islands, Australia and Tasmania; Leucophantes (1
sp.), New Guinea; Butalis (4 sp.), Ethiopian and Palæarctic regions,
Moluccas and Formosa; Muscicapa (12 sp.), Europe and Africa;
Muscicapula (6 sp.), India to Western China; Alseonax (1 sp.), South Africa;
Erythrosterna (7 sp.), Europe to China and Java; Newtonia (1 sp.),
Madagascar; Xanthopygia (2 sp.), Japan, China, Malacca; Hemipus (1 sp.),
India and Ceylon; Pycnophrys (1 sp.), Java; Hyliota (2 sp.), West Africa;
Erythrocercus (2 sp.), West Africa and Zambesi; Micræca (6 sp.), Australia,
Timor, and Papuan Islands; Artomyias (2 sp.), West Africa; Pseudobias (1
sp.), Madagascar; Hemichelidon (3 sp.), the Oriental region and North
China; Smithornis (2 sp.), West and South Africa; Megabias (1 sp.), West
Africa; Cassinia (2 sp.), West Africa; Bias, (1 sp.), Tropical Africa; Niltava
(3 sp.), Himalayas to West China; Cyornis (16 sp.), the whole Oriental
region; Cyanoptila (1 sp.), Japan, China, Hainan; Eumyias (7 sp.), India to
South China, Ceylon, and Sumatra; (1213 and 1216) Siphia (8 sp.), North India,
Formosa, Timor; Anthipes (1 sp.), Nepal; Seisura (5 sp.), Australia and
Austro-Malaya (excluding Celebes); Myiagra (16 sp.), Australia and
Moluccas to Caroline and Samoa Islands; Hypothymis (2 sp.), Oriental
region and Celebes; Elminia (2 sp.), Tropical Africa; Muscitodus (2 sp.), Fiji
Islands; Machærirhynchus (4 sp.), Papuan Islands and North Australia;
Platystira (12 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Rhipidura (45 sp.), the
Oriental and Australian regions to the Samoa Islands and Tasmania;
Chelidorynx (1 sp.), North India; Myialestes (2 sp.), India to Ceylon, China,
Java and Celebes; Tchitrea (26 sp.), the entire Ethiopian and Oriental
regions, and to North China and Japan; Philentoma (4 sp.), Malacca,
Sumatra, Borneo, and Philippine Islands; Todopsis (6 sp.), Papuan Islands;
(836) Pogonocichla (1 sp.), South Africa; (1061—1063) Bradyornis (7 sp.),
Tropical and South Africa; (1460) Chasiempis (2 sp.), Sandwich Islands.
List, omitting Cochoa and including Pogonocichla) form an extensive
family of usually small-sized and often bright-coloured birds, very abundant
in the warmer regions of the Old World and Australia, but becoming scarce
as we approach the temperate and colder regions. They are wholly absent
from North and South America. The genera, many of which are not well
defined, are distributed as follows:—
Peltops (1 sp.), Papuan Islands; Monarcha (28 sp.), Moluccas to the
Carolines and Marquesas Islands, Australia and Tasmania; Leucophantes (1
sp.), New Guinea; Butalis (4 sp.), Ethiopian and Palæarctic regions,
Moluccas and Formosa; Muscicapa (12 sp.), Europe and Africa;
Muscicapula (6 sp.), India to Western China; Alseonax (1 sp.), South Africa;
Erythrosterna (7 sp.), Europe to China and Java; Newtonia (1 sp.),
Madagascar; Xanthopygia (2 sp.), Japan, China, Malacca; Hemipus (1 sp.),
India and Ceylon; Pycnophrys (1 sp.), Java; Hyliota (2 sp.), West Africa;
Erythrocercus (2 sp.), West Africa and Zambesi; Micræca (6 sp.), Australia,
Timor, and Papuan Islands; Artomyias (2 sp.), West Africa; Pseudobias (1
sp.), Madagascar; Hemichelidon (3 sp.), the Oriental region and North
China; Smithornis (2 sp.), West and South Africa; Megabias (1 sp.), West
Africa; Cassinia (2 sp.), West Africa; Bias, (1 sp.), Tropical Africa; Niltava
(3 sp.), Himalayas to West China; Cyornis (16 sp.), the whole Oriental
region; Cyanoptila (1 sp.), Japan, China, Hainan; Eumyias (7 sp.), India to
South China, Ceylon, and Sumatra; (1213 and 1216) Siphia (8 sp.), North India,
Formosa, Timor; Anthipes (1 sp.), Nepal; Seisura (5 sp.), Australia and
Austro-Malaya (excluding Celebes); Myiagra (16 sp.), Australia and
Moluccas to Caroline and Samoa Islands; Hypothymis (2 sp.), Oriental
region and Celebes; Elminia (2 sp.), Tropical Africa; Muscitodus (2 sp.), Fiji
Islands; Machærirhynchus (4 sp.), Papuan Islands and North Australia;
Platystira (12 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Rhipidura (45 sp.), the
Oriental and Australian regions to the Samoa Islands and Tasmania;
Chelidorynx (1 sp.), North India; Myialestes (2 sp.), India to Ceylon, China,
Java and Celebes; Tchitrea (26 sp.), the entire Ethiopian and Oriental
regions, and to North China and Japan; Philentoma (4 sp.), Malacca,
Sumatra, Borneo, and Philippine Islands; Todopsis (6 sp.), Papuan Islands;
(836) Pogonocichla (1 sp.), South Africa; (1061—1063) Bradyornis (7 sp.),
Tropical and South Africa; (1460) Chasiempis (2 sp.), Sandwich Islands.
Page 352
Family 18.—PACHYCEPHALIDÆ. (5 Genera, 62 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— — — 4
The Pachycephalidæ, or Thick-headed Shrikes (Pachycephalinæ of the
Hand List omitting Colluricincla, Cracticus, and Pardalotus) are almost
confined to the Australian region, a single species extending to Java and
Aracan, and another (?) to Madagascar. The family has generally been
united with the Laniidæ, but most modern ornithologists consider it to be
distinct. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Oreœca (1 sp.), Australia; Falcunculus (2 sp.), Australia; Pachycephala (44
sp.), Sula Islands (east of Celebes) to the Fiji Islands, and Australia;
Hylocharis (4 sp.), Timor, Celebes, Indo-Malaya, and Aracan; Calicalicus (1
sp.), Madagascar; Eopsaltria (14 sp.), Australia, New Caledonia, and the
New Hebrides; Artamia (4 sp.), Madagascar,—may belong to this family, or
to Laniidæ, Oriolidæ, or Artamidæ, according to different authors.
Family 19.—LANIIDÆ. (19 Genera, 145 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
—
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— — — 4
The Pachycephalidæ, or Thick-headed Shrikes (Pachycephalinæ of the
Hand List omitting Colluricincla, Cracticus, and Pardalotus) are almost
confined to the Australian region, a single species extending to Java and
Aracan, and another (?) to Madagascar. The family has generally been
united with the Laniidæ, but most modern ornithologists consider it to be
distinct. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Oreœca (1 sp.), Australia; Falcunculus (2 sp.), Australia; Pachycephala (44
sp.), Sula Islands (east of Celebes) to the Fiji Islands, and Australia;
Hylocharis (4 sp.), Timor, Celebes, Indo-Malaya, and Aracan; Calicalicus (1
sp.), Madagascar; Eopsaltria (14 sp.), Australia, New Caledonia, and the
New Hebrides; Artamia (4 sp.), Madagascar,—may belong to this family, or
to Laniidæ, Oriolidæ, or Artamidæ, according to different authors.
Family 19.—LANIIDÆ. (19 Genera, 145 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
—
Page 353
The Laniidæ, or Shrikes (Laniinæ and Malaconotinæ of the Hand List, and
including Colluricincla), are most abundant and varied in Africa, less
plentiful in the Oriental, Australian, and Palæarctic regions, with a few
species in the Nearctic region as far as Mexico. The constitution of the
family is, however, somewhat uncertain. The genera here admitted are:—
Colluricincla (4 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Rectes (18 sp.), Papuan
Islands, North Australia, to Pelew and Fiji Islands; (1462—1464 1466 1470 1471—
1473
) Lanius (50 sp.), the whole Nearctic, Palæarctic, Ethiopian, and
Oriental regions, one species reaching Timor, none in Madagascar;
Laniellus (1 sp.), Java; Hypocolius (1 sp.), Abyssinia and Upper Nile;
Corvinella (1 sp.), South and West Africa; Urolestes (1 sp.), South and East
Africa; Tephrodornis (4 sp.), Oriental region to Hainan and Java; Hypodes
(1 sp.), West Africa; Fraseria (2 sp.), West Africa; Cuphopterus (1 sp.),
Princes' Island; Nilaus (1 sp.), South and West Africa; Prionops (9 sp.),
Tropical Africa; Eurocephalus (2 sp.), North, East, and South Africa, and
Abyssinia; Chaunonotus (1 sp.), West Africa; Vanga (4 sp.), Madagascar
(Plate VI. vol. i. p. 278); Laniarius (36 sp.), the whole Ethiopian region;
Telephonus (10 sp.), all Africa and South Europe; Meristes (2 sp.), Tropical
and South Africa; Nicator (1 sp.), East Africa.
Family 20.—CORVIDÆ. (24 Genera, 190 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
The Corvidæ, or Crows, Jays, &c., form an extensive and somewhat
heterogeneous group, some members of which inhabit almost every part of
the globe, although none of the genera are cosmopolitan. The true crows are
found everywhere but in South America; the magpies, choughs, and
nutcrackers are characteristic of the Palæarctic region; the jays are
including Colluricincla), are most abundant and varied in Africa, less
plentiful in the Oriental, Australian, and Palæarctic regions, with a few
species in the Nearctic region as far as Mexico. The constitution of the
family is, however, somewhat uncertain. The genera here admitted are:—
Colluricincla (4 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Rectes (18 sp.), Papuan
Islands, North Australia, to Pelew and Fiji Islands; (1462—1464 1466 1470 1471—
1473
) Lanius (50 sp.), the whole Nearctic, Palæarctic, Ethiopian, and
Oriental regions, one species reaching Timor, none in Madagascar;
Laniellus (1 sp.), Java; Hypocolius (1 sp.), Abyssinia and Upper Nile;
Corvinella (1 sp.), South and West Africa; Urolestes (1 sp.), South and East
Africa; Tephrodornis (4 sp.), Oriental region to Hainan and Java; Hypodes
(1 sp.), West Africa; Fraseria (2 sp.), West Africa; Cuphopterus (1 sp.),
Princes' Island; Nilaus (1 sp.), South and West Africa; Prionops (9 sp.),
Tropical Africa; Eurocephalus (2 sp.), North, East, and South Africa, and
Abyssinia; Chaunonotus (1 sp.), West Africa; Vanga (4 sp.), Madagascar
(Plate VI. vol. i. p. 278); Laniarius (36 sp.), the whole Ethiopian region;
Telephonus (10 sp.), all Africa and South Europe; Meristes (2 sp.), Tropical
and South Africa; Nicator (1 sp.), East Africa.
Family 20.—CORVIDÆ. (24 Genera, 190 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
The Corvidæ, or Crows, Jays, &c., form an extensive and somewhat
heterogeneous group, some members of which inhabit almost every part of
the globe, although none of the genera are cosmopolitan. The true crows are
found everywhere but in South America; the magpies, choughs, and
nutcrackers are characteristic of the Palæarctic region; the jays are
Page 354
Palæarctic, Oriental, and American; while the piping crows are peculiarly
Australian. The more detailed distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Sub-family I. Gymnorhininæ (Piping Crows).—Strepera (4 sp.), and
Gymnorhina (3 sp.), are Australian only; Cracticus (9 sp.), ranges from New
Guinea to Tasmania (this is usually put with the Shrikes, but it has more
affinity with the preceding genera); Pityriasis (1 sp.), Borneo (an
extraordinary bird of very doubtful affinities); Grallina (1 sp.), Australia, is
put here by Sundevall,—among Motacillidæ, by Gould.
Sub-family II. Garrulinæ (Jays).—Platylophus = Lophocitta (4 sp.),
Malaya; Garrulus (12 sp.), Palæarctic region, China and Himalayas;
Perisoreus (2 sp.), North of Palæarctic and Nearctic regions; Cyanurus (22
sp.), American, from Bolivia to Canada, most abundant in Central America,
but absent from the Antilles; Cyanocorax (15 sp.), La Plata to Mexico;
Calocitta (2 sp.), Guatemala and Mexico; Psilorhinus (3 sp.), Costa Rica to
Texas; Urocissa (6 sp.), Western Himalayas to China and Formosa; Cissa (3
sp.), South-eastern Himalayas to Tenasserim, Ceylon, Sumatra, and Java.
Sub-family III. Dendrocittinæ (Tree Crows).—Temnurus (3 sp.), Cochin
China, Malacca to Borneo (not Java); Dendrocitta (9 sp.), the Oriental
region to Sumatra, Hainan, and Formosa; Crypsirhina (3 sp.), Pegu, Siam,
and Java; Ptilostomus (2 sp.), West, East, and South Africa.
Sub-family IV. Corvinæ (Crows and Magpies).—Nucifraga (4 sp.),
Palæarctic region to the Himalayas and North China; Picicorvus (1 sp.), the
Rocky Mountains and California; Gymnokitta (1 sp.), Rocky Mountains and
Arizona (Plate XVIII., Vol. II., p. 128); Pica (9 sp.), Palæarctic region,
Arctic America, and California; Cyanopica (3 sp.), Spain, North-east Asia,
Japan; Streptocitta (2 sp.), Celebes; Charitornis (1 sp.), Sula Islands; Corvus
(55 sp.), universally distributed except South America and New Zealand,
but found in Guatemala and the Antilles to Porto Rico; reaches the extreme
north of Europe and Asia; Gymnocorvus (2 sp.), Papuan Islands; Picathartes
(1 sp.), West Africa; Corvultur (2 sp.), Tropical and South Africa.
Australian. The more detailed distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Sub-family I. Gymnorhininæ (Piping Crows).—Strepera (4 sp.), and
Gymnorhina (3 sp.), are Australian only; Cracticus (9 sp.), ranges from New
Guinea to Tasmania (this is usually put with the Shrikes, but it has more
affinity with the preceding genera); Pityriasis (1 sp.), Borneo (an
extraordinary bird of very doubtful affinities); Grallina (1 sp.), Australia, is
put here by Sundevall,—among Motacillidæ, by Gould.
Sub-family II. Garrulinæ (Jays).—Platylophus = Lophocitta (4 sp.),
Malaya; Garrulus (12 sp.), Palæarctic region, China and Himalayas;
Perisoreus (2 sp.), North of Palæarctic and Nearctic regions; Cyanurus (22
sp.), American, from Bolivia to Canada, most abundant in Central America,
but absent from the Antilles; Cyanocorax (15 sp.), La Plata to Mexico;
Calocitta (2 sp.), Guatemala and Mexico; Psilorhinus (3 sp.), Costa Rica to
Texas; Urocissa (6 sp.), Western Himalayas to China and Formosa; Cissa (3
sp.), South-eastern Himalayas to Tenasserim, Ceylon, Sumatra, and Java.
Sub-family III. Dendrocittinæ (Tree Crows).—Temnurus (3 sp.), Cochin
China, Malacca to Borneo (not Java); Dendrocitta (9 sp.), the Oriental
region to Sumatra, Hainan, and Formosa; Crypsirhina (3 sp.), Pegu, Siam,
and Java; Ptilostomus (2 sp.), West, East, and South Africa.
Sub-family IV. Corvinæ (Crows and Magpies).—Nucifraga (4 sp.),
Palæarctic region to the Himalayas and North China; Picicorvus (1 sp.), the
Rocky Mountains and California; Gymnokitta (1 sp.), Rocky Mountains and
Arizona (Plate XVIII., Vol. II., p. 128); Pica (9 sp.), Palæarctic region,
Arctic America, and California; Cyanopica (3 sp.), Spain, North-east Asia,
Japan; Streptocitta (2 sp.), Celebes; Charitornis (1 sp.), Sula Islands; Corvus
(55 sp.), universally distributed except South America and New Zealand,
but found in Guatemala and the Antilles to Porto Rico; reaches the extreme
north of Europe and Asia; Gymnocorvus (2 sp.), Papuan Islands; Picathartes
(1 sp.), West Africa; Corvultur (2 sp.), Tropical and South Africa.
Page 355
Sub-family V. Fregilinæ (Choughs).—Fregilus (3 sp.), mountains and cliffs
of Palæarctic region from West Europe to the Himalayas and North China,
Abyssinia (Plate I., Vol. I., p. 195); Corcorax (1 sp.), Australia.
Family 21.—PARADISEIDÆ. (19 Genera, 34 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
The Paradiseidæ, or "Birds of Paradise," form one of the most remarkable
families of birds, unsurpassed alike for the singularity and the beauty of
their plumage. Till recently the family was restricted to about eight species
of the more typical Paradise birds, but in his splendid monograph of the
group, Mr. Elliot has combined together a number of allied forms which had
been doubtfully placed in several adjacent families. The various species of
true Paradise birds, having ornamental plumes developed from different
parts of the body, are almost wholly confined to New Guinea and the
adjacent Papuan Islands, one species only being found in the Moluccas and
one in North Australia; while the less typical Bower-birds, having no such
developments of plumage, are most characteristic of the north and east of
Australia, with a few species in New Guinea. The distribution of the genera
according to Mr. Elliot's monograph is as follows:—
Sub-family I. Paradiseinæ.—Paradisea (4 sp.), Papuan Islands; Manucodia
(3 sp.), Papuan Islands and North Australia; Astrapia (1 sp.), New Guinea;
Parotia (1 sp.), New Guinea; Lophorhina (1 sp.), New Guinea; Diphyllodes
(3 sp.), Papuan Islands; Xanthomelus (1 sp.), New Guinea; Cicinnurus (1
sp.), Papuan Islands; Paradigalla (1 sp.), New Guinea; Semioptera (1 sp.),
Gilolo and Batchian.
of Palæarctic region from West Europe to the Himalayas and North China,
Abyssinia (Plate I., Vol. I., p. 195); Corcorax (1 sp.), Australia.
Family 21.—PARADISEIDÆ. (19 Genera, 34 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
The Paradiseidæ, or "Birds of Paradise," form one of the most remarkable
families of birds, unsurpassed alike for the singularity and the beauty of
their plumage. Till recently the family was restricted to about eight species
of the more typical Paradise birds, but in his splendid monograph of the
group, Mr. Elliot has combined together a number of allied forms which had
been doubtfully placed in several adjacent families. The various species of
true Paradise birds, having ornamental plumes developed from different
parts of the body, are almost wholly confined to New Guinea and the
adjacent Papuan Islands, one species only being found in the Moluccas and
one in North Australia; while the less typical Bower-birds, having no such
developments of plumage, are most characteristic of the north and east of
Australia, with a few species in New Guinea. The distribution of the genera
according to Mr. Elliot's monograph is as follows:—
Sub-family I. Paradiseinæ.—Paradisea (4 sp.), Papuan Islands; Manucodia
(3 sp.), Papuan Islands and North Australia; Astrapia (1 sp.), New Guinea;
Parotia (1 sp.), New Guinea; Lophorhina (1 sp.), New Guinea; Diphyllodes
(3 sp.), Papuan Islands; Xanthomelus (1 sp.), New Guinea; Cicinnurus (1
sp.), Papuan Islands; Paradigalla (1 sp.), New Guinea; Semioptera (1 sp.),
Gilolo and Batchian.
Page 356
Sub-family II. Epimachinæ.—Epimachus (1 sp.), New Guinea; Drepanornis
(1 sp.), New Guinea; Seleucides (1 sp.), New Guinea (Plate X., Vol. I., p.
414); Ptilorhis (4 sp.), New Guinea and North Australia.
Sub-family III. Tectonarchinæ (Bower-birds).—Sericulus (1 sp.), Eastern
Australia; Ptilonorhynchus (1 sp.), Eastern Australia; Chlamydodera (4 sp.),
North and East Australia; Ælurædus (3 sp.), Papuan Islands and East
Australia; Amblyornis (1 sp.), New Guinea.
Family 22.—MELIPHAGIDÆ. (23 Genera, 190 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4
— — — — —
(As in the Hand List, but omitting Zosterops, and slightly altering the
arrangement.)
The extensive group of the Meliphagidæ, or Honey-suckers, is wholly
Australian, for the genus Zosterops, which extends into the Oriental and
Ethiopian regions, does not naturally belong to it. Several of the genera are
confined to Australia, others to New Zealand, while a few range over the
whole Australian region. The genera are distributed as follows:—
Myzomela (18 sp.), has the widest range, extending from Celebes to the
Samoa Islands, and to Timor and Eastern Australia; Entomophila (4 sp.),
Australia and New Guinea; Gliciphila (10 sp.), Australia, Timor, New
Guinea, and New Caledonia; Acanthorhynchus (2 sp.), Australia and
Tasmania; Meliphaga (1 sp.), Australia; Ptilotis (40 sp.), Gilolo and Lombok
to Australia and Tasmania, and to the Samoa and Tonga Islands; Meliornis
(5 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Prosthemadera (1 sp.), Pogonornis (1 sp.),
(1 sp.), New Guinea; Seleucides (1 sp.), New Guinea (Plate X., Vol. I., p.
414); Ptilorhis (4 sp.), New Guinea and North Australia.
Sub-family III. Tectonarchinæ (Bower-birds).—Sericulus (1 sp.), Eastern
Australia; Ptilonorhynchus (1 sp.), Eastern Australia; Chlamydodera (4 sp.),
North and East Australia; Ælurædus (3 sp.), Papuan Islands and East
Australia; Amblyornis (1 sp.), New Guinea.
Family 22.—MELIPHAGIDÆ. (23 Genera, 190 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4
— — — — —
(As in the Hand List, but omitting Zosterops, and slightly altering the
arrangement.)
The extensive group of the Meliphagidæ, or Honey-suckers, is wholly
Australian, for the genus Zosterops, which extends into the Oriental and
Ethiopian regions, does not naturally belong to it. Several of the genera are
confined to Australia, others to New Zealand, while a few range over the
whole Australian region. The genera are distributed as follows:—
Myzomela (18 sp.), has the widest range, extending from Celebes to the
Samoa Islands, and to Timor and Eastern Australia; Entomophila (4 sp.),
Australia and New Guinea; Gliciphila (10 sp.), Australia, Timor, New
Guinea, and New Caledonia; Acanthorhynchus (2 sp.), Australia and
Tasmania; Meliphaga (1 sp.), Australia; Ptilotis (40 sp.), Gilolo and Lombok
to Australia and Tasmania, and to the Samoa and Tonga Islands; Meliornis
(5 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Prosthemadera (1 sp.), Pogonornis (1 sp.),
Page 357
New Zealand; Anthornis (4 sp.), New Zealand and Chatham Islands;
Anthochæra (4 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Xanthotis (4 sp.), Papuan
Islands and Australia; Leptornis (2 sp.), Samoa Islands and New Caledonia;
Philemon = Tropidorhyncus (18 sp.), Moluccas and Lombok to New
Guinea, Australia, Tasmania and New Caledonia; Entomiza (2 sp.),
Australia; Manorhina (5 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Euthyrhynchus (3
sp.), New Guinea; Melirrhophetes (2 sp.), New Guinea; Melidectes (1 sp.),
New Guinea; Melipotes (1 sp.), New Guinea; Melithreptus (8 sp.), New
Guinea, Australia, and Tasmania; (397) Moho (3 sp.), Sandwich Islands;
Chætoptila (1 sp.), Sandwich Islands.
Family 23.—NECTARINIIDÆ. (11 Genera, 122 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— — —
The Nectariniidæ, or Sun-birds, form a rather extensive group of
insectivorous honey-suckers, often adorned with brilliant metallic plumage,
and bearing a superficial resemblance to the American humming-birds,
although not in any way related to them. They abound in the Ethiopian,
Oriental, and Australian regions, as far east as New Ireland, and south to
Queensland, while one species inhabits the hot Jordan Valley in the
Palæarctic region. For the Eastern genera I follow Lord Walden's
classification (Ibis, 1870); the African species not having been so carefully
studied are mostly placed in one genus. The genera adopted are as
follows:—
Promerops (1 sp.), South Africa; Nectarinia (60 sp.), the whole Ethiopian
region; Cinnyricinclus (5 sp.), West Africa; Neodrepanis (1 sp.),
Madagascar; Arachnecthra (13 sp.), Palestine, all India to Hainan, the
Anthochæra (4 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Xanthotis (4 sp.), Papuan
Islands and Australia; Leptornis (2 sp.), Samoa Islands and New Caledonia;
Philemon = Tropidorhyncus (18 sp.), Moluccas and Lombok to New
Guinea, Australia, Tasmania and New Caledonia; Entomiza (2 sp.),
Australia; Manorhina (5 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Euthyrhynchus (3
sp.), New Guinea; Melirrhophetes (2 sp.), New Guinea; Melidectes (1 sp.),
New Guinea; Melipotes (1 sp.), New Guinea; Melithreptus (8 sp.), New
Guinea, Australia, and Tasmania; (397) Moho (3 sp.), Sandwich Islands;
Chætoptila (1 sp.), Sandwich Islands.
Family 23.—NECTARINIIDÆ. (11 Genera, 122 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— — —
The Nectariniidæ, or Sun-birds, form a rather extensive group of
insectivorous honey-suckers, often adorned with brilliant metallic plumage,
and bearing a superficial resemblance to the American humming-birds,
although not in any way related to them. They abound in the Ethiopian,
Oriental, and Australian regions, as far east as New Ireland, and south to
Queensland, while one species inhabits the hot Jordan Valley in the
Palæarctic region. For the Eastern genera I follow Lord Walden's
classification (Ibis, 1870); the African species not having been so carefully
studied are mostly placed in one genus. The genera adopted are as
follows:—
Promerops (1 sp.), South Africa; Nectarinia (60 sp.), the whole Ethiopian
region; Cinnyricinclus (5 sp.), West Africa; Neodrepanis (1 sp.),
Madagascar; Arachnecthra (13 sp.), Palestine, all India to Hainan, the
Page 358
Papuan Islands, and North-east Australia; Æthopyga (15 sp.), Himalayas
and Central India to West China, Hainan, Java, and Northern Celebes;
Nectarophila (5 sp.), Central India and Ceylon, Assam and Aracan to Java,
Celebes and the Philippines; Chalcostetha (6 sp.), Malay Peninsula to New
Guinea; Anthreptes (1 sp.), Siam, Malay Peninsula to Sula Islands, and
Flores; Cosmeteira (1 sp.), Papuan Islands; Arachnothera (15 sp.), the
Oriental region (excluding Philippines) Celebes, Lombok, and Papuan
Islands.
Family 24.—DICÆIDÆ. (5 Genera, 107 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
— — 4
The Dicæidæ, or Flower-peckers, consist of very small, gaily-coloured
birds, rather abundant over the whole Oriental and much of the Australian
regions, and one genus extending over the Ethiopian region. The genera
here adopted are the following:—
(622) Zosterops (68 sp.), the whole Ethiopian, Oriental, and Australian
regions, as far east as the Fiji Islands, and north to Pekin and Japan; (400—
403
) Dicæum (25 sp.), the whole Oriental region, except China, with the
Australian region as far as the Solomon Islands; (404) Pachyglossa (2 sp.
1437 1442
), Nepal and Northern Celebes; (405) Piprisoma (2 sp.), Himalayas
to Ceylon and Timor; (1450) Pardalotus (10 sp.), Australia and Tasmania;
(407—409) Prionochilus (5 sp.), Indo-Malay sub-region and Papuan Islands.
Family 25.—DREPANIDIDÆ. (4 Genera, 8 Species.)
and Central India to West China, Hainan, Java, and Northern Celebes;
Nectarophila (5 sp.), Central India and Ceylon, Assam and Aracan to Java,
Celebes and the Philippines; Chalcostetha (6 sp.), Malay Peninsula to New
Guinea; Anthreptes (1 sp.), Siam, Malay Peninsula to Sula Islands, and
Flores; Cosmeteira (1 sp.), Papuan Islands; Arachnothera (15 sp.), the
Oriental region (excluding Philippines) Celebes, Lombok, and Papuan
Islands.
Family 24.—DICÆIDÆ. (5 Genera, 107 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
— — 4
The Dicæidæ, or Flower-peckers, consist of very small, gaily-coloured
birds, rather abundant over the whole Oriental and much of the Australian
regions, and one genus extending over the Ethiopian region. The genera
here adopted are the following:—
(622) Zosterops (68 sp.), the whole Ethiopian, Oriental, and Australian
regions, as far east as the Fiji Islands, and north to Pekin and Japan; (400—
403
) Dicæum (25 sp.), the whole Oriental region, except China, with the
Australian region as far as the Solomon Islands; (404) Pachyglossa (2 sp.
1437 1442
), Nepal and Northern Celebes; (405) Piprisoma (2 sp.), Himalayas
to Ceylon and Timor; (1450) Pardalotus (10 sp.), Australia and Tasmania;
(407—409) Prionochilus (5 sp.), Indo-Malay sub-region and Papuan Islands.
Family 25.—DREPANIDIDÆ. (4 Genera, 8 Species.)
Page 359
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ——3
— — — — — —
The Drepanididæ are confined to the Sandwich Islands, and I follow Mr.
Sclater's suggestion in bringing together the following genera to form this
family:—
Drepanis (3 sp.); Hemignathus (3 sp.); Loxops (1 sp.); Psittirostra (1 sp.). If
these are correctly associated, the great differences in the bill indicate that
they are the remains of a larger and more varied family, once inhabiting
more extensive land surfaces in the Pacific.
Family 26.—CŒREBIDÆ. (11 Genera, 55 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
(According to the arrangement of Messrs. Sclater and Salvin.)
The Cœrebidæ, or Sugar-birds, are delicate little birds allied to the
preceding families, but with extensile honey-sucking tongues. They are
almost wholly confined to the tropical parts of America, only one species of
Certhiola ranging so far north as Florida. The following is the distribution
of the genera:—
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ——3
— — — — — —
The Drepanididæ are confined to the Sandwich Islands, and I follow Mr.
Sclater's suggestion in bringing together the following genera to form this
family:—
Drepanis (3 sp.); Hemignathus (3 sp.); Loxops (1 sp.); Psittirostra (1 sp.). If
these are correctly associated, the great differences in the bill indicate that
they are the remains of a larger and more varied family, once inhabiting
more extensive land surfaces in the Pacific.
Family 26.—CŒREBIDÆ. (11 Genera, 55 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
(According to the arrangement of Messrs. Sclater and Salvin.)
The Cœrebidæ, or Sugar-birds, are delicate little birds allied to the
preceding families, but with extensile honey-sucking tongues. They are
almost wholly confined to the tropical parts of America, only one species of
Certhiola ranging so far north as Florida. The following is the distribution
of the genera:—
Page 360
Diglossa (14 sp.), Peru and Bolivia to Guiana and Mexico; Diglossopis (1
sp.), Ecuador to Venezuela; Oreomanes (1 sp.), Ecuador; Conirostrum (6
sp.), Bolivia to Ecuador and Columbia; Hemidacnis (1 sp.), Upper Amazon
and Columbia; Dacnis (13 sp.), Brazil to Ecuador and Costa Rica;
Certhidea (2 sp.), Galapagos Islands; Chlorophanes (2 sp.), Brazil to
Central America and Cuba; Cœreba (4 sp.), Brazil to Mexico; Certhiola (10
sp.), Amazon to Mexico, West Indies, and Florida; Glossoptila (1 sp.),
Jamaica.
Family 27.—MNIOTILTIDÆ. (18 Genera, 115 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
(Messrs. Sclater and Salvin are followed for the Neotropical, Baird and
Allen for the Nearctic region.)
The Mniotiltidæ, or Wood-warblers, are an interesting group of small and
elegant birds, allied to the preceding family and to the greenlets, and
perhaps also to the warblers and tits of Europe. They range over all North
America from Panama to the Arctic regions, but do not extend far beyond
the tropic in Southern America. They are almost as abundant in the Nearctic
as in the Neotropical region; and considering the favourable conditions of
existence in Tropical America, this fact, in connection with their absence
from the South Temperate zone would lead us to suppose that they
originated in North Temperate America, and subsequently spread southward
into the tropics. This supposition is strengthened by the fact that their
metropolis, in the breeding season, is to the north of the United States. The
genera adopted by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin are as follows:—
sp.), Ecuador to Venezuela; Oreomanes (1 sp.), Ecuador; Conirostrum (6
sp.), Bolivia to Ecuador and Columbia; Hemidacnis (1 sp.), Upper Amazon
and Columbia; Dacnis (13 sp.), Brazil to Ecuador and Costa Rica;
Certhidea (2 sp.), Galapagos Islands; Chlorophanes (2 sp.), Brazil to
Central America and Cuba; Cœreba (4 sp.), Brazil to Mexico; Certhiola (10
sp.), Amazon to Mexico, West Indies, and Florida; Glossoptila (1 sp.),
Jamaica.
Family 27.—MNIOTILTIDÆ. (18 Genera, 115 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
(Messrs. Sclater and Salvin are followed for the Neotropical, Baird and
Allen for the Nearctic region.)
The Mniotiltidæ, or Wood-warblers, are an interesting group of small and
elegant birds, allied to the preceding family and to the greenlets, and
perhaps also to the warblers and tits of Europe. They range over all North
America from Panama to the Arctic regions, but do not extend far beyond
the tropic in Southern America. They are almost as abundant in the Nearctic
as in the Neotropical region; and considering the favourable conditions of
existence in Tropical America, this fact, in connection with their absence
from the South Temperate zone would lead us to suppose that they
originated in North Temperate America, and subsequently spread southward
into the tropics. This supposition is strengthened by the fact that their
metropolis, in the breeding season, is to the north of the United States. The
genera adopted by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin are as follows:—
Page 361
(918) Siurus (4 sp.), Venezuela and West Indies to Eastern States and
Canada; Mniotilta (1 sp.), Venezuela, Mexico, and Antilles to the Eastern
States; Parula (5 sp.), Brazil to Mexico, and the Eastern States, and Canada;
Protonotaria (1 sp.), Antilles to Ohio; Helminthophaga (8 sp.), Columbia to
Arctic America; Helmintherus (2 sp.), Central America to Eastern States;
Perissoglossa (1 sp.), Antilles and Eastern States; Dendrœca (33 sp.),
Amazon to Antilles, and Arctic America, and south to Chili; Oporornis (2
sp.), Guatemala to Eastern States; Geothlypis (11 sp.), all North America
and Brazil; Myiodioctes (5 sp.), all North America and Columbia;
Basileuterus (22 sp.), Bolivia and Brazil to Mexico; Setophaga (15 sp.),
Brazil to Canada; Ergaticus (2 sp.), Guatemala and Mexico; Cardellina (1
sp.), Guatemala and Mexico; (1440) Granatellus (3 sp.), Amazon to Mexico;
(1441) Teretristis (2 sp.), Cuba; (1439) Icteria (2 sp.), Costa Rica and United
States to Canada.
Family 28.—VIREONIDÆ. (7 Genera, 63 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
(Messrs. Sclater and Salvin are followed for the Neotropical genera;
Professor Baird and Mr. Allen for those of the Nearctic region.)
The Vireonidæ, or Greenlets, are a family of small fly-catching birds wholly
restricted to the American continent, where they range from Paraguay to
Canada. They are allied to the Mniotiltidæ and perhaps also to the
Australian Pachycephalidæ. Only two of the genera, with about a dozen
species, inhabit the Nearctic region. The distribution of the genera is as
follows:—
Canada; Mniotilta (1 sp.), Venezuela, Mexico, and Antilles to the Eastern
States; Parula (5 sp.), Brazil to Mexico, and the Eastern States, and Canada;
Protonotaria (1 sp.), Antilles to Ohio; Helminthophaga (8 sp.), Columbia to
Arctic America; Helmintherus (2 sp.), Central America to Eastern States;
Perissoglossa (1 sp.), Antilles and Eastern States; Dendrœca (33 sp.),
Amazon to Antilles, and Arctic America, and south to Chili; Oporornis (2
sp.), Guatemala to Eastern States; Geothlypis (11 sp.), all North America
and Brazil; Myiodioctes (5 sp.), all North America and Columbia;
Basileuterus (22 sp.), Bolivia and Brazil to Mexico; Setophaga (15 sp.),
Brazil to Canada; Ergaticus (2 sp.), Guatemala and Mexico; Cardellina (1
sp.), Guatemala and Mexico; (1440) Granatellus (3 sp.), Amazon to Mexico;
(1441) Teretristis (2 sp.), Cuba; (1439) Icteria (2 sp.), Costa Rica and United
States to Canada.
Family 28.—VIREONIDÆ. (7 Genera, 63 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
(Messrs. Sclater and Salvin are followed for the Neotropical genera;
Professor Baird and Mr. Allen for those of the Nearctic region.)
The Vireonidæ, or Greenlets, are a family of small fly-catching birds wholly
restricted to the American continent, where they range from Paraguay to
Canada. They are allied to the Mniotiltidæ and perhaps also to the
Australian Pachycephalidæ. Only two of the genera, with about a dozen
species, inhabit the Nearctic region. The distribution of the genera is as
follows:—
Page 362
Vireosylvia (13 sp.), Venezuela to Mexico, the Antilles, the Eastern States
and Canada; Vireo (14 sp.), Central America and the Antilles to Canada;
Neochloe (1 sp.), Mexico; Hylophilus (20 sp.), Brazil to Mexico; Laletes (1
sp.), Jamaica; Vireolanius (5 sp.), Amazonia to Mexico; Cychlorhis (9 sp.),
Paraguay to Mexico.
Family 29.—AMPELIDÆ. (4 Genera, 9 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— — 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ———
— — —
The Ampelidæ, represented in Europe by the waxwing, are a small family,
characteristic of the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions, but extending
southward to Costa Rica and the West Indian islands. The genera are
distributed as follows:—
(1539) Ampelis (3 sp.), the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions, and southward to
Guatemala; (1360) Ptilogonys (2 sp.), Central America; (1442) Dulus (2 sp.),
West Indian Islands; (1361) Phænopepla (1 sp.), Mexico and the Gila Valley.
Family 30.—HIRUNDINIDÆ. (9 Genera, 91 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
and Canada; Vireo (14 sp.), Central America and the Antilles to Canada;
Neochloe (1 sp.), Mexico; Hylophilus (20 sp.), Brazil to Mexico; Laletes (1
sp.), Jamaica; Vireolanius (5 sp.), Amazonia to Mexico; Cychlorhis (9 sp.),
Paraguay to Mexico.
Family 29.—AMPELIDÆ. (4 Genera, 9 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— — 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ———
— — —
The Ampelidæ, represented in Europe by the waxwing, are a small family,
characteristic of the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions, but extending
southward to Costa Rica and the West Indian islands. The genera are
distributed as follows:—
(1539) Ampelis (3 sp.), the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions, and southward to
Guatemala; (1360) Ptilogonys (2 sp.), Central America; (1442) Dulus (2 sp.),
West Indian Islands; (1361) Phænopepla (1 sp.), Mexico and the Gila Valley.
Family 30.—HIRUNDINIDÆ. (9 Genera, 91 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
Page 363
The Hirundinidæ, or Swallows, are true cosmopolites. Although they do not
range quite so far north (except as stragglers) as a few of the extreme polar
birds, yet they pass beyond the Arctic Circle both in America and Europe,
Cotyle riparia having been observed in the Parry Islands, while Hirundo
rustica has been seen both in Spitzbergen and Nova Zembla. Cotyle riparia
and Chelidon urbica also breed in great numbers in northern Lapland,
latitude 67° to 70° north. Many of the species also, have an enormous range,
the common swallow (Hirundo rustica) inhabiting Europe, Asia and Africa,
from Lapland to the Cape of Good Hope and to the Moluccas. The genera of
swallows are not well determined, a number having been established of
which the value is uncertain. I admit the following, referring by numbers to
the Hand List:—
(215—221 226—228) Hirundo (40 sp.), the range of the entire family; (222 223)
Psalidoprogne (10 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; (224) Phedina (1 sp.),
Madagascar and Mascarene Islands; (225) Petrochelidon (5 sp.), North and
South America and Cape of Good Hope; (220—232 ?234) Atticora (8 sp.), the
Neotropical region and ? Australia; (235 237) Cotyle (11 sp.), Europe, India,
Africa, North America, Antilles and Ecuador; (236) Stelgidopteryx (5 sp.), La
Plata to United States; (238 and 239) Chelidon (6 sp.), Palæarctic region,
Nepal, Borneo; (240—242) Progne (5 sp.), all North and South America.
Family 31.—ICTERIDÆ. (24 Genera, 110 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Icteridæ, or American hang-nests, range over the whole continent, from
Patagonia and the Falkland Islands to the Arctic Circle. Only about 20
range quite so far north (except as stragglers) as a few of the extreme polar
birds, yet they pass beyond the Arctic Circle both in America and Europe,
Cotyle riparia having been observed in the Parry Islands, while Hirundo
rustica has been seen both in Spitzbergen and Nova Zembla. Cotyle riparia
and Chelidon urbica also breed in great numbers in northern Lapland,
latitude 67° to 70° north. Many of the species also, have an enormous range,
the common swallow (Hirundo rustica) inhabiting Europe, Asia and Africa,
from Lapland to the Cape of Good Hope and to the Moluccas. The genera of
swallows are not well determined, a number having been established of
which the value is uncertain. I admit the following, referring by numbers to
the Hand List:—
(215—221 226—228) Hirundo (40 sp.), the range of the entire family; (222 223)
Psalidoprogne (10 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; (224) Phedina (1 sp.),
Madagascar and Mascarene Islands; (225) Petrochelidon (5 sp.), North and
South America and Cape of Good Hope; (220—232 ?234) Atticora (8 sp.), the
Neotropical region and ? Australia; (235 237) Cotyle (11 sp.), Europe, India,
Africa, North America, Antilles and Ecuador; (236) Stelgidopteryx (5 sp.), La
Plata to United States; (238 and 239) Chelidon (6 sp.), Palæarctic region,
Nepal, Borneo; (240—242) Progne (5 sp.), all North and South America.
Family 31.—ICTERIDÆ. (24 Genera, 110 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Icteridæ, or American hang-nests, range over the whole continent, from
Patagonia and the Falkland Islands to the Arctic Circle. Only about 20
Page 364
species inhabit the Nearctic region, while, as usual with exclusively
American families, the larger proportion of the genera and species are found
in the tropical parts of South America. The genera adopted by Messrs.
Sclater and Salvin are the following:—
Clypeicterus (1 sp.), Upper Amazon; Ocycalus (2 sp.), Upper Amazon to
Mexico; Ostinops (8 sp.), Brazil and Bolivia to Mexico; Cassiculus (1 sp.),
Mexico; Cassicus (10 sp.), South Brazil and Bolivia to Costa Rica; Icterus
(34 sp.), La Plata to the Antilles and United States; Dolichonyx (1 sp.),
Paraguay to Canada; Molothrus (8 sp.), La Plata to Northern United States;
Agelæus (7 sp.), La Plata and Chili to Northern United States;
Xanthocephalus (1 sp.), Mexico to California and Canada; Xanthosomus (4
sp.), La Plata to Venezuela; Amblyrhamphus (1 sp.), La Plata and Bolivia;
Gymnomystax (1 sp.), Amazonia and Guiana; Pseudoleistes (2 sp.), La Plata
and Brazil; Leistes (3 sp.), La Plata to Venezuela; Sturnella (5 sp.),
Patagonia and Falkland Islands to Middle United States; Curæus (1 sp.),
Chili; Nesopsar (1 sp.), Jamaica; Scolecophgaus (2 sp.), Mexico to Arctic
Circle; Lampropsar (4 sp.), Amazonia and Ecuador to Mexico; Quiscalus
(10 sp.), Venezuela and Columbia to South and Central United States;
Hypopyrrhus (1 sp.), Columbia; Aphobus (1 sp.), Brazil and Bolivia;
Cassidix (2 sp.), Brazil to Mexico and Cuba.
Family 32.—TANAGRIDÆ. (43 Genera, 304 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 — 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Tanagers are an extensive family of varied and beautiful fruit-eating
birds, almost peculiar to the Neotropical region, only four species of a single
genus (Pyranga) extending into the Eastern United States and Rocky
American families, the larger proportion of the genera and species are found
in the tropical parts of South America. The genera adopted by Messrs.
Sclater and Salvin are the following:—
Clypeicterus (1 sp.), Upper Amazon; Ocycalus (2 sp.), Upper Amazon to
Mexico; Ostinops (8 sp.), Brazil and Bolivia to Mexico; Cassiculus (1 sp.),
Mexico; Cassicus (10 sp.), South Brazil and Bolivia to Costa Rica; Icterus
(34 sp.), La Plata to the Antilles and United States; Dolichonyx (1 sp.),
Paraguay to Canada; Molothrus (8 sp.), La Plata to Northern United States;
Agelæus (7 sp.), La Plata and Chili to Northern United States;
Xanthocephalus (1 sp.), Mexico to California and Canada; Xanthosomus (4
sp.), La Plata to Venezuela; Amblyrhamphus (1 sp.), La Plata and Bolivia;
Gymnomystax (1 sp.), Amazonia and Guiana; Pseudoleistes (2 sp.), La Plata
and Brazil; Leistes (3 sp.), La Plata to Venezuela; Sturnella (5 sp.),
Patagonia and Falkland Islands to Middle United States; Curæus (1 sp.),
Chili; Nesopsar (1 sp.), Jamaica; Scolecophgaus (2 sp.), Mexico to Arctic
Circle; Lampropsar (4 sp.), Amazonia and Ecuador to Mexico; Quiscalus
(10 sp.), Venezuela and Columbia to South and Central United States;
Hypopyrrhus (1 sp.), Columbia; Aphobus (1 sp.), Brazil and Bolivia;
Cassidix (2 sp.), Brazil to Mexico and Cuba.
Family 32.—TANAGRIDÆ. (43 Genera, 304 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 — 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Tanagers are an extensive family of varied and beautiful fruit-eating
birds, almost peculiar to the Neotropical region, only four species of a single
genus (Pyranga) extending into the Eastern United States and Rocky
Page 365
Mountains. Southward they range to La Plata. They are especially abundant
in the forest regions of South America east of the Andes, where no less than
40 out of the 43 genera occur; 23 of the genera are peculiar to this sub-
region, while only 1 (Phlogothraupis) is peculiar to Central America and
Mexico, and 2 (Spindalis and Phænicophilus) to the West Indian islands.
The genera adopted by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin with their distribution
will be found at Vol. II., p. 99, in our account of Neotropical Zoology.
Family 33.—FRINGILLIDÆ. (74 Genera, 509 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
—
The great family of the Fringillidæ, or finches, is in a very unsettled state as
regards their division into genera, the most divergent views being held by
ornithologists as to the constitution and affinities of many of the groups. All
the Australian finch-like birds appear to belong to the Ploceidæ, so that the
finches, as here constituted, are found in every region and sub-region,
except the Australian region from which they are entirely absent—a peculiar
distribution hardly to be found in any other family of birds.
Many European ornithologists separate the Emberizidæ, or buntings, as a
distinct family, but as the American genera have not been so divided I am
obliged to keep them together; but the genera usually classed as "buntings"
are placed last, as a sub-family. In the following arrangement of the genera,
I have done what I could to harmonize the views of the best modern writers.
For convenience of reference the succession of the genera is that of the
Hand List, and the numbers of the sub-genera are given whenever
practicable:—
in the forest regions of South America east of the Andes, where no less than
40 out of the 43 genera occur; 23 of the genera are peculiar to this sub-
region, while only 1 (Phlogothraupis) is peculiar to Central America and
Mexico, and 2 (Spindalis and Phænicophilus) to the West Indian islands.
The genera adopted by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin with their distribution
will be found at Vol. II., p. 99, in our account of Neotropical Zoology.
Family 33.—FRINGILLIDÆ. (74 Genera, 509 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
—
The great family of the Fringillidæ, or finches, is in a very unsettled state as
regards their division into genera, the most divergent views being held by
ornithologists as to the constitution and affinities of many of the groups. All
the Australian finch-like birds appear to belong to the Ploceidæ, so that the
finches, as here constituted, are found in every region and sub-region,
except the Australian region from which they are entirely absent—a peculiar
distribution hardly to be found in any other family of birds.
Many European ornithologists separate the Emberizidæ, or buntings, as a
distinct family, but as the American genera have not been so divided I am
obliged to keep them together; but the genera usually classed as "buntings"
are placed last, as a sub-family. In the following arrangement of the genera,
I have done what I could to harmonize the views of the best modern writers.
For convenience of reference the succession of the genera is that of the
Hand List, and the numbers of the sub-genera are given whenever
practicable:—
Page 366
(1793 1795) Fringilla (6 sp.), the whole Palæarctic region, including the
Atlantic Islands; (1794) Acanthis (3 sp.), Europe to Siberia, Persia, and
North-West Himalayas; (1796) Procarduelis (1 sp.), High Himalayas and
East Thibet; (1797—1803) Chrysomitris (18 sp.), Neotropical and Nearctic
regions, Europe, and Siberia; (1804) Metoponia (1 sp.), East Europe to North
West Himalayas; (1805 and 1809) Chlorospiza (9 sp.), Palæarctic region and
Africa to the Cape of Good Hope; (1806—1809) Dryospiza (14 sp.), South
Europe, Palestine, Canaries, and all Africa; (1810) Sycalis (18 sp.), the whole
Neotropical region; (1811—1813 1816—1819) Pyrgita (34 sp.), Palæarctic and
Oriental regions, and all Africa; (1814) Montifringilla (4 sp.), Palæarctic
region; (1815) Fringillauda (2 sp.), North-West Himalayas to East Thibet;
(1820—1822) Coccothraustes (6 sp.), Palæarctic region and Nepal, Nearctic
region to Mexico; (1823) Eophona (2 sp.), China and Japan; (1824)
Mycerobas (2 sp.), Central Asia to Persia, High Himalayas, and East Thibet;
(1825) Chaunoproctus (1 sp.), Bonin Islands, south-east of Japan, (probably
Palæarctic); (1826) Geospiza (7 sp.), Galapagos Islands; (1827)
Camarhynchus (5 sp.), Galapagos Islands; (1828) Cactornis (4 sp.),
Galapagos Islands; (1830—1832) Phrygilus (10 sp.), Columbia to Fuegia and
the Falkland Islands; (1833) Xenospingus (1 sp.), Peru; (1834) Diuca (3 sp.),
Peru to Chili and Patagonia; (1835 and 1837) Emberizoides (3 sp.), Venezuela
to Paraguay; (1836) Donacospiza (1 sp.), South Brazil and La Plata; (1839)
Chamæospiza (1 sp.), Mexico; (1838 and 1840) Embernagra (9 sp.), Arizona to
La Plata; (1841) Hæmophila (6 sp.), Mexico to Costa Rica; (1842) Atlapetes (1
sp.), Mexico; (1843) Pyrgisoma (5 sp.). Mexico to Costa Rica; (1844 and 1845)
Pipilo (12 sp.), all North America to Guatemala; (1846) Junco (6 sp.), all the
United States to Guatemala; (1847) Zonotrichia (9 sp.), the whole Nearctic
and Neotropical regions; (1848 1849) Melospiza (7 sp.), Sitka and United
States to Guatemala; (1850) Spizella (7 sp.), Canada to Guatemala; (1851)
Passerella (4 sp.), the Nearctic region and Northern Asia; (1852) Passerculus
(6 sp.), Nearctic region and to Guatemala; (1853) Poœcetes (1 sp.), all United
States and Mexico; (1854) Ammodromus (4 sp.), all United States to
Guatemala; (1855) Coturniculus (6 sp.), north and east of North America to
Jamaica and Bolivia; (1856) Peucæa (6 sp.), South Atlantic States and
Atlantic Islands; (1794) Acanthis (3 sp.), Europe to Siberia, Persia, and
North-West Himalayas; (1796) Procarduelis (1 sp.), High Himalayas and
East Thibet; (1797—1803) Chrysomitris (18 sp.), Neotropical and Nearctic
regions, Europe, and Siberia; (1804) Metoponia (1 sp.), East Europe to North
West Himalayas; (1805 and 1809) Chlorospiza (9 sp.), Palæarctic region and
Africa to the Cape of Good Hope; (1806—1809) Dryospiza (14 sp.), South
Europe, Palestine, Canaries, and all Africa; (1810) Sycalis (18 sp.), the whole
Neotropical region; (1811—1813 1816—1819) Pyrgita (34 sp.), Palæarctic and
Oriental regions, and all Africa; (1814) Montifringilla (4 sp.), Palæarctic
region; (1815) Fringillauda (2 sp.), North-West Himalayas to East Thibet;
(1820—1822) Coccothraustes (6 sp.), Palæarctic region and Nepal, Nearctic
region to Mexico; (1823) Eophona (2 sp.), China and Japan; (1824)
Mycerobas (2 sp.), Central Asia to Persia, High Himalayas, and East Thibet;
(1825) Chaunoproctus (1 sp.), Bonin Islands, south-east of Japan, (probably
Palæarctic); (1826) Geospiza (7 sp.), Galapagos Islands; (1827)
Camarhynchus (5 sp.), Galapagos Islands; (1828) Cactornis (4 sp.),
Galapagos Islands; (1830—1832) Phrygilus (10 sp.), Columbia to Fuegia and
the Falkland Islands; (1833) Xenospingus (1 sp.), Peru; (1834) Diuca (3 sp.),
Peru to Chili and Patagonia; (1835 and 1837) Emberizoides (3 sp.), Venezuela
to Paraguay; (1836) Donacospiza (1 sp.), South Brazil and La Plata; (1839)
Chamæospiza (1 sp.), Mexico; (1838 and 1840) Embernagra (9 sp.), Arizona to
La Plata; (1841) Hæmophila (6 sp.), Mexico to Costa Rica; (1842) Atlapetes (1
sp.), Mexico; (1843) Pyrgisoma (5 sp.). Mexico to Costa Rica; (1844 and 1845)
Pipilo (12 sp.), all North America to Guatemala; (1846) Junco (6 sp.), all the
United States to Guatemala; (1847) Zonotrichia (9 sp.), the whole Nearctic
and Neotropical regions; (1848 1849) Melospiza (7 sp.), Sitka and United
States to Guatemala; (1850) Spizella (7 sp.), Canada to Guatemala; (1851)
Passerella (4 sp.), the Nearctic region and Northern Asia; (1852) Passerculus
(6 sp.), Nearctic region and to Guatemala; (1853) Poœcetes (1 sp.), all United
States and Mexico; (1854) Ammodromus (4 sp.), all United States to
Guatemala; (1855) Coturniculus (6 sp.), north and east of North America to
Jamaica and Bolivia; (1856) Peucæa (6 sp.), South Atlantic States and
Page 367
California to Mexico; (1857) Tiaris (1 sp.), Brazil; (1858) Volatinia (1 sp.),
Mexico to Brazil and Bolivia; (1859) Cyanospiza (5 sp.), Canada to
Guatemala; (1860 1861) Paroaria (6 sp.), Tropical South America, east of the
Andes; (1862) Coryphospingus (4 sp.), Tropical South America; (1863)
Haplospiza (2 sp.), Mexico and Brazil; (1864 1891) Phonipara (8 sp.), Mexico
to Columbia, the greater Antilles; (1865) Poospiza (13 sp.), California and
South Central States to Bolivia and La Plata; (424) Spodiornis (1 sp.), Andes
of Quito; (1866 1867) Pyrrhula (9 sp.), the whole Palæarctic region to the
Azores and High Himalayas; (1868) Crithagra (17 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa, Mauritius, Syria; (1869) Ligurnus (2 sp.), West Africa; (1870 1871)
Carpodacus (18 sp.), Nearctic and Palæarctic regions to Mexico and Central
India; (1872—1874) Erythrospiza (6 sp.), Southern parts of Palæarctic region;
(1875) Uragus (2 sp.), Siberia and Japan; (1876) Cardinalis (2 sp.), South and
Central States to Venezuela; (1877) Pyrrhuloxia (1 sp.), Texas and Rio
Grande; (1878 1879) Guiraca (6 sp.), Southern United States to La Plata;
(1880) Amaurospiza (2 sp.), Costa Rica and Brazil; (1881) Hedymeles (2 sp.),
all United States to Columbia; (1882) Pheucticus (5 sp.), Mexico to Peru and
Bolivia; (1883) Oryzoborus (6 sp.), Mexico to Ecuador and South Brazil;
(1884) Melopyrrha (1 sp.), Cuba; (1885) Loxigilla (4 sp.), Antilles; (1886 1887)
Spermophila (44 sp.), Texas to Bolivia and Uruguay; (1888) Catamenia (4
sp.), Columbia to Bolivia; (1889) Neorhynchus (3 sp.), West Peru; (1892)
Catamblyrhyncus (1 sp.), Columbia; (1893) Loxia (7 sp.), Europe to North-
west India and Japan, Arctic America to Pennsylvania, Mexico; (1894)
Pinicola (3 sp.), Arctic America, North-east Europe to the Amoor,
Camaroons Mountains West Africa; (1895) Propyrrhula (1 sp.), Darjeeling in
the winter,? Thibet; (1896) Pyrrhospiza (1 sp.), Snowy Himalayas; (1897)
Hæmatospiza (1 sp.), South-east Himalayas, 5,000-10,000 feet; (1898 1899)
Linota (12 sp.), Europe to Central Asia, north and east of North America;
(1900) Leucosticte (7 sp.), Siberia and Thibet to Kamschatka, and from
Alaska to Utah.
Sub-family Emberizinæ.—(1995) Calamospiza (1 sp.), Arizona and Texas to
Mexico; (1906) Chondestes (2 sp.), Western, Central, and Southern States to
Mexico and Nicaragua; (1907—1910) Euspiza (9 sp.), Palæarctic region, India,
Mexico to Brazil and Bolivia; (1859) Cyanospiza (5 sp.), Canada to
Guatemala; (1860 1861) Paroaria (6 sp.), Tropical South America, east of the
Andes; (1862) Coryphospingus (4 sp.), Tropical South America; (1863)
Haplospiza (2 sp.), Mexico and Brazil; (1864 1891) Phonipara (8 sp.), Mexico
to Columbia, the greater Antilles; (1865) Poospiza (13 sp.), California and
South Central States to Bolivia and La Plata; (424) Spodiornis (1 sp.), Andes
of Quito; (1866 1867) Pyrrhula (9 sp.), the whole Palæarctic region to the
Azores and High Himalayas; (1868) Crithagra (17 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa, Mauritius, Syria; (1869) Ligurnus (2 sp.), West Africa; (1870 1871)
Carpodacus (18 sp.), Nearctic and Palæarctic regions to Mexico and Central
India; (1872—1874) Erythrospiza (6 sp.), Southern parts of Palæarctic region;
(1875) Uragus (2 sp.), Siberia and Japan; (1876) Cardinalis (2 sp.), South and
Central States to Venezuela; (1877) Pyrrhuloxia (1 sp.), Texas and Rio
Grande; (1878 1879) Guiraca (6 sp.), Southern United States to La Plata;
(1880) Amaurospiza (2 sp.), Costa Rica and Brazil; (1881) Hedymeles (2 sp.),
all United States to Columbia; (1882) Pheucticus (5 sp.), Mexico to Peru and
Bolivia; (1883) Oryzoborus (6 sp.), Mexico to Ecuador and South Brazil;
(1884) Melopyrrha (1 sp.), Cuba; (1885) Loxigilla (4 sp.), Antilles; (1886 1887)
Spermophila (44 sp.), Texas to Bolivia and Uruguay; (1888) Catamenia (4
sp.), Columbia to Bolivia; (1889) Neorhynchus (3 sp.), West Peru; (1892)
Catamblyrhyncus (1 sp.), Columbia; (1893) Loxia (7 sp.), Europe to North-
west India and Japan, Arctic America to Pennsylvania, Mexico; (1894)
Pinicola (3 sp.), Arctic America, North-east Europe to the Amoor,
Camaroons Mountains West Africa; (1895) Propyrrhula (1 sp.), Darjeeling in
the winter,? Thibet; (1896) Pyrrhospiza (1 sp.), Snowy Himalayas; (1897)
Hæmatospiza (1 sp.), South-east Himalayas, 5,000-10,000 feet; (1898 1899)
Linota (12 sp.), Europe to Central Asia, north and east of North America;
(1900) Leucosticte (7 sp.), Siberia and Thibet to Kamschatka, and from
Alaska to Utah.
Sub-family Emberizinæ.—(1995) Calamospiza (1 sp.), Arizona and Texas to
Mexico; (1906) Chondestes (2 sp.), Western, Central, and Southern States to
Mexico and Nicaragua; (1907—1910) Euspiza (9 sp.), Palæarctic region, India,
Page 368
Burmah, and South China, South-east United States to Columbia; (1911—
1920
) Emberiza (28 sp.), the whole Palæarctic region (continental), to
Central India in winter; (1921) Gubernatrix (1 sp.), Paraguay and La Plata,
(according to Messrs. Sclater and Salvin this comes next to Pipilo); (1922)
Fringillaria (8 sp.), Africa and South Europe; (1923—1925) Plectrophanes (6
sp.), Arctic Zone to Northern Europe and North China, Arctic America, and
east side of Rocky Mountains; (1926) Centronyx (1 sp.), Mouth of
Yellowstone River.
Family 34.—PLOCEIDÆ. (29 Genera, 252 species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— — —
The Ploceidæ, or Weaver-finches, are especially characteristic of the
Ethiopian region, where most of the genera and nearly four-fifths of the
species are found; the remainder being pretty equally divided between the
Oriental and Australian regions. Like the true finches these have never been
properly studied, and it is exceedingly difficult to ascertain what genera are
natural and how far those of Australia and Africa are distinct. The following
enumeration must therefore be taken as altogether tentative and provisional.
When the genera adopted differ from those of the Hand List they will be
referred to by numbers.
Textor (5 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; (1650—1654 1657) Hyphantornis (32
sp.), Tropical and South Africa; (1655 1656) Symplectes (8 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa; Malimbus (9 sp.), West Africa; (1659 1661) Ploceus (6 sp.), West
and East Africa, the Oriental region (excluding Philippines); (1660)
Nelicurvius (1 sp.), Madagascar; Foudia (12 sp.), Madagascar and
1920
) Emberiza (28 sp.), the whole Palæarctic region (continental), to
Central India in winter; (1921) Gubernatrix (1 sp.), Paraguay and La Plata,
(according to Messrs. Sclater and Salvin this comes next to Pipilo); (1922)
Fringillaria (8 sp.), Africa and South Europe; (1923—1925) Plectrophanes (6
sp.), Arctic Zone to Northern Europe and North China, Arctic America, and
east side of Rocky Mountains; (1926) Centronyx (1 sp.), Mouth of
Yellowstone River.
Family 34.—PLOCEIDÆ. (29 Genera, 252 species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— — —
The Ploceidæ, or Weaver-finches, are especially characteristic of the
Ethiopian region, where most of the genera and nearly four-fifths of the
species are found; the remainder being pretty equally divided between the
Oriental and Australian regions. Like the true finches these have never been
properly studied, and it is exceedingly difficult to ascertain what genera are
natural and how far those of Australia and Africa are distinct. The following
enumeration must therefore be taken as altogether tentative and provisional.
When the genera adopted differ from those of the Hand List they will be
referred to by numbers.
Textor (5 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; (1650—1654 1657) Hyphantornis (32
sp.), Tropical and South Africa; (1655 1656) Symplectes (8 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa; Malimbus (9 sp.), West Africa; (1659 1661) Ploceus (6 sp.), West
and East Africa, the Oriental region (excluding Philippines); (1660)
Nelicurvius (1 sp.), Madagascar; Foudia (12 sp.), Madagascar and
Page 369
Mascarene Islands, Tropical Africa; (1663 1664) Sporopipes (2 sp.), Tropical
and South Africa; (1665—1667) Pyromelana (14 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa, Abyssinia to 10,500 feet; Philetærus (1 sp.), South Africa; Nigrita (7
sp.), West Africa to Upper Nile; Plocepasser (4 sp.), East and South Africa;
(1672—1674) Vidua (7 sp.), Tropical and South Africa (Plate V., Vol. I., p.
264); (1675—1677) Coliuspasser (9 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Chera (1
sp.), South Africa; Spermospiza (2 sp.), West Africa; Pyrenestes (6 sp.),
Tropical and South Africa; (1682—1687 1689 1692 1693 1698) Estrilda (26 sp.),
Tropical and South Africa, India, Burmah, and Java to Australia; (1688 1690
1691 1695 1696
) Pytelia (24 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; (1694) Hypargos (2
sp.), Mozambique and Madagascar; (1697) Emblema (1 sp.), North-west
Australia (1699 1712—1717) Amadina (15 sp.), Tropical and South Africa,
Moluccas to Australia and the Samoa Islands; (1700 1701 1710) Spermestes (8
sp.), Tropical Africa and Madagascar; (1702) Amauresthes (1 sp.), East and
West Africa; (1703 1707—1709 1711) Munia (30 sp.), Oriental region to Timor
and New Guinea; (1704) Donacola (3 sp.), Australia; (1705 1706) Poephila (6
sp.), Australia; (1718—1721) Erythrura (7 sp.), Sumatra to Java, Moluccas,
Timor, New Guinea, and Fiji Islands; (1722) Hypochera (3 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa.
Family 35.—STURNIDÆ. (29 Genera, 124 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1 — 3. 4
— —
The Sturnidæ or Starlings, are a highly characteristic Old-World group,
extending to every part of the great Eastern continent and its islands, and
over the Pacific Ocean to the Samoa Islands and New Zealand, yet wholly
and South Africa; (1665—1667) Pyromelana (14 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa, Abyssinia to 10,500 feet; Philetærus (1 sp.), South Africa; Nigrita (7
sp.), West Africa to Upper Nile; Plocepasser (4 sp.), East and South Africa;
(1672—1674) Vidua (7 sp.), Tropical and South Africa (Plate V., Vol. I., p.
264); (1675—1677) Coliuspasser (9 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Chera (1
sp.), South Africa; Spermospiza (2 sp.), West Africa; Pyrenestes (6 sp.),
Tropical and South Africa; (1682—1687 1689 1692 1693 1698) Estrilda (26 sp.),
Tropical and South Africa, India, Burmah, and Java to Australia; (1688 1690
1691 1695 1696
) Pytelia (24 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; (1694) Hypargos (2
sp.), Mozambique and Madagascar; (1697) Emblema (1 sp.), North-west
Australia (1699 1712—1717) Amadina (15 sp.), Tropical and South Africa,
Moluccas to Australia and the Samoa Islands; (1700 1701 1710) Spermestes (8
sp.), Tropical Africa and Madagascar; (1702) Amauresthes (1 sp.), East and
West Africa; (1703 1707—1709 1711) Munia (30 sp.), Oriental region to Timor
and New Guinea; (1704) Donacola (3 sp.), Australia; (1705 1706) Poephila (6
sp.), Australia; (1718—1721) Erythrura (7 sp.), Sumatra to Java, Moluccas,
Timor, New Guinea, and Fiji Islands; (1722) Hypochera (3 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa.
Family 35.—STURNIDÆ. (29 Genera, 124 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1 — 3. 4
— —
The Sturnidæ or Starlings, are a highly characteristic Old-World group,
extending to every part of the great Eastern continent and its islands, and
over the Pacific Ocean to the Samoa Islands and New Zealand, yet wholly
Page 370
absent from the mainland of Australia. The family appears to be tolerably
well-defined, and the following genera are generally considered to belong to
it: (1558 1559 1562) Eulabes (13 sp.), the Oriental region to South-west China,
Hainan, and Java,—and Flores, New Guinea and the Solomon Islands in the
Australian region; Ampeliceps (1 sp.), Tenasserim, Burmah, and Cochin
China; Gymnops (1 sp.), Philippine Islands; Basilornis (2 sp.), Celebes and
Ceram; Pastor (1 sp.), South-east Europe to India, Ceylon, and Burmah;
Acridotheres (7 sp.), the whole Oriental region and Celebes; (1568 1569)
Sturnia (12 sp.), the whole Oriental region, North China, Japan, and Siberia,
Celebes; Dilophus (1 sp.), South Africa; Sturnus (6 sp.), Palæarctic region,
to India and South China in winter; Sturnopastor (4 sp.), India to Burmah
and East Java; Creadion (2 sp.), New Zealand; Heterolocha (1 sp.), New
Zealand; (1520) Callæas (2 sp.), New Zealand; Buphaga (2 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa; Euryceros (1 sp.), Madagascar (see Plate VI., Vol. I., p. 278.)
This genus and the last should perhaps form distinct families. (1577) Juida (5
sp.), Central, West, and South Africa; (1578) Lamprocolius (20 sp.), Tropical
and South Africa; Cinnyricinclus (2 sp.), Tropical and South Africa;
Onychognathus (2 sp.), West Africa; (1581) Spreo (4 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa; (1582—1585) Amydrus (7 sp.), South and East Africa, Palestine;
Aplonis (9 sp.), New Caledonia to the Tonga Islands; (1587—1589) Calornis
(18 sp.), the whole Malay Archipelago and eastward to the Ladrone and
Samoa Islands; (1590) Enodes (1 sp.), Celebes; Scissirostrum (1 sp.),
Celebes; (1592) Saroglossa (1 sp.), Himalayas; (1593) Hartlaubius (1 sp),
Madagascar; Fregilupus (1 sp.), Bourbon, but it has recently become
extinct; (363) Falculia (1 sp)., Madagascar.
Family 36.—ARTAMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 17 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— — — —?
well-defined, and the following genera are generally considered to belong to
it: (1558 1559 1562) Eulabes (13 sp.), the Oriental region to South-west China,
Hainan, and Java,—and Flores, New Guinea and the Solomon Islands in the
Australian region; Ampeliceps (1 sp.), Tenasserim, Burmah, and Cochin
China; Gymnops (1 sp.), Philippine Islands; Basilornis (2 sp.), Celebes and
Ceram; Pastor (1 sp.), South-east Europe to India, Ceylon, and Burmah;
Acridotheres (7 sp.), the whole Oriental region and Celebes; (1568 1569)
Sturnia (12 sp.), the whole Oriental region, North China, Japan, and Siberia,
Celebes; Dilophus (1 sp.), South Africa; Sturnus (6 sp.), Palæarctic region,
to India and South China in winter; Sturnopastor (4 sp.), India to Burmah
and East Java; Creadion (2 sp.), New Zealand; Heterolocha (1 sp.), New
Zealand; (1520) Callæas (2 sp.), New Zealand; Buphaga (2 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa; Euryceros (1 sp.), Madagascar (see Plate VI., Vol. I., p. 278.)
This genus and the last should perhaps form distinct families. (1577) Juida (5
sp.), Central, West, and South Africa; (1578) Lamprocolius (20 sp.), Tropical
and South Africa; Cinnyricinclus (2 sp.), Tropical and South Africa;
Onychognathus (2 sp.), West Africa; (1581) Spreo (4 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa; (1582—1585) Amydrus (7 sp.), South and East Africa, Palestine;
Aplonis (9 sp.), New Caledonia to the Tonga Islands; (1587—1589) Calornis
(18 sp.), the whole Malay Archipelago and eastward to the Ladrone and
Samoa Islands; (1590) Enodes (1 sp.), Celebes; Scissirostrum (1 sp.),
Celebes; (1592) Saroglossa (1 sp.), Himalayas; (1593) Hartlaubius (1 sp),
Madagascar; Fregilupus (1 sp.), Bourbon, but it has recently become
extinct; (363) Falculia (1 sp)., Madagascar.
Family 36.—ARTAMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 17 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— — — —?
Page 371
The Artamidæ, or Swallow-shrikes, are a curious group of birds, ranging
over the greater part of the Oriental and Australian regions as far east as the
Fiji Islands and south to Tasmania. Only a single species inhabits India, and
they are more plentiful in Australia than in any other locality. The only well-
marked genus is Artamus.
There are a few Madagascar birds belonging to the genus Artamia, which
some ornithologists place in this family, others with the Laniidæ, but which
are here classed with the Oriolidæ.
Family 37.—ALAUDIDÆ. (15 Genera, 110 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — — 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
The Alaudidæ, or Larks, may be considered as exclusively belonging to the
great Eastern continent, since the Nearctic, Neotropical, and Australian
regions have each only a single species. They abound most in the open
plains and deserts of Africa and Asia, and are especially numerous in South
Africa. The genera, including those recently established by Mr. Sharpe, are
as follows:—
Otocorys (8 sp.); the Palæarctic region, North America and south to the
Andes of Columbia, North India; (1928 1929) Alauda (17 sp.), Palæarctic
region, all Africa, the Peninsula of India, and Ceylon; (1931) Galerita (10
sp.), Central Europe to Senegal and Abyssinia, Persia, India and North
China; (1932) Calendula (2 sp.), Abyssinia and South Africa; (1933 1934)
Calandrella (6 sp.), Europe, North Africa, India, Burmah, North China, and
Mongolia; (1935—1937) Melanocorypha (7 sp.), South Europe to Tartary,
Abyssinia, and North-west India; Pallasia (sp. 7781), East Asia; (1938)
over the greater part of the Oriental and Australian regions as far east as the
Fiji Islands and south to Tasmania. Only a single species inhabits India, and
they are more plentiful in Australia than in any other locality. The only well-
marked genus is Artamus.
There are a few Madagascar birds belonging to the genus Artamia, which
some ornithologists place in this family, others with the Laniidæ, but which
are here classed with the Oriolidæ.
Family 37.—ALAUDIDÆ. (15 Genera, 110 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — — 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
The Alaudidæ, or Larks, may be considered as exclusively belonging to the
great Eastern continent, since the Nearctic, Neotropical, and Australian
regions have each only a single species. They abound most in the open
plains and deserts of Africa and Asia, and are especially numerous in South
Africa. The genera, including those recently established by Mr. Sharpe, are
as follows:—
Otocorys (8 sp.); the Palæarctic region, North America and south to the
Andes of Columbia, North India; (1928 1929) Alauda (17 sp.), Palæarctic
region, all Africa, the Peninsula of India, and Ceylon; (1931) Galerita (10
sp.), Central Europe to Senegal and Abyssinia, Persia, India and North
China; (1932) Calendula (2 sp.), Abyssinia and South Africa; (1933 1934)
Calandrella (6 sp.), Europe, North Africa, India, Burmah, North China, and
Mongolia; (1935—1937) Melanocorypha (7 sp.), South Europe to Tartary,
Abyssinia, and North-west India; Pallasia (sp. 7781), East Asia; (1938)
Page 372
Certhilauda (4 sp.), South Europe, South Africa; Heterocorys (sp. 7792) South
Africa; (1939) Alæmon (3 sp.), South-east Europe to Western India, and
South Africa; (1940) Mirafra (25 sp.), the Oriental and Ethiopian regions to
Australia; (1941) Ammomanes (10 sp.), South Europe to Palestine and
Central India, and to Cape Verd Islands and South Africa; (1942 1943)
Megalophonus (6 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Tephrocorys (1 sp.),
South Africa; Pyrrhulauda (9 sp.), all Africa, Canary Islands, India and
Ceylon.
Family 38.—MOTACILLIDÆ. (9 Genera, 80 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. — 4
The Motacillidæ, or Wagtails and Pipits, are universally distributed, but are
most abundant in the Palæarctic, Ethiopian, and Oriental regions, to which
the true wagtails are almost confined. The following genera are usually
adopted, but some of them are not very well defined:—
Motacilla (15 sp.), ranges over the greater part of Europe, Asia, and Africa,
and to Alaska in North-west America; Budytes (10 sp.), Europe, Africa, Asia
to Philippines, Moluccas, Timor, and North Australia; Calobates (3 sp.),
South Palæarctic and Oriental regions to Java; Nemoricola (1 sp.), Oriental
region; Anthus (30 sp.), all the great continents; Neocorys (1 sp.), Central
North America; Corydalla (14 sp.), South Europe to India, China, the Malay
Islands, Australia, New Zealand and the Auckland Islands: Macronyx (5
sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Heterura (1 sp.), Himalayas.
Family 39.—TYRANNIDÆ. (71 Genera, 329 Species.)
Africa; (1939) Alæmon (3 sp.), South-east Europe to Western India, and
South Africa; (1940) Mirafra (25 sp.), the Oriental and Ethiopian regions to
Australia; (1941) Ammomanes (10 sp.), South Europe to Palestine and
Central India, and to Cape Verd Islands and South Africa; (1942 1943)
Megalophonus (6 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Tephrocorys (1 sp.),
South Africa; Pyrrhulauda (9 sp.), all Africa, Canary Islands, India and
Ceylon.
Family 38.—MOTACILLIDÆ. (9 Genera, 80 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. — 4
The Motacillidæ, or Wagtails and Pipits, are universally distributed, but are
most abundant in the Palæarctic, Ethiopian, and Oriental regions, to which
the true wagtails are almost confined. The following genera are usually
adopted, but some of them are not very well defined:—
Motacilla (15 sp.), ranges over the greater part of Europe, Asia, and Africa,
and to Alaska in North-west America; Budytes (10 sp.), Europe, Africa, Asia
to Philippines, Moluccas, Timor, and North Australia; Calobates (3 sp.),
South Palæarctic and Oriental regions to Java; Nemoricola (1 sp.), Oriental
region; Anthus (30 sp.), all the great continents; Neocorys (1 sp.), Central
North America; Corydalla (14 sp.), South Europe to India, China, the Malay
Islands, Australia, New Zealand and the Auckland Islands: Macronyx (5
sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Heterura (1 sp.), Himalayas.
Family 39.—TYRANNIDÆ. (71 Genera, 329 Species.)
Page 373
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Tyrannidæ, or Tyrant Shrikes, form one of the most extensive and truly
characteristic American families of birds; as they extend over the whole
continent from Patagonia to the Arctic regions, and are found also in all the
chief American islands—the Antilles, the Galapagos, the Falkland Islands,
and Juan Fernandez. As the genera are all enumerated in the table, at p. 101
of this volume, I shall here confine myself to the distribution of the sub-
families, only referring to such genera as are of special geographical
interest.
Sub-family I. Conophaginæ (2 genera, 13 species). Confined to tropical
South America, from Brazil and Bolivia to Guiana and Columbia.
Sub-family II. Tæniopterinæ (19 genera, 76 species). This group ranges
from Patagonia and the Falkland Islands to the northern United States; yet it
is almost wholly South American, only 2 genera and 4 species passing north
of Panama, and none inhabiting the West Indian islands. Empidias has 3
species in North America, while Tænioptera, Cnipolegus, Muscisaxicola,
and Centrites, range south to Patagonia.
Sub-family III. Platyrhynichinæ (16 genera, 60 species). This sub-family is
wholly Neotropical and mostly South American, only 7 of the genera
passing Panama and but 3 reaching Mexico, while there are none in the
West Indian islands. Only 3 genera extend south to the temperate sub-
region, and one of these, Anæretes, has a species in Juan Fernandez.
Sub-family IV. Elaineinæ (17 genera, 91 species). This sub-family is more
exclusively tropical, only two genera extending south as far as Chili and La
Plata, while none enter the Nearctic region. No less than 10 of the genera
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Tyrannidæ, or Tyrant Shrikes, form one of the most extensive and truly
characteristic American families of birds; as they extend over the whole
continent from Patagonia to the Arctic regions, and are found also in all the
chief American islands—the Antilles, the Galapagos, the Falkland Islands,
and Juan Fernandez. As the genera are all enumerated in the table, at p. 101
of this volume, I shall here confine myself to the distribution of the sub-
families, only referring to such genera as are of special geographical
interest.
Sub-family I. Conophaginæ (2 genera, 13 species). Confined to tropical
South America, from Brazil and Bolivia to Guiana and Columbia.
Sub-family II. Tæniopterinæ (19 genera, 76 species). This group ranges
from Patagonia and the Falkland Islands to the northern United States; yet it
is almost wholly South American, only 2 genera and 4 species passing north
of Panama, and none inhabiting the West Indian islands. Empidias has 3
species in North America, while Tænioptera, Cnipolegus, Muscisaxicola,
and Centrites, range south to Patagonia.
Sub-family III. Platyrhynichinæ (16 genera, 60 species). This sub-family is
wholly Neotropical and mostly South American, only 7 of the genera
passing Panama and but 3 reaching Mexico, while there are none in the
West Indian islands. Only 3 genera extend south to the temperate sub-
region, and one of these, Anæretes, has a species in Juan Fernandez.
Sub-family IV. Elaineinæ (17 genera, 91 species). This sub-family is more
exclusively tropical, only two genera extending south as far as Chili and La
Plata, while none enter the Nearctic region. No less than 10 of the genera
Page 374
pass north of Panama, and one of these, Elainea, which ranges from Chili to
Costa Rica has several species in the West Indian islands. About one fourth
of the species of this sub-family are found north of Panama.
Sub-family V. Tyranninæ (17 genera, 89 species). This sub-family is that
which is best represented in the Nearctic region, where 6 genera and 24
species occur. Milvulus reaches Texas; Tyrannus and Myiarchus range over
all the United States; Sayornis, the Eastern States and California; Contopus
extends to Canada; Empidonax ranges all over North America; and
Pyrocephalus reaches the Gila Valley as well as the Galapagos Islands. No
less than 5 genera of this sub-family occur in the West Indian islands.
Family 39a.—OXYRHAMPHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The genus Oxyrhamphus (2 sp.) which ranges from Brazil to Costa Rica,
has usually been placed in the Dendrocolaptidæ; but Messrs Sclater and
Salvin consider it to be the type of a distinct family group, most allied to the
Tyrannidæ.
Family 40.—PIPRIDÆ. (15 Genera, 60 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Costa Rica has several species in the West Indian islands. About one fourth
of the species of this sub-family are found north of Panama.
Sub-family V. Tyranninæ (17 genera, 89 species). This sub-family is that
which is best represented in the Nearctic region, where 6 genera and 24
species occur. Milvulus reaches Texas; Tyrannus and Myiarchus range over
all the United States; Sayornis, the Eastern States and California; Contopus
extends to Canada; Empidonax ranges all over North America; and
Pyrocephalus reaches the Gila Valley as well as the Galapagos Islands. No
less than 5 genera of this sub-family occur in the West Indian islands.
Family 39a.—OXYRHAMPHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The genus Oxyrhamphus (2 sp.) which ranges from Brazil to Costa Rica,
has usually been placed in the Dendrocolaptidæ; but Messrs Sclater and
Salvin consider it to be the type of a distinct family group, most allied to the
Tyrannidæ.
Family 40.—PIPRIDÆ. (15 Genera, 60 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 375
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Pipridæ, or Manakins, have generally been associated with the next
family, and they have a very similar distribution. The great majority of the
genera and species are found in the equatorial regions of South America,
only 9 species belonging to 5 genera ranging north of Panama, while 2 or 3
species extend to the southern limit of the tropical forests in Paraguay and
Brazil. The genera which go north of Panama are Piprites, Pipra,
Chiroxiphia, Chiromachæris, and Hetoropelma. Pipra is the largest genus,
containing 19 species, and having representatives throughout the whole
range of the family. As in all the more extensive families peculiar to the
Neotropical region, the distribution of the genera will be found in the tables
appended to the chapter on the Neotropical region in the Third Part of this
work. (Vol. II. p. 103).
Family 41.—COTINGIDÆ. (28 Genera, 93 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Cotingidæ, or Chatterers, comprise some of the most beautiful and
some of the most remarkable of American birds, for such we must consider
the azure and purple Cotingas, the wine-coloured white-winged Pompadour,
the snowy carunculated Bell-birds, the orange-coloured Cocks-of-the-Rock,
and the marvellously-plumed Umbrella-birds, (Plate XV. Vol. II. p. 28). The
Cotingidæ are also one of the most pre-eminently Neotropical of all the
Neotropical families, the great mass of the genera and species being
— — — — —
The Pipridæ, or Manakins, have generally been associated with the next
family, and they have a very similar distribution. The great majority of the
genera and species are found in the equatorial regions of South America,
only 9 species belonging to 5 genera ranging north of Panama, while 2 or 3
species extend to the southern limit of the tropical forests in Paraguay and
Brazil. The genera which go north of Panama are Piprites, Pipra,
Chiroxiphia, Chiromachæris, and Hetoropelma. Pipra is the largest genus,
containing 19 species, and having representatives throughout the whole
range of the family. As in all the more extensive families peculiar to the
Neotropical region, the distribution of the genera will be found in the tables
appended to the chapter on the Neotropical region in the Third Part of this
work. (Vol. II. p. 103).
Family 41.—COTINGIDÆ. (28 Genera, 93 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Cotingidæ, or Chatterers, comprise some of the most beautiful and
some of the most remarkable of American birds, for such we must consider
the azure and purple Cotingas, the wine-coloured white-winged Pompadour,
the snowy carunculated Bell-birds, the orange-coloured Cocks-of-the-Rock,
and the marvellously-plumed Umbrella-birds, (Plate XV. Vol. II. p. 28). The
Cotingidæ are also one of the most pre-eminently Neotropical of all the
Neotropical families, the great mass of the genera and species being
Page 376
concentrated in and around the vast equatorial forest region of the Amazon.
Only 13 species extend north of Panama, one to the Antilles, and not more
than 20 are found to the south of the Amazon Valley. Messrs. Sclater and
Salvin divide the family into six sub-families, the distribution of which will
be briefly indicated.
Sub-family I. Tityrinæ (3 genera, 22 species). Ranges from Brazil to
Mexico, one species of Hadrostomus inhabiting Jamaica.
Sub-family II. Lipauginæ (4 genera, 14 species) also ranges from Brazil to
Mexico; one genus (Ptilochloris) is confined to Brazil.
Sub-family III. Attalinæ (2 genera, 10 species). Ranges from Paraguay to
Costa Rica; one genus (Casiornis) is confined to South Brazil and Paraguay.
Sub-family IV. Rupicolinæ (2 genera, 5 species). This sub-family is
restricted to the Amazonian region and Guiana, with one species extending
along the Andean valleys to Bolivia. The genera are Rupicola (3 species)
and Phænicocercus (2 species).
Sub-family V. Cotinginæ (10 genera, 28 species). Ranges from Southern
Brazil and Bolivia to Nicaragua; only two species (belonging to the genera
Carpodectes and Cotinga) are found north of Panama, and there are none in
the West Indian islands. The great majority of these, the true Chatterers, are
from the regions about the Equator.
Sub-family VI. Gymnoderinæ (7 genera, 14 species). Ranges from Brazil to
Costa Rica; two species, of the genera Chasmorhynchus and Cephalopterus,
are found north of Panama, while there are none in the West Indian islands.
Only 2 species are found south of the Amazon valley.
Family 42.—PHYTOTOMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Only 13 species extend north of Panama, one to the Antilles, and not more
than 20 are found to the south of the Amazon Valley. Messrs. Sclater and
Salvin divide the family into six sub-families, the distribution of which will
be briefly indicated.
Sub-family I. Tityrinæ (3 genera, 22 species). Ranges from Brazil to
Mexico, one species of Hadrostomus inhabiting Jamaica.
Sub-family II. Lipauginæ (4 genera, 14 species) also ranges from Brazil to
Mexico; one genus (Ptilochloris) is confined to Brazil.
Sub-family III. Attalinæ (2 genera, 10 species). Ranges from Paraguay to
Costa Rica; one genus (Casiornis) is confined to South Brazil and Paraguay.
Sub-family IV. Rupicolinæ (2 genera, 5 species). This sub-family is
restricted to the Amazonian region and Guiana, with one species extending
along the Andean valleys to Bolivia. The genera are Rupicola (3 species)
and Phænicocercus (2 species).
Sub-family V. Cotinginæ (10 genera, 28 species). Ranges from Southern
Brazil and Bolivia to Nicaragua; only two species (belonging to the genera
Carpodectes and Cotinga) are found north of Panama, and there are none in
the West Indian islands. The great majority of these, the true Chatterers, are
from the regions about the Equator.
Sub-family VI. Gymnoderinæ (7 genera, 14 species). Ranges from Brazil to
Costa Rica; two species, of the genera Chasmorhynchus and Cephalopterus,
are found north of Panama, while there are none in the West Indian islands.
Only 2 species are found south of the Amazon valley.
Family 42.—PHYTOTOMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 377
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Phytotomidæ, or Plant-cutters, are singular thick-billed birds, strictly
confined to the temperate regions of South America. The single genus,
Phytotoma, is found in Chili, La Plata, and Bolivia. Their affinities are
uncertain, but they are believed to be allied to the series of families with
which they are here associated. (Plate XVI. Vol. II. p. 128).
Family 43.—EURYLÆMIDÆ. (6 Genera, 9 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Eurylæmidæ, or Broad-bills, form a very small family of birds, often
adorned with striking colours, and which have their nearest allies in the
South American Cotingidæ. They have a very limited distribution, from the
lower slopes of the Himalayas through Burmah and Siam, to Sumatra,
Borneo, and Java. They are evidently the remains of a once extensive group,
and from the small number of specific forms remaining, seem to be on the
road to extinction. Thus we may understand their isolated geographical
position. The following are the names and distribution of the genera:—
Eurylæmus (2 species), Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo;
Corydon (1 species), Malacca, Sumatra and Borneo (Plate IX. Vol. I. p.
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Phytotomidæ, or Plant-cutters, are singular thick-billed birds, strictly
confined to the temperate regions of South America. The single genus,
Phytotoma, is found in Chili, La Plata, and Bolivia. Their affinities are
uncertain, but they are believed to be allied to the series of families with
which they are here associated. (Plate XVI. Vol. II. p. 128).
Family 43.—EURYLÆMIDÆ. (6 Genera, 9 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 ———
— — — — —
The Eurylæmidæ, or Broad-bills, form a very small family of birds, often
adorned with striking colours, and which have their nearest allies in the
South American Cotingidæ. They have a very limited distribution, from the
lower slopes of the Himalayas through Burmah and Siam, to Sumatra,
Borneo, and Java. They are evidently the remains of a once extensive group,
and from the small number of specific forms remaining, seem to be on the
road to extinction. Thus we may understand their isolated geographical
position. The following are the names and distribution of the genera:—
Eurylæmus (2 species), Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo;
Corydon (1 species), Malacca, Sumatra and Borneo (Plate IX. Vol. I. p.
Page 378
339); Psarisomus (1 species), Himalayas to Burmah, up to 6,000 feet;
Serilophus (2 species), Nepal to Tenasserim; Cymbirhynchus (2 species),
Siam to Sumatra and Borneo; Calyptomena (1 species), Penang to Sumatra
and Borneo.
Family 44.—DENDROCOLAPTIDÆ. (43 Genera, 217 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Dendrocolaptidæ, or American Creepers, are curious brown-coloured
birds with more or less rigid tail feathers, strictly confined to the continental
Neotropical region, and very numerous in its south-temperate extremity.
They are divided by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin into five sub-families, to
which I shall confine my remarks on their distribution. The details of the
numerous genera, being only interesting to specialists, will be given in the
table of genera of the Neotropical region. No less than 13 of the genera are
confined to South-Temperate America and the High Andes; 14 are restricted
to Tropical South America, while not one is peculiar to Tropical North
America, and only 15 of the 43 genera extend into that sub-region, showing
that this is one of the pre-eminently South American groups.
Sub-family I. Furnariinæ (8 genera, 30 species). Ranges over all South
America, 4 genera and 18 species being restricted to the temperate sub-
region; one species is found in the Falkland Islands.
Sub-family II. Sclerurinæ (1 genus, 6 species). Brazil to Guiana, Columbia,
and north to Mexico.
Serilophus (2 species), Nepal to Tenasserim; Cymbirhynchus (2 species),
Siam to Sumatra and Borneo; Calyptomena (1 species), Penang to Sumatra
and Borneo.
Family 44.—DENDROCOLAPTIDÆ. (43 Genera, 217 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Dendrocolaptidæ, or American Creepers, are curious brown-coloured
birds with more or less rigid tail feathers, strictly confined to the continental
Neotropical region, and very numerous in its south-temperate extremity.
They are divided by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin into five sub-families, to
which I shall confine my remarks on their distribution. The details of the
numerous genera, being only interesting to specialists, will be given in the
table of genera of the Neotropical region. No less than 13 of the genera are
confined to South-Temperate America and the High Andes; 14 are restricted
to Tropical South America, while not one is peculiar to Tropical North
America, and only 15 of the 43 genera extend into that sub-region, showing
that this is one of the pre-eminently South American groups.
Sub-family I. Furnariinæ (8 genera, 30 species). Ranges over all South
America, 4 genera and 18 species being restricted to the temperate sub-
region; one species is found in the Falkland Islands.
Sub-family II. Sclerurinæ (1 genus, 6 species). Brazil to Guiana, Columbia,
and north to Mexico.
Page 379
Sub-family III. Synallaxinæ (12 genera, 78 species). Ranges from
Patagonia to Mexico; 7 genera and 28 species are confined to the temperate
sub-region; species occur in the islands of Mas-a-fuera, Trinidad, and
Tobago.
Sub-family IV. Philydorinæ (6 genera, 35 species). Confined to Tropical
America from Brazil to Mexico; 4 genera and 8 species occur in Tropical
North America.
Sub-family V. Dendrocolaptinæ (14 genera, 59 species). Ranges from Chili
and La Plata to Mexico; only 3 species occur in the South Temperate sub-
region, while 9 of the genera extend into Tropical North America. Two of
the continental species occur in the island of Tobago, which, together with
Trinidad, forms part of the South American rather than of the true Antillean
sub-region.
Family 45.—FORMICARIIDÆ. (32 Genera, 211 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Formicariidæ, comprising the Bush-Shrikes and Ant-thrushes, form one
of the most exclusively Neotropical families; and the numerous species are
rigidly confined to the warm and wooded districts, only a single species
extending to La Plata, and none to the Antilles or to the Nearctic region.
Less than 30 species are found north of Panama. Messrs. Sclater and Salvin
divide the group into three sub-families, whose distribution may be
conveniently treated, as in the Dendrocolaptidæ, without enumerating the
genera.
Patagonia to Mexico; 7 genera and 28 species are confined to the temperate
sub-region; species occur in the islands of Mas-a-fuera, Trinidad, and
Tobago.
Sub-family IV. Philydorinæ (6 genera, 35 species). Confined to Tropical
America from Brazil to Mexico; 4 genera and 8 species occur in Tropical
North America.
Sub-family V. Dendrocolaptinæ (14 genera, 59 species). Ranges from Chili
and La Plata to Mexico; only 3 species occur in the South Temperate sub-
region, while 9 of the genera extend into Tropical North America. Two of
the continental species occur in the island of Tobago, which, together with
Trinidad, forms part of the South American rather than of the true Antillean
sub-region.
Family 45.—FORMICARIIDÆ. (32 Genera, 211 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Formicariidæ, comprising the Bush-Shrikes and Ant-thrushes, form one
of the most exclusively Neotropical families; and the numerous species are
rigidly confined to the warm and wooded districts, only a single species
extending to La Plata, and none to the Antilles or to the Nearctic region.
Less than 30 species are found north of Panama. Messrs. Sclater and Salvin
divide the group into three sub-families, whose distribution may be
conveniently treated, as in the Dendrocolaptidæ, without enumerating the
genera.
Page 380
Sub-family I. Thamnophilinæ.—(10 genera, 70 species.) One species of
Thamnophilus inhabits La Plata; only 3 genera and 12 species are found
north of Panama, the species of this sub-family being especially abundant in
the Equatorial forest districts.
Sub-family II. Formicivorinæ.—(14 genera, 95 species.) Only 8 species
occur north of Panama, and less than one-third of the species belong to the
districts south of the Equator.
Thamnophilus inhabits La Plata; only 3 genera and 12 species are found
north of Panama, the species of this sub-family being especially abundant in
the Equatorial forest districts.
Sub-family II. Formicivorinæ.—(14 genera, 95 species.) Only 8 species
occur north of Panama, and less than one-third of the species belong to the
districts south of the Equator.
Page 381
Sub-family III. Formicariinæ.—(8 genera, 46 species.) About 12 species
occur north of Panama, and only 5 south of the Equatorial district.
It appears, therefore, that this extensive family is especially characteristic of
that part of South America from the Amazon valley northwards.
Family 46.—PTEROPTOCHIDÆ. (8 Genera, 19 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Pteroptochidæ are a group of curious Wren-like birds, almost confined
to the temperate regions of South America, extending along the Andes
beyond the Equator, and with a few species in South-east Brazil, and one in
the valley of the Madeira. The genera are as follows:—
Scytalopus (8 sp.), Chili and West Patagonia to the Andes of Columbia;
Merulaxis (1 sp.), South-east Brazil; Rhinocrypta (2 sp.), Northern
Patagonia and La Plata; Lioscelis (1 sp.), Madeira valley; Pteroptochus (2
sp.), Chili; Hylactes (3 sp.), Western Patagonia and Chili; Acropternis (1
sp.), Andes of Ecuador and Columbia; Triptorhinus (1 sp.), Chili.
Family 47.—PITTIDÆ. (4 Genera, 40 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
occur north of Panama, and only 5 south of the Equatorial district.
It appears, therefore, that this extensive family is especially characteristic of
that part of South America from the Amazon valley northwards.
Family 46.—PTEROPTOCHIDÆ. (8 Genera, 19 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Pteroptochidæ are a group of curious Wren-like birds, almost confined
to the temperate regions of South America, extending along the Andes
beyond the Equator, and with a few species in South-east Brazil, and one in
the valley of the Madeira. The genera are as follows:—
Scytalopus (8 sp.), Chili and West Patagonia to the Andes of Columbia;
Merulaxis (1 sp.), South-east Brazil; Rhinocrypta (2 sp.), Northern
Patagonia and La Plata; Lioscelis (1 sp.), Madeira valley; Pteroptochus (2
sp.), Chili; Hylactes (3 sp.), Western Patagonia and Chili; Acropternis (1
sp.), Andes of Ecuador and Columbia; Triptorhinus (1 sp.), Chili.
Family 47.—PITTIDÆ. (4 Genera, 40 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 382
——— ——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— — 4 —
The Pittas comprise a number of beautifully-coloured Thrush-like birds,
which, although confined to the Old World, are more nearly allied to the
South American Pteroptochidæ than to any other family. They are most
abundant in the Malay Archipelago, between the Oriental and Australian
divisions of which they are pretty equally divided. They seem, however, to
attain their maximum of beauty and variety in the large islands of Borneo
and Sumatra; from whence they diminish in numbers in every direction till
we find single species only in North China, West Africa, and Australia, The
genera here adopted are the following:—
(1087 1088 1090 1092 1093) Pitta (33 sp.), has the range of the family; (1089)
Hydrornis (3 sp.), Himalayas and Malaya; Eucichla (3 sp.), Malaya;
Melampitta (1 sp.), recently discovered in New Guinea.
Family 48.—PAICTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 — —
This family was established by Professor Sundevall, for an anomalous bird
of Madagascar, which he believes to have some affinity for the American
Formicariidæ, but which perhaps comes best near the Pittas. The only genus
is Philepitta, containing two species.
— — 4 —
The Pittas comprise a number of beautifully-coloured Thrush-like birds,
which, although confined to the Old World, are more nearly allied to the
South American Pteroptochidæ than to any other family. They are most
abundant in the Malay Archipelago, between the Oriental and Australian
divisions of which they are pretty equally divided. They seem, however, to
attain their maximum of beauty and variety in the large islands of Borneo
and Sumatra; from whence they diminish in numbers in every direction till
we find single species only in North China, West Africa, and Australia, The
genera here adopted are the following:—
(1087 1088 1090 1092 1093) Pitta (33 sp.), has the range of the family; (1089)
Hydrornis (3 sp.), Himalayas and Malaya; Eucichla (3 sp.), Malaya;
Melampitta (1 sp.), recently discovered in New Guinea.
Family 48.—PAICTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 — —
This family was established by Professor Sundevall, for an anomalous bird
of Madagascar, which he believes to have some affinity for the American
Formicariidæ, but which perhaps comes best near the Pittas. The only genus
is Philepitta, containing two species.
Page 383
Family 49.—MENURIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
The Menuridæ, or Lyre Birds, remarkable for the extreme elegance of the
lyre-shaped tail in the species first discovered, are birds of a very anomalous
structure, and have no near affinity to any other family. Two species of
Menura are known, confined to South and East Australia (Plate XII. Vol. I.
p. 441).
Family 50.—ATRICHIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
The genus Atrichia, or Scrub-birds of Australia, have been formed into a
separate family by Professor Newton, on account of peculiarities in the
skeleton which separate them from all other Passeres. Only two species are
known, inhabiting East and West Australia respectively. They are very noisy,
brown-coloured birds, and have been usually classed with the warblers, near
Amytis and other Australian species.
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
The Menuridæ, or Lyre Birds, remarkable for the extreme elegance of the
lyre-shaped tail in the species first discovered, are birds of a very anomalous
structure, and have no near affinity to any other family. Two species of
Menura are known, confined to South and East Australia (Plate XII. Vol. I.
p. 441).
Family 50.—ATRICHIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
The genus Atrichia, or Scrub-birds of Australia, have been formed into a
separate family by Professor Newton, on account of peculiarities in the
skeleton which separate them from all other Passeres. Only two species are
known, inhabiting East and West Australia respectively. They are very noisy,
brown-coloured birds, and have been usually classed with the warblers, near
Amytis and other Australian species.
Page 384
General remarks on the distribution of the Passeres.
The order Passeres, is the most extensive among birds, comprehending
about 5,700 species grouped in 870 genera, and 51 families. The distribution
of the genera, and of the families considered individually, has been already
sufficiently given, and we now have to consider the peculiarities of
distribution of the families collectively, and in their relations to each other,
as representing well-marked types of bird-structure. The first thing to be
noted is, how very few of these families are truly cosmopolitan; for
although there are seven which are found in each of the great regions, yet
few of these are widely distributed throughout all the regions, and we can
only find three that inhabit every sub-region, and are distributed with
tolerable uniformity; these are the Hirundinidæ, or swallows, the
Motacillidæ or wagtails and pipits, and the Corvidæ or crows,—but the
latter is a family of so heterogeneous a nature, that it possibly contains the
materials of several natural families, and if so divided, the parts would
probably all cease to be cosmopolitan. The Sylviidæ, the Turdidæ, and the
Paridæ, are the only other families that approach universality of distribution,
and all these are wanting in one or more sub-regions. If, now, we divide the
globe into the New and the Old World, the former including the whole
American continent, the latter all the rest of the earth, we find that the Old
World possesses exclusively 23 families, the New World exclusively 14, of
which 5 are common to North and South America. But if we take the
division proposed by Professor Huxley—a northern world, comprising our
first four regions (from Nearctic to Oriental), and a southern world
comprising our last two regions (the Australian and Neotropical)—we find
that the northern division possesses only 5 families exclusively, and the
southern division 13 exclusively, of which not one is common to Australia
and South America. This plainly indicates that, as far as the Passeres are
concerned, the latter bipartite division is not so natural as the former. Again,
if we compare temperate with tropical families (not too rigidly, but as
regards their general character), we find in the northern hemisphere only
two families that have the character of being typically temperate—the
Cinclidæ, and in a less degree the Ampelidæ—both of small extent. In the
southern hemisphere we have also two, the Phytotomidæ, and in a less
degree, the Pteroptochidæ; making two wholly and two mainly temperate
The order Passeres, is the most extensive among birds, comprehending
about 5,700 species grouped in 870 genera, and 51 families. The distribution
of the genera, and of the families considered individually, has been already
sufficiently given, and we now have to consider the peculiarities of
distribution of the families collectively, and in their relations to each other,
as representing well-marked types of bird-structure. The first thing to be
noted is, how very few of these families are truly cosmopolitan; for
although there are seven which are found in each of the great regions, yet
few of these are widely distributed throughout all the regions, and we can
only find three that inhabit every sub-region, and are distributed with
tolerable uniformity; these are the Hirundinidæ, or swallows, the
Motacillidæ or wagtails and pipits, and the Corvidæ or crows,—but the
latter is a family of so heterogeneous a nature, that it possibly contains the
materials of several natural families, and if so divided, the parts would
probably all cease to be cosmopolitan. The Sylviidæ, the Turdidæ, and the
Paridæ, are the only other families that approach universality of distribution,
and all these are wanting in one or more sub-regions. If, now, we divide the
globe into the New and the Old World, the former including the whole
American continent, the latter all the rest of the earth, we find that the Old
World possesses exclusively 23 families, the New World exclusively 14, of
which 5 are common to North and South America. But if we take the
division proposed by Professor Huxley—a northern world, comprising our
first four regions (from Nearctic to Oriental), and a southern world
comprising our last two regions (the Australian and Neotropical)—we find
that the northern division possesses only 5 families exclusively, and the
southern division 13 exclusively, of which not one is common to Australia
and South America. This plainly indicates that, as far as the Passeres are
concerned, the latter bipartite division is not so natural as the former. Again,
if we compare temperate with tropical families (not too rigidly, but as
regards their general character), we find in the northern hemisphere only
two families that have the character of being typically temperate—the
Cinclidæ, and in a less degree the Ampelidæ—both of small extent. In the
southern hemisphere we have also two, the Phytotomidæ, and in a less
degree, the Pteroptochidæ; making two wholly and two mainly temperate
Page 385
families. Of exclusively tropical families on the other hand, we have about
12, and several others that are mainly tropical.
The several regions do not differ greatly in the number of families found in
each. The Nearctic has 19, the Palæarctic 21, the Ethiopian 23, the Oriental
28, the Australian 29, and the Neotropical 23. But many of these families
are only represented by a few species, or in limited districts; and if we count
only those families which are tolerably well represented, and help to form
the ornithological character of the region, the richness of the several tropical
regions will appear to be (as it really is) comparatively much greater. The
families that are confined to single regions are not very numerous, except in
the case of the Neotropical region, which has 5. The Australian has only 3,
the Oriental 1, the Ethiopian 1, and the other regions have no peculiar
families.
The distribution of the Passeres may be advantageously considered as
divided into the five series of Turdoid, Tanagroid, Sturnoid, Formicarioid,
and Anomalous Passeres. The Turdoid Passeres, consisting of the first 23
families, are especially characteristic of the Old World, none being found
exclusively in America, and only two or three being at all abundant there.
The Tanagroid Passeres (Families 24-33) are very characteristic of the New
World, five being confined to it, and three others being quite as abundant
there as in the Old World; while there is not a single exclusively Old World
family in the series, except the Drepanididæ confined to the Sandwich
Islands. The Sturnoid Passeres (Families 34-38) are all exclusively Old
World, except that two larks inhabit parts of North America, and a few pipits
South America. The Formicarioid Passeres (Families 39-48) are strikingly
characteristic of the New World, to which seven of the families exclusively
belong; the two Old World groups being small, and with a very restricted
distribution. The Anomalous Passeres (Families 49-50) are confined to
Australia.
The most remarkable feature in the geographical distribution of the Passeres
is the richness of the American continent, and the large development of
characteristic types that occurs there. The fact that America possesses 14
altogether peculiar families, while no less than 23 Old-World families are
entirely absent from it, plainly indicates, that, if this division does not
12, and several others that are mainly tropical.
The several regions do not differ greatly in the number of families found in
each. The Nearctic has 19, the Palæarctic 21, the Ethiopian 23, the Oriental
28, the Australian 29, and the Neotropical 23. But many of these families
are only represented by a few species, or in limited districts; and if we count
only those families which are tolerably well represented, and help to form
the ornithological character of the region, the richness of the several tropical
regions will appear to be (as it really is) comparatively much greater. The
families that are confined to single regions are not very numerous, except in
the case of the Neotropical region, which has 5. The Australian has only 3,
the Oriental 1, the Ethiopian 1, and the other regions have no peculiar
families.
The distribution of the Passeres may be advantageously considered as
divided into the five series of Turdoid, Tanagroid, Sturnoid, Formicarioid,
and Anomalous Passeres. The Turdoid Passeres, consisting of the first 23
families, are especially characteristic of the Old World, none being found
exclusively in America, and only two or three being at all abundant there.
The Tanagroid Passeres (Families 24-33) are very characteristic of the New
World, five being confined to it, and three others being quite as abundant
there as in the Old World; while there is not a single exclusively Old World
family in the series, except the Drepanididæ confined to the Sandwich
Islands. The Sturnoid Passeres (Families 34-38) are all exclusively Old
World, except that two larks inhabit parts of North America, and a few pipits
South America. The Formicarioid Passeres (Families 39-48) are strikingly
characteristic of the New World, to which seven of the families exclusively
belong; the two Old World groups being small, and with a very restricted
distribution. The Anomalous Passeres (Families 49-50) are confined to
Australia.
The most remarkable feature in the geographical distribution of the Passeres
is the richness of the American continent, and the large development of
characteristic types that occurs there. The fact that America possesses 14
altogether peculiar families, while no less than 23 Old-World families are
entirely absent from it, plainly indicates, that, if this division does not
Page 386
represent the most ancient and radical separation of the land surface of the
globe, it must still be one of very great antiquity, and have modified in a
very marked way the distribution of all living things. Not less remarkable is
the richness in specific forms of the 13 peculiar American families. These
contain no less than 1,570 species, leaving only about 500 American species
in the 13 other Passerine families represented in the New World. If we make
a deduction for those Nearctic species which occur only north of Panama,
we may estimate the truly Neotropical species of Passerine birds at 1,900,
which is almost exactly one-third of the total number of Passeres; a
wonderful illustration of the Ornithological riches of South America.
Order II.—PICARIÆ.
Family 51.—PICIDÆ. (36 Genera, 320 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
—
The Woodpeckers are very widely distributed, being only absent from the
Australian region beyond Celebes and Flores. They are most abundant in the
Neotropical and Oriental regions, both of which possess a number of
peculiar genera; while the other regions possess few or no peculiar forms,
even the Ethiopian region having only three genera not found elsewhere.
The soft-tailed Picumninæ inhabit the tropical regions only, Picumnus being
Neotropical, Vivia and Sasia Oriental, and Verreauxia Ethiopian. Picoides,
or Apternus, is an Arctic form peculiar to the Nearctic and Palæarctic
regions. Celeus, Chrysoptilus, Chloronerpes, and some smaller genera, are
Neotropical exclusively, and there are two peculiar forms in Cuba.
Yungipicus, Chrysocolaptes, Hemicercus, Mulleripicus, Brachypternus,
Tiga, and Micropternus, are the most important of the peculiar Oriental
globe, it must still be one of very great antiquity, and have modified in a
very marked way the distribution of all living things. Not less remarkable is
the richness in specific forms of the 13 peculiar American families. These
contain no less than 1,570 species, leaving only about 500 American species
in the 13 other Passerine families represented in the New World. If we make
a deduction for those Nearctic species which occur only north of Panama,
we may estimate the truly Neotropical species of Passerine birds at 1,900,
which is almost exactly one-third of the total number of Passeres; a
wonderful illustration of the Ornithological riches of South America.
Order II.—PICARIÆ.
Family 51.—PICIDÆ. (36 Genera, 320 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
—
The Woodpeckers are very widely distributed, being only absent from the
Australian region beyond Celebes and Flores. They are most abundant in the
Neotropical and Oriental regions, both of which possess a number of
peculiar genera; while the other regions possess few or no peculiar forms,
even the Ethiopian region having only three genera not found elsewhere.
The soft-tailed Picumninæ inhabit the tropical regions only, Picumnus being
Neotropical, Vivia and Sasia Oriental, and Verreauxia Ethiopian. Picoides,
or Apternus, is an Arctic form peculiar to the Nearctic and Palæarctic
regions. Celeus, Chrysoptilus, Chloronerpes, and some smaller genera, are
Neotropical exclusively, and there are two peculiar forms in Cuba.
Yungipicus, Chrysocolaptes, Hemicercus, Mulleripicus, Brachypternus,
Tiga, and Micropternus, are the most important of the peculiar Oriental
Page 387
genera. Dendropicus and Geocolaptes are Ethiopian; but there are no
woodpeckers in Madagascar. The Palæarctic woodpeckers belong to the
genera Picus—which is widely distributed, Gecinus—which is an Oriental
form, and Dryocopus—which is South American. Except Picoides, the
Nearctic woodpeckers are mostly of Neotropical genera; but Sphyrapicus
and Hylatomus are peculiar. The geological record is, as yet, almost silent as
to this family; but remains doubtfully referred to it have been found in the
Miocene of Europe and the Eocene of the United States. Yet the group is
evidently one of very high antiquity, as is shown by its extreme isolation, its
great specialization of structure, its abundant generic forms, and its wide
distribution. It originated, probably, in Central Asia, and passed through, the
Nearctic region to South America, in whose rich and varied forests it found
the conditions for rapid development, and for the specialization of the many
generic forms now found there.
A large number of genera have been established by various authors, but their
limitations and affinities are not very well made out. Those which seem best
established are the following:—
(2107—2112) Picumnus (22 sp.). Tropical South America to Honduras; (2113)
Vivia (1 sp.), Himalayas to East Thibet; (2114) Sasia (2 sp.), Nepal to Java;
(2115) Verreauxia (1 sp.), West Africa; Picoides (5 sp.), northern parts of
Nearctic and Palæarctic regions, and Mountains of East Thibet; Picus (42
sp.), the whole Palæarctic, Oriental, Nearctic, and Neotropical regions;
(2123) Hyopicus (2 sp.), Himalayas and North China; (2124) Yungipicus (16
sp.), Oriental region, and to Flores, Celebes, North China, and Japan; (2127—
2129
) Sphyrapicus (7 sp.), Nearctic region, Mexico, and Bolivia; (2130—2133
2139
) Campephilus (14 sp.), Neotropical and Nearctic regions; Hylatomus (1
sp.), Nearctic region; (2137 2140) Dryocopus (5 sp.), Mexico to South Brazil,
Central and Northern Europe; (2134) Reinwardtipicus (1 sp.), Penang to
Borneo; (2135 2136) Venilia (2 sp.), Nepal to Borneo; Chrysocolaptes (8 sp.),
India and Indo-Malaya; Dendropicus (16 sp.), Tropical and South Africa;
Hemicercus (5 sp.), Malabar and Pegu to Malaya; Gecinus (18 sp.),
Palæarctic and Oriental regions to Java; (2151—2156) Dendromus (15 sp.),
West and South Africa, Zanzibar, and Abyssinia; (2157—2159) Mulleripicus (6
woodpeckers in Madagascar. The Palæarctic woodpeckers belong to the
genera Picus—which is widely distributed, Gecinus—which is an Oriental
form, and Dryocopus—which is South American. Except Picoides, the
Nearctic woodpeckers are mostly of Neotropical genera; but Sphyrapicus
and Hylatomus are peculiar. The geological record is, as yet, almost silent as
to this family; but remains doubtfully referred to it have been found in the
Miocene of Europe and the Eocene of the United States. Yet the group is
evidently one of very high antiquity, as is shown by its extreme isolation, its
great specialization of structure, its abundant generic forms, and its wide
distribution. It originated, probably, in Central Asia, and passed through, the
Nearctic region to South America, in whose rich and varied forests it found
the conditions for rapid development, and for the specialization of the many
generic forms now found there.
A large number of genera have been established by various authors, but their
limitations and affinities are not very well made out. Those which seem best
established are the following:—
(2107—2112) Picumnus (22 sp.). Tropical South America to Honduras; (2113)
Vivia (1 sp.), Himalayas to East Thibet; (2114) Sasia (2 sp.), Nepal to Java;
(2115) Verreauxia (1 sp.), West Africa; Picoides (5 sp.), northern parts of
Nearctic and Palæarctic regions, and Mountains of East Thibet; Picus (42
sp.), the whole Palæarctic, Oriental, Nearctic, and Neotropical regions;
(2123) Hyopicus (2 sp.), Himalayas and North China; (2124) Yungipicus (16
sp.), Oriental region, and to Flores, Celebes, North China, and Japan; (2127—
2129
) Sphyrapicus (7 sp.), Nearctic region, Mexico, and Bolivia; (2130—2133
2139
) Campephilus (14 sp.), Neotropical and Nearctic regions; Hylatomus (1
sp.), Nearctic region; (2137 2140) Dryocopus (5 sp.), Mexico to South Brazil,
Central and Northern Europe; (2134) Reinwardtipicus (1 sp.), Penang to
Borneo; (2135 2136) Venilia (2 sp.), Nepal to Borneo; Chrysocolaptes (8 sp.),
India and Indo-Malaya; Dendropicus (16 sp.), Tropical and South Africa;
Hemicercus (5 sp.), Malabar and Pegu to Malaya; Gecinus (18 sp.),
Palæarctic and Oriental regions to Java; (2151—2156) Dendromus (15 sp.),
West and South Africa, Zanzibar, and Abyssinia; (2157—2159) Mulleripicus (6
Page 388
sp.), Malabar, Pegu, Indo-Malaya, and Celebes; Celeus (17 sp.), Paraguay to
Mexico; Nesoceleus (sp. 8833) Cuba; (2162) Chrysoptilus (9 sp.), Chili and
South Brazil to Mexico; Brachypternus (5 sp.), India, Ceylon, and China;
(2165 2166) Tiga (5 sp.), all India to Malaya; (2167) Gecinulus (2 sp.), South-
east Himalayas to Burmah; Centurus (13 sp.), Nearctic Region to Antilles
and Venezuela; Chloronerpes (35 sp.), Tropical America, Hayti; (2171)
Xiphidiopicus (1 sp.), Cuba; Melanerpes (11 sp.), Brazil to Canada, Porto
Rico; Leuconerpes (1 sp.), Bolivia to North Brazil; Colaptes (9 sp.), La
Plata and Bolivia to Arctic America, Greater Antilles; Hypoxanthus (1 sp.),
Venezuela and Ecuador; (2187) Geocolaptes (1 sp.), South Africa; Miglyptes
(3 sp.), Malaya; Micropternus (8 sp.), India and Ceylon to South China,
Sumatra and Borneo.
Family 52.—YUNGIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1—3— 1—— ———
— — — —
The Wrynecks (Yunx), which constitute this family, are small tree-creeping
birds characteristic of the Palæarctic region, but extending into North and
East Africa, over the greater part of the peninsula of India (but not to
Ceylon), and just reaching the lower ranges of the Himalayas. There is also
one species isolated in South Africa.
Family 53.—INDICATORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Mexico; Nesoceleus (sp. 8833) Cuba; (2162) Chrysoptilus (9 sp.), Chili and
South Brazil to Mexico; Brachypternus (5 sp.), India, Ceylon, and China;
(2165 2166) Tiga (5 sp.), all India to Malaya; (2167) Gecinulus (2 sp.), South-
east Himalayas to Burmah; Centurus (13 sp.), Nearctic Region to Antilles
and Venezuela; Chloronerpes (35 sp.), Tropical America, Hayti; (2171)
Xiphidiopicus (1 sp.), Cuba; Melanerpes (11 sp.), Brazil to Canada, Porto
Rico; Leuconerpes (1 sp.), Bolivia to North Brazil; Colaptes (9 sp.), La
Plata and Bolivia to Arctic America, Greater Antilles; Hypoxanthus (1 sp.),
Venezuela and Ecuador; (2187) Geocolaptes (1 sp.), South Africa; Miglyptes
(3 sp.), Malaya; Micropternus (8 sp.), India and Ceylon to South China,
Sumatra and Borneo.
Family 52.—YUNGIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1—3— 1—— ———
— — — —
The Wrynecks (Yunx), which constitute this family, are small tree-creeping
birds characteristic of the Palæarctic region, but extending into North and
East Africa, over the greater part of the peninsula of India (but not to
Ceylon), and just reaching the lower ranges of the Himalayas. There is also
one species isolated in South Africa.
Family 53.—INDICATORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 389
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. — — — 3. 4 ———
— — — —
The Honey-guides (Indicator) constitute a small family of doubtful
affinities; perhaps most nearly allied to the woodpeckers and barbets. They
catch bees and sometimes kill small birds; and some of the species are
parasitical like the cuckoo. Their distribution is very interesting, as they are
found in every part of the Ethiopian region, except Madagascar, and in the
Oriental region only in Sikhim and Borneo, being absent from the peninsula
of India which is nearest, both geographically and zoologically, to Africa.
Family 54.—MEGALÆMIDÆ. (13 Genera, 81 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — —
The Megalæmidæ, or Barbets, consist of rather small, fruit-eating birds, of
heavy ungraceful shape, but adorned with the most gaudy colours,
especially about the head and neck. They form a very isolated family; their
nearest allies being, perhaps, the still more isolated Toucans of South
America. Barbets are found in all the tropics except Australia, but are
especially characteristic of the great Equatorial forest-zone; all the most
remarkable forms being confined to Equatorial America, West Africa, and
the Indo-Malay Islands. They are most abundant in the Ethiopian and
Oriental regions, and in the latter are universally distributed.
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. — — — 3. 4 ———
— — — —
The Honey-guides (Indicator) constitute a small family of doubtful
affinities; perhaps most nearly allied to the woodpeckers and barbets. They
catch bees and sometimes kill small birds; and some of the species are
parasitical like the cuckoo. Their distribution is very interesting, as they are
found in every part of the Ethiopian region, except Madagascar, and in the
Oriental region only in Sikhim and Borneo, being absent from the peninsula
of India which is nearest, both geographically and zoologically, to Africa.
Family 54.—MEGALÆMIDÆ. (13 Genera, 81 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — —
The Megalæmidæ, or Barbets, consist of rather small, fruit-eating birds, of
heavy ungraceful shape, but adorned with the most gaudy colours,
especially about the head and neck. They form a very isolated family; their
nearest allies being, perhaps, the still more isolated Toucans of South
America. Barbets are found in all the tropics except Australia, but are
especially characteristic of the great Equatorial forest-zone; all the most
remarkable forms being confined to Equatorial America, West Africa, and
the Indo-Malay Islands. They are most abundant in the Ethiopian and
Oriental regions, and in the latter are universally distributed.
Page 390
In the beautiful monograph of this family by the Messrs. Marshall, the
barbets are divided into three sub-families, as follows:—
Pogonorhynchinæ (3 genera, 15 sp.), which are Ethiopian except the 2
species of Tetragonops, which are Neotropical; Megalæminæ (6 genera, 45
sp.), which are Oriental and Ethiopian; and Capitoninæ (4 genera, 18 sp.),
common to the three regions.
The genera are each confined to a single region. Africa possesses the largest
number of peculiar forms, while the Oriental region is richest in species.
This is probably a very ancient group, and its existing distribution may be
due to its former range over the Miocene South Palæarctic land, which we
know possessed Trogons, Parrots, Apes, and Tapirs, groups which are now
equally abundant in Equatorial countries.
The following is a tabular view of the genera with their distribution:—
Genera Ethiopian Oriental Region. Neotropical
Region. Region.
Pogonorhynchinæ.
Tricholæma 1 sp. W. Africa
Pogonorhynchus 12 " All Trop.
& S. Af.
Tetragonops 2 " Peru & Costa
Rica
Megalæminæ.
Megalæma 29 " The whole
region
Xantholæma 4 " The whole
region
Xylobucco 2 " W. Africa
barbets are divided into three sub-families, as follows:—
Pogonorhynchinæ (3 genera, 15 sp.), which are Ethiopian except the 2
species of Tetragonops, which are Neotropical; Megalæminæ (6 genera, 45
sp.), which are Oriental and Ethiopian; and Capitoninæ (4 genera, 18 sp.),
common to the three regions.
The genera are each confined to a single region. Africa possesses the largest
number of peculiar forms, while the Oriental region is richest in species.
This is probably a very ancient group, and its existing distribution may be
due to its former range over the Miocene South Palæarctic land, which we
know possessed Trogons, Parrots, Apes, and Tapirs, groups which are now
equally abundant in Equatorial countries.
The following is a tabular view of the genera with their distribution:—
Genera Ethiopian Oriental Region. Neotropical
Region. Region.
Pogonorhynchinæ.
Tricholæma 1 sp. W. Africa
Pogonorhynchus 12 " All Trop.
& S. Af.
Tetragonops 2 " Peru & Costa
Rica
Megalæminæ.
Megalæma 29 " The whole
region
Xantholæma 4 " The whole
region
Xylobucco 2 " W. Africa
Page 391
Barbatula 9 " Trop. & S.
Africa
Psilopogon 1 " Sumatra
Gymnobucco 2 " W. Africa
Capitoninæ.
Trachyphonus 5 " Trop. & S.
Africa
Capito 10 " Equatorial
Amer.
to Costa
Rica
Calorhamphus 2 " Malay Pen.,
Sumatra,
Borneo
Stactolæma 1 " W. Africa
Family 55.—RHAMPHASTIDÆ. (5 Genera, 51 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Toucans form one of the most remarkable and characteristic families of
the Neotropical region, to which they are strictly confined. They differ from
all other birds by their long feathered tongues, their huge yet elegant bills,
and the peculiar texture and coloration of their plumage. Being fruit-eaters,
and strictly adapted for an arboreal life, they are not found beyond the forest
regions; but they nevertheless range from Mexico to Paraguay, and from the
Africa
Psilopogon 1 " Sumatra
Gymnobucco 2 " W. Africa
Capitoninæ.
Trachyphonus 5 " Trop. & S.
Africa
Capito 10 " Equatorial
Amer.
to Costa
Rica
Calorhamphus 2 " Malay Pen.,
Sumatra,
Borneo
Stactolæma 1 " W. Africa
Family 55.—RHAMPHASTIDÆ. (5 Genera, 51 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Toucans form one of the most remarkable and characteristic families of
the Neotropical region, to which they are strictly confined. They differ from
all other birds by their long feathered tongues, their huge yet elegant bills,
and the peculiar texture and coloration of their plumage. Being fruit-eaters,
and strictly adapted for an arboreal life, they are not found beyond the forest
regions; but they nevertheless range from Mexico to Paraguay, and from the
Page 392
Atlantic to the Pacific. One genus, Andigena, is confined to the forest slopes
of the South American Andes. The genera are:—
Rhamphastos (12 sp.), Mexico to South Brazil; Pteroglossus (16 sp.),
Nicaragua to South Brazil (Plate XV. Vol. II. p. 28); Selenidera (7 sp.),
Veragua to Brazil, east of the Andes; Andigena (6 sp.), the Andes, from
Columbia to Bolivia, and West Brazil; Aulacorhamphus (10 sp.), Mexico to
Peru and Bolivia.
Family 56.—MUSOPHAGIDÆ. (2 Genera, 18 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
The Musophagidæ, or Plantain-eaters and Turacos, are handsome birds,
somewhat intermediate between Toucans and Cuckoos. They are confined to
the Ethiopian region and are most abundant in West Africa. The Plantain
eaters (Musophaga, 2 sp.), are confined to West Africa; the Turacos
(Turacus, 16 sp., including the sub-genera Corythaix and Schizorhis) range
over all Africa from Abyssinia to the Cape (Plate V. Vol. I. p. 264).
Family 57.—COLIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 7 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
of the South American Andes. The genera are:—
Rhamphastos (12 sp.), Mexico to South Brazil; Pteroglossus (16 sp.),
Nicaragua to South Brazil (Plate XV. Vol. II. p. 28); Selenidera (7 sp.),
Veragua to Brazil, east of the Andes; Andigena (6 sp.), the Andes, from
Columbia to Bolivia, and West Brazil; Aulacorhamphus (10 sp.), Mexico to
Peru and Bolivia.
Family 56.—MUSOPHAGIDÆ. (2 Genera, 18 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
The Musophagidæ, or Plantain-eaters and Turacos, are handsome birds,
somewhat intermediate between Toucans and Cuckoos. They are confined to
the Ethiopian region and are most abundant in West Africa. The Plantain
eaters (Musophaga, 2 sp.), are confined to West Africa; the Turacos
(Turacus, 16 sp., including the sub-genera Corythaix and Schizorhis) range
over all Africa from Abyssinia to the Cape (Plate V. Vol. I. p. 264).
Family 57.—COLIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 7 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 393
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
The Colies, consisting of the single genus Colius, are an anomalous group
of small finch-like birds, occuping a position between the Picariæ and
Passeres, but of very doubtful affinities. Their range is nearly identical with
that of the Musophagidæ, but they are most abundant in South and East
Africa.
Family 58.—CUCULIDÆ. (35 Genera, 180 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Cuculidæ, of which our well-known Cuckoo is one of the most widely
distributed types, are essentially a tropical group of weak insectivorous
birds, abounding in varied forms in all the warmer parts of the globe, but
very scarce or only appearing as migrants in the temperate and colder zones.
Many of the smaller Eastern species are adorned with the most intense
golden or violet metallic lustre, while some of the larger forms have gaily-
coloured bills or bare patches of bright red on the cheeks. Many of the
cuckoos of the Eastern Hemisphere are parasitic, laying their eggs in other
birds' nests; and they are also remarkable for the manner in which they
resemble other birds, as hawks, pheasants, or drongo-shrikes. The
distribution of the Cuckoo family is rather remarkable. They abound most in
the Oriental region, which produces no less than 18 genera, of which 11 are
peculiar; the Australian has 8, most of which are also Oriental, but 3 are
peculiar, one of these being confined to Celebes and closely allied to an
Oriental group; the Ethiopian region has only 7 genera, all of which are
— — — — —
The Colies, consisting of the single genus Colius, are an anomalous group
of small finch-like birds, occuping a position between the Picariæ and
Passeres, but of very doubtful affinities. Their range is nearly identical with
that of the Musophagidæ, but they are most abundant in South and East
Africa.
Family 58.—CUCULIDÆ. (35 Genera, 180 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Cuculidæ, of which our well-known Cuckoo is one of the most widely
distributed types, are essentially a tropical group of weak insectivorous
birds, abounding in varied forms in all the warmer parts of the globe, but
very scarce or only appearing as migrants in the temperate and colder zones.
Many of the smaller Eastern species are adorned with the most intense
golden or violet metallic lustre, while some of the larger forms have gaily-
coloured bills or bare patches of bright red on the cheeks. Many of the
cuckoos of the Eastern Hemisphere are parasitic, laying their eggs in other
birds' nests; and they are also remarkable for the manner in which they
resemble other birds, as hawks, pheasants, or drongo-shrikes. The
distribution of the Cuckoo family is rather remarkable. They abound most in
the Oriental region, which produces no less than 18 genera, of which 11 are
peculiar; the Australian has 8, most of which are also Oriental, but 3 are
peculiar, one of these being confined to Celebes and closely allied to an
Oriental group; the Ethiopian region has only 7 genera, all of which are
Page 394
Oriental but three, 2 of these being peculiar to Madagascar, and the other
common to Madagascar and Africa. America has 11 genera, all quite distinct
from those of the Eastern Hemisphere, and only three enter the Nearctic
region, one species extending to Canada.
Remembering our conclusions as to the early history of the several regions,
these facts enable us to indicate, with considerable probability, the origin
and mode of dispersal of the cuckoos. They were almost certainly developed
in the Oriental and Palæarctic regions, but reached the Neotropical at a very
early date, where they have since been completely isolated. Africa must
have long remained without cuckoos, the earliest immigration being to
Madagascar at the time of the approximation of that sub-region to Ceylon
and Malaya. A later infusion of Oriental forms took place probably by way
of Arabia and Persia, when those countries were more fertile and perhaps
more extensive. Australia has also received its cuckoos at a somewhat late
date, a few having reached the Austro-Malay Islands somewhat earlier.
The classification of the family is somewhat unsettled. For the American
genera I follow Messrs. Sclater and Salvin; and, for those of the Old World,
Mr. Sharpe's suggestive paper in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society,
1873, p. 600. The following is the distribution of the various genera:—
(2195) Phænicophaës (1 sp.), Ceylon; (2196) Rhamphococcyx (1 sp.),
Celebes; (2196) Rhinococcyx (1 sp.), Java; (2196 pt. and 2203) Rhopodytes (6
sp.), Himalayas to Ceylon, Hainan, and Malaya; (2203 pt) Poliococcyx (1 sp.),
Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo; (2197) Dasylophus (1 sp.), Philippine
Islands; (2198) Lepidogrammus (1 sp.), Philippine Islands; (2200)
Zanclostomus (1 sp.), Malaya; (2201) Ceuthmochares (2 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa and Madagascar; (2202) Taccocua (4 sp.), Himalayas to Ceylon
and Malacca; (2204) Rhinortha (1 sp.), Malacca, Sumatra, Borneo; (2199)
Carpococcyx (1 sp.), Borneo and Sumatra; (2220) Neomorphus (4 sp.), Brazil
to Mexico; (2205 2206) Coua (10 sp.), Madagascar; (2207) Cochlothraustes (1
sp.), Madagascar; (2221) Centropus (35 sp.), Tropical and South Africa, the
whole Oriental region, Austro-Malaya and Australia; (2213) Crotophaga (3
sp.), Brazil to Antilles and Pennsylvania; (2212) Guira (1 sp.), Brazil and
common to Madagascar and Africa. America has 11 genera, all quite distinct
from those of the Eastern Hemisphere, and only three enter the Nearctic
region, one species extending to Canada.
Remembering our conclusions as to the early history of the several regions,
these facts enable us to indicate, with considerable probability, the origin
and mode of dispersal of the cuckoos. They were almost certainly developed
in the Oriental and Palæarctic regions, but reached the Neotropical at a very
early date, where they have since been completely isolated. Africa must
have long remained without cuckoos, the earliest immigration being to
Madagascar at the time of the approximation of that sub-region to Ceylon
and Malaya. A later infusion of Oriental forms took place probably by way
of Arabia and Persia, when those countries were more fertile and perhaps
more extensive. Australia has also received its cuckoos at a somewhat late
date, a few having reached the Austro-Malay Islands somewhat earlier.
The classification of the family is somewhat unsettled. For the American
genera I follow Messrs. Sclater and Salvin; and, for those of the Old World,
Mr. Sharpe's suggestive paper in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society,
1873, p. 600. The following is the distribution of the various genera:—
(2195) Phænicophaës (1 sp.), Ceylon; (2196) Rhamphococcyx (1 sp.),
Celebes; (2196) Rhinococcyx (1 sp.), Java; (2196 pt. and 2203) Rhopodytes (6
sp.), Himalayas to Ceylon, Hainan, and Malaya; (2203 pt) Poliococcyx (1 sp.),
Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo; (2197) Dasylophus (1 sp.), Philippine
Islands; (2198) Lepidogrammus (1 sp.), Philippine Islands; (2200)
Zanclostomus (1 sp.), Malaya; (2201) Ceuthmochares (2 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa and Madagascar; (2202) Taccocua (4 sp.), Himalayas to Ceylon
and Malacca; (2204) Rhinortha (1 sp.), Malacca, Sumatra, Borneo; (2199)
Carpococcyx (1 sp.), Borneo and Sumatra; (2220) Neomorphus (4 sp.), Brazil
to Mexico; (2205 2206) Coua (10 sp.), Madagascar; (2207) Cochlothraustes (1
sp.), Madagascar; (2221) Centropus (35 sp.), Tropical and South Africa, the
whole Oriental region, Austro-Malaya and Australia; (2213) Crotophaga (3
sp.), Brazil to Antilles and Pennsylvania; (2212) Guira (1 sp.), Brazil and
Page 395
Paraguay; (2209) Geococcyx (2 sp.), Guatemala to Texas and California;
(2211) Dromococcyx (2 sp.), Brazil to Mexico; (2210) Diplopterus (1 sp.),
Mexico to Ecuador and Brazil; (2208) Saurothera (4 sp.), Greater Antilles;
(2219) Hyetornis (2 sp.), Jamaica and Hayti; (2215) Piaya (3 sp.), Mexico to
West Ecuador and Brazil; (2218) Morococcyx (1 sp.), Costa Rica to Mexico;
(2214) Coccygus (10 sp.), La Plata to Antilles, Mexico and Pennsylvania,
Cocos Island; (2227) Cuculus (22 sp.), Palæarctic, Ethiopian, and Oriental
regions, to Moluccas and Australia; (2229) Caliecthrus (1 sp.), Papuan
Islands; (2230—2232) Cacomantis (15 sp.), Oriental and Australian regions to
Fiji Islands and Tasmania; (2233—2237) Chrysococcyx (16 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa, the Oriental and Australian regions to New Zealand and Fiji
Islands; (2238) Surniculus (2 sp.), India, Ceylon, and Malaya; (2239)
Hierococcyx (7 sp.), the Oriental region to Amoorland and Celebes; (2240
2241
) Coccystes (6 sp.), Tropical and South Africa, the Oriental region,
excluding Philippines; (2242) Eudynamis (8 sp.), the Oriental and Australian
regions, excluding Sandwich Islands; (2243) Scythrops (1 sp.), East Australia
to Moluccas and North Celebes.
Family 59.—LEPTOSOMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 — —
The Leptosomus discolor, which constitutes this family, is a bird of very
abnormal characters, having some affinities both with Cuckoos and Rollers.
It is confined to Madagascar (Plate VI. Vol. I. p. 278).
Family 60.—BUCCONIDÆ. (5 Genera, 43 Species.)
(2211) Dromococcyx (2 sp.), Brazil to Mexico; (2210) Diplopterus (1 sp.),
Mexico to Ecuador and Brazil; (2208) Saurothera (4 sp.), Greater Antilles;
(2219) Hyetornis (2 sp.), Jamaica and Hayti; (2215) Piaya (3 sp.), Mexico to
West Ecuador and Brazil; (2218) Morococcyx (1 sp.), Costa Rica to Mexico;
(2214) Coccygus (10 sp.), La Plata to Antilles, Mexico and Pennsylvania,
Cocos Island; (2227) Cuculus (22 sp.), Palæarctic, Ethiopian, and Oriental
regions, to Moluccas and Australia; (2229) Caliecthrus (1 sp.), Papuan
Islands; (2230—2232) Cacomantis (15 sp.), Oriental and Australian regions to
Fiji Islands and Tasmania; (2233—2237) Chrysococcyx (16 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa, the Oriental and Australian regions to New Zealand and Fiji
Islands; (2238) Surniculus (2 sp.), India, Ceylon, and Malaya; (2239)
Hierococcyx (7 sp.), the Oriental region to Amoorland and Celebes; (2240
2241
) Coccystes (6 sp.), Tropical and South Africa, the Oriental region,
excluding Philippines; (2242) Eudynamis (8 sp.), the Oriental and Australian
regions, excluding Sandwich Islands; (2243) Scythrops (1 sp.), East Australia
to Moluccas and North Celebes.
Family 59.—LEPTOSOMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 — —
The Leptosomus discolor, which constitutes this family, is a bird of very
abnormal characters, having some affinities both with Cuckoos and Rollers.
It is confined to Madagascar (Plate VI. Vol. I. p. 278).
Family 60.—BUCCONIDÆ. (5 Genera, 43 Species.)
Page 396
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Bucconidæ, or Puff-birds, are generally of small size and dull colours,
with rather thick bodies and dense plumage. They form one of the
characteristic Neotropical families, being most abundant in the great
Equatorial forest plains, but extending as far north as Guatemala, though
absent from the West Indian Islands.
The genera are:—Bucco (21 sp.), Guatemala to Paraguay, and West of the
Andes in Ecuador; Malacoptila (10 sp.), Guatemala to Bolivia and Brazil;
Nonnula (3 sp.), Amazon and Columbia; Monasa (7 sp.), Costa Rica to
Brazil; Chelidoptera (2 sp.), Columbia and Guiana to Brazil.
Family 61.—GALBULIDÆ. (6 Genera, 19 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Galbulidæ, or Jacamars, are small slender birds, of generally metallic
plumage; somewhat resembling in form the Bee-eaters of the Old World but
less active. They have the same general distribution as the last family, but
they do not occur west of the Equatorial Andes. The genera are:—
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Bucconidæ, or Puff-birds, are generally of small size and dull colours,
with rather thick bodies and dense plumage. They form one of the
characteristic Neotropical families, being most abundant in the great
Equatorial forest plains, but extending as far north as Guatemala, though
absent from the West Indian Islands.
The genera are:—Bucco (21 sp.), Guatemala to Paraguay, and West of the
Andes in Ecuador; Malacoptila (10 sp.), Guatemala to Bolivia and Brazil;
Nonnula (3 sp.), Amazon and Columbia; Monasa (7 sp.), Costa Rica to
Brazil; Chelidoptera (2 sp.), Columbia and Guiana to Brazil.
Family 61.—GALBULIDÆ. (6 Genera, 19 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Galbulidæ, or Jacamars, are small slender birds, of generally metallic
plumage; somewhat resembling in form the Bee-eaters of the Old World but
less active. They have the same general distribution as the last family, but
they do not occur west of the Equatorial Andes. The genera are:—
Page 397
Galbula (9 sp.), Guatemala to Brazil and Bolivia; Urogalba (2 sp.), Guiana
and the lower Amazon; Brachygalba (4 sp.), Venezuela to Brazil and
Bolivia; Jacamaralcyon (1 sp.), Brazil; Jacamerops (2 sp.), Panama to the
Amazon; Galbalcyrhynchus (1 sp.), Upper Amazon.
Family 62.—CORACIIDÆ. (3 Genera, 19 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Rollers are a family of insectivorous birds allied to the Bee-eaters, and
are very characteristic of the Ethiopian and Oriental regions; but one species
(Coracias garrula) spreads over the Palæarctic region as far north as
Sweden and the Altai mountains, while the genus Eurystomus reaches the
Amoor valley, Australia, and the Solomon Islands. The distribution of the
genera is as follows:—
Coracias (8 sp.), the whole Ethiopian region, the Oriental region except
Indo-Malaya, the Palæarctic to the above-named limits, and the island of
Celebes on the confines of the Australian region; Eurystomus (8 sp.), West
and East Africa and Madagascar, the whole Oriental region except the
Peninsula of India, and the Australian as far as Australia and the Solomon
Islands; Brachypteracias (possibly allied to Leptosomus?) (4 sp.),
Madagascar only, but these abnormal birds form a distinct sub-family, and
according to Mr. Sharpe, three genera, Brachypteracias, Atelornis, and
Geobiastes.
A most remarkable feature in the distribution of this family is the occurrence
of a true roller (Coracias temminckii) in the island of Celebes, entirely cut
and the lower Amazon; Brachygalba (4 sp.), Venezuela to Brazil and
Bolivia; Jacamaralcyon (1 sp.), Brazil; Jacamerops (2 sp.), Panama to the
Amazon; Galbalcyrhynchus (1 sp.), Upper Amazon.
Family 62.—CORACIIDÆ. (3 Genera, 19 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Rollers are a family of insectivorous birds allied to the Bee-eaters, and
are very characteristic of the Ethiopian and Oriental regions; but one species
(Coracias garrula) spreads over the Palæarctic region as far north as
Sweden and the Altai mountains, while the genus Eurystomus reaches the
Amoor valley, Australia, and the Solomon Islands. The distribution of the
genera is as follows:—
Coracias (8 sp.), the whole Ethiopian region, the Oriental region except
Indo-Malaya, the Palæarctic to the above-named limits, and the island of
Celebes on the confines of the Australian region; Eurystomus (8 sp.), West
and East Africa and Madagascar, the whole Oriental region except the
Peninsula of India, and the Australian as far as Australia and the Solomon
Islands; Brachypteracias (possibly allied to Leptosomus?) (4 sp.),
Madagascar only, but these abnormal birds form a distinct sub-family, and
according to Mr. Sharpe, three genera, Brachypteracias, Atelornis, and
Geobiastes.
A most remarkable feature in the distribution of this family is the occurrence
of a true roller (Coracias temminckii) in the island of Celebes, entirely cut
Page 398
off from the rest of the genus, which does not occur again till we reach Siam
and Burmah.
The curious Pseudochelidon from West Africa may perhaps belong to this
family or to the Cypselidæ. (Ibis. 1861, p. 321.)
Family 63.—MEROPIDÆ. (5 Genera, 34 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Meropidæ, or Bee-eaters, have nearly the same distribution as the
Rollers, but they do not penetrate quite so far either into the Eastern
Palæarctic or the Australian regions. The distribution of the genera is as
follows:—
Merops (21 sp.), has the range of the family extending on the north to South
Scandinavia, and east to Australia and New Guinea; Nyctiornis (3 sp.), the
Oriental region, except Ceylon and Java; Meropogon (1 sp.), Celebes;
Meropiscus (3 sp.), West Africa; Melittophagus (6 sp.), Ethiopian region,
except Madagascar.
Family 64.—TODIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
and Burmah.
The curious Pseudochelidon from West Africa may perhaps belong to this
family or to the Cypselidæ. (Ibis. 1861, p. 321.)
Family 63.—MEROPIDÆ. (5 Genera, 34 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Meropidæ, or Bee-eaters, have nearly the same distribution as the
Rollers, but they do not penetrate quite so far either into the Eastern
Palæarctic or the Australian regions. The distribution of the genera is as
follows:—
Merops (21 sp.), has the range of the family extending on the north to South
Scandinavia, and east to Australia and New Guinea; Nyctiornis (3 sp.), the
Oriental region, except Ceylon and Java; Meropogon (1 sp.), Celebes;
Meropiscus (3 sp.), West Africa; Melittophagus (6 sp.), Ethiopian region,
except Madagascar.
Family 64.—TODIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 399
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
4 — — — — —
The Todies are delicate, bright-coloured, insectivorous birds, of small size,
and allied to the Motmots, although externally more resembling flycatchers.
They are wholly confined to the greater Antilles, the islands of Cuba, Hayti,
Jamaica, and Porto Rico having each a peculiar species of Todus, while
another species, said to be from Jamaica, has been recently described (Plate
XVI. Vol. II. p. 67).
Family 65.—MOMOTIDÆ. (6 Genera, 17 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Motmots range from Mexico to Paraguay and to the west coast of
Ecuador, but seem to have their head-quarters in Central America, five of
the genera and eleven species occurring from Panama northwards, two of
the genera not occurring in South America. The genera are as follows:—
Momotus (10 sp.), Mexico to Brazil and Bolivia, one species extending to
Tobago, and one to Western Ecuador; Urospatha (1 sp.), Costa Rica to the
Amazon; Baryphthengus (1 sp.), Brazil and Paraguay; Hylomanes (2 sp.),
Guatemala; Prionirhynchus (2 sp.), Guatemala to Upper Amazon;
Eumomota (1 sp.), Honduras to Chiriqui.
Family 66.—TROGONIDÆ. (7 Genera, 44 Species.)
4 — — — — —
The Todies are delicate, bright-coloured, insectivorous birds, of small size,
and allied to the Motmots, although externally more resembling flycatchers.
They are wholly confined to the greater Antilles, the islands of Cuba, Hayti,
Jamaica, and Porto Rico having each a peculiar species of Todus, while
another species, said to be from Jamaica, has been recently described (Plate
XVI. Vol. II. p. 67).
Family 65.—MOMOTIDÆ. (6 Genera, 17 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Motmots range from Mexico to Paraguay and to the west coast of
Ecuador, but seem to have their head-quarters in Central America, five of
the genera and eleven species occurring from Panama northwards, two of
the genera not occurring in South America. The genera are as follows:—
Momotus (10 sp.), Mexico to Brazil and Bolivia, one species extending to
Tobago, and one to Western Ecuador; Urospatha (1 sp.), Costa Rica to the
Amazon; Baryphthengus (1 sp.), Brazil and Paraguay; Hylomanes (2 sp.),
Guatemala; Prionirhynchus (2 sp.), Guatemala to Upper Amazon;
Eumomota (1 sp.), Honduras to Chiriqui.
Family 66.—TROGONIDÆ. (7 Genera, 44 Species.)
Page 400
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — —
The Trogons form a well-marked family of insectivorous forest-haunting
birds, whose dense yet puffy plumage exhibits the most exquisite tints of
pink, crimson, orange, brown, or metallic green, often relieved by delicate
bands of pure white. In one Guatemalan species the tail coverts are
enormously lengthened into waving plumes of rich metallic green, as
graceful and marvellous as those of the Paradise-birds. Trogons are
tolerably abundant in the Neotropical and Oriental regions, and are
represented in Africa by a single species of a peculiar genus. The genera
now generally admitted are the following:—
Trogon (24 sp.), Paraguay to Mexico, and west of the Andes in Ecuador;
Temnotrogon (1 sp.), Hayti; Prionoteles (1 sp.), Cuba (Plate XVII. Vol. II. p.
67); Apaloderma (2 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Harpactes (10 sp.), the
Oriental region, excluding China; Pharomacrus (5 sp.), Amazonia to
Guatemala; Euptilotis (1 sp.), Mexico.
Remains of Trogon have been found in the Miocene deposits of France; and
we are thus able to understand the existing distribution of the family. At that
exceptionally mild period in the northern hemisphere, these birds may have
ranged over all Europe and North America; but, as the climate became more
severe they gradually became restricted to the tropical regions, where alone
a sufficiency of fruit and insect-food is found all the year round.
Family 67.—ALCEDINIDÆ. (19 Genera, 125 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — —
The Trogons form a well-marked family of insectivorous forest-haunting
birds, whose dense yet puffy plumage exhibits the most exquisite tints of
pink, crimson, orange, brown, or metallic green, often relieved by delicate
bands of pure white. In one Guatemalan species the tail coverts are
enormously lengthened into waving plumes of rich metallic green, as
graceful and marvellous as those of the Paradise-birds. Trogons are
tolerably abundant in the Neotropical and Oriental regions, and are
represented in Africa by a single species of a peculiar genus. The genera
now generally admitted are the following:—
Trogon (24 sp.), Paraguay to Mexico, and west of the Andes in Ecuador;
Temnotrogon (1 sp.), Hayti; Prionoteles (1 sp.), Cuba (Plate XVII. Vol. II. p.
67); Apaloderma (2 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Harpactes (10 sp.), the
Oriental region, excluding China; Pharomacrus (5 sp.), Amazonia to
Guatemala; Euptilotis (1 sp.), Mexico.
Remains of Trogon have been found in the Miocene deposits of France; and
we are thus able to understand the existing distribution of the family. At that
exceptionally mild period in the northern hemisphere, these birds may have
ranged over all Europe and North America; but, as the climate became more
severe they gradually became restricted to the tropical regions, where alone
a sufficiency of fruit and insect-food is found all the year round.
Family 67.—ALCEDINIDÆ. (19 Genera, 125 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 401
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Kingfishers are distributed universally, but very unequally, over the
globe, and in this respect present some of the most curious anomalies to be
found among birds. They have their metropolis in the eastern half of the
Malay Archipelago (our first Australian sub-region), from Celebes to New
Guinea, in which district no less than 13 out of the 19 genera occur, 8 of
them being peculiar; and it is probable that in no other equally varied group
of universal distribution, is so large a proportion of the generic forms
confined to so limited a district. From this centre kingfishers decrease
rapidly in every direction. In Australia itself there are only 4 genera with 13
species; the whole Oriental region has only 6 genera, 1 being peculiar; the
Ethiopian also 6 genera, but 3 peculiar; and each of these have less than half
the number of species possessed by the Australian region. The Palæarctic
region possesses only 3 genera, all derived from the Oriental region; but the
most extraordinary deficiency is shown by the usually rich Neotropical
region, which possesses but a single genus, common to the larger part of the
Eastern Hemisphere, and the same genus is alone found in the Nearctic
region, the only difference being that the former possesses eight, while the
latter has but a single species. These facts almost inevitably lead to the
conclusion that America long existed without kingfishers; and that in
comparatively recent times (perhaps during the Miocene or Pliocene
period), a species of the Old World genus, Ceryle, found its way into North
America, and spreading rapidly southward along the great river-valleys has
become differentiated in South America into the few closely allied forms
that alone inhabit that vast country—the richest in the world in fresh-water
fish, and apparently the best fitted to sustain a varied and numerous body of
kingfishers.
The names of the genera, with their distribution and the number of species
in each, as given by Mr. Sharpe in his excellent monograph of the family, is
as follows:—
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Kingfishers are distributed universally, but very unequally, over the
globe, and in this respect present some of the most curious anomalies to be
found among birds. They have their metropolis in the eastern half of the
Malay Archipelago (our first Australian sub-region), from Celebes to New
Guinea, in which district no less than 13 out of the 19 genera occur, 8 of
them being peculiar; and it is probable that in no other equally varied group
of universal distribution, is so large a proportion of the generic forms
confined to so limited a district. From this centre kingfishers decrease
rapidly in every direction. In Australia itself there are only 4 genera with 13
species; the whole Oriental region has only 6 genera, 1 being peculiar; the
Ethiopian also 6 genera, but 3 peculiar; and each of these have less than half
the number of species possessed by the Australian region. The Palæarctic
region possesses only 3 genera, all derived from the Oriental region; but the
most extraordinary deficiency is shown by the usually rich Neotropical
region, which possesses but a single genus, common to the larger part of the
Eastern Hemisphere, and the same genus is alone found in the Nearctic
region, the only difference being that the former possesses eight, while the
latter has but a single species. These facts almost inevitably lead to the
conclusion that America long existed without kingfishers; and that in
comparatively recent times (perhaps during the Miocene or Pliocene
period), a species of the Old World genus, Ceryle, found its way into North
America, and spreading rapidly southward along the great river-valleys has
become differentiated in South America into the few closely allied forms
that alone inhabit that vast country—the richest in the world in fresh-water
fish, and apparently the best fitted to sustain a varied and numerous body of
kingfishers.
The names of the genera, with their distribution and the number of species
in each, as given by Mr. Sharpe in his excellent monograph of the family, is
as follows:—
Page 402
Alcedo (9 sp.), Palæarctic, Ethiopian, and Oriental regions (but absent from
Madagascar), and extending into the Austro-Malayan sub-region;
Corythornis (3 sp.), the whole Ethiopian region; Alcyone (7 sp.), Australia
and the Austro-Malayan sub-region, with one species in the Philippine
Islands; Ceryle (13 sp.), absent only from Australia, the northern half of the
Palæarctic region, and Madagascar; Pelargopsis (9 sp.), the whole Oriental
region; and extending to Celebes and Timor in the Austro-Malayan sub-
region; Ceyx (11 sp.), the Oriental region and Austro-Malayan sub-region,
but absent from Celebes, and only one species in continental India and
Ceylon; Ceycopsis (1 sp.), Celebes; Myioceyx (2 sp.), West Africa; Ipsidina
(4 sp.), Ethiopian region; Syma (2 sp.), Papua and North Australia; Halcyon
(36 sp.), Australian, Oriental, and Ethiopian regions, and the southern part
of the Palæarctic; Dacelo (6 sp.), Australia and New Guinea; Todirhamphus
(3 sp.), Eastern Pacific Islands only; Monachalcyon (1 sp.), Celebes;
Caridonax (1 sp.), Lombok and Flores; Carcineutes (2 sp.), Siam to Borneo
and Java; Tanysiptera (14 sp.), Moluccas New Guinea, and North Australia
(Plate X. Vol. I. p. 414); Cittura (2 sp.), Celebes group; Melidora (1 sp.),
New Guinea.
Family 68.—BUCEROTIDIÆ. (12 Genera, 50 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — — —
The Hornbills form an isolated group of generally large-sized birds, whose
huge bills form their most prominent feature. They are popularly associated
with the American Toucans, but have no close relationship to them, and are
now generally considered to show most resemblance, though still a very
distant one, to the kingfishers. They are abundant in the Ethiopian and
Oriental regions, and extend eastward to the Solomon Islands. Their
Madagascar), and extending into the Austro-Malayan sub-region;
Corythornis (3 sp.), the whole Ethiopian region; Alcyone (7 sp.), Australia
and the Austro-Malayan sub-region, with one species in the Philippine
Islands; Ceryle (13 sp.), absent only from Australia, the northern half of the
Palæarctic region, and Madagascar; Pelargopsis (9 sp.), the whole Oriental
region; and extending to Celebes and Timor in the Austro-Malayan sub-
region; Ceyx (11 sp.), the Oriental region and Austro-Malayan sub-region,
but absent from Celebes, and only one species in continental India and
Ceylon; Ceycopsis (1 sp.), Celebes; Myioceyx (2 sp.), West Africa; Ipsidina
(4 sp.), Ethiopian region; Syma (2 sp.), Papua and North Australia; Halcyon
(36 sp.), Australian, Oriental, and Ethiopian regions, and the southern part
of the Palæarctic; Dacelo (6 sp.), Australia and New Guinea; Todirhamphus
(3 sp.), Eastern Pacific Islands only; Monachalcyon (1 sp.), Celebes;
Caridonax (1 sp.), Lombok and Flores; Carcineutes (2 sp.), Siam to Borneo
and Java; Tanysiptera (14 sp.), Moluccas New Guinea, and North Australia
(Plate X. Vol. I. p. 414); Cittura (2 sp.), Celebes group; Melidora (1 sp.),
New Guinea.
Family 68.—BUCEROTIDIÆ. (12 Genera, 50 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — — —
The Hornbills form an isolated group of generally large-sized birds, whose
huge bills form their most prominent feature. They are popularly associated
with the American Toucans, but have no close relationship to them, and are
now generally considered to show most resemblance, though still a very
distant one, to the kingfishers. They are abundant in the Ethiopian and
Oriental regions, and extend eastward to the Solomon Islands. Their
Page 403
classification is very unsettled, for though they have been divided into more
than twenty genera they have not yet been carefully studied. The following
grouping of the genera—referring to the numbers in the Hand List—must
therefore be considered as only provisional:—
(1957 1958 1963) Buceros (6 sp.), all Indo-Malaya, Arakan, Nepal and the
Neilgherries (Plate IX. Vol. I. p. 339); (1959—1961) Hydrocissa (7 sp.), India
and Ceylon to Malaya and Celebes; (1962) Berenicornis (2 sp.), Sumatra and
West Africa; (1964) Calao (3 sp.), Tennaserim, Malaya, Moluccas to the
Solomon Islands; (1965) Aceros (1 sp.), South-east Himalayas; (1966 1967)
Cranorrhinus (3 sp.), Malacca, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Celebes;
(1968) Penelopides (1 sp.), Celebes; (1969—1971) Tockus (15 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa; (1972) Rhinoplax (1 sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; (1973—1975)
Bycanistes (6 sp.), West Africa with East and South Africa; (1976 1977)
Meniceros (3 sp.), India and Ceylon to Tenasserim; (1978) Bucorvus (2 sp.),
Tropical and South Africa.
Family 69.—UPUPIDÆ. (1 Genus, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ———
— — —
The Hoopoes form a small and isolated group of semi-terrestrial
insectivorous birds, whose nearest affinities are with the Hornbills. They are
most characteristic of the Ethiopian region, but extend into the South of
Europe and into all the continental divisions of the Oriental region, as well
as to Ceylon, and northwards to Pekin and Mongolia.
than twenty genera they have not yet been carefully studied. The following
grouping of the genera—referring to the numbers in the Hand List—must
therefore be considered as only provisional:—
(1957 1958 1963) Buceros (6 sp.), all Indo-Malaya, Arakan, Nepal and the
Neilgherries (Plate IX. Vol. I. p. 339); (1959—1961) Hydrocissa (7 sp.), India
and Ceylon to Malaya and Celebes; (1962) Berenicornis (2 sp.), Sumatra and
West Africa; (1964) Calao (3 sp.), Tennaserim, Malaya, Moluccas to the
Solomon Islands; (1965) Aceros (1 sp.), South-east Himalayas; (1966 1967)
Cranorrhinus (3 sp.), Malacca, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines, Celebes;
(1968) Penelopides (1 sp.), Celebes; (1969—1971) Tockus (15 sp.), Tropical and
South Africa; (1972) Rhinoplax (1 sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; (1973—1975)
Bycanistes (6 sp.), West Africa with East and South Africa; (1976 1977)
Meniceros (3 sp.), India and Ceylon to Tenasserim; (1978) Bucorvus (2 sp.),
Tropical and South Africa.
Family 69.—UPUPIDÆ. (1 Genus, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ———
— — —
The Hoopoes form a small and isolated group of semi-terrestrial
insectivorous birds, whose nearest affinities are with the Hornbills. They are
most characteristic of the Ethiopian region, but extend into the South of
Europe and into all the continental divisions of the Oriental region, as well
as to Ceylon, and northwards to Pekin and Mongolia.
Page 404
Family 70.—IRRISORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
The Irrisors are birds of generally metallic plumage, which have often been
placed with the Epunachidæ and near the Sun-birds, or Birds of Paradise,
but which are undoubtedly allied to the Hoopoes. They are strictly confined
to the continent of Africa, ranging from Abyssinia to the west coast, and
southward to the Cape Colony. They have been divided into several sub-
genera which it is not necessary here to notice (Plate IV. Vol. I. p. 261).
Family 71.—PODARGIDÆ. (3 Genera, 20 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— — — —
The Podargidæ, or Frog-mouths, are a family of rather large-sized nocturnal
insectivorous birds, closely allied to the Goat-suckers, but distinguished by
their generally thicker bills, and especially by hunting for their food on trees
or on the ground, instead of seizing it on the wing. They abound most in the
Australian region, but one genus extends over a large part of the Oriental
region. The following are the genera with their distribution:—
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
The Irrisors are birds of generally metallic plumage, which have often been
placed with the Epunachidæ and near the Sun-birds, or Birds of Paradise,
but which are undoubtedly allied to the Hoopoes. They are strictly confined
to the continent of Africa, ranging from Abyssinia to the west coast, and
southward to the Cape Colony. They have been divided into several sub-
genera which it is not necessary here to notice (Plate IV. Vol. I. p. 261).
Family 71.—PODARGIDÆ. (3 Genera, 20 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— — — —
The Podargidæ, or Frog-mouths, are a family of rather large-sized nocturnal
insectivorous birds, closely allied to the Goat-suckers, but distinguished by
their generally thicker bills, and especially by hunting for their food on trees
or on the ground, instead of seizing it on the wing. They abound most in the
Australian region, but one genus extends over a large part of the Oriental
region. The following are the genera with their distribution:—
Page 405
Podargus (10 sp.), Australia, Tasmania, and the Papuan Islands (Plate XII.
Vol. I. p. 441); Batrachostomus (6 sp.), the Oriental region (excluding
Philippine Islands and China) and the northern Moluccas; Ægotheles (4 sp.),
Australia, Tasmania, and Papuan Islands.
Family 72.—STEATORNITHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
This family contains a single bird—the Guacharo—forming the genus
Steatornis, first discovered by Humboldt in a cavern in Venezuela, and since
found in deep ravines near Bogota, and also in Trinidad. Although
apparently allied to the Goat-suckers it is a vegetable-feeder, and is
altogether a very anomalous bird whose position in the system is still
undetermined.
Family 73.—CAPRIMULGIDÆ. (17 Genera, 91 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
The Goat-suckers, or Night-jars, are crepuscular insectivorous birds, which
take their prey on the wing, and are remarkable for their soft and beautifully
Vol. I. p. 441); Batrachostomus (6 sp.), the Oriental region (excluding
Philippine Islands and China) and the northern Moluccas; Ægotheles (4 sp.),
Australia, Tasmania, and Papuan Islands.
Family 72.—STEATORNITHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
This family contains a single bird—the Guacharo—forming the genus
Steatornis, first discovered by Humboldt in a cavern in Venezuela, and since
found in deep ravines near Bogota, and also in Trinidad. Although
apparently allied to the Goat-suckers it is a vegetable-feeder, and is
altogether a very anomalous bird whose position in the system is still
undetermined.
Family 73.—CAPRIMULGIDÆ. (17 Genera, 91 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
The Goat-suckers, or Night-jars, are crepuscular insectivorous birds, which
take their prey on the wing, and are remarkable for their soft and beautifully
Page 406
mottled plumage, swift and silent flight, and strange cries often imitating the
human voice. They are universally distributed, except that they do not reach
New Zealand or the remoter Pacific Islands. The South American genus,
Nyctibius, differs in structure and habits from the other goat-suckers and
should perhaps form a distinct family. More than half the genera inhabit the
Neotropical region. The genera are as follows:—
Nyctibius (6 sp.), Brazil to Guatemala, Jamaica; Caprimulgus (35 sp.),
Palæarctic, Oriental, and Ethiopian regions, with the Austro-Malay Islands
and North Australia; Hydropsalis (8 sp.), Tropical South America to La
Plata; Antrostomus (10 sp.), La Plata and Bolivia to Canada, Cuba;
Stenopsis (4 sp.), Martinique to Columbia, West Peru and Chili; Siphonorhis
(1 sp.), Jamaica; Heleothreptus (1 sp.), Demerara; Nyctidromus (2 sp.),
South Brazil to Central America; Scortornis (3 sp.), West and East Africa;
Macrodipteryx (2 sp.), West and Central Africa; Cosmetornis (1 sp.), all
Tropical Africa; Podager (1 sp.), Tropical South America to La Plata;
Lurocalis (2 sp.), Brazil and Guiana; Chordeiles (8 sp.), Brazil and West
Peru to Canada, Porto Rico, Jamaica; Nyctiprogne (1 sp.), Brazil and
Amazonia; Eurostopodus (2 sp.), Australia and Papuan Islands; Lyncornis (4
sp.), Burmah, Philippines, Borneo, Celebes.
Family 74.—CYPSELIDÆ. (7 Genera, 53 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
The Swifts can almost claim to be a cosmopolitan group, but for their
absence from New Zealand. They are most abundant both in genera and
species in the Neotropical and Oriental regions. The following is the
distribution of the genera:—
human voice. They are universally distributed, except that they do not reach
New Zealand or the remoter Pacific Islands. The South American genus,
Nyctibius, differs in structure and habits from the other goat-suckers and
should perhaps form a distinct family. More than half the genera inhabit the
Neotropical region. The genera are as follows:—
Nyctibius (6 sp.), Brazil to Guatemala, Jamaica; Caprimulgus (35 sp.),
Palæarctic, Oriental, and Ethiopian regions, with the Austro-Malay Islands
and North Australia; Hydropsalis (8 sp.), Tropical South America to La
Plata; Antrostomus (10 sp.), La Plata and Bolivia to Canada, Cuba;
Stenopsis (4 sp.), Martinique to Columbia, West Peru and Chili; Siphonorhis
(1 sp.), Jamaica; Heleothreptus (1 sp.), Demerara; Nyctidromus (2 sp.),
South Brazil to Central America; Scortornis (3 sp.), West and East Africa;
Macrodipteryx (2 sp.), West and Central Africa; Cosmetornis (1 sp.), all
Tropical Africa; Podager (1 sp.), Tropical South America to La Plata;
Lurocalis (2 sp.), Brazil and Guiana; Chordeiles (8 sp.), Brazil and West
Peru to Canada, Porto Rico, Jamaica; Nyctiprogne (1 sp.), Brazil and
Amazonia; Eurostopodus (2 sp.), Australia and Papuan Islands; Lyncornis (4
sp.), Burmah, Philippines, Borneo, Celebes.
Family 74.—CYPSELIDÆ. (7 Genera, 53 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
The Swifts can almost claim to be a cosmopolitan group, but for their
absence from New Zealand. They are most abundant both in genera and
species in the Neotropical and Oriental regions. The following is the
distribution of the genera:—
Page 407
Cypselus (1 sp.), absent only from the whole of North America and the
Pacific; Panyptila (3 sp.), Guatemala and Guiana, and extending into North-
west America; Collocalia (10 sp.), Madagascar, the whole Oriental region
and eastward through New Guinea to the Marquesas Islands;
Dendrochelidon (5 sp.), Oriental region and eastward to New Guinea;
Chætura (15 sp.), Continental America (excluding South Temperate), West
Africa and Madagascar, the Oriental region, North China and the Amoor,
Celebes, Australia; Hemiprocne (3 sp.), Mexico to La Plata, Jamaica and
Hayti; Cypseloides (2 sp.), Brazil and Peru; Nephæcetes (2 sp.), Cuba,
Jamaica, North-west America.
Family 75.—TROCHILIDÆ. (118 Genera, 390 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The wonderfully varied and beautiful Humming-Birds are confined to the
American continent, where they range from Sitka to Cape Horn, while the
island of Juan Fernandez has two peculiar species. Only 6 species,
belonging to 3 genera, are found in the Nearctic region, and most of these
have extended their range from the south. They are excessively abundant in
the forest-clad Andes from Mexico to Chili, some species extending up to
the limits of perpetual snow; but they diminish in number and variety in the
plains, however luxuriant the vegetation. In place of giving here the names
and distribution of the numerous genera into which they are now divided
(which will be found in the tables of the genera of the Neotropical region), it
may be more useful to present a summary of their distribution in the sub-
divisions of the American continent, as follows:—
Pacific; Panyptila (3 sp.), Guatemala and Guiana, and extending into North-
west America; Collocalia (10 sp.), Madagascar, the whole Oriental region
and eastward through New Guinea to the Marquesas Islands;
Dendrochelidon (5 sp.), Oriental region and eastward to New Guinea;
Chætura (15 sp.), Continental America (excluding South Temperate), West
Africa and Madagascar, the Oriental region, North China and the Amoor,
Celebes, Australia; Hemiprocne (3 sp.), Mexico to La Plata, Jamaica and
Hayti; Cypseloides (2 sp.), Brazil and Peru; Nephæcetes (2 sp.), Cuba,
Jamaica, North-west America.
Family 75.—TROCHILIDÆ. (118 Genera, 390 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The wonderfully varied and beautiful Humming-Birds are confined to the
American continent, where they range from Sitka to Cape Horn, while the
island of Juan Fernandez has two peculiar species. Only 6 species,
belonging to 3 genera, are found in the Nearctic region, and most of these
have extended their range from the south. They are excessively abundant in
the forest-clad Andes from Mexico to Chili, some species extending up to
the limits of perpetual snow; but they diminish in number and variety in the
plains, however luxuriant the vegetation. In place of giving here the names
and distribution of the numerous genera into which they are now divided
(which will be found in the tables of the genera of the Neotropical region), it
may be more useful to present a summary of their distribution in the sub-
divisions of the American continent, as follows:—
Page 408
Sub-region Sub-region Sub-region Sub-region Nearctic
I. II. III. IV. region.
(Patagonia (Tropical (Tropical (Antilles.) (Temp. N.
& S. S. Amer.) N. Amer.) Amer.)
Andes.)
Genera in each 10 90 41 8 3
Sub-region
Peculiar Genera 3 58 14 5 0
Species in each 15 275 100 15 6
Sub-region
The island of Juan Fernandez has two species, and Masafuera, an island
beyond it, one; the three forming a peculiar genus. The island of Tres
Marias, about 60 miles from the west coast of Mexico, possesses a peculiar
species of humming-bird, and the Bahamas two species; but none inhabit
either the Falkland Islands or the Galapagos.
Like most groups which are very rich in species and in generic forms, the
humming-birds are generally very local, small generic groups being
confined to limited districts; while single mountains, valleys, or small
islands, often possess species found nowhere else. It is now well ascertained
that the Trochilidæ are really insectivorous birds, although they also feed
largely, but probably never exclusively, on the nectar of flowers. Their
nearest allies are undoubtedly the Swifts; but the wide gap that now
separates them from these, as well as the wonderful variety of form and of
development of plumage, that is found among them, alike point to their
origin, at a very remote period, in the forests of the once insular Andes.
There is perhaps no more striking contrast of the like nature, to be found,
than that between the American kingfishers—confined to a few closely
allied forms of one Old World genus—and the American humming-birds
with more than a hundred diversified generic forms unlike everything else
upon the globe; and we can hardly imagine any other cause for this
difference, than a (comparatively) very recent introduction in the one case,
and a very high antiquity in the other.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Picariæ.
I. II. III. IV. region.
(Patagonia (Tropical (Tropical (Antilles.) (Temp. N.
& S. S. Amer.) N. Amer.) Amer.)
Andes.)
Genera in each 10 90 41 8 3
Sub-region
Peculiar Genera 3 58 14 5 0
Species in each 15 275 100 15 6
Sub-region
The island of Juan Fernandez has two species, and Masafuera, an island
beyond it, one; the three forming a peculiar genus. The island of Tres
Marias, about 60 miles from the west coast of Mexico, possesses a peculiar
species of humming-bird, and the Bahamas two species; but none inhabit
either the Falkland Islands or the Galapagos.
Like most groups which are very rich in species and in generic forms, the
humming-birds are generally very local, small generic groups being
confined to limited districts; while single mountains, valleys, or small
islands, often possess species found nowhere else. It is now well ascertained
that the Trochilidæ are really insectivorous birds, although they also feed
largely, but probably never exclusively, on the nectar of flowers. Their
nearest allies are undoubtedly the Swifts; but the wide gap that now
separates them from these, as well as the wonderful variety of form and of
development of plumage, that is found among them, alike point to their
origin, at a very remote period, in the forests of the once insular Andes.
There is perhaps no more striking contrast of the like nature, to be found,
than that between the American kingfishers—confined to a few closely
allied forms of one Old World genus—and the American humming-birds
with more than a hundred diversified generic forms unlike everything else
upon the globe; and we can hardly imagine any other cause for this
difference, than a (comparatively) very recent introduction in the one case,
and a very high antiquity in the other.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Picariæ.
Page 409
The very heterogeneous mass of birds forming the Order Picariæ, contains
25 families, 307 genera and 1,604 species. This gives about 64 species to
each family, while in the Passeres the proportion is nearly double, or 111
species per family. There are, in fact, only two very large families in the
Order, which happen to be the first and last in the series—Picidæ and
Trochilidæ. Two others—Cuculidæ and Alcedinidæ—are rather large; while
the rest are all small, seven of them consisting only of a single genus and
from one to a dozen species. Only one of the families—Alcedinidæ—is
absolutely cosmopolitan, but three others are nearly so, Caprimulgidæ and
Cypselidæ being only absent from New Zealand, and Cuculidæ from the
Canadian sub-region of North America. Eleven families inhabit the Old
World only, while seven are confined to the New World, only one of these—
Trochilidæ—being common to the Neotropical and Nearctic regions.
The Picariæ are highly characteristic of tropical faunas, for while no less
than 15 out of the 25 families are exclusively tropical, none are confined to,
or have their chief development in, the temperate regions. They are best
represented in the Ethiopian region, which possesses 17 families, 4 of which
are peculiar to it; while the Oriental region has only 14 families, none of
which are peculiar. The Neotropical region has also 14 families, but 6 of
them are peculiar. The Australian region has 8, the Palæarctic 9 and the
Nearctic 6 families, but none of these are peculiar. We may see a reason for
the great specialization of this tropical assemblage of birds in the Ethiopian
and Neotropical regions, in the fact of the large extent of land on both sides
of the Equator which these two regions alone possess, and their extreme
isolation either by sea or deserts from other regions,—an isolation which we
know was in both cases much greater in early Tertiary times. It is, perhaps,
for a similar reason that we here find hardly any trace of the connection
between Australia and South America which other groups exhibit; for that
connection has most probably been effected by a former communication
between the temperate southern extremities of those two continents. The
most interesting and suggestive fact, is that presented by the distribution of
the Megalæmidæ and Trogonidæ over the tropics of America, Africa, and
Asia. In the absence of palæontological evidence as to the former history of
the Megalæmidæ, we are unable to say positively, whether it owes its
present distribution to a former closer union between these continents in
intertropical latitudes, or to a much greater northern range of the group at
25 families, 307 genera and 1,604 species. This gives about 64 species to
each family, while in the Passeres the proportion is nearly double, or 111
species per family. There are, in fact, only two very large families in the
Order, which happen to be the first and last in the series—Picidæ and
Trochilidæ. Two others—Cuculidæ and Alcedinidæ—are rather large; while
the rest are all small, seven of them consisting only of a single genus and
from one to a dozen species. Only one of the families—Alcedinidæ—is
absolutely cosmopolitan, but three others are nearly so, Caprimulgidæ and
Cypselidæ being only absent from New Zealand, and Cuculidæ from the
Canadian sub-region of North America. Eleven families inhabit the Old
World only, while seven are confined to the New World, only one of these—
Trochilidæ—being common to the Neotropical and Nearctic regions.
The Picariæ are highly characteristic of tropical faunas, for while no less
than 15 out of the 25 families are exclusively tropical, none are confined to,
or have their chief development in, the temperate regions. They are best
represented in the Ethiopian region, which possesses 17 families, 4 of which
are peculiar to it; while the Oriental region has only 14 families, none of
which are peculiar. The Neotropical region has also 14 families, but 6 of
them are peculiar. The Australian region has 8, the Palæarctic 9 and the
Nearctic 6 families, but none of these are peculiar. We may see a reason for
the great specialization of this tropical assemblage of birds in the Ethiopian
and Neotropical regions, in the fact of the large extent of land on both sides
of the Equator which these two regions alone possess, and their extreme
isolation either by sea or deserts from other regions,—an isolation which we
know was in both cases much greater in early Tertiary times. It is, perhaps,
for a similar reason that we here find hardly any trace of the connection
between Australia and South America which other groups exhibit; for that
connection has most probably been effected by a former communication
between the temperate southern extremities of those two continents. The
most interesting and suggestive fact, is that presented by the distribution of
the Megalæmidæ and Trogonidæ over the tropics of America, Africa, and
Asia. In the absence of palæontological evidence as to the former history of
the Megalæmidæ, we are unable to say positively, whether it owes its
present distribution to a former closer union between these continents in
intertropical latitudes, or to a much greater northern range of the group at
Page 410
the period when a luxuriant sub-tropical vegetation extended far toward the
Arctic regions; but the discovery of Trogon in the Miocene deposits of the
South of France renders it almost certain that the latter is the true
explanation in the case of both these families.
The Neotropical region, owing to its enormous family of humming-birds, is
by far the richest in Picariæ, possessing nearly half the total number of
species, and a still larger proportion of genera. Three families, the
Bucerotidæ, Meropidæ and Coraciidæ are equally characteristic of the
Oriental and Ethiopian regions, a few outlying species only entering the
Australian or the Palæarctic regions. One family (Todidæ) is confined to the
West Indian Islands; and another (Leptosomidæ) consisting of but a single
species, to Madagascar; parallel cases to the Drepanididæ among the
Passeres, peculiar to the Sandwich Islands, and the Apterygidæ among the
Struthiones, peculiar to New Zealand.
Order III.—PSITTACI.
The Parrots have been the subject of much difference of opinion among
ornithologists, and no satisfactory arrangement of the order into families
and genera has yet been reached. Professor Garrod has lately examined
certain points in the anatomy of a large number of genera, and proposes to
revolutionize the ordinary classifications. Until, however, a general
examination of their whole anatomy, internal and external, has been made
by some competent authority, it will be unsafe to adopt the new system, as
we have as yet no guide to the comparative value of the characters made use
of. I therefore keep as much as possible to the old groups, founded on
external characters, only using the indications furnished by Professor
Garrod's paper, to determine the position of doubtful genera.
Family 76.—CACATUIDÆ. (5 Genera, 35 Species.)
General Distribution.
Arctic regions; but the discovery of Trogon in the Miocene deposits of the
South of France renders it almost certain that the latter is the true
explanation in the case of both these families.
The Neotropical region, owing to its enormous family of humming-birds, is
by far the richest in Picariæ, possessing nearly half the total number of
species, and a still larger proportion of genera. Three families, the
Bucerotidæ, Meropidæ and Coraciidæ are equally characteristic of the
Oriental and Ethiopian regions, a few outlying species only entering the
Australian or the Palæarctic regions. One family (Todidæ) is confined to the
West Indian Islands; and another (Leptosomidæ) consisting of but a single
species, to Madagascar; parallel cases to the Drepanididæ among the
Passeres, peculiar to the Sandwich Islands, and the Apterygidæ among the
Struthiones, peculiar to New Zealand.
Order III.—PSITTACI.
The Parrots have been the subject of much difference of opinion among
ornithologists, and no satisfactory arrangement of the order into families
and genera has yet been reached. Professor Garrod has lately examined
certain points in the anatomy of a large number of genera, and proposes to
revolutionize the ordinary classifications. Until, however, a general
examination of their whole anatomy, internal and external, has been made
by some competent authority, it will be unsafe to adopt the new system, as
we have as yet no guide to the comparative value of the characters made use
of. I therefore keep as much as possible to the old groups, founded on
external characters, only using the indications furnished by Professor
Garrod's paper, to determine the position of doubtful genera.
Family 76.—CACATUIDÆ. (5 Genera, 35 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 411
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — 4
The Cacatuidæ, Plyctolophidæ, or Camptolophidæ, as they have been
variously termed, comprise all those crested parrots usually termed
Cockatoos, together with one or two doubtful forms. They are very
abundant in the Australian region, more especially in the Austro-Malayan
portion of it, one species inhabiting the Philippine Islands; but they do not
pass further east than the Solomon Islands and are not found in New
Zealand. The distribution of the genera is as follow:—
Cacatua (18 sp.), ranges from the Philippine Islands, Celebes and Lombok,
to the Solomon Islands and to Tasmania; Calopsitta (1 sp.), Australia;
Calyptorhynchus (8 sp.), is confined to Australia and Tasmania;
Microglossus (2 sp.), (perhaps a distinct family) to the Papuan district and
North Australia; Licmetis (3 sp.), Australia, Solomon Islands, and (?) New
Guinea; Nasiterna (3 sp.), a minute form, the smallest of the whole order,
and perhaps not belonging to this family, is only known from the Papuan
and Solomon Islands.
Family 77.—PLATYCERCIDÆ. (11 Genera, 57 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4
— — — — —
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — 4
The Cacatuidæ, Plyctolophidæ, or Camptolophidæ, as they have been
variously termed, comprise all those crested parrots usually termed
Cockatoos, together with one or two doubtful forms. They are very
abundant in the Australian region, more especially in the Austro-Malayan
portion of it, one species inhabiting the Philippine Islands; but they do not
pass further east than the Solomon Islands and are not found in New
Zealand. The distribution of the genera is as follow:—
Cacatua (18 sp.), ranges from the Philippine Islands, Celebes and Lombok,
to the Solomon Islands and to Tasmania; Calopsitta (1 sp.), Australia;
Calyptorhynchus (8 sp.), is confined to Australia and Tasmania;
Microglossus (2 sp.), (perhaps a distinct family) to the Papuan district and
North Australia; Licmetis (3 sp.), Australia, Solomon Islands, and (?) New
Guinea; Nasiterna (3 sp.), a minute form, the smallest of the whole order,
and perhaps not belonging to this family, is only known from the Papuan
and Solomon Islands.
Family 77.—PLATYCERCIDÆ. (11 Genera, 57 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4
— — — — —
Page 412
The Platycercidæ comprise a series of large-tailed Parrots, of weak structure
and gorgeous colours, with a few ground-feeding genera of more sober
protective tints; the whole family being confined to the Australian region.
The genera are:—
(1996 1999 2000) Platycercus (14 sp.), Australia, Tasmania, and Norfolk Island;
Psephotus (6 sp.), Australia; Polytelis (3 sp.), Australia; Nymphicus (1 sp.),
Australia and New Caledonia; (2002 2003) Aprosmictus (6 sp.), Australia,
Papua, Timor, and Moluccas; Pyrrhulopsis (3 sp.), Tonga and Fiji Islands;
Cyanoramphus (14 sp.), New Zealand, Norfolk Island, New Caledonia, and
Society Islands; Melopsittacus (1 sp.), Australia; Euphema (7 sp.), Australia;
Pezoporus (1 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Geopsittacus (1 sp.), West
Australia. The four last genera are ground-feeders, and are believed by
Professor Garrod to be allied to the Owl-Parrot of New Zealand (Stringops).
Family 78.—PALÆORNITHIDÆ. (8 Genera, 65 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— — —
I class here a group of birds brought together, for the most part, by
geographical distribution as well as by agreement in internal structure, but
which is nevertheless of a very uncertain and provisional character.
Palæornis (18 sp.), the Oriental region, Mauritius, Rodriguez, and Seychelle
Islands, and a species in Tropical Africa, apparently identical with the
Indian P. torquatus, and therefore—considering the very ancient intercourse
between the two countries, and the improbability of the species remaining
unchanged if originating by natural causes—most likely the progeny of
domestic birds introduced from India. Prioniturus (3 sp.), Celebes and the
and gorgeous colours, with a few ground-feeding genera of more sober
protective tints; the whole family being confined to the Australian region.
The genera are:—
(1996 1999 2000) Platycercus (14 sp.), Australia, Tasmania, and Norfolk Island;
Psephotus (6 sp.), Australia; Polytelis (3 sp.), Australia; Nymphicus (1 sp.),
Australia and New Caledonia; (2002 2003) Aprosmictus (6 sp.), Australia,
Papua, Timor, and Moluccas; Pyrrhulopsis (3 sp.), Tonga and Fiji Islands;
Cyanoramphus (14 sp.), New Zealand, Norfolk Island, New Caledonia, and
Society Islands; Melopsittacus (1 sp.), Australia; Euphema (7 sp.), Australia;
Pezoporus (1 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Geopsittacus (1 sp.), West
Australia. The four last genera are ground-feeders, and are believed by
Professor Garrod to be allied to the Owl-Parrot of New Zealand (Stringops).
Family 78.—PALÆORNITHIDÆ. (8 Genera, 65 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— — —
I class here a group of birds brought together, for the most part, by
geographical distribution as well as by agreement in internal structure, but
which is nevertheless of a very uncertain and provisional character.
Palæornis (18 sp.), the Oriental region, Mauritius, Rodriguez, and Seychelle
Islands, and a species in Tropical Africa, apparently identical with the
Indian P. torquatus, and therefore—considering the very ancient intercourse
between the two countries, and the improbability of the species remaining
unchanged if originating by natural causes—most likely the progeny of
domestic birds introduced from India. Prioniturus (3 sp.), Celebes and the
Page 413
Philippine Islands; (2061) Geoffroyus (5 sp.), Bouru to Timor and the
Solomon Islands; Tanygnathus (5 sp.), Philippines, Celebes, and Moluccas
to New Guinea; Eclectus (8 sp.), Moluccas and Papuan Islands; Psittinus (1
sp.), Tenasserim to Sumatra and Borneo; Cyclopsitta (8 sp.), Papuan Islands,
Philippines and North-east Australia; Loriculus (17 sp.), ranges over the
whole Oriental region to Flores, the Moluccas, and the Papuan island of
Mysol; but most of the species are concentrated in the district including the
Philippines, Celebes, Gilolo, and Flores, there being 1 in India, 1 in South
China, 1 in Ceylon, 1 in Java, 1 in Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo, 3 in
Celebes, 5 in the Philippines, and the rest in the Moluccas, Mysol, and
Flores. This genus forms a transition to the next family.
Family 79.—TRICHOGLOSSIDÆ. (6 Genera, 57 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 —
— — — — —
The Trichoglossidæ, or Brush-tongued Paroquets, including the Lories, are
exclusively confined to the Australian region, where they extend from
Celebes to the Marquesas Islands, and south to Tasmania. The genus
Nanodes (= Lathamus) has been shown by Professor Garrod to differ from
Trichoglossus in the position of the carotid arteries. I therefore make it a
distinct genus but do not consider that it should be placed in another family.
The genera here admitted are as follows:—
Trichoglossus (29 sp.), ranges over the whole Austro-Malay and Australian
sub-regions, and to the Society Islands; (2047) Nanodes (1 sp.), Australia and
Tasmania; Charmosyna (1 sp.), New Guinea (Plate X. Vol. I. p. 414); Eos (9
sp.), Bouru and Sanguir Island north of Celebes, to the Solomon Islands,
and in Puynipet Island to the north-east of New Ireland; (2039 2040) Lorius
Solomon Islands; Tanygnathus (5 sp.), Philippines, Celebes, and Moluccas
to New Guinea; Eclectus (8 sp.), Moluccas and Papuan Islands; Psittinus (1
sp.), Tenasserim to Sumatra and Borneo; Cyclopsitta (8 sp.), Papuan Islands,
Philippines and North-east Australia; Loriculus (17 sp.), ranges over the
whole Oriental region to Flores, the Moluccas, and the Papuan island of
Mysol; but most of the species are concentrated in the district including the
Philippines, Celebes, Gilolo, and Flores, there being 1 in India, 1 in South
China, 1 in Ceylon, 1 in Java, 1 in Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo, 3 in
Celebes, 5 in the Philippines, and the rest in the Moluccas, Mysol, and
Flores. This genus forms a transition to the next family.
Family 79.—TRICHOGLOSSIDÆ. (6 Genera, 57 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 —
— — — — —
The Trichoglossidæ, or Brush-tongued Paroquets, including the Lories, are
exclusively confined to the Australian region, where they extend from
Celebes to the Marquesas Islands, and south to Tasmania. The genus
Nanodes (= Lathamus) has been shown by Professor Garrod to differ from
Trichoglossus in the position of the carotid arteries. I therefore make it a
distinct genus but do not consider that it should be placed in another family.
The genera here admitted are as follows:—
Trichoglossus (29 sp.), ranges over the whole Austro-Malay and Australian
sub-regions, and to the Society Islands; (2047) Nanodes (1 sp.), Australia and
Tasmania; Charmosyna (1 sp.), New Guinea (Plate X. Vol. I. p. 414); Eos (9
sp.), Bouru and Sanguir Island north of Celebes, to the Solomon Islands,
and in Puynipet Island to the north-east of New Ireland; (2039 2040) Lorius
Page 414
(13 sp.), Bouru and the Solomon Islands; (2041 2043) Coriphilus (4 sp.),
Samoa, Tonga, Society and Marquesas Islands.
Family 80.—CONURIDÆ. (7 Genera, 79 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Conuridæ, which consist of the Macaws and their allies, are wholly
confined to America, ranging from the Straits of Magellan to South Carolina
and Nebraska, with Cuba and Jamaica. Professor Garrod places Pyrrhura
(which has generally been classed as a part of the genus Conurus) in a
separate family, on account of the absence of the ambiens muscle of the
knee, but as we are quite ignorant of the classificational value of this
character, it is better for the present to keep both as distinct genera of the
same family. The genera are:—
Ara (15 sp.), Paraguay to Mexico and Cuba; Rhyncopsitta (1 sp.), Mexico;
Henicognathus (1 sp.), Chili; Conurus (30 sp.), the range of the family;
Pyrrhura (16 sp.), Paraguay and Bolivia to Costa Pica; Bolborhynchus (7
sp.), La Plata, Bolivia and West Peru, with one species in Mexico and
Guatemala; Brotogerys (9 sp.), Brazil to Mexico.
Family 81.—PSITTACIDÆ.—(12 Genera, 87 Species.)
General Distribution.
Samoa, Tonga, Society and Marquesas Islands.
Family 80.—CONURIDÆ. (7 Genera, 79 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Conuridæ, which consist of the Macaws and their allies, are wholly
confined to America, ranging from the Straits of Magellan to South Carolina
and Nebraska, with Cuba and Jamaica. Professor Garrod places Pyrrhura
(which has generally been classed as a part of the genus Conurus) in a
separate family, on account of the absence of the ambiens muscle of the
knee, but as we are quite ignorant of the classificational value of this
character, it is better for the present to keep both as distinct genera of the
same family. The genera are:—
Ara (15 sp.), Paraguay to Mexico and Cuba; Rhyncopsitta (1 sp.), Mexico;
Henicognathus (1 sp.), Chili; Conurus (30 sp.), the range of the family;
Pyrrhura (16 sp.), Paraguay and Bolivia to Costa Pica; Bolborhynchus (7
sp.), La Plata, Bolivia and West Peru, with one species in Mexico and
Guatemala; Brotogerys (9 sp.), Brazil to Mexico.
Family 81.—PSITTACIDÆ.—(12 Genera, 87 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 415
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ———
— — — —
The Psittacidæ comprise a somewhat heterogeneous assemblage of Parrots
and Paroquets of the Neotropical and Ethiopian regions, which are
combined here more for convenience than because they are believed to form
a natural group. The genera Chrysotis and Pionus have no oil-gland, while
Psittacula and Agapornis have lost the furcula, but neither of these
characters are probably of more than generic value. The genera are:—
Psittacus (2 sp.), West Africa; Coracopsis (5 sp.), Madagascar, Comoro, and
Seychelle Islands; Pæocephalus (9 sp.), all Tropical and South Africa; (2063
—2066
) Caica (9 sp.), Mexico to Amazonia; Chrysotis (32 sp.), Paraguay to
Mexico and the West Indian Islands; Triclaria (1 sp.), Brazil; Deroptyus (1
sp.), Amazonia; Pionus (9 sp.), Paraguay to Mexico; Urochroma (7 sp.),
Tropical South America; Psittacula (6 sp.), Brazil to Mexico; Poliopsitta (2
sp.), Madagascar and West Africa; Agapornis (4 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa.
Family 82.—NESTORIDÆ. (? 2 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1——4
— — — — —
The present family is formed to receive the genus Nestor (5 sp.), confined to
New Zealand and Norfolk Island. Its affinities are doubtful, but it appears to
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ———
— — — —
The Psittacidæ comprise a somewhat heterogeneous assemblage of Parrots
and Paroquets of the Neotropical and Ethiopian regions, which are
combined here more for convenience than because they are believed to form
a natural group. The genera Chrysotis and Pionus have no oil-gland, while
Psittacula and Agapornis have lost the furcula, but neither of these
characters are probably of more than generic value. The genera are:—
Psittacus (2 sp.), West Africa; Coracopsis (5 sp.), Madagascar, Comoro, and
Seychelle Islands; Pæocephalus (9 sp.), all Tropical and South Africa; (2063
—2066
) Caica (9 sp.), Mexico to Amazonia; Chrysotis (32 sp.), Paraguay to
Mexico and the West Indian Islands; Triclaria (1 sp.), Brazil; Deroptyus (1
sp.), Amazonia; Pionus (9 sp.), Paraguay to Mexico; Urochroma (7 sp.),
Tropical South America; Psittacula (6 sp.), Brazil to Mexico; Poliopsitta (2
sp.), Madagascar and West Africa; Agapornis (4 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa.
Family 82.—NESTORIDÆ. (? 2 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1——4
— — — — —
The present family is formed to receive the genus Nestor (5 sp.), confined to
New Zealand and Norfolk Island. Its affinities are doubtful, but it appears to
Page 416
have relations with the American Conuridæ and the Australian
Trichoglossidæ. With it is placed the rare and remarkable Dasyptilus (1 sp.),
of New Guinea, of which however very little is known.
Family 83.—STRINGOPIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — 4
This family contains only the curious owl-like nocturnal Parrot of New
Zealand, Stringops habroptilus (Plate XIII. Vol. I. p. 455). An allied species
is said to inhabit the Chatham Islands, if not now extinct.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Psittaci.
Although the Parrots are now generally divided into several distinct
families, yet they form so well marked and natural a group, and are so
widely separated from all other birds, that we may best discuss their
peculiarities of geographical distribution by treating them as a whole. By the
preceding enumeration we find that there are about 386 species of known
parrots, which are divided into 52 genera. They are pre-eminently a tropical
group, for although a few species extend a considerable distance into the
temperate zone, these are marked exceptions to the rule which limits the
parrot tribe to the tropical and sub-tropical regions, roughly defined as
extending about 30° on each side of the equator. In America a species of
Conurus reaches the straits of Magellan on the south, while another inhabits
the United States, and once extended to the great lakes, although now
confined to the south-eastern districts. In Africa parrots do not reach the
northern tropic, owing to the desert nature of the country; and in the south
Trichoglossidæ. With it is placed the rare and remarkable Dasyptilus (1 sp.),
of New Guinea, of which however very little is known.
Family 83.—STRINGOPIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — 4
This family contains only the curious owl-like nocturnal Parrot of New
Zealand, Stringops habroptilus (Plate XIII. Vol. I. p. 455). An allied species
is said to inhabit the Chatham Islands, if not now extinct.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Psittaci.
Although the Parrots are now generally divided into several distinct
families, yet they form so well marked and natural a group, and are so
widely separated from all other birds, that we may best discuss their
peculiarities of geographical distribution by treating them as a whole. By the
preceding enumeration we find that there are about 386 species of known
parrots, which are divided into 52 genera. They are pre-eminently a tropical
group, for although a few species extend a considerable distance into the
temperate zone, these are marked exceptions to the rule which limits the
parrot tribe to the tropical and sub-tropical regions, roughly defined as
extending about 30° on each side of the equator. In America a species of
Conurus reaches the straits of Magellan on the south, while another inhabits
the United States, and once extended to the great lakes, although now
confined to the south-eastern districts. In Africa parrots do not reach the
northern tropic, owing to the desert nature of the country; and in the south
Page 417
they barely reach the Orange River. In India they extend to about 35° N. in
the western Himalayas; and in the Australian region, not only to New
Zealand but to Macquarie Islands in 54° S., the farthest point from the
equator reached by the group. But although found in all the tropical regions
they are most unequally distributed. Africa is poorest, possessing only 6
genera and 25 species; the Oriental region is also very poor, having but 6
genera and 29 species; the Neotropical region is much richer, having 14
genera and 141 species; while the smallest in area and the least tropical in
climate—the Australian region, possesses 31 genera and 176 species, and it
also possesses exclusively 5 of the families, Trichoglossidæ, Platycercidæ,
Cacatuidæ, Nestoridæ, and Stringopidæ. The portion of the earth's surface
that contains the largest number of parrots in proportion to its area is,
undoubtedly, the Austro-Malayan sub-region, including the islands from
Celebes to the Solomon Islands. The area of these islands is probably not
one-fifteenth of that of the four tropical regions, yet they contain from one-
fifth to one-fourth of all the known parrots. In this area too are found many
of the most remarkable forms,—all the crimson lories, the great black
Cockatoos, the pigmy Nasiterna, the raquet-tailed Prioniturus, and the
bareheaded Dasyptilus.
The almost universal distribution of Parrots wherever the climate is
sufficiently mild or uniform to furnish them with a perennial supply of food,
no less than their varied details of organization, combined with a great
uniformity of general type,—tell us, in unmistakable language, of a very
remote antiquity. The only early record of extinct parrots is, however, in the
Miocene of France, where remains apparently allied to the West African
Psittacus, have been found. But the origin of so widespread, isolated, and
varied a group, must be far earlier than this, and not improbably dates back
beyond the dawn of the Tertiary period. Some primeval forms may have
entered the Australian region with the Marsupials, or not long after them;
while perhaps at a somewhat later epoch they were introduced into South
America. In these two regions they have greatly flourished, while in the two
other tropical regions only a few types have been found, capable of
maintaining themselves, among the higher forms of mammalia, and in
competition with a more varied series of birds. This seems much more
probable than the supposition that so highly organized a group should have
the western Himalayas; and in the Australian region, not only to New
Zealand but to Macquarie Islands in 54° S., the farthest point from the
equator reached by the group. But although found in all the tropical regions
they are most unequally distributed. Africa is poorest, possessing only 6
genera and 25 species; the Oriental region is also very poor, having but 6
genera and 29 species; the Neotropical region is much richer, having 14
genera and 141 species; while the smallest in area and the least tropical in
climate—the Australian region, possesses 31 genera and 176 species, and it
also possesses exclusively 5 of the families, Trichoglossidæ, Platycercidæ,
Cacatuidæ, Nestoridæ, and Stringopidæ. The portion of the earth's surface
that contains the largest number of parrots in proportion to its area is,
undoubtedly, the Austro-Malayan sub-region, including the islands from
Celebes to the Solomon Islands. The area of these islands is probably not
one-fifteenth of that of the four tropical regions, yet they contain from one-
fifth to one-fourth of all the known parrots. In this area too are found many
of the most remarkable forms,—all the crimson lories, the great black
Cockatoos, the pigmy Nasiterna, the raquet-tailed Prioniturus, and the
bareheaded Dasyptilus.
The almost universal distribution of Parrots wherever the climate is
sufficiently mild or uniform to furnish them with a perennial supply of food,
no less than their varied details of organization, combined with a great
uniformity of general type,—tell us, in unmistakable language, of a very
remote antiquity. The only early record of extinct parrots is, however, in the
Miocene of France, where remains apparently allied to the West African
Psittacus, have been found. But the origin of so widespread, isolated, and
varied a group, must be far earlier than this, and not improbably dates back
beyond the dawn of the Tertiary period. Some primeval forms may have
entered the Australian region with the Marsupials, or not long after them;
while perhaps at a somewhat later epoch they were introduced into South
America. In these two regions they have greatly flourished, while in the two
other tropical regions only a few types have been found, capable of
maintaining themselves, among the higher forms of mammalia, and in
competition with a more varied series of birds. This seems much more
probable than the supposition that so highly organized a group should have
Page 418
originated in the Australian region, and subsequently become so widely
spread over the globe.
Order IV.—COLUMBÆ.
Family 84.—COLUMBIDÆ. (44 Genera, 355 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Columbidæ, or Pigeons and Doves, are almost universally distributed,
but very unequally in the different regions. Being best adapted to live in
warm or temperate climates, they diminish rapidly northwards, reaching
about 62° N. Latitude in North America, but considerably farther in Europe.
Both the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions are very poor in genera and
species of pigeons, those of the former region being mostly allied to
Neotropical, and those of the latter to Oriental and Ethiopian types. The
Ethiopian region is, however, itself very poor, and several of its peculiar
forms are confined to the Madagascar sub-region. The Neotropical region is
very rich in peculiar genera, though but moderately so in number of species.
The Oriental region closely approaches it in both respects; but the
Australian region is by far the richest, possessing nearly double the genera
and species of any other region, and abounding in remarkable forms quite
unlike those of any other part of the globe. The following table gives the
number of genera and species in each region, and enables us readily to
determine the comparative richness and isolation of each, as regards this
extensive family:—
Regions. No. of Genera. Peculiar Genera. No. of Species.
Neotropical 13 9 75
Nearctic 5 1 7
spread over the globe.
Order IV.—COLUMBÆ.
Family 84.—COLUMBIDÆ. (44 Genera, 355 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Columbidæ, or Pigeons and Doves, are almost universally distributed,
but very unequally in the different regions. Being best adapted to live in
warm or temperate climates, they diminish rapidly northwards, reaching
about 62° N. Latitude in North America, but considerably farther in Europe.
Both the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions are very poor in genera and
species of pigeons, those of the former region being mostly allied to
Neotropical, and those of the latter to Oriental and Ethiopian types. The
Ethiopian region is, however, itself very poor, and several of its peculiar
forms are confined to the Madagascar sub-region. The Neotropical region is
very rich in peculiar genera, though but moderately so in number of species.
The Oriental region closely approaches it in both respects; but the
Australian region is by far the richest, possessing nearly double the genera
and species of any other region, and abounding in remarkable forms quite
unlike those of any other part of the globe. The following table gives the
number of genera and species in each region, and enables us readily to
determine the comparative richness and isolation of each, as regards this
extensive family:—
Regions. No. of Genera. Peculiar Genera. No. of Species.
Neotropical 13 9 75
Nearctic 5 1 7
Page 419
Palæarctic 3 0 9
Ethiopian 6 1 37
Oriental 12 1 66
Australian 24 14 148
With the exception of Columba and Turtur, which have a wide range,
Treron, common to the Oriental and Ethiopian regions, and Carpophaga, to
the Oriental and Australian, most of the genera of pigeons are either
restricted to or very characteristic of a single region.
The distribution of the genera here admitted is as follows:—
Treron (37 sp.), the whole Oriental region, and eastward to Celebes,
Amboyna and Flores, also the whole Ethiopian region to Madagascar;
Ptilopus (52 sp.), the Australian region (excluding New Zealand) and the
Indo-Malay sub-region; Alectrœnas (4 sp.), Madagascar and the Mascarene
Islands; Carpophaga (50 sp.), the whole Australian and Oriental regions,
but much the most abundant in the former; (2274) Ianthœnas (11 sp.), Japan,
Andaman, Nicobar, and Philippine Islands, Timor and Gilolo to Samoa
Islands; (2278) Leucomelæna (1 sp.), Australia; Lopholaimus (1 sp.),
Australia; (2279 and 2283) Alsæcomus (2 sp.), Himalayas to Ceylon and
Tenasserim; Columba (46 sp.), generally distributed over all the regions
except the Australian, one species however in the Fiji Islands; Ectopistes (1
sp.), east of North America with British Columbia; Zenaidura (2 sp.),
Veragua to Canada and British Columbia; Œna (1 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa; Geopelia (6 sp.), Philippine Islands and Java to Australia;
Macropygia (14 sp.), Nepal, Hainan, Nicobar, Java, and Philippines to
Australia and New Ireland; Turacœna (3 sp.), Celebes, Timor, and Solomon
Islands; Reinwardtœnas (1 sp.), Celebes to New Guinea; Turtur (24 sp.),
Palæarctic, Ethiopian and Oriental regions with Austro-Malaya;
Chæmepelia (7 sp.), Brazil and Bolivia to Jamaica, California, and South-
east United States; Columbula (2 sp.), Brazil and La Plata to Chili;
Scardafella (2 sp.), Brazil and Guatemala; Zenaida (10 sp.), Chili and La
Plata to Columbia and the Antilles, Fernando Noronha; Melopelia (2 sp.),
Chili to Mexico and California; Peristera (4 sp.), Brazil to Mexico;
Metriopelia (2 sp.), West America from Ecuador to Chili; Gymnopelia (1
Ethiopian 6 1 37
Oriental 12 1 66
Australian 24 14 148
With the exception of Columba and Turtur, which have a wide range,
Treron, common to the Oriental and Ethiopian regions, and Carpophaga, to
the Oriental and Australian, most of the genera of pigeons are either
restricted to or very characteristic of a single region.
The distribution of the genera here admitted is as follows:—
Treron (37 sp.), the whole Oriental region, and eastward to Celebes,
Amboyna and Flores, also the whole Ethiopian region to Madagascar;
Ptilopus (52 sp.), the Australian region (excluding New Zealand) and the
Indo-Malay sub-region; Alectrœnas (4 sp.), Madagascar and the Mascarene
Islands; Carpophaga (50 sp.), the whole Australian and Oriental regions,
but much the most abundant in the former; (2274) Ianthœnas (11 sp.), Japan,
Andaman, Nicobar, and Philippine Islands, Timor and Gilolo to Samoa
Islands; (2278) Leucomelæna (1 sp.), Australia; Lopholaimus (1 sp.),
Australia; (2279 and 2283) Alsæcomus (2 sp.), Himalayas to Ceylon and
Tenasserim; Columba (46 sp.), generally distributed over all the regions
except the Australian, one species however in the Fiji Islands; Ectopistes (1
sp.), east of North America with British Columbia; Zenaidura (2 sp.),
Veragua to Canada and British Columbia; Œna (1 sp.), Tropical and South
Africa; Geopelia (6 sp.), Philippine Islands and Java to Australia;
Macropygia (14 sp.), Nepal, Hainan, Nicobar, Java, and Philippines to
Australia and New Ireland; Turacœna (3 sp.), Celebes, Timor, and Solomon
Islands; Reinwardtœnas (1 sp.), Celebes to New Guinea; Turtur (24 sp.),
Palæarctic, Ethiopian and Oriental regions with Austro-Malaya;
Chæmepelia (7 sp.), Brazil and Bolivia to Jamaica, California, and South-
east United States; Columbula (2 sp.), Brazil and La Plata to Chili;
Scardafella (2 sp.), Brazil and Guatemala; Zenaida (10 sp.), Chili and La
Plata to Columbia and the Antilles, Fernando Noronha; Melopelia (2 sp.),
Chili to Mexico and California; Peristera (4 sp.), Brazil to Mexico;
Metriopelia (2 sp.), West America from Ecuador to Chili; Gymnopelia (1
Page 420
sp.), West Peru and Bolivia; Leptoptila (11 sp.), Paraguay to Mexico and the
Antilles; (2317 2318 and 2820) Geotrygon (14 sp.), Paraguay to Mexico and the
Antilles; Aplopelia (5 sp.), Tropical and South Africa, St. Thomas and
Princes Island; Chalocopelia (4 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Starnœnas
(1 sp.), Cuba; Ocyphaps (1 sp.), Australia (Plate XII. Vol. I. p. 441);
Petrophassa (1 sp.), North-west Australia; Chalocophaps (8 sp.), the
Oriental region to New Guinea and Australia; Trugon (1 sp.), New Guinea;
Henicophaps (1 sp.), Waigiou and New Guinea; Phaps (3 sp.), Australia and
Tasmania; Leucosarcia (1 sp.), East Australia; Phapitreron (2 sp.),
Philippine Islands; Geophaps (2 sp.), North and East Australia; Lophophaps
(3 sp.), Australia; Calœnas (1 sp.), scattered on the smaller islands from the
Nicobars and Philippines to New Guinea; Otidiphaps (1 sp.), New Guinea;
Phlogœnas (7 sp.), Philippine Islands and Celebes to the Marquesas Islands;
Goura (2 sp.), New Guinea and the islands on the north-east (Plate X. Vol. I.
p. 414).
Family 84a.—DIDUNCULIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ——3
— — — — — —
The Didunculus stigirostris, a hook-billed ground-pigeon, found only in the
Samoa Islands, is so peculiar in its structure that it is considered to form a
distinct family.
Family 85.—DIDIDÆ.—(2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Antilles; (2317 2318 and 2820) Geotrygon (14 sp.), Paraguay to Mexico and the
Antilles; Aplopelia (5 sp.), Tropical and South Africa, St. Thomas and
Princes Island; Chalocopelia (4 sp.), Tropical and South Africa; Starnœnas
(1 sp.), Cuba; Ocyphaps (1 sp.), Australia (Plate XII. Vol. I. p. 441);
Petrophassa (1 sp.), North-west Australia; Chalocophaps (8 sp.), the
Oriental region to New Guinea and Australia; Trugon (1 sp.), New Guinea;
Henicophaps (1 sp.), Waigiou and New Guinea; Phaps (3 sp.), Australia and
Tasmania; Leucosarcia (1 sp.), East Australia; Phapitreron (2 sp.),
Philippine Islands; Geophaps (2 sp.), North and East Australia; Lophophaps
(3 sp.), Australia; Calœnas (1 sp.), scattered on the smaller islands from the
Nicobars and Philippines to New Guinea; Otidiphaps (1 sp.), New Guinea;
Phlogœnas (7 sp.), Philippine Islands and Celebes to the Marquesas Islands;
Goura (2 sp.), New Guinea and the islands on the north-east (Plate X. Vol. I.
p. 414).
Family 84a.—DIDUNCULIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ——3
— — — — — —
The Didunculus stigirostris, a hook-billed ground-pigeon, found only in the
Samoa Islands, is so peculiar in its structure that it is considered to form a
distinct family.
Family 85.—DIDIDÆ.—(2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 421
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 — —
The birds which constitute this family are now all extinct; but as numerous
drawings are in existence, taken from living birds some of which were
exhibited in Europe, and a stuffed specimen, fragments of which still
remain, was in the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford down to 1755, they must
be classed among recent, as opposed to geologically extinct species. The
Dodo (Didus ineptus) a large, unwieldy, flightless bird, inhabited Mauritius
down to the latter part of the 17th century; and an allied form, the Solitaire
(Pezophaps solitaria), was found only in the island of Rodriguez, where it
survived about a century later. Old voyagers mention a Dodo also in
Bourbon, and a rude figure of it exists; but no remains of this bird have been
found. Almost complete skeletons of the Dodo and Solitaire have, however,
been recovered from the swamps of Mauritius and the caves of Rodriguez,
proving that they were both extremely modified forms of pigeon. These
large birds were formerly very abundant, and being excellent eating and
readily captured, the early voyagers to these islands used them largely for
food. As they could be caught by man, and very easily by dogs, they were
soon greatly diminished in numbers; and the introduction of swine, which
ran wild in the forests and fed on the eggs and young birds, completed their
extermination.
The existence in the Mascarene Islands of a group of such remarkable
terrestrial birds, with aborted wings, is parallel to that of the Apteryx and
Dinornis in New Zealand, the Cassowaries of Austro-Malaya, and the short-
winged Rails of New Zealand, Tristan d'Acunha, and other oceanic islands;
and the phenomenon is clearly dependent on the long-continued absence of
enemies, which allowed of great increase of bulk and the total loss of the
power of flight, without injury. In some few cases (the Ostrich for example)
birds incapable of flight co-exist with large carnivorous mammalia; but
these birds are large and powerful, as well as very swift, and are thus able to
escape from some enemies and defend themselves against others. The entire
absence of the smaller and more defenceless ground-birds from the adjacent
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 — —
The birds which constitute this family are now all extinct; but as numerous
drawings are in existence, taken from living birds some of which were
exhibited in Europe, and a stuffed specimen, fragments of which still
remain, was in the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford down to 1755, they must
be classed among recent, as opposed to geologically extinct species. The
Dodo (Didus ineptus) a large, unwieldy, flightless bird, inhabited Mauritius
down to the latter part of the 17th century; and an allied form, the Solitaire
(Pezophaps solitaria), was found only in the island of Rodriguez, where it
survived about a century later. Old voyagers mention a Dodo also in
Bourbon, and a rude figure of it exists; but no remains of this bird have been
found. Almost complete skeletons of the Dodo and Solitaire have, however,
been recovered from the swamps of Mauritius and the caves of Rodriguez,
proving that they were both extremely modified forms of pigeon. These
large birds were formerly very abundant, and being excellent eating and
readily captured, the early voyagers to these islands used them largely for
food. As they could be caught by man, and very easily by dogs, they were
soon greatly diminished in numbers; and the introduction of swine, which
ran wild in the forests and fed on the eggs and young birds, completed their
extermination.
The existence in the Mascarene Islands of a group of such remarkable
terrestrial birds, with aborted wings, is parallel to that of the Apteryx and
Dinornis in New Zealand, the Cassowaries of Austro-Malaya, and the short-
winged Rails of New Zealand, Tristan d'Acunha, and other oceanic islands;
and the phenomenon is clearly dependent on the long-continued absence of
enemies, which allowed of great increase of bulk and the total loss of the
power of flight, without injury. In some few cases (the Ostrich for example)
birds incapable of flight co-exist with large carnivorous mammalia; but
these birds are large and powerful, as well as very swift, and are thus able to
escape from some enemies and defend themselves against others. The entire
absence of the smaller and more defenceless ground-birds from the adjacent
Page 422
island of Madagascar, is quite in accordance with this view, because that
island has several small but destructive carnivorous animals.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Columbæ.
The striking preponderance of Pigeons, both as to genera and species, in the
Australian region, would seem to indicate that at some former period it
possessed a more extensive land area in which this form of bird-life took its
rise. But there are other considerations which throw doubt upon this view.
The western half of the Malay Archipelago, belonging to the Oriental
region, is also rich in pigeons, since it has 43 species belonging to 11
genera, rather more than are found in all the rest of the Oriental region.
Again, we find that the Mascarene Islands and the Antilles both possess
more pigeons than we should expect, in proportion to those of the regions to
which they belong, and to their total amount of bird-life. This looks as if
islands were more favourable to pigeon-development than continents; and if
we group together the Pacific and the Malayan Islands, the Mascarene group
and the Antilles, we find that they contain together about 170 species of
pigeons belonging to 24 out of the 47 genera here adopted; while all the
great continents united only produce about the same number of species
belonging (if we omit those peculiar to Australia) to only 20 genera. The
great development of the group in the Australian region may, therefore, be
due to its consisting mainly of islands, and not to the order having
originated there, and thus having had a longer period in which to develop. I
have elsewhere suggested (Ibis 1865, p. 366) a physical cause for this
peculiarity of distribution. Pigeons build rude, open nests, and their young
remain helpless for a considerable period. They are thus exposed to the
attacks of such arboreal quadrupeds or other animals as feed on eggs or
young birds. Monkeys are very destructive in this respect; and it is a
noteworthy fact that over the whole Australian region, the Mascarene
Islands and the Antilles, monkeys are unknown. In the Indo-Malay sub-
region, where monkeys are generally plentiful, the greatest variety of
pigeons occurs in the Philippines, where there is but a single species in one
island; and in Java, where monkeys are far less numerous than in Sumatra or
Borneo. If we add to this consideration the fact, that mammalia and
rapacious birds are, as a rule, far less abundant in islands than on continents;
island has several small but destructive carnivorous animals.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Columbæ.
The striking preponderance of Pigeons, both as to genera and species, in the
Australian region, would seem to indicate that at some former period it
possessed a more extensive land area in which this form of bird-life took its
rise. But there are other considerations which throw doubt upon this view.
The western half of the Malay Archipelago, belonging to the Oriental
region, is also rich in pigeons, since it has 43 species belonging to 11
genera, rather more than are found in all the rest of the Oriental region.
Again, we find that the Mascarene Islands and the Antilles both possess
more pigeons than we should expect, in proportion to those of the regions to
which they belong, and to their total amount of bird-life. This looks as if
islands were more favourable to pigeon-development than continents; and if
we group together the Pacific and the Malayan Islands, the Mascarene group
and the Antilles, we find that they contain together about 170 species of
pigeons belonging to 24 out of the 47 genera here adopted; while all the
great continents united only produce about the same number of species
belonging (if we omit those peculiar to Australia) to only 20 genera. The
great development of the group in the Australian region may, therefore, be
due to its consisting mainly of islands, and not to the order having
originated there, and thus having had a longer period in which to develop. I
have elsewhere suggested (Ibis 1865, p. 366) a physical cause for this
peculiarity of distribution. Pigeons build rude, open nests, and their young
remain helpless for a considerable period. They are thus exposed to the
attacks of such arboreal quadrupeds or other animals as feed on eggs or
young birds. Monkeys are very destructive in this respect; and it is a
noteworthy fact that over the whole Australian region, the Mascarene
Islands and the Antilles, monkeys are unknown. In the Indo-Malay sub-
region, where monkeys are generally plentiful, the greatest variety of
pigeons occurs in the Philippines, where there is but a single species in one
island; and in Java, where monkeys are far less numerous than in Sumatra or
Borneo. If we add to this consideration the fact, that mammalia and
rapacious birds are, as a rule, far less abundant in islands than on continents;
Page 423
and that the extreme development of pigeon-life is reached in the Papuan
group of islands, in which mammalia (except a few marsupials, bats, and
pigs) are wholly absent, we see further reason to adopt this view. It is also to
be noted that in America, comparatively few pigeons are found in the rich
forests (comparable to those of the Australian insular region in which they
abound), but are mostly confined to the open campos, the high Andes, and
the western coast districts, from which the monkey-tribe are wholly absent.
This view is further supported by the great development of colour that is
found in the pigeons of these insular regions, culminating in the golden-
yellow fruit-dove of the Fiji Islands, the metallic green Nicobar-pigeon of
Malaya, and the black and crimson Alectrœnas of Mauritius. Here also,
alone, we meet with crested pigeons, rendering the possessors more
conspicuous; such as the Lopholaimus of Australia and the crowned Goura
of New Guinea; and here too are more peculiar forms of terrestrial pigeons
than elsewhere, though none have completely lost the power of flight but
the now extinct Dididæ.
The curious liking of pigeons for an insular habitat is well shown in the
genera Ianthœnas and Calœnas. The former, containing 11 species, ranges
over a hundred degrees of longitude, and forty-five of latitude, extending
into three regions, yet nowhere inhabits a continent or even a large island. It
is found in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands; in the Philippines, Gilolo, and
the smaller Papuan Islands, and in Japan; yet not in any of the large Malay
Islands or in Australia. The other genus, Calœnas, consists of but a single
species, yet this ranges from the Nicobar Islands to New Guinea. It is not,
however, as far as known, found on any of the large islands, but seems to
prefer the smaller islands which surround them. We here have the general
preference of pigeons for islands, further developed in these two genera into
a preference for small islands; and it is probable that the same cause—the
greater freedom from danger—has produced both phenomena.
Of the geological antiquity of the Columbæ we have no evidence; but their
wide distribution, their varied forms, and their great isolation, all point to an
origin, at least as far back as that we have assigned as probable in the case
of the Parrots.
group of islands, in which mammalia (except a few marsupials, bats, and
pigs) are wholly absent, we see further reason to adopt this view. It is also to
be noted that in America, comparatively few pigeons are found in the rich
forests (comparable to those of the Australian insular region in which they
abound), but are mostly confined to the open campos, the high Andes, and
the western coast districts, from which the monkey-tribe are wholly absent.
This view is further supported by the great development of colour that is
found in the pigeons of these insular regions, culminating in the golden-
yellow fruit-dove of the Fiji Islands, the metallic green Nicobar-pigeon of
Malaya, and the black and crimson Alectrœnas of Mauritius. Here also,
alone, we meet with crested pigeons, rendering the possessors more
conspicuous; such as the Lopholaimus of Australia and the crowned Goura
of New Guinea; and here too are more peculiar forms of terrestrial pigeons
than elsewhere, though none have completely lost the power of flight but
the now extinct Dididæ.
The curious liking of pigeons for an insular habitat is well shown in the
genera Ianthœnas and Calœnas. The former, containing 11 species, ranges
over a hundred degrees of longitude, and forty-five of latitude, extending
into three regions, yet nowhere inhabits a continent or even a large island. It
is found in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands; in the Philippines, Gilolo, and
the smaller Papuan Islands, and in Japan; yet not in any of the large Malay
Islands or in Australia. The other genus, Calœnas, consists of but a single
species, yet this ranges from the Nicobar Islands to New Guinea. It is not,
however, as far as known, found on any of the large islands, but seems to
prefer the smaller islands which surround them. We here have the general
preference of pigeons for islands, further developed in these two genera into
a preference for small islands; and it is probable that the same cause—the
greater freedom from danger—has produced both phenomena.
Of the geological antiquity of the Columbæ we have no evidence; but their
wide distribution, their varied forms, and their great isolation, all point to an
origin, at least as far back as that we have assigned as probable in the case
of the Parrots.
Page 424
Order V.—GALLINÆ.
Family 86.—PTEROCLIDÆ. (2 Genera, 16 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— — 2. 3. 4 1 — 3. 4 1—— ———
— — — —
The Pteroclidæ, or Sand-grouse, are elegantly formed birds with pointed
tails, and plumage of beautifully varied protective tints, characteristic of the
Ethiopian region and Central Asia, though extending into Southern Europe
and Hindostan. Being pre-eminently desert-birds, they avoid the forest-
districts of all these countries, but abound in the most arid situations and on
the most open and barren plains. The distribution of the genera is as
follows:—
Pterocles (14 sp.), has the same range as the family; Syrrhaptes (2 sp.),
normally inhabits Tartary, Thibet, and Mongolia to the country around
Pekin, and occasionally visits Eastern Europe. But a few years back (1863)
great numbers suddenly appeared in Europe and extended westward to the
shores of the Atlantic, while some even reached Ireland and the Færoes.
(Plate III. Vol. I. p. 226.)
Family 87.—TETRAONIDÆ. (29 Genera, 170 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Family 86.—PTEROCLIDÆ. (2 Genera, 16 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— — 2. 3. 4 1 — 3. 4 1—— ———
— — — —
The Pteroclidæ, or Sand-grouse, are elegantly formed birds with pointed
tails, and plumage of beautifully varied protective tints, characteristic of the
Ethiopian region and Central Asia, though extending into Southern Europe
and Hindostan. Being pre-eminently desert-birds, they avoid the forest-
districts of all these countries, but abound in the most arid situations and on
the most open and barren plains. The distribution of the genera is as
follows:—
Pterocles (14 sp.), has the same range as the family; Syrrhaptes (2 sp.),
normally inhabits Tartary, Thibet, and Mongolia to the country around
Pekin, and occasionally visits Eastern Europe. But a few years back (1863)
great numbers suddenly appeared in Europe and extended westward to the
shores of the Atlantic, while some even reached Ireland and the Færoes.
(Plate III. Vol. I. p. 226.)
Family 87.—TETRAONIDÆ. (29 Genera, 170 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 425
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — 4.
The Tetraonidæ, including the Grouse, Partridges, Quails, and allied forms,
abound in all parts of the Eastern continents; they are less plentiful in North
America and comparatively scarce in South America, more than half the
Neotropical species being found north of Panama; and in the Australian
region there are only a few of small size. The Ethiopian region probably
contains most species; next comes the Oriental—India proper from the
Himalayas to Ceylon having twenty; while the Australian region, with 15
species, is the poorest. These facts render it probable that the Tetraonidæ are
essentially denizens of the great northern continents, and that their entrance
into South America, Australia, and even South Africa, is, comparatively
speaking, recent. They have developed into forms equally suited to the
tropical plains and the arctic regions, some of them being among the few
denizens of the extreme north, as well as of the highest alpine snows. The
genera are somewhat unsettled, and there is even some uncertainty as to the
limits between this family and the next; but the following are those now
generally admitted:—
Ptilopachus (1 sp.), West Africa; Francolinus (34 sp.), all Africa, South
Europe, India to Ceylon, and South China; Ortygornis (3 sp.), Himalayas to
Ceylon, Sumatra, and Borneo; Peliperdix (1 sp.), West Africa; Perdix (3
sp.), the whole Continental Palæarctic region; Margaroperdix (1 sp.),
Madagascar; Oreoperdix (1 sp.), Formosa; Arborophila (8 sp.), the Oriental
Continent and the Philippines; Peloperdix (4 sp.), Tenasserim and Malaya;
Coturnix (21 sp.), Temperate Palæarctic, Ethiopian and Oriental regions,
and the Australian to New Zealand; Rollulus (2 sp.), Siam to Sumatra,
Borneo, and Philippines; Caloperdix (1 sp.), Malacca and Sumatra;
Odontophorus (17 sp.), Brazil and Peru to Mexico; Dendrortyx (3 sp.),
Guatemala and Mexico; Cyrtonyx (3 sp.), Guatemala to New Mexico; Ortyx
(8 sp.), Honduras and Cuba to Canada; Eupsychortyx (6 sp.), Brazil and
Ecuador to Mexico; Callipepla (3 sp.), Mexico to California; Lophortyx (2
sp.), Arizona and California; Oreortyx (1 sp.), California and Oregon (Plate
XVIII., Vol. II. p. 128); Lerwa (1 sp.), Snowy Himalayas and East Thibet;
Caccabis (10 sp.), Palæarctic region to Abyssinia, Arabia and the Punjaub;
The Tetraonidæ, including the Grouse, Partridges, Quails, and allied forms,
abound in all parts of the Eastern continents; they are less plentiful in North
America and comparatively scarce in South America, more than half the
Neotropical species being found north of Panama; and in the Australian
region there are only a few of small size. The Ethiopian region probably
contains most species; next comes the Oriental—India proper from the
Himalayas to Ceylon having twenty; while the Australian region, with 15
species, is the poorest. These facts render it probable that the Tetraonidæ are
essentially denizens of the great northern continents, and that their entrance
into South America, Australia, and even South Africa, is, comparatively
speaking, recent. They have developed into forms equally suited to the
tropical plains and the arctic regions, some of them being among the few
denizens of the extreme north, as well as of the highest alpine snows. The
genera are somewhat unsettled, and there is even some uncertainty as to the
limits between this family and the next; but the following are those now
generally admitted:—
Ptilopachus (1 sp.), West Africa; Francolinus (34 sp.), all Africa, South
Europe, India to Ceylon, and South China; Ortygornis (3 sp.), Himalayas to
Ceylon, Sumatra, and Borneo; Peliperdix (1 sp.), West Africa; Perdix (3
sp.), the whole Continental Palæarctic region; Margaroperdix (1 sp.),
Madagascar; Oreoperdix (1 sp.), Formosa; Arborophila (8 sp.), the Oriental
Continent and the Philippines; Peloperdix (4 sp.), Tenasserim and Malaya;
Coturnix (21 sp.), Temperate Palæarctic, Ethiopian and Oriental regions,
and the Australian to New Zealand; Rollulus (2 sp.), Siam to Sumatra,
Borneo, and Philippines; Caloperdix (1 sp.), Malacca and Sumatra;
Odontophorus (17 sp.), Brazil and Peru to Mexico; Dendrortyx (3 sp.),
Guatemala and Mexico; Cyrtonyx (3 sp.), Guatemala to New Mexico; Ortyx
(8 sp.), Honduras and Cuba to Canada; Eupsychortyx (6 sp.), Brazil and
Ecuador to Mexico; Callipepla (3 sp.), Mexico to California; Lophortyx (2
sp.), Arizona and California; Oreortyx (1 sp.), California and Oregon (Plate
XVIII., Vol. II. p. 128); Lerwa (1 sp.), Snowy Himalayas and East Thibet;
Caccabis (10 sp.), Palæarctic region to Abyssinia, Arabia and the Punjaub;
Page 426
Tetraogallus (4 sp.), Caucasus and Himalayas to Altai Mountains; Tetrao (7
sp.), northern parts of Palæarctic and Nearctic regions; Centrocercus (1 sp.),
Rocky Mountains; Pediocætes (2 sp.), North and North-west America (Plate
XVIII. Vol. II. p. 128); Cupidonia (1 sp.), East and North-Central United
States and Canada; Bonasa (3 sp.), north of Nearctic and Palæarctic regions;
Lagopus (6 sp.), Arctic Zone and northern parts of Nearctic and Palæarctic
regions.
Family 88.—PHASIANIDÆ. (18 Genera, 75 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 — 2. 3 — — 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— —
The Phasianidæ, including the Pea-fowl, Pheasants, and Jungle-fowl, the
Turkeys, and the Guinea-fowl, are very widely distributed, but are far more
abundant than elsewhere in the Eastern parts of Asia, both tropical and
temperate. Leaving out the African guinea-fowls and the American turkeys,
we have 13 genera and 63 species belonging to the Oriental and Palæarctic
regions. These are grouped by Mr. Elliot (whose arrangement we mainly
follow) in 5 sub-families, of which 3—Pavonniæ, Euplocaminæ, and
Gallinæ—are chiefly Oriental, while the Lophophorniæ and Phasianinæ are
mostly Palæarctic or from the highlands on the borders of the two regions.
The genera adopted by Mr. Elliot in his Monograph are the following:—
Pavoninæ, 4 genera.—Pavo (2 sp.), Himalayas to Ceylon, Siam, to South-
west China and Java; Argusianus (4 sp.), Siam, Malay Peninsula, and
Borneo (Plate IX. Vol. I. p. 339); Polyplectron (5 sp.), Upper Assam to
South-west China and Sumatra; Crossoptilon (4 sp.), Thibet and North
China. (Plate III. Vol. I. p. 226.)
sp.), northern parts of Palæarctic and Nearctic regions; Centrocercus (1 sp.),
Rocky Mountains; Pediocætes (2 sp.), North and North-west America (Plate
XVIII. Vol. II. p. 128); Cupidonia (1 sp.), East and North-Central United
States and Canada; Bonasa (3 sp.), north of Nearctic and Palæarctic regions;
Lagopus (6 sp.), Arctic Zone and northern parts of Nearctic and Palæarctic
regions.
Family 88.—PHASIANIDÆ. (18 Genera, 75 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 — 2. 3 — — 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— —
The Phasianidæ, including the Pea-fowl, Pheasants, and Jungle-fowl, the
Turkeys, and the Guinea-fowl, are very widely distributed, but are far more
abundant than elsewhere in the Eastern parts of Asia, both tropical and
temperate. Leaving out the African guinea-fowls and the American turkeys,
we have 13 genera and 63 species belonging to the Oriental and Palæarctic
regions. These are grouped by Mr. Elliot (whose arrangement we mainly
follow) in 5 sub-families, of which 3—Pavonniæ, Euplocaminæ, and
Gallinæ—are chiefly Oriental, while the Lophophorniæ and Phasianinæ are
mostly Palæarctic or from the highlands on the borders of the two regions.
The genera adopted by Mr. Elliot in his Monograph are the following:—
Pavoninæ, 4 genera.—Pavo (2 sp.), Himalayas to Ceylon, Siam, to South-
west China and Java; Argusianus (4 sp.), Siam, Malay Peninsula, and
Borneo (Plate IX. Vol. I. p. 339); Polyplectron (5 sp.), Upper Assam to
South-west China and Sumatra; Crossoptilon (4 sp.), Thibet and North
China. (Plate III. Vol. I. p. 226.)
Page 427
Lophophorinæ, 4 genera.—Lophophorus (3 sp.), High woody region of
Himalayas from Cashmere to West China; Tetraophasis (1 sp.), East Thibet;
Ceriornis (5 sp.), Highest woody Himalayas from Cashmere to Bhotan and
Western China (Plate VII. Vol. I. p. 331); Pucrasia (3 sp.), Lower and High
woody Himalayas from the Hindoo Koosh to North-west China.
Phasianinæ, 2 genera.—Phasianus (12 sp.), Western Asia to Japan and
Formosa, south to near Canton and Yunan, and the Western Himalayas,
north to the Altai Mountains; Thaumalea (3 sp.), North-western China and
Mongolia. (Plate III. Vol. I. p. 226.)
Euplocaminæ, 2 genera.—Euplocamus (12 sp.), Cashmere, along Southern
Himalayas to Siam, South China and Formosa, and to Sumatra and Borneo;
Ithaginis (2 sp.), High Himalayas from Nepal to North-west China.
Gallinæ, 1 genus.—Gallus (4 sp.), Cashmere to Hainan, Ceylon, Borneo,
Java, and eastwards to Celebes and Timor. (Central India, Ceylon, and East
Java, have each a distinct species of Jungle-fowl.)
Meleagrinæ, 1 genus.—Meleagris (3 sp.), Eastern and Central United
States and south to Mexico, Guatemala and Yucatan.
Agelastinæ, 2 genera.—Phasidus (1 sp.), West Africa; Agelastes (1 sp.),
West Africa.
Numidinæ, 2 genera.—Acryllium (1 sp.), West Africa; Numida (9 sp.),
Ethiopian region, east to Madagascar, south to Natal and Great Fish River.
Himalayas from Cashmere to West China; Tetraophasis (1 sp.), East Thibet;
Ceriornis (5 sp.), Highest woody Himalayas from Cashmere to Bhotan and
Western China (Plate VII. Vol. I. p. 331); Pucrasia (3 sp.), Lower and High
woody Himalayas from the Hindoo Koosh to North-west China.
Phasianinæ, 2 genera.—Phasianus (12 sp.), Western Asia to Japan and
Formosa, south to near Canton and Yunan, and the Western Himalayas,
north to the Altai Mountains; Thaumalea (3 sp.), North-western China and
Mongolia. (Plate III. Vol. I. p. 226.)
Euplocaminæ, 2 genera.—Euplocamus (12 sp.), Cashmere, along Southern
Himalayas to Siam, South China and Formosa, and to Sumatra and Borneo;
Ithaginis (2 sp.), High Himalayas from Nepal to North-west China.
Gallinæ, 1 genus.—Gallus (4 sp.), Cashmere to Hainan, Ceylon, Borneo,
Java, and eastwards to Celebes and Timor. (Central India, Ceylon, and East
Java, have each a distinct species of Jungle-fowl.)
Meleagrinæ, 1 genus.—Meleagris (3 sp.), Eastern and Central United
States and south to Mexico, Guatemala and Yucatan.
Agelastinæ, 2 genera.—Phasidus (1 sp.), West Africa; Agelastes (1 sp.),
West Africa.
Numidinæ, 2 genera.—Acryllium (1 sp.), West Africa; Numida (9 sp.),
Ethiopian region, east to Madagascar, south to Natal and Great Fish River.
Page 428
Family 89.—TURNICIDÆ. (2 Genera, 24 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Turnicidæ are small Quail-like birds, supposed to have remote affinities
with the American Tinamous, and with sufficient distinctive peculiarities to
constitute a separate family. They range over the Old World, from Spain all
through Africa and Madagascar, and over the whole Oriental region to
Formosa, and then north again to Pekin, as well as south-eastward to
Australia and Tasmania. The genus Turnix (23 sp.), has the range of the
family; Ortyxelos (1 sp.), inhabits Senegal; but the latter genus may not
belong to this family.
Family 90.—MEGAPODIIDÆ. (4 Genera, 20 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ———
— — — — 4
The Megapodiidæ, or Mound-makers and Brush-turkeys, are generally dull-
coloured birds of remarkable habits and economy, which have no near allies,
but are supposed to have a remote affinity with the South American
Curassows. They are highly characteristic of the Australian region,
extending into almost every part of it except New Zealand and the remotest
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Turnicidæ are small Quail-like birds, supposed to have remote affinities
with the American Tinamous, and with sufficient distinctive peculiarities to
constitute a separate family. They range over the Old World, from Spain all
through Africa and Madagascar, and over the whole Oriental region to
Formosa, and then north again to Pekin, as well as south-eastward to
Australia and Tasmania. The genus Turnix (23 sp.), has the range of the
family; Ortyxelos (1 sp.), inhabits Senegal; but the latter genus may not
belong to this family.
Family 90.—MEGAPODIIDÆ. (4 Genera, 20 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ———
— — — — 4
The Megapodiidæ, or Mound-makers and Brush-turkeys, are generally dull-
coloured birds of remarkable habits and economy, which have no near allies,
but are supposed to have a remote affinity with the South American
Curassows. They are highly characteristic of the Australian region,
extending into almost every part of it except New Zealand and the remotest
Page 429
Pacific islands, and only sending two species beyond its limits,—a
Megapodius in the Philippine Islands and North-west Borneo, and another
in the Nicobar Islands, separated by about 1,800 miles from its nearest ally
in Lombok. The Philippine species offers little difficulty, for these birds are
found on the smallest islands and sand-banks, and can evidently pass over a
few miles of sea with ease; but the Nicobar bird is a very different case,
because none of the numerous intervening islands offer a single example of
the family. Instead of being a well-marked and clearly differentiated form,
as we should expect to find it if its remote and isolated habitat were due to
natural causes, it so nearly resembles some of the closely-allied species of
the Moluccas and New Guinea, that, had it been found with them, it would
hardly have been thought specifically extinct. I therefore believe that it is
probably an introduction by the Malays, and that, owing to the absence of
enemies and general suitability of conditions, it has thriven in the islands
and has become slightly differentiated in colour from the parent stock. The
following is the distribution of the genera at present known:—
Talegallus (2 sp.), New Guinea and East Australia; Megacephalon (1 sp.),
East Celebes; Lipoa (1 sp.), South Australia; Megapodius (16 sp.),
Philippine Islands and Celebes, to Timor, North Australia, New Caledonia,
the Marian and Samoa Islands, and probably every intervening island,—also
a species (doubtfully indigenous) in the Nicobar Islands.
Family 91.—CRACIDÆ, (12 Genera, 53 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — —2— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
(Messrs. Sclater and Salvin's arrangement is here followed).
Megapodius in the Philippine Islands and North-west Borneo, and another
in the Nicobar Islands, separated by about 1,800 miles from its nearest ally
in Lombok. The Philippine species offers little difficulty, for these birds are
found on the smallest islands and sand-banks, and can evidently pass over a
few miles of sea with ease; but the Nicobar bird is a very different case,
because none of the numerous intervening islands offer a single example of
the family. Instead of being a well-marked and clearly differentiated form,
as we should expect to find it if its remote and isolated habitat were due to
natural causes, it so nearly resembles some of the closely-allied species of
the Moluccas and New Guinea, that, had it been found with them, it would
hardly have been thought specifically extinct. I therefore believe that it is
probably an introduction by the Malays, and that, owing to the absence of
enemies and general suitability of conditions, it has thriven in the islands
and has become slightly differentiated in colour from the parent stock. The
following is the distribution of the genera at present known:—
Talegallus (2 sp.), New Guinea and East Australia; Megacephalon (1 sp.),
East Celebes; Lipoa (1 sp.), South Australia; Megapodius (16 sp.),
Philippine Islands and Celebes, to Timor, North Australia, New Caledonia,
the Marian and Samoa Islands, and probably every intervening island,—also
a species (doubtfully indigenous) in the Nicobar Islands.
Family 91.—CRACIDÆ, (12 Genera, 53 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — —2— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
(Messrs. Sclater and Salvin's arrangement is here followed).
Page 430
The Cracidæ, or Curassows and Guans, comprise the largest and
handsomest game-birds of the Neotropical region, where they take the place
of the grouse and pheasants of the Old World. They are almost all forest-
dwellers, and are a strictly Neotropical family, only one species just entering
the Nearctic region as far as New Mexico. They extend southward to
Paraguay and the extreme south of Brazil, but none are found in the
Antilles, nor west of the Andes south of the bay of Guayaquil. The sub-
families and genera are as follows:—
Cracinæ, 4 genera.—Crax (8 sp.), Mexico to Paraguay (Plate XV., Vol. II. p.
28); Nothocrax (1 sp.), Guiana, Upper Rio Negro, and Upper Amazon;
Pauxi (1 sp.), Guiana to Venezuela; Mitua (2 sp.), Guiana and Upper
Amazon.
Penelopinæ, 7 genera.—Stegnolæma (1 sp.), Columbia and Ecuador;
Penelope (14 sp.), Mexico to Paraguay and to western slope of Ecuadorian
Andes; Penelopina (1 sp.), Guatemala; Pipile (3 sp.), Venezuela to Eastern
Brazil; Aburria (1 sp), Columbia; Chamæpetes (2 sp.), Costa Rica to Peru;
Ortalida (18 sp.), New Mexico to Paraguay, also Tobago.
Oreophasinæ, 1 genus.—Oreophasis (1 sp.), Guatemala.
It thus appears that the Cracinæ are confined to South America east of the
Andes, except one species in Central America; whereas nine Penelopinæ
and Oreophasis are found north of Panama. The species of the larger genera
are strictly representative, each having its own distinct geographical area, so
that two species of the same genus are rarely or never found in the same
locality.
Family 92.—TINAMIDÆ. (9 Genera, 39 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
handsomest game-birds of the Neotropical region, where they take the place
of the grouse and pheasants of the Old World. They are almost all forest-
dwellers, and are a strictly Neotropical family, only one species just entering
the Nearctic region as far as New Mexico. They extend southward to
Paraguay and the extreme south of Brazil, but none are found in the
Antilles, nor west of the Andes south of the bay of Guayaquil. The sub-
families and genera are as follows:—
Cracinæ, 4 genera.—Crax (8 sp.), Mexico to Paraguay (Plate XV., Vol. II. p.
28); Nothocrax (1 sp.), Guiana, Upper Rio Negro, and Upper Amazon;
Pauxi (1 sp.), Guiana to Venezuela; Mitua (2 sp.), Guiana and Upper
Amazon.
Penelopinæ, 7 genera.—Stegnolæma (1 sp.), Columbia and Ecuador;
Penelope (14 sp.), Mexico to Paraguay and to western slope of Ecuadorian
Andes; Penelopina (1 sp.), Guatemala; Pipile (3 sp.), Venezuela to Eastern
Brazil; Aburria (1 sp), Columbia; Chamæpetes (2 sp.), Costa Rica to Peru;
Ortalida (18 sp.), New Mexico to Paraguay, also Tobago.
Oreophasinæ, 1 genus.—Oreophasis (1 sp.), Guatemala.
It thus appears that the Cracinæ are confined to South America east of the
Andes, except one species in Central America; whereas nine Penelopinæ
and Oreophasis are found north of Panama. The species of the larger genera
are strictly representative, each having its own distinct geographical area, so
that two species of the same genus are rarely or never found in the same
locality.
Family 92.—TINAMIDÆ. (9 Genera, 39 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 431
1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Tinamous are a very remarkable family of birds, with the general
appearance of partridges or hemipodes, but with the tail either very small or
entirely wanting. They differ greatly in their organization from any of the
Old World Gallinæ, and approach, in some respects, the Struthiones or
Ostrich tribe. They are very terrestrial in their habits, inhabiting the forests,
open plains, and mountains of the Neotropical region, from Patagonia and
Chili to Mexico; but, like the Cracidæ, they are absent from the Antilles.
Their colouring is very sober and protective, as is the case with so many
ground-birds, and they are seldom adorned with crests or other ornamental
plumes, so prevalent in the order to which they belong. The sub-families
and genera, according to the arrangement of Messrs. Sclater and Salvin, are
as follows:—
Tinaminæ, 7 genera.—Tinamus (7 sp.), Mexico to Paraguay; Nothocercus (3
sp.), Costa Rica to Venezuela and Ecuador; Crypturus (16 sp.), Mexico to
Paraguay and Bolivia; Rhynchotus (2 sp.), Bolivia and South Brazil to La
Plata; Nothoprocta (4 sp.), Ecuador to Bolivia and Chili; Nothura (4 sp.),
Brazil and Bolivia to Patagonia; Taoniscus (1 sp.), Brazil to Paraguay.
Tinamotinæ, 2 genera.— Calodromas (1 sp.), La Plata and Patagonia;
Tinamotis (1 sp.), Andes of Peru and Bolivia.
General Remarks on the Distribution of Gallinæ.
There are about 400 known species of Gallinaceous birds grouped into 76
genera, of which no less than 65 are each restricted to a single region. The
Tetraonidæ are the only cosmopolitan family, and even these do not extend
into Temperate South America, and are very poorly represented in Australia.
The Cracidæ and Tinamidæ are strictly Neotropical, the Megapodiidæ
almost as strictly Australian. There remains the extensive family of the
Phasianidæ, which offers some interesting facts. We have first the well-
— — — — —
The Tinamous are a very remarkable family of birds, with the general
appearance of partridges or hemipodes, but with the tail either very small or
entirely wanting. They differ greatly in their organization from any of the
Old World Gallinæ, and approach, in some respects, the Struthiones or
Ostrich tribe. They are very terrestrial in their habits, inhabiting the forests,
open plains, and mountains of the Neotropical region, from Patagonia and
Chili to Mexico; but, like the Cracidæ, they are absent from the Antilles.
Their colouring is very sober and protective, as is the case with so many
ground-birds, and they are seldom adorned with crests or other ornamental
plumes, so prevalent in the order to which they belong. The sub-families
and genera, according to the arrangement of Messrs. Sclater and Salvin, are
as follows:—
Tinaminæ, 7 genera.—Tinamus (7 sp.), Mexico to Paraguay; Nothocercus (3
sp.), Costa Rica to Venezuela and Ecuador; Crypturus (16 sp.), Mexico to
Paraguay and Bolivia; Rhynchotus (2 sp.), Bolivia and South Brazil to La
Plata; Nothoprocta (4 sp.), Ecuador to Bolivia and Chili; Nothura (4 sp.),
Brazil and Bolivia to Patagonia; Taoniscus (1 sp.), Brazil to Paraguay.
Tinamotinæ, 2 genera.— Calodromas (1 sp.), La Plata and Patagonia;
Tinamotis (1 sp.), Andes of Peru and Bolivia.
General Remarks on the Distribution of Gallinæ.
There are about 400 known species of Gallinaceous birds grouped into 76
genera, of which no less than 65 are each restricted to a single region. The
Tetraonidæ are the only cosmopolitan family, and even these do not extend
into Temperate South America, and are very poorly represented in Australia.
The Cracidæ and Tinamidæ are strictly Neotropical, the Megapodiidæ
almost as strictly Australian. There remains the extensive family of the
Phasianidæ, which offers some interesting facts. We have first the well-
Page 432
marked sub-families of the Numidinæ and Meleagrinæ, confined to the
Ethiopian and Nearctic regions respectively, and we find the remaining five
sub-families, comprising about 60 species, many of them the most
magnificent of known birds, spread over the Oriental and the south-eastern
portion of the Palæarctic regions. This restriction is remarkable, since there
is no apparent cause in climate or vegetation why pheasants should not be
found wild throughout southern Europe, as they were during late Tertiary
and Post-Tertiary times. We have also to notice the remarkable absence of
the Pheasant tribe from Hindostan and Ceylon, where the peacock and
jungle-fowl are their sole representatives. These two forms also alone
extend to Java, whereas in the adjacent islands of Borneo and Sumatra we
have Argusianus, Polyplectron, and Euplocamus. The common jungle-fowl
(the origin of our domestic poultry) is the only species which enters the
Australian region as far as Celebes and Timor, and another species (Gallus
æneus) as far as Flores, and it is not improbable that these may have been
introduced by man and become wild.
We have very little knowledge of the extinct forms of Gallinæ, but what we
have assures us of their high antiquity, since we find such distinct groups as
the jungle-fowl, partridges, and Pterocles, represented in Europe in the
Miocene period; while the Turkey, then as now, appears to have been a
special American type.
Order VI.—OPISTHOCOMI.
Family 93.—OPISTHOCOMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
Ethiopian and Nearctic regions respectively, and we find the remaining five
sub-families, comprising about 60 species, many of them the most
magnificent of known birds, spread over the Oriental and the south-eastern
portion of the Palæarctic regions. This restriction is remarkable, since there
is no apparent cause in climate or vegetation why pheasants should not be
found wild throughout southern Europe, as they were during late Tertiary
and Post-Tertiary times. We have also to notice the remarkable absence of
the Pheasant tribe from Hindostan and Ceylon, where the peacock and
jungle-fowl are their sole representatives. These two forms also alone
extend to Java, whereas in the adjacent islands of Borneo and Sumatra we
have Argusianus, Polyplectron, and Euplocamus. The common jungle-fowl
(the origin of our domestic poultry) is the only species which enters the
Australian region as far as Celebes and Timor, and another species (Gallus
æneus) as far as Flores, and it is not improbable that these may have been
introduced by man and become wild.
We have very little knowledge of the extinct forms of Gallinæ, but what we
have assures us of their high antiquity, since we find such distinct groups as
the jungle-fowl, partridges, and Pterocles, represented in Europe in the
Miocene period; while the Turkey, then as now, appears to have been a
special American type.
Order VI.—OPISTHOCOMI.
Family 93.—OPISTHOCOMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
Page 433
The Hoazin (Opisthocomus cristatus) is the sole representative of this
family and of the order Opisthocomi. It inhabits the eastern side of
Equatorial America in Guiana and the Lower Amazon; and at Pará is called
"Cigana" or gipsy. It is a large, brown, long-legged, weakly-formed and
loosely-crested bird, having such anomalies of structure that it is impossible
to class it along with any other family. It is one of those survivors, which tell
us of extinct groups, of whose past existence we should otherwise, perhaps,
remain for ever ignorant.
Order VII.—ACCIPITRES.
Family 94.—VULTURIDÆ. (10 Genera, 25 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3 — ———
—
Vultures range over all the great continents south of the Arctic Circle, being
only absent from the Australian region, the Malay Islands, Ceylon, and
Madagascar. The Old and New World forms are very distinct, belonging to
two well-marked divisions, often ranked as families. The distribution of the
genera is as follows:—
Sub-family I. Vulturinæ (6 genera, 16 species), confined to the Old World.
—Vultur (1 sp.), Spain and North Africa through Nepal to China north of
Ningpo; Gyps (5 sp.), Europe south of 59°, Africa, except the western sub-
region, India, Siam, and Northern China; Pseudogyps (2 sp.), North-east
Africa and Senegal, India and Burmah; Otogyps (2 sp.), South Europe,
North-east and South Africa, India, and Siam; Lophogyps (1 sp.), North-east
and South Africa and Senegal; Neophron (4 sp.), South Europe, India and
the greater part of Africa.
family and of the order Opisthocomi. It inhabits the eastern side of
Equatorial America in Guiana and the Lower Amazon; and at Pará is called
"Cigana" or gipsy. It is a large, brown, long-legged, weakly-formed and
loosely-crested bird, having such anomalies of structure that it is impossible
to class it along with any other family. It is one of those survivors, which tell
us of extinct groups, of whose past existence we should otherwise, perhaps,
remain for ever ignorant.
Order VII.—ACCIPITRES.
Family 94.—VULTURIDÆ. (10 Genera, 25 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3 — ———
—
Vultures range over all the great continents south of the Arctic Circle, being
only absent from the Australian region, the Malay Islands, Ceylon, and
Madagascar. The Old and New World forms are very distinct, belonging to
two well-marked divisions, often ranked as families. The distribution of the
genera is as follows:—
Sub-family I. Vulturinæ (6 genera, 16 species), confined to the Old World.
—Vultur (1 sp.), Spain and North Africa through Nepal to China north of
Ningpo; Gyps (5 sp.), Europe south of 59°, Africa, except the western sub-
region, India, Siam, and Northern China; Pseudogyps (2 sp.), North-east
Africa and Senegal, India and Burmah; Otogyps (2 sp.), South Europe,
North-east and South Africa, India, and Siam; Lophogyps (1 sp.), North-east
and South Africa and Senegal; Neophron (4 sp.), South Europe, India and
the greater part of Africa.
Page 434
Sub-family II. Sarcorhamphinæ (4 genera, 9 species), confined to the New
World.—Sarcorhamphus (2 sp.), "The Condor," Andes of South America,
and southern extremity below 41° south latitude; Cathartes (1 sp.), America
from 20° south latitude to Trinidad and Mexico; Catharistes (1 sp.),
America from 40° north to 40° south latitude, but not on Pacific coast of
United States; Pseudogryphis (5 sp.), South America and Falkland Islands,
and to 49° north latitude in North America, also Cuba and Jamaica.
Family 95.—SERPENTARIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
The singular Secretary Bird (Serpentarius) is found over a large part of
Africa. Its position is uncertain, as it has affinities both with the Accipitres,
through Polyboroides (?) and with Cariama, which we place near the
Bustards. (Plate IV. Vol. I. p. 261.)
Family 96.—FALCONIDÆ. (69 Genera, 325 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
World.—Sarcorhamphus (2 sp.), "The Condor," Andes of South America,
and southern extremity below 41° south latitude; Cathartes (1 sp.), America
from 20° south latitude to Trinidad and Mexico; Catharistes (1 sp.),
America from 40° north to 40° south latitude, but not on Pacific coast of
United States; Pseudogryphis (5 sp.), South America and Falkland Islands,
and to 49° north latitude in North America, also Cuba and Jamaica.
Family 95.—SERPENTARIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
The singular Secretary Bird (Serpentarius) is found over a large part of
Africa. Its position is uncertain, as it has affinities both with the Accipitres,
through Polyboroides (?) and with Cariama, which we place near the
Bustards. (Plate IV. Vol. I. p. 261.)
Family 96.—FALCONIDÆ. (69 Genera, 325 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
Page 435
The Falconidæ, including the various groups of Hawks, Kites, Buzzards,
Eagles, and Falcons, are absolutely cosmopolitan, ranging far into the arctic
zone and visiting the most remote oceanic islands. They are abundant in all
the great continents and larger islands, preferring open to woody regions.
They are divided into several sub-families, the range of some of which are
restricted. For this family as well as the preceding I follow the arrangement
of Mr. Sharpe's British Museum Catalogue, and shall give the approximate
distribution of each sub-family, as well as of the several genera.
Sub-family I. Polyborinæ (2 genera, 10 species), the Neotropical region
with California and Florida, Tropical and South Africa.—Polyborus (2 sp.),
South America, and to California and Florida; Ibycter (8 sp.), Tierra del
Fuego to Honduras and Guatemala.
Cariama and Serpentarius, which Mr. Sharpe puts here, are so anomalous
that I think it better to class them in separate families—Serpentariidæ
among the Accipitres, and Cariamidæ near the Bustards.
Sub-family II. Accipitrinæ (10 genera, 87 species).—Cosmopolitan.—
Polyboroides (2 sp.), Africa and Madagascar; Circus (15 sp.), Old and New
Worlds, widely scattered, but absent from Eastern Equatorial America, and
the Malay Archipelago except Celebes; Micrastur (7 sp.), and Geranospiza
(2 sp.), Tropical parts of Neotropical region; Urotriorchis (1 sp.), West
Africa; Erythrocnema (1 sp.), Chili and La Plata to California and Texas;
Melierax (5 sp.), Africa except West African sub-region; Astur (30 sp.),
cosmopolitan, except the Temperate South American sub-region; Nisoides
(1 sp.), Madagascar; Eutriorchis (1 sp.), Madagascar; Accipiter (23 sp.),
cosmopolitan, except Eastern Oceania.
Sub-family III. Buteoninæ (13 genera, 51 sp.), cosmopolitan, except the
Malay and Pacific Islands.—Urospizias (1 sp.), East and Central Australia;
Heterospizias (1 sp.), Tropical South America east of the Andes;
Tachytriorchis (2 sp.), Paraguay to California; Buteo (18 sp.), cosmopolitan,
except the Australian region and the Indo-Malayan sub-region; Archibuteo
(4 sp.), North America to Mexico and the cooler parts of the Palæarctic
region; Buteola (1 sp.), Veragua to the Amazon Valley; Asturina (7 sp.),
Eagles, and Falcons, are absolutely cosmopolitan, ranging far into the arctic
zone and visiting the most remote oceanic islands. They are abundant in all
the great continents and larger islands, preferring open to woody regions.
They are divided into several sub-families, the range of some of which are
restricted. For this family as well as the preceding I follow the arrangement
of Mr. Sharpe's British Museum Catalogue, and shall give the approximate
distribution of each sub-family, as well as of the several genera.
Sub-family I. Polyborinæ (2 genera, 10 species), the Neotropical region
with California and Florida, Tropical and South Africa.—Polyborus (2 sp.),
South America, and to California and Florida; Ibycter (8 sp.), Tierra del
Fuego to Honduras and Guatemala.
Cariama and Serpentarius, which Mr. Sharpe puts here, are so anomalous
that I think it better to class them in separate families—Serpentariidæ
among the Accipitres, and Cariamidæ near the Bustards.
Sub-family II. Accipitrinæ (10 genera, 87 species).—Cosmopolitan.—
Polyboroides (2 sp.), Africa and Madagascar; Circus (15 sp.), Old and New
Worlds, widely scattered, but absent from Eastern Equatorial America, and
the Malay Archipelago except Celebes; Micrastur (7 sp.), and Geranospiza
(2 sp.), Tropical parts of Neotropical region; Urotriorchis (1 sp.), West
Africa; Erythrocnema (1 sp.), Chili and La Plata to California and Texas;
Melierax (5 sp.), Africa except West African sub-region; Astur (30 sp.),
cosmopolitan, except the Temperate South American sub-region; Nisoides
(1 sp.), Madagascar; Eutriorchis (1 sp.), Madagascar; Accipiter (23 sp.),
cosmopolitan, except Eastern Oceania.
Sub-family III. Buteoninæ (13 genera, 51 sp.), cosmopolitan, except the
Malay and Pacific Islands.—Urospizias (1 sp.), East and Central Australia;
Heterospizias (1 sp.), Tropical South America east of the Andes;
Tachytriorchis (2 sp.), Paraguay to California; Buteo (18 sp.), cosmopolitan,
except the Australian region and the Indo-Malayan sub-region; Archibuteo
(4 sp.), North America to Mexico and the cooler parts of the Palæarctic
region; Buteola (1 sp.), Veragua to the Amazon Valley; Asturina (7 sp.),
Page 436
Paraguay and Bolivia to South-east United States; Busarellus (1 sp.), Brazil
to Guiana; Buteogallus (1 sp.), Guiana and Columbia; Urubutinga (12 sp.),
South Brazil and Bolivia to Mexico; Harpyhaliæetus (1 sp.), Chili and
North Patagonia to Veragua; Morphnus (1 sp.), Amazonia to Panama;
Thrasaëtus (1 sp.), Paraguay and Bolivia to Mexico.
Sub-family IV. Aquilinæ (31 genera, 94 species), cosmopolitan.—Gypaëtus
(2 sp.), south of Palæarctic region from Spain to North China, Abyssinia,
and South Africa; Uroaëtus (1 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Aquila (9 sp.),
Nearctic, Palæarctic, and Ethiopian regions and India; Nisaëtus (4 sp.),
Africa and South Europe, India, Ceylon, and Australia; Lophotriorchis (2
sp.), Indo-Malay sub-region, and Bogotá in South America; Neopus (1 sp.),
India and Ceylon to Burmah, Java, Celebes and Ternate; Spiziastur (1 sp.),
Guatemala to Brazil; Spizaëtus (10 sp.), Central and South America, Africa,
India, and Ceylon, to Celebes and New Guinea, Formosa, and Japan;
Lophoaëtus (1 sp.), all Africa; Asturinula (1 sp.), Africa, except extreme
south; Herpetotheres (1 sp.), Bolivia and Paraguay to Southern Mexico;
Dryotriorchis (1 sp.), West Africa; Circaëtus (5 sp.) Africa to Central
Europe, the Indian Peninsula, Timor; Spilornis (6 sp.), Oriental region and
Celebes; Butastur (4 sp.), Oriental region to New Guinea and North-east
Africa; Helotarsus (2 sp.), Africa south of the Sahara; Haliæetus (7 sp.),
cosmopolitan, except the Neotropical region; Gypohierax (1 sp.), West
Africa and Zanzibar; Haliastur (2 sp.), Indian Peninsula to Ceylon, New
Caledonia, and Australia; Nauclerus (= Elanoides) (1 sp.), Brazil to
Southern United States; Elanoides (= Nauclerus) (1 sp.), Western and
North-eastern Africa; Milvus (6 sp.), the Old World and Australia;
Lophoictinia (1 sp.), Australia; Rostrhamus (3 sp.), Antilles and Florida to
Brazil and Peru; Leptodon (4 sp.), Central America to South Brazil and
Bolivia; Gypoictinia (1 sp.), South and West Australia; Elanus (5 sp.),
Africa, India, and Malay Archipelago to Australia, South America to
California; Gampsonyx (1 sp.), Trinidad to Brazil; Henicopernis (1 sp.),
Papuan Islands; Machærhamphus (2 sp.), South-west Africa, Madagascar,
and Malacca; Pernis (3 sp.), Palæarctic, Oriental, and Ethiopian regions.
Sub-family V. Falconinæ (11 genera, 80 species), cosmopolitan.—Baza (10
sp.), India and Ceylon to the Moluccas and North Australia, West Coast of
Africa, Natal, and Madagascar; Harpagus (3 sp.), Central America to Brazil
to Guiana; Buteogallus (1 sp.), Guiana and Columbia; Urubutinga (12 sp.),
South Brazil and Bolivia to Mexico; Harpyhaliæetus (1 sp.), Chili and
North Patagonia to Veragua; Morphnus (1 sp.), Amazonia to Panama;
Thrasaëtus (1 sp.), Paraguay and Bolivia to Mexico.
Sub-family IV. Aquilinæ (31 genera, 94 species), cosmopolitan.—Gypaëtus
(2 sp.), south of Palæarctic region from Spain to North China, Abyssinia,
and South Africa; Uroaëtus (1 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Aquila (9 sp.),
Nearctic, Palæarctic, and Ethiopian regions and India; Nisaëtus (4 sp.),
Africa and South Europe, India, Ceylon, and Australia; Lophotriorchis (2
sp.), Indo-Malay sub-region, and Bogotá in South America; Neopus (1 sp.),
India and Ceylon to Burmah, Java, Celebes and Ternate; Spiziastur (1 sp.),
Guatemala to Brazil; Spizaëtus (10 sp.), Central and South America, Africa,
India, and Ceylon, to Celebes and New Guinea, Formosa, and Japan;
Lophoaëtus (1 sp.), all Africa; Asturinula (1 sp.), Africa, except extreme
south; Herpetotheres (1 sp.), Bolivia and Paraguay to Southern Mexico;
Dryotriorchis (1 sp.), West Africa; Circaëtus (5 sp.) Africa to Central
Europe, the Indian Peninsula, Timor; Spilornis (6 sp.), Oriental region and
Celebes; Butastur (4 sp.), Oriental region to New Guinea and North-east
Africa; Helotarsus (2 sp.), Africa south of the Sahara; Haliæetus (7 sp.),
cosmopolitan, except the Neotropical region; Gypohierax (1 sp.), West
Africa and Zanzibar; Haliastur (2 sp.), Indian Peninsula to Ceylon, New
Caledonia, and Australia; Nauclerus (= Elanoides) (1 sp.), Brazil to
Southern United States; Elanoides (= Nauclerus) (1 sp.), Western and
North-eastern Africa; Milvus (6 sp.), the Old World and Australia;
Lophoictinia (1 sp.), Australia; Rostrhamus (3 sp.), Antilles and Florida to
Brazil and Peru; Leptodon (4 sp.), Central America to South Brazil and
Bolivia; Gypoictinia (1 sp.), South and West Australia; Elanus (5 sp.),
Africa, India, and Malay Archipelago to Australia, South America to
California; Gampsonyx (1 sp.), Trinidad to Brazil; Henicopernis (1 sp.),
Papuan Islands; Machærhamphus (2 sp.), South-west Africa, Madagascar,
and Malacca; Pernis (3 sp.), Palæarctic, Oriental, and Ethiopian regions.
Sub-family V. Falconinæ (11 genera, 80 species), cosmopolitan.—Baza (10
sp.), India and Ceylon to the Moluccas and North Australia, West Coast of
Africa, Natal, and Madagascar; Harpagus (3 sp.), Central America to Brazil
Page 437
and Peru; Ictinia (2 sp.), Brazil to Southern United States; Hierax (=
Microhierax, Sharpe), (4 sp.), Eastern Himalayas to Borneo and Philippines;
Poliohierax (2 sp.), East Africa and Burmah; Spiziapteryx (1 sp.), La Plata;
Harpa (1 sp.), New Zealand and the Auckland Islands; Falco (27 sp.),
cosmopolitan, except the Pacific Islands; Hierofalco (6 sp.), Nearctic and
Palæarctic regions; Hieracidea (2 sp.), Australia; Cerchneis (22 sp.),
cosmopolitan, except Oceania.
Family 97.—PANDIONIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Pandionidæ, or Fishing Hawks, are universally distributed, with the
exception of the Southern Temperate parts of South America. The genera
are:—
Pandion (1 sp.), the range of the entire family; Polioaëtus (2 sp.), India
through Malay Archipelago to Celebes and Sandwich Islands.
Family 98.—STRIGIDÆ. (23 Genera, 180 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
Microhierax, Sharpe), (4 sp.), Eastern Himalayas to Borneo and Philippines;
Poliohierax (2 sp.), East Africa and Burmah; Spiziapteryx (1 sp.), La Plata;
Harpa (1 sp.), New Zealand and the Auckland Islands; Falco (27 sp.),
cosmopolitan, except the Pacific Islands; Hierofalco (6 sp.), Nearctic and
Palæarctic regions; Hieracidea (2 sp.), Australia; Cerchneis (22 sp.),
cosmopolitan, except Oceania.
Family 97.—PANDIONIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Pandionidæ, or Fishing Hawks, are universally distributed, with the
exception of the Southern Temperate parts of South America. The genera
are:—
Pandion (1 sp.), the range of the entire family; Polioaëtus (2 sp.), India
through Malay Archipelago to Celebes and Sandwich Islands.
Family 98.—STRIGIDÆ. (23 Genera, 180 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
Page 438
The Strigidæ, or Owls, form an extensive and well-known family of
nocturnal birds, which, although invariably placed next the Hawks, are now
believed to be not very closely allied to the other Accipitres. They range
over the whole globe, extending to the extreme polar regions and to the
remotest oceanic islands. Their classification is very unsettled, and we
therefore place the genera, for convenience, in the order in which they
follow each other in the Hand List of Birds. Those adopted by most
ornithologists are the following:—
Surnia (1 sp.), the Arctic regions of both hemispheres; Nyctea (1 sp.), South
Carolina to Greenland and Northern Europe; Athene (40 sp.), the Eastern
hemisphere to New Zealand and the Solomon Islands; Ninox (7 sp.), the
Oriental region, North China and Japan; Glaucidium (7 sp.), Neotropical
region, California, and Oregon, Europe to North China; Micrathene (1 sp.),
Mexico and Arizona; Pholeoptynx (2 sp.), Neotropical region, Texas, and
North-west America; Bubo (16 sp.), universally distributed, excluding the
Australian region; Ketupa (3 sp.), the Oriental region, Palestine; Scotopelia
(2 sp.), West and South Africa; Scops (30 sp.), universally distributed,
excluding Australia and Pacific Islands; Gymnoglaux (2 sp.), Antilles;
Lophostrix (2 sp.), Lower Amazon to Guatemala; Syrnium (22 sp.), all
regions but the Australian; Ciccaba (10 sp.), Paraguay to Mexico;
Nyctalatinus (1 sp.), Columbia; Pulsatrix (2 sp.), Brazil and Peru to
Guatemala; Asio (6 sp.), all regions but the Australian, Sandwich Islands;
Nyctalops (1 sp.), Cuba and Mexico to Brazil and Monte Video;
Pseudoscops (1 sp.), Jamaica; Nyctala (4 sp.), the North Temperate zone;
Strix (18 sp.), universally distributed; Phodilus (1 sp.), Himalayas and
Malaya.
In Mr. Sharpe's Catalogue (published while this work was passing through
the press) the genera of Owls are reduced to 19, arranged in two families—
Strigidæ, containing our last two genera, and Bubonidæ, comprising the
remainder. The species are increased to 190; but some genera are reduced,
as Strix, which is said to contain only 5 species.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Accipitres.
nocturnal birds, which, although invariably placed next the Hawks, are now
believed to be not very closely allied to the other Accipitres. They range
over the whole globe, extending to the extreme polar regions and to the
remotest oceanic islands. Their classification is very unsettled, and we
therefore place the genera, for convenience, in the order in which they
follow each other in the Hand List of Birds. Those adopted by most
ornithologists are the following:—
Surnia (1 sp.), the Arctic regions of both hemispheres; Nyctea (1 sp.), South
Carolina to Greenland and Northern Europe; Athene (40 sp.), the Eastern
hemisphere to New Zealand and the Solomon Islands; Ninox (7 sp.), the
Oriental region, North China and Japan; Glaucidium (7 sp.), Neotropical
region, California, and Oregon, Europe to North China; Micrathene (1 sp.),
Mexico and Arizona; Pholeoptynx (2 sp.), Neotropical region, Texas, and
North-west America; Bubo (16 sp.), universally distributed, excluding the
Australian region; Ketupa (3 sp.), the Oriental region, Palestine; Scotopelia
(2 sp.), West and South Africa; Scops (30 sp.), universally distributed,
excluding Australia and Pacific Islands; Gymnoglaux (2 sp.), Antilles;
Lophostrix (2 sp.), Lower Amazon to Guatemala; Syrnium (22 sp.), all
regions but the Australian; Ciccaba (10 sp.), Paraguay to Mexico;
Nyctalatinus (1 sp.), Columbia; Pulsatrix (2 sp.), Brazil and Peru to
Guatemala; Asio (6 sp.), all regions but the Australian, Sandwich Islands;
Nyctalops (1 sp.), Cuba and Mexico to Brazil and Monte Video;
Pseudoscops (1 sp.), Jamaica; Nyctala (4 sp.), the North Temperate zone;
Strix (18 sp.), universally distributed; Phodilus (1 sp.), Himalayas and
Malaya.
In Mr. Sharpe's Catalogue (published while this work was passing through
the press) the genera of Owls are reduced to 19, arranged in two families—
Strigidæ, containing our last two genera, and Bubonidæ, comprising the
remainder. The species are increased to 190; but some genera are reduced,
as Strix, which is said to contain only 5 species.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Accipitres.
Page 439
The Birds of Prey are so widely distributed over the world's surface that
their general distribution calls for few remarks. Of the four families all but
one are cosmopolites, Vultures alone being absent from the Australian
region, as well as from Indo-Malaya and Madagascar. If we take the sub-
families, we find that each region has several which are confined to it. The
only parts of the world where there is a marked deficiency of Accipitres is in
the islands of the Pacific; and it may be noted, as a rule, that these birds are
more abundant in continents than in islands. There is not so much difference
between the number of Birds of Prey in tropical and temperate regions, as is
found in most other groups of land-birds. North America and Europe have
about 60 species each, while India has about 80, and South America about
120. The total number of Accipitres is 550 comprised in 104 genera, and 4
(or perhaps more properly 5) families. In this estimate I have not included
the Serpentariidæ, containing the Secretary Bird of Africa, as there is some
doubt whether it really belongs to the Order.
Order VIII.—GRALLÆ.
Family 99.—RALLIDÆ. (18 Genera, 153 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Rails are among the most widely distributed families of birds, many of
the genera being cosmopolitan, and several of the species ranging over half
the globe. They are found in many remote islands; and in some of these—as
the Gallinula of Tristan d'Acunha, and the Notornis of Lord Howe's Island
and New Zealand,—they have lost the power of flight. The classification of
the Rallidæ is not satisfactory, and the following enumeration of the genera
must only be taken as affording a provisional sketch of the distribution of
the group:—
their general distribution calls for few remarks. Of the four families all but
one are cosmopolites, Vultures alone being absent from the Australian
region, as well as from Indo-Malaya and Madagascar. If we take the sub-
families, we find that each region has several which are confined to it. The
only parts of the world where there is a marked deficiency of Accipitres is in
the islands of the Pacific; and it may be noted, as a rule, that these birds are
more abundant in continents than in islands. There is not so much difference
between the number of Birds of Prey in tropical and temperate regions, as is
found in most other groups of land-birds. North America and Europe have
about 60 species each, while India has about 80, and South America about
120. The total number of Accipitres is 550 comprised in 104 genera, and 4
(or perhaps more properly 5) families. In this estimate I have not included
the Serpentariidæ, containing the Secretary Bird of Africa, as there is some
doubt whether it really belongs to the Order.
Order VIII.—GRALLÆ.
Family 99.—RALLIDÆ. (18 Genera, 153 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Rails are among the most widely distributed families of birds, many of
the genera being cosmopolitan, and several of the species ranging over half
the globe. They are found in many remote islands; and in some of these—as
the Gallinula of Tristan d'Acunha, and the Notornis of Lord Howe's Island
and New Zealand,—they have lost the power of flight. The classification of
the Rallidæ is not satisfactory, and the following enumeration of the genera
must only be taken as affording a provisional sketch of the distribution of
the group:—
Page 440
Rallus (18 sp.), Porzana (24 sp.), Gallinula (17 sp.), and Fulica (10 sp.),
have a world-wide range; Ortygometra (1 sp.), ranges over the whole North
Temperate zone; Porphyrio (14 sp.), is more especially Oriental and
Australian, but occurs also in South America, in Africa, and in South
Europe; Eulabeornis (15 sp.), is Ethiopian, Malayan, and Australian;
Himantornis (1 sp.), is West African only; Aramides (24 sp.), is North and
South American; Rallina (16 sp.), is Oriental, but ranges eastward to Papua;
Habroptila (1 sp.), is confined to the Moluccas; Pareudiastes (1 sp.), the
Samoa Islands; Tribonyx (4 sp.), is Australian, and has recently been found
also in New Zealand; Ocydromus (4 sp.); Notornis (2 sp.), (Plate XIII. Vol.
I. p. 455); and Cabalus (1 sp.), are peculiar to the New Zealand group.
The sub-family, Heliornithinæ (sometimes classed as a distinct family)
consists of 2 genera, Heliornis (1 sp.), confined to the Neotropical region;
and Podica (4 sp.), the Ethiopian region excluding Madagascar, and with a
species (perhaps forming another genus) in Borneo.
Extinct Rallidæ.—Remains of some species of this family have been found
in the Mascarene Islands, and historical evidence shows that they have
perhaps been extinct little more than a century. They belong to the genus
Fulica, and to two extinct genera, Aphanapteryx and Erythromachus. The
Aphanapteryx was a large bird of a reddish colour, with loose plumage, and
perhaps allied to Ocydromus. Erythromachus was much smaller, of a grey-
and-white colour, and is said to have lived chiefly on the eggs of the land-
tortoises. (See Ibis, 1869, p. 256; and Proc. Zool. Soc., 1875, p. 40.)
Family 100.—SCOLOPACIDÆ. (21 Genera, 121 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
have a world-wide range; Ortygometra (1 sp.), ranges over the whole North
Temperate zone; Porphyrio (14 sp.), is more especially Oriental and
Australian, but occurs also in South America, in Africa, and in South
Europe; Eulabeornis (15 sp.), is Ethiopian, Malayan, and Australian;
Himantornis (1 sp.), is West African only; Aramides (24 sp.), is North and
South American; Rallina (16 sp.), is Oriental, but ranges eastward to Papua;
Habroptila (1 sp.), is confined to the Moluccas; Pareudiastes (1 sp.), the
Samoa Islands; Tribonyx (4 sp.), is Australian, and has recently been found
also in New Zealand; Ocydromus (4 sp.); Notornis (2 sp.), (Plate XIII. Vol.
I. p. 455); and Cabalus (1 sp.), are peculiar to the New Zealand group.
The sub-family, Heliornithinæ (sometimes classed as a distinct family)
consists of 2 genera, Heliornis (1 sp.), confined to the Neotropical region;
and Podica (4 sp.), the Ethiopian region excluding Madagascar, and with a
species (perhaps forming another genus) in Borneo.
Extinct Rallidæ.—Remains of some species of this family have been found
in the Mascarene Islands, and historical evidence shows that they have
perhaps been extinct little more than a century. They belong to the genus
Fulica, and to two extinct genera, Aphanapteryx and Erythromachus. The
Aphanapteryx was a large bird of a reddish colour, with loose plumage, and
perhaps allied to Ocydromus. Erythromachus was much smaller, of a grey-
and-white colour, and is said to have lived chiefly on the eggs of the land-
tortoises. (See Ibis, 1869, p. 256; and Proc. Zool. Soc., 1875, p. 40.)
Family 100.—SCOLOPACIDÆ. (21 Genera, 121 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
Page 441
The Scolopacidæ, comprehending the Snipes, Sandpipers, Curlews, and
allied genera, are perhaps as truly cosmopolitan as any family of birds,
ranging to the extreme north and visiting the remotest islands. The genera of
universal distribution are the following:—
Numenius (16 sp.); Limosa (6 sp.); Totanus (12 sp.); Tringoides, (6 sp.);
Himantopus (6 sp.); Tringa (20 sp.); and Gallinago (24 sp.). Those which
have a more or less restricted distribution are:—
Ibidorhyncha (1 sp.), Central Asia and the Himalayas (Plate VII. Vol. I. p.
331); Helodromas (1 sp.), Palæarctic region and North India; Terekia (1 sp.),
East Palæarctic, wandering to India and Australia; Recurvirostra (6 sp.),
Nearctic region to the High Andes, South Palæarctic, East and South Africa,
Hindostan and Australia; Micropelama (1 sp.), North America to Chili;
Machetes (1 sp.), Palæarctic region and Hindostan (Plate I. Vol. I. p. 195);
Ereunetes (3 sp.), Nearctic and Neotropical; Eurinorhynchus (1 sp.), North-
east Asia and Bengal; Calidris (1 sp.), all regions but Australian;
Macrorhamphus (3 sp.), Palæarctic and Nearctic, visits Brazil and India;
Scolopax (4 sp.), the whole Palæarctic region, to India, Java, and Australia;
Philohela (1 sp.), East Nearctic; Rhynchæa (4 sp.), Ethiopian and Oriental,
Australia, and Temperate South America; Phalaropus (3 sp.), North
Temperate zone, and West Coast of America to Chili.
Family 101.—CHIONIDIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Sheath-bills, Chionis (2 sp.), are curious white birds, whose thick bill
has a horny sheath at the base. Their nearest ally is Hæmatopus, a genus of
allied genera, are perhaps as truly cosmopolitan as any family of birds,
ranging to the extreme north and visiting the remotest islands. The genera of
universal distribution are the following:—
Numenius (16 sp.); Limosa (6 sp.); Totanus (12 sp.); Tringoides, (6 sp.);
Himantopus (6 sp.); Tringa (20 sp.); and Gallinago (24 sp.). Those which
have a more or less restricted distribution are:—
Ibidorhyncha (1 sp.), Central Asia and the Himalayas (Plate VII. Vol. I. p.
331); Helodromas (1 sp.), Palæarctic region and North India; Terekia (1 sp.),
East Palæarctic, wandering to India and Australia; Recurvirostra (6 sp.),
Nearctic region to the High Andes, South Palæarctic, East and South Africa,
Hindostan and Australia; Micropelama (1 sp.), North America to Chili;
Machetes (1 sp.), Palæarctic region and Hindostan (Plate I. Vol. I. p. 195);
Ereunetes (3 sp.), Nearctic and Neotropical; Eurinorhynchus (1 sp.), North-
east Asia and Bengal; Calidris (1 sp.), all regions but Australian;
Macrorhamphus (3 sp.), Palæarctic and Nearctic, visits Brazil and India;
Scolopax (4 sp.), the whole Palæarctic region, to India, Java, and Australia;
Philohela (1 sp.), East Nearctic; Rhynchæa (4 sp.), Ethiopian and Oriental,
Australia, and Temperate South America; Phalaropus (3 sp.), North
Temperate zone, and West Coast of America to Chili.
Family 101.—CHIONIDIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Sheath-bills, Chionis (2 sp.), are curious white birds, whose thick bill
has a horny sheath at the base. Their nearest ally is Hæmatopus, a genus of
Page 442
Charadriidæ. These birds are confined to the Antarctic Islands, especially
the Falkland Islands, the Crozets and Kerguelen's Land.
Family 102.—THINOCORIDÆ. (2 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Thinocoridæ, or Quail-snipes, are small birds, confined to Temperate
South America. They have much the appearance of Quails but are more
nearly allied to Plovers. The two genera are:—
Attagis (4 sp.), Falkland Islands, Straits of Magellan, Chili, Bolivia, and the
High Andes of Peru and Ecuador; Thinocorus (2 sp.), La Plata, Chili, and
Peru. (Plate XVI. Vol. II. p. 40.)
Family 103.—PARRIDÆ. (2 Genera, 11 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Parridæ, or Jacanas, are remarkable long-toed birds, often of elegant
plumage, frequenting swamps and marshes, and walking on the floating
the Falkland Islands, the Crozets and Kerguelen's Land.
Family 102.—THINOCORIDÆ. (2 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Thinocoridæ, or Quail-snipes, are small birds, confined to Temperate
South America. They have much the appearance of Quails but are more
nearly allied to Plovers. The two genera are:—
Attagis (4 sp.), Falkland Islands, Straits of Magellan, Chili, Bolivia, and the
High Andes of Peru and Ecuador; Thinocorus (2 sp.), La Plata, Chili, and
Peru. (Plate XVI. Vol. II. p. 40.)
Family 103.—PARRIDÆ. (2 Genera, 11 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Parridæ, or Jacanas, are remarkable long-toed birds, often of elegant
plumage, frequenting swamps and marshes, and walking on the floating
Page 443
leaves of aquatic plants. They are found in all the tropics. Parra (10 sp.),
has the distribution of the family; Hydrophasianus (1 sp.), is confined to the
Oriental region.
Family 104.—GLAREOLIDÆ. (3 Genera, 20 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
This family, comprising the Pratincoles and Coursers, is universally
distributed over the Old World and to Australia.
Glareola (9 sp.), has the distribution of the family; Pluvianus (1 sp.), is
confined to North Africa; Cursorius (10 sp.), ranges over Africa, South
Europe and India.
The position of the genus Glareola is uncertain, for though generally classed
here, Prof. Lilljeborg considers it to be an aberrant form of the
Caprimulgidæ! It differs, in its insectivorous habits and in many points of
external structure, from all its allies, and should probably form a distinct
family.
Family 105.—CHARADIIDÆ. (19 Genera, 101 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
has the distribution of the family; Hydrophasianus (1 sp.), is confined to the
Oriental region.
Family 104.—GLAREOLIDÆ. (3 Genera, 20 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
This family, comprising the Pratincoles and Coursers, is universally
distributed over the Old World and to Australia.
Glareola (9 sp.), has the distribution of the family; Pluvianus (1 sp.), is
confined to North Africa; Cursorius (10 sp.), ranges over Africa, South
Europe and India.
The position of the genus Glareola is uncertain, for though generally classed
here, Prof. Lilljeborg considers it to be an aberrant form of the
Caprimulgidæ! It differs, in its insectivorous habits and in many points of
external structure, from all its allies, and should probably form a distinct
family.
Family 105.—CHARADIIDÆ. (19 Genera, 101 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 444
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The extensive family of the Plovers and their numerous allies, ranges over
the whole globe. The genera now usually admitted into this family are the
following:—
Œdicnemus (9 sp.), is only absent from North America; Æsacus (2 sp.),
India to Ceylon, Malay Islands and Australia; Vanellus (3 sp.), Palæarctic
and Neotropical regions; Chætusia (15 sp.), the whole Eastern Hemisphere;
Erythrogonys (1 sp.), Australia; Hoplopterus (10 sp.), widely scattered, but
absent from North America; Squatarola (1 sp), all the regions; Charadrius
(14 sp.), cosmopolitan; Eudromias (5 sp.), Eastern Hemisphere and South
Temperate America; Ægialitis (22 sp.), cosmopolitan; Oreophilus (1 sp.),
South Temperate America; Thinornis (2 sp.), New Zealand; Anarhynchus (1
sp.), New Zealand (Plate XIII. Vol I. p. 455); Hæmatopus (9 sp.),
cosmopolitan; Strepsilas (2 sp.) almost cosmopolitan; Aphriza (1 sp.), West
Coast of America; Pluvianellus (1 sp.), Straits of Magellan; Dromas (1 sp.),
India, Madagascar, and North-east Africa; Pedionomus (1 sp.), Australia.
This last genus has usually been placed with the Turnicidæ.
Family 106.—OTIDIDÆ. (2 Genera, 26 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3 — —2—
— — —
The Otididæ, or Bustards, occur in all parts of the Old World and Australia
where there are open tracts, being only absent from Madagascar and the
Malay Archipelago.
The extensive family of the Plovers and their numerous allies, ranges over
the whole globe. The genera now usually admitted into this family are the
following:—
Œdicnemus (9 sp.), is only absent from North America; Æsacus (2 sp.),
India to Ceylon, Malay Islands and Australia; Vanellus (3 sp.), Palæarctic
and Neotropical regions; Chætusia (15 sp.), the whole Eastern Hemisphere;
Erythrogonys (1 sp.), Australia; Hoplopterus (10 sp.), widely scattered, but
absent from North America; Squatarola (1 sp), all the regions; Charadrius
(14 sp.), cosmopolitan; Eudromias (5 sp.), Eastern Hemisphere and South
Temperate America; Ægialitis (22 sp.), cosmopolitan; Oreophilus (1 sp.),
South Temperate America; Thinornis (2 sp.), New Zealand; Anarhynchus (1
sp.), New Zealand (Plate XIII. Vol I. p. 455); Hæmatopus (9 sp.),
cosmopolitan; Strepsilas (2 sp.) almost cosmopolitan; Aphriza (1 sp.), West
Coast of America; Pluvianellus (1 sp.), Straits of Magellan; Dromas (1 sp.),
India, Madagascar, and North-east Africa; Pedionomus (1 sp.), Australia.
This last genus has usually been placed with the Turnicidæ.
Family 106.—OTIDIDÆ. (2 Genera, 26 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3 — —2—
— — —
The Otididæ, or Bustards, occur in all parts of the Old World and Australia
where there are open tracts, being only absent from Madagascar and the
Malay Archipelago.
Page 445
Otis (2 sp.), ranges over most of the Palæarctic region; while Eupodotis (24
sp.), has the range of the family, but is most abundant in the Ethiopian
region, which contains three-fourths of the whole number of species.
Family 107.—GRUIDÆ. (3 Genera, 16 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3 — —2—
— —
The Gruidæ, or Cranes, are found in all the regions except the Neotropical.
Grus (12 sp.) inhabits the southern and western United States, the whole
Palæarctic region, South-east Africa, India, and Australia; Anthropoides (2
sp.), Europe, North and South Africa and India; Balearica (2 sp.), the
Ethiopian region (except Madagascar).
Family 108.—CARIAMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The genus Cariama (2 sp.), consists of remarkable crested birds inhabiting
the mountains and open plains of Brazil and La Plata. In the British
sp.), has the range of the family, but is most abundant in the Ethiopian
region, which contains three-fourths of the whole number of species.
Family 107.—GRUIDÆ. (3 Genera, 16 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3 — —2—
— —
The Gruidæ, or Cranes, are found in all the regions except the Neotropical.
Grus (12 sp.) inhabits the southern and western United States, the whole
Palæarctic region, South-east Africa, India, and Australia; Anthropoides (2
sp.), Europe, North and South Africa and India; Balearica (2 sp.), the
Ethiopian region (except Madagascar).
Family 108.—CARIAMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The genus Cariama (2 sp.), consists of remarkable crested birds inhabiting
the mountains and open plains of Brazil and La Plata. In the British
Page 446
Museum Catalogue of the Birds of Prey, they are classed as aberrant
Falconidæ, but their anomalous characters seem to require them to be placed
in a distinct family, which seems better placed among the Waders.
Family 109.—ARAMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Guaraünas are birds which have somewhat the appearance of Herons,
but which are usually classed with the Rails. They are now, however,
considered to form a distinct family. The only genus, Aramus (2 sp.),
inhabits the Neotropical region, from Mexico and Cuba to Central Brazil.
Family 110.—PSOPHIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The remarkable and beautiful birds called Trumpeters, are confined to the
various parts of the Amazon valley; and it is an interesting fact, that the
range of each species appears to be bounded by some of the great rivers.
Thus, Psophia crepitans inhabits the interior of Guiana as far as the south
Falconidæ, but their anomalous characters seem to require them to be placed
in a distinct family, which seems better placed among the Waders.
Family 109.—ARAMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Guaraünas are birds which have somewhat the appearance of Herons,
but which are usually classed with the Rails. They are now, however,
considered to form a distinct family. The only genus, Aramus (2 sp.),
inhabits the Neotropical region, from Mexico and Cuba to Central Brazil.
Family 110.—PSOPHIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The remarkable and beautiful birds called Trumpeters, are confined to the
various parts of the Amazon valley; and it is an interesting fact, that the
range of each species appears to be bounded by some of the great rivers.
Thus, Psophia crepitans inhabits the interior of Guiana as far as the south
Page 447
bank of the Rio Negro; on the opposite or north bank of the Rio Negro
Psophia ochroptera is found; beyond the next great rivers, Japura and Iça,
Psophia napensis occurs; on the south bank of the Amazon, west of the
Madeira, we have the beautiful Psophia leucoptera; east of the Madeira this
is replaced by Psophia viridis, while near Pará, beyond the Tapajoz, Xingu
and Tocantins, there is another species, Psophia obscura. Other species may
exist in the intervening river districts; but we have here, apparently, a case
of a number of well-marked species of birds capable of flight, yet with their
range in certain directions accurately defined by great rivers. (Plate XV. Vol.
II. p. 28.)
Family 111.—EURYPYGIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Eurypygidæ, or Sun-Bitterns, are small heron-like birds with
beautifully-coloured wings, which frequent the muddy and wooded river-
banks of tropical America. The only genus, Eurypyga (2 sp.), ranges from
Central America to Brazil.
Family 112.—RHINOCHETIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Psophia ochroptera is found; beyond the next great rivers, Japura and Iça,
Psophia napensis occurs; on the south bank of the Amazon, west of the
Madeira, we have the beautiful Psophia leucoptera; east of the Madeira this
is replaced by Psophia viridis, while near Pará, beyond the Tapajoz, Xingu
and Tocantins, there is another species, Psophia obscura. Other species may
exist in the intervening river districts; but we have here, apparently, a case
of a number of well-marked species of birds capable of flight, yet with their
range in certain directions accurately defined by great rivers. (Plate XV. Vol.
II. p. 28.)
Family 111.—EURYPYGIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Eurypygidæ, or Sun-Bitterns, are small heron-like birds with
beautifully-coloured wings, which frequent the muddy and wooded river-
banks of tropical America. The only genus, Eurypyga (2 sp.), ranges from
Central America to Brazil.
Family 112.—RHINOCHETIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 448
——3 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Rhinochetus (1 sp.), consists of a singular bird called the Kagu,
which inhabits New Caledonia, an island which may be placed with almost
equal propriety in our 1st, 2nd, or 3rd Australian sub-regions. It is a bird of a
bluish ash-colour, with a loose plumage, partaking something of the
appearance of Rail, Plover, and Heron, but with peculiarities of structure
which require it to be placed in a distinct family. Its anatomy shows that its
nearest allies are the South American genera, Eurypyga and Psophia.
Family 113.—ARDEIDÆ. (5 Genera, 80 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The well-known Herons and Bitterns are found in every part of the globe,
and everywhere closely resemble each other. Omitting the minuter sub-
divisions, the genera are as follows:—
Ardea (60 sp.), cosmopolitan; Botaurus (6 sp.), almost cosmopolitan;
Tigrisoma (4 sp.), Tropical America and West Africa; Nycticorax (9 sp.),
cosmopolitan; Cancroma (1 sp.), Tropical America.
Family 114.—PLATALEIDÆ. (6 Genera, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
— — — — — —
The genus Rhinochetus (1 sp.), consists of a singular bird called the Kagu,
which inhabits New Caledonia, an island which may be placed with almost
equal propriety in our 1st, 2nd, or 3rd Australian sub-regions. It is a bird of a
bluish ash-colour, with a loose plumage, partaking something of the
appearance of Rail, Plover, and Heron, but with peculiarities of structure
which require it to be placed in a distinct family. Its anatomy shows that its
nearest allies are the South American genera, Eurypyga and Psophia.
Family 113.—ARDEIDÆ. (5 Genera, 80 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The well-known Herons and Bitterns are found in every part of the globe,
and everywhere closely resemble each other. Omitting the minuter sub-
divisions, the genera are as follows:—
Ardea (60 sp.), cosmopolitan; Botaurus (6 sp.), almost cosmopolitan;
Tigrisoma (4 sp.), Tropical America and West Africa; Nycticorax (9 sp.),
cosmopolitan; Cancroma (1 sp.), Tropical America.
Family 114.—PLATALEIDÆ. (6 Genera, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 449
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
The Plataleidæ, including the Spoonbills and Ibises, have been classed
either with the Herons or the Storks, but have most affinity with the latter.
Though not very numerous they are found over the greater part of the globe,
except the colder zones and the Pacific Islands. The following is the
distribution of the genera:—
Platalea (6 sp.), all the warmer parts of the globe except the Moluccas and
Pacific Islands; Ibis (2 sp.), Temperate North America and Tropical South
America; Falcinellus (2 sp.), almost cosmopolitan; Geronticus (19 sp.), all
Tropical countries and Temperate South America; Scopus (1 sp.), Tropical
and South Africa; Balæniceps (1 sp.), the Upper Nile. This last genus the
"Shoe-bird," or boat-billed heron, perhaps forms a distinct family.
Family 115.—CICONIIDÆ. (5 Genera, 20 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——3 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
—
The Ciconiidæ, or Storks, are mostly an Old World family, only three
species inhabiting the Neotropical, and one, the Nearctic region. They are
also absent from the islands of the Pacific, the Antilles, and, with one
exception, from Madagascar. The genera are as follows:—
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
The Plataleidæ, including the Spoonbills and Ibises, have been classed
either with the Herons or the Storks, but have most affinity with the latter.
Though not very numerous they are found over the greater part of the globe,
except the colder zones and the Pacific Islands. The following is the
distribution of the genera:—
Platalea (6 sp.), all the warmer parts of the globe except the Moluccas and
Pacific Islands; Ibis (2 sp.), Temperate North America and Tropical South
America; Falcinellus (2 sp.), almost cosmopolitan; Geronticus (19 sp.), all
Tropical countries and Temperate South America; Scopus (1 sp.), Tropical
and South Africa; Balæniceps (1 sp.), the Upper Nile. This last genus the
"Shoe-bird," or boat-billed heron, perhaps forms a distinct family.
Family 115.—CICONIIDÆ. (5 Genera, 20 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——3 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
—
The Ciconiidæ, or Storks, are mostly an Old World family, only three
species inhabiting the Neotropical, and one, the Nearctic region. They are
also absent from the islands of the Pacific, the Antilles, and, with one
exception, from Madagascar. The genera are as follows:—
Page 450
Ciconia (6 sp.), ranges through the Palæarctic, Ethiopian and Oriental
regions as far as Celebes, and in South America; Mycteria (4 sp.), inhabits
Africa, India, Australia and the Neotropical region; Leptopiltus (3 sp.), the
Ethiopian and Oriental regions to Java; Tantalus (5 sp.), the Ethiopian,
Oriental and Neotropical regions, and the South-east of North America;
Anastomus (2 sp.), the Ethiopian region, and India to Ceylon.
Family 116.—PALAMEDEIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Palamedeidæ, or Screamers, are curious semi-aquatic birds of doubtful
affinities, perhaps intermediate between Gallinæ and Anseres. They are
peculiar to South America. The genera are:—
Palamedea (1 sp.), which inhabits the Amazon valley; Chauna (2 sp.), La
Plata, Brazil and Columbia,
Family 117.—PHŒNICOPTERIDÆ. (1 Genus, 8 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1 — 3. 4 ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — — ———
— — —
regions as far as Celebes, and in South America; Mycteria (4 sp.), inhabits
Africa, India, Australia and the Neotropical region; Leptopiltus (3 sp.), the
Ethiopian and Oriental regions to Java; Tantalus (5 sp.), the Ethiopian,
Oriental and Neotropical regions, and the South-east of North America;
Anastomus (2 sp.), the Ethiopian region, and India to Ceylon.
Family 116.—PALAMEDEIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Palamedeidæ, or Screamers, are curious semi-aquatic birds of doubtful
affinities, perhaps intermediate between Gallinæ and Anseres. They are
peculiar to South America. The genera are:—
Palamedea (1 sp.), which inhabits the Amazon valley; Chauna (2 sp.), La
Plata, Brazil and Columbia,
Family 117.—PHŒNICOPTERIDÆ. (1 Genus, 8 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1 — 3. 4 ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — — ———
— — —
Page 451
The Flamingoes (Phœnicopterus) seem peculiar to the Ethiopian and
Neotropical regions, ranging from the former into India and South Europe.
America has four species, inhabiting Chili and La Plata, the Galapagos,
Mexico and the West Indian islands; the others range over all Africa, South
Europe, India and Ceylon. These singular birds are placed by some authors
near the Spoonbills and Ibises, by others with the Geese. Professor Huxley
considers them to be "completely intermediate between the Anserine birds
on the one side and the Storks and Herons on the other." The pterolysis
according to Nitzsch is "completely stork-like."
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Grallæ, or Wading and Running
Birds.
The Waders, as a rule, are birds of very wide distribution, the four largest
families Rallidæ, Scolopacidæ, Charadriidæ and Ardeidæ, being quite
cosmopolitan, as are many of the genera. But there are also a number of
small families of very restricted distribution, and these all occur in the two
most isolated regions, the Neotropical and the Australian. The Neotropical
region is by far the richest in varied forms of Waders, having representatives
of no less than 15 out of the 19 families, while 7 are altogether peculiar to it.
The Australian region has 11 families, with 1 peculiar. The other two
tropical regions each possess 11 families, but none are peculiar. The
Palæarctic region has 10, and the Nearctic 7 families. No less than three
families—Chionididæ, Thinocoridæ, and Cariamidæ—are confined to the
Temperate regions and highlands of South America; while four others,—
Aramidæ, Psophiidæ, Eurypygidæ and Palamedeidæ,—are found in
Tropical America only; and these present such an array of peculiar and
interesting forms as no other part of the globe can furnish. The
Phœnicopteridæ or Flamingoes, common to the Tropical regions of Asia,
Africa and America, but absent from Australia, is the only other feature of
general interest presented by the distribution of the Waders.
The Order contains about 610 species, which gives about 32 species to each
family, a smaller average than in the Gallinæ or Accipitres, and only about
one-fourth of the average number in the Passeres. This is partly due to the
unusual number of very small families, and partly to the wide average range
Neotropical regions, ranging from the former into India and South Europe.
America has four species, inhabiting Chili and La Plata, the Galapagos,
Mexico and the West Indian islands; the others range over all Africa, South
Europe, India and Ceylon. These singular birds are placed by some authors
near the Spoonbills and Ibises, by others with the Geese. Professor Huxley
considers them to be "completely intermediate between the Anserine birds
on the one side and the Storks and Herons on the other." The pterolysis
according to Nitzsch is "completely stork-like."
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Grallæ, or Wading and Running
Birds.
The Waders, as a rule, are birds of very wide distribution, the four largest
families Rallidæ, Scolopacidæ, Charadriidæ and Ardeidæ, being quite
cosmopolitan, as are many of the genera. But there are also a number of
small families of very restricted distribution, and these all occur in the two
most isolated regions, the Neotropical and the Australian. The Neotropical
region is by far the richest in varied forms of Waders, having representatives
of no less than 15 out of the 19 families, while 7 are altogether peculiar to it.
The Australian region has 11 families, with 1 peculiar. The other two
tropical regions each possess 11 families, but none are peculiar. The
Palæarctic region has 10, and the Nearctic 7 families. No less than three
families—Chionididæ, Thinocoridæ, and Cariamidæ—are confined to the
Temperate regions and highlands of South America; while four others,—
Aramidæ, Psophiidæ, Eurypygidæ and Palamedeidæ,—are found in
Tropical America only; and these present such an array of peculiar and
interesting forms as no other part of the globe can furnish. The
Phœnicopteridæ or Flamingoes, common to the Tropical regions of Asia,
Africa and America, but absent from Australia, is the only other feature of
general interest presented by the distribution of the Waders.
The Order contains about 610 species, which gives about 32 species to each
family, a smaller average than in the Gallinæ or Accipitres, and only about
one-fourth of the average number in the Passeres. This is partly due to the
unusual number of very small families, and partly to the wide average range
Page 452
of the species, which prevents that specialization of forms that occurs in the
more sedentary groups of birds.
Order IX.—ANSERES.
Family 118.—ANATIDÆ. (40 Genera, 180 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Anatidæ, comprehending the Ducks, Geese, and Swans with their allies,
are of such universal distribution that there is probably no part of the globe
where some of them are not occasionally found. They are, however, most
abundant in temperate and cold regions; and, contrary to what occurs in
most other families, the most beautifully-coloured species are extra-tropical,
and some even arctic. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Anseranas (1 sp.), Australia; Plectropterus (2 sp.), Tropical Africa;
Sarkidiornis (1 sp.), South America, Africa, and India; Chenalopex (1 sp.),
Amazonia; Callochen (1 sp.), South Europe, North, East, and South Africa;
Cereopsis (1 sp.), Australia; Anser (13 sp.), Palæarctic and Nearctic regions
to Central America and the Antilles; Bernicla (12 sp.), Temperate regions of
the Northern and Southern Hemispheres; Chloephaga (5 sp.), South
Temperate America and Aleutian Islands; Nettapus (4 sp.), Tropical Africa
and Madagascar, India and Ceylon to Malaya and Australia; Cygnus (10
sp.), Temperate regions of the Northern and Southern Hemispheres;
Dendrocygna (10 sp.), Tropical and sub-tropical regions; Tadorna (3 sp.),
Palæarctic and Australian regions; Casarca (5 sp.), Palæarctic, Oriental,
Ethiopian, and Australian regions, to New Zealand; Aix (2 sp.), Temperate
North America and Eastern Asia; Mareca (4 sp.), Palæarctic region, North
America, Temperate South America, and Australia; Dafila (3 sp.), all
more sedentary groups of birds.
Order IX.—ANSERES.
Family 118.—ANATIDÆ. (40 Genera, 180 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Anatidæ, comprehending the Ducks, Geese, and Swans with their allies,
are of such universal distribution that there is probably no part of the globe
where some of them are not occasionally found. They are, however, most
abundant in temperate and cold regions; and, contrary to what occurs in
most other families, the most beautifully-coloured species are extra-tropical,
and some even arctic. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Anseranas (1 sp.), Australia; Plectropterus (2 sp.), Tropical Africa;
Sarkidiornis (1 sp.), South America, Africa, and India; Chenalopex (1 sp.),
Amazonia; Callochen (1 sp.), South Europe, North, East, and South Africa;
Cereopsis (1 sp.), Australia; Anser (13 sp.), Palæarctic and Nearctic regions
to Central America and the Antilles; Bernicla (12 sp.), Temperate regions of
the Northern and Southern Hemispheres; Chloephaga (5 sp.), South
Temperate America and Aleutian Islands; Nettapus (4 sp.), Tropical Africa
and Madagascar, India and Ceylon to Malaya and Australia; Cygnus (10
sp.), Temperate regions of the Northern and Southern Hemispheres;
Dendrocygna (10 sp.), Tropical and sub-tropical regions; Tadorna (3 sp.),
Palæarctic and Australian regions; Casarca (5 sp.), Palæarctic, Oriental,
Ethiopian, and Australian regions, to New Zealand; Aix (2 sp.), Temperate
North America and Eastern Asia; Mareca (4 sp.), Palæarctic region, North
America, Temperate South America, and Australia; Dafila (3 sp.), all
Page 453
America and the Palæarctic region; Anas (16 sp.), cosmopolitan;
Querquedula (17 sp.), cosmopolitan; Chaulelasmus (2 sp.), Palæarctic
region and North America; Spatula (5 sp.), all Temperate regions;
Malacorhynchus (1 sp.), Australia; Cairina (1 sp.), Tropical South America;
Branta (1 sp.), Palæarctic region and India; Fuligula (5 sp.), North
Temperate regions and New Zealand; Æthya (5 sp.), Palæarctic and Nearctic
regions, India, Australia, and South Africa; Metopiana (1 sp.), South
Temperate America; Bucephala (4 sp.), Nearctic and Palæarctic regions;
Harelda (2 sp.), Northern Palæartic and Nearctic regions; Hymenolaimus (1
sp.), New Zealand; Camptolaimus (1 sp.), North-east of North America;
Micropterus (1 sp.), Temperate South America; Somateria (5 sp.), Arctic
and sub-arctic regions; Œdemia (5 sp.), Nearctic and Palæarctic regions;
Biziura (1 sp.), Australia; Thalassornis (1 sp.), South Africa; Erismatura (6
sp.), all America, South-east Europe and South Africa; Nesonetta (1 sp.),
Auckland Islands; Merganetta (3 sp.), Andes of Columbia to Chili; Mergus
(6 sp.), Palæarctic and Nearctic regions, Brazil, and the Auckland Islands.
Family 119.—LARIDÆ. (13 Genera, 132 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Laridæ, or Gulls and Terns, are true cosmopolites, inhabiting the shores
and islands of every zone; and most of the genera have also a wide range.
They are therefore of little use in the study of geographical distribution. The
genera are as follows:—
Stercorarius (6 sp.), cosmopolitan, most abundant in cold and temperate
zones; Rhodostethia (1 sp), North America; Larus (60 sp.), cosmopolitan;
Xema (1 sp.), North Temperate zone; Creagrus (1 sp.), North Pacific;
Pagophila (1 sp.), Arctic seas; Rissa (3 sp.), Arctic and Northern seas;
Querquedula (17 sp.), cosmopolitan; Chaulelasmus (2 sp.), Palæarctic
region and North America; Spatula (5 sp.), all Temperate regions;
Malacorhynchus (1 sp.), Australia; Cairina (1 sp.), Tropical South America;
Branta (1 sp.), Palæarctic region and India; Fuligula (5 sp.), North
Temperate regions and New Zealand; Æthya (5 sp.), Palæarctic and Nearctic
regions, India, Australia, and South Africa; Metopiana (1 sp.), South
Temperate America; Bucephala (4 sp.), Nearctic and Palæarctic regions;
Harelda (2 sp.), Northern Palæartic and Nearctic regions; Hymenolaimus (1
sp.), New Zealand; Camptolaimus (1 sp.), North-east of North America;
Micropterus (1 sp.), Temperate South America; Somateria (5 sp.), Arctic
and sub-arctic regions; Œdemia (5 sp.), Nearctic and Palæarctic regions;
Biziura (1 sp.), Australia; Thalassornis (1 sp.), South Africa; Erismatura (6
sp.), all America, South-east Europe and South Africa; Nesonetta (1 sp.),
Auckland Islands; Merganetta (3 sp.), Andes of Columbia to Chili; Mergus
(6 sp.), Palæarctic and Nearctic regions, Brazil, and the Auckland Islands.
Family 119.—LARIDÆ. (13 Genera, 132 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Laridæ, or Gulls and Terns, are true cosmopolites, inhabiting the shores
and islands of every zone; and most of the genera have also a wide range.
They are therefore of little use in the study of geographical distribution. The
genera are as follows:—
Stercorarius (6 sp.), cosmopolitan, most abundant in cold and temperate
zones; Rhodostethia (1 sp), North America; Larus (60 sp.), cosmopolitan;
Xema (1 sp.), North Temperate zone; Creagrus (1 sp.), North Pacific;
Pagophila (1 sp.), Arctic seas; Rissa (3 sp.), Arctic and Northern seas;
Page 454
Sterna (36 sp.), cosmopolitan; Hydrochelidon (12 sp.), Tropical and
Temperate zones; Gygis (1 sp.), Indian Ocean and Tropical Pacific Islands;
Anous (6 sp.), Tropical and Temperate zones; Nænia (1 sp.), South
Temperate America; Rhynchops (3 sp.), Tropical America, Africa, and India.
Family 120.—PROCELLARIIDÆ. (6 Genera, 96 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Procellariidæ, comprising the Shearwaters, Petrels, and Albatrosses, are
universally distributed, but some of the genera are local.
Puffinus (20 sp.), Procellaria (18 sp.), and Fulmarus (40 sp.), are
cosmopolitan; Prion (5 sp.) and Pelecanoides (3 sp.), belong to the South
Temperate and Antarctic regions; Diomedia (10 sp.), comprises the
Albatrosses, which are tropical, occasionally wandering into temperate seas.
Family 121.—PELECANIDÆ. (6 Genera, 61 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Pelecanidæ, comprising the Gannets, Pelicans, Darters, and Frigate-
Birds, although universally distributed, are more abundant in tropical and
Temperate zones; Gygis (1 sp.), Indian Ocean and Tropical Pacific Islands;
Anous (6 sp.), Tropical and Temperate zones; Nænia (1 sp.), South
Temperate America; Rhynchops (3 sp.), Tropical America, Africa, and India.
Family 120.—PROCELLARIIDÆ. (6 Genera, 96 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Procellariidæ, comprising the Shearwaters, Petrels, and Albatrosses, are
universally distributed, but some of the genera are local.
Puffinus (20 sp.), Procellaria (18 sp.), and Fulmarus (40 sp.), are
cosmopolitan; Prion (5 sp.) and Pelecanoides (3 sp.), belong to the South
Temperate and Antarctic regions; Diomedia (10 sp.), comprises the
Albatrosses, which are tropical, occasionally wandering into temperate seas.
Family 121.—PELECANIDÆ. (6 Genera, 61 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Pelecanidæ, comprising the Gannets, Pelicans, Darters, and Frigate-
Birds, although universally distributed, are more abundant in tropical and
Page 455
temperate regions.
Sula (8 sp.) and Phalacrocorax (35 sp.), are cosmopolitan; Pelecanus (9 sp.)
is tropical and temperate; Fregetta (2 sp.) and Phaeton (3 sp.) are confined
to Tropical seas; Ptotus (4 sp.) to Tropical and warm Temperate zones.
Family 122.—SPHENISCIDÆ. (3 Genera, 18 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— ——3 ——— —2—4
— — — —
The Penguins are entirely confined to the Antarctic and South Temperate
regions, except two species which are found on the coast of Peru and the
Galapagos. They are most plentiful in the southern parts of South America,
Australia, New Zealand, and most of the Antarctic islands, and one or two
species are found at the Cape of Good Hope. The genera as given in the
Hand List are:—
Spheniscus (1 sp.), South Africa and Cape Horn; Eudyptes (15 sp.), with the
range of the family; Aptenodytes (2 sp.), Antarctic Islands.
Family 123.—COLYMBIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Sula (8 sp.) and Phalacrocorax (35 sp.), are cosmopolitan; Pelecanus (9 sp.)
is tropical and temperate; Fregetta (2 sp.) and Phaeton (3 sp.) are confined
to Tropical seas; Ptotus (4 sp.) to Tropical and warm Temperate zones.
Family 122.—SPHENISCIDÆ. (3 Genera, 18 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— ——3 ——— —2—4
— — — —
The Penguins are entirely confined to the Antarctic and South Temperate
regions, except two species which are found on the coast of Peru and the
Galapagos. They are most plentiful in the southern parts of South America,
Australia, New Zealand, and most of the Antarctic islands, and one or two
species are found at the Cape of Good Hope. The genera as given in the
Hand List are:—
Spheniscus (1 sp.), South Africa and Cape Horn; Eudyptes (15 sp.), with the
range of the family; Aptenodytes (2 sp.), Antarctic Islands.
Family 123.—COLYMBIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 456
——— ——— 1 — 3. 4 ——— ——— ———
— 4 — — —
The Northern Divers are confined to the Arctic and North Temperate Seas.
The only genus, Colymbus, has one species confined to the West Coast of
North America, the others being common to the two northern continents.
Family 124.—PODICIPIDÆ. (2 Genera, 33 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Grebes are universally distributed. The genera are Podiceps (26 sp.),
cosmopolitan; and Podilymbus (2 sp.), confined to North and South
America. Some ornithologists group these birds with the Colymbidæ.
Family 125.—ALCIDÆ. (7 Genera, 28 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1——4 1 — 3. 4 ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Alcidæ, comprising the Auks, Guillemots, and Puffins, are confined to
the North Temperate and Arctic regions, where they represent the Penguins
— 4 — — —
The Northern Divers are confined to the Arctic and North Temperate Seas.
The only genus, Colymbus, has one species confined to the West Coast of
North America, the others being common to the two northern continents.
Family 124.—PODICIPIDÆ. (2 Genera, 33 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Grebes are universally distributed. The genera are Podiceps (26 sp.),
cosmopolitan; and Podilymbus (2 sp.), confined to North and South
America. Some ornithologists group these birds with the Colymbidæ.
Family 125.—ALCIDÆ. (7 Genera, 28 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— 1——4 1 — 3. 4 ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Alcidæ, comprising the Auks, Guillemots, and Puffins, are confined to
the North Temperate and Arctic regions, where they represent the Penguins
Page 457
of the Antarctic lands. One of the most remarkable of these birds, the Great
Auk, formerly abundant in the North Atlantic, is now extinct. The genera are
as follows:—
Alca (2 sp.), North Atlantic and Arctic seas; Fratercula (4 sp.), Arctic and
North Temperate zones; Ceratorhina (2 sp.), North Pacific; Simorhynchus (8
sp.), North Pacific; Brachyrhamphus (3 sp.), North Pacific to Japan and
Lower California; Uria (8 sp.), Arctic and North Temperate zones; Mergulus
(1 sp.), North Atlantic and Arctic Seas. The last three genera constitute the
family Uriidæ, of some ornithologists.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Anseres.
The Anseres, or Swimmers, being truly aquatic birds, possess, as might be
expected, a large number of cosmopolitan families and genera. No less than
5 out of the 8 families have a world-wide distribution, and the others are
characteristic either of the North or the South Temperate zones. Hence arises
a peculiarity of distribution to be found in no other order of birds; the
Temperate being richer than the Tropical regions. The Nearctic and
Palæarctic regions each have seven families of Anseres, two of which, the
Colymbidæ and Alcidæ, are peculiar to them. The Ethiopian, Australian, and
Neotropical regions, which all extend into the South Temperate zone, have
six families, with one peculiar to them; while the Oriental region, which is
wholly tropical, possesses the five cosmopolitan families only.
There are about 78 genera and 552 species of Anseres, giving 69 species to a
family, a high number compared with the Waders, and due to there being
only one very small family, the Colymbidæ. The distribution of the Anseres,
being more determined by temperature than by barriers, the great regions
which are so well indicated by the genera and families of most other orders
of birds, hardly limit these, except in the case of the genera of Anatidæ.
Order X.—STRUTHIONES.
Family 126.—STRUTHIONIDÆ. (2 Genera, 4 Species.)
Auk, formerly abundant in the North Atlantic, is now extinct. The genera are
as follows:—
Alca (2 sp.), North Atlantic and Arctic seas; Fratercula (4 sp.), Arctic and
North Temperate zones; Ceratorhina (2 sp.), North Pacific; Simorhynchus (8
sp.), North Pacific; Brachyrhamphus (3 sp.), North Pacific to Japan and
Lower California; Uria (8 sp.), Arctic and North Temperate zones; Mergulus
(1 sp.), North Atlantic and Arctic Seas. The last three genera constitute the
family Uriidæ, of some ornithologists.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Anseres.
The Anseres, or Swimmers, being truly aquatic birds, possess, as might be
expected, a large number of cosmopolitan families and genera. No less than
5 out of the 8 families have a world-wide distribution, and the others are
characteristic either of the North or the South Temperate zones. Hence arises
a peculiarity of distribution to be found in no other order of birds; the
Temperate being richer than the Tropical regions. The Nearctic and
Palæarctic regions each have seven families of Anseres, two of which, the
Colymbidæ and Alcidæ, are peculiar to them. The Ethiopian, Australian, and
Neotropical regions, which all extend into the South Temperate zone, have
six families, with one peculiar to them; while the Oriental region, which is
wholly tropical, possesses the five cosmopolitan families only.
There are about 78 genera and 552 species of Anseres, giving 69 species to a
family, a high number compared with the Waders, and due to there being
only one very small family, the Colymbidæ. The distribution of the Anseres,
being more determined by temperature than by barriers, the great regions
which are so well indicated by the genera and families of most other orders
of birds, hardly limit these, except in the case of the genera of Anatidæ.
Order X.—STRUTHIONES.
Family 126.—STRUTHIONIDÆ. (2 Genera, 4 Species.)
Page 458
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— ——— —2— 1—3— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Ostriches consist of two genera, sometimes formed into distinct
families. Struthio (2 sp.) inhabits the desert regions of North, East, and
South Africa, as well as Arabia and Syria. It therefore just enters the
Palæarctic region. Rhea (3 sp.) inhabits Temperate South America, from
Patagonia to the confines of Brazil.
Family 127.—CASUARIIDÆ. (2 Genera, 11 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
The Cassowaries and Emeus are confined to the Australian region. The
Emeus, Dromæus (2 sp.), are found only on the main-land of Australia
(Plate XII. Vol. I. p. 441). Casuarius (9 sp.) inhabits the islands from Ceram
to New Britain, with one species in North Australia; it is most abundant in
the Papuan Islands.
Family 128.—APTERYGIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1—— ——— —2— 1—3— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Ostriches consist of two genera, sometimes formed into distinct
families. Struthio (2 sp.) inhabits the desert regions of North, East, and
South Africa, as well as Arabia and Syria. It therefore just enters the
Palæarctic region. Rhea (3 sp.) inhabits Temperate South America, from
Patagonia to the confines of Brazil.
Family 127.—CASUARIIDÆ. (2 Genera, 11 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — — —
The Cassowaries and Emeus are confined to the Australian region. The
Emeus, Dromæus (2 sp.), are found only on the main-land of Australia
(Plate XII. Vol. I. p. 441). Casuarius (9 sp.) inhabits the islands from Ceram
to New Britain, with one species in North Australia; it is most abundant in
the Papuan Islands.
Family 128.—APTERYGIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 459
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — 4
The species of Apteryx are entirely confined to the two larger islands of
New Zealand. They are supposed to have some remote affinity with
Ocydromus, a genus of Rails peculiar to Australia and New Zealand; but
they undoubtedly form one of the most remarkable groups of living birds
(Plate XIII. Vol. I. p. 445).
Struthious Birds recently extinct.
A number of sub-fossil remains of birds, mostly large and some of gigantic
size, having affinities to the Apteryx and, less closely, to the Cassowaries,
have been discovered in New Zealand. These are all classed by Professor
Owen in the genus Dinornis and family Dinornithidæ; but Dr. Haast, from
the study of the rich collections in the Canterbury (New Zealand) Museum,
is convinced that they belong to two distinct families and several genera.
His arrangement is as follows. (See Ibis, 1874, p. 209).
Family 129.—DINORNITHIDÆ. (2 Genera, 7 Species.)
Dinornis (5 sp.); Meionornis (2 sp.).
These had no hind toe, and include the largest species. Professor Newton
thinks that they were absolutely wingless, being the only birds in which the
fore limbs are entirely wanting.
Family 130.—PALAPTERYGIDÆ. (2 Genera, 4 Species.)
Palapteryx (2 sp.); Euryapteryx (2 sp.).
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — 4
The species of Apteryx are entirely confined to the two larger islands of
New Zealand. They are supposed to have some remote affinity with
Ocydromus, a genus of Rails peculiar to Australia and New Zealand; but
they undoubtedly form one of the most remarkable groups of living birds
(Plate XIII. Vol. I. p. 445).
Struthious Birds recently extinct.
A number of sub-fossil remains of birds, mostly large and some of gigantic
size, having affinities to the Apteryx and, less closely, to the Cassowaries,
have been discovered in New Zealand. These are all classed by Professor
Owen in the genus Dinornis and family Dinornithidæ; but Dr. Haast, from
the study of the rich collections in the Canterbury (New Zealand) Museum,
is convinced that they belong to two distinct families and several genera.
His arrangement is as follows. (See Ibis, 1874, p. 209).
Family 129.—DINORNITHIDÆ. (2 Genera, 7 Species.)
Dinornis (5 sp.); Meionornis (2 sp.).
These had no hind toe, and include the largest species. Professor Newton
thinks that they were absolutely wingless, being the only birds in which the
fore limbs are entirely wanting.
Family 130.—PALAPTERYGIDÆ. (2 Genera, 4 Species.)
Palapteryx (2 sp.); Euryapteryx (2 sp.).
Page 460
These had a well-developed hind toe, and rudimentary wings.
Family 131.—ÆPYORNITHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
A gigantic Struthious bird (Æpyornis), belonging to a distinct family,
inhabited Madagascar.
It was first made known by its enormous eggs, eight times the bulk of those
of the ostrich, which were found in a sub-fossil condition. Considerable
portions of skeletons have since been discovered, showing that these huge
birds formed an altogether peculiar family of the order.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Struthiones.
With the exception of the Ostrich, which has spread northward into the
Palæarctic region, the Struthious birds, living and extinct, are confined to
the Southern hemisphere, each continent having its peculiar forms. It is a
remarkable fact that the two most nearly allied genera, Struthio and Rhea,
should be found in Africa and South Temperate America respectively.
Equally remarkable is the development of these large forms of wingless
birds in Australia and the adjacent islands, and especially in New Zealand,
where we have evidence which renders it probable that about 20 species
recently coexisted. This points to the conclusion that New Zealand must, not
long since, have formed a much more extensive land, and that the
diminution of its area by subsidence has been one of the causes—and
perhaps the main one—in bringing about the extinction of many of the
larger species of these wingless birds.
The wide distribution of the Struthiones may, as we have already suggested
(Vol. I., p. 287.), be best explained, by supposing them to represent a very
ancient type of bird, developed at a time when the more specialized
carnivorous mammalia had not come into existence, and preserved only in
those areas which were long free from the incursions of such dangerous
enemies. The discovery of Struthious remains in Europe in the Lower
Eocene only, supports this view; for at this time carnivora were few and of
Family 131.—ÆPYORNITHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
A gigantic Struthious bird (Æpyornis), belonging to a distinct family,
inhabited Madagascar.
It was first made known by its enormous eggs, eight times the bulk of those
of the ostrich, which were found in a sub-fossil condition. Considerable
portions of skeletons have since been discovered, showing that these huge
birds formed an altogether peculiar family of the order.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Struthiones.
With the exception of the Ostrich, which has spread northward into the
Palæarctic region, the Struthious birds, living and extinct, are confined to
the Southern hemisphere, each continent having its peculiar forms. It is a
remarkable fact that the two most nearly allied genera, Struthio and Rhea,
should be found in Africa and South Temperate America respectively.
Equally remarkable is the development of these large forms of wingless
birds in Australia and the adjacent islands, and especially in New Zealand,
where we have evidence which renders it probable that about 20 species
recently coexisted. This points to the conclusion that New Zealand must, not
long since, have formed a much more extensive land, and that the
diminution of its area by subsidence has been one of the causes—and
perhaps the main one—in bringing about the extinction of many of the
larger species of these wingless birds.
The wide distribution of the Struthiones may, as we have already suggested
(Vol. I., p. 287.), be best explained, by supposing them to represent a very
ancient type of bird, developed at a time when the more specialized
carnivorous mammalia had not come into existence, and preserved only in
those areas which were long free from the incursions of such dangerous
enemies. The discovery of Struthious remains in Europe in the Lower
Eocene only, supports this view; for at this time carnivora were few and of
Page 461
generalized type, and had probably not acquired sufficient speed and
activity to enable them to exterminate powerful and quick-running terrestrial
birds. It is, however, at a much more remote epoch that we may expect to
find the remains of the earlier forms of this group; while these Eocene birds
may perhaps represent that ancestral wide-spread type which, when isolated
in remoter continents and islands, became modified into the American and
African ostriches, the Emeus and Cassowaries of Australia, the Dinornis and
Æpyornis of New Zealand.
activity to enable them to exterminate powerful and quick-running terrestrial
birds. It is, however, at a much more remote epoch that we may expect to
find the remains of the earlier forms of this group; while these Eocene birds
may perhaps represent that ancestral wide-spread type which, when isolated
in remoter continents and islands, became modified into the American and
African ostriches, the Emeus and Cassowaries of Australia, the Dinornis and
Æpyornis of New Zealand.
Page 462
CHAPTER XIX.
T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N O F T H E FA M I L I E S A N D G E N E R A O F
REPTILES AND AMPHIBIA.
REPTILIA.
Order I.—OPHIDIA.
Family 1.—TYPHLOPIDÆ.—(4 Genera, 70 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
—
The Typhlopidæ, or Blind Burrowing Snakes, are widely scattered over the
warmer regions of the earth, but are most abundant in the Oriental and
Australian regions, and least so in the Neotropical. They are absent from the
Nearctic region; and in the Palæarctic are found only in South-eastern
Europe and Japan.
The most extensive genus is Typhlops, comprising over 60 species, and
having a range almost as extensive as the entire family. The other well
characterised genera are:—
Typhlina (1 sp.), ranging from Penang to Java and Hong Kong; Typhline (1
sp.), the Cape of Good Hope; Dibamus (1 sp.), New Guinea.
Family 2.—TORTRICIDÆ. (3 Genera, 5 Species.)
T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N O F T H E FA M I L I E S A N D G E N E R A O F
REPTILES AND AMPHIBIA.
REPTILIA.
Order I.—OPHIDIA.
Family 1.—TYPHLOPIDÆ.—(4 Genera, 70 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
—
The Typhlopidæ, or Blind Burrowing Snakes, are widely scattered over the
warmer regions of the earth, but are most abundant in the Oriental and
Australian regions, and least so in the Neotropical. They are absent from the
Nearctic region; and in the Palæarctic are found only in South-eastern
Europe and Japan.
The most extensive genus is Typhlops, comprising over 60 species, and
having a range almost as extensive as the entire family. The other well
characterised genera are:—
Typhlina (1 sp.), ranging from Penang to Java and Hong Kong; Typhline (1
sp.), the Cape of Good Hope; Dibamus (1 sp.), New Guinea.
Family 2.—TORTRICIDÆ. (3 Genera, 5 Species.)
Page 463
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1—— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — — —
The Tortricidæ, or Short-tailed Burrowing Snakes, are a small family, one
portion of which ranges from India to Cambodja, and through the Malay
islands as far as Celebes and Timor; these form the genus Cylindrophis.
Another portion inhabits America, and consists of:—
Charina (1 sp.), found in California and British Columbia; and Tortrix (1
sp.), in Tropical America.
We have here a case of discontinuous distribution, indicating, either very
imperfect knowledge of the group, or that it is the remnant of a once
extensive family, on the road to extinction.
Family 3.—XENOPELTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 1——
— — — — —
The curious nocturnal carnivorous Snake, forming the genus Xenopeltis, and
the sole representative of this family, ranges from Penang to Cambodja, and
through the Malay Islands to Celebes.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1—— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — — —
The Tortricidæ, or Short-tailed Burrowing Snakes, are a small family, one
portion of which ranges from India to Cambodja, and through the Malay
islands as far as Celebes and Timor; these form the genus Cylindrophis.
Another portion inhabits America, and consists of:—
Charina (1 sp.), found in California and British Columbia; and Tortrix (1
sp.), in Tropical America.
We have here a case of discontinuous distribution, indicating, either very
imperfect knowledge of the group, or that it is the remnant of a once
extensive family, on the road to extinction.
Family 3.—XENOPELTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 1——
— — — — —
The curious nocturnal carnivorous Snake, forming the genus Xenopeltis, and
the sole representative of this family, ranges from Penang to Cambodja, and
through the Malay Islands to Celebes.
Page 464
Family 4.—UROPELTIDÆ. (5 Genera, 18 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— —2— ———
— — — — — —
The Uropeltidæ, or Rough-tailed Burrowing Snakes, are strictly confined to
Ceylon and the adjacent parts of Southern India, and would almost alone
serve to mark out our second Oriental sub-region. The genera are:—
Rhinophis (7 sp.), Ceylon; Uropeltis (1 sp.), Ceylon; Silybura (8 sp.),
Anamally Hills and Neilgherries; Plecturus (3 sp.), Neilgherries and
Madras; and Melanophidium (1 sp.), the Wynand.
Family 5.—CALAMARIIDÆ. (32 Genera, 75 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — —2— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
—
The Calamariidæ, or Dwarf Ground Snakes, are found in all warm parts of
the globe, extending north into the United States as far as British Columbia
and Lake Superior; but they are absent from the Palæarctic region, with the
exception of a species found in Persia. The species are in a very confused
state. The best characterised genera are the following:—
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— —2— ———
— — — — — —
The Uropeltidæ, or Rough-tailed Burrowing Snakes, are strictly confined to
Ceylon and the adjacent parts of Southern India, and would almost alone
serve to mark out our second Oriental sub-region. The genera are:—
Rhinophis (7 sp.), Ceylon; Uropeltis (1 sp.), Ceylon; Silybura (8 sp.),
Anamally Hills and Neilgherries; Plecturus (3 sp.), Neilgherries and
Madras; and Melanophidium (1 sp.), the Wynand.
Family 5.—CALAMARIIDÆ. (32 Genera, 75 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — —2— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
—
The Calamariidæ, or Dwarf Ground Snakes, are found in all warm parts of
the globe, extending north into the United States as far as British Columbia
and Lake Superior; but they are absent from the Palæarctic region, with the
exception of a species found in Persia. The species are in a very confused
state. The best characterised genera are the following:—
Page 465
Calamaria (20 sp.), Persia, India to Java and the Philippine Islands,
Celebes, and New Guinea; Rhabdosoma (18 sp.), Mexico and South
America, and also the Malay Islands as far east as Amboyna, Timor, and
New Guinea; Typhlocalamus (1 sp.), Borneo; Macrocalamus (1 sp.), India;
Aspidura (3 sp.), India and Ceylon; Haplocerus (1 sp.), Ceylon;
Streptophorus (3 sp.), Central and South America;—with a host of others of
less importance or ill-defined.
Family 6.—OLIGODONTIDÆ. (4 Genera, 40 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——3 ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— 4 — —
The Oligodontidæ are a small family of Ground Snakes which have been
separated from the Calamariidæ, and, with the exception of a few species,
are confined to the Oriental region. The best characterised genera are:—
Oligodon (12 sp.), India, Ceylon, and Philippines; and, Simotes (24 sp.),
India to China and Borneo. In addition to these, Achalinus is founded on a
single species from Japan; and Teleolepis consists of three species from
North and South America.
Family 7.—COLUBRIDÆ. (50 Genera, 270 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Celebes, and New Guinea; Rhabdosoma (18 sp.), Mexico and South
America, and also the Malay Islands as far east as Amboyna, Timor, and
New Guinea; Typhlocalamus (1 sp.), Borneo; Macrocalamus (1 sp.), India;
Aspidura (3 sp.), India and Ceylon; Haplocerus (1 sp.), Ceylon;
Streptophorus (3 sp.), Central and South America;—with a host of others of
less importance or ill-defined.
Family 6.—OLIGODONTIDÆ. (4 Genera, 40 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——3 ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— 4 — —
The Oligodontidæ are a small family of Ground Snakes which have been
separated from the Calamariidæ, and, with the exception of a few species,
are confined to the Oriental region. The best characterised genera are:—
Oligodon (12 sp.), India, Ceylon, and Philippines; and, Simotes (24 sp.),
India to China and Borneo. In addition to these, Achalinus is founded on a
single species from Japan; and Teleolepis consists of three species from
North and South America.
Family 7.—COLUBRIDÆ. (50 Genera, 270 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 466
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
The Colubrine Snakes are universally distributed over the globe, and they
reach the extreme northern limits of the order. They are, however, almost
absent from Australia, being there represented only by a few species of
Tropidonotus and Coronella in the northern and eastern districts. This great
family consists of four divisions or sub-families: the Coronellinæ (20
genera, 100 species), the Colubrinæ (16 genera, 70 species), the Dryadinæ
(7 genera, 50 species), and the Natricinæ (7 genera, 50 species). The more
important genera of Colubridæ are the following:—
Ablabes, Coronella, Ptyas, Coluber, and Tropidonotus—all have a very
wide distribution, but the two last are absent from South America, although
Tropidonotus reaches Guatemala; Tomodon, Xenodon, Liopis, Stenorhina,
Erythrolampus, Elapochrus, Callirhinus, Enophrys, and Dromicus—are
confined to the Neotropical region; Hypsirhynchus, Cryptodacus, Jaltris,
and Coloragia, are confined to the West Indian Islands; Chilomeniscus,
Conophis, Pituophis, and Ischcognathus, to North America, the latter going
as far south as Guatemala; Compsosoma, Zamenis, Zaocys, Atretium,
Xenochrophys, and Herpetoreas, are peculiarly Oriental, but Zamenis
extends into South Europe; Lytorhynchus, Rhamnophis, Herpetethiops and
Grayia, are Ethiopian; Rhinechis is peculiar to Europe; Megablabes to
Celebes, and Styporhynchus to Gilolo; Cyclophis, is found in the Oriental
region, Japan, and North America; Spilotes, in the Nearctic and Neotropical
regions; Xenelaphis in the Oriental, Ethiopian, and Palæarctic regions;
Philodryas, Heterodon and Herpetodryas in America and Madagascar, the
latter genus being also found in China.
Family 8.—HOMALOPSIDÆ. (24 Genera, 50 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
The Colubrine Snakes are universally distributed over the globe, and they
reach the extreme northern limits of the order. They are, however, almost
absent from Australia, being there represented only by a few species of
Tropidonotus and Coronella in the northern and eastern districts. This great
family consists of four divisions or sub-families: the Coronellinæ (20
genera, 100 species), the Colubrinæ (16 genera, 70 species), the Dryadinæ
(7 genera, 50 species), and the Natricinæ (7 genera, 50 species). The more
important genera of Colubridæ are the following:—
Ablabes, Coronella, Ptyas, Coluber, and Tropidonotus—all have a very
wide distribution, but the two last are absent from South America, although
Tropidonotus reaches Guatemala; Tomodon, Xenodon, Liopis, Stenorhina,
Erythrolampus, Elapochrus, Callirhinus, Enophrys, and Dromicus—are
confined to the Neotropical region; Hypsirhynchus, Cryptodacus, Jaltris,
and Coloragia, are confined to the West Indian Islands; Chilomeniscus,
Conophis, Pituophis, and Ischcognathus, to North America, the latter going
as far south as Guatemala; Compsosoma, Zamenis, Zaocys, Atretium,
Xenochrophys, and Herpetoreas, are peculiarly Oriental, but Zamenis
extends into South Europe; Lytorhynchus, Rhamnophis, Herpetethiops and
Grayia, are Ethiopian; Rhinechis is peculiar to Europe; Megablabes to
Celebes, and Styporhynchus to Gilolo; Cyclophis, is found in the Oriental
region, Japan, and North America; Spilotes, in the Nearctic and Neotropical
regions; Xenelaphis in the Oriental, Ethiopian, and Palæarctic regions;
Philodryas, Heterodon and Herpetodryas in America and Madagascar, the
latter genus being also found in China.
Family 8.—HOMALOPSIDÆ. (24 Genera, 50 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 467
1—3— ——3 — 2. 3. 4 —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Homalopsidæ, or Fresh-water Snakes, have been separated from the
Hydridæ by Dr. Günther, and they include some groups which have been
usually classed with the Natricinæ. They are especially characteristic of the
Oriental region, where considerably more than half the genera and species
are found; next comes the Neotropical region which has 6 species; while
none of the other regions have more than 4 or 5. It is to be observed that the
Ethiopian species occur in West Africa only, and mostly constitute peculiar
genera, so that in this family the separation of the Ethiopian and Oriental
regions is very well marked. The best characterised genera of the family are
the following:—
Cantoria (10 sp.), ranging from Europe to Japan, the Philippines, and Timor,
with one species in Guinea; Hypsirhina (6 sp.), Bengal, China, and Borneo;
Fordonia (3 sp.), Rangoon to Borneo and Timor; Homalopsis (2 sp.),
Cambodja to Java; Cerberus (2 sp.), Ceylon and Siam, the Malay Islands,
New Guinea, and North Australia; Herpeton (1 sp.), Siam; Ferania (1 sp.),
Bengal to Penang; Pythonopsis (1 sp.), Borneo; Myron (2 sp.), India and
North Australia; Homalophis (1 sp.), Borneo; Hipistes (1 sp.), Penang;
Xenodermus (1 sp.), Java; Neusterophis and Limnophis, with one species
each, are peculiar to West Africa; Helicops (2 sp.), North and South
America; Farancia and Dimodes, with one species each, are from New
Orleans; and a few others imperfectly known from Tropical America.
Family 9.—PSAMMOPHIDÆ. (5 Genera, 20 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— —
The Homalopsidæ, or Fresh-water Snakes, have been separated from the
Hydridæ by Dr. Günther, and they include some groups which have been
usually classed with the Natricinæ. They are especially characteristic of the
Oriental region, where considerably more than half the genera and species
are found; next comes the Neotropical region which has 6 species; while
none of the other regions have more than 4 or 5. It is to be observed that the
Ethiopian species occur in West Africa only, and mostly constitute peculiar
genera, so that in this family the separation of the Ethiopian and Oriental
regions is very well marked. The best characterised genera of the family are
the following:—
Cantoria (10 sp.), ranging from Europe to Japan, the Philippines, and Timor,
with one species in Guinea; Hypsirhina (6 sp.), Bengal, China, and Borneo;
Fordonia (3 sp.), Rangoon to Borneo and Timor; Homalopsis (2 sp.),
Cambodja to Java; Cerberus (2 sp.), Ceylon and Siam, the Malay Islands,
New Guinea, and North Australia; Herpeton (1 sp.), Siam; Ferania (1 sp.),
Bengal to Penang; Pythonopsis (1 sp.), Borneo; Myron (2 sp.), India and
North Australia; Homalophis (1 sp.), Borneo; Hipistes (1 sp.), Penang;
Xenodermus (1 sp.), Java; Neusterophis and Limnophis, with one species
each, are peculiar to West Africa; Helicops (2 sp.), North and South
America; Farancia and Dimodes, with one species each, are from New
Orleans; and a few others imperfectly known from Tropical America.
Family 9.—PSAMMOPHIDÆ. (5 Genera, 20 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 468
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1 — 3. 4 ———
— — — —
The Psammophidæ, or Desert Snakes, are a small group characteristic of the
Ethiopian and Oriental regions, but more abundant in the former. The
distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Psammophis (16 sp.), ranges from West Africa to Persia and Calcutta;
Cœlopeltis (1 sp.), North and West Africa; Mimophis (1 sp.), Madagascar;
Psammodynastes (2 sp.), Sikhim to Cochin China, Borneo and the
Philippine Islands; and Dromophis (1 sp.), Tropical Africa.
Family 10.—RACHIODONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— — 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
The Rachiodontidæ are a small and very isolated group of snakes of
doubtful affinities. The only genus, Dasypeltis (2 sp.), is confined to West
and South Africa.
Family 11.—DENDROPHIDÆ. (7 Genera, 35 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— — — —
The Psammophidæ, or Desert Snakes, are a small group characteristic of the
Ethiopian and Oriental regions, but more abundant in the former. The
distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Psammophis (16 sp.), ranges from West Africa to Persia and Calcutta;
Cœlopeltis (1 sp.), North and West Africa; Mimophis (1 sp.), Madagascar;
Psammodynastes (2 sp.), Sikhim to Cochin China, Borneo and the
Philippine Islands; and Dromophis (1 sp.), Tropical Africa.
Family 10.—RACHIODONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— — 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
The Rachiodontidæ are a small and very isolated group of snakes of
doubtful affinities. The only genus, Dasypeltis (2 sp.), is confined to West
and South Africa.
Family 11.—DENDROPHIDÆ. (7 Genera, 35 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 469
1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Dendrophidæ, or Tree Snakes, are found in all the Tropical regions, but
are most abundant in the Oriental. The genera are distributed as follows:—
Dendrophis ranges from India and Ceylon to the Pelew Islands and North
Australia, and has one species in West Africa; Ahætulla is almost equally
divided between Tropical Africa and Tropical America; Gonyosoma ranges
from Persia to Java and the Philippines; Chrysopelea is found in India,
Borneo, the Philippines, Amboyna, and Mysol; Hapsidrophis and
Bucephalus are confined to Tropical Africa; and Ithycyphus (1 sp.), is
peculiar to Madagascar.
Family 12.—DRYIOPHIDÆ. (5 Genera, 15 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — —
The Dryiophidæ, or Whip Snakes, are a very well characterised family of
slender, green-coloured, arboreal serpents, found in the three tropical
regions but absent from Australia, although they just enter the Australian
region in the island of Celebes. In Africa they are confined to the West
Coast and Madagascar. The genera are:—
Dryiophis (4 sp.), Tropical America and West Africa; Tropidococcyx (1 sp.),
Central India; Tragops (4 sp.), Bengal to China, the Philippines, Java, and
— —
The Dendrophidæ, or Tree Snakes, are found in all the Tropical regions, but
are most abundant in the Oriental. The genera are distributed as follows:—
Dendrophis ranges from India and Ceylon to the Pelew Islands and North
Australia, and has one species in West Africa; Ahætulla is almost equally
divided between Tropical Africa and Tropical America; Gonyosoma ranges
from Persia to Java and the Philippines; Chrysopelea is found in India,
Borneo, the Philippines, Amboyna, and Mysol; Hapsidrophis and
Bucephalus are confined to Tropical Africa; and Ithycyphus (1 sp.), is
peculiar to Madagascar.
Family 12.—DRYIOPHIDÆ. (5 Genera, 15 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — —
The Dryiophidæ, or Whip Snakes, are a very well characterised family of
slender, green-coloured, arboreal serpents, found in the three tropical
regions but absent from Australia, although they just enter the Australian
region in the island of Celebes. In Africa they are confined to the West
Coast and Madagascar. The genera are:—
Dryiophis (4 sp.), Tropical America and West Africa; Tropidococcyx (1 sp.),
Central India; Tragops (4 sp.), Bengal to China, the Philippines, Java, and
Page 470
Celebes; Passerita (2 sp.), Ceylon and the Indian Peninsula; and Langaha (2
sp.), confined to Madagascar.
Family 13.—DIPSADIDÆ. (11 Genera, 45 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— —2— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Dipsadidæ, or Nocturnal Tree Snakes, are distinguished from the last
family by their dark colours and nocturnal habits. They are about equally
abundant in the Oriental and Neotropical regions, less so in the Ethiopian,
while only a single species extends to North Australia. The following are the
best known genera:—
Dipsas, comprising all the Oriental species with one in Asia-Minor, and a
few from the Moluccas, New Guinea, North Australia, West Africa, and
Tropical America; Thamnodyastes, Tropidodipsas, and several others, from
Tropical America; Dipsadoboa, from West Africa and Tropical America;
Leptodeira, from Tropical and South Africa, South America, and Mexico;
and Pythonodipsas, from Central Africa.
Family 14.—SCYTALIDÆ. (3 Genera, 10 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
sp.), confined to Madagascar.
Family 13.—DIPSADIDÆ. (11 Genera, 45 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— —2— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The Dipsadidæ, or Nocturnal Tree Snakes, are distinguished from the last
family by their dark colours and nocturnal habits. They are about equally
abundant in the Oriental and Neotropical regions, less so in the Ethiopian,
while only a single species extends to North Australia. The following are the
best known genera:—
Dipsas, comprising all the Oriental species with one in Asia-Minor, and a
few from the Moluccas, New Guinea, North Australia, West Africa, and
Tropical America; Thamnodyastes, Tropidodipsas, and several others, from
Tropical America; Dipsadoboa, from West Africa and Tropical America;
Leptodeira, from Tropical and South Africa, South America, and Mexico;
and Pythonodipsas, from Central Africa.
Family 14.—SCYTALIDÆ. (3 Genera, 10 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 471
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — 4 —
It is doubtful how far the three genera which constitute this family form a
natural assemblage. We can therefore draw no safe conclusions from the
peculiarity of their distribution—Scytale and Oxyrhopus being confined to
Tropical America; while Hologerrhum inhabits the Philippine Islands.
Family 15.—LYCODONTIDÆ. (11 Genera, 35 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — — —
The Lycodontidæ, or Fanged Ground Snakes, are confined to the Ethiopian
and Oriental regions, over the whole of which they range, except that they
are absent from Madagascar and extend eastward to New Guinea. The
genera have often a limited distribution:—
Lycodon ranges from India and Ceylon to China, the Philippines, and New
Guinea; Tetragonosoma, the Malay Peninsula and Islands; Leptorhytaon and
Ophites, India; Cercaspis, Ceylon; and Cyclocorus, the Philippines. The
African genera are Boædon, Lycophidion, Holuropholis, Simocephalus, and
Lamprophis, the latter being found only in South Africa. The species are
nearly equally abundant in both regions, but no genus is common to the two.
Family 16.—AMBLYCEPHALIDÆ. (5 Genera, 12 Species.)
— — — 4 —
It is doubtful how far the three genera which constitute this family form a
natural assemblage. We can therefore draw no safe conclusions from the
peculiarity of their distribution—Scytale and Oxyrhopus being confined to
Tropical America; while Hologerrhum inhabits the Philippine Islands.
Family 15.—LYCODONTIDÆ. (11 Genera, 35 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — — —
The Lycodontidæ, or Fanged Ground Snakes, are confined to the Ethiopian
and Oriental regions, over the whole of which they range, except that they
are absent from Madagascar and extend eastward to New Guinea. The
genera have often a limited distribution:—
Lycodon ranges from India and Ceylon to China, the Philippines, and New
Guinea; Tetragonosoma, the Malay Peninsula and Islands; Leptorhytaon and
Ophites, India; Cercaspis, Ceylon; and Cyclocorus, the Philippines. The
African genera are Boædon, Lycophidion, Holuropholis, Simocephalus, and
Lamprophis, the latter being found only in South Africa. The species are
nearly equally abundant in both regions, but no genus is common to the two.
Family 16.—AMBLYCEPHALIDÆ. (5 Genera, 12 Species.)
Page 472
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 — — 3?
— — — —
The Amblycephalidæ, or Blunt Heads, are very singularly distributed, being
nearly equally divided between Tropical America and the eastern half of the
Oriental region, as will be seen by the following statement of the
distribution of the genera:—
Amblycephalus (1 sp.), Malay Peninsula to Borneo and the Philippines;
Pareas (3 sp.), Assam, China, Java, and Borneo; Asthenodipsas (1 sp.),
Malacca; Leptognathus (6 sp.), Central and South America; and
Anoplodipsas (1 sp.), supposed to come from New Caledonia, and, if so,
furnishing a link, though a very imperfect one, between the disconnected
halves of the family.
Family 17.—PYTHONIDÆ. (21 Genera, 46 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1—— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— —
The Pythonidæ, comprising the Rock Snakes, Pythons, and Boas, are
confined to the tropics, with the exception of one species in California. They
are very abundant in the Neotropical region, where nearly half the known
species occur; the Australian region comes next, while the Oriental is the
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 — — 3?
— — — —
The Amblycephalidæ, or Blunt Heads, are very singularly distributed, being
nearly equally divided between Tropical America and the eastern half of the
Oriental region, as will be seen by the following statement of the
distribution of the genera:—
Amblycephalus (1 sp.), Malay Peninsula to Borneo and the Philippines;
Pareas (3 sp.), Assam, China, Java, and Borneo; Asthenodipsas (1 sp.),
Malacca; Leptognathus (6 sp.), Central and South America; and
Anoplodipsas (1 sp.), supposed to come from New Caledonia, and, if so,
furnishing a link, though a very imperfect one, between the disconnected
halves of the family.
Family 17.—PYTHONIDÆ. (21 Genera, 46 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1—— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— —
The Pythonidæ, comprising the Rock Snakes, Pythons, and Boas, are
confined to the tropics, with the exception of one species in California. They
are very abundant in the Neotropical region, where nearly half the known
species occur; the Australian region comes next, while the Oriental is the
Page 473
least prolific in these large serpents. The genera which have been described
are very numerous, but they are by no means well defined. The following
are the most important:—
Python is confined to the Oriental region; Morelia, Liasis, and Nardoa are
Australian and Papuan; Enygrus is found in the Moluccas, New Guinea and
the Fiji Islands; Hortulia is African; Sanzinia is peculiar to Madagascar;
Boa, Epicrates, Corallus, Ungalia, and Eunectes are Tropical American;
Chilabothrus is peculiar to Jamaica and Mexico; and Lichanotus to
California.
An extinct species belonging to this family has been found in the Brown-
coal formation of Germany, of Miocene age.
Family 18.—ERYCIDÆ. (3 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— —2— 1—3— ———
— — — — —
are very numerous, but they are by no means well defined. The following
are the most important:—
Python is confined to the Oriental region; Morelia, Liasis, and Nardoa are
Australian and Papuan; Enygrus is found in the Moluccas, New Guinea and
the Fiji Islands; Hortulia is African; Sanzinia is peculiar to Madagascar;
Boa, Epicrates, Corallus, Ungalia, and Eunectes are Tropical American;
Chilabothrus is peculiar to Jamaica and Mexico; and Lichanotus to
California.
An extinct species belonging to this family has been found in the Brown-
coal formation of Germany, of Miocene age.
Family 18.—ERYCIDÆ. (3 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— —2— 1—3— ———
— — — — —
Page 474
The Erycidæ, or Land Snakes, form a small but natural family, chiefly found
in the desert zone on the confines of the Palæarctic, Oriental, and Ethiopian
regions. They range from South Europe to West Africa and to Sikhim. The
three genera are distributed as follows:—
Cursoria (1 sp.), Afghanistan; Gongylophis (1 sp.), India and Sikhim; Eryx
(4 sp.), has the range of the entire family.
Family 19.—ACROCHORDIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— —2—4 1——
— — — — —
The Acrochordidæ, or Wart Snakes, form a small and isolated group, found
only in two sub-divisions of the Oriental region—the South Indian and the
Malayan, and in New Guinea.
Acrochordus, inhabits Penang, Singapore, and Borneo; Chersydrus,
Southern India and the Malay Peninsula, with a species recently discovered
in New Guinea.
Family 20.—ELAPIDÆ. (23 Genera, 100 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
in the desert zone on the confines of the Palæarctic, Oriental, and Ethiopian
regions. They range from South Europe to West Africa and to Sikhim. The
three genera are distributed as follows:—
Cursoria (1 sp.), Afghanistan; Gongylophis (1 sp.), India and Sikhim; Eryx
(4 sp.), has the range of the entire family.
Family 19.—ACROCHORDIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— —2—4 1——
— — — — —
The Acrochordidæ, or Wart Snakes, form a small and isolated group, found
only in two sub-divisions of the Oriental region—the South Indian and the
Malayan, and in New Guinea.
Acrochordus, inhabits Penang, Singapore, and Borneo; Chersydrus,
Southern India and the Malay Peninsula, with a species recently discovered
in New Guinea.
Family 20.—ELAPIDÆ. (23 Genera, 100 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 475
1. 2. 3 — ——3 ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— 4
The Elapidæ, or Terrestrial venomous Colubrine Snakes, are an extensive
group, spread over the tropics of the whole world, but especially abundant
in Australia, where half the known species occur, some of them being the
most deadly of venomous serpents. In the Oriental region they are also
abundant, containing amongst other forms, the well-known Cobras. The
American species are almost equally numerous, but they all belong to one
genus, and they are annulated with rings of various colours in a manner
quite distinct from any other members of this family. The genera, which are
all very distinct, are distributed as follows:—
Diemenia, Acanthophis, Hoplocephalus, Brachiurophis, Tropidechis,
Pseudechis, Cacophis, Pseudonaje, Denisonia, and Vermicella, are
Australian, the first two ranging to the Moluccas and New Guinea;
Ogmodon occurs in the Fiji Islands; Naja, Bungarus, Ophiophagus,
Pseudonaje, Xenurelaps, Doliophis, Megærophis, and Callophis are
Oriental, one species of the latter genus being found in Japan, while an
Ophiophagus has been discovered in New Guinea; Cyrtophis, Elapsoidea,
and Pœcilophis are African: Elaps is American, ranging as far north as
South Carolina, but not to the West Indian Islands.
Family 21.—DENDRASPIDIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — — ——— ———
— — — — —
— 4
The Elapidæ, or Terrestrial venomous Colubrine Snakes, are an extensive
group, spread over the tropics of the whole world, but especially abundant
in Australia, where half the known species occur, some of them being the
most deadly of venomous serpents. In the Oriental region they are also
abundant, containing amongst other forms, the well-known Cobras. The
American species are almost equally numerous, but they all belong to one
genus, and they are annulated with rings of various colours in a manner
quite distinct from any other members of this family. The genera, which are
all very distinct, are distributed as follows:—
Diemenia, Acanthophis, Hoplocephalus, Brachiurophis, Tropidechis,
Pseudechis, Cacophis, Pseudonaje, Denisonia, and Vermicella, are
Australian, the first two ranging to the Moluccas and New Guinea;
Ogmodon occurs in the Fiji Islands; Naja, Bungarus, Ophiophagus,
Pseudonaje, Xenurelaps, Doliophis, Megærophis, and Callophis are
Oriental, one species of the latter genus being found in Japan, while an
Ophiophagus has been discovered in New Guinea; Cyrtophis, Elapsoidea,
and Pœcilophis are African: Elaps is American, ranging as far north as
South Carolina, but not to the West Indian Islands.
Family 21.—DENDRASPIDIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — — ——— ———
— — — — —
Page 476
The single genus Dendraspis, constituting the family, is confined to Tropical
Africa.
Family 22.—ATRACTASPIDIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— — 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
This small family, consisting of the genus Atractaspis, is also confined to
Africa, but has hitherto only been found in the West and South.
Family 23.—HYDROPHIDÆ. (8 Genera, 50 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
— — — 4
The Hydrophidæ, or Sea Snakes, are a group of small-sized marine serpents,
abundant in the Indian and Australian seas, and extending as far west as
Madagascar, and as far east as Panama. They are very poisonous, and it is
probable that many species remain to be discovered. The genera are
distributed as follows:—
Africa.
Family 22.—ATRACTASPIDIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— — 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
This small family, consisting of the genus Atractaspis, is also confined to
Africa, but has hitherto only been found in the West and South.
Family 23.—HYDROPHIDÆ. (8 Genera, 50 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 ——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
— — — 4
The Hydrophidæ, or Sea Snakes, are a group of small-sized marine serpents,
abundant in the Indian and Australian seas, and extending as far west as
Madagascar, and as far east as Panama. They are very poisonous, and it is
probable that many species remain to be discovered. The genera are
distributed as follows:—
Page 477
Hydrophis (37 sp.), ranging from India to Formosa and Australia; Platurus
(2 sp.), from the Bay of Bengal to New Guinea and New Zealand; Aipysurus
(3 sp.), Java to New Guinea and Australia; Disteira (1 sp.), unknown
locality; Acalyptus (1 sp.), South-west Pacific; Enhydrina (1 sp.), Bay of
Bengal to New Guinea; Pelamis (1 sp.), Madagascar to New Guinea, New
Zealand, and Panama; Emydocephalus (1 sp.), Australian Seas.
Family 24.—CROTALIDÆ. (11 Genera, 40 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 .3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 — — 3. 4 ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— —
The Crotalidæ, or Pit Vipers, including the deadly Rattlesnakes, form a
well-marked family of fanged serpents, whose distribution is very
interesting. They abound most in the Oriental region, at least 5 of the genera
and 20 species being found within its limits, yet they are quite unknown in
the Ethiopian region—a parallel case to that of the Bears and Deer. A few
species are peculiar to the eastern portion of the Palæarctic region, while the
Nearctic is actually richer than the Neotropical region both in genera and
species. This would point to the conclusion, that the group originated in the
Indo-Chinese sub-region and spread thence north-east to North America,
and so onward to South America, which, having been the last to receive the
group, has not had time to develop it largely, notwithstanding its extreme
adaptability to Reptilian life. The genera are divided among the several
regions as follows:—
Craspedocephalus (7 sp.), Tropical America and the West Indian Islands;
Cenchris, Crotalophorus, Uropsophorus, and Crotalus, inhabiting North
America from Canada and British Columbia to Texas, one species (Crotalus
horridus) extending into South America; Trimeresurus (16 sp.), all India
(2 sp.), from the Bay of Bengal to New Guinea and New Zealand; Aipysurus
(3 sp.), Java to New Guinea and Australia; Disteira (1 sp.), unknown
locality; Acalyptus (1 sp.), South-west Pacific; Enhydrina (1 sp.), Bay of
Bengal to New Guinea; Pelamis (1 sp.), Madagascar to New Guinea, New
Zealand, and Panama; Emydocephalus (1 sp.), Australian Seas.
Family 24.—CROTALIDÆ. (11 Genera, 40 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 .3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 — — 3. 4 ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— —
The Crotalidæ, or Pit Vipers, including the deadly Rattlesnakes, form a
well-marked family of fanged serpents, whose distribution is very
interesting. They abound most in the Oriental region, at least 5 of the genera
and 20 species being found within its limits, yet they are quite unknown in
the Ethiopian region—a parallel case to that of the Bears and Deer. A few
species are peculiar to the eastern portion of the Palæarctic region, while the
Nearctic is actually richer than the Neotropical region both in genera and
species. This would point to the conclusion, that the group originated in the
Indo-Chinese sub-region and spread thence north-east to North America,
and so onward to South America, which, having been the last to receive the
group, has not had time to develop it largely, notwithstanding its extreme
adaptability to Reptilian life. The genera are divided among the several
regions as follows:—
Craspedocephalus (7 sp.), Tropical America and the West Indian Islands;
Cenchris, Crotalophorus, Uropsophorus, and Crotalus, inhabiting North
America from Canada and British Columbia to Texas, one species (Crotalus
horridus) extending into South America; Trimeresurus (16 sp.), all India
Page 478
from Ceylon to Assam, Formosa, the Philippines and Celebes; Peltopelor
and Hypnale (1 sp. each), peculiar to India; Calloselasma (1 sp.), Siam;
Atropos (1 sp.), Java and Borneo; Halys (3 sp.), peculiar to Tartary, Thibet,
Japan, North China, and Formosa.
Family 25.—VIPERIDÆ. (3 Genera, 22 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — —
The Viperidæ, or True Vipers, are especially characteristic of the Palæarctic
and Ethiopian regions, only one species being found over a large part of the
Oriental region, and another reaching Central India. They are especially
abundant in Africa, and the Palæarctic confines in South-western Asia. The
common Viper ranges across the whole Palæarctic region from Portugal to
Saghalien Island, reaching to 67° North Latitude, in Scandinavia, and to 58°
in Central Siberia. The genera, according to Dr. Strauch's synopsis, are
distributed as follows:—
Vipera (17 sp.), which has the range of the family, extending over the whole
of the Palæarctic and Ethiopian regions, except Madagascar, and as far as
Ceylon, Siam, and Java, in the Oriental region; Echis (2 sp.), inhabiting
North Africa to Persia and to Continental India; and Atheris (3 sp.), confined
to West Africa.
Remarks on the General Distribution of Ophidia.
The Ophidia, being preeminently a Tropical order—rapidly diminishing in
numbers as we go north in the Temperate Zone, and wholly ceasing long
and Hypnale (1 sp. each), peculiar to India; Calloselasma (1 sp.), Siam;
Atropos (1 sp.), Java and Borneo; Halys (3 sp.), peculiar to Tartary, Thibet,
Japan, North China, and Formosa.
Family 25.—VIPERIDÆ. (3 Genera, 22 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — —
The Viperidæ, or True Vipers, are especially characteristic of the Palæarctic
and Ethiopian regions, only one species being found over a large part of the
Oriental region, and another reaching Central India. They are especially
abundant in Africa, and the Palæarctic confines in South-western Asia. The
common Viper ranges across the whole Palæarctic region from Portugal to
Saghalien Island, reaching to 67° North Latitude, in Scandinavia, and to 58°
in Central Siberia. The genera, according to Dr. Strauch's synopsis, are
distributed as follows:—
Vipera (17 sp.), which has the range of the family, extending over the whole
of the Palæarctic and Ethiopian regions, except Madagascar, and as far as
Ceylon, Siam, and Java, in the Oriental region; Echis (2 sp.), inhabiting
North Africa to Persia and to Continental India; and Atheris (3 sp.), confined
to West Africa.
Remarks on the General Distribution of Ophidia.
The Ophidia, being preeminently a Tropical order—rapidly diminishing in
numbers as we go north in the Temperate Zone, and wholly ceasing long
Page 479
before we reach the Arctic Circle—we cannot expect the two Northern
regions to exhibit any great variety or peculiarity. Yet in their warmer
portions they are tolerably rich; for, of the 25 families of snakes, 6 are found
in the Nearctic region, 10 in the Palæarctic, 13 in the Australian, 16 in the
Neotropical, 17 in the Ethiopian, and no less than 22 in the Oriental, which
last is thus seen to be by far the richest of the great regions in the variety of
its forms of Ophidian life. The only regions that possess altogether peculiar
families of this order, are the Ethiopian (3), and the Oriental (2); the usually
rich and peculiar Neotropical region not possessing exclusively, any family
of snakes; and what is still more remarkable, the Neotropical and Australian
regions together, do not possess a family peculiar to them. Every family
inhabiting these two regions is found also in the Oriental; and this fact,
taken in connection with the superior richness of the latter region both in
families and genera, would indicate that the Ophidia had their origin in the
northern hemisphere of the Old World (the ancient Palæarctic region)
whence they spread on all sides, in successive waves of migration, to the
other regions. The distribution of the genera peculiar to, or highly
characteristic of, the several regions is as follows:—
The Nearctic possesses 9; four of these belong to the Colubridæ, one to the
Pythonidæ, and four to the Crotalidæ. The Palæarctic region has only 2
peculiar genera, belonging to the Colubridæ and Crotalidæ. The Ethiopian
has 25, belonging to 11 families; four to Colubridæ, five to Lycodontidæ,
and three to Elapidæ. The Oriental has no less than 50, belonging to 15
families; five are Colubridæ, five Uropeltidæ, twelve Homalopsidæ, six
Lycodontidæ, three Amblycephalidæ, eight Elapidæ, and four Crotalidæ.
The Australian has 16, belonging to three families only; eleven being
Elapidæ, and four Pythonidæ. The Neotropical has about 24, belonging to
eight families; ten are Colubridæ, six Pythonidæ, and the rest Dipsadidæ,
Scytalidæ, Amblycephalidæ, Elapidæ, and Crotalidæ.
We find then, that in the Ophidia, the regions adopted in this work are
remarkably distinct; and that, in the case of the Oriental and Ethiopian, the
difference is strongly marked, a very large number of the genera being
confined to each region. It is interesting to observe, that in many cases the
affinity seems to be rather between the West Coast of Africa and the
Oriental region, than between the East Coast and the plains of India; thus
regions to exhibit any great variety or peculiarity. Yet in their warmer
portions they are tolerably rich; for, of the 25 families of snakes, 6 are found
in the Nearctic region, 10 in the Palæarctic, 13 in the Australian, 16 in the
Neotropical, 17 in the Ethiopian, and no less than 22 in the Oriental, which
last is thus seen to be by far the richest of the great regions in the variety of
its forms of Ophidian life. The only regions that possess altogether peculiar
families of this order, are the Ethiopian (3), and the Oriental (2); the usually
rich and peculiar Neotropical region not possessing exclusively, any family
of snakes; and what is still more remarkable, the Neotropical and Australian
regions together, do not possess a family peculiar to them. Every family
inhabiting these two regions is found also in the Oriental; and this fact,
taken in connection with the superior richness of the latter region both in
families and genera, would indicate that the Ophidia had their origin in the
northern hemisphere of the Old World (the ancient Palæarctic region)
whence they spread on all sides, in successive waves of migration, to the
other regions. The distribution of the genera peculiar to, or highly
characteristic of, the several regions is as follows:—
The Nearctic possesses 9; four of these belong to the Colubridæ, one to the
Pythonidæ, and four to the Crotalidæ. The Palæarctic region has only 2
peculiar genera, belonging to the Colubridæ and Crotalidæ. The Ethiopian
has 25, belonging to 11 families; four to Colubridæ, five to Lycodontidæ,
and three to Elapidæ. The Oriental has no less than 50, belonging to 15
families; five are Colubridæ, five Uropeltidæ, twelve Homalopsidæ, six
Lycodontidæ, three Amblycephalidæ, eight Elapidæ, and four Crotalidæ.
The Australian has 16, belonging to three families only; eleven being
Elapidæ, and four Pythonidæ. The Neotropical has about 24, belonging to
eight families; ten are Colubridæ, six Pythonidæ, and the rest Dipsadidæ,
Scytalidæ, Amblycephalidæ, Elapidæ, and Crotalidæ.
We find then, that in the Ophidia, the regions adopted in this work are
remarkably distinct; and that, in the case of the Oriental and Ethiopian, the
difference is strongly marked, a very large number of the genera being
confined to each region. It is interesting to observe, that in many cases the
affinity seems to be rather between the West Coast of Africa and the
Oriental region, than between the East Coast and the plains of India; thus
Page 480
the Homalopsidæ—a highly characteristic Oriental family—occur on the
West Coast of Africa only; the Dryiophidæ, which range over the whole
Oriental region, only occur in Madagascar and West Africa in the Ethiopian;
the genus Dipsas is found over all the Oriental region and again in West
Africa. A cause for this peculiarity has been suggested in our sketch of the
past history of the Ethiopian region, Vol. I. p. 288. In the Lycodontidæ,
which are strictly confined to these two regions, the genera are all distinct,
and the same is the case with the more widely distributed Elapidæ; and
although a few desert forms, such as Echis and the Erycidæ, are common to
Africa and the dry plains of India, this is evidently due to favourable
climatic conditions, and cannot neutralise the striking differences in the
great mass of the family and generic forms which inhabit the two regions.
The union of Madagascar with the South-western part of the Oriental region
under the appellation Lemuria, finds no support in the distribution of
Ophidia; which, however, strikingly accords with the views developed in the
Third Part of this work, as to the great importance and high antiquity of the
Euro-Asiatic continent, as the chief land-centre from which the higher
organisms have spread over the globe.
Fossil Ophidia.—The oldest known remains of Ophidia occur in the Eocene
formation in the Isle of Sheppey; others are found in the Miocene (Brown
Coal) of Germany, and in some Tertiary beds in the United States. Most of
these appear to have been large species belonging to the Pythonidæ, so that
we are evidently still very far from knowing anything of the earliest forms
of this order. In some of the later Tertiary deposits the poison fangs of
venomous species have been found; also a Colubrine snake from the Upper
Miocene of the South of France.
Order II.—LACERTILIA.
Family 26.—TROGONOPHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
West Coast of Africa only; the Dryiophidæ, which range over the whole
Oriental region, only occur in Madagascar and West Africa in the Ethiopian;
the genus Dipsas is found over all the Oriental region and again in West
Africa. A cause for this peculiarity has been suggested in our sketch of the
past history of the Ethiopian region, Vol. I. p. 288. In the Lycodontidæ,
which are strictly confined to these two regions, the genera are all distinct,
and the same is the case with the more widely distributed Elapidæ; and
although a few desert forms, such as Echis and the Erycidæ, are common to
Africa and the dry plains of India, this is evidently due to favourable
climatic conditions, and cannot neutralise the striking differences in the
great mass of the family and generic forms which inhabit the two regions.
The union of Madagascar with the South-western part of the Oriental region
under the appellation Lemuria, finds no support in the distribution of
Ophidia; which, however, strikingly accords with the views developed in the
Third Part of this work, as to the great importance and high antiquity of the
Euro-Asiatic continent, as the chief land-centre from which the higher
organisms have spread over the globe.
Fossil Ophidia.—The oldest known remains of Ophidia occur in the Eocene
formation in the Isle of Sheppey; others are found in the Miocene (Brown
Coal) of Germany, and in some Tertiary beds in the United States. Most of
these appear to have been large species belonging to the Pythonidæ, so that
we are evidently still very far from knowing anything of the earliest forms
of this order. In some of the later Tertiary deposits the poison fangs of
venomous species have been found; also a Colubrine snake from the Upper
Miocene of the South of France.
Order II.—LACERTILIA.
Family 26.—TROGONOPHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 481
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The single species of Trogonophis, forming this family, is found only in
North Africa.
Family 27.—CHIROTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
Chirotes, the genus which constitutes this family, inhabits Mexico, and has
also been found in Missouri, one of the Southern United States.
Family 28.—AMPHISBÆNIDÆ. (1 Genus, 13 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — 4 ——— —2— 1. 2 — — ——— ———
— — — —
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The single species of Trogonophis, forming this family, is found only in
North Africa.
Family 27.—CHIROTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
Chirotes, the genus which constitutes this family, inhabits Mexico, and has
also been found in Missouri, one of the Southern United States.
Family 28.—AMPHISBÆNIDÆ. (1 Genus, 13 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — 4 ——— —2— 1. 2 — — ——— ———
— — — —
Page 482
The Amphisbænidæ, which, in the opinion of Dr. Günther, are all comprised
in the genus Amphisbæna, inhabit Spain and Asia Minor, North and Tropical
Africa, South America as far as Buenos-Ayres and the West Indian Islands.
Family 29.—LEPIDOSTERNIDÆ. (3 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— — 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — —
The small family of Lepidosternidæ has nearly the same distribution as the
last, indicating a curious relationship between the Tropical parts of Africa
and America. Lepidosternon and Cephalopeltis are American genera, while
Monotrophis is African.
Family 30.—VARANIDÆ. (3 Genera, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— — —
The Varanidæ, or Water Lizards, are most abundant in the Oriental region,
whence they extend into the Austro-Malay Islands as far as New Guinea,
and into Australia. Several species are found in Africa. Psammosaurus (1
sp.), is found in North Africa and North-western India; Monitor (18 sp.), has
in the genus Amphisbæna, inhabit Spain and Asia Minor, North and Tropical
Africa, South America as far as Buenos-Ayres and the West Indian Islands.
Family 29.—LEPIDOSTERNIDÆ. (3 Genera, 6 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— — 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — —
The small family of Lepidosternidæ has nearly the same distribution as the
last, indicating a curious relationship between the Tropical parts of Africa
and America. Lepidosternon and Cephalopeltis are American genera, while
Monotrophis is African.
Family 30.—VARANIDÆ. (3 Genera, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— — —
The Varanidæ, or Water Lizards, are most abundant in the Oriental region,
whence they extend into the Austro-Malay Islands as far as New Guinea,
and into Australia. Several species are found in Africa. Psammosaurus (1
sp.), is found in North Africa and North-western India; Monitor (18 sp.), has
Page 483
the range of the family; while Hydrosaurus (8 sp.) ranges from Siam to the
Philippines, New Guinea, and Australia.
Family 31.—HELODERMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Heloderma, which constitutes this family, is found in Mexico.
Family 32.—TEIDÆ. (12 Genera, 74 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Teidæ, or Teguexins—a group of Lizards allied to the European
Lacertidæ, but with differently formed superciliary scales—are highly
characteristic of the Neotropical region, abounding almost everywhere from
Patagonia to the Antilles and Mexico, and extending northwards to
California on the west and to Pennsylvania on the east. The most extensive
genus is Ameiva, containing nearly 60 species and having the range of the
entire family; Teius (3 sp.), inhabits Brazil and Mendoza; Callopistes (2 sp.),
Chili; Centropyx (3 sp.), Paraguay to Alabama; Dicrodon (Peru);
Philippines, New Guinea, and Australia.
Family 31.—HELODERMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Heloderma, which constitutes this family, is found in Mexico.
Family 32.—TEIDÆ. (12 Genera, 74 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
The Teidæ, or Teguexins—a group of Lizards allied to the European
Lacertidæ, but with differently formed superciliary scales—are highly
characteristic of the Neotropical region, abounding almost everywhere from
Patagonia to the Antilles and Mexico, and extending northwards to
California on the west and to Pennsylvania on the east. The most extensive
genus is Ameiva, containing nearly 60 species and having the range of the
entire family; Teius (3 sp.), inhabits Brazil and Mendoza; Callopistes (2 sp.),
Chili; Centropyx (3 sp.), Paraguay to Alabama; Dicrodon (Peru);
Page 484
Monoplocus (Western Ecuador); with Acrantus, Acanthopyga, Emminia,
Crocodilurus, Custa, and Ada, which each consist of a single species, and
all inhabit Tropical America.
Family 33.—LACERTIDÆ. (18 Genera, 80 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 —2—
— — —
The Lacertidæ, or Land Lizards, are small-sized, terrestrial, non-burrowing
lizards, very characteristic of the Palæarctic region, which contains more
than half the known species, and of the adjacent parts of the Oriental and
Ethiopian regions, but extending also to South Africa, to Java, and even to
Australia. The best-defined genera are the following:—
Lacerta (10 sp.), ranging over all Central and South Europe to Poland, and
farther north in Russia and Siberia, eastward to Persia, and southward to
North and West Africa; Zootoca (8 sp.), has nearly the same range in Europe
as the last genus, but has representatives in Madeira, South Africa, and
Australia; Tachydromus (7 sp.) is widely scattered in Chinese Asia, Japan,
Borneo, and West Africa; Acanthodactylus (10 sp.) is most abundant in
North Africa, but has a species in South Africa, and two in Central India;
Eremias (18 sp.) is found all over Africa, and also in the Crimea, Persia,
Tartary and China; Psammodromus (2 sp.), is confined to Spain, France, and
Italy; Ophiops (6 sp.), inhabits India, Persia, and Asia Minor to South
Russia. Less strongly marked and perhaps less natural genera are the
following:—
Thetia (1 sp.), Algiers; Teira (1 sp.), Madeira; Nucras (4 sp.), Caucasus and
South Africa; Notopholis (4 sp.), South Europe and South Africa; Algira (3
Crocodilurus, Custa, and Ada, which each consist of a single species, and
all inhabit Tropical America.
Family 33.—LACERTIDÆ. (18 Genera, 80 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 —2—
— — —
The Lacertidæ, or Land Lizards, are small-sized, terrestrial, non-burrowing
lizards, very characteristic of the Palæarctic region, which contains more
than half the known species, and of the adjacent parts of the Oriental and
Ethiopian regions, but extending also to South Africa, to Java, and even to
Australia. The best-defined genera are the following:—
Lacerta (10 sp.), ranging over all Central and South Europe to Poland, and
farther north in Russia and Siberia, eastward to Persia, and southward to
North and West Africa; Zootoca (8 sp.), has nearly the same range in Europe
as the last genus, but has representatives in Madeira, South Africa, and
Australia; Tachydromus (7 sp.) is widely scattered in Chinese Asia, Japan,
Borneo, and West Africa; Acanthodactylus (10 sp.) is most abundant in
North Africa, but has a species in South Africa, and two in Central India;
Eremias (18 sp.) is found all over Africa, and also in the Crimea, Persia,
Tartary and China; Psammodromus (2 sp.), is confined to Spain, France, and
Italy; Ophiops (6 sp.), inhabits India, Persia, and Asia Minor to South
Russia. Less strongly marked and perhaps less natural genera are the
following:—
Thetia (1 sp.), Algiers; Teira (1 sp.), Madeira; Nucras (4 sp.), Caucasus and
South Africa; Notopholis (4 sp.), South Europe and South Africa; Algira (3
Page 485
sp.), North and South Africa; Scrapteira (1 sp.), Nubia; Aspidorhinus (1
sp.), Caspian district; Messalina (4 sp.), North Africa, Persia, and North-
west India Cabrita (1 sp.), Central India; Pachyrhynchus (1 sp.), Benguela.
Family 34.—ZONURIDÆ. (15 Genera, 52 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——3 —2—
— — —
The Zonuridæ, or Land Lizards, characterised by a longitudinal fold of skin
on each side of the body, have a very remarkable distribution. Their head-
quarters is the Ethiopian region, which contains more than half the known
genera and species, most of which are found in South Africa and several in
Madagascar. Next to Africa the largest number of genera and species are
found in Mexico and Central America, with a few in the Antilles, South
America, and California, and even as far north as British Columbia. Three
of the genera form a distinct sub-group—the Glass Snakes,—the four
species composing it being located in North Africa, North America, South-
eastern Europe, and the Khasya Hills.
The prominent fact in the distribution of this family is, that the mass of the
genera and species form two groups, one in South Africa, the other in
Mexico,—countries between which it would be difficult to imagine any
means of communication. We have here, probably, an example of a once
much more extensive group, widely distributed over the globe, and which
has continued to maintain itself only in those districts especially adapted to
its peculiar type of organization. This must undoubtedly have been the case
with the genus Pseudopus, whose two species now inhabit South-eastern
Europe and the Khasya Hills in Assam respectively.
sp.), Caspian district; Messalina (4 sp.), North Africa, Persia, and North-
west India Cabrita (1 sp.), Central India; Pachyrhynchus (1 sp.), Benguela.
Family 34.—ZONURIDÆ. (15 Genera, 52 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——3 —2—
— — —
The Zonuridæ, or Land Lizards, characterised by a longitudinal fold of skin
on each side of the body, have a very remarkable distribution. Their head-
quarters is the Ethiopian region, which contains more than half the known
genera and species, most of which are found in South Africa and several in
Madagascar. Next to Africa the largest number of genera and species are
found in Mexico and Central America, with a few in the Antilles, South
America, and California, and even as far north as British Columbia. Three
of the genera form a distinct sub-group—the Glass Snakes,—the four
species composing it being located in North Africa, North America, South-
eastern Europe, and the Khasya Hills.
The prominent fact in the distribution of this family is, that the mass of the
genera and species form two groups, one in South Africa, the other in
Mexico,—countries between which it would be difficult to imagine any
means of communication. We have here, probably, an example of a once
much more extensive group, widely distributed over the globe, and which
has continued to maintain itself only in those districts especially adapted to
its peculiar type of organization. This must undoubtedly have been the case
with the genus Pseudopus, whose two species now inhabit South-eastern
Europe and the Khasya Hills in Assam respectively.
Page 486
The genera are,—Cordylus, Pseudocordylus, Platysaurus, Cordylosaurus,
Pleurostrichus, and Saurophis, confined to South Africa; Zonurus, South
and East Africa and Madagascar; Gerrhosaurus, ranges over the whole
Ethiopian region; Cicigna is confined to Madagascar; Gerrhonotus (22 sp.),
ranges from British Columbia, California, and Texas, to Cuba and South
America, but is most abundant in Mexico and Central America; Abronia and
Barissia, are two genera of doubtful distinctness, peculiar to Mexico;
Ophisaurus (the Glass Snake) is found in the Southern United States as far
as Virginia; the allied genus Hyalosaurus in North Africa; and Pseudopus,
as above stated, in South-east Europe and the Khasya Hills.
Family 35.—CHALCIDÆ. (3 Genera, 8 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — — — ?3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Chalcidæ are a small group of Lizards characteristic of Tropical
America, one species extending into the United States.
The genera are Chalcis (6 sp.), ranging from Central America to Chili; two
other species, which have been placed in distinct genera, inhabit North
America and Peru.
Family 36.—ANADIADÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Pleurostrichus, and Saurophis, confined to South Africa; Zonurus, South
and East Africa and Madagascar; Gerrhosaurus, ranges over the whole
Ethiopian region; Cicigna is confined to Madagascar; Gerrhonotus (22 sp.),
ranges from British Columbia, California, and Texas, to Cuba and South
America, but is most abundant in Mexico and Central America; Abronia and
Barissia, are two genera of doubtful distinctness, peculiar to Mexico;
Ophisaurus (the Glass Snake) is found in the Southern United States as far
as Virginia; the allied genus Hyalosaurus in North Africa; and Pseudopus,
as above stated, in South-east Europe and the Khasya Hills.
Family 35.—CHALCIDÆ. (3 Genera, 8 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — — — ?3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Chalcidæ are a small group of Lizards characteristic of Tropical
America, one species extending into the United States.
The genera are Chalcis (6 sp.), ranging from Central America to Chili; two
other species, which have been placed in distinct genera, inhabit North
America and Peru.
Family 36.—ANADIADÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 487
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The single species of Anadia, constituting this family, inhabits Tropical
America.
Family 37.—CHIROCOLIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Heterodactylus, which constitutes this family, inhabits Brazil.
Family 38.—IPHISADÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The single species of Iphisa, has been found only at Para in Equatorial
America.
— — — — — —
The single species of Anadia, constituting this family, inhabits Tropical
America.
Family 37.—CHIROCOLIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Heterodactylus, which constitutes this family, inhabits Brazil.
Family 38.—IPHISADÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The single species of Iphisa, has been found only at Para in Equatorial
America.
Page 488
Family 39.—CERCOSAURIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Cercosaura, is known only from Brazil and Ecuador.
Family 40.—CHAMÆSAURIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——3 ——— ———
— — — — — —
This family, consisting of a single species of the genus Chamæsaura, is
confined to South Africa.
Family 41.—GYMNOPTHALMIDÆ . (5 Genera, 14 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Cercosaura, is known only from Brazil and Ecuador.
Family 40.—CHAMÆSAURIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——3 ——— ———
— — — — — —
This family, consisting of a single species of the genus Chamæsaura, is
confined to South Africa.
Family 41.—GYMNOPTHALMIDÆ . (5 Genera, 14 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 489
—2—4 ——— 1. 2. 3 — —2—4 ——— 1. 2. 3 —
— —
The Gymnopthalmidæ, or Gape-eyed Scinks, so called from their
rudimentary eyelids, form a small group, which is widely and somewhat
erratically distributed, as will be seen by the following account of the
distribution of the genera:—
Lerista (1 sp.) and three other species for which Dr. Gray has established the
genera—Morethria (1 sp.), and Menetia (2 sp.), are confined to Australia;
Cryptoblepharus (4 sp.), is found in West Australia, Timor, New Guinea, the
Fiji Islands, and Mauritius; Ablepharus (4 sp.), inhabits Eastern and South-
eastern Europe, Persia, Siberia, West Africa, and the Bonin Islands; and
Gymnopthalmus (3 sp.), is found in Brazil and the West Indies.
Family 42.—PYGOPODIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
This small family of two-legged Lizards, comprising the genera Pygopus
and Delma, is found only in Australia proper and Tasmania.
Family 43.—APRASIADÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
— —
The Gymnopthalmidæ, or Gape-eyed Scinks, so called from their
rudimentary eyelids, form a small group, which is widely and somewhat
erratically distributed, as will be seen by the following account of the
distribution of the genera:—
Lerista (1 sp.) and three other species for which Dr. Gray has established the
genera—Morethria (1 sp.), and Menetia (2 sp.), are confined to Australia;
Cryptoblepharus (4 sp.), is found in West Australia, Timor, New Guinea, the
Fiji Islands, and Mauritius; Ablepharus (4 sp.), inhabits Eastern and South-
eastern Europe, Persia, Siberia, West Africa, and the Bonin Islands; and
Gymnopthalmus (3 sp.), is found in Brazil and the West Indies.
Family 42.—PYGOPODIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
This small family of two-legged Lizards, comprising the genera Pygopus
and Delma, is found only in Australia proper and Tasmania.
Family 43.—APRASIADÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 490
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
The genus Aprasia, constituting this family, is found in West and South
Australia.
Family 44.—LIALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
This family is also confined to Australia, the single genus, Lialis, inhabiting
the Western and Northern districts.
Family 45.—SCINCIDÆ. (60 Genera, 300 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Scincidæ, or Scinks, are an extensive family of smooth-scaled lizards,
frequenting dry and stony places, and almost universally distributed over the
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
The genus Aprasia, constituting this family, is found in West and South
Australia.
Family 44.—LIALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— —2—
— — — — — —
This family is also confined to Australia, the single genus, Lialis, inhabiting
the Western and Northern districts.
Family 45.—SCINCIDÆ. (60 Genera, 300 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Scincidæ, or Scinks, are an extensive family of smooth-scaled lizards,
frequenting dry and stony places, and almost universally distributed over the
Page 491
globe, being only absent from the cold northern and southern zones. The
family itself is a very natural one, and it contains many natural genera; but a
large number have been established which probably require careful revision.
The following include the more important and the best established
groups:—
Scincus (2 sp.), North Africa and Arabia; Hinulia (20 sp.), most of the
Australian and Oriental regions; Cyclodina (1 sp.), Hombronia (1 sp.), and
Lygosomella (1 sp.), all from New Zealand; Keneuxia (1 sp.), Philippines,
Moluccas, and Papuan Islands; Elania (1 sp.) New Guinea; Carlia (2 sp.),
North Australia and New Guinea; Mocoa (16 sp.), Australia and New
Zealand, with species in Borneo, West Africa, and Central America; Lipinia
(3 sp.), Philippine Islands and New Guinea; Lygosoma (12 sp.), Australia,
New Caledonia, Pelew and Philippine Islands; Tetradactylus (1 sp.),
Hemierges (2 sp.), Chelomeles (2 sp.), Omolepida (1 sp.), Lissolepis (1 sp.),
Siaphos (1 sp.), Rhodona (3 sp.) Anomalpus (1 sp.), Soridia (2 sp.), and
Ophioscincus (1 sp.) all confined to Australia; Cophoscincus (3 sp.),
Philippine Islands, Celebes, and Queensland; Plestiodon (18 sp.), China and
Japan, Africa, and America as far north as Pennsylvania and Nebraska;
Eumeces (30 sp.), South Palæarctic, Oriental and Australian regions, to New
Ireland and North Australia; Mabouya (20 sp.), Oriental region, Austro-
Malaya, North Australia, the Neotropical region, and to Lat. 42° 30′ in
North America; Amphixestus (1 sp.), Borneo; Hagria (1 sp.), and Chiamela
(1 sp.), India; Senira (1 sp.), Philippine Islands; Brachymeles (2 sp.),
Philippine Islands and Australia; Ophiodes (1 sp.), Brazil; Anguis (3 sp.),
West Palæarctic region and South Africa; Tribolonotus (1 sp.), New Guinea;
Tropidophorus (2 sp.), Cochin-China and Philippine Islands; Norbea (2 sp.),
Borneo and Australia; Trachydosaurus (1 sp.), Australia; Cyclodus (8 sp.),
Australia, Aru Islands, and Ceram; Silubosaurus (2 sp.), Egerina (2 sp.), and
Tropidolepisma (6 sp.), all peculiar to Australia; Heteropus (7 sp.),
Australia, Austro-Malaya, and Bourbon; Pygomeles (1 sp.), Madagascar;
Dasia (1 sp.), Malaya; Euprepes (70 sp.), Ethiopian and Oriental regions,
Austro-Malaya, South America (?); Celestus (9 sp.), peculiar to the Antilles,
except a species in Costa Rica; Diploglossus (7 sp.), the Neotropical region;
—with a number of other genera founded on single species from various
parts of the world.
family itself is a very natural one, and it contains many natural genera; but a
large number have been established which probably require careful revision.
The following include the more important and the best established
groups:—
Scincus (2 sp.), North Africa and Arabia; Hinulia (20 sp.), most of the
Australian and Oriental regions; Cyclodina (1 sp.), Hombronia (1 sp.), and
Lygosomella (1 sp.), all from New Zealand; Keneuxia (1 sp.), Philippines,
Moluccas, and Papuan Islands; Elania (1 sp.) New Guinea; Carlia (2 sp.),
North Australia and New Guinea; Mocoa (16 sp.), Australia and New
Zealand, with species in Borneo, West Africa, and Central America; Lipinia
(3 sp.), Philippine Islands and New Guinea; Lygosoma (12 sp.), Australia,
New Caledonia, Pelew and Philippine Islands; Tetradactylus (1 sp.),
Hemierges (2 sp.), Chelomeles (2 sp.), Omolepida (1 sp.), Lissolepis (1 sp.),
Siaphos (1 sp.), Rhodona (3 sp.) Anomalpus (1 sp.), Soridia (2 sp.), and
Ophioscincus (1 sp.) all confined to Australia; Cophoscincus (3 sp.),
Philippine Islands, Celebes, and Queensland; Plestiodon (18 sp.), China and
Japan, Africa, and America as far north as Pennsylvania and Nebraska;
Eumeces (30 sp.), South Palæarctic, Oriental and Australian regions, to New
Ireland and North Australia; Mabouya (20 sp.), Oriental region, Austro-
Malaya, North Australia, the Neotropical region, and to Lat. 42° 30′ in
North America; Amphixestus (1 sp.), Borneo; Hagria (1 sp.), and Chiamela
(1 sp.), India; Senira (1 sp.), Philippine Islands; Brachymeles (2 sp.),
Philippine Islands and Australia; Ophiodes (1 sp.), Brazil; Anguis (3 sp.),
West Palæarctic region and South Africa; Tribolonotus (1 sp.), New Guinea;
Tropidophorus (2 sp.), Cochin-China and Philippine Islands; Norbea (2 sp.),
Borneo and Australia; Trachydosaurus (1 sp.), Australia; Cyclodus (8 sp.),
Australia, Aru Islands, and Ceram; Silubosaurus (2 sp.), Egerina (2 sp.), and
Tropidolepisma (6 sp.), all peculiar to Australia; Heteropus (7 sp.),
Australia, Austro-Malaya, and Bourbon; Pygomeles (1 sp.), Madagascar;
Dasia (1 sp.), Malaya; Euprepes (70 sp.), Ethiopian and Oriental regions,
Austro-Malaya, South America (?); Celestus (9 sp.), peculiar to the Antilles,
except a species in Costa Rica; Diploglossus (7 sp.), the Neotropical region;
—with a number of other genera founded on single species from various
parts of the world.
Page 492
Family 46.—OPHIOMORIDÆ. (2 Genera, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The snake-like Lizard constituting the genus Ophiomorus, is found in
Southern Russia, Greece, and Algeria; while Zygnopsis having four weak
limbs, has been recently discovered by Mr. Blanford in South Persia. The
family is therefore confined to our Mediterranean sub-region.
Family 47.—SEPIDÆ. (7 Genera, 22 species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ———
— — — — —
The Sepidæ, or Sand-Lizards, are a very natural group, almost confined to
the Ethiopian region, but extending into the desert country on the borders of
the Oriental region, and into the south of the Palæarctic region as far as
Palestine, Madeira, Spain, Italy, and even the South of France. The genera
are:—
Seps (10 sp.), South Europe, Madeira, Teneriffe, Palestine, North Africa,
South Africa and Madagascar; Sphenops (2 sp.), North Africa, Syria, West
Africa; Scelotes (3 sp.), Angola to South Africa, Madagascar; Thyrus (1 sp.),
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The snake-like Lizard constituting the genus Ophiomorus, is found in
Southern Russia, Greece, and Algeria; while Zygnopsis having four weak
limbs, has been recently discovered by Mr. Blanford in South Persia. The
family is therefore confined to our Mediterranean sub-region.
Family 47.—SEPIDÆ. (7 Genera, 22 species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ———
— — — — —
The Sepidæ, or Sand-Lizards, are a very natural group, almost confined to
the Ethiopian region, but extending into the desert country on the borders of
the Oriental region, and into the south of the Palæarctic region as far as
Palestine, Madeira, Spain, Italy, and even the South of France. The genera
are:—
Seps (10 sp.), South Europe, Madeira, Teneriffe, Palestine, North Africa,
South Africa and Madagascar; Sphenops (2 sp.), North Africa, Syria, West
Africa; Scelotes (3 sp.), Angola to South Africa, Madagascar; Thyrus (1 sp.),
Page 493
Bourbon and Mauritius; Amphiglossus (1 sp.), Madagascar; Sphenocephalus
(1 sp.), Afghanistan; and Sepsina (4 sp.), South-west Africa.
Family 48.—ACONTIADÆ. (3 Genera, 7 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— — 2. 3. 4 —2— 1——
— — — — —
This small family of snake-like Lizards has a very curious distribution,
being found in South and West Africa, Madagascar, Ceylon, and Ternate in
the Moluccas. Acontias (4 sp.), is found in the four first-named localities;
Nessia (2 sp.), is confined to Ceylon; Typhloscincus (1 sp.), to Ternate.
Family 49.—GECKOTIDÆ. (50 Genera, 200 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Geckoes, or Wall-Lizards, form an extensive family, of almost universal
distribution in the warmer parts of the globe; and they must have some
exceptional means of dispersal, since they are found in many of the most
remote islands of the great oceans,—as the Galapagos, the Sandwich
Islands, Tahiti, New Zealand, the Loo-Choo and the Seychelle Islands, the
(1 sp.), Afghanistan; and Sepsina (4 sp.), South-west Africa.
Family 48.—ACONTIADÆ. (3 Genera, 7 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— — 2. 3. 4 —2— 1——
— — — — —
This small family of snake-like Lizards has a very curious distribution,
being found in South and West Africa, Madagascar, Ceylon, and Ternate in
the Moluccas. Acontias (4 sp.), is found in the four first-named localities;
Nessia (2 sp.), is confined to Ceylon; Typhloscincus (1 sp.), to Ternate.
Family 49.—GECKOTIDÆ. (50 Genera, 200 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Geckoes, or Wall-Lizards, form an extensive family, of almost universal
distribution in the warmer parts of the globe; and they must have some
exceptional means of dispersal, since they are found in many of the most
remote islands of the great oceans,—as the Galapagos, the Sandwich
Islands, Tahiti, New Zealand, the Loo-Choo and the Seychelle Islands, the
Page 494
Nicobar Islands, Mauritius, Ascension, Madeira, and many others. The
following are the larger and more important genera:—
Oëdura (3 sp.), Australia; Diplodactylus (8 sp)., Australia, South Africa, and
California; Phyllodactylus (8 sp.), widely scattered in Tropical America,
California, Madagascar, and Queensland; Hemidactylus (40 sp.), all tropical
and warm countries; Peropus (12 sp.), the Oriental region, Papuan Islands,
Mauritius, and Brazil; Pentadactylus (7 sp.), Oriental region and Australia;
Gecko (12 sp.), Oriental region to New Guinea and North Australia; Gehyra
(5 sp.), Australia, New Guinea and Fiji Islands; Tarentola (7 sp.), North
Africa, North America, Madeira, Borneo, South Africa; Phelsuma (6 sp.),
Madagascar, Bourbon, and Andaman Islands; Pachydactylus (5 sp.), South
and West Africa, and Ascension Island; Sphærodactylus (5 sp.), the
Neotropical region; Naultinus, (6 sp.), New Zealand; Goniodactylus (5 sp.),
Australia, Timor, South America and Algiers; Heteronota (4 sp.), Australia,
Fiji Islands, New Guinea and Borneo; Cubina (4 sp.), the Neotropical
region; Gymnodactylus (16 sp.), all warm countries except Australia;
Phyllurus (3 sp.), Australia; Stenodactylus (4 sp.), North and West Africa,
and Rio Grande in North America.
The remaining genera mostly consist of single species, and are pretty
equally distributed over the various parts of the world indicated in the
preceding list. Madagascar, the Seychelle Islands, Chili, the Sandwich
Islands, South Africa, Tahiti, the Philippine Islands, New Caledonia, and
Australia—all have peculiar genera, while two new ones have recently been
described from Persia.
Family 50.—IGUANIDÆ. (56 Genera, 236 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——3
— — — —
following are the larger and more important genera:—
Oëdura (3 sp.), Australia; Diplodactylus (8 sp)., Australia, South Africa, and
California; Phyllodactylus (8 sp.), widely scattered in Tropical America,
California, Madagascar, and Queensland; Hemidactylus (40 sp.), all tropical
and warm countries; Peropus (12 sp.), the Oriental region, Papuan Islands,
Mauritius, and Brazil; Pentadactylus (7 sp.), Oriental region and Australia;
Gecko (12 sp.), Oriental region to New Guinea and North Australia; Gehyra
(5 sp.), Australia, New Guinea and Fiji Islands; Tarentola (7 sp.), North
Africa, North America, Madeira, Borneo, South Africa; Phelsuma (6 sp.),
Madagascar, Bourbon, and Andaman Islands; Pachydactylus (5 sp.), South
and West Africa, and Ascension Island; Sphærodactylus (5 sp.), the
Neotropical region; Naultinus, (6 sp.), New Zealand; Goniodactylus (5 sp.),
Australia, Timor, South America and Algiers; Heteronota (4 sp.), Australia,
Fiji Islands, New Guinea and Borneo; Cubina (4 sp.), the Neotropical
region; Gymnodactylus (16 sp.), all warm countries except Australia;
Phyllurus (3 sp.), Australia; Stenodactylus (4 sp.), North and West Africa,
and Rio Grande in North America.
The remaining genera mostly consist of single species, and are pretty
equally distributed over the various parts of the world indicated in the
preceding list. Madagascar, the Seychelle Islands, Chili, the Sandwich
Islands, South Africa, Tahiti, the Philippine Islands, New Caledonia, and
Australia—all have peculiar genera, while two new ones have recently been
described from Persia.
Family 50.—IGUANIDÆ. (56 Genera, 236 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——3
— — — —
Page 495
The extensive family of the Iguanas is highly characteristic of the
Neotropical region, in every part of which the species abound, even as far as
nearly 50° South Latitude in Patagonia. They also extend northwards into
the warmer parts of the Nearctic region, as far as California, British
Columbia, and Kansas on the west, and to 43° North Latitude in the Eastern
States. A distinct genus occurs in the Fiji Islands, and one has been
described as from Australia, and another from Madagascar, but there is
some doubt about these. The most extensive genera are:—
Anolius (84 sp.), found in most parts of Tropical America and north to
California; Tropidolepis (15 sp.), which has nearly the same range;
Leiocephalus (14 sp.), Antilles, Guayaquil, and Galapagos Islands;
Leiolæmus (14 sp.), Peru to Patagonia; Sceloporus (9 sp.), from Brazil to
California and British Columbia, and on the east to Florida; Proctotretus (6
sp.), Chili and Patagonia; Phrynosoma (8 sp), New Mexico, California,
Oregon and British Columbia, Arkansas and Florida; Iguana (5 sp.), Antilles
and South America; Cyclusa (4 sp.), Antilles, Honduras, and Mexico.
Among the host of smaller genera may be noted:—
Brachylophus, found in the Fiji Islands; Trachycephalus and Oreocephalus,
peculiar to the Galapagos; Oreodeira, said to be from Australia; Diplolæmus
and Phymaturus, found only in Chili and Patagonia; and Callisaurus, Uta,
Euphryne, Uma, and Holbrookia, from New Mexico and California. All the
other genera are from various parts of Tropical America.
Family 51.—AGAMIDÆ. (42 Genera, 156 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— — 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— —
Neotropical region, in every part of which the species abound, even as far as
nearly 50° South Latitude in Patagonia. They also extend northwards into
the warmer parts of the Nearctic region, as far as California, British
Columbia, and Kansas on the west, and to 43° North Latitude in the Eastern
States. A distinct genus occurs in the Fiji Islands, and one has been
described as from Australia, and another from Madagascar, but there is
some doubt about these. The most extensive genera are:—
Anolius (84 sp.), found in most parts of Tropical America and north to
California; Tropidolepis (15 sp.), which has nearly the same range;
Leiocephalus (14 sp.), Antilles, Guayaquil, and Galapagos Islands;
Leiolæmus (14 sp.), Peru to Patagonia; Sceloporus (9 sp.), from Brazil to
California and British Columbia, and on the east to Florida; Proctotretus (6
sp.), Chili and Patagonia; Phrynosoma (8 sp), New Mexico, California,
Oregon and British Columbia, Arkansas and Florida; Iguana (5 sp.), Antilles
and South America; Cyclusa (4 sp.), Antilles, Honduras, and Mexico.
Among the host of smaller genera may be noted:—
Brachylophus, found in the Fiji Islands; Trachycephalus and Oreocephalus,
peculiar to the Galapagos; Oreodeira, said to be from Australia; Diplolæmus
and Phymaturus, found only in Chili and Patagonia; and Callisaurus, Uta,
Euphryne, Uma, and Holbrookia, from New Mexico and California. All the
other genera are from various parts of Tropical America.
Family 51.—AGAMIDÆ. (42 Genera, 156 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— — 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
— —
Page 496
The extensive family Agamidæ—the Eastern representative of the Iguanas
—is highly characteristic of the Oriental region, which possesses about half
the known genera and species. Of the remainder, the greater part inhabit the
Australian region; others range over the deserts of Central and Western Asia
and Northern Africa, as far as Greece and South Russia. One genus extends
through Africa to the Cape of Good Hope, and there are three peculiar
genera in Madagascar, but the family is very poorly represented in the
Ethiopian region. Many of these creatures are adorned with beautifully
varied and vivid colours, and the little "dragons" or flying-lizards are among
the most interesting forms in the entire order. The larger genera are
distributed as follows:—
Draco (18 sp.), the Oriental region, excluding Ceylon; Otocryptis (4 sp.),
Ceylon, North India, Malaya; Ceratophora (3 sp.), Ceylon; Gonyocephalus
(8 sp.), Papuan Islands, Java, Borneo, Pelew Islands; Dilophyrus (7 sp.),
Indo-Malaya and Siam; Japalura (6 sp.), Himalayas, Borneo, Formosa, and
Loo Choo Islands; Sitana (2 sp.), Central and South India and Ceylon;
Bronchocela (3 sp.), Indo-Malaya, Cambodja, and Celebes; Calotes (12 sp.),
Continental India to China, Philippine Islands; Oriocalotes (2 sp.),
Himalayas; Acanthosaura (5 sp.), Malacca and Siam; Tiaris (3 sp.),
Andaman Islands, Borneo, Philippine and Papuan Islands; Physignathus (3
sp.), Cochin-China and Australia; Uromastix (5 sp.), South Russia, North
Africa, Central India; Stellio (5 sp.), Caucasus and Greece to Arabia, High
Himalayas and Central India; Trapelus (5 sp.), Tartary, Egypt, and
Afghanistan; Phrynocephalus (10 sp.), Tartary and Mongolia, Persia and
Afghanistan; Lophura (2 sp.), Amboyna and Pelew Islands;
Grammatophorus (14 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Agama (14 sp.), North
Africa to the Punjaub, South Africa. The remaining genera each consist of a
single species. Eight are peculiar to Australia, one to the Fiji Islands, one to
the Aru Islands, three to Ceylon, five to other parts of the Oriental region,
one to Persia, and one to South Russia.
Family 52.—CHAMÆLEONIDÆ. (1 Genus, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
—is highly characteristic of the Oriental region, which possesses about half
the known genera and species. Of the remainder, the greater part inhabit the
Australian region; others range over the deserts of Central and Western Asia
and Northern Africa, as far as Greece and South Russia. One genus extends
through Africa to the Cape of Good Hope, and there are three peculiar
genera in Madagascar, but the family is very poorly represented in the
Ethiopian region. Many of these creatures are adorned with beautifully
varied and vivid colours, and the little "dragons" or flying-lizards are among
the most interesting forms in the entire order. The larger genera are
distributed as follows:—
Draco (18 sp.), the Oriental region, excluding Ceylon; Otocryptis (4 sp.),
Ceylon, North India, Malaya; Ceratophora (3 sp.), Ceylon; Gonyocephalus
(8 sp.), Papuan Islands, Java, Borneo, Pelew Islands; Dilophyrus (7 sp.),
Indo-Malaya and Siam; Japalura (6 sp.), Himalayas, Borneo, Formosa, and
Loo Choo Islands; Sitana (2 sp.), Central and South India and Ceylon;
Bronchocela (3 sp.), Indo-Malaya, Cambodja, and Celebes; Calotes (12 sp.),
Continental India to China, Philippine Islands; Oriocalotes (2 sp.),
Himalayas; Acanthosaura (5 sp.), Malacca and Siam; Tiaris (3 sp.),
Andaman Islands, Borneo, Philippine and Papuan Islands; Physignathus (3
sp.), Cochin-China and Australia; Uromastix (5 sp.), South Russia, North
Africa, Central India; Stellio (5 sp.), Caucasus and Greece to Arabia, High
Himalayas and Central India; Trapelus (5 sp.), Tartary, Egypt, and
Afghanistan; Phrynocephalus (10 sp.), Tartary and Mongolia, Persia and
Afghanistan; Lophura (2 sp.), Amboyna and Pelew Islands;
Grammatophorus (14 sp.), Australia and Tasmania; Agama (14 sp.), North
Africa to the Punjaub, South Africa. The remaining genera each consist of a
single species. Eight are peculiar to Australia, one to the Fiji Islands, one to
the Aru Islands, three to Ceylon, five to other parts of the Oriental region,
one to Persia, and one to South Russia.
Family 52.—CHAMÆLEONIDÆ. (1 Genus, 30 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 497
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — — ———
— — — —
The Chamæleons are an almost exclusively Ethiopian group, only one
species, the common Chamæleon, inhabiting North Africa and Western Asia
as far as Central India and Ceylon. They abound all over Africa, and
peculiar species are found in Madagascar and Bourbon, as well as in the
Island of Fernando Po.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Lacertilia.
The distribution of the Lacertilia is, in many particulars, strikingly opposed
to that of the Ophidia. The Oriental, instead of being the richest is one of the
poorest regions, both in the number of families and in the number of
peculiar genera it contains; while in both these respects the Neotropical is
by far the richest. The distribution of the families is as follows:—
The Nearctic region has 7 families, none of which are peculiar to it; but it
has 3 peculiar genera—Chirotes, Ophisaurus, and Phrynosoma.
The Palæarctic region has 12 families, with two (Ophiomoridæ and
Trogonophidæ, each consisting of a single species) peculiar; while it has 6
peculiar or very characteristic genera, Trogonophis in North Africa,
Psammodromus in South Europe, Hyalosaurus in North Africa, Scincus in
North Africa and Arabia, Ophiomorus in East Europe and North Africa, and
Phrynocephalus in Siberia, Tartary, and Afghanistan. We have here a
striking amount of diversity between the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions
with hardly a single point of resemblance.
The Ethiopian region has 13 families, only one of which (the
Chamæsauridæ, consisting of a single species) is altogether peculiar; but it
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — — ———
— — — —
The Chamæleons are an almost exclusively Ethiopian group, only one
species, the common Chamæleon, inhabiting North Africa and Western Asia
as far as Central India and Ceylon. They abound all over Africa, and
peculiar species are found in Madagascar and Bourbon, as well as in the
Island of Fernando Po.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Lacertilia.
The distribution of the Lacertilia is, in many particulars, strikingly opposed
to that of the Ophidia. The Oriental, instead of being the richest is one of the
poorest regions, both in the number of families and in the number of
peculiar genera it contains; while in both these respects the Neotropical is
by far the richest. The distribution of the families is as follows:—
The Nearctic region has 7 families, none of which are peculiar to it; but it
has 3 peculiar genera—Chirotes, Ophisaurus, and Phrynosoma.
The Palæarctic region has 12 families, with two (Ophiomoridæ and
Trogonophidæ, each consisting of a single species) peculiar; while it has 6
peculiar or very characteristic genera, Trogonophis in North Africa,
Psammodromus in South Europe, Hyalosaurus in North Africa, Scincus in
North Africa and Arabia, Ophiomorus in East Europe and North Africa, and
Phrynocephalus in Siberia, Tartary, and Afghanistan. We have here a
striking amount of diversity between the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions
with hardly a single point of resemblance.
The Ethiopian region has 13 families, only one of which (the
Chamæsauridæ, consisting of a single species) is altogether peculiar; but it
Page 498
possesses 21 peculiar or characteristic genera, 9 belonging to the Zonuridæ,
2 to the Sepidæ, 7 to the Geckotidæ, and 3 to the Agamidæ.
The Oriental region has only 8 families, none of which are peculiar; but
there are 28 peculiar genera, 6 belonging to the Scincidæ, 1 to the
Acontiadæ, 5 to the Geckotidæ, and 16 to the Agamidæ. Many lizards being
sand and desert-haunters, it is not surprising that a number of forms are
common to the borderlands of the Oriental and Ethiopian regions; yet the
Sepidæ, so abundant in all Africa, do not range to the peninsula of India;
and the equally Ethiopian Zonuridæ have only one Oriental species, found,
not in the peninsula but in the Khasya Hills. The Acontiadæ alone offer
some analogy to the distribution of the Lemurs, being found in Africa,
Madagascar, Ceylon, and the Moluccas.
The Australian region has 11 families, 3 of which are peculiar; and it has
about 40 peculiar genera in ten families, about half of these genera
belonging to the Scincidæ. Only 3 families of almost universal distribution
are common to the Australian and Neotropical regions, with one species of
the American Iguanidæ in the Fiji Islands, so that, as far as this order is
concerned, these two regions have little resemblance.
The Neotropical region has 15 families, 6 of which are peculiar to it, and it
possesses more than 50 peculiar genera. These are distributed among 12
families, but more than half belong to the Iguanidæ, and half the remainder
to the Teidæ,—the two families especially characteristic of the Neotropical
region. All the Nearctic families which are not of almost universal
distribution are peculiarly Neotropical, showing that the Lacertilia of the
former region have probably been derived almost exclusively from the
latter.
On the whole the distribution of the Lacertilia shows a remarkable amount
of specialization in each of the great tropical regions, whence we may infer
that Southern Asia, Tropical Africa, Australia, and South America, each
obtained their original stock of this order at very remote periods, and that
there has since been little intercommunication between them. The peculiar
affinities indicated by such cases as the Lepidosternidæ, found only in the
2 to the Sepidæ, 7 to the Geckotidæ, and 3 to the Agamidæ.
The Oriental region has only 8 families, none of which are peculiar; but
there are 28 peculiar genera, 6 belonging to the Scincidæ, 1 to the
Acontiadæ, 5 to the Geckotidæ, and 16 to the Agamidæ. Many lizards being
sand and desert-haunters, it is not surprising that a number of forms are
common to the borderlands of the Oriental and Ethiopian regions; yet the
Sepidæ, so abundant in all Africa, do not range to the peninsula of India;
and the equally Ethiopian Zonuridæ have only one Oriental species, found,
not in the peninsula but in the Khasya Hills. The Acontiadæ alone offer
some analogy to the distribution of the Lemurs, being found in Africa,
Madagascar, Ceylon, and the Moluccas.
The Australian region has 11 families, 3 of which are peculiar; and it has
about 40 peculiar genera in ten families, about half of these genera
belonging to the Scincidæ. Only 3 families of almost universal distribution
are common to the Australian and Neotropical regions, with one species of
the American Iguanidæ in the Fiji Islands, so that, as far as this order is
concerned, these two regions have little resemblance.
The Neotropical region has 15 families, 6 of which are peculiar to it, and it
possesses more than 50 peculiar genera. These are distributed among 12
families, but more than half belong to the Iguanidæ, and half the remainder
to the Teidæ,—the two families especially characteristic of the Neotropical
region. All the Nearctic families which are not of almost universal
distribution are peculiarly Neotropical, showing that the Lacertilia of the
former region have probably been derived almost exclusively from the
latter.
On the whole the distribution of the Lacertilia shows a remarkable amount
of specialization in each of the great tropical regions, whence we may infer
that Southern Asia, Tropical Africa, Australia, and South America, each
obtained their original stock of this order at very remote periods, and that
there has since been little intercommunication between them. The peculiar
affinities indicated by such cases as the Lepidosternidæ, found only in the
Page 499
tropics of Africa and South America, and Tachydromus in Eastern Asia and
West Africa, may be the results either of once widely distributed families
surviving only in isolated localities where the conditions are favourable,—
or of some partial and temporary geographical connection, allowing of a
limited degree of intermixture of faunas. The former appears to be the more
probable and generally efficient cause, but the latter may have operated in
exceptional cases.
Fossil Lacertilia.
These date back to the Triassic period, and they are found in most
succeeding formations, but it is not till the Tertiary period that forms allied
to existing genera occur. These are at present too rare and too ill-defined to
throw much light on the geographical distribution of the order.
Order III.—RHYNCOCEPHALINA.
Family 53.—RHYNCOCEPHALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — 4
The singular and isolated genus Hatteria—the "Tuatara" or fringed lizard—
which alone constitutes this family, has peculiarities of structure which
separate it from both lizards and crocodiles, and mark it out as an ancestral
type, as distinct from other living reptiles as the Marsupials are from other
Mammalia. It is confined to New Zealand, and is chiefly found on small
islands near the north-east coast, being very rare, if not extinct, on the main
land. A fossil reptile named Hyperodapedon, of Triassic age, has been found
West Africa, may be the results either of once widely distributed families
surviving only in isolated localities where the conditions are favourable,—
or of some partial and temporary geographical connection, allowing of a
limited degree of intermixture of faunas. The former appears to be the more
probable and generally efficient cause, but the latter may have operated in
exceptional cases.
Fossil Lacertilia.
These date back to the Triassic period, and they are found in most
succeeding formations, but it is not till the Tertiary period that forms allied
to existing genera occur. These are at present too rare and too ill-defined to
throw much light on the geographical distribution of the order.
Order III.—RHYNCOCEPHALINA.
Family 53.—RHYNCOCEPHALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — 4
The singular and isolated genus Hatteria—the "Tuatara" or fringed lizard—
which alone constitutes this family, has peculiarities of structure which
separate it from both lizards and crocodiles, and mark it out as an ancestral
type, as distinct from other living reptiles as the Marsupials are from other
Mammalia. It is confined to New Zealand, and is chiefly found on small
islands near the north-east coast, being very rare, if not extinct, on the main
land. A fossil reptile named Hyperodapedon, of Triassic age, has been found
Page 500
in Scotland and India, and is supposed by Professor Huxley to be more
nearly allied to Hatteria than to any other living animal.
Order IV.—CROCODILIA.
Family 54.—GAVIALIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— 1——4 1——
— — — — —
The Gavials are long-snouted Crocodiles with large front teeth, and canines
fitting in notches of the upper jaw. They consist of two genera, Gavialis (1
sp.), inhabiting the Ganges; Tomistoma (2 sp.), found in the rivers of Borneo
and North Australia.
Family 55.—CROCODILIDÆ. (1 Genus, 12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — —
The true Crocodiles, which have the canines in notches, and the large front
teeth in pits in the upper jaw, are widely distributed over the tropical regions
of the globe, inhabiting all the rivers of Africa, the shores and estuaries of
nearly allied to Hatteria than to any other living animal.
Order IV.—CROCODILIA.
Family 54.—GAVIALIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— 1——4 1——
— — — — —
The Gavials are long-snouted Crocodiles with large front teeth, and canines
fitting in notches of the upper jaw. They consist of two genera, Gavialis (1
sp.), inhabiting the Ganges; Tomistoma (2 sp.), found in the rivers of Borneo
and North Australia.
Family 55.—CROCODILIDÆ. (1 Genus, 12 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
— — —
The true Crocodiles, which have the canines in notches, and the large front
teeth in pits in the upper jaw, are widely distributed over the tropical regions
of the globe, inhabiting all the rivers of Africa, the shores and estuaries of
Page 501
India, Siam, and eastward to North Australia. Other forms inhabit Cuba,
Yucatan, and Guatemala, to Ecuador and the Orinooko. Four species are
Asiatic, one exclusively Australian, three African, and four American. These
have been placed in distinct groups, but Dr. Günther considers them all to
form one genus, Crocodilus.
Family 56.—ALLIGATORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 10 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Alligators, which are distinguished by having both the large front teeth
and the canines fitting into pits of the upper jaw, are confined to the
Neotropical, and the southern part of the Nearctic regions, from the lower
Mississippi and Texas through all Tropical America, but they appear to be
absent from the Antilles. They are all placed by Dr. Günther in the single
genus, Alligator.
General Remarks on the Distribution of Crocodilia.
These animals, being few in number and wholly confined to the tropical and
sub-tropical regions, are of comparatively little interest as regards
geographical distribution. America possesses both Crocodiles and
Alligators; India, Crocodiles and Gavials; while Africa has Crocodiles only.
Both Crocodiles and Gavials are found in the northern part of the Australian
region, so that neither of the three families are restricted to a single region.
Fossil Crocodilia.
Yucatan, and Guatemala, to Ecuador and the Orinooko. Four species are
Asiatic, one exclusively Australian, three African, and four American. These
have been placed in distinct groups, but Dr. Günther considers them all to
form one genus, Crocodilus.
Family 56.—ALLIGATORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 10 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Alligators, which are distinguished by having both the large front teeth
and the canines fitting into pits of the upper jaw, are confined to the
Neotropical, and the southern part of the Nearctic regions, from the lower
Mississippi and Texas through all Tropical America, but they appear to be
absent from the Antilles. They are all placed by Dr. Günther in the single
genus, Alligator.
General Remarks on the Distribution of Crocodilia.
These animals, being few in number and wholly confined to the tropical and
sub-tropical regions, are of comparatively little interest as regards
geographical distribution. America possesses both Crocodiles and
Alligators; India, Crocodiles and Gavials; while Africa has Crocodiles only.
Both Crocodiles and Gavials are found in the northern part of the Australian
region, so that neither of the three families are restricted to a single region.
Fossil Crocodilia.
Page 502
The existing families of the order date back to the Eocene period in Europe,
and the Cretaceous in North America. In the south of England, Alligators,
Gavials and Crocodiles, all occur in Eocene beds, indicating that the present
distribution of these families is the result of partial extinction, and a gradual
restriction of their range—a most instructive fact, suggesting the true
explanation of a large number of cases of discontinuous distribution which
are sometimes held to prove the former union of lands now divided by the
deepest oceans. In more ancient formations, a number of Crocodilian
remains have been discovered which cannot be classed in any existing
families, and which, therefore, throw no light on the existing distribution of
the group.
Order V.—CHELONIA.
Family 57.—TESTUDINIDÆ. (14 Genera, 126 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
—
The Testudinidæ, including the land and many fresh-water tortoises, are
very widely distributed over the Old and New worlds, but are entirely
absent from Australia. They are especially abundant in the Nearctic region,
as far north as Canada and British Columbia, and almost equally so in the
Neotropical and Oriental regions; in the Ethiopian there is a considerable
diminution in the number of species, and in the Palæarctic they are still less
numerous, being confined to the warmer parts of it, except one species
which extends as far north as Hungary and Prussia. The genera are:—
Testudo (25 sp.), most abundant in the Ethiopian region, but also extending
over the Oriental region, into South Europe, and the Eastern States of North
and the Cretaceous in North America. In the south of England, Alligators,
Gavials and Crocodiles, all occur in Eocene beds, indicating that the present
distribution of these families is the result of partial extinction, and a gradual
restriction of their range—a most instructive fact, suggesting the true
explanation of a large number of cases of discontinuous distribution which
are sometimes held to prove the former union of lands now divided by the
deepest oceans. In more ancient formations, a number of Crocodilian
remains have been discovered which cannot be classed in any existing
families, and which, therefore, throw no light on the existing distribution of
the group.
Order V.—CHELONIA.
Family 57.—TESTUDINIDÆ. (14 Genera, 126 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
—
The Testudinidæ, including the land and many fresh-water tortoises, are
very widely distributed over the Old and New worlds, but are entirely
absent from Australia. They are especially abundant in the Nearctic region,
as far north as Canada and British Columbia, and almost equally so in the
Neotropical and Oriental regions; in the Ethiopian there is a considerable
diminution in the number of species, and in the Palæarctic they are still less
numerous, being confined to the warmer parts of it, except one species
which extends as far north as Hungary and Prussia. The genera are:—
Testudo (25 sp.), most abundant in the Ethiopian region, but also extending
over the Oriental region, into South Europe, and the Eastern States of North
Page 503
America; Emys (64 sp.), abundant in North America and over the whole
Oriental region, less so in the Neotropical and the Palæarctic regions;
Cinosternon (13 sp.), United States and California, and Tropical America;
Aromochelys (4 sp.), confined to the Eastern States of North America;
Staurotypus (2 sp.), Guatemala and Mexico; Chelydra (1 sp.), Canada to
Louisiana; Claudius (1 sp.), Mexico; Dermatemys (3 sp.), South America,
Guatemala, and Yucatan; Terrapene (4 sp.), Maine to Mexico, Sumatra to
New Guinea, Shanghae and Formosa—a doubtfully natural group; Cinyxis
(3 sp.), Pyxis (1 sp.), Chersina (4 sp.), are all Ethiopian; Dumerilia (1 sp.),
is from Madagascar only.
Family 58.—CHELYDIDÆ. (10 Genera, 44 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— —2—
— — — — —
The Chelydidæ, or fresh-water tortoises with imperfectly retractile heads,
have a remarkable distribution in the three great southern continents of
Africa, Australia, and South America; the largest number of species being
found in the latter country. The genera are:—
Peltocephalus (1 sp.), Podocnemis (6 sp.), Hydromedusa (4 sp.), Chelys (1
sp.), and Platemys (16 sp.), inhabiting South America from the Orinooko to
the La Plata, the latter genus occurring also in Australia and New Guinea;
Chelodina (5 sp.), Chelemys (1 sp.), and Elseya (2 sp.) from Australia; while
Sternotheres (6 sp.), and Pelomedusa (3 sp.), inhabit Tropical and South
Africa and Madagascar.
Family 59.—TRIONYCHIDÆ. (3 Genera, 25 Species.)
Oriental region, less so in the Neotropical and the Palæarctic regions;
Cinosternon (13 sp.), United States and California, and Tropical America;
Aromochelys (4 sp.), confined to the Eastern States of North America;
Staurotypus (2 sp.), Guatemala and Mexico; Chelydra (1 sp.), Canada to
Louisiana; Claudius (1 sp.), Mexico; Dermatemys (3 sp.), South America,
Guatemala, and Yucatan; Terrapene (4 sp.), Maine to Mexico, Sumatra to
New Guinea, Shanghae and Formosa—a doubtfully natural group; Cinyxis
(3 sp.), Pyxis (1 sp.), Chersina (4 sp.), are all Ethiopian; Dumerilia (1 sp.),
is from Madagascar only.
Family 58.—CHELYDIDÆ. (10 Genera, 44 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— —2—
— — — — —
The Chelydidæ, or fresh-water tortoises with imperfectly retractile heads,
have a remarkable distribution in the three great southern continents of
Africa, Australia, and South America; the largest number of species being
found in the latter country. The genera are:—
Peltocephalus (1 sp.), Podocnemis (6 sp.), Hydromedusa (4 sp.), Chelys (1
sp.), and Platemys (16 sp.), inhabiting South America from the Orinooko to
the La Plata, the latter genus occurring also in Australia and New Guinea;
Chelodina (5 sp.), Chelemys (1 sp.), and Elseya (2 sp.) from Australia; while
Sternotheres (6 sp.), and Pelomedusa (3 sp.), inhabit Tropical and South
Africa and Madagascar.
Family 59.—TRIONYCHIDÆ. (3 Genera, 25 Species.)
Page 504
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — 4 —
The distribution of the Trionychidæ, or Soft Tortoises, is very different from
that of the Chelydidæ, yet is equally interesting. They abound most in the
Oriental region, extending beyond it to Northern China and Japan. In the
Nearctic region they are only found in the Eastern States, corresponding
curiously to the distribution of plants, in which the affinity of Japan to the
Eastern States is greater than to California. The Trionychidæ are also found
over the Ethiopian region, but not in Madagascar.
The genera are,—Trionyx (17 sp.), which extends over the whole area of the
family as above indicated; Cycloderma (5 sp.), peculiar to Africa; Emyda (3
sp.), the peninsula of India, Ceylon, and Africa.
Family 60.—CHELONIIDÆ. (2 Genera, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.—All the warm and tropical Seas.
The Marine Turtles are almost universally distributed. Dermatochelys (1
sp.), is found in the temperate seas of both the Northern and Southern
Hemispheres; Chelone (4 sp.), ranges over all the tropical seas—C. viridis,
the epicureans' species, inhabiting the Atlantic, while C. imbricata which
produces the "tortoiseshell" of commerce is found in the Indian and Pacific
oceans.
Remarks on the Distribution of the Chelonia.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 ——— 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 ———
— — 4 —
The distribution of the Trionychidæ, or Soft Tortoises, is very different from
that of the Chelydidæ, yet is equally interesting. They abound most in the
Oriental region, extending beyond it to Northern China and Japan. In the
Nearctic region they are only found in the Eastern States, corresponding
curiously to the distribution of plants, in which the affinity of Japan to the
Eastern States is greater than to California. The Trionychidæ are also found
over the Ethiopian region, but not in Madagascar.
The genera are,—Trionyx (17 sp.), which extends over the whole area of the
family as above indicated; Cycloderma (5 sp.), peculiar to Africa; Emyda (3
sp.), the peninsula of India, Ceylon, and Africa.
Family 60.—CHELONIIDÆ. (2 Genera, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.—All the warm and tropical Seas.
The Marine Turtles are almost universally distributed. Dermatochelys (1
sp.), is found in the temperate seas of both the Northern and Southern
Hemispheres; Chelone (4 sp.), ranges over all the tropical seas—C. viridis,
the epicureans' species, inhabiting the Atlantic, while C. imbricata which
produces the "tortoiseshell" of commerce is found in the Indian and Pacific
oceans.
Remarks on the Distribution of the Chelonia.
Page 505
The four families into which the Chelonia are classed have all of them a
wide distribution, though none are universal. The Ethiopian region seems to
be the richest, as it possesses 3 of the four families, while no other region
has more than 2; and it also possesses 7 peculiar genera. Next comes the
Neotropical region with 2 families and 6 peculiar genera; the Australian
with 3, and the Nearctic with 2 peculiar genera; while the Oriental and
Palæarctic regions possess none that are peculiar. There are about 30 genera
and 200 species in the whole order.
Fossil Chelonia.—The earliest undoubted remains of this order occur in the
Upper Oolite. These belong to the Cheloniidæ and Emydidæ, which are also
found in the Chalk. In the Tertiary beds Chelonia are more abundant, and
the Trionychidæ now appear. The Testudinidæ are first met with in the
Miocene formation of Europe and the Eocene of North America, the most
remarkable being the gigantic Colossochelys Atlas of the Siwalik Hills. It
appears, therefore, that the families of the order Chelonia were already
specialised in the Secondary period, a fact which, together with their more
or less aquatic habits, sufficiently accounts for their generally wide
distribution. Species of Testudo, Emys, and Trionyx, are found in the Upper
Miocene of the south of France.
AMPHIBIA.
Order I.—PSEUDOPHIDIA.
Family 1.—CÆCILIADÆ. (4 Genera, 10 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3 — ———
— — — —
wide distribution, though none are universal. The Ethiopian region seems to
be the richest, as it possesses 3 of the four families, while no other region
has more than 2; and it also possesses 7 peculiar genera. Next comes the
Neotropical region with 2 families and 6 peculiar genera; the Australian
with 3, and the Nearctic with 2 peculiar genera; while the Oriental and
Palæarctic regions possess none that are peculiar. There are about 30 genera
and 200 species in the whole order.
Fossil Chelonia.—The earliest undoubted remains of this order occur in the
Upper Oolite. These belong to the Cheloniidæ and Emydidæ, which are also
found in the Chalk. In the Tertiary beds Chelonia are more abundant, and
the Trionychidæ now appear. The Testudinidæ are first met with in the
Miocene formation of Europe and the Eocene of North America, the most
remarkable being the gigantic Colossochelys Atlas of the Siwalik Hills. It
appears, therefore, that the families of the order Chelonia were already
specialised in the Secondary period, a fact which, together with their more
or less aquatic habits, sufficiently accounts for their generally wide
distribution. Species of Testudo, Emys, and Trionyx, are found in the Upper
Miocene of the south of France.
AMPHIBIA.
Order I.—PSEUDOPHIDIA.
Family 1.—CÆCILIADÆ. (4 Genera, 10 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— —2— 1. 2. 3 — ———
— — — —
Page 506
The Cæciliadæ are a curious group of worm-like Amphibia sparingly
scattered over the three great tropical regions. The genera are,—Cæcilia,
which inhabits West Africa, Malabar and South America; Siphonopsis,
peculiar to Brazil and Mexico; Ichthyopsis, from Ceylon and the Khasya
Mountains; and Rhinatrema from Cayenne.
Order II.—URODELA.
Family 2.—SIRENIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Siren, consisting of eel-like Batrachians with two anterior feet
and permanent branchiæ, inhabits the South-Eastern States of North
America from Texas to Carolina.
Family 3.—PROTEIDÆ. (2 Genera, 4 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 1—— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
scattered over the three great tropical regions. The genera are,—Cæcilia,
which inhabits West Africa, Malabar and South America; Siphonopsis,
peculiar to Brazil and Mexico; Ichthyopsis, from Ceylon and the Khasya
Mountains; and Rhinatrema from Cayenne.
Order II.—URODELA.
Family 2.—SIRENIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Siren, consisting of eel-like Batrachians with two anterior feet
and permanent branchiæ, inhabits the South-Eastern States of North
America from Texas to Carolina.
Family 3.—PROTEIDÆ. (2 Genera, 4 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 1—— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
Page 507
The Proteidæ have four feet and persistent external branchiæ. The two
genera are,—Proteus (1 sp.), found only in caverns of Central Europe; and
Menobranchus, which are like newts in form, and inhabit the Eastern States
of North America.
Family 4.—AMPHIUMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Amphiuma, or Murænopsis, consists of slender eel-like creatures
with four rudimentary feet, and no external branchiæ. The species inhabit
the Southern United States from New Orleans to Carolina.
Family 5.—MENOPOMIDÆ. (2 Genera, 4 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — 4 — — —
There are large Salamanders of repulsive appearance, found only in Eastern
Asia and the Eastern United States. The genera are,—Sieboldia (2 sp.),
Japan and north-west China; Menopoma = Protonopsis (2 sp.), Ohio and
Alleghany rivers.
genera are,—Proteus (1 sp.), found only in caverns of Central Europe; and
Menobranchus, which are like newts in form, and inhabit the Eastern States
of North America.
Family 4.—AMPHIUMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The genus Amphiuma, or Murænopsis, consists of slender eel-like creatures
with four rudimentary feet, and no external branchiæ. The species inhabit
the Southern United States from New Orleans to Carolina.
Family 5.—MENOPOMIDÆ. (2 Genera, 4 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — 4 — — —
There are large Salamanders of repulsive appearance, found only in Eastern
Asia and the Eastern United States. The genera are,—Sieboldia (2 sp.),
Japan and north-west China; Menopoma = Protonopsis (2 sp.), Ohio and
Alleghany rivers.
Page 508
Family 6.—SALAMANDRIDÆ. (20 Genera, 85 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——3 ———
— — —
The Salamandridæ, of which our common Newts are characteristic
examples, form an extensive family highly characteristic of the North
Temperate regions, a few species only extending into the Neotropical region
along the Andes to near Bogota, and one into the Oriental region in Western
China. The genera, as arranged by Dr. Strauch, are as follows:—
Salamandra (2 sp.), Central and South Europe and North Africa;
Pleurodeles (1 sp.), Spain, Portugal, and Morocco; Bradybates (1 sp.),
Spain; Triton (16 sp.), all Europe except the extreme north, Algeria, North
China and Japan, Eastern States of North America, California and Oregon;
Chioglossa (2 sp.), Portugal and South Europe; Salamandrina (1 sp.), Italy
to Dalmatia; Ellipsoglossa (2 sp.), Japan; Isodactylium (2 sp.), East Siberia;
Onychodactylus (1 sp.), Japan; Amblystoma (21 sp.), Nearctic region from
Canada and Oregon to Mexico, most abundant in Eastern States; Ranodon
(1 sp.), Tartary and North-east China; Dicamptodon (1 sp.), California;
Plethodon (5 sp.), Massachusetts to Louisiana, and Vancouver's Island to
California; Desmognathus (4 sp.), Eastern United States south of latitude
43°; Anaides (1 sp.), Oregon and Northern California; Hemidactylium (2
sp.), South-eastern United States and Southern California; Heredia (1 sp.),
Oregon and California; Spelerpes (18 sp.), Eastern United States from
Massachusetts to Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica and Andes of Bogota,
with a species in South Europe; Batrachoseps (2 sp.), South-eastern United
States and California; Tylotriton (1 sp.), Yunan in West China.
Order III.—ANURA.
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——— ——3 ———
— — —
The Salamandridæ, of which our common Newts are characteristic
examples, form an extensive family highly characteristic of the North
Temperate regions, a few species only extending into the Neotropical region
along the Andes to near Bogota, and one into the Oriental region in Western
China. The genera, as arranged by Dr. Strauch, are as follows:—
Salamandra (2 sp.), Central and South Europe and North Africa;
Pleurodeles (1 sp.), Spain, Portugal, and Morocco; Bradybates (1 sp.),
Spain; Triton (16 sp.), all Europe except the extreme north, Algeria, North
China and Japan, Eastern States of North America, California and Oregon;
Chioglossa (2 sp.), Portugal and South Europe; Salamandrina (1 sp.), Italy
to Dalmatia; Ellipsoglossa (2 sp.), Japan; Isodactylium (2 sp.), East Siberia;
Onychodactylus (1 sp.), Japan; Amblystoma (21 sp.), Nearctic region from
Canada and Oregon to Mexico, most abundant in Eastern States; Ranodon
(1 sp.), Tartary and North-east China; Dicamptodon (1 sp.), California;
Plethodon (5 sp.), Massachusetts to Louisiana, and Vancouver's Island to
California; Desmognathus (4 sp.), Eastern United States south of latitude
43°; Anaides (1 sp.), Oregon and Northern California; Hemidactylium (2
sp.), South-eastern United States and Southern California; Heredia (1 sp.),
Oregon and California; Spelerpes (18 sp.), Eastern United States from
Massachusetts to Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica and Andes of Bogota,
with a species in South Europe; Batrachoseps (2 sp.), South-eastern United
States and California; Tylotriton (1 sp.), Yunan in West China.
Order III.—ANURA.
Page 509
Family 7.—RHINOPHRYNIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Rhinophrynidæ are Toads with imperfect ears and a tongue which is
free in front. The single species of Rhinophrynus, is a native of Mexico.
Family 8.—PHRYNISCIDÆ. (5 Genera, 13 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— 1. 2 — — ——— —2—
— — 4 —
The Phryniscidæ, or Toads with imperfect ears and tongue fixed in front, are
widely distributed over the warmer regions of the earth, but are most
abundant in the Neotropical region and Australia, while only single species
occur in the Old World. The genera are:—
Phryniscus (7 sp.), from Costa Rica to Chili and Monte Video;
Brachycephalus (1 sp.), Brazil; Pseudophryne (3 sp.), Australia and
Tasmania; Hemisus (1 sp.), Tropical Africa; Micrhyla (1 sp.), Java.
Family 9.—HYLAPLESIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——3 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Rhinophrynidæ are Toads with imperfect ears and a tongue which is
free in front. The single species of Rhinophrynus, is a native of Mexico.
Family 8.—PHRYNISCIDÆ. (5 Genera, 13 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— 1. 2 — — ——— —2—
— — 4 —
The Phryniscidæ, or Toads with imperfect ears and tongue fixed in front, are
widely distributed over the warmer regions of the earth, but are most
abundant in the Neotropical region and Australia, while only single species
occur in the Old World. The genera are:—
Phryniscus (7 sp.), from Costa Rica to Chili and Monte Video;
Brachycephalus (1 sp.), Brazil; Pseudophryne (3 sp.), Australia and
Tasmania; Hemisus (1 sp.), Tropical Africa; Micrhyla (1 sp.), Java.
Family 9.—HYLAPLESIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
Page 510
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — 4 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Hylaplesidæ are Toads with perfect ears, and they seem to be confined
to the Neotropical region. The only genus, Hylaplesia (5 sp.), inhabits
Brazil, Chili, and the Island of Hayti.
Family 10.—BUFONIDÆ. (6 Genera, 64 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
The rather extensive family of the Bufonidæ, which includes our common
Toad, and is characterised by prominent neck glands and tongue fixed in
front, is almost universally distributed, but is very rare in the Australian
region; one species being found in Celebes and one in Australia. The genera
are:—
Kalophrynus (2 sp.), Borneo; Bufo (58 sp.), has the range of the entire
family, except Australia; Otilophus (1 sp.), South America; Peltaphryne (1
sp.), Porto Rico; Pseudobufo (1 sp.), Malay Peninsula; Schismaderma (1
sp.), Natal; Notaden (1 sp.), East Central Australia.
Family 11.—XENORHINIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — 4 ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Hylaplesidæ are Toads with perfect ears, and they seem to be confined
to the Neotropical region. The only genus, Hylaplesia (5 sp.), inhabits
Brazil, Chili, and the Island of Hayti.
Family 10.—BUFONIDÆ. (6 Genera, 64 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
The rather extensive family of the Bufonidæ, which includes our common
Toad, and is characterised by prominent neck glands and tongue fixed in
front, is almost universally distributed, but is very rare in the Australian
region; one species being found in Celebes and one in Australia. The genera
are:—
Kalophrynus (2 sp.), Borneo; Bufo (58 sp.), has the range of the entire
family, except Australia; Otilophus (1 sp.), South America; Peltaphryne (1
sp.), Porto Rico; Pseudobufo (1 sp.), Malay Peninsula; Schismaderma (1
sp.), Natal; Notaden (1 sp.), East Central Australia.
Family 11.—XENORHINIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
Page 511
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1——
— — — — — —
The Xenorhinidæ may be characterised as Toads with perfect ears and
tongue free in front. The only species of Xenorhina is a native of New
Guinea.
Family 12.—ENGYSTOMIDÆ. (15 Genera, 31 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——3 ——— — 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 —2—
— — —
The Engystomidæ are Toads without neck-glands and with the tongue tied
in front. They are most abundant in the Oriental and Neotropical regions,
especially in the latter, which contains about half the known species, with
isolated species in Australia, Africa, and the Southern States of North
America. They appear to be the remnant of a once extensive and universally
distributed group, which has maintained itself in two remote regions, but is
dying out everywhere else. The genera are:—
Engystoma (9 sp.), Carolina to La Plata, with one species in South China;
Diplopelma (3 sp.), South India to China and Java; Cacopus (2 sp.), Central
India; Glyphoglossus (1 sp.), Pegu; Callula (4 sp.), Sikhim, Ceylon, China,
and Borneo; Brachymerus (1 sp.), South Africa; Adenomera (1 sp.), Brazil;
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 1——
— — — — — —
The Xenorhinidæ may be characterised as Toads with perfect ears and
tongue free in front. The only species of Xenorhina is a native of New
Guinea.
Family 12.—ENGYSTOMIDÆ. (15 Genera, 31 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3 — ——3 ——— — 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 —2—
— — —
The Engystomidæ are Toads without neck-glands and with the tongue tied
in front. They are most abundant in the Oriental and Neotropical regions,
especially in the latter, which contains about half the known species, with
isolated species in Australia, Africa, and the Southern States of North
America. They appear to be the remnant of a once extensive and universally
distributed group, which has maintained itself in two remote regions, but is
dying out everywhere else. The genera are:—
Engystoma (9 sp.), Carolina to La Plata, with one species in South China;
Diplopelma (3 sp.), South India to China and Java; Cacopus (2 sp.), Central
India; Glyphoglossus (1 sp.), Pegu; Callula (4 sp.), Sikhim, Ceylon, China,
and Borneo; Brachymerus (1 sp.), South Africa; Adenomera (1 sp.), Brazil;
Page 512
Pachybatrachus (1 sp.), Australia; Breviceps (2 sp.), South and West Africa;
Chelydobatrachus (1 sp.), West Australia; Hypopachus (1 sp.), Costa Rica;
Rhinoderma (1 sp.), Chili; Atelopus (1 sp.), Cayenne and Peru; Copea (1
sp.), South America; Paludicola (1 sp.), New Granada.
Family 13.—BOMBINATORIDÆ. (8 Genera, 9 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— 1. 2 — — ——— ——— ———
— — — 4
The Bombinatoridæ are a family of Frogs which have imperfect ears and no
neck-glands, and they have a very peculiar and interesting distribution,
being confined to Central and South Europe, the southern part of South
America, and New Zealand. They consist of many isolated groups forming
five separate sub-families. The genera are:—
Bombinator, Central Europe and Italy; Pelobates and Didocus, Central
Europe and Spain; Telmatobius (2 sp.), Peru and Brazil; Alsodes, Chonos
Archipelago; Cacotus, Chili; Liopelma, New Zealand; Nannophryne, Straits
of Magellan.
Family 14.—PLECTROMANTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Chelydobatrachus (1 sp.), West Australia; Hypopachus (1 sp.), Costa Rica;
Rhinoderma (1 sp.), Chili; Atelopus (1 sp.), Cayenne and Peru; Copea (1
sp.), South America; Paludicola (1 sp.), New Granada.
Family 13.—BOMBINATORIDÆ. (8 Genera, 9 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— 1. 2 — — ——— ——— ———
— — — 4
The Bombinatoridæ are a family of Frogs which have imperfect ears and no
neck-glands, and they have a very peculiar and interesting distribution,
being confined to Central and South Europe, the southern part of South
America, and New Zealand. They consist of many isolated groups forming
five separate sub-families. The genera are:—
Bombinator, Central Europe and Italy; Pelobates and Didocus, Central
Europe and Spain; Telmatobius (2 sp.), Peru and Brazil; Alsodes, Chonos
Archipelago; Cacotus, Chili; Liopelma, New Zealand; Nannophryne, Straits
of Magellan.
Family 14.—PLECTROMANTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 513
1—— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
The Plectromantidæ, which are Frogs with neck-glands, and the toes but not
the fingers dilated, consists of a single species of the genus Plectromantis. It
inhabits the region west of the Andes, and south of the Equator.
Family 15.—ALYTIDÆ. (5 Genera, 37 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— 1. 2. 3 — 1—— 1. 2. 3 — ——— 1. 2 — —
— — —
The Alytidæ are Frogs with neck-glands and undilated toes. They are most
abundant in the Ethiopian region, with a few species in the Nearctic and
Australian regions, and one in Europe and Brazil respectively. The genera
are:—
Alytes (1 sp.), Central Europe; Scaphiopus (5 sp.), California to Mexico and
the Eastern States; Hyperolius (29 sp.), all Africa, and two in New Guinea
and North Australia; Helioporus (1 sp.), in Australia; Nattereria (1 sp.),
Brazil.
Family 16.—PELODRYADÆ. (3 Genera, 7 Species.)
General Distribution.
— — — — — —
The Plectromantidæ, which are Frogs with neck-glands, and the toes but not
the fingers dilated, consists of a single species of the genus Plectromantis. It
inhabits the region west of the Andes, and south of the Equator.
Family 15.—ALYTIDÆ. (5 Genera, 37 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2— 1. 2. 3 — 1—— 1. 2. 3 — ——— 1. 2 — —
— — —
The Alytidæ are Frogs with neck-glands and undilated toes. They are most
abundant in the Ethiopian region, with a few species in the Nearctic and
Australian regions, and one in Europe and Brazil respectively. The genera
are:—
Alytes (1 sp.), Central Europe; Scaphiopus (5 sp.), California to Mexico and
the Eastern States; Hyperolius (29 sp.), all Africa, and two in New Guinea
and North Australia; Helioporus (1 sp.), in Australia; Nattereria (1 sp.),
Brazil.
Family 16.—PELODRYADÆ. (3 Genera, 7 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 514
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — —
The Pelodryadæ are Tree Frogs with neck-glands, and are confined to the
Australian and Neotropical regions. The genera are:—
Phyllomedusa (3 sp.), South America to Paraguay; Chirodryas, Australia;
and Pelodryas (3 sp.), Moluccas, New Guinea and Australia.
Family 17.—HYLIDÆ. (11 Genera, 94 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ——3 1. 2 — —
— —
The Hylidæ are glandless Tree Frogs with a broadened sacrum. They are
most abundant in the Neotropical region, which contains more than two-
thirds of the species; about twenty species are Australian; six or seven are
Nearctic, reaching northward to Great Bear Lake; while one only is
European, and one Oriental. The genera are:—
Hyla (62 sp.), having the range of the whole family; Hylella (1 sp.),
Ololygon (1 sp.), Pohlia (2 sp.), Triprion (1 sp.), Opisthodelphys (1 sp.), and
Nototrema (4 sp.), are South American; while Trachycephalus (8 sp.), is
peculiar to the Antilles, except one South American species; Pseudacris (1
sp.), ranges from Georgia, United States, to Great Bear Lake; Litoria (7 sp.),
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— ——— ——— ——— 1. 2 — —
— — — —
The Pelodryadæ are Tree Frogs with neck-glands, and are confined to the
Australian and Neotropical regions. The genera are:—
Phyllomedusa (3 sp.), South America to Paraguay; Chirodryas, Australia;
and Pelodryas (3 sp.), Moluccas, New Guinea and Australia.
Family 17.—HYLIDÆ. (11 Genera, 94 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ——3 1. 2 — —
— —
The Hylidæ are glandless Tree Frogs with a broadened sacrum. They are
most abundant in the Neotropical region, which contains more than two-
thirds of the species; about twenty species are Australian; six or seven are
Nearctic, reaching northward to Great Bear Lake; while one only is
European, and one Oriental. The genera are:—
Hyla (62 sp.), having the range of the whole family; Hylella (1 sp.),
Ololygon (1 sp.), Pohlia (2 sp.), Triprion (1 sp.), Opisthodelphys (1 sp.), and
Nototrema (4 sp.), are South American; while Trachycephalus (8 sp.), is
peculiar to the Antilles, except one South American species; Pseudacris (1
sp.), ranges from Georgia, United States, to Great Bear Lake; Litoria (7 sp.),
Page 515
is Australian and Papuan, except one species in Paraguay; Ceratohyla (4
sp.), is only known from Ecuador.
Family 18.—POLYPEDATIDÆ. (24 Genera, 124 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 ——3 — — 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
—
The Polypedatidæ, or glandless Tree Frogs with narrowed sacrum, are
almost equally numerous in the Oriental and Neotropical regions, more than
forty species inhabiting each, while in the Ethiopian there are about half this
number, and the remainder are scattered over the other three regions, as
shown in the enumeration of the genera:—
Ixalus (16 sp.), Oriental, except one in Japan, and one in Western Polynesia;
Rhacophorus (7 sp.), and Theloderma (1 sp.), are Oriental; Hylarana (10
sp.), Oriental, to the Solomon Islands and Tartary, Nicobar Islands, West
Africa, and Madagascar; Megalixalus (1 sp.), Seychelle Islands;
Leptomantis (1 sp.), Philippines; Platymantis (5 sp.), New Guinea,
Philippines, and Fiji Islands; Cornufer (2 sp.), Java and New Guinea;
Polypedates (19 sp.), mostly Oriental, but two species in West Africa, one
Madagascar, two Japan, one Loo-Choo Islands, and one Hong Kong;
Hylambates (3 sp.), Hemimantis (1 sp.), and Chiromantis (1 sp.), are
Ethiopian; Rappia (13 sp.), is Ethiopian, and extends to Madagascar and the
Seychelle Islands; Acris (2 sp.), is North American; Elosia (1 sp.), Epirhixis
(1 sp.), Phyllobates (9 sp.), Hylodes (26 sp.), Hyloxalus (1 sp.), Pristimantis
(1 sp.), Crossodactylus (1 sp.), Calostethus (1 sp.), Strabomantis (1 sp.), and
Leiyla (1 sp.), are Neotropical, the last two being Central American, while
species of Hylodes and Phyllobates are found in the West Indian Islands.
sp.), is only known from Ecuador.
Family 18.—POLYPEDATIDÆ. (24 Genera, 124 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 ——3 — — 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
—
The Polypedatidæ, or glandless Tree Frogs with narrowed sacrum, are
almost equally numerous in the Oriental and Neotropical regions, more than
forty species inhabiting each, while in the Ethiopian there are about half this
number, and the remainder are scattered over the other three regions, as
shown in the enumeration of the genera:—
Ixalus (16 sp.), Oriental, except one in Japan, and one in Western Polynesia;
Rhacophorus (7 sp.), and Theloderma (1 sp.), are Oriental; Hylarana (10
sp.), Oriental, to the Solomon Islands and Tartary, Nicobar Islands, West
Africa, and Madagascar; Megalixalus (1 sp.), Seychelle Islands;
Leptomantis (1 sp.), Philippines; Platymantis (5 sp.), New Guinea,
Philippines, and Fiji Islands; Cornufer (2 sp.), Java and New Guinea;
Polypedates (19 sp.), mostly Oriental, but two species in West Africa, one
Madagascar, two Japan, one Loo-Choo Islands, and one Hong Kong;
Hylambates (3 sp.), Hemimantis (1 sp.), and Chiromantis (1 sp.), are
Ethiopian; Rappia (13 sp.), is Ethiopian, and extends to Madagascar and the
Seychelle Islands; Acris (2 sp.), is North American; Elosia (1 sp.), Epirhixis
(1 sp.), Phyllobates (9 sp.), Hylodes (26 sp.), Hyloxalus (1 sp.), Pristimantis
(1 sp.), Crossodactylus (1 sp.), Calostethus (1 sp.), Strabomantis (1 sp.), and
Leiyla (1 sp.), are Neotropical, the last two being Central American, while
species of Hylodes and Phyllobates are found in the West Indian Islands.
Page 516
Family 19.—RANIDÆ. (26 Genera, 150 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
The Ranidæ, or true Frogs, are characterised by having simple undilated
toes, but neither neck-glands nor dilated sacrum. They are almost
cosmopolitan, extending to the extreme north and south from the North
Cape to Patagonia, and they are equally at home in the tropics. They are
perhaps most abundant in South America, where a large number of the
genera and species are found; the Ethiopian region comes next, while they
are rather less abundant in the Oriental and Australian regions; the Nearctic
region has much less (about 12 species), while the Palæarctic has only five,
and these two northern regions only possess the single genus Rana. The
genera are distributed as follows:—
Rana (60 sp.), ranges all over the world, except Australia and South
America, although it extends into New Guinea and into Mexico and Central
America; it is most abundant in Africa. Pyxicephalus (7 sp.), extends over
the whole Ethiopian region, Hindostan, the Himalayas, and Japan;
Cystignathus (22 sp.), is mainly Neotropical, but has three species
Ethiopian. All the other genera are confined to single regions. The
Neotropical genera are:—Odontophrynus (1 sp.), Pseudis (1 sp.),
Pithecopsis (1 sp.), Ensophleus (1 sp.), Limnocharis (1 sp.), Hemiphractus
(1 sp.), all Tropical South American east of Andes; Ceratophrys (5 sp.),
Panama to La Plata; Cycloramphus (1 sp.), West Ecuador and Chili;
Pleurodema (6 sp.), Venezuela to Patagonia; Leiuperus (12 sp.), Mexico and
St. Domingo to Patagonia; Hylorhina (1 sp.), Chiloe. The Australian genera
are:—Myxophyes (1 sp.), Queensland; Platyplectrum (2 sp.), Queensland
and West Australia; Neobatrachus (1 sp.), South Australia; Limnodynastes
(7 sp.), and Crinia (11 sp.), Australia and Tasmania. The Oriental genera
are:—Dicroglossus (1 sp.), Western Himalayas; Oxyglossus (2 sp.), Siam to
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
The Ranidæ, or true Frogs, are characterised by having simple undilated
toes, but neither neck-glands nor dilated sacrum. They are almost
cosmopolitan, extending to the extreme north and south from the North
Cape to Patagonia, and they are equally at home in the tropics. They are
perhaps most abundant in South America, where a large number of the
genera and species are found; the Ethiopian region comes next, while they
are rather less abundant in the Oriental and Australian regions; the Nearctic
region has much less (about 12 species), while the Palæarctic has only five,
and these two northern regions only possess the single genus Rana. The
genera are distributed as follows:—
Rana (60 sp.), ranges all over the world, except Australia and South
America, although it extends into New Guinea and into Mexico and Central
America; it is most abundant in Africa. Pyxicephalus (7 sp.), extends over
the whole Ethiopian region, Hindostan, the Himalayas, and Japan;
Cystignathus (22 sp.), is mainly Neotropical, but has three species
Ethiopian. All the other genera are confined to single regions. The
Neotropical genera are:—Odontophrynus (1 sp.), Pseudis (1 sp.),
Pithecopsis (1 sp.), Ensophleus (1 sp.), Limnocharis (1 sp.), Hemiphractus
(1 sp.), all Tropical South American east of Andes; Ceratophrys (5 sp.),
Panama to La Plata; Cycloramphus (1 sp.), West Ecuador and Chili;
Pleurodema (6 sp.), Venezuela to Patagonia; Leiuperus (12 sp.), Mexico and
St. Domingo to Patagonia; Hylorhina (1 sp.), Chiloe. The Australian genera
are:—Myxophyes (1 sp.), Queensland; Platyplectrum (2 sp.), Queensland
and West Australia; Neobatrachus (1 sp.), South Australia; Limnodynastes
(7 sp.), and Crinia (11 sp.), Australia and Tasmania. The Oriental genera
are:—Dicroglossus (1 sp.), Western Himalayas; Oxyglossus (2 sp.), Siam to
Page 517
Java, Philippines and China; Hoplobatrachus (1 sp.), Ceylon;
Phrynoglossus (1 sp.), Siam. The Ethiopian genera are:—Phrynobatrachus
(1 sp.), Stenorhynchus (1 sp.), both from Natal.
Family 20.—DISCOGLOSSIDÆ, (14 Genera, 18 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 — 2. 3 — — 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
—
The Discoglossidæ, or Frogs with a dilated sacrum, are remarkable for the
number of generic forms scattered over a large part of the globe, being only
absent from the Nearctic and the northern half of the Neotropical regions,
and also from Hindostan and East Africa. The genera are:—
Chiroleptes (4 sp.), Australia; Calyplocephalus (1 sp.), allied to the
preceding, from Chili; Cryptotis (1 sp.), Australia; Asterophys (2 sp.), New
Guinea and Aru Islands; Xenophrys (1 sp.), Eastern Himalayas;
Megalophrys (2 sp.), Ceylon and the Malay Islands; Nannophrys (1 sp.),
Ceylon; Pelodytes (1 sp.), France only; Leptobrachium (1 sp.), Java;
Discoglossus (1 sp.), Vienna to Algiers; Laprissa (1 sp.), Latonia (1 sp.),
Palæarctic region; Arthroleptis (2 sp.), West Africa and the Cape; Grypiscus
(1 sp.), South Brazil.
Family 21.—PIPIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Phrynoglossus (1 sp.), Siam. The Ethiopian genera are:—Phrynobatrachus
(1 sp.), Stenorhynchus (1 sp.), both from Natal.
Family 20.—DISCOGLOSSIDÆ, (14 Genera, 18 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2 — — ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 — 2. 3 — — 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
—
The Discoglossidæ, or Frogs with a dilated sacrum, are remarkable for the
number of generic forms scattered over a large part of the globe, being only
absent from the Nearctic and the northern half of the Neotropical regions,
and also from Hindostan and East Africa. The genera are:—
Chiroleptes (4 sp.), Australia; Calyplocephalus (1 sp.), allied to the
preceding, from Chili; Cryptotis (1 sp.), Australia; Asterophys (2 sp.), New
Guinea and Aru Islands; Xenophrys (1 sp.), Eastern Himalayas;
Megalophrys (2 sp.), Ceylon and the Malay Islands; Nannophrys (1 sp.),
Ceylon; Pelodytes (1 sp.), France only; Leptobrachium (1 sp.), Java;
Discoglossus (1 sp.), Vienna to Algiers; Laprissa (1 sp.), Latonia (1 sp.),
Palæarctic region; Arthroleptis (2 sp.), West Africa and the Cape; Grypiscus
(1 sp.), South Brazil.
Family 21.—PIPIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 518
—2— ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
Page 519
The Pipidæ are toads without a tongue or maxillary teeth, and with
enormously dilated sacrum. The only species of Pipa is a native of Guiana.
Family 22.—DACTYLETHRIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
The Dactylethridæ are Toads with maxillary teeth but no tongue, and with
enormously dilated sacrum. The species of Dactylethra are natives of West,
East, and South Africa.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Amphibia.
The Amphibia, as here enumerated, consist of 22 families, 152 genera, and
nearly 700 species. Many of the families have a very limited range, only two
(Ranidæ and Polypedatidæ) being nearly universal; five more extend each
into five regions, while no less than thirteen of the families are confined to
one, two, or three regions each. By far the richest region is the Neotropical,
possessing 16 families (four of them peculiar) and about 50 peculiar or very
characteristic genera. Next comes the Australian, with 11 families (one of
which is peculiar) and 16 peculiar genera. The Nearctic region has no less
than 9 of the families (two of them peculiar to it) and 15 peculiar genera, 13
of which are tailed Batrachians which have here their metropolis. The other
three regions have 9 families each; the Palæarctic has no peculiar family but
no less than 15 peculiar genera; the Ethiopian 1 family and 12 genera
peculiar to it; and the Oriental, 19 genera but no family confined to it.
enormously dilated sacrum. The only species of Pipa is a native of Guiana.
Family 22.—DACTYLETHRIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— 1. 2. 3 — ——— ———
— — — — —
The Dactylethridæ are Toads with maxillary teeth but no tongue, and with
enormously dilated sacrum. The species of Dactylethra are natives of West,
East, and South Africa.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Amphibia.
The Amphibia, as here enumerated, consist of 22 families, 152 genera, and
nearly 700 species. Many of the families have a very limited range, only two
(Ranidæ and Polypedatidæ) being nearly universal; five more extend each
into five regions, while no less than thirteen of the families are confined to
one, two, or three regions each. By far the richest region is the Neotropical,
possessing 16 families (four of them peculiar) and about 50 peculiar or very
characteristic genera. Next comes the Australian, with 11 families (one of
which is peculiar) and 16 peculiar genera. The Nearctic region has no less
than 9 of the families (two of them peculiar to it) and 15 peculiar genera, 13
of which are tailed Batrachians which have here their metropolis. The other
three regions have 9 families each; the Palæarctic has no peculiar family but
no less than 15 peculiar genera; the Ethiopian 1 family and 12 genera
peculiar to it; and the Oriental, 19 genera but no family confined to it.
Page 520
It is evident, therefore, that each of the regions is well characterised by its
peculiar forms of Amphibia, there being only a few genera, such as Hyla,
Rana, and Bufo which have a wide range. The connection of the Australian
and Neotropical regions is well shown in this group, by the Phryniscidæ,
Hylidæ, and Discoglossidæ, which present allied forms in both; as well as
by the genus Liopelma of New Zealand, allied to the Bombinatoridæ of
South America, and the absence of the otherwise cosmopolitan genus Rana
from both continents. The affinity of the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions is
shown by the Proteidæ, which are confined to them, as well as by the genus
Triton and almost the whole of the extensive family of the Salamandridæ.
The other regions are also well differentiated, and there is no sign of a
special Ethiopian Amphibian fauna extending over the peninsula of India, or
of the Oriental and Palæarctic regions merging into each other, except by
means of genera of universal distribution.
Fossil Amphibia.—The extinct Labyrinthodontia form a separate order,
which existed from the Carboniferous to the Triassic period. No other
remains of this class are found till we reach the Tertiary formation, when
Newts and Salamanders as well as Frogs and Toads occur, most frequently
in the Miocene deposits. The most remarkable is the Andrias scheuchzeri
from the Miocene of Œningen, which is allied to Sieboldia maxima the great
salamander of Japan.
peculiar forms of Amphibia, there being only a few genera, such as Hyla,
Rana, and Bufo which have a wide range. The connection of the Australian
and Neotropical regions is well shown in this group, by the Phryniscidæ,
Hylidæ, and Discoglossidæ, which present allied forms in both; as well as
by the genus Liopelma of New Zealand, allied to the Bombinatoridæ of
South America, and the absence of the otherwise cosmopolitan genus Rana
from both continents. The affinity of the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions is
shown by the Proteidæ, which are confined to them, as well as by the genus
Triton and almost the whole of the extensive family of the Salamandridæ.
The other regions are also well differentiated, and there is no sign of a
special Ethiopian Amphibian fauna extending over the peninsula of India, or
of the Oriental and Palæarctic regions merging into each other, except by
means of genera of universal distribution.
Fossil Amphibia.—The extinct Labyrinthodontia form a separate order,
which existed from the Carboniferous to the Triassic period. No other
remains of this class are found till we reach the Tertiary formation, when
Newts and Salamanders as well as Frogs and Toads occur, most frequently
in the Miocene deposits. The most remarkable is the Andrias scheuchzeri
from the Miocene of Œningen, which is allied to Sieboldia maxima the great
salamander of Japan.
Page 521
CHAPTER XX.
T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N O F T H E FA M I L I E S O F F I S H E S , W I T H T H E
R A N G E O F S U C H G E N E R A A S I N H A B I T F R E S H WAT E R .
Sub-class I.—TELEOSTEI.
Order I.—ACANTHOPTERYGII.
Family 1.—GASTEROSTEIDÆ. (1 Genus, 11 Species.)
"Fresh-water or marine scaleless fishes, with elongate compressed bodies
and with isolated spines before the dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Palæarctic and Nearctic regions.
The species of Gasterosteus, commonly called Sticklebacks, are found in
rivers, lakes, estuaries, and seas, as far south as Italy and Ohio. Four species
occur in Britain.
Family 2.—BERYCIDÆ. (10 Genera, 55 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elevated compressed bodies covered with toothed
scales, and large eyes."
Distribution.—Tropical and temperate seas of both hemispheres.
Their northern limit is the Mediterranean and Japan. Most abundant in the
Malayan seas.
Family 3.—PERCIDÆ. (61 Genera, 476 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water carnivorous fishes, with oblong bodies covered with
toothed scales."
T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N O F T H E FA M I L I E S O F F I S H E S , W I T H T H E
R A N G E O F S U C H G E N E R A A S I N H A B I T F R E S H WAT E R .
Sub-class I.—TELEOSTEI.
Order I.—ACANTHOPTERYGII.
Family 1.—GASTEROSTEIDÆ. (1 Genus, 11 Species.)
"Fresh-water or marine scaleless fishes, with elongate compressed bodies
and with isolated spines before the dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Palæarctic and Nearctic regions.
The species of Gasterosteus, commonly called Sticklebacks, are found in
rivers, lakes, estuaries, and seas, as far south as Italy and Ohio. Four species
occur in Britain.
Family 2.—BERYCIDÆ. (10 Genera, 55 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elevated compressed bodies covered with toothed
scales, and large eyes."
Distribution.—Tropical and temperate seas of both hemispheres.
Their northern limit is the Mediterranean and Japan. Most abundant in the
Malayan seas.
Family 3.—PERCIDÆ. (61 Genera, 476 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water carnivorous fishes, with oblong bodies covered with
toothed scales."
Page 522
Distribution.—Seas, rivers and lakes, of all regions.
The genera which inhabit fresh-waters are the following:—
Perca (3 sp.), inhabits the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions as far south as
Ohio and Switzerland; one species, the common perch, is British.
Percichthys (5 sp.), Chili and Patagonia, with one species in Java;
Paralabrax (2 sp.), California; Labrax (8 sp.), six species are marine,
inhabiting the shores of Europe and North America, one being British, two
species inhabit the rivers of the northern United States; Lates (2 sp.), Nile
and large rivers of India and China; Acerina (3 sp.), Europe, from England
to Russia and Siberia; Percarina (1 sp.), River Dniester; Lucioperca (6 sp.),
North America and Europe; Pileoma (2 sp.), North America, Texas to Lake
Erie; Boleosoma (3 sp.), Texas to Lake Superior; Aspro (2 sp.), Central
Europe; Huro (1 sp.), Lake Huron; Percilia, (1 sp.), Rio de Maypu in Chili;
Centrarchus (10 sp.), North America and Cuba; Bryttus (8 sp.), South
Carolina to Texas; Pomotis (8 sp.), North America, Lake Erie to Texas.
Of the exclusively marine genera a species of Polyprion and one of
Serranus are British. The latter genus has nearly 150 species spread over the
globe, but is most abundant in the Tropics. Mesoprion is another extensive
genus confined to the Tropics. Apogon abounds from the Red Sea to the
Pacific, but has one species in the Mediterranean and one in the coast of
Brazil.
Family 4.—APHREDODERIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Fresh-water fish, with oblong body covered with toothed scales, and wide
cleft mouth."
Distribution.—Atlantic States of North America.
Family 5.—PRISTIPOMATIDÆ. (25 Genera, 206 Species.)
The genera which inhabit fresh-waters are the following:—
Perca (3 sp.), inhabits the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions as far south as
Ohio and Switzerland; one species, the common perch, is British.
Percichthys (5 sp.), Chili and Patagonia, with one species in Java;
Paralabrax (2 sp.), California; Labrax (8 sp.), six species are marine,
inhabiting the shores of Europe and North America, one being British, two
species inhabit the rivers of the northern United States; Lates (2 sp.), Nile
and large rivers of India and China; Acerina (3 sp.), Europe, from England
to Russia and Siberia; Percarina (1 sp.), River Dniester; Lucioperca (6 sp.),
North America and Europe; Pileoma (2 sp.), North America, Texas to Lake
Erie; Boleosoma (3 sp.), Texas to Lake Superior; Aspro (2 sp.), Central
Europe; Huro (1 sp.), Lake Huron; Percilia, (1 sp.), Rio de Maypu in Chili;
Centrarchus (10 sp.), North America and Cuba; Bryttus (8 sp.), South
Carolina to Texas; Pomotis (8 sp.), North America, Lake Erie to Texas.
Of the exclusively marine genera a species of Polyprion and one of
Serranus are British. The latter genus has nearly 150 species spread over the
globe, but is most abundant in the Tropics. Mesoprion is another extensive
genus confined to the Tropics. Apogon abounds from the Red Sea to the
Pacific, but has one species in the Mediterranean and one in the coast of
Brazil.
Family 4.—APHREDODERIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Fresh-water fish, with oblong body covered with toothed scales, and wide
cleft mouth."
Distribution.—Atlantic States of North America.
Family 5.—PRISTIPOMATIDÆ. (25 Genera, 206 Species.)
Page 523
"Marine carnivorous fishes, with compressed oblong bodies, and without
molar or cutting teeth."
Distribution.—Seas of temperate and tropical regions, a few only entering
fresh water.
Of the more extensive genera, nine, comprising more than half the species,
are confined to the Indian and Australian seas, while only one large genus
(Hæmulon) is found in the Atlantic on the coast of Tropical America. The
extensive Pacific genus, Diagramma, has one species in the Mediterranean.
One genus is confined to the Macquarie River in Australia. A species of
Dentex has occurred on the English coast, and this seems to be the extreme
northern range of the family, which does not regularly extend beyond the
coast of Portugal, and in the East to Japan. Australia seems to form the
southern limit.
Family 6.—MULLIDÆ. (5 Genera, 34 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate slightly compressed bodies covered with large
scales, and two dorsal fins at a distance from each other."
Distribution.—All tropical seas, except the West Coast of America,
extending into temperate regions as far as the Baltic, Japan, and New
Zealand.
Two species of Mullus (Mullets) are British, and these are the only
European fish belonging to the family.
Family 7.—SPARIDÆ. (22 Genera, 117 Species.)
"Herbivorous or carnivorous marine fishes, with oblong compressed bodies
covered with minutely serrated scales, and with one dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Seas of temperate and tropical regions, a few entering rivers.
molar or cutting teeth."
Distribution.—Seas of temperate and tropical regions, a few only entering
fresh water.
Of the more extensive genera, nine, comprising more than half the species,
are confined to the Indian and Australian seas, while only one large genus
(Hæmulon) is found in the Atlantic on the coast of Tropical America. The
extensive Pacific genus, Diagramma, has one species in the Mediterranean.
One genus is confined to the Macquarie River in Australia. A species of
Dentex has occurred on the English coast, and this seems to be the extreme
northern range of the family, which does not regularly extend beyond the
coast of Portugal, and in the East to Japan. Australia seems to form the
southern limit.
Family 6.—MULLIDÆ. (5 Genera, 34 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate slightly compressed bodies covered with large
scales, and two dorsal fins at a distance from each other."
Distribution.—All tropical seas, except the West Coast of America,
extending into temperate regions as far as the Baltic, Japan, and New
Zealand.
Two species of Mullus (Mullets) are British, and these are the only
European fish belonging to the family.
Family 7.—SPARIDÆ. (22 Genera, 117 Species.)
"Herbivorous or carnivorous marine fishes, with oblong compressed bodies
covered with minutely serrated scales, and with one dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Seas of temperate and tropical regions, a few entering rivers.
Page 524
Cantharus, Pagellus, and Chrysophrys, have occurred on the English Coast.
Haplodactylus is confined to the West Coast of South America, and
Australia; Sargus to the temperate and warm parts of the Atlantic and the
shores of East Africa; Pagellus to the western coasts of Europe and Africa.
The other large genera have a wider distribution.
Family 8.—SQUAMIPENNES. (12 Genera, 124 Species.)
"Carnivorous marine fishes, with compressed and elevated bodies, and scaly
vertical fins."
Distribution.—The seas between the tropics, most abundant in the Oriental
and Australian regions, a few entering rivers or extending beyond the
tropics.
The extensive genus Chætodon (67 sp.), ranges from the Red Sea to the
Sandwich Islands, and from Japan to Western Australia, while two species
are found in the West Indies. Holacanthus (36 sp.), has a similar
distribution, one species only occurring in the West Indies and on the coast
of South America. Only one genus (Pomacanthus), with a single species, is
confined to the West Atlantic.
Family 9.—CIRRHITIDÆ. (8 Genera, 34 Species.)
"Carnivorous marine fishes, with a compressed oblong body, covered with
cycloid scales."
Distribution.—The tropical and south temperate waters of the Indian and
Pacific oceans, from Eastern Africa to Western America. Absent from the
Atlantic.
Family 10.—TRIGLIDÆ. (50 Genera, 259 Species.)
Haplodactylus is confined to the West Coast of South America, and
Australia; Sargus to the temperate and warm parts of the Atlantic and the
shores of East Africa; Pagellus to the western coasts of Europe and Africa.
The other large genera have a wider distribution.
Family 8.—SQUAMIPENNES. (12 Genera, 124 Species.)
"Carnivorous marine fishes, with compressed and elevated bodies, and scaly
vertical fins."
Distribution.—The seas between the tropics, most abundant in the Oriental
and Australian regions, a few entering rivers or extending beyond the
tropics.
The extensive genus Chætodon (67 sp.), ranges from the Red Sea to the
Sandwich Islands, and from Japan to Western Australia, while two species
are found in the West Indies. Holacanthus (36 sp.), has a similar
distribution, one species only occurring in the West Indies and on the coast
of South America. Only one genus (Pomacanthus), with a single species, is
confined to the West Atlantic.
Family 9.—CIRRHITIDÆ. (8 Genera, 34 Species.)
"Carnivorous marine fishes, with a compressed oblong body, covered with
cycloid scales."
Distribution.—The tropical and south temperate waters of the Indian and
Pacific oceans, from Eastern Africa to Western America. Absent from the
Atlantic.
Family 10.—TRIGLIDÆ. (50 Genera, 259 Species.)
Page 525
"Carnivorous, mostly marine fishes, with oblong compressed or
subcylindrical bodies, and wide cleft mouths. They live at the bottom of the
water."
Distribution.—All seas, some entering fresh water, and a few inhabiting
exclusively the fresh waters of the Arctic regions.
They are divided by Dr. Günther into four groups. The Heterolepidina
(comprising 4 genera and 12 species) are confined to the North Pacific. The
Scorpænina (23 genera, 113 species) have an almost universal distribution,
but the genera are each restricted to one or other of the great oceans.
Sebastes has occurred on the English coast. The Cottina (28 genera, 110
species) have also a universal distribution; the numerous species of Cottus
are found either in the seas or fresh waters of Europe and North America;
four species are British, as well as seven species of the wide-spread genus
Trigla. Ptyonotus (1 sp.) is confined to Lake Ontario. The Cataphracti (5
genera, 23 species) have also a wide range; one genus, Agonus, is found in
the British seas, and also in Kamschatka and on the coast of Chili.
Peristethus is also British.
Family 11.—TRACHINIDÆ (24 Genera, 90 Species.)
"Carnivorous marine fishes, with elongate bodies, living at the bottom, near
the shore."
Distribution.—Almost or quite universal.
Trachinus is a British genus. A species of Aphritis inhabits the fresh waters
of Tasmania, while its two allies are found on the coasts of Patagonia.
Family 12. SCIÆNIDÆ. (13 Genera, 102 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water fishes, with compressed and rather elongate bodies,
covered with toothed scales."
subcylindrical bodies, and wide cleft mouths. They live at the bottom of the
water."
Distribution.—All seas, some entering fresh water, and a few inhabiting
exclusively the fresh waters of the Arctic regions.
They are divided by Dr. Günther into four groups. The Heterolepidina
(comprising 4 genera and 12 species) are confined to the North Pacific. The
Scorpænina (23 genera, 113 species) have an almost universal distribution,
but the genera are each restricted to one or other of the great oceans.
Sebastes has occurred on the English coast. The Cottina (28 genera, 110
species) have also a universal distribution; the numerous species of Cottus
are found either in the seas or fresh waters of Europe and North America;
four species are British, as well as seven species of the wide-spread genus
Trigla. Ptyonotus (1 sp.) is confined to Lake Ontario. The Cataphracti (5
genera, 23 species) have also a wide range; one genus, Agonus, is found in
the British seas, and also in Kamschatka and on the coast of Chili.
Peristethus is also British.
Family 11.—TRACHINIDÆ (24 Genera, 90 Species.)
"Carnivorous marine fishes, with elongate bodies, living at the bottom, near
the shore."
Distribution.—Almost or quite universal.
Trachinus is a British genus. A species of Aphritis inhabits the fresh waters
of Tasmania, while its two allies are found on the coasts of Patagonia.
Family 12. SCIÆNIDÆ. (13 Genera, 102 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water fishes, with compressed and rather elongate bodies,
covered with toothed scales."
Page 526
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical regions, but absent from Australia.
Larimus is found in the Atlantic, and in African and American rivers.
Corvina, Sciæna, and Otilothus are also marine and fresh-water, both in the
Atlantic and Pacific. The other genera are of small extent and more
restricted range. Umbrina and Sciæna have occurred in British seas.
Family 13.—POLYNEMIDÆ. (3 Genera, 23 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water fishes, with compressed oblong bodies and entire or
ciliated scales."
Distribution.—Tropical seas and rivers of both the great oceans, but most
abundant in the Pacific.
Family 14.—SPHYRENIDÆ. (1 Genus, 15 Species.)
"Carnivorous marine fishes, with elongate sub-cylindrical bodies covered
with small cycloid scales."
Distribution.—The warm and tropical seas of the globe.
Family 15.—TRICHIURIDÆ. (7 Genera, 18 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate compressed bodies covered with minute
scales or naked."
Distribution.—All the tropical and sub-tropical seas.
Family 16.—SCOMBRIDÆ. (20 Genera, 108 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate compressed bodies, scaled or naked."
Larimus is found in the Atlantic, and in African and American rivers.
Corvina, Sciæna, and Otilothus are also marine and fresh-water, both in the
Atlantic and Pacific. The other genera are of small extent and more
restricted range. Umbrina and Sciæna have occurred in British seas.
Family 13.—POLYNEMIDÆ. (3 Genera, 23 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water fishes, with compressed oblong bodies and entire or
ciliated scales."
Distribution.—Tropical seas and rivers of both the great oceans, but most
abundant in the Pacific.
Family 14.—SPHYRENIDÆ. (1 Genus, 15 Species.)
"Carnivorous marine fishes, with elongate sub-cylindrical bodies covered
with small cycloid scales."
Distribution.—The warm and tropical seas of the globe.
Family 15.—TRICHIURIDÆ. (7 Genera, 18 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate compressed bodies covered with minute
scales or naked."
Distribution.—All the tropical and sub-tropical seas.
Family 16.—SCOMBRIDÆ. (20 Genera, 108 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate compressed bodies, scaled or naked."
Page 527
Distribution.—All the temperate and tropical oceans. Mostly inhabiting the
open seas.
Scomber, (the Mackerel) Thynnus, Naucrates, Zeus, Centrolophus, Brama,
and Lampris, are genera which have occurred in the British seas.
Family 17.—CARANGIDÆ. (27 Genera, 171 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with compressed oblong or elevated bodies covered with
small scales or naked."
Distribution.—All temperate and tropical seas; some species occur in both
the great oceans, ranging from New York to Australia.
Trachurus and Capros are genera which occur in British seas.
Family 18.—XIPHIIDÆ. (2 Genera, 8 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate compressed body and a produced sword-
shaped upper jaw."
Distribution.—Mediterranean, and open seas between or near the Tropics.
Xiphias (the Sword-fish) has occurred on the English coast.
Family 19.—GOBIIDÆ. (24 Genera, 294 Species.)
"Carnivorous fishes, with elongate low, naked, or scaly bodies, living at the
bottom of the shallow seas or fresh waters of temperate or tropical regions.
Individuals of the same species often differ in inhabiting exclusively fresh
or salt water."
open seas.
Scomber, (the Mackerel) Thynnus, Naucrates, Zeus, Centrolophus, Brama,
and Lampris, are genera which have occurred in the British seas.
Family 17.—CARANGIDÆ. (27 Genera, 171 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with compressed oblong or elevated bodies covered with
small scales or naked."
Distribution.—All temperate and tropical seas; some species occur in both
the great oceans, ranging from New York to Australia.
Trachurus and Capros are genera which occur in British seas.
Family 18.—XIPHIIDÆ. (2 Genera, 8 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate compressed body and a produced sword-
shaped upper jaw."
Distribution.—Mediterranean, and open seas between or near the Tropics.
Xiphias (the Sword-fish) has occurred on the English coast.
Family 19.—GOBIIDÆ. (24 Genera, 294 Species.)
"Carnivorous fishes, with elongate low, naked, or scaly bodies, living at the
bottom of the shallow seas or fresh waters of temperate or tropical regions.
Individuals of the same species often differ in inhabiting exclusively fresh
or salt water."
Page 528
Distribution.—All temperate and tropical regions, from Scotland and Japan
to New Zealand. Species of Gobius, Latrunculus, and Callionymus occur in
Britain. Several genera are confined to the East Indian seas and rivers, but
none seem peculiar to America. The genus Periopthalmus consists of the
curious, large-headed, projecting-eyed fishes, so abundant on the muddy
shores of African and Eastern tidal rivers, and which seem to spend most of
their time out of water, hunting after insects, &c.
Family 20.—DISCOBOLI. (2 Genera, 11 Species.)
"Carnivorous fishes, with oblong naked or tubercular bodies, living at the
bottom of shallow seas, and attaching themselves to rocks by means of a
ventral disc."
Distribution.—All northern seas, as far south as Belgium, England, and San
Francisco.
Species of both genera (Cyclopterus and Liparis) occur in British seas.
Family 21.—OXUDERCIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A marine fish, with an elongate sub-cylindrical body and no ventral fins."
Distribution.—Macao, China.
Family 22.—BATRACHIDÆ. (3 Genera, 12 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with sub-cylindrical body and broad depressed head."
Distribution.—The coasts of nearly all tropical and south temperate
regions, ranging from New York and Portugal to Chili and Tasmania.
Family 23.—PEDICULATI. (8 Genera, 40 Species.)
to New Zealand. Species of Gobius, Latrunculus, and Callionymus occur in
Britain. Several genera are confined to the East Indian seas and rivers, but
none seem peculiar to America. The genus Periopthalmus consists of the
curious, large-headed, projecting-eyed fishes, so abundant on the muddy
shores of African and Eastern tidal rivers, and which seem to spend most of
their time out of water, hunting after insects, &c.
Family 20.—DISCOBOLI. (2 Genera, 11 Species.)
"Carnivorous fishes, with oblong naked or tubercular bodies, living at the
bottom of shallow seas, and attaching themselves to rocks by means of a
ventral disc."
Distribution.—All northern seas, as far south as Belgium, England, and San
Francisco.
Species of both genera (Cyclopterus and Liparis) occur in British seas.
Family 21.—OXUDERCIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A marine fish, with an elongate sub-cylindrical body and no ventral fins."
Distribution.—Macao, China.
Family 22.—BATRACHIDÆ. (3 Genera, 12 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with sub-cylindrical body and broad depressed head."
Distribution.—The coasts of nearly all tropical and south temperate
regions, ranging from New York and Portugal to Chili and Tasmania.
Family 23.—PEDICULATI. (8 Genera, 40 Species.)
Page 529
"Marine carnivorous fishes, with very large heads and without scales."
Distribution.—Seas of all temperate and tropical regions, extending south
to New Zealand and north to Greenland.
A species of Lophius (the Fishing-frog or Sea-Devil) is found in British
seas. The genus Antennarius, comprising two-thirds of the species, is wholly
tropical.
Family 24.—BLENNIDÆ. (33 Genera, 201 Species.)
"Carnivorous fishes, with long sub-cylindrical naked bodies, living at the
bottom of shallow water in seas, or tidal rivers."
Distribution.—All seas from the Arctic regions to New Zealand, Chili, and
the Cape of Good Hope.
Species of Anarrhichas, Blennius, Blenniops, Centronotus and Zoarces
occur in British seas. Chasmodes (3 sp.) is confined to the Atlantic coasts of
Temperate North America; Petroscirtes (26 sp.) to the tropical parts of the
Indian and Pacific Oceans; and Stichæus (9 sp.) to the Arctic Seas.
Family 25.—ACANTHOCLINIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A carnivorous marine fish, with long flat body and very long dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Coasts of New Zealand.
Family 26.—COMEPHORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"An elongate, naked, large-headed fish, with two dorsal fins."
Distribution.—Lake Baikal.
Distribution.—Seas of all temperate and tropical regions, extending south
to New Zealand and north to Greenland.
A species of Lophius (the Fishing-frog or Sea-Devil) is found in British
seas. The genus Antennarius, comprising two-thirds of the species, is wholly
tropical.
Family 24.—BLENNIDÆ. (33 Genera, 201 Species.)
"Carnivorous fishes, with long sub-cylindrical naked bodies, living at the
bottom of shallow water in seas, or tidal rivers."
Distribution.—All seas from the Arctic regions to New Zealand, Chili, and
the Cape of Good Hope.
Species of Anarrhichas, Blennius, Blenniops, Centronotus and Zoarces
occur in British seas. Chasmodes (3 sp.) is confined to the Atlantic coasts of
Temperate North America; Petroscirtes (26 sp.) to the tropical parts of the
Indian and Pacific Oceans; and Stichæus (9 sp.) to the Arctic Seas.
Family 25.—ACANTHOCLINIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A carnivorous marine fish, with long flat body and very long dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Coasts of New Zealand.
Family 26.—COMEPHORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"An elongate, naked, large-headed fish, with two dorsal fins."
Distribution.—Lake Baikal.
Page 530
Dr. Günther remarks, that this fish approaches the Scombrina (Mackerel) in
several characters. These are exclusively marine fishes, while Lake Baikal is
fresh-water, and is situated among mountains, at an elevation of nearly 2000
feet, and more than a thousand miles from the ocean!
Family 27.—TRACHYPTERIDÆ. (3 Genera, 16 Species.)
"Deep sea fishes, with elongate, much compressed, naked bodies."
Distribution.—Europe, East Indies, West Coast of South America, New
Zealand. Dr. Günther remarks, that little is known of these fishes, from their
being so seldom thrown on shore, and then rapidly decomposing. The
Ribbon-fish (Regalecus banksii) has occurred frequently on our shores.
They have soft bones and muscles, small mouths, and weak dentition.
Family 28.—LOPHOTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A marine fish, with elongate compressed naked body, and high crested
head."
Distribution.—Mediterranean Sea and Japan.
Family 29.—TEUTHIDIDÆ. (1 Genus, 29 Species.)
"Marine, herbivorous fishes, with compressed, oblong, small-scaled
bodies."
Distribution.—Eastern tropical seas, from Bourbon and the Red Sea to the
Marianne and Fiji Islands.
Family 30.—ACRONURIDÆ. (5 Genera, 64 Species.)
"Marine, herbivorous fishes, with compressed, minutely-scaled bodies."
several characters. These are exclusively marine fishes, while Lake Baikal is
fresh-water, and is situated among mountains, at an elevation of nearly 2000
feet, and more than a thousand miles from the ocean!
Family 27.—TRACHYPTERIDÆ. (3 Genera, 16 Species.)
"Deep sea fishes, with elongate, much compressed, naked bodies."
Distribution.—Europe, East Indies, West Coast of South America, New
Zealand. Dr. Günther remarks, that little is known of these fishes, from their
being so seldom thrown on shore, and then rapidly decomposing. The
Ribbon-fish (Regalecus banksii) has occurred frequently on our shores.
They have soft bones and muscles, small mouths, and weak dentition.
Family 28.—LOPHOTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A marine fish, with elongate compressed naked body, and high crested
head."
Distribution.—Mediterranean Sea and Japan.
Family 29.—TEUTHIDIDÆ. (1 Genus, 29 Species.)
"Marine, herbivorous fishes, with compressed, oblong, small-scaled
bodies."
Distribution.—Eastern tropical seas, from Bourbon and the Red Sea to the
Marianne and Fiji Islands.
Family 30.—ACRONURIDÆ. (5 Genera, 64 Species.)
"Marine, herbivorous fishes, with compressed, minutely-scaled bodies."
Page 531
Distribution.—All tropical seas, but most abundant in the Malay region,
and extending to Japan and New Zealand.
Family 31.—HOPLEGNATHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with compressed elevated bodies, covered with very small
toothed scales."
Distribution.—Seas of Australia, China, and Japan.
Family 32.—MALACANTHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate bodies covered with very small scales, and
with very long dorsal and anal fins."
Distribution.—Atlantic coasts of Tropical America, Mauritius, and New
Guinea.
Family 33.—NANDIDÆ. (6 Genera, 14 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water carnivorous fishes, with oblong, compressed, scaly
bodies."
Distribution.—From the Red Sea to the coasts of China and Australia; and
the fresh waters of the Neotropical and Oriental regions. Badis, Nandus, and
Catopra inhabit the rivers of India and the Malay Islands; Acharnes the
rivers of British Guiana.
Family 34.—POLYCENTRIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
"Fresh-water carnivorous fishes, with compressed elevated scaly bodies, and
many-spined dorsal and anal fins."
and extending to Japan and New Zealand.
Family 31.—HOPLEGNATHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with compressed elevated bodies, covered with very small
toothed scales."
Distribution.—Seas of Australia, China, and Japan.
Family 32.—MALACANTHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate bodies covered with very small scales, and
with very long dorsal and anal fins."
Distribution.—Atlantic coasts of Tropical America, Mauritius, and New
Guinea.
Family 33.—NANDIDÆ. (6 Genera, 14 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water carnivorous fishes, with oblong, compressed, scaly
bodies."
Distribution.—From the Red Sea to the coasts of China and Australia; and
the fresh waters of the Neotropical and Oriental regions. Badis, Nandus, and
Catopra inhabit the rivers of India and the Malay Islands; Acharnes the
rivers of British Guiana.
Family 34.—POLYCENTRIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
"Fresh-water carnivorous fishes, with compressed elevated scaly bodies, and
many-spined dorsal and anal fins."
Page 532
Distribution.—Rivers of Tropical America.
Family 35.—LABYRINTHICI. (9 Genera, 25 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with compressed oblong bodies, and capable of living
for some time out of water or in dried mud."
Distribution.—Fresh waters of South Africa and the East Indies from the
Mauritius to China, the Philippines, Celebes, and Amboyna.
Family 36.—LUCIOCEPHALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Fresh-water fish, with elongate scaled body, and a dilated branchial
membrane."
Distribution.—Rivers of Borneo, Biliton, and Banca.
Family 37.—ATHERINIDÆ. (3 Genera, 39 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water carnivorous fishes, with subcylindrical scaled
bodies, and feeble dentition."
Distribution.—All temperate and tropical seas, from Scotland and New
York to the Straits of Magellan and Tasmania.
Atherina presbyter occurs in British seas. Species of Atherina and
Atherinichthis are found in fresh-water lakes and rivers in Europe, America,
and Australia.
Family 38.—MUGILIDÆ. (3 Genera, 78 Species.)
Family 35.—LABYRINTHICI. (9 Genera, 25 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with compressed oblong bodies, and capable of living
for some time out of water or in dried mud."
Distribution.—Fresh waters of South Africa and the East Indies from the
Mauritius to China, the Philippines, Celebes, and Amboyna.
Family 36.—LUCIOCEPHALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Fresh-water fish, with elongate scaled body, and a dilated branchial
membrane."
Distribution.—Rivers of Borneo, Biliton, and Banca.
Family 37.—ATHERINIDÆ. (3 Genera, 39 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water carnivorous fishes, with subcylindrical scaled
bodies, and feeble dentition."
Distribution.—All temperate and tropical seas, from Scotland and New
York to the Straits of Magellan and Tasmania.
Atherina presbyter occurs in British seas. Species of Atherina and
Atherinichthis are found in fresh-water lakes and rivers in Europe, America,
and Australia.
Family 38.—MUGILIDÆ. (3 Genera, 78 Species.)
Page 533
"Fresh-water and marine fishes, with oblong compressed bodies, cycloid
scales, and small mouths, often without teeth."
Distribution.—Coasts and fresh waters of all temperate and tropical
regions.
Mugil (66 sp.) is mostly marine, and is very widely distributed; several
species (Grey Mullets) occur on the British coasts. Agonostoma (9 sp.) is
confined to the fresh waters of the West Indies, Central America, New
Zealand, Australia, Celebes, and the Comoro Islands. Myxus (3 sp.) is
marine, and occurs both in the Atlantic and Pacific.
Family 39.—OPHIOCEPHALIDÆ. (2 Genera, 26 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with elongate subcylindrical scaled bodies; often
leaving the water for a considerable time."
Distribution.—Rivers of the Oriental region:—India, Ceylon, China, Malay
Islands to Philippines and Borneo.
Family 40.—TRICHONOTIDÆ. (2 Genera, 2 Species.)
"Marine carnivorous fishes, with elongate subcylindrical bodies, cycloid
scales, and eyes directed upwards."
Distribution.—Coasts of Celebes, Ceram, and New Zealand.
Family 41.—CEPOLIDÆ. (1 Genus, 7 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with very long, compressed, band-like bodies, covered with
small cycloid scales."
scales, and small mouths, often without teeth."
Distribution.—Coasts and fresh waters of all temperate and tropical
regions.
Mugil (66 sp.) is mostly marine, and is very widely distributed; several
species (Grey Mullets) occur on the British coasts. Agonostoma (9 sp.) is
confined to the fresh waters of the West Indies, Central America, New
Zealand, Australia, Celebes, and the Comoro Islands. Myxus (3 sp.) is
marine, and occurs both in the Atlantic and Pacific.
Family 39.—OPHIOCEPHALIDÆ. (2 Genera, 26 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with elongate subcylindrical scaled bodies; often
leaving the water for a considerable time."
Distribution.—Rivers of the Oriental region:—India, Ceylon, China, Malay
Islands to Philippines and Borneo.
Family 40.—TRICHONOTIDÆ. (2 Genera, 2 Species.)
"Marine carnivorous fishes, with elongate subcylindrical bodies, cycloid
scales, and eyes directed upwards."
Distribution.—Coasts of Celebes, Ceram, and New Zealand.
Family 41.—CEPOLIDÆ. (1 Genus, 7 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with very long, compressed, band-like bodies, covered with
small cycloid scales."
Page 534
Distribution.—Temperate seas of Western Europe and Eastern Asia, and
one species in the Malayan Seas.
Cepola rubescens (the Band fish) ranges from Scotland to the
Mediterranean. All the other species but one are from Japan.
Family 42.—GOBIESOCIDÆ. (9 Genera, 21 Species.)
"Carnivorous marine fishes, elongate, anteriorly depressed and scaleless,
with dorsal fin on the tail."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical seas; Scandinavia to the Cape,
California to Chili, West Indies, Red Sea, Australia, New Zealand, and Fiji
Islands.
Three species of Lepadogaster have occurred in the English Channel.
Family 43.—PSYCHROLUTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A large-headed, elongate, naked marine fish, with small teeth, and dorsal
fin on the tail."
Distribution.—West Coast of North America (Vancouver's Island.)
Family 44.—CENTRISCIDÆ. (2 Genera, 7 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with compressed, oblong or elevated bodies, elongate
tubular mouth and no teeth."
Distribution.—West Coast of Europe and Africa, Mediterranean, Indian
Ocean to Java, Philippines, and Japan.
A species of Centriscus has occurred on the South Coast of England, and
another species is found both at Madeira and Japan.
one species in the Malayan Seas.
Cepola rubescens (the Band fish) ranges from Scotland to the
Mediterranean. All the other species but one are from Japan.
Family 42.—GOBIESOCIDÆ. (9 Genera, 21 Species.)
"Carnivorous marine fishes, elongate, anteriorly depressed and scaleless,
with dorsal fin on the tail."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical seas; Scandinavia to the Cape,
California to Chili, West Indies, Red Sea, Australia, New Zealand, and Fiji
Islands.
Three species of Lepadogaster have occurred in the English Channel.
Family 43.—PSYCHROLUTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A large-headed, elongate, naked marine fish, with small teeth, and dorsal
fin on the tail."
Distribution.—West Coast of North America (Vancouver's Island.)
Family 44.—CENTRISCIDÆ. (2 Genera, 7 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with compressed, oblong or elevated bodies, elongate
tubular mouth and no teeth."
Distribution.—West Coast of Europe and Africa, Mediterranean, Indian
Ocean to Java, Philippines, and Japan.
A species of Centriscus has occurred on the South Coast of England, and
another species is found both at Madeira and Japan.
Page 535
Family 45.—FISTULARIDÆ. (2 Genera, 4 Species.)
"Marine fishes, very elongate, with long tubular mouth and small teeth."
Distribution.—Tropical seas, both in the Atlantic and Indian Ocean, and as
far east as the New Hebrides.
Family 46.—MASTACEMBELIDÆ. (2 Genera, 9 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with eel-like bodies and very long dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Rivers of the Oriental region, one species from Ceram (?).
Family 47.—NOTACANTHI. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate bodies covered with very small scales, and
snout protruding beyond the mouth."
Distribution.—Greenland, Mediterranean, and West Australia.
Order II.—ACANTHOPTERYGII PHARYNGOGNATHI.
Family 48.—POMACENTRIDÆ. (8 Genera, 143 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with short compressed bodies covered with toothed scales,
and with feeble dentition."
Distribution.—Tropical parts of Pacific and Indian Ocean, less numerous in
Tropical Atlantic, a few reaching the Mediterranean, Japan, and South
Australia. Pomacentrus, Glyphidodon, and Heliastes are Atlantic genera.
Family 49.—LABRIDÆ. (46 Genera, 396 Species.)
"Marine fishes, very elongate, with long tubular mouth and small teeth."
Distribution.—Tropical seas, both in the Atlantic and Indian Ocean, and as
far east as the New Hebrides.
Family 46.—MASTACEMBELIDÆ. (2 Genera, 9 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with eel-like bodies and very long dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Rivers of the Oriental region, one species from Ceram (?).
Family 47.—NOTACANTHI. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate bodies covered with very small scales, and
snout protruding beyond the mouth."
Distribution.—Greenland, Mediterranean, and West Australia.
Order II.—ACANTHOPTERYGII PHARYNGOGNATHI.
Family 48.—POMACENTRIDÆ. (8 Genera, 143 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with short compressed bodies covered with toothed scales,
and with feeble dentition."
Distribution.—Tropical parts of Pacific and Indian Ocean, less numerous in
Tropical Atlantic, a few reaching the Mediterranean, Japan, and South
Australia. Pomacentrus, Glyphidodon, and Heliastes are Atlantic genera.
Family 49.—LABRIDÆ. (46 Genera, 396 Species.)
Page 536
"Herbivorous or carnivorous marine fishes, with elongate bodies covered
with cycloid scales, and teeth adapted for crushing the shells of mollusca."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical regions of all parts of the globe.
The genera Labrus, Crenilabrus, Ctenolabrus, Acantholabrus,
Centrolabrus, and Coris, have occurred in British seas, and all of these,
except the last, are confined to the Mediterranean and the Atlantic as far as
Madeira. Eight other genera are characteristic of the Atlantic, most of them
being West Indian, but one from the coasts of North America. Seven genera
are common to all the great oceans; the remainder being confined to the
Indian and Pacific Oceans, ranging from Japan to New Zealand, but being
far more abundant between the Tropics.
Family 50.—EMBROTOCIDÆ. (2 Genera, 17 Species.)
"Marine viviparous fishes, with compressed elevated bodies covered with
cycloid scales, and with small teeth."
Distribution.—Pacific Ocean from Japan and California northwards. One
species enters the fresh waters of California.
Family 51.—GERRIDÆ. (1 Genus, 28 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with compressed oblong bodies covered with minutely
serrated scales, and with small teeth."
Distribution.—Tropical seas; ranging south as far as the Cape of Good
Hope and Australia, and north to Japan and (one species) to New Jersey,
U.S.
Family 52.—CHROMIDÆ. (19 Genera, 100 Species.)
with cycloid scales, and teeth adapted for crushing the shells of mollusca."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical regions of all parts of the globe.
The genera Labrus, Crenilabrus, Ctenolabrus, Acantholabrus,
Centrolabrus, and Coris, have occurred in British seas, and all of these,
except the last, are confined to the Mediterranean and the Atlantic as far as
Madeira. Eight other genera are characteristic of the Atlantic, most of them
being West Indian, but one from the coasts of North America. Seven genera
are common to all the great oceans; the remainder being confined to the
Indian and Pacific Oceans, ranging from Japan to New Zealand, but being
far more abundant between the Tropics.
Family 50.—EMBROTOCIDÆ. (2 Genera, 17 Species.)
"Marine viviparous fishes, with compressed elevated bodies covered with
cycloid scales, and with small teeth."
Distribution.—Pacific Ocean from Japan and California northwards. One
species enters the fresh waters of California.
Family 51.—GERRIDÆ. (1 Genus, 28 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with compressed oblong bodies covered with minutely
serrated scales, and with small teeth."
Distribution.—Tropical seas; ranging south as far as the Cape of Good
Hope and Australia, and north to Japan and (one species) to New Jersey,
U.S.
Family 52.—CHROMIDÆ. (19 Genera, 100 Species.)
Page 537
"Fresh-water herbivorous or carnivorous fishes, with elevated or elongate
scaly bodies, and small teeth."
Distribution.—The Oriental, Ethiopian, and Neotropical regions.
Eutroplus (2 sp.) is from the rivers of Southern India and Ceylon; Chromis
(15 sp.), Sarotherodon (2 sp.), and Hemichromis (4 sp.), are from the rivers
and lakes of Africa, extending to the Sahara and Palestine. The remaining 15
genera are American, and several of them have a restricted distribution.
Acara (17 sp.) inhabits Tropical South America and the Antilies; Theraps (1
sp.), Guatemala; Heros (26 sp.), Texas and Mexico to La Plata; Mesonauta
(1 sp.), Brazil; Petenia (1 sp.), Lake Peten, Guatemala; Uaru (2 sp.), Brazil;
Hygrogonus (1 sp.), Brazil; Cichla (4 sp.), Equatorial America; Crenicichla
(9 sp.), Brazil and Guiana; Chætobranchus (3 sp.), Brazil and Guiana;
Mesops (2 sp.), Brazil; Satanoperca (7 sp.), Amazon Valley and Guiana;
Geophagus (1 sp.), North Brazil and Guiana; Symphysodon (1 sp.), Lower
Amazon; Pterophyllum (1 sp.), Lower Amazon.
Order III.—ANACANTHINI.
Family 53.—GADOPSIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Fresh-water fish, with rather elongate body covered with very small scales,
the upper jaw overhanging the lower, forming an obtuse snout."
Distribution.—Rivers of Australia and Tasmania.
Family 53a.—LYCODIDÆ. (3 Genera, 14 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate bodies, and the dorsal united with the anal
fin."
Distribution.—Arctic seas of America and Greenland, and Antarctic seas
about the Falkland Islands and Chiloe Island.
scaly bodies, and small teeth."
Distribution.—The Oriental, Ethiopian, and Neotropical regions.
Eutroplus (2 sp.) is from the rivers of Southern India and Ceylon; Chromis
(15 sp.), Sarotherodon (2 sp.), and Hemichromis (4 sp.), are from the rivers
and lakes of Africa, extending to the Sahara and Palestine. The remaining 15
genera are American, and several of them have a restricted distribution.
Acara (17 sp.) inhabits Tropical South America and the Antilies; Theraps (1
sp.), Guatemala; Heros (26 sp.), Texas and Mexico to La Plata; Mesonauta
(1 sp.), Brazil; Petenia (1 sp.), Lake Peten, Guatemala; Uaru (2 sp.), Brazil;
Hygrogonus (1 sp.), Brazil; Cichla (4 sp.), Equatorial America; Crenicichla
(9 sp.), Brazil and Guiana; Chætobranchus (3 sp.), Brazil and Guiana;
Mesops (2 sp.), Brazil; Satanoperca (7 sp.), Amazon Valley and Guiana;
Geophagus (1 sp.), North Brazil and Guiana; Symphysodon (1 sp.), Lower
Amazon; Pterophyllum (1 sp.), Lower Amazon.
Order III.—ANACANTHINI.
Family 53.—GADOPSIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Fresh-water fish, with rather elongate body covered with very small scales,
the upper jaw overhanging the lower, forming an obtuse snout."
Distribution.—Rivers of Australia and Tasmania.
Family 53a.—LYCODIDÆ. (3 Genera, 14 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with elongate bodies, and the dorsal united with the anal
fin."
Distribution.—Arctic seas of America and Greenland, and Antarctic seas
about the Falkland Islands and Chiloe Island.
Page 538
Family 54.—GADIDÆ. (21 Genera, 58 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with more or less elongate bodies covered with small
smooth scales."
Distribution.—Cold and temperate regions of both hemispheres; in the
North extending as far south as the Mediterranean, Canary Islands, New
York and Japan (and one species to the Philippines and Bay of Bengal), and
in the South to Chili and New Zealand.
Gadus (Cod), Merluccius (Hake), Phycis, Lota, Molva, Couchia, Motella,
and Raniceps, are British. Lota inhabits fresh waters.
Family 55.—OPHIDIIDÆ. (16 Genera, 43 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with more or less elongate bodies, the dorsal and anal fins
united, and the ventral fins rudimentary or absent."
Distribution.—Almost universal; from Greenland to New Zealand, but
most abundant in the Tropics.
Ophidium and Ammodytes occur in British seas; Lucifuga inhabits
subterranean fresh waters in Cuba.
Family 56.—MACROURIDÆ. (3 Genera, 21 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with the body terminating in a long, compressed tapering
tail, and covered with spiny, keeled or striated scales."
Distribution.—North Atlantic from Greenland to Madeira and the Canary
Islands, Mediterranean, Japanese and Australian seas.
None of these fishes have occurred in the British seas.
"Marine fishes, with more or less elongate bodies covered with small
smooth scales."
Distribution.—Cold and temperate regions of both hemispheres; in the
North extending as far south as the Mediterranean, Canary Islands, New
York and Japan (and one species to the Philippines and Bay of Bengal), and
in the South to Chili and New Zealand.
Gadus (Cod), Merluccius (Hake), Phycis, Lota, Molva, Couchia, Motella,
and Raniceps, are British. Lota inhabits fresh waters.
Family 55.—OPHIDIIDÆ. (16 Genera, 43 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with more or less elongate bodies, the dorsal and anal fins
united, and the ventral fins rudimentary or absent."
Distribution.—Almost universal; from Greenland to New Zealand, but
most abundant in the Tropics.
Ophidium and Ammodytes occur in British seas; Lucifuga inhabits
subterranean fresh waters in Cuba.
Family 56.—MACROURIDÆ. (3 Genera, 21 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with the body terminating in a long, compressed tapering
tail, and covered with spiny, keeled or striated scales."
Distribution.—North Atlantic from Greenland to Madeira and the Canary
Islands, Mediterranean, Japanese and Australian seas.
None of these fishes have occurred in the British seas.
Page 539
Family 57.—ATELEOPODIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with the naked body terminating in a long compressed,
tapering tail."
Distribution.—Japan.
Family 58.—PLEURONECTIDÆ. (34 Genera, 185 Species.)
"Marine carnivorous fishes, with strongly compressed flat bodies, one side
of which is colourless, and eyes unsymmetrically placed, both on the
coloured side. They inhabit the sandy bottoms of shallow seas, and often
ascend rivers."
Distribution.—Universal, on Arctic, Temperate, and Tropical coasts.
Seven genera occur in British seas, viz.: Hippoglossus, Hippoglossoides,
Rhombus, Phrynorhombus, Arnoglossus, Pleuronectes (Turbot), and Solea
(Sole). There are 13 genera in the Atlantic and 23 in the Pacific, 4 being
common to both; and 2 found only in the Mediterranean. A Pacific genus,
Synaptura, has one species in the Mediterranean.
Order IV.—PHYSOSTOMI.
Family 59.—SILURIDÆ. (114 Genera, 547 Species.)
"Fresh-water or marine, scaleless fishes, often with bony shields, and the
head always furnished with barbels."
Distribution.—The fresh waters of all the temperate and tropical regions,
those which enter the salt water keeping near the coast.
"Marine fishes, with the naked body terminating in a long compressed,
tapering tail."
Distribution.—Japan.
Family 58.—PLEURONECTIDÆ. (34 Genera, 185 Species.)
"Marine carnivorous fishes, with strongly compressed flat bodies, one side
of which is colourless, and eyes unsymmetrically placed, both on the
coloured side. They inhabit the sandy bottoms of shallow seas, and often
ascend rivers."
Distribution.—Universal, on Arctic, Temperate, and Tropical coasts.
Seven genera occur in British seas, viz.: Hippoglossus, Hippoglossoides,
Rhombus, Phrynorhombus, Arnoglossus, Pleuronectes (Turbot), and Solea
(Sole). There are 13 genera in the Atlantic and 23 in the Pacific, 4 being
common to both; and 2 found only in the Mediterranean. A Pacific genus,
Synaptura, has one species in the Mediterranean.
Order IV.—PHYSOSTOMI.
Family 59.—SILURIDÆ. (114 Genera, 547 Species.)
"Fresh-water or marine, scaleless fishes, often with bony shields, and the
head always furnished with barbels."
Distribution.—The fresh waters of all the temperate and tropical regions,
those which enter the salt water keeping near the coast.
Page 540
This extensive family is divided by Dr. Günther into eight sub-families and
seventeen groups, the distribution of which is as follows:—
Sub-family 1 (Siluridæ Homalopteræ) is confined to the Old World. It
consists of three groups: Clarina (2 genera, Clarias and Heterobranchus)
ranges over the whole area of the Ethiopian and Oriental regions, to which it
appears to be strictly confined; Plotosina (3 genera, Plotosus, Copidoglanis,
and Cnidoglanis) ranges from the eastern coasts of Africa to Japan,
Polynesia, and Australia, in seas and rivers; Chacina (1 genus, Chaca)
ranges from India to Borneo.
Sub-family 2 (Siluridæ Heteropteræ) is also confined to the Old World; it
consists of one group,—Silurina, containing 19 genera, viz.:—
Saccobranchus (4 sp.), India to Cochin China and Ceylon; Silurus (5 sp.),
Palæarctic region from Central Europe to Japan, China, and Afghanistan,
and a species in Cochin China; Silurichthys (3 sp.), Cashmere, Java, and
Borneo; Wallago (2 sp.), Hindostan, Sumatra, and Borneo; Belodontichthys
(1 sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Eutropiichthys (1 sp.), Bengal; Cryptopterus
(15 sp.), Java, Sumatra, and Borneo, with a species in the Ganges, in Siam,
and (?) in Amboyna; Callichrous (10 sp.), Afghanistan to Borneo and Java;
Schilbe (5 sp.), Tropical Africa; Eutropius (6 sp.), Tropical Africa and
Central India; Hemisilurus (2 sp.), Java and Sumatra; Siluranodon (1 sp.),
Nile; Ailia (2 sp.), Bengal; Schilbichthys (1 sp.), Bengal; Laïs (1 sp.), Java,
Sumatra, Borneo; Pseudeutropius (6 sp.), India and Sumatra; Pangasius (7
sp.), Ganges, Sumatra, Java, Borneo; Helicophagus (2 sp.), Sumatra;
Silondia (1 sp.), Ganges.
Sub-family 3 (Siluridæ Anomalopteræ) is confined to Equatorial America;
it consists of the group Hypopthalmina, containing 2 genera: Helogenes (1
sp.), Hypopthalmus (4 sp.), from the country north of the Amazon, Surinam,
and the Rio Negro.
Sub-family 4 (Siluridæ Proteropteræ) ranges over all the tropical and most
of the temperate parts of the globe, except Europe and Australia. It consists
of four groups: Bagrina (16 genera), ranging over most of the Old World
and North America; Pimelodina (15 genera), confined to Tropical America,
seventeen groups, the distribution of which is as follows:—
Sub-family 1 (Siluridæ Homalopteræ) is confined to the Old World. It
consists of three groups: Clarina (2 genera, Clarias and Heterobranchus)
ranges over the whole area of the Ethiopian and Oriental regions, to which it
appears to be strictly confined; Plotosina (3 genera, Plotosus, Copidoglanis,
and Cnidoglanis) ranges from the eastern coasts of Africa to Japan,
Polynesia, and Australia, in seas and rivers; Chacina (1 genus, Chaca)
ranges from India to Borneo.
Sub-family 2 (Siluridæ Heteropteræ) is also confined to the Old World; it
consists of one group,—Silurina, containing 19 genera, viz.:—
Saccobranchus (4 sp.), India to Cochin China and Ceylon; Silurus (5 sp.),
Palæarctic region from Central Europe to Japan, China, and Afghanistan,
and a species in Cochin China; Silurichthys (3 sp.), Cashmere, Java, and
Borneo; Wallago (2 sp.), Hindostan, Sumatra, and Borneo; Belodontichthys
(1 sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Eutropiichthys (1 sp.), Bengal; Cryptopterus
(15 sp.), Java, Sumatra, and Borneo, with a species in the Ganges, in Siam,
and (?) in Amboyna; Callichrous (10 sp.), Afghanistan to Borneo and Java;
Schilbe (5 sp.), Tropical Africa; Eutropius (6 sp.), Tropical Africa and
Central India; Hemisilurus (2 sp.), Java and Sumatra; Siluranodon (1 sp.),
Nile; Ailia (2 sp.), Bengal; Schilbichthys (1 sp.), Bengal; Laïs (1 sp.), Java,
Sumatra, Borneo; Pseudeutropius (6 sp.), India and Sumatra; Pangasius (7
sp.), Ganges, Sumatra, Java, Borneo; Helicophagus (2 sp.), Sumatra;
Silondia (1 sp.), Ganges.
Sub-family 3 (Siluridæ Anomalopteræ) is confined to Equatorial America;
it consists of the group Hypopthalmina, containing 2 genera: Helogenes (1
sp.), Hypopthalmus (4 sp.), from the country north of the Amazon, Surinam,
and the Rio Negro.
Sub-family 4 (Siluridæ Proteropteræ) ranges over all the tropical and most
of the temperate parts of the globe, except Europe and Australia. It consists
of four groups: Bagrina (16 genera), ranging over most of the Old World
and North America; Pimelodina (15 genera), confined to Tropical America,
Page 541
except one genus which is African; Ariina (10 genera), all Tropical regions;
and Bagarina (3 genera), Oriental region. The distribution of the genera is as
follows:—
Bagrus (2 sp.), Nile; Chrysichthys (5 sp.), Tropical Africa; Clarotes (1 sp.),
Upper Nile; Macrones (19 sp.), India, Ceylon to Borneo, and one species in
Asia Minor; Pseudobagrus (4 sp.), Japan, China, and Cochin China;
Liocassis (5 sp.), Japan, China, Java, Sumatra, and Borneo; Bagroides (3
sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Bagrichthys (1 sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Rita (5
sp.), Continental India and Manilla; Acrochordonichthys (6 sp.), Java and
Sumatra; Akysis (3 sp.), Java and Sumatra; Olyra (1 sp.), Khasya;
Branchiosteus (1 sp.), Khasya; Amiurus (13 sp.), Nearctic region to
Guatemala and China; Hopladelus (1 sp.), North America; Noturus (4 sp.),
North America; Sorubim (1 sp.), Amazon; Platystoma (11 sp.), Tropical
South America; Hemisorubim (1 sp.) Rio Negro, Brazil; Platistomatichthys
(1 sp.), Rio Branco, Brazil; Phractocephalus (1 sp.), Amazon; Piramutana
(2 sp.), Equatorial America; Platynematichthys (1 sp.), northern and
southern tributaries of Amazon; Piratinga (3 sp.), Amazon Valley; Sciades
(2 sp.), Amazon; Pimelodus (42 sp.), Mexico to La Plata, single aberrant
species from West Africa, Java and the Sandwich Islands; Pirinampus (1
sp.), Brazil; Conorhynchus (1 sp.), Brazil; Notoglanis (1 sp.), Madeira,
Amazon Valley; Callophysus (3 sp.), Tropical South America; Auchenaspis
(1 sp.), Tropical Africa; Arius (68 sp.), all Tropical regions; Galeichthys (1
sp.), Cape of Good Hope; Genidens (1 sp.), Brazil; Hemipimelodus (3 sp.),
India, Sumatra, and Borneo; Ketingus (1 sp.), Sunda Islands; Ælurichthys (4
sp.), Eastern United States to Guiana; Paradiplomystax (1 sp.), Brazil;
Diplomystax (1 sp.), Chili; Osteogeniosus (3 sp.), India to Java;
Batrachocephalus (1 sp.), Java and Sumatra; Bagarius (1 sp.), India to Java;
Euclyptosternum (1 sp.), India; Glyptosternum (8 sp.), Himalayas, Central
India, Java, and Sumatra; Hara (3 sp.), Continental India; Amblyceps (3
sp.), Continental India.
Sub-family 5 (Siluridæ Stenobranchiæ) is confined to South America and
Africa, with one genus and species in the Ganges. It consists of three
groups: Doradina (12 genera), South America and Africa; Rhinoglanina (3
genera), Central Africa and the Ganges; Malapterurina (1 genus), Tropical
Africa. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
and Bagarina (3 genera), Oriental region. The distribution of the genera is as
follows:—
Bagrus (2 sp.), Nile; Chrysichthys (5 sp.), Tropical Africa; Clarotes (1 sp.),
Upper Nile; Macrones (19 sp.), India, Ceylon to Borneo, and one species in
Asia Minor; Pseudobagrus (4 sp.), Japan, China, and Cochin China;
Liocassis (5 sp.), Japan, China, Java, Sumatra, and Borneo; Bagroides (3
sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Bagrichthys (1 sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Rita (5
sp.), Continental India and Manilla; Acrochordonichthys (6 sp.), Java and
Sumatra; Akysis (3 sp.), Java and Sumatra; Olyra (1 sp.), Khasya;
Branchiosteus (1 sp.), Khasya; Amiurus (13 sp.), Nearctic region to
Guatemala and China; Hopladelus (1 sp.), North America; Noturus (4 sp.),
North America; Sorubim (1 sp.), Amazon; Platystoma (11 sp.), Tropical
South America; Hemisorubim (1 sp.) Rio Negro, Brazil; Platistomatichthys
(1 sp.), Rio Branco, Brazil; Phractocephalus (1 sp.), Amazon; Piramutana
(2 sp.), Equatorial America; Platynematichthys (1 sp.), northern and
southern tributaries of Amazon; Piratinga (3 sp.), Amazon Valley; Sciades
(2 sp.), Amazon; Pimelodus (42 sp.), Mexico to La Plata, single aberrant
species from West Africa, Java and the Sandwich Islands; Pirinampus (1
sp.), Brazil; Conorhynchus (1 sp.), Brazil; Notoglanis (1 sp.), Madeira,
Amazon Valley; Callophysus (3 sp.), Tropical South America; Auchenaspis
(1 sp.), Tropical Africa; Arius (68 sp.), all Tropical regions; Galeichthys (1
sp.), Cape of Good Hope; Genidens (1 sp.), Brazil; Hemipimelodus (3 sp.),
India, Sumatra, and Borneo; Ketingus (1 sp.), Sunda Islands; Ælurichthys (4
sp.), Eastern United States to Guiana; Paradiplomystax (1 sp.), Brazil;
Diplomystax (1 sp.), Chili; Osteogeniosus (3 sp.), India to Java;
Batrachocephalus (1 sp.), Java and Sumatra; Bagarius (1 sp.), India to Java;
Euclyptosternum (1 sp.), India; Glyptosternum (8 sp.), Himalayas, Central
India, Java, and Sumatra; Hara (3 sp.), Continental India; Amblyceps (3
sp.), Continental India.
Sub-family 5 (Siluridæ Stenobranchiæ) is confined to South America and
Africa, with one genus and species in the Ganges. It consists of three
groups: Doradina (12 genera), South America and Africa; Rhinoglanina (3
genera), Central Africa and the Ganges; Malapterurina (1 genus), Tropical
Africa. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Page 542
Ageniosus (4 sp.), Surinam to La Plata; Tetranematichthys (1 sp.), Central
Brazil, Rio Guaporé; Euanemus (1 sp.), Surinam and Brazil; Auchenipterus
(9 sp.), Equatorial America; Centromochlus (2 sp.), Equatorial America;
Trachelyopterus (2 sp.), Equatorial America; Cetopsis (3 sp.), Brazil;
Asterophysus (1 sp.), Rio Negro, North Brazil; Doras (13 sp.), Tropical
South America east of Andes; Oxydoras (7 sp.), Amazon Valley and Guiana;
Rhinodoras (3 sp.), Tropical South America east of Andes; Synodontis (12
sp.), Tropical Africa; Rhinoglanis (1 sp.), Upper Nile; Mochocus (1 sp.),
Nile; Callomystax (1 sp.), Nile; Malapterurus (3 sp.), Tropical Africa.
Sub-family 6 (Siluridæ Proteropodes) inhabits Tropical America and
Northern India as far as Tenasserim. It consists of two groups: the
Hypostomatina (17 genera), with the same distribution as the sub-family,
and the Aspredinina (3 genera), confined to Equatorial America. The
distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Arges (2 sp.), Andes of Peru and Ecuador; Stygogenes (2 sp.), Andes;
Brontes (1 sp.), Andes; Astroblepus (1 sp.), Popayan; Callichthys (11 sp.),
Tropical South America east of Andes, and Trinidad; Plecostomus (15 sp.),
Tropical South America east of Andes, and Trinidad; Liposarcus (3 sp.),
Surinam and Brazil; Chætostomus (25 sp.), Tropical America, Trinidad, and
Porto Rico; Pterygoplichthys (4 sp.), Brazil; Rhinelepis (1 sp.), Brazil;
Acanthicus (2 sp.), Equatorial America; Loricaria (17 sp.), Tropical South
America east of Andes; Acestra (4 sp.), Brazil and Guiana; Sisor (1 sp.),
Northern Bengal; Erethistes (1 sp.), Assam; Pseudecheneis (1 sp.), Khasya
Hills; Exostoma (2 sp.), Assam and Tenasserim; Bunocephalus (2 sp.),
Guiana; Bunocephalichthys (1 sp.), Rio Branco, North Brazil; Aspredo (6
sp.), Guiana.
Sub-family 7 (Siluridæ Opisthopteræ) consists of two groups:
Nematogenyina (2 genera), and Trichomycterina (3 genera), and is confined
to South America. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Heptapterus (2 sp.), South America; Nematogenys (1 sp.), Chili;
Trichomycterus (7 sp.), South America to 15,000 feet elevation;
Eremophilus (1 sp.), Andes of Bogota; Pariodon (1 sp.), Amazon.
Brazil, Rio Guaporé; Euanemus (1 sp.), Surinam and Brazil; Auchenipterus
(9 sp.), Equatorial America; Centromochlus (2 sp.), Equatorial America;
Trachelyopterus (2 sp.), Equatorial America; Cetopsis (3 sp.), Brazil;
Asterophysus (1 sp.), Rio Negro, North Brazil; Doras (13 sp.), Tropical
South America east of Andes; Oxydoras (7 sp.), Amazon Valley and Guiana;
Rhinodoras (3 sp.), Tropical South America east of Andes; Synodontis (12
sp.), Tropical Africa; Rhinoglanis (1 sp.), Upper Nile; Mochocus (1 sp.),
Nile; Callomystax (1 sp.), Nile; Malapterurus (3 sp.), Tropical Africa.
Sub-family 6 (Siluridæ Proteropodes) inhabits Tropical America and
Northern India as far as Tenasserim. It consists of two groups: the
Hypostomatina (17 genera), with the same distribution as the sub-family,
and the Aspredinina (3 genera), confined to Equatorial America. The
distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Arges (2 sp.), Andes of Peru and Ecuador; Stygogenes (2 sp.), Andes;
Brontes (1 sp.), Andes; Astroblepus (1 sp.), Popayan; Callichthys (11 sp.),
Tropical South America east of Andes, and Trinidad; Plecostomus (15 sp.),
Tropical South America east of Andes, and Trinidad; Liposarcus (3 sp.),
Surinam and Brazil; Chætostomus (25 sp.), Tropical America, Trinidad, and
Porto Rico; Pterygoplichthys (4 sp.), Brazil; Rhinelepis (1 sp.), Brazil;
Acanthicus (2 sp.), Equatorial America; Loricaria (17 sp.), Tropical South
America east of Andes; Acestra (4 sp.), Brazil and Guiana; Sisor (1 sp.),
Northern Bengal; Erethistes (1 sp.), Assam; Pseudecheneis (1 sp.), Khasya
Hills; Exostoma (2 sp.), Assam and Tenasserim; Bunocephalus (2 sp.),
Guiana; Bunocephalichthys (1 sp.), Rio Branco, North Brazil; Aspredo (6
sp.), Guiana.
Sub-family 7 (Siluridæ Opisthopteræ) consists of two groups:
Nematogenyina (2 genera), and Trichomycterina (3 genera), and is confined
to South America. The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Heptapterus (2 sp.), South America; Nematogenys (1 sp.), Chili;
Trichomycterus (7 sp.), South America to 15,000 feet elevation;
Eremophilus (1 sp.), Andes of Bogota; Pariodon (1 sp.), Amazon.
Page 543
Sub-family 8 (Siluridæ Branchicolæ) is confined to Tropical South
America. It consists of one group, Stegophilina, and 2 genera: Stegophilus
(1 sp.), Brazil; and Vandellia (2 sp.), Amazon Valley.
Family 60. CHARACINIDÆ. (47 Genera, 230 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with scaly bodies and without barbels."
Distribution.—The Neotropical and Ethiopian regions.
This extensive family is divided by Dr. Günther into 10 groups, viz.:
Erythrinina (5 genera), South America; Curumatina (6 genera), South
America; Citharinina (1 genus), Tropical Africa; Anostomatina (3 genera),
South America; Tetragonopterina (16 genera), South America and Tropical
Africa; Hydrocyonina (9 genera), Tropical America and Tropical Africa;
Distichodontina (1 genus), Tropical Africa; Icthyborina (1 genus), Africa;
Crenuchina (1 genus), Equatorial America; Serrasalmonina (4 genera),
South America.
The following is the distribution of the genera:—
Macrodon (4 sp.), Tropical America; Erythrinus (5 sp.), Brazil and Guiana;
Lebiasina (1 sp.), West Equatorial America; Pyrrhulina (1 sp.), Guiana;
Corynopoma (4 sp.), Trinidad only; Curimatus (15 sp.), Tropical South
America and Trinidad; Prochilodus (12 sp.), South America to the La Plata;
Cæntropus (2 sp.), East Equatorial America; Hemiodus (8 sp.), Equatorial
America east of Andes; Saccodon (1 sp.), Ecuador; Parodon (1 sp.), Brazil;
Citharinus (2 sp.), Tropical Africa; Anostomus (8 sp.), Tropical America;
Rhytiodus (2 sp.), Equatorial America; Leporinus (14 sp.), South America
East of Andes; Piabucina (2 sp.), Guiana; Alestes (4 sp.), Tropical Africa;
Brachyalestes (5 sp.), Tropical Africa; Tetragonopterus (32 sp.), Tropical
America; Scissor (1 sp.), South America; Pseudochalceus (1 sp.), West
Ecuador; Chirodon (2 sp.), Chili; Chalceus (1 sp.), Guiana; Brycon (10 sp.),
South America east of Andes; Chalcinopsis (4 sp.), Central America and
Ecuador; Bryconops (2 sp.), Tropical America; Creagrutus (1 sp.), Western
America. It consists of one group, Stegophilina, and 2 genera: Stegophilus
(1 sp.), Brazil; and Vandellia (2 sp.), Amazon Valley.
Family 60. CHARACINIDÆ. (47 Genera, 230 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with scaly bodies and without barbels."
Distribution.—The Neotropical and Ethiopian regions.
This extensive family is divided by Dr. Günther into 10 groups, viz.:
Erythrinina (5 genera), South America; Curumatina (6 genera), South
America; Citharinina (1 genus), Tropical Africa; Anostomatina (3 genera),
South America; Tetragonopterina (16 genera), South America and Tropical
Africa; Hydrocyonina (9 genera), Tropical America and Tropical Africa;
Distichodontina (1 genus), Tropical Africa; Icthyborina (1 genus), Africa;
Crenuchina (1 genus), Equatorial America; Serrasalmonina (4 genera),
South America.
The following is the distribution of the genera:—
Macrodon (4 sp.), Tropical America; Erythrinus (5 sp.), Brazil and Guiana;
Lebiasina (1 sp.), West Equatorial America; Pyrrhulina (1 sp.), Guiana;
Corynopoma (4 sp.), Trinidad only; Curimatus (15 sp.), Tropical South
America and Trinidad; Prochilodus (12 sp.), South America to the La Plata;
Cæntropus (2 sp.), East Equatorial America; Hemiodus (8 sp.), Equatorial
America east of Andes; Saccodon (1 sp.), Ecuador; Parodon (1 sp.), Brazil;
Citharinus (2 sp.), Tropical Africa; Anostomus (8 sp.), Tropical America;
Rhytiodus (2 sp.), Equatorial America; Leporinus (14 sp.), South America
East of Andes; Piabucina (2 sp.), Guiana; Alestes (4 sp.), Tropical Africa;
Brachyalestes (5 sp.), Tropical Africa; Tetragonopterus (32 sp.), Tropical
America; Scissor (1 sp.), South America; Pseudochalceus (1 sp.), West
Ecuador; Chirodon (2 sp.), Chili; Chalceus (1 sp.), Guiana; Brycon (10 sp.),
South America east of Andes; Chalcinopsis (4 sp.), Central America and
Ecuador; Bryconops (2 sp.), Tropical America; Creagrutus (1 sp.), Western
Page 544
Ecuador; Chalcinus (4 sp.), Tropical South America; Gastropelecus (8 sp.),
Tropical South America; Piabuca (2 sp.), Equatorial America; Agoniates (1
sp.), Guiana; Anacyrtus (7 sp.), Central and South America; Hystricodon (1
sp.), Equatorial America; Salminus (3 sp.), South America; Hydrocyon (3
sp.), Tropical Africa; Sarcodaces (1 sp.), West Africa; Oligosarcus (1 sp.),
Brazil; Xiphoramphus (7 sp.), South America east of Andes; Xiphostoma (5
sp.), Equatorial America east of Andes; Cynodon (3 sp.), Tropical America
East of Andes; Distichodus (7 sp.), Tropical Africa; Icthyborus (3 sp.), Nile;
Crenuchus (1 sp.), Guiana; Mylesinus (1 sp.), Equatorial America;
Serrasalmo (13 sp.), Tropical South America east of Andes; Myletes (18
sp.), Tropical South America east of Andes; Catoprion (1. sp.), Brazil and
Guiana.
Family 61.—HAPLOCHITONIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with naked or scaly bodies and without barbels."
Distribution.—Temperate South America and South Australia.
The genera are, Haplochiton (2 sp.), Tierra del Fuego and the Falkland
Islands; Prototroctes (2 sp.), Southern Australia and New Zealand.
Family 62.—STERNOPTYCHIDÆ. (6 Genera, 12 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with very thin deciduous scales or none, and with a row of
phosphorescent spots or organs on the under surface of the body."
Distribution.—Mediterranean and Atlantic.
These are deep-sea fishes found in the Mediterranean sea, and in the deep
Atlantic from the coasts of Norway to the Azores and the Tropics.
Family 63.—SCOPELIDÆ. (11 Genera, 47 Species.)
Tropical South America; Piabuca (2 sp.), Equatorial America; Agoniates (1
sp.), Guiana; Anacyrtus (7 sp.), Central and South America; Hystricodon (1
sp.), Equatorial America; Salminus (3 sp.), South America; Hydrocyon (3
sp.), Tropical Africa; Sarcodaces (1 sp.), West Africa; Oligosarcus (1 sp.),
Brazil; Xiphoramphus (7 sp.), South America east of Andes; Xiphostoma (5
sp.), Equatorial America east of Andes; Cynodon (3 sp.), Tropical America
East of Andes; Distichodus (7 sp.), Tropical Africa; Icthyborus (3 sp.), Nile;
Crenuchus (1 sp.), Guiana; Mylesinus (1 sp.), Equatorial America;
Serrasalmo (13 sp.), Tropical South America east of Andes; Myletes (18
sp.), Tropical South America east of Andes; Catoprion (1. sp.), Brazil and
Guiana.
Family 61.—HAPLOCHITONIDÆ. (2 Genera, 3 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with naked or scaly bodies and without barbels."
Distribution.—Temperate South America and South Australia.
The genera are, Haplochiton (2 sp.), Tierra del Fuego and the Falkland
Islands; Prototroctes (2 sp.), Southern Australia and New Zealand.
Family 62.—STERNOPTYCHIDÆ. (6 Genera, 12 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with very thin deciduous scales or none, and with a row of
phosphorescent spots or organs on the under surface of the body."
Distribution.—Mediterranean and Atlantic.
These are deep-sea fishes found in the Mediterranean sea, and in the deep
Atlantic from the coasts of Norway to the Azores and the Tropics.
Family 63.—SCOPELIDÆ. (11 Genera, 47 Species.)
Page 545
"Marine fishes, somewhat resembling the fresh-water Siluridæ."
Distribution.—Almost universal, but most abundant in warm and tropical
seas.
These are deep-sea fishes, abounding in the Mediterranean and the great
oceans, a few extending north to near Greenland and south to Tasmania.
Family 64.—STOMIATIDÆ. (4 Genera, 8 Species.)
"Small marine fishes, naked or with very fine scales."
Distribution.—The Mediterranean and Atlantic.
These are deep-sea fishes, ranging from Greenland to beyond the Equator.
Family 65.—SALMONIDÆ (15 Genera, 157 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, many species periodically descending to the sea and a
few altogether marine:—Salmon and Trout."
Distribution.—The Palæarctic and Nearctic Regions, and one genus and
species in New Zealand. A considerable number of species are confined to
single lakes or rivers, others have a wide distribution.
The genera are distributed as follows:—
Salmo (83 sp.), rivers and lakes of the Palæarctic and Nearctic Regions, as
far south as Algeria, Asia Minor, the Hindoo-Koosh and Kamschatka, and to
about 38° North Latitude in North America, many of the species migratory;
Onchorhynchus (8 sp.), American and Asiatic rivers entering the Pacific, as
far south as San Francisco and the Amur; Brachymystax (1 sp.), Siberian
rivers, from Lake Baikal and the Atlai Mountains northwards; Luciotrutta (2
sp.), Caspian Sea and Volga; Plecoglossus (1 sp.), Japan and Formosa;
Distribution.—Almost universal, but most abundant in warm and tropical
seas.
These are deep-sea fishes, abounding in the Mediterranean and the great
oceans, a few extending north to near Greenland and south to Tasmania.
Family 64.—STOMIATIDÆ. (4 Genera, 8 Species.)
"Small marine fishes, naked or with very fine scales."
Distribution.—The Mediterranean and Atlantic.
These are deep-sea fishes, ranging from Greenland to beyond the Equator.
Family 65.—SALMONIDÆ (15 Genera, 157 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, many species periodically descending to the sea and a
few altogether marine:—Salmon and Trout."
Distribution.—The Palæarctic and Nearctic Regions, and one genus and
species in New Zealand. A considerable number of species are confined to
single lakes or rivers, others have a wide distribution.
The genera are distributed as follows:—
Salmo (83 sp.), rivers and lakes of the Palæarctic and Nearctic Regions, as
far south as Algeria, Asia Minor, the Hindoo-Koosh and Kamschatka, and to
about 38° North Latitude in North America, many of the species migratory;
Onchorhynchus (8 sp.), American and Asiatic rivers entering the Pacific, as
far south as San Francisco and the Amur; Brachymystax (1 sp.), Siberian
rivers, from Lake Baikal and the Atlai Mountains northwards; Luciotrutta (2
sp.), Caspian Sea and Volga; Plecoglossus (1 sp.), Japan and Formosa;
Page 546
Osmerus (3 sp.), rivers of temperate Europe and North America entering the
Atlantic, and one species in California; Thaleichthys (1 sp.), Columbia
River, Vancouver's Island; Hypomesus (1 sp.), coasts of California,
Vancouver's Island, and North-eastern Asia; Mallotus (1 sp.), coasts of
Arctic America from Greenland to Kamschatka; Retropinna (1 sp.), fresh
waters of New Zealand; Coregonus (41 sp.), fresh waters of northern parts
of temperate Europe, Asia and North America, many of the species
migratory: Thymallus (6 sp.), fresh waters of temperate parts of Europe,
Asia, and North America; Argentina (4 sp.), Mediterranean and deep seas of
Western Europe; Microstoma (2 sp.), Mediterranean, and seas of Greenland;
Salarix (2 sp.), China and Japan, in seas and rivers. Salmo, Osmerus,
Coregonus, and Thymallus, are British genera.
Family 66.—PERCOPSIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A fresh-water fish covered with toothed scales."
Distribution.—Lake Superior, North America.
Family 67.—GALAXIDÆ. (1 Genus, 12 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with neither scales nor barbels."
Distribution.—The temperate zone of the Southern Hemisphere.
The only genus, Galaxias, is found in New Zealand, Tasmania, and Tierra
del Fuego, ranging north as far as Queensland and Chili; and one of the
species is absolutely identical in the two regions.
Family 68.—MORMYRIDÆ. (3 Genera, 25 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with scales on the body and tail but not on the head,
and no barbels."
Atlantic, and one species in California; Thaleichthys (1 sp.), Columbia
River, Vancouver's Island; Hypomesus (1 sp.), coasts of California,
Vancouver's Island, and North-eastern Asia; Mallotus (1 sp.), coasts of
Arctic America from Greenland to Kamschatka; Retropinna (1 sp.), fresh
waters of New Zealand; Coregonus (41 sp.), fresh waters of northern parts
of temperate Europe, Asia and North America, many of the species
migratory: Thymallus (6 sp.), fresh waters of temperate parts of Europe,
Asia, and North America; Argentina (4 sp.), Mediterranean and deep seas of
Western Europe; Microstoma (2 sp.), Mediterranean, and seas of Greenland;
Salarix (2 sp.), China and Japan, in seas and rivers. Salmo, Osmerus,
Coregonus, and Thymallus, are British genera.
Family 66.—PERCOPSIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A fresh-water fish covered with toothed scales."
Distribution.—Lake Superior, North America.
Family 67.—GALAXIDÆ. (1 Genus, 12 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with neither scales nor barbels."
Distribution.—The temperate zone of the Southern Hemisphere.
The only genus, Galaxias, is found in New Zealand, Tasmania, and Tierra
del Fuego, ranging north as far as Queensland and Chili; and one of the
species is absolutely identical in the two regions.
Family 68.—MORMYRIDÆ. (3 Genera, 25 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with scales on the body and tail but not on the head,
and no barbels."
Page 547
Distribution.—The Ethiopian Region.
Most abundant in the Nile, a few from the Gambia, the Congo, and
Rovuma. The genera are:—
Mormyrus (1 sp.), Nile, Gambia, West Africa, Mozambique, Rovuma;
Hyperopsius (2 sp.), Nile and West Africa; Mormyrops (4 sp.), Nile, West
Africa and Mozambique.
Family 69.—GYMNARCHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, resembling the Mormyridæ, but with tapering finless
tail, and neither anal nor ventral fins."
Distribution.—Ethiopian region.
The only genus, Gymnarchus, inhabits the Nile and the rivers of West
Africa.
Family 70.—ESOCIDÆ. (1 Genus, 7 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with scaly bodies, no barbels, and dorsal fins situated
towards the tail."
Distribution.—The Nearctic and Palæarctic regions.
One species, the Pike (Esox lucius) ranges from Lapland to Turkey, and in
America from the Arctic regions to the Albany river; the remainder are
American species extending South as far as New Orleans.
Family 71.—UMBRIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
"Small fresh-water scaly fishes, without barbels or adipose fin."
Most abundant in the Nile, a few from the Gambia, the Congo, and
Rovuma. The genera are:—
Mormyrus (1 sp.), Nile, Gambia, West Africa, Mozambique, Rovuma;
Hyperopsius (2 sp.), Nile and West Africa; Mormyrops (4 sp.), Nile, West
Africa and Mozambique.
Family 69.—GYMNARCHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, resembling the Mormyridæ, but with tapering finless
tail, and neither anal nor ventral fins."
Distribution.—Ethiopian region.
The only genus, Gymnarchus, inhabits the Nile and the rivers of West
Africa.
Family 70.—ESOCIDÆ. (1 Genus, 7 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with scaly bodies, no barbels, and dorsal fins situated
towards the tail."
Distribution.—The Nearctic and Palæarctic regions.
One species, the Pike (Esox lucius) ranges from Lapland to Turkey, and in
America from the Arctic regions to the Albany river; the remainder are
American species extending South as far as New Orleans.
Family 71.—UMBRIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
"Small fresh-water scaly fishes, without barbels or adipose fin."
Page 548
Distribution.—Central Europe and Temperate North America.
Family 72.—SCOMBRESOCIDÆ. (5 Genera, 136 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water fishes, with scaly bodies and a series of keeled
scales along each side of the belly."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical regions.
All the genera have a wide distribution. A species of Belone and one of
Scombresox are found on the British coast. The Flying-fishes (Exocetus, 44
sp.), belong to this family. They abound in all tropical seas and extend as far
as the Mediterranean and Australia. None of the genera are exclusively
fresh-water, but a few species of Belone, and Hemiramphus are found in
rivers in various parts of the world.
Family 73.—CYPRINODONTIDÆ. (20 Genera, 106 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, covered with scales, the sexes frequently differing,
mostly viviparous."
Distribution.—Southern Europe, Asia, Africa and North America, but most
abundant in Tropical America.
The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Cyprinodon (11 sp.), Italy, North Africa and Western Asia to Persia, also
North America from Texas to New York; Fitzroya (1 sp.), Montevideo;
Characodon (1 sp.), Central America; Tellia (1 sp.), Alpine pools of the
Atlas: Limnurgus (1 sp.), Mexican plateau; Lucania (1 sp.), Texas;
Haplochilus (18 sp.), India, Java, Japan, Tropical Africa, Madagascar, and
the Seychelle Islands, Carolina to Brazil, Jamaica; Fundulus (17 sp.), North
and Central America and Ecuador, Spain and East Africa; Rivulus (3 sp.),
Tropical America, Cuba and Trinidad; Orestias (6 sp.), Lake Titacaca,
Family 72.—SCOMBRESOCIDÆ. (5 Genera, 136 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water fishes, with scaly bodies and a series of keeled
scales along each side of the belly."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical regions.
All the genera have a wide distribution. A species of Belone and one of
Scombresox are found on the British coast. The Flying-fishes (Exocetus, 44
sp.), belong to this family. They abound in all tropical seas and extend as far
as the Mediterranean and Australia. None of the genera are exclusively
fresh-water, but a few species of Belone, and Hemiramphus are found in
rivers in various parts of the world.
Family 73.—CYPRINODONTIDÆ. (20 Genera, 106 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, covered with scales, the sexes frequently differing,
mostly viviparous."
Distribution.—Southern Europe, Asia, Africa and North America, but most
abundant in Tropical America.
The distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Cyprinodon (11 sp.), Italy, North Africa and Western Asia to Persia, also
North America from Texas to New York; Fitzroya (1 sp.), Montevideo;
Characodon (1 sp.), Central America; Tellia (1 sp.), Alpine pools of the
Atlas: Limnurgus (1 sp.), Mexican plateau; Lucania (1 sp.), Texas;
Haplochilus (18 sp.), India, Java, Japan, Tropical Africa, Madagascar, and
the Seychelle Islands, Carolina to Brazil, Jamaica; Fundulus (17 sp.), North
and Central America and Ecuador, Spain and East Africa; Rivulus (3 sp.),
Tropical America, Cuba and Trinidad; Orestias (6 sp.), Lake Titacaca,
Page 549
Andes; Jenynsia (1 sp.), Rio Plata; Pseudoxiphophorus (2 sp.), Central
America; Belonesox (1 sp.), Central America; Gambusia (8 sp.), Antilles,
Central America and Texas; Anableps (3 sp.), Central and Equatorial
America; Pœcilia (16 sp.), Antilles, Central and South America; Mollienesia
(4 sp.), Louisiana to Mexico; Platypœcilus (1 sp.), Mexico; Girardinus (10
sp.), Antilles and South Carolina to Uruguay; Lepistes (1 sp.), Barbadoes.
Family 74.—HETEROPYGII. (2 Genera, 2 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with posterior dorsal fin, and very small scales."
Distribution.—Fresh waters of the United States.
Amblyopsis (1 sp.) is a blind fish found in the caverns of Kentucky; while
Chologastes (1 sp.), which only differs from it in having perfect eyes, is
found in ditches in South Carolina.
Family 75.—CYPRINIDÆ. (109 Genera, 790 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, generally scaly, with no adipose fin, and pharyngeal
teeth only, the mouth being toothless."
Distribution.—Fresh waters of the Old World and North America, but
absent from Australia and South America.
This enormous family is divided by Dr. Günther into fourteen groups, the
distribution of which is as follows:—
Catostomina (4 genera), North America and North-east Asia; Cyprinina (39
genera), same range as the family; Rohteichthyina (1 genus), Malay
Archipelago; Leptobarbina (1 genus), Malay Archipelago; Rasborina (5
genera), East Africa to China and Borneo; Semiplotina (2 genera), Western
Asia; Xenocypridina (3 genera), Eastern Asia; Leuciscina (10 genera),
Palæarctic and Nearctic regions; Rhodeina (3 genera), Palæarctic region;
America; Belonesox (1 sp.), Central America; Gambusia (8 sp.), Antilles,
Central America and Texas; Anableps (3 sp.), Central and Equatorial
America; Pœcilia (16 sp.), Antilles, Central and South America; Mollienesia
(4 sp.), Louisiana to Mexico; Platypœcilus (1 sp.), Mexico; Girardinus (10
sp.), Antilles and South Carolina to Uruguay; Lepistes (1 sp.), Barbadoes.
Family 74.—HETEROPYGII. (2 Genera, 2 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with posterior dorsal fin, and very small scales."
Distribution.—Fresh waters of the United States.
Amblyopsis (1 sp.) is a blind fish found in the caverns of Kentucky; while
Chologastes (1 sp.), which only differs from it in having perfect eyes, is
found in ditches in South Carolina.
Family 75.—CYPRINIDÆ. (109 Genera, 790 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, generally scaly, with no adipose fin, and pharyngeal
teeth only, the mouth being toothless."
Distribution.—Fresh waters of the Old World and North America, but
absent from Australia and South America.
This enormous family is divided by Dr. Günther into fourteen groups, the
distribution of which is as follows:—
Catostomina (4 genera), North America and North-east Asia; Cyprinina (39
genera), same range as the family; Rohteichthyina (1 genus), Malay
Archipelago; Leptobarbina (1 genus), Malay Archipelago; Rasborina (5
genera), East Africa to China and Borneo; Semiplotina (2 genera), Western
Asia; Xenocypridina (3 genera), Eastern Asia; Leuciscina (10 genera),
Palæarctic and Nearctic regions; Rhodeina (3 genera), Palæarctic region;
Page 550
Danionina (9 genera), India to China and Japan; Hypophthalmichthyina (1
genus), China; Abramidina (16 genera), same range as the family;
Homalopterina (2 genera), India to Java; Cobitidina (10 genera), Palæarctic
and Oriental regions.
The following is the distribution of the genera:—
Catostomus (16 sp.), Nearctic region and Eastern Siberia; Moxostoma (2
sp.), Eastern United States; Sclerognathus (5 sp.), Temperate North America
to Guatemala, also Northern China; Carpiodes (1 sp.), United States;
Cyprinus (2 sp.), Temperate parts of Palæarctic region (1 sp. British);
Carassius (3 sp.), Temperate Palæarctic region (1 sp. British); Catla (1 sp.),
Continental India; Cirrhina (5 sp.), Continental India to China; Dangila (6
sp.), Java, Sumatra, Borneo; Osteochilus (14 sp.), Siam to Java and
Sumatra; Labeo (27 sp.), Tropical Africa and Oriental region; Tylognathus
(10 sp.), Syria, India to Java; Abrostomus (2 sp.), South Africa;
Discognathus (4 sp.), Syria to India and Java, mostly in mountain streams;
Crossochilus (9 sp.), India to Sumatra and Java; Gymnostomus (7 sp.),
Continental India; Epalzeorhynchus (1 sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Capoeta
(13 sp.), Western Asia; Barbus (163 sp.), Temperate or Tropical parts of
Europe, Asia, and Africa (1 sp. British); Thynnichthys (2 sp.), Pegu, Borneo,
and Sumatra; Barbichthys (1 sp.), Java, Sumatra, and Borneo;
Amblyrhynchichthys (1 sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Albulichthys (1 sp.),
Sumatra and Borneo; Oreinus (3 sp.), Himalayan region; Schizothorax (13
sp.), Himalayan region and west to Afghanistan and Persia; Ptychobarbus (1
sp.), Thibet; Gymnocypris (1 sp.), loc. unknown; Schizopygopsis (1 sp.),
Thibet; Diptychus (1 sp.), Himalayas and Thibet; Aulopyge (1 sp.), Western
Asia; Gobio (2 sp.), Temperate Europe (1 sp. British); Pseudogobio (4 sp.),
China, Japan, and Formosa; Ceratichthys (9 sp.), Temperate North America;
Bungia (1 sp.), Western Asia, Herat; Pimephales (2 sp.), Eastern United
States; Hyborhynchus (3 sp.), Eastern United States; Ericymba (1 sp.),
United States; Pseudorasbora (1 sp.), Japan, China; Cochlognathus (1 sp.),
Texas; Exoglossum (2 sp.), United States; Rhinichthys (6 sp.), Eastern
United States; Rohteichthys (1 sp.), Borneo and Sumatra; Leptobarbina (1
sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Rasbora (12 sp.), East Coast of Africa, India, to
Java and Borneo; Luciosma (3 sp.), Java, Sumatra, and Borneo; Nuria (2
sp.), India, Tenasserim, and Ceylon; Aphyocypris (1 sp.), North China;
genus), China; Abramidina (16 genera), same range as the family;
Homalopterina (2 genera), India to Java; Cobitidina (10 genera), Palæarctic
and Oriental regions.
The following is the distribution of the genera:—
Catostomus (16 sp.), Nearctic region and Eastern Siberia; Moxostoma (2
sp.), Eastern United States; Sclerognathus (5 sp.), Temperate North America
to Guatemala, also Northern China; Carpiodes (1 sp.), United States;
Cyprinus (2 sp.), Temperate parts of Palæarctic region (1 sp. British);
Carassius (3 sp.), Temperate Palæarctic region (1 sp. British); Catla (1 sp.),
Continental India; Cirrhina (5 sp.), Continental India to China; Dangila (6
sp.), Java, Sumatra, Borneo; Osteochilus (14 sp.), Siam to Java and
Sumatra; Labeo (27 sp.), Tropical Africa and Oriental region; Tylognathus
(10 sp.), Syria, India to Java; Abrostomus (2 sp.), South Africa;
Discognathus (4 sp.), Syria to India and Java, mostly in mountain streams;
Crossochilus (9 sp.), India to Sumatra and Java; Gymnostomus (7 sp.),
Continental India; Epalzeorhynchus (1 sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Capoeta
(13 sp.), Western Asia; Barbus (163 sp.), Temperate or Tropical parts of
Europe, Asia, and Africa (1 sp. British); Thynnichthys (2 sp.), Pegu, Borneo,
and Sumatra; Barbichthys (1 sp.), Java, Sumatra, and Borneo;
Amblyrhynchichthys (1 sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Albulichthys (1 sp.),
Sumatra and Borneo; Oreinus (3 sp.), Himalayan region; Schizothorax (13
sp.), Himalayan region and west to Afghanistan and Persia; Ptychobarbus (1
sp.), Thibet; Gymnocypris (1 sp.), loc. unknown; Schizopygopsis (1 sp.),
Thibet; Diptychus (1 sp.), Himalayas and Thibet; Aulopyge (1 sp.), Western
Asia; Gobio (2 sp.), Temperate Europe (1 sp. British); Pseudogobio (4 sp.),
China, Japan, and Formosa; Ceratichthys (9 sp.), Temperate North America;
Bungia (1 sp.), Western Asia, Herat; Pimephales (2 sp.), Eastern United
States; Hyborhynchus (3 sp.), Eastern United States; Ericymba (1 sp.),
United States; Pseudorasbora (1 sp.), Japan, China; Cochlognathus (1 sp.),
Texas; Exoglossum (2 sp.), United States; Rhinichthys (6 sp.), Eastern
United States; Rohteichthys (1 sp.), Borneo and Sumatra; Leptobarbina (1
sp.), Sumatra and Borneo; Rasbora (12 sp.), East Coast of Africa, India, to
Java and Borneo; Luciosma (3 sp.), Java, Sumatra, and Borneo; Nuria (2
sp.), India, Tenasserim, and Ceylon; Aphyocypris (1 sp.), North China;
Page 551
Amblypharyngodon (3 sp.), India to Tenasserim; Cyprinion (3 sp.), Syria
and Persia; Semiplotus (1 sp.), Assam; Xenocypris (1 sp.), China;
Paracanthobrama (1 sp.), China; Mystacoleucus (1 sp.), Sumatra; Leuciscus
(84 sp.), Nearctic and Palæarctic regions (5 sp. are British);
Ctenopharyngodon (1 sp.), China; Mylopharodon (1 sp.), California;
Paraphoxinus (2 sp.), South-eastern Europe; Meda (1 sp.), River Gila; Tinca
(1 sp.), Europe (Britain to Constantinople); Leucosomus (8 sp.), Nearctic
region; Chondrostoma (7 sp.), Europe and Western Asia; Orthodon (1 sp.),
California; Acrochilus (1 sp.), Columbia River; Achilognathus (6 sp.),
China, Japan, and Formosa; Rhodeus (3 sp.), Central Europe and China;
Pseudoperilampus (1 sp.), Japan; Danio (8 sp.), India and Ceylon;
Pterosarion (2 sp.), Central India and Assam; Aspidoparia (3 sp.),
Continental India; Barilius (15 sp.), East Africa and Continental India; Bola
(1 sp.), Ganges to Bramahputra; Schacra (1 sp.), Bengal; Opsariichthys (5
sp.), Japan and Formosa; Squaliobarbus (1 sp.), China; Ochetobius (1 sp.),
North China; Hypophthalmichthys (2 sp.), China; Abramis (16 sp.), North
America, Central Europe, and Western Asia (1 sp. is British); Aspius (3 sp.),
East Europe, Western Asia, China; Alburnus (15 sp.), Europe and Western
Asia (1 British sp.); Rasborichthys (1 sp.), Borneo; Elopichthys (1 sp.),
China; Pelotrophus (2 sp.), East Africa; Acanthobrama (3 sp.), Western
Asia; Osteobrama (5 sp.), Continental India; Chanodichthys (6 sp.), China
and Formosa; Smiliogaster (1 sp.), Bengal; Culter (2 sp.), China; Pelecus (1
sp.), Eastern Europe; Eustira (1 sp.), Ceylon; Chela (16 sp.), India to Siam,
Java and Borneo; Pseudolabuca (1 sp.), China; Cachius (1 sp.), Continental
India; Homaloptera (8 sp.), India to Cochin China, Java, and Sumatra;
Psilorhynchus (2 sp.), North-eastern India; Misgurnus (5 sp.), Europe to
India, China, and Japan; Nemachilus (37 sp.), Europe and Asia; Cobitis (3
sp.), Europe, India, Japan; Lepidocepalichthys (3 sp.), India, Ceylon, and
Java; Acanthopsis (2 sp.), Tenasserim, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo; Botia (7
sp.), India to Japan and Sunda Isles; Oreonectes (1 sp.), China;
Lepidocephalus (1 sp.), Java and Sumatra; Acanthopthalmus (2 sp.), Java
and Sumatra; Apua (1 sp.), Tenasserim; Kneria (2 sp.), Tropical Africa.
Family 76.—GONORHYNCHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
and Persia; Semiplotus (1 sp.), Assam; Xenocypris (1 sp.), China;
Paracanthobrama (1 sp.), China; Mystacoleucus (1 sp.), Sumatra; Leuciscus
(84 sp.), Nearctic and Palæarctic regions (5 sp. are British);
Ctenopharyngodon (1 sp.), China; Mylopharodon (1 sp.), California;
Paraphoxinus (2 sp.), South-eastern Europe; Meda (1 sp.), River Gila; Tinca
(1 sp.), Europe (Britain to Constantinople); Leucosomus (8 sp.), Nearctic
region; Chondrostoma (7 sp.), Europe and Western Asia; Orthodon (1 sp.),
California; Acrochilus (1 sp.), Columbia River; Achilognathus (6 sp.),
China, Japan, and Formosa; Rhodeus (3 sp.), Central Europe and China;
Pseudoperilampus (1 sp.), Japan; Danio (8 sp.), India and Ceylon;
Pterosarion (2 sp.), Central India and Assam; Aspidoparia (3 sp.),
Continental India; Barilius (15 sp.), East Africa and Continental India; Bola
(1 sp.), Ganges to Bramahputra; Schacra (1 sp.), Bengal; Opsariichthys (5
sp.), Japan and Formosa; Squaliobarbus (1 sp.), China; Ochetobius (1 sp.),
North China; Hypophthalmichthys (2 sp.), China; Abramis (16 sp.), North
America, Central Europe, and Western Asia (1 sp. is British); Aspius (3 sp.),
East Europe, Western Asia, China; Alburnus (15 sp.), Europe and Western
Asia (1 British sp.); Rasborichthys (1 sp.), Borneo; Elopichthys (1 sp.),
China; Pelotrophus (2 sp.), East Africa; Acanthobrama (3 sp.), Western
Asia; Osteobrama (5 sp.), Continental India; Chanodichthys (6 sp.), China
and Formosa; Smiliogaster (1 sp.), Bengal; Culter (2 sp.), China; Pelecus (1
sp.), Eastern Europe; Eustira (1 sp.), Ceylon; Chela (16 sp.), India to Siam,
Java and Borneo; Pseudolabuca (1 sp.), China; Cachius (1 sp.), Continental
India; Homaloptera (8 sp.), India to Cochin China, Java, and Sumatra;
Psilorhynchus (2 sp.), North-eastern India; Misgurnus (5 sp.), Europe to
India, China, and Japan; Nemachilus (37 sp.), Europe and Asia; Cobitis (3
sp.), Europe, India, Japan; Lepidocepalichthys (3 sp.), India, Ceylon, and
Java; Acanthopsis (2 sp.), Tenasserim, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo; Botia (7
sp.), India to Japan and Sunda Isles; Oreonectes (1 sp.), China;
Lepidocephalus (1 sp.), Java and Sumatra; Acanthopthalmus (2 sp.), Java
and Sumatra; Apua (1 sp.), Tenasserim; Kneria (2 sp.), Tropical Africa.
Family 76.—GONORHYNCHIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
Page 552
"A marine fish with spiny scales, mouth with barbels, and with short dorsal
fin opposite the ventrals."
Distribution.—Temperate parts of Southern Oceans, and Japan.
Family 77.—HYODONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A fresh-water fish with cycloid scales and posterior dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Fresh waters of North America.
Family 78.—OSTEOGLOSSIDÆ. (3 Genera, 5 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with large hard scales, and dorsal fin opposite and
equal to the anal fin."
Distribution.—Tropical rivers.
The genera are:—Osteoglossum (3 sp.), Eastern South America, Sunda
Islands, and Queensland; Arapaima (1 sp.), Eastern South America—the
"Pirarucú" of the Amazon; Heterotis (1 sp.), Tropical Africa.
Family 79.—CLUPEIDÆ. (18 Genera, 161 Species.)
"Marine scaly fishes, without barbels, and with the abdomen often
compressed and serrated."
Distribution.—Seas of the whole globe, many species entering rivers. They
are most abundant in the Indian seas, less so in America, scarce in Africa,
while they are almost absent from Australia. The Herring, Sprat, Shad, and
Pilchard, are British species of Clupea, a genus which contains 61 species
and ranges all over the world.
fin opposite the ventrals."
Distribution.—Temperate parts of Southern Oceans, and Japan.
Family 77.—HYODONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A fresh-water fish with cycloid scales and posterior dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Fresh waters of North America.
Family 78.—OSTEOGLOSSIDÆ. (3 Genera, 5 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with large hard scales, and dorsal fin opposite and
equal to the anal fin."
Distribution.—Tropical rivers.
The genera are:—Osteoglossum (3 sp.), Eastern South America, Sunda
Islands, and Queensland; Arapaima (1 sp.), Eastern South America—the
"Pirarucú" of the Amazon; Heterotis (1 sp.), Tropical Africa.
Family 79.—CLUPEIDÆ. (18 Genera, 161 Species.)
"Marine scaly fishes, without barbels, and with the abdomen often
compressed and serrated."
Distribution.—Seas of the whole globe, many species entering rivers. They
are most abundant in the Indian seas, less so in America, scarce in Africa,
while they are almost absent from Australia. The Herring, Sprat, Shad, and
Pilchard, are British species of Clupea, a genus which contains 61 species
and ranges all over the world.
Page 553
Family 80.—CHIROCENTRIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A marine fish, with thin deciduous scales, no barbels, and posterior dorsal
fin."
Distribution.—The Eastern seas from Africa to China.
Family 81.—ALEPOCEPHALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A marine fish, covered with thin cycloid scales, no barbels, and posterior
dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Deep waters of the Mediterranean.
Family 82.—NOTOPTERIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, without barbels, head and body scaly, long tapering tail,
and short posterior dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Rivers of India, Siam, the Sunda Islands, and West Africa.
Family 83.—HALOSAURIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with cycloid scales, a short median dorsal fin, and no
barbels."
Distribution.—Deep waters of the Atlantic, Madeira.
Family 84.—GYMNOTIDÆ. (5 Genera, 20 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with elongate bodies, pointed tail, and no dorsal fin."
"A marine fish, with thin deciduous scales, no barbels, and posterior dorsal
fin."
Distribution.—The Eastern seas from Africa to China.
Family 81.—ALEPOCEPHALIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A marine fish, covered with thin cycloid scales, no barbels, and posterior
dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Deep waters of the Mediterranean.
Family 82.—NOTOPTERIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, without barbels, head and body scaly, long tapering tail,
and short posterior dorsal fin."
Distribution.—Rivers of India, Siam, the Sunda Islands, and West Africa.
Family 83.—HALOSAURIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Marine fishes, with cycloid scales, a short median dorsal fin, and no
barbels."
Distribution.—Deep waters of the Atlantic, Madeira.
Family 84.—GYMNOTIDÆ. (5 Genera, 20 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with elongate bodies, pointed tail, and no dorsal fin."
Page 554
Distribution.—Tropical America from Trinidad to the River Parana.
The genera are distributed as follows:—
Sternarchus (8 sp.), Guiana and Brazil; Rhamphichthys (6 sp.), Guiana and
Brazil; Sternophygus (4 sp.), Tropical America; Carapus (1 sp.), Trinidad to
Brazil; Gymnotus, (1 sp.—the Electric eel), Tropical South America.
Family 85.—SYMBRANCHIDÆ. (4 Genera, 6 Species.)
"Marine and fresh-water fishes, having elongate bodies without fins, and
very minute scales or none."
Distribution.—Fresh waters and coasts of Western Australia and Tasmania.
The genera are:—
Amphipnous (1 sp.), Bengal; Monopterus (1 sp.), Siam to Northern China
and Sunda Islands; Symbranchus (3 sp.), Tropical America, and India to
Australia; Chilobranchus (1 sp.), Australia and Tasmania.
Family 86.—MURÆNIDÆ. (26 Genera, 230 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water fishes, with cylindrical or band-like bodies and no
ventral fins."
Distribution.—The seas and fresh waters of temperate and tropical regions.
This family is divided by Dr. Günther into two sub-families and nine
sections. The genus Anguilla, comprising our common Eel and a number of
species from all parts of the world, is the only one which is found in fresh
water, though even here most of the species are marine. Anguilla and
Conger are the only British genera.
The genera are distributed as follows:—
Sternarchus (8 sp.), Guiana and Brazil; Rhamphichthys (6 sp.), Guiana and
Brazil; Sternophygus (4 sp.), Tropical America; Carapus (1 sp.), Trinidad to
Brazil; Gymnotus, (1 sp.—the Electric eel), Tropical South America.
Family 85.—SYMBRANCHIDÆ. (4 Genera, 6 Species.)
"Marine and fresh-water fishes, having elongate bodies without fins, and
very minute scales or none."
Distribution.—Fresh waters and coasts of Western Australia and Tasmania.
The genera are:—
Amphipnous (1 sp.), Bengal; Monopterus (1 sp.), Siam to Northern China
and Sunda Islands; Symbranchus (3 sp.), Tropical America, and India to
Australia; Chilobranchus (1 sp.), Australia and Tasmania.
Family 86.—MURÆNIDÆ. (26 Genera, 230 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water fishes, with cylindrical or band-like bodies and no
ventral fins."
Distribution.—The seas and fresh waters of temperate and tropical regions.
This family is divided by Dr. Günther into two sub-families and nine
sections. The genus Anguilla, comprising our common Eel and a number of
species from all parts of the world, is the only one which is found in fresh
water, though even here most of the species are marine. Anguilla and
Conger are the only British genera.
Page 555
Family 87.—PEGASIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
"Small marine fishes, covered with bony plates, and short opposite dorsal
and anal fins."
Distribution.—Indian Ocean and seas of China and Australia.
Order V.—LOPHOBRANCHII.
"Fish with a segmented bony covering, long snout, and small toothless
mouth."
Family 88.—SOLENOSTOMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
"Marine Lophobranchii, with wide gill openings and two dorsal fins."
Distribution.—Indian Ocean, from Zanzibar to China and the Moluccas.
Family 89.—SYNGNATHIDÆ. (15 Genera, 112 Species.)
"Marine Lophobranchii, with very small gill opening and one soft dorsal
fin."
Distribution.—All the tropical and temperate seas. Some species of
Syngnathus, Doryichthys, and Cœlonotus enter fresh water, and a few live in
it exclusively. Siphonostoma, Syngnathus, Nerophis, and Hippocampus are
British genera. The Hippocampina (5 genera, 25 sp.), or Sea-horses, are
peculiar to the Indian and Pacific Oceans, except three or four species of
Hippocampus in the Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Order VI.—PLECTOGNATHI.
"Small marine fishes, covered with bony plates, and short opposite dorsal
and anal fins."
Distribution.—Indian Ocean and seas of China and Australia.
Order V.—LOPHOBRANCHII.
"Fish with a segmented bony covering, long snout, and small toothless
mouth."
Family 88.—SOLENOSTOMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
"Marine Lophobranchii, with wide gill openings and two dorsal fins."
Distribution.—Indian Ocean, from Zanzibar to China and the Moluccas.
Family 89.—SYNGNATHIDÆ. (15 Genera, 112 Species.)
"Marine Lophobranchii, with very small gill opening and one soft dorsal
fin."
Distribution.—All the tropical and temperate seas. Some species of
Syngnathus, Doryichthys, and Cœlonotus enter fresh water, and a few live in
it exclusively. Siphonostoma, Syngnathus, Nerophis, and Hippocampus are
British genera. The Hippocampina (5 genera, 25 sp.), or Sea-horses, are
peculiar to the Indian and Pacific Oceans, except three or four species of
Hippocampus in the Atlantic and Mediterranean.
Order VI.—PLECTOGNATHI.
Page 556
"Fishes covered with rough scales or shields, having a narrow mouth, and
soft posterior dorsal fin."
Family 90.—SCLERODERMI. (7 Genera, 95 Species.)
"Marine Plectognathi, with toothed jaws."
Distribution.—Temperate and Tropical seas, but much more abundant in
the Tropics.
Family 91.—GYMNODONTES. (10 Genera, 82 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water Plectognathi, with jaws modified into a beak."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical regions.
Some species of Tetrodon are found in the rivers of Tropical America,
Africa, and Asia. Species of Tetrodon and Orthagoriscus have been found
on the British coasts.
Sub-class II.—DIPNOI.
Family 92.—Sirenoidei. (3 Genera, 3 Species.)
"Eel-shaped fresh-water fishes, covered with cycloid scales; the vertical fins
forming a continuous border to the compressed tapering tail."
Distribution.—Rivers of Tropical Africa, South America, and Australia.
The genera are:—Protopterus (1 sp.), Tropical Africa; Lepidosiren (1 sp.),
Amazon Valley; Ceratodus (1 sp.), Queensland.
soft posterior dorsal fin."
Family 90.—SCLERODERMI. (7 Genera, 95 Species.)
"Marine Plectognathi, with toothed jaws."
Distribution.—Temperate and Tropical seas, but much more abundant in
the Tropics.
Family 91.—GYMNODONTES. (10 Genera, 82 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water Plectognathi, with jaws modified into a beak."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical regions.
Some species of Tetrodon are found in the rivers of Tropical America,
Africa, and Asia. Species of Tetrodon and Orthagoriscus have been found
on the British coasts.
Sub-class II.—DIPNOI.
Family 92.—Sirenoidei. (3 Genera, 3 Species.)
"Eel-shaped fresh-water fishes, covered with cycloid scales; the vertical fins
forming a continuous border to the compressed tapering tail."
Distribution.—Rivers of Tropical Africa, South America, and Australia.
The genera are:—Protopterus (1 sp.), Tropical Africa; Lepidosiren (1 sp.),
Amazon Valley; Ceratodus (1 sp.), Queensland.
Page 557
Sub-class III.—GANOIDEI.
Order I.—HOLOSTEI.
"Body covered with scales."
Family 93.—AMIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A fresh-water fish, with cycloid scales and a long soft dorsal fin."
Distribution.—United States.
Family 94.—POLYPTERIDÆ. (2 Genera, 2 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with ganoid scales and dorsal spines."
Distribution.—Central and Western Africa.
The genera are:—
Polypterus (1 sp.), the Nile and rivers of West Africa; Calamoichthys (1 sp.),
Old Calabar.
Family 95.—LEPIDOSTEIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with ganoid scales, and dorsal and anal fins composed
of articulated rays."
Distribution.—The genus Lepidosteus, the Garfishes or Bony Pikes,
inhabits North America to Mexico and Cuba.
Order I.—HOLOSTEI.
"Body covered with scales."
Family 93.—AMIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A fresh-water fish, with cycloid scales and a long soft dorsal fin."
Distribution.—United States.
Family 94.—POLYPTERIDÆ. (2 Genera, 2 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with ganoid scales and dorsal spines."
Distribution.—Central and Western Africa.
The genera are:—
Polypterus (1 sp.), the Nile and rivers of West Africa; Calamoichthys (1 sp.),
Old Calabar.
Family 95.—LEPIDOSTEIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with ganoid scales, and dorsal and anal fins composed
of articulated rays."
Distribution.—The genus Lepidosteus, the Garfishes or Bony Pikes,
inhabits North America to Mexico and Cuba.
Page 558
Order II.—CHONDROSTEI.
"Sub-cartilaginous scaleless fishes with heterocercal tail, the skin with
osseous bucklers or naked."
Family 96.—ACCIPENSERIDÆ. (2 Genera, 20 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water fishes with osseous bucklers and inferior mouth."
Distribution.—Temperate and Arctic regions of the northern hemisphere.
Accipenser (19 sp.), comprising the Sturgeons, has the distribution of the
family; most of the species are marine, but some are confined to the Caspian
and Black Seas and the great American lakes with the rivers flowing into
them, while the Danube, Mississippi, and Columbia River have peculiar
species. The other genus, Scaphirhynchus (1 sp.), is confined to the
Mississippi and its tributaries.
Family 97.—POLYDONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with wide lateral mouth and naked skin."
Distribution.—The Mississippi and Yang-tse-kiang rivers.
Sub class IV.—CHONDROPTERYGII. (Sharks and Rays.)
Order I.—HOLOCEPHALA. (Chimæras.)
Family 98.—CHIMÆRIDÆ. (2 Genera, 4 Species.)
"Shark-like marine fishes, snout of the male with a prehensile organ."
Distribution.—Northern and Southern temperate seas. Chimæra is British.
"Sub-cartilaginous scaleless fishes with heterocercal tail, the skin with
osseous bucklers or naked."
Family 96.—ACCIPENSERIDÆ. (2 Genera, 20 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water fishes with osseous bucklers and inferior mouth."
Distribution.—Temperate and Arctic regions of the northern hemisphere.
Accipenser (19 sp.), comprising the Sturgeons, has the distribution of the
family; most of the species are marine, but some are confined to the Caspian
and Black Seas and the great American lakes with the rivers flowing into
them, while the Danube, Mississippi, and Columbia River have peculiar
species. The other genus, Scaphirhynchus (1 sp.), is confined to the
Mississippi and its tributaries.
Family 97.—POLYDONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 2 Species.)
"Fresh-water fishes, with wide lateral mouth and naked skin."
Distribution.—The Mississippi and Yang-tse-kiang rivers.
Sub class IV.—CHONDROPTERYGII. (Sharks and Rays.)
Order I.—HOLOCEPHALA. (Chimæras.)
Family 98.—CHIMÆRIDÆ. (2 Genera, 4 Species.)
"Shark-like marine fishes, snout of the male with a prehensile organ."
Distribution.—Northern and Southern temperate seas. Chimæra is British.
Page 559
Order II.—PLAGIOSTOMATA.
Sub-order.—Selachoidea. (Sharks.)
Family 99.—CARCHARIIDÆ. (11 Genera, 59 Species.)
"Sharks with two dorsals and a nictitating membrane."
Distribution.—Seas of the Arctic, temperate, and tropical regions. Species
of Galeus and Mustelus have occurred on our coasts.
Family 100.—LAMNIDÆ. (5 Genera, 7 Species.)
"Sharks with two dorsals and no nictitating membrane."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical seas. Species of Lamna, Alopecias,
and Selache have occurred in British seas.
Family 101.—RHINODONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Sharks with two dorsal fins, the second small, and no nictitating
membrane."
Distribution.—South and East Africa.
Family 102.—NOTIDANIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
"Sharks with one dorsal fin and no nictitating membrane."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical seas, from the North Atlantic to the
Cape of Good Hope and California. One species has occurred on our
southern coasts.
Sub-order.—Selachoidea. (Sharks.)
Family 99.—CARCHARIIDÆ. (11 Genera, 59 Species.)
"Sharks with two dorsals and a nictitating membrane."
Distribution.—Seas of the Arctic, temperate, and tropical regions. Species
of Galeus and Mustelus have occurred on our coasts.
Family 100.—LAMNIDÆ. (5 Genera, 7 Species.)
"Sharks with two dorsals and no nictitating membrane."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical seas. Species of Lamna, Alopecias,
and Selache have occurred in British seas.
Family 101.—RHINODONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Sharks with two dorsal fins, the second small, and no nictitating
membrane."
Distribution.—South and East Africa.
Family 102.—NOTIDANIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
"Sharks with one dorsal fin and no nictitating membrane."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical seas, from the North Atlantic to the
Cape of Good Hope and California. One species has occurred on our
southern coasts.
Page 560
Family 103.—SCYLLIIDÆ. (7 Genera, 25 Species.)
"Sharks with one dorsal fin and no nictitating membrane."
Distribution.—All temperate and tropical seas. Species of Scyllium and
Pristiurus are British.
Family 104.—CESTRACIONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
"Sharks with two dorsal fins and no nictitating membrane."
Distribution.—Pacific Ocean from Japan to New Zealand, Moluccan Sea.
Family 105.—SPINACIDÆ. (10 Genera, 21 Species.)
"Sharks with two dorsal fins and no nictitating membrane, no anal fin."
Distribution.—Arctic, temperate, and tropical seas. Species of Acanthias,
Læmargus, and Echinorhinus have occurred on our coasts.
Family 106.—RHINIDÆ (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Sharks with depressed flat body and large expanded pectoral fins."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical seas, from Britain to California and
Australia.
Family 107.—PRISTIOPHORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
"Sharks with produced flat snout, armed with teeth on each edge."
Distribution.—Seas of Japan and Australia.
"Sharks with one dorsal fin and no nictitating membrane."
Distribution.—All temperate and tropical seas. Species of Scyllium and
Pristiurus are British.
Family 104.—CESTRACIONTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
"Sharks with two dorsal fins and no nictitating membrane."
Distribution.—Pacific Ocean from Japan to New Zealand, Moluccan Sea.
Family 105.—SPINACIDÆ. (10 Genera, 21 Species.)
"Sharks with two dorsal fins and no nictitating membrane, no anal fin."
Distribution.—Arctic, temperate, and tropical seas. Species of Acanthias,
Læmargus, and Echinorhinus have occurred on our coasts.
Family 106.—RHINIDÆ (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"Sharks with depressed flat body and large expanded pectoral fins."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical seas, from Britain to California and
Australia.
Family 107.—PRISTIOPHORIDÆ. (1 Genus, 4 Species.)
"Sharks with produced flat snout, armed with teeth on each edge."
Distribution.—Seas of Japan and Australia.
Page 561
Sub-order Batoidei. (Rays.)
Family 108.—PRISTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
"Rays with produced snout and lateral saw-like teeth."
Distribution.—Seas of tropical and sub-tropical regions.
Family 109.—RHINOBATIDÆ. (3 Genera, 15 Species.)
"Rays with long and strong tail, having a caudal and two dorsal fins."
Distribution.—Tropical and sub-tropical seas.
Family 110.—TORPEDINIDÆ. (6 Genera, 15 Species.)
"Rays with broad smooth disc, and an electric organ."
Distribution.—Tropical and temperate seas, from Britain to Tasmania.
Family 111.—RAIIDÆ. (4 Genera, 29 Species.)
"Rays with broad rhombic disc and no serrated caudal spine."
Distribution.—All temperate and tropical seas. Several species of Raia are
found on our coasts.
Family 112.—TRYGONIDÆ (6 Genera, 43 Species.)
"Rays with the pectoral fins extending to end of snout."
Family 108.—PRISTIDÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species.)
"Rays with produced snout and lateral saw-like teeth."
Distribution.—Seas of tropical and sub-tropical regions.
Family 109.—RHINOBATIDÆ. (3 Genera, 15 Species.)
"Rays with long and strong tail, having a caudal and two dorsal fins."
Distribution.—Tropical and sub-tropical seas.
Family 110.—TORPEDINIDÆ. (6 Genera, 15 Species.)
"Rays with broad smooth disc, and an electric organ."
Distribution.—Tropical and temperate seas, from Britain to Tasmania.
Family 111.—RAIIDÆ. (4 Genera, 29 Species.)
"Rays with broad rhombic disc and no serrated caudal spine."
Distribution.—All temperate and tropical seas. Several species of Raia are
found on our coasts.
Family 112.—TRYGONIDÆ (6 Genera, 43 Species.)
"Rays with the pectoral fins extending to end of snout."
Page 562
Distribution.—Seas of all temperate and tropical regions, and rivers of
Tropical America. A species of Trygon has occurred on our Southern coast.
Ellipesurus and Tæniura are found in the fresh waters of the interior of
South America, while the latter genus occurs also in the Indian seas, but not
in the Atlantic.
Family 113.—MYLOBATIDÆ. (5 Genera, 22 Species.)
"Rays with very broad pectoral fins not extending to end of snout."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical seas. A species of Myliobatis is
British, but most of the species and genera are confined to tropical seas.
Dicerobatis and Ceratoptera are very large Rays, commonly called Sea-
devils.
Sub-class V.—CYCLOSTOMATA.
"Cartilaginous fishes, with suctorial mouths and without lateral fins."
Family 114.—PETROMYZONTIDÆ. (4 Genera, 12 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water eel-like fishes, with suctorial mouths and without
barbels."
Distribution.—Coasts and fresh waters of temperate regions of both
hemispheres. Three species of Petromyzon (Lampreys), are British.
Family 115.—MYXINIDÆ. (2 Genera, 5 Species.)
"Marine eel-like fishes, with four pairs of barbels."
Distribution.—Seas of the temperate regions of both hemispheres.
Tropical America. A species of Trygon has occurred on our Southern coast.
Ellipesurus and Tæniura are found in the fresh waters of the interior of
South America, while the latter genus occurs also in the Indian seas, but not
in the Atlantic.
Family 113.—MYLOBATIDÆ. (5 Genera, 22 Species.)
"Rays with very broad pectoral fins not extending to end of snout."
Distribution.—Temperate and tropical seas. A species of Myliobatis is
British, but most of the species and genera are confined to tropical seas.
Dicerobatis and Ceratoptera are very large Rays, commonly called Sea-
devils.
Sub-class V.—CYCLOSTOMATA.
"Cartilaginous fishes, with suctorial mouths and without lateral fins."
Family 114.—PETROMYZONTIDÆ. (4 Genera, 12 Species.)
"Marine or fresh-water eel-like fishes, with suctorial mouths and without
barbels."
Distribution.—Coasts and fresh waters of temperate regions of both
hemispheres. Three species of Petromyzon (Lampreys), are British.
Family 115.—MYXINIDÆ. (2 Genera, 5 Species.)
"Marine eel-like fishes, with four pairs of barbels."
Distribution.—Seas of the temperate regions of both hemispheres.
Page 563
Sub-class VI.—LEPTOCARDII.
Family 116.—CIRRHOSTOMI. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A small marine fish with no jaws or fins, and with rudimentary eyes."
Distribution.—The only species, the Lancelet (Amphioxus), is the lowest
form of living vertebrate. It is found in the temperate regions of both
hemispheres, and has occurred on our southern coast.
Remarks on the Distribution of Fishes.
Marine Fish.—There are about 80 families of marine fishes, and of these no
less than 50 are universally, or almost universally, distributed over the seas
and oceans of the globe. Of the remainder many are widely distributed,
some species even ranging from the North Atlantic to Australia. Six families
are confined to the Northern Seas, but four of these consist of single species
only, the other two being the Discoboli (2 genera, 11 sp.), and the
Accipenseridæ (2 genera and 20 sp.). Only one family (Acanthoclinidæ) is
confined to the Southern oceans, and that consists of but a single species.
Four families (Sternoptychidæ, Stomiatidæ, Alepocephalidæ and
Halosauridæ) are confined to the Atlantic Ocean, while 13 are found only in
the Pacific; and of the remainder several are more abundant in the Pacific
than the Atlantic. Two families (Lycodidæ and Gadidæ) are found in the
Arctic and Antarctic seas only, though the latter family has a single species
in the Indian seas. Among the curiosities of distribution are,—the extensive
genus Diagramma, confined to the Pacific with the exception of one species
in the Mediterranean; the single species constituting the family Lophotidæ,
found only in the Mediterranean and Japan; the small family of Notacanthi,
confined to Greenland, the Mediterranean, and West Australia; and the four
families, Sternoptychidæ, Stomiatidæ, Alepocephalidæ, and Halosauridæ,
which are believed to inhabit exclusively the depths of the ocean, and are
therefore very rarely obtained.
Family 116.—CIRRHOSTOMI. (1 Genus, 1 Species.)
"A small marine fish with no jaws or fins, and with rudimentary eyes."
Distribution.—The only species, the Lancelet (Amphioxus), is the lowest
form of living vertebrate. It is found in the temperate regions of both
hemispheres, and has occurred on our southern coast.
Remarks on the Distribution of Fishes.
Marine Fish.—There are about 80 families of marine fishes, and of these no
less than 50 are universally, or almost universally, distributed over the seas
and oceans of the globe. Of the remainder many are widely distributed,
some species even ranging from the North Atlantic to Australia. Six families
are confined to the Northern Seas, but four of these consist of single species
only, the other two being the Discoboli (2 genera, 11 sp.), and the
Accipenseridæ (2 genera and 20 sp.). Only one family (Acanthoclinidæ) is
confined to the Southern oceans, and that consists of but a single species.
Four families (Sternoptychidæ, Stomiatidæ, Alepocephalidæ and
Halosauridæ) are confined to the Atlantic Ocean, while 13 are found only in
the Pacific; and of the remainder several are more abundant in the Pacific
than the Atlantic. Two families (Lycodidæ and Gadidæ) are found in the
Arctic and Antarctic seas only, though the latter family has a single species
in the Indian seas. Among the curiosities of distribution are,—the extensive
genus Diagramma, confined to the Pacific with the exception of one species
in the Mediterranean; the single species constituting the family Lophotidæ,
found only in the Mediterranean and Japan; the small family of Notacanthi,
confined to Greenland, the Mediterranean, and West Australia; and the four
families, Sternoptychidæ, Stomiatidæ, Alepocephalidæ, and Halosauridæ,
which are believed to inhabit exclusively the depths of the ocean, and are
therefore very rarely obtained.
Page 564
Fresh-water Fish.—There are 36 families of fishes which inhabit fresh
water exclusively, and 5 others, which are both marine and fresh-water.
These present many interesting peculiarities of distribution. The Neotropical
region is the richest in families, and probably also in genera and species. No
less than 22 families inhabit it, and of these 6 are altogether peculiar. The
Ethiopian and Nearctic regions each have 18 families, the former with 3,
and the latter with 5 peculiar. Several isolated forms, requiring to be placed
in distinct families, inhabit the great American lakes; and, no doubt, when
the African lakes are equally well known, they will be found also to possess
many peculiar forms. The Oriental region comes next, with 17 families, of
which 3 are peculiar. The Palæarctic has 12, and the Australian 11 families,
each with only 1 altogether peculiar to it.
If we take those regions which are sometimes supposed to be so nearly
related that they should be combined, we shall find the fresh-water fishes in
most cases markedly distinct. The Nearctic and Palæarctic regions, for
example, together contain 20 families, but only 11 of these occur in both,
and only 5 are exclusive inhabitants of these two regions. This shows an
amount of diversity that would not, perhaps, be exhibited by any other class
of animals. The Ethiopian and Oriental regions together possess 24 families,
only 11 of which are found in both, and only 1 exclusively characteristic of
the two. The Australian and Neotropical regions possess together 27
families, of which 7 are found in both, and 3 are exclusively characteristic
of the two. This last fact is very interesting: the marine family of Trachinidæ
possesses a fresh-water genus, Aphritis, one species of which inhabits
Tasmania, and two others Patagonia; the Haplochitonidæ (2 genera, 3 sp.)
are found only in Tierra del Fuego, the Falkland Islands, and South
Australia; and the Galaxidæ (1 genus, 12 sp.) inhabit the same regions, but
extend to Chili, to New Zealand and to Queensland. We have here an
illustration of that connection between South America and Australia which
is so strongly manifested in plants, but of which there are only scattered
indications in most classes of animals. The dividing line across the Malay
Archipelago, separating the Oriental from the Australian regions, and which
is so strikingly marked in mammalia and birds, is equally so in fresh-water
fishes. No less than six families have their eastern limits in Java and
Borneo; while the extensive family of Cyprinidæ has no less than 23 genera
water exclusively, and 5 others, which are both marine and fresh-water.
These present many interesting peculiarities of distribution. The Neotropical
region is the richest in families, and probably also in genera and species. No
less than 22 families inhabit it, and of these 6 are altogether peculiar. The
Ethiopian and Nearctic regions each have 18 families, the former with 3,
and the latter with 5 peculiar. Several isolated forms, requiring to be placed
in distinct families, inhabit the great American lakes; and, no doubt, when
the African lakes are equally well known, they will be found also to possess
many peculiar forms. The Oriental region comes next, with 17 families, of
which 3 are peculiar. The Palæarctic has 12, and the Australian 11 families,
each with only 1 altogether peculiar to it.
If we take those regions which are sometimes supposed to be so nearly
related that they should be combined, we shall find the fresh-water fishes in
most cases markedly distinct. The Nearctic and Palæarctic regions, for
example, together contain 20 families, but only 11 of these occur in both,
and only 5 are exclusive inhabitants of these two regions. This shows an
amount of diversity that would not, perhaps, be exhibited by any other class
of animals. The Ethiopian and Oriental regions together possess 24 families,
only 11 of which are found in both, and only 1 exclusively characteristic of
the two. The Australian and Neotropical regions possess together 27
families, of which 7 are found in both, and 3 are exclusively characteristic
of the two. This last fact is very interesting: the marine family of Trachinidæ
possesses a fresh-water genus, Aphritis, one species of which inhabits
Tasmania, and two others Patagonia; the Haplochitonidæ (2 genera, 3 sp.)
are found only in Tierra del Fuego, the Falkland Islands, and South
Australia; and the Galaxidæ (1 genus, 12 sp.) inhabit the same regions, but
extend to Chili, to New Zealand and to Queensland. We have here an
illustration of that connection between South America and Australia which
is so strongly manifested in plants, but of which there are only scattered
indications in most classes of animals. The dividing line across the Malay
Archipelago, separating the Oriental from the Australian regions, and which
is so strikingly marked in mammalia and birds, is equally so in fresh-water
fishes. No less than six families have their eastern limits in Java and
Borneo; while the extensive family of Cyprinidæ has no less than 23 genera
Page 565
in Java and Borneo, but not a single species has been found in Celebes or
the Moluccas.
The distribution of fresh-water fishes lends no support to the view that the
peninsula of India belongs to the Ethiopian region. A large proportion of the
Oriental families are common to the whole region; while there is hardly a
single example, of a characteristic Ethiopian family or genus extending into
the peninsula of India and no further.
Among the special peculiarities of distribution, is the curious fish, forming
the family Comephoridæ, which is confined to Lake Baikal, among the
mountains of Central Asia, 2,000 feet above the sea, and a thousand miles
distant from the ocean; yet having its nearest allies in the exclusively
oceanic family of the mackerels (Scomberidæ). The Characinidæ are
confined to Africa and South America, distinct genera inhabiting each
region. The Salmonidæ are confined to the two northern regions, except a
single species of a peculiar genus in New Zealand. The genus Osteoglossum
has a species in South America, another in the Sunda Islands, and a third in
Queensland; while the curious Sirenoidei are represented by single species
of peculiar genera in Tropical America, Tropical Africa, and Tropical
Australia.
Fossil Fishes.—Fishes have existed from a very remote era, and it is
remarkable that the first whose remains have been discovered belong to the
Ganoidei, a highly developed group which has continued to exist down to
our times, and of which the sturgeon is the best known example. We may
therefore be sure that the Upper Silurian rocks in which these are found,
although so very far back in geological history, do not by any means lead us
to the time when the primitive fish-type appeared upon the earth. In the
Carboniferous and Permian formations numerous remains of fishes are
found, allied to the Lepidosteus or Gar-pike of North America. The next
group in order of appearance, are the Plagiostomata, containing the existing
Sharks and Rays. Traces of these are found in the highest Silurian beds, and
become plentiful in the Devonian and Carboniferous formations and in all
succeeding ages, being especially abundant in Cretaceous and Eocene strata.
The Holocephali appear first in the Oolitic period, and are represented by
the living Chimæridæ. The Dipnoi, to which belong the Lepidosiren and
the Moluccas.
The distribution of fresh-water fishes lends no support to the view that the
peninsula of India belongs to the Ethiopian region. A large proportion of the
Oriental families are common to the whole region; while there is hardly a
single example, of a characteristic Ethiopian family or genus extending into
the peninsula of India and no further.
Among the special peculiarities of distribution, is the curious fish, forming
the family Comephoridæ, which is confined to Lake Baikal, among the
mountains of Central Asia, 2,000 feet above the sea, and a thousand miles
distant from the ocean; yet having its nearest allies in the exclusively
oceanic family of the mackerels (Scomberidæ). The Characinidæ are
confined to Africa and South America, distinct genera inhabiting each
region. The Salmonidæ are confined to the two northern regions, except a
single species of a peculiar genus in New Zealand. The genus Osteoglossum
has a species in South America, another in the Sunda Islands, and a third in
Queensland; while the curious Sirenoidei are represented by single species
of peculiar genera in Tropical America, Tropical Africa, and Tropical
Australia.
Fossil Fishes.—Fishes have existed from a very remote era, and it is
remarkable that the first whose remains have been discovered belong to the
Ganoidei, a highly developed group which has continued to exist down to
our times, and of which the sturgeon is the best known example. We may
therefore be sure that the Upper Silurian rocks in which these are found,
although so very far back in geological history, do not by any means lead us
to the time when the primitive fish-type appeared upon the earth. In the
Carboniferous and Permian formations numerous remains of fishes are
found, allied to the Lepidosteus or Gar-pike of North America. The next
group in order of appearance, are the Plagiostomata, containing the existing
Sharks and Rays. Traces of these are found in the highest Silurian beds, and
become plentiful in the Devonian and Carboniferous formations and in all
succeeding ages, being especially abundant in Cretaceous and Eocene strata.
The Holocephali appear first in the Oolitic period, and are represented by
the living Chimæridæ. The Dipnoi, to which belong the Lepidosiren and
Page 566
Ceratodus, are believed to have existed in the Triassic period, from the
evidence of teeth almost identical with those of the existing Australian fish.
All the ancient fossil fishes belong to the above-mentioned groups, and
many of them have little resemblance to existing forms. The Teleostean
fishes, which form the great bulk of those now living, cannot be traced back
further than the Cretaceous period, while by far the larger number first
appear in the Tertiary beds. The Salmonidæ, Scopelidæ, Percidæ, Clupeidæ,
Scombresocidæ, Mugilidæ, and Siluridæ, or forms closely allied to them,
are found in the Cretaceous formation. In the Eocene beds we first meet
with Squammipennes, Cyprinidæ, Pleuronectidæ, Characinidæ, Murænidæ,
Gadidæ, Pediculati, Syngnathidæ, and Hippocampidæ.
Most of these fossils represent marine fishes, those of fresh-water origin
being rare, and of little importance as an aid in determining the causes of the
distribution of living forms. To understand this we must look to the various
changes of the land surface which have led to the existing distribution of all
the higher vertebrates, and to those special means of dispersal which Mr.
Darwin has shown to be possessed by all fresh-water productions.
evidence of teeth almost identical with those of the existing Australian fish.
All the ancient fossil fishes belong to the above-mentioned groups, and
many of them have little resemblance to existing forms. The Teleostean
fishes, which form the great bulk of those now living, cannot be traced back
further than the Cretaceous period, while by far the larger number first
appear in the Tertiary beds. The Salmonidæ, Scopelidæ, Percidæ, Clupeidæ,
Scombresocidæ, Mugilidæ, and Siluridæ, or forms closely allied to them,
are found in the Cretaceous formation. In the Eocene beds we first meet
with Squammipennes, Cyprinidæ, Pleuronectidæ, Characinidæ, Murænidæ,
Gadidæ, Pediculati, Syngnathidæ, and Hippocampidæ.
Most of these fossils represent marine fishes, those of fresh-water origin
being rare, and of little importance as an aid in determining the causes of the
distribution of living forms. To understand this we must look to the various
changes of the land surface which have led to the existing distribution of all
the higher vertebrates, and to those special means of dispersal which Mr.
Darwin has shown to be possessed by all fresh-water productions.
Page 567
CHAPTER XXI.
T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N O F S O M E O F T H E M O R E I M P O RTA N T
FA M I L I E S A N D G E N E R A O F I N S E C T S .
Although insects are, for the most part, truly terrestrial animals, and
illustrate in a very striking manner the characteristic phenomena of
distribution, it is impossible here to treat of them in much detail. This arises
chiefly from their excessive numbers, but also from the minuteness and
obscurity of many of the groups, and our imperfect knowledge of all but the
European species. The number of described species of insects is uncertain,
as no complete enumeration of them has ever been made; but it probably
exceeds 100,000, and these may belong to somewhere about 10,000 genera
—many times more than all vertebrate animals together. Of the eight Orders
into which Insects are usually divided, only two—the Coleoptera and
Lepidoptera—have been so thoroughly collected in all parts of the globe
that they can be used, with any safety, to compare their distribution with that
of vertebrate animals; and even of these it is only certain favourite groups
which have been so collected. Among Lepidoptera, for example, although
the extensive group of Butterflies may be said, in a general sense, to be
thoroughly well known—every spot visited by civilized man having
furnished its quota to our collections—yet the minute Tineidæ, or even the
larger but obscure Noctuidæ, have scarcely been collected at all in tropical
countries, and any attempt to study their geographical distribution would
certainly lead to erroneous results. The same thing occurs, though perhaps in
a less degree, among the Coleoptera. While the Carabidæ, Buprestidæ, and
Longicorns of the Tropics, are almost as well known as those of the
Temperate Zones, the Staphylinidæ, the smaller Elateridæ, and many other
obscure and minute groups, are very imperfectly represented from extra-
European countries. I therefore propose to examine with some care the
distribution of the Butterflies, and the Sphingina among Lepidoptera, and
the following large and well-known families of Coleoptera:—Cicindelidæ,
Carabidæ, Lucanidæ, Cetoniidæ, Buprestidæ, and the three families of
Longicorns. These families together contain over 30,000 species, classed in
nearly 3,000 genera, and comprise a large proportion of the best known and
most carefully studied groups. We may therefore consider, that a detailed
examination of their distribution will lead us to results which cannot be
T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N O F S O M E O F T H E M O R E I M P O RTA N T
FA M I L I E S A N D G E N E R A O F I N S E C T S .
Although insects are, for the most part, truly terrestrial animals, and
illustrate in a very striking manner the characteristic phenomena of
distribution, it is impossible here to treat of them in much detail. This arises
chiefly from their excessive numbers, but also from the minuteness and
obscurity of many of the groups, and our imperfect knowledge of all but the
European species. The number of described species of insects is uncertain,
as no complete enumeration of them has ever been made; but it probably
exceeds 100,000, and these may belong to somewhere about 10,000 genera
—many times more than all vertebrate animals together. Of the eight Orders
into which Insects are usually divided, only two—the Coleoptera and
Lepidoptera—have been so thoroughly collected in all parts of the globe
that they can be used, with any safety, to compare their distribution with that
of vertebrate animals; and even of these it is only certain favourite groups
which have been so collected. Among Lepidoptera, for example, although
the extensive group of Butterflies may be said, in a general sense, to be
thoroughly well known—every spot visited by civilized man having
furnished its quota to our collections—yet the minute Tineidæ, or even the
larger but obscure Noctuidæ, have scarcely been collected at all in tropical
countries, and any attempt to study their geographical distribution would
certainly lead to erroneous results. The same thing occurs, though perhaps in
a less degree, among the Coleoptera. While the Carabidæ, Buprestidæ, and
Longicorns of the Tropics, are almost as well known as those of the
Temperate Zones, the Staphylinidæ, the smaller Elateridæ, and many other
obscure and minute groups, are very imperfectly represented from extra-
European countries. I therefore propose to examine with some care the
distribution of the Butterflies, and the Sphingina among Lepidoptera, and
the following large and well-known families of Coleoptera:—Cicindelidæ,
Carabidæ, Lucanidæ, Cetoniidæ, Buprestidæ, and the three families of
Longicorns. These families together contain over 30,000 species, classed in
nearly 3,000 genera, and comprise a large proportion of the best known and
most carefully studied groups. We may therefore consider, that a detailed
examination of their distribution will lead us to results which cannot be
Page 568
invalidated by any number of isolated facts drawn from the less known
members of the class.
Range of Insects in Time.—In considering how much weight is to be given
to facts in insect distribution, and what interpretation is to be put upon the
anomalies or exceptional cases that may be met with, it is important to have
some idea of the antiquity of the existing groups, and of the rate at which
the forms of insect life have undergone modification. The geological record,
if imperfect in the case of the higher animals, is fragmentary in the extreme
as regards indications of former insect life; yet the positive facts that it does
disclose are of great interest, and have an important bearing on our subject.
These facts and the conclusions they lead to have been discussed in our first
volume (p. 166), and they must be carefully weighed in all cases of apparent
conflict or incongruity between the distribution of insects and that of the
higher animals.
Order—LEPIDOPTERA.
Sub-order—Lepidoptera Rhopalocera, or Butterflies.
Family 1.—DANAIDÆ. (24 Genera, 530 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
—
The Danaidæ are now held to comprehend, not only the whole of the group
so named by Doubleday, but a large portion of the Heliconidæ of that
members of the class.
Range of Insects in Time.—In considering how much weight is to be given
to facts in insect distribution, and what interpretation is to be put upon the
anomalies or exceptional cases that may be met with, it is important to have
some idea of the antiquity of the existing groups, and of the rate at which
the forms of insect life have undergone modification. The geological record,
if imperfect in the case of the higher animals, is fragmentary in the extreme
as regards indications of former insect life; yet the positive facts that it does
disclose are of great interest, and have an important bearing on our subject.
These facts and the conclusions they lead to have been discussed in our first
volume (p. 166), and they must be carefully weighed in all cases of apparent
conflict or incongruity between the distribution of insects and that of the
higher animals.
Order—LEPIDOPTERA.
Sub-order—Lepidoptera Rhopalocera, or Butterflies.
Family 1.—DANAIDÆ. (24 Genera, 530 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 —2— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
—
The Danaidæ are now held to comprehend, not only the whole of the group
so named by Doubleday, but a large portion of the Heliconidæ of that
Page 569
author. Their range is thus extended over the whole of the tropical regions.
A few species spread northwards into the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions,
but these are only stragglers, and hardly diminish the exclusively tropical
character of the group. The more remarkable genera are,—Hestia (10 sp.),
and Ideopsis (6 sp.), confined to the Malayan and Moluccan districts;
Danais (50 sp.), which has the range of the whole family; Euplœa (140 sp.),
confined to the Oriental and Australian regions, but especially abundant in
the Malayan and Moluccan districts; Hamadryas (4 sp.), Australian region
only. The remaining genera constitute the Danaioid Heliconidæ, and are
strictly confined to Tropical America, except a few species which extend
into the southern parts of the Nearctic region. The chief of these genera
are:—
Ithomia (160 sp.), Melinæa (18 sp.), Napeogenes (20 sp.), Mechanitis (4
sp.), Ceratina (32 sp.), Dircenna (10 sp.), and Lycorea (4 sp.). Florida,
Louisiana, and Southern California, mark the northern extent of these
insects.
Family 2.—SATYRIDÆ. (60 Genera, 835 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
This family has an absolutely universal distribution, extending even into the
Arctic and Antarctic regions. Many of the genera are, however, restricted in
their range.
Hætera, Lymanopoda, Calisto, Corades, Taygetis, Pronophila, Euptychia,
and some allied forms (25 genera in all) are Neotropical, the last named
extending north to Canada; Debis, Melanitis, Mycalesis and Ypthima, are
mostly Oriental, but extending also into the Australian and the Ethiopian
A few species spread northwards into the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions,
but these are only stragglers, and hardly diminish the exclusively tropical
character of the group. The more remarkable genera are,—Hestia (10 sp.),
and Ideopsis (6 sp.), confined to the Malayan and Moluccan districts;
Danais (50 sp.), which has the range of the whole family; Euplœa (140 sp.),
confined to the Oriental and Australian regions, but especially abundant in
the Malayan and Moluccan districts; Hamadryas (4 sp.), Australian region
only. The remaining genera constitute the Danaioid Heliconidæ, and are
strictly confined to Tropical America, except a few species which extend
into the southern parts of the Nearctic region. The chief of these genera
are:—
Ithomia (160 sp.), Melinæa (18 sp.), Napeogenes (20 sp.), Mechanitis (4
sp.), Ceratina (32 sp.), Dircenna (10 sp.), and Lycorea (4 sp.). Florida,
Louisiana, and Southern California, mark the northern extent of these
insects.
Family 2.—SATYRIDÆ. (60 Genera, 835 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
This family has an absolutely universal distribution, extending even into the
Arctic and Antarctic regions. Many of the genera are, however, restricted in
their range.
Hætera, Lymanopoda, Calisto, Corades, Taygetis, Pronophila, Euptychia,
and some allied forms (25 genera in all) are Neotropical, the last named
extending north to Canada; Debis, Melanitis, Mycalesis and Ypthima, are
mostly Oriental, but extending also into the Australian and the Ethiopian
Page 570
regions; Gnaphodes, Leptoneura, and a few other small genera, are
exclusively Ethiopian; Xenica, Hypocista, and Heteronympha, are
Australian; Erebia, Satyrus, Hipparchia, Cœnonympha, and allies, are
mostly Palæarctic, but some species are Ethiopian, and others Nearctic;
Chionabas, is characteristic of the whole Arctic regions, but is also found in
Chili and the Western Himalayas. The peculiar genera in each region are,—
Neotropical, 25; Australian, 7; Oriental, 11; Ethiopian, 5; Palæarctic, 3;
Nearctic, 0.
Family 3.—ELYMNIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 28 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— —2— — — 3. 4 1——
— — — — —
The genus Elymnias, which constitutes this family, is characteristic of the
Malayan and Moluccan districts, with some species in Northern India and
one in Ashanti. It thus agrees with several groups of Vertebrata, in showing
the resemblance of Malaya with West Africa independently of the Peninsula
of India.
Family 4. MORPHIDÆ. (10 Genera, 106 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 1—3—
— — —
exclusively Ethiopian; Xenica, Hypocista, and Heteronympha, are
Australian; Erebia, Satyrus, Hipparchia, Cœnonympha, and allies, are
mostly Palæarctic, but some species are Ethiopian, and others Nearctic;
Chionabas, is characteristic of the whole Arctic regions, but is also found in
Chili and the Western Himalayas. The peculiar genera in each region are,—
Neotropical, 25; Australian, 7; Oriental, 11; Ethiopian, 5; Palæarctic, 3;
Nearctic, 0.
Family 3.—ELYMNIIDÆ. (1 Genus, 28 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
——— ——— ——— —2— — — 3. 4 1——
— — — — —
The genus Elymnias, which constitutes this family, is characteristic of the
Malayan and Moluccan districts, with some species in Northern India and
one in Ashanti. It thus agrees with several groups of Vertebrata, in showing
the resemblance of Malaya with West Africa independently of the Peninsula
of India.
Family 4. MORPHIDÆ. (10 Genera, 106 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— — — 3. 4 1—3—
— — —
Page 571
The Morphidæ are a group of generally large-sized butterflies, especially
characteristic of the Malayan and Moluccan districts, and of Tropical
America; with a few species extending to the Himalayas on the west, and to
Polynesia on the east. The genera are:—
Amathusia (6 sp.), Northern India to Java; Zeuxidia (9 sp.), the Malay
district; Discophora (7 sp.), Northern India to Philippines, Java and Timor;
Enispe (3 sp.), Northern India; Hyades (15 sp.), Moluccan and Polynesian
districts, except one species in Java; Clerome (11 sp.), Northern India to
Philippines and Celebes; Æmona (1 sp.), Sikhim; Hyantis (1 sp.), Waigiou;
Thaumantis (10 sp.), Indo-Chinese and Malayan districts; Morpho (40 sp.),
Neotropical region, Brazilian and Central American sub-regions.
Family 5. BRASSOLIDÆ. (7 Genera, 62 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Brassolidæ have the same distribution as the genus Morpho. The genera
are:—
Brassolis (5 sp.); Opsiphanes (17 sp.); Dynastor (2 sp.); Penetes (1 sp.);
Caligo (21 sp.); Narope (5 sp.); and Dasyopthalma (3 sp.)
Family 6.—ACRÆIDÆ. (1 Genus, 90 Species.)
General Distribution.
characteristic of the Malayan and Moluccan districts, and of Tropical
America; with a few species extending to the Himalayas on the west, and to
Polynesia on the east. The genera are:—
Amathusia (6 sp.), Northern India to Java; Zeuxidia (9 sp.), the Malay
district; Discophora (7 sp.), Northern India to Philippines, Java and Timor;
Enispe (3 sp.), Northern India; Hyades (15 sp.), Moluccan and Polynesian
districts, except one species in Java; Clerome (11 sp.), Northern India to
Philippines and Celebes; Æmona (1 sp.), Sikhim; Hyantis (1 sp.), Waigiou;
Thaumantis (10 sp.), Indo-Chinese and Malayan districts; Morpho (40 sp.),
Neotropical region, Brazilian and Central American sub-regions.
Family 5. BRASSOLIDÆ. (7 Genera, 62 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The Brassolidæ have the same distribution as the genus Morpho. The genera
are:—
Brassolis (5 sp.); Opsiphanes (17 sp.); Dynastor (2 sp.); Penetes (1 sp.);
Caligo (21 sp.); Narope (5 sp.); and Dasyopthalma (3 sp.)
Family 6.—ACRÆIDÆ. (1 Genus, 90 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 572
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The genus Acræa is especially abundant in the Ethiopian region, which
contains two-thirds of all the known species; 3 or 4 species only, range over
the whole Oriental, and most of the Australian regions; while all the rest
inhabit the same districts of the Neotropical region as the Brassolidæ.
Family 7.—HELICONIDÆ. (2 Genera, 114 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The true Heliconidæ are very characteristic of the Neotropical region; one
species only extending into the Southern States of North America as far as
Florida. The genus Heliconius (83 sp.), has the range of the family; while
Eueides (19 sp.), is confined to the Brazilian and Central American sub-
regions.
Family 8.—NYMPHALIDÆ. (113 Genera, 1490 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — —
— —
The genus Acræa is especially abundant in the Ethiopian region, which
contains two-thirds of all the known species; 3 or 4 species only, range over
the whole Oriental, and most of the Australian regions; while all the rest
inhabit the same districts of the Neotropical region as the Brassolidæ.
Family 7.—HELICONIDÆ. (2 Genera, 114 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——3 ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — — —
The true Heliconidæ are very characteristic of the Neotropical region; one
species only extending into the Southern States of North America as far as
Florida. The genus Heliconius (83 sp.), has the range of the family; while
Eueides (19 sp.), is confined to the Brazilian and Central American sub-
regions.
Family 8.—NYMPHALIDÆ. (113 Genera, 1490 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
Page 573
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
This is the largest and most universally distributed family of butterflies, and
is well illustrated by our common Fritillaries, Tortoise-shell, Peacock,
Painted Lady, and Purple Emperor butterflies. They are found wherever
butterfly-life can exist, and some single species—like the Painted Lady
(Pyrameis cardui)—range almost over the globe. A few of the more
extensive and remarkable genera only, can be here noticed:—
Colænis, Agraulis, Eresia, Synchloe, Epicalia, Eunica, Eubagis,
Catagramma, Callithea, Ageronia, Timetes, Heterochroa, Prepona, Hypna,
Paphia, and Siderone, are wholly Neotropical, as well as many others which
have a smaller number of species. Euryphene, Romaleosoma, Aterica, and
Harma, are exclusively Ethiopian. Terinos, Athyma, Adolias, and Tanæcia,
are Oriental, but they mostly extend into the Moluccan region; the last
however is strictly Malayan, and Adolias only reaches Celebes. Mynes
alone, is exclusively Australian, but Prothoe is almost so, having only one
outlying species in Java. Eurytela and Ergolis are confined to the Oriental
and Ethiopian regions, but the latter reaches the Moluccas. Cethosia,
Cirrhochroa, Messaras, and Symphædra, are both Oriental and Australian;
while Junonia, Cyrestis, Diadema, Neptis, and Nymphalis, are common to
the three tropical regions of the Eastern Hemisphere, the latter extending
into the Mediterranean district, while Junonia occurs also in South America
and the Southern United States.
The most cosmopolitan genus is Pyrameis, which has representatives in
every region and every district. Apatura is found in all but the Ethiopian and
the Australian, although it just enters the confines of the latter region in
Celebes; Limenitis is abundant in the Oriental region, but extends eastward
to Celebes and westward into Europe, North America, and even into South
America. Argynnis, Melitæa, and Vanessa, are almost confined to the
Palæarctic and Nearctic regions; the former however occurs in the
Himalayas and in the mountains of Java, and also in Chili and in Jamaica.
Two genera—Dicrorrhagia and Helcyra—have both one species in North
India and another in the island of Ceram. The number of genera peculiar to
This is the largest and most universally distributed family of butterflies, and
is well illustrated by our common Fritillaries, Tortoise-shell, Peacock,
Painted Lady, and Purple Emperor butterflies. They are found wherever
butterfly-life can exist, and some single species—like the Painted Lady
(Pyrameis cardui)—range almost over the globe. A few of the more
extensive and remarkable genera only, can be here noticed:—
Colænis, Agraulis, Eresia, Synchloe, Epicalia, Eunica, Eubagis,
Catagramma, Callithea, Ageronia, Timetes, Heterochroa, Prepona, Hypna,
Paphia, and Siderone, are wholly Neotropical, as well as many others which
have a smaller number of species. Euryphene, Romaleosoma, Aterica, and
Harma, are exclusively Ethiopian. Terinos, Athyma, Adolias, and Tanæcia,
are Oriental, but they mostly extend into the Moluccan region; the last
however is strictly Malayan, and Adolias only reaches Celebes. Mynes
alone, is exclusively Australian, but Prothoe is almost so, having only one
outlying species in Java. Eurytela and Ergolis are confined to the Oriental
and Ethiopian regions, but the latter reaches the Moluccas. Cethosia,
Cirrhochroa, Messaras, and Symphædra, are both Oriental and Australian;
while Junonia, Cyrestis, Diadema, Neptis, and Nymphalis, are common to
the three tropical regions of the Eastern Hemisphere, the latter extending
into the Mediterranean district, while Junonia occurs also in South America
and the Southern United States.
The most cosmopolitan genus is Pyrameis, which has representatives in
every region and every district. Apatura is found in all but the Ethiopian and
the Australian, although it just enters the confines of the latter region in
Celebes; Limenitis is abundant in the Oriental region, but extends eastward
to Celebes and westward into Europe, North America, and even into South
America. Argynnis, Melitæa, and Vanessa, are almost confined to the
Palæarctic and Nearctic regions; the former however occurs in the
Himalayas and in the mountains of Java, and also in Chili and in Jamaica.
Two genera—Dicrorrhagia and Helcyra—have both one species in North
India and another in the island of Ceram. The number of genera peculiar to
Page 574
each region is as follows:—Neotropical, 50; Australian, 2; Oriental 15;
Ethiopian, 14; Palæarctic, 1; Nearctic, 0.
Family 9.—LIBYTHEIDÆ. (1 Genus, 10 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2—4 — 2.3 — 1. 2 — — —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
—
The genus Libythea, which constitutes this family, appears to have its head-
quarters in the Oriental region, but extends on all sides in an erratic manner,
into various remote and disconnected portions of the globe, as indicated
above.
Family 10.—NEMEOBIIDÆ. (12 Genera, 145 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— 1—— —2—4 — — 3. 4 1——
— — —
This group has been separated from the Erycinidæ of the older authors, and
contains all the non-American genera and species. Half the genera and
nearly four-fifths of the species of this group are, however, Neotropical; one
is European; two or three African; and twenty-six Oriental and Australian.
The genera are:—
Ethiopian, 14; Palæarctic, 1; Nearctic, 0.
Family 9.—LIBYTHEIDÆ. (1 Genus, 10 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2—4 — 2.3 — 1. 2 — — —2—4 1. 2. 3. 4 1——
—
The genus Libythea, which constitutes this family, appears to have its head-
quarters in the Oriental region, but extends on all sides in an erratic manner,
into various remote and disconnected portions of the globe, as indicated
above.
Family 10.—NEMEOBIIDÆ. (12 Genera, 145 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— 1—— —2—4 — — 3. 4 1——
— — —
This group has been separated from the Erycinidæ of the older authors, and
contains all the non-American genera and species. Half the genera and
nearly four-fifths of the species of this group are, however, Neotropical; one
is European; two or three African; and twenty-six Oriental and Australian.
The genera are:—
Page 575
Nemeobius (1 sp.), Europe; Dodona (6 sp.), North India; Zemeros (2 sp.),
North India and Malaya; Abisara (11 sp.), North India, Malayan and
Moluccan districts, Madagascar and West Africa; Taxila (8 sp.), North India
and Malaya; Dicallaneura (2 sp.), Moluccan district; Alesa (6 sp.),
Eunogyra (2 sp.), Cremna (7 sp.), Bæotis (3 sp.), are all from the Brazilian
sub-region; Eurybia (10 sp.), Mesosemia (80 sp.), inhabit both the Brazilian
and Mexican sub-regions.
Family 11.—EURYGONIDÆ. (2 Genera, 78 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— — —- — ———
— — — —
This small family, separated from the true Erycinidæ by Mr. Bates, is
confined to the tropical forest-districts of continental America. The genera
are:—
Eurygona (71 sp.); Methonella (1 sp.); the latter found in Equatorial South
America.
Family 12.—ERYCINIDÆ. (59 Genera, 560 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
North India and Malaya; Abisara (11 sp.), North India, Malayan and
Moluccan districts, Madagascar and West Africa; Taxila (8 sp.), North India
and Malaya; Dicallaneura (2 sp.), Moluccan district; Alesa (6 sp.),
Eunogyra (2 sp.), Cremna (7 sp.), Bæotis (3 sp.), are all from the Brazilian
sub-region; Eurybia (10 sp.), Mesosemia (80 sp.), inhabit both the Brazilian
and Mexican sub-regions.
Family 11.—EURYGONIDÆ. (2 Genera, 78 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— — —- — ———
— — — —
This small family, separated from the true Erycinidæ by Mr. Bates, is
confined to the tropical forest-districts of continental America. The genera
are:—
Eurygona (71 sp.); Methonella (1 sp.); the latter found in Equatorial South
America.
Family 12.—ERYCINIDÆ. (59 Genera, 560 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 — ——— ——— ——— ———
— — — —
Page 576
This extensive family of small, but exquisitely beautiful butterflies, is
especially characteristic of the virgin forests of the Neotropical region, only
a few species of three genera extending into the Nearctic region. The more
important genera, and those which have an exceptional distribution, can
alone be here noticed. Charis extends from Brazil to New York; Apodemia
from Brazil to California, Utah, and Oregon; Amarynthis inhabits the
Brazilian and Antillean sub-regions; Lepricornis and Metapheles are small
genera found only in the Mexican sub-region; Lymnas, Necyria, Ancyluris,
Diorhina, Esthemopsis, Anteros, Emesis, Symmachia, Cricosoma, Calydna,
Lemonias, Nymphidium, Theope, and Aricoris are common to the Brazilian
and Mexican sub-regions. All the other genera (40 in number) are only
known from the Brazilian sub-region, and of these a considerable proportion
are confined to the damp equatorial forests of the Amazon Valley.
Family 13.—LYCÆNIDÆ. (39 Genera, 1,220 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Lycænidæ—of the variety and beauty of which in tropical regions our
own "Blues" and "Coppers" give but a faint idea—are a group of universal
distribution. We shall therefore indicate those genera which are restricted to
one or more regions, or are nearly cosmopolitan. The large genus
Polyommatus (containing 325 species) has the same universal distribution
as the entire family. Our common "Blues" well represent this genus. Lycæna
(comprising the "Coppers") is more especially characteristic of the
Palæarctic and Nearctic regions, but straggling species occur also in North
India, South Africa, Chili, and New Zealand. Thecla is especially
characteristic of the Neotropical region, where there are about 370 species;
in the Nearctic region, 36; in the Palæarctic 13; and in the Ethiopian 3.
Miletus, Lucia, Hypolycæna, Myrina, and Deudorix are common to the three
especially characteristic of the virgin forests of the Neotropical region, only
a few species of three genera extending into the Nearctic region. The more
important genera, and those which have an exceptional distribution, can
alone be here noticed. Charis extends from Brazil to New York; Apodemia
from Brazil to California, Utah, and Oregon; Amarynthis inhabits the
Brazilian and Antillean sub-regions; Lepricornis and Metapheles are small
genera found only in the Mexican sub-region; Lymnas, Necyria, Ancyluris,
Diorhina, Esthemopsis, Anteros, Emesis, Symmachia, Cricosoma, Calydna,
Lemonias, Nymphidium, Theope, and Aricoris are common to the Brazilian
and Mexican sub-regions. All the other genera (40 in number) are only
known from the Brazilian sub-region, and of these a considerable proportion
are confined to the damp equatorial forests of the Amazon Valley.
Family 13.—LYCÆNIDÆ. (39 Genera, 1,220 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Lycænidæ—of the variety and beauty of which in tropical regions our
own "Blues" and "Coppers" give but a faint idea—are a group of universal
distribution. We shall therefore indicate those genera which are restricted to
one or more regions, or are nearly cosmopolitan. The large genus
Polyommatus (containing 325 species) has the same universal distribution
as the entire family. Our common "Blues" well represent this genus. Lycæna
(comprising the "Coppers") is more especially characteristic of the
Palæarctic and Nearctic regions, but straggling species occur also in North
India, South Africa, Chili, and New Zealand. Thecla is especially
characteristic of the Neotropical region, where there are about 370 species;
in the Nearctic region, 36; in the Palæarctic 13; and in the Ethiopian 3.
Miletus, Lucia, Hypolycæna, Myrina, and Deudorix are common to the three
Page 577
tropical regions of the Eastern Hemisphere—the Ethiopian, Oriental, and
Australian. Aphneus and Iolaus are common to the Ethiopian and Oriental
regions, the latter extending to Celebes. Ialmenus, Pseudodipsas, Curetis,
and Amblypodia are common to the Oriental and Australian regions, but the
first-named is found also in Madagascar. Zephyrus is found only in the
Nearctic and Palæarctic, Eumæus in the Nearctic and Neotropical regions.
The Nearctic region has one peculiar genus (Feniseca); the Palæarctic has
two—Thestor and Læosopis; the Ethiopian has nine—Pentila, Liptana,
D'Urbania, Axiocerces, Capys, Phytala, Epitola, Hewitsonia, and
Deloneura; the Oriental has five—Allotinus, Ilerda, Poritia, Camena, and
Liphyra; the Australian has three—Hypochrysops, Utica, and Ogyris; and
the Neotropical also three—Lamprospilus, Theorema, and Trichonis.
Family 14.—PIERIDÆ. (35 Genera, 817 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
The Pieridæ are distributed almost, if not quite, as widely over the globe as
the last family, and we shall group the genera in the same manner. Pieris
(130 sp.) is cosmopolitan; Terias and Callidryas are found in all the four
tropical regions, and as far north as Pennsylvania in the Nearctic region;
Pontia, Tachyris, Eronia, and Thestias are common to the Ethiopian,
Oriental, and Australian regions, the last-named, however, only extending as
far as Timor; Colias is pre-eminently Palæarctic and Nearctic, with a few
Ethiopian species, one Indian, two in Chili, and one in the Sandwich
Islands; Anthocharis is wholly Palæarctic and Nearctic; Midea has two
species Nearctic, and one in Japan; Gonepteryx is Palæarctic and
Neotropical, extending into Texas; Idmais and Callosune are Ethiopian and
Oriental; Thyca and Iphias are Oriental and Australian; Meganostoma is
Australian. Aphneus and Iolaus are common to the Ethiopian and Oriental
regions, the latter extending to Celebes. Ialmenus, Pseudodipsas, Curetis,
and Amblypodia are common to the Oriental and Australian regions, but the
first-named is found also in Madagascar. Zephyrus is found only in the
Nearctic and Palæarctic, Eumæus in the Nearctic and Neotropical regions.
The Nearctic region has one peculiar genus (Feniseca); the Palæarctic has
two—Thestor and Læosopis; the Ethiopian has nine—Pentila, Liptana,
D'Urbania, Axiocerces, Capys, Phytala, Epitola, Hewitsonia, and
Deloneura; the Oriental has five—Allotinus, Ilerda, Poritia, Camena, and
Liphyra; the Australian has three—Hypochrysops, Utica, and Ogyris; and
the Neotropical also three—Lamprospilus, Theorema, and Trichonis.
Family 14.—PIERIDÆ. (35 Genera, 817 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
The Pieridæ are distributed almost, if not quite, as widely over the globe as
the last family, and we shall group the genera in the same manner. Pieris
(130 sp.) is cosmopolitan; Terias and Callidryas are found in all the four
tropical regions, and as far north as Pennsylvania in the Nearctic region;
Pontia, Tachyris, Eronia, and Thestias are common to the Ethiopian,
Oriental, and Australian regions, the last-named, however, only extending as
far as Timor; Colias is pre-eminently Palæarctic and Nearctic, with a few
Ethiopian species, one Indian, two in Chili, and one in the Sandwich
Islands; Anthocharis is wholly Palæarctic and Nearctic; Midea has two
species Nearctic, and one in Japan; Gonepteryx is Palæarctic and
Neotropical, extending into Texas; Idmais and Callosune are Ethiopian and
Oriental; Thyca and Iphias are Oriental and Australian; Meganostoma is
Page 578
Nearctic and Neotropical; Nathalis and Kricogonia are Neotropical, ranging
into Florida, Texas, and Colorado.
The peculiar genera are pretty equally distributed. The Neotropical region
has ten, two being confined to Chili; Euterpe and Leptalis are the most
remarkable, the latter containing a number of forms mimicking the
Heliconidæ and Danaidæ. The Oriental region has two, Prioneris and
Dercas, the Australian one, Elodina; the Ethiopian two, Teracolus and
Pseudopontia; the Palæarctic two, Leucophasia and Zegris; the Nearctic
one, Neophasia.
Family 15.—PAPILIONIDÆ. (13 Genera, 455 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Papilionidæ, comprising many of the noblest and richest-coloured
butterflies, and long placed at the head of the group, are almost as
universally distributed as the Pieridæ, but they do not extend to so many
remote islands nor so far into the Arctic and Antarctic regions. Nine-tenths
of the species belong to the genus Papilio, and these are especially abundant
in tropical regions, although species occur in every region and every sub-
region. Well-marked sub-divisions of this large genus are characteristic of
each great region—as the "Æneas" group in the Neotropical, the "Paris"
group in the Oriental, the "Ægeus" group in the Australian, the "Zenobius"
group in the Ethiopian, and many others. The few species of the Palæarctic
region belong, on the other hand, to a group of universal distribution, and
the Nearctic has a good number of species allied to Neotropical forms.
The other genera have mostly a very restricted range. Parnassius is an
Alpine genus, confined to the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions. The
into Florida, Texas, and Colorado.
The peculiar genera are pretty equally distributed. The Neotropical region
has ten, two being confined to Chili; Euterpe and Leptalis are the most
remarkable, the latter containing a number of forms mimicking the
Heliconidæ and Danaidæ. The Oriental region has two, Prioneris and
Dercas, the Australian one, Elodina; the Ethiopian two, Teracolus and
Pseudopontia; the Palæarctic two, Leucophasia and Zegris; the Nearctic
one, Neophasia.
Family 15.—PAPILIONIDÆ. (13 Genera, 455 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Papilionidæ, comprising many of the noblest and richest-coloured
butterflies, and long placed at the head of the group, are almost as
universally distributed as the Pieridæ, but they do not extend to so many
remote islands nor so far into the Arctic and Antarctic regions. Nine-tenths
of the species belong to the genus Papilio, and these are especially abundant
in tropical regions, although species occur in every region and every sub-
region. Well-marked sub-divisions of this large genus are characteristic of
each great region—as the "Æneas" group in the Neotropical, the "Paris"
group in the Oriental, the "Ægeus" group in the Australian, the "Zenobius"
group in the Ethiopian, and many others. The few species of the Palæarctic
region belong, on the other hand, to a group of universal distribution, and
the Nearctic has a good number of species allied to Neotropical forms.
The other genera have mostly a very restricted range. Parnassius is an
Alpine genus, confined to the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions. The
Page 579
Palæarctic region further possesses 5 peculiar genera—Mesapia,
Hypermnestra, Doritis, Sericinus, and Thais; the Oriental has 4, Calinaga,
Teinopalpus, Bhutanitis, and Leptocircus, the latter going as far as Celebes;
the Australian has 1, Eurycus; and the Neotropical 1, Euryades, confined to
the Chilian sub-region. The Ethiopian and the Nearctic regions have no
peculiar genera.
Family 16.—HESPERIDÆ. (52 Genera (?), 1,200 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Hesperidæ, or Skippers, are an immense group of mostly small
obscurely coloured butterflies, universally distributed, and of which hosts of
species still remain to be discovered and described. As the grouping of these
into genera is not yet satisfactorily accomplished, only the more extensive
and best known groups will be here noticed. Pamphila and Hesperia are
universally distributed; Nisoniades seems to be only absent from the
Australian region. The Neotropical region is pre-eminently rich in
Hesperidæ, 33 genera being found there, of which 20 are peculiar to it; the
Australian region has 12 genera, only 1 (Euschemon) being peculiar; the
Oriental has 18, with 3 peculiar; the Ethiopian, 13, with 3 peculiar; the
Palæarctic 6, with 1 (Erynnis) almost peculiar, a species occurring in
Mexico; the Nearctic 9, with none peculiar, 4 being found also in the
Neotropical region, 2 in the Palæarctic, and the rest being of wide
distribution. Many new genera have, however, been recently described in
the United States, but it is impossible yet to determine how many, if any, of
these are peculiar. More than 100 species of the family are included in Mr.
Edwards' "Synopsis of North American Butterflies,"—a very large number
considering that Europe possesses only about 30.
Hypermnestra, Doritis, Sericinus, and Thais; the Oriental has 4, Calinaga,
Teinopalpus, Bhutanitis, and Leptocircus, the latter going as far as Celebes;
the Australian has 1, Eurycus; and the Neotropical 1, Euryades, confined to
the Chilian sub-region. The Ethiopian and the Nearctic regions have no
peculiar genera.
Family 16.—HESPERIDÆ. (52 Genera (?), 1,200 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Hesperidæ, or Skippers, are an immense group of mostly small
obscurely coloured butterflies, universally distributed, and of which hosts of
species still remain to be discovered and described. As the grouping of these
into genera is not yet satisfactorily accomplished, only the more extensive
and best known groups will be here noticed. Pamphila and Hesperia are
universally distributed; Nisoniades seems to be only absent from the
Australian region. The Neotropical region is pre-eminently rich in
Hesperidæ, 33 genera being found there, of which 20 are peculiar to it; the
Australian region has 12 genera, only 1 (Euschemon) being peculiar; the
Oriental has 18, with 3 peculiar; the Ethiopian, 13, with 3 peculiar; the
Palæarctic 6, with 1 (Erynnis) almost peculiar, a species occurring in
Mexico; the Nearctic 9, with none peculiar, 4 being found also in the
Neotropical region, 2 in the Palæarctic, and the rest being of wide
distribution. Many new genera have, however, been recently described in
the United States, but it is impossible yet to determine how many, if any, of
these are peculiar. More than 100 species of the family are included in Mr.
Edwards' "Synopsis of North American Butterflies,"—a very large number
considering that Europe possesses only about 30.
Page 580
Sub-order—Lepidoptera Heterocera, or Moths.
The Lepidoptera Heterocera, or Moths, are of such immense extent, and are, besides, so
imperfectly known compared with the Butterflies, that it would serve no purpose to go into the
details of their distribution; especially as most of the families and a considerable number of the
genera are cosmopolitan. We propose therefore to notice only the Sphingina, which, being
generally of large size and finely marked or coloured, and many of them day-fliers, have been
extensively collected; and whose numbers are more manageable than the succeeding groups.
Group I.—SPHINGINA.
Family 17.—ZYGÆNIDÆ (46 Genera, about 530 Species).
The Zygænidæ are universally distributed, but many of the genera are restricted in their range.
Zygæna (85 sp.) is mainly Palæarctic, but 2 species are South African, and 1 North American;
Procris (22 sp.) has a scattered distribution, from the Palæarctic region to South America,
South Africa and North India; Heterogynis (3 sp.) and Dysauxis (3 sp.) are European;
Pollanisus (3 sp.) is Australian; Glaucopis (120 sp.) is mainly Neotropical, with a few
Oriental; Syntomis (94 sp.) is found in all the Old-World regions; and Euchromia (150 sp.) is
found in all warm countries, though especially abundant in South America.
Family 18.—CASTNIIDÆ (7 Genera, 63 Species).
The Castniidæ have an interesting distribution, being mainly Neotropical, with four genera in
Australia and New Guinea. Castnia, Coronis, and Gazera, with 51 species, are Neotropical;
Synemon, Euschemon, Damias and Cocytia, with 12 species, are Australian, the latter being
found only in the Papuan Islands.
Family 19.—AGARISTIDÆ (13 Genera, 76 Species).
The Agaristidæ are beautiful diurnal moths, allied to the Castniidæ, but almost confined to the
Australian and Oriental regions, with a few in the Ethiopian. The most important genera are,—
Agarista (21 sp.), Australia and New Guinea; Eusemia (31 sp.), Ægocera (7 sp.), Oriental and
Ethiopian regions; the other genera being confined to the islands from Java to New Guinea.
Family 20.—URANIIDÆ (2 Genera, 12 Species).
These magnificent insects have a singular distribution. The gold-spangled Urania (6 sp.) is
characteristic of Tropical America, but a single species of great magnificence occurs in
Madagascar. The large but sober-tinted Nyctalemon (6 sp.) is found in the Neotropical,
Oriental, and Australian regions.
The Lepidoptera Heterocera, or Moths, are of such immense extent, and are, besides, so
imperfectly known compared with the Butterflies, that it would serve no purpose to go into the
details of their distribution; especially as most of the families and a considerable number of the
genera are cosmopolitan. We propose therefore to notice only the Sphingina, which, being
generally of large size and finely marked or coloured, and many of them day-fliers, have been
extensively collected; and whose numbers are more manageable than the succeeding groups.
Group I.—SPHINGINA.
Family 17.—ZYGÆNIDÆ (46 Genera, about 530 Species).
The Zygænidæ are universally distributed, but many of the genera are restricted in their range.
Zygæna (85 sp.) is mainly Palæarctic, but 2 species are South African, and 1 North American;
Procris (22 sp.) has a scattered distribution, from the Palæarctic region to South America,
South Africa and North India; Heterogynis (3 sp.) and Dysauxis (3 sp.) are European;
Pollanisus (3 sp.) is Australian; Glaucopis (120 sp.) is mainly Neotropical, with a few
Oriental; Syntomis (94 sp.) is found in all the Old-World regions; and Euchromia (150 sp.) is
found in all warm countries, though especially abundant in South America.
Family 18.—CASTNIIDÆ (7 Genera, 63 Species).
The Castniidæ have an interesting distribution, being mainly Neotropical, with four genera in
Australia and New Guinea. Castnia, Coronis, and Gazera, with 51 species, are Neotropical;
Synemon, Euschemon, Damias and Cocytia, with 12 species, are Australian, the latter being
found only in the Papuan Islands.
Family 19.—AGARISTIDÆ (13 Genera, 76 Species).
The Agaristidæ are beautiful diurnal moths, allied to the Castniidæ, but almost confined to the
Australian and Oriental regions, with a few in the Ethiopian. The most important genera are,—
Agarista (21 sp.), Australia and New Guinea; Eusemia (31 sp.), Ægocera (7 sp.), Oriental and
Ethiopian regions; the other genera being confined to the islands from Java to New Guinea.
Family 20.—URANIIDÆ (2 Genera, 12 Species).
These magnificent insects have a singular distribution. The gold-spangled Urania (6 sp.) is
characteristic of Tropical America, but a single species of great magnificence occurs in
Madagascar. The large but sober-tinted Nyctalemon (6 sp.) is found in the Neotropical,
Oriental, and Australian regions.
Page 581
Family 21.—STYGIIDÆ. (3 Genera, 14 Species.)
These insects are confined to the Palæarctic and Neotropical regions, 2 genera in the former, 1
in the latter.
Family 22.—ÆGERIIDÆ. (24 Genera, 215 Species.)
This family is found in all parts of the world except Australia. Ægeria is most abundant in
Europe, but is found also in North and South America.
Family 23.—SPHINGIDÆ. (40 Genera, 345 Species.)
The Sphinx Moths are cosmopolitan. The most important genera are,—Macroglossa (26 sp.),
Chærocampa (46 sp.), and Macrosila (21 sp.), all cosmopolitan; Sesia (12 sp.), Europe, Asia,
and North America; Deilephila (19 sp.), Palæarctic and Oriental regions, Nearctic region, and
Chili; Sphinx (21 sp.), Europe, North and South America; Smerinthus (29 sp.), all regions
except Australia. Our Death's Head Moth (Acherontia atropos) ranges to Sierra Leone and the
Philippine Islands.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Diurnal Lepidoptera and Sphingidea.
The Diurnal Lepidoptera or Butterflies, comprehend 431 genera and 7,740 species, arranged in
16 families, according to Mr. Kirby's Catalogue published in 1871. The Sphingidea consist of
135 genera and 1,255 species, arranged in 7 families, according to the British Museum
Catalogue dated 1864; and as this includes all Mr. Bates' collections in America and my own
in the East, it is probable that no very large additions have since been made.
The distribution of the families and genera of Butterflies corresponds generally with that of
Birds—and more especially with that of the Passerine birds—in showing a primary division of
the earth into Eastern and Western, rather than into Northern and Southern lands. The
Neotropical region is by far the richest and most peculiar. It possesses 15 families of
butterflies, whereas the other regions have only from 8, in the Palæarctic, to 12 in the
Ethiopian and Oriental regions; and as none of the Old World regions possess any peculiar
families, the New World has a very clear superiority. In genera the preponderance is still
greater, since the Neotropical region possesses about 200 altogether peculiar to it, out of a total
of 431 genera, many of which are cosmopolitan. Comparing, now, the Eastern regions with the
Western, we have two peculiar families in the former to 4 in the latter; while the Southern
regions (Australian and Neotropical) possess not a single peculiar family in common.
In the Sphingidea the same general features recur in a less marked degree, the Neotropical
being the richest region; but here we have one family (Castniidæ) which appears to be
confined to the two southern regions,—the Australian and Neotropical.
These insects are confined to the Palæarctic and Neotropical regions, 2 genera in the former, 1
in the latter.
Family 22.—ÆGERIIDÆ. (24 Genera, 215 Species.)
This family is found in all parts of the world except Australia. Ægeria is most abundant in
Europe, but is found also in North and South America.
Family 23.—SPHINGIDÆ. (40 Genera, 345 Species.)
The Sphinx Moths are cosmopolitan. The most important genera are,—Macroglossa (26 sp.),
Chærocampa (46 sp.), and Macrosila (21 sp.), all cosmopolitan; Sesia (12 sp.), Europe, Asia,
and North America; Deilephila (19 sp.), Palæarctic and Oriental regions, Nearctic region, and
Chili; Sphinx (21 sp.), Europe, North and South America; Smerinthus (29 sp.), all regions
except Australia. Our Death's Head Moth (Acherontia atropos) ranges to Sierra Leone and the
Philippine Islands.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Diurnal Lepidoptera and Sphingidea.
The Diurnal Lepidoptera or Butterflies, comprehend 431 genera and 7,740 species, arranged in
16 families, according to Mr. Kirby's Catalogue published in 1871. The Sphingidea consist of
135 genera and 1,255 species, arranged in 7 families, according to the British Museum
Catalogue dated 1864; and as this includes all Mr. Bates' collections in America and my own
in the East, it is probable that no very large additions have since been made.
The distribution of the families and genera of Butterflies corresponds generally with that of
Birds—and more especially with that of the Passerine birds—in showing a primary division of
the earth into Eastern and Western, rather than into Northern and Southern lands. The
Neotropical region is by far the richest and most peculiar. It possesses 15 families of
butterflies, whereas the other regions have only from 8, in the Palæarctic, to 12 in the
Ethiopian and Oriental regions; and as none of the Old World regions possess any peculiar
families, the New World has a very clear superiority. In genera the preponderance is still
greater, since the Neotropical region possesses about 200 altogether peculiar to it, out of a total
of 431 genera, many of which are cosmopolitan. Comparing, now, the Eastern regions with the
Western, we have two peculiar families in the former to 4 in the latter; while the Southern
regions (Australian and Neotropical) possess not a single peculiar family in common.
In the Sphingidea the same general features recur in a less marked degree, the Neotropical
being the richest region; but here we have one family (Castniidæ) which appears to be
confined to the two southern regions,—the Australian and Neotropical.
Page 582
The distribution of the genera affords us some facts of special interest, which must be briefly
noticed. There are several genera typically characteristic of the North Temperate regions which
have a few species widely scattered on mountains, or in the temperate parts of the Southern
Hemisphere. Chili possesses representatives of four of these genera—Argynnis, Lycæna,
Colias, and Deilephila; and this has been thought by some naturalists to be of such importance
as to outweigh the purely Neotropical character of a large portion of the Chilian fauna, and to
render it advisable to join it on, as an outlying portion of a great North Temperate zoological
region. But when we remember that Argynnis occurs also in Java, and Lycæna in New
Zealand, while Colias ranges to Southern Africa, Malabar, and the Sandwich Islands, we can
hardly admit the argument to be a sound one. For a fuller discussion of this question see Vol.
II., pp. 43-47. The remarkable fact of the existence of the otherwise purely Neotropical genus,
Urania, in Madagascar is even more striking, supported as it is by the Antillean, Solenedon,
belonging to a family of Mammalia otherwise confined to Madagascar, and by one or two
Coleopterous genera, to be noticed farther on as common to the two countries. Our view as to
the true explanation of this and analogous phenomena will be found at Vol. I., p. 284.
The division of the Castniidæ (a family almost confined to the Tropics), between the
Neotropical and Australian regions, is also a very curious and important phenomenon, because
it seems to point to a more remote connection between the two countries than that indicated by
the resemblance between the productions of South Temperate America with those of Australia
and New Zealand; but we have already shown that the facts may be explained in another way.
(See Vol. I., pp. 398 and 404).
The division of the Malay Archipelago between the Oriental and Australian regions is clearly
marked in the Lepidoptera, and it is very curious that it should be so, for in this, if in any group
of animals, we should expect an almost complete fusion to have been effected. Lepidoptera fly
readily across wide tracts of sea, and there is absolutely no climatal difference to interfere with
their free migration from island to island. Yet we find no less than 10 genera abundant in the
Indo-Malayan sub-region which never cross the narrow seas to the east of them; 6 others
which only pass to Celebes; and 2 more which have extended from Java along the closely
connected line of islands eastwards to Timor. On the other side, we find 5 strictly Austro-
Malayan genera, and 2 others which have a single representative in Java. The following is a
list of these genera:—
Indo-Malayan Genera:—Amathusia, Thaumantis, Tanæcia, Eurytela, Ilerda, Zemeros, Taxila,
Aphneus, Prioneris, Dercas, Clerome, Adolias, Apatura, Limenitis, Iolaus, Leptocircus, (the
last six reach Celebes); Discophora, Thestias; (the last two reach Timor.)
Austro-Malayan Genera:—Hamadryas, Hypocista, Mynes, Dicallaneura, Elodina, Hyades,
Prothoë (the last two reach Java).
The most characteristic groups, which range over the whole Archipelago and give it a
homogeneous character, are the various genera of Danaidæ, the genus Elymnias, and
Amblypodia with a few other Lycænidæ. These are all abundant and conspicuous groups, but
they are nevertheless exceptions to the general rule of limitation to one or other of the regions.
noticed. There are several genera typically characteristic of the North Temperate regions which
have a few species widely scattered on mountains, or in the temperate parts of the Southern
Hemisphere. Chili possesses representatives of four of these genera—Argynnis, Lycæna,
Colias, and Deilephila; and this has been thought by some naturalists to be of such importance
as to outweigh the purely Neotropical character of a large portion of the Chilian fauna, and to
render it advisable to join it on, as an outlying portion of a great North Temperate zoological
region. But when we remember that Argynnis occurs also in Java, and Lycæna in New
Zealand, while Colias ranges to Southern Africa, Malabar, and the Sandwich Islands, we can
hardly admit the argument to be a sound one. For a fuller discussion of this question see Vol.
II., pp. 43-47. The remarkable fact of the existence of the otherwise purely Neotropical genus,
Urania, in Madagascar is even more striking, supported as it is by the Antillean, Solenedon,
belonging to a family of Mammalia otherwise confined to Madagascar, and by one or two
Coleopterous genera, to be noticed farther on as common to the two countries. Our view as to
the true explanation of this and analogous phenomena will be found at Vol. I., p. 284.
The division of the Castniidæ (a family almost confined to the Tropics), between the
Neotropical and Australian regions, is also a very curious and important phenomenon, because
it seems to point to a more remote connection between the two countries than that indicated by
the resemblance between the productions of South Temperate America with those of Australia
and New Zealand; but we have already shown that the facts may be explained in another way.
(See Vol. I., pp. 398 and 404).
The division of the Malay Archipelago between the Oriental and Australian regions is clearly
marked in the Lepidoptera, and it is very curious that it should be so, for in this, if in any group
of animals, we should expect an almost complete fusion to have been effected. Lepidoptera fly
readily across wide tracts of sea, and there is absolutely no climatal difference to interfere with
their free migration from island to island. Yet we find no less than 10 genera abundant in the
Indo-Malayan sub-region which never cross the narrow seas to the east of them; 6 others
which only pass to Celebes; and 2 more which have extended from Java along the closely
connected line of islands eastwards to Timor. On the other side, we find 5 strictly Austro-
Malayan genera, and 2 others which have a single representative in Java. The following is a
list of these genera:—
Indo-Malayan Genera:—Amathusia, Thaumantis, Tanæcia, Eurytela, Ilerda, Zemeros, Taxila,
Aphneus, Prioneris, Dercas, Clerome, Adolias, Apatura, Limenitis, Iolaus, Leptocircus, (the
last six reach Celebes); Discophora, Thestias; (the last two reach Timor.)
Austro-Malayan Genera:—Hamadryas, Hypocista, Mynes, Dicallaneura, Elodina, Hyades,
Prothoë (the last two reach Java).
The most characteristic groups, which range over the whole Archipelago and give it a
homogeneous character, are the various genera of Danaidæ, the genus Elymnias, and
Amblypodia with a few other Lycænidæ. These are all abundant and conspicuous groups, but
they are nevertheless exceptions to the general rule of limitation to one or other of the regions.
Page 583
The cause of this phenomenon is probably to be found in the limitation of the larvæ of many
Lepidoptera to definite species, genera, and families of plants; and we shall perhaps find, when
the subject is carefully investigated, that the groups which range over the whole Archipelago
feed on genera of plants which have an equally wide range, while those which are limited to
one region or the other, have food-plants belonging to genera which are similarly limited. It is
known that the vegetation of the two regions differs largely in a botanical sense, although its
general aspect is almost identical; and this may be the reason why the proportion of wide-
ranging genera is greater among such insects as feed upon dead wood, than among those
which derive their support from the juices of the living foliage. This subject will be again
discussed under the various families of Coleoptera, and it will be well to bear in mind the
striking facts of generic limitation which have been here brought forward.
Fossil Butterflies, apparently of existing genera, occur in the Miocene and Eocene formations,
and an extinct form in the Lower Oolite; but these cannot be held to give any adequate idea of
the antiquity of so highly specialised a group, which, in all probability, dates back to
Palæozoic times, since one of the Bombycidæ,—a group almost as highly-organised—has
been discovered in the coal formation of Belgium. (See Vol. I. p. 168.)
Order—COLEOPTERA.
Geodephaga, or Carnivorous Ground Beetles.
The Geodephaga consist of two families, Cicindelidæ and Carabidæ, differing in their form
and habits no less than in their numbers and distribution. The former, comprising about 800
species, are far more abundant and varied in Tropical regions; the latter, more than ten times as
numerous, are highly characteristic of the North Temperate zone, where fully half of all the
known species occur.
CICINDELIDÆ. (35 Genera, 803 Species.)
The Cicindelidæ, or Tiger Beetles, are a moderately extensive group, spread over the whole
globe, but much more abundant in tropical than in temperate or cold countries. More than half
of the species (418) belong to the single genus Cicindela, the only one which is cosmopolitan.
The other large genera are,—Collyris (81 sp.), wholly Oriental; Odontochila (57 sp.), South
American, with species in Java and Celebes; Tetracha (46 sp.), mostly South American, but
with species in South Europe, North America, and Australia; Tricondyla (31 sp.), characteristic
of the Oriental region, but extending eastward to New Guinea; Ctenostoma (26 sp.), wholly
Neotropical; Dromica (24 sp.), wholly African, south of Lake Ngami and Mozambique;
Therates (18 sp.), wholly Malayan, from Singapore to New Guinea.
The genera are distributed in the several regions as follows:—the Nearctic region has 5 genera,
3 of which are peculiar to it; the Palæarctic has 2, but none peculiar; the Ethiopian 13, with 11
peculiar; the Oriental 8, with 3 peculiar; the Australian 9, with 2 peculiar; and the Neotropical
15, with 10 peculiar. The connection between South America and Australia is shown by the
Lepidoptera to definite species, genera, and families of plants; and we shall perhaps find, when
the subject is carefully investigated, that the groups which range over the whole Archipelago
feed on genera of plants which have an equally wide range, while those which are limited to
one region or the other, have food-plants belonging to genera which are similarly limited. It is
known that the vegetation of the two regions differs largely in a botanical sense, although its
general aspect is almost identical; and this may be the reason why the proportion of wide-
ranging genera is greater among such insects as feed upon dead wood, than among those
which derive their support from the juices of the living foliage. This subject will be again
discussed under the various families of Coleoptera, and it will be well to bear in mind the
striking facts of generic limitation which have been here brought forward.
Fossil Butterflies, apparently of existing genera, occur in the Miocene and Eocene formations,
and an extinct form in the Lower Oolite; but these cannot be held to give any adequate idea of
the antiquity of so highly specialised a group, which, in all probability, dates back to
Palæozoic times, since one of the Bombycidæ,—a group almost as highly-organised—has
been discovered in the coal formation of Belgium. (See Vol. I. p. 168.)
Order—COLEOPTERA.
Geodephaga, or Carnivorous Ground Beetles.
The Geodephaga consist of two families, Cicindelidæ and Carabidæ, differing in their form
and habits no less than in their numbers and distribution. The former, comprising about 800
species, are far more abundant and varied in Tropical regions; the latter, more than ten times as
numerous, are highly characteristic of the North Temperate zone, where fully half of all the
known species occur.
CICINDELIDÆ. (35 Genera, 803 Species.)
The Cicindelidæ, or Tiger Beetles, are a moderately extensive group, spread over the whole
globe, but much more abundant in tropical than in temperate or cold countries. More than half
of the species (418) belong to the single genus Cicindela, the only one which is cosmopolitan.
The other large genera are,—Collyris (81 sp.), wholly Oriental; Odontochila (57 sp.), South
American, with species in Java and Celebes; Tetracha (46 sp.), mostly South American, but
with species in South Europe, North America, and Australia; Tricondyla (31 sp.), characteristic
of the Oriental region, but extending eastward to New Guinea; Ctenostoma (26 sp.), wholly
Neotropical; Dromica (24 sp.), wholly African, south of Lake Ngami and Mozambique;
Therates (18 sp.), wholly Malayan, from Singapore to New Guinea.
The genera are distributed in the several regions as follows:—the Nearctic region has 5 genera,
3 of which are peculiar to it; the Palæarctic has 2, but none peculiar; the Ethiopian 13, with 11
peculiar; the Oriental 8, with 3 peculiar; the Australian 9, with 2 peculiar; and the Neotropical
15, with 10 peculiar. The connection between South America and Australia is shown by the
Page 584
latter country possessing 9 species of the characteristic South American genus Tetracha, as
well as one of Megacephala. The small number of peculiar genera in the Oriental and
Australian regions is partly owing to the circumstance that two otherwise peculiar Oriental
genera have spread eastward to the Moluccas and New Guinea, a fact to be easily explained by
the great facilities such creatures have for passing narrow straits, and by the almost identical
physical conditions in the Malayan portion of the two regions. The insects of Indo-Malaya
were better adapted to live in the Austro-Malay Islands than those of Australia itself, and the
latter group of islands have thus acquired an Oriental aspect in their entomology, though not
without indications of the presence of an aboriginal insect-fauna of a strictly Australian type.
The relation of the Australian and Neotropical regions is exhibited by this family in an
unusually distinct manner. Tetracha, a genus which ranges from Mexico to La Plata, has 9
species in Australia; while Megacephala has 2 American and 1 Australian species. Another
curious, and more obscure relation, is that between the faunas of Tropical America and
Tropical Africa. This is also illustrated by the genus Megacephala, which has 4 African species
as well as 2 South American; and we have also the genus Peridexia, which has 2 species in
South America and 2 in Madagascar.
Several of the sub-regions are also well characterised by peculiar genera; as Amblychila and
Omus confined to California and the Rocky Mountains; Manticora, Ophryodera, Platychile
and Dromica, characteristic of South Africa; Megalomma and Pogonostoma peculiar to the
Mascarene Islands; and Caledonica to the islands east of New Guinea. The extensive and
elegant genus Collyris is highly characteristic of the Oriental region, over the whole of which
it extends, only just passing the limits into Celebes and Timor.
The Cicindelidæ, therefore, fully conform to those divisions of the earth which have been
found best to represent the facts of distribution in the higher animals.
CARABIDÆ. (620 Genera, 8500 Species.)
The enormous extent of this family, necessitates a somewhat general treatment. It has been
very extensively collected, while its classification has been most carefully worked out, and a
detailed exposition of its geographical distribution by a competent entomologist would be of
the greatest interest. A careful study of Gemminger and Harold's Catalogue, however, enables
me to sketch out the main features of its distribution, and to detail many of its peculiarities
with considerable accuracy.
The Carabidæ are remarkable among insects, and perhaps among all terrestrial animals, as
being a wonderfully numerous, varied, conspicuous, and beautiful group, which is pre-
eminently characteristic of the Palæarctic region. So strikingly and unmistakably is this the
case, that it must be held completely to justify the keeping that region distinct from those to
which it has at various times been proposed to join it. Although the Carabidæ are thoroughly
well represented by hosts of peculiar genera and abundant species in every part of the world
without exception, yet the Palæarctic region alone contains fully one-third, or perhaps nearer
two-fifths, of the whole. It may also be said, that the group is a temperate as compared with a
tropical one; so that probably half the species are to be found in the temperate and cold regions
well as one of Megacephala. The small number of peculiar genera in the Oriental and
Australian regions is partly owing to the circumstance that two otherwise peculiar Oriental
genera have spread eastward to the Moluccas and New Guinea, a fact to be easily explained by
the great facilities such creatures have for passing narrow straits, and by the almost identical
physical conditions in the Malayan portion of the two regions. The insects of Indo-Malaya
were better adapted to live in the Austro-Malay Islands than those of Australia itself, and the
latter group of islands have thus acquired an Oriental aspect in their entomology, though not
without indications of the presence of an aboriginal insect-fauna of a strictly Australian type.
The relation of the Australian and Neotropical regions is exhibited by this family in an
unusually distinct manner. Tetracha, a genus which ranges from Mexico to La Plata, has 9
species in Australia; while Megacephala has 2 American and 1 Australian species. Another
curious, and more obscure relation, is that between the faunas of Tropical America and
Tropical Africa. This is also illustrated by the genus Megacephala, which has 4 African species
as well as 2 South American; and we have also the genus Peridexia, which has 2 species in
South America and 2 in Madagascar.
Several of the sub-regions are also well characterised by peculiar genera; as Amblychila and
Omus confined to California and the Rocky Mountains; Manticora, Ophryodera, Platychile
and Dromica, characteristic of South Africa; Megalomma and Pogonostoma peculiar to the
Mascarene Islands; and Caledonica to the islands east of New Guinea. The extensive and
elegant genus Collyris is highly characteristic of the Oriental region, over the whole of which
it extends, only just passing the limits into Celebes and Timor.
The Cicindelidæ, therefore, fully conform to those divisions of the earth which have been
found best to represent the facts of distribution in the higher animals.
CARABIDÆ. (620 Genera, 8500 Species.)
The enormous extent of this family, necessitates a somewhat general treatment. It has been
very extensively collected, while its classification has been most carefully worked out, and a
detailed exposition of its geographical distribution by a competent entomologist would be of
the greatest interest. A careful study of Gemminger and Harold's Catalogue, however, enables
me to sketch out the main features of its distribution, and to detail many of its peculiarities
with considerable accuracy.
The Carabidæ are remarkable among insects, and perhaps among all terrestrial animals, as
being a wonderfully numerous, varied, conspicuous, and beautiful group, which is pre-
eminently characteristic of the Palæarctic region. So strikingly and unmistakably is this the
case, that it must be held completely to justify the keeping that region distinct from those to
which it has at various times been proposed to join it. Although the Carabidæ are thoroughly
well represented by hosts of peculiar genera and abundant species in every part of the world
without exception, yet the Palæarctic region alone contains fully one-third, or perhaps nearer
two-fifths, of the whole. It may also be said, that the group is a temperate as compared with a
tropical one; so that probably half the species are to be found in the temperate and cold regions
Page 585
of the globe, leaving about an equal number in the much more extensive tropical and warm
regions. But, among the cold regions, the Palæarctic is pre-eminent. North America is also
rich, but it contains, by far, fewer genera and fewer species.
The magnificent genus Carabus, with its allies Procerus and Procrustes, containing about 300
species, all of large size, is almost wholly confined to the Palæarctic region, only 10 species
inhabiting North America, and 11 Temperate South America, with one on the African mountain
of Kilimandjaro. Twelve large genera, containing together more than 2000 species, are truly
cosmopolitan, inhabiting both temperate and tropical countries all over the globe; but many of
these are more abundant in the Palæarctic region than elsewhere. Such are Scarites, Calosoma,
Brachinus, Cymindis, Lebia, Chlænius, Platynus, Harpalus, Bembecidium, Pæcilus, and
Argutor. Of tropical cosmopolites, or genera found in all the tropical regions, but not in the
temperate zones, there seem to be only four,—Catascopus, Coptodera, Colopodes, and
Caasnonia. Pheropsophus is confined to the tropics of the Old World; while Drimostoma,
though widely scattered, is characteristic of the Southern Hemisphere.
The Palæarctic region has about 50 genera of Carabidæ which are strictly confined to it, the
most important being,—Leistus (30 sp.), Procerus (5 sp.), Procrustes, (17 sp.), Zabrus (60
sp.), Pristonychus (42 sp.), and Ophonus (60 sp.); but it possesses a large number in common
with the Nearctic region. The more remarkable of these are,—Carabus, Nebria, Amara,
Cyrtonotus, Bradycellus, Anopthalmus, Celia, Cychrus, Patrobus, Elaphrus, Notiophilus,
Bradytus, Callisthenus, Blethisa, and several others. Many too, though not strictly confined to
the North Temperate regions, are very abundant there, with a few species isolated in remote
countries, or widely scattered, often in an eccentric manner. Among these may be mentioned,
Trechus (120 sp.), all North Temperate but 8, which are scattered in Java, New Caledonia and
South America; Dyschirus (127 sp.), North Temperate, with 3 or 4 species in Australia, China
and La Plata; Omaseus, (88 sp.), Steropus (90 sp.), Platysoma (114 sp.), and Pterostichus (138
sp.), are mostly North Temperate, but each has a few species in the South Temperate zone,
New Zealand, Australia, Chili, and the Cape of Good Hope. Dromius (54 sp.), is about two-
thirds Palæarctic, the rest of the species being scattered over the world, in Chili, North and
South America, South Africa, Burmah, Ceylon, and New Zealand. The North Temperate
genera Calathus and Olisthopus, have each one species in New Zealand; Percus has most of its
species in South Europe, but 3 in Australia; Abax is confined to the north temperate zone, but
with one species in Madagascar; while Læmosthenes is said to have a species identically the
same in South Europe and Chili. Some of these apparent anomalies may be due to wrong
determination of the genera, but there can be little doubt that most of them represent important
facts in distribution.
The Nearctic region is comparatively poor in Carabidæ. Its more important peculiar genera
are,—Dicælus (22 sp.), Pasimachus (17 sp.), Eurytrichus (9 sp.), Sphæroderus (7 sp.),
Pinacodera (6 sp.), and others of smaller extent, about 30 in all. It also possesses
representatives of a considerable number of Palæarctic genera, as already indicated; and a few
of South American genera, of which Helluomorpha and Galerita are the most important.
regions. But, among the cold regions, the Palæarctic is pre-eminent. North America is also
rich, but it contains, by far, fewer genera and fewer species.
The magnificent genus Carabus, with its allies Procerus and Procrustes, containing about 300
species, all of large size, is almost wholly confined to the Palæarctic region, only 10 species
inhabiting North America, and 11 Temperate South America, with one on the African mountain
of Kilimandjaro. Twelve large genera, containing together more than 2000 species, are truly
cosmopolitan, inhabiting both temperate and tropical countries all over the globe; but many of
these are more abundant in the Palæarctic region than elsewhere. Such are Scarites, Calosoma,
Brachinus, Cymindis, Lebia, Chlænius, Platynus, Harpalus, Bembecidium, Pæcilus, and
Argutor. Of tropical cosmopolites, or genera found in all the tropical regions, but not in the
temperate zones, there seem to be only four,—Catascopus, Coptodera, Colopodes, and
Caasnonia. Pheropsophus is confined to the tropics of the Old World; while Drimostoma,
though widely scattered, is characteristic of the Southern Hemisphere.
The Palæarctic region has about 50 genera of Carabidæ which are strictly confined to it, the
most important being,—Leistus (30 sp.), Procerus (5 sp.), Procrustes, (17 sp.), Zabrus (60
sp.), Pristonychus (42 sp.), and Ophonus (60 sp.); but it possesses a large number in common
with the Nearctic region. The more remarkable of these are,—Carabus, Nebria, Amara,
Cyrtonotus, Bradycellus, Anopthalmus, Celia, Cychrus, Patrobus, Elaphrus, Notiophilus,
Bradytus, Callisthenus, Blethisa, and several others. Many too, though not strictly confined to
the North Temperate regions, are very abundant there, with a few species isolated in remote
countries, or widely scattered, often in an eccentric manner. Among these may be mentioned,
Trechus (120 sp.), all North Temperate but 8, which are scattered in Java, New Caledonia and
South America; Dyschirus (127 sp.), North Temperate, with 3 or 4 species in Australia, China
and La Plata; Omaseus, (88 sp.), Steropus (90 sp.), Platysoma (114 sp.), and Pterostichus (138
sp.), are mostly North Temperate, but each has a few species in the South Temperate zone,
New Zealand, Australia, Chili, and the Cape of Good Hope. Dromius (54 sp.), is about two-
thirds Palæarctic, the rest of the species being scattered over the world, in Chili, North and
South America, South Africa, Burmah, Ceylon, and New Zealand. The North Temperate
genera Calathus and Olisthopus, have each one species in New Zealand; Percus has most of its
species in South Europe, but 3 in Australia; Abax is confined to the north temperate zone, but
with one species in Madagascar; while Læmosthenes is said to have a species identically the
same in South Europe and Chili. Some of these apparent anomalies may be due to wrong
determination of the genera, but there can be little doubt that most of them represent important
facts in distribution.
The Nearctic region is comparatively poor in Carabidæ. Its more important peculiar genera
are,—Dicælus (22 sp.), Pasimachus (17 sp.), Eurytrichus (9 sp.), Sphæroderus (7 sp.),
Pinacodera (6 sp.), and others of smaller extent, about 30 in all. It also possesses
representatives of a considerable number of Palæarctic genera, as already indicated; and a few
of South American genera, of which Helluomorpha and Galerita are the most important.
Page 586
The Neotropical region is very rich in peculiar forms of Carabidæ, as in almost all other great
groups. It possesses more than 100 peculiar genera, but about 30 of these are confined to the
South Temperate sub-region. The more important peculiar genera of Tropical America are,—
Agra (144 sp.), Ardistomus (44 sp.), Schizogenius (25 sp.), Pelecium, (24 sp.), Calophena (22
sp.), Ctenodactyla (7 sp.). Among the Chilian and South Temperate peculiar forms are,—
Antarctia (29 sp.), Scelodontis (10 sp.), Tropidopterus (4 sp.). Among the Neotropical genera
with outlying species are,—Pachyteles (50 sp.), one of which is West African; Selenophorus
(70 sp.), with 4 African, 4 Oriental, and 1 from New Caledonia; Ega (11 sp), with one in the
East Indies, and one in New Caledonia; Galerita, with 36 American species, 8 African, and 3
Indian; Callida and Tetragonoderus, mostly American, but with a few African, Oriental and
Australian species; and Pseudomorpha, common to America and Oceania.
The Australian region is almost equally rich, possessing about 95 peculiar genera of Carabidæ,
no less than 20 of which are confined to New Zealand. The most important are, Carenum,
Promecoderus, Scaraphites, Notonomus, Ænigma, Sphallomorpha, Silphomorpha, and
Adelotopus. The gigantic Catadromus has 4 Australian species and 1 in Java; Homalosoma has
31 species in Australia and New Zealand, and 1 in Madagascar. Celebes and New Guinea have
each peculiar genera, and one is common to Australia and the Cape of Good Hope.
The Oriental region possesses 80 peculiar genera, 10 of which are confined to Ceylon. The
more important are,—Pericallus, Planetes, and Mormolyce. Distrigus is also characteristic of
this region, with one species in Madagascar; while it has Orthogonius, Hexagonia,
Macrochilus, and Thyreopterus in common with the Ethiopian region, and is rich in the fine
tropical genus, Catascopus.
The Ethiopian region has 75 peculiar genera, 8 of which are confined to Madagascar. The
more important are,—Polyhirma, Graphipterus, and Piezia. Anthia is chiefly African, with a
few species in India; Abacetus is wholly African, except a species in Java, and another in
South Europe; and Hypolithus is typically African, but with 7 species in South America and 1
in Java.
The facts of distribution presented by this important family, looked at broadly, do not support
any other division of the earth into primary regions than that deduced from a study of the
higher animals. The amount of speciality in each of these regions is so great, that no two of
them can be properly united; and in this respect the Carabidæ accord wonderfully with the
Vertebrates. In the details of distribution there occur many singular anomalies; but these are
not to be wondered at, if we take into consideration the immense antiquity of Coleopterous
insects—which existed under specialised forms so far back as the Carboniferous epoch,—the
ease with which they may be dispersed as compared with larger animals, and the facilities
afforded by their small size, habits of concealment, and often nocturnal habits, for adaptation
to the most varied conditions, and for surviving great changes of surface and of the
surrounding organic forms. The wonder rather is, not that there are so many, but so few cases
of exceptional and anomalous distribution; and the fact that these creatures, so widely different
from Vertebrates in organisation and mode of life, are yet on the whole subject to the same
limitations of range as were found to occur among the higher animals, affords a satisfactory
groups. It possesses more than 100 peculiar genera, but about 30 of these are confined to the
South Temperate sub-region. The more important peculiar genera of Tropical America are,—
Agra (144 sp.), Ardistomus (44 sp.), Schizogenius (25 sp.), Pelecium, (24 sp.), Calophena (22
sp.), Ctenodactyla (7 sp.). Among the Chilian and South Temperate peculiar forms are,—
Antarctia (29 sp.), Scelodontis (10 sp.), Tropidopterus (4 sp.). Among the Neotropical genera
with outlying species are,—Pachyteles (50 sp.), one of which is West African; Selenophorus
(70 sp.), with 4 African, 4 Oriental, and 1 from New Caledonia; Ega (11 sp), with one in the
East Indies, and one in New Caledonia; Galerita, with 36 American species, 8 African, and 3
Indian; Callida and Tetragonoderus, mostly American, but with a few African, Oriental and
Australian species; and Pseudomorpha, common to America and Oceania.
The Australian region is almost equally rich, possessing about 95 peculiar genera of Carabidæ,
no less than 20 of which are confined to New Zealand. The most important are, Carenum,
Promecoderus, Scaraphites, Notonomus, Ænigma, Sphallomorpha, Silphomorpha, and
Adelotopus. The gigantic Catadromus has 4 Australian species and 1 in Java; Homalosoma has
31 species in Australia and New Zealand, and 1 in Madagascar. Celebes and New Guinea have
each peculiar genera, and one is common to Australia and the Cape of Good Hope.
The Oriental region possesses 80 peculiar genera, 10 of which are confined to Ceylon. The
more important are,—Pericallus, Planetes, and Mormolyce. Distrigus is also characteristic of
this region, with one species in Madagascar; while it has Orthogonius, Hexagonia,
Macrochilus, and Thyreopterus in common with the Ethiopian region, and is rich in the fine
tropical genus, Catascopus.
The Ethiopian region has 75 peculiar genera, 8 of which are confined to Madagascar. The
more important are,—Polyhirma, Graphipterus, and Piezia. Anthia is chiefly African, with a
few species in India; Abacetus is wholly African, except a species in Java, and another in
South Europe; and Hypolithus is typically African, but with 7 species in South America and 1
in Java.
The facts of distribution presented by this important family, looked at broadly, do not support
any other division of the earth into primary regions than that deduced from a study of the
higher animals. The amount of speciality in each of these regions is so great, that no two of
them can be properly united; and in this respect the Carabidæ accord wonderfully with the
Vertebrates. In the details of distribution there occur many singular anomalies; but these are
not to be wondered at, if we take into consideration the immense antiquity of Coleopterous
insects—which existed under specialised forms so far back as the Carboniferous epoch,—the
ease with which they may be dispersed as compared with larger animals, and the facilities
afforded by their small size, habits of concealment, and often nocturnal habits, for adaptation
to the most varied conditions, and for surviving great changes of surface and of the
surrounding organic forms. The wonder rather is, not that there are so many, but so few cases
of exceptional and anomalous distribution; and the fact that these creatures, so widely different
from Vertebrates in organisation and mode of life, are yet on the whole subject to the same
limitations of range as were found to occur among the higher animals, affords a satisfactory
Page 587
proof that the principles on which our six primary regions are founded, are sound; and that
they are well adapted to exhibit the most interesting facts of geographical distribution, among
all classes of animals.
Much stress has been laid on the fact of a few species of such typical European genera as
Carabus, Dromius, and others, being found in Chili and Temperate South America; and it has
been thought, that in a system of Entomological regions this part of the world must be united
to the Northern Hemisphere. But these writers omit to take into account, either the large
numbers of isolated and peculiar forms characteristic of South Temperate America, or the
indications of affinity with Tropical America and Australia, both of which are really more
important than the connection with Europe. The three important Chilian genera, Cascelius,
Barypus, and Cardiopthalmus, are closely allied to the Australian Promecoderus; others, as
Omostenus and Plagiotelium, are quite isolated; while Antarctia and Metius, according to
Lacordaire, form a distinct division of the family. Chili, too, has many species of Pachyteles,
Coptodera, and other South American genera; and this affinity is far stronger in many other
families than in the Carabidæ. The existence of representatives of typical northern forms in
Chili, is a fact of great interest, and may be accounted for in a variety of ways; (see Vol. II. p.
44) but it is not of such a magnitude as to be of primary importance in geographical
distribution, and it can only be estimated at its fair value, by taking into account the affinities
of all the groups inhabiting that part of the world.
LUCANIDÆ. (45 Genera, 529 Species.)
Passing over a number of obscure families, we come to the remarkable group of the Lucanidæ,
or Stag-beetles, which, being almost all of large size, and many of them of the most striking
forms, have been very thoroughly collected and assiduously studied.
The most curious feature of their general distribution, is their scarcity in Tropical South
America, and their complete absence from Tropical North America and the West Indian
Islands, though they appear again in Temperate North America. In the New World they may, in
fact, be looked upon as a temperate group characteristic of the extra-tropical regions and the
highlands; while in the Old World, where they are far more abundant, they are distinctly
tropical, being especially numerous in the Oriental and Australian regions. No genus has the
range of the whole family, Dorcus and Lucanus being absent from Africa, while Cladognathus
is unknown in the New World and on the continent of Australia. The Oriental region is the
richest in peculiar forms, possessing 16 genera, 7 of which are wholly confined to it, while 3
others only just range beyond it to North China on the one side, or to the Austro-Malayan
islands on the other. The Australian region comes next, with 15 genera, of which 7 are wholly
peculiar. South America has 12 genera, 10 of which are peculiar. The Ethiopian region has 10
genera, 7 of which are peculiar, and 2 of these are confined to the island of Bourbon. The
Palæarctic region has 8 genera, and the Nearctic 5; one genus being peculiar to Europe, and
two confined to Europe and North America. The Ethiopian and Oriental regions have 3 genera
in common and peculiar to them; the Oriental and Australian 3; while the Australian and
Neotropical have 1 in common, to which may be added Streptocerus, which represents in Chili
the Australian Lamprima.
they are well adapted to exhibit the most interesting facts of geographical distribution, among
all classes of animals.
Much stress has been laid on the fact of a few species of such typical European genera as
Carabus, Dromius, and others, being found in Chili and Temperate South America; and it has
been thought, that in a system of Entomological regions this part of the world must be united
to the Northern Hemisphere. But these writers omit to take into account, either the large
numbers of isolated and peculiar forms characteristic of South Temperate America, or the
indications of affinity with Tropical America and Australia, both of which are really more
important than the connection with Europe. The three important Chilian genera, Cascelius,
Barypus, and Cardiopthalmus, are closely allied to the Australian Promecoderus; others, as
Omostenus and Plagiotelium, are quite isolated; while Antarctia and Metius, according to
Lacordaire, form a distinct division of the family. Chili, too, has many species of Pachyteles,
Coptodera, and other South American genera; and this affinity is far stronger in many other
families than in the Carabidæ. The existence of representatives of typical northern forms in
Chili, is a fact of great interest, and may be accounted for in a variety of ways; (see Vol. II. p.
44) but it is not of such a magnitude as to be of primary importance in geographical
distribution, and it can only be estimated at its fair value, by taking into account the affinities
of all the groups inhabiting that part of the world.
LUCANIDÆ. (45 Genera, 529 Species.)
Passing over a number of obscure families, we come to the remarkable group of the Lucanidæ,
or Stag-beetles, which, being almost all of large size, and many of them of the most striking
forms, have been very thoroughly collected and assiduously studied.
The most curious feature of their general distribution, is their scarcity in Tropical South
America, and their complete absence from Tropical North America and the West Indian
Islands, though they appear again in Temperate North America. In the New World they may, in
fact, be looked upon as a temperate group characteristic of the extra-tropical regions and the
highlands; while in the Old World, where they are far more abundant, they are distinctly
tropical, being especially numerous in the Oriental and Australian regions. No genus has the
range of the whole family, Dorcus and Lucanus being absent from Africa, while Cladognathus
is unknown in the New World and on the continent of Australia. The Oriental region is the
richest in peculiar forms, possessing 16 genera, 7 of which are wholly confined to it, while 3
others only just range beyond it to North China on the one side, or to the Austro-Malayan
islands on the other. The Australian region comes next, with 15 genera, of which 7 are wholly
peculiar. South America has 12 genera, 10 of which are peculiar. The Ethiopian region has 10
genera, 7 of which are peculiar, and 2 of these are confined to the island of Bourbon. The
Palæarctic region has 8 genera, and the Nearctic 5; one genus being peculiar to Europe, and
two confined to Europe and North America. The Ethiopian and Oriental regions have 3 genera
in common and peculiar to them; the Oriental and Australian 3; while the Australian and
Neotropical have 1 in common, to which may be added Streptocerus, which represents in Chili
the Australian Lamprima.
Page 588
Among the special features presented by the distribution of the Lucanidæ, may be mentioned
—the remarkable group of genera, Pholidotus, Chiasognathus, and Sphenognathus, confined
to Temperate South America, the Andes, and mountains of Brazil; Lucanus (19 sp.), almost
confined to the Oriental and Palæarctic regions, three species only inhabiting North America;
Odontolabris (29 sp.), wholly Oriental, with 2 sp. in Celebes; Nigidius (11 sp.), Ethiopian, but
with species in Formosa, the Philippines, and Malacca; Syndesus (11 sp.), common to
Australia, New Caledonia, and South America; Figulus (20 sp.), divided between Africa and
Madagascar on the one hand, and Australia, with the Malay and Pacific Islands, on the other.
The facts of distribution here sketched out are in perfect accordance with those of many groups
of Vertebrates. The regions are sharply contrasted by their peculiar and characteristic genera;
the several relations of those regions are truly indicated; while there is a comparatively small
proportion of cases of anomalous or eccentric distribution.
CETONIIDÆ. (120 Genera, 970 Species.)
As representative of the enormous group of the Lamellicorns, which, according to continental
entomologists, forms a single family numbering nearly 7,000 species, we take the Cetoniidæ
or Rose-Chafers. These comprise a number of the most brilliant and beautifully-coloured
insects, including the gigantic Goliathi, which are among the largest of known beetles. They
have been assiduously collected in every part of the world, and their classification has been
elaborated by many of our most eminent entomologists.
The Cetoniidæ are especially abundant in tropical and warm countries, yet far more so in the
Old World than in the New; and in the Old World, the Ethiopian region exhibits a marvellous
richness in this family, no less than 76 genera being found there, while 64, or more than half
the total number, are peculiar to it. Next in richness, though still very far behind, comes the
Oriental region, with 29 genera, 17 of which are peculiar. The Neotropical has only 14 genera,
but all except two are peculiar to it, and one of these is not found out of the New World. The
Australian region has 11 genera, three only being peculiar. The Palæarctic region has 13, with
4 peculiar; the Nearctic 7, with 2 peculiar. The affinities of the regions for each other, as
indicated by the genera confined to two adjacent regions, are in this family somewhat peculiar.
The Ethiopian and Oriental show the most resemblance, 6 genera being common and peculiar
to the two; the Oriental and the Australian are unusually well contrasted, having only one
genus exclusively in common, while 8 genera are found in the Indo-Malay Islands which do
not cross the boundary to the Austro-Malayan division, and several others only pass to the
nearest adjacent islands; on the other hand, the only large Australian genus, Schizorhina, is
found in many parts of the Moluccas, but not further west. The Australian and Neotropical
regions exhibit no direct affinity, the nearest ally to the South American Gymnetidæ being
Clinteria, an African and Asiatic genus; while not a single genus is common to Australia and
South America. The Nearctic and Palæarctic regions have 3 genera in common, which are
found in no other part of the world.
Among the special features of interest connected with the distribution of this family, we must
first notice the exceptional richness of Madagascar, which alone possesses 21 peculiar genera.
—the remarkable group of genera, Pholidotus, Chiasognathus, and Sphenognathus, confined
to Temperate South America, the Andes, and mountains of Brazil; Lucanus (19 sp.), almost
confined to the Oriental and Palæarctic regions, three species only inhabiting North America;
Odontolabris (29 sp.), wholly Oriental, with 2 sp. in Celebes; Nigidius (11 sp.), Ethiopian, but
with species in Formosa, the Philippines, and Malacca; Syndesus (11 sp.), common to
Australia, New Caledonia, and South America; Figulus (20 sp.), divided between Africa and
Madagascar on the one hand, and Australia, with the Malay and Pacific Islands, on the other.
The facts of distribution here sketched out are in perfect accordance with those of many groups
of Vertebrates. The regions are sharply contrasted by their peculiar and characteristic genera;
the several relations of those regions are truly indicated; while there is a comparatively small
proportion of cases of anomalous or eccentric distribution.
CETONIIDÆ. (120 Genera, 970 Species.)
As representative of the enormous group of the Lamellicorns, which, according to continental
entomologists, forms a single family numbering nearly 7,000 species, we take the Cetoniidæ
or Rose-Chafers. These comprise a number of the most brilliant and beautifully-coloured
insects, including the gigantic Goliathi, which are among the largest of known beetles. They
have been assiduously collected in every part of the world, and their classification has been
elaborated by many of our most eminent entomologists.
The Cetoniidæ are especially abundant in tropical and warm countries, yet far more so in the
Old World than in the New; and in the Old World, the Ethiopian region exhibits a marvellous
richness in this family, no less than 76 genera being found there, while 64, or more than half
the total number, are peculiar to it. Next in richness, though still very far behind, comes the
Oriental region, with 29 genera, 17 of which are peculiar. The Neotropical has only 14 genera,
but all except two are peculiar to it, and one of these is not found out of the New World. The
Australian region has 11 genera, three only being peculiar. The Palæarctic region has 13, with
4 peculiar; the Nearctic 7, with 2 peculiar. The affinities of the regions for each other, as
indicated by the genera confined to two adjacent regions, are in this family somewhat peculiar.
The Ethiopian and Oriental show the most resemblance, 6 genera being common and peculiar
to the two; the Oriental and the Australian are unusually well contrasted, having only one
genus exclusively in common, while 8 genera are found in the Indo-Malay Islands which do
not cross the boundary to the Austro-Malayan division, and several others only pass to the
nearest adjacent islands; on the other hand, the only large Australian genus, Schizorhina, is
found in many parts of the Moluccas, but not further west. The Australian and Neotropical
regions exhibit no direct affinity, the nearest ally to the South American Gymnetidæ being
Clinteria, an African and Asiatic genus; while not a single genus is common to Australia and
South America. The Nearctic and Palæarctic regions have 3 genera in common, which are
found in no other part of the world.
Among the special features of interest connected with the distribution of this family, we must
first notice the exceptional richness of Madagascar, which alone possesses 21 peculiar genera.
Page 589
South Africa is also very rich, having 8 peculiar genera. Stethodesma is very peculiar, being
divided between South America and Mexico on the one hand, and West and South Africa on
the other. Stalagmosoma is a desert genus, ranging from Persia to Dongola. No genus is
cosmopolitan, or even makes any approach to being so, except Valgus, which occurs in all the
regions except the Neotropical; and even the family seems to be not universally distributed,
since no species are recorded either from New Zealand, the Pacific Islands, or the Antilles.
The facts here brought forward, lead us to the conclusion that the Cetoniidæ are an Old-World
tropical family, which had been well developed in Africa and Asia before it spread to Australia
and America; and that it is only capable of being freely dispersed in the warmer regions of the
earth. This view will explain the absence of affinity between the Australian and Neotropical
regions, the only closer connection between which, has almost certainly occurred in the colder
portions of the Temperate zone.
BUPRESTIDÆ. (109 Genera, 2,686 Species.)
The next family suited to our purpose is that of the Buprestidæ, consisting as it does of many
large and some gigantic species, generally adorned with brilliant metallic colours, and
attracting attention in all warm countries. Although these insects attain their full development
of size and beauty only in the Tropics, they are not much less abundant in the warmer parts of
the Temperate zone. In the Catalogue of the Coleoptera of Europe and the Mediterranean
Basin, by M. de Marseul (1863), we find 317 species of Buprestidæ enumerated, although the
district in question only forms a part of the Palæarctic region, which would thus seem to
possess its full proportion of the species of this family. Confining ourselves to the generic
forms, we find far less difference than usual between the numbers possessed by the tropical
and the temperate regions; the richest being the Australian, with 47 genera, 20 of which are
peculiar; and the poorest the Nearctic, with 24 genera, of which 7 are peculiar. The Oriental
has 41 genera, 14 of which are peculiar; the Neotropical 39, of which the large proportion of
18 are peculiar; the Ethiopian 27, of which 6 are peculiar; and the Palæarctic also 27, but with
9 peculiar.
A most interesting feature in the distribution of this family, is the strong affinity shown to exist
between the Australian and Neotropical regions, which have 4 genera common to both and
found nowhere else; but besides this, the extensive and highly characteristic Australian genus,
Stigmodera, is closely related to a number of peculiar South American genera, such as
Conognatha, Hyperantha, Dactylozodes,—the last altogether confined to Chili and Temperate
South America. Here we have a striking contrast to the Cetoniidæ, and we can hardly help
concluding, that, as the latter is typically a tropical group, so the present family, although now
so largely tropical, had an early and perhaps original development in the temperate regions of
Australia, spreading thence to Temperate South America as well as to the tropical regions of
Asia and Africa. The Australian and Oriental regions have 4 genera exclusively in common,
but they also each possess a number of peculiar or characteristic genera, such as the Indo-
Malayan Catoxantha (which has only a single species in the Moluccas) and nine others of less
importance; and the exclusively Austro-Malayan genus, Sambus, with five smaller groups, and
Cyphogastra, with only 2 Indo-Malay species. The Oriental and Ethiopian regions are very
divided between South America and Mexico on the one hand, and West and South Africa on
the other. Stalagmosoma is a desert genus, ranging from Persia to Dongola. No genus is
cosmopolitan, or even makes any approach to being so, except Valgus, which occurs in all the
regions except the Neotropical; and even the family seems to be not universally distributed,
since no species are recorded either from New Zealand, the Pacific Islands, or the Antilles.
The facts here brought forward, lead us to the conclusion that the Cetoniidæ are an Old-World
tropical family, which had been well developed in Africa and Asia before it spread to Australia
and America; and that it is only capable of being freely dispersed in the warmer regions of the
earth. This view will explain the absence of affinity between the Australian and Neotropical
regions, the only closer connection between which, has almost certainly occurred in the colder
portions of the Temperate zone.
BUPRESTIDÆ. (109 Genera, 2,686 Species.)
The next family suited to our purpose is that of the Buprestidæ, consisting as it does of many
large and some gigantic species, generally adorned with brilliant metallic colours, and
attracting attention in all warm countries. Although these insects attain their full development
of size and beauty only in the Tropics, they are not much less abundant in the warmer parts of
the Temperate zone. In the Catalogue of the Coleoptera of Europe and the Mediterranean
Basin, by M. de Marseul (1863), we find 317 species of Buprestidæ enumerated, although the
district in question only forms a part of the Palæarctic region, which would thus seem to
possess its full proportion of the species of this family. Confining ourselves to the generic
forms, we find far less difference than usual between the numbers possessed by the tropical
and the temperate regions; the richest being the Australian, with 47 genera, 20 of which are
peculiar; and the poorest the Nearctic, with 24 genera, of which 7 are peculiar. The Oriental
has 41 genera, 14 of which are peculiar; the Neotropical 39, of which the large proportion of
18 are peculiar; the Ethiopian 27, of which 6 are peculiar; and the Palæarctic also 27, but with
9 peculiar.
A most interesting feature in the distribution of this family, is the strong affinity shown to exist
between the Australian and Neotropical regions, which have 4 genera common to both and
found nowhere else; but besides this, the extensive and highly characteristic Australian genus,
Stigmodera, is closely related to a number of peculiar South American genera, such as
Conognatha, Hyperantha, Dactylozodes,—the last altogether confined to Chili and Temperate
South America. Here we have a striking contrast to the Cetoniidæ, and we can hardly help
concluding, that, as the latter is typically a tropical group, so the present family, although now
so largely tropical, had an early and perhaps original development in the temperate regions of
Australia, spreading thence to Temperate South America as well as to the tropical regions of
Asia and Africa. The Australian and Oriental regions have 4 genera exclusively in common,
but they also each possess a number of peculiar or characteristic genera, such as the Indo-
Malayan Catoxantha (which has only a single species in the Moluccas) and nine others of less
importance; and the exclusively Austro-Malayan genus, Sambus, with five smaller groups, and
Cyphogastra, with only 2 Indo-Malay species. The Oriental and Ethiopian regions are very
Page 590
distinct, only possessing the single genus, Sternocera, exclusively in common. The Nearctic
and Palæarctic are also distinct, only one genus, Dicerca, being confined to America (North
and South) and Europe, a fact which again points to a southern origin for this family, and its
comparatively recent extension into the North Temperate zone. It must be remembered,
however, that in view of the immense geological antiquity of the existing families of Beetles,
dating back certainly to the Secondary and probably to the Palæozoic epoch, "comparatively
recent" may still be of considerable antiquity.
It is somewhat singular that North and South America have no genera exclusively in common.
The connection between South America and Africa seems to be shown,—by the genus
Psiloptera, the mass of the species being divided between these regions, with a few widely
scattered over the globe; and the American genus Actenodes, which has one species in West
Africa. Somewhat allied, is the extensive genus Polybothris, strictly confined to Madagascar.
The genus Agrilus is perhaps cosmopolitan, although no species of the family is recorded from
New Zealand. Among the peculiarities of distribution we may notice,—the genus Sponsor,
with 8 species in the island of Mauritius, 1 in Celebes, and 1 in New Guinea; Ptosima,
scattered between the United States, Mendoza in South Temperate America, South Europe, the
Philippine Islands, and North China; Polycesta, which besides inhabiting South America,
North America, and Europe, has a single species in Madagascar; and Belionota, which has 8
species African, 8 Indo-Malayan, 2 Austro-Malayan, and 1 in California. The extensive genus
Acmæodera, is most abundant in the warm and dry portions of the Palæarctic, Ethiopian, and
Nearctic regions, with some in the Andes and South Temperate America, a few in Brazil and
the West Indies, and 1 said to be from the Philippines. About one-third of the genera
(containing more than half the species) have a tolerably extensive range, while the genera
confined to single regions contain only about one-fourth of the total number of species.
It will, I think, be admitted, after a careful study of the preceding facts, that the regions and
sub-regions here adopted, serve to exhibit, with great clearness, the chief phenomena of
distribution presented by this interesting family.
LONGICORNIA. (1,488 Genera, 7,576 Species).
The elegant and admired group of the Longicorn Beetles, is treated by continental authors as a
single family, consisting of three sub-divisions—the Prionidæ, Cerambycidæ, and Lamiidæ of
English entomologists. These are so closely related, and are so similar in form, habits, and
general distribution, that it will be best to consider the whole as one group, noticing whatever
peculiarities occur in the separate divisions. The endless structural differences among these
insects, have led to their being classed in an unusual number of genera, which average little
more than 5 species each; a number far below that in any of the other families we have been
considering, and probably below that which obtains in any of the more extensive groups of
animals or plants. This excessive subdivision of the genera, a large number of which consist of
only one or two species, renders it difficult to determine with precision the relations of the
several regions, since the affinities of these genera for each other are in many cases
undetermined. A group of such enormous extent as this, can only be properly understood after
years of laborious study; we must therefore content ourselves with such results as may be
and Palæarctic are also distinct, only one genus, Dicerca, being confined to America (North
and South) and Europe, a fact which again points to a southern origin for this family, and its
comparatively recent extension into the North Temperate zone. It must be remembered,
however, that in view of the immense geological antiquity of the existing families of Beetles,
dating back certainly to the Secondary and probably to the Palæozoic epoch, "comparatively
recent" may still be of considerable antiquity.
It is somewhat singular that North and South America have no genera exclusively in common.
The connection between South America and Africa seems to be shown,—by the genus
Psiloptera, the mass of the species being divided between these regions, with a few widely
scattered over the globe; and the American genus Actenodes, which has one species in West
Africa. Somewhat allied, is the extensive genus Polybothris, strictly confined to Madagascar.
The genus Agrilus is perhaps cosmopolitan, although no species of the family is recorded from
New Zealand. Among the peculiarities of distribution we may notice,—the genus Sponsor,
with 8 species in the island of Mauritius, 1 in Celebes, and 1 in New Guinea; Ptosima,
scattered between the United States, Mendoza in South Temperate America, South Europe, the
Philippine Islands, and North China; Polycesta, which besides inhabiting South America,
North America, and Europe, has a single species in Madagascar; and Belionota, which has 8
species African, 8 Indo-Malayan, 2 Austro-Malayan, and 1 in California. The extensive genus
Acmæodera, is most abundant in the warm and dry portions of the Palæarctic, Ethiopian, and
Nearctic regions, with some in the Andes and South Temperate America, a few in Brazil and
the West Indies, and 1 said to be from the Philippines. About one-third of the genera
(containing more than half the species) have a tolerably extensive range, while the genera
confined to single regions contain only about one-fourth of the total number of species.
It will, I think, be admitted, after a careful study of the preceding facts, that the regions and
sub-regions here adopted, serve to exhibit, with great clearness, the chief phenomena of
distribution presented by this interesting family.
LONGICORNIA. (1,488 Genera, 7,576 Species).
The elegant and admired group of the Longicorn Beetles, is treated by continental authors as a
single family, consisting of three sub-divisions—the Prionidæ, Cerambycidæ, and Lamiidæ of
English entomologists. These are so closely related, and are so similar in form, habits, and
general distribution, that it will be best to consider the whole as one group, noticing whatever
peculiarities occur in the separate divisions. The endless structural differences among these
insects, have led to their being classed in an unusual number of genera, which average little
more than 5 species each; a number far below that in any of the other families we have been
considering, and probably below that which obtains in any of the more extensive groups of
animals or plants. This excessive subdivision of the genera, a large number of which consist of
only one or two species, renders it difficult to determine with precision the relations of the
several regions, since the affinities of these genera for each other are in many cases
undetermined. A group of such enormous extent as this, can only be properly understood after
years of laborious study; we must therefore content ourselves with such results as may be
Page 591
obtained from a general survey of the group, and from a comparison of the range of the several
genera, by means of a careful tabulation of the mass of details given in the recent Catalogue of
Messrs. Gemminger and Harold and the noble work of Lacordaire.
The proportionate extent of the three families of Longicorns is very unequal; the Prionidæ
comprising about 7 per cent., the Cerambycidæ 44 per cent., and the Lamiidæ 49 per cent. of
the total number of species; and the genera are nearly in the same proportions, being almost
exactly 10, 40, and 50 per cent. of the whole, respectively; or, 135 Prionidæ, 609
Cerambycidæ, and 746 Lamiidæ. The several regions, however, present marked differences in
their proportions of these families. In the two North Temperate regions, the Cerambycidæ are
considerably more numerous than the Lamiidæ, in the proportion of about 12 to 9; and in this
respect the Neotropical region agrees with them, though the superiority in the proportion of
Cerambycidæ is somewhat less. In the Old World tropical regions, however, and in Australia,
the Lamiidæ greatly preponderate—being nearly double in the Oriental and Ethiopian regions
(or as 11 to 6), while in the Australian it is as 6 to 5. The Prionidæ show a similar difference,
though in a less degree; being proportionately more numerous in the North Temperate and
Neotropical regions. Now, as regards the North Temperate regions, this difference can be, to
some extent explained, by a difference in the habits of the insects. The Lamiidæ, which both in
the larva and perfect state have exceedingly powerful jaws, exclusively frequent timber trees,
and almost always such as are dead; while the Cerambycidæ, are generally more delicate and
have weaker mandibles, and many of the species live on shrubs, dead twigs, foliage, and even
on flowers. The immense superiority of the Tropics in the number and variety of their timber
trees, and the extent of their forests, sufficiently accounts for their superiority to the Temperate
regions in the development of Lamiidæ; but the great excess of Cerambycidæ in South
America as compared with the rest of the Tropics, is not to be so readily explained.
Bearing in mind the different proportions of the families, as above noted, we may now
consider the distribution of the Longicorns as a whole. In number of generic forms, the
Neotropical region, as in so many other groups, has a marked superiority. It possesses 516
genera, 489 of which (or about 19⁄20 of the whole) are peculiar to it. The Australian and Oriental
regions come next, and are exactly equal, both possessing 360 genera, and having almost
exactly the same proportion (in each case a little less than ¾) peculiar. The Ethiopian region
has 262 genera, with about 5⁄6 peculiar; the Palæarctic 196, with 51 (rather more than ¼)
peculiar; and the Nearctic 111, with 59 (a little more than half) peculiar. The more isolated of
the sub-regions are also well characterised by peculiar genera. Thus, Chili with Temperate
South America possesses 37, a large proportion being Cerambycidæ; the Malagasi group 26,
with a preponderance of Lamiidæ; and New Zealand 12, of which the Cerambycidæ are only
slightly in excess.
The relations between the Longicorn fauna of the several regions, are such as are in
accordance with the dependence of the group on a warm climate and abundant vegetation; and
indicate the efficiency of deserts and oceans as barriers to their migration. The Neotropical and
Australian regions have only 4 genera in common, but these are sufficient to show, that there
must probably once have been some means of communication between the two regions, better
adapted to these insects than any they now possess. The Nearctic and Neotropical regions have
5, and the Nearctic and Palæarctic 13 genera in common and peculiar to them, the latter fact
genera, by means of a careful tabulation of the mass of details given in the recent Catalogue of
Messrs. Gemminger and Harold and the noble work of Lacordaire.
The proportionate extent of the three families of Longicorns is very unequal; the Prionidæ
comprising about 7 per cent., the Cerambycidæ 44 per cent., and the Lamiidæ 49 per cent. of
the total number of species; and the genera are nearly in the same proportions, being almost
exactly 10, 40, and 50 per cent. of the whole, respectively; or, 135 Prionidæ, 609
Cerambycidæ, and 746 Lamiidæ. The several regions, however, present marked differences in
their proportions of these families. In the two North Temperate regions, the Cerambycidæ are
considerably more numerous than the Lamiidæ, in the proportion of about 12 to 9; and in this
respect the Neotropical region agrees with them, though the superiority in the proportion of
Cerambycidæ is somewhat less. In the Old World tropical regions, however, and in Australia,
the Lamiidæ greatly preponderate—being nearly double in the Oriental and Ethiopian regions
(or as 11 to 6), while in the Australian it is as 6 to 5. The Prionidæ show a similar difference,
though in a less degree; being proportionately more numerous in the North Temperate and
Neotropical regions. Now, as regards the North Temperate regions, this difference can be, to
some extent explained, by a difference in the habits of the insects. The Lamiidæ, which both in
the larva and perfect state have exceedingly powerful jaws, exclusively frequent timber trees,
and almost always such as are dead; while the Cerambycidæ, are generally more delicate and
have weaker mandibles, and many of the species live on shrubs, dead twigs, foliage, and even
on flowers. The immense superiority of the Tropics in the number and variety of their timber
trees, and the extent of their forests, sufficiently accounts for their superiority to the Temperate
regions in the development of Lamiidæ; but the great excess of Cerambycidæ in South
America as compared with the rest of the Tropics, is not to be so readily explained.
Bearing in mind the different proportions of the families, as above noted, we may now
consider the distribution of the Longicorns as a whole. In number of generic forms, the
Neotropical region, as in so many other groups, has a marked superiority. It possesses 516
genera, 489 of which (or about 19⁄20 of the whole) are peculiar to it. The Australian and Oriental
regions come next, and are exactly equal, both possessing 360 genera, and having almost
exactly the same proportion (in each case a little less than ¾) peculiar. The Ethiopian region
has 262 genera, with about 5⁄6 peculiar; the Palæarctic 196, with 51 (rather more than ¼)
peculiar; and the Nearctic 111, with 59 (a little more than half) peculiar. The more isolated of
the sub-regions are also well characterised by peculiar genera. Thus, Chili with Temperate
South America possesses 37, a large proportion being Cerambycidæ; the Malagasi group 26,
with a preponderance of Lamiidæ; and New Zealand 12, of which the Cerambycidæ are only
slightly in excess.
The relations between the Longicorn fauna of the several regions, are such as are in
accordance with the dependence of the group on a warm climate and abundant vegetation; and
indicate the efficiency of deserts and oceans as barriers to their migration. The Neotropical and
Australian regions have only 4 genera in common, but these are sufficient to show, that there
must probably once have been some means of communication between the two regions, better
adapted to these insects than any they now possess. The Nearctic and Neotropical regions have
5, and the Nearctic and Palæarctic 13 genera in common and peculiar to them, the latter fact
Page 592
being the most remarkable, because no means of inter-communication now exists, except in
high latitudes where the species of the Longicorns are very few. The Oriental and Australian
regions, on the other hand, are closely connected, by having no less than 52 genera of
Longicorns in common and peculiar to them. Most of these are specially characteristic of the
Malay Archipelago, often extending over all the islands from Sumatra to New Guinea. This
large number of wide-spread genera of course gives a character of uniformity to the entire area
over which they extend; and, with analogous facts occurring in other families, has led many
entomologists to reject that division of the Archipelago between the Australian and Oriental
regions, which has been so overwhelmingly demonstrated to be the natural one in the case of
the higher animals. The general considerations already advanced in Chapter II. enable us,
however, to explain such anomalies as this, by the great facilities that exist for the transfer
from island to island of such small animals, so closely connected with woody vegetation in
every stage of their existence. That this is the true and sufficient explanation, is rendered clear
by certain additional facts, which those who object to the sharp division of the Indo-Malay and
Austro-Malay sub-regions have overlooked.
An analysis of all the Malay Longicorns proves, that besides the 52 genera characteristic of the
Archipelago as a whole, there are 100 genera which are confined to one or other of its
component sub-regions. Many of these, it is true, consist of single species confined to a single
island, and we will not lay any stress on these; but there are also several important groups,
which extend over the Indo-Malay or the Austro-Malay islands only, stopping abruptly at the
dividing-line between them. For example, on the Indo-Malay side we have Euryarthrum,
Leprodera, Aristobia, Cœlosterna, and Entelopes, and what is perhaps even more satisfactory,
the large genera Agelasta and Astathes, abundant in all the Indo-Malay islands, but having
only one or two species just passing the boundary into Celebes. On the other side we have
Tethionea, Sphingnotus, Arrhenotus, Tmesisternus (the last three genera abounding from New
Guinea to Celebes, but totally unknown further west), Hestima, Trigonoptera, Amblymora,
Stesilea, Enes, and the large genus Micracantha, with but a single species beyond the
boundary,—30 Austro-Malayan genera in all, each found in more than one island, but none of
them extending west of Celebes. Here we have clear proof that the boundary line between the
two great regions exists for Longicorns, as well as for all other animals; but in this case an
unusually large number have been able to get across it. This, however, does not abolish the
barrier, but only proves that it is not absolutely effectual in all cases. Those who maintain that
the Malay Archipelago forms a single Coleopterous region, must disprove or explain the
instances of limited range here adduced.
Out of nearly 1500 known genera of these insects, only one genus, Clytus, appears to be
cosmopolitan. Saperda and Callichroma are the only others that perhaps occur in every region;
but these are both wanting over wide tracts of the earth's surface, Saperda being absent from
Tropical Africa and the Malay Archipelago; and Callichroma from the Australian region,
except one species in Polynesia. Many of the genera of Longicorns have a somewhat wide and
scattered distribution, indicative of decadence or great antiquity. Mallodon and Parandra are
mostly South American, but have species in Australia and Africa; Oeme is found in Brazil and
the United States, with one species in West Africa; Ceratophorus has 2 species in West Africa
and 1 in New Zealand. Xystrocera is mostly African, but has single species in Borneo, Java,
Amboyna and South Australia; Phyton has one species in North America and the other in
high latitudes where the species of the Longicorns are very few. The Oriental and Australian
regions, on the other hand, are closely connected, by having no less than 52 genera of
Longicorns in common and peculiar to them. Most of these are specially characteristic of the
Malay Archipelago, often extending over all the islands from Sumatra to New Guinea. This
large number of wide-spread genera of course gives a character of uniformity to the entire area
over which they extend; and, with analogous facts occurring in other families, has led many
entomologists to reject that division of the Archipelago between the Australian and Oriental
regions, which has been so overwhelmingly demonstrated to be the natural one in the case of
the higher animals. The general considerations already advanced in Chapter II. enable us,
however, to explain such anomalies as this, by the great facilities that exist for the transfer
from island to island of such small animals, so closely connected with woody vegetation in
every stage of their existence. That this is the true and sufficient explanation, is rendered clear
by certain additional facts, which those who object to the sharp division of the Indo-Malay and
Austro-Malay sub-regions have overlooked.
An analysis of all the Malay Longicorns proves, that besides the 52 genera characteristic of the
Archipelago as a whole, there are 100 genera which are confined to one or other of its
component sub-regions. Many of these, it is true, consist of single species confined to a single
island, and we will not lay any stress on these; but there are also several important groups,
which extend over the Indo-Malay or the Austro-Malay islands only, stopping abruptly at the
dividing-line between them. For example, on the Indo-Malay side we have Euryarthrum,
Leprodera, Aristobia, Cœlosterna, and Entelopes, and what is perhaps even more satisfactory,
the large genera Agelasta and Astathes, abundant in all the Indo-Malay islands, but having
only one or two species just passing the boundary into Celebes. On the other side we have
Tethionea, Sphingnotus, Arrhenotus, Tmesisternus (the last three genera abounding from New
Guinea to Celebes, but totally unknown further west), Hestima, Trigonoptera, Amblymora,
Stesilea, Enes, and the large genus Micracantha, with but a single species beyond the
boundary,—30 Austro-Malayan genera in all, each found in more than one island, but none of
them extending west of Celebes. Here we have clear proof that the boundary line between the
two great regions exists for Longicorns, as well as for all other animals; but in this case an
unusually large number have been able to get across it. This, however, does not abolish the
barrier, but only proves that it is not absolutely effectual in all cases. Those who maintain that
the Malay Archipelago forms a single Coleopterous region, must disprove or explain the
instances of limited range here adduced.
Out of nearly 1500 known genera of these insects, only one genus, Clytus, appears to be
cosmopolitan. Saperda and Callichroma are the only others that perhaps occur in every region;
but these are both wanting over wide tracts of the earth's surface, Saperda being absent from
Tropical Africa and the Malay Archipelago; and Callichroma from the Australian region,
except one species in Polynesia. Many of the genera of Longicorns have a somewhat wide and
scattered distribution, indicative of decadence or great antiquity. Mallodon and Parandra are
mostly South American, but have species in Australia and Africa; Oeme is found in Brazil and
the United States, with one species in West Africa; Ceratophorus has 2 species in West Africa
and 1 in New Zealand. Xystrocera is mostly African, but has single species in Borneo, Java,
Amboyna and South Australia; Phyton has one species in North America and the other in
Page 593
Ceylon; Philagetes has 2 in South Africa, and 1 in Malacca; Toxotus abounds in North
America and Europe, with one species away in Madagascar. Leptura is also North Temperate,
but has a species at the Cape, one at Singapore and a third in Celebes. Necydalis has species in
North and South America, Europe and Australia. Hylotrupes has 1 species in North America
and Europe, and 1 in Australia; Leptocera prefers islands, being found only in Ceylon,
Madagascar, Bourbon, Batchian, the New Hebrides, New Caledonia and North Australia;
Hathliodes is Australian, with 1 species in Ceylon; Schœnionta has 3 Malayan species, and 1
in Natal. Many other cases equally curious could be quoted, but these are sufficient. They
cannot be held to indicate any close relation between the distant countries in which species of
the same genus are now found, but perhaps serve to remind us that groups of great antiquity,
and probably of great extent, have dwindled away, leaving a few surviving relics scattered far
and wide, the sole proofs of their former predominance.
General Observations on the Distribution of Coleoptera.
We have now passed in review six of the most important and best known groups of the
Coleoptera or Beetles, comprising about 2,400 genera, and more than 21,000 species.
Although presenting certain peculiarities and anomalies, we have found that, on the whole,
their distribution is in very close accordance with that of the higher animals. We have seen
reason to believe that these great and well-marked groups have a high geological antiquity, and
by constantly bearing this fact in mind, we can account for many of the eccentricities of their
distribution. They have probably survived changes of physical geography which have
altogether extinguished many of the more highly organised animals, and we may perhaps gain
some insight into the bearing of those changes, by considering the cross relations between the
several regions indicated by them. On carefully tabulating the indications given by each of the
groups here discussed, I arrive at the following approximate result. The best marked affinities
between the regions are those between the Nearctic and Palæarctic,—the Oriental and
Australian,—the Australian and Neotropical,—which appear to be about equal in each case.
Next comes that between the Ethiopian and Oriental on the one side, and the Ethiopian and
Neotropical on the other, which also appear about equal. Then follows that between the
Nearctic and Neotropical regions; and lastly, and far the least marked, that between the North
Temperate and South Temperate regions. That the relation between the Ethiopian and
Neotropical region should be so comparatively well marked, is unexpected; but we must
consider that in such a comparison as the present, we probably get the result, not of any recent
changes or intermigrations, but of all the long series of changes and opportunities of migration
that have occurred during many geological epochs,—probably during the whole of the Tertiary
period, perhaps extending far back into the Secondary age.
It appears evident that Insects exhibit in a very marked degree in their actual distribution, the
influence both of very ancient and very modern conditions of the earth's surface. The effects of
the ancient geographical features of the earth, are to be traced, in the large number of cases of
discontinuous and widely scattered groups which we meet with in almost every family, and
which, to some extent, obscure the broader features of distribution due to the period during
which the barriers which divide the several primary regions have continued to exist. And this,
which we may consider as the normal distribution, is still further obscured in those cases
America and Europe, with one species away in Madagascar. Leptura is also North Temperate,
but has a species at the Cape, one at Singapore and a third in Celebes. Necydalis has species in
North and South America, Europe and Australia. Hylotrupes has 1 species in North America
and Europe, and 1 in Australia; Leptocera prefers islands, being found only in Ceylon,
Madagascar, Bourbon, Batchian, the New Hebrides, New Caledonia and North Australia;
Hathliodes is Australian, with 1 species in Ceylon; Schœnionta has 3 Malayan species, and 1
in Natal. Many other cases equally curious could be quoted, but these are sufficient. They
cannot be held to indicate any close relation between the distant countries in which species of
the same genus are now found, but perhaps serve to remind us that groups of great antiquity,
and probably of great extent, have dwindled away, leaving a few surviving relics scattered far
and wide, the sole proofs of their former predominance.
General Observations on the Distribution of Coleoptera.
We have now passed in review six of the most important and best known groups of the
Coleoptera or Beetles, comprising about 2,400 genera, and more than 21,000 species.
Although presenting certain peculiarities and anomalies, we have found that, on the whole,
their distribution is in very close accordance with that of the higher animals. We have seen
reason to believe that these great and well-marked groups have a high geological antiquity, and
by constantly bearing this fact in mind, we can account for many of the eccentricities of their
distribution. They have probably survived changes of physical geography which have
altogether extinguished many of the more highly organised animals, and we may perhaps gain
some insight into the bearing of those changes, by considering the cross relations between the
several regions indicated by them. On carefully tabulating the indications given by each of the
groups here discussed, I arrive at the following approximate result. The best marked affinities
between the regions are those between the Nearctic and Palæarctic,—the Oriental and
Australian,—the Australian and Neotropical,—which appear to be about equal in each case.
Next comes that between the Ethiopian and Oriental on the one side, and the Ethiopian and
Neotropical on the other, which also appear about equal. Then follows that between the
Nearctic and Neotropical regions; and lastly, and far the least marked, that between the North
Temperate and South Temperate regions. That the relation between the Ethiopian and
Neotropical region should be so comparatively well marked, is unexpected; but we must
consider that in such a comparison as the present, we probably get the result, not of any recent
changes or intermigrations, but of all the long series of changes and opportunities of migration
that have occurred during many geological epochs,—probably during the whole of the Tertiary
period, perhaps extending far back into the Secondary age.
It appears evident that Insects exhibit in a very marked degree in their actual distribution, the
influence both of very ancient and very modern conditions of the earth's surface. The effects of
the ancient geographical features of the earth, are to be traced, in the large number of cases of
discontinuous and widely scattered groups which we meet with in almost every family, and
which, to some extent, obscure the broader features of distribution due to the period during
which the barriers which divide the several primary regions have continued to exist. And this,
which we may consider as the normal distribution, is still further obscured in those cases
Page 594
where the barriers between existing regions are of such a nature as to admit of the free passage
of insects or their larva in a variety of ways, and (what is perhaps of more importance) in
which the physical features on both sides of the barrier are so nearly identical, as to admit of
the ready establishment of such immigrants as may occasionally arrive. These conditions
concur, for some families of insects, in the case of the Oriental and Australian portions of the
Malay Archipelago; and it is there that the normal distribution has been sometimes greatly
obscured, but never, as we have sufficiently shown, by any means obliterated.
of insects or their larva in a variety of ways, and (what is perhaps of more importance) in
which the physical features on both sides of the barrier are so nearly identical, as to admit of
the ready establishment of such immigrants as may occasionally arrive. These conditions
concur, for some families of insects, in the case of the Oriental and Australian portions of the
Malay Archipelago; and it is there that the normal distribution has been sometimes greatly
obscured, but never, as we have sufficiently shown, by any means obliterated.
Page 595
CHAPTER XXII.
AN OUTLINE OF THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MOLLUSCA.
The Mollusca being for the most part marine, it does not enter into the plan of this work to go
into much detail as to their distribution. The orders and families will, however, be passed
briefly in review, and all terrestrial and fresh-water groups discussed in somewhat more detail;
with the object of showing how far their distribution accords with that of the higher animals,
and to what extent the anomalies they present can be explained by peculiarities of organisation
and habits. If the views advocated in our fifth chapter are correct, the regions there marked out
must apply to all classes of animals; and it will be the task of the students of each group, to
work out in detail the causes which have led to any special features of distribution. All I can
hope to do here, is to show, generally and tentatively, that such a mode of treatment is possible;
and that it is not necessary, as it is certainly not convenient or instructive, to have a distinct set
of "Regions" established for each class or order in the Animal and Vegetable Kingdoms.
For all the Marine groups I have merely summarised the information contained in Mr.
Woodward's Manual of the Mollusca, but in the case of the Land Shells I have consulted the
most recent general works, and endeavoured to give an accurate, though doubtless a very
incomplete, account of the most interesting facts in their distribution. As their classification is
very unsettled, I have followed that of the two latest great works, by Martens and Pfeiffer.
Class.—CEPHALOPODA.
Order I.—DIBRANCHIATA.
Family 1.—ARGONAUTIDÆ. "Paper Nautilus." (1 Genus, 4 Species).
Distribution.—Open seas of all warm regions. Two species fossil in Tertiary deposits.
Family 2.—OCTOPODIDÆ. "Polypi." (7 Genera, 60 Species).
Distribution.—Norway to New Zealand, all tropical and temperate seas and coasts.
Family 3.—TEUTHIDÆ. "Squids or Sea-pens." (16 Genera, 102 Species.)
Distribution.—Universal, to Greenland; 2 other genera are fossil, in the Lias and Oolite.
Family 4.—SEPIADÆ. "Cuttle Fish." (1 Genus, 30 Species).
AN OUTLINE OF THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF MOLLUSCA.
The Mollusca being for the most part marine, it does not enter into the plan of this work to go
into much detail as to their distribution. The orders and families will, however, be passed
briefly in review, and all terrestrial and fresh-water groups discussed in somewhat more detail;
with the object of showing how far their distribution accords with that of the higher animals,
and to what extent the anomalies they present can be explained by peculiarities of organisation
and habits. If the views advocated in our fifth chapter are correct, the regions there marked out
must apply to all classes of animals; and it will be the task of the students of each group, to
work out in detail the causes which have led to any special features of distribution. All I can
hope to do here, is to show, generally and tentatively, that such a mode of treatment is possible;
and that it is not necessary, as it is certainly not convenient or instructive, to have a distinct set
of "Regions" established for each class or order in the Animal and Vegetable Kingdoms.
For all the Marine groups I have merely summarised the information contained in Mr.
Woodward's Manual of the Mollusca, but in the case of the Land Shells I have consulted the
most recent general works, and endeavoured to give an accurate, though doubtless a very
incomplete, account of the most interesting facts in their distribution. As their classification is
very unsettled, I have followed that of the two latest great works, by Martens and Pfeiffer.
Class.—CEPHALOPODA.
Order I.—DIBRANCHIATA.
Family 1.—ARGONAUTIDÆ. "Paper Nautilus." (1 Genus, 4 Species).
Distribution.—Open seas of all warm regions. Two species fossil in Tertiary deposits.
Family 2.—OCTOPODIDÆ. "Polypi." (7 Genera, 60 Species).
Distribution.—Norway to New Zealand, all tropical and temperate seas and coasts.
Family 3.—TEUTHIDÆ. "Squids or Sea-pens." (16 Genera, 102 Species.)
Distribution.—Universal, to Greenland; 2 other genera are fossil, in the Lias and Oolite.
Family 4.—SEPIADÆ. "Cuttle Fish." (1 Genus, 30 Species).
Page 596
Distribution.—All seas: 4 other genera are fossil, in Eocene and Miocene deposits.
Family 5.—SPIRULIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species).
Distribution.—All the warmer seas.
Family 6.—BELEMNITIDÆ. Fossil. (6 Genera, 100 Species).
Distribution.—Lias to Chalk in Europe, India and North America.
Order II.—TETRABRANCHIATA.
Family 7.—NAUTILIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species, Living; 4 Genera, 300 Species, Fossil).
Distribution.—Indian and Pacific Oceans; and the fossil species from the Silurian Period to
the Tertiary, in all parts of the world.
Family 8.—ORTHOCERATIDÆ. Fossil. (8 Genera, 400 Species).
Distribution.—Lower Silurian to Lias.
Family 9.—AMMONITIDÆ. Fossil. (14 Genera, 1100 Species).
Distribution.—Upper Silurian to Chalk. Found at 16,000 feet elevation in the Himalayas.
Class.—GASTEROPODA.
Order I.—PROSOBRANCHIATA.
Family 1.—STROMBIDÆ. (4 Genera, 86 Species.)
Distribution.—The Strombidæ, or Wing-shells, inhabit tropical and warm seas from the
Mediterranean to New Zealand; most abundant in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. There are
nearly 200 fossil species, from the Lias to Miocene and recent deposits.
Family 2.—MURICIDÆ. (12 Genera, 1000 Species.)
Family 5.—SPIRULIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species).
Distribution.—All the warmer seas.
Family 6.—BELEMNITIDÆ. Fossil. (6 Genera, 100 Species).
Distribution.—Lias to Chalk in Europe, India and North America.
Order II.—TETRABRANCHIATA.
Family 7.—NAUTILIDÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species, Living; 4 Genera, 300 Species, Fossil).
Distribution.—Indian and Pacific Oceans; and the fossil species from the Silurian Period to
the Tertiary, in all parts of the world.
Family 8.—ORTHOCERATIDÆ. Fossil. (8 Genera, 400 Species).
Distribution.—Lower Silurian to Lias.
Family 9.—AMMONITIDÆ. Fossil. (14 Genera, 1100 Species).
Distribution.—Upper Silurian to Chalk. Found at 16,000 feet elevation in the Himalayas.
Class.—GASTEROPODA.
Order I.—PROSOBRANCHIATA.
Family 1.—STROMBIDÆ. (4 Genera, 86 Species.)
Distribution.—The Strombidæ, or Wing-shells, inhabit tropical and warm seas from the
Mediterranean to New Zealand; most abundant in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. There are
nearly 200 fossil species, from the Lias to Miocene and recent deposits.
Family 2.—MURICIDÆ. (12 Genera, 1000 Species.)
Page 597
Distribution.—All seas, most abundant in the Tropics. Trichotropis is confined to Northern
seas; Murex and Fusus are cosmopolitan. There are about 700 fossil species, ranging from the
Oolite to the Miocene and recent formations.
Family 3.—BUCCINIDÆ. (24 Genera, 1100 Species.)
Distribution.—The Buccinidæ, or "Whelks," range over the whole world, but some of the
genera are restricted. Buccinum inhabits the north and south temperate seas; Monoceros the
West Coast of America; Cassidaria the Mediterranean; Phos, Harpa, Eburna, and Ricinula,
are confined to the Pacific; Dolium inhabits the Mediterranean as well as the Pacific. There are
about 350 fossil species, mostly from the Eocene and Miocene beds.
Family 4.—CONIDÆ. (3 Genera, 850 Species.)
Distribution.—The Cones are universally distributed, but this applies only to the genus
Pleurotoma. Conus is tropical and sub-tropical, and Cithara is confined to the Philippine
Islands. There are about 460 fossil species, from the Chalk formation to the most recent
deposits.
Family 5.—VOLUTIDÆ, (5 Genera, 670 Species.)
Distribution.—The Volutes are mostly tropical; but a small species of Mitra is found at
Greenland, and a Marginella in the Mediterranean. Cymba is confined to the West Coast of
Africa and Portugal. Voluta extends south to Cape Horn. There are about 200 fossil species,
from the Chalk and Eocene to recent formations.
Family 6.—CYPRÆIDÆ. (3 Genera, 200 Species.)
Distribution.—The well-known Cowries are found all over the world, but they are much more
abundant in warm regions. One small species extends to Greenland. There are nearly 100 fossil
species, from the Chalk to the Miocene and recent formations.
Family 7.—NATICIDÆ. (5 Genera, 270 species.)
Distribution.—The Naticidæ, or Sea-snails, though most abundant in the Tropics, are found
also in temperate seas, and far into the Arctic regions. Two other genera are fossil; and there
are about 300 extinct species, ranging from the Devonian to the Pliocene formations.
Family 8.—PYRAMIDELLIDÆ. (10 Genera, 220 Species.)
seas; Murex and Fusus are cosmopolitan. There are about 700 fossil species, ranging from the
Oolite to the Miocene and recent formations.
Family 3.—BUCCINIDÆ. (24 Genera, 1100 Species.)
Distribution.—The Buccinidæ, or "Whelks," range over the whole world, but some of the
genera are restricted. Buccinum inhabits the north and south temperate seas; Monoceros the
West Coast of America; Cassidaria the Mediterranean; Phos, Harpa, Eburna, and Ricinula,
are confined to the Pacific; Dolium inhabits the Mediterranean as well as the Pacific. There are
about 350 fossil species, mostly from the Eocene and Miocene beds.
Family 4.—CONIDÆ. (3 Genera, 850 Species.)
Distribution.—The Cones are universally distributed, but this applies only to the genus
Pleurotoma. Conus is tropical and sub-tropical, and Cithara is confined to the Philippine
Islands. There are about 460 fossil species, from the Chalk formation to the most recent
deposits.
Family 5.—VOLUTIDÆ, (5 Genera, 670 Species.)
Distribution.—The Volutes are mostly tropical; but a small species of Mitra is found at
Greenland, and a Marginella in the Mediterranean. Cymba is confined to the West Coast of
Africa and Portugal. Voluta extends south to Cape Horn. There are about 200 fossil species,
from the Chalk and Eocene to recent formations.
Family 6.—CYPRÆIDÆ. (3 Genera, 200 Species.)
Distribution.—The well-known Cowries are found all over the world, but they are much more
abundant in warm regions. One small species extends to Greenland. There are nearly 100 fossil
species, from the Chalk to the Miocene and recent formations.
Family 7.—NATICIDÆ. (5 Genera, 270 species.)
Distribution.—The Naticidæ, or Sea-snails, though most abundant in the Tropics, are found
also in temperate seas, and far into the Arctic regions. Two other genera are fossil; and there
are about 300 extinct species, ranging from the Devonian to the Pliocene formations.
Family 8.—PYRAMIDELLIDÆ. (10 Genera, 220 Species.)
Page 598
Distribution.—These turreted shells are very widely distributed both in temperate and tropical
seas; and most of the genera have also a wide range. There are about 400 extinct species, from
so far back as the Lower Silurian to the Pliocene formations.
Family 9.—CERITHIADÆ. (5 Genera, 190 Species.)
Distribution.—These are marine, estuary, or fresh-water shells, of an elongated spiral form;
they have a world-wide distribution, but are most abundant in the Tropics. Potamides (41 sp.),
is the only fresh-water genus, and is found in the rivers of Africa, India and China, to North
Australia and California. Another genus is exclusively fossil, and there are about 800 extinct
species, ranging from the Trias to the Eocene and recent formations.
Family 10.—MELANIADÆ. (3 Genera, 410 Species.)
Distribution.—Fresh-water only: lakes and rivers in warm countries, widely scattered. South
Palæarctic and Australian regions, from Spain to New Zealand; South Africa, West Africa, and
Madagascar; United States. There are about 50 fossil species, from the Wealden and Eocene to
recent formations.
Family 11.—TURRITELLIDÆ. (5 Genera, 230 Species.)
Distribution.—Universal. Cæcum is found in north temperate seas only. The other genera are
mostly tropical, but some species reach Iceland and Greenland. There are near 300 species
fossil, ranging from the Neocomian to the Pliocene formations.
Family 12.—LITTORINIDÆ. (9 Genera, 310 Species.)
Distribution.—The Littorinidæ are mostly found on the coasts in shallow water; as the
common Periwinkle (Littorina littorea). They are of world-wide distribution; but Solarium and
Phorus are tropical; while Lacuna, Skenea, and most species of Rissoa are Northern. About
180 species are fossil, ranging from the Permian to the Pliocene formations.
Family 13.—PALUDINIDÆ. (4 Genera, 217 Species.)
Distribution.—The Paludinidæ, or River-snails, are all fresh-water, and range over the whole
world. Paludina (60 sp.), is confined to the Northern Hemisphere; Ampullaria (136 sp.), is
tropical; Amphibola (3 sp.), inhabits New Zealand and the Pacific Islands; Valvata (18 sp.),
North America and Britain. There are 72 fossil species of Paludina and Valvata, in the
Wealden formation and more recent fresh-water deposits.
seas; and most of the genera have also a wide range. There are about 400 extinct species, from
so far back as the Lower Silurian to the Pliocene formations.
Family 9.—CERITHIADÆ. (5 Genera, 190 Species.)
Distribution.—These are marine, estuary, or fresh-water shells, of an elongated spiral form;
they have a world-wide distribution, but are most abundant in the Tropics. Potamides (41 sp.),
is the only fresh-water genus, and is found in the rivers of Africa, India and China, to North
Australia and California. Another genus is exclusively fossil, and there are about 800 extinct
species, ranging from the Trias to the Eocene and recent formations.
Family 10.—MELANIADÆ. (3 Genera, 410 Species.)
Distribution.—Fresh-water only: lakes and rivers in warm countries, widely scattered. South
Palæarctic and Australian regions, from Spain to New Zealand; South Africa, West Africa, and
Madagascar; United States. There are about 50 fossil species, from the Wealden and Eocene to
recent formations.
Family 11.—TURRITELLIDÆ. (5 Genera, 230 Species.)
Distribution.—Universal. Cæcum is found in north temperate seas only. The other genera are
mostly tropical, but some species reach Iceland and Greenland. There are near 300 species
fossil, ranging from the Neocomian to the Pliocene formations.
Family 12.—LITTORINIDÆ. (9 Genera, 310 Species.)
Distribution.—The Littorinidæ are mostly found on the coasts in shallow water; as the
common Periwinkle (Littorina littorea). They are of world-wide distribution; but Solarium and
Phorus are tropical; while Lacuna, Skenea, and most species of Rissoa are Northern. About
180 species are fossil, ranging from the Permian to the Pliocene formations.
Family 13.—PALUDINIDÆ. (4 Genera, 217 Species.)
Distribution.—The Paludinidæ, or River-snails, are all fresh-water, and range over the whole
world. Paludina (60 sp.), is confined to the Northern Hemisphere; Ampullaria (136 sp.), is
tropical; Amphibola (3 sp.), inhabits New Zealand and the Pacific Islands; Valvata (18 sp.),
North America and Britain. There are 72 fossil species of Paludina and Valvata, in the
Wealden formation and more recent fresh-water deposits.
Page 599
Family 14.—NERITIDÆ. (10 Genera, 320 Species.)
Distribution.—All warm seas, ranging north to Norway and the Caspian Sea. Neritina and
Navicella inhabit fresh or brackish waters, the latter confined to the countries bordering the
Indian Ocean and the islands of the Pacific. There are 80 fossil species, from the Trias, Lias,
and Eocene formations down to recent deposits.
Family 15.—TURBINIDÆ. (10 Genera, 425 Species).
Distribution.—The genus Trochus (200 sp.) has a world-wide range, but the other genera are
mostly tropical, and are most abundant in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. There are more than
900 fossil species, found in all parts of the world, from the Lower Silurian to the Tertiary
formations.
Family 16.—HALIOTIDÆ. (6 Genera, 106 Species).
Distribution.—The Ear-shells are most abundant in the Indian and Pacific Oceans; some are
found on the east coasts of the Atlantic, but there are very few in the West Indies. Ianthina (10
sp.) consists of floating oceanic snails found in the warm parts of the Atlantic. Three other
genera are fossil, and there are near 500 fossil species of this family ranging from the Lower
Silurian to the Pliocene formations.
Family 17.—FISSURELLIDÆ. (5 Genera, 200 Species).
Distribution.—All seas. Puncturella (6 sp.) is confined to Northern and Antarctic seas; Rimula
to the Philippines; and Parmophorus (15 sp.) from the Cape of Good Hope to the Philippines
and New Zealand. There are about 80 fossil species, ranging from the Carboniferous formation
to the deposits of the Glacial epoch.
Family 18.—CALYPTRÆIDÆ. (4 Genera, 125 Species).
Distribution.—The Calptræidæ, or Bonnet-Limpets, are found on the coasts of all seas from
Norway to Chili and Australia; but are most abundant within the Tropics. The genera are all
widely scattered. There are 75 fossil species, ranging from the Devonian to recent formations.
Family 19.—PATELLIDÆ. (4 Genera, 254 Species).
Distribution.—The Patellidæ, or Limpets, are universally distributed, and are as abundant in
the temperate as in tropical seas. There are about 100 fossil species, ranging from the Silurian
to the Tertiary formations.
Distribution.—All warm seas, ranging north to Norway and the Caspian Sea. Neritina and
Navicella inhabit fresh or brackish waters, the latter confined to the countries bordering the
Indian Ocean and the islands of the Pacific. There are 80 fossil species, from the Trias, Lias,
and Eocene formations down to recent deposits.
Family 15.—TURBINIDÆ. (10 Genera, 425 Species).
Distribution.—The genus Trochus (200 sp.) has a world-wide range, but the other genera are
mostly tropical, and are most abundant in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. There are more than
900 fossil species, found in all parts of the world, from the Lower Silurian to the Tertiary
formations.
Family 16.—HALIOTIDÆ. (6 Genera, 106 Species).
Distribution.—The Ear-shells are most abundant in the Indian and Pacific Oceans; some are
found on the east coasts of the Atlantic, but there are very few in the West Indies. Ianthina (10
sp.) consists of floating oceanic snails found in the warm parts of the Atlantic. Three other
genera are fossil, and there are near 500 fossil species of this family ranging from the Lower
Silurian to the Pliocene formations.
Family 17.—FISSURELLIDÆ. (5 Genera, 200 Species).
Distribution.—All seas. Puncturella (6 sp.) is confined to Northern and Antarctic seas; Rimula
to the Philippines; and Parmophorus (15 sp.) from the Cape of Good Hope to the Philippines
and New Zealand. There are about 80 fossil species, ranging from the Carboniferous formation
to the deposits of the Glacial epoch.
Family 18.—CALYPTRÆIDÆ. (4 Genera, 125 Species).
Distribution.—The Calptræidæ, or Bonnet-Limpets, are found on the coasts of all seas from
Norway to Chili and Australia; but are most abundant within the Tropics. The genera are all
widely scattered. There are 75 fossil species, ranging from the Devonian to recent formations.
Family 19.—PATELLIDÆ. (4 Genera, 254 Species).
Distribution.—The Patellidæ, or Limpets, are universally distributed, and are as abundant in
the temperate as in tropical seas. There are about 100 fossil species, ranging from the Silurian
to the Tertiary formations.
Page 600
Family 20.—DENTALIADÆ. (1 Genus, 50 Species).
Distribution.—The genus Dentalium is found in the North Atlantic, Mediterranean, West
Indies and India. There are 125 fossil species, found in various formations as far back as the
Devonian in Europe and in Chili.
Family 21.—CHITONIDÆ. (1 Genus, 250 Species).
Distribution.—On rocky shores in all parts of the world. There are 37 fossil species ranging
back to the Silurian period.
Order II.—PULMONIFERA. ("Terrestrial Molluscs.")
The Land and Fresh-water snails are so important and extensive a group, and their
classification has been so carefully studied, that their geographical distribution is a subject of
much interest. The range of the genera will therefore be given in some detail. For the Helicidæ
I follow the classical work of Albers—Die Helicien, Von Martens' Edition (1860); and for the
Operculate families, Pfeiffer's Monographia Pneumonopomorum Viventium, 2nd Supplement,
1865. The number of species is, of course, very considerably increased since these works were
published (and the probable amount of the increase I have in most cases indicated), but this
does not materially affect the great features of their geographical distribution.
Family 22.—HELICIDÆ. (33 Genera, 3,332 Species) (1860).
General Distribution.—Universal.
The Helicidæ, or Snails, are a group of immense extent and absolutely cosmopolitan in their
range, being found in the most barren deserts and on the smallest islands, all over the globe.
They reach to near the line of perpetual snow on mountains, and to the limit of trees or even
considerably beyond it, in the Arctic regions; but they are comparatively very scarce in all cold
countries. The Antilles, the Philippine Islands, Equatorial America, and the Mediterranean sub-
region are especially rich in this family. Comparatively few of the genera, and those generally
small ones, are restricted to single regions; but on the other hand very few are generally
distributed, only two—Helix and Pupa—occurring in all the six regions, while Helix alone is
truly cosmopolitan, occurring in every sub-region, in every country, and perhaps in every
island on the globe.
The Neotropical region is, on the whole, the richest in this family, the continental Equatorial
districts producing an abundance of large and handsome species, while the Antilles are pre-
eminent for the number of their peculiar forms. This region possesses 22 of the genera, and 6
of them are peculiar.
Distribution.—The genus Dentalium is found in the North Atlantic, Mediterranean, West
Indies and India. There are 125 fossil species, found in various formations as far back as the
Devonian in Europe and in Chili.
Family 21.—CHITONIDÆ. (1 Genus, 250 Species).
Distribution.—On rocky shores in all parts of the world. There are 37 fossil species ranging
back to the Silurian period.
Order II.—PULMONIFERA. ("Terrestrial Molluscs.")
The Land and Fresh-water snails are so important and extensive a group, and their
classification has been so carefully studied, that their geographical distribution is a subject of
much interest. The range of the genera will therefore be given in some detail. For the Helicidæ
I follow the classical work of Albers—Die Helicien, Von Martens' Edition (1860); and for the
Operculate families, Pfeiffer's Monographia Pneumonopomorum Viventium, 2nd Supplement,
1865. The number of species is, of course, very considerably increased since these works were
published (and the probable amount of the increase I have in most cases indicated), but this
does not materially affect the great features of their geographical distribution.
Family 22.—HELICIDÆ. (33 Genera, 3,332 Species) (1860).
General Distribution.—Universal.
The Helicidæ, or Snails, are a group of immense extent and absolutely cosmopolitan in their
range, being found in the most barren deserts and on the smallest islands, all over the globe.
They reach to near the line of perpetual snow on mountains, and to the limit of trees or even
considerably beyond it, in the Arctic regions; but they are comparatively very scarce in all cold
countries. The Antilles, the Philippine Islands, Equatorial America, and the Mediterranean sub-
region are especially rich in this family. Comparatively few of the genera, and those generally
small ones, are restricted to single regions; but on the other hand very few are generally
distributed, only two—Helix and Pupa—occurring in all the six regions, while Helix alone is
truly cosmopolitan, occurring in every sub-region, in every country, and perhaps in every
island on the globe.
The Neotropical region is, on the whole, the richest in this family, the continental Equatorial
districts producing an abundance of large and handsome species, while the Antilles are pre-
eminent for the number of their peculiar forms. This region possesses 22 of the genera, and 6
of them are peculiar.
Page 601
The Palæarctic region seems to come next in productiveness, but this may be partly owing to
its having been so thoroughly explored. It possesses 16 of the genera, and 3 of them are
confined to it. The great mass of the species are found in the warm and fertile countries
surrounding the Mediterranean Sea.
The Ethiopian region has 13 genera, only one of which is peculiar.
The Australian region has 14 genera, 2 of which are confined to the Pacific Islands.
The Oriental has 15 genera and the Nearctic 12, but in neither case are there any peculiar
generic types.
The following is the distribution of the several genera taken in the order of their magnitude:—
Helix (1,115 sp.), cosmopolitan. This genus is divided into 88 sub-genera, a number of which
have a limited distribution. An immense quantity of species have been recently described, so
that the number now exceeds 2,000.
Nanina (290 sp.) is characteristic of the Oriental and Australian regions, over the whole of
which it extends, just entering the Palæarctic region as far as North China and Japan. Isolated
from this area is a small group of 4 species occurring in West Africa. The number of species in
this genus have now been increased to about 400.
Clausilia (272 sp.) is most abundant in Europe, with a few species widely scattered in India,
Malaya, China, Japan, Equatorial America, and one in Porto Rico. The described species have
been increased to nearly 500.
Bulimulus (210 sp.) is American, and almost exclusively Neotropical, ranging from
Montevideo and Chili, to the West Indian Islands, California and Texas; with two sub-genera
confined to the Galapagos Islands. About 100 new species have been described since the issue
of the second edition of Dr. Woodward's Manual.
Pupa (210 sp.) abounds most in Europe and the Arctic regions, but has a very wide range,
being scattered throughout Africa, continental India, Australia, the Pacific Islands, North
America to Greenland, and the Antilles; but it is absent from South America, the Himalayan
and Malayan sub-regions, China and Japan. An extinct species has occurred abundantly in the
carboniferous strata of North America. About 160 additional species have been described.
Bulimus (172 sp.) abounds most in Tropical South America; it is also found from Burmah
eastward through Malaya to the Solomon and Fiji Islands; there are also scattered species in
Patagonia, St. Vincents, Texas, St. Helena, and New Zealand. More than 100 additional species
have been described.
its having been so thoroughly explored. It possesses 16 of the genera, and 3 of them are
confined to it. The great mass of the species are found in the warm and fertile countries
surrounding the Mediterranean Sea.
The Ethiopian region has 13 genera, only one of which is peculiar.
The Australian region has 14 genera, 2 of which are confined to the Pacific Islands.
The Oriental has 15 genera and the Nearctic 12, but in neither case are there any peculiar
generic types.
The following is the distribution of the several genera taken in the order of their magnitude:—
Helix (1,115 sp.), cosmopolitan. This genus is divided into 88 sub-genera, a number of which
have a limited distribution. An immense quantity of species have been recently described, so
that the number now exceeds 2,000.
Nanina (290 sp.) is characteristic of the Oriental and Australian regions, over the whole of
which it extends, just entering the Palæarctic region as far as North China and Japan. Isolated
from this area is a small group of 4 species occurring in West Africa. The number of species in
this genus have now been increased to about 400.
Clausilia (272 sp.) is most abundant in Europe, with a few species widely scattered in India,
Malaya, China, Japan, Equatorial America, and one in Porto Rico. The described species have
been increased to nearly 500.
Bulimulus (210 sp.) is American, and almost exclusively Neotropical, ranging from
Montevideo and Chili, to the West Indian Islands, California and Texas; with two sub-genera
confined to the Galapagos Islands. About 100 new species have been described since the issue
of the second edition of Dr. Woodward's Manual.
Pupa (210 sp.) abounds most in Europe and the Arctic regions, but has a very wide range,
being scattered throughout Africa, continental India, Australia, the Pacific Islands, North
America to Greenland, and the Antilles; but it is absent from South America, the Himalayan
and Malayan sub-regions, China and Japan. An extinct species has occurred abundantly in the
carboniferous strata of North America. About 160 additional species have been described.
Bulimus (172 sp.) abounds most in Tropical South America; it is also found from Burmah
eastward through Malaya to the Solomon and Fiji Islands; there are also scattered species in
Patagonia, St. Vincents, Texas, St. Helena, and New Zealand. More than 100 additional species
have been described.
Page 602
Buliminus (132 sp.) ranges from Central and South Europe over the whole Ethiopian and
Oriental regions to North China, and through the Australian to New Zealand; there is also a
single outlying species in the Galapagos Islands. About 50 more species have been described.
Cochlostyla (127 sp.) is almost peculiar to the Philippine Islands, beyond which, are a species
in Borneo, one in Java, and two in Australia. Very few new species have been added to this
genus.
Achatinella (95 sp.) is absolutely confined to the Sandwich Island group. Recent researches
have more than tripled the number of described species.
Achatina (87 sp.) is most abundant and finest in the Ethiopian region, over the whole of which
it ranges; but there are also species in Florida, the Antilles, the Sandwich Islands, Ceylon and
India. The described species are now more than doubled.
Hyalina (84 sp.) inhabits all Tropical America and the Antilles, North America to Greenland,
and Europe to the Arctic regions. Comparatively few new species have been described.
Cylindrella (83 sp.) inhabits the West Indian islands and Guatemala to Texas, with a sub-genus
in the Philippine Islands. Species since described have more than trebled the number in this
genus.
Cionella (67 sp.) is widely scattered; in India from Ceylon to the Khasia Mountains, Brazil,
New Granada, the West Indian islands, Palæarctic, and northern part of Nearctic regions,
Pacific Islands, New Zealand, and Juan Fernandez. About 20 new species have since been
described.
Glandina (66 sp.), Peru to South Carolina and the Antilles, with three species in Central Africa
and one in South Europe. About 40 species have been added to this genus.
Stenogyra (49 sp.), widely distributed: Tropical America and West Indies to Florida, South and
West Africa, the Mediterranean region, India and the Philippines. About a dozen new species
have been described.
Succinea (41 sp.), widely scattered in all the regions, and in St. Helena, Juan Fernandez, Tahiti,
Chiloe, Greenland, West Africa, Himalayas and Australia. The described species are now more
than 100.
Partula (39 sp.), Solomon Islands to Tahiti and Sandwich Islands. This genus has also been
increased to near 100 species.
Streptaxis (34 sp.), most abundant in Tropical South America, but occurs in West Africa, the
Seychelles and Rodriguez Islands, Ceylon and Burmah. It now contains over 100 described
species.
Oriental regions to North China, and through the Australian to New Zealand; there is also a
single outlying species in the Galapagos Islands. About 50 more species have been described.
Cochlostyla (127 sp.) is almost peculiar to the Philippine Islands, beyond which, are a species
in Borneo, one in Java, and two in Australia. Very few new species have been added to this
genus.
Achatinella (95 sp.) is absolutely confined to the Sandwich Island group. Recent researches
have more than tripled the number of described species.
Achatina (87 sp.) is most abundant and finest in the Ethiopian region, over the whole of which
it ranges; but there are also species in Florida, the Antilles, the Sandwich Islands, Ceylon and
India. The described species are now more than doubled.
Hyalina (84 sp.) inhabits all Tropical America and the Antilles, North America to Greenland,
and Europe to the Arctic regions. Comparatively few new species have been described.
Cylindrella (83 sp.) inhabits the West Indian islands and Guatemala to Texas, with a sub-genus
in the Philippine Islands. Species since described have more than trebled the number in this
genus.
Cionella (67 sp.) is widely scattered; in India from Ceylon to the Khasia Mountains, Brazil,
New Granada, the West Indian islands, Palæarctic, and northern part of Nearctic regions,
Pacific Islands, New Zealand, and Juan Fernandez. About 20 new species have since been
described.
Glandina (66 sp.), Peru to South Carolina and the Antilles, with three species in Central Africa
and one in South Europe. About 40 species have been added to this genus.
Stenogyra (49 sp.), widely distributed: Tropical America and West Indies to Florida, South and
West Africa, the Mediterranean region, India and the Philippines. About a dozen new species
have been described.
Succinea (41 sp.), widely scattered in all the regions, and in St. Helena, Juan Fernandez, Tahiti,
Chiloe, Greenland, West Africa, Himalayas and Australia. The described species are now more
than 100.
Partula (39 sp.), Solomon Islands to Tahiti and Sandwich Islands. This genus has also been
increased to near 100 species.
Streptaxis (34 sp.), most abundant in Tropical South America, but occurs in West Africa, the
Seychelles and Rodriguez Islands, Ceylon and Burmah. It now contains over 100 described
species.
Page 603
Spiraxis (33 sp.), Yucatan to Mexico, and less abundant in the West Indian Islands. About 20
species have been added.
Macroceramus (27 sp.), Antilles, Florida, and Peru. The species have been more than doubled.
Vitrina (26 sp.), widely scattered through North and Central Europe, North-west America and
Greenland, Abyssinia, Madagascar and South Africa, Himalayas to Burmah and Australia.
Species since described have more than doubled the number in this genus.
Orthalicus (23 sp.), Bolivia to Mexico and Antilles. This genus has been increased to about 40
species.
Sagda (19 sp.), Antilles only. Very few new species, if any, have been described.
Zonites (12 sp.), South Europe, with one species of a distinct type in Guatemala. The number
of species in this genus has been since about tripled.
Leucochroa (11 sp.), Mediterranean region to Syria and Arabia Petrea.
Simpulopsis (7 sp.), Bahia, Antilles, and far away in the Solomon Islands. Two or three have
been added.
Balea (6 sp.), Middle and North Europe, Brazil, and the Island of Tristan d'Acunha.
Daudebardia (6 sp.), Central and South Europe; and a species has since been discovered in
New Zealand.
Macrocycles (4 sp.), Chili, California, Oregon and Central North America.
Columna (3 sp.), West Africa, Princes Islands and Madagascar.
Stenopus (2 sp.), Island of St. Vincent (West Indies.)
Pfeifferia (2 sp.), Philippines and Moluccas.
Testacella (2 sp.), West Europe and Teneriffe. About 8 species have been since described,
including one from New Zealand.
Fossil species of Helix, Bulimus, Achatina, Balea, and Clausilia, are found in all the Tertiary
formations; while a species of Pupa (as already stated) occurs in the carboniferous formation.
For interesting details of the distribution of the sub-genera and species of Achatinella in the
Sandwich Islands, see a paper by Rev. J. T. Gulick in the Journal of the Linnean Society.
(Zoology, vol. xi. p. 496.)
species have been added.
Macroceramus (27 sp.), Antilles, Florida, and Peru. The species have been more than doubled.
Vitrina (26 sp.), widely scattered through North and Central Europe, North-west America and
Greenland, Abyssinia, Madagascar and South Africa, Himalayas to Burmah and Australia.
Species since described have more than doubled the number in this genus.
Orthalicus (23 sp.), Bolivia to Mexico and Antilles. This genus has been increased to about 40
species.
Sagda (19 sp.), Antilles only. Very few new species, if any, have been described.
Zonites (12 sp.), South Europe, with one species of a distinct type in Guatemala. The number
of species in this genus has been since about tripled.
Leucochroa (11 sp.), Mediterranean region to Syria and Arabia Petrea.
Simpulopsis (7 sp.), Bahia, Antilles, and far away in the Solomon Islands. Two or three have
been added.
Balea (6 sp.), Middle and North Europe, Brazil, and the Island of Tristan d'Acunha.
Daudebardia (6 sp.), Central and South Europe; and a species has since been discovered in
New Zealand.
Macrocycles (4 sp.), Chili, California, Oregon and Central North America.
Columna (3 sp.), West Africa, Princes Islands and Madagascar.
Stenopus (2 sp.), Island of St. Vincent (West Indies.)
Pfeifferia (2 sp.), Philippines and Moluccas.
Testacella (2 sp.), West Europe and Teneriffe. About 8 species have been since described,
including one from New Zealand.
Fossil species of Helix, Bulimus, Achatina, Balea, and Clausilia, are found in all the Tertiary
formations; while a species of Pupa (as already stated) occurs in the carboniferous formation.
For interesting details of the distribution of the sub-genera and species of Achatinella in the
Sandwich Islands, see a paper by Rev. J. T. Gulick in the Journal of the Linnean Society.
(Zoology, vol. xi. p. 496.)
Page 604
Family 23.—LIMACIDÆ.—(12 Genera, 116 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
———— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——3— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Limacidæ, or Slugs, are widely distributed, but they are absent from South America,
where they are represented by the next family. They also seem to be absent from the greater
part of Africa. The genera are distributed as follows:—
Limax (51 sp.), Palæarctic region, Australia and the Sandwich Islands; Anadenus (2 sp.),
Himalayas; Philomychus (9 sp.), North America, China and Java; Arion (25 sp.), Norway to
Spain and South Africa; Parmacella (7 sp.), South Europe, Canary Islands and North India;
Janella (1 sp.), New Zealand; Aneitea (1 sp.), New Hebrides and New Caledonia; Parmarion
(4 sp.), India; Triboniophorus (3 sp.), Australia; Testacella (3 sp.), South Europe, Canary
Islands, and New Zealand; Hyalimax (2 sp.), Bourbon and Mauritius; Krynickia (8 sp.),
Eastern Europe and North America. A few species of Limax, Arion, and Testacella have been
found fossil in Tertiary deposits.
Family 24.—ONCIDIADÆ. (2 Genera, 36 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 ———— 1. 2 — — ———4 1. 2. 3. 4 —2—4
The Oncidiadæ, or Slugs with a coriaceous mantle, inhabit the Oriental region, Mauritius,
Australia, the Pacific Islands, South America and South Europe. The genera are:—
Oncidium (16 sp.), South Europe (1 sp. British), Mauritius, Australia and Pacific Islands;
Vaginulus (20 sp.), Neotropical and Oriental regions.
Family 25.—LIMNÆIDÆ. (7 Genera, 332 Species.)
General Distribution.
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
———— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——3— 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Limacidæ, or Slugs, are widely distributed, but they are absent from South America,
where they are represented by the next family. They also seem to be absent from the greater
part of Africa. The genera are distributed as follows:—
Limax (51 sp.), Palæarctic region, Australia and the Sandwich Islands; Anadenus (2 sp.),
Himalayas; Philomychus (9 sp.), North America, China and Java; Arion (25 sp.), Norway to
Spain and South Africa; Parmacella (7 sp.), South Europe, Canary Islands and North India;
Janella (1 sp.), New Zealand; Aneitea (1 sp.), New Hebrides and New Caledonia; Parmarion
(4 sp.), India; Triboniophorus (3 sp.), Australia; Testacella (3 sp.), South Europe, Canary
Islands, and New Zealand; Hyalimax (2 sp.), Bourbon and Mauritius; Krynickia (8 sp.),
Eastern Europe and North America. A few species of Limax, Arion, and Testacella have been
found fossil in Tertiary deposits.
Family 24.—ONCIDIADÆ. (2 Genera, 36 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 ———— 1. 2 — — ———4 1. 2. 3. 4 —2—4
The Oncidiadæ, or Slugs with a coriaceous mantle, inhabit the Oriental region, Mauritius,
Australia, the Pacific Islands, South America and South Europe. The genera are:—
Oncidium (16 sp.), South Europe (1 sp. British), Mauritius, Australia and Pacific Islands;
Vaginulus (20 sp.), Neotropical and Oriental regions.
Family 25.—LIMNÆIDÆ. (7 Genera, 332 Species.)
General Distribution.
Page 605
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——3— 1. 2. 3. 4 ————
The Limnæidæ, or Fresh-water Snails, inhabit ponds and rivers in most parts of the world, but
appear to be absent from the Australian region. The genera are distributed as follows:—
Limnæa (95 sp.), Nearctic, Palæarctic, and Oriental regions; Choanomphalos (2 sp.), Lake
Baikal; Pompholyx (2 sp.), Western America; Chilinia (18 sp.), South America; Physa (20 sp.),
Nearctic, Palæarctic, Ethiopian and Oriental regions, and extends to above 73° North Latitude
in Siberia, being the most Arctic of land or fresh-water shells; Ancylus (49 sp.), Nearctic and
Neotropical regions, Europe and New Zealand; Planorbis (145 sp.), Nearctic, Palæarctic and
Oriental regions. Several genera are found fossil, chiefly in the Wealden, Eocene, and Miocene
formations.
Family 26.—AURICULIDÆ. (3 Genera, 210 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1——4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — 4
The Auriculidæ are chiefly found near the sea in hot countries, and are most abundant in the
Eastern tropics. They are absent from the East coast of South America. The genera have a
somewhat restricted distribution as follows:—
Auricula (128 sp.), India, Pacific Islands, Peru and West Indies; Melampus (56 sp.), West
Indies and Europe; Carychium (9 sp.), Europe and North America; Plectrotrema (14 sp.),
Australia, Malay Islands, China, Cuba; Blauneria (2 sp.), West Indian and Sandwich Islands.
There are many fossil species ranging back to the Eocene formation.
Family 27.—ACICULIDÆ. (4 Genera, 65 Species.) (1865.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — — 1. 2 — 4 ———4 —2—4 1. 2. 3 —
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 ——3— 1. 2. 3. 4 ————
The Limnæidæ, or Fresh-water Snails, inhabit ponds and rivers in most parts of the world, but
appear to be absent from the Australian region. The genera are distributed as follows:—
Limnæa (95 sp.), Nearctic, Palæarctic, and Oriental regions; Choanomphalos (2 sp.), Lake
Baikal; Pompholyx (2 sp.), Western America; Chilinia (18 sp.), South America; Physa (20 sp.),
Nearctic, Palæarctic, Ethiopian and Oriental regions, and extends to above 73° North Latitude
in Siberia, being the most Arctic of land or fresh-water shells; Ancylus (49 sp.), Nearctic and
Neotropical regions, Europe and New Zealand; Planorbis (145 sp.), Nearctic, Palæarctic and
Oriental regions. Several genera are found fossil, chiefly in the Wealden, Eocene, and Miocene
formations.
Family 26.—AURICULIDÆ. (3 Genera, 210 Species.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
1——4 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — — 1. 2. 3 — 1. 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — 4
The Auriculidæ are chiefly found near the sea in hot countries, and are most abundant in the
Eastern tropics. They are absent from the East coast of South America. The genera have a
somewhat restricted distribution as follows:—
Auricula (128 sp.), India, Pacific Islands, Peru and West Indies; Melampus (56 sp.), West
Indies and Europe; Carychium (9 sp.), Europe and North America; Plectrotrema (14 sp.),
Australia, Malay Islands, China, Cuba; Blauneria (2 sp.), West Indian and Sandwich Islands.
There are many fossil species ranging back to the Eocene formation.
Family 27.—ACICULIDÆ. (4 Genera, 65 Species.) (1865.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 1. 2 — — 1. 2 — 4 ———4 —2—4 1. 2. 3 —
Page 606
The Aciculidæ are small cylindrical shells chiefly found in the West Indian Islands, but with
representatives widely scattered over the globe.
Acicula (5 sp.) is European only; Geomelania (21 sp.), and Chittya (1 sp.), are confined to the
Island of Jamaica; Truncatella (38 sp.), is most abundant in the Antilles, but is also found in
some part of each of the six regions, as indicated by the diagram of the family. But few new
species have been added to this group.
Family 28.—DIPLOMMATINIDÆ. (3 Genera, 23 Species.) (1865.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2—— ———— ———— ———— 1 — 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Diplommatinidæ are minute shells of the Oriental and Australian regions.
Diplommatina (18 sp.) inhabits India to Burmah, and the greater part of the Australian region;
the number of species has now been doubled, and one has been discovered in the island of
Trinidad; Clostophis (1 sp.), Moulmein; Paxillus (3 sp.), Borneo, Hong Kong, and Loo Choo
Islands.
Family 29.—CYCLOSTOMIDÆ. (41 Genera, 1009 Species.) (1865.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——3— ———4 — — 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1———
This extensive group, comprising the largest of the operculated land-shells, is especially
characteristic of the Oriental region, which possesses 25 genera, no less than 12 of them being
wholly confined to it. The Neotropical region comes next, with 15 genera, 9 of which are
peculiar; but a large number of these are confined to the West Indian Islands, South America
itself being very poor in this group. The Palæarctic region has 3 peculiar genera; the Ethiopian
and Australian 1 each. The Nearctic region has but a single West Indian species in Florida. The
distribution of the genera is as follows:—
representatives widely scattered over the globe.
Acicula (5 sp.) is European only; Geomelania (21 sp.), and Chittya (1 sp.), are confined to the
Island of Jamaica; Truncatella (38 sp.), is most abundant in the Antilles, but is also found in
some part of each of the six regions, as indicated by the diagram of the family. But few new
species have been added to this group.
Family 28.—DIPLOMMATINIDÆ. (3 Genera, 23 Species.) (1865.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
—2—— ———— ———— ———— 1 — 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4
The Diplommatinidæ are minute shells of the Oriental and Australian regions.
Diplommatina (18 sp.) inhabits India to Burmah, and the greater part of the Australian region;
the number of species has now been doubled, and one has been discovered in the island of
Trinidad; Clostophis (1 sp.), Moulmein; Paxillus (3 sp.), Borneo, Hong Kong, and Loo Choo
Islands.
Family 29.—CYCLOSTOMIDÆ. (41 Genera, 1009 Species.) (1865.)
General Distribution.
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——3— ———4 — — 3. 4 1. 2. 3. 4 1———
This extensive group, comprising the largest of the operculated land-shells, is especially
characteristic of the Oriental region, which possesses 25 genera, no less than 12 of them being
wholly confined to it. The Neotropical region comes next, with 15 genera, 9 of which are
peculiar; but a large number of these are confined to the West Indian Islands, South America
itself being very poor in this group. The Palæarctic region has 3 peculiar genera; the Ethiopian
and Australian 1 each. The Nearctic region has but a single West Indian species in Florida. The
distribution of the genera is as follows:—
Page 607
Peculiar to or characteristic of the Oriental region are, Opisthoporus (11 sp.), Rhiostoma (6
sp.), Alycaeus (39 sp.), Opisthostoma (1 sp.), Hybocistis (3 sp.), Pterocyclos (19 sp.),
extending to the Moluccas; Aulopoma (4 sp.), Dermatocera (4 sp.), Leptopoma (54 sp.),
extending west to the Seychelles and east to the Moluccas and New Guinea; Cyclophorus (163
sp.), most abundant in the Oriental region, but ranges to Japan, to Chili, and all Tropical
America, over the whole Australian region, and to Natal and Madagascar; Cataulus (15 sp.),
confined to Ceylon, the Neilgherries and Nicobar Islands; Rhaphaulus (4 sp.), Penang to
Ceram; Streptaulus (1 sp.), Arinia (3 sp.), Pupinella (2 sp.), Pupina (24 sp.), half in North
India to Philippines and Japan, the other half in Moluccas, New Guinea and Australia;
Cyclotopsis (2 sp.), India and Malaya; Registoma (9 sp.), Philippines and Moluccas, New
Caledonia and Pacific.
Characteristic of the Neotropical region are:—Cyclotus (111 sp.), half in the Antilles and
Tropical America, the rest in the Moluccas, China, Malaya, India, Natal, and the Seychelle
Islands; Megalomastoma (27 sp.), abundant in Cuba, West Indies and South America, others in
India, Malaya, and Mauritius; Jamaicia (2 sp.), Jamaica; Licina (5 sp.), Antilles; Choanopoma
(49 sp.), Antilles; Ctenopoma (25 sp.), Antilles; Diplopoma (1 sp.), Cuba; Adamsiella (15 sp.),
Jamaica, Cuba, Guatemala; Cyclostomus (113 sp.), abundant in Antilles, also occurs in
Madagascar, Arabia, Syria, Hungary and New Zealand; Tudora (34 sp.), Antilles, and one
species in Algeria; Cistula (40 sp.), Chondropoma (94 sp.), Bourcieria (2 sp.), Tropical
America.
Peculiar to or characteristic of the Palæarctic region are:—Craspedopoma (5 sp.), confined to
Madeira, the Azores and Canaries; Leonia (1 sp.), Spain and Algeria; Pomatias (22 sp.),
Europe and Canaries with a species in the Himalayas; Cecina (1 sp.), Manchuria.
The Ethiopian region has the peculiar genus Lithodion (5 sp.), Madagascar, Socotra and
Arabia; and Otopoma (19 sp.), Mascarene Islands and Socotra, with a species in Western India
and another in New Ireland.
The Australian region is characterised by Callia (3 sp.), in Ceram, Australia, and the
Philippines respectively; Realia (7 sp.), New Zealand and the Marquesas Islands;
Omphalotropis (38 sp.), the Australian region, with some species in India, Malaya, and the
Mauritius.
The remaining genus, Hydrocena (27 sp.), has a very widely scattered distribution, being
found in South Europe, Japan, the Cape, China, Malaya, New Zealand, the Pacific Islands and
Chili. From 10 to 20 per cent. of new species have been since described in most of the genera
of this family.
Family 30.—HELICINIDÆ. (7 Genera, 433 Species.) (1868.)
General Distribution.
sp.), Alycaeus (39 sp.), Opisthostoma (1 sp.), Hybocistis (3 sp.), Pterocyclos (19 sp.),
extending to the Moluccas; Aulopoma (4 sp.), Dermatocera (4 sp.), Leptopoma (54 sp.),
extending west to the Seychelles and east to the Moluccas and New Guinea; Cyclophorus (163
sp.), most abundant in the Oriental region, but ranges to Japan, to Chili, and all Tropical
America, over the whole Australian region, and to Natal and Madagascar; Cataulus (15 sp.),
confined to Ceylon, the Neilgherries and Nicobar Islands; Rhaphaulus (4 sp.), Penang to
Ceram; Streptaulus (1 sp.), Arinia (3 sp.), Pupinella (2 sp.), Pupina (24 sp.), half in North
India to Philippines and Japan, the other half in Moluccas, New Guinea and Australia;
Cyclotopsis (2 sp.), India and Malaya; Registoma (9 sp.), Philippines and Moluccas, New
Caledonia and Pacific.
Characteristic of the Neotropical region are:—Cyclotus (111 sp.), half in the Antilles and
Tropical America, the rest in the Moluccas, China, Malaya, India, Natal, and the Seychelle
Islands; Megalomastoma (27 sp.), abundant in Cuba, West Indies and South America, others in
India, Malaya, and Mauritius; Jamaicia (2 sp.), Jamaica; Licina (5 sp.), Antilles; Choanopoma
(49 sp.), Antilles; Ctenopoma (25 sp.), Antilles; Diplopoma (1 sp.), Cuba; Adamsiella (15 sp.),
Jamaica, Cuba, Guatemala; Cyclostomus (113 sp.), abundant in Antilles, also occurs in
Madagascar, Arabia, Syria, Hungary and New Zealand; Tudora (34 sp.), Antilles, and one
species in Algeria; Cistula (40 sp.), Chondropoma (94 sp.), Bourcieria (2 sp.), Tropical
America.
Peculiar to or characteristic of the Palæarctic region are:—Craspedopoma (5 sp.), confined to
Madeira, the Azores and Canaries; Leonia (1 sp.), Spain and Algeria; Pomatias (22 sp.),
Europe and Canaries with a species in the Himalayas; Cecina (1 sp.), Manchuria.
The Ethiopian region has the peculiar genus Lithodion (5 sp.), Madagascar, Socotra and
Arabia; and Otopoma (19 sp.), Mascarene Islands and Socotra, with a species in Western India
and another in New Ireland.
The Australian region is characterised by Callia (3 sp.), in Ceram, Australia, and the
Philippines respectively; Realia (7 sp.), New Zealand and the Marquesas Islands;
Omphalotropis (38 sp.), the Australian region, with some species in India, Malaya, and the
Mauritius.
The remaining genus, Hydrocena (27 sp.), has a very widely scattered distribution, being
found in South Europe, Japan, the Cape, China, Malaya, New Zealand, the Pacific Islands and
Chili. From 10 to 20 per cent. of new species have been since described in most of the genera
of this family.
Family 30.—HELICINIDÆ. (7 Genera, 433 Species.) (1868.)
General Distribution.
Page 608
Neotropical Nearctic Palæarctic Ethiopian Oriental Australian
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——3— ———— ———— — — 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
The Helicinidæ are very characteristic of the Antilles, comparatively few being found in any
other part of the world except the Islands of the Pacific. The genera are:—
Trochatella (33 sp.), Antilles with a species in Venezuela, and another in Cambodja; Lucidella
(5 sp.), Antilles; Helicina (274 sp.), Antilles, Pacific Islands, Tropical America, Southern
United States, Moluccas, Australia, Philippines, Java, Andaman Islands and North China;
Schasicheila (5 sp.), Mexico, Guatemala and Bahamas; Alcadia (28 sp.), Antilles; Georissa (5
sp.) Moulmein to Burmah. About 10 per cent. of new species appear to have been since
described in the larger genera of this family.
General Observations on the Distribution of the Land Mollusca.
A consideration of the distribution of the families and genera of land-shells shows us, that
although they possess some special features, yet they agree in many respects with the higher
animals in their limitation by great natural barriers, such as oceans, deserts, mountain ranges,
and climatal zones. A remarkable point in the distribution of these animals, is the number of
genera which have a very limited range, and also the prevalence of genera having species
scattered, as it were at random, all over the earth. No less than 14 genera (or about one-sixth of
the whole number) are confined to the Antilles, while the greater part of the sub-genera of
modern authors are restricted to limited areas.
If we first compare the New World with the Old, we find the difference as regards genera quite
as great as in most of the vertebrates. In the Helicidæ, 10 genera are confined to the New, and
7 to the Old World, 16 being common to both. In the Operculata the number of genera of
restricted range is greater,—the New World having 15, the Old World 32 genera, only 8 being
common to both. Of the New World genera 12 out of the 15 do not occur at all in South
America; and of those of the Old World, 22 out of the 32 occur in a single region only. If we
take the northern and southern division proposed by Professor Huxley (the latter comprising
the Australian and Neotropical regions), we find a much less well-marked diversity. Among
the Helicidæ only 4 are exclusively northern, 8 southern; while among the Operculata 22 are
northern, 16 southern. The best way to compare these two kinds of primary division will be to
leave out all those genera confined to a single region each, and to take account only of those
characteristic of two or more of the combined regions; which will evidently show which
division is the most natural one for this group. The result is as follows:—
Genera common to two or more Regions in, and confined to, each Primary Division of the
Earth.
Helicidæ Operculata. Totals.
Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions. Sub-regions.
— 2. 3. 4 ——3— ———— ———— — — 3. 4 1. 2. 3 —
The Helicinidæ are very characteristic of the Antilles, comparatively few being found in any
other part of the world except the Islands of the Pacific. The genera are:—
Trochatella (33 sp.), Antilles with a species in Venezuela, and another in Cambodja; Lucidella
(5 sp.), Antilles; Helicina (274 sp.), Antilles, Pacific Islands, Tropical America, Southern
United States, Moluccas, Australia, Philippines, Java, Andaman Islands and North China;
Schasicheila (5 sp.), Mexico, Guatemala and Bahamas; Alcadia (28 sp.), Antilles; Georissa (5
sp.) Moulmein to Burmah. About 10 per cent. of new species appear to have been since
described in the larger genera of this family.
General Observations on the Distribution of the Land Mollusca.
A consideration of the distribution of the families and genera of land-shells shows us, that
although they possess some special features, yet they agree in many respects with the higher
animals in their limitation by great natural barriers, such as oceans, deserts, mountain ranges,
and climatal zones. A remarkable point in the distribution of these animals, is the number of
genera which have a very limited range, and also the prevalence of genera having species
scattered, as it were at random, all over the earth. No less than 14 genera (or about one-sixth of
the whole number) are confined to the Antilles, while the greater part of the sub-genera of
modern authors are restricted to limited areas.
If we first compare the New World with the Old, we find the difference as regards genera quite
as great as in most of the vertebrates. In the Helicidæ, 10 genera are confined to the New, and
7 to the Old World, 16 being common to both. In the Operculata the number of genera of
restricted range is greater,—the New World having 15, the Old World 32 genera, only 8 being
common to both. Of the New World genera 12 out of the 15 do not occur at all in South
America; and of those of the Old World, 22 out of the 32 occur in a single region only. If we
take the northern and southern division proposed by Professor Huxley (the latter comprising
the Australian and Neotropical regions), we find a much less well-marked diversity. Among
the Helicidæ only 4 are exclusively northern, 8 southern; while among the Operculata 22 are
northern, 16 southern. The best way to compare these two kinds of primary division will be to
leave out all those genera confined to a single region each, and to take account only of those
characteristic of two or more of the combined regions; which will evidently show which
division is the most natural one for this group. The result is as follows:—
Genera common to two or more Regions in, and confined to, each Primary Division of the
Earth.
Helicidæ Operculata. Totals.
Page 609
Northern 0 0 0
Southern 0 0 0
Old World 1 12 13
New World 4 0 4
We find then that the northern and southern division of the globe is not at all supported by the
distribution of the terrestrial molluscs. It is indeed very remarkable, that the connection so
apparent in many groups between Australia and South America is so scantily indicated here.
The only facts supporting it seem to be, the occurrence of Geotrochus (a sub-genus of Helix)
in Brazil, as well as in the Austro-Malayan and West Pacific Islands and North Australia; and
of Bulimus in the same two parts of the globe, but peculiar sub-genera in each. But in neither
case is there any affinity shown between the temperate portions of the two regions, so that we
must probably trace this resemblance to some more ancient diffusion of types than that which
led to the similarity of plants and insects. Still more curious is the entire absence of genera
confined to, and characteristic of Africa and India. One small sub-genus of Helix, (Rachis),
and one of Achatina, (Homorus), appear to have this distribution,—a fact of but little
significance when we find another sub-genus of Helix, (Hapalus), common and confined to
Guinea and the Philippine Islands; and when we consider the many other cases of scattered
distribution which cannot be held to indicate any real connection between the countries
implicated. No genus is confined to the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions as a whole. A large
number of sub-genera, many of them of considerable extent, are peculiar to one or other of
these regions, but only 3 sub-genera of Helix and 2 of Pupa are common and peculiar to the
two combined, and these are always such as have an Arctic range and whose distribution
therefore offers no difficulty.
We find, then, that each of our six regions and almost all of our sub-regions are distinctly
confirmed by the distribution of the terrestrial mollusca; while the different combinations of
them which have at various times been suggested, receive little or no support whatever. Even
those remarkably isolated sub-regions, New Zealand and Madagascar, have no strictly peculiar
genera of land-shells, although they both possess several peculiar sub-genera; being thus
inferior in isolation to some single West Indian Islands, to the Sandwich Islands, and even to
the North Atlantic Islands (Canaries, Madeira, and Azores), each of which have peculiar
genera. This of course, only indicates that the means by which land mollusca have been
dispersed are somewhat special and peculiar. To determine in what this speciality consists we
must consider some of the features of the specific distribution of this group.
The range of genera, and even of sub-genera is, as we have seen, often wide and erratic, but as
a general rule the species have a very restricted area.
Hardly a small island on the globe but has some land-shells peculiar to it. Juan Fernandez has
20 species, all peculiar. Madeira and Porto Santo have 109 peculiar species out of a total of
134. Every little valley, plain, or hill-top, in the Sandwich Islands, though only a few square
miles in extent, has its peculiar species of Achatinella. Another striking feature of the
distribution of land molluscs, is the richness of islands as compared with continents. The
Philippines contain more species than all India; and those of the Antilles according to Mr.
Southern 0 0 0
Old World 1 12 13
New World 4 0 4
We find then that the northern and southern division of the globe is not at all supported by the
distribution of the terrestrial molluscs. It is indeed very remarkable, that the connection so
apparent in many groups between Australia and South America is so scantily indicated here.
The only facts supporting it seem to be, the occurrence of Geotrochus (a sub-genus of Helix)
in Brazil, as well as in the Austro-Malayan and West Pacific Islands and North Australia; and
of Bulimus in the same two parts of the globe, but peculiar sub-genera in each. But in neither
case is there any affinity shown between the temperate portions of the two regions, so that we
must probably trace this resemblance to some more ancient diffusion of types than that which
led to the similarity of plants and insects. Still more curious is the entire absence of genera
confined to, and characteristic of Africa and India. One small sub-genus of Helix, (Rachis),
and one of Achatina, (Homorus), appear to have this distribution,—a fact of but little
significance when we find another sub-genus of Helix, (Hapalus), common and confined to
Guinea and the Philippine Islands; and when we consider the many other cases of scattered
distribution which cannot be held to indicate any real connection between the countries
implicated. No genus is confined to the Palæarctic and Nearctic regions as a whole. A large
number of sub-genera, many of them of considerable extent, are peculiar to one or other of
these regions, but only 3 sub-genera of Helix and 2 of Pupa are common and peculiar to the
two combined, and these are always such as have an Arctic range and whose distribution
therefore offers no difficulty.
We find, then, that each of our six regions and almost all of our sub-regions are distinctly
confirmed by the distribution of the terrestrial mollusca; while the different combinations of
them which have at various times been suggested, receive little or no support whatever. Even
those remarkably isolated sub-regions, New Zealand and Madagascar, have no strictly peculiar
genera of land-shells, although they both possess several peculiar sub-genera; being thus
inferior in isolation to some single West Indian Islands, to the Sandwich Islands, and even to
the North Atlantic Islands (Canaries, Madeira, and Azores), each of which have peculiar
genera. This of course, only indicates that the means by which land mollusca have been
dispersed are somewhat special and peculiar. To determine in what this speciality consists we
must consider some of the features of the specific distribution of this group.
The range of genera, and even of sub-genera is, as we have seen, often wide and erratic, but as
a general rule the species have a very restricted area.
Hardly a small island on the globe but has some land-shells peculiar to it. Juan Fernandez has
20 species, all peculiar. Madeira and Porto Santo have 109 peculiar species out of a total of
134. Every little valley, plain, or hill-top, in the Sandwich Islands, though only a few square
miles in extent, has its peculiar species of Achatinella. Another striking feature of the
distribution of land molluscs, is the richness of islands as compared with continents. The
Philippines contain more species than all India; and those of the Antilles according to Mr.
Page 610
Bland almost exactly equal the numbers found in the entire American continent from
Greenland to Patagonia. Taking the whole world, it appears that many more species of land-
shells are found in the islands than on the continents of the globe, a peculiarity that obtains in
no other extensive group of animals.
Looking at these facts it seems probable, that the air-breathing molluscs have been chiefly
distributed by air- or water-carriage, rather than by voluntary dispersal on the land. Even seas
and oceans have not formed impassable barriers to their diffusion; whereas they only spread on
dry land with excessive slowness and difficulty. The exact mode in which their diffusion is
effected is not known, and it may depend on rare and exceptional circumstances; but it seems
likely to occur in two ways. Snails frequently conceal themselves in crevices of trees or under
bark, or attach themselves to stems or foliage, and either by their operculum or mucous
diaphragm, are able to protect themselves from the injurious effects of salt water for long
periods. They might therefore, under favourable conditions, be drifted across arms of the sea
or from island to island; while wherever there are large rivers and occasional floods, they
would by similar means be widely scattered over land areas. Another possible mode of
distribution is by means of storms and hurricanes, which would carry the smaller species for
long distances, and might occasionally transport the eggs of the larger forms. Aquatic birds
might occasionally get both shells and eggs attached to their feet or their plumage, and convey
them across a wide extent of sea. But whether these, or some other unknown agency has acted,
the facts of distribution clearly imply that some means of transport over water is, and has been,
the chief agent in the distribution of these animals; but that its action is very rare or
intermittent, so that its effects are hardly perceptible in the distribution of single species.
Another important factor in enabling us to account for the distribution of these animals is the
geological antiquity of the group, and the amount of change exhibited in time, by species and
genera. Now we find that most of the genera of land-shells range back to the Eocene period,
while those inhabiting fresh water are found almost unchanged in the Wealden. In North
America a species of Pupa and one of Zonites, have been discovered in the coal measures,
along with Labyrinthodonts; and this fact seems to imply, that many more terrestrial molluscs
would be discovered, if fresh-water deposits, made under favourable conditions, were more
frequently met with in the older rocks. If then the existing groups of land-molluscs are of such
vast antiquity, and possess some means, however rarely occurring, of crossing seas and oceans,
we need not wonder at the wide and erratic distribution now presented by so many of the
groups; and we must not expect them to conform very closely to those regions which limit the
range of animals of higher organization and less antiquity.
The total number of species of pulmoniferous mollusca is about 7,000, according to the
estimate of Mr. Woodward, brought down to 1868 by Mr. Tate. But this number would be
largely increased if the estimates of specialists were taken. Mr. Woodward for example, gives
760 as the number of species in the West Indian Islands; whereas Mr. Thomas Bland, who has
made the shells of these islands a special study, considers that there were 1,340 species in
1866. So, the land-shells of the Sandwich Islands are given at 267; but Mr. Gulick has added
120 species of Achatinellidæ, bringing the numbers up to nearly 400,—but no doubt several of
these are so closely related that many conchologists would class them as varieties. The land-
shell fauna of the Antilles is undoubtedly the most remarkable in the world, and it has been
Greenland to Patagonia. Taking the whole world, it appears that many more species of land-
shells are found in the islands than on the continents of the globe, a peculiarity that obtains in
no other extensive group of animals.
Looking at these facts it seems probable, that the air-breathing molluscs have been chiefly
distributed by air- or water-carriage, rather than by voluntary dispersal on the land. Even seas
and oceans have not formed impassable barriers to their diffusion; whereas they only spread on
dry land with excessive slowness and difficulty. The exact mode in which their diffusion is
effected is not known, and it may depend on rare and exceptional circumstances; but it seems
likely to occur in two ways. Snails frequently conceal themselves in crevices of trees or under
bark, or attach themselves to stems or foliage, and either by their operculum or mucous
diaphragm, are able to protect themselves from the injurious effects of salt water for long
periods. They might therefore, under favourable conditions, be drifted across arms of the sea
or from island to island; while wherever there are large rivers and occasional floods, they
would by similar means be widely scattered over land areas. Another possible mode of
distribution is by means of storms and hurricanes, which would carry the smaller species for
long distances, and might occasionally transport the eggs of the larger forms. Aquatic birds
might occasionally get both shells and eggs attached to their feet or their plumage, and convey
them across a wide extent of sea. But whether these, or some other unknown agency has acted,
the facts of distribution clearly imply that some means of transport over water is, and has been,
the chief agent in the distribution of these animals; but that its action is very rare or
intermittent, so that its effects are hardly perceptible in the distribution of single species.
Another important factor in enabling us to account for the distribution of these animals is the
geological antiquity of the group, and the amount of change exhibited in time, by species and
genera. Now we find that most of the genera of land-shells range back to the Eocene period,
while those inhabiting fresh water are found almost unchanged in the Wealden. In North
America a species of Pupa and one of Zonites, have been discovered in the coal measures,
along with Labyrinthodonts; and this fact seems to imply, that many more terrestrial molluscs
would be discovered, if fresh-water deposits, made under favourable conditions, were more
frequently met with in the older rocks. If then the existing groups of land-molluscs are of such
vast antiquity, and possess some means, however rarely occurring, of crossing seas and oceans,
we need not wonder at the wide and erratic distribution now presented by so many of the
groups; and we must not expect them to conform very closely to those regions which limit the
range of animals of higher organization and less antiquity.
The total number of species of pulmoniferous mollusca is about 7,000, according to the
estimate of Mr. Woodward, brought down to 1868 by Mr. Tate. But this number would be
largely increased if the estimates of specialists were taken. Mr. Woodward for example, gives
760 as the number of species in the West Indian Islands; whereas Mr. Thomas Bland, who has
made the shells of these islands a special study, considers that there were 1,340 species in
1866. So, the land-shells of the Sandwich Islands are given at 267; but Mr. Gulick has added
120 species of Achatinellidæ, bringing the numbers up to nearly 400,—but no doubt several of
these are so closely related that many conchologists would class them as varieties. The land-
shell fauna of the Antilles is undoubtedly the most remarkable in the world, and it has been
Page 611
made the subject of much interesting discussion by Mr. Bland and others. This fauna differs
from that of all other parts of the globe in the proportions of the operculate to the inoperculate
shells. The Operculata of the globe are about one-seventh, the Inoperculata about six-sevenths
of the whole; and some general approximation to this proportion (or a much smaller one)
exists in almost all the continents, islands, and archipelagoes. In the Philippines, for example,
the proportion of the Operculata is a little more than one-seventh; in the Mauritius, between
one-third and one-fourth; in Madeira, one-fourteenth; in the whole American continent about
one-eighth; but when we come to the Antilles we find them to amount to nearly five-sixths,
about half the Operculata of the globe being found there!
Mr. Bland endeavours to ascertain the source of some of the chief genera found in the West
Indian Islands, on the principle that "each genus has had its origin where the greatest number
of species is found;" and then proceeds to determine that some have had an African, some an
Asiatic, and some an American origin, while others are truly indigenous. But we fear there is
no such simple way of arriving at so important a result; and in the case of groups of extreme
antiquity like the genera of mollusca, it would seem quite as possible that the origin of a genus
is generally not where the greatest number of species are now found. For during the repeated
changes of physical conditions that have everywhere occurred since the Eocene period (to go
no further back) every genus must have made extensive migrations, and have often become
largely developed in some other district than that in which it first appeared. As a proof of this,
we not unfrequently find fossil shells where the species and even the genus now no longer
exists; as Auricula, found fossil in Europe, but only living in the Malay and Pacific Islands;
Anastoma and Megaspira, now peculiar to Brazil, but fossil in the Eocene of France; and
Proserpina of the West Indies, found in the Eocene formation of the Isle of Wight. The only
means by which the origin of a genus can satisfactorily be arrived at, is by tracing back its
fossil remains step by step to an earlier form; and this we have at present no means of doing in
the case of the land-shells. Taking existing species as our guide we should certainly have
imagined that the genus Equus originated in Africa or Central Asia; but recent discoveries of
numerous extinct species and of less specialized forms of the same type, seem to indicate that
it originated in North America, and that the whole tribe of "horses" may be, for anything we
yet know to the contrary, recent immigrants into the Old World! This example alone must
convince us, that it is impossible to form any conclusion as to the origin of a genus, from the
distribution of existing species only.
The general conclusion we arrive at, therefore, is, that the causes that have led to the existing
distribution of the genera and higher groups of the terrestrial mollusca are so complex, and
have acted through such long periods, that most of the barriers which limit the range of other
terrestrial animals do not apply to them, although the species are, in most cases, strictly limited
by them. Some means of diffusion—which, though probably acting very slowly and at long
intervals, and more powerfully on continents than between islands, is yet highly efficient when
we consider the long duration of genera—has, to a considerable extent, dispersed them across
continents, seas, and oceans. On the other hand, those mountain barriers which separate many
groups of the higher vertebrates, are generally less ancient than the genera of land-shells,
which are thus often distributed independently of them. In order to compare the distribution of
the terrestrial mollusca on equal terms with those of land animals generally, we must take
genera of the former as equivalent to family groups of the latter; and we shall, I believe, then
from that of all other parts of the globe in the proportions of the operculate to the inoperculate
shells. The Operculata of the globe are about one-seventh, the Inoperculata about six-sevenths
of the whole; and some general approximation to this proportion (or a much smaller one)
exists in almost all the continents, islands, and archipelagoes. In the Philippines, for example,
the proportion of the Operculata is a little more than one-seventh; in the Mauritius, between
one-third and one-fourth; in Madeira, one-fourteenth; in the whole American continent about
one-eighth; but when we come to the Antilles we find them to amount to nearly five-sixths,
about half the Operculata of the globe being found there!
Mr. Bland endeavours to ascertain the source of some of the chief genera found in the West
Indian Islands, on the principle that "each genus has had its origin where the greatest number
of species is found;" and then proceeds to determine that some have had an African, some an
Asiatic, and some an American origin, while others are truly indigenous. But we fear there is
no such simple way of arriving at so important a result; and in the case of groups of extreme
antiquity like the genera of mollusca, it would seem quite as possible that the origin of a genus
is generally not where the greatest number of species are now found. For during the repeated
changes of physical conditions that have everywhere occurred since the Eocene period (to go
no further back) every genus must have made extensive migrations, and have often become
largely developed in some other district than that in which it first appeared. As a proof of this,
we not unfrequently find fossil shells where the species and even the genus now no longer
exists; as Auricula, found fossil in Europe, but only living in the Malay and Pacific Islands;
Anastoma and Megaspira, now peculiar to Brazil, but fossil in the Eocene of France; and
Proserpina of the West Indies, found in the Eocene formation of the Isle of Wight. The only
means by which the origin of a genus can satisfactorily be arrived at, is by tracing back its
fossil remains step by step to an earlier form; and this we have at present no means of doing in
the case of the land-shells. Taking existing species as our guide we should certainly have
imagined that the genus Equus originated in Africa or Central Asia; but recent discoveries of
numerous extinct species and of less specialized forms of the same type, seem to indicate that
it originated in North America, and that the whole tribe of "horses" may be, for anything we
yet know to the contrary, recent immigrants into the Old World! This example alone must
convince us, that it is impossible to form any conclusion as to the origin of a genus, from the
distribution of existing species only.
The general conclusion we arrive at, therefore, is, that the causes that have led to the existing
distribution of the genera and higher groups of the terrestrial mollusca are so complex, and
have acted through such long periods, that most of the barriers which limit the range of other
terrestrial animals do not apply to them, although the species are, in most cases, strictly limited
by them. Some means of diffusion—which, though probably acting very slowly and at long
intervals, and more powerfully on continents than between islands, is yet highly efficient when
we consider the long duration of genera—has, to a considerable extent, dispersed them across
continents, seas, and oceans. On the other hand, those mountain barriers which separate many
groups of the higher vertebrates, are generally less ancient than the genera of land-shells,
which are thus often distributed independently of them. In order to compare the distribution of
the terrestrial mollusca on equal terms with those of land animals generally, we must take
genera of the former as equivalent to family groups of the latter; and we shall, I believe, then
Page 612
find that the distribution of the sub-genera and smaller groups of species do accord mainly
with those divisions of the earth into regions and sub-regions which we have here indicated.
Mr. Harper Pease, in a communication on Polynesian Land Shells in the Proceedings of the
Zoological Society for 1871 (p. 449), marks out the limits of the Polynesian sub-region, so as
exactly to agree with that arrived at here from a consideration of the distribution of vertebrata;
and he says that this sub-region, (or region, as he terms it) is distinctly characterised by its
land-shells from all the surrounding regions. The genera (or sub-genera) Partula, Pitys,
Achatinella, Palaina, Omphalotropis, and many others, are either wholly confined to this sub-
region or highly characteristic of it. Mr. Binney, in his Catalogue of the Air-breathing Molluscs
of North America, marks out our Nearctic region (with almost identical limits) as most clearly
characterised. He also arrives at a series of sub-divisions, which generally (though not exactly)
agree with the sub-regions which I have here adopted. The Palæarctic, the Ethiopian, and the
Oriental regions, are also generally admitted to be well characterised by their terrestrial
molluscs. There only remain the Australian and the Neotropical regions, in which some want
of homogeneity is apparent, owing to the vast development and specialisation of certain
groups in the islands which belong to these regions. The Antilles, on the one hand, and the
Polynesian Islands, on the other, are so rich in land-shells and possess so many peculiar forms,
that, judged by these alone, they must form primary instead of secondary divisions. We have,
however, already pointed out the inconvenience of any such partial systems of zoological
geography, and the causes have been sufficiently indicated which have, in the case of land-
shells as of insects, produced certain special features of distribution.
We therefore venture to hope, that conchologists will give us the advantage of their more full
and accurate knowledge both of the classification and distribution of this interesting group of
animals, not to map out new sets of regions for themselves, but to show what kind of barriers
have been most efficient in limiting the range of species, and how their distribution is actually
effected, so as to be able to explain whatever discrepancies exist between the actual
distribution of land-shells and that of the higher animals.
Order III.—OPISTHO-BRANCHIATA.
There are ten families in this order, all of which, as far as known, are widely or universally
distributed. Some of them are found fossil, ranging back to the Carboniferous epoch. They are
commonly termed Sea-slugs, and have either a thin small shell or none. We shall therefore
simply enumerate the families, with the number of genera and species as given by Mr.
Woodward.
Family 31.—TORNATELLIDÆ. (7 Genera, 62 Species living, 166 fossil.)
Family 32.—BULLIDÆ. (12 Genera, 168 Species living, 88 fossil.)
Family 33.—APHYSIADÆ. (8 Genera, 84 Species living, 4 fossil.)
Family 34.—PLEUROBRANCHIDÆ. (7 Genera, 28 Species living, 5 fossil.)
with those divisions of the earth into regions and sub-regions which we have here indicated.
Mr. Harper Pease, in a communication on Polynesian Land Shells in the Proceedings of the
Zoological Society for 1871 (p. 449), marks out the limits of the Polynesian sub-region, so as
exactly to agree with that arrived at here from a consideration of the distribution of vertebrata;
and he says that this sub-region, (or region, as he terms it) is distinctly characterised by its
land-shells from all the surrounding regions. The genera (or sub-genera) Partula, Pitys,
Achatinella, Palaina, Omphalotropis, and many others, are either wholly confined to this sub-
region or highly characteristic of it. Mr. Binney, in his Catalogue of the Air-breathing Molluscs
of North America, marks out our Nearctic region (with almost identical limits) as most clearly
characterised. He also arrives at a series of sub-divisions, which generally (though not exactly)
agree with the sub-regions which I have here adopted. The Palæarctic, the Ethiopian, and the
Oriental regions, are also generally admitted to be well characterised by their terrestrial
molluscs. There only remain the Australian and the Neotropical regions, in which some want
of homogeneity is apparent, owing to the vast development and specialisation of certain
groups in the islands which belong to these regions. The Antilles, on the one hand, and the
Polynesian Islands, on the other, are so rich in land-shells and possess so many peculiar forms,
that, judged by these alone, they must form primary instead of secondary divisions. We have,
however, already pointed out the inconvenience of any such partial systems of zoological
geography, and the causes have been sufficiently indicated which have, in the case of land-
shells as of insects, produced certain special features of distribution.
We therefore venture to hope, that conchologists will give us the advantage of their more full
and accurate knowledge both of the classification and distribution of this interesting group of
animals, not to map out new sets of regions for themselves, but to show what kind of barriers
have been most efficient in limiting the range of species, and how their distribution is actually
effected, so as to be able to explain whatever discrepancies exist between the actual
distribution of land-shells and that of the higher animals.
Order III.—OPISTHO-BRANCHIATA.
There are ten families in this order, all of which, as far as known, are widely or universally
distributed. Some of them are found fossil, ranging back to the Carboniferous epoch. They are
commonly termed Sea-slugs, and have either a thin small shell or none. We shall therefore
simply enumerate the families, with the number of genera and species as given by Mr.
Woodward.
Family 31.—TORNATELLIDÆ. (7 Genera, 62 Species living, 166 fossil.)
Family 32.—BULLIDÆ. (12 Genera, 168 Species living, 88 fossil.)
Family 33.—APHYSIADÆ. (8 Genera, 84 Species living, 4 fossil.)
Family 34.—PLEUROBRANCHIDÆ. (7 Genera, 28 Species living, 5 fossil.)
Page 613
Family 35.—PHYLLIDIADÆ. (4 Genera, 14 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Family 36.—DORIDÆ. (23 Genera, 160 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Family 37.—TRITONIADÆ. (9 Genera, 38 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Family 38.—ÆOLIDÆ. (14 Genera, 101 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Family 39.—PHYLLYRHOIDÆ. (1 Genus, 6 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Family 40.—ELYSIADÆ. (5 Genera, 13 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Order IV.—NUCLEO-BRANCHIATA.
These are oceanic, swimming molluscs, of a delicate texture. They are found in all warm seas,
and range back to the Lower Silurian epoch. There are only two families.
Family 41.—FIROLIDÆ. (2 Genera, 33 Species living, 1 fossil.)
Family 42.—ATLANTIDÆ. (5 Genera, 22 Species living, 159 fossil.)
Class.—PTEROPODA.
These are swimming, oceanic mollusca, inhabiting both Arctic, Temperate, and Tropical seas.
The three families have each a wide distribution in all the great oceans. They range back to the
Silurian period.
Family 1.—HYALEIDÆ. (9 Genera, 52 Species living, 95 fossil.)
Family 2.—LIMACINIDÆ. (4 Genera, 19 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Family 3.—CLIONIDÆ. (4 Genera, 14 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Class.—BRACHIOPODA.
These are sedentary, bivalve, marine mollusca, having laterally symmetrical shells, but with
unequal valves. Both in space and time they are the most widely distributed molluscs. They are
found in all seas, and at all depths; and when any of the families or genera have a restricted
range, it seems to be due to our imperfect knowledge, rather than to any real geographical
limitations. In time they range back to the Cambrian formation, and seem to have had their
maximum development in the Silurian period. It is not, therefore, necessary for our purpose, to
Family 36.—DORIDÆ. (23 Genera, 160 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Family 37.—TRITONIADÆ. (9 Genera, 38 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Family 38.—ÆOLIDÆ. (14 Genera, 101 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Family 39.—PHYLLYRHOIDÆ. (1 Genus, 6 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Family 40.—ELYSIADÆ. (5 Genera, 13 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Order IV.—NUCLEO-BRANCHIATA.
These are oceanic, swimming molluscs, of a delicate texture. They are found in all warm seas,
and range back to the Lower Silurian epoch. There are only two families.
Family 41.—FIROLIDÆ. (2 Genera, 33 Species living, 1 fossil.)
Family 42.—ATLANTIDÆ. (5 Genera, 22 Species living, 159 fossil.)
Class.—PTEROPODA.
These are swimming, oceanic mollusca, inhabiting both Arctic, Temperate, and Tropical seas.
The three families have each a wide distribution in all the great oceans. They range back to the
Silurian period.
Family 1.—HYALEIDÆ. (9 Genera, 52 Species living, 95 fossil.)
Family 2.—LIMACINIDÆ. (4 Genera, 19 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Family 3.—CLIONIDÆ. (4 Genera, 14 Species living, 0 fossil.)
Class.—BRACHIOPODA.
These are sedentary, bivalve, marine mollusca, having laterally symmetrical shells, but with
unequal valves. Both in space and time they are the most widely distributed molluscs. They are
found in all seas, and at all depths; and when any of the families or genera have a restricted
range, it seems to be due to our imperfect knowledge, rather than to any real geographical
limitations. In time they range back to the Cambrian formation, and seem to have had their
maximum development in the Silurian period. It is not, therefore, necessary for our purpose, to
Page 614
do more than give the names of the families with the numbers of the genera and species, as
before.
Family 1.—TEREBRATULIDÆ. (5 Genera, 67 Species living, 340 fossil.)
Family 2.—SPIRIFERIDÆ. (4 Genera, 0 Species living, 380 fossil.)
Family 3.—RHYNCHONELLIDÆ. (3 Genera, 4 Species living, 422 fossil.)
Family 4.—ORTHIDÆ. (4 Genera, 0 Species living, 328 fossil.)
Family 5.—PRODUCTIDÆ. (3 Genera, 0 Species living, 146 fossil.)
Family 6.—CRANIADÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species living, 37 fossil.)
Family 7.—DISCINIDÆ. (2 Genera, 10 Species living, 90 fossil.)
Family 8.—LINGULIDÆ. (2 Genera, 16 Species living, 99 fossil.)
Class.—CONCHIFERA.
The Conchifera, or ordinary Bivalve Molluscs, may be distinguished from the Brachiopoda by
having their shells laterally unsymmetrical, while the valves are generally (but not always)
equal. They are mostly marine, but a few inhabit fresh water. As the distribution of some of the
families presents points of interest, we shall treat them in the same manner as the marine
Gasteropoda.
Family 1.—OSTREIDÆ. (5 Genera, 426 Species.)
Distribution.—The Ostreidæ, including the Oysters and Scallops, are found in all seas, Arctic
as well as Tropical. There are nearly 1,400 species fossil, ranging back to the Carboniferous
period.
Family 2.—AVICULIDÆ. (3 Genera, 94 Species.)
Distribution.—The Aviculidæ, or Wing-shells and Pearl Oysters, are characteristic of Tropical
and warm seas, a few only ranging into temperate regions. Nearly 700 fossil species are known
from various formations ranging back to the Devonian, and Lower Silurian.
Family 3.—MYTILIDÆ. (3 Genera, 217 Species.)
before.
Family 1.—TEREBRATULIDÆ. (5 Genera, 67 Species living, 340 fossil.)
Family 2.—SPIRIFERIDÆ. (4 Genera, 0 Species living, 380 fossil.)
Family 3.—RHYNCHONELLIDÆ. (3 Genera, 4 Species living, 422 fossil.)
Family 4.—ORTHIDÆ. (4 Genera, 0 Species living, 328 fossil.)
Family 5.—PRODUCTIDÆ. (3 Genera, 0 Species living, 146 fossil.)
Family 6.—CRANIADÆ. (1 Genus, 5 Species living, 37 fossil.)
Family 7.—DISCINIDÆ. (2 Genera, 10 Species living, 90 fossil.)
Family 8.—LINGULIDÆ. (2 Genera, 16 Species living, 99 fossil.)
Class.—CONCHIFERA.
The Conchifera, or ordinary Bivalve Molluscs, may be distinguished from the Brachiopoda by
having their shells laterally unsymmetrical, while the valves are generally (but not always)
equal. They are mostly marine, but a few inhabit fresh water. As the distribution of some of the
families presents points of interest, we shall treat them in the same manner as the marine
Gasteropoda.
Family 1.—OSTREIDÆ. (5 Genera, 426 Species.)
Distribution.—The Ostreidæ, including the Oysters and Scallops, are found in all seas, Arctic
as well as Tropical. There are nearly 1,400 species fossil, ranging back to the Carboniferous
period.
Family 2.—AVICULIDÆ. (3 Genera, 94 Species.)
Distribution.—The Aviculidæ, or Wing-shells and Pearl Oysters, are characteristic of Tropical
and warm seas, a few only ranging into temperate regions. Nearly 700 fossil species are known
from various formations ranging back to the Devonian, and Lower Silurian.
Family 3.—MYTILIDÆ. (3 Genera, 217 Species.)
Page 615
Distribution.—The Mytilidæ, or Mussels, have a world-wide distribution. There is one fresh-
water species, which inhabits the Volga. There are about 350 fossil species, ranging back to the
Carboniferous epoch.
Family 4.—ARCADÆ. (6 Genera, 360 Species.)
Distribution.—The Arcadæ are universally distributed, and are most abundant in warm seas.
The genus Leda is, however, abundant in Arctic and Temperate regions, and Solenella is
confined to the South Temperate zone. There are near 1,200 fossil species, found in all strata as
low as the Lower Silurian.
Family 5.—TRIGONIADÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
Distribution.—The living Trigoniæ are confined to Australia, but there are 5 other genera
fossil, containing about 150 species, and found in various formations from the Chalk to the
Lower Silurian.
Family 6.—UNIONIDÆ. (7 Genera, 549 Species.)
Distribution.—The Unionidæ, or Fresh-water Mussels, are found in all the fresh waters of the
globe, but some of the genera are restricted. Castalia, Mycetopus and Mulleria are confined to
the rivers of South America; Anodon, to the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions; Iridina, and
Etheria, to the rivers of Africa; Unio has a universal distribution, but is especially abundant in
North America. About 60 fossil species are found in the Tertiary and Wealden formations.
Family 7.—CHAMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 50 Species.)
Distribution.—The Chamidæ, or Giant Clams, are confined to Tropical seas, chiefly among
coral reefs. There are two other genera and 62 species fossil, ranging from the Chalk to the
Oolite formations.
Family 8.—HIPPURITIDÆ. (5 Genera, 103 Species.)
Fossils of doubtful affinity, from the Chalk formation.
Family 9.—TRIDACNIDÆ. (1 Genus, 8 Species.)
Distribution.—The Tridacnidæ, or Clam-shells, are of very large size, and are confined to the
Tropical regions of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. A few species have been found fossil in the
Miocene formation.
water species, which inhabits the Volga. There are about 350 fossil species, ranging back to the
Carboniferous epoch.
Family 4.—ARCADÆ. (6 Genera, 360 Species.)
Distribution.—The Arcadæ are universally distributed, and are most abundant in warm seas.
The genus Leda is, however, abundant in Arctic and Temperate regions, and Solenella is
confined to the South Temperate zone. There are near 1,200 fossil species, found in all strata as
low as the Lower Silurian.
Family 5.—TRIGONIADÆ. (1 Genus, 3 Species.)
Distribution.—The living Trigoniæ are confined to Australia, but there are 5 other genera
fossil, containing about 150 species, and found in various formations from the Chalk to the
Lower Silurian.
Family 6.—UNIONIDÆ. (7 Genera, 549 Species.)
Distribution.—The Unionidæ, or Fresh-water Mussels, are found in all the fresh waters of the
globe, but some of the genera are restricted. Castalia, Mycetopus and Mulleria are confined to
the rivers of South America; Anodon, to the Nearctic and Palæarctic regions; Iridina, and
Etheria, to the rivers of Africa; Unio has a universal distribution, but is especially abundant in
North America. About 60 fossil species are found in the Tertiary and Wealden formations.
Family 7.—CHAMIDÆ. (1 Genus, 50 Species.)
Distribution.—The Chamidæ, or Giant Clams, are confined to Tropical seas, chiefly among
coral reefs. There are two other genera and 62 species fossil, ranging from the Chalk to the
Oolite formations.
Family 8.—HIPPURITIDÆ. (5 Genera, 103 Species.)
Fossils of doubtful affinity, from the Chalk formation.
Family 9.—TRIDACNIDÆ. (1 Genus, 8 Species.)
Distribution.—The Tridacnidæ, or Clam-shells, are of very large size, and are confined to the
Tropical regions of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. A few species have been found fossil in the
Miocene formation.
Page 616
Family 10.—CARDIADÆ. (1 Genus, 200 Species.)
Distribution.—The Cardiadæ, or Cockles, are of world-wide distribution. Another genus is
fossil, and nearly 400 fossil species are known, ranging back to the Upper Silurian formation.
Family 11.—LUCINIDÆ (8 Genera, 178 Species.)
Distribution.—The Lucinidæ inhabit the Tropical and Temperate seas of all parts of the world;
but the genus Corbis is confined to the Indian and Pacific Oceans, Montacuta and Lepton, to
the Atlantic. There are nearly 500 extinct species, ranging from the Tertiary back to the
Silurian formation.
Family 12.—CYCLADIDÆ. (3 Genera, 176 Species.)
Distribution.—The Cycladidæ are small fresh- or brackish-water shells found all over the
globe. The genus Cyclas is most abundant in the North Temperate zone, while Cyrena inhabits
the warmer shores of the Atlantic and Pacific, but is absent from the West Coast of America.
There are about 150 species fossil, ranging back from the Pliocene to the Wealden formations.
Family 13.—CYPRINIDÆ. (10 Genera, 176 Species).
Distribution.—Universal. Cyprina and Astarte are Arctic and North Temperate; Cardita is
Tropical and South Temperate. There are several extinct genera and about 1,000 species found
in all formations as far back as the Lower Silurian.
Family 14.—VENERIDÆ. (10 Genera, 600 Species.)
Distribution.—Universal. Lucinopsis is confined to the North Atlantic; Glauconeza to the
months of rivers in the Oriental region; Meroe and Trigona to warm seas. There are about 350
fossil species, ranging back to the Oolitic period.
Family 15.—MACTRIDÆ. (5 Genera, 147 Species.)
Distribution.—All seas, but more abundant in the Tropics. Gnathodon is found in the Gulf of
Mexico; Anatinella in the Oriental region. There are about 60 fossil species, ranging back to
the Carboniferous period.
Family 16.—TELLINIDÆ. (11 Genera, 560 Species.)
Distribution.—The Cardiadæ, or Cockles, are of world-wide distribution. Another genus is
fossil, and nearly 400 fossil species are known, ranging back to the Upper Silurian formation.
Family 11.—LUCINIDÆ (8 Genera, 178 Species.)
Distribution.—The Lucinidæ inhabit the Tropical and Temperate seas of all parts of the world;
but the genus Corbis is confined to the Indian and Pacific Oceans, Montacuta and Lepton, to
the Atlantic. There are nearly 500 extinct species, ranging from the Tertiary back to the
Silurian formation.
Family 12.—CYCLADIDÆ. (3 Genera, 176 Species.)
Distribution.—The Cycladidæ are small fresh- or brackish-water shells found all over the
globe. The genus Cyclas is most abundant in the North Temperate zone, while Cyrena inhabits
the warmer shores of the Atlantic and Pacific, but is absent from the West Coast of America.
There are about 150 species fossil, ranging back from the Pliocene to the Wealden formations.
Family 13.—CYPRINIDÆ. (10 Genera, 176 Species).
Distribution.—Universal. Cyprina and Astarte are Arctic and North Temperate; Cardita is
Tropical and South Temperate. There are several extinct genera and about 1,000 species found
in all formations as far back as the Lower Silurian.
Family 14.—VENERIDÆ. (10 Genera, 600 Species.)
Distribution.—Universal. Lucinopsis is confined to the North Atlantic; Glauconeza to the
months of rivers in the Oriental region; Meroe and Trigona to warm seas. There are about 350
fossil species, ranging back to the Oolitic period.
Family 15.—MACTRIDÆ. (5 Genera, 147 Species.)
Distribution.—All seas, but more abundant in the Tropics. Gnathodon is found in the Gulf of
Mexico; Anatinella in the Oriental region. There are about 60 fossil species, ranging back to
the Carboniferous period.
Family 16.—TELLINIDÆ. (11 Genera, 560 Species.)
Page 617
Distribution.—All seas; most abundant in the Tropics. Galatea is confined to African rivers.
There are about 60 fossil species, mostly Tertiary, but ranging back to the Carboniferous
period.
Family 17.—SOLENIDÆ. (3 Genera, 63 Species.)
Distribution.—All Temperate and Tropical seas. There are 80 fossil species which range back
to the Carboniferous epoch.
Family 18.—MYACIDÆ. (6 Genera, 121 Species.)
Distribution.—All seas. Panopæa inhabits both North and South Temperate seas; Glycimeris,
Arctic seas. There are near 350 fossil species, ranging back to the Lower Oolite formation.
Family 19.—ANATINIDÆ. (8 Genera, 246 Species.)
Distribution.—All seas. Pholadomya is from Tropical Africa; Myadora from the Western
Pacific; Myochama and Chamostræa are Australian. There are about 400 fossil species,
ranging back to the Lower Silurian formation.
Family 20.—GASTROCHÆNIDÆ. (5 Genera, 40 Species.)
Distribution.—Temperate and warm seas. Aspergillum ranges from the Red Sea to New
Zealand. There are 35 fossil species, ranging back to the Lower Oolite.
Family 21.—PHOLADIDÆ (4 Genera, 81 Species.)
Distribution.—These burrowing molluscs inhabit all Temperate and warm seas from Norway
to New Zealand. There are about 50 fossil species, ranging back to the epoch of the Lias.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Marine Mollusca.
The marine Mollusca are remarkable for their usually wide distribution. About 48 of the
families are cosmopolitan, ranging over both hemispheres, and in cold as well as warm seas.
About 15 are restricted to the warmer seas of the globe; but several of these extend from
Norway to New Zealand, a distribution which may be called universal, and only 2 or 3 are
absolutely confined to Tropical seas. Two small families only, are confined to the Pacific and
Indian Oceans. Marine fishes, on the other hand, have a much less cosmopolitan character, no
less than 30 families having a limited distribution, while 50 are universal. Some of these 30
families are confined to the Northern seas, some to the Atlantic and Mediterranean, and a
There are about 60 fossil species, mostly Tertiary, but ranging back to the Carboniferous
period.
Family 17.—SOLENIDÆ. (3 Genera, 63 Species.)
Distribution.—All Temperate and Tropical seas. There are 80 fossil species which range back
to the Carboniferous epoch.
Family 18.—MYACIDÆ. (6 Genera, 121 Species.)
Distribution.—All seas. Panopæa inhabits both North and South Temperate seas; Glycimeris,
Arctic seas. There are near 350 fossil species, ranging back to the Lower Oolite formation.
Family 19.—ANATINIDÆ. (8 Genera, 246 Species.)
Distribution.—All seas. Pholadomya is from Tropical Africa; Myadora from the Western
Pacific; Myochama and Chamostræa are Australian. There are about 400 fossil species,
ranging back to the Lower Silurian formation.
Family 20.—GASTROCHÆNIDÆ. (5 Genera, 40 Species.)
Distribution.—Temperate and warm seas. Aspergillum ranges from the Red Sea to New
Zealand. There are 35 fossil species, ranging back to the Lower Oolite.
Family 21.—PHOLADIDÆ (4 Genera, 81 Species.)
Distribution.—These burrowing molluscs inhabit all Temperate and warm seas from Norway
to New Zealand. There are about 50 fossil species, ranging back to the epoch of the Lias.
General Remarks on the Distribution of the Marine Mollusca.
The marine Mollusca are remarkable for their usually wide distribution. About 48 of the
families are cosmopolitan, ranging over both hemispheres, and in cold as well as warm seas.
About 15 are restricted to the warmer seas of the globe; but several of these extend from
Norway to New Zealand, a distribution which may be called universal, and only 2 or 3 are
absolutely confined to Tropical seas. Two small families only, are confined to the Pacific and
Indian Oceans. Marine fishes, on the other hand, have a much less cosmopolitan character, no
less than 30 families having a limited distribution, while 50 are universal. Some of these 30
families are confined to the Northern seas, some to the Atlantic and Mediterranean, and a
Page 618
considerable number to the Indian Ocean and Western Pacific. Many of these families, it is
true, are much smaller than those of the Mollusca, which seem to possess very few of those
small isolated families of two or three species only, which abound in all the Vertebrate classes.
These differences are no doubt connected with the higher organisation of fishes, which renders
them more susceptible to changed conditions of life; and this is indicated by the much less
antiquity of existing families of fishes, the greater part of which do not date back beyond the
Cretaceous epoch, and many of them only to the Eocene. In striking contrast we have the vast
antiquity of most of the families of Mollusca, as shown in the following table of their range
taken from Mr. Woodward's work, but re-arranged, and somewhat modified.
Range of Families of
Mollusca
in Time; arranged in their 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
order of appearance and
disappearance.
Productidæ — — — — —
Orthoceratidæ — — — — — —
Spiriferidæ, Orthidæ — — — — — — —
Atlantidæ, Hyaleidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Pyramidellidæ, — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Turbinidæ
Ianthidæ, Chitonidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Lingulidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Aviculidæ, Mytilidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Arcadæ, Trigoniadæ — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Cyprinidæ, — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Anatinidæ
Nautilidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Rhynchonellidæ,
Craniadæ, — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Discinidæ
Cardiadæ, Lucinidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Ammonitidæ — — — — — — — —
Naticidæ, — — — — — — — — — — — —
Calyptræidæ
Dentalidæ, — — — — — — — — — — — —
Terebratulidæ
Helicidæ — — — — —
Fissurellidæ, — — — — — — — — — — —
Tornatellidæ
Pectinidæ, Solenidæ — — — — — — — — — — —
Cerithiadæ,
Littorinidæ, — — — — — — — — —
Astartidæ
Belemnitidæ — — — —
Teuthidæ, Sepiadæ — — — — — — — —
true, are much smaller than those of the Mollusca, which seem to possess very few of those
small isolated families of two or three species only, which abound in all the Vertebrate classes.
These differences are no doubt connected with the higher organisation of fishes, which renders
them more susceptible to changed conditions of life; and this is indicated by the much less
antiquity of existing families of fishes, the greater part of which do not date back beyond the
Cretaceous epoch, and many of them only to the Eocene. In striking contrast we have the vast
antiquity of most of the families of Mollusca, as shown in the following table of their range
taken from Mr. Woodward's work, but re-arranged, and somewhat modified.
Range of Families of
Mollusca
in Time; arranged in their 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
order of appearance and
disappearance.
Productidæ — — — — —
Orthoceratidæ — — — — — —
Spiriferidæ, Orthidæ — — — — — — —
Atlantidæ, Hyaleidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Pyramidellidæ, — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Turbinidæ
Ianthidæ, Chitonidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Lingulidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Aviculidæ, Mytilidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Arcadæ, Trigoniadæ — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Cyprinidæ, — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Anatinidæ
Nautilidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Rhynchonellidæ,
Craniadæ, — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Discinidæ
Cardiadæ, Lucinidæ — — — — — — — — — — — — —
Ammonitidæ — — — — — — — —
Naticidæ, — — — — — — — — — — — —
Calyptræidæ
Dentalidæ, — — — — — — — — — — — —
Terebratulidæ
Helicidæ — — — — —
Fissurellidæ, — — — — — — — — — — —
Tornatellidæ
Pectinidæ, Solenidæ — — — — — — — — — — —
Cerithiadæ,
Littorinidæ, — — — — — — — — —
Astartidæ
Belemnitidæ — — — —
Teuthidæ, Sepiadæ — — — — — — — —
Page 619
Neritidæ,
Patellidæ, — — — — — — — —
Bullidæ
Gastrochænidæ, — — — — — — — —
Pholadidæ
Limnæidæ, — — — — — — —
Melaniadæ
Chamidæ, Myadæ — — — — — — —
Cycladidæ,
Veneridæ, — — — — — — —
Tellinidæ
Hippuritidæ — —
Unionidæ — — — — — —
Strombidæ, — — — — — —
Buccinidæ
Conidæ, Volutidæ — — — — — —
Auriculidæ, — — — — — —
Cyclostomidæ
Mactridæ — — — — — —
Limacidæ — — — —
Argonautidæ — —
Tridacnidæ — —
Nor is this enormous antiquity confined to family types alone. Many genera are equally
ancient. The genus Lingula has existed from the earliest Palæozoic times down to the present
day; while Terebratula, Rhynchonella, Discina, Nautilus, Natica, Pleurotomaria, Patella,
Dentalium, Mytilus and many other living forms, range back to the Palæozoic epoch. That
groups of such immense antiquity, and having power to resist such vast changes of external
conditions as they must have been subject to, should now be widely distributed, is no more
than might reasonably be expected. It is only in the case of sub-genera and species, that we can
expect the influence of recent geological or climatal changes to be manifest; and it must be left
to special students to work out the details of their distribution, with reference to the general
principles found to obtain among the more highly organised animals.
Patellidæ, — — — — — — — —
Bullidæ
Gastrochænidæ, — — — — — — — —
Pholadidæ
Limnæidæ, — — — — — — —
Melaniadæ
Chamidæ, Myadæ — — — — — — —
Cycladidæ,
Veneridæ, — — — — — — —
Tellinidæ
Hippuritidæ — —
Unionidæ — — — — — —
Strombidæ, — — — — — —
Buccinidæ
Conidæ, Volutidæ — — — — — —
Auriculidæ, — — — — — —
Cyclostomidæ
Mactridæ — — — — — —
Limacidæ — — — —
Argonautidæ — —
Tridacnidæ — —
Nor is this enormous antiquity confined to family types alone. Many genera are equally
ancient. The genus Lingula has existed from the earliest Palæozoic times down to the present
day; while Terebratula, Rhynchonella, Discina, Nautilus, Natica, Pleurotomaria, Patella,
Dentalium, Mytilus and many other living forms, range back to the Palæozoic epoch. That
groups of such immense antiquity, and having power to resist such vast changes of external
conditions as they must have been subject to, should now be widely distributed, is no more
than might reasonably be expected. It is only in the case of sub-genera and species, that we can
expect the influence of recent geological or climatal changes to be manifest; and it must be left
to special students to work out the details of their distribution, with reference to the general
principles found to obtain among the more highly organised animals.
Page 620
CHAPTER XXIII.
S U M M A R Y O F T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N , A N D L I N E S O F M I G R AT I O N ,
OF THE SEVERAL CLASSES OF ANIMALS.
Having already given summaries of the distribution of the several orders,
and of some of the classes of land animals, we propose here to make a few
general remarks on the special phenomena presented by the more important
groups, and to indicate where possible, the general lines of migration by
which they have become dispersed over wide areas.
Mammalia.
This class is very important, and its past history is much better known than
that of most others. We shall therefore briefly summarise the results we
have arrived at from our examination of the distribution of extinct and
living forms of each order.
Primates.—This order, being pre-eminently a tropical one, became
separated into two portions, inhabiting the Eastern and Western
Hemispheres respectively, at a very early epoch. In consequence of this
separation it has diverged more radically than most other orders, so that the
two American families, Cebidæ and Hapalidæ, are widely differentiated
from the Apes, Monkeys, and Lemurs of the Old World. The Lemurs were
probably still more ancient, but being much lower in organisation, they
became extinct in most of the areas where the higher forms of Primates
became developed. Remains found in the Eocene formation indicate, that
the North American and European Primates had, even at that early epoch,
diverged into distinct series, so that we must probably look back to the
secondary period for the ancestral form from which the entire order was
developed.
Chiroptera.—These are also undoubtedly very ancient. The most
generalised forms—the Vespertilionidæ and Noctilionidæ—are the most
widely distributed; while special types have arisen in America, and in the
Eastern Hemisphere. Remains found in the Upper Eocene formation of
S U M M A R Y O F T H E D I S T R I B U T I O N , A N D L I N E S O F M I G R AT I O N ,
OF THE SEVERAL CLASSES OF ANIMALS.
Having already given summaries of the distribution of the several orders,
and of some of the classes of land animals, we propose here to make a few
general remarks on the special phenomena presented by the more important
groups, and to indicate where possible, the general lines of migration by
which they have become dispersed over wide areas.
Mammalia.
This class is very important, and its past history is much better known than
that of most others. We shall therefore briefly summarise the results we
have arrived at from our examination of the distribution of extinct and
living forms of each order.
Primates.—This order, being pre-eminently a tropical one, became
separated into two portions, inhabiting the Eastern and Western
Hemispheres respectively, at a very early epoch. In consequence of this
separation it has diverged more radically than most other orders, so that the
two American families, Cebidæ and Hapalidæ, are widely differentiated
from the Apes, Monkeys, and Lemurs of the Old World. The Lemurs were
probably still more ancient, but being much lower in organisation, they
became extinct in most of the areas where the higher forms of Primates
became developed. Remains found in the Eocene formation indicate, that
the North American and European Primates had, even at that early epoch,
diverged into distinct series, so that we must probably look back to the
secondary period for the ancestral form from which the entire order was
developed.
Chiroptera.—These are also undoubtedly very ancient. The most
generalised forms—the Vespertilionidæ and Noctilionidæ—are the most
widely distributed; while special types have arisen in America, and in the
Eastern Hemisphere. Remains found in the Upper Eocene formation of
Page 621
Europe differ little from species still living in the same countries; so that we
can form no conjecture as to the origin or migration, of the group. Their
power of flight would, however, enable them rapidly to spread over all the
great continents of the globe.
Insectivora.—This very ancient group, now probably verging towards
extinction, appears to have originated in the Northern continent, and never
to have reached Australia or South America. It may, however, have become
extinct in the latter country owing to the competition of the numerous
Edentata. The Insectivora now often maintain themselves amidst more
highly developed forms, by means of some special protection. Some burrow
in the earth,—like the moles; others have a spiny covering,—as the
hedgehog's and several of the Centetidæ; others are aquatic,—-as the
Potamogale and the desman; others have a nauseous odour,—as the shrews;
while there are several which seem to be preserved by their resemblance to
higher forms,—as the elephant-shrews to jerboas, and the tupaias to
squirrels. The same need of protection is shown by the numerous
Insectivora inhabiting Madagascar, where the competing forms are few; and
by one lingering in the Antilles, where there are hardly any other
mammalia.
Carnivora.—Although perhaps less ancient than the preceding, this form of
mammal is far more highly organised, and from its earliest appearance
appears to have become dominant in the world. It would therefore soon
spread widely, and diverge into the various specialised types represented by
existing families. Most of these appear to have originated in the Eastern
Hemisphere, the only Carnivora occurring in North American Miocene
deposits being ancestral forms of Canidæ and Felidæ. It seems probable,
therefore, that the order had attained a considerable development before it
reached the Western Hemisphere. The Procyonidæ, now confined to
America, are not very ancient; and the occurrence of a few allied forms in
the Himalayas (Ælurus and Æluropus) render it probable that their common
ancestors entered North America from the Palæarctic region during the
Miocene period, but being a rather low type they have succumbed under the
competition of higher forms in most parts of the Eastern Hemisphere. Bears
and Weasels are probably still more recent emigrants to America. The
aquatic carnivora (Seals, &c.) are, as might be expected, more widely and
can form no conjecture as to the origin or migration, of the group. Their
power of flight would, however, enable them rapidly to spread over all the
great continents of the globe.
Insectivora.—This very ancient group, now probably verging towards
extinction, appears to have originated in the Northern continent, and never
to have reached Australia or South America. It may, however, have become
extinct in the latter country owing to the competition of the numerous
Edentata. The Insectivora now often maintain themselves amidst more
highly developed forms, by means of some special protection. Some burrow
in the earth,—like the moles; others have a spiny covering,—as the
hedgehog's and several of the Centetidæ; others are aquatic,—-as the
Potamogale and the desman; others have a nauseous odour,—as the shrews;
while there are several which seem to be preserved by their resemblance to
higher forms,—as the elephant-shrews to jerboas, and the tupaias to
squirrels. The same need of protection is shown by the numerous
Insectivora inhabiting Madagascar, where the competing forms are few; and
by one lingering in the Antilles, where there are hardly any other
mammalia.
Carnivora.—Although perhaps less ancient than the preceding, this form of
mammal is far more highly organised, and from its earliest appearance
appears to have become dominant in the world. It would therefore soon
spread widely, and diverge into the various specialised types represented by
existing families. Most of these appear to have originated in the Eastern
Hemisphere, the only Carnivora occurring in North American Miocene
deposits being ancestral forms of Canidæ and Felidæ. It seems probable,
therefore, that the order had attained a considerable development before it
reached the Western Hemisphere. The Procyonidæ, now confined to
America, are not very ancient; and the occurrence of a few allied forms in
the Himalayas (Ælurus and Æluropus) render it probable that their common
ancestors entered North America from the Palæarctic region during the
Miocene period, but being a rather low type they have succumbed under the
competition of higher forms in most parts of the Eastern Hemisphere. Bears
and Weasels are probably still more recent emigrants to America. The
aquatic carnivora (Seals, &c.) are, as might be expected, more widely and
Page 622
uniformly distributed, but there is little evidence to show at what period the
type was first developed.
Ungulata.—These are the dominant vegetable-feeders of the great
continents, and they have steadily increased in numbers and in
specialisation from the oldest Tertiary times to the present day. Being
generally of larger size and less active than the Carnivora, they have
somewhat more restricted powers of dispersal. We have good evidence that
their wide range over the globe is a comparatively recent phenomenon.
Tapirs and Llamas have probably not long inhabited South America, while
Rhinoceroses and Antelopes were once, perhaps, unknown in Africa,
although abounding in Europe and Asia. Swine are one of the most ancient
types in both hemispheres; and their great hardiness, their omnivorous diet,
and their powers of swimming, have led to their wide distribution. The
sheep and goats, on the other hand, are perhaps the most recent
development of the Ungulata, and they seem to have arisen in the
Palæarctic region at a time when its climate already approximated to that
which now prevails. Hence they are pre-eminently a Temperate group,
never found within the Tropics except upon a few mountain ranges.
Proboscidea.—These huge animals (the Elephants and Mastodons) appear
to have originated in the warmer parts of the Palæarctic region, but they
soon spread over all the great continents, even reaching the southern
extremity of America. Their extinction has probably depended more on
physical than on organic changes, and we can clearly trace their almost total
disappearance to the effects of the Glacial epoch.
Rodentia.—Rodents are a very dominant group, and a very ancient one.
Owing to their small size and rapid powers of increase, they soon spread
over almost every part of the globe, whence has resulted a great
specialisation of family types in the South American continent which
remained so long isolated. They are capable of living wherever there is any
kind of vegetable food, hence their range will be determined rather by
organic than by physical conditions; and the occupation of a country by
enemies or by competing forms, is probably the chief cause which has
prevented many of the families from acquiring a wide range. The
type was first developed.
Ungulata.—These are the dominant vegetable-feeders of the great
continents, and they have steadily increased in numbers and in
specialisation from the oldest Tertiary times to the present day. Being
generally of larger size and less active than the Carnivora, they have
somewhat more restricted powers of dispersal. We have good evidence that
their wide range over the globe is a comparatively recent phenomenon.
Tapirs and Llamas have probably not long inhabited South America, while
Rhinoceroses and Antelopes were once, perhaps, unknown in Africa,
although abounding in Europe and Asia. Swine are one of the most ancient
types in both hemispheres; and their great hardiness, their omnivorous diet,
and their powers of swimming, have led to their wide distribution. The
sheep and goats, on the other hand, are perhaps the most recent
development of the Ungulata, and they seem to have arisen in the
Palæarctic region at a time when its climate already approximated to that
which now prevails. Hence they are pre-eminently a Temperate group,
never found within the Tropics except upon a few mountain ranges.
Proboscidea.—These huge animals (the Elephants and Mastodons) appear
to have originated in the warmer parts of the Palæarctic region, but they
soon spread over all the great continents, even reaching the southern
extremity of America. Their extinction has probably depended more on
physical than on organic changes, and we can clearly trace their almost total
disappearance to the effects of the Glacial epoch.
Rodentia.—Rodents are a very dominant group, and a very ancient one.
Owing to their small size and rapid powers of increase, they soon spread
over almost every part of the globe, whence has resulted a great
specialisation of family types in the South American continent which
remained so long isolated. They are capable of living wherever there is any
kind of vegetable food, hence their range will be determined rather by
organic than by physical conditions; and the occupation of a country by
enemies or by competing forms, is probably the chief cause which has
prevented many of the families from acquiring a wide range. The
Page 623
occurrence of isolated species of the South American families, Octodontidæ
and Echimyidæ in the Ethiopian and Palæarctic regions, is an indication
that the range of many of the families has recently become less extensive.
Edentata.—These singular and lowly-organised animals appear to have
become almost restricted to the two great Southern lands—South Africa and
South America—at an early period; and, being there free from the
competition of higher forms, developed a number of remarkable types often
of huge size, of which the Megatherium is one of the best known. The
incursion of the highly-organised Ungulates and Carnivora into Africa
during the Miocene epoch, probably exterminated most of them in that
continent; but in America they continued in full force down to the Post-
Pliocene period; and even now, the comparatively diminutive Sloths, Ant-
eaters, and Armadillos, form a large and important portion of the fauna.
Marsupialia and Monotremata.—These are probably the representatives of
the most ancient and lowly-organised types of mammal. They once existed
in the northern continents, whence they spread into Australia; and being
isolated, and preserved from the competition of the higher forms which
soon arose in other parts of the world, they have developed into a variety of
types, which, however, still preserve a general uniformity of organisation.
One family, which continued to exist in Europe till the latter part of the
Miocene period, reached America, and has there been preserved to our day.
Lines of Migration of the Mammalia.—The whole series of phenomena
presented by the distribution of the Mammalia, looked at broadly, are in
harmony with the view that the great continents and oceans of our own
epoch have been in existence, with comparatively small changes, during all
Tertiary times. Each one of them has, no doubt, undergone considerable
modifications in its area, its altitude, and in its connection with other lands.
Yet some considerable portion of each continent has, probably, long existed
in its present position, while the great oceans seem to have occupied the
same depressions of the earth's crust (varied, perhaps, by local elevations
and subsidences) during all this vast period of time. Hence, allowing for the
changes of which we have more or less satisfactory evidence, the
migrations of the chief mammalian types can be pretty clearly traced. Some,
and Echimyidæ in the Ethiopian and Palæarctic regions, is an indication
that the range of many of the families has recently become less extensive.
Edentata.—These singular and lowly-organised animals appear to have
become almost restricted to the two great Southern lands—South Africa and
South America—at an early period; and, being there free from the
competition of higher forms, developed a number of remarkable types often
of huge size, of which the Megatherium is one of the best known. The
incursion of the highly-organised Ungulates and Carnivora into Africa
during the Miocene epoch, probably exterminated most of them in that
continent; but in America they continued in full force down to the Post-
Pliocene period; and even now, the comparatively diminutive Sloths, Ant-
eaters, and Armadillos, form a large and important portion of the fauna.
Marsupialia and Monotremata.—These are probably the representatives of
the most ancient and lowly-organised types of mammal. They once existed
in the northern continents, whence they spread into Australia; and being
isolated, and preserved from the competition of the higher forms which
soon arose in other parts of the world, they have developed into a variety of
types, which, however, still preserve a general uniformity of organisation.
One family, which continued to exist in Europe till the latter part of the
Miocene period, reached America, and has there been preserved to our day.
Lines of Migration of the Mammalia.—The whole series of phenomena
presented by the distribution of the Mammalia, looked at broadly, are in
harmony with the view that the great continents and oceans of our own
epoch have been in existence, with comparatively small changes, during all
Tertiary times. Each one of them has, no doubt, undergone considerable
modifications in its area, its altitude, and in its connection with other lands.
Yet some considerable portion of each continent has, probably, long existed
in its present position, while the great oceans seem to have occupied the
same depressions of the earth's crust (varied, perhaps, by local elevations
and subsidences) during all this vast period of time. Hence, allowing for the
changes of which we have more or less satisfactory evidence, the
migrations of the chief mammalian types can be pretty clearly traced. Some,
Page 624
owing to their small size and great vitality, have spread to almost all the
chief land masses; but the majority of the orders have a more restricted
range. All the evidence at our command points to the Northern Hemisphere
as the birth-place of the class, and probably of all the orders. At a very early
period the land communication with Australia was cut off, and has never
been renewed; so that we have here preserved for us a sample of one or
more of the most ancient forms of mammal. Somewhat later the union with
South America and South Africa was severed; and in both these countries
we have samples of a somewhat more advanced stage of mammalian
development. Later still, the union by a northern route between the Eastern
and Western Hemispheres appears to have been broken, partly by a physical
separation, but almost as effectually by a lowering of temperature. About
the same period the separation of the Palæarctic region from the Oriental
was effected, by the rise of the Himalayas and the increasing contrast of
climate; while the formation of the great desert-belts of the Sahara, Arabia,
Persia, and Central Asia, helped to complete the separation of the
Temperate and Tropical zones, and to render further intermigration almost
impossible.
In a few cases—of which the Rodents in Australia and the pigs in Austro-
Malaya are perhaps the most striking examples—the distribution of land-
mammals has been effected by a sea-passage either by swimming or on
floating vegetation; but, as a rule, we may be sure that the migrations of
mammalia have taken place over the land; and their presence on islands is,
therefore, a clear indication that these have been once connected with a
continent. The present class of animals thus affords the best evidence of the
past history of the land surface of our globe; and we have chiefly relied
upon it in sketching out (in Part III.) the probable changes which each of
our great regions has undergone.
Birds.
Although birds are, of all land-vertebrates, the best able to cross seas and
oceans, it is remarkable how closely the main features of their distribution
correspond with those of the Mammalia. South America possesses the low
Formicaroid type of Passeres,—which, compared with the more highly
chief land masses; but the majority of the orders have a more restricted
range. All the evidence at our command points to the Northern Hemisphere
as the birth-place of the class, and probably of all the orders. At a very early
period the land communication with Australia was cut off, and has never
been renewed; so that we have here preserved for us a sample of one or
more of the most ancient forms of mammal. Somewhat later the union with
South America and South Africa was severed; and in both these countries
we have samples of a somewhat more advanced stage of mammalian
development. Later still, the union by a northern route between the Eastern
and Western Hemispheres appears to have been broken, partly by a physical
separation, but almost as effectually by a lowering of temperature. About
the same period the separation of the Palæarctic region from the Oriental
was effected, by the rise of the Himalayas and the increasing contrast of
climate; while the formation of the great desert-belts of the Sahara, Arabia,
Persia, and Central Asia, helped to complete the separation of the
Temperate and Tropical zones, and to render further intermigration almost
impossible.
In a few cases—of which the Rodents in Australia and the pigs in Austro-
Malaya are perhaps the most striking examples—the distribution of land-
mammals has been effected by a sea-passage either by swimming or on
floating vegetation; but, as a rule, we may be sure that the migrations of
mammalia have taken place over the land; and their presence on islands is,
therefore, a clear indication that these have been once connected with a
continent. The present class of animals thus affords the best evidence of the
past history of the land surface of our globe; and we have chiefly relied
upon it in sketching out (in Part III.) the probable changes which each of
our great regions has undergone.
Birds.
Although birds are, of all land-vertebrates, the best able to cross seas and
oceans, it is remarkable how closely the main features of their distribution
correspond with those of the Mammalia. South America possesses the low
Formicaroid type of Passeres,—which, compared with the more highly
Page 625
developed forms of the Eastern Hemisphere, is analogous to the Cebidæ
and Hapalidæ as compared with the Old World Apes and Monkeys; while
its Cracidæ as compared with the Pheasants and Grouse, may be considered
parallel to the Edentata as compared with the Ungulates of the Old World.
The Marsupials of America and Australia, are paralleled among birds, in the
Struthionidæ and Megapodiidæ; the Lemurs and Insectivora preserved in
Madagascar are represented by the Mascarene Dididæ; the absence of Deer
and Bears from Africa is analogous to the absence of Wrens, Creepers, and
Pheasants; while the African Hyracidæ and Chrysochloridæ among
mammals, may well be compared with the equally peculiar Coliidæ and
Musophagidæ among birds.
From these and many other similarities of distribution, it is clear that birds
have, as a rule, followed the same great lines of migration as mammalia;
and that oceans, seas, and deserts, have always to a great extent limited
their range. Yet these barriers have not been absolute; and in the course of
ages birds have been able to reach almost every habitable land upon the
globe. Hence have arisen some of the most curious and interesting
phenomena of distribution; and many islands, which are entirely destitute of
mammalia, or possess a very few species, abound in birds, often of peculiar
types and remarkable for some unusual character or habit. Striking
examples of such interesting bird-faunas are those of New Zealand, the
Sandwich Islands, the Galapagos, the Mascarene Islands, the Moluccas, and
the Antilles; while even small and remote islets,—such as Juan Fernandez
and Norfolk Island, have more light thrown upon their past history by
means of their birds, than by any other portion of their scanty fauna.
Another peculiar feature in the distribution of this class is the extraordinary
manner in which certain groups and certain external characteristics, have
become developed in islands, where the smaller and less powerful birds
have been protected from the incursions of mammalian enemies, and where
rapacious birds—which seem to some degree dependent on the abundance
of mammalia—are also scarce. Thus, we have the Pigeons and the Parrots
most wonderfully developed in the Australian region, which is pre-
eminently insular; and both these groups here acquire conspicuous colours
very unusual, or altogether absent, elsewhere. Similar colours (black and
red) appear, in the same two groups, in the distant Mascarene islands; while
and Hapalidæ as compared with the Old World Apes and Monkeys; while
its Cracidæ as compared with the Pheasants and Grouse, may be considered
parallel to the Edentata as compared with the Ungulates of the Old World.
The Marsupials of America and Australia, are paralleled among birds, in the
Struthionidæ and Megapodiidæ; the Lemurs and Insectivora preserved in
Madagascar are represented by the Mascarene Dididæ; the absence of Deer
and Bears from Africa is analogous to the absence of Wrens, Creepers, and
Pheasants; while the African Hyracidæ and Chrysochloridæ among
mammals, may well be compared with the equally peculiar Coliidæ and
Musophagidæ among birds.
From these and many other similarities of distribution, it is clear that birds
have, as a rule, followed the same great lines of migration as mammalia;
and that oceans, seas, and deserts, have always to a great extent limited
their range. Yet these barriers have not been absolute; and in the course of
ages birds have been able to reach almost every habitable land upon the
globe. Hence have arisen some of the most curious and interesting
phenomena of distribution; and many islands, which are entirely destitute of
mammalia, or possess a very few species, abound in birds, often of peculiar
types and remarkable for some unusual character or habit. Striking
examples of such interesting bird-faunas are those of New Zealand, the
Sandwich Islands, the Galapagos, the Mascarene Islands, the Moluccas, and
the Antilles; while even small and remote islets,—such as Juan Fernandez
and Norfolk Island, have more light thrown upon their past history by
means of their birds, than by any other portion of their scanty fauna.
Another peculiar feature in the distribution of this class is the extraordinary
manner in which certain groups and certain external characteristics, have
become developed in islands, where the smaller and less powerful birds
have been protected from the incursions of mammalian enemies, and where
rapacious birds—which seem to some degree dependent on the abundance
of mammalia—are also scarce. Thus, we have the Pigeons and the Parrots
most wonderfully developed in the Australian region, which is pre-
eminently insular; and both these groups here acquire conspicuous colours
very unusual, or altogether absent, elsewhere. Similar colours (black and
red) appear, in the same two groups, in the distant Mascarene islands; while
Page 626
in the Antilles the parrots have often white heads, a character not found in
the allied species on the South American continent. Crests, too, are largely
developed, in both these groups, in the Australian region only; and a crested
parrot formerly lived in Mauritius,—a coincidence too much like that of the
colours as above noted, to be considered accidental.
Again, birds exhibit to us a remarkable contrast as regards the oceanic
islands of tropical and temperate latitudes; for while most of the former
present hardly any cases of specific identity with the birds of adjacent
continents, the latter often show hardly any differences. The Galapagos and
Madagascar are examples of the first-named peculiarity; the Azores and the
Bermudas of the last; and the difference can be clearly traced to the
frequency and violence of storms in the one case and to the calms or steady
breezes in the other.
It appears then, that although birds do not afford us the same convincing
proof of the former union of now disjoined lands as we obtain from
mammals, yet they give us much curious and suggestive information as to
the various and complex modes in which the existing peculiarities of the
distribution of animals have been brought about. They also throw much
light on the relation between distribution and the external characters of
animals; and, as they are often found where mammalia are quite absent, we
must rank them as of equal value for the purposes of our present study.
Reptiles.
These hold a somewhat intermediate place, as regards their distribution,
between mammals and birds, having on the whole rather a wider range than
the former, and a more restricted one than the latter.
Snakes appear to have hardly more facilities for crossing the ocean than
mammals; hence they are generally absent from oceanic islands. They are
more especially a tropical group, and have thus never been able to pass
from one continent to another by those high northern and southern routes,
which we have seen reason to believe were very effectual in the case of
the allied species on the South American continent. Crests, too, are largely
developed, in both these groups, in the Australian region only; and a crested
parrot formerly lived in Mauritius,—a coincidence too much like that of the
colours as above noted, to be considered accidental.
Again, birds exhibit to us a remarkable contrast as regards the oceanic
islands of tropical and temperate latitudes; for while most of the former
present hardly any cases of specific identity with the birds of adjacent
continents, the latter often show hardly any differences. The Galapagos and
Madagascar are examples of the first-named peculiarity; the Azores and the
Bermudas of the last; and the difference can be clearly traced to the
frequency and violence of storms in the one case and to the calms or steady
breezes in the other.
It appears then, that although birds do not afford us the same convincing
proof of the former union of now disjoined lands as we obtain from
mammals, yet they give us much curious and suggestive information as to
the various and complex modes in which the existing peculiarities of the
distribution of animals have been brought about. They also throw much
light on the relation between distribution and the external characters of
animals; and, as they are often found where mammalia are quite absent, we
must rank them as of equal value for the purposes of our present study.
Reptiles.
These hold a somewhat intermediate place, as regards their distribution,
between mammals and birds, having on the whole rather a wider range than
the former, and a more restricted one than the latter.
Snakes appear to have hardly more facilities for crossing the ocean than
mammals; hence they are generally absent from oceanic islands. They are
more especially a tropical group, and have thus never been able to pass
from one continent to another by those high northern and southern routes,
which we have seen reason to believe were very effectual in the case of
Page 627
mammalia and some other animals. Hence we find no resemblance between
the Australian and Neotropical regions, or between the Palæarctic and
Nearctic; while the Western Hemisphere is comparatively poor as regards
variety of types, although rich in genera and species. Deserts and high
mountains are also very effectual barriers for this group, and their lines of
migration have probably been along river valleys, and occasionally across
narrow seas by means of floating vegetation.
Lizards, being somewhat less tropical than snakes, may have passed by the
northern route during warm epochs. They are also more suited to traverse
deserts, and they possess some unknown means of crossing the ocean, as
they are not unfrequently found in remote oceanic islands. These various
causes have modified their distribution. The Western Hemisphere is much
richer in lizards than it is in snakes; and it is also very distinct from the
Eastern Hemisphere. The lines of migration of lizards appear to have been
along the mountains and deserts of tropical countries, and, under special
conditions, across tropical seas from island to island.
Crocodiles are a declining group. They were once more generally
distributed, all the three families being found in British Eocene deposits.
Being aquatic and capable of living in the sea, they can readily pass along
all the coasts and islands of the warmer parts of the globe. Tortoises are
equally ancient, and the restriction of certain groups to definite areas seems
to be also a recent phenomenon.
Amphibia.
The Amphibia differ widely from Reptiles in their power of enduring cold;
one of their chief divisions, the Urodela or Tailed-Batrachia, being confined
to the temperate parts of the Northern Hemisphere. To this class of animals
the northern and southern routes of migration were open; and we
accordingly find a considerable amount of resemblance between South
America and Australia, and a still stronger affinity between North America
and the Palæarctic continent. The other tropical regions are more distinct
from each other; clearly indicating that, in this group, it is tropical deserts
and tropical oceans which are the barriers to migration. The class however
the Australian and Neotropical regions, or between the Palæarctic and
Nearctic; while the Western Hemisphere is comparatively poor as regards
variety of types, although rich in genera and species. Deserts and high
mountains are also very effectual barriers for this group, and their lines of
migration have probably been along river valleys, and occasionally across
narrow seas by means of floating vegetation.
Lizards, being somewhat less tropical than snakes, may have passed by the
northern route during warm epochs. They are also more suited to traverse
deserts, and they possess some unknown means of crossing the ocean, as
they are not unfrequently found in remote oceanic islands. These various
causes have modified their distribution. The Western Hemisphere is much
richer in lizards than it is in snakes; and it is also very distinct from the
Eastern Hemisphere. The lines of migration of lizards appear to have been
along the mountains and deserts of tropical countries, and, under special
conditions, across tropical seas from island to island.
Crocodiles are a declining group. They were once more generally
distributed, all the three families being found in British Eocene deposits.
Being aquatic and capable of living in the sea, they can readily pass along
all the coasts and islands of the warmer parts of the globe. Tortoises are
equally ancient, and the restriction of certain groups to definite areas seems
to be also a recent phenomenon.
Amphibia.
The Amphibia differ widely from Reptiles in their power of enduring cold;
one of their chief divisions, the Urodela or Tailed-Batrachia, being confined
to the temperate parts of the Northern Hemisphere. To this class of animals
the northern and southern routes of migration were open; and we
accordingly find a considerable amount of resemblance between South
America and Australia, and a still stronger affinity between North America
and the Palæarctic continent. The other tropical regions are more distinct
from each other; clearly indicating that, in this group, it is tropical deserts
and tropical oceans which are the barriers to migration. The class however
Page 628
is very fragmentary, and probably very ancient; so that descendants of once
widespread types are now found isolated in various parts of the globe,
between which we may feel sure there has been no direct transmission of
Batrachia. Remembering that their chief lines of migration have been by
northern and southern land-routes, by floating ice, by fresh-water channels,
and perhaps at rare intervals by ova being carried by aquatic birds or by
violent storms,—we shall be able to comprehend most of the features of
their actual distribution.
Fresh-water Fishes.
Although it would appear, at first sight, that the means of dispersal of these
animals are very limited, yet they share to some extent the wide range of
other fresh-water organisms. They are found in all climates; but the tropical
regions are by far the most productive, and of these South America is
perhaps the richest and most peculiar. There is a certain amount of identity
between the two northern continents, and also between those of the South
Temperate zone; yet all are radically distinct, even North America and
Europe having but a small proportion of their forms in common. The
occurrence of allied fresh-water species in remote lands—as the Aphritis of
Tasmania and Patagonia, and the Comephorus of Lake Baikal, distantly
allied to the mackerels of Northern seas—would imply that marine fishes
are often modified for a life in fresh waters; while other facts no less plainly
show that permanent fresh-water species are sometimes dispersed in various
ways across the oceans, more especially by the northern and southern
routes.
The families of fresh-water fishes are often of restricted range, although
cases of very wide and scattered distribution also occur. The great
zoological regions are, on the whole, very well characterized; showing that
the same barriers are effectual here, as with most other vertebrates. We
conclude, therefore, that the chief lines of migration of fresh-water fishes
have been across the Arctic and Antarctic seas, probably by means of
floating ice as well as by the help of the vast flocks of migratory aquatic
birds that frequent those regions. On continents they are, usually, widely
dispersed; but tropical seas, even when of small extent, appear to have
widespread types are now found isolated in various parts of the globe,
between which we may feel sure there has been no direct transmission of
Batrachia. Remembering that their chief lines of migration have been by
northern and southern land-routes, by floating ice, by fresh-water channels,
and perhaps at rare intervals by ova being carried by aquatic birds or by
violent storms,—we shall be able to comprehend most of the features of
their actual distribution.
Fresh-water Fishes.
Although it would appear, at first sight, that the means of dispersal of these
animals are very limited, yet they share to some extent the wide range of
other fresh-water organisms. They are found in all climates; but the tropical
regions are by far the most productive, and of these South America is
perhaps the richest and most peculiar. There is a certain amount of identity
between the two northern continents, and also between those of the South
Temperate zone; yet all are radically distinct, even North America and
Europe having but a small proportion of their forms in common. The
occurrence of allied fresh-water species in remote lands—as the Aphritis of
Tasmania and Patagonia, and the Comephorus of Lake Baikal, distantly
allied to the mackerels of Northern seas—would imply that marine fishes
are often modified for a life in fresh waters; while other facts no less plainly
show that permanent fresh-water species are sometimes dispersed in various
ways across the oceans, more especially by the northern and southern
routes.
The families of fresh-water fishes are often of restricted range, although
cases of very wide and scattered distribution also occur. The great
zoological regions are, on the whole, very well characterized; showing that
the same barriers are effectual here, as with most other vertebrates. We
conclude, therefore, that the chief lines of migration of fresh-water fishes
have been across the Arctic and Antarctic seas, probably by means of
floating ice as well as by the help of the vast flocks of migratory aquatic
birds that frequent those regions. On continents they are, usually, widely
dispersed; but tropical seas, even when of small extent, appear to have
Page 629
offered an effectual barrier to their dispersal. The cases of affinity between
Tropical America, Africa, Asia, and Australia, must therefore be imputed
either to the survival of once widespread groups, or to analogous adaptation
to a fresh-water life of wide-spread marine types; and these cases cannot be
taken as evidence of any former land connection between such remote
continents.
Insects.
It has already been shown (Vol. I. pp. 209-213 and Vol. II. pp. 44-48) that
the peculiarities of distribution of the various groups of insects depend very
much on their habits and general economy. Their antiquity is so vast, and
their more important modifications of structure have probably occurred so
slowly, that modes of dispersal depending on such a combination of
favourable conditions as to be of excessive rarity, may yet have had time to
produce large cumulative effects. Their small specific gravity and their
habits of flight render them liable to dispersal by winds to an extent
unknown in other classes of animals; and thus, what are usually very
effectual barriers have been overstepped, and sometimes almost obliterated,
in the case of insects. A careful examination will, however, almost always
show traces of an ancient fauna, agreeing in character with other classes of
animals, intermixed with the more prominent and often more numerous
forms whose presence is due to this unusual facility of dispersal.
The effectual migration of insects is, perhaps more than in any other class
of animals, limited by organic and physical conditions. The vegetation, the
soil, the temperature, and the supply of moisture, must all be suited to their
habits and economy; while they require an immunity from enemies of
various kinds, which immigrants to a new country seldom obtain. Few
organisms have, in so many complex ways, become adapted to their special
environment, as have insects. They are in each country more or less adapted
to the plants which belong to it; while their colours, their habits, and the
very nature of the juices of their system, are all modified so as to protect
them from the special dangers which surround them in their native land. It
follows, that while no animals are so well adapted to show us the various
Tropical America, Africa, Asia, and Australia, must therefore be imputed
either to the survival of once widespread groups, or to analogous adaptation
to a fresh-water life of wide-spread marine types; and these cases cannot be
taken as evidence of any former land connection between such remote
continents.
Insects.
It has already been shown (Vol. I. pp. 209-213 and Vol. II. pp. 44-48) that
the peculiarities of distribution of the various groups of insects depend very
much on their habits and general economy. Their antiquity is so vast, and
their more important modifications of structure have probably occurred so
slowly, that modes of dispersal depending on such a combination of
favourable conditions as to be of excessive rarity, may yet have had time to
produce large cumulative effects. Their small specific gravity and their
habits of flight render them liable to dispersal by winds to an extent
unknown in other classes of animals; and thus, what are usually very
effectual barriers have been overstepped, and sometimes almost obliterated,
in the case of insects. A careful examination will, however, almost always
show traces of an ancient fauna, agreeing in character with other classes of
animals, intermixed with the more prominent and often more numerous
forms whose presence is due to this unusual facility of dispersal.
The effectual migration of insects is, perhaps more than in any other class
of animals, limited by organic and physical conditions. The vegetation, the
soil, the temperature, and the supply of moisture, must all be suited to their
habits and economy; while they require an immunity from enemies of
various kinds, which immigrants to a new country seldom obtain. Few
organisms have, in so many complex ways, become adapted to their special
environment, as have insects. They are in each country more or less adapted
to the plants which belong to it; while their colours, their habits, and the
very nature of the juices of their system, are all modified so as to protect
them from the special dangers which surround them in their native land. It
follows, that while no animals are so well adapted to show us the various
Page 630
modes by which dispersal may be effected, none can so effectually teach us
the true nature and vast influence of the organic barrier in limiting dispersal.
It is probable that insects have at one time or another taken advantage of
every line of migration by which any terrestrial organisms have spread over
the earth, but owing to their small size and rapid multiplication, they have
made use of some which are exclusively their own. Such are the passage
along mountain ranges from the Arctic to the Antarctic regions, and the
dispersal of certain types over all temperate lands. It will perhaps be found
that insects have spread over the land surface in directions dependent on our
surface zones—forests, pastures, and deserts;—and a study of these, with a
due consideration of the fact that narrow seas are scarcely a barrier to most
of the groups, may assist us to understand many of the details of insect-
distribution.
Terrestrial Mollusca.
The distribution of land-shells agrees, in some features, with that of insects,
while in others the two are strongly contrasted. In both we see the effects of
great antiquity, with some special means of dispersal; but while in insects
the general powers of motion, both voluntary and involuntary, are at a
maximum, in land-molluscs they are almost at a minimum. Although to
some extent dependent on vegetation and climate, the latter are more
dependent on inorganic conditions, and also to a large extent on the general
organic environment. The result of these various causes, acting through
countless ages, has been to spread the main types of structure with
considerable uniformity over the globe; while generic and sub-generic
forms are often wonderfully localized.
Land-shells, even more than insects, seem, at first sight, to require regions
of their own; but we have already pointed out the disadvantages of such a
method of study. It will be far more instructive to refer them to those
regions and sub-regions which are found to accord best with the distribution
of the higher animals, and to consider the various anomalies they present as
so many problems, to be solved by a careful study of their habits and
the true nature and vast influence of the organic barrier in limiting dispersal.
It is probable that insects have at one time or another taken advantage of
every line of migration by which any terrestrial organisms have spread over
the earth, but owing to their small size and rapid multiplication, they have
made use of some which are exclusively their own. Such are the passage
along mountain ranges from the Arctic to the Antarctic regions, and the
dispersal of certain types over all temperate lands. It will perhaps be found
that insects have spread over the land surface in directions dependent on our
surface zones—forests, pastures, and deserts;—and a study of these, with a
due consideration of the fact that narrow seas are scarcely a barrier to most
of the groups, may assist us to understand many of the details of insect-
distribution.
Terrestrial Mollusca.
The distribution of land-shells agrees, in some features, with that of insects,
while in others the two are strongly contrasted. In both we see the effects of
great antiquity, with some special means of dispersal; but while in insects
the general powers of motion, both voluntary and involuntary, are at a
maximum, in land-molluscs they are almost at a minimum. Although to
some extent dependent on vegetation and climate, the latter are more
dependent on inorganic conditions, and also to a large extent on the general
organic environment. The result of these various causes, acting through
countless ages, has been to spread the main types of structure with
considerable uniformity over the globe; while generic and sub-generic
forms are often wonderfully localized.
Land-shells, even more than insects, seem, at first sight, to require regions
of their own; but we have already pointed out the disadvantages of such a
method of study. It will be far more instructive to refer them to those
regions and sub-regions which are found to accord best with the distribution
of the higher animals, and to consider the various anomalies they present as
so many problems, to be solved by a careful study of their habits and
Page 631
economy, and especially by a search after the hidden causes which have
enabled them to spread so widely over land and ocean.
The lines of migration which land-shells have followed, can hardly be
determined with any definiteness. On continents they seem to spread
steadily, but slowly, in every direction, checked probably by organic and
physical conditions rather than by the barriers which limit the higher
groups. Over the ocean they are also slowly dispersed, by some means
which act perhaps at very long intervals, but which, within the period of the
duration of genera and families, are tolerably effective. It thus happens that,
although the powers of dispersal of land-shells and insects are so very
unequal, the resulting geographical distribution is almost the opposite of
what might have been expected,—the former being, on the whole, less
distinctly localized than the latter.
CONCLUSION.
The preceding remarks are all I now venture to offer, on the distinguishing
features of the various groups of land-animals as regards their distribution
and migrations. They are at best but indications of the various lines of
research opened up to us by the study of animals from the geographical
point of view, and by looking upon their range in space and time as an
important portion of the earth's history. Much work has yet to be done
before the materials will exist for a complete treatment of the subject in all
its branches; and it is the author's hope that his volumes may lead to a more
systematic collection and arrangement of the necessary facts. At present all
public museums and private collections are arranged zoologically. All
treatises, monographs, and catalogues, also follow, more or less completely,
the zoological arrangement; and the greatest difficulty the student of
geographical distribution has to contend against, is the total absence of
geographical collections, and the almost total want of complete and
comparable local catalogues. Till every well-marked district,—every
archipelago, and every important island, has all its known species of the
more important groups of animals catalogued on a uniform plan, and with a
uniform nomenclature, a thoroughly satisfactory account of the
Geographical Distribution of Animals will not be possible. But more than
enabled them to spread so widely over land and ocean.
The lines of migration which land-shells have followed, can hardly be
determined with any definiteness. On continents they seem to spread
steadily, but slowly, in every direction, checked probably by organic and
physical conditions rather than by the barriers which limit the higher
groups. Over the ocean they are also slowly dispersed, by some means
which act perhaps at very long intervals, but which, within the period of the
duration of genera and families, are tolerably effective. It thus happens that,
although the powers of dispersal of land-shells and insects are so very
unequal, the resulting geographical distribution is almost the opposite of
what might have been expected,—the former being, on the whole, less
distinctly localized than the latter.
CONCLUSION.
The preceding remarks are all I now venture to offer, on the distinguishing
features of the various groups of land-animals as regards their distribution
and migrations. They are at best but indications of the various lines of
research opened up to us by the study of animals from the geographical
point of view, and by looking upon their range in space and time as an
important portion of the earth's history. Much work has yet to be done
before the materials will exist for a complete treatment of the subject in all
its branches; and it is the author's hope that his volumes may lead to a more
systematic collection and arrangement of the necessary facts. At present all
public museums and private collections are arranged zoologically. All
treatises, monographs, and catalogues, also follow, more or less completely,
the zoological arrangement; and the greatest difficulty the student of
geographical distribution has to contend against, is the total absence of
geographical collections, and the almost total want of complete and
comparable local catalogues. Till every well-marked district,—every
archipelago, and every important island, has all its known species of the
more important groups of animals catalogued on a uniform plan, and with a
uniform nomenclature, a thoroughly satisfactory account of the
Geographical Distribution of Animals will not be possible. But more than
Page 632
this is wanted. Many of the most curious relations between animal forms
and their habitats, are entirely unnoticed, owing to the productions of the
same locality never being associated in our museums and collections. A few
such relations have been brought to light by modern scientific travellers, but
many more remain to be discovered; and there is probably no fresher and
more productive field still unexplored in Natural History. Most of these
curious and suggestive relations are to be found in the productions of
islands, as compared with each other, or with the continents of which they
form appendages; but these can never be properly studied, or even
discovered, unless they are visibly grouped together. When the birds, the
more conspicuous families of insects, and the land-shells of islands, are
kept together so as to be readily compared with similar associations from
the adjacent continents or other islands, it is believed that in almost every
case there will be found to be peculiarities of form or colour running
through widely different groups, and strictly indicative of local or
geographical influences. Some of these coincident variations have been
alluded to in various parts of this work, but they have never been
systematically investigated. They constitute an unworked mine of wealth
for the enterprising explorer; and they may not improbably lead to the
discovery of some of the hidden laws (supplementary to Natural Selection),
which seem to be required, in order to account for many of the external
characteristics of animals.
In concluding his task, the author ventures to suggest, that naturalists who
are disposed to turn aside from the beaten track of research, may find in the
line of study here suggested a new and interesting pursuit, not inferior in
attractions to the lofty heights of transcendental anatomy, or the bewildering
mazes of modern classification. And it is a study which will surely lead
them to an increased appreciation of the beauty and the harmony of nature,
and to a fuller comprehension of the complex relations and mutual
interdependence, which link together every animal and vegetable form, with
the ever-changing earth which supports them, into one grand organic whole.
GENERAL INDEX.
and their habitats, are entirely unnoticed, owing to the productions of the
same locality never being associated in our museums and collections. A few
such relations have been brought to light by modern scientific travellers, but
many more remain to be discovered; and there is probably no fresher and
more productive field still unexplored in Natural History. Most of these
curious and suggestive relations are to be found in the productions of
islands, as compared with each other, or with the continents of which they
form appendages; but these can never be properly studied, or even
discovered, unless they are visibly grouped together. When the birds, the
more conspicuous families of insects, and the land-shells of islands, are
kept together so as to be readily compared with similar associations from
the adjacent continents or other islands, it is believed that in almost every
case there will be found to be peculiarities of form or colour running
through widely different groups, and strictly indicative of local or
geographical influences. Some of these coincident variations have been
alluded to in various parts of this work, but they have never been
systematically investigated. They constitute an unworked mine of wealth
for the enterprising explorer; and they may not improbably lead to the
discovery of some of the hidden laws (supplementary to Natural Selection),
which seem to be required, in order to account for many of the external
characteristics of animals.
In concluding his task, the author ventures to suggest, that naturalists who
are disposed to turn aside from the beaten track of research, may find in the
line of study here suggested a new and interesting pursuit, not inferior in
attractions to the lofty heights of transcendental anatomy, or the bewildering
mazes of modern classification. And it is a study which will surely lead
them to an increased appreciation of the beauty and the harmony of nature,
and to a fuller comprehension of the complex relations and mutual
interdependence, which link together every animal and vegetable form, with
the ever-changing earth which supports them, into one grand organic whole.
GENERAL INDEX.
Page 633
All names in Italics refer, either to the genera and other groups of Extinct
Animals in Part II. of the First Volume;—or to the genera whose
distribution is given under Geographical Zoology (Part IV.) in the Second
Volume; the Families and higher groups being in small capitals. All other
references are in ordinary type.
The various matters discussed under Zoological Geography (Part III.), are
indexed as much as possible by subjects and localities. None of the genera
mentioned in this Part are indexed, as this would have more than doubled
the extent of the Index, and would have served no useful purpose, because
the general distribution of each genus is given in Part IV., and the separate
details can always be found by referring to the region, sub-region, and class.
Animals in Part II. of the First Volume;—or to the genera whose
distribution is given under Geographical Zoology (Part IV.) in the Second
Volume; the Families and higher groups being in small capitals. All other
references are in ordinary type.
The various matters discussed under Zoological Geography (Part III.), are
indexed as much as possible by subjects and localities. None of the genera
mentioned in this Part are indexed, as this would have more than doubled
the extent of the Index, and would have served no useful purpose, because
the general distribution of each genus is given in Part IV., and the separate
details can always be found by referring to the region, sub-region, and class.
Page 634
A.
Aard-vark of East Africa, figure of, i. 261
Aard-vark, ii. 246
Aard-wolf, ii. 196
Abacetus, ii. 491
Abax, ii. 489
Abisara, ii. 475
Ablabes, ii. 375
Ablepharus, ii. 395
Abramis, ii. 453
Abronia, ii. 392
Abrornis, ii. 258
Abrostomus, ii. 451
Aburria, ii. 343
Acalyptus, ii. 384
Acanthias, ii. 401
Acanthicus, ii. 444
Acanthion, ii. 240
Acanthis, ii. 283
Acanthisitta, ii. 265
Acanthiza, ii. 258
Aard-vark of East Africa, figure of, i. 261
Aard-vark, ii. 246
Aard-wolf, ii. 196
Abacetus, ii. 491
Abax, ii. 489
Abisara, ii. 475
Ablabes, ii. 375
Ablepharus, ii. 395
Abramis, ii. 453
Abronia, ii. 392
Abrornis, ii. 258
Abrostomus, ii. 451
Aburria, ii. 343
Acalyptus, ii. 384
Acanthias, ii. 401
Acanthicus, ii. 444
Acanthion, ii. 240
Acanthis, ii. 283
Acanthisitta, ii. 265
Acanthiza, ii. 258
Page 635
Acanthobrama, ii. 453
ACANTHOCLINIDÆ, ii. 432
Acanthodactylus, ii. 391
Acanthodelphis, ii. 209
Acantholabrus, ii. 437
Acanthomys, ii. 229
Acanthophis, ii. 383
Acanthopsis, ii. 453
ACANTHOPTERYGII, ii. 424
ACANTHOPTERYGII PHARYNCOGNATHI, ii. 437
Acanthopthalmus, ii. 453
Acanthoptila, ii. 261
Acanthopyga, ii. 390
Acanthorhynchus, ii. 275
Acanthosaura, ii. 402
Acara, ii. 438
Accentor, ii. 260
Accentorinæ, ii. 257
Accipenser, ii. 459
ACCIPENSERIDÆ, ii. 459
Accipiter, ii. 348
ACANTHOCLINIDÆ, ii. 432
Acanthodactylus, ii. 391
Acanthodelphis, ii. 209
Acantholabrus, ii. 437
Acanthomys, ii. 229
Acanthophis, ii. 383
Acanthopsis, ii. 453
ACANTHOPTERYGII, ii. 424
ACANTHOPTERYGII PHARYNCOGNATHI, ii. 437
Acanthopthalmus, ii. 453
Acanthoptila, ii. 261
Acanthopyga, ii. 390
Acanthorhynchus, ii. 275
Acanthosaura, ii. 402
Acara, ii. 438
Accentor, ii. 260
Accentorinæ, ii. 257
Accipenser, ii. 459
ACCIPENSERIDÆ, ii. 459
Accipiter, ii. 348
Page 636
Accipitres, European Eocene, i. 163
Accipitres, classification of, i. 97
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 248
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 312
range of Oriental genera of, i. 385
range of Australian genera of, i. 484
ACCIPITRES, ii. 345
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 351
ACCIPITRINÆ, ii. 347
Acerina, ii. 425
Aceros, ii. 317
Acerotherium, ii. 214
Acerotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Acestra, ii. 444
Acestura, ii. 108
Achalinus, ii. 375
Acharnes, ii. 434
Achatina, ii. 515
Achatinella, ii. 514
Acherontia, ii. 483
Achilognathus, ii. 452
Achænodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Accipitres, classification of, i. 97
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 248
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 312
range of Oriental genera of, i. 385
range of Australian genera of, i. 484
ACCIPITRES, ii. 345
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 351
ACCIPITRINÆ, ii. 347
Acerina, ii. 425
Aceros, ii. 317
Acerotherium, ii. 214
Acerotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Acestra, ii. 444
Acestura, ii. 108
Achalinus, ii. 375
Acharnes, ii. 434
Achatina, ii. 515
Achatinella, ii. 514
Acherontia, ii. 483
Achilognathus, ii. 452
Achænodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Page 637
Acicula, ii. 519
ACICULIDÆ, ii. 519
Acmæodera, ii. 497
Acodon, ii. 230
ACONTIADÆ, ii. 399
Acontias, ii. 399
Acotherium, European Eocene, i. 126
Acotherium, ii. 215
Acræa, ii. 473
ACRÆIDÆ, ii. 473
Acrantus, ii. 390
Acredula, ii. 266
Acridotheres, ii. 287
Acris, ii. 419
Acrobata, ii. 252
Acrocephalus, ii. 258
Acrochilus, ii. 452
ACROCHORDIDÆ, ii. 382
Acrochordonichthys, ii. 442
Acrochordus, ii. 382
ACRONURIDÆ, ii. 433
ACICULIDÆ, ii. 519
Acmæodera, ii. 497
Acodon, ii. 230
ACONTIADÆ, ii. 399
Acontias, ii. 399
Acotherium, European Eocene, i. 126
Acotherium, ii. 215
Acræa, ii. 473
ACRÆIDÆ, ii. 473
Acrantus, ii. 390
Acredula, ii. 266
Acridotheres, ii. 287
Acris, ii. 419
Acrobata, ii. 252
Acrocephalus, ii. 258
Acrochilus, ii. 452
ACROCHORDIDÆ, ii. 382
Acrochordonichthys, ii. 442
Acrochordus, ii. 382
ACRONURIDÆ, ii. 433
Page 638
Acropternis, ii. 297
Acryllium, ii. 340
Actenodes, ii. 497
Actinodura, ii. 261
Ada, ii. 390
Adamsiella, ii. 521
Adapis, European Eocene, i. 125
Addax, ii. 223
Adelomia, ii. 108
Adelotopus, ii. 490
Adenomera, ii. 416
Adolias, ii. 474
Aedon, ii. 259
Ægeria, ii. 482
ÆGERIIDÆ, ii. 482
Ægialitis, ii. 356
Ægithaliscus, ii. 266
Ægithalus, ii. 266
Ægocera, ii. 482
Ægotheles, ii. 318
Æluredus, ii. 275
Acryllium, ii. 340
Actenodes, ii. 497
Actinodura, ii. 261
Ada, ii. 390
Adamsiella, ii. 521
Adapis, European Eocene, i. 125
Addax, ii. 223
Adelomia, ii. 108
Adelotopus, ii. 490
Adenomera, ii. 416
Adolias, ii. 474
Aedon, ii. 259
Ægeria, ii. 482
ÆGERIIDÆ, ii. 482
Ægialitis, ii. 356
Ægithaliscus, ii. 266
Ægithalus, ii. 266
Ægocera, ii. 482
Ægotheles, ii. 318
Æluredus, ii. 275
Page 639
Ælurichthys, ii. 443
ÆLURIDÆ, ii. 201
Ælurogale, European Eocene, i. 125
Æluropus, ii. 201
Ælurus, ii. 201
Æmona, ii. 472
Ænigma, ii. 490
Æolidæ, ii. 530
Æpyceros, ii. 223
Æpyornis, of Madagascar, i. 164
Æpyornis, ii. 370
ÆPYORNITHIDÆ, ii. 370
Æsacus, ii. 355
Æshna, from the Lias, i. 167
Æthopyga, ii. 276
Æthya, ii. 364
Agama, ii. 402
AGAMIDÆ, ii. 401
Agapornis, ii. 328
Agarista, ii. 482
Agaristidæ, ii. 482
ÆLURIDÆ, ii. 201
Ælurogale, European Eocene, i. 125
Æluropus, ii. 201
Ælurus, ii. 201
Æmona, ii. 472
Ænigma, ii. 490
Æolidæ, ii. 530
Æpyceros, ii. 223
Æpyornis, of Madagascar, i. 164
Æpyornis, ii. 370
ÆPYORNITHIDÆ, ii. 370
Æsacus, ii. 355
Æshna, from the Lias, i. 167
Æthopyga, ii. 276
Æthya, ii. 364
Agama, ii. 402
AGAMIDÆ, ii. 401
Agapornis, ii. 328
Agarista, ii. 482
Agaristidæ, ii. 482
Page 640
Agelasta, ii. 501
Agelastinæ, ii. 340
Agelæus, ii. 282
Ageniosus, ii. 443
Ageronia, ii. 474
Aglæactis, ii. 108
Agnopterus, European Eocene, i. 163
Agoniates, ii. 445
Agonostoma, ii. 435
Agonus, ii. 428
Agouti, ii. 241
Agra, ii. 490
Agraulis, ii. 474
Agrilus, ii. 497
Agriochœrus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Agrion, from the Lias, i. 167
Agriornis, ii. 100
Ahætulla, ii. 379
Ailia, ii. 442
Aipysurus, ii. 384
Aithurus, ii. 107
Agelastinæ, ii. 340
Agelæus, ii. 282
Ageniosus, ii. 443
Ageronia, ii. 474
Aglæactis, ii. 108
Agnopterus, European Eocene, i. 163
Agoniates, ii. 445
Agonostoma, ii. 435
Agonus, ii. 428
Agouti, ii. 241
Agra, ii. 490
Agraulis, ii. 474
Agrilus, ii. 497
Agriochœrus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Agrion, from the Lias, i. 167
Agriornis, ii. 100
Ahætulla, ii. 379
Ailia, ii. 442
Aipysurus, ii. 384
Aithurus, ii. 107
Page 641
Aix, ii. 363
Akysis, ii. 442
Alæmon, ii. 289
Alaska, birds of, ii. 136
Alauda, ii. 289
ALAUDIDÆ, ii. 289
Albatrosses, ii. 365
Albulichthys, ii. 452
Alburnus, ii. 453
Alca, ii. 367
Alcadia, ii. 522
ALCEDINIDÆ, ii. 315
Alcedo, ii. 316
ALCEPHALINÆ, ii. 224
Alcephalus, Indian Miocene, i. 122
Alcephalus, ii. 224
Alces, ii. 219
ALCIDÆ, ii. 367
Alcippe, ii. 261
Alcurus, ii. 267
Alcyone, ii. 316
Akysis, ii. 442
Alæmon, ii. 289
Alaska, birds of, ii. 136
Alauda, ii. 289
ALAUDIDÆ, ii. 289
Albatrosses, ii. 365
Albulichthys, ii. 452
Alburnus, ii. 453
Alca, ii. 367
Alcadia, ii. 522
ALCEDINIDÆ, ii. 315
Alcedo, ii. 316
ALCEPHALINÆ, ii. 224
Alcephalus, Indian Miocene, i. 122
Alcephalus, ii. 224
Alces, ii. 219
ALCIDÆ, ii. 367
Alcippe, ii. 261
Alcurus, ii. 267
Alcyone, ii. 316
Page 642
Aldabra Islands, land-tortoises of, i. 289
Alectorurus, ii. 100
Alectrœnas, ii. 332
ALEPOCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 454
Alesa, ii. 475
Alestes, ii. 445
Alethe, ii. 262
Aletornis, N. American Eocene, i. 163
Aleutian Islands, birds of, ii. 137
Algeria, Post-Pliocene deposits and caves of, i. 111
Algira, ii. 391
Alleghany sub-region, ii. 130
mammalia of, ii. 132
birds of, ii. 132
reptiles of, ii. 133
amphibia of, ii. 134
fishes of, ii. 134
islands of, ii. 134
Allen, Mr. J. A., on Zoological regions, i. 61
objections to his system of circumpolar zones, i. 67
objections to his zoo-geographical nomenclature, i. 68
on birds of N. America, ii. 133, 136
Alligator, ii. 406
ALLIGATORIDÆ, ii. 406
Alligators, ii. 406
Alectorurus, ii. 100
Alectrœnas, ii. 332
ALEPOCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 454
Alesa, ii. 475
Alestes, ii. 445
Alethe, ii. 262
Aletornis, N. American Eocene, i. 163
Aleutian Islands, birds of, ii. 137
Algeria, Post-Pliocene deposits and caves of, i. 111
Algira, ii. 391
Alleghany sub-region, ii. 130
mammalia of, ii. 132
birds of, ii. 132
reptiles of, ii. 133
amphibia of, ii. 134
fishes of, ii. 134
islands of, ii. 134
Allen, Mr. J. A., on Zoological regions, i. 61
objections to his system of circumpolar zones, i. 67
objections to his zoo-geographical nomenclature, i. 68
on birds of N. America, ii. 133, 136
Alligator, ii. 406
ALLIGATORIDÆ, ii. 406
Alligators, ii. 406
Page 643
Allotinus, ii. 477
Alopecias, ii. 460
Alsæcomus, ii. 332
Alsecus, ii. 259
Alseonax, ii. 270
Alsodes, ii. 417
Altai mountains, fossils in caves, i. 111
Alytes, ii. 417
ALYTIDÆ, ii. 417
Amadina, ii. 287
Amara, ii. 489
Amarynthis, ii. 476
Amathusia, ii. 472
Amauresthes, ii. 287
Amaurospiza, ii. 285
Amazilia, ii. 109
Amblyrhiza, Pliocene of Antilles, i. 148
AMBLYCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 380
Amblycephalus, ii. 380
Amblyceps, ii. 443
Amblychila, ii. 487
Alopecias, ii. 460
Alsæcomus, ii. 332
Alsecus, ii. 259
Alseonax, ii. 270
Alsodes, ii. 417
Altai mountains, fossils in caves, i. 111
Alytes, ii. 417
ALYTIDÆ, ii. 417
Amadina, ii. 287
Amara, ii. 489
Amarynthis, ii. 476
Amathusia, ii. 472
Amauresthes, ii. 287
Amaurospiza, ii. 285
Amazilia, ii. 109
Amblyrhiza, Pliocene of Antilles, i. 148
AMBLYCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 380
Amblycephalus, ii. 380
Amblyceps, ii. 443
Amblychila, ii. 487
Page 644
Amblymora, ii. 501
Amblyopsis, ii. 450
Amblyornis, ii. 275
Amblypharyngodon, ii. 452
Amblypodia, ii. 477
Amblyrhamphus, ii. 282
Amblyrhiza, ii. 237
Amblyrhynchichthys, ii. 452
Amblystoma, ii. 413
Ameiva, ii. 390
America, recent separation of North and South, i. 40
extinct mammalia of, i. 129
N., Post-Pliocene fauna of, i. 129
American Creepers, ii. 295
AMIIDÆ, ii. 458
Amiurus, ii. 442
Ammodromus, ii. 284
Ammodytes, ii. 440
Ammomanes, ii. 289
AMMONITIDÆ, ii. 506
Amomys, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Ampeliceps, ii. 287
Amblyopsis, ii. 450
Amblyornis, ii. 275
Amblypharyngodon, ii. 452
Amblypodia, ii. 477
Amblyrhamphus, ii. 282
Amblyrhiza, ii. 237
Amblyrhynchichthys, ii. 452
Amblystoma, ii. 413
Ameiva, ii. 390
America, recent separation of North and South, i. 40
extinct mammalia of, i. 129
N., Post-Pliocene fauna of, i. 129
American Creepers, ii. 295
AMIIDÆ, ii. 458
Amiurus, ii. 442
Ammodromus, ii. 284
Ammodytes, ii. 440
Ammomanes, ii. 289
AMMONITIDÆ, ii. 506
Amomys, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Ampeliceps, ii. 287
Page 645
AMPELIDÆ, ii. 280
Ampelio, ii. 102
Ampelis, ii. 280
Amphechinus, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 188
Amphibia, means of dispersal of, i. 28
classification of, i. 100
peculiar to Palæarctic region, i. 186
of Central Europe, i. 196
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 205
of the Siberian sub-region, i. 220
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 226
table of Palæarctic families of, i. 237
of the Ethiopian region, i. 255
of West Africa, i. 264
S. African, i. 268
of Madagascar, i. 280
table of Ethiopian families of, i. 298
of the Oriental region, i. 317
of the Indian sub-region, i. 326
of Ceylon, i. 327
of the Indo-Chinese sub-region, i. 331
of the Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 340
table of Oriental families of, i. 369
of the Australian region, i. 397
resemblances of Australian and South-American, i. 400
of New Guinea, i. 416
of New Zealand, i. 457
Neotropical, ii. 11
of South Temperate America, ii. 41
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 54
of the Antilles, ii. 72
table of Neotropical families of, ii. 89
of the Nearctic region, ii. 120
Ampelio, ii. 102
Ampelis, ii. 280
Amphechinus, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 188
Amphibia, means of dispersal of, i. 28
classification of, i. 100
peculiar to Palæarctic region, i. 186
of Central Europe, i. 196
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 205
of the Siberian sub-region, i. 220
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 226
table of Palæarctic families of, i. 237
of the Ethiopian region, i. 255
of West Africa, i. 264
S. African, i. 268
of Madagascar, i. 280
table of Ethiopian families of, i. 298
of the Oriental region, i. 317
of the Indian sub-region, i. 326
of Ceylon, i. 327
of the Indo-Chinese sub-region, i. 331
of the Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 340
table of Oriental families of, i. 369
of the Australian region, i. 397
resemblances of Australian and South-American, i. 400
of New Guinea, i. 416
of New Zealand, i. 457
Neotropical, ii. 11
of South Temperate America, ii. 41
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 54
of the Antilles, ii. 72
table of Neotropical families of, ii. 89
of the Nearctic region, ii. 120
Page 646
of California, ii. 128
of Central North America, ii. 131
of Eastern United States, ii. 134
table of Nearctic families of, ii. 143
AMPHIBIA, ii. 411
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 422
fossil, ii. 423
summary and conclusion, ii. 548
lines of migration of, ii. 548
Amphibola, ii. 510
Amphibos, Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 225
Amphicyon, European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
N. American Tertiary, i. 134
ii. 198
ii. 202
Amphiglossus, ii 398
Amphimericidæ, European Miocene, i. 119
Amphimoschus, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 220
Amphioxus, ii. 464
Amphipnous, ii. 455
Amphisbæna, ii. 389
AMPHISBÆNIDÆ, ii. 388
Amphisorex, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 191
of Central North America, ii. 131
of Eastern United States, ii. 134
table of Nearctic families of, ii. 143
AMPHIBIA, ii. 411
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 422
fossil, ii. 423
summary and conclusion, ii. 548
lines of migration of, ii. 548
Amphibola, ii. 510
Amphibos, Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 225
Amphicyon, European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
N. American Tertiary, i. 134
ii. 198
ii. 202
Amphiglossus, ii 398
Amphimericidæ, European Miocene, i. 119
Amphimoschus, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 220
Amphioxus, ii. 464
Amphipnous, ii. 455
Amphisbæna, ii. 389
AMPHISBÆNIDÆ, ii. 388
Amphisorex, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 191
Page 647
Amphitragulus, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 218
Amphiuma, ii. 412
AMPHIUMIDÆ, ii. 412
Amphixestus, ii. 397
Ampullaria, ii. 510
Amydrus, ii. 288
Amytis, ii. 258
Anabatoides, ii. 103
Anabazenops, ii. 103
Anableps, ii. 450
ANACANTHINI, ii. 439
Anacyrtus, ii. 445
Anadenus, ii. 517
Anadia, ii. 393
ANADIADÆ, ii. 393
Anæretes, ii. 101, 291
Anaides, ii. 413
Analcipus, ii. 268
Anarhynchus, ii. 356
Anarrhichas, ii. 431
ii. 218
Amphiuma, ii. 412
AMPHIUMIDÆ, ii. 412
Amphixestus, ii. 397
Ampullaria, ii. 510
Amydrus, ii. 288
Amytis, ii. 258
Anabatoides, ii. 103
Anabazenops, ii. 103
Anableps, ii. 450
ANACANTHINI, ii. 439
Anacyrtus, ii. 445
Anadenus, ii. 517
Anadia, ii. 393
ANADIADÆ, ii. 393
Anæretes, ii. 101, 291
Anaides, ii. 413
Analcipus, ii. 268
Anarhynchus, ii. 356
Anarrhichas, ii. 431
Page 648
Anas, ii. 363
Anastoma, European Tertiary, i. 169
ii. 527
Anastomus, ii. 361
ANATIDÆ, ii. 363
ANATINIDÆ, ii. 536
Anatinella, ii. 536
Anausorex, ii. 191
Anchilophus, European Eocene, i. 125
Anchippodus, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Anchippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Anchitheridæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
ii. 212
Anchitherium, European Miocene, i. 119
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Ancient fauna of New Zealand, i. 459
Ancistrops, ii. 103
Ancylotherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 121
Ancylotherium, ii. 246
Ancyluris, ii. 476
Ancylus, ii. 518
Anastoma, European Tertiary, i. 169
ii. 527
Anastomus, ii. 361
ANATIDÆ, ii. 363
ANATINIDÆ, ii. 536
Anatinella, ii. 536
Anausorex, ii. 191
Anchilophus, European Eocene, i. 125
Anchippodus, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Anchippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Anchitheridæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
ii. 212
Anchitherium, European Miocene, i. 119
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Ancient fauna of New Zealand, i. 459
Ancistrops, ii. 103
Ancylotherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 121
Ancylotherium, ii. 246
Ancyluris, ii. 476
Ancylus, ii. 518
Page 649
Andaman Islands, zoology of, i. 333
probable past history of, i. 334
Andigena, ii. 307
Andrias, European Miocene, i. 165
Androdon, ii. 107
Andropadus, ii. 267
Aneitea, ii. 517
Anguilla, ii. 456
Anguis, ii. 397
Angwantibo, ii. 176
Animal kingdom, primary divisions of, i. 85
Animals, development of, affecting distribution, i. 7
dispersal and migration of, i. 10
rapid multiplication of, i. 10
Anisacodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Anoa of Celebes, peculiarities of, i. 428
Anoa, ii. 222
Anodon, ii. 534
Anolius, ii. 400
Anomalurus, ii. 235
Anomalpus, ii. 397
Anoplodipsas, ii. 381
probable past history of, i. 334
Andigena, ii. 307
Andrias, European Miocene, i. 165
Androdon, ii. 107
Andropadus, ii. 267
Aneitea, ii. 517
Anguilla, ii. 456
Anguis, ii. 397
Angwantibo, ii. 176
Animal kingdom, primary divisions of, i. 85
Animals, development of, affecting distribution, i. 7
dispersal and migration of, i. 10
rapid multiplication of, i. 10
Anisacodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Anoa of Celebes, peculiarities of, i. 428
Anoa, ii. 222
Anodon, ii. 534
Anolius, ii. 400
Anomalurus, ii. 235
Anomalpus, ii. 397
Anoplodipsas, ii. 381
Page 650
Anoplotheriidæ, European Miocene, i. 119
Anoplotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
European Eocene, i. 126
S. American Eocene, i. 1
Anopthalmus, ii. 489
Anostomus, ii. 445
Anous, ii. 365
Anser, ii. 363
Anseranas, ii. 363
Anseres, arrangement of, i. 98
peculiar Palæarctic genera of, i. 250
peculiar Ethiopian genera of, i. 313
peculiar Australian genera of, i. 485
ANSERES, general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 367
Antarctia, ii. 490
ii. 492
Ant-eaters, ii. 247
Antechinomys, ii. 249
Antechinus, ii. 249
Antelopes in the Indian Miocene deposits, i. 122
birthplace and migrations of, i. 155
Palæarctic, i. 182
ii. 221
Antelotherium, Indian Miocene, i. 122
Antennarius, ii. 431
Anoplotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
European Eocene, i. 126
S. American Eocene, i. 1
Anopthalmus, ii. 489
Anostomus, ii. 445
Anous, ii. 365
Anser, ii. 363
Anseranas, ii. 363
Anseres, arrangement of, i. 98
peculiar Palæarctic genera of, i. 250
peculiar Ethiopian genera of, i. 313
peculiar Australian genera of, i. 485
ANSERES, general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 367
Antarctia, ii. 490
ii. 492
Ant-eaters, ii. 247
Antechinomys, ii. 249
Antechinus, ii. 249
Antelopes in the Indian Miocene deposits, i. 122
birthplace and migrations of, i. 155
Palæarctic, i. 182
ii. 221
Antelotherium, Indian Miocene, i. 122
Antennarius, ii. 431
Page 651
Anteros, ii. 476
Anthia, ii. 491
Anthipes, ii. 270
Anthocharis, ii. 478
Anthochæra, ii. 275
Anthornis, ii. 275
Anthracotheridæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Anthracotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
ii. 215
Anthreptes, ii. 276
Anthropoid apes, ii. 170
Anthropoides, ii. 357
Anthus, ii. 290
Antiacodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Antillean sub-region, ii. 61
mammalia of, ii. 62
birds of, ii. 64
illustration of zoology of, ii. 67
table of distribution of resident land-birds of, ii. 68
reptiles and amphibia of, ii. 72
fresh-water fish of, ii. 73
insects of, ii. 73
land-shells of, ii. 75
past history of, ii. 78
Antilles, Pliocene Mammalia of, i. 148
land-shells of, ii. 526
Anthia, ii. 491
Anthipes, ii. 270
Anthocharis, ii. 478
Anthochæra, ii. 275
Anthornis, ii. 275
Anthracotheridæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Anthracotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
ii. 215
Anthreptes, ii. 276
Anthropoid apes, ii. 170
Anthropoides, ii. 357
Anthus, ii. 290
Antiacodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Antillean sub-region, ii. 61
mammalia of, ii. 62
birds of, ii. 64
illustration of zoology of, ii. 67
table of distribution of resident land-birds of, ii. 68
reptiles and amphibia of, ii. 72
fresh-water fish of, ii. 73
insects of, ii. 73
land-shells of, ii. 75
past history of, ii. 78
Antilles, Pliocene Mammalia of, i. 148
land-shells of, ii. 526
Page 652
Antilocapra, ii. 223
ANTILOCAPRINÆ, ii. 223
Antilope, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 223
ii. 226
Antiquity of the genera of insects, i. 166
of the genera of land and fresh-water shells, i. 168
Antrostomus, ii. 319
Ant-thrushes, ii. 297
Anumbius, ii. 103
ANURA, ii. 414
Anurosorex, ii. 190
Aonyx, ii. 199
Apalis, ii. 258
Apaloderma, ii. 314
Apatura, ii. 474
Aphanapteryx of Mauritius, i. 164
ii. 352
Aphantocera, ii. 107
Aphelotherium, European Eocene, i. 125
Aphneus, ii. 477
Aphobus, ii. 283
ANTILOCAPRINÆ, ii. 223
Antilope, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 223
ii. 226
Antiquity of the genera of insects, i. 166
of the genera of land and fresh-water shells, i. 168
Antrostomus, ii. 319
Ant-thrushes, ii. 297
Anumbius, ii. 103
ANURA, ii. 414
Anurosorex, ii. 190
Aonyx, ii. 199
Apalis, ii. 258
Apaloderma, ii. 314
Apatura, ii. 474
Aphanapteryx of Mauritius, i. 164
ii. 352
Aphantocera, ii. 107
Aphelotherium, European Eocene, i. 125
Aphneus, ii. 477
Aphobus, ii. 283
Page 653
APHREDODERIDÆ, ii. 425
Aphritis, ii. 428
ii. 549
Aphriza, ii. 356
Aphysiadæ, ii. 530
Aphyocypris, ii. 452
Aplocerus, ii. 224
Aplodontia, ii. 236
Aplonis, ii. 288
Aplopelia, ii. 383
Apodemia, ii. 476
Apogon, ii. 425
Aprasia, ii. 396
APRASIADÆ, ii. 396
Aprosmictus, ii. 325
Aptenodytes, ii. 366
APTERYGIDÆ, ii. 369
Apteryx, ii. 369
Apua, ii. 453
Aquila, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 348
AQUILINÆ, ii. 348
Aphritis, ii. 428
ii. 549
Aphriza, ii. 356
Aphysiadæ, ii. 530
Aphyocypris, ii. 452
Aplocerus, ii. 224
Aplodontia, ii. 236
Aplonis, ii. 288
Aplopelia, ii. 383
Apodemia, ii. 476
Apogon, ii. 425
Aprasia, ii. 396
APRASIADÆ, ii. 396
Aprosmictus, ii. 325
Aptenodytes, ii. 366
APTERYGIDÆ, ii. 369
Apteryx, ii. 369
Apua, ii. 453
Aquila, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 348
AQUILINÆ, ii. 348
Page 654
Ara, ii. 328
Arachnechthra, ii. 276
Arachnothera, ii. 277
ARAMIDÆ, ii. 357
Aramides, ii. 352
Aramus, ii. 357
Arapaima, ii. 454
Arborophila, ii. 338
ARCADÆ, ii. 534
Archæomys, ii. 238
Archæopteryx, Bavarian Oolite, i. 163
Archibuteo, ii. 348
Arctic shells, ii. 518
zone not a separate region, i. 68
Arctitis, ii. 195
Arctocebus, ii. 176
Arctocephalus, ii. 202
Arctocyon, European Eocene, i. 125
ii. 206
Arctodus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 202
Arctogale, ii. 195
Arachnechthra, ii. 276
Arachnothera, ii. 277
ARAMIDÆ, ii. 357
Aramides, ii. 352
Aramus, ii. 357
Arapaima, ii. 454
Arborophila, ii. 338
ARCADÆ, ii. 534
Archæomys, ii. 238
Archæopteryx, Bavarian Oolite, i. 163
Archibuteo, ii. 348
Arctic shells, ii. 518
zone not a separate region, i. 68
Arctitis, ii. 195
Arctocebus, ii. 176
Arctocephalus, ii. 202
Arctocyon, European Eocene, i. 125
ii. 206
Arctodus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 202
Arctogale, ii. 195
Page 655
Arctomys, European Pliocene, i. 113
ii. 235, 236
Arctonyx, ii. 199
Arctopithecus, ii. 244
Arctotherium in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Ardea, ii. 359
ARDEIDÆ, ii. 359
Ardistomus, ii. 490
Argentina, ii. 488
Arges, ii. 444
ARGONAUTIDÆ. ii. 505
Argus pheasant, figure of, i. 339
peculiarity in display of plumage, and confirmation of Mr. Darwin's
views, i. 340
Argusianus, ii. 340
Argutor, ii. 489
Argynnis, ii. 474
Aricoris, ii. 476
Ariella, ii. 195
Arinia, ii. 520
Arion, ii. 517
Aristobia, ii. 501
ii. 235, 236
Arctonyx, ii. 199
Arctopithecus, ii. 244
Arctotherium in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Ardea, ii. 359
ARDEIDÆ, ii. 359
Ardistomus, ii. 490
Argentina, ii. 488
Arges, ii. 444
ARGONAUTIDÆ. ii. 505
Argus pheasant, figure of, i. 339
peculiarity in display of plumage, and confirmation of Mr. Darwin's
views, i. 340
Argusianus, ii. 340
Argutor, ii. 489
Argynnis, ii. 474
Aricoris, ii. 476
Ariella, ii. 195
Arinia, ii. 520
Arion, ii. 517
Aristobia, ii. 501
Page 656
Arius, ii. 443
Armadillos, ii. 245
Arnoglossus, ii. 441
Aromochelys, ii. 408
Arremon, ii. 99
Arrhenotus, ii. 501
Artamia, ii. 268
ii. 271
ii. 288
ARTAMIDÆ, ii. 288
Artamides, ii. 269
Artamus, ii. 288
Arthroleptis, ii. 421
Artiodactyla, European Eocene, i. 126
N. American Tertiary, i. 137
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Artomyias, ii. 270
Arundinicola, ii. 100
Arvicola, European Pliocene, i. 113
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
S. American Eocene, i. 148
Arvicola, ii. 230, 231
Asio, ii. 350
Armadillos, ii. 245
Arnoglossus, ii. 441
Aromochelys, ii. 408
Arremon, ii. 99
Arrhenotus, ii. 501
Artamia, ii. 268
ii. 271
ii. 288
ARTAMIDÆ, ii. 288
Artamides, ii. 269
Artamus, ii. 288
Arthroleptis, ii. 421
Artiodactyla, European Eocene, i. 126
N. American Tertiary, i. 137
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Artomyias, ii. 270
Arundinicola, ii. 100
Arvicola, European Pliocene, i. 113
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
S. American Eocene, i. 148
Arvicola, ii. 230, 231
Asio, ii. 350
Page 657
Aspergillum, ii. 537
Aspidoparia, ii. 452
Aspidorhinus, ii. 391
Aspidura, ii. 374
Aspius, ii. 453
Aspredo, ii. 444
Aspro, ii. 425
Astarte, ii. 535
Astathes, ii. 501
Asterophys, ii. 421
Asterophysus, ii. 443
Asthenodipsas, ii. 381
Astrapia, ii. 274
Astroblepus, ii. 444
Astur, ii. 348
Asturina, ii. 348
Asturinula, ii. 348
ATELEOPODIDÆ, ii. 440
Ateles, ii. 174
Atelopus, ii. 416
Atelornis, ii. 312
Aspidoparia, ii. 452
Aspidorhinus, ii. 391
Aspidura, ii. 374
Aspius, ii. 453
Aspredo, ii. 444
Aspro, ii. 425
Astarte, ii. 535
Astathes, ii. 501
Asterophys, ii. 421
Asterophysus, ii. 443
Asthenodipsas, ii. 381
Astrapia, ii. 274
Astroblepus, ii. 444
Astur, ii. 348
Asturina, ii. 348
Asturinula, ii. 348
ATELEOPODIDÆ, ii. 440
Ateles, ii. 174
Atelopus, ii. 416
Atelornis, ii. 312
Page 658
Aterica, ii. 474
Athene, ii. 350
Atherina, ii. 434
Atherinichthys, ii. 434
ATHERINIDÆ, ii. 434
Atheris, ii. 386
Atherura, ii. 240
Athylax, ii. 195
Athyma, ii. 474
ATLANTIDÆ, ii. 531
Atlapetes, ii. 284
ATRACTASPIDIDÆ, ii. 383
Atractaspis, ii. 383
Atretium, ii. 375
Atrichia, ii. 299
ATRICHIIDÆ, ii. 299
Atropos, ii. 385
Attagis, ii. 354
ATTALINÆ, ii. 293
Atthis, ii. 108
Atticora, ii. 281
Athene, ii. 350
Atherina, ii. 434
Atherinichthys, ii. 434
ATHERINIDÆ, ii. 434
Atheris, ii. 386
Atherura, ii. 240
Athylax, ii. 195
Athyma, ii. 474
ATLANTIDÆ, ii. 531
Atlapetes, ii. 284
ATRACTASPIDIDÆ, ii. 383
Atractaspis, ii. 383
Atretium, ii. 375
Atrichia, ii. 299
ATRICHIIDÆ, ii. 299
Atropos, ii. 385
Attagis, ii. 354
ATTALINÆ, ii. 293
Atthis, ii. 108
Atticora, ii. 281
Page 659
Attila, ii. 102
Auchenaspis, ii. 443
Auchenia, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 217
Auchenipterus, ii. 443
Auckland Islands, birds of, i. 455
Augastes, ii. 108
Auks, ii. 367
Aulia, ii. 102
Aulacodes, ii. 239
Aulacodon, ii. 239
Aulacorhamphus, ii. 307
Aulopoma, ii. 520
Aulopyge, ii. 452
Auricula, ii. 519, 527
AURICULIDÆ, ii. 518
Auriparus, ii. 266
Australia, physical features of, i. 387
Australia and S. America, supposed land connection between, i. 398
Australian region, description of, i. 387
zoological characteristics of, i. 390
mammalia of, i. 390
birds of, i. 391
Auchenaspis, ii. 443
Auchenia, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 217
Auchenipterus, ii. 443
Auckland Islands, birds of, i. 455
Augastes, ii. 108
Auks, ii. 367
Aulia, ii. 102
Aulacodes, ii. 239
Aulacodon, ii. 239
Aulacorhamphus, ii. 307
Aulopoma, ii. 520
Aulopyge, ii. 452
Auricula, ii. 519, 527
AURICULIDÆ, ii. 518
Auriparus, ii. 266
Australia, physical features of, i. 387
Australia and S. America, supposed land connection between, i. 398
Australian region, description of, i. 387
zoological characteristics of, i. 390
mammalia of, i. 390
birds of, i. 391
Page 660
reptiles of, i. 396
amphibia of, i. 397
fresh-water fish of, i. 397
summary of vertebrata of, i. 397
supposed land-connection of with S. America, i. 398
insects of, i. 403
lepidoptera of, i. 404
coleoptera of, i. 405
land-shells of, i. 407
sub-regions of, i. 408
early history of, i. 465
Australian sub-region, mammalia of, i. 438
illustration of mammalia of, i. 439
birds of, i. 440
illustration of fauna of, i. 441
Australian hedgehog, ii. 254
Austro-Malayan sub-region, physical features of, i. 388
zoology of, i. 409
Automolus, ii. 103
AVICULIDÆ, ii. 533
Avocettula, ii. 107
Avocettinus, ii. 108
Aye-aye, figure of, i. 278
ii. 177
Axiocerces, ii. 477
Azores, visited by European birds, i. 17
birds of, i. 207
butterflies of, i. 207
beetles of, i. 207, 209
amphibia of, i. 397
fresh-water fish of, i. 397
summary of vertebrata of, i. 397
supposed land-connection of with S. America, i. 398
insects of, i. 403
lepidoptera of, i. 404
coleoptera of, i. 405
land-shells of, i. 407
sub-regions of, i. 408
early history of, i. 465
Australian sub-region, mammalia of, i. 438
illustration of mammalia of, i. 439
birds of, i. 440
illustration of fauna of, i. 441
Australian hedgehog, ii. 254
Austro-Malayan sub-region, physical features of, i. 388
zoology of, i. 409
Automolus, ii. 103
AVICULIDÆ, ii. 533
Avocettula, ii. 107
Avocettinus, ii. 108
Aye-aye, figure of, i. 278
ii. 177
Axiocerces, ii. 477
Azores, visited by European birds, i. 17
birds of, i. 207
butterflies of, i. 207
beetles of, i. 207, 209
Page 661
peculiarly modified birds of, i. 207
stragglers to, i. 208
how stocked with animal life, i. 208
B.
Babirusa of Celebes, peculiarities of, i. 428
Babirusa, ii. 215
Badger, figure of, i. 195
Badis, ii. 433
Bæotis, ii. 475
Bagarius, ii. 443
Bagrichthys, ii. 442
Bagroides, ii. 442
Bagrus, ii. 442
Baird, Professor, on fauna of Cape St. Lucas ii. 130
on representative birds of United States, ii. 180
Balæna, European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 207
Balæniceps, ii. 360
BALÆNIDÆ, ii. 207
Balænodon, European Pliocene, i. 112
Balænoptera, ii. 207
Balænopteridæ, ii. 207
Balea, ii. 516
stragglers to, i. 208
how stocked with animal life, i. 208
B.
Babirusa of Celebes, peculiarities of, i. 428
Babirusa, ii. 215
Badger, figure of, i. 195
Badis, ii. 433
Bæotis, ii. 475
Bagarius, ii. 443
Bagrichthys, ii. 442
Bagroides, ii. 442
Bagrus, ii. 442
Baird, Professor, on fauna of Cape St. Lucas ii. 130
on representative birds of United States, ii. 180
Balæna, European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 207
Balæniceps, ii. 360
BALÆNIDÆ, ii. 207
Balænodon, European Pliocene, i. 112
Balænoptera, ii. 207
Balænopteridæ, ii. 207
Balea, ii. 516
Page 662
Balearica, ii. 357
Baly, Mr., on Phytophaga of Japan, i. 230
Banca, its peculiar species and solution of a problem in distribution, i. 356
Band-fish, ii. 435
Bandicoots, ii. 250
Barangia, ii. 199
Barbatula, ii. 306
Barbets, ii. 305
Barbichthys, ii. 452
Barbus, ii. 451
Barilius, ii. 452
Barissia, ii. 392
Barriers, as affecting distribution, i. 6
permanence of, as affecting distribution, i. 7
to the dispersal of birds, i. 17
Baryphthengus, ii. 313
Barypus, ii. 492
Basileuterus, ii. 279
Basilornis, ii. 287
Bassaris, ii. 200
Batara, ii. 104
Bates, Mr., on Carabidæ of Japan, i. 228
Baly, Mr., on Phytophaga of Japan, i. 230
Banca, its peculiar species and solution of a problem in distribution, i. 356
Band-fish, ii. 435
Bandicoots, ii. 250
Barangia, ii. 199
Barbatula, ii. 306
Barbets, ii. 305
Barbichthys, ii. 452
Barbus, ii. 451
Barilius, ii. 452
Barissia, ii. 392
Barriers, as affecting distribution, i. 6
permanence of, as affecting distribution, i. 7
to the dispersal of birds, i. 17
Baryphthengus, ii. 313
Barypus, ii. 492
Basileuterus, ii. 279
Basilornis, ii. 287
Bassaris, ii. 200
Batara, ii. 104
Bates, Mr., on Carabidæ of Japan, i. 228
Page 663
on Longicorns of Japan, i. 230
Bathmodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Bathrodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Bathyerges, ii. 231
BATOIDEI, ii. 462
BATRACHIDÆ, ii. 431
Batrachocephalus, ii. 443
Batrachoseps, ii. 413
Batrachostomus, ii. 318
Bats, powers of flight of, i. 15
classification of, i. 87
of New Zealand, i. 450
Baucis, ii. 108
Baza, ii. 349
Bdeogale, ii. 195
Bearded Reedling, ii. 262
Bears, probable cause of absence of, from tropical Africa, i. 291
ii. 201
Beaver, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
Beavers, ii. 234
Bee-eaters, ii. 312
Beetles, families selected for study, i. 103
from the Lias, i. 167
Bathmodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Bathrodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Bathyerges, ii. 231
BATOIDEI, ii. 462
BATRACHIDÆ, ii. 431
Batrachocephalus, ii. 443
Batrachoseps, ii. 413
Batrachostomus, ii. 318
Bats, powers of flight of, i. 15
classification of, i. 87
of New Zealand, i. 450
Baucis, ii. 108
Baza, ii. 349
Bdeogale, ii. 195
Bearded Reedling, ii. 262
Bears, probable cause of absence of, from tropical Africa, i. 291
ii. 201
Beaver, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
Beavers, ii. 234
Bee-eaters, ii. 312
Beetles, families selected for study, i. 103
from the Lias, i. 167
Page 664
of Azores, i. 207
of Japan, i. 228
of S. Temperate America, ii. 44
BELEMNITIDÆ, ii. 506
Belemnoziphius, European Pliocene, i. 112
Belideus, ii. 252
Belionota, ii. 497
Belodontichthys, ii. 441
Belone, ii. 450
Belonesox, ii. 450
Belt, Mr., his theory of a great Siberian lake during the glacial epoch, i. 218;
ii. 206
on change of climate caused by diminution of obliquity of ecliptic, i. 466
Beluga, ii. 209
Bembecidium, ii. 489
Berardius, ii. 208
Berenicornis, ii. 317
Bermudas, zoology of, ii. 134
Bernicla, ii. 363
Bernieria, ii. 258
BERYCIDÆ, ii. 424
Bessonornis, ii. 256
Bettongia, ii. 251
of Japan, i. 228
of S. Temperate America, ii. 44
BELEMNITIDÆ, ii. 506
Belemnoziphius, European Pliocene, i. 112
Belideus, ii. 252
Belionota, ii. 497
Belodontichthys, ii. 441
Belone, ii. 450
Belonesox, ii. 450
Belt, Mr., his theory of a great Siberian lake during the glacial epoch, i. 218;
ii. 206
on change of climate caused by diminution of obliquity of ecliptic, i. 466
Beluga, ii. 209
Bembecidium, ii. 489
Berardius, ii. 208
Berenicornis, ii. 317
Bermudas, zoology of, ii. 134
Bernicla, ii. 363
Bernieria, ii. 258
BERYCIDÆ, ii. 424
Bessonornis, ii. 256
Bettongia, ii. 251
Page 665
Bhringa, ii. 269
Bhutanitis, ii. 479
Bias, ii. 270
Biatas, ii. 104
Bibos, ii. 222
Bison, ii. 222, 225
Binney, Mr., on Air-breathing Molluscs of N. America, ii. 528
Birds, means of dispersal of, i. 15
dispersal of by winds, i. 16
American, found in Europe, i. 16
reaching the Azores, i. 17
barriers to dispersal of, i. 17
limited by forests, i. 17
classification of, i. 93
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
extinct, i. 160
fossil of Palæarctic region, i. 161
European of Miocene period, i. 161
Eocene of Europe, i. 162
relations of, i. 162
extinct of North America, i. 163
recently extinct in New Zealand, i. 164
Cretaceous of N. America, i. 164
remains of in Brazilian caves, i. 164
recently extinct in Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands, i. 164
cosmopolitan groups of, i. 176
numerous Palæarctic genera, i. 183
of the European sub-region, i. 193
northern range of in Europe, i. 193
of the zone of pine forests, i. 194
of Iceland, i. 198
Bhutanitis, ii. 479
Bias, ii. 270
Biatas, ii. 104
Bibos, ii. 222
Bison, ii. 222, 225
Binney, Mr., on Air-breathing Molluscs of N. America, ii. 528
Birds, means of dispersal of, i. 15
dispersal of by winds, i. 16
American, found in Europe, i. 16
reaching the Azores, i. 17
barriers to dispersal of, i. 17
limited by forests, i. 17
classification of, i. 93
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
extinct, i. 160
fossil of Palæarctic region, i. 161
European of Miocene period, i. 161
Eocene of Europe, i. 162
relations of, i. 162
extinct of North America, i. 163
recently extinct in New Zealand, i. 164
Cretaceous of N. America, i. 164
remains of in Brazilian caves, i. 164
recently extinct in Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands, i. 164
cosmopolitan groups of, i. 176
numerous Palæarctic genera, i. 183
of the European sub-region, i. 193
northern range of in Europe, i. 193
of the zone of pine forests, i. 194
of Iceland, i. 198
Page 666
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 203
of Malta, i. 206 (note)
of the Azores, i. 207
of the Cape Verd Islands, i. 215
of the Siberian sub-region, i. 219
Oriental found in Siberia, i. 219
extreme northern Asiatic, i. 219
of northern Asiatic forests, i. 220
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 223
Palæarctic genera of, in the Manchurian
sub-region, i. 224
Oriental genera of, in the Manchurian
sub-region, i. 224
characteristic of N.W. China and Mongolia, i. 226
table of Palæarctic families of, i. 235
of West Africa, i. 243
list of Palæarctic genera of, i. 243
of the Ethiopian region, i. 253
of the East African sub-region, i. 260
S. African, i. 267
genera of, peculiar to Madagascar, i. 275
common to Madagascar and Oriental or Ethiopian regions, i. 276
species common to Madagascar and Africa or Asia, i. 277
table of Ethiopian families of, i. 295
table of Ethiopian genera of, i. 306
of the Oriental region, i. 316
of the Indian sub-region, i. 323
Oriental genera of in Central India, i. 324
Palæarctic and Ethiopian genera in Central India, i. 325
of Ceylon, i. 327
of the Indo-Chinese sub region, i. 330
of the Indo-Malayan sub-region, i. 337
illustration of peculiar Malayan, i. 339
of the Philippine Islands, i. 346
table of Oriental families of, i. 366
table of Oriental genera of, i. 375
of Australian region, i. 391
of Malta, i. 206 (note)
of the Azores, i. 207
of the Cape Verd Islands, i. 215
of the Siberian sub-region, i. 219
Oriental found in Siberia, i. 219
extreme northern Asiatic, i. 219
of northern Asiatic forests, i. 220
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 223
Palæarctic genera of, in the Manchurian
sub-region, i. 224
Oriental genera of, in the Manchurian
sub-region, i. 224
characteristic of N.W. China and Mongolia, i. 226
table of Palæarctic families of, i. 235
of West Africa, i. 243
list of Palæarctic genera of, i. 243
of the Ethiopian region, i. 253
of the East African sub-region, i. 260
S. African, i. 267
genera of, peculiar to Madagascar, i. 275
common to Madagascar and Oriental or Ethiopian regions, i. 276
species common to Madagascar and Africa or Asia, i. 277
table of Ethiopian families of, i. 295
table of Ethiopian genera of, i. 306
of the Oriental region, i. 316
of the Indian sub-region, i. 323
Oriental genera of in Central India, i. 324
Palæarctic and Ethiopian genera in Central India, i. 325
of Ceylon, i. 327
of the Indo-Chinese sub region, i. 330
of the Indo-Malayan sub-region, i. 337
illustration of peculiar Malayan, i. 339
of the Philippine Islands, i. 346
table of Oriental families of, i. 366
table of Oriental genera of, i. 375
of Australian region, i. 391
Page 667
specially organized Australian families of, i. 392
of the Papuan Islands, i. 410
peculiarities of, i. 413
brilliant colours of, i. 413
remarkable forms of, i. 414
of the Moluccas, i. 418
peculiarities of, i. 421
of the Timor group, i. 423
of Celebes, i. 428
of Australia, i. 440
of New Zealand, i. 451
peculiar to New Zealand, i. 452
of Norfolk Island, i. 453
of Lord Howe's Island, i. 453
of the Chatham Islands, i. 454
of the Auckland Islands, i. 455
table of families of Australian, i. 471
table of genera of Australian, i. 478
of the Neotropical region, ii. 6
distinctive characters of Neotropical, ii. 7
of the Mexican sub region, ii. 52
of the Antilles, ii. 64
table of distribution of, ii. 68
table of families of Neotropical, ii. 86
table of genera of Neotropical, ii. 86
of the Nearctic region, ii. 116
list of typical genera of, ii. 118
of California, ii. 127
of Central N. America, ii. 130
of Eastern United States, ii. 132
of Canada, ii. 136
table of Nearctic families of, ii. 141
table of Nearctic genera of, ii. 148
and Mammals, parallelism of distribution of, ii. 545
lines of migration of, ii. 545
peculiar development of, in islands, ii. 546
contrast of distribution in tropical and
of the Papuan Islands, i. 410
peculiarities of, i. 413
brilliant colours of, i. 413
remarkable forms of, i. 414
of the Moluccas, i. 418
peculiarities of, i. 421
of the Timor group, i. 423
of Celebes, i. 428
of Australia, i. 440
of New Zealand, i. 451
peculiar to New Zealand, i. 452
of Norfolk Island, i. 453
of Lord Howe's Island, i. 453
of the Chatham Islands, i. 454
of the Auckland Islands, i. 455
table of families of Australian, i. 471
table of genera of Australian, i. 478
of the Neotropical region, ii. 6
distinctive characters of Neotropical, ii. 7
of the Mexican sub region, ii. 52
of the Antilles, ii. 64
table of distribution of, ii. 68
table of families of Neotropical, ii. 86
table of genera of Neotropical, ii. 86
of the Nearctic region, ii. 116
list of typical genera of, ii. 118
of California, ii. 127
of Central N. America, ii. 130
of Eastern United States, ii. 132
of Canada, ii. 136
table of Nearctic families of, ii. 141
table of Nearctic genera of, ii. 148
and Mammals, parallelism of distribution of, ii. 545
lines of migration of, ii. 545
peculiar development of, in islands, ii. 546
contrast of distribution in tropical and
Page 668
temperate oceanic islands, ii. 546
Biziura , ii. 364
Blacicus, ii. 102
Black ape of Celebes, i. 427
Bland, Mr. Thomas, on Antillean land-shells, ii. 19
ii. 526
Blanford, Mr. W. T., on the "Indian" region, i. 60
on relations of Indian sub-region with Africa, i. 321
Blapsidium, Oolitic insect, i. 167
Blarina, ii. 191
Blauneria, ii. 519
BLENNIDÆ, ii. 431
Blenniops, ii. 431
Blennius, ii. 431
Blethisa, ii. 489
Blind burrowing snakes, ii. 372
Blunt-heads, ii. 380
Blyth, Mr., on zoological regions, i. 60
on the relations of Indian sub-region with Africa, i. 321
Boa, ii. 381
Boædon, ii. 380
Boas, ii. 381
Biziura , ii. 364
Blacicus, ii. 102
Black ape of Celebes, i. 427
Bland, Mr. Thomas, on Antillean land-shells, ii. 19
ii. 526
Blanford, Mr. W. T., on the "Indian" region, i. 60
on relations of Indian sub-region with Africa, i. 321
Blapsidium, Oolitic insect, i. 167
Blarina, ii. 191
Blauneria, ii. 519
BLENNIDÆ, ii. 431
Blenniops, ii. 431
Blennius, ii. 431
Blethisa, ii. 489
Blind burrowing snakes, ii. 372
Blunt-heads, ii. 380
Blyth, Mr., on zoological regions, i. 60
on the relations of Indian sub-region with Africa, i. 321
Boa, ii. 381
Boædon, ii. 380
Boas, ii. 381
Page 669
Bola, ii. 452
Bolborhynchus, ii. 328
Boleosoma, ii. 425
BOMBINATORIDÆ, ii. 416
Bombinator, ii. 417
Bonasa, ii. 339
Bonnet-limpets, ii. 511
Bony Pikes, ii. 459
Bootherium, ii. 225
Borneo, probable recent changes in, i. 357
Bos, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 222, 225
Botaurus, ii. 359
Bothriodon, ii. 215
Botia, ii. 453
Bourbon, zoology of, i. 280
reptiles of, i. 281
Bourcieria, ii. 108
ii. 521
Bovidæ, European Miocene, i. 120
BOVIDÆ, ii. 221
BOVINÆ, ii. 222
Bolborhynchus, ii. 328
Boleosoma, ii. 425
BOMBINATORIDÆ, ii. 416
Bombinator, ii. 417
Bonasa, ii. 339
Bonnet-limpets, ii. 511
Bony Pikes, ii. 459
Bootherium, ii. 225
Borneo, probable recent changes in, i. 357
Bos, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 222, 225
Botaurus, ii. 359
Bothriodon, ii. 215
Botia, ii. 453
Bourbon, zoology of, i. 280
reptiles of, i. 281
Bourcieria, ii. 108
ii. 521
Bovidæ, European Miocene, i. 120
BOVIDÆ, ii. 221
BOVINÆ, ii. 222
Page 670
Brachinus, ii. 489
BRACHIOPODA, ii. 532
Brachiurophis, ii. 383
Brachiurus, ii. 175
Brachyalestes, ii. 445
Brachycephalus, ii. 414
Brachygalba, ii. 311
Brachylophus, ii. 401
Brachymeles, ii. 397
Brachymerus, ii. 416
Brachymys, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 232
ii. 236
Brachymystax, ii. 447
Brachypteryx, ii. 256
Brachypternus, ii. 303
Brachytarsomys, ii. 230
Brachypteracias, ii. 312
Brachyrhamphus, ii. 367
Bradybates, ii. 413
Bradycellus, ii. 489
Bradyornis, ii. 271
BRACHIOPODA, ii. 532
Brachiurophis, ii. 383
Brachiurus, ii. 175
Brachyalestes, ii. 445
Brachycephalus, ii. 414
Brachygalba, ii. 311
Brachylophus, ii. 401
Brachymeles, ii. 397
Brachymerus, ii. 416
Brachymys, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 232
ii. 236
Brachymystax, ii. 447
Brachypteryx, ii. 256
Brachypternus, ii. 303
Brachytarsomys, ii. 230
Brachypteracias, ii. 312
Brachyrhamphus, ii. 367
Bradybates, ii. 413
Bradycellus, ii. 489
Bradyornis, ii. 271
Page 671
BRADYPODIDÆ, ii. 244
Bradyptetus, ii. 258
Bradypus, ii. 244
Bradytus, ii. 489
Brama, ii. 429
Bramatherium, Miocene of Perim Island, i. 122
ii. 226
Branchiosteus, ii. 442
Branta, ii. 364
BRASSOLIDÆ, ii. 472
Brassolis, ii. 472
Brazilian cave-fauna, i. 143
remarks on, i. 145
Brazilian sub-region, description of, ii. 21
mammalia of, ii. 23
birds of, ii. 24
illustration of mammalia of, ii. 23
illustration of birds of, ii. 28
islands of, ii. 29
Breviceps, ii. 416
Breyeria borinensis, Carboniferous insect, i. 168
Britain, peculiar species in, i. 197
British Isles, zoology of, i. 197
Broad-bill, Malayan, figure of, i. 340
Bradyptetus, ii. 258
Bradypus, ii. 244
Bradytus, ii. 489
Brama, ii. 429
Bramatherium, Miocene of Perim Island, i. 122
ii. 226
Branchiosteus, ii. 442
Branta, ii. 364
BRASSOLIDÆ, ii. 472
Brassolis, ii. 472
Brazilian cave-fauna, i. 143
remarks on, i. 145
Brazilian sub-region, description of, ii. 21
mammalia of, ii. 23
birds of, ii. 24
illustration of mammalia of, ii. 23
illustration of birds of, ii. 28
islands of, ii. 29
Breviceps, ii. 416
Breyeria borinensis, Carboniferous insect, i. 168
Britain, peculiar species in, i. 197
British Isles, zoology of, i. 197
Broad-bill, Malayan, figure of, i. 340
Page 672
Broad-bills, ii. 294
Bronchocela, ii. 402
Brontes, ii. 444
Brontotheridæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Brontotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Brotogerys, ii. 328
Brush-turkeys, ii. 341
Brycon, ii. 445
Bryconops, ii. 445
Bryttus, ii. 425
Buarremon, ii. 99
Bubalus, ii. 222
Bubo, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 350
BUCCINIDÆ, ii. 507
Buccinum, ii. 507
Bucco, ii. 310
BUCCONIIDÆ, ii. 310
Bucephala, ii. 364
Bucephalus, ii. 379
Buceros, ii. 317
Bronchocela, ii. 402
Brontes, ii. 444
Brontotheridæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Brontotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Brotogerys, ii. 328
Brush-turkeys, ii. 341
Brycon, ii. 445
Bryconops, ii. 445
Bryttus, ii. 425
Buarremon, ii. 99
Bubalus, ii. 222
Bubo, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 350
BUCCINIDÆ, ii. 507
Buccinum, ii. 507
Bucco, ii. 310
BUCCONIIDÆ, ii. 310
Bucephala, ii. 364
Bucephalus, ii. 379
Buceros, ii. 317
Page 673
BUCEROTIDÆ, ii. 316
Bucorvus, ii. 317
Budorcas, ii. 224
Budorcinæ, ii. 224
Budytes, ii. 290
Buffaloes, ii. 221
Bufo, ii. 415
BUFONIDÆ, ii. 415
Bulbuls, ii. 267
BULLIDÆ, ii. 530
Buliminus, ii. 514
Bulimulus, ii. 514
Bulimus, Eocene, i. 169
ii. 514, 523
Bunælurus, N American Tertiary, i. 134
Bungarus, ii. 383
Bungia, ii. 452
Bunocephalichthys, ii. 444
Bunocephalus, ii. 444
Buphaga, ii. 288
BUPRESTIDÆ, ii. 495
Bucorvus, ii. 317
Budorcas, ii. 224
Budorcinæ, ii. 224
Budytes, ii. 290
Buffaloes, ii. 221
Bufo, ii. 415
BUFONIDÆ, ii. 415
Bulbuls, ii. 267
BULLIDÆ, ii. 530
Buliminus, ii. 514
Bulimulus, ii. 514
Bulimus, Eocene, i. 169
ii. 514, 523
Bunælurus, N American Tertiary, i. 134
Bungarus, ii. 383
Bungia, ii. 452
Bunocephalichthys, ii. 444
Bunocephalus, ii. 444
Buphaga, ii. 288
BUPRESTIDÆ, ii. 495
Page 674
Buprestidium, Oolitic insect, i. 167
Busarellus, ii. 348
Bush-shrikes, ii. 297
Bustards, ii. 356
Butalis, ii. 270
Butastur, ii. 348
Buteo, ii. 348
Buteogallus, ii. 348
BUTEONINÆ, ii. 348
Buteola, ii. 348
Buthraupis, ii. 98
Butterflies, arrangement of, i. 103
Palæarctic, i. 187
of Central Europe, i. 196
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 205
of Azores, i. 207
peculiar to Siberian sub-region, i. 220
of Japan and North China, i. 227
of the Ethiopian region, i. 255
number of Ethiopian species, i. 256
of Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 342
of the Australian region, i. 404
of the Austro-Malay sub-region, i. 404
of the Moluccas, i. 419
of Celebes, peculiarities of, i. 434
of New Zealand, i. 457
ii. 470
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 483
Busarellus, ii. 348
Bush-shrikes, ii. 297
Bustards, ii. 356
Butalis, ii. 270
Butastur, ii. 348
Buteo, ii. 348
Buteogallus, ii. 348
BUTEONINÆ, ii. 348
Buteola, ii. 348
Buthraupis, ii. 98
Butterflies, arrangement of, i. 103
Palæarctic, i. 187
of Central Europe, i. 196
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 205
of Azores, i. 207
peculiar to Siberian sub-region, i. 220
of Japan and North China, i. 227
of the Ethiopian region, i. 255
number of Ethiopian species, i. 256
of Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 342
of the Australian region, i. 404
of the Austro-Malay sub-region, i. 404
of the Moluccas, i. 419
of Celebes, peculiarities of, i. 434
of New Zealand, i. 457
ii. 470
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 483
Page 675
fossil, ii. 486
of S. Temperate America, ii. 43
Bycanistes, ii. 317
C.
Cabalus, ii. 352
Cabrita, ii. 391
Cacatua, ii. 325
CACATUIDÆ, ii. 324
Caccabis, ii. 339
Cachius, ii. 453
Cacomantis, ii. 309
Cacophis, ii. 383
Cacopitta, ii. 261
Cacopus, ii. 416
Cacotus, ii. 417
Cactornis, ii. 284
Cadurcotherium, European Eocene, i. 125
Cæcilia, ii. 411
CÆCILIADÆ, ii. 411
Cæcum, ii. 509
Cælodon, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
of S. Temperate America, ii. 43
Bycanistes, ii. 317
C.
Cabalus, ii. 352
Cabrita, ii. 391
Cacatua, ii. 325
CACATUIDÆ, ii. 324
Caccabis, ii. 339
Cachius, ii. 453
Cacomantis, ii. 309
Cacophis, ii. 383
Cacopitta, ii. 261
Cacopus, ii. 416
Cacotus, ii. 417
Cactornis, ii. 284
Cadurcotherium, European Eocene, i. 125
Cæcilia, ii. 411
CÆCILIADÆ, ii. 411
Cæcum, ii. 509
Cælodon, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
Page 676
Cælogenys, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 241
Cænopithecus, European Eocene, i. 124
ii. 178
Cæntropus, ii. 445
Cainotherium, European Miocene, i. 120
European Eocene, i. 126
Cairina, ii. 364
Caica, ii. 328
Calamanthus, ii. 258
Calamaria, ii. 374
CALAMARIIDÆ, ii. 374
Calamodon, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Calamodus, ii. 258
Calamoherpinæ, ii. 287
Calamoichthys, ii. 458
Calamospiza, ii. 285
Calandrella, ii. 289
Calao, ii. 317
Calathus, ii. 489
Caledonica, ii. 487
Calendula, ii. 289
ii. 241
Cænopithecus, European Eocene, i. 124
ii. 178
Cæntropus, ii. 445
Cainotherium, European Miocene, i. 120
European Eocene, i. 126
Cairina, ii. 364
Caica, ii. 328
Calamanthus, ii. 258
Calamaria, ii. 374
CALAMARIIDÆ, ii. 374
Calamodon, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Calamodus, ii. 258
Calamoherpinæ, ii. 287
Calamoichthys, ii. 458
Calamospiza, ii. 285
Calandrella, ii. 289
Calao, ii. 317
Calathus, ii. 489
Caledonica, ii. 487
Calendula, ii. 289
Page 677
Calicalicus, ii. 271
Calictis, ii. 195
Calidris, ii. 353
Caliecthrus, ii. 309
California, illustration of zoology of, ii. 128
Californian sub-region, ii. 127
mammalia of, ii. 127
birds of, ii. 127
reptiles of, ii. 128
amphibia of, ii. 128
fresh-water fishes of, ii. 128
Caligo, ii. 472
Calinaga, ii. 479
Calisto, ii. 471
Callæas, ii. 287
Callia, ii. 521
Callichroma, ii. 501
Callichrous, ii. 442
Callichthys, ii. 444
Callida, ii. 490
Callidryas, ii. 478
Callionymus, ii. 430
Calliope, ii. 259
Calictis, ii. 195
Calidris, ii. 353
Caliecthrus, ii. 309
California, illustration of zoology of, ii. 128
Californian sub-region, ii. 127
mammalia of, ii. 127
birds of, ii. 127
reptiles of, ii. 128
amphibia of, ii. 128
fresh-water fishes of, ii. 128
Caligo, ii. 472
Calinaga, ii. 479
Calisto, ii. 471
Callæas, ii. 287
Callia, ii. 521
Callichroma, ii. 501
Callichrous, ii. 442
Callichthys, ii. 444
Callida, ii. 490
Callidryas, ii. 478
Callionymus, ii. 430
Calliope, ii. 259
Page 678
Callipepla, ii. 339
Calliperidia, ii. 108
Calliphlox, ii. 198
Callirhynus, ii. 375
Callisaurus, ii. 401
Calliste, ii. 98
Callisthenus, ii. 489
Callithea, ii. 474
Callithrix, in Brazilian caves, i. 184
ii. 175
ii. 178
Callocephalus, ii. 204
Callochen, ii. 363
Callomystax, ii. 443
Callophis, ii. 383
Callophysus, ii. 443
Callopistes, ii. 390
Callorhinus, ii. 202
Calloselasma, ii. 385
Callosune, ii. 478
Callula, ii. 416
Calobates, ii. 290
Calliperidia, ii. 108
Calliphlox, ii. 198
Callirhynus, ii. 375
Callisaurus, ii. 401
Calliste, ii. 98
Callisthenus, ii. 489
Callithea, ii. 474
Callithrix, in Brazilian caves, i. 184
ii. 175
ii. 178
Callocephalus, ii. 204
Callochen, ii. 363
Callomystax, ii. 443
Callophis, ii. 383
Callophysus, ii. 443
Callopistes, ii. 390
Callorhinus, ii. 202
Calloselasma, ii. 385
Callosune, ii. 478
Callula, ii. 416
Calobates, ii. 290
Page 679
Calocitta, ii. 273
Calodromas, ii. 344
Calœnas, ii. 333
Caloperdix, ii. 339
Calophena, ii. 490
Calopsitta, ii. 325
Caloragia, ii. 375
Calorhamphus, ii. 306
Calornis, ii. 288
Calosoma, ii. 489
Calostethus, ii. 419
Calotes, ii. 402
Calothorax, ii. 108
Calydna, ii. 476
Calypte, ii. 108
Calyptocephalus, ii. 421
Calyptomena, ii. 295
Calyptorhynchus, ii. 325
CALYPTRÆIDÆ, ii. 511
Calyptura, ii. 102
Camarhynchus, ii. 284
Calodromas, ii. 344
Calœnas, ii. 333
Caloperdix, ii. 339
Calophena, ii. 490
Calopsitta, ii. 325
Caloragia, ii. 375
Calorhamphus, ii. 306
Calornis, ii. 288
Calosoma, ii. 489
Calostethus, ii. 419
Calotes, ii. 402
Calothorax, ii. 108
Calydna, ii. 476
Calypte, ii. 108
Calyptocephalus, ii. 421
Calyptomena, ii. 295
Calyptorhynchus, ii. 325
CALYPTRÆIDÆ, ii. 511
Calyptura, ii. 102
Camarhynchus, ii. 284
Page 680
Camaroptera, ii. 258
Camel, fossil in Indian Miocene, i. 122
birth-place and migrations of, i. 155
Palæarctic, i. 182
Camelidæ, essentially extra-tropical, i. 112
N. American Tertiary, i. 138
CAMELIDÆ, ii. 216
CAMELOPARDALIDÆ, ii. 221
Camelopardalis, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 221
Camelotherium, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 217
Camels, ii. 216
Camelus, ii. 216
Camena, ii. 477
Campephaga, ii. 269
CAMPEPHAGIDÆ, ii. 268
Campephilus, ii. 303
Campsiempis, ii. 101
Camptolaimus, ii. 364
Campylopterus, ii. 107
Campylorhynchus, ii. 264
Camel, fossil in Indian Miocene, i. 122
birth-place and migrations of, i. 155
Palæarctic, i. 182
Camelidæ, essentially extra-tropical, i. 112
N. American Tertiary, i. 138
CAMELIDÆ, ii. 216
CAMELOPARDALIDÆ, ii. 221
Camelopardalis, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 221
Camelotherium, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 217
Camels, ii. 216
Camelus, ii. 216
Camena, ii. 477
Campephaga, ii. 269
CAMPEPHAGIDÆ, ii. 268
Campephilus, ii. 303
Campsiempis, ii. 101
Camptolaimus, ii. 364
Campylopterus, ii. 107
Campylorhynchus, ii. 264
Page 681
Canadian sub-region, mammalia of, ii. 135
birds of, ii. 136
reptiles and fishes of, ii. 137
insects of, ii. 137
Canaries, birds of, i. 208
beetles of, i. 209
Cancroma, ii. 359
Canidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Tertiary, i. 134
remarkable S. African, i. 267
CANIDÆ, ii. 197
Canis, European Pliocene, i. 112
Post-Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 129
N. American Tertiary, i. 134, 135
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
ii. 197
Cantharus, ii. 427
Cantoria, ii. 376
Cape Ant-eater, ii. 246
Cape of Good Hope, peculiar flora and fauna of, i. 266
Cape Verd Islands, zoology of, i. 214
Cape-hare, S. African, i. 267
birds of, ii. 136
reptiles and fishes of, ii. 137
insects of, ii. 137
Canaries, birds of, i. 208
beetles of, i. 209
Cancroma, ii. 359
Canidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Tertiary, i. 134
remarkable S. African, i. 267
CANIDÆ, ii. 197
Canis, European Pliocene, i. 112
Post-Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 129
N. American Tertiary, i. 134, 135
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
ii. 197
Cantharus, ii. 427
Cantoria, ii. 376
Cape Ant-eater, ii. 246
Cape of Good Hope, peculiar flora and fauna of, i. 266
Cape Verd Islands, zoology of, i. 214
Cape-hare, S. African, i. 267
Page 682
Capito, ii. 306
CAPITONINÆ, ii. 306
Capoeta, ii. 451
Capra, ii. 224, 225
Capreolus, ii. 219
CAPRIMULGIDÆ, ii. 319
Caprimulgus, ii. 319
CAPRINÆ, ii. 224
Capromys, ii. 238
Capys, ii. 477
CARABIDÆ, ii. 488
Carabus, ii. 488
ii. 489
CARANGIDÆ, ii. 429
Carassius, ii. 451
CARCHARIIDÆ, ii. 460
Carcineutes, ii. 316
Cardellina, ii. 279
CARDIADÆ, ii. 535
Cardinalis, ii. 285
Cardiodus, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
CAPITONINÆ, ii. 306
Capoeta, ii. 451
Capra, ii. 224, 225
Capreolus, ii. 219
CAPRIMULGIDÆ, ii. 319
Caprimulgus, ii. 319
CAPRINÆ, ii. 224
Capromys, ii. 238
Capys, ii. 477
CARABIDÆ, ii. 488
Carabus, ii. 488
ii. 489
CARANGIDÆ, ii. 429
Carassius, ii. 451
CARCHARIIDÆ, ii. 460
Carcineutes, ii. 316
Cardellina, ii. 279
CARDIADÆ, ii. 535
Cardinalis, ii. 285
Cardiodus, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Page 683
Cardiopthalmus, ii. 492
Cardita, ii. 535
Carenum, ii. 490
Cariama, Brazilian caves, i. 164
ii. 357
CARIAMIDÆ, ii. 357
Caridonax, ii. 316
Carlia, ii. 397
Carnivora of European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 129
N. American Tertiary, i. 134
of Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Carnivora, classification of, i. 88
antiquity of, i. 153
of the Palæarctic region, i. 182
list of Palæarctic genera of, i. 240
list of Ethiopian genera of, i. 302
range of Oriental genera of, i. 373
list of Australian genera of, i. 476
CARNIVORA, ii. 192
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 204
range of, in time, ii. 206
summary and conclusion, ii. 541
Caroline Islands, birds of, i. 444
Cardita, ii. 535
Carenum, ii. 490
Cariama, Brazilian caves, i. 164
ii. 357
CARIAMIDÆ, ii. 357
Caridonax, ii. 316
Carlia, ii. 397
Carnivora of European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 129
N. American Tertiary, i. 134
of Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Carnivora, classification of, i. 88
antiquity of, i. 153
of the Palæarctic region, i. 182
list of Palæarctic genera of, i. 240
list of Ethiopian genera of, i. 302
range of Oriental genera of, i. 373
list of Australian genera of, i. 476
CARNIVORA, ii. 192
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 204
range of, in time, ii. 206
summary and conclusion, ii. 541
Caroline Islands, birds of, i. 444
Page 684
Carpenter, Dr. Philip, on Panama shells, ii. 20
Carpiodes, ii. 451
Carpococcyx, ii. 309
Carpodacus, ii. 285
Carpodectes, ii. 102, 294
Carpophaga, ii. 332
Carterodon in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 239
Carus, and Gerstaeker on classification of animals, i. 85
Professor, on classification of the Cetacea, i. 88
Carychium, ii. 519
Casarca, ii. 363
Cascelius, ii. 492
Casiornis, ii. 102, 293
Casoryx, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 225
Casnonia, ii. 489
Cassiculus, ii. 282
Cassicus, ii. 282
Cassidaria, ii. 507
Cassidix, ii. 283
Cassinia, ii. 270
Carpiodes, ii. 451
Carpococcyx, ii. 309
Carpodacus, ii. 285
Carpodectes, ii. 102, 294
Carpophaga, ii. 332
Carterodon in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 239
Carus, and Gerstaeker on classification of animals, i. 85
Professor, on classification of the Cetacea, i. 88
Carychium, ii. 519
Casarca, ii. 363
Cascelius, ii. 492
Casiornis, ii. 102, 293
Casoryx, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 225
Casnonia, ii. 489
Cassiculus, ii. 282
Cassicus, ii. 282
Cassidaria, ii. 507
Cassidix, ii. 283
Cassinia, ii. 270
Page 685
Cassowaries, ii. 368
Castalia, ii. 534
Castnia, ii. 481
CASTNIIDÆ, ii. 481
Castor, European Pliocene, i. 113
European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 234
CASTORIDÆ, ii. 234
Castoroides, ii. 234
Casuarius, ii. 369
CASUARIIDÆ, ii. 368
Catadromus, ii. 490
Catagramma, ii. 474
Catamblyrhynchus, ii. 285
Catamenia, ii. 285
Catascopus, ii. 489
ii. 491
Cataulus, ii. 520
Catharistes, ii. 346
Cathartes, Brazilian caves, i. 124
ii. 346
Catharus, ii. 256
Catherpes, ii. 264
Castalia, ii. 534
Castnia, ii. 481
CASTNIIDÆ, ii. 481
Castor, European Pliocene, i. 113
European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 234
CASTORIDÆ, ii. 234
Castoroides, ii. 234
Casuarius, ii. 369
CASUARIIDÆ, ii. 368
Catadromus, ii. 490
Catagramma, ii. 474
Catamblyrhynchus, ii. 285
Catamenia, ii. 285
Catascopus, ii. 489
ii. 491
Cataulus, ii. 520
Catharistes, ii. 346
Cathartes, Brazilian caves, i. 124
ii. 346
Catharus, ii. 256
Catherpes, ii. 264
Page 686
Catla, ii. 451
Catoblepas, ii. 224
Catodon, ii. 208
Catodontidæ, ii. 207
Catopra, ii. 433
Catoprion, ii. 446
Catostomus, ii. 451
Catoxantha, ii. 496
Catriscus, ii. 258
Cats, ii. 192
Cave-fauna of Brazil, i. 143
Cavia, European Miocene, i. 121
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 241
Cavies, ii. 241
CAVIIDÆ, ii. 241
CEBIDÆ, ii. 174
Cebochœrus, European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 215
Cebus in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 174
ii. 178
Catoblepas, ii. 224
Catodon, ii. 208
Catodontidæ, ii. 207
Catopra, ii. 433
Catoprion, ii. 446
Catostomus, ii. 451
Catoxantha, ii. 496
Catriscus, ii. 258
Cats, ii. 192
Cave-fauna of Brazil, i. 143
Cavia, European Miocene, i. 121
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 241
Cavies, ii. 241
CAVIIDÆ, ii. 241
CEBIDÆ, ii. 174
Cebochœrus, European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 215
Cebus in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 174
ii. 178
Page 687
Cecina, ii. 521
Celebes, physical features of, i. 389
mammalia of, i. 426
birds of, i. 428
insects of, i. 434
origin of fauna of, i. 436
Celestus, ii. 327
Celeus, ii. 303
Celia, ii. 489
Cenchris, ii. 385
Centetes, ii. 188
Centetidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
CENTETIDÆ, ii. 188
Centrarchus, ii. 425
CENTRISCIDÆ, ii. 436
Centriscus, ii. 436
Centrites, ii. 101, 291
Centrocercus, ii. 339
Centrolabrus, ii. 437
Centrolophus, ii. 429
Centromochlus, ii. 443
Centronotus, ii. 431
Centropus, ii. 309
Celebes, physical features of, i. 389
mammalia of, i. 426
birds of, i. 428
insects of, i. 434
origin of fauna of, i. 436
Celestus, ii. 327
Celeus, ii. 303
Celia, ii. 489
Cenchris, ii. 385
Centetes, ii. 188
Centetidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
CENTETIDÆ, ii. 188
Centrarchus, ii. 425
CENTRISCIDÆ, ii. 436
Centriscus, ii. 436
Centrites, ii. 101, 291
Centrocercus, ii. 339
Centrolabrus, ii. 437
Centrolophus, ii. 429
Centromochlus, ii. 443
Centronotus, ii. 431
Centropus, ii. 309
Page 688
Centronyx, ii. 286
Centropyx, ii. 390
Centurus, ii. 303
Cephalepis, ii. 108
Cephalopeltis, ii. 389
CEPHALOPHINÆ, ii. 224
Cephalophus, ii. 224
CEPHALOPODA, ii. 505
Cephalopterus, ii. 103, 294
Cephalopyrus, ii. 266
Cepola, ii. 435
CEPOLIDÆ, ii. 435
CERAMBYCIDÆ, ii. 493
Ceratichthys, ii. 452
Ceratina, ii. 470
Ceratodus, remarkable Australian fish, i. 397
Ceratodus, ii. 458
Ceratohyla, ii. 418
Ceratophora, ii. 402
Ceratophorus, ii. 501
Ceratophrys, ii. 420
Centropyx, ii. 390
Centurus, ii. 303
Cephalepis, ii. 108
Cephalopeltis, ii. 389
CEPHALOPHINÆ, ii. 224
Cephalophus, ii. 224
CEPHALOPODA, ii. 505
Cephalopterus, ii. 103, 294
Cephalopyrus, ii. 266
Cepola, ii. 435
CEPOLIDÆ, ii. 435
CERAMBYCIDÆ, ii. 493
Ceratichthys, ii. 452
Ceratina, ii. 470
Ceratodus, remarkable Australian fish, i. 397
Ceratodus, ii. 458
Ceratohyla, ii. 418
Ceratophora, ii. 402
Ceratophorus, ii. 501
Ceratophrys, ii. 420
Page 689
Ceratoptera, ii. 463
Ceratorhina, ii. 367
Ceratorhinus, ii. 213
Ceratotherium, ii. 213
Cerberus, ii. 376
Cercaspis, ii. 380
Cerchneis, ii. 349
Cercocebus, ii. 173
Cercolabes in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 240
CERCOLABIDÆ, ii. 239
Cercoleptes, ii. 200
Cercomacra, ii. 104
Cercomela, ii. 260
Cercomys, ii. 239
Cercopithecus in European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 173
Cercosaura, ii. 394
CERCOSAURIDÆ, ii. 394
Cereopsis, ii. 363
Ceriornis, ii. 340
CERITHIADÆ, ii. 509
Ceratorhina, ii. 367
Ceratorhinus, ii. 213
Ceratotherium, ii. 213
Cerberus, ii. 376
Cercaspis, ii. 380
Cerchneis, ii. 349
Cercocebus, ii. 173
Cercolabes in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 240
CERCOLABIDÆ, ii. 239
Cercoleptes, ii. 200
Cercomacra, ii. 104
Cercomela, ii. 260
Cercomys, ii. 239
Cercopithecus in European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 173
Cercosaura, ii. 394
CERCOSAURIDÆ, ii. 394
Cereopsis, ii. 363
Ceriornis, ii. 340
CERITHIADÆ, ii. 509
Page 690
Certhia, ii. 264
Certhidea, ii. 278
CERTHIADÆ, ii. 264
Certhilauda, ii. 289
Certhiola, ii. 278
Certhiparus, ii. 266
Cervicapra, ii. 224
CERVICAPRINÆ, ii. 224
Cervidæ, European Miocene, i. 120
birth-place and migrations of, i. 155
CERVIDÆ, ii. 218
Cervulus, ii. 219
Cervus, European Pliocene, i. 113
Indian Pliocene and Miocene, i. 122
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 138
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 219
Ceryle, ii. 316
CESTRACIONTIDÆ, ii. 461
Cetacea, European Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 119
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 140
Certhidea, ii. 278
CERTHIADÆ, ii. 264
Certhilauda, ii. 289
Certhiola, ii. 278
Certhiparus, ii. 266
Cervicapra, ii. 224
CERVICAPRINÆ, ii. 224
Cervidæ, European Miocene, i. 120
birth-place and migrations of, i. 155
CERVIDÆ, ii. 218
Cervulus, ii. 219
Cervus, European Pliocene, i. 113
Indian Pliocene and Miocene, i. 122
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 138
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 219
Ceryle, ii. 316
CESTRACIONTIDÆ, ii. 461
Cetacea, European Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 119
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 140
Page 691
Cetacea, classification of, i. 89
range of Oriental genus, i. 374
CETACEA, ii. 207
Cethosia, ii. 474
CETONIIDÆ, ii. 494
Cetopsis, ii. 443
Cettia, ii. 258
Ceuthmochares, ii. 309
Ceycopsis, ii. 316
Ceylon and Malaya, resemblance of insects of, i. 327
Ceylonese sub-region, i. 326
mammalia of, i. 327
birds of, i. 327
reptiles of, i. 327
amphibia of, i. 327
insects of, i. 327
past history of, as indicated by its fauna. i. 328
Ceyx, ii. 316
Chaca, ii. 441
Chæmarrhornis, ii. 259
Chæmepelia, ii. 333
Chærocampa, ii. 482
Chætobranchus, ii. 439
Chætocercus, ii. 108
range of Oriental genus, i. 374
CETACEA, ii. 207
Cethosia, ii. 474
CETONIIDÆ, ii. 494
Cetopsis, ii. 443
Cettia, ii. 258
Ceuthmochares, ii. 309
Ceycopsis, ii. 316
Ceylon and Malaya, resemblance of insects of, i. 327
Ceylonese sub-region, i. 326
mammalia of, i. 327
birds of, i. 327
reptiles of, i. 327
amphibia of, i. 327
insects of, i. 327
past history of, as indicated by its fauna. i. 328
Ceyx, ii. 316
Chaca, ii. 441
Chæmarrhornis, ii. 259
Chæmepelia, ii. 333
Chærocampa, ii. 482
Chætobranchus, ii. 439
Chætocercus, ii. 108
Page 692
ii. 249
Chætodon, ii. 427
Chætomys, ii. 240
Chætops, ii. 256
Chætoptila, ii. 276
Chætorhynchus, ii. 269
Chætostomus, ii. 444
Chætura, ii. 320
Chætusia, ii. 356
Chalceus, ii. 445
CHALCIDÆ, ii. 393
Chalcinopsis, ii. 445
Chalcinus, ii. 445
Chalcis, ii. 393
Chalcochloris, ii. 189
Chalcopelia, ii. 333
Chalcophaps, ii. 333
Chalcostetha, ii. 276
Chalicomys, European Pliocene, i. 113
Chalicotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
Indian Miocene, i. 122
fossil in N. China, i. 123
Chætodon, ii. 427
Chætomys, ii. 240
Chætops, ii. 256
Chætoptila, ii. 276
Chætorhynchus, ii. 269
Chætostomus, ii. 444
Chætura, ii. 320
Chætusia, ii. 356
Chalceus, ii. 445
CHALCIDÆ, ii. 393
Chalcinopsis, ii. 445
Chalcinus, ii. 445
Chalcis, ii. 393
Chalcochloris, ii. 189
Chalcopelia, ii. 333
Chalcophaps, ii. 333
Chalcostetha, ii. 276
Chalicomys, European Pliocene, i. 113
Chalicotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
Indian Miocene, i. 122
fossil in N. China, i. 123
Page 693
Chamæleo, N. American Eocene, i. 165
Chalybura, ii. 107
Chamæa, ii. 264
CHAMÆIDÆ, ii. 264
CHAMÆLEONIDÆ, ii. 402
Chamæleons, ii. 402
Chamæpetes, ii. 343
Chamæospiza, ii. 284
Chamæsaura, ii. 394
CHAMÆSAURIDÆ, ii. 394
Chamæza, ii. 104
CHAMIDÆ, ii. 534
Chamois, figure of, i. 195
ii. 224
Chamostrea, ii. 536
Chanodichthys, ii. 453
CHARACINIDÆ, ii. 444
Characodon, ii. 450
CHARADRIIDÆ, ii. 355
Charadrius, ii. 356
Charina, ii. 373
Chalybura, ii. 107
Chamæa, ii. 264
CHAMÆIDÆ, ii. 264
CHAMÆLEONIDÆ, ii. 402
Chamæleons, ii. 402
Chamæpetes, ii. 343
Chamæospiza, ii. 284
Chamæsaura, ii. 394
CHAMÆSAURIDÆ, ii. 394
Chamæza, ii. 104
CHAMIDÆ, ii. 534
Chamois, figure of, i. 195
ii. 224
Chamostrea, ii. 536
Chanodichthys, ii. 453
CHARACINIDÆ, ii. 444
Characodon, ii. 450
CHARADRIIDÆ, ii. 355
Charadrius, ii. 356
Charina, ii. 373
Page 694
Charis, ii. 476
Charitornis, ii. 274
Charmosyna, ii. 327
Chasiempis, ii. 271
Chasmodes, ii. 431
Chasmorhynchus, ii. 103, 294
Chatarrhæa, ii. 261
Chatham Islands, birds of, i. 454
Chatterers, ii. 293
Chaulelasmus, ii. 364
Chauna, ii. 361
Chaunonotus, ii. 272
Chaunoproctus, ii. 284
Chela, ii. 453
Chelemys, ii. 408
Chelidon, ii. 281
Chelidoptera, ii. 311
Chelidorynx, ii. 271
Chelodina, ii. 408
Chelomeles ii. 397
Chelone, ii. 409
Charitornis, ii. 274
Charmosyna, ii. 327
Chasiempis, ii. 271
Chasmodes, ii. 431
Chasmorhynchus, ii. 103, 294
Chatarrhæa, ii. 261
Chatham Islands, birds of, i. 454
Chatterers, ii. 293
Chaulelasmus, ii. 364
Chauna, ii. 361
Chaunonotus, ii. 272
Chaunoproctus, ii. 284
Chela, ii. 453
Chelemys, ii. 408
Chelidon, ii. 281
Chelidoptera, ii. 311
Chelidorynx, ii. 271
Chelodina, ii. 408
Chelomeles ii. 397
Chelone, ii. 409
Page 695
Chelonia, classification of, i. 100
CHELONIA, ii. 407
remarks on the distribution of, ii. 410
fossil, ii. 410
CHELONIA, ii. 407
remarks on the distribution of, ii. 410
fossil, ii. 410
Page 696
CHELONIIDÆ, ii. 409
CHELYDIDÆ, ii. 408
Chelydobatrachus, ii. 416
Chelydra, European Pliocene, i. 165
ii. 408
Chelys, ii. 408
Chenalopex, ii. 363
Chera, ii. 286
Chersina, ii. 408
Chersydrus, ii. 382
Chevrotain of Malaya, figure of, i. 336
Chevrotains, ii. 218
Chiamela, ii. 397
Chiasognathus, ii. 493
Chibia, ii. 269
Chilabothrus, ii. 381
Chili should not be placed in the Palæarctic or Nearctic regions, i. 63
Chili and Temperate S. America, distribution of Carabidæ in, ii. 492
Chilian Andes, illustration of zoology of, ii. 40
Chilian sub-region, ii. 36
mammalia of, ii. 36
birds of, ii. 37
CHELYDIDÆ, ii. 408
Chelydobatrachus, ii. 416
Chelydra, European Pliocene, i. 165
ii. 408
Chelys, ii. 408
Chenalopex, ii. 363
Chera, ii. 286
Chersina, ii. 408
Chersydrus, ii. 382
Chevrotain of Malaya, figure of, i. 336
Chevrotains, ii. 218
Chiamela, ii. 397
Chiasognathus, ii. 493
Chibia, ii. 269
Chilabothrus, ii. 381
Chili should not be placed in the Palæarctic or Nearctic regions, i. 63
Chili and Temperate S. America, distribution of Carabidæ in, ii. 492
Chilian Andes, illustration of zoology of, ii. 40
Chilian sub-region, ii. 36
mammalia of, ii. 36
birds of, ii. 37
Page 697
illustration of zoology of, ii. 40
reptiles and amphibia of, ii. 40
fresh-water fishes of, ii. 42
insects of, ii. 42
origin and migrations of insects of, ii. 47
Chili, islands of, ii. 49
Chilinia, ii. 518
Chilobranchus, ii. 456
Chilomeniscus, ii. 375
Chimæra, ii. 460
CHIMÆRIDÆ, ii. 460
China, fossil mammals in, resembling those of Indian and European
Miocene, i. 362
North, mammalia of, i. 222
Chinchilla, ii. 237
Chinchillidæ in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Pliocene of Antilles, i. 148
CHINCHILLIDÆ, ii. 237
Chioglossa, ii. 413
Chionabas, ii. 471
CHIONIDIDÆ, ii. 354
Chionis, ii. 354
CHIROCENTRIDÆ, ii. 454
reptiles and amphibia of, ii. 40
fresh-water fishes of, ii. 42
insects of, ii. 42
origin and migrations of insects of, ii. 47
Chili, islands of, ii. 49
Chilinia, ii. 518
Chilobranchus, ii. 456
Chilomeniscus, ii. 375
Chimæra, ii. 460
CHIMÆRIDÆ, ii. 460
China, fossil mammals in, resembling those of Indian and European
Miocene, i. 362
North, mammalia of, i. 222
Chinchilla, ii. 237
Chinchillidæ in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Pliocene of Antilles, i. 148
CHINCHILLIDÆ, ii. 237
Chioglossa, ii. 413
Chionabas, ii. 471
CHIONIDIDÆ, ii. 354
Chionis, ii. 354
CHIROCENTRIDÆ, ii. 454
Page 698
CHIROCOLIDÆ, ii. 393
Chirodon, ii. 445
Chirodryas, ii. 418
Chirogaleus, ii. 176
Chiroleptes, ii. 421
Chiromachæris, ii. 102, 292
Chiromantis, ii. 419
CHIROMYIDÆ, ii. 177
Chironectes, ii. 248
Chiroptera, classification of, i. 87
list of Palæarctic genera of, i. 239
list of Ethiopian genera of, i. 300
range of Oriental genera of, i. 371
list of Australian genera of, i. 475
Chiroptera, European Eocene, i. 125
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
CHIROPTERA, ii. 181
remarks on the distribution of, ii. 185
fossil, ii. 185
summary and conclusion, ii. 441
Chirotes, ii. 388
CHIROTIDÆ, ii. 388
Chiroxiphia, ii. 102, 292
CHITONIDÆ, ii. 512
Chirodon, ii. 445
Chirodryas, ii. 418
Chirogaleus, ii. 176
Chiroleptes, ii. 421
Chiromachæris, ii. 102, 292
Chiromantis, ii. 419
CHIROMYIDÆ, ii. 177
Chironectes, ii. 248
Chiroptera, classification of, i. 87
list of Palæarctic genera of, i. 239
list of Ethiopian genera of, i. 300
range of Oriental genera of, i. 371
list of Australian genera of, i. 475
Chiroptera, European Eocene, i. 125
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
CHIROPTERA, ii. 181
remarks on the distribution of, ii. 185
fossil, ii. 185
summary and conclusion, ii. 441
Chirotes, ii. 388
CHIROTIDÆ, ii. 388
Chiroxiphia, ii. 102, 292
CHITONIDÆ, ii. 512
Page 699
Chittya, ii. 519
Chlænius, ii. 489
Chlamydodera, ii. 275
Chlamydophorus, ii. 246
Chlamydotherium, ii. 246
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
Chlenasicus, ii. 262
Chloëphaga, ii. 363
Chlorochrysa, ii. 98
ii. 99
Chloronerpes, ii. 303
Chlorophanes, ii. 278
Chlorophonia, ii. 98
ii. 99
Chloropipo, ii. 102
Chlorospiza, ii. 283
Chlorospingus, ii. 99
ii. 100
Chlorostilbon, ii. 109
Choanomphalus, ii. 518
Choanopoma, ii. 521
Chœromorus, European Miocene, i. 119
Chœropotamus, European Eocene, i. 126
Chlænius, ii. 489
Chlamydodera, ii. 275
Chlamydophorus, ii. 246
Chlamydotherium, ii. 246
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
Chlenasicus, ii. 262
Chloëphaga, ii. 363
Chlorochrysa, ii. 98
ii. 99
Chloronerpes, ii. 303
Chlorophanes, ii. 278
Chlorophonia, ii. 98
ii. 99
Chloropipo, ii. 102
Chlorospiza, ii. 283
Chlorospingus, ii. 99
ii. 100
Chlorostilbon, ii. 109
Choanomphalus, ii. 518
Choanopoma, ii. 521
Chœromorus, European Miocene, i. 119
Chœropotamus, European Eocene, i. 126
Page 700
ii. 215
Chœropus, ii. 250
Chœrotherium, Indian Miocene, i. 122
Cholæpus, ii. 244
Chologastes, ii. 450
Cholornis, ii. 262
Chondestes, ii. 285
Chondropoma, ii. 521
CHONDROPTERYGII, ii. 46
CHONDROSTEI, ii. 459
Chondrostoma, ii. 452
Choneziphius, European Pliocene, i. 112
Chordeiles, ii. 320
Chough, Alpine, figure of, i. 195
Choughs, ii. 274
CHROMIDÆ, ii. 438
Chromis, ii. 438
Chrysichthys, ii. 442
Chrysobronchus, ii. 108
Chrysococcyx, ii. 310
CHRYSOCHLORIDÆ, ii. 189
Chœropus, ii. 250
Chœrotherium, Indian Miocene, i. 122
Cholæpus, ii. 244
Chologastes, ii. 450
Cholornis, ii. 262
Chondestes, ii. 285
Chondropoma, ii. 521
CHONDROPTERYGII, ii. 46
CHONDROSTEI, ii. 459
Chondrostoma, ii. 452
Choneziphius, European Pliocene, i. 112
Chordeiles, ii. 320
Chough, Alpine, figure of, i. 195
Choughs, ii. 274
CHROMIDÆ, ii. 438
Chromis, ii. 438
Chrysichthys, ii. 442
Chrysobronchus, ii. 108
Chrysococcyx, ii. 310
CHRYSOCHLORIDÆ, ii. 189
Page 701
Chrysochloris, ii. 189
Chrysocolaptes, ii. 303
Chrysocyon, ii. 197
Chrysolampis, ii. 108
Chrysomitris, ii. 283
Chrysopelea, ii. 379
Chrysophrys, ii. 427
Chrysoptilus, ii. 303
Chrysothrix, ii. 175
Chrysotis, ii. 328
Chrysuronia, ii. 109
Chthonicola, ii. 258
Ciccaba, ii. 350
Cichla, ii. 439
Cichladusa, ii. 261
Cichlopsis, ii. 260
Cicigna, ii. 392
Cicindela, ii. 486
CICINDELIDÆ, ii. 486
Cicinnurus, ii. 275
Ciconia, ii. 360
Chrysocolaptes, ii. 303
Chrysocyon, ii. 197
Chrysolampis, ii. 108
Chrysomitris, ii. 283
Chrysopelea, ii. 379
Chrysophrys, ii. 427
Chrysoptilus, ii. 303
Chrysothrix, ii. 175
Chrysotis, ii. 328
Chrysuronia, ii. 109
Chthonicola, ii. 258
Ciccaba, ii. 350
Cichla, ii. 439
Cichladusa, ii. 261
Cichlopsis, ii. 260
Cicigna, ii. 392
Cicindela, ii. 486
CICINDELIDÆ, ii. 486
Cicinnurus, ii. 275
Ciconia, ii. 360
Page 702
Ciconiidæ, ii. 360
CINCLIDÆ, ii. 262
Cinclocerthia, ii. 256
Cinclodes, ii. 103
Cinclorhamphus, ii. 260
Cinclosoma, ii. 261
Cinclus, ii. 263
Cinnicerthia, ii. 264
Cinnyricinclus, ii. 276
ii. 288
Cinosternon, ii. 408
Cinyxis, ii. 408
Cionella, ii. 515
Circaëtus, ii. 348
Circe, ii. 109
Circumpolar zones, objections to system of, i. 67
Circus, ii. 347
Cirrhina, ii. 451
CIRRHITIDÆ, ii. 427
Cirrhochroa, ii. 474
CIRRHOSTOMI, ii. 464
CINCLIDÆ, ii. 262
Cinclocerthia, ii. 256
Cinclodes, ii. 103
Cinclorhamphus, ii. 260
Cinclosoma, ii. 261
Cinclus, ii. 263
Cinnicerthia, ii. 264
Cinnyricinclus, ii. 276
ii. 288
Cinosternon, ii. 408
Cinyxis, ii. 408
Cionella, ii. 515
Circaëtus, ii. 348
Circe, ii. 109
Circumpolar zones, objections to system of, i. 67
Circus, ii. 347
Cirrhina, ii. 451
CIRRHITIDÆ, ii. 427
Cirrhochroa, ii. 474
CIRRHOSTOMI, ii. 464
Page 703
Cissa, ii. 273
Cissopis, ii. 99
Cisticola, ii. 257
Cistothorus, ii. 263
Cistula, ii. 521
Cithara, ii. 508
Citharinus, ii. 445
Cittura, ii. 316
Cladognathus, ii. 493
Clais, ii. 108
Clam-shells, ii. 535
Clarias, ii. 441
Clarotes, ii. 442
Classification as affecting the study of distribution, i. 83
Claudius, ii. 408
Clausilia, Eocene, i. 169
ii. 514
Clerome, ii. 472
Clibanornis, ii. 103
Climacteris, ii. 265
Climate, as a limit to the range of mammalia, i. 11
gradual change of, before the glacial epoch, i. 41
Cissopis, ii. 99
Cisticola, ii. 257
Cistothorus, ii. 263
Cistula, ii. 521
Cithara, ii. 508
Citharinus, ii. 445
Cittura, ii. 316
Cladognathus, ii. 493
Clais, ii. 108
Clam-shells, ii. 535
Clarias, ii. 441
Clarotes, ii. 442
Classification as affecting the study of distribution, i. 83
Claudius, ii. 408
Clausilia, Eocene, i. 169
ii. 514
Clerome, ii. 472
Clibanornis, ii. 103
Climacteris, ii. 265
Climate, as a limit to the range of mammalia, i. 11
gradual change of, before the glacial epoch, i. 41
Page 704
Clinteria, ii. 494
CLIONIDÆ, ii. 531
Clostophis, ii. 520
Clupea, ii. 454
CLUPEIDÆ, ii. 454
Clymenia, ii. 209
Clypeicterus, ii. 282
Clytoctantes, ii. 104
Clytolæna, ii. 108
Clytus, ii. 501
Cnidoglanis, ii. 441
Cnipodectes, ii. 101
Cnipolegus, ii. 101, 291
Cobitis, ii. 453
Cobras, ii. 382
Coccothraustes, ii. 284
Coccygus, ii. 309
Coccystes, ii. 310
Cochlognathus, ii. 452
Cochlostyla, ii. 514
Cochlothraustes, ii. 309
CLIONIDÆ, ii. 531
Clostophis, ii. 520
Clupea, ii. 454
CLUPEIDÆ, ii. 454
Clymenia, ii. 209
Clypeicterus, ii. 282
Clytoctantes, ii. 104
Clytolæna, ii. 108
Clytus, ii. 501
Cnidoglanis, ii. 441
Cnipodectes, ii. 101
Cnipolegus, ii. 101, 291
Cobitis, ii. 453
Cobras, ii. 382
Coccothraustes, ii. 284
Coccygus, ii. 309
Coccystes, ii. 310
Cochlognathus, ii. 452
Cochlostyla, ii. 514
Cochlothraustes, ii. 309
Page 705
Cochoa, ii. 269
Cockatoos, ii. 324
Cockles, ii. 535
Cocos Islands, bird of, ii. 60
Cocytia, ii. 481
Cœligena, ii. 107
Cœlodon, ii. 245
Cœlonotus, ii. 457
Cœlopeltis, ii. 377
Cœlosterna, ii. 501
Cœnonympha, ii. 471
Cœreba, ii. 278
CŒREBIDÆ, ii. 278
Cogia, ii. 208
Colaptes, ii. 304
Coleoptera, families selected for study, i. 103
Palæarctic, i. 188
number of Palæarctic species, i. 189
of Central Europe, i. 196
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 205
of the Cape Verd Islands, i. 215
of the Ethiopian region, i. 256
S. African, i. 268
of Madagascar, i. 282, 283
of the Oriental region, i. 319
Cockatoos, ii. 324
Cockles, ii. 535
Cocos Islands, bird of, ii. 60
Cocytia, ii. 481
Cœligena, ii. 107
Cœlodon, ii. 245
Cœlonotus, ii. 457
Cœlopeltis, ii. 377
Cœlosterna, ii. 501
Cœnonympha, ii. 471
Cœreba, ii. 278
CŒREBIDÆ, ii. 278
Cogia, ii. 208
Colaptes, ii. 304
Coleoptera, families selected for study, i. 103
Palæarctic, i. 188
number of Palæarctic species, i. 189
of Central Europe, i. 196
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 205
of the Cape Verd Islands, i. 215
of the Ethiopian region, i. 256
S. African, i. 268
of Madagascar, i. 282, 283
of the Oriental region, i. 319
Page 706
of Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 342
of the Australian region, i. 405
affinity of Australian and South American, i. 406, 407
of Celebes, i. 435
of New Zealand, i. 457
of the Neotropical region, ii. 15
of S. Temperate America, ii. 44
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 56
of the Antilles, ii. 74
of the Nearctic region, ii. 123
COLEOPTERA, ii. 486
general observations on the distribution of, ii. 502 (see also Beetles)
Colias, ii. 478
Colies, ii. 307
COLIIDÆ, ii. 307
Colius, ii. 307
Coliuspasser, ii. 286
Collocalia, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 320
Colluricincla, ii. 272
Collyris, ii. 486, 487
Colobus, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 172
Colænis, ii. 474
Colonoceras, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Colopterus, ii. 101
of the Australian region, i. 405
affinity of Australian and South American, i. 406, 407
of Celebes, i. 435
of New Zealand, i. 457
of the Neotropical region, ii. 15
of S. Temperate America, ii. 44
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 56
of the Antilles, ii. 74
of the Nearctic region, ii. 123
COLEOPTERA, ii. 486
general observations on the distribution of, ii. 502 (see also Beetles)
Colias, ii. 478
Colies, ii. 307
COLIIDÆ, ii. 307
Colius, ii. 307
Coliuspasser, ii. 286
Collocalia, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 320
Colluricincla, ii. 272
Collyris, ii. 486, 487
Colobus, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 172
Colænis, ii. 474
Colonoceras, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Colopterus, ii. 101
Page 707
Colossochelys of Indian Miocene, i. 123, 165
Colpodes, ii. 489
Coluber, ii. 375
COLUBRIDÆ, ii. 375
COLUBRINÆ, ii. 375
Columbæ, classification of, i. 96
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 248
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 311
range of Oriental genera of, i. 384
range of Australian genera of, i. 485
Columba, ii. 332
COLUMBÆ, ii. 331
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 335
COLUMBIDÆ, ii. 331
Columbula, ii. 333
Columna, ii. 516
COLYMBIDÆ, ii. 366
Colymbus, ii. 366
COMEPHORIDÆ, ii. 432
Comephorus, ii. 549
Comoro islands, zoology of, i. 281
Compsosoma, ii. 98, 375
CONCHIFERA, ii. 533
Colpodes, ii. 489
Coluber, ii. 375
COLUBRIDÆ, ii. 375
COLUBRINÆ, ii. 375
Columbæ, classification of, i. 96
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 248
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 311
range of Oriental genera of, i. 384
range of Australian genera of, i. 485
Columba, ii. 332
COLUMBÆ, ii. 331
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 335
COLUMBIDÆ, ii. 331
Columbula, ii. 333
Columna, ii. 516
COLYMBIDÆ, ii. 366
Colymbus, ii. 366
COMEPHORIDÆ, ii. 432
Comephorus, ii. 549
Comoro islands, zoology of, i. 281
Compsosoma, ii. 98, 375
CONCHIFERA, ii. 533
Page 708
Condylura, ii. 190
Cones, ii. 508
Conger, ii. 456
CONIDÆ, ii. 508
Conirostrum, ii. 278
Conognatha, ii. 496
Conophaga, ii. 100
CONOPHAGINÆ, ii. 291
Conophis, ii. 375
Conopias, ii. 101
Conorhynchus, ii. 443
Conostoma, ii. 262
Continents, distribution of, i. 37
recent changes of, i. 38
Continental extension in Mesozoic times, i. 156
Contopus, ii. 102, 291
CONURIDÆ, ii. 327
Conurus, ii. 328
Conus, ii. 508
Copea, ii. 416
Cophoscincus, ii. 397
Cones, ii. 508
Conger, ii. 456
CONIDÆ, ii. 508
Conirostrum, ii. 278
Conognatha, ii. 496
Conophaga, ii. 100
CONOPHAGINÆ, ii. 291
Conophis, ii. 375
Conopias, ii. 101
Conorhynchus, ii. 443
Conostoma, ii. 262
Continents, distribution of, i. 37
recent changes of, i. 38
Continental extension in Mesozoic times, i. 156
Contopus, ii. 102, 291
CONURIDÆ, ii. 327
Conurus, ii. 328
Conus, ii. 508
Copea, ii. 416
Cophoscincus, ii. 397
Page 709
Copidoglanis, ii. 441
Coptodera, ii. 489, 492
Copurus, ii. 101
Copsychus, ii. 259
Coracias, ii. 311
CORACIIDÆ, ii. 311
Coracopsis, ii. 328
Corades, ii. 471
Corallus, ii. 381
Corbis, ii. 535
Cordylosaurus, ii. 392
Cordylus, ii. 392
Coregonus, ii. 447
Coriphilus, ii. 327
Coris, ii. 437
Coronella, ii. 375
CORONELLINÆ, ii. 375
Coronis, ii. 481
Cornufer, ii. 419
CORVIDÆ, ii. 272
Corvina, ii. 428
Coptodera, ii. 489, 492
Copurus, ii. 101
Copsychus, ii. 259
Coracias, ii. 311
CORACIIDÆ, ii. 311
Coracopsis, ii. 328
Corades, ii. 471
Corallus, ii. 381
Corbis, ii. 535
Cordylosaurus, ii. 392
Cordylus, ii. 392
Coregonus, ii. 447
Coriphilus, ii. 327
Coris, ii. 437
Coronella, ii. 375
CORONELLINÆ, ii. 375
Coronis, ii. 481
Cornufer, ii. 419
CORVIDÆ, ii. 272
Corvina, ii. 428
Page 710
Corvinella, ii. 272
Corvultur, ii. 274
Corvus, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 274
Corydalla, ii. 290
Corydon, ii. 295
Corynopoma, ii. 445
Coryphistera, ii. 103
Coryphodon, European Eocene, i. 126
Coryphospingus, ii. 284
Corythaix, ii. 307
Corythopis, ii. 100
Corythornis, ii. 316
Cosmeteira, ii. 277
Cosmetornis, ii. 320
Cosmopolitan groups enumerated, i. 175
Cossypha, ii. 256
Cotinga, ii. 102, 294
COTINGIDÆ, ii. 293
Cottus, ii. 428
Coturniculus, ii. 284
Corvultur, ii. 274
Corvus, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 274
Corydalla, ii. 290
Corydon, ii. 295
Corynopoma, ii. 445
Coryphistera, ii. 103
Coryphodon, European Eocene, i. 126
Coryphospingus, ii. 284
Corythaix, ii. 307
Corythopis, ii. 100
Corythornis, ii. 316
Cosmeteira, ii. 277
Cosmetornis, ii. 320
Cosmopolitan groups enumerated, i. 175
Cossypha, ii. 256
Cotinga, ii. 102, 294
COTINGIDÆ, ii. 293
Cottus, ii. 428
Coturniculus, ii. 284
Page 711
Coturnix, ii. 338
Cotyle, ii. 281
Coua, ii. 309
Couchia, ii. 439
Coues, Dr., on the blue crow of the Rocky Mountains, ii. 128
Coursers, ii. 355
Cowries, ii. 508
Coypu, ii. 238
CRACIDÆ, ii. 342
CRACINÆ, ii. 343
Cracticus, ii. 273
Cranes, ii. 357
CRANIADÆ, ii. 532
Cranorrhinus, ii. 317
Craspedocephalus, ii. 385
Craspedopoma, ii. 521
Crateropus, ii. 261
Crax, ii. 343
Creadion, ii. 287
Creagrus, ii. 364
Creagrutus, ii. 445
Cotyle, ii. 281
Coua, ii. 309
Couchia, ii. 439
Coues, Dr., on the blue crow of the Rocky Mountains, ii. 128
Coursers, ii. 355
Cowries, ii. 508
Coypu, ii. 238
CRACIDÆ, ii. 342
CRACINÆ, ii. 343
Cracticus, ii. 273
Cranes, ii. 357
CRANIADÆ, ii. 532
Cranorrhinus, ii. 317
Craspedocephalus, ii. 385
Craspedopoma, ii. 521
Crateropus, ii. 261
Crax, ii. 343
Creadion, ii. 287
Creagrus, ii. 364
Creagrutus, ii. 445
Page 712
Creepers, ii. 264
Cremna, ii. 475
Crenicichla, ii. 439
Crenilabrus, ii. 437
Crenuchus, ii. 445
Creurgops, ii. 99
Cricetodon, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 230
Cricetomys, ii. 230
Cricetulus, ii. 230
Cricetus, European Pliocene, i. 113
ii. 230
Cricosoma, ii. 476
Crinia, ii. 420
Criniger, ii. 267
Crithagra, ii. 285
Crocidura, ii. 191
Crocodiles, Eocene, i. 165
ii. 406
lines of migration of, ii. 548
Crocodilia, classification of, i. 100
CROCODILIA, ii. 405
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 406
Cremna, ii. 475
Crenicichla, ii. 439
Crenilabrus, ii. 437
Crenuchus, ii. 445
Creurgops, ii. 99
Cricetodon, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 230
Cricetomys, ii. 230
Cricetulus, ii. 230
Cricetus, European Pliocene, i. 113
ii. 230
Cricosoma, ii. 476
Crinia, ii. 420
Criniger, ii. 267
Crithagra, ii. 285
Crocidura, ii. 191
Crocodiles, Eocene, i. 165
ii. 406
lines of migration of, ii. 548
Crocodilia, classification of, i. 100
CROCODILIA, ii. 405
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 406
Page 713
fossil, ii. 407
CROCODILIDÆ, ii. 406
Crocodilurus ii. 390
Crocodilus, ii. 406
Crook-billed plovers of New Zealand, i. 456
Crossarchus, ii. 195
Crossochilus, ii. 451
Crossodactylus, ii. 419
Crossoptilon, ii. 340
Crossopus, ii. 191
CROTALIDÆ, ii. 384
Crotalophorus, ii. 385
Crotalus, ii. 385
Crotch, Mr., on beetles of the Azores, i. 209
Crotophaga, ii. 309
Crowned-pigeon, figure of, i. 415
Crows, ii. 273
Crypsirhina, ii. 273
Cryptoblepharus, ii. 395
Cryptodacus, ii. 375
Cryptoprocta, ii. 194
CROCODILIDÆ, ii. 406
Crocodilurus ii. 390
Crocodilus, ii. 406
Crook-billed plovers of New Zealand, i. 456
Crossarchus, ii. 195
Crossochilus, ii. 451
Crossodactylus, ii. 419
Crossoptilon, ii. 340
Crossopus, ii. 191
CROTALIDÆ, ii. 384
Crotalophorus, ii. 385
Crotalus, ii. 385
Crotch, Mr., on beetles of the Azores, i. 209
Crotophaga, ii. 309
Crowned-pigeon, figure of, i. 415
Crows, ii. 273
Crypsirhina, ii. 273
Cryptoblepharus, ii. 395
Cryptodacus, ii. 375
Cryptoprocta, ii. 194
Page 714
CRYPTOPROCTIDÆ, ii. 194
Cryptopterus, ii. 441
Cryptornis, European Eocene, i. 163
Cryptotis, ii. 421
Crypturus, ii. 344
Ctenodactyla, ii. 490
Ctenodactylus, ii. 238
Ctenolabrus, ii. 437
Ctenomys, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 238
Ctenopharyngodon, ii. 452
Ctenopoma, ii. 521
Ctenostoma, ii. 486
Cuba, extinct mammalia of, i. 148
Curculionidium, Oolitic insect, i. 167
Cubina, ii. 400
CUCULIDÆ, ii. 308
Cuculus, ii. 309
Cuckoo-shrikes, ii. 268
Cuckoos, ii. 308
Culter, ii. 453
Cryptopterus, ii. 441
Cryptornis, European Eocene, i. 163
Cryptotis, ii. 421
Crypturus, ii. 344
Ctenodactyla, ii. 490
Ctenodactylus, ii. 238
Ctenolabrus, ii. 437
Ctenomys, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 238
Ctenopharyngodon, ii. 452
Ctenopoma, ii. 521
Ctenostoma, ii. 486
Cuba, extinct mammalia of, i. 148
Curculionidium, Oolitic insect, i. 167
Cubina, ii. 400
CUCULIDÆ, ii. 308
Cuculus, ii. 309
Cuckoo-shrikes, ii. 268
Cuckoos, ii. 308
Culter, ii. 453
Page 715
Cunningham, Professor, lizard discovered by, in Tierra-del-Fuego, ii. 41
Cuniculus, ii. 230
Cuphopterus, ii. 272
Cupidonia, ii. 339
Curassows, ii. 342
Curæus, ii. 282
Curetis, ii. 477
Curimatus, ii. 445
Curruca, ii. 259
Cursoria, ii. 382
Cursorius, ii. 355
Cuscus, ii. 252
Custa, ii. 390
Cutia, ii. 266
Cuttle fish, ii. 505
Cyanecula, ii. 259
Cyanocorax, ii. 273
Cyanomyia, ii. 109
Cyanopica, ii. 273
Cyanoptila, ii. 270
Cyanorhamphus, ii. 325
Cuniculus, ii. 230
Cuphopterus, ii. 272
Cupidonia, ii. 339
Curassows, ii. 342
Curæus, ii. 282
Curetis, ii. 477
Curimatus, ii. 445
Curruca, ii. 259
Cursoria, ii. 382
Cursorius, ii. 355
Cuscus, ii. 252
Custa, ii. 390
Cutia, ii. 266
Cuttle fish, ii. 505
Cyanecula, ii. 259
Cyanocorax, ii. 273
Cyanomyia, ii. 109
Cyanopica, ii. 273
Cyanoptila, ii. 270
Cyanorhamphus, ii. 325
Page 716
Cyanospiza, ii. 284
Cyanotis, ii. 101
Cyanurus, ii. 273
Cybernetes, ii. 101
Cychloris, ii. 280
Cychrus, ii. 489
CYCLADIDÆ, ii. 535
Cyclas, ii. 535
Cyclocorus, ii. 380
Cycloderma, ii. 409
Cyclodina, ii. 397
Cyclodus, ii. 397
Cyclophis, ii. 376
Cyclophorus, ii. 520
Cyclopterus, ii. 430
Cyclopsitta, ii. 326
Cyclorhamphus, ii. 420
Cyclostoma, Eocene, i. 169
CYCLOSTOMATA, ii. 463
CYCLOSTOMIDÆ, ii. 520
Cyclostomus, ii. 521
Cyanotis, ii. 101
Cyanurus, ii. 273
Cybernetes, ii. 101
Cychloris, ii. 280
Cychrus, ii. 489
CYCLADIDÆ, ii. 535
Cyclas, ii. 535
Cyclocorus, ii. 380
Cycloderma, ii. 409
Cyclodina, ii. 397
Cyclodus, ii. 397
Cyclophis, ii. 376
Cyclophorus, ii. 520
Cyclopterus, ii. 430
Cyclopsitta, ii. 326
Cyclorhamphus, ii. 420
Cyclostoma, Eocene, i. 169
CYCLOSTOMATA, ii. 463
CYCLOSTOMIDÆ, ii. 520
Cyclostomus, ii. 521
Page 717
Cyclothorus, ii. 247
Cyclotopsis, ii. 521
Cyclotus, ii. 521
Cyclusa, ii. 401
Cygnus, ii. 363
Cylindrella, ii. 515
Cylindrophis, ii. 373
Cyllo sepulta, European Cretaceous, i. 167
Cymba, ii. 508
Cymbilanius, ii. 104
Cymbirhynchus, ii. 295
Cymindis, ii. 489
Cynælurus, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 193
Cynanthus, ii. 108
Cynictis, ii. 195
Cynocephalus, ii. 173
Cynodictis, ii. 198
Cynodon, ii. 445
Cynogale, ii. 195
CYNOPITHECIDÆ, ii. 172
Cyclotopsis, ii. 521
Cyclotus, ii. 521
Cyclusa, ii. 401
Cygnus, ii. 363
Cylindrella, ii. 515
Cylindrophis, ii. 373
Cyllo sepulta, European Cretaceous, i. 167
Cymba, ii. 508
Cymbilanius, ii. 104
Cymbirhynchus, ii. 295
Cymindis, ii. 489
Cynælurus, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 193
Cynanthus, ii. 108
Cynictis, ii. 195
Cynocephalus, ii. 173
Cynodictis, ii. 198
Cynodon, ii. 445
Cynogale, ii. 195
CYNOPITHECIDÆ, ii. 172
Page 718
Cynopithecus of Celebes, affinities of, i. 427
Cynopithecus, ii. 173
Cynomys, ii. 235
Cyornis, ii. 270
Cyotherium, European Eocene, i. 125
ii. 198
Cyphogastra, ii. 496
Cyphorhinus, ii. 264
CYPRÆIDÆ, ii. 508
Cyprina, ii. 535
CYPRINIDÆ, ii. 451
ii. 535
Cyprinus, ii. 451
Cyprinion, ii. 452
Cyprinodon, ii. 450
CYPRINODONTIDÆ, ii. 450
CYPSELIDÆ, ii. 320
Cypseloides, ii. 320
Cypselus, ii. 320
Cypsnagra, ii. 99
Cyrena, ii. 535
Cyrestis, ii. 474
Cynopithecus, ii. 173
Cynomys, ii. 235
Cyornis, ii. 270
Cyotherium, European Eocene, i. 125
ii. 198
Cyphogastra, ii. 496
Cyphorhinus, ii. 264
CYPRÆIDÆ, ii. 508
Cyprina, ii. 535
CYPRINIDÆ, ii. 451
ii. 535
Cyprinus, ii. 451
Cyprinion, ii. 452
Cyprinodon, ii. 450
CYPRINODONTIDÆ, ii. 450
CYPSELIDÆ, ii. 320
Cypseloides, ii. 320
Cypselus, ii. 320
Cypsnagra, ii. 99
Cyrena, ii. 535
Cyrestis, ii. 474
Page 719
Cyrtonotus, ii. 489
Cyrtonyx, ii. 339
Cyrtophis, ii. 383
Cystignathus, ii. 420
Cystophora, ii. 204
D.
Dacelo, ii. 316
Dacnis, ii. 278
Dactylethra, ii. 422
DACTYLETHRIDÆ, ii. 422
Dactylomys, ii. 239
Dactylopsila, ii. 249
Dactylozodes, ii. 496
Dafila, ii. 363
Dama, ii. 219
Damias, ii. 481
Damophila, ii. 109
DANAIDÆ, ii. 470
Danais, ii. 470
Dangila, ii. 451
Danio, ii. 452
Cyrtonyx, ii. 339
Cyrtophis, ii. 383
Cystignathus, ii. 420
Cystophora, ii. 204
D.
Dacelo, ii. 316
Dacnis, ii. 278
Dactylethra, ii. 422
DACTYLETHRIDÆ, ii. 422
Dactylomys, ii. 239
Dactylopsila, ii. 249
Dactylozodes, ii. 496
Dafila, ii. 363
Dama, ii. 219
Damias, ii. 481
Damophila, ii. 109
DANAIDÆ, ii. 470
Danais, ii. 470
Dangila, ii. 451
Danio, ii. 452
Page 720
Daptophilus, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Darters, ii. 365
Darwin, Mr., his explanation of the cause of the abundance of apterous
insects in Madeira, i. 211
on the relation of flowers and insects, i. 463
amphibia collected by, in S. Temperate America, ii. 41
mice collected by, in S. Temperate America, ii. 37
on physical geography of the Galapagos, ii. 33
Dasia, ii. 397
Dasylophus, ii. 309
Dasyopthalma, ii. 472
Dasypeltis, ii. 377
DASYPODIDÆ, ii. 245
Dasyprocta, European Miocene, i. 121
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 241
Dasyptilus, ii. 329
Dasypus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 246
DASYURIDÆ, ii. 249
Dasyurus, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 249
Daudebardia, ii. 516
David, Père, his researches in China and Thibet, i. 221, 222
on birds of N. China, i. 226
Darters, ii. 365
Darwin, Mr., his explanation of the cause of the abundance of apterous
insects in Madeira, i. 211
on the relation of flowers and insects, i. 463
amphibia collected by, in S. Temperate America, ii. 41
mice collected by, in S. Temperate America, ii. 37
on physical geography of the Galapagos, ii. 33
Dasia, ii. 397
Dasylophus, ii. 309
Dasyopthalma, ii. 472
Dasypeltis, ii. 377
DASYPODIDÆ, ii. 245
Dasyprocta, European Miocene, i. 121
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 241
Dasyptilus, ii. 329
Dasypus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 246
DASYURIDÆ, ii. 249
Dasyurus, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 249
Daudebardia, ii. 516
David, Père, his researches in China and Thibet, i. 221, 222
on birds of N. China, i. 226
Page 721
Debis, ii. 471
Deer, fossil in N. American Tertiary formations, i. 138
Palæarctic, i. 182
probable cause of absence from tropical Africa, i. 291
ii. 218
Deilephila, ii. 482
Deltatria, ii. 107
Delma, ii. 395
Deloneura, ii. 477
Delphinapterus, ii. 209
DELPHINIDÆ, ii. 208
Delphinus, European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 209
DENDRASPIDIDÆ, ii. 383
Dendraspis, ii. 383
Dendrexetastes, ii. 104
Dendrochelidon, ii. 320
Dendrocitta, ii. 273
Dendrocolaptes, ii. 103
DENDROCOLAPTIDÆ, ii. 295
DENDROCOLAPTINÆ, ii. 295
Dendrocincla, ii. 103
Dendrocygna, European Miocene, i. 162
Deer, fossil in N. American Tertiary formations, i. 138
Palæarctic, i. 182
probable cause of absence from tropical Africa, i. 291
ii. 218
Deilephila, ii. 482
Deltatria, ii. 107
Delma, ii. 395
Deloneura, ii. 477
Delphinapterus, ii. 209
DELPHINIDÆ, ii. 208
Delphinus, European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 209
DENDRASPIDIDÆ, ii. 383
Dendraspis, ii. 383
Dendrexetastes, ii. 104
Dendrochelidon, ii. 320
Dendrocitta, ii. 273
Dendrocolaptes, ii. 103
DENDROCOLAPTIDÆ, ii. 295
DENDROCOLAPTINÆ, ii. 295
Dendrocincla, ii. 103
Dendrocygna, European Miocene, i. 162
Page 722
ii. 363
Dendrœca, ii. 279
Dendrohyrax, ii. 229
Dendrolagus, ii. 251
Dendromus, ii. 303
Dendromys, ii. 230
Dendrophila, ii. 265
DENDROPHIDÆ, ii. 378
Dendrophis, ii. 378
Dendropicus, ii. 303
Dendroplex, ii. 103
Dendrornis, ii. 103
Dendrortyx, ii. 339
Denisonia, ii. 383
DENTALIADÆ, ii. 512
Dentalium, ii. 512
ii. 539
Dentex, ii. 426
Dercas, ii. 478
Dermatemys, ii. 408
Dermatocera, ii. 520
Dendrœca, ii. 279
Dendrohyrax, ii. 229
Dendrolagus, ii. 251
Dendromus, ii. 303
Dendromys, ii. 230
Dendrophila, ii. 265
DENDROPHIDÆ, ii. 378
Dendrophis, ii. 378
Dendropicus, ii. 303
Dendroplex, ii. 103
Dendrornis, ii. 103
Dendrortyx, ii. 339
Denisonia, ii. 383
DENTALIADÆ, ii. 512
Dentalium, ii. 512
ii. 539
Dentex, ii. 426
Dercas, ii. 478
Dermatemys, ii. 408
Dermatocera, ii. 520
Page 723
Dermatochelys, ii. 409
Deroptyus, ii. 328
Dermognathus, ii. 413
Desert-snakes, ii. 377
Desman of S. Russia, figure of, i. 219
Desmodus, ii. 182
Deudorix, ii. 477
Diadema, ii. 474
Diagramma, ii. 426
Dibamus, ii. 372
DIBRANCHIATA, ii. 505
DICÆIDÆ, ii. 277
Dicælus, ii. 490
Dicæum, ii. 277
Dicallaneura, ii. 475
Dicamptodon, ii. 413
Diceratherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Dicerca, ii. 496
Dicerobatis, ii. 463
Dichobune, European Eocene, i. 126
Dicotyles, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Deroptyus, ii. 328
Dermognathus, ii. 413
Desert-snakes, ii. 377
Desman of S. Russia, figure of, i. 219
Desmodus, ii. 182
Deudorix, ii. 477
Diadema, ii. 474
Diagramma, ii. 426
Dibamus, ii. 372
DIBRANCHIATA, ii. 505
DICÆIDÆ, ii. 277
Dicælus, ii. 490
Dicæum, ii. 277
Dicallaneura, ii. 475
Dicamptodon, ii. 413
Diceratherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Dicerca, ii. 496
Dicerobatis, ii. 463
Dichobune, European Eocene, i. 126
Dicotyles, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Page 724
N. American Tertiary, i. 137
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
birthplace and migrations of, i. 155
ii. 215
Dicotylinæ, ii. 214
Dicrocerus, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 220
Dicrodon, ii. 390
Dicroglossus, ii. 421
Dicrorrhagia, ii. 474
DICRURIDÆ, ii. 269
Dicrurus, ii. 269
DIDELPHYIDÆ, ii. 248
Didelphys, European Eocene, i. 126
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 248
Dididæ, i. 164
DIDIDÆ, ii. 334
Didocus, ii. 417
DIDUNCULIDÆ, ii. 333
Didunculus, ii. 334
Didus, ii. 334
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
birthplace and migrations of, i. 155
ii. 215
Dicotylinæ, ii. 214
Dicrocerus, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 220
Dicrodon, ii. 390
Dicroglossus, ii. 421
Dicrorrhagia, ii. 474
DICRURIDÆ, ii. 269
Dicrurus, ii. 269
DIDELPHYIDÆ, ii. 248
Didelphys, European Eocene, i. 126
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 248
Dididæ, i. 164
DIDIDÆ, ii. 334
Didocus, ii. 417
DIDUNCULIDÆ, ii. 333
Didunculus, ii. 334
Didus, ii. 334
Page 725
Dieba, ii. 197
Diemenia, ii. 383
Diglossa, ii. 278
Diglossopis, ii. 278
Dilophus, ii. 287
Dilophyrus, ii. 402
Dimodes, ii. 377
Dimylus, ii. 190
Dinictis, ii. 194
Dinoceras, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Dinocerata, N. American Tertiary, i. 139
Dinornis, allied form in European Eocene, i. 163
of New Zealand and Australia, i. 164
ii. 369
Dinornithidæ of New Zealand, i. 164
DINORNITHIDÆ, ii. 269
Dinotherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
Miocene of Perim Island, i. 123
Dinyctis, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Dinylus, European Miocene, i. 117
Diomedia, ii. 365
Dioplodon, ii. 208
Diemenia, ii. 383
Diglossa, ii. 278
Diglossopis, ii. 278
Dilophus, ii. 287
Dilophyrus, ii. 402
Dimodes, ii. 377
Dimylus, ii. 190
Dinictis, ii. 194
Dinoceras, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Dinocerata, N. American Tertiary, i. 139
Dinornis, allied form in European Eocene, i. 163
of New Zealand and Australia, i. 164
ii. 369
Dinornithidæ of New Zealand, i. 164
DINORNITHIDÆ, ii. 269
Dinotherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
Miocene of Perim Island, i. 123
Dinyctis, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Dinylus, European Miocene, i. 117
Diomedia, ii. 365
Dioplodon, ii. 208
Page 726
Diorhina, ii. 476
Diphlogæna, ii. 108
Diphylla, ii. 182
Diphyllodes, ii. 274
Diplacodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Diplodactylus, ii. 399
Diploglossus, ii. 397
Diplolæmus, ii. 401
Diplomesodon, ii. 191
DIPLOMMATINIDÆ, ii. 519
Diplommatina, ii. 520
Diplomystax, ii. 443
Diplopelma, ii. 416
Diplopoma, ii. 521
Diplopterus, ii. 309
DIPNOI, ii. 458
DIPODIDÆ, ii. 231
Dipodomys, ii. 233
Dippers, ii. 263
Diprotodon, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 251
Diphlogæna, ii. 108
Diphylla, ii. 182
Diphyllodes, ii. 274
Diplacodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Diplodactylus, ii. 399
Diploglossus, ii. 397
Diplolæmus, ii. 401
Diplomesodon, ii. 191
DIPLOMMATINIDÆ, ii. 519
Diplommatina, ii. 520
Diplomystax, ii. 443
Diplopelma, ii. 416
Diplopoma, ii. 521
Diplopterus, ii. 309
DIPNOI, ii. 458
DIPODIDÆ, ii. 231
Dipodomys, ii. 233
Dippers, ii. 263
Diprotodon, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 251
Page 727
DIPSADIDÆ, ii. 379
Dipsadoboa, ii. 379
Dipsas, ii. 379
Diptychus, ii. 452
Dipus, ii. 232
Dircenna, ii. 470
Discina, ii. 539
DISCINIDÆ, ii. 532
Discoboli, ii. 430
DISCOGLOSSIDÆ, ii. 421
Discoglossus, ii. 421
Discognathus, ii. 451
Discophora, ii. 472
Discura, ii. 107
Dispersal of animals, i. 10
of mammalia, i. 10
of reptiles and amphibia, i. 28
Disteira, ii. 384
Distichodus, ii. 445
Distribution, affected by climate, i. 5
affected by physical features, i. 5
contrasts of, in similar climates, i. 5
similarities of, in diverse climates, i. 6
Dipsadoboa, ii. 379
Dipsas, ii. 379
Diptychus, ii. 452
Dipus, ii. 232
Dircenna, ii. 470
Discina, ii. 539
DISCINIDÆ, ii. 532
Discoboli, ii. 430
DISCOGLOSSIDÆ, ii. 421
Discoglossus, ii. 421
Discognathus, ii. 451
Discophora, ii. 472
Discura, ii. 107
Dispersal of animals, i. 10
of mammalia, i. 10
of reptiles and amphibia, i. 28
Disteira, ii. 384
Distichodus, ii. 445
Distribution, affected by climate, i. 5
affected by physical features, i. 5
contrasts of, in similar climates, i. 5
similarities of, in diverse climates, i. 6
Page 728
barriers as affecting, i. 6
study of, dependent on a good classification, i. 83
of animals an adjunct to geology, i. 8
of animals requires certain preliminary studies, i. 8
of animals dependent on physical geography, i. 35
of animals, as affected by the glacial epoch, i. 40
of animals, as affected by changes of vegetation, i. 43
of animals, as affected by organic changes, i. 44
of animals, hypothetical illustration of, i. 46
of animals, complexity of the causes affecting the, i. 49
of animals, problems in, i. 51
of plants, as affected by the glacial epoch, i. 42
Distrigus, ii. 490
Diuca, ii. 284
Diucopis, ii. 99
Diva, ii. 98
Divers, ii. 366
Docimastes, ii. 108
Dodo of Mauritius, i. 282
ii. 334
Dodona, ii. 475
Dolerisca, ii. 107
Dolichodon, ii. 208
Dolichonyx, ii. 282
Dolichopterus, European Miocene, i. 162
Dolichotis, ii. 241
study of, dependent on a good classification, i. 83
of animals an adjunct to geology, i. 8
of animals requires certain preliminary studies, i. 8
of animals dependent on physical geography, i. 35
of animals, as affected by the glacial epoch, i. 40
of animals, as affected by changes of vegetation, i. 43
of animals, as affected by organic changes, i. 44
of animals, hypothetical illustration of, i. 46
of animals, complexity of the causes affecting the, i. 49
of animals, problems in, i. 51
of plants, as affected by the glacial epoch, i. 42
Distrigus, ii. 490
Diuca, ii. 284
Diucopis, ii. 99
Diva, ii. 98
Divers, ii. 366
Docimastes, ii. 108
Dodo of Mauritius, i. 282
ii. 334
Dodona, ii. 475
Dolerisca, ii. 107
Dolichodon, ii. 208
Dolichonyx, ii. 282
Dolichopterus, European Miocene, i. 162
Dolichotis, ii. 241
Page 729
Doliophis, ii. 383
Dolium, ii. 507
Dommina, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Donacobius, ii. 264
Donacola, ii. 287
Donacospiza, ii. 284
Doras, ii. 443
Dorcatherium, European Miocene, i. 120
Dorcopsis, ii. 251
Dorcus, ii. 493
Doricha, ii. 108
DORIDÆ, ii. 530
Doritis, ii. 479
Dormice, ii. 232
Doryichthys, ii. 457
Doryphora, ii. 107
Douroucoulis, ii. 175
Draco, ii. 402
Dremotherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 218
DREPANIDIDÆ, ii. 277
Dolium, ii. 507
Dommina, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Donacobius, ii. 264
Donacola, ii. 287
Donacospiza, ii. 284
Doras, ii. 443
Dorcatherium, European Miocene, i. 120
Dorcopsis, ii. 251
Dorcus, ii. 493
Doricha, ii. 108
DORIDÆ, ii. 530
Doritis, ii. 479
Dormice, ii. 232
Doryichthys, ii. 457
Doryphora, ii. 107
Douroucoulis, ii. 175
Draco, ii. 402
Dremotherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 218
DREPANIDIDÆ, ii. 277
Page 730
Drepanis, ii. 277
Drepanornis, ii. 275
ii. 276
Dresser, Mr. H. E., on northern range of European birds, i. 193
Drimostoma, ii. 489
Dromæus, ii. 368
Dromas, ii. 356
Dromatherium, N. American Triassic, i. 134
oldest American mammal, i. 160
Dromica, ii. 486, 487
Dromicia, ii. 252
Dromicus, ii. 375
Dromius, ii. 489
Dromococcyx, ii. 309
Dromolæa, ii. 260
Dromophis, ii. 377
Drongo-shrike, Malayan, figure of, i. 340
ii. 269
DRYADINÆ, ii. 375
DRYIOPHIDÆ, ii. 379
Dryiophis, ii. 379
Drymocataphus, ii. 261
Drepanornis, ii. 275
ii. 276
Dresser, Mr. H. E., on northern range of European birds, i. 193
Drimostoma, ii. 489
Dromæus, ii. 368
Dromas, ii. 356
Dromatherium, N. American Triassic, i. 134
oldest American mammal, i. 160
Dromica, ii. 486, 487
Dromicia, ii. 252
Dromicus, ii. 375
Dromius, ii. 489
Dromococcyx, ii. 309
Dromolæa, ii. 260
Dromophis, ii. 377
Drongo-shrike, Malayan, figure of, i. 340
ii. 269
DRYADINÆ, ii. 375
DRYIOPHIDÆ, ii. 379
Dryiophis, ii. 379
Drymocataphus, ii. 261
Page 731
Drymodes, ii. 259
Drymœca, ii. 257
Drymœcinæ, ii. 257
Drymomys, ii. 230
Drymornis, ii. 103
Dryocopus, ii. 303
Dryopithecus, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 178
Dryospiza, ii. 284
Dryotriorchis, ii. 348
Dubusia, ii. 98
Ducks, ii. 363
Dulus, ii. 280
Dumerilia, ii. 408
Dumetia, ii. 261
Dumeticola, ii. 258
Duncan, Dr., on fossil corals of the Antilles, ii. 21
D'Urbania, ii. 477
Dwarf-ground snakes, ii. 374
Dynastor, ii. 472
Dyschirus, ii. 489
Drymœca, ii. 257
Drymœcinæ, ii. 257
Drymomys, ii. 230
Drymornis, ii. 103
Dryocopus, ii. 303
Dryopithecus, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 178
Dryospiza, ii. 284
Dryotriorchis, ii. 348
Dubusia, ii. 98
Ducks, ii. 363
Dulus, ii. 280
Dumerilia, ii. 408
Dumetia, ii. 261
Dumeticola, ii. 258
Duncan, Dr., on fossil corals of the Antilles, ii. 21
D'Urbania, ii. 477
Dwarf-ground snakes, ii. 374
Dynastor, ii. 472
Dyschirus, ii. 489
Page 732
Dysauxis, ii. 481
Dysithamnus, ii. 104
Dysopes, ii. 184
E.
Eagles, ii. 347
Eared Seals, ii. 202
Ear-shells, ii. 511
East Africa, geographical features of, i. 258
wide range of genera and species over, i. 259
few special types in, i. 260
East African sub-region, description of, i. 258
genera and species ranging over the whole of, i. 259
mammalia of, i. 260
birds of, i. 260
reptiles of, i. 260
amphibia and fishes of, i. 260
insects of, i. 260
few peculiar types in, i. 260
illustration of zoology of, i. 261
East Australia, peculiar birds of, i. 440
East Thibet, mammalia of, i. 222
Eaton, Rev., A. E., on insects of Kerguelen Island, i. 211
Eburna, ii. 507
Echidna, ii. 254
ECHIDNIDÆ, ii. 254
Dysithamnus, ii. 104
Dysopes, ii. 184
E.
Eagles, ii. 347
Eared Seals, ii. 202
Ear-shells, ii. 511
East Africa, geographical features of, i. 258
wide range of genera and species over, i. 259
few special types in, i. 260
East African sub-region, description of, i. 258
genera and species ranging over the whole of, i. 259
mammalia of, i. 260
birds of, i. 260
reptiles of, i. 260
amphibia and fishes of, i. 260
insects of, i. 260
few peculiar types in, i. 260
illustration of zoology of, i. 261
East Australia, peculiar birds of, i. 440
East Thibet, mammalia of, i. 222
Eaton, Rev., A. E., on insects of Kerguelen Island, i. 211
Eburna, ii. 507
Echidna, ii. 254
ECHIDNIDÆ, ii. 254
Page 733
Echimyidæ, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ECHIMYIDÆ, ii. 238
Echimys, ii. 239
Echinogale, European Miocene, i. 118
Echinops, ii. 188, 189
Echinorhinus, ii. 461
Echiothrix, ii. 230
Echis, ii. 386
Eclectus, ii. 326
Ectognathus, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Ectopistes, ii. 332
Edentata, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 121
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Pliocene, i. 140
of Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Edentata, classification of, i. 90
probable birthplace of, i. 155
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 305
range of Oriental genus of, i. 375
EDENTATA, ii. 244
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 247
summary and conclusion, ii. 543
Ega, ii. 490
ECHIMYIDÆ, ii. 238
Echimys, ii. 239
Echinogale, European Miocene, i. 118
Echinops, ii. 188, 189
Echinorhinus, ii. 461
Echiothrix, ii. 230
Echis, ii. 386
Eclectus, ii. 326
Ectognathus, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Ectopistes, ii. 332
Edentata, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 121
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Pliocene, i. 140
of Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Edentata, classification of, i. 90
probable birthplace of, i. 155
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 305
range of Oriental genus of, i. 375
EDENTATA, ii. 244
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 247
summary and conclusion, ii. 543
Ega, ii. 490
Page 734
Egerina, ii. 397
Elainea, ii. 101, 291
ELAINEINÆ, ii. 291
Elania, ii. 397
Elanoides, ii. 349
Elanus, ii. 349
Elaphodus, ii. 220
Elaphrus, ii. 489
ELAPIDÆ, ii. 382
Elapochrus, ii. 375
Elaps, ii. 383
Elapsoidea, ii. 383
Elasmognathus, ii. 212
Electra, ii. 209
ELEPHANTIDÆ, ii. 227
Elephants, fossil, of Indian Miocene, i. 123
fossil in N. American Post-Pliocene formations, i. 130
birthplace and migrations of, i. 155
ii. 227
Elephant shrews, S. African, i. 267
ii. 186
Elephas, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
fossil in N. China, i. 123
Elainea, ii. 101, 291
ELAINEINÆ, ii. 291
Elania, ii. 397
Elanoides, ii. 349
Elanus, ii. 349
Elaphodus, ii. 220
Elaphrus, ii. 489
ELAPIDÆ, ii. 382
Elapochrus, ii. 375
Elaps, ii. 383
Elapsoidea, ii. 383
Elasmognathus, ii. 212
Electra, ii. 209
ELEPHANTIDÆ, ii. 227
Elephants, fossil, of Indian Miocene, i. 123
fossil in N. American Post-Pliocene formations, i. 130
birthplace and migrations of, i. 155
ii. 227
Elephant shrews, S. African, i. 267
ii. 186
Elephas, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
fossil in N. China, i. 123
Page 735
N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 227
Eliomys, ii. 232
Elliot, Mr., his great work on the birds of paradise, i. 415
on classification of the birds of paradise, ii. 274
Ellipesurus, ii. 463
Ellipsoglossa, ii. 413
Ellisia, ii. 258
Ellobius, ii. 231
Elminia, ii. 271
Elodina, ii. 478
Elopichthys, ii. 453
Elornis, European Miocene, i. 162
Elosia, ii. 419
Elotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 137, 139
ii. 215, 216
Elseya, ii. 408
Elwes, Mr., on birds of Persia, i. 204
on true relations of the birds of Central India, i. 323
Elymnias, ii. 471
ELYMNIIDÆ, ii. 471
ELSIADÆ, ii. 530
Embasis, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
ii. 227
Eliomys, ii. 232
Elliot, Mr., his great work on the birds of paradise, i. 415
on classification of the birds of paradise, ii. 274
Ellipesurus, ii. 463
Ellipsoglossa, ii. 413
Ellisia, ii. 258
Ellobius, ii. 231
Elminia, ii. 271
Elodina, ii. 478
Elopichthys, ii. 453
Elornis, European Miocene, i. 162
Elosia, ii. 419
Elotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 137, 139
ii. 215, 216
Elseya, ii. 408
Elwes, Mr., on birds of Persia, i. 204
on true relations of the birds of Central India, i. 323
Elymnias, ii. 471
ELYMNIIDÆ, ii. 471
ELSIADÆ, ii. 530
Embasis, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Page 736
Emberiza, ii. 285
EMBERIZINÆ, ii. 285
Emberizoides, ii. 284
Emblema, ii. 287
Embernagra, ii. 284
EMBROTOCIDÆ, ii. 438
Emesis, ii. 476
Emeu, figure of, i. 441
Emeus, ii. 368
Emminia, ii. 390
Empidagra, ii. 101
Empidias, ii. 102, 291
Empidochanes, ii. 102
Empidonax, ii. 102, 291
Empidonomus, ii. 102
Emyda, ii. 409
Emydida, Indian Miocene, i. 123
Emydocephalus, ii. 384
Emys, Indian Miocene, i. 123
Miocene and Eocene, i. 165
ii. 408
Enes, ii. 501
EMBERIZINÆ, ii. 285
Emberizoides, ii. 284
Emblema, ii. 287
Embernagra, ii. 284
EMBROTOCIDÆ, ii. 438
Emesis, ii. 476
Emeu, figure of, i. 441
Emeus, ii. 368
Emminia, ii. 390
Empidagra, ii. 101
Empidias, ii. 102, 291
Empidochanes, ii. 102
Empidonax, ii. 102, 291
Empidonomus, ii. 102
Emyda, ii. 409
Emydida, Indian Miocene, i. 123
Emydocephalus, ii. 384
Emys, Indian Miocene, i. 123
Miocene and Eocene, i. 165
ii. 408
Enes, ii. 501
Page 737
Engystoma, ii. 416
ENGYSTOMIDÆ, ii. 416
Enhydrina, ii. 384
Enhydrion, Indian Miocene, i. 121
ii. 200
Enhydris, ii. 199
Enicurus, ii. 263
Enispe, ii. 472
Enodes, ii. 288
Enophrys, ii. 375
Ensophleus, ii. 420
Entelopes, ii. 501
Entomiza, ii. 276
Entomophila, ii. 275
Enygrus, ii. 381
Eobasileus, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Eocene period, i. 124
fauna of S. America, i. 148
Eophona, ii. 284
Eopsaltria, ii. 271
Eos, ii. 327
Epalzeorhynchus, ii. 451
ENGYSTOMIDÆ, ii. 416
Enhydrina, ii. 384
Enhydrion, Indian Miocene, i. 121
ii. 200
Enhydris, ii. 199
Enicurus, ii. 263
Enispe, ii. 472
Enodes, ii. 288
Enophrys, ii. 375
Ensophleus, ii. 420
Entelopes, ii. 501
Entomiza, ii. 276
Entomophila, ii. 275
Enygrus, ii. 381
Eobasileus, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Eocene period, i. 124
fauna of S. America, i. 148
Eophona, ii. 284
Eopsaltria, ii. 271
Eos, ii. 327
Epalzeorhynchus, ii. 451
Page 738
Ephemera, from the Lias, i. 167
Ephthianura, ii. 260
Epicalia, ii. 474
Epicrates, ii. 381
EPIMACHINÆ, ii. 275
Epimachus, ii. 275
Epiodon, ii. 208
Epirhixis, ii. 419
Epitola, ii. 477
Eporeodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
EQUIDÆ, ii. 211
Equidæ, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Eocene, i. 125
Equus, European Pliocene, i. 112
Post-Pliocene, i. 112
Indian Miocene, i. 121
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
ii. 211
Erebia, ii. 471
Eremias, ii. 391
Eremomela, ii. 258
Ephthianura, ii. 260
Epicalia, ii. 474
Epicrates, ii. 381
EPIMACHINÆ, ii. 275
Epimachus, ii. 275
Epiodon, ii. 208
Epirhixis, ii. 419
Epitola, ii. 477
Eporeodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
EQUIDÆ, ii. 211
Equidæ, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Eocene, i. 125
Equus, European Pliocene, i. 112
Post-Pliocene, i. 112
Indian Miocene, i. 121
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
ii. 211
Erebia, ii. 471
Eremias, ii. 391
Eremomela, ii. 258
Page 739
Eremophilus, ii. 444
Ereptodon, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Eresia, ii. 474
Erethistes, ii. 444
Erethizon, ii. 239
Ereunetes, ii. 353
Ergaticus, ii. 279
Ergolis, ii. 474
Ericulus, ii. 188
Ericymba, ii. 452
ERINACEIDÆ, ii. 187
Erinaceus, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 187
Eriocnemis, ii. 109
Eriodes, ii. 174
Erismatura, ii. 364
Erithacus, ii. 259
Eroessa, ii. 258
Eronia, ii. 478
Erpornis, ii. 267
ERYCIDÆ, ii. 381
Ereptodon, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Eresia, ii. 474
Erethistes, ii. 444
Erethizon, ii. 239
Ereunetes, ii. 353
Ergaticus, ii. 279
Ergolis, ii. 474
Ericulus, ii. 188
Ericymba, ii. 452
ERINACEIDÆ, ii. 187
Erinaceus, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 187
Eriocnemis, ii. 109
Eriodes, ii. 174
Erismatura, ii. 364
Erithacus, ii. 259
Eroessa, ii. 258
Eronia, ii. 478
Erpornis, ii. 267
ERYCIDÆ, ii. 381
Page 740
ERYCINIDÆ, ii. 476
Erynnis, ii. 480
Erythrinus, ii. 445
Erythrocercus, ii. 270
Erythrocnema, ii. 347
Erythrogonys, ii. 356
Erythrolampus, ii. 375
Erythromachus of Rodriguez, i. 164
ii. 352
Erythrospiza, ii. 285
Erythrosterna, ii. 270
Erythrura, ii. 387
Eryx, ii. 382
ESOCIDÆ, ii. 449
Esox, ii. 449
Esthemopsis, ii. 476
Esthonyx, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Estrilda, ii. 286
Etheria, ii. 534
Ethiopian region should not include any part of India, i. 63
defined, i. 73
subdivisions of, i. 73
general features of, i. 251
Erynnis, ii. 480
Erythrinus, ii. 445
Erythrocercus, ii. 270
Erythrocnema, ii. 347
Erythrogonys, ii. 356
Erythrolampus, ii. 375
Erythromachus of Rodriguez, i. 164
ii. 352
Erythrospiza, ii. 285
Erythrosterna, ii. 270
Erythrura, ii. 387
Eryx, ii. 382
ESOCIDÆ, ii. 449
Esox, ii. 449
Esthemopsis, ii. 476
Esthonyx, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Estrilda, ii. 286
Etheria, ii. 534
Ethiopian region should not include any part of India, i. 63
defined, i. 73
subdivisions of, i. 73
general features of, i. 251
Page 741
zoological characteristics of, i. 252
mammalia of, i. 253
great speciality of, i. 253
birds of, i. 253
reptiles of, i. 254
amphibia of, i. 255
fresh-water fish of, i. 255
summary of vertebrates of, i. 255
insects of, i. 255
coleoptera of, i. 256
terrestrial mollusca of, i. 257
sub-regions of, i. 258
Atlantic islands of, i. 269
the probable past history of, i. 285
tables of distribution of animals of, i. 293
Euanemus, ii. 443
Eubagis, ii. 474
Eucephala, ii. 109
Euchætes, ii. 98
Eucometis, ii. 99
Euchromia, ii. 481
Eucichla, ii. 298
Euclyptosternum, ii. 443
Eudromias, ii. 356
Eudynamis, ii. 310
Eudyptes, ii. 366
Eueides, ii. 473
mammalia of, i. 253
great speciality of, i. 253
birds of, i. 253
reptiles of, i. 254
amphibia of, i. 255
fresh-water fish of, i. 255
summary of vertebrates of, i. 255
insects of, i. 255
coleoptera of, i. 256
terrestrial mollusca of, i. 257
sub-regions of, i. 258
Atlantic islands of, i. 269
the probable past history of, i. 285
tables of distribution of animals of, i. 293
Euanemus, ii. 443
Eubagis, ii. 474
Eucephala, ii. 109
Euchætes, ii. 98
Eucometis, ii. 99
Euchromia, ii. 481
Eucichla, ii. 298
Euclyptosternum, ii. 443
Eudromias, ii. 356
Eudynamis, ii. 310
Eudyptes, ii. 366
Eueides, ii. 473
Page 742
Eugenes, ii. 107
Eugenia, ii. 107
Euhyrax, ii. 229
Eulabeornis, ii. 352
Eulabes, ii. 287
Eulampis, ii. 107
Eumæus, ii. 477
Eumeces, ii. 397
Eumetopias, ii. 203
Eumomota, ii. 313
Eumys, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
ii. 231
Eumyias, ii. 270
Eunectes, ii. 381
Eunica, ii. 474
Eunogyra, ii. 475
Eupetes, ii. 263
Eupetomena, ii. 107
Euphema, ii. 325
Eupherusa, ii. 109
Euphonia, ii. 98
Eugenia, ii. 107
Euhyrax, ii. 229
Eulabeornis, ii. 352
Eulabes, ii. 287
Eulampis, ii. 107
Eumæus, ii. 477
Eumeces, ii. 397
Eumetopias, ii. 203
Eumomota, ii. 313
Eumys, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
ii. 231
Eumyias, ii. 270
Eunectes, ii. 381
Eunica, ii. 474
Eunogyra, ii. 475
Eupetes, ii. 263
Eupetomena, ii. 107
Euphema, ii. 325
Eupherusa, ii. 109
Euphonia, ii. 98
Page 743
Euphractus, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Euphryne, ii. 401
Euphysetes, ii. 208
Eupleres, ii. 195
Euplœa, ii. 470
EUPLOCAMINÆ, ii. 340
Euplocamus, ii. 340
Eupodotis, ii. 356
Euprepes, ii. 397
Eupsychortyx, ii. 339
Euptilotis, ii. 314
Euptychia, ii. 471
Eurinorhynchus, ii. 353
Eurocephalus, ii. 272
Europe, recent changes in physical geography of, i. 39
Miocene fauna of Central, i. 117
Miocene fauna of, allied to existing fauna of tropical Asia and Africa, i.
124
European sub-region, description of, i. 191
forests of, i. 192
mammalia of, i. 192
birds of, i. 193
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 195
fresh-water fish of, i. 196
insects of, i. 196
Euphryne, ii. 401
Euphysetes, ii. 208
Eupleres, ii. 195
Euplœa, ii. 470
EUPLOCAMINÆ, ii. 340
Euplocamus, ii. 340
Eupodotis, ii. 356
Euprepes, ii. 397
Eupsychortyx, ii. 339
Euptilotis, ii. 314
Euptychia, ii. 471
Eurinorhynchus, ii. 353
Eurocephalus, ii. 272
Europe, recent changes in physical geography of, i. 39
Miocene fauna of Central, i. 117
Miocene fauna of, allied to existing fauna of tropical Asia and Africa, i.
124
European sub-region, description of, i. 191
forests of, i. 192
mammalia of, i. 192
birds of, i. 193
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 195
fresh-water fish of, i. 196
insects of, i. 196
Page 744
islands of, i. 197
Eurostopodus, ii. 320
Euryades, ii. 479
Euryapteryx, ii. 370
Euryarthrium, ii. 501
Eurybia, ii. 475
Euryceros of Madagascar, figure of, i. 278
Euryceros, ii. 288
Eurycus, ii. 479
Eurygona, ii. 476
EURYGONIDÆ, ii. 476
EURYLÆMIDÆ, ii. 294
Eurylæmus, ii. 295
Euryodon, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 246
Euryphene, ii. 474
Eurypyga, ii. 358
EURYPYGIDÆ, ii. 358
Eurystomus, ii. 312
Eurytela, ii. 474
Eurytherium, European Eocene, i. 126
Eurostopodus, ii. 320
Euryades, ii. 479
Euryapteryx, ii. 370
Euryarthrium, ii. 501
Eurybia, ii. 475
Euryceros of Madagascar, figure of, i. 278
Euryceros, ii. 288
Eurycus, ii. 479
Eurygona, ii. 476
EURYGONIDÆ, ii. 476
EURYLÆMIDÆ, ii. 294
Eurylæmus, ii. 295
Euryodon, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 246
Euryphene, ii. 474
Eurypyga, ii. 358
EURYPYGIDÆ, ii. 358
Eurystomus, ii. 312
Eurytela, ii. 474
Eurytherium, European Eocene, i. 126
Page 745
Eurytrichus, ii. 490
Euscarthmus, ii. 101
Euschemon, ii. 480
ii. 481
Eusemia, ii. 482
Euspiza, ii. 285
Eustephanus, ii. 108
Eustira, ii. 453
Eutatus, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 246
Eutelodon, European Eocene, i. 126
Eutemnodus, S. American Eocene, i. 148
Euterpe, ii. 285
Euthyrhynchus, ii. 276
Eutoxeres, ii. 107
Eutriorchis, ii. 348
Eutropia, ii. 209
Eutropiichthys, ii. 441
Eutropius, ii. 442
Eutroplus, ii. 438
Exocetus, ii. 449
Exoglossum, ii. 452
Euscarthmus, ii. 101
Euschemon, ii. 480
ii. 481
Eusemia, ii. 482
Euspiza, ii. 285
Eustephanus, ii. 108
Eustira, ii. 453
Eutatus, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 246
Eutelodon, European Eocene, i. 126
Eutemnodus, S. American Eocene, i. 148
Euterpe, ii. 285
Euthyrhynchus, ii. 276
Eutoxeres, ii. 107
Eutriorchis, ii. 348
Eutropia, ii. 209
Eutropiichthys, ii. 441
Eutropius, ii. 442
Eutroplus, ii. 438
Exocetus, ii. 449
Exoglossum, ii. 452
Page 746
Exostoma, ii. 444
Extinct mammalian fauna of Europe, general considerations on, i. 126
mammalia of N. America and Europe, comparison of, i. 140
mammalia of the Antilles, i. 148
mammalia of the Old and New Worlds, general remarks on, i. 148
fauna of New Zealand, i. 459
Amphibia, ii. 423
Ant-eaters, ii. 247
Armadillos, ii. 246
Bovidæ, ii. 225
Bradypodidæ, ii. 245
Camelidæ, ii. 217
Camelopardalidæ, ii. 221
Canidæ, ii. 197
Castoridæ, ii. 234
Caviidæ, ii. 241
Centetidæ, ii. 189
Cercolabidæ, ii. 240
Cetacea, ii. 209
Chinchillidæ, ii. 237
Chiroptera, ii. 185
Crocodiles, ii. 407
Deer, ii. 220
Didelphyidæ, ii. 249
Dipodidæ, ii. 232
Echidnidæ, ii. 254
Echimyidæ, ii. 239
Elephants, ii. 227
Equidæ, ii. 211
Erinaceidæ, ii. 188
Felidæ, ii. 193
Hippopotami, ii. 214
Hyænas, ii. 196
Hystricidæ, ii. 240
Insectivora, ii. 192
Lacertilia, ii. 404
Extinct mammalian fauna of Europe, general considerations on, i. 126
mammalia of N. America and Europe, comparison of, i. 140
mammalia of the Antilles, i. 148
mammalia of the Old and New Worlds, general remarks on, i. 148
fauna of New Zealand, i. 459
Amphibia, ii. 423
Ant-eaters, ii. 247
Armadillos, ii. 246
Bovidæ, ii. 225
Bradypodidæ, ii. 245
Camelidæ, ii. 217
Camelopardalidæ, ii. 221
Canidæ, ii. 197
Castoridæ, ii. 234
Caviidæ, ii. 241
Centetidæ, ii. 189
Cercolabidæ, ii. 240
Cetacea, ii. 209
Chinchillidæ, ii. 237
Chiroptera, ii. 185
Crocodiles, ii. 407
Deer, ii. 220
Didelphyidæ, ii. 249
Dipodidæ, ii. 232
Echidnidæ, ii. 254
Echimyidæ, ii. 239
Elephants, ii. 227
Equidæ, ii. 211
Erinaceidæ, ii. 188
Felidæ, ii. 193
Hippopotami, ii. 214
Hyænas, ii. 196
Hystricidæ, ii. 240
Insectivora, ii. 192
Lacertilia, ii. 404
Page 747
Lagomyidæ, ii. 242
Leporidæ, ii. 243
Macropodidæ, ii. 251
Muridæ, ii. 230
Mustelidæ, ii. 199
Myoxidæ, ii. 232
Octodontidæ, ii. 238
Ophidia, ii. 387
Orycteropodidæ, ii. 246
Otariidæ, ii. 203
Procyonidæ, ii. 201
Quadrumana, ii. 178
Rallidæ, ii. 252
Rhinocerotidæ, ii. 213
Sciuridæ, ii. 236
Seals, ii. 204
Sirenia, ii. 210
Struthionidæ, ii. 369
Suidæ, ii. 215
Talpidæ, ii. 190
Tapirs, ii. 212
Tortoises, ii. 410
Tragulidæ, ii. 218
Tupaiidæ, ii. 186
Ursidæ, ii. 202
Viverridæ, ii. 195
Extinction of large animals, causes of, i. 158
F.
Falcinellus, ii. 360
Falco, ii. 349
FALCONIDÆ, ii. 347
FALCONINÆ, ii. 349
Leporidæ, ii. 243
Macropodidæ, ii. 251
Muridæ, ii. 230
Mustelidæ, ii. 199
Myoxidæ, ii. 232
Octodontidæ, ii. 238
Ophidia, ii. 387
Orycteropodidæ, ii. 246
Otariidæ, ii. 203
Procyonidæ, ii. 201
Quadrumana, ii. 178
Rallidæ, ii. 252
Rhinocerotidæ, ii. 213
Sciuridæ, ii. 236
Seals, ii. 204
Sirenia, ii. 210
Struthionidæ, ii. 369
Suidæ, ii. 215
Talpidæ, ii. 190
Tapirs, ii. 212
Tortoises, ii. 410
Tragulidæ, ii. 218
Tupaiidæ, ii. 186
Ursidæ, ii. 202
Viverridæ, ii. 195
Extinction of large animals, causes of, i. 158
F.
Falcinellus, ii. 360
Falco, ii. 349
FALCONIDÆ, ii. 347
FALCONINÆ, ii. 349
Page 748
Falcons, ii. 347
Falculia, ii. 228
Falkland Islands, zoology of, ii. 49
Fanged ground-snakes, ii. 380
Farancia, ii. 377
Fauna of Japan, general character and affinities of, i. 230
of Palæarctic region, general conclusions as to, i. 231
extinct, of Madagascar and Mascarene Islands, i. 282
Malayan, probable origin of, i. 359
Moluccan, peculiarities of, i. 419
Timorese, origin of, i. 422
of Celebes, origin of, i. 436
of New Zealand, origin of, i. 460
of Galapagos, origin of, ii. 33
of Central America, origin of, ii. 57
of Antilles, origin of, ii. 78
of Neotropical region, origin of, ii. 80
FELIDÆ, ii. 192
Felis, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 129
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 193
Felis spelæa, i. 110
Feniseca, ii. 477
Fennecus, ii. 197
Ferania, ii. 376
Falculia, ii. 228
Falkland Islands, zoology of, ii. 49
Fanged ground-snakes, ii. 380
Farancia, ii. 377
Fauna of Japan, general character and affinities of, i. 230
of Palæarctic region, general conclusions as to, i. 231
extinct, of Madagascar and Mascarene Islands, i. 282
Malayan, probable origin of, i. 359
Moluccan, peculiarities of, i. 419
Timorese, origin of, i. 422
of Celebes, origin of, i. 436
of New Zealand, origin of, i. 460
of Galapagos, origin of, ii. 33
of Central America, origin of, ii. 57
of Antilles, origin of, ii. 78
of Neotropical region, origin of, ii. 80
FELIDÆ, ii. 192
Felis, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 129
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 193
Felis spelæa, i. 110
Feniseca, ii. 477
Fennecus, ii. 197
Ferania, ii. 376
Page 749
Fernando Po, zoological features of, i. 265
Feroculus, ii. 191
Fiber, ii. 230
Figulus, ii. 493
Fiji, Tonga, and Samoa Islands, birds of, i. 443
Finches, ii. 283
FIROLIDÆ, ii. 531
Fishes, means of dispersal of, i. 29
classification of, i. 101
cosmopolitan groups of, i. 176
of the Palæarctic region, i. 186
of the European sub-region, i. 196
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 205
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 227
fresh-water, table of Palæarctic families of, i. 227
of the Ethiopian region, i. 255
of South Africa, i. 268
fresh-water, table of Ethiopian families of, i. 298
fresh-water, of the Oriental region, i. 318
of the Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 341
fresh-water, table of Oriental families of i. 369
fresh-water, of the Australian region, i. 397
fresh-water, resemblance of Australian and S. American, i. 400
how the transmission may have taken place, i. 401
fresh-water, of New Zealand, i. 457
fresh-water, table of Neotropical families of, ii. 89
of Central N. America, ii. 131
of Eastern United States, ii. 134
of Canada, ii. 137
fresh-water, table of Nearctic families of, ii. 143
remarks on the distribution of, ii. 464
Feroculus, ii. 191
Fiber, ii. 230
Figulus, ii. 493
Fiji, Tonga, and Samoa Islands, birds of, i. 443
Finches, ii. 283
FIROLIDÆ, ii. 531
Fishes, means of dispersal of, i. 29
classification of, i. 101
cosmopolitan groups of, i. 176
of the Palæarctic region, i. 186
of the European sub-region, i. 196
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 205
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 227
fresh-water, table of Palæarctic families of, i. 227
of the Ethiopian region, i. 255
of South Africa, i. 268
fresh-water, table of Ethiopian families of, i. 298
fresh-water, of the Oriental region, i. 318
of the Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 341
fresh-water, table of Oriental families of i. 369
fresh-water, of the Australian region, i. 397
fresh-water, resemblance of Australian and S. American, i. 400
how the transmission may have taken place, i. 401
fresh-water, of New Zealand, i. 457
fresh-water, table of Neotropical families of, ii. 89
of Central N. America, ii. 131
of Eastern United States, ii. 134
of Canada, ii. 137
fresh-water, table of Nearctic families of, ii. 143
remarks on the distribution of, ii. 464
Page 750
fossil, ii. 466
Fishing-hawks, ii. 349
FISSURELLIDÆ, ii. 511
FISTULARIDÆ, ii. 436
Fitzroya, ii. 450
Flamingoes, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 361
Flora, of New Zealand, as influenced by scarcity of insects, i. 462
fossil of Australia, i. 467
Floras, cretaceous and tertiary, of North America, ii. 155
Florisuga, ii. 107
Flower-peckers, ii. 277
Flower, Professor, on classification of mammalia, i. 85
classification of carnivora, i. 87
Fluvicola, ii. 100
Flycatchers, ii. 270
Flying Lemur, Malayan, figure of, i. 337
ii. 186
Flying Lizards, ii. 401
Flying Opossum, figure of, i. 442
Fordonia, ii. 376
Forests, essential to existence of many European animals, i. 192
Siberian, greatest extent of, i. 216
Fishing-hawks, ii. 349
FISSURELLIDÆ, ii. 511
FISTULARIDÆ, ii. 436
Fitzroya, ii. 450
Flamingoes, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 361
Flora, of New Zealand, as influenced by scarcity of insects, i. 462
fossil of Australia, i. 467
Floras, cretaceous and tertiary, of North America, ii. 155
Florisuga, ii. 107
Flower-peckers, ii. 277
Flower, Professor, on classification of mammalia, i. 85
classification of carnivora, i. 87
Fluvicola, ii. 100
Flycatchers, ii. 270
Flying Lemur, Malayan, figure of, i. 337
ii. 186
Flying Lizards, ii. 401
Flying Opossum, figure of, i. 442
Fordonia, ii. 376
Forests, essential to existence of many European animals, i. 192
Siberian, greatest extent of, i. 216
Page 751
FORMICARIIDÆ, ii. 297
FORMICARIINÆ, ii. 298
Formicarius, ii. 104
Formicivora, ii. 104
FORMICIVORINÆ, ii. 297
Formosa, zoology of, i. 332
Fossa, ii. 195
Foudia, ii. 286
Francolinus, ii. 338
Fraseria, ii. 272
Fratercula, ii. 367
Fregetta, ii. 365
Fregilupus, ii. 288
Fregilus, ii. 274
Fresh-water fishes, Neotropical, ii. 12
of S. Temperate America, ii. 42
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 54
of the Antilles, ii. 73
of the Nearctic region, ii. 120
of California, ii. 128
summary and conclusion, ii. 549
Fresh-water mussels, ii. 534
shell, the most Arctic, ii. 518
snakes, ii. 376
snails, ii. 518
FORMICARIINÆ, ii. 298
Formicarius, ii. 104
Formicivora, ii. 104
FORMICIVORINÆ, ii. 297
Formosa, zoology of, i. 332
Fossa, ii. 195
Foudia, ii. 286
Francolinus, ii. 338
Fraseria, ii. 272
Fratercula, ii. 367
Fregetta, ii. 365
Fregilupus, ii. 288
Fregilus, ii. 274
Fresh-water fishes, Neotropical, ii. 12
of S. Temperate America, ii. 42
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 54
of the Antilles, ii. 73
of the Nearctic region, ii. 120
of California, ii. 128
summary and conclusion, ii. 549
Fresh-water mussels, ii. 534
shell, the most Arctic, ii. 518
snakes, ii. 376
snails, ii. 518
Page 752
Fringilla, ii. 283
Fringillaria, ii. 285
Fringillauda, ii. 282
FRINGILLIDÆ, ii. 284
Frog-mouths, ii. 318
Frogs, ii. 420
Fulica, ii. 352
Fuligula, ii. 364
Fulmarus, ii. 365
Fundulus, ii. 450
FURNARIINÆ, ii. 295
Furnarius, ii. 103
Fusus, ii. 507
G.
GADIDÆ, ii. 439
GADOPSIDÆ, ii. 439
Gadus, ii. 439
Galago, ii. 177
Galapagos, scarcity of insects in, i. 463
Galapagos islands, ii. 29
mammalia of, ii. 29
birds of, ii. 30
Fringillaria, ii. 285
Fringillauda, ii. 282
FRINGILLIDÆ, ii. 284
Frog-mouths, ii. 318
Frogs, ii. 420
Fulica, ii. 352
Fuligula, ii. 364
Fulmarus, ii. 365
Fundulus, ii. 450
FURNARIINÆ, ii. 295
Furnarius, ii. 103
Fusus, ii. 507
G.
GADIDÆ, ii. 439
GADOPSIDÆ, ii. 439
Gadus, ii. 439
Galago, ii. 177
Galapagos, scarcity of insects in, i. 463
Galapagos islands, ii. 29
mammalia of, ii. 29
birds of, ii. 30
Page 753
reptiles of, ii. 32
insects of, ii. 33
land-shells of, ii. 33
conclusions as to the origin of their fauna, ii. 33
Galatea, ii. 536
Galaxias, ii. 448
GALAXIDÆ, ii. 448
Galbalcyrhynchus, ii. 311
Galbula, ii. 311
GALBULIDÆ, ii. 311
Galecynus, in European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 198
Galeichthys, ii. 443
GALEOPITHECIDÆ, ii. 186
Galeoscoptes, ii. 256
Galeospalax, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 190
Galeotherium, Post-Pliocene, i. 111
Galera, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Galerella, ii. 195
Galerita, ii. 289
ii. 490
Galerix, ii. 188
insects of, ii. 33
land-shells of, ii. 33
conclusions as to the origin of their fauna, ii. 33
Galatea, ii. 536
Galaxias, ii. 448
GALAXIDÆ, ii. 448
Galbalcyrhynchus, ii. 311
Galbula, ii. 311
GALBULIDÆ, ii. 311
Galecynus, in European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 198
Galeichthys, ii. 443
GALEOPITHECIDÆ, ii. 186
Galeoscoptes, ii. 256
Galeospalax, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 190
Galeotherium, Post-Pliocene, i. 111
Galera, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Galerella, ii. 195
Galerita, ii. 289
ii. 490
Galerix, ii. 188
Page 754
Galethylax, European Eocene, i. 125
ii. 198
Galeus, ii. 460
Galictis, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 199
Galidia, ii. 195
Galidictis, ii. 195
Gallinæ, classification of, i. 96
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 248
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 311
range of Oriental genera of, i. 384
range of Australian genera of, i. 485
GALLINÆ, ii. 337
ii. 340
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 344
Gallinago, ii. 353
Gallinula, ii. 352
Gallus, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
ii. 340
Gallus bravardi, European Pliocene, i. 161
Galogale, ii. 195
Gambusia, ii. 450
Gampsonyx, ii. 349
Gampsorhynchus, ii. 261
Gannets, ii. 365
ii. 198
Galeus, ii. 460
Galictis, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 199
Galidia, ii. 195
Galidictis, ii. 195
Gallinæ, classification of, i. 96
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 248
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 311
range of Oriental genera of, i. 384
range of Australian genera of, i. 485
GALLINÆ, ii. 337
ii. 340
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 344
Gallinago, ii. 353
Gallinula, ii. 352
Gallus, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
ii. 340
Gallus bravardi, European Pliocene, i. 161
Galogale, ii. 195
Gambusia, ii. 450
Gampsonyx, ii. 349
Gampsorhynchus, ii. 261
Gannets, ii. 365
Page 755
GANOIDEI, ii. 458
Gape-eyed Scinks, ii. 395
Gar-fish, ii. 459
Garrod, Professor, on the Classification of Parrots, ii. 324
Garrulax, ii. 261
Garrulus, ii. 273
GASTEROPODA, ii. 507
GASTEROSTEIDÆ, ii. 424
Gasterosteus, ii. 424
Gastornis, European Eocene, i. 163
GASTROCHÆNIDÆ, ii. 537
Gastropelecus, ii. 445
GAVIALIDÆ, ii. 405
Gavialis, ii. 405
Gavials, ii. 405
Gazella, ii. 223
GAZELLINÆ, ii. 223
Gazera, ii. 481
Gecinulus, ii. 303
Gecinus, ii. 303
Gecko, ii. 399
Gape-eyed Scinks, ii. 395
Gar-fish, ii. 459
Garrod, Professor, on the Classification of Parrots, ii. 324
Garrulax, ii. 261
Garrulus, ii. 273
GASTEROPODA, ii. 507
GASTEROSTEIDÆ, ii. 424
Gasterosteus, ii. 424
Gastornis, European Eocene, i. 163
GASTROCHÆNIDÆ, ii. 537
Gastropelecus, ii. 445
GAVIALIDÆ, ii. 405
Gavialis, ii. 405
Gavials, ii. 405
Gazella, ii. 223
GAZELLINÆ, ii. 223
Gazera, ii. 481
Gecinulus, ii. 303
Gecinus, ii. 303
Gecko, ii. 399
Page 756
GECKOTIDÆ, ii. 399
Geese, ii. 363
Gehyra, ii. 400
Geese, ii. 363
Gehyra, ii. 400
Page 757
Genera common to Post-Pliocene and Pliocene faunas of N. America, i. 132
Genetta, ii. 195
Genidens, ii. 443
Geobates, ii. 103
Geobiastes, ii. 312
Geocichla, ii. 256
Geococcyx, ii. 309
Geocolaptes, ii. 304
GEODEPHAGA, ii. 486
Geoffroyus, ii. 326
Geographical zoology, introduction, ii. 167
materials for, ii. 168
Geological history of Oriental region, i. 362
Geology and Physical Geography of the Antilles, ii. 62, 79
Geomelania, ii. 519
Geomys, ii. 233
Geopelia, ii. 332
Geophaps, ii. 333
Geophagus, ii. 439
Geopsittacus, ii. 325
Georissa, ii. 522
Genetta, ii. 195
Genidens, ii. 443
Geobates, ii. 103
Geobiastes, ii. 312
Geocichla, ii. 256
Geococcyx, ii. 309
Geocolaptes, ii. 304
GEODEPHAGA, ii. 486
Geoffroyus, ii. 326
Geographical zoology, introduction, ii. 167
materials for, ii. 168
Geological history of Oriental region, i. 362
Geology and Physical Geography of the Antilles, ii. 62, 79
Geomelania, ii. 519
Geomys, ii. 233
Geopelia, ii. 332
Geophaps, ii. 333
Geophagus, ii. 439
Geopsittacus, ii. 325
Georissa, ii. 522
Page 758
Georychus, ii. 231
Geositta, ii. 103
Geospiza, ii. 284
Geothlypis, ii. 279
Geotrochus, ii. 523
Geotryon, ii. 333
Geotrypus, ii. 190
Geranospiza, ii. 347
Gerbillus, ii. 230
ii. 232
Geronticus, ii. 360
Gerrhonotus, ii. 392
Gerrhosaurus, ii. 392
GERRIDÆ, ii. 438
Gervasia, ii. 260
Gerygone, ii. 258
Giant-Clams, ii. 534
Gibbon, ii. 171
Gibraltar, cave fauna of, i. 114
Giraffes, ii. 221
Girardinus, ii. 450
Geositta, ii. 103
Geospiza, ii. 284
Geothlypis, ii. 279
Geotrochus, ii. 523
Geotryon, ii. 333
Geotrypus, ii. 190
Geranospiza, ii. 347
Gerbillus, ii. 230
ii. 232
Geronticus, ii. 360
Gerrhonotus, ii. 392
Gerrhosaurus, ii. 392
GERRIDÆ, ii. 438
Gervasia, ii. 260
Gerygone, ii. 258
Giant-Clams, ii. 534
Gibbon, ii. 171
Gibraltar, cave fauna of, i. 114
Giraffes, ii. 221
Girardinus, ii. 450
Page 759
Glacial epoch, as affecting the distribution of animals, i. 40
as a cause of the great change in the fauna of the temperate zones, since
Pliocene times, i. 151
probably simultaneous in both hemispheres, i. 151
causing a general subsidence of the ocean, i. 152
Glandina, Eocene, i. 169
ii. 515
Glareola, ii. 355
GLAREOLIDÆ, ii. 355
Glaucis, ii. 107
Glaucidium, ii. 350
Glauconeza, ii. 536
Glaucopis, ii. 481
Gliciphila, ii. 275
Glis, ii. 232
Globiocephalus, ii. 209
Glossoptila, ii. 278
Glossotherium, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 247
Glycimeris, ii. 536
Glyphidodon, ii. 437
Glyphoglossus, ii. 416
Glyphorhynchus, ii. 103
as a cause of the great change in the fauna of the temperate zones, since
Pliocene times, i. 151
probably simultaneous in both hemispheres, i. 151
causing a general subsidence of the ocean, i. 152
Glandina, Eocene, i. 169
ii. 515
Glareola, ii. 355
GLAREOLIDÆ, ii. 355
Glaucis, ii. 107
Glaucidium, ii. 350
Glauconeza, ii. 536
Glaucopis, ii. 481
Gliciphila, ii. 275
Glis, ii. 232
Globiocephalus, ii. 209
Glossoptila, ii. 278
Glossotherium, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 247
Glycimeris, ii. 536
Glyphidodon, ii. 437
Glyphoglossus, ii. 416
Glyphorhynchus, ii. 103
Page 760
Glyptodon, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Glyptosternum, ii. 443
Gnaphodes, ii. 471
Gnathodon, ii. 536
Gnathopsis, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Goats, Palæarctic, i. 182
ii. 221
Goat-suckers, ii. 519
GOBIESOCIDÆ, ii. 436
GOBIIDÆ, ii. 430
Gobio, ii. 452
Gobius, ii. 430
Godman, Mr., on Natural History of the Azores, i. 207
Golden Moles, S. African, i. 267
Goliathi, ii. 494
Gonepteryx, ii. 478
Goniodactylus, ii. 400
Gongylophis, ii. 382
Gonorhynchidæ, ii. 453
Gonyocephalus, ii. 402
Gonyosoma, ii. 379
Glyptosternum, ii. 443
Gnaphodes, ii. 471
Gnathodon, ii. 536
Gnathopsis, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Goats, Palæarctic, i. 182
ii. 221
Goat-suckers, ii. 519
GOBIESOCIDÆ, ii. 436
GOBIIDÆ, ii. 430
Gobio, ii. 452
Gobius, ii. 430
Godman, Mr., on Natural History of the Azores, i. 207
Golden Moles, S. African, i. 267
Goliathi, ii. 494
Gonepteryx, ii. 478
Goniodactylus, ii. 400
Gongylophis, ii. 382
Gonorhynchidæ, ii. 453
Gonyocephalus, ii. 402
Gonyosoma, ii. 379
Page 761
Gouldia, ii. 107
Goura, ii. 333
Graculavus, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
Grallæ, arrangement of, i. 97
peculiar or characteristic Palæarctic genera, i. 249
peculiar Ethiopian genera of, i. 31
peculiar Oriental genera of, i. 386
peculiar Australian genera of, i. 484
GRALLÆ, ii. 351
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 362
Grallaria, ii. 104
Grallaricula, ii. 104
Grallina, ii. 273
Grammatophorus, ii. 402
Grammatoptila, ii. 261
Grampus, ii. 209
Granatellus, ii. 279
Grandala, ii. 259
Graphidurus, ii. 232
Graphipterus, ii. 491
Graucalus, ii. 268
Gray, Dr. J. E., on classification of Cetacea, i. 88
Grayia, ii. 376
Goura, ii. 333
Graculavus, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
Grallæ, arrangement of, i. 97
peculiar or characteristic Palæarctic genera, i. 249
peculiar Ethiopian genera of, i. 31
peculiar Oriental genera of, i. 386
peculiar Australian genera of, i. 484
GRALLÆ, ii. 351
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 362
Grallaria, ii. 104
Grallaricula, ii. 104
Grallina, ii. 273
Grammatophorus, ii. 402
Grammatoptila, ii. 261
Grampus, ii. 209
Granatellus, ii. 279
Grandala, ii. 259
Graphidurus, ii. 232
Graphipterus, ii. 491
Graucalus, ii. 268
Gray, Dr. J. E., on classification of Cetacea, i. 88
Grayia, ii. 376
Page 762
Grayson, Col, on birds of Tres Marias, ii. 59
Grebes, ii. 367
Greece, Upper Miocene deposits of, i. 115
summary of Miocene fauna of, i. 116
Green Bulbuls, ii. 267
Greenland, zoology of, ii. 138
Greenlets, ii. 280
Groups peculiar to a region, how defined, ii. 184
Grouse, ii. 328
GRUIDÆ, ii. 356
Grus, ii. 357
Grypsicus, ii. 421
Grypus, ii. 107
Guacharo, ii. 107
Guans, ii. 342
Guaraunas, ii. 357
Gubernatrix, ii. 285
Guillemots, ii. 267
Guira, ii. 309
Guiraca, ii. 285
Gulick, Rev. J. T., on Achatinellidæ of the Sandwich Islands, i. 446
Grebes, ii. 367
Greece, Upper Miocene deposits of, i. 115
summary of Miocene fauna of, i. 116
Green Bulbuls, ii. 267
Greenland, zoology of, ii. 138
Greenlets, ii. 280
Groups peculiar to a region, how defined, ii. 184
Grouse, ii. 328
GRUIDÆ, ii. 356
Grus, ii. 357
Grypsicus, ii. 421
Grypus, ii. 107
Guacharo, ii. 107
Guans, ii. 342
Guaraunas, ii. 357
Gubernatrix, ii. 285
Guillemots, ii. 267
Guira, ii. 309
Guiraca, ii. 285
Gulick, Rev. J. T., on Achatinellidæ of the Sandwich Islands, i. 446
Page 763
Gulls, ii. 364
Gulo, ii. 199
Günther, Dr., his classification of reptiles, i. 98
his classification of fishes, i. 101
on gigantic tortoises of Galapagos and the Mascarene Islands, i. 289
on range of Indian reptiles in the Himalayas, i. 329
on identical Atlantiic and Pacific fishes, ii. 21
on fresh-water fishes of Central America, ii. 54
Gygis, ii. 365
GYMNARCHIDÆ, ii. 449
Gymnarchus, ii. 449
Gymnetinæ, ii. 494
Gymnobucco, ii. 306
Gymnocephalus, ii. 103
Gymnocichla, ii. 104
Gymnocorvus, ii. 274
Gymnocypris, ii. 452
Gymnodactylus, ii. 400
GYMNODERINÆ, ii. 293
Gymnoderus, ii. 103
GYMNODONTES, ii. 457
Gymnoglaux, ii. 350
Gymnokitta, ii. 273
Gulo, ii. 199
Günther, Dr., his classification of reptiles, i. 98
his classification of fishes, i. 101
on gigantic tortoises of Galapagos and the Mascarene Islands, i. 289
on range of Indian reptiles in the Himalayas, i. 329
on identical Atlantiic and Pacific fishes, ii. 21
on fresh-water fishes of Central America, ii. 54
Gygis, ii. 365
GYMNARCHIDÆ, ii. 449
Gymnarchus, ii. 449
Gymnetinæ, ii. 494
Gymnobucco, ii. 306
Gymnocephalus, ii. 103
Gymnocichla, ii. 104
Gymnocorvus, ii. 274
Gymnocypris, ii. 452
Gymnodactylus, ii. 400
GYMNODERINÆ, ii. 293
Gymnoderus, ii. 103
GYMNODONTES, ii. 457
Gymnoglaux, ii. 350
Gymnokitta, ii. 273
Page 764
Gymnomystax, ii. 282
Gymnopelia, ii. 333
Gymnops, ii. 287
GYMNOPHTHALMIDÆ, ii. 395
Gymnophthalmus, ii. 395
Gymnopus, ii. 199
Gymnorhina, ii. 273
Gymnostomus, ii. 451
GYMNOTIDÆ, ii. 455
Gymnotus, ii. 455
Gymnura, ii. 188
Gypaëtus, ii. 348
Gypohierax, ii. 348
Gypoictinia, ii. 349
Gyps, ii. 346
H.
Haast, Dr., on extinct birds of New Zealand, i. 460
Habitat, definition of, i. 4
Habrocomus, ii. 238
Habroptila, ii. 352
Habrura, ii. 101
Gymnopelia, ii. 333
Gymnops, ii. 287
GYMNOPHTHALMIDÆ, ii. 395
Gymnophthalmus, ii. 395
Gymnopus, ii. 199
Gymnorhina, ii. 273
Gymnostomus, ii. 451
GYMNOTIDÆ, ii. 455
Gymnotus, ii. 455
Gymnura, ii. 188
Gypaëtus, ii. 348
Gypohierax, ii. 348
Gypoictinia, ii. 349
Gyps, ii. 346
H.
Haast, Dr., on extinct birds of New Zealand, i. 460
Habitat, definition of, i. 4
Habrocomus, ii. 238
Habroptila, ii. 352
Habrura, ii. 101
Page 765
Hadrostomus, ii. 102, 293
Hæmatoderus, ii. 103
Hæmatopus, ii. 356
Hæmatospiza, ii. 285
Hæmophila, ii. 284
Hæmulon, ii. 426
Hætera, ii. 471
Hagria, ii. 397
Hainan, zoology of, i. 334
Halcyon, ii. 316
Halcyornis, European Eocene, i. 103
Halicyon, ii. 204
Haliæetus, ii. 348
Haliastur, ii. 348
Halichærus, ii. 204
Halicore, ii. 210
HALIOTIDÆ, ii. 511
Halitherium, European Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 119
ii. 211
Halmaturus, ii. 251
HALOSAURIDÆ, ii. 455
Hæmatoderus, ii. 103
Hæmatopus, ii. 356
Hæmatospiza, ii. 285
Hæmophila, ii. 284
Hæmulon, ii. 426
Hætera, ii. 471
Hagria, ii. 397
Hainan, zoology of, i. 334
Halcyon, ii. 316
Halcyornis, European Eocene, i. 103
Halicyon, ii. 204
Haliæetus, ii. 348
Haliastur, ii. 348
Halichærus, ii. 204
Halicore, ii. 210
HALIOTIDÆ, ii. 511
Halitherium, European Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 119
ii. 211
Halmaturus, ii. 251
HALOSAURIDÆ, ii. 455
Page 766
Halys, ii. 385
Hamadryas, ii. 470
Hang-nests, ii. 281
Hapale, ii. 176
ii. 178
Hapalemur, ii. 176
HAPALIDÆ, ii. 175
Hapalotis, ii. 230
Hapalus, ii. 524
Haplocerus, ii. 374
Haplochilus, ii. 450
Haplochiton, ii. 446
HAPLOCHITONIDÆ, ii. 446
Haplodactylus, ii. 427
Haploodon, ii. 236
HAPLOODONTIDÆ, ii. 236
Haplospiza, ii. 284
Hapsidrophis, ii. 379
Harelda, ii. 364
Hares, ii. 242
Harma, ii. 474
Hamadryas, ii. 470
Hang-nests, ii. 281
Hapale, ii. 176
ii. 178
Hapalemur, ii. 176
HAPALIDÆ, ii. 175
Hapalotis, ii. 230
Hapalus, ii. 524
Haplocerus, ii. 374
Haplochilus, ii. 450
Haplochiton, ii. 446
HAPLOCHITONIDÆ, ii. 446
Haplodactylus, ii. 427
Haploodon, ii. 236
HAPLOODONTIDÆ, ii. 236
Haplospiza, ii. 284
Hapsidrophis, ii. 379
Harelda, ii. 364
Hares, ii. 242
Harma, ii. 474
Page 767
Harpa, ii. 349
ii. 507
Harpactes, ii. 314
Harpagus, ii. 349
Harpalus, ii. 489
Harporhynchus, ii. 256
Harpyhaliæetus, ii. 348
Hartlaubius, ii. 288
Hathliodes, ii. 502
Hatteria of New Zealand, i. 456
Hatteria, ii. 405
Hawks, ii. 347
Hedgehogs, ii. 187
Hedymeles, ii. 285
Helarctos, ii. 202
Helcyra, ii. 474
Heleothreptus, ii. 320
Heliactin, ii. 108
Heliangelus, ii. 108
Helianthea, ii. 108
Heliastes, ii. 437
ii. 507
Harpactes, ii. 314
Harpagus, ii. 349
Harpalus, ii. 489
Harporhynchus, ii. 256
Harpyhaliæetus, ii. 348
Hartlaubius, ii. 288
Hathliodes, ii. 502
Hatteria of New Zealand, i. 456
Hatteria, ii. 405
Hawks, ii. 347
Hedgehogs, ii. 187
Hedymeles, ii. 285
Helarctos, ii. 202
Helcyra, ii. 474
Heleothreptus, ii. 320
Heliactin, ii. 108
Heliangelus, ii. 108
Helianthea, ii. 108
Heliastes, ii. 437
Page 768
HELICIDÆ, ii. 512
Helicina, ii. 522
HELICONIDÆ, ii. 473
ii. 522
Heliconius, ii. 473
Helicophagus, ii. 442
Helicops, ii. 377
Helictis, Himalayan, figure of, i. 331
Helictis, ii. 199
Heliobletus, ii. 103
Heliochæra, ii. 102
Heliodoxa, ii. 107
Heliomastes, ii. 108
Heliopædica, ii. 107
Heliophobus, ii. 231
Helioporus, ii. 417
Heliornis, ii. 352
Heliothrix, ii. 108
Heliotrypha, ii. 108
Helix, Eocene, i. 169
ii. 513
Helladotherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Helicina, ii. 522
HELICONIDÆ, ii. 473
ii. 522
Heliconius, ii. 473
Helicophagus, ii. 442
Helicops, ii. 377
Helictis, Himalayan, figure of, i. 331
Helictis, ii. 199
Heliobletus, ii. 103
Heliochæra, ii. 102
Heliodoxa, ii. 107
Heliomastes, ii. 108
Heliopædica, ii. 107
Heliophobus, ii. 231
Helioporus, ii. 417
Heliornis, ii. 352
Heliothrix, ii. 108
Heliotrypha, ii. 108
Helix, Eocene, i. 169
ii. 513
Helladotherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Page 769
European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 221
Helluomorpha, ii. 490
Helmintherus, ii. 279
Helminthophaga, ii. 279
Heloderma, ii. 390
HELODERMIDÆ, ii. 390
Helodromas, ii. 353
Helogale, ii. 195
Helogenes, ii. 442
HELORNITHINÆ, ii. 352
Helotarsus, ii. 348
Hemibos, Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 225
Hemicentetes, ii. 188
Hemicercus, ii. 303
Hemichelidon, ii. 290
Hemichromis, ii. 438
Hemicyon, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 198
Hemidacnis, ii. 278
Hemidactylium, ii. 413
ii. 221
Helluomorpha, ii. 490
Helmintherus, ii. 279
Helminthophaga, ii. 279
Heloderma, ii. 390
HELODERMIDÆ, ii. 390
Helodromas, ii. 353
Helogale, ii. 195
Helogenes, ii. 442
HELORNITHINÆ, ii. 352
Helotarsus, ii. 348
Hemibos, Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 225
Hemicentetes, ii. 188
Hemicercus, ii. 303
Hemichelidon, ii. 290
Hemichromis, ii. 438
Hemicyon, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 198
Hemidacnis, ii. 278
Hemidactylium, ii. 413
Page 770
Hemidactylus, ii. 399
Hemierges, ii. 397
Hemigalea, ii. 195
Hemignathus, ii. 277
Hemimantis, ii. 419
Hemiodus, ii. 445
Hemiphractus, ii. 420
Hemipimelodus, ii. 443
Hemiprocne, ii. 320
Hemipus, ii. 270
Hemirhamphus, ii. 450
Hemisilurus, ii. 442
Hemisorubim, ii. 442
Hemistilbon, ii. 109
Hemisus, ii. 414
Hemitriccus, ii. 101
Hemixus, ii. 267
Henicognathus, ii. 328
Henicopernis, ii. 349
Henicophaps, ii. 333
Henicorhina, ii. 264
Hemierges, ii. 397
Hemigalea, ii. 195
Hemignathus, ii. 277
Hemimantis, ii. 419
Hemiodus, ii. 445
Hemiphractus, ii. 420
Hemipimelodus, ii. 443
Hemiprocne, ii. 320
Hemipus, ii. 270
Hemirhamphus, ii. 450
Hemisilurus, ii. 442
Hemisorubim, ii. 442
Hemistilbon, ii. 109
Hemisus, ii. 414
Hemitriccus, ii. 101
Hemixus, ii. 267
Henicognathus, ii. 328
Henicopernis, ii. 349
Henicophaps, ii. 333
Henicorhina, ii. 264
Page 771
Henicornis, ii. 103
Heptapterus, ii. 444
Heredia, ii. 413
Herons, ii. 359
Heros, ii. 438
Herpestes, ii. 195
Herpetethiops, ii. 376
Herpetodryas, ii. 376
Herpeton, ii. 376
Herpetoreas, ii. 375
Herpetotheres, ii. 348
Herpetotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Herpsilochmus, ii. 104
Herring, ii. 454
Hesperia, ii. 480
HESPERIDÆ, ii. 480
Hesperomys, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 230, 231
Hesperornis, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
Hestia, ii. 470
Heptapterus, ii. 444
Heredia, ii. 413
Herons, ii. 359
Heros, ii. 438
Herpestes, ii. 195
Herpetethiops, ii. 376
Herpetodryas, ii. 376
Herpeton, ii. 376
Herpetoreas, ii. 375
Herpetotheres, ii. 348
Herpetotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Herpsilochmus, ii. 104
Herring, ii. 454
Hesperia, ii. 480
HESPERIDÆ, ii. 480
Hesperomys, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 230, 231
Hesperornis, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
Hestia, ii. 470
Page 772
Hestima, ii. 501
Heterobranchus, ii. 441
Heterocephalus, ii. 231
Heterocercus, ii. 102
Heterochroa, ii. 474
Heterocnemis, ii. 104
Heterocorys, ii. 289
Heterodactylus, ii. 393
Heterodon, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 246
ii. 376
Heterogynis, ii. 481
Heterolocha, ii. 287
Heteromorpha, ii. 262
Heteromys, ii. 233
Heteronota, ii. 400
Heteronympha, ii. 471
Heteropelma, ii. 102, 292
Heteropus, ii. 397
HETEROPYGII, ii. 450
Heterospizias, ii. 348
Heterotis, ii. 454
Heterobranchus, ii. 441
Heterocephalus, ii. 231
Heterocercus, ii. 102
Heterochroa, ii. 474
Heterocnemis, ii. 104
Heterocorys, ii. 289
Heterodactylus, ii. 393
Heterodon, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 246
ii. 376
Heterogynis, ii. 481
Heterolocha, ii. 287
Heteromorpha, ii. 262
Heteromys, ii. 233
Heteronota, ii. 400
Heteronympha, ii. 471
Heteropelma, ii. 102, 292
Heteropus, ii. 397
HETEROPYGII, ii. 450
Heterospizias, ii. 348
Heterotis, ii. 454
Page 773
Heterura, ii. 290
Hewitsonia, ii. 477
Hexagonia, ii. 491
Hexaprotodon, Indian Miocene, i. 122
Hickman, Mr. John, on a cause of the extinction of large animals, i. 158
Hieracidea, ii. 349
Hierax, ii. 349
Hierococcyx, ii. 310
Hierofalco, ii. 349
Hill-Tits, ii. 266
Himalayas, altitude reached by various groups in the, i. 329, 333
Himantornis, ii. 352
Himantopus, ii. 353
Hinulia, ii. 397
Hipistes, ii. 376
Hipparchia, ii. 471
Hipparion, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 119
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 135
ii. 211
Hippocampus, ii. 457
Hewitsonia, ii. 477
Hexagonia, ii. 491
Hexaprotodon, Indian Miocene, i. 122
Hickman, Mr. John, on a cause of the extinction of large animals, i. 158
Hieracidea, ii. 349
Hierax, ii. 349
Hierococcyx, ii. 310
Hierofalco, ii. 349
Hill-Tits, ii. 266
Himalayas, altitude reached by various groups in the, i. 329, 333
Himantornis, ii. 352
Himantopus, ii. 353
Hinulia, ii. 397
Hipistes, ii. 376
Hipparchia, ii. 471
Hipparion, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 119
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 135
ii. 211
Hippocampus, ii. 457
Page 774
Hippoglossoides, ii. 441
Hippoglossus, ii. 441
HIPPOPOTAMIDÆ, ii. 214
Hippopotamus, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
European Pliocene, i. 113
Indian Pliocene, i. 122
ii. 214
Hipposyus, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Hippotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
Indian Miocene, i. 122
HIPPOTRAGINÆ, ii. 223
Hippotragus, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 223
HIPPURITIDÆ, ii. 534
Hirundinea, ii. 101
HIRUNDINIDÆ, ii. 280
Hirundo, ii. 281
Hoazin, ii. 345
Holocanthus, ii. 427
Holbrookia, ii. 401
Holochilus, ii. 230
Hologerrhum, ii. 379
HOLOSTEI, ii. 458
Hippoglossus, ii. 441
HIPPOPOTAMIDÆ, ii. 214
Hippopotamus, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
European Pliocene, i. 113
Indian Pliocene, i. 122
ii. 214
Hipposyus, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Hippotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
Indian Miocene, i. 122
HIPPOTRAGINÆ, ii. 223
Hippotragus, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 223
HIPPURITIDÆ, ii. 534
Hirundinea, ii. 101
HIRUNDINIDÆ, ii. 280
Hirundo, ii. 281
Hoazin, ii. 345
Holocanthus, ii. 427
Holbrookia, ii. 401
Holochilus, ii. 230
Hologerrhum, ii. 379
HOLOSTEI, ii. 458
Page 775
Holurophis, ii. 380
Homalodontotherium, S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Homalophis, ii. 376
Homalophus, European Miocene, i. 161
HOMALOPSIDÆ, ii. 376
Homalopsis, ii. 376
Homaloptera, ii. 453
Homalosoma, ii. 490
Hombronia, ii. 397
Homocamelus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 217
Homorus, ii. 103
ii. 524
Honey-guides, ii. 304
Honeysuckers, birds specially adapted to Australia, i. 392
ii. 275
Hooker, Dr., on deficiency of odours in New Zealand plants, i. 464
Hoopoes, ii. 317
Hopladelus, ii. 442
HOPLEGNATHIDÆ, ii. 433
Hoplobatrachus, ii. 421
HOPLOCEPHALA, ii. 460
Homalodontotherium, S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Homalophis, ii. 376
Homalophus, European Miocene, i. 161
HOMALOPSIDÆ, ii. 376
Homalopsis, ii. 376
Homaloptera, ii. 453
Homalosoma, ii. 490
Hombronia, ii. 397
Homocamelus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 217
Homorus, ii. 103
ii. 524
Honey-guides, ii. 304
Honeysuckers, birds specially adapted to Australia, i. 392
ii. 275
Hooker, Dr., on deficiency of odours in New Zealand plants, i. 464
Hoopoes, ii. 317
Hopladelus, ii. 442
HOPLEGNATHIDÆ, ii. 433
Hoplobatrachus, ii. 421
HOPLOCEPHALA, ii. 460
Page 776
Hoplocephalus, ii. 383
Hoplocetus, European Pliocene, i. 112
Hoplophoneus, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Hoplophorus, ii. 246
Hoplopterus, ii. 356
Horites, ii. 258
Hornbills, ii. 316
Horses, fossil, in Indian Miocene, i. 121
perfect series of ancestral, in N. America, i. 136
probable birthplace of, i. 154
ii. 211
Horse-shoe bats, ii. 182
Hortulia, ii. 381
Howling monkeys, ii. 175
Hudson, Mr., on land-birds of Patagonia, ii. 39
Humming-birds, ii. 321
Huro, ii. 425
Hutton, Capt. F. W., on origin of New Zealand fauna, i. 461
Huxley, Professor, on zoological regions, i. 59
division of animal kingdom by, i. 85
Hyades, ii. 472
Hyæna, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
Hoplocetus, European Pliocene, i. 112
Hoplophoneus, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Hoplophorus, ii. 246
Hoplopterus, ii. 356
Horites, ii. 258
Hornbills, ii. 316
Horses, fossil, in Indian Miocene, i. 121
perfect series of ancestral, in N. America, i. 136
probable birthplace of, i. 154
ii. 211
Horse-shoe bats, ii. 182
Hortulia, ii. 381
Howling monkeys, ii. 175
Hudson, Mr., on land-birds of Patagonia, ii. 39
Humming-birds, ii. 321
Huro, ii. 425
Hutton, Capt. F. W., on origin of New Zealand fauna, i. 461
Huxley, Professor, on zoological regions, i. 59
division of animal kingdom by, i. 85
Hyades, ii. 472
Hyæna, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
Page 777
European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
fossil in N. China, i. 123
ii. 196
Hyænarctos in European Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Hyænictis, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 196
Hyænidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
HYÆNIDÆ, ii. 196
Hyænodon, European Miocene, i. 118
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Hyænodontidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
HYALEIDÆ, ii. 531
Hyalimax, ii. 517
Hyalina, ii. 515
Hyalosaurus, ii. 392
Hyantis, ii. 472
Hybocystis, ii. 520
Hyborhynchus, ii. 452
Hydrocena, ii. 521
Indian Miocene, i. 121
fossil in N. China, i. 123
ii. 196
Hyænarctos in European Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Hyænictis, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 196
Hyænidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
HYÆNIDÆ, ii. 196
Hyænodon, European Miocene, i. 118
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Hyænodontidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
HYALEIDÆ, ii. 531
Hyalimax, ii. 517
Hyalina, ii. 515
Hyalosaurus, ii. 392
Hyantis, ii. 472
Hybocystis, ii. 520
Hyborhynchus, ii. 452
Hydrocena, ii. 521
Page 778
Hydrochelidon, ii. 364
Hydrochœrus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Hydrochœrus, ii. 241
Hydrocissa, ii. 317
Hydrocyon, ii. 445
Hydrogale, ii. 199
Hydromedusa, ii. 408
Hydromys, ii. 230
Hydrophasianus, ii. 355
HYDROPHIDÆ, ii. 384
Hydrophis, ii. 384
Hydropotes, ii. 219
Hydropsalis, ii. 319
Hydrornis, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 298
Hydrosaurus, ii. 389
Hyetornis, ii. 309
Hygrogonus, ii. 439
Hyla, ii. 418
Hylactes, ii. 297
Hylambates, ii. 419
Hydrochœrus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Hydrochœrus, ii. 241
Hydrocissa, ii. 317
Hydrocyon, ii. 445
Hydrogale, ii. 199
Hydromedusa, ii. 408
Hydromys, ii. 230
Hydrophasianus, ii. 355
HYDROPHIDÆ, ii. 384
Hydrophis, ii. 384
Hydropotes, ii. 219
Hydropsalis, ii. 319
Hydrornis, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 298
Hydrosaurus, ii. 389
Hyetornis, ii. 309
Hygrogonus, ii. 439
Hyla, ii. 418
Hylactes, ii. 297
Hylambates, ii. 419
Page 779
Hylaplesia, ii. 415
HYLAPLESIDÆ, ii. 414
Hylarana, ii. 419
Hylatomus, ii. 303
Hylella, ii. 418
HYLIDÆ, ii. 418
Hyliota, ii. 270
Hylobates, ii. 171
Hylocharis, ii. 109
ii. 271
Hylodes, ii. 419
Hylomanes, ii. 313
Hylomys, ii. 186
Hylophilus, ii. 280
Hylorhina, ii. 420
Hylotrupes, ii. 502
Hyloxalus, ii. 419
Hymenolaimus, ii. 364
HYODONTIDÆ, ii. 453
Hyohippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Hyomoschus, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 218
HYLAPLESIDÆ, ii. 414
Hylarana, ii. 419
Hylatomus, ii. 303
Hylella, ii. 418
HYLIDÆ, ii. 418
Hyliota, ii. 270
Hylobates, ii. 171
Hylocharis, ii. 109
ii. 271
Hylodes, ii. 419
Hylomanes, ii. 313
Hylomys, ii. 186
Hylophilus, ii. 280
Hylorhina, ii. 420
Hylotrupes, ii. 502
Hyloxalus, ii. 419
Hymenolaimus, ii. 364
HYODONTIDÆ, ii. 453
Hyohippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Hyomoschus, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 218
Page 780
Hyopicus, ii. 303
Hyopotamus, European Miocene, i. 119
N. American Tertiary, i. 137
ii. 216
Hyopsodus, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Hyotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
ii. 215
Hypargos, ii. 287
Hyperantha, ii. 496
Hypergerus, ii. 261
Hypermnestra, ii. 479
Hyperodapedon, ii. 405
Hyperolius, ii. 417
Hyperoodon, ii. 208
HYPEROODONTIDÆ, ii. 208
Hyperopsius, ii. 448
Hypertragulus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Hyphantornis, ii. 286
Hypherpes, ii. 265
Hypisodus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Hypna, ii. 474
Hypnale, ii. 385
Hyopotamus, European Miocene, i. 119
N. American Tertiary, i. 137
ii. 216
Hyopsodus, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Hyotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
ii. 215
Hypargos, ii. 287
Hyperantha, ii. 496
Hypergerus, ii. 261
Hypermnestra, ii. 479
Hyperodapedon, ii. 405
Hyperolius, ii. 417
Hyperoodon, ii. 208
HYPEROODONTIDÆ, ii. 208
Hyperopsius, ii. 448
Hypertragulus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Hyphantornis, ii. 286
Hypherpes, ii. 265
Hypisodus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Hypna, ii. 474
Hypnale, ii. 385
Page 781
Hypochera, ii. 287
Hypochrysops, ii. 477
Hypocista, ii. 471
Hypocnemis, ii. 104
Hypocolius, ii. 272
Hypodes, ii. 272
Hypogeomys, ii. 230
Hypolais, ii. 258
Hypolithus, ii. 491
Hypolycæna, ii. 477
Hypomesus, ii. 477
Hypopachus, ii. 416
Hypophthalmichthys, ii. 453
Hypophthalmus, ii. 442
Hypopyrrhus, ii. 282
Hyporissus, ii. 190
Hypothymis, ii. 271
Hypoxanthus, ii. 304
Hypsipetes, ii. 267
Hypsiprymnus, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 251
Hypochrysops, ii. 477
Hypocista, ii. 471
Hypocnemis, ii. 104
Hypocolius, ii. 272
Hypodes, ii. 272
Hypogeomys, ii. 230
Hypolais, ii. 258
Hypolithus, ii. 491
Hypolycæna, ii. 477
Hypomesus, ii. 477
Hypopachus, ii. 416
Hypophthalmichthys, ii. 453
Hypophthalmus, ii. 442
Hypopyrrhus, ii. 282
Hyporissus, ii. 190
Hypothymis, ii. 271
Hypoxanthus, ii. 304
Hypsipetes, ii. 267
Hypsiprymnus, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 251
Page 782
Hypsirhina, ii. 376
Hypsirhynchus, ii. 375
Hyrachyus, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
HYRACIDÆ, ii. 228
Hyracodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
ii. 214
ii. 248
Hyracoidea, classification of, i. 90
Palæarctic, i. 242
Ethiopian, i. 304
HYRACOIDEA, ii. 228
Hyracotherium, supposed, in European Eocene, i. 125
European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 216
ii. 229
Hyrax, ii. 228
HYSTRICIDÆ, ii. 240
Hystricodon, ii. 445
Hystrix, European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
N. American Tertiary, i. 140
ii. 240
I.
Ialmenus, ii. 477
Ianthœnas, ii. 332
Hypsirhynchus, ii. 375
Hyrachyus, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
HYRACIDÆ, ii. 228
Hyracodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
ii. 214
ii. 248
Hyracoidea, classification of, i. 90
Palæarctic, i. 242
Ethiopian, i. 304
HYRACOIDEA, ii. 228
Hyracotherium, supposed, in European Eocene, i. 125
European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 216
ii. 229
Hyrax, ii. 228
HYSTRICIDÆ, ii. 240
Hystricodon, ii. 445
Hystrix, European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
N. American Tertiary, i. 140
ii. 240
I.
Ialmenus, ii. 477
Ianthœnas, ii. 332
Page 783
Ianthina, ii. 511
Ibidipodia, European Miocene, i. 162
Ibidorhynchus, ii. 353
Ibidorhynchus, figure of, i. 331
Ibis, ii. 360
Ibises, ii. 360
Ibycter, ii. 347
Iceland, zoology of, i. 198
Ichneumia, ii. 195
Ichthyoborus, ii. 445
Ichthyopsis, ii. 411
Icteria, ii. 279
ICTERIDÆ, ii. 281
Icterus, ii. 282
Icthyornis, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
Icticyon in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 197
Ictinia, ii. 349
Ictitherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 195
ii. 197
Ictonyx, ii. 199
Ibidipodia, European Miocene, i. 162
Ibidorhynchus, ii. 353
Ibidorhynchus, figure of, i. 331
Ibis, ii. 360
Ibises, ii. 360
Ibycter, ii. 347
Iceland, zoology of, i. 198
Ichneumia, ii. 195
Ichthyoborus, ii. 445
Ichthyopsis, ii. 411
Icteria, ii. 279
ICTERIDÆ, ii. 281
Icterus, ii. 282
Icthyornis, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
Icticyon in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 197
Ictinia, ii. 349
Ictitherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 195
ii. 197
Ictonyx, ii. 199
Page 784
Ictops, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Ideopsis, ii. 470
Idmais, ii. 478
Iguana, ii. 401
Iguanas, ii. 400
IGUANIDÆ, ii. 400
Ilerda, ii. 477
Ilicura, ii. 102
India, Miocene fauna of, allied to that of Europe, i. 123
geological features of, i. 328
Indian sub-region, description of, i. 321
supposed relation to Ethiopian region, i. 321
mammalia of, i. 322
birds of, i. 323
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 326
Indicator, ii. 304
INDICATORIDÆ, ii. 304
Indo-Chinese sub-region, description of, i. 329
zoological characteristics of, i. 330
illustration of, i. 331
reptiles of, i. 331
amphibia of, i. 331
insects of, i. 332
islands belonging to, i. 333
Indo-Malayan sub-region, description of, i. 334
mammalia of, i. 336
illustrations of, i. 336, 339
Ideopsis, ii. 470
Idmais, ii. 478
Iguana, ii. 401
Iguanas, ii. 400
IGUANIDÆ, ii. 400
Ilerda, ii. 477
Ilicura, ii. 102
India, Miocene fauna of, allied to that of Europe, i. 123
geological features of, i. 328
Indian sub-region, description of, i. 321
supposed relation to Ethiopian region, i. 321
mammalia of, i. 322
birds of, i. 323
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 326
Indicator, ii. 304
INDICATORIDÆ, ii. 304
Indo-Chinese sub-region, description of, i. 329
zoological characteristics of, i. 330
illustration of, i. 331
reptiles of, i. 331
amphibia of, i. 331
insects of, i. 332
islands belonging to, i. 333
Indo-Malayan sub-region, description of, i. 334
mammalia of, i. 336
illustrations of, i. 336, 339
Page 785
birds of, i. 337
remote geographical relations of, i. 339
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 340
fishes of, i. 341
insects of, i. 341
coleoptera of, i. 342
terrestrial mollusca of, i. 343
zoological relations of islands of, i. 345
recent geographical changes in, i. 357
probable origin of fauna of, i. 359
Inia, ii. 209
Insectivora, European Miocene, i. 117
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 129
N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Insectivora, classification of, i. 87
of the Palæarctic region, i. 181
of N. China and E. Thibet, i. 222
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 239
of Madagascar, i. 273
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 301
of the Oriental region, i. 315
range of Oriental genera of, i. 372
range of Australian genera of, i. 476
INSECTIVORA, ii. 186
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 191
summary and conclusion, ii. 541
Insects, means of dispersal of, i. 32
tenacity of life of, i. 33
adapted to special conditions, i. 33
groups selected for the study of their geographical distribution, i. 102
antiquity of the genera of, i. 166
fossil of European Miocene, i. 166
European Cretaceous, i. 167
remote geographical relations of, i. 339
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 340
fishes of, i. 341
insects of, i. 341
coleoptera of, i. 342
terrestrial mollusca of, i. 343
zoological relations of islands of, i. 345
recent geographical changes in, i. 357
probable origin of fauna of, i. 359
Inia, ii. 209
Insectivora, European Miocene, i. 117
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 129
N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Insectivora, classification of, i. 87
of the Palæarctic region, i. 181
of N. China and E. Thibet, i. 222
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 239
of Madagascar, i. 273
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 301
of the Oriental region, i. 315
range of Oriental genera of, i. 372
range of Australian genera of, i. 476
INSECTIVORA, ii. 186
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 191
summary and conclusion, ii. 541
Insects, means of dispersal of, i. 32
tenacity of life of, i. 33
adapted to special conditions, i. 33
groups selected for the study of their geographical distribution, i. 102
antiquity of the genera of, i. 166
fossil of European Miocene, i. 166
European Cretaceous, i. 167
Page 786
European Wealden, i. 167
Palæozoic, i. 168
Palæarctic, i. 187
of Central Europe, i. 196
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 205
of the Siberian sub-region, i. 220
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 227
of the Ethiopian region, i. 255
of the E. African sub-region, i. 260
of W. African, i. 265
S. African, i. 268
of Madagascar, i. 282
general remarks on, i. 284
of tropical Africa and America, probable cause of similarities in, i. 291
of Indo-Chinese sub-region, i. 332
of the Oriental region, i. 318
of Ceylon, i. 327
of Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 341
statistics of collecting in the various islands of the Malay Archipelago, i.
343
of the Australian region, i. 403
of New Guinea, i. 417
of the Moluccas, i. 420
of the Timor group, i. 426
of Celebes, i. 454
of New Zealand, i. 458
scarcity of, in New Zealand, i. 462
influence of, on the flora, i. 463
of the Neotropical region, ii. 13
of S. Temperate America, ii. 42
of S. Temperate America, Palæarctic affinity of, ii. 45
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 55
of the Antilles, ii. 73
of the Nearctic region, ii. 122
of Canada, ii. 137
distribution of, ii. 468
range of, in time, ii. 469
Palæozoic, i. 168
Palæarctic, i. 187
of Central Europe, i. 196
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 205
of the Siberian sub-region, i. 220
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 227
of the Ethiopian region, i. 255
of the E. African sub-region, i. 260
of W. African, i. 265
S. African, i. 268
of Madagascar, i. 282
general remarks on, i. 284
of tropical Africa and America, probable cause of similarities in, i. 291
of Indo-Chinese sub-region, i. 332
of the Oriental region, i. 318
of Ceylon, i. 327
of Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 341
statistics of collecting in the various islands of the Malay Archipelago, i.
343
of the Australian region, i. 403
of New Guinea, i. 417
of the Moluccas, i. 420
of the Timor group, i. 426
of Celebes, i. 454
of New Zealand, i. 458
scarcity of, in New Zealand, i. 462
influence of, on the flora, i. 463
of the Neotropical region, ii. 13
of S. Temperate America, ii. 42
of S. Temperate America, Palæarctic affinity of, ii. 45
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 55
of the Antilles, ii. 73
of the Nearctic region, ii. 122
of Canada, ii. 137
distribution of, ii. 468
range of, in time, ii. 469
Page 787
summary and conclusion, ii. 550
lines of migration of, ii. 551
Iodopleura, ii. 102
Iolæma, ii. 107
Iolaus, ii. 477
Iole, ii. 267
Iora, ii. 267
Iphias, ii. 478
ii. 394
IPHISADÆ, ii. 394
Irena, ii. 269
Iridina, ii. 534
Iridornis, ii. 98
Irrisor, ii. 318
IRRISORIDÆ, ii. 318
Isacis, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Ischcognathus, ii. 375
Ischyromys, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
ii. 236
Islands, N. European, zoology of, i. 197
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 206
of the W. African sub-region, i. 265
of the Ethiopian region, i. 269
Mascarene, i. 280
lines of migration of, ii. 551
Iodopleura, ii. 102
Iolæma, ii. 107
Iolaus, ii. 477
Iole, ii. 267
Iora, ii. 267
Iphias, ii. 478
ii. 394
IPHISADÆ, ii. 394
Irena, ii. 269
Iridina, ii. 534
Iridornis, ii. 98
Irrisor, ii. 318
IRRISORIDÆ, ii. 318
Isacis, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Ischcognathus, ii. 375
Ischyromys, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
ii. 236
Islands, N. European, zoology of, i. 197
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 206
of the W. African sub-region, i. 265
of the Ethiopian region, i. 269
Mascarene, i. 280
Page 788
of the Indo-Chinese sub-region, i. 333
of the Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 345
Fiji, Tonga, and Samoa, i. 443
Society and Marquesas, i. 444
New Caledonia and New Hebrides, i. 445
Sandwich, i. 446
of New Zealand sub-region, i. 453
Norfolk, i. 453
Lord Howe's, i. 454
Chatham, i. 454
Auckland, i. 455
of Tropical S. America, ii. 29
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 59
of Eastern United States, ii. 134
peculiar colours of pigeons in, ii. 336
abundance of land-shells in, ii. 525
Isodactylium, ii. 413
Ispidina, ii. 316
Issiodromys, European Pliocene, i. 113
ii. 232
Ithaginis, ii. 340
Ithomia, ii. 470
Ithycyphus, ii. 379
Ixalus, ii. 419
Ixonotus, ii. 267
Ixulus, ii. 266
J.
Jacamaralcyon, ii. 311
of the Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 345
Fiji, Tonga, and Samoa, i. 443
Society and Marquesas, i. 444
New Caledonia and New Hebrides, i. 445
Sandwich, i. 446
of New Zealand sub-region, i. 453
Norfolk, i. 453
Lord Howe's, i. 454
Chatham, i. 454
Auckland, i. 455
of Tropical S. America, ii. 29
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 59
of Eastern United States, ii. 134
peculiar colours of pigeons in, ii. 336
abundance of land-shells in, ii. 525
Isodactylium, ii. 413
Ispidina, ii. 316
Issiodromys, European Pliocene, i. 113
ii. 232
Ithaginis, ii. 340
Ithomia, ii. 470
Ithycyphus, ii. 379
Ixalus, ii. 419
Ixonotus, ii. 267
Ixulus, ii. 266
J.
Jacamaralcyon, ii. 311
Page 789
Jacamars, ii. 311
Jacamerops, ii. 311
Jacanas, ii. 255
Jacchus, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
Jaculus, ii. 232
Jaltris, ii. 375
Jamaicia, ii. 521
Janella, ii. 517
Janthocincla, ii. 261
Japalura, ii. 402
Japan and North China, physical features of, i. 221
southern extremity of perhaps belongs to the Oriental region, i. 226
Japan, general character of the fauna of, i. 230
former land-connexions of, i. 231
Java, mammalia of, i. 349
productions of, well known, i. 350
birds of, i. 351
representative species of birds in, i. 352
origin of the anomalous features of its fauna, i. 352
Sumatra and Borneo, their geographical contrasts and zoological
peculiarities explained, i. 357
Jays, ii. 273
Jenynsia, ii. 450
Jerboas, ii. 231
Jacamerops, ii. 311
Jacanas, ii. 255
Jacchus, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
Jaculus, ii. 232
Jaltris, ii. 375
Jamaicia, ii. 521
Janella, ii. 517
Janthocincla, ii. 261
Japalura, ii. 402
Japan and North China, physical features of, i. 221
southern extremity of perhaps belongs to the Oriental region, i. 226
Japan, general character of the fauna of, i. 230
former land-connexions of, i. 231
Java, mammalia of, i. 349
productions of, well known, i. 350
birds of, i. 351
representative species of birds in, i. 352
origin of the anomalous features of its fauna, i. 352
Sumatra and Borneo, their geographical contrasts and zoological
peculiarities explained, i. 357
Jays, ii. 273
Jenynsia, ii. 450
Jerboas, ii. 231
Page 790
Juan Fernandez, Carabidæ of, ii. 44
birds of, ii. 49
beetles and land-shells of, ii. 51
Juida, ii. 288
Juliamyia, ii. 109
Junco, ii. 284
Junonia, European Miocene, i. 167
ii. 474
K.
Kagu, ii. 359
Kakapoe, of New Zealand, i. 455
Kalophrynus, ii. 415
Kangaroos, extinct in Australia, i. 157
ii. 251
Keneuxia, ii. 397
Kerguelen Island, apterous insects of, i. 211 (note)
Kerodon, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 241
Ketingus, ii. 443
Ketupa, ii. 350
King-fisher, racquet-tailed, of New Guinea, figure of, i. 415
King-fishers, ii. 315
birds of, ii. 49
beetles and land-shells of, ii. 51
Juida, ii. 288
Juliamyia, ii. 109
Junco, ii. 284
Junonia, European Miocene, i. 167
ii. 474
K.
Kagu, ii. 359
Kakapoe, of New Zealand, i. 455
Kalophrynus, ii. 415
Kangaroos, extinct in Australia, i. 157
ii. 251
Keneuxia, ii. 397
Kerguelen Island, apterous insects of, i. 211 (note)
Kerodon, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 241
Ketingus, ii. 443
Ketupa, ii. 350
King-fisher, racquet-tailed, of New Guinea, figure of, i. 415
King-fishers, ii. 315
Page 791
Kittacincla, ii. 259
Kiwi of New Zealand, i. 455
Kneria, ii. 453
Kobus, ii. 224
Koodoo antelope, figure of, i. 261
Kricogonia, ii. 478
Krynickia, ii. 517
L.
Labeo, ii. 451
Labrax, ii. 425
LABRIDÆ, ii. 437
Labrus, ii. 437
LABYRINTHICI, ii. 434
Lacerta, ii. 391
LACERTIDÆ, ii. 390
Lacertilia, classification of, i. 99
LACERTILIA, ii. 388
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 403
fossil, ii. 404
Lacuna, ii. 510
Ladrone Islands, birds of, i. 444
Læmargus, ii. 461
Kiwi of New Zealand, i. 455
Kneria, ii. 453
Kobus, ii. 224
Koodoo antelope, figure of, i. 261
Kricogonia, ii. 478
Krynickia, ii. 517
L.
Labeo, ii. 451
Labrax, ii. 425
LABRIDÆ, ii. 437
Labrus, ii. 437
LABYRINTHICI, ii. 434
Lacerta, ii. 391
LACERTIDÆ, ii. 390
Lacertilia, classification of, i. 99
LACERTILIA, ii. 388
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 403
fossil, ii. 404
Lacuna, ii. 510
Ladrone Islands, birds of, i. 444
Læmargus, ii. 461
Page 792
Læmosthenes, ii. 489
Læosopis, ii. 477
Lafresnaya, ii. 107
Lagenocetus, ii. 208
Lagenorhynchus, ii. 209
Lagidium, ii. 237
LAGOMYIDÆ, ii. 242
Lagomys, European Pliocene, i. 113
European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 242
Lagopus, ii. 339
Lagorchestes, ii. 251
Lagostomus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 237
Lagothrix, ii. 174
Lais, ii. 442
Lake Baikal, seals of, i. 218
ii. 206
Lalage, ii. 269
Laletes, ii. 280
LAMIIDÆ, ii. 498
Lamna, ii. 460
Læosopis, ii. 477
Lafresnaya, ii. 107
Lagenocetus, ii. 208
Lagenorhynchus, ii. 209
Lagidium, ii. 237
LAGOMYIDÆ, ii. 242
Lagomys, European Pliocene, i. 113
European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 242
Lagopus, ii. 339
Lagorchestes, ii. 251
Lagostomus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 237
Lagothrix, ii. 174
Lais, ii. 442
Lake Baikal, seals of, i. 218
ii. 206
Lalage, ii. 269
Laletes, ii. 280
LAMIIDÆ, ii. 498
Lamna, ii. 460
Page 793
LAMNIDÆ, ii. 460
Lampornis, ii. 107
Lampreys, ii. 463
Lamprima, ii. 493
Lampris, ii. 429
Lamprocolius, ii. 288
Lamprolæma, ii. 107
Lamrophis, ii. 380
Lampropsar, ii. 282
Lampropygia, ii. 108
Lamprospilus, ii. 477
Lamprospiza, ii. 99
Lamprotes, ii. 98
Lancelet, ii. 464
Land-lizards, ii. 391
Land and water, proportions of, i. 35
Land and fresh-water shells, antiquity of the genera of, i. 168
Land-shells, Palæozoic, i. 169
Palæarctic, i. 190
of Madeira, i. 209
of the Cape Verd Islands, i. 215
of the Ethiopian region, i. 257
of W. Africa, i. 265
Lampornis, ii. 107
Lampreys, ii. 463
Lamprima, ii. 493
Lampris, ii. 429
Lamprocolius, ii. 288
Lamprolæma, ii. 107
Lamrophis, ii. 380
Lampropsar, ii. 282
Lampropygia, ii. 108
Lamprospilus, ii. 477
Lamprospiza, ii. 99
Lamprotes, ii. 98
Lancelet, ii. 464
Land-lizards, ii. 391
Land and water, proportions of, i. 35
Land and fresh-water shells, antiquity of the genera of, i. 168
Land-shells, Palæozoic, i. 169
Palæarctic, i. 190
of Madeira, i. 209
of the Cape Verd Islands, i. 215
of the Ethiopian region, i. 257
of W. Africa, i. 265
Page 794
of Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands, i. 285
of the Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 344
of the Australian region, i. 407
of the Sandwich Islands, i. 466
of New Zealand, i. 459
of the Neotropical region, ii. 19
of the Antilles, ii. 75
conditions favouring development of, ii. 75
of N. America, ii. 124
general observations on the distribution of, ii. 522
richness of islands in, ii. 525
their mode of diffusion, ii. 525, 528
comparative distribution of Operculate and In-operculate, ii. 526
estimated numbers of, ii. 526
Land-snakes, ii. 382
Langaha, ii. 379
Laniarius, ii. 272
Lanicterus, ii. 268
Laniellus, ii. 272
LANIIDÆ, ii. 272
Lanio, ii. 99
Lanius, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 272
Laopithecus, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Laornis, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
Laprissa, ii. 421
LARIDÆ, ii. 364
of the Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 344
of the Australian region, i. 407
of the Sandwich Islands, i. 466
of New Zealand, i. 459
of the Neotropical region, ii. 19
of the Antilles, ii. 75
conditions favouring development of, ii. 75
of N. America, ii. 124
general observations on the distribution of, ii. 522
richness of islands in, ii. 525
their mode of diffusion, ii. 525, 528
comparative distribution of Operculate and In-operculate, ii. 526
estimated numbers of, ii. 526
Land-snakes, ii. 382
Langaha, ii. 379
Laniarius, ii. 272
Lanicterus, ii. 268
Laniellus, ii. 272
LANIIDÆ, ii. 272
Lanio, ii. 99
Lanius, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 272
Laopithecus, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Laornis, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
Laprissa, ii. 421
LARIDÆ, ii. 364
Page 795
Larimus, ii. 428
Larks, ii. 289
Larus, ii. 364
Larvivora, ii. 259
Lasiomys, ii. 229
Lasiuromys, ii. 239
Latax, ii. 199
Lates, ii. 425
Lathria, ii. 102
Latonia, ii. 421
Latrunculus, ii. 430
Layardia, ii. 261
Lea, Dr. Isaac, on N. American Unionidæ, ii. 125
Lebia, ii. 489
Lebiasina, ii. 445
Legatus, ii. 101
Leiocephalus, ii. 401
Leiolæmus, ii. 401
Leistes, ii. 282
Leistus, ii. 489
Leiuperus, ii. 420
Larks, ii. 289
Larus, ii. 364
Larvivora, ii. 259
Lasiomys, ii. 229
Lasiuromys, ii. 239
Latax, ii. 199
Lates, ii. 425
Lathria, ii. 102
Latonia, ii. 421
Latrunculus, ii. 430
Layardia, ii. 261
Lea, Dr. Isaac, on N. American Unionidæ, ii. 125
Lebia, ii. 489
Lebiasina, ii. 445
Legatus, ii. 101
Leiocephalus, ii. 401
Leiolæmus, ii. 401
Leistes, ii. 282
Leistus, ii. 489
Leiuperus, ii. 420
Page 796
Leiyla, ii. 419
Lemonias, ii. 476
Lemur, ii. 176
Lemur, fossil, ii. 178
Lemuravidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Lemuravus, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Lemuria, a hypothetical land, i. 76
Lemuridæ, European Eocene, i. 124
LEMURIDÆ, ii. 176
Lemuroidea, range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 300
range of Oriental genera of, i. 371
LEMUROIDEA, ii. 176
Lemurs, ii. 176
Leonia, ii. 521
Lepadogaster, ii. 436
Lepictis, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Lepidocepalichthys, ii. 453
Lepidocephalus, ii. 453
Lepidogrammas, ii. 309
Lepidolarynx, ii. 108
Lepidoptera, cosmopolitan families of, i. 177
table of Palæarctic families of, i. 238
Lemonias, ii. 476
Lemur, ii. 176
Lemur, fossil, ii. 178
Lemuravidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Lemuravus, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Lemuria, a hypothetical land, i. 76
Lemuridæ, European Eocene, i. 124
LEMURIDÆ, ii. 176
Lemuroidea, range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 300
range of Oriental genera of, i. 371
LEMUROIDEA, ii. 176
Lemurs, ii. 176
Leonia, ii. 521
Lepadogaster, ii. 436
Lepictis, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Lepidocepalichthys, ii. 453
Lepidocephalus, ii. 453
Lepidogrammas, ii. 309
Lepidolarynx, ii. 108
Lepidoptera, cosmopolitan families of, i. 177
table of Palæarctic families of, i. 238
Page 797
S. African, i. 268
table of Ethiopian families of, i. 299
of the Oriental region, i. 318
table of Oriental families of, i. 369
of the Australian region, i. 404
table of Australian families of, i. 472
of the Neotropical region, ii. 13
of the Antilles, ii. 73
table of Neotropical families of, ii. 90
of the Nearctic region, ii. 122
Nearctic families of, ii. 143
LEPIDOPTERA, ii. 470
Lepidosiren, ii. 458
LEPIDOSTEIDÆ, ii. 459
Lepidosteus, ii. 459
LEPIDOSTERNIDÆ, ii. 389
Lepidosternon, ii. 389
Lepilemur, ii. 176
Lepistes, ii. 450
LEPORIDÆ, ii. 242
Leporinus, ii. 445
Lepricornis, ii. 476
Leprodera, ii. 501
Leptalis, ii. 478
Leptarchus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
ii. 202
table of Ethiopian families of, i. 299
of the Oriental region, i. 318
table of Oriental families of, i. 369
of the Australian region, i. 404
table of Australian families of, i. 472
of the Neotropical region, ii. 13
of the Antilles, ii. 73
table of Neotropical families of, ii. 90
of the Nearctic region, ii. 122
Nearctic families of, ii. 143
LEPIDOPTERA, ii. 470
Lepidosiren, ii. 458
LEPIDOSTEIDÆ, ii. 459
Lepidosteus, ii. 459
LEPIDOSTERNIDÆ, ii. 389
Lepidosternon, ii. 389
Lepilemur, ii. 176
Lepistes, ii. 450
LEPORIDÆ, ii. 242
Leporinus, ii. 445
Lepricornis, ii. 476
Leprodera, ii. 501
Leptalis, ii. 478
Leptarchus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
ii. 202
Page 798
Leptasthenura, ii. 103
Leptauchenia, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Leptobarbina, ii. 452
Leptobrachium, ii. 421
LEPTOCARDII, ii. 464
Leptocera, ii. 502
Leptochœrus, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
ii. 215
Leptocircus, ii. 479
Leptodeira, ii. 379
Leptodon, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
ii. 214
ii. 349
Leptognathus, ii. 381
Leptomantis, ii. 419
Leptomeryx, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 220
Lepton, ii. 535
Leptoneura, ii. 471
Leptonyx, ii. 204
Leptopogon, ii. 101
Leptoma, ii. 520
Leptoptila, ii. 333
Leptauchenia, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Leptobarbina, ii. 452
Leptobrachium, ii. 421
LEPTOCARDII, ii. 464
Leptocera, ii. 502
Leptochœrus, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
ii. 215
Leptocircus, ii. 479
Leptodeira, ii. 379
Leptodon, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
ii. 214
ii. 349
Leptognathus, ii. 381
Leptomantis, ii. 419
Leptomeryx, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 220
Lepton, ii. 535
Leptoneura, ii. 471
Leptonyx, ii. 204
Leptopogon, ii. 101
Leptoma, ii. 520
Leptoptila, ii. 333
Page 799
Leptoptilus, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 361
Leptorhytaon, ii. 380
Leptornis, ii. 276
LEPTOSOMIDÆ, ii. 310
Leptosomus, allied form in European Eocene,
i. 168
ii. 310
Leptosomus of Madagascar, i. 278
figure of, i. 279
Leptotherium, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 226
Leptotriccus, ii. 101
Leptura, ii. 502
Lepus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Lerista, ii. 395
Lerwa, ii. 339
Lesbia, ii. 108
Lestodon, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Leucippus, ii. 109
Leuciscus, ii. 452
Leucochroa, ii. 516
ii. 361
Leptorhytaon, ii. 380
Leptornis, ii. 276
LEPTOSOMIDÆ, ii. 310
Leptosomus, allied form in European Eocene,
i. 168
ii. 310
Leptosomus of Madagascar, i. 278
figure of, i. 279
Leptotherium, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 226
Leptotriccus, ii. 101
Leptura, ii. 502
Lepus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Lerista, ii. 395
Lerwa, ii. 339
Lesbia, ii. 108
Lestodon, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Leucippus, ii. 109
Leuciscus, ii. 452
Leucochroa, ii. 516
Page 800
Leucocyon, ii. 197
Leucomelæna, ii. 332
Leuconerpes, ii. 304
Leucophantes, ii. 270
Leucophasia, ii. 478
Leucopleurus, ii. 209
Leucosarcia, ii. 333
Leucosomus, ii. 452
Leucosticte, ii. 285
Lewis, Mr. George, his collection of Japan insects, i. 228
LIALIDÆ, ii. 396
Lialis, ii. 396
Liasis, ii. 381
Libellula, from the Lias, i. 167
Libythea, ii. 475
LIBYTHEIDÆ, ii. 475
Lichanotus, ii. 381
Lichenops, ii. 101
Licina, ii. 521
Licmetis, ii. 325
Lilljeborg, Professor, on classification of the Rodentia, i. 90
Leucomelæna, ii. 332
Leuconerpes, ii. 304
Leucophantes, ii. 270
Leucophasia, ii. 478
Leucopleurus, ii. 209
Leucosarcia, ii. 333
Leucosomus, ii. 452
Leucosticte, ii. 285
Lewis, Mr. George, his collection of Japan insects, i. 228
LIALIDÆ, ii. 396
Lialis, ii. 396
Liasis, ii. 381
Libellula, from the Lias, i. 167
Libythea, ii. 475
LIBYTHEIDÆ, ii. 475
Lichanotus, ii. 381
Lichenops, ii. 101
Licina, ii. 521
Licmetis, ii. 325
Lilljeborg, Professor, on classification of the Rodentia, i. 90
Page 801
LIMACIDÆ, ii. 517
LIMACINIDÆ, ii. 531
Limax, ii. 517
Limenitis, ii. 474
Limnæa, Eocene, i. 169
European Secondary, i. 169
ii. 518
LIMNÆIDÆ, ii. 518
Limnatornis, European Miocene, i. 161
Limnocharis, ii. 420
Limnocyon, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Limnodynastes, ii. 420
Limnohyus, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Limnophis, ii. 376
Limnornis, ii. 103
Limnotheridæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Limnotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Limnurgus, ii. 450
Limosa, ii. 353
Limpets, ii. 511
Lingula, ii. 538
LINGULIDÆ, ii. 532
LIMACINIDÆ, ii. 531
Limax, ii. 517
Limenitis, ii. 474
Limnæa, Eocene, i. 169
European Secondary, i. 169
ii. 518
LIMNÆIDÆ, ii. 518
Limnatornis, European Miocene, i. 161
Limnocharis, ii. 420
Limnocyon, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Limnodynastes, ii. 420
Limnohyus, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Limnophis, ii. 376
Limnornis, ii. 103
Limnotheridæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Limnotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Limnurgus, ii. 450
Limosa, ii. 353
Limpets, ii. 511
Lingula, ii. 538
LINGULIDÆ, ii. 532
Page 802
Linota, ii. 285
Linsang, ii. 195
Liocassis, ii. 442
Liopelma, ii. 417
Liopis, ii. 375
Lioptilus, ii. 267
Lioscelis, ii. 297
LIOTRICHIDÆ, ii. 266
Liothrix, ii. 266
Lipaugus, ii. 102
Liparis, ii. 430
Liphyra, ii. 477
Lipinia, ii. 397
Lipoa, ii. 342
Liposarcus, ii. 444
Liptala, ii. 477
Lissolepis, ii. 397
Listriodon, European Miocene, i. 119
Lithiodon, ii. 521
Lithomys, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 236
Linsang, ii. 195
Liocassis, ii. 442
Liopelma, ii. 417
Liopis, ii. 375
Lioptilus, ii. 267
Lioscelis, ii. 297
LIOTRICHIDÆ, ii. 266
Liothrix, ii. 266
Lipaugus, ii. 102
Liparis, ii. 430
Liphyra, ii. 477
Lipinia, ii. 397
Lipoa, ii. 342
Liposarcus, ii. 444
Liptala, ii. 477
Lissolepis, ii. 397
Listriodon, European Miocene, i. 119
Lithiodon, ii. 521
Lithomys, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 236
Page 803
Lithornis, European Eocene, i. 163
Litoria, ii. 418
Littorina, ii. 510
LITTORINIDÆ, ii. 510
Lizards, classification of, i. 90
Tertiary, i. 165
wide range of a species in Polynesia, i. 448
distribution and lines of migration of, ii. 547
Lobodon, ii. 204
Lochmias, ii. 103
Locustella, ii. 258
Loddigesia, ii. 108
Loncheres, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 239
Lonchophorus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 239
LONGICORNIA, ii. 498
Longicornia, Palæarctic, i. 188
Ethiopian, i. 257
Oriental, i. 320
Australian, i. 407
Neotropical, ii. 17
of Chili, ii. 46
Nearctic, ii. 123
Lontra, ii. 199
Lophiodon, European Eocene, i. 125
Litoria, ii. 418
Littorina, ii. 510
LITTORINIDÆ, ii. 510
Lizards, classification of, i. 90
Tertiary, i. 165
wide range of a species in Polynesia, i. 448
distribution and lines of migration of, ii. 547
Lobodon, ii. 204
Lochmias, ii. 103
Locustella, ii. 258
Loddigesia, ii. 108
Loncheres, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 239
Lonchophorus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 239
LONGICORNIA, ii. 498
Longicornia, Palæarctic, i. 188
Ethiopian, i. 257
Oriental, i. 320
Australian, i. 407
Neotropical, ii. 17
of Chili, ii. 46
Nearctic, ii. 123
Lontra, ii. 199
Lophiodon, European Eocene, i. 125
Page 804
N. American Tertiary, i. 136
ii. 212
Lophiomeryx, ii. 218
Lophiotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Lophius, ii. 431
Lophoaëtus, ii. 348
LOPHOBRANCHII, ii. 456
Lophocitta, ii. 273
Lophogyps, ii. 346
Lophoictinia, ii. 349
Lopholaimus, ii. 362
Lophiomys, ii. 230
Lophophaps, ii. 333
Lophophanes, ii. 266
LOPHOPHORINÆ, ii. 340
Lophophorus, ii. 340
Lophorhina, ii. 274
Lophornis, ii. 107
Lophortix, ii. 339
Lophostrix, ii. 350
LOPHOTIDÆ, ii. 432
ii. 212
Lophiomeryx, ii. 218
Lophiotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Lophius, ii. 431
Lophoaëtus, ii. 348
LOPHOBRANCHII, ii. 456
Lophocitta, ii. 273
Lophogyps, ii. 346
Lophoictinia, ii. 349
Lopholaimus, ii. 362
Lophiomys, ii. 230
Lophophaps, ii. 333
Lophophanes, ii. 266
LOPHOPHORINÆ, ii. 340
Lophophorus, ii. 340
Lophorhina, ii. 274
Lophornis, ii. 107
Lophortix, ii. 339
Lophostrix, ii. 350
LOPHOTIDÆ, ii. 432
Page 805
Lophotragus, ii. 220
Lophotriorchis, ii. 348
Lophura, ii. 402
Lord Howe's Island, birds of, i. 453
Loricaria, ii. 444
Loriculus, ii. 326
Loris, ii. 176
Lorius, ii. 327
Lota, ii. 439
Loxia, ii. 285
Loxigilla, ii. 285
Loxomylus, Pliocene of Antilles, i. 148
ii. 237
Loxops, ii. 277
Lucania, ii. 450
LUCANIDÆ, ii. 492
Lucanus, ii. 493
Lucia, ii. 477
Lucidella, ii. 522
Lucifuga, ii. 440
LUCINIDÆ, ii. 535
Lophotriorchis, ii. 348
Lophura, ii. 402
Lord Howe's Island, birds of, i. 453
Loricaria, ii. 444
Loriculus, ii. 326
Loris, ii. 176
Lorius, ii. 327
Lota, ii. 439
Loxia, ii. 285
Loxigilla, ii. 285
Loxomylus, Pliocene of Antilles, i. 148
ii. 237
Loxops, ii. 277
Lucania, ii. 450
LUCANIDÆ, ii. 492
Lucanus, ii. 493
Lucia, ii. 477
Lucidella, ii. 522
Lucifuga, ii. 440
LUCINIDÆ, ii. 535
Page 806
Lucinopsis, ii. 536
LUCIOCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 434
Lucioperca, ii. 425
Luciotrutta, ii. 447
Lucisoma, ii. 452
Lund, Dr., his researches in caves of Brazil, i. 143
Lupus, ii. 197
Lurocalis, ii. 320
Luscinia, ii. 259
Lusciniola, ii. 258
Lutra, European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
ii. 199
Lutronectes, ii. 199
Lycæna, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
ii. 196
LYCÆNIDÆ, ii. 477
Lycalopex, i. 197
LYCODIDÆ, ii. 439
Lycodon, ii. 380
LYCODONTIDÆ, ii. 380
Lycophidion, ii. 380
LUCIOCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 434
Lucioperca, ii. 425
Luciotrutta, ii. 447
Lucisoma, ii. 452
Lund, Dr., his researches in caves of Brazil, i. 143
Lupus, ii. 197
Lurocalis, ii. 320
Luscinia, ii. 259
Lusciniola, ii. 258
Lutra, European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
ii. 199
Lutronectes, ii. 199
Lycæna, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
ii. 196
LYCÆNIDÆ, ii. 477
Lycalopex, i. 197
LYCODIDÆ, ii. 439
Lycodon, ii. 380
LYCODONTIDÆ, ii. 380
Lycophidion, ii. 380
Page 807
Lycorea, ii. 470
Lygosoma, ii. 397
Lygosomella, ii. 397
Lymanopoda, ii. 471
Lymnas, ii. 476
Lyncornis, ii. 320
Lyncus, ii. 193
Lytorhynchus, ii. 376
Lyre-bird, figure of, i. 441
ii. 298
M.
Mabouya, ii. 397
Macacus, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
Indian Miocene, i. 121
supposed in European Eocene, i. 125
ii. 173
ii. 178
Macaws, ii. 327
Machairodus, i. 110, 111
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
N. American Tertiary, i. 134
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
ii. 193
Lygosoma, ii. 397
Lygosomella, ii. 397
Lymanopoda, ii. 471
Lymnas, ii. 476
Lyncornis, ii. 320
Lyncus, ii. 193
Lytorhynchus, ii. 376
Lyre-bird, figure of, i. 441
ii. 298
M.
Mabouya, ii. 397
Macacus, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
Indian Miocene, i. 121
supposed in European Eocene, i. 125
ii. 173
ii. 178
Macaws, ii. 327
Machairodus, i. 110, 111
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
Indian Miocene, i. 121
N. American Tertiary, i. 134
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
ii. 193
Page 808
Machetornis, ii. 101
Machærhamphus, ii. 349
Machærirhynchus, ii. 271
Machæropterus, ii. 102
Machetes, ii. 353
Macrauchenia, S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Macrocalamus, ii. 374
Macroceramus, ii. 516
Macrochilus, ii. 491
Macrocyclis, ii. 516
Macrodipteryx, ii. 320
Macrodon, ii. 445
Macroglossa, ii. 482
Macrones, ii. 442
Macronus, ii. 261
Macronyx, ii. 290
MACROPODIDÆ, ii. 250
Macropus, ii. 251
Macropygia, ii. 332
Macrorhamphus, ii. 353
MACROSCELIDIDÆ, ii. 186
Machærhamphus, ii. 349
Machærirhynchus, ii. 271
Machæropterus, ii. 102
Machetes, ii. 353
Macrauchenia, S. American Pliocene, i. 146
Macrocalamus, ii. 374
Macroceramus, ii. 516
Macrochilus, ii. 491
Macrocyclis, ii. 516
Macrodipteryx, ii. 320
Macrodon, ii. 445
Macroglossa, ii. 482
Macrones, ii. 442
Macronus, ii. 261
Macronyx, ii. 290
MACROPODIDÆ, ii. 250
Macropus, ii. 251
Macropygia, ii. 332
Macrorhamphus, ii. 353
MACROSCELIDIDÆ, ii. 186
Page 809
Macroscelides, ii. 186
Macrosila, ii. 482
Macrotherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 121
ii. 246
Macrotus californicus, ii. 182
MACROURIDÆ, ii. 440
MACTRIDÆ, ii. 443
Madagascar, extinct birds of, i. 164
description of, i. 272
mammalia of, i. 272
birds of, i. 274
reptiles of, i. 279
amphibia of, i. 280
extinct fauna of, i. 282
general remarks on insect fauna of, i. 284
Madeira, birds of, i. 208
land-shells of, i. 208
beetles of, i. 210
wingless insects numerous in, i. 211
how stocked with animals, i. 213
MALACANTHIDÆ, ii. 433
Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo, zoological unity of, i. 353
comparison of mammalia, i. 354
of birds, i. 355
Malacocircus, ii. 261
Malacopteron, ii. 261
Macrosila, ii. 482
Macrotherium, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 121
ii. 246
Macrotus californicus, ii. 182
MACROURIDÆ, ii. 440
MACTRIDÆ, ii. 443
Madagascar, extinct birds of, i. 164
description of, i. 272
mammalia of, i. 272
birds of, i. 274
reptiles of, i. 279
amphibia of, i. 280
extinct fauna of, i. 282
general remarks on insect fauna of, i. 284
Madeira, birds of, i. 208
land-shells of, i. 208
beetles of, i. 210
wingless insects numerous in, i. 211
how stocked with animals, i. 213
MALACANTHIDÆ, ii. 433
Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo, zoological unity of, i. 353
comparison of mammalia, i. 354
of birds, i. 355
Malacocircus, ii. 261
Malacopteron, ii. 261
Page 810
Malacoptila, ii. 310
Malacorhynchus, ii. 364
Malacothrix, ii. 230
Malagasy sub-region, description of, i. 272
mammalia of, i. 272
birds of, i. 274
illustration of zoology of, i. 278
reptiles of, i. 279
amphibia of, i. 280
extinct fauna of, i. 282, 289
insects of, i. 282
early history of, i. 286
Malapterurus, ii. 443
Malaya and Indo-Malaya, terms defined, i. 345 (note)
Malaya, meaning of term, ii. 261
Malay Archipelago, distribution of butterflies in, ii. 484
distribution of Cicindelidæ in, ii. 487
distribution of Longicorns in, ii. 500
Malayan forms of life reappearing in West Africa, i. 263
fauna, probable origin of, i. 359
resemblances to that of Madagascar and Ceylon explained, i. 361
Malimbus, ii. 286
Mallodon, ii. 501
Mallotus, ii. 447
Malta, Post-Pliocene fauna of, i. 114
formerly joined to Africa, i. 201
fossil elephants of, i. 201
Malacorhynchus, ii. 364
Malacothrix, ii. 230
Malagasy sub-region, description of, i. 272
mammalia of, i. 272
birds of, i. 274
illustration of zoology of, i. 278
reptiles of, i. 279
amphibia of, i. 280
extinct fauna of, i. 282, 289
insects of, i. 282
early history of, i. 286
Malapterurus, ii. 443
Malaya and Indo-Malaya, terms defined, i. 345 (note)
Malaya, meaning of term, ii. 261
Malay Archipelago, distribution of butterflies in, ii. 484
distribution of Cicindelidæ in, ii. 487
distribution of Longicorns in, ii. 500
Malayan forms of life reappearing in West Africa, i. 263
fauna, probable origin of, i. 359
resemblances to that of Madagascar and Ceylon explained, i. 361
Malimbus, ii. 286
Mallodon, ii. 501
Mallotus, ii. 447
Malta, Post-Pliocene fauna of, i. 114
formerly joined to Africa, i. 201
fossil elephants of, i. 201
Page 811
birds of, i. 206 (note)
Malurus, ii. 258
Mammal, the most ancient American, i. 134
Mammalia, means of dispersal of, i. 10
as limited by climate, i. 11
as limited by rivers, i. 12
how far limited by the sea, i. 13
dispersed by ice-floes and drift-wood, i. 14
means of dispersal of aquatic, i. 15
of most importance in determining zoological regions, i. 57
classification of, i. 85
birthplace and migrations of some families of, i. 142, 153
cosmopolitan groups of, i. 176
of the Palæarctic region, i. 181
of the European sub-region, i. 192
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 202
of the Siberian sub-region, i. 217
characteristic of Western Tartary, i. 218
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 222
Palæarctic genera of, in the Manchurian sub-region, i. 222
Oriental genera of, on borders of same sub-region, i. 223
peculiar to Japan, i. 223
characteristic of N. W. China and Mongolia, i. 226
table of Palæarctic families of, i. 234
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 239
of the Ethiopian region, i. 253
absence of certain important groups, i. 253
of the E. African sub-region, i. 260
of W. Africa, i. 262
of S. Africa, i. 267
of Madagascar, i. 272
table of Ethiopian families of, i. 294
table of Ethiopian genera of, i. 300
of the Oriental region, i. 315
range of the genera inhabiting the Indian sub-region, i. 322
Malurus, ii. 258
Mammal, the most ancient American, i. 134
Mammalia, means of dispersal of, i. 10
as limited by climate, i. 11
as limited by rivers, i. 12
how far limited by the sea, i. 13
dispersed by ice-floes and drift-wood, i. 14
means of dispersal of aquatic, i. 15
of most importance in determining zoological regions, i. 57
classification of, i. 85
birthplace and migrations of some families of, i. 142, 153
cosmopolitan groups of, i. 176
of the Palæarctic region, i. 181
of the European sub-region, i. 192
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 202
of the Siberian sub-region, i. 217
characteristic of Western Tartary, i. 218
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 222
Palæarctic genera of, in the Manchurian sub-region, i. 222
Oriental genera of, on borders of same sub-region, i. 223
peculiar to Japan, i. 223
characteristic of N. W. China and Mongolia, i. 226
table of Palæarctic families of, i. 234
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 239
of the Ethiopian region, i. 253
absence of certain important groups, i. 253
of the E. African sub-region, i. 260
of W. Africa, i. 262
of S. Africa, i. 267
of Madagascar, i. 272
table of Ethiopian families of, i. 294
table of Ethiopian genera of, i. 300
of the Oriental region, i. 315
range of the genera inhabiting the Indian sub-region, i. 322
Page 812
of Ceylon, i. 327
of the Indo-Chinese sub-region, i. 330
of the Indo-Malayan sub-region, i. 336
illustration of characteristic Malayan, i. 336
of the Philippine Islands, i. 345
table of Oriental families of, i. 365
table of Oriental genera of, i. 371
of Australian region, i. 390
of the Papuan Islands, i. 410
of the Moluccas, i. 417
of the Timor group, i. 422
of Celebes, i. 427
of Australia, i. 439
illustration of, i. 439
of New Zealand, i. 450
table of families of Australian, i. 470
table of genera of Australian, i. 475
destinctive characters of Neotropical, ii. 6
of S. Temperate America, ii. 36
of Straits of Magellan, ii. 37
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 52
of the Antilles, ii. 62
table of Neotropical families of, ii. 85
table of Neotropical genera of, ii. 91
of the Nearctic region, ii. 115
of California, ii. 127
of N. American central plains, ii. 129
of E. United States, ii. 132
of Canada, ii. 135
table of Nearctic families of, ii. 140
table of Nearctic genera of, ii. 145
Mammalia, extinct, of Old World, i. 107
extinct, of historic period, i. 110
extinct, comparative age of in Europe, i. 127
extinct, of the New World, i. 129
extinct, of N. America and Europe, compared, i. 141
of the Indo-Chinese sub-region, i. 330
of the Indo-Malayan sub-region, i. 336
illustration of characteristic Malayan, i. 336
of the Philippine Islands, i. 345
table of Oriental families of, i. 365
table of Oriental genera of, i. 371
of Australian region, i. 390
of the Papuan Islands, i. 410
of the Moluccas, i. 417
of the Timor group, i. 422
of Celebes, i. 427
of Australia, i. 439
illustration of, i. 439
of New Zealand, i. 450
table of families of Australian, i. 470
table of genera of Australian, i. 475
destinctive characters of Neotropical, ii. 6
of S. Temperate America, ii. 36
of Straits of Magellan, ii. 37
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 52
of the Antilles, ii. 62
table of Neotropical families of, ii. 85
table of Neotropical genera of, ii. 91
of the Nearctic region, ii. 115
of California, ii. 127
of N. American central plains, ii. 129
of E. United States, ii. 132
of Canada, ii. 135
table of Nearctic families of, ii. 140
table of Nearctic genera of, ii. 145
Mammalia, extinct, of Old World, i. 107
extinct, of historic period, i. 110
extinct, comparative age of in Europe, i. 127
extinct, of the New World, i. 129
extinct, of N. America and Europe, compared, i. 141
Page 813
original birthplace of some families and genera, i. 142, 153
of the secondary period, i. 160
MAMMALIA, summary and conclusion, ii. 540
lines of migration of, ii. 544
Manakins, ii. 102
MANATIDÆ, ii. 210
Manatus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 210
Manchurian sub-region, description of, i. 220
mammalia of, i. 222
birds of, i. 223
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 227
fresh-water fish of, i. 227
insects of, i. 227
coleoptera of, i. 228
MANIDIDÆ, ii. 245
Manis, ii. 245
Manorhina, ii. 276
Manticora, ii. 487
Manucodia, ii. 274
Mareca, ii. 363
Margaroperdix, ii. 338
Margarops, ii. 256
Margarornis, ii. 103
Marginella, ii. 508
of the secondary period, i. 160
MAMMALIA, summary and conclusion, ii. 540
lines of migration of, ii. 544
Manakins, ii. 102
MANATIDÆ, ii. 210
Manatus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 210
Manchurian sub-region, description of, i. 220
mammalia of, i. 222
birds of, i. 223
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 227
fresh-water fish of, i. 227
insects of, i. 227
coleoptera of, i. 228
MANIDIDÆ, ii. 245
Manis, ii. 245
Manorhina, ii. 276
Manticora, ii. 487
Manucodia, ii. 274
Mareca, ii. 363
Margaroperdix, ii. 338
Margarops, ii. 256
Margarornis, ii. 103
Marginella, ii. 508
Page 814
Marine Mollusca, general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 537
Marine shells of the Neotropical region, ii. 20
Marmosets, ii. 175
Marquesas Islands, birds of, i. 443
Marsh, Mr., on improvability of Asiatic and African deserts, i. 200
on camels and goats as destructive to vegetation, i. 200
MARSUPIALIA, ii. 248
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 253
Marsupials, classification of, i. 91
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
European Miocene, i. 121
first migration to America, i. 155
diversified forms of, i. 391
of America prove no connection with Australia, i. 399
list of Australian genera of, i. 476
MARSUPIALIA and MONOTREMATA, summary and conclusion, ii. 543
Martes, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
ii. 198
Mascarene Islands, zoology of, i. 280
extinct fauna of, i. 282
gigantic land-tortoises of, i. 289
Masius, ii. 102
MASTACEMBELIDÆ, ii. 437
Mastodon, European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
Marine shells of the Neotropical region, ii. 20
Marmosets, ii. 175
Marquesas Islands, birds of, i. 443
Marsh, Mr., on improvability of Asiatic and African deserts, i. 200
on camels and goats as destructive to vegetation, i. 200
MARSUPIALIA, ii. 248
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 253
Marsupials, classification of, i. 91
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
European Miocene, i. 121
first migration to America, i. 155
diversified forms of, i. 391
of America prove no connection with Australia, i. 399
list of Australian genera of, i. 476
MARSUPIALIA and MONOTREMATA, summary and conclusion, ii. 543
Martes, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
ii. 198
Mascarene Islands, zoology of, i. 280
extinct fauna of, i. 282
gigantic land-tortoises of, i. 289
Masius, ii. 102
MASTACEMBELIDÆ, ii. 437
Mastodon, European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
Page 815
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Indian Miocene, i. 123
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 227, 228
Mauritius, zoology of, i. 280
reptiles of, i. 281
McCoy, Professor, on Palæontology of Victoria, i. 466
Mechanitis, ii. 470
Meda, ii. 452
Mediterranean, recent changes in, i. 39
sub-region, description of, i. 199
mammalia of, i. 202
birds of, i. 203
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 204
fresh-water fish of, i. 205
insects of, i. 205
islands of, i. 206
sea not separating distinct faunas, i. 201
Megabias, ii. 270
Megablabes, ii. 376
Magacephala, ii. 478
Megacephalon, ii. 342
Megacerops, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Megaderma, ii. 182
Megærophis, ii. 383
Megalæma, ii. 306
Indian Miocene, i. 123
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 227, 228
Mauritius, zoology of, i. 280
reptiles of, i. 281
McCoy, Professor, on Palæontology of Victoria, i. 466
Mechanitis, ii. 470
Meda, ii. 452
Mediterranean, recent changes in, i. 39
sub-region, description of, i. 199
mammalia of, i. 202
birds of, i. 203
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 204
fresh-water fish of, i. 205
insects of, i. 205
islands of, i. 206
sea not separating distinct faunas, i. 201
Megabias, ii. 270
Megablabes, ii. 376
Magacephala, ii. 478
Megacephalon, ii. 342
Megacerops, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Megaderma, ii. 182
Megærophis, ii. 383
Megalæma, ii. 306
Page 816
MEGALÆMIDÆ, ii. 305
MEGALÆMINÆ, ii. 306
Megalixalus, ii. 419
Megalocnus, fossil in Cuba, i. 148
Megalomastoma, ii. 521
Megalomeryx, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Megalomma, ii. 487
Megalonyx, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Megalophrys, ii. 421
Megalostoma, Eocene, i. 169
Megalurus, ii. 258
Megalophonus, ii. 289
Megamys, S. American Eocene, i. 148
ii. 238
Meganostoma, ii. 478
MEGAPODIIDÆ, ii. 341
Megapodius, ii. 342
Megaptera, ii. 207
Megarhynchus, ii. 101
Megaspira, European Tertiary, i. 169
ii. 527
MEGALÆMINÆ, ii. 306
Megalixalus, ii. 419
Megalocnus, fossil in Cuba, i. 148
Megalomastoma, ii. 521
Megalomeryx, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Megalomma, ii. 487
Megalonyx, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Megalophrys, ii. 421
Megalostoma, Eocene, i. 169
Megalurus, ii. 258
Megalophonus, ii. 289
Megamys, S. American Eocene, i. 148
ii. 238
Meganostoma, ii. 478
MEGAPODIIDÆ, ii. 341
Megapodius, ii. 342
Megaptera, ii. 207
Megarhynchus, ii. 101
Megaspira, European Tertiary, i. 169
ii. 527
Page 817
Megatheridæ, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
Megatherium, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 245
Meiornis, ii. 369
Melampitta, ii. 298
Melampus, ii. 519
Melanerpes, ii. 303
Melania, European Secondary, i. 169
MELANIADÆ, ii. 509
Melanitis, ii. 471
Melanochlora, ii. 266
Melanocorypha, ii. 289
Melanophidium, ii. 374
Melanoptila, ii. 256
Melanotis, ii. 256
MELEAGRINÆ, ii. 340
Meleagris, N. American Miocene, i. 163
ii. 340
Meles, ii. 199
Melidectes, ii. 276
Melidora, ii. 316
Megatherium, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 245
Meiornis, ii. 369
Melampitta, ii. 298
Melampus, ii. 519
Melanerpes, ii. 303
Melania, European Secondary, i. 169
MELANIADÆ, ii. 509
Melanitis, ii. 471
Melanochlora, ii. 266
Melanocorypha, ii. 289
Melanophidium, ii. 374
Melanoptila, ii. 256
Melanotis, ii. 256
MELEAGRINÆ, ii. 340
Meleagris, N. American Miocene, i. 163
ii. 340
Meles, ii. 199
Melidectes, ii. 276
Melidora, ii. 316
Page 818
Melierax, ii. 348
Melinæa, ii. 470
Meliornis, ii. 275
Meliphaga, ii. 275
MELIPHAGIDÆ, ii. 275
Melipotes, ii. 276
Melirrhophetes, ii. 276
Melitæa, ii. 474
Melithreptus, ii. 276
Melittophagus, ii. 312
Melizophilus, ii. 259
Mellisuga, ii. 108
Mellivora, Indian Miocene, i. 121
ii. 199
Melolonthidium, Oolitic insect, i. 167
Melopelia, ii. 333
Melopsittacus, ii. 325
Melopyrrha, ii. 285
Melospiza, ii. 284
Melursus, ii. 202
Menetia, ii. 395
Melinæa, ii. 470
Meliornis, ii. 275
Meliphaga, ii. 275
MELIPHAGIDÆ, ii. 275
Melipotes, ii. 276
Melirrhophetes, ii. 276
Melitæa, ii. 474
Melithreptus, ii. 276
Melittophagus, ii. 312
Melizophilus, ii. 259
Mellisuga, ii. 108
Mellivora, Indian Miocene, i. 121
ii. 199
Melolonthidium, Oolitic insect, i. 167
Melopelia, ii. 333
Melopsittacus, ii. 325
Melopyrrha, ii. 285
Melospiza, ii. 284
Melursus, ii. 202
Menetia, ii. 395
Page 819
Meniceros, ii. 317
Meniscotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Menobranchus, ii. 412
Menopoma, ii. 412
MENOPOMIDÆ, ii. 412
Menotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Menura, ii. 298
Meniscotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Menobranchus, ii. 412
Menopoma, ii. 412
MENOPOMIDÆ, ii. 412
Menotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Menura, ii. 298
Page 820
MENURIDÆ, ii. 298
Mephitis, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 199
Merganetta, ii. 364
Mergulus, ii. 367
Mergus, ii. 364
Meriones, ii. 232
ii. 230
Meristes, ii. 272
Merluccius, ii. 439
Meroe, ii. 536
MEROPIDÆ, ii. 312
Meropiscus, ii. 312
Meropogon, ii. 312
Merops, ii. 312
Merulaxis, ii. 297
Merychus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Merychippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Merychochœrus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Merycodus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 220
Merycopotamus, Indian Miocene, i. 122
Mephitis, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 199
Merganetta, ii. 364
Mergulus, ii. 367
Mergus, ii. 364
Meriones, ii. 232
ii. 230
Meristes, ii. 272
Merluccius, ii. 439
Meroe, ii. 536
MEROPIDÆ, ii. 312
Meropiscus, ii. 312
Meropogon, ii. 312
Merops, ii. 312
Merulaxis, ii. 297
Merychus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Merychippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Merychochœrus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Merycodus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 220
Merycopotamus, Indian Miocene, i. 122
Page 821
ii. 214
Merycotherium, of Siberian drift, i. 112
ii. 217
Mesacodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Mesapia, ii. 479
Mesites, ii. 263
Mesohippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Mesomys, ii. 239
Mesonauta, ii. 438
Mesonyx, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Mesopithecus, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
ii. 178
Mesoprion, ii. 425
Mesops, ii. 439
Mesosemia, ii. 475
Messalina, ii. 391
Messaras, ii. 474
Metallura, ii. 108
Metapheles, ii. 476
Methonella, ii. 476
Metius, ii. 492
Metopia, ii. 102
Merycotherium, of Siberian drift, i. 112
ii. 217
Mesacodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Mesapia, ii. 479
Mesites, ii. 263
Mesohippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Mesomys, ii. 239
Mesonauta, ii. 438
Mesonyx, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Mesopithecus, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
ii. 178
Mesoprion, ii. 425
Mesops, ii. 439
Mesosemia, ii. 475
Messalina, ii. 391
Messaras, ii. 474
Metallura, ii. 108
Metapheles, ii. 476
Methonella, ii. 476
Metius, ii. 492
Metopia, ii. 102
Page 822
Metopiana, ii. 364
Metoponia, ii. 283
Metopothrix, ii. 102
Metriopelia, ii. 333
Mexican sub-region, ii. 51
mammalia of, ii. 52
birds of, ii. 52
reptiles of, ii. 54
amphibia of, ii. 54
fresh-water fish of, ii. 54
insects of, ii. 55
land-shells of, ii. 57
its relations to the N. and S. American continents, ii. 57
islands of, ii. 59
Meyer, Dr. A.B., on reptiles and amphibia of New Guinea, i. 415¨
Micræca, ii. 270
Micracantha, ii. 501
Micrastur, ii. 347
Micrathene, ii. 350
Micrhyla, ii. 414
Microbates, ii. 104
Microcebus, ii. 176
Microcerculus, ii. 264
Microchæra, ii. 107
Microglossus, ii. 325
Metoponia, ii. 283
Metopothrix, ii. 102
Metriopelia, ii. 333
Mexican sub-region, ii. 51
mammalia of, ii. 52
birds of, ii. 52
reptiles of, ii. 54
amphibia of, ii. 54
fresh-water fish of, ii. 54
insects of, ii. 55
land-shells of, ii. 57
its relations to the N. and S. American continents, ii. 57
islands of, ii. 59
Meyer, Dr. A.B., on reptiles and amphibia of New Guinea, i. 415¨
Micræca, ii. 270
Micracantha, ii. 501
Micrastur, ii. 347
Micrathene, ii. 350
Micrhyla, ii. 414
Microbates, ii. 104
Microcebus, ii. 176
Microcerculus, ii. 264
Microchæra, ii. 107
Microglossus, ii. 325
Page 823
Microhierax, ii. 349
Microlestes, oldest European mammal, i. 160
Micromeryx, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 220
Micropelama, ii. 353
Micropternus, ii. 304
Micropterus, ii. 364
Microscelis, ii. 267
Microstoma, ii. 448
Microsyops, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Microtherium, European Miocene, i. 120
Midas, ii. 176
Middendorf, on extreme northern birds, i. 219
Midea, ii. 478
Miglyptes, ii. 304
Migrating birds, in which region to be placed, i. 185
Migration of animals, i. 10
general phenomena of, i. 18
of birds, i. 19
of birds in Europe, i. 19
probable origin of, i. 22
of birds in India and China, i. 23
of birds in N. America, i. 23
changes in extent of, i. 24
of birds in S. Temperate America, i. 25
Microlestes, oldest European mammal, i. 160
Micromeryx, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 220
Micropelama, ii. 353
Micropternus, ii. 304
Micropterus, ii. 364
Microscelis, ii. 267
Microstoma, ii. 448
Microsyops, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Microtherium, European Miocene, i. 120
Midas, ii. 176
Middendorf, on extreme northern birds, i. 219
Midea, ii. 478
Miglyptes, ii. 304
Migrating birds, in which region to be placed, i. 185
Migration of animals, i. 10
general phenomena of, i. 18
of birds, i. 19
of birds in Europe, i. 19
probable origin of, i. 22
of birds in India and China, i. 23
of birds in N. America, i. 23
changes in extent of, i. 24
of birds in S. Temperate America, i. 25
Page 824
general remarks on, i. 25
Miletus, ii. 477
Milvulus, ii. 102, 291
Milvus, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 349
Mimeta, ii. 268
Mimetes, ii. 170
Mimocichla, ii. 256
Mimus, ii. 256
Minla, ii. 266
Miocene fauna of the Old World, i. 114
fauna of Geece, i. 115
fauna of Greece, summary of, i. 116
fauna of Central Europe, i. 117
deposits of Siwalik Hills, i. 121
faunas of Europe and Asia, general observations on, i. 123
Miohippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Mionectes, ii. 101
Mirafra, ii. 289
Miro, ii. 260
Misgurnus, ii. 453
Mitra, ii. 508
Mitrephorus, ii. 102
Miletus, ii. 477
Milvulus, ii. 102, 291
Milvus, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 349
Mimeta, ii. 268
Mimetes, ii. 170
Mimocichla, ii. 256
Mimus, ii. 256
Minla, ii. 266
Miocene fauna of the Old World, i. 114
fauna of Geece, i. 115
fauna of Greece, summary of, i. 116
fauna of Central Europe, i. 117
deposits of Siwalik Hills, i. 121
faunas of Europe and Asia, general observations on, i. 123
Miohippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Mionectes, ii. 101
Mirafra, ii. 289
Miro, ii. 260
Misgurnus, ii. 453
Mitra, ii. 508
Mitrephorus, ii. 102
Page 825
Mitua, ii. 343
Mivart, Professor, on classification of primates, i. 86
on classification of insectivora, i. 87
on classification of amphibia, i. 101
of classification of lemurs, ii. 176
Mixornis, ii. 261
Mniotilta, ii. 279
MNIOTILTIDÆ, ii. 278
Mochocus, ii. 443
Mocoa, ii. 397
Moho, ii. 276
Mole-rat of W. Tartary, i. 218
Mole-rats, ii. 231
Moles, almost wholly Palæarctic, i. 181
ii. 190
Mollienesia, ii. 450
Mollusca, means of dispersal of, i. 30
classification of, i. 104
groups selected for study, i. 104
MOLLUSCA, distribution of, ii. 504
range of families of, in time, ii. 538
Moluccas, zoology of, i. 417
birds of, i. 419
reptiles of, i. 420
insects of, i. 420
peculiarities of fauna of, i. 421
Mivart, Professor, on classification of primates, i. 86
on classification of insectivora, i. 87
on classification of amphibia, i. 101
of classification of lemurs, ii. 176
Mixornis, ii. 261
Mniotilta, ii. 279
MNIOTILTIDÆ, ii. 278
Mochocus, ii. 443
Mocoa, ii. 397
Moho, ii. 276
Mole-rat of W. Tartary, i. 218
Mole-rats, ii. 231
Moles, almost wholly Palæarctic, i. 181
ii. 190
Mollienesia, ii. 450
Mollusca, means of dispersal of, i. 30
classification of, i. 104
groups selected for study, i. 104
MOLLUSCA, distribution of, ii. 504
range of families of, in time, ii. 538
Moluccas, zoology of, i. 417
birds of, i. 419
reptiles of, i. 420
insects of, i. 420
peculiarities of fauna of, i. 421
Page 826
Molossus, ii. 184
Molothrus, ii. 282
Molva, ii. 439
MOMOTIDÆ, ii. 313
Momotus, ii. 313
Monachalcyon, ii. 316
Monarcha, ii. 270
Monasa, ii. 311
Monitor, ii. 389
Monkeys on the high Himalayas, i. 12
fossil in N. American Miocene, i. 133
in E. Thibet, i. 222
abundance of in the Oriental region, i. 315
Monoceros, ii. 507
Monodon, ii. 208
MONODONTIDÆ, ii. 208
Monoplocus, ii. 390
Monopterus, ii. 455
Monotremata, classification of, i. 91
list of Australian genera of, i. 477
MONOTREMATA, ii. 253
remarks on the distribution of, ii. 254
Monotrophis, ii. 289
Molothrus, ii. 282
Molva, ii. 439
MOMOTIDÆ, ii. 313
Momotus, ii. 313
Monachalcyon, ii. 316
Monarcha, ii. 270
Monasa, ii. 311
Monitor, ii. 389
Monkeys on the high Himalayas, i. 12
fossil in N. American Miocene, i. 133
in E. Thibet, i. 222
abundance of in the Oriental region, i. 315
Monoceros, ii. 507
Monodon, ii. 208
MONODONTIDÆ, ii. 208
Monoplocus, ii. 390
Monopterus, ii. 455
Monotremata, classification of, i. 91
list of Australian genera of, i. 477
MONOTREMATA, ii. 253
remarks on the distribution of, ii. 254
Monotrophis, ii. 289
Page 827
Montacuta, ii. 535
Monticola, ii. 256
Montifringilla, ii. 284
Mörch, Dr., on Panama shells, ii. 20
Morelia, ii. 381
"More-pork" of Australia, figure of, i. 442
Morethria, ii. 395
Mormolyce, ii. 490
MORMYRIDÆ, ii. 448
Mormyrops, ii. 448
Mormyrus, ii. 488
Morococcyx, ii. 309
Morotherium, N. American Pliocene, i. 140
MORPHIDÆ, ii. 472
Morphnus, ii. 348
Morpho, ii. 472
Morunga, ii. 204
Moschus, ii. 219
Motacilla, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 290
MOTACILLIDÆ, ii. 290
Monticola, ii. 256
Montifringilla, ii. 284
Mörch, Dr., on Panama shells, ii. 20
Morelia, ii. 381
"More-pork" of Australia, figure of, i. 442
Morethria, ii. 395
Mormolyce, ii. 490
MORMYRIDÆ, ii. 448
Mormyrops, ii. 448
Mormyrus, ii. 488
Morococcyx, ii. 309
Morotherium, N. American Pliocene, i. 140
MORPHIDÆ, ii. 472
Morphnus, ii. 348
Morpho, ii. 472
Morunga, ii. 204
Moschus, ii. 219
Motacilla, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 290
MOTACILLIDÆ, ii. 290
Page 828
Motella, ii. 439
Moths, ii. 481
Motmots, ii. 313
Mound-builders, peculiar Australian birds, i. 393
Moupin, position and zoology of, i. 221
Mouse-deer, ii. 218
Moxostoma, ii. 451
Mugil, ii. 435
MUGILLIDÆ, ii. 435
Mulleria, ii. 534
Mulleripicus, ii. 303
MULLIDÆ, ii. 426
Mullus, ii. 426
Mungos, ii. 195
Munia, ii. 287
MURÆNIDÆ, ii. 456
Murænopsis, ii. 412
Murex, ii. 507
MURICIDÆ, ii. 507
Muridæ, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
MURIDÆ, ii. 229
Moths, ii. 481
Motmots, ii. 313
Mound-builders, peculiar Australian birds, i. 393
Moupin, position and zoology of, i. 221
Mouse-deer, ii. 218
Moxostoma, ii. 451
Mugil, ii. 435
MUGILLIDÆ, ii. 435
Mulleria, ii. 534
Mulleripicus, ii. 303
MULLIDÆ, ii. 426
Mullus, ii. 426
Mungos, ii. 195
Munia, ii. 287
MURÆNIDÆ, ii. 456
Murænopsis, ii. 412
Murex, ii. 507
MURICIDÆ, ii. 507
Muridæ, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
MURIDÆ, ii. 229
Page 829
Murray, Mr. Andrew, on zoological region, i. 60
Mus, ii. 229
Muscardinus, ii. 232
Muscicapa, ii. 270
MUSCICAPIDÆ, ii. 270
Muscicapula, ii. 270
Muscigralla, ii. 101
Muscipipra, ii. 101
Muscisaxicola, ii. 101, 291
Muscitodus, ii. 271
Muscivora, ii. 101
Musophaga, ii. 307
MUSOPHAGIDÆ, ii. 307
Mussels, ii. 533
Mustela, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
ii. 198
Mustelidæ, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
MUSTELIDÆ, ii. 198
Mustelus, ii. 460
MYACIDÆ, ii. 536
Mus, ii. 229
Muscardinus, ii. 232
Muscicapa, ii. 270
MUSCICAPIDÆ, ii. 270
Muscicapula, ii. 270
Muscigralla, ii. 101
Muscipipra, ii. 101
Muscisaxicola, ii. 101, 291
Muscitodus, ii. 271
Muscivora, ii. 101
Musophaga, ii. 307
MUSOPHAGIDÆ, ii. 307
Mussels, ii. 533
Mustela, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
ii. 198
Mustelidæ, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
MUSTELIDÆ, ii. 198
Mustelus, ii. 460
MYACIDÆ, ii. 536
Page 830
Myadora, ii. 536
Mycalesis, ii. 471
Mycerobas, ii. 284
Mycetes, ii. 175
ii. 178
Mycetopus, ii. 534
Mydaus, ii. 199
Myiadestes, ii. 260
Myiagra, ii. 271
Myialestes, ii. 271
Myiarchus, ii. 102, 291
Myiobius, ii. 101
Myioceyx, ii. 316
Myiochanes, ii. 102
Myiodioctes, ii. 279
Myiodynastes, ii. 101
Myiophonus, ii. 263
Myiopithecus, ii. 173
Myiotheretes, ii. 100
Myiozetetes, ii. 101
Mylesinus, ii. 445
Mycalesis, ii. 471
Mycerobas, ii. 284
Mycetes, ii. 175
ii. 178
Mycetopus, ii. 534
Mydaus, ii. 199
Myiadestes, ii. 260
Myiagra, ii. 271
Myialestes, ii. 271
Myiarchus, ii. 102, 291
Myiobius, ii. 101
Myioceyx, ii. 316
Myiochanes, ii. 102
Myiodioctes, ii. 279
Myiodynastes, ii. 101
Myiophonus, ii. 263
Myiopithecus, ii. 173
Myiotheretes, ii. 100
Myiozetetes, ii. 101
Mylesinus, ii. 445
Page 831
Myletes, ii. 445
MYLIOBATIDÆ, ii. 463
Myliobatis, ii. 463
Mylodon, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Mylopharadon, ii. 452
Mynes, ii. 474
Myochama, ii. 536
Myodes, ii. 230
Myogale, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 190, 191
Myoictis, ii. 249
Myomorphus, fossil in Cuba, i. 148
Myopotamus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 239
Myospalax, ii. 230
MYOXIDÆ, ii. 232
Myoxus, European Miocene, i. 120
European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 232
Myxomys, ii. 230
Myrina, ii. 477
Myrmeciza, ii. 104
MYLIOBATIDÆ, ii. 463
Myliobatis, ii. 463
Mylodon, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Mylopharadon, ii. 452
Mynes, ii. 474
Myochama, ii. 536
Myodes, ii. 230
Myogale, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 190, 191
Myoictis, ii. 249
Myomorphus, fossil in Cuba, i. 148
Myopotamus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 239
Myospalax, ii. 230
MYOXIDÆ, ii. 232
Myoxus, European Miocene, i. 120
European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 232
Myxomys, ii. 230
Myrina, ii. 477
Myrmeciza, ii. 104
Page 832
MYRMECOBIIDÆ, ii. 250
Myrmecobius, ii. 250
Myrmecophaga, ii. 247
MYRMECOPHAGIDÆ, ii. 247
Myrmotherula, ii. 104
Myron, ii. 376
Myrtis, ii. 108
Mysarachne, European Miocene, i. 118
Mysops, N. American Eocene, i. 140
ii. 231
Mystacina tuberculata, ii. 184
Mystacoleucus, ii. 452
Mystacornis, ii. 258
Mystromys, ii. 230
MYTILIDÆ, ii. 533
Mytilus, ii. 539
MYXINIDÆ, ii. 464
Myxophagus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Myxophyes, ii. 420
Myxus, ii. 435
Myzomela, ii. 275
Myrmecobius, ii. 250
Myrmecophaga, ii. 247
MYRMECOPHAGIDÆ, ii. 247
Myrmotherula, ii. 104
Myron, ii. 376
Myrtis, ii. 108
Mysarachne, European Miocene, i. 118
Mysops, N. American Eocene, i. 140
ii. 231
Mystacina tuberculata, ii. 184
Mystacoleucus, ii. 452
Mystacornis, ii. 258
Mystromys, ii. 230
MYTILIDÆ, ii. 533
Mytilus, ii. 539
MYXINIDÆ, ii. 464
Myxophagus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Myxophyes, ii. 420
Myxus, ii. 435
Myzomela, ii. 275
Page 833
Myzornis, ii. 266
N.
Nænia, ii. 365
Naja, ii. 383
NANDIDÆ, ii. 433
Nandinia, ii. 195
Nandus, ii. 433
Nanina, ii. 513
Nannophryne, ii. 417
Nannophrys, ii. 421
Nanodes, ii. 327
Nanohyus, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
ii. 215
Nanotragus, ii. 224
Napeogenes, ii. 470
Napothera, ii. 261
Nardoa, ii. 381
Narwhal, ii. 208
Narope, ii. 472
Nasica, ii. 103
Nasiterna, ii. 325
N.
Nænia, ii. 365
Naja, ii. 383
NANDIDÆ, ii. 433
Nandinia, ii. 195
Nandus, ii. 433
Nanina, ii. 513
Nannophryne, ii. 417
Nannophrys, ii. 421
Nanodes, ii. 327
Nanohyus, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
ii. 215
Nanotragus, ii. 224
Napeogenes, ii. 470
Napothera, ii. 261
Nardoa, ii. 381
Narwhal, ii. 208
Narope, ii. 472
Nasica, ii. 103
Nasiterna, ii. 325
Page 834
Nasua, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 200
Nathalis, ii. 478
Natica, ii. 539
NATICIDÆ, ii. 508
Nautilus, ii. 539
NATRICINÆ, ii. 375
Nattereria, ii. 417
Nauclerus, ii. 349
Naucrates, ii. 429
Naultinus ii. 400
NAUTILIDÆ, ii. 506
Navicella, ii. 510
Nearctic region, defined, i. 79
subdivisions of, i. 80
distinct from Palæarctic, i. 79
ii. 114
zoological characteristics of, ii. 115
mammalia of, ii. 115
birds of, ii. 116
reptiles of, ii. 119
amphibia of, ii. 120
fresh-water fishes of, ii. 120
summary of vertebrata of, ii. 120
insects of, ii. 122
land and fresh-water shells of, ii. 124
sub-regions of, ii. 125
ii. 200
Nathalis, ii. 478
Natica, ii. 539
NATICIDÆ, ii. 508
Nautilus, ii. 539
NATRICINÆ, ii. 375
Nattereria, ii. 417
Nauclerus, ii. 349
Naucrates, ii. 429
Naultinus ii. 400
NAUTILIDÆ, ii. 506
Navicella, ii. 510
Nearctic region, defined, i. 79
subdivisions of, i. 80
distinct from Palæarctic, i. 79
ii. 114
zoological characteristics of, ii. 115
mammalia of, ii. 115
birds of, ii. 116
reptiles of, ii. 119
amphibia of, ii. 120
fresh-water fishes of, ii. 120
summary of vertebrata of, ii. 120
insects of, ii. 122
land and fresh-water shells of, ii. 124
sub-regions of, ii. 125
Page 835
concluding remarks on, ii. 138
tables of distribution of animals of, ii. 139
Nearctic and Neotropical regions, no decided boundary between, ii. 117
Nebria, ii. 489
Necrornis, European Miocene, i. 161
NECTARINIIDÆ, ii. 276
Nectarinia, ii. 276
Nectarophila, ii. 276
Nectogale, ii. 190
Necydalis, ii. 502
Necyria, ii. 476
Nelicurvius, ii. 286
Nemachilus, ii. 453
Nematogenys, ii. 444
NEMEOBIIDÆ, ii. 475
Nemeobius, ii. 475
NEMORHEDINÆ, ii. 224
Nemorhedus, ii. 224
Nemoricola, ii. 290
Nemosia, ii. 99
Neobatrachus, ii. 420
tables of distribution of animals of, ii. 139
Nearctic and Neotropical regions, no decided boundary between, ii. 117
Nebria, ii. 489
Necrornis, European Miocene, i. 161
NECTARINIIDÆ, ii. 276
Nectarinia, ii. 276
Nectarophila, ii. 276
Nectogale, ii. 190
Necydalis, ii. 502
Necyria, ii. 476
Nelicurvius, ii. 286
Nemachilus, ii. 453
Nematogenys, ii. 444
NEMEOBIIDÆ, ii. 475
Nemeobius, ii. 475
NEMORHEDINÆ, ii. 224
Nemorhedus, ii. 224
Nemoricola, ii. 290
Nemosia, ii. 99
Neobatrachus, ii. 420
Page 836
Neochloe, ii. 280
Neocorys, ii. 290
Neoctantes, ii. 104
Neomeris, ii. 209
Neomorphus, ii. 309
Neophasia, ii. 478
Neophron, ii. 346
Neopipo, ii. 102
Neopus, ii. 348
Neorhynchus, ii. 285
Neosorex, ii. 191
Neotoma, ii. 230
Neotomys, ii. 230
Neotragus, ii. 224
Neotropical region, defined, i. 78
subdivisions of, i. 78
relations of W. African sub-region with, i. 265
description of, ii. 1
zoological features of, ii. 5
birds of, ii. 6, 7
distinctive features of mammalia of, ii. 6
reptiles of, ii. 9
amphibia of, ii. 11
fresh-water fishes of, ii. 12
summary of vertebrates of, ii. 13
insects of, ii. 13
Neocorys, ii. 290
Neoctantes, ii. 104
Neomeris, ii. 209
Neomorphus, ii. 309
Neophasia, ii. 478
Neophron, ii. 346
Neopipo, ii. 102
Neopus, ii. 348
Neorhynchus, ii. 285
Neosorex, ii. 191
Neotoma, ii. 230
Neotomys, ii. 230
Neotragus, ii. 224
Neotropical region, defined, i. 78
subdivisions of, i. 78
relations of W. African sub-region with, i. 265
description of, ii. 1
zoological features of, ii. 5
birds of, ii. 6, 7
distinctive features of mammalia of, ii. 6
reptiles of, ii. 9
amphibia of, ii. 11
fresh-water fishes of, ii. 12
summary of vertebrates of, ii. 13
insects of, ii. 13
Page 837
land-shells of, ii. 19
marine shells of, ii. 20
summary of past history of, ii. 80
tables of distribution of animals of, ii. 84
Neotropical sub-regions, ii. 21
Neoziphius, ii. 208
Nephæcetes, ii. 320
Neptis, ii. 474
NERITIDÆ, ii. 510
Neritina, ii. 510
Nerophis, ii. 457
Nesoceleus, ii. 303
Nesocichla, ii. 256
Nesodon, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Nesomys, ii. 230
Nesonetta, ii. 364
Nesopsar, ii. 282
Nessia, ii. 399
Nestor, ii. 329
NESTORIDÆ, ii. 329
Nettapus, ii. 363
Neusterophis, ii. 376
marine shells of, ii. 20
summary of past history of, ii. 80
tables of distribution of animals of, ii. 84
Neotropical sub-regions, ii. 21
Neoziphius, ii. 208
Nephæcetes, ii. 320
Neptis, ii. 474
NERITIDÆ, ii. 510
Neritina, ii. 510
Nerophis, ii. 457
Nesoceleus, ii. 303
Nesocichla, ii. 256
Nesodon, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Nesomys, ii. 230
Nesonetta, ii. 364
Nesopsar, ii. 282
Nessia, ii. 399
Nestor, ii. 329
NESTORIDÆ, ii. 329
Nettapus, ii. 363
Neusterophis, ii. 376
Page 838
Newberry, Dr., on Cretaceous and Tertiary floras of N. America, ii. 155
Newton, Professor, on position of Menuridæ and Atrichiidæ, i. 95
on birds of Iceland, i. 198
on Neotropical sub-regions, ii. 25
on genus Camptolæmus, ii. 39
on peculiar genera of Nearctic and Neotropical birds, ii. 118
on family Panuridæ, ii. 262
Newtonia, ii. 270
Newts, ii. 413
New Caledonia, birds of, i. 444
New Guinea, zoology of, i. 409
mammalia of, i. 410
birds of, i. 411
peculiarities of its ornithology, i. 413
illustration of ornithology of, i. 414
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 415
insects of, i. 416
New Zealand, objections to making a primary zoological region, i. 62
extinct birds of, i. 164
sub region, description of, i. 449
compared with British Isles, i. 449
mammalia of, i. 451
islets of, i. 453
illustration of ornithology of, i. 455
reptiles of, i. 456
amphibia of, i. 457
fresh-water fish of, i. 457
insects of, i. 458
Longicorns of, i. 458
Myriapoda of, i. 458
land-shells of, i. 459
ancient fauna of, i. 460
Newton, Professor, on position of Menuridæ and Atrichiidæ, i. 95
on birds of Iceland, i. 198
on Neotropical sub-regions, ii. 25
on genus Camptolæmus, ii. 39
on peculiar genera of Nearctic and Neotropical birds, ii. 118
on family Panuridæ, ii. 262
Newtonia, ii. 270
Newts, ii. 413
New Caledonia, birds of, i. 444
New Guinea, zoology of, i. 409
mammalia of, i. 410
birds of, i. 411
peculiarities of its ornithology, i. 413
illustration of ornithology of, i. 414
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 415
insects of, i. 416
New Zealand, objections to making a primary zoological region, i. 62
extinct birds of, i. 164
sub region, description of, i. 449
compared with British Isles, i. 449
mammalia of, i. 451
islets of, i. 453
illustration of ornithology of, i. 455
reptiles of, i. 456
amphibia of, i. 457
fresh-water fish of, i. 457
insects of, i. 458
Longicorns of, i. 458
Myriapoda of, i. 458
land-shells of, i. 459
ancient fauna of, i. 460
Page 839
origin of fauna of, i. 460
poverty of insects in, i. 462
relations of insect-fauna and flora of, i. 472
Nicator, ii. 272
Nicobar Islands, their zoological relations, i. 332
Nightingale, migration of the, i. 21
Night-jars, ii. 319
Nigidius, ii. 493
Nigrita, ii. 286
Nilaus, ii. 272
Niltava, ii. 270
Ninox, ii. 350
Nisaëtus, ii. 348
Nisoides, ii. 348
Nisoniades, ii. 480
NOCTILIONIDÆ, ii. 184
Nocturnal tree-snakes, ii. 379
Nonnula, ii. 311
Norbea, ii. 397
Norfolk Island, birds of, i. 453
North Africa, zoological relations of, i. 202
North America, remarks on Post-Pliocene, fauna of, i. 130
poverty of insects in, i. 462
relations of insect-fauna and flora of, i. 472
Nicator, ii. 272
Nicobar Islands, their zoological relations, i. 332
Nightingale, migration of the, i. 21
Night-jars, ii. 319
Nigidius, ii. 493
Nigrita, ii. 286
Nilaus, ii. 272
Niltava, ii. 270
Ninox, ii. 350
Nisaëtus, ii. 348
Nisoides, ii. 348
Nisoniades, ii. 480
NOCTILIONIDÆ, ii. 184
Nocturnal tree-snakes, ii. 379
Nonnula, ii. 311
Norbea, ii. 397
Norfolk Island, birds of, i. 453
North Africa, zoological relations of, i. 202
North America, remarks on Post-Pliocene, fauna of, i. 130
Page 840
Post-Pliocene fauna of, partly derived from S. America, i. 131
extinct birds of, i. 163
Northern Hemisphere, zoological importance of, ii. 155
NOTACANTHI, ii. 437
Notaden, ii. 415
Notharctos, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Nothocerus, ii. 344
Nothocrax, ii. 343
Nothoprocta, ii. 344
Nothura, ii. 344
NOTIDANIDÆ, ii. 461
Notiophilus, ii. 489
Notodela, ii. 259
Notoglanis, ii. 443
Notonomus, ii. 490
NOTOPTERIDÆ, ii. 455
Notopholis, ii. 391
Notornis of New Zealand, i. 455
Notornis, ii. 352
Nototherium, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 251
Nototrema, ii. 418
extinct birds of, i. 163
Northern Hemisphere, zoological importance of, ii. 155
NOTACANTHI, ii. 437
Notaden, ii. 415
Notharctos, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Nothocerus, ii. 344
Nothocrax, ii. 343
Nothoprocta, ii. 344
Nothura, ii. 344
NOTIDANIDÆ, ii. 461
Notiophilus, ii. 489
Notodela, ii. 259
Notoglanis, ii. 443
Notonomus, ii. 490
NOTOPTERIDÆ, ii. 455
Notopholis, ii. 391
Notornis of New Zealand, i. 455
Notornis, ii. 352
Nototherium, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 251
Nototrema, ii. 418
Page 841
Noturus, ii. 442
Nucifraga, ii. 273
NUCLEO-BRANCHIATA. ii. 531
Nucras, ii. 391
Numenius, ii. 353
NUMIDINÆ, ii. 340
Numida, ii. 340
Nuria, ii. 452
Nuthatches, ii. 265
Nutria, ii. 199
Nyctala, ii. 350
Nyctalatinus, ii. 350
Nyctalemon, ii. 482
Nyctalops, ii. 350
Nyctea, ii. 350
Nyctereutes, ii. 197
Nycteris, ii. 182
Nyctibius, ii. 319
Nycticorax, ii. 359
Nyctidromius, ii. 320
Nyctiornis, ii. 312
Nucifraga, ii. 273
NUCLEO-BRANCHIATA. ii. 531
Nucras, ii. 391
Numenius, ii. 353
NUMIDINÆ, ii. 340
Numida, ii. 340
Nuria, ii. 452
Nuthatches, ii. 265
Nutria, ii. 199
Nyctala, ii. 350
Nyctalatinus, ii. 350
Nyctalemon, ii. 482
Nyctalops, ii. 350
Nyctea, ii. 350
Nyctereutes, ii. 197
Nycteris, ii. 182
Nyctibius, ii. 319
Nycticorax, ii. 359
Nyctidromius, ii. 320
Nyctiornis, ii. 312
Page 842
Nyctipithecus, ii. 175
Nyctiprogne, ii. 320
Nymphalis, ii. 474
NYMPHALIDÆ, ii. 473
Nymphicus, ii. 325
Nymphidium, ii. 476
O.
Ochetobius, ii. 452
Ochotherium, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 245
Ochthæca, ii. 100
Ochthodiæta, ii. 100
Octodontidæ, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
OCTODONTIDÆ, ii. 237
Octodon, ii. 238
OCTOPODIDÆ, ii. 505
Ocyalus, ii. 282
Ocydromus, ii. 352
Ocyphaps, ii. 333
Odontochila, ii. 486
Odontolabris, ii. 493
Nyctiprogne, ii. 320
Nymphalis, ii. 474
NYMPHALIDÆ, ii. 473
Nymphicus, ii. 325
Nymphidium, ii. 476
O.
Ochetobius, ii. 452
Ochotherium, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 245
Ochthæca, ii. 100
Ochthodiæta, ii. 100
Octodontidæ, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
OCTODONTIDÆ, ii. 237
Octodon, ii. 238
OCTOPODIDÆ, ii. 505
Ocyalus, ii. 282
Ocydromus, ii. 352
Ocyphaps, ii. 333
Odontochila, ii. 486
Odontolabris, ii. 493
Page 843
Odontophorus, ii. 339
Odontophrynus, ii. 420
Œdemia, ii. 364
Œdicnemis, ii. 355
Oëdura, ii. 399
Œna, ii. 332
Ogmodon, ii. 383
Ogyris, ii. 477
Oligdon, ii. 375
OLIGODONTIDÆ, ii. 374
Oligosarcus, ii. 445
Olisthopus, ii. 489
Olylogon, ii. 418
Olyra, ii. 442
Omaseus, ii. 489
Ommatophoca, ii. 204
Omolepida, ii. 397
Omostenus, ii. 492
Omphalotropis, ii. 521
Omus, ii. 487
ONCIDIADÆ, ii. 517
Odontophrynus, ii. 420
Œdemia, ii. 364
Œdicnemis, ii. 355
Oëdura, ii. 399
Œna, ii. 332
Ogmodon, ii. 383
Ogyris, ii. 477
Oligdon, ii. 375
OLIGODONTIDÆ, ii. 374
Oligosarcus, ii. 445
Olisthopus, ii. 489
Olylogon, ii. 418
Olyra, ii. 442
Omaseus, ii. 489
Ommatophoca, ii. 204
Omolepida, ii. 397
Omostenus, ii. 492
Omphalotropis, ii. 521
Omus, ii. 487
ONCIDIADÆ, ii. 517
Page 844
Oncidium, ii. 518
Onychodactylus, ii. 413
Onychogale, ii. 195
Onychogalea, ii. 251
Onychognathus, ii. 288
Onchorhynchus, ii. 447
Oncostoma, ii. 101
Ophidia, classification of, i. 99
OPHIDIA, ii. 372
remarks on the general distribution of, ii. 386
fossil, ii. 387
OPHIDIIDÆ, ii. 440
Ophidium, ii. 440
OPHIOCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 435
Ophiodes, ii. 397
OPHIOMORIDÆ, ii. 398
Ophiomorus, ii. 398
Ophiophagus, ii. 383
Ophiops, ii. 391
Ophioscincus, ii. 397
Ophisaurus, ii. 392
Ophites, ii. 380
Onychodactylus, ii. 413
Onychogale, ii. 195
Onychogalea, ii. 251
Onychognathus, ii. 288
Onchorhynchus, ii. 447
Oncostoma, ii. 101
Ophidia, classification of, i. 99
OPHIDIA, ii. 372
remarks on the general distribution of, ii. 386
fossil, ii. 387
OPHIDIIDÆ, ii. 440
Ophidium, ii. 440
OPHIOCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 435
Ophiodes, ii. 397
OPHIOMORIDÆ, ii. 398
Ophiomorus, ii. 398
Ophiophagus, ii. 383
Ophiops, ii. 391
Ophioscincus, ii. 397
Ophisaurus, ii. 392
Ophites, ii. 380
Page 845
Ophonus, ii. 489
Ophryodera, ii. 487
Ophysia, ii. 209
OPISTHO-BRANCHIATA, ii. 529
OPISTHOCOMI, ii. 345
Opisthocomus, Brazilian caves, i. 164
ii. 345
Opisthodelphys, ii. 418
Opisthostoma, ii. 520
Opisthoporus, ii. 520
Oporornis, ii. 279
Opossum, extinct in European Miocene, i. 121
Opossums, ii. 248
Opsariichthys, ii. 452
Opsiphanes, ii. 472
Orang-utan, ii. 171
Orca, ii. 209
Orcaella, ii. 209
Orchesticus, ii. 99
Orchilus, ii. 101
Oreas, ii. 223
Ophryodera, ii. 487
Ophysia, ii. 209
OPISTHO-BRANCHIATA, ii. 529
OPISTHOCOMI, ii. 345
Opisthocomus, Brazilian caves, i. 164
ii. 345
Opisthodelphys, ii. 418
Opisthostoma, ii. 520
Opisthoporus, ii. 520
Oporornis, ii. 279
Opossum, extinct in European Miocene, i. 121
Opossums, ii. 248
Opsariichthys, ii. 452
Opsiphanes, ii. 472
Orang-utan, ii. 171
Orca, ii. 209
Orcaella, ii. 209
Orchesticus, ii. 99
Orchilus, ii. 101
Oreas, ii. 223
Page 846
Oreicola, ii. 260
Oreinus, ii. 452
Oreocephalus, ii. 401
Oreocincla, ii. 256
Oreodeira, ii. 401
Oreodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Oreodontidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Oreœca, ii. 271
Oreomanes, ii. 278
Oreonectes, ii. 453
Oreonympha, ii. 108
Oreoperdix, ii. 338
OREOPHASINÆ, ii. 343
Oreophasis, ii. 343
Oreophilus, ii. 356
Oreopyra, ii. 107
Oreortyx, ii. 339
Oreoscoptes, ii. 256
Oreothraupis, ii. 99
Oreotrochilus, ii. 107
Orestias, ii. 450
Oreinus, ii. 452
Oreocephalus, ii. 401
Oreocincla, ii. 256
Oreodeira, ii. 401
Oreodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Oreodontidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Oreœca, ii. 271
Oreomanes, ii. 278
Oreonectes, ii. 453
Oreonympha, ii. 108
Oreoperdix, ii. 338
OREOPHASINÆ, ii. 343
Oreophasis, ii. 343
Oreophilus, ii. 356
Oreopyra, ii. 107
Oreortyx, ii. 339
Oreoscoptes, ii. 256
Oreothraupis, ii. 99
Oreotrochilus, ii. 107
Orestias, ii. 450
Page 847
Oriental region, defined, i. 75
subdivisions of, i. 75
description of, i. 314
zoological features of, i. 315
mammalia of, i. 315
birds of, i. 316
reptiles of, i. 317
amphibia of, i. 317
fresh-water fishes of, i. 318
summary of vertebrata of, i. 318
insects of, i. 318
sub-regions of, i. 321
concluding remarks on, i. 362
tables of distribution of animals of, i. 364
Oriental relations of W. African sub-region, i. 265
Oriental and Palæarctic faunas once identical, i. 362
Oriental and Ethiopian faunas, cause of their resemblances, i. 363
Origma, ii. 260
Oriocalotes, ii. 402
Orioles, ii. 268
ORIOLIDÆ, ii. 268
Oriolus, ii. 268
Orites, ii. 266
Ornithion, ii. 101
ORNITHORHYNCHIDÆ, ii. 253
Ornithorhynchus, ii. 253
Orocætes, ii. 256
subdivisions of, i. 75
description of, i. 314
zoological features of, i. 315
mammalia of, i. 315
birds of, i. 316
reptiles of, i. 317
amphibia of, i. 317
fresh-water fishes of, i. 318
summary of vertebrata of, i. 318
insects of, i. 318
sub-regions of, i. 321
concluding remarks on, i. 362
tables of distribution of animals of, i. 364
Oriental relations of W. African sub-region, i. 265
Oriental and Palæarctic faunas once identical, i. 362
Oriental and Ethiopian faunas, cause of their resemblances, i. 363
Origma, ii. 260
Oriocalotes, ii. 402
Orioles, ii. 268
ORIOLIDÆ, ii. 268
Oriolus, ii. 268
Orites, ii. 266
Ornithion, ii. 101
ORNITHORHYNCHIDÆ, ii. 253
Ornithorhynchus, ii. 253
Orocætes, ii. 256
Page 848
Orohippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Ortalida, ii. 343
Orthagoriscus, ii. 457
Orthalicus, ii. 516
ORTHIDÆ, ii. 532
ORTHOCERATIDÆ, ii. 506
Orthodon, ii. 452
Orthogonius, ii. 491
Orthogonys, ii. 98
Orthonyx, ii. 260
Orthorhynchus, ii. 108
Orthotomus, ii. 257
Ortygometra, ii. 352
Ortygornis, ii. 338
Ortyx, ii. 339
Ortyxelos, ii. 341
ORYCTEROPODIDÆ, ii. 246
Orycteropus, ii. 246
Orycterus, ii. 231
ORYGINÆ, ii. 223
Oryx, ii. 223
Ortalida, ii. 343
Orthagoriscus, ii. 457
Orthalicus, ii. 516
ORTHIDÆ, ii. 532
ORTHOCERATIDÆ, ii. 506
Orthodon, ii. 452
Orthogonius, ii. 491
Orthogonys, ii. 98
Orthonyx, ii. 260
Orthorhynchus, ii. 108
Orthotomus, ii. 257
Ortygometra, ii. 352
Ortygornis, ii. 338
Ortyx, ii. 339
Ortyxelos, ii. 341
ORYCTEROPODIDÆ, ii. 246
Orycteropus, ii. 246
Orycterus, ii. 231
ORYGINÆ, ii. 223
Oryx, ii. 223
Page 849
Oryzoborus, ii. 285
Oryzorictes, ii. 188
Osmerus, ii. 447
Osphranter, ii. 251
Osteobrama, ii. 453
Osteochilus, ii. 451
Osteogeniosus, ii. 443
OSTEOGLOSSIDÆ, ii. 454
Osteoglossum, ii. 454
Ostinops, ii. 282
OSTREIDÆ, ii. 533
Ostrich, Miocene of N. India, i. 162
Ostriches, ii. 368
Otaria, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 202
OTARIIDÆ, ii. 202
OTIDIDÆ, ii. 356
Otidiphaps, ii. 333
Otilophus, ii. 415, 428
Otis, ii. 356
Otocorys, ii. 289
Oryzorictes, ii. 188
Osmerus, ii. 447
Osphranter, ii. 251
Osteobrama, ii. 453
Osteochilus, ii. 451
Osteogeniosus, ii. 443
OSTEOGLOSSIDÆ, ii. 454
Osteoglossum, ii. 454
Ostinops, ii. 282
OSTREIDÆ, ii. 533
Ostrich, Miocene of N. India, i. 162
Ostriches, ii. 368
Otaria, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 202
OTARIIDÆ, ii. 202
OTIDIDÆ, ii. 356
Otidiphaps, ii. 333
Otilophus, ii. 415, 428
Otis, ii. 356
Otocorys, ii. 289
Page 850
Otocryptis, ii. 402
Otogyps, ii. 346
Otomys, ii. 230
Otopoma, ii. 521
Ovibos, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 224, 225
Owl-parrot, ii. 329
Owls, ii. 350
Oxen, birth-place and migrations of, i. 155
Palæarctic, i. 182
ii. 221
OXUDERCIDÆ, ii. 431
Oxyæna, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Oxydoras, ii. 443
Oxyglossus, ii. 421
Oxygomphus, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 186
Oxylabes, ii. 262
Oxymycterus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 230, 231
Oxynotus, ii. 269
Oxypogon, ii. 108
Otogyps, ii. 346
Otomys, ii. 230
Otopoma, ii. 521
Ovibos, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 224, 225
Owl-parrot, ii. 329
Owls, ii. 350
Oxen, birth-place and migrations of, i. 155
Palæarctic, i. 182
ii. 221
OXUDERCIDÆ, ii. 431
Oxyæna, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Oxydoras, ii. 443
Oxyglossus, ii. 421
Oxygomphus, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 186
Oxylabes, ii. 262
Oxymycterus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 230, 231
Oxynotus, ii. 269
Oxypogon, ii. 108
Page 851
OXYRHAMPHIDÆ, ii. 292
Oxyrhamphus, ii. 292
Oxyrhopus, ii. 379
Oxyurus, ii. 103
Oysters, ii. 533
P.
Pachybatrachus, ii. 416
Pachycephala, ii. 271
PACHYCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 271
Pachydactylus, ii. 400
Pachyæna, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Pachyglossa, ii. 277
Pachynolophus, European Eocene, i. 126
Pachyrhamphus, ii. 102
Pachyrhynchus, ii. 391
Pachyteles, ii. 490, 492
Pachytherium, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 246
Pachyura, ii. 191
Pæocephalus, ii. 328
Pæcilus, ii. 489
Oxyrhamphus, ii. 292
Oxyrhopus, ii. 379
Oxyurus, ii. 103
Oysters, ii. 533
P.
Pachybatrachus, ii. 416
Pachycephala, ii. 271
PACHYCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 271
Pachydactylus, ii. 400
Pachyæna, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Pachyglossa, ii. 277
Pachynolophus, European Eocene, i. 126
Pachyrhamphus, ii. 102
Pachyrhynchus, ii. 391
Pachyteles, ii. 490, 492
Pachytherium, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 246
Pachyura, ii. 191
Pæocephalus, ii. 328
Pæcilus, ii. 489
Page 852
Pagellus, ii. 427
Pagomys, ii. 204
Pagophila, ii. 364
Pagophilus, ii. 204
Paguma, ii. 195
PAICTIDÆ, ii. 298
Palæarctic region, ancient limits of, ii. 157
defined, i. 171
subdivisions of, i. 71
general features of. i. 180
zoological charcteristics of, i. 181
has few peculiar families, i. 181
mammalia of, i. 181
birds of, i. 182
high degree of speciality of, i. 184
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 186
fresh-water fish of, i. 186
summary of vertebrata of, i. 186
insects of, i. 186
coleoptera of, i. 187
number of coleoptera of, i. 189
land-shells of, i. 190
sub-regions of, i. 190
general conclusions on the fauna of, i. 231
tables of distribution of animals of, i. 233
Palæacodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Palæetus, European Miocene, i. 162
Palægithalus, European Eocene, i. 162
Palælodus, European Miocene, i. 162
Pagomys, ii. 204
Pagophila, ii. 364
Pagophilus, ii. 204
Paguma, ii. 195
PAICTIDÆ, ii. 298
Palæarctic region, ancient limits of, ii. 157
defined, i. 171
subdivisions of, i. 71
general features of. i. 180
zoological charcteristics of, i. 181
has few peculiar families, i. 181
mammalia of, i. 181
birds of, i. 182
high degree of speciality of, i. 184
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 186
fresh-water fish of, i. 186
summary of vertebrata of, i. 186
insects of, i. 186
coleoptera of, i. 187
number of coleoptera of, i. 189
land-shells of, i. 190
sub-regions of, i. 190
general conclusions on the fauna of, i. 231
tables of distribution of animals of, i. 233
Palæacodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Palæetus, European Miocene, i. 162
Palægithalus, European Eocene, i. 162
Palælodus, European Miocene, i. 162
Page 853
Palæocastor, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
ii. 234
Palæocercus, European Miocene, i. 162
Palæochœrus, European Miocene, i. 119
ii. 215
Palæocyon, ii. 198
Palæohierax, European Miocene, i. 162
Palæolagus, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
Palæolama, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 217
Palæomephitis, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 200
Palæomeryx, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 220
Palæomys, European Miocene, i. 121
ii. 238
Palæontina oolitica, Oolitic insect, i. 167
Palæontology, i. 107
how best studied in its bearing on geographical distribution, i. 168
as an introduction to the study of geographical distribution, concluding
remarks on, i. 169
Palæonyctis, European Eocene, i. 125
Palæoperdix, European Miocene, i. 161
Palæophrynus, European Miocene, i. 166
Palæoreas, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
ii. 234
Palæocercus, European Miocene, i. 162
Palæochœrus, European Miocene, i. 119
ii. 215
Palæocyon, ii. 198
Palæohierax, European Miocene, i. 162
Palæolagus, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
Palæolama, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 217
Palæomephitis, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 200
Palæomeryx, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 220
Palæomys, European Miocene, i. 121
ii. 238
Palæontina oolitica, Oolitic insect, i. 167
Palæontology, i. 107
how best studied in its bearing on geographical distribution, i. 168
as an introduction to the study of geographical distribution, concluding
remarks on, i. 169
Palæonyctis, European Eocene, i. 125
Palæoperdix, European Miocene, i. 161
Palæophrynus, European Miocene, i. 166
Palæoreas, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Page 854
Palæornis, ii. 326
PALÆORNITHIDÆ, ii. 326
Palæonyctis, ii. 196, 206
Palæortyx, European Miocene, i. 161
Palæoryx, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Palæospalax, i. 111
European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 190
Palæosyops, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Palæotheridæ, European Eocene, i. 125
Palæotherium, Enropean Eocene, i. 125
S. American Eocene, i. 148
Palæotragus, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Palæotringa, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
Palamedea, ii. 361
PALAMEDEIDÆ, ii. 361
Palapterygidæ of New Zealand, i. 164
PALAPTERYGIDÆ, ii. 370
Palapteryx, ii. 370
Palestine, birds of, i. 203
Pallasia, ii. 289
Paloplotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
European Eocene, i. 125
PALÆORNITHIDÆ, ii. 326
Palæonyctis, ii. 196, 206
Palæortyx, European Miocene, i. 161
Palæoryx, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Palæospalax, i. 111
European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 190
Palæosyops, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Palæotheridæ, European Eocene, i. 125
Palæotherium, Enropean Eocene, i. 125
S. American Eocene, i. 148
Palæotragus, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Palæotringa, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
Palamedea, ii. 361
PALAMEDEIDÆ, ii. 361
Palapterygidæ of New Zealand, i. 164
PALAPTERYGIDÆ, ii. 370
Palapteryx, ii. 370
Palestine, birds of, i. 203
Pallasia, ii. 289
Paloplotherium, European Miocene, i. 119
European Eocene, i. 125
Page 855
Paludicola, ii. 416
Paludina, Eocene, i. 169
European Secondary, i. 169
ii. 510
PALUDINIDÆ, ii. 510
Pampas, Pliocene deposits of, i. 146
Pamphila, ii. 480
Panda, of Nepaul and E. Thibet, i. 222
Himalayan, figure of, i. 331
ii. 201
Pandion, ii. 349
PANDIONIDÆ, ii. 349
Pangasius, ii. 442
Pangolin, ii. 245
Panolax, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
Panopœa, ii. 536
Panoplites, ii. 107
Panterpe, ii. 109
Panthalops, ii. 223
PANURIDÆ, ii. 262
Panurus, ii. 262
Panychlora, ii. 109
Panyptila, ii. 320
Paludina, Eocene, i. 169
European Secondary, i. 169
ii. 510
PALUDINIDÆ, ii. 510
Pampas, Pliocene deposits of, i. 146
Pamphila, ii. 480
Panda, of Nepaul and E. Thibet, i. 222
Himalayan, figure of, i. 331
ii. 201
Pandion, ii. 349
PANDIONIDÆ, ii. 349
Pangasius, ii. 442
Pangolin, ii. 245
Panolax, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
Panopœa, ii. 536
Panoplites, ii. 107
Panterpe, ii. 109
Panthalops, ii. 223
PANURIDÆ, ii. 262
Panurus, ii. 262
Panychlora, ii. 109
Panyptila, ii. 320
Page 856
Paper-Nautilus, ii. 505
Paphia, ii. 474
Papilio, ii. 479
PAPILIONIDÆ, ii. 479
Papuan Islands, zoology of, i. 409
Paracanthobrama, ii. 452
Paradigalla, ii. 275
Paradiplomystax, ii. 443
Paradisea, ii. 274
Paradise-bird, twelve-wired, figure of, i. 414
Paradise-birds, ii. 274
PARADISEIDÆ, ii. 274
PARADISEINÆ, ii. 274
Paradoxornis, ii. 262
Paradoxurus, ii. 195
Parahippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Paralabraz, ii. 425
Paramys, N. American Eocene, i. 140
ii. 236
Parandra, ii. 501
Paraphoxinus, ii. 452
Paphia, ii. 474
Papilio, ii. 479
PAPILIONIDÆ, ii. 479
Papuan Islands, zoology of, i. 409
Paracanthobrama, ii. 452
Paradigalla, ii. 275
Paradiplomystax, ii. 443
Paradisea, ii. 274
Paradise-bird, twelve-wired, figure of, i. 414
Paradise-birds, ii. 274
PARADISEIDÆ, ii. 274
PARADISEINÆ, ii. 274
Paradoxornis, ii. 262
Paradoxurus, ii. 195
Parahippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
Paralabraz, ii. 425
Paramys, N. American Eocene, i. 140
ii. 236
Parandra, ii. 501
Paraphoxinus, ii. 452
Page 857
Pardalotus, ii. 277
Pareas, ii. 380
Parodon, ii. 445
Pareudiastes, ii. 352
PARIDÆ, ii. 265
Pariodon, ii. 444
Parisoma, ii. 266
Parmacella, ii. 517
Parmarion, ii. 517
Parmophorus, ii. 511
Parnassius, ii. 479
Paroaria, ii. 284
Parotia, ii. 274
Parra, ii. 355
PARRIDÆ, ii. 354
Parroquet, Papuan, figure of, i. 415
Parrots, classification of, i. 96
ii. 324, 329
Partridges, ii. 338
Partula, ii. 515
Parula, ii. 279
Pareas, ii. 380
Parodon, ii. 445
Pareudiastes, ii. 352
PARIDÆ, ii. 265
Pariodon, ii. 444
Parisoma, ii. 266
Parmacella, ii. 517
Parmarion, ii. 517
Parmophorus, ii. 511
Parnassius, ii. 479
Paroaria, ii. 284
Parotia, ii. 274
Parra, ii. 355
PARRIDÆ, ii. 354
Parroquet, Papuan, figure of, i. 415
Parrots, classification of, i. 96
ii. 324, 329
Partridges, ii. 338
Partula, ii. 515
Parula, ii. 279
Page 858
Parus, ii. 265
Pasimachus, ii. 490
Passerculus, ii. 284
Passerella, ii. 284
Passeres, arrangement of, i. 94
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 243
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 306
range of Oriental genera of, i. 375
range of Australian genera of, i. 478
PASSERES, ii. 255
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 299
Passerita, ii. 379
Pastor, ii. 287
Patagona, ii. 108
Patella, ii. 539
PATELLIDÆ, ii. 511
Patriofelis, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Patrobus, ii. 489
Pauxi, ii. 343
Pavo, ii. 340
PAVONINÆ, ii. 340
Paxillus, ii. 520
Pearl-oysters, ii. 533
Pasimachus, ii. 490
Passerculus, ii. 284
Passerella, ii. 284
Passeres, arrangement of, i. 94
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 243
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 306
range of Oriental genera of, i. 375
range of Australian genera of, i. 478
PASSERES, ii. 255
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 299
Passerita, ii. 379
Pastor, ii. 287
Patagona, ii. 108
Patella, ii. 539
PATELLIDÆ, ii. 511
Patriofelis, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Patrobus, ii. 489
Pauxi, ii. 343
Pavo, ii. 340
PAVONINÆ, ii. 340
Paxillus, ii. 520
Pearl-oysters, ii. 533
Page 859
Pease, Mr. Harper, on Polynesian region of Land-shells, ii. 528
Peccaries, ii. 215
Pectinator, ii. 238
Peculiar groups, geographically, how defined, ii. 184
Pedetes, ii. 232
PEDICULATI, ii. 431
Pediocætes, ii. 339
Pedionomus, ii. 356
PEGASIDÆ, ii. 456
Pelagius, ii. 204
Pelagornis, European Miocene, i. 162
Pelamis, ii. 384
Pelargopsis, ii. 316
Pelea, ii. 224
PELECANIDÆ, ii. 365
Pelecanoides, ii. 365
Pelecanus, ii. 365
Pelecium, ii. 490
Pelecus, ii. 453
Pelicans, ii. 365
Peliperdix, ii. 338
Peccaries, ii. 215
Pectinator, ii. 238
Peculiar groups, geographically, how defined, ii. 184
Pedetes, ii. 232
PEDICULATI, ii. 431
Pediocætes, ii. 339
Pedionomus, ii. 356
PEGASIDÆ, ii. 456
Pelagius, ii. 204
Pelagornis, European Miocene, i. 162
Pelamis, ii. 384
Pelargopsis, ii. 316
Pelea, ii. 224
PELECANIDÆ, ii. 365
Pelecanoides, ii. 365
Pelecanus, ii. 365
Pelecium, ii. 490
Pelecus, ii. 453
Pelicans, ii. 365
Peliperdix, ii. 338
Page 860
Pellorneum, ii. 261
Pelobates, ii. 417
PELODRYADÆ, ii. 418
Pelodryas, ii. 418
Pelodytes, ii. 421
Pelomedusa, ii. 409
Pelomys, ii. 230
Pelonax, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Peloperdix, ii. 338
Pelotrophus, ii. 453
Peltaphryne, ii. 415
Peltocephalus, ii. 408
Peltopelor, ii. 385
Peltops, ii. 270
Penelope, ii. 343
Penelopides, ii. 317
Penelopina, ii. 343
PENELOPINÆ, ii. 343
Penetes, ii. 472
Penguins, ii. 366
Pentadactylus, ii. 399
Pelobates, ii. 417
PELODRYADÆ, ii. 418
Pelodryas, ii. 418
Pelodytes, ii. 421
Pelomedusa, ii. 409
Pelomys, ii. 230
Pelonax, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Peloperdix, ii. 338
Pelotrophus, ii. 453
Peltaphryne, ii. 415
Peltocephalus, ii. 408
Peltopelor, ii. 385
Peltops, ii. 270
Penelope, ii. 343
Penelopides, ii. 317
Penelopina, ii. 343
PENELOPINÆ, ii. 343
Penetes, ii. 472
Penguins, ii. 366
Pentadactylus, ii. 399
Page 861
Pentila, ii. 477
Peragalea, ii. 250
Perameles, ii. 250
PERAMELIDÆ, ii. 250
Peratherium, European Miocene, i. 121
European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 249
Perca, ii. 425
Percarina, i. 425
Perchœrus, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
ii. 215
Percilia, ii. 425
Percichthys, ii. 425
PERCIDÆ, ii. 425
Percnostola, ii. 104
PERCOPSIDÆ, ii. 448
Percus, ii. 489
Perdix, ii. 338
Pericallus, ii. 490
Pericrocotus, ii. 268
Peridexia, ii. 487
Perim Island, extinct mammalia of, i. 122
probable southern limit of old Palæarctic land, i. 362
Peragalea, ii. 250
Perameles, ii. 250
PERAMELIDÆ, ii. 250
Peratherium, European Miocene, i. 121
European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 249
Perca, ii. 425
Percarina, i. 425
Perchœrus, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
ii. 215
Percilia, ii. 425
Percichthys, ii. 425
PERCIDÆ, ii. 425
Percnostola, ii. 104
PERCOPSIDÆ, ii. 448
Percus, ii. 489
Perdix, ii. 338
Pericallus, ii. 490
Pericrocotus, ii. 268
Peridexia, ii. 487
Perim Island, extinct mammalia of, i. 122
probable southern limit of old Palæarctic land, i. 362
Page 862
character of fossils of, ii. 157
Periopthalmus, ii. 430
Perisoreus, ii. 273
Perissodactyla, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Perissoglossa, ii. 279
Peristera, ii. 333
Peristethus, ii. 428
Periwinkle, ii. 510
Pernis, ii. 349
Perodicticus, ii. 176
Perognathus, ii. 233
Peropus, ii. 399
Persia, birds of, i. 204
Petasophora, ii. 108
Petaurista, ii. 252
Petenia, ii. 438
Petrochelidon, ii. 281
Petrodromus, ii. 186
Petrels, ii. 365
Petrœca, ii. 260
Petrogale, ii. 251
Periopthalmus, ii. 430
Perisoreus, ii. 273
Perissodactyla, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Perissoglossa, ii. 279
Peristera, ii. 333
Peristethus, ii. 428
Periwinkle, ii. 510
Pernis, ii. 349
Perodicticus, ii. 176
Perognathus, ii. 233
Peropus, ii. 399
Persia, birds of, i. 204
Petasophora, ii. 108
Petaurista, ii. 252
Petenia, ii. 438
Petrochelidon, ii. 281
Petrodromus, ii. 186
Petrels, ii. 365
Petrœca, ii. 260
Petrogale, ii. 251
Page 863
Petromys, ii. 239
Petrophassa, ii. 333
Petrorhynchus, ii. 208
Petroscirtes, ii. 431
Peucæa, ii. 284
Pezophaps, ii. 334
Pezoporus, ii. 325
Pfeifferia, ii. 516
Phacellodomus, ii. 103
Phacochœrus, ii. 215
Phænicophaës, ii. 309
Phænicophilus, ii. 99
Phænicothraupis, ii. 98
Phænopepla, ii. 280
Phæochroa, ii. 107
Phæolæma, ii. 107
Phæoptila, ii. 109
Phaëthornis, ii. 107
Phaeton, ii. 365
Phalacrocorax, ii. 365
Phalangers, ii. 251
Petrophassa, ii. 333
Petrorhynchus, ii. 208
Petroscirtes, ii. 431
Peucæa, ii. 284
Pezophaps, ii. 334
Pezoporus, ii. 325
Pfeifferia, ii. 516
Phacellodomus, ii. 103
Phacochœrus, ii. 215
Phænicophaës, ii. 309
Phænicophilus, ii. 99
Phænicothraupis, ii. 98
Phænopepla, ii. 280
Phæochroa, ii. 107
Phæolæma, ii. 107
Phæoptila, ii. 109
Phaëthornis, ii. 107
Phaeton, ii. 365
Phalacrocorax, ii. 365
Phalangers, ii. 251
Page 864
Phalangista, ii. 252
Phalangistidæ, ii. 251
Phalaropus, ii. 353
Phapitreron, ii. 333
Phaps, ii. 333
Pharomacrus, ii. 314
Phascogale, ii. 249
Phascolarctos, ii. 252
PHASCOLOMYIDÆ, ii. 252
Phascolomys, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
PHASIANIDÆ, ii. 339
PHASIANINÆ, ii. 340
Phasianus, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Post-Pliocene, i. 161
ii. 340
Phasidus, ii. 340
Phatagin, ii. 245
Pheasants, in European Miocene, i. 161
golden, of N. China, i. 226
eared, of Mongolia, i. 226
ii. 339
Phedina, ii. 281
Phelsuma, ii. 400
Phalangistidæ, ii. 251
Phalaropus, ii. 353
Phapitreron, ii. 333
Phaps, ii. 333
Pharomacrus, ii. 314
Phascogale, ii. 249
Phascolarctos, ii. 252
PHASCOLOMYIDÆ, ii. 252
Phascolomys, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
PHASIANIDÆ, ii. 339
PHASIANINÆ, ii. 340
Phasianus, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Post-Pliocene, i. 161
ii. 340
Phasidus, ii. 340
Phatagin, ii. 245
Pheasants, in European Miocene, i. 161
golden, of N. China, i. 226
eared, of Mongolia, i. 226
ii. 339
Phedina, ii. 281
Phelsuma, ii. 400
Page 865
Phenacodus, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
Pheropsophus, ii. 489
Pheucticus, ii. 285
Phibalura, ii. 102
Philagetes, ii. 502
Philemon, ii. 276
Philentoma, ii. 271
Philepitta, ii. 298
Philetærus, ii. 286
Philodryas, ii. 376
Philippine Islands, mammals of, i. 345
birds of, i. 346
origin of peculiar fauna of, i. 448
Philohela, ii. 353
Philomycus, ii. 517
Philydor, ii. 103
PHILYDORINÆ, ii. 295
Phlæomys, ii. 230
Phlæocryptes, ii. 103
Phlogœnas, ii. 333
Phlogophilus, ii. 108
Phlogopsis, ii. 104
Pheropsophus, ii. 489
Pheucticus, ii. 285
Phibalura, ii. 102
Philagetes, ii. 502
Philemon, ii. 276
Philentoma, ii. 271
Philepitta, ii. 298
Philetærus, ii. 286
Philodryas, ii. 376
Philippine Islands, mammals of, i. 345
birds of, i. 346
origin of peculiar fauna of, i. 448
Philohela, ii. 353
Philomycus, ii. 517
Philydor, ii. 103
PHILYDORINÆ, ii. 295
Phlæomys, ii. 230
Phlæocryptes, ii. 103
Phlogœnas, ii. 333
Phlogophilus, ii. 108
Phlogopsis, ii. 104
Page 866
Phlogothraupis, ii. 98, 283
Phoca, ii. 204
Phocæna, ii. 209
Phocidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
PHOCIDÆ, ii. 203
Phodilus, ii. 350
Phœnicocercus, ii. 102, 293
Phœnicophaës, ii. 309
PHŒNICOPTERIDÆ, ii. 361
Phœnicopterus, ii. 361
PHOLADIDÆ, ii. 537
Pholadomya, ii. 536
Pholeoptynx, ii. 350
Pholidotus, ii. 245
Pholidotus, ii. 493
Phonipara, ii. 284
Phorus, ii. 510
Phos, ii. 507
Phractocephalus, ii. 442
Phrygilus, ii. 284
PHRYNISCIDÆ, ii. 414
Phoca, ii. 204
Phocæna, ii. 209
Phocidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
PHOCIDÆ, ii. 203
Phodilus, ii. 350
Phœnicocercus, ii. 102, 293
Phœnicophaës, ii. 309
PHŒNICOPTERIDÆ, ii. 361
Phœnicopterus, ii. 361
PHOLADIDÆ, ii. 537
Pholadomya, ii. 536
Pholeoptynx, ii. 350
Pholidotus, ii. 245
Pholidotus, ii. 493
Phonipara, ii. 284
Phorus, ii. 510
Phos, ii. 507
Phractocephalus, ii. 442
Phrygilus, ii. 284
PHRYNISCIDÆ, ii. 414
Page 867
Phryniscus, ii. 414
Phrynobatrachus, ii. 421
Phrynocephalus, ii. 402
Phrynoglossus, ii. 421
Phrynorhombus, ii. 441
Phrynosoma, ii. 401
Phycis, ii. 439
Phyllastrephus, ii. 267
PHYLLIDIADÆ, ii. 530
Phyllobates, ii. 419
Phyllodactylus, ii. 399
Phyllomedusa, ii. 418
Phyllomyias, ii. 101
Phyllomys, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 239
Phyllornis, ii. 267
PHYLLORNITHIDÆ, ii. 267
Phylloscartes, ii. 101
PHYLLOSCOPINÆ, ii. 257
Phylloscopus, ii. 258
Phyllostomidæ, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
Phrynobatrachus, ii. 421
Phrynocephalus, ii. 402
Phrynoglossus, ii. 421
Phrynorhombus, ii. 441
Phrynosoma, ii. 401
Phycis, ii. 439
Phyllastrephus, ii. 267
PHYLLIDIADÆ, ii. 530
Phyllobates, ii. 419
Phyllodactylus, ii. 399
Phyllomedusa, ii. 418
Phyllomyias, ii. 101
Phyllomys, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
ii. 239
Phyllornis, ii. 267
PHYLLORNITHIDÆ, ii. 267
Phylloscartes, ii. 101
PHYLLOSCOPINÆ, ii. 257
Phylloscopus, ii. 258
Phyllostomidæ, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
Page 868
PHYLLOSTOMIDÆ, ii. 181
Phyllurus, ii. 400
PHYLLYRHOIDÆ, ii. 530
Phymaturus, ii. 401
Physa, ii. 518
Physalus, ii. 207
Physeter, European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 208
Physical changes affecting distribution, i. 7
Physignathus, ii. 402
PHYSOSTOMI, ii. 441
Phytala, ii. 477
Phytotoma, ii. 294
PHYTOTOMIDÆ, ii. 294
Phyton, ii. 502
Piabuca, ii. 445
Piabucina, ii. 445
Piaya, ii. 309
Pica, ii. 273
Picariæ, arrangement of, i. 95
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 247
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 309
range of Oriental genera of, i. 381
Phyllurus, ii. 400
PHYLLYRHOIDÆ, ii. 530
Phymaturus, ii. 401
Physa, ii. 518
Physalus, ii. 207
Physeter, European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 208
Physical changes affecting distribution, i. 7
Physignathus, ii. 402
PHYSOSTOMI, ii. 441
Phytala, ii. 477
Phytotoma, ii. 294
PHYTOTOMIDÆ, ii. 294
Phyton, ii. 502
Piabuca, ii. 445
Piabucina, ii. 445
Piaya, ii. 309
Pica, ii. 273
Picariæ, arrangement of, i. 95
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 247
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 309
range of Oriental genera of, i. 381
Page 869
range of Australian genera of, i. 482
PICARIÆ, ii. 302
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 322
Picathartes, ii. 274
Picicorvus, ii. 273
PICIDÆ, ii. 302
Picoides, ii. 303
Picolaptes, ii. 103
Picumnus, ii. 303
Picus, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 303
PIERIDÆ, ii. 478
Pieris, ii. 478
Piezia, ii. 491
Pigeons, classification of, i. 96
remarkable development of, in the Australian region, i. 395
crested, of Australia, figure of, i. 441
ii. 331
abundant in islands, ii. 335
Pigs, power of swimming, i. 13
Pikas, ii. 242
Pike, ii. 449
Pikermi, Miocene fauna of, i. 115
PICARIÆ, ii. 302
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 322
Picathartes, ii. 274
Picicorvus, ii. 273
PICIDÆ, ii. 302
Picoides, ii. 303
Picolaptes, ii. 103
Picumnus, ii. 303
Picus, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 303
PIERIDÆ, ii. 478
Pieris, ii. 478
Piezia, ii. 491
Pigeons, classification of, i. 96
remarkable development of, in the Australian region, i. 395
crested, of Australia, figure of, i. 441
ii. 331
abundant in islands, ii. 335
Pigs, power of swimming, i. 13
Pikas, ii. 242
Pike, ii. 449
Pikermi, Miocene fauna of, i. 115
Page 870
Pilchard, ii. 454
Pileoma, ii. 425
Pimelodus, ii. 443
Pimephales, ii. 452
Pinacodera, ii. 490
Pinicola, ii. 285
Pinulia, ii. 191
Pionus, ii. 328
Pipa, ii. 422
PIPIDÆ, ii. 421
Pipile, i. 343
Pipilo, ii. 284
Piping crows, ii. 273
Pipra, ii. 102, 292
Pipreola, ii. 102
PIPRIDÆ, ii. 102
Pipridea, ii. 98
Piprisoma, ii. 277
Piprites, ii. 102, 292
Piramutana, ii. 442
Piratinga, ii. 443
Pileoma, ii. 425
Pimelodus, ii. 443
Pimephales, ii. 452
Pinacodera, ii. 490
Pinicola, ii. 285
Pinulia, ii. 191
Pionus, ii. 328
Pipa, ii. 422
PIPIDÆ, ii. 421
Pipile, i. 343
Pipilo, ii. 284
Piping crows, ii. 273
Pipra, ii. 102, 292
Pipreola, ii. 102
PIPRIDÆ, ii. 102
Pipridea, ii. 98
Piprisoma, ii. 277
Piprites, ii. 102, 292
Piramutana, ii. 442
Piratinga, ii. 443
Page 871
Pirinampus, ii. 443
Pitangus, ii. 101
Pithecia, ii. 175
Pithecopsis, ii. 420
Pithys, ii. 104
Pitta, ii. 298
Pittas, ii. 297
Pittasoma, ii. 104
Pittidæ, abundant in Borneo, i. 355
PITTIDÆ, ii. 297
Pituophis, ii. 375
Pit-vipers, ii. 384
Pitylus, ii. 99
Pityriasis, ii. 273
Plagiodontia, ii. 238
Plagiolophus, European Eocene, i. 126
Plagiotelium, ii. 492
PLAGIOSTOMATA, ii. 460
Planetes, ii. 490
Planorbis, European Secondary, i. 169
Eocene, i. 169
ii. 518
Pitangus, ii. 101
Pithecia, ii. 175
Pithecopsis, ii. 420
Pithys, ii. 104
Pitta, ii. 298
Pittas, ii. 297
Pittasoma, ii. 104
Pittidæ, abundant in Borneo, i. 355
PITTIDÆ, ii. 297
Pituophis, ii. 375
Pit-vipers, ii. 384
Pitylus, ii. 99
Pityriasis, ii. 273
Plagiodontia, ii. 238
Plagiolophus, European Eocene, i. 126
Plagiotelium, ii. 492
PLAGIOSTOMATA, ii. 460
Planetes, ii. 490
Planorbis, European Secondary, i. 169
Eocene, i. 169
ii. 518
Page 872
Plantain-eaters, ii. 307
Plant-cutters, ii. 294
Plants, distribution of, probably the same fundamentally as that of animals,
ii. 162
Platacanthomys, ii. 230
Platalea, ii. 360
PLATALEIDÆ, ii. 360
Platanista, ii. 209
Platemys, ii. 408
Platurus, ii. 384
Platycercidæ, gorgeously-coloured Australian parrots, i. 394
PLATYCERCIDÆ, ii. 325
Platycercus, ii. 325
Platychile, ii. 487
Platygonus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 215
Platylophus, ii. 273
Platymantis, ii. 419
Platynematichthys, ii. 442
Platynus, ii. 489
Platypœcilus, ii. 450
PLATYRHYNCHINÆ, ii. 291
Plant-cutters, ii. 294
Plants, distribution of, probably the same fundamentally as that of animals,
ii. 162
Platacanthomys, ii. 230
Platalea, ii. 360
PLATALEIDÆ, ii. 360
Platanista, ii. 209
Platemys, ii. 408
Platurus, ii. 384
Platycercidæ, gorgeously-coloured Australian parrots, i. 394
PLATYCERCIDÆ, ii. 325
Platycercus, ii. 325
Platychile, ii. 487
Platygonus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 215
Platylophus, ii. 273
Platymantis, ii. 419
Platynematichthys, ii. 442
Platynus, ii. 489
Platypœcilus, ii. 450
PLATYRHYNCHINÆ, ii. 291
Page 873
Platyrhynchus, ii. 101
Platysaurus, ii. 392
Platysoma, ii. 489
Platystira, ii. 271
Platystoma, ii. 442
Platystomatichthys, ii. 442
Plecoglossus, ii. 447
Plecostomus, ii. 444
Plecotus, ii. 183
PLECTOGNATHI, ii. 457
PLECTROMANTIDÆ, ii. 417
Plectromantis, ii. 417
Plectrophanes, ii. 286
Plectropterus, ii. 363
Plectrotrema, ii. 519
Plecturus, ii. 374
Plesiarctomys, European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 236
Plesiomeryx, European Eocene, i. 126
Plesiosorex, European Miocene, i. 118
Plestiodon, ii. 397
Platysaurus, ii. 392
Platysoma, ii. 489
Platystira, ii. 271
Platystoma, ii. 442
Platystomatichthys, ii. 442
Plecoglossus, ii. 447
Plecostomus, ii. 444
Plecotus, ii. 183
PLECTOGNATHI, ii. 457
PLECTROMANTIDÆ, ii. 417
Plectromantis, ii. 417
Plectrophanes, ii. 286
Plectropterus, ii. 363
Plectrotrema, ii. 519
Plecturus, ii. 374
Plesiarctomys, European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 236
Plesiomeryx, European Eocene, i. 126
Plesiosorex, European Miocene, i. 118
Plestiodon, ii. 397
Page 874
Plethodon, ii. 413
PLEUROBRANCHIDÆ, ii. 530
Pleurodeles, ii. 413
Pleurodema, ii. 420
Pleuronectes, ii. 441
PLEURONECTIDÆ, ii. 440
Pleurostrichus, ii. 392
Pleurotoma, ii. 508
Pleurotomaria, ii. 539
Pliocene period, Old World, mammalia of, i. 112
Pliocene and Post-Pliocene faunas of Europe, general conclusions from, i.
113
of N. America, i. 132
of S. America, i. 146
of Australia, i. 157
Pliohippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Pliolophus, European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 216
Pliopithecus, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 178
PLOCEIDÆ, ii. 286
Plocepasser, ii. 286
Ploceus, ii. 286
PLEUROBRANCHIDÆ, ii. 530
Pleurodeles, ii. 413
Pleurodema, ii. 420
Pleuronectes, ii. 441
PLEURONECTIDÆ, ii. 440
Pleurostrichus, ii. 392
Pleurotoma, ii. 508
Pleurotomaria, ii. 539
Pliocene period, Old World, mammalia of, i. 112
Pliocene and Post-Pliocene faunas of Europe, general conclusions from, i.
113
of N. America, i. 132
of S. America, i. 146
of Australia, i. 157
Pliohippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Pliolophus, European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 216
Pliopithecus, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 178
PLOCEIDÆ, ii. 286
Plocepasser, ii. 286
Ploceus, ii. 286
Page 875
Plotosus, ii. 441
Plotus, ii. 365
Plovers, ii. 355
Pluvianellus, ii. 356
Pluvianus, ii. 355
PLYCTOLOPHIDÆ, ii. 324
Pnoepyga, ii. 263
Podabrus, ii. 249
Podager, ii. 320
PODARGIDÆ, ii. 318
Podargus, ii. 318
Podica, ii. 352
Podiceps, ii. 367
PODICIPIDÆ, ii. 366
Podilymbus, ii. 367
Podocnemis, ii. 408
Pœbrotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 217
Pœcilia, ii. 450
Pœcilophis, ii. 383
Pœcilothraupis, ii. 98
Plotus, ii. 365
Plovers, ii. 355
Pluvianellus, ii. 356
Pluvianus, ii. 355
PLYCTOLOPHIDÆ, ii. 324
Pnoepyga, ii. 263
Podabrus, ii. 249
Podager, ii. 320
PODARGIDÆ, ii. 318
Podargus, ii. 318
Podica, ii. 352
Podiceps, ii. 367
PODICIPIDÆ, ii. 366
Podilymbus, ii. 367
Podocnemis, ii. 408
Pœbrotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 217
Pœcilia, ii. 450
Pœcilophis, ii. 383
Pœcilothraupis, ii. 98
Page 876
Poephagus, ii. 222
Poephila, ii. 287
Pogonocichla, ii. 271
POGONORHYNCHINÆ, ii. 306
Pogonorhynchus, ii. 306
Pogonornis, ii. 275
Pogonostoma, ii. 487
Pogonotriccus, ii. 101
Pohlia, ii. 418
Poiana, ii. 195
Polemistria, ii. 107
Polioaëtus, ii. 349
Poliococcyx, ii. 309
Poliohierax, ii. 349
Poliopsitta, ii. 328
Polioptila, ii. 258
Pollanisus, ii. 481
POLYBORINÆ, ii. 347
Polyboroides, ii. 347
Polyborus, ii. 347
Polybothris, ii. 497
Poephila, ii. 287
Pogonocichla, ii. 271
POGONORHYNCHINÆ, ii. 306
Pogonorhynchus, ii. 306
Pogonornis, ii. 275
Pogonostoma, ii. 487
Pogonotriccus, ii. 101
Pohlia, ii. 418
Poiana, ii. 195
Polemistria, ii. 107
Polioaëtus, ii. 349
Poliococcyx, ii. 309
Poliohierax, ii. 349
Poliopsitta, ii. 328
Polioptila, ii. 258
Pollanisus, ii. 481
POLYBORINÆ, ii. 347
Polyboroides, ii. 347
Polyborus, ii. 347
Polybothris, ii. 497
Page 877
POLYCENTRIDÆ, ii. 434
Polycesta, ii. 479
POLYDONTIDÆ, ii. 459
Polyhirma, ii. 491
POLYNEMIDÆ, ii. 429
Polyommatus, ii. 477
Polynesian sub-region, description of, i. 442
birds of, i. 443
reptiles of, i. 447
Polypedates, ii. 419
POLYPEDATIDÆ, ii. 419
Polypi, ii. 505
Polyplectron, ii. 340
Polyprion, ii. 425
POLYPTERIDÆ, ii. 458
Polypterus, ii. 458
Polytelis, ii. 325
Pomacanthus, ii. 427
POMACENTRIDÆ, ii. 437
Pomacentrus, ii. 437
Pomatias, ii. 521
Pomatorhinus, ii. 261
Polycesta, ii. 479
POLYDONTIDÆ, ii. 459
Polyhirma, ii. 491
POLYNEMIDÆ, ii. 429
Polyommatus, ii. 477
Polynesian sub-region, description of, i. 442
birds of, i. 443
reptiles of, i. 447
Polypedates, ii. 419
POLYPEDATIDÆ, ii. 419
Polypi, ii. 505
Polyplectron, ii. 340
Polyprion, ii. 425
POLYPTERIDÆ, ii. 458
Polypterus, ii. 458
Polytelis, ii. 325
Pomacanthus, ii. 427
POMACENTRIDÆ, ii. 437
Pomacentrus, ii. 437
Pomatias, ii. 521
Pomatorhinus, ii. 261
Page 878
Pomotis, ii. 425
Pompholyx, ii. 518
Pontia, ii. 478
Pontoporia, ii. 209
Poœcetes, ii. 284
Poodytes, ii. 258
Poospiza, ii. 284
Porcupines, ii. 240
Poritia, ii. 477
Porphyrio, ii. 352
Porpoises, ii. 208
Portax, ii. 223
Porzana, ii. 352
Post-Pliocene, mammalia of Europe, i. 110
remains imply changes of physical geography in Europe, i. 111
fauna of N. America, i. 129
fauna of N. America, remarks on, i. 130
Potamides, ii. 509
Potamochœrus, ii. 215
Potamodus, ii. 258
Potamogale of W. Africa, figure of, i. 264
Potamogale, ii. 189
Pompholyx, ii. 518
Pontia, ii. 478
Pontoporia, ii. 209
Poœcetes, ii. 284
Poodytes, ii. 258
Poospiza, ii. 284
Porcupines, ii. 240
Poritia, ii. 477
Porphyrio, ii. 352
Porpoises, ii. 208
Portax, ii. 223
Porzana, ii. 352
Post-Pliocene, mammalia of Europe, i. 110
remains imply changes of physical geography in Europe, i. 111
fauna of N. America, i. 129
fauna of N. America, remarks on, i. 130
Potamides, ii. 509
Potamochœrus, ii. 215
Potamodus, ii. 258
Potamogale of W. Africa, figure of, i. 264
Potamogale, ii. 189
Page 879
POTAMOGALIDÆ, ii. 189
Potamotherium, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 200
Potto of W. Africa, figure of, i. 264
ii. 176
Pouched Rats, ii. 233
Praotherium, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Pratincola, ii. 260
Pratincoles, ii. 355
Presbytes, ii. 171
Prepona, ii. 474
Primates, classification of, i. 86
probable birthplace of, i. 153
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 239
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 300
range of Oriental genera of, i. 371
range of Australian genera of, i. 475
Primates, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 117
Indian Miocene, i. 121
European Eocene, i. 124
N. American Tertiary, i. 132
of Brazilian caves, i. 144
PRIMATES, distribution of, ii. 170-180
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 179
summary and conclusion, ii. 540
Potamotherium, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 200
Potto of W. Africa, figure of, i. 264
ii. 176
Pouched Rats, ii. 233
Praotherium, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
Pratincola, ii. 260
Pratincoles, ii. 355
Presbytes, ii. 171
Prepona, ii. 474
Primates, classification of, i. 86
probable birthplace of, i. 153
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 239
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 300
range of Oriental genera of, i. 371
range of Australian genera of, i. 475
Primates, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 117
Indian Miocene, i. 121
European Eocene, i. 124
N. American Tertiary, i. 132
of Brazilian caves, i. 144
PRIMATES, distribution of, ii. 170-180
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 179
summary and conclusion, ii. 540
Page 880
Prince's Island, birds of, i. 206
Prinia, ii. 257
Prion, ii. 365
Prioneris, ii. 478
PRIONIDÆ, ii. 498
Prionidium, Oolitic insects, i. 167
Prionirhynchus, ii. 313
Prioniturus, ii. 326
Prionochilus, ii. 277
Prionodontes, ii. 246
Prionops, ii. 272
Prionoteles, ii. 314
PRISTIDÆ, ii. 462
Pristimantis, ii. 419
PRISTIOPHORIDÆ, ii. 462
Pristiphoca, in European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 204
PRISTIPOMATIDÆ, ii. 426
Pristiurus, ii. 461
Pristonychus, ii. 489
Proboscidea, classification of, i. 90
range of Ethiopian genus, i. 303
Prinia, ii. 257
Prion, ii. 365
Prioneris, ii. 478
PRIONIDÆ, ii. 498
Prionidium, Oolitic insects, i. 167
Prionirhynchus, ii. 313
Prioniturus, ii. 326
Prionochilus, ii. 277
Prionodontes, ii. 246
Prionops, ii. 272
Prionoteles, ii. 314
PRISTIDÆ, ii. 462
Pristimantis, ii. 419
PRISTIOPHORIDÆ, ii. 462
Pristiphoca, in European Pliocene, i. 112
ii. 204
PRISTIPOMATIDÆ, ii. 426
Pristiurus, ii. 461
Pristonychus, ii. 489
Proboscidea, classification of, i. 90
range of Ethiopian genus, i. 303
Page 881
range of Oriental genus, i. 374
Proboscidea, European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
Indian Miocene, i. 122
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary i. 138
of Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
PROBOSCIDEA, ii. 227
summary and conclusion, ii. 542
Procamelus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 217
Procapra, ii. 223
Procarduelis, ii. 283
Procellaria, ii. 365
PROCELLARIIDÆ, ii. 365
Procerus, ii. 488
ii. 489
Prochilodus, ii. 445
Prochilus, ii. 202
Procnias, ii. 98
Procris, ii. 481
Procrustes, ii. 488
ii. 489
Proboscidea, European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
Indian Miocene, i. 122
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary i. 138
of Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
PROBOSCIDEA, ii. 227
summary and conclusion, ii. 542
Procamelus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 217
Procapra, ii. 223
Procarduelis, ii. 283
Procellaria, ii. 365
PROCELLARIIDÆ, ii. 365
Procerus, ii. 488
ii. 489
Prochilodus, ii. 445
Prochilus, ii. 202
Procnias, ii. 98
Procris, ii. 481
Procrustes, ii. 488
ii. 489
Page 882
Proctotretus, ii. 401
Procyon, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 200
Procyon, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 200
Page 883
Procyonidæ, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
PROCYONIDÆ, ii. 200
PRODUCTIDÆ, ii. 532
Progne, ii. 281
Promecoderus, ii. 490
Promephitis, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 200
Promerops of East Africa, figure of, i. 261
Promerops, ii. 276
Pronophilia, ii. 471
Propalæotherium, European Eocene, i. 126
Proparus, ii. 266
Propyrrhula, ii. 285
Prorastomus, ii. 211
Proserpina, ii. 527
PROSOBRANCHIATA, ii. 507
Prosthemadera, ii. 275
PROTEIDÆ, ii. 412
Proteles, ii. 196
PROTELIDÆ, ii. 196
PROCYONIDÆ, ii. 200
PRODUCTIDÆ, ii. 532
Progne, ii. 281
Promecoderus, ii. 490
Promephitis, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 200
Promerops of East Africa, figure of, i. 261
Promerops, ii. 276
Pronophilia, ii. 471
Propalæotherium, European Eocene, i. 126
Proparus, ii. 266
Propyrrhula, ii. 285
Prorastomus, ii. 211
Proserpina, ii. 527
PROSOBRANCHIATA, ii. 507
Prosthemadera, ii. 275
PROTEIDÆ, ii. 412
Proteles, ii. 196
PROTELIDÆ, ii. 196
Page 884
Protemnodon, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 251
Proteus, ii. 412
Prothoe, ii. 474
Protohippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Protomeryx, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 217
Protonopsis, ii. 412
Protonotaria, ii. 279
Protopithecus, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 178
Protopterus, ii. 458
Protornis, European Eocene, i. 162
Prototomus, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Prototroctes, ii. 446
Psalidoprogne, ii. 281
Psaltria, ii. 266
Psaltriparus, ii. 266
Psammodromus, ii. 391
Psammodynastes, ii. 377
Psammomys, ii. 230
PSAMMOPHIDÆ, ii. 377
ii. 251
Proteus, ii. 412
Prothoe, ii. 474
Protohippus, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Protomeryx, N. American Tertiary, i. 138
ii. 217
Protonopsis, ii. 412
Protonotaria, ii. 279
Protopithecus, in Brazilian caves, i. 144
ii. 178
Protopterus, ii. 458
Protornis, European Eocene, i. 162
Prototomus, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Prototroctes, ii. 446
Psalidoprogne, ii. 281
Psaltria, ii. 266
Psaltriparus, ii. 266
Psammodromus, ii. 391
Psammodynastes, ii. 377
Psammomys, ii. 230
PSAMMOPHIDÆ, ii. 377
Page 885
Psammophis, ii. 377
Psammosaurus, ii. 389
Psarisomus, ii. 295
Psephotus, ii. 325
Pseudacris, ii. 418
Pseudælurus, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 194
Pseudalopex, ii. 197
Pseudecheneis, ii. 444
Pseudechis, ii. 383
Pseudeutropius, ii. 442
Pseudis, ii. 420
Pseudobagrus, ii. 442
Pseudobias, ii. 270
Pseudobufo, ii. 415
Pseudochalceus, ii. 445
Pseudochelidon, ii. 312
Pseudocolaptes, ii. 103
Pseudocordylus, ii. 392
Pseudocyon, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 198
Pseudodipsas, ii. 477
Psammosaurus, ii. 389
Psarisomus, ii. 295
Psephotus, ii. 325
Pseudacris, ii. 418
Pseudælurus, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 194
Pseudalopex, ii. 197
Pseudecheneis, ii. 444
Pseudechis, ii. 383
Pseudeutropius, ii. 442
Pseudis, ii. 420
Pseudobagrus, ii. 442
Pseudobias, ii. 270
Pseudobufo, ii. 415
Pseudochalceus, ii. 445
Pseudochelidon, ii. 312
Pseudocolaptes, ii. 103
Pseudocordylus, ii. 392
Pseudocyon, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 198
Pseudodipsas, ii. 477
Page 886
Pseudogobio, ii. 452
Pseudogryphis, ii. 346
Pseudogyps, ii. 346
Pseudohage, ii. 383
Pseudolabuca, ii. 453
Pseudoleistes, ii. 282
Pseudomorpha, ii. 490
Pseudomys, ii. 230
Pseudonaje, ii. 383
Pseudoperilampus, ii. 452
PSEUDOPHIDIA, ii. 411
Pseudophryne, ii. 414
Pseudopontia, ii. 478
Pseudopus, ii. 392
Pseudorasbora, ii. 452
Pseudorca, ii. 209
Pseudoscops, ii. 350
Pseudoxiphophorus, ii. 450
Psilopogon, ii. 306
Psiloptera, ii. 497
Psilorhamphus, ii. 104
Pseudogryphis, ii. 346
Pseudogyps, ii. 346
Pseudohage, ii. 383
Pseudolabuca, ii. 453
Pseudoleistes, ii. 282
Pseudomorpha, ii. 490
Pseudomys, ii. 230
Pseudonaje, ii. 383
Pseudoperilampus, ii. 452
PSEUDOPHIDIA, ii. 411
Pseudophryne, ii. 414
Pseudopontia, ii. 478
Pseudopus, ii. 392
Pseudorasbora, ii. 452
Pseudorca, ii. 209
Pseudoscops, ii. 350
Pseudoxiphophorus, ii. 450
Psilopogon, ii. 306
Psiloptera, ii. 497
Psilorhamphus, ii. 104
Page 887
Psilorhinus, ii. 273
Psilorhynchus, ii. 453
Psittaci, classification of, i. 96
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 311
range of Oriental genera of, i. 383
range of Australian genera of, i. 484
PSITTACI, ii. 324
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 329
PSITTACIDÆ, ii. 328
Psittacula, ii. 328
Psittacus, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 328
Psittinus, ii. 326
Psittirostra, ii. 277
Psittospiza, ii. 99
Psophia, ii. 358
PSOPHIIDÆ, ii. 358
Psophodes, ii. 262
PSYCHROLUTIDÆ, ii. 436
Pterocles, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 337
PTEROCLIDÆ, ii. 337
Pterocyclos, ii. 520
Psilorhynchus, ii. 453
Psittaci, classification of, i. 96
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 311
range of Oriental genera of, i. 383
range of Australian genera of, i. 484
PSITTACI, ii. 324
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 329
PSITTACIDÆ, ii. 328
Psittacula, ii. 328
Psittacus, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 328
Psittinus, ii. 326
Psittirostra, ii. 277
Psittospiza, ii. 99
Psophia, ii. 358
PSOPHIIDÆ, ii. 358
Psophodes, ii. 262
PSYCHROLUTIDÆ, ii. 436
Pterocles, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 337
PTEROCLIDÆ, ii. 337
Pterocyclos, ii. 520
Page 888
Pterodon, European Miocene, i. 125
Pteroglossus, ii. 307
Pteromys, ii. 235
Pteromyzon, ii. 463
PTEROMYZONTIDÆ, ii. 463
Pteronura, ii. 199
Pterophanes, ii. 108
Pterophyllum, ii. 439
PTEROPIDÆ, ii. 181
PTEROPODA, ii. 531
Pteropodocys, ii. 269
PTEROPTOCHIDÆ, ii. 297
Pteroptochus, ii. 297
Pterorhinus, ii. 261
Pterosarion, ii. 452
Pterostichus, ii. 489
Pteruthius, ii. 266
Pterygophlichthys, ii. 444
Ptilocerus, ii. 186
Ptilochloris, ii. 102, 293
Ptilogonys, ii. 280
Pteroglossus, ii. 307
Pteromys, ii. 235
Pteromyzon, ii. 463
PTEROMYZONTIDÆ, ii. 463
Pteronura, ii. 199
Pterophanes, ii. 108
Pterophyllum, ii. 439
PTEROPIDÆ, ii. 181
PTEROPODA, ii. 531
Pteropodocys, ii. 269
PTEROPTOCHIDÆ, ii. 297
Pteroptochus, ii. 297
Pterorhinus, ii. 261
Pterosarion, ii. 452
Pterostichus, ii. 489
Pteruthius, ii. 266
Pterygophlichthys, ii. 444
Ptilocerus, ii. 186
Ptilochloris, ii. 102, 293
Ptilogonys, ii. 280
Page 889
Ptilonorhynchus, ii. 275
Ptilopachus, ii. 338
Ptilopus, ii. 332
Ptilorhis, ii. 275
Ptilostomus, ii. 273
Ptilotis, ii. 275
Ptosima, ii. 497
Ptyas, ii. 375
Ptychobarbus, ii. 452
Ptyonotus, ii. 428
Pucrasia, ii. 340
Puff-birds, ii. 310
Puffins, ii. 367
Puffinus, ii. 365
PULMONIFERA, ii. 512
Pulsatrix, ii. 350
Puncturella, ii. 511
Pupa, Eocene, i. 169
Pupa vetusta, Palæozoic, i. 169
Pupa, ii. 514
Pupina, ii. 520
Ptilopachus, ii. 338
Ptilopus, ii. 332
Ptilorhis, ii. 275
Ptilostomus, ii. 273
Ptilotis, ii. 275
Ptosima, ii. 497
Ptyas, ii. 375
Ptychobarbus, ii. 452
Ptyonotus, ii. 428
Pucrasia, ii. 340
Puff-birds, ii. 310
Puffins, ii. 367
Puffinus, ii. 365
PULMONIFERA, ii. 512
Pulsatrix, ii. 350
Puncturella, ii. 511
Pupa, Eocene, i. 169
Pupa vetusta, Palæozoic, i. 169
Pupa, ii. 514
Pupina, ii. 520
Page 890
Pupinella, ii. 520
Putorius, ii. 198
PYCNONOTIDÆ, ii. 267
Pycnonotus, ii. 267
Pycnophrys, ii. 270
Pyctorhis, ii. 261
Pygarrhicus, ii. 103
Pygmornis, ii. 107
Pygomeles, ii. 397
PYGOPODIDÆ, ii. 395
Pygoptila, ii. 104
Pygopus, ii. 395
PYRAMIDELLIDÆ, ii. 509
Pyrameis, ii. 474
Pyranga, ii. 98
Pyrenestes, ii. 286
Pyrgisoma, ii. 284
Pyrgita, ii. 284
Pyriglena, ii. 104
Pyrocephalus, ii. 101, 291
Pyroderus, ii. 103
Putorius, ii. 198
PYCNONOTIDÆ, ii. 267
Pycnonotus, ii. 267
Pycnophrys, ii. 270
Pyctorhis, ii. 261
Pygarrhicus, ii. 103
Pygmornis, ii. 107
Pygomeles, ii. 397
PYGOPODIDÆ, ii. 395
Pygoptila, ii. 104
Pygopus, ii. 395
PYRAMIDELLIDÆ, ii. 509
Pyrameis, ii. 474
Pyranga, ii. 98
Pyrenestes, ii. 286
Pyrgisoma, ii. 284
Pyrgita, ii. 284
Pyriglena, ii. 104
Pyrocephalus, ii. 101, 291
Pyroderus, ii. 103
Page 891
Pyromelana, ii. 286
Pyrophthalma, ii. 259
Pyrrhocoma, ii. 99
Pyrrhospiza, ii. 285
Pyrrhula, ii. 285
Pyrrhulauda, ii. 289
Pyrrhulina, ii. 445
Pyrrhulopsis, ii. 325
Pyrrhuloxia, ii. 285
Pyrrhura, ii. 328
Pytelia, ii. 287
Python, ii. 381
Pythonidæ, European Miocene, i. 165
PYTHONIDÆ, ii. 381
Pythonodipsas, ii. 379
Pythonopsis, ii. 376
Pythons, ii. 381
Pyxicephalus, ii. 420
Pyxis, ii. 408
Q.
Quadrumana, fossil, ii. 178
Pyrophthalma, ii. 259
Pyrrhocoma, ii. 99
Pyrrhospiza, ii. 285
Pyrrhula, ii. 285
Pyrrhulauda, ii. 289
Pyrrhulina, ii. 445
Pyrrhulopsis, ii. 325
Pyrrhuloxia, ii. 285
Pyrrhura, ii. 328
Pytelia, ii. 287
Python, ii. 381
Pythonidæ, European Miocene, i. 165
PYTHONIDÆ, ii. 381
Pythonodipsas, ii. 379
Pythonopsis, ii. 376
Pythons, ii. 381
Pyxicephalus, ii. 420
Pyxis, ii. 408
Q.
Quadrumana, fossil, ii. 178
Page 892
Quail-snipes, ii. 354
Querquedula, ii. 363
Querula, ii. 102
Quiscalus, ii. 282
R.
Rachis, ii. 524
Racoon-dog of N. China, i. 226
Racoons, ii. 200
Raia, ii. 462
RAIIDÆ, ii. 462
Rails, ii. 351
RALLIDÆ, ii. 351
Rallina, ii. 352
Rallus, ii. 352
Rana, European Miocene, i. 166
ii. 420
Raniceps, ii. 439
RANIDÆ, ii. 420
Ranodon, ii. 413
Rappia, ii. 419
Rasbora, ii. 452
Querquedula, ii. 363
Querula, ii. 102
Quiscalus, ii. 282
R.
Rachis, ii. 524
Racoon-dog of N. China, i. 226
Racoons, ii. 200
Raia, ii. 462
RAIIDÆ, ii. 462
Rails, ii. 351
RALLIDÆ, ii. 351
Rallina, ii. 352
Rallus, ii. 352
Rana, European Miocene, i. 166
ii. 420
Raniceps, ii. 439
RANIDÆ, ii. 420
Ranodon, ii. 413
Rappia, ii. 419
Rasbora, ii. 452
Page 893
Rasborichthys, ii. 453
Rattle-snakes, ii. 384
Rays, ii. 462
Realia, ii. 521
Rectes, ii. 272
Recurvirostra, ii. 353
Regalecus, ii. 432
Region, the best term for the primary zoological divisions, i. 68
Arctic, why not adopted, i. 69
Palæarctic, defined, i. 71
Palæarctic, subdivisions of, i. 71
Ethiopian, defined, i. 73
Ethiopian, subdivisions of, i. 73
Oriental, defined, i. 75
Oriental, subdivisions of, i. 75
Australian, defined, i. 77
Australian, subdivisions of, i. 77
Neotropical, defined, i. 78
Neotropical, subdivisions of, i. 78
Nearctic, defined, i. 79
Nearctic, distinct from Palæarctic, i. 79
Nearctic, subdivisions of, i. 80
Regions, zoological, i. 50
zoological, how they should be formed, i. 53
zoological, may be defined by negative or positive characters, i. 54
zoological, by what class of animals best determined, i. 56
for each class of animals, not advisable, i. 58
zoological, proposed since 1857, i. 58
zoological, Mr. Sclater's, i. 59
zoological, discussion of those proposed by various authors, i. 61
zoological, proportionate richness of, i. 64
Rattle-snakes, ii. 384
Rays, ii. 462
Realia, ii. 521
Rectes, ii. 272
Recurvirostra, ii. 353
Regalecus, ii. 432
Region, the best term for the primary zoological divisions, i. 68
Arctic, why not adopted, i. 69
Palæarctic, defined, i. 71
Palæarctic, subdivisions of, i. 71
Ethiopian, defined, i. 73
Ethiopian, subdivisions of, i. 73
Oriental, defined, i. 75
Oriental, subdivisions of, i. 75
Australian, defined, i. 77
Australian, subdivisions of, i. 77
Neotropical, defined, i. 78
Neotropical, subdivisions of, i. 78
Nearctic, defined, i. 79
Nearctic, distinct from Palæarctic, i. 79
Nearctic, subdivisions of, i. 80
Regions, zoological, i. 50
zoological, how they should be formed, i. 53
zoological, may be defined by negative or positive characters, i. 54
zoological, by what class of animals best determined, i. 56
for each class of animals, not advisable, i. 58
zoological, proposed since 1857, i. 58
zoological, Mr. Sclater's, i. 59
zoological, discussion of those proposed by various authors, i. 61
zoological, proportionate richness of, i. 64
Page 894
temperate and tropical, well marked in northern hemisphere, i. 65
and zones, table of, i. 66
comparative richness of, i. 81
and sub-regions, table of, i. 81
order of succession of the, i. 173
Registoma, ii. 521
Reguloides, ii. 258
Regulus, ii. 258
Reinwardtænas, ii. 333
Reinwardtipicus, ii. 303
Reithrodon, ii. 230
Representative species, i. 4
Reptiles, means of dispersal of, i. 28
classification of, i. 98
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
of Indian Miocene deposits, i. 123
extinct Tertiary, i. 165
cosmopolitan groups of, i. 176
peculiar to Palæarctic region, i. 186
of Central Europe, i. 195
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 204
of the Siberian sub-region, i. 220
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 227
table of Palæarctic families of, i. 236
of the Ethiopian region, i. 254
of the E. African sub-region, i. 260
of W. Africa, i. 264
S. African, i. 268
of Madagascar, i. 279
table of Ethiopian families of, i. 297
of the Oriental region, i. 317
and zones, table of, i. 66
comparative richness of, i. 81
and sub-regions, table of, i. 81
order of succession of the, i. 173
Registoma, ii. 521
Reguloides, ii. 258
Regulus, ii. 258
Reinwardtænas, ii. 333
Reinwardtipicus, ii. 303
Reithrodon, ii. 230
Representative species, i. 4
Reptiles, means of dispersal of, i. 28
classification of, i. 98
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
of Indian Miocene deposits, i. 123
extinct Tertiary, i. 165
cosmopolitan groups of, i. 176
peculiar to Palæarctic region, i. 186
of Central Europe, i. 195
of the Mediterranean sub-region, i. 204
of the Siberian sub-region, i. 220
of the Manchurian sub-region, i. 227
table of Palæarctic families of, i. 236
of the Ethiopian region, i. 254
of the E. African sub-region, i. 260
of W. Africa, i. 264
S. African, i. 268
of Madagascar, i. 279
table of Ethiopian families of, i. 297
of the Oriental region, i. 317
Page 895
of the Indian sub-region, i. 326
of Ceylon, i. 327
of the Indo-Chinese sub-region, i. 331
of the Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 340
table of Oriental families of, i. 368
of the Australian region, i. 396
of New Guinea, i. 415
of the Moluccas, i. 420
of the Polynesian sub-region, i. 447
of New Zealand, i. 456
table of Australian families of, i. 472
Neotropical, ii. 9
of S. Temperate America, ii. 40
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 54
of the Antilles, ii. 72
table of Neotropical families of, ii. 88
of the Nearctic region, ii. 119
of California, ii. 128
of Central N. America, ii. 131
of Eastern United States, ii. 133
of Canada, ii. 137
table of Nearctic families of, ii. 142
summary and conclusion, ii. 547
REPTILIA, ii. 372
Retropinna, ii. 447
Revillagigedo Islands, zoology of, ii. 60
Rhabdornis, ii. 265
Rhabdosoma, ii. 374
RACHIODONTIDÆ, ii. 377
Rhacophorus, ii. 419
Rhamnophis, ii. 376
of Ceylon, i. 327
of the Indo-Chinese sub-region, i. 331
of the Indo-Malay sub-region, i. 340
table of Oriental families of, i. 368
of the Australian region, i. 396
of New Guinea, i. 415
of the Moluccas, i. 420
of the Polynesian sub-region, i. 447
of New Zealand, i. 456
table of Australian families of, i. 472
Neotropical, ii. 9
of S. Temperate America, ii. 40
of the Mexican sub-region, ii. 54
of the Antilles, ii. 72
table of Neotropical families of, ii. 88
of the Nearctic region, ii. 119
of California, ii. 128
of Central N. America, ii. 131
of Eastern United States, ii. 133
of Canada, ii. 137
table of Nearctic families of, ii. 142
summary and conclusion, ii. 547
REPTILIA, ii. 372
Retropinna, ii. 447
Revillagigedo Islands, zoology of, ii. 60
Rhabdornis, ii. 265
Rhabdosoma, ii. 374
RACHIODONTIDÆ, ii. 377
Rhacophorus, ii. 419
Rhamnophis, ii. 376
Page 896
RHAMPHASTIDÆ, ii. 306
Rhamphastos, ii. 307
Rhamphichthys, ii. 455
Rhamphocænus, ii. 104
Rhamphococcyx, ii. 309
Rhamphocinclus, ii. 256
Rhamphocœlus, ii. 98
Rhamphomicron, ii. 108
Rhaphaulus, ii. 520
Rhea, in Brazilian caves, i. 164
ii. 368
Rhinaster, ii. 213
Rhinatrema, ii. 411
Rhinechis, ii. 376
Rhinelepis, ii. 444
Rhinichthys, ii. 452
RHINIDÆ, ii. 462
RHINOBATIDÆ, ii. 462
Rhinoceros, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Indian Miocene, i. 122
fossil remains of, at 16,000 feet elevation in Thibet, i. 122
Rhamphastos, ii. 307
Rhamphichthys, ii. 455
Rhamphocænus, ii. 104
Rhamphococcyx, ii. 309
Rhamphocinclus, ii. 256
Rhamphocœlus, ii. 98
Rhamphomicron, ii. 108
Rhaphaulus, ii. 520
Rhea, in Brazilian caves, i. 164
ii. 368
Rhinaster, ii. 213
Rhinatrema, ii. 411
Rhinechis, ii. 376
Rhinelepis, ii. 444
Rhinichthys, ii. 452
RHINIDÆ, ii. 462
RHINOBATIDÆ, ii. 462
Rhinoceros, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Indian Miocene, i. 122
fossil remains of, at 16,000 feet elevation in Thibet, i. 122
Page 897
fossil in N. China, i. 123
N. American Tertiary, i. 136
ii. 213
Rhinoceros-hornbill, figure of, i. 339
Rhinocerotidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
RHINOCEROTIDÆ, ii. 213
RHINOCHETIDÆ, ii. 359
Rhinochetus, ii. 359
Rhinococcyx, ii. 309
Rhinocrypta, ii. 297
Rhinoderma, ii. 416
RHINODONTIDÆ, ii. 461
Rhinodoras, ii. 443
Rhinogale, ii. 195
Rhinoglanis, ii. 443
RHINOLOPHIDÆ, ii. 182
Rhinolophus, ii. 183
Rhinophis, ii. 374
RHINOPHRYNIDÆ, ii. 414
Rhinophrynus, ii. 414
Rhinoplax, ii. 317
Rhinopoma, ii. 183
N. American Tertiary, i. 136
ii. 213
Rhinoceros-hornbill, figure of, i. 339
Rhinocerotidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 136
RHINOCEROTIDÆ, ii. 213
RHINOCHETIDÆ, ii. 359
Rhinochetus, ii. 359
Rhinococcyx, ii. 309
Rhinocrypta, ii. 297
Rhinoderma, ii. 416
RHINODONTIDÆ, ii. 461
Rhinodoras, ii. 443
Rhinogale, ii. 195
Rhinoglanis, ii. 443
RHINOLOPHIDÆ, ii. 182
Rhinolophus, ii. 183
Rhinophis, ii. 374
RHINOPHRYNIDÆ, ii. 414
Rhinophrynus, ii. 414
Rhinoplax, ii. 317
Rhinopoma, ii. 183
Page 898
Rhinortha, ii. 309
Rhipidura, ii. 271
Rhizomys, ii. 231
Rhodeus, ii. 452
Rhodinocincla, ii. 256
Rhodona, ii. 397
Rhodopis, ii. 108
Rhodosttehia, ii. 364
Rhombomys, ii. 230
Rhombus, ii. 441
Rhopodytes, ii. 309
Rhopoterpe, ii. 104
Rhynchæa, ii. 353
RHYNCHOCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 405
RHYNCHOCEPHALINA, ii. 405
Rhynchocyon, ii. 186
Rhynchocyclus, ii. 101
Rhynchonella, ii. 539
RHYNCHONELLIDÆ, ii. 532
Rhynchops, ii. 365
Rhynchopsitta, ii. 328
Rhipidura, ii. 271
Rhizomys, ii. 231
Rhodeus, ii. 452
Rhodinocincla, ii. 256
Rhodona, ii. 397
Rhodopis, ii. 108
Rhodosttehia, ii. 364
Rhombomys, ii. 230
Rhombus, ii. 441
Rhopodytes, ii. 309
Rhopoterpe, ii. 104
Rhynchæa, ii. 353
RHYNCHOCEPHALIDÆ, ii. 405
RHYNCHOCEPHALINA, ii. 405
Rhynchocyon, ii. 186
Rhynchocyclus, ii. 101
Rhynchonella, ii. 539
RHYNCHONELLIDÆ, ii. 532
Rhynchops, ii. 365
Rhynchopsitta, ii. 328
Page 899
Rhynchotus, ii. 344
Rhytina, ii. 210, 211
Rhytiodus, ii. 445
Ricinula, ii. 507
Rimator, ii. 263
Rimula, ii. 511
Rissa, ii. 364
Rissoa, ii. 510
Rita, ii. 442
River-hog, of West Africa, figure of, i. 264
of Madagascar, figure of, i. 278
Rivers, limiting the range of mammalia, i. 12
limiting the range of birds, i. 17
River-scene in West Africa, i. 264
River-snails, ii. 510
Rivulus, ii. 450
Rock-snakes, ii. 381
Rocky mountain sub-region, ii. 129
mammalia of, ii. 129
birds of, ii. 130
reptiles, amphibia, and fishes of, ii. 130
Rodentia, classification of, i. 90
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 242
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 304
Rhytina, ii. 210, 211
Rhytiodus, ii. 445
Ricinula, ii. 507
Rimator, ii. 263
Rimula, ii. 511
Rissa, ii. 364
Rissoa, ii. 510
Rita, ii. 442
River-hog, of West Africa, figure of, i. 264
of Madagascar, figure of, i. 278
Rivers, limiting the range of mammalia, i. 12
limiting the range of birds, i. 17
River-scene in West Africa, i. 264
River-snails, ii. 510
Rivulus, ii. 450
Rock-snakes, ii. 381
Rocky mountain sub-region, ii. 129
mammalia of, ii. 129
birds of, ii. 130
reptiles, amphibia, and fishes of, ii. 130
Rodentia, classification of, i. 90
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 242
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 304
Page 900
range of Oriental genera of, i. 374
range of Australian genera of, i. 476
Rodentia, European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
European Eocene, i. 126
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 139
of Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
of S. American Eocene, i. 148
RODENTIA, ii. 229
Rodentia, general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 243
Rodentia, summary and conclusion, ii. 543
Rohteichthys, ii. 452
Rollers, ii. 311
Rollulus, ii. 339
Romaleosoma, ii. 474
Rose-chafers, ii. 494
Rostrhamus, ii. 349
Rough-tailed burrowing snakes, ii. 374
Ruff, figure of, i. 195
Rupicapra, ii. 224, 225
RUPICAPRINÆ, ii. 224
Rupicola, ii. 102, 293
range of Australian genera of, i. 476
Rodentia, European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
European Eocene, i. 126
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 139
of Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
of S. American Eocene, i. 148
RODENTIA, ii. 229
Rodentia, general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 243
Rodentia, summary and conclusion, ii. 543
Rohteichthys, ii. 452
Rollers, ii. 311
Rollulus, ii. 339
Romaleosoma, ii. 474
Rose-chafers, ii. 494
Rostrhamus, ii. 349
Rough-tailed burrowing snakes, ii. 374
Ruff, figure of, i. 195
Rupicapra, ii. 224, 225
RUPICAPRINÆ, ii. 224
Rupicola, ii. 102, 293
Page 901
RUPICOLINÆ, ii. 293
Ruticilla, ii. 259
RUTICILLINÆ, ii. 257
S.
Saccobranchus, ii. 441
Saccodon, ii. 445
SACCOMYIDÆ, ii. 233
Saccomys, ii. 233
Saccostomus, ii. 230
Sagda, ii. 516
Sahara, a debatable land, i. 251
Saiga, antelope of W. Tartary, i. 218
Saiga, ii. 223
Saimiris, ii. 175
Sakis, ii. 175
Salamandra, ii. 413
SALAMANDRIDÆ, ii. 413
Salamandrina, ii. 413
Salarix, ii. 448
Salminus, ii. 445
Salmo, ii. 447
Ruticilla, ii. 259
RUTICILLINÆ, ii. 257
S.
Saccobranchus, ii. 441
Saccodon, ii. 445
SACCOMYIDÆ, ii. 233
Saccomys, ii. 233
Saccostomus, ii. 230
Sagda, ii. 516
Sahara, a debatable land, i. 251
Saiga, antelope of W. Tartary, i. 218
Saiga, ii. 223
Saimiris, ii. 175
Sakis, ii. 175
Salamandra, ii. 413
SALAMANDRIDÆ, ii. 413
Salamandrina, ii. 413
Salarix, ii. 448
Salminus, ii. 445
Salmo, ii. 447
Page 902
SALMONIDÆ, ii. 447
Salpinctes, ii. 264
Salpornis, ii. 264
Saltator, ii. 99
Salvin, Mr., on birds of Galapagos, ii. 30
Sambus, ii. 496
Samoa Islands, birds of, i. 443
Sand-grouse, Pallas', of Mongolia, i. 226
ii. 337
Sand-lizards, ii. 398
Sandpipers, ii. 353
Sandwich Islands, birds of, i. 445
probable past history of, i. 446
mountain plants of, i. 446
depth of ocean around, i. 447
Sanzinia, ii. 381
Saperda, ii. 501
Sapphironia, ii. 109
Sarcodaces, ii. 445
Sarcophilus, ii. 249
SARCORHAMPHINÆ, ii. 346
Sarcorhamphus, ii. 346
Sargus, ii. 427
Salpinctes, ii. 264
Salpornis, ii. 264
Saltator, ii. 99
Salvin, Mr., on birds of Galapagos, ii. 30
Sambus, ii. 496
Samoa Islands, birds of, i. 443
Sand-grouse, Pallas', of Mongolia, i. 226
ii. 337
Sand-lizards, ii. 398
Sandpipers, ii. 353
Sandwich Islands, birds of, i. 445
probable past history of, i. 446
mountain plants of, i. 446
depth of ocean around, i. 447
Sanzinia, ii. 381
Saperda, ii. 501
Sapphironia, ii. 109
Sarcodaces, ii. 445
Sarcophilus, ii. 249
SARCORHAMPHINÆ, ii. 346
Sarcorhamphus, ii. 346
Sargus, ii. 427
Page 903
Sarkidiornis, ii. 363
Saroglossa, ii. 288
Sarotherodon, ii. 438
Sasia, ii. 303
Satanoperca, ii. 439
SATYRIDÆ, ii. 471
Satyrites Reynesii, European Cretaceous insect, i. 167
Satyrus, ii. 471
Saucerottia, ii. 109
Saunders, Mr. Edward, on the Buprestidæ of Japan, i. 229
Saurocetes, ii. 210
Saurophis, ii. 392
Saurothera, ii. 309
Saxicola, ii. 260
Saxicolinæ, ii. 257
Sayornis, ii. 100, 291
Scallops, ii. 533
Scalops, ii. 190
Scapanus, ii. 190
Scaphiopus, ii. 417
Scaphirhynchus, ii. 459
Saroglossa, ii. 288
Sarotherodon, ii. 438
Sasia, ii. 303
Satanoperca, ii. 439
SATYRIDÆ, ii. 471
Satyrites Reynesii, European Cretaceous insect, i. 167
Satyrus, ii. 471
Saucerottia, ii. 109
Saunders, Mr. Edward, on the Buprestidæ of Japan, i. 229
Saurocetes, ii. 210
Saurophis, ii. 392
Saurothera, ii. 309
Saxicola, ii. 260
Saxicolinæ, ii. 257
Sayornis, ii. 100, 291
Scallops, ii. 533
Scalops, ii. 190
Scapanus, ii. 190
Scaphiopus, ii. 417
Scaphirhynchus, ii. 459
Page 904
Scaptochirus, ii. 190
Scaptonyx, ii. 190
Scaraphites, ii. 490
Scardafella, ii. 333
Scarites, ii. 489
Scelidotherium, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 245
Scelodontis, ii. 490
Sceloporus, ii. 401
Scelotes, ii. 398
Schacra, ii. 452
Schasicheila, ii. 522
Schiffornis, ii. 102
Schilbe, ii. 442
Schilbichthys, ii. 442
Schismaderma, ii. 415
Schistes, ii. 108
Schistopleurum, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Schizodon, ii. 238
Schizogenius, ii. 490
Schizopygopsis, ii. 452
Scaptonyx, ii. 190
Scaraphites, ii. 490
Scardafella, ii. 333
Scarites, ii. 489
Scelidotherium, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
S. American Pliocene, i. 147
ii. 245
Scelodontis, ii. 490
Sceloporus, ii. 401
Scelotes, ii. 398
Schacra, ii. 452
Schasicheila, ii. 522
Schiffornis, ii. 102
Schilbe, ii. 442
Schilbichthys, ii. 442
Schismaderma, ii. 415
Schistes, ii. 108
Schistopleurum, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Schizodon, ii. 238
Schizogenius, ii. 490
Schizopygopsis, ii. 452
Page 905
Schizorhina, ii. 494
Schizorhis, ii. 307
Schizothorax, ii. 452
Schœnionta, ii. 502
Schweinfurth, Dr., on natural history of Central Africa, i. 252
on limits of W. African sub-region, i. 262 (note)
Sciades, ii. 443
Sciæna, ii. 428
SCIÆNIDÆ, ii. 428
SCINCIDÆ, ii. 396
Scincus, ii. 397
Scinks, ii. 396
Scissirostrum, ii. 288
Scissor, ii. 445
Sciuravus, N. American Eocene, i. 140
Sciuravus, ii. 236
SCIURIDÆ, ii. 234
Sciuropterus, ii. 235
Sciurus, European Miocene, i. 120
European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 235, 236
Sclater, Mr., on zoological regions, i. 59
why his six regions are adopted, i. 63
Schizorhis, ii. 307
Schizothorax, ii. 452
Schœnionta, ii. 502
Schweinfurth, Dr., on natural history of Central Africa, i. 252
on limits of W. African sub-region, i. 262 (note)
Sciades, ii. 443
Sciæna, ii. 428
SCIÆNIDÆ, ii. 428
SCINCIDÆ, ii. 396
Scincus, ii. 397
Scinks, ii. 396
Scissirostrum, ii. 288
Scissor, ii. 445
Sciuravus, N. American Eocene, i. 140
Sciuravus, ii. 236
SCIURIDÆ, ii. 234
Sciuropterus, ii. 235
Sciurus, European Miocene, i. 120
European Eocene, i. 126
ii. 235, 236
Sclater, Mr., on zoological regions, i. 59
why his six regions are adopted, i. 63
Page 906
on birds of Sandwich Islands, i. 445
on systematic position of Certhidea, ii. 31
Sclater and Salvin, Messrs., on Neotropical sub-regions, ii. 25
SCLERODERMI, ii. 457
Sclerognathus, ii. 451
SCLERURINÆ, ii. 295
Sclerurus, ii. 103
Scolecophagus, ii. 282
SCOLOPACIDÆ, ii. 353
Scolopax, ii. 353
Scomber, ii. 429
SCOMBRESOCIDÆ, ii. 449
Scombresox, ii. 449
SCOMBRIDÆ, ii. 429
SCOPELIDÆ, ii. 446
Scops, ii. 350
Scopus, ii. 360
Scortornis, ii. 320
Scotopelia, ii. 350
Scotophilus, ii. 183
Scrapteira, ii. 391
on systematic position of Certhidea, ii. 31
Sclater and Salvin, Messrs., on Neotropical sub-regions, ii. 25
SCLERODERMI, ii. 457
Sclerognathus, ii. 451
SCLERURINÆ, ii. 295
Sclerurus, ii. 103
Scolecophagus, ii. 282
SCOLOPACIDÆ, ii. 353
Scolopax, ii. 353
Scomber, ii. 429
SCOMBRESOCIDÆ, ii. 449
Scombresox, ii. 449
SCOMBRIDÆ, ii. 429
SCOPELIDÆ, ii. 446
Scops, ii. 350
Scopus, ii. 360
Scortornis, ii. 320
Scotopelia, ii. 350
Scotophilus, ii. 183
Scrapteira, ii. 391
Page 907
Screamers, ii. 361
Scrub-birds, ii. 299
SCYLLIDÆ, ii. 461
Scyllium, ii. 461
Scytale, ii. 379
SCYTALIDÆ, ii. 379
Scytalopus, ii. 297
Scythrops, ii. 310
Sea, as a barrier to mammalia, i. 13
Sea-devils, ii. 463
Seals, fossil in European Miocene, i. 118
of Lake Baikal, i. 218
ii. 203
Sea-pens, ii. 505
Sea-snails, ii. 508
Sea-snakes, ii. 384
Sebastes, ii. 428
Secondary formations, mammalian remains in, i. 169
Secretary bird, of Africa, figure of, i. 261
ii. 346
Seemann, Dr., on protective resemblance of sloths, ii. 24
Seisura, ii. 270
Scrub-birds, ii. 299
SCYLLIDÆ, ii. 461
Scyllium, ii. 461
Scytale, ii. 379
SCYTALIDÆ, ii. 379
Scytalopus, ii. 297
Scythrops, ii. 310
Sea, as a barrier to mammalia, i. 13
Sea-devils, ii. 463
Seals, fossil in European Miocene, i. 118
of Lake Baikal, i. 218
ii. 203
Sea-pens, ii. 505
Sea-snails, ii. 508
Sea-snakes, ii. 384
Sebastes, ii. 428
Secondary formations, mammalian remains in, i. 169
Secretary bird, of Africa, figure of, i. 261
ii. 346
Seemann, Dr., on protective resemblance of sloths, ii. 24
Seisura, ii. 270
Page 908
Selache, ii. 460
Selasphorus, ii. 108
Selenidera, ii. 307
Selenophorus, ii. 490
Seleucides, ii. 275
Semioptera, ii. 275
Semiplotus, ii. 452
SEMNOPITHECIDÆ, ii. 171
Semnopithecus, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 117
Indian Miocene, i. 121
ii. 171
ii. 178
Semper, Dr., on Philippine mammalia, i. 345
Senira, ii. 397
SEPIADÆ, ii. 505
SEPIDÆ, ii. 398
Seps, ii. 398
Sepsina, ii. 398
Sericinus, ii. 479
Sericornis, ii. 258
Sericulus, ii. 275
Selasphorus, ii. 108
Selenidera, ii. 307
Selenophorus, ii. 490
Seleucides, ii. 275
Semioptera, ii. 275
Semiplotus, ii. 452
SEMNOPITHECIDÆ, ii. 171
Semnopithecus, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 117
Indian Miocene, i. 121
ii. 171
ii. 178
Semper, Dr., on Philippine mammalia, i. 345
Senira, ii. 397
SEPIADÆ, ii. 505
SEPIDÆ, ii. 398
Seps, ii. 398
Sepsina, ii. 398
Sericinus, ii. 479
Sericornis, ii. 258
Sericulus, ii. 275
Page 909
Serilophus, ii. 295
SERPENTARIIDÆ, ii. 346
Serpentarius, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 346
Serphophaga, ii. 101
Serranus, ii. 425
Serrasalmo, ii. 445
Sesia, ii. 482
Setophaga, ii. 279
Setornis, ii. 267
Seychelle Islands, zoology of, i. 281
amphibia of, i. 281
Shad, ii. 454
Sharks, ii. 460
Sharp, Dr., on Japan beetles, i. 229
Sharpe, Mr. R. B., his arrangement of Accipitres, i. 97
on birds of Cape Verd Islands, i. 215
on classification of Cuckoos, ii. 309
Sheath-bills, ii. 354
Sheep, Palæarctic, i. 182
ii. 221
Short-tailed burrowing snakes, ii. 373
Shrikes, ii. 272
SERPENTARIIDÆ, ii. 346
Serpentarius, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 346
Serphophaga, ii. 101
Serranus, ii. 425
Serrasalmo, ii. 445
Sesia, ii. 482
Setophaga, ii. 279
Setornis, ii. 267
Seychelle Islands, zoology of, i. 281
amphibia of, i. 281
Shad, ii. 454
Sharks, ii. 460
Sharp, Dr., on Japan beetles, i. 229
Sharpe, Mr. R. B., his arrangement of Accipitres, i. 97
on birds of Cape Verd Islands, i. 215
on classification of Cuckoos, ii. 309
Sheath-bills, ii. 354
Sheep, Palæarctic, i. 182
ii. 221
Short-tailed burrowing snakes, ii. 373
Shrikes, ii. 272
Page 910
Sialia, ii. 260
Siamanga, ii. 171
Siaphos, ii. 397
Siberia, climate of, i. 217
Siberian sub-region, description of, i. 216
mammalia of, i. 217
birds of, i. 219
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 220
insects of, i. 220
Sibia, ii. 262
Siderone, ii. 474
Sieboldia, ii. 412
Sigmodon, ii. 230
Silondia, ii. 442
Silphomorpha, ii. 490
Silubosaurus, ii. 397
Siluranodon, ii. 442
Silurichthys, ii. 441
SILURIDÆ, ii. 441
Silurus, ii. 441
Silybura, ii. 374
Simenia, ii. 197
Simia, ii. 171
Siamanga, ii. 171
Siaphos, ii. 397
Siberia, climate of, i. 217
Siberian sub-region, description of, i. 216
mammalia of, i. 217
birds of, i. 219
reptiles and amphibia of, i. 220
insects of, i. 220
Sibia, ii. 262
Siderone, ii. 474
Sieboldia, ii. 412
Sigmodon, ii. 230
Silondia, ii. 442
Silphomorpha, ii. 490
Silubosaurus, ii. 397
Siluranodon, ii. 442
Silurichthys, ii. 441
SILURIDÆ, ii. 441
Silurus, ii. 441
Silybura, ii. 374
Simenia, ii. 197
Simia, ii. 171
Page 911
SIMIIDÆ, ii. 170
Simocephalus, ii. 380
Simocyon, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
ii. 198
Simorhynchus, ii. 367
Simotes, ii. 375
Simpulopsis, ii. 516
Sinopa, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Siphia, ii. 270
Siphneus, ii. 230
Siphonopsis, ii. 411
Siphonorhis, ii. 320
Siphonostoma, ii. 457
Siren, ii. 411
Sirenia, classification of, i. 89
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 303
range of Oriental genus, i. 374
range of Australian genus of, i. 476
Sirenia, European Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 119
SIRENIA, ii. 210
SIRENIDÆ, ii. 411
SIRENOIDEI, ii. 458
Simocephalus, ii. 380
Simocyon, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
ii. 198
Simorhynchus, ii. 367
Simotes, ii. 375
Simpulopsis, ii. 516
Sinopa, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Siphia, ii. 270
Siphneus, ii. 230
Siphonopsis, ii. 411
Siphonorhis, ii. 320
Siphonostoma, ii. 457
Siren, ii. 411
Sirenia, classification of, i. 89
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 303
range of Oriental genus, i. 374
range of Australian genus of, i. 476
Sirenia, European Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 119
SIRENIA, ii. 210
SIRENIDÆ, ii. 411
SIRENOIDEI, ii. 458
Page 912
Sirystes, ii. 101
Sisor, ii. 444
Sitana, ii. 402
Sitta, ii. 265
Sittasomus, ii. 103
Sittella, ii. 265
SITTIDÆ, ii. 265
Siurus, ii. 279
Siva, ii. 266
Sivatherium, Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 226
Siwalik Hills, Miocene deposits of, i. 121
Skenea, ii. 510
Sloths, ii. 244
Slugs, ii. 517
Smaragdochrysis, ii. 109
Smerinthus, ii. 483
Smiliogaster, ii. 453
Sminthus, ii. 230
Smith, Mr. Frederick, on Hymenoptera of Japan, i. 230
Smithornis, ii. 270
Sisor, ii. 444
Sitana, ii. 402
Sitta, ii. 265
Sittasomus, ii. 103
Sittella, ii. 265
SITTIDÆ, ii. 265
Siurus, ii. 279
Siva, ii. 266
Sivatherium, Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 226
Siwalik Hills, Miocene deposits of, i. 121
Skenea, ii. 510
Sloths, ii. 244
Slugs, ii. 517
Smaragdochrysis, ii. 109
Smerinthus, ii. 483
Smiliogaster, ii. 453
Sminthus, ii. 230
Smith, Mr. Frederick, on Hymenoptera of Japan, i. 230
Smithornis, ii. 270
Page 913
Smutsia, ii. 245
Snails, ii. 512
Snake, at great elevation in Himalayas, i. 220
Snakes, classification of, i. 99
Eocene, i. 165
large proportion of venomous species in Australia, i. 396
of New Zealand, i. 457
distribution and lines of migration of, ii. 547
Snipes, ii. 353
Society Islands, birds of, i. 443
Socorro, zoology of, ii. 60
Soft-tortoises, ii. 409
Solarium, ii. 510
Solea, ii. 441
SOLENIDÆ, ii. 536
Solenodon, ii. 188
SOLENOSTOMIDÆ, ii. 456
Solitaire, ii. 334
Somateria, ii. 364
Soricictis, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 196
Soricidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
SORICIDÆ, ii. 191
Snails, ii. 512
Snake, at great elevation in Himalayas, i. 220
Snakes, classification of, i. 99
Eocene, i. 165
large proportion of venomous species in Australia, i. 396
of New Zealand, i. 457
distribution and lines of migration of, ii. 547
Snipes, ii. 353
Society Islands, birds of, i. 443
Socorro, zoology of, ii. 60
Soft-tortoises, ii. 409
Solarium, ii. 510
Solea, ii. 441
SOLENIDÆ, ii. 536
Solenodon, ii. 188
SOLENOSTOMIDÆ, ii. 456
Solitaire, ii. 334
Somateria, ii. 364
Soricictis, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 196
Soricidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
SORICIDÆ, ii. 191
Page 914
Soridia, ii. 397
Sorubim, ii. 442
Sotalia, ii. 209
South African sub-region, description of, i. 266
mammalia of, i. 267
birds of, i. 267
reptiles of, i. 268
amphibia of, i. 268
fresh-water fish of, i. 268
butterflies of, i. 268
coleoptera of, i. 268
summary of its zoology, i. 269
South America, fossil fauna of, i. 143
Pliocene deposits of, i. 146
supposed land connection with Australia, i. 398
South America and Africa, parallelism of their past zoological history, ii. 83
South Australia, peculiar birds of, i. 441
SPALACIDÆ, ii. 231
Spalacomys, ii. 230
Spalacopus, ii. 238
Spalax, ii. 231
Sparganura, ii. 108
SPARIDÆ, ii. 426
Spatula, ii. 364
Species, representative, i. 4
Sorubim, ii. 442
Sotalia, ii. 209
South African sub-region, description of, i. 266
mammalia of, i. 267
birds of, i. 267
reptiles of, i. 268
amphibia of, i. 268
fresh-water fish of, i. 268
butterflies of, i. 268
coleoptera of, i. 268
summary of its zoology, i. 269
South America, fossil fauna of, i. 143
Pliocene deposits of, i. 146
supposed land connection with Australia, i. 398
South America and Africa, parallelism of their past zoological history, ii. 83
South Australia, peculiar birds of, i. 441
SPALACIDÆ, ii. 231
Spalacomys, ii. 230
Spalacopus, ii. 238
Spalax, ii. 231
Sparganura, ii. 108
SPARIDÆ, ii. 426
Spatula, ii. 364
Species, representative, i. 4
Page 915
Spelerpes, ii. 413
Speothos, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
Spermestes, ii. 287
Spermophila, ii. 285
Spermophilus, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 235, 236
Spermospiza, ii. 286
Sperm Whales, ii. 207
Sphærocephalus, ii. 209
Sphærodactylus, ii. 400
Sphæroderus, ii. 490
Sphallomorpha, ii. 490
Sphecotheres, ii. 268
Sphenæacus, ii. 258
SPHENISCIDÆ, ii. 366
Spheniscus, ii. 366
Sphenocephalus, ii. 398
Sphenodon, in Brazilian caves, i. 115
ii. 245
Sphenognathus, ii. 493
Sphenoproctus, ii. 107
Sphenops, ii. 398
Speothos, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
Spermestes, ii. 287
Spermophila, ii. 285
Spermophilus, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 235, 236
Spermospiza, ii. 286
Sperm Whales, ii. 207
Sphærocephalus, ii. 209
Sphærodactylus, ii. 400
Sphæroderus, ii. 490
Sphallomorpha, ii. 490
Sphecotheres, ii. 268
Sphenæacus, ii. 258
SPHENISCIDÆ, ii. 366
Spheniscus, ii. 366
Sphenocephalus, ii. 398
Sphenodon, in Brazilian caves, i. 115
ii. 245
Sphenognathus, ii. 493
Sphenoproctus, ii. 107
Sphenops, ii. 398
Page 916
Sphenostoma, ii. 266
Sphenura, ii. 258
SPHINGIDÆ, ii. 482
Sphingidea, distribution of, ii. 483
SPHINGINA, ii. 481
Sphingnotus, ii. 501
Sphinx, in European Oolite, i. 167
ii. 482
Sphinx Moths, ii. 482
Sphyrapicus, ii. 303
SPHYRENIDÆ, ii. 429
Spider monkeys, ii. 174
Spilornis, ii. 348
Spilotes, ii. 376
SPINACIDÆ, ii. 461
Spindalis, ii. 98, 284
Spiraxis, ii. 515
SPIRIFERIDÆ, ii. 532
SPIRULIDÆ, ii. 505
Spizaëtus, ii. 348
Spizella, ii. 284
Sphenura, ii. 258
SPHINGIDÆ, ii. 482
Sphingidea, distribution of, ii. 483
SPHINGINA, ii. 481
Sphingnotus, ii. 501
Sphinx, in European Oolite, i. 167
ii. 482
Sphinx Moths, ii. 482
Sphyrapicus, ii. 303
SPHYRENIDÆ, ii. 429
Spider monkeys, ii. 174
Spilornis, ii. 348
Spilotes, ii. 376
SPINACIDÆ, ii. 461
Spindalis, ii. 98, 284
Spiraxis, ii. 515
SPIRIFERIDÆ, ii. 532
SPIRULIDÆ, ii. 505
Spizaëtus, ii. 348
Spizella, ii. 284
Page 917
Spiziapteryx, ii. 349
Spiziastur, ii. 348
Spodiornis, ii. 285
Sponsor, ii. 497
Spoonbills, ii. 360
Sporadinus, ii. 109
Sporopipes, ii. 286
Sprat, ii. 454
Spreo, ii. 288
Squalodon, ii. 210
Squaliobarbus, ii. 452
SQUAMIPENNES, ii. 427
Squatarola, ii. 356
Squirrel monkeys, ii. 175
Squirrels, ii. 234
St. Helena, zoological features of, i. 269
coleoptera of, i. 270
landshells of, i. 271
St. Thomas's Island, birds of, i. 266
Stachyris, ii. 261
Stactolæma, ii. 306
Stag-beetles, ii. 492
Spiziastur, ii. 348
Spodiornis, ii. 285
Sponsor, ii. 497
Spoonbills, ii. 360
Sporadinus, ii. 109
Sporopipes, ii. 286
Sprat, ii. 454
Spreo, ii. 288
Squalodon, ii. 210
Squaliobarbus, ii. 452
SQUAMIPENNES, ii. 427
Squatarola, ii. 356
Squirrel monkeys, ii. 175
Squirrels, ii. 234
St. Helena, zoological features of, i. 269
coleoptera of, i. 270
landshells of, i. 271
St. Thomas's Island, birds of, i. 266
Stachyris, ii. 261
Stactolæma, ii. 306
Stag-beetles, ii. 492
Page 918
Stalagmosoma, ii. 495
Starlings, ii. 287
Starnœnas, ii. 33
Stations, definition of, i. 4
Staurotypus, ii. 408
Steatomys, ii. 230
Steatornis, ii. 319
STEATORNITHIDÆ, ii. 319
Steganura, ii. 108
Stegnolæma, ii. 343
Stegophilus, ii. 444
Stelgidopteryx, ii. 281
Stellio, ii. 402
Stellula, ii. 108
Steneofiber, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 234
Steno, ii. 209
Stenodactylus, ii. 400
Stenogyra, ii. 515
Stenopsis, ii. 320
Stenopus, ii. 516
Starlings, ii. 287
Starnœnas, ii. 33
Stations, definition of, i. 4
Staurotypus, ii. 408
Steatomys, ii. 230
Steatornis, ii. 319
STEATORNITHIDÆ, ii. 319
Steganura, ii. 108
Stegnolæma, ii. 343
Stegophilus, ii. 444
Stelgidopteryx, ii. 281
Stellio, ii. 402
Stellula, ii. 108
Steneofiber, European Miocene, i. 120
ii. 234
Steno, ii. 209
Stenodactylus, ii. 400
Stenogyra, ii. 515
Stenopsis, ii. 320
Stenopus, ii. 516
Page 919
Stenorhina, ii. 375
Stenorhynchus, ii. 204
ii. 421
Stephanophorus, ii. 98
Stercorarius, ii. 304
Sterna, ii. 364
Sternarchus, ii. 455
Sternocera, ii. 496
Sternoclyta, ii. 107
STERNOPTYCHIDÆ, ii. 446
Sternopygus, ii. 455
Sternotheres, ii. 408
Steropus, ii. 489
Stesilea, ii. 501
Stethodesma, ii. 495
Sthenurus, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 251
Stichæus, ii. 431
Sticklebacks, ii. 424
Stigmatura, ii. 101
Stigmodera, ii. 496
STOMIATIDÆ, ii. 447
Stenorhynchus, ii. 204
ii. 421
Stephanophorus, ii. 98
Stercorarius, ii. 304
Sterna, ii. 364
Sternarchus, ii. 455
Sternocera, ii. 496
Sternoclyta, ii. 107
STERNOPTYCHIDÆ, ii. 446
Sternopygus, ii. 455
Sternotheres, ii. 408
Steropus, ii. 489
Stesilea, ii. 501
Stethodesma, ii. 495
Sthenurus, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 251
Stichæus, ii. 431
Sticklebacks, ii. 424
Stigmatura, ii. 101
Stigmodera, ii. 496
STOMIATIDÆ, ii. 447
Page 920
Storks, ii. 360
Stabomantis, ii. 419
Straits of Magellan, mammalia of, ii. 37
birds of, ii. 39
Strepera, ii. 273
Strepsilas, ii. 356
Streptaulus, ii. 520
Streptaxis, ii. 515
Streptocerus, ii. 493
Streptocitta, ii. 274
Streptophorus, ii. 374
STRIGIDÆ, ii. 350
Stringops, ii. 329
STRINGOPIDÆ, ii. 329
Strix, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 350
STROMBIDÆ, ii. 507
Struthio, ii. 368
Struthiones, arrangement of, i. 98
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 313
range of Australian genera of, i. 485
STRUTHIONES, ii. 368
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 370
Stabomantis, ii. 419
Straits of Magellan, mammalia of, ii. 37
birds of, ii. 39
Strepera, ii. 273
Strepsilas, ii. 356
Streptaulus, ii. 520
Streptaxis, ii. 515
Streptocerus, ii. 493
Streptocitta, ii. 274
Streptophorus, ii. 374
STRIGIDÆ, ii. 350
Stringops, ii. 329
STRINGOPIDÆ, ii. 329
Strix, European Miocene, i. 162
ii. 350
STROMBIDÆ, ii. 507
Struthio, ii. 368
Struthiones, arrangement of, i. 98
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 313
range of Australian genera of, i. 485
STRUTHIONES, ii. 368
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 370
Page 921
STRUTHIONIDÆ, ii. 368
Struthious birds, probable origin of, i. 287
Sturgeons, ii. 459
Sturnella, ii. 282
Sturnia, ii. 287
STURNIDÆ, ii. 287
Sturnopastor, ii. 287
Sturnus, ii. 287
STYGIIDÆ, ii. 482
Stygogenes, ii. 444
Stylinodontia, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Stylinodontidæ, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Styporhynchus, ii. 376
Sublegatus, ii. 101
Sub-regions, on what principle formed, i. 180
Palæarctic, i. 191
Ethiopian, i. 258
Oriental, i. 321
Australian, i. 408
Neotropical, ii. 21
Nearctic, ii. 125
Succinea, ii. 515
Sugar-birds, ii. 278
Struthious birds, probable origin of, i. 287
Sturgeons, ii. 459
Sturnella, ii. 282
Sturnia, ii. 287
STURNIDÆ, ii. 287
Sturnopastor, ii. 287
Sturnus, ii. 287
STYGIIDÆ, ii. 482
Stygogenes, ii. 444
Stylinodontia, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Stylinodontidæ, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Styporhynchus, ii. 376
Sublegatus, ii. 101
Sub-regions, on what principle formed, i. 180
Palæarctic, i. 191
Ethiopian, i. 258
Oriental, i. 321
Australian, i. 408
Neotropical, ii. 21
Nearctic, ii. 125
Succinea, ii. 515
Sugar-birds, ii. 278
Page 922
Suidæ, European Miocene, i. 119
SUIDÆ, ii. 214
Sula Islands, fauna of, i. 433
Sula, ii. 365
Summary of relations of regions, ii. 155
Sun-birds, ii. 276
Sun-bitterns, ii. 358
Suricata, ii. 195
Surnia, ii. 350
Surniculus, ii. 310
Sus, European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 119
Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 215
Suthora, ii. 262
Suya, ii. 258
Swallows, ii. 281
Swallow-shrikes, ii. 288
Swifts, ii. 320
Swine, ii. 214
Swinhoe, Mr., on zoology of Formosa and Hainan, i. 332
Sycalis, ii. 284
SUIDÆ, ii. 214
Sula Islands, fauna of, i. 433
Sula, ii. 365
Summary of relations of regions, ii. 155
Sun-birds, ii. 276
Sun-bitterns, ii. 358
Suricata, ii. 195
Surnia, ii. 350
Surniculus, ii. 310
Sus, European Pliocene, i. 113
Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 119
Indian Miocene, i. 122
ii. 215
Suthora, ii. 262
Suya, ii. 258
Swallows, ii. 281
Swallow-shrikes, ii. 288
Swifts, ii. 320
Swine, ii. 214
Swinhoe, Mr., on zoology of Formosa and Hainan, i. 332
Sycalis, ii. 284
Page 923
Sylvia, ii. 259
Sylvietta, ii. 264
SYLVIIDÆ, ii. 256
SYLVIINÆ, ii. 257
Sylviorthorhynchus, ii. 103
Sylviparus, ii. 266
Syma, ii. 316
Symborodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
SYMBRANCHIDÆ, ii. 455
Symbranchus, ii. 455
Symmachia, ii. 476
Symmorphus, ii. 269
Symphædra, ii. 474
Symphysodon, ii. 439
Symplectes, ii. 286
SYNALLAXINÆ, ii. 295
Synallaxis, ii. 103
Synaphodus, European Miocene, i. 119
Synaptura, ii. 441
Synchloe, ii. 474
Syndesus, ii. 493
Sylvietta, ii. 264
SYLVIIDÆ, ii. 256
SYLVIINÆ, ii. 257
Sylviorthorhynchus, ii. 103
Sylviparus, ii. 266
Syma, ii. 316
Symborodon, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
SYMBRANCHIDÆ, ii. 455
Symbranchus, ii. 455
Symmachia, ii. 476
Symmorphus, ii. 269
Symphædra, ii. 474
Symphysodon, ii. 439
Symplectes, ii. 286
SYNALLAXINÆ, ii. 295
Synallaxis, ii. 103
Synaphodus, European Miocene, i. 119
Synaptura, ii. 441
Synchloe, ii. 474
Syndesus, ii. 493
Page 924
Synemon, ii. 481
Syngnathus, ii. 457
SYNGNATHIDÆ, ii. 457
Synodontis, ii. 443
Synoplotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Syntomis, ii. 481
Syrnium, ii. 350
Syrrhaptes, ii. 337
Sysopygis, ii. 101
T.
Tables of distribution of families and genera explained, i. 177
Taccocoua, ii. 309
Tachydromus, ii. 391
Tachyphonus, ii. 99
Tachyris, ii. 478
Tachytriorchis, ii. 348
Tadorna, ii. 363
Tæniogale, ii. 195
Tænioptera, ii. 100, 291
TÆNIOPTERINÆ, ii. 291
Tæniura, ii. 463
Syngnathus, ii. 457
SYNGNATHIDÆ, ii. 457
Synodontis, ii. 443
Synoplotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Syntomis, ii. 481
Syrnium, ii. 350
Syrrhaptes, ii. 337
Sysopygis, ii. 101
T.
Tables of distribution of families and genera explained, i. 177
Taccocoua, ii. 309
Tachydromus, ii. 391
Tachyphonus, ii. 99
Tachyris, ii. 478
Tachytriorchis, ii. 348
Tadorna, ii. 363
Tæniogale, ii. 195
Tænioptera, ii. 100, 291
TÆNIOPTERINÆ, ii. 291
Tæniura, ii. 463
Page 925
Talegallus, ii. 342
Talpa, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 190
TALPIDÆ, ii. 190
Tamandua, ii. 247
Tamias, ii. 235, 236
Tanæcia, ii. 474
Tanagers, ii. 283
Tanagra, ii. 98
Tanagrella, ii. 98
TANAGRIDÆ, ii. 283
Tantalus, ii. 361
Tanygnathus, ii. 326
Tanysiptera, ii. 316
Taoniscus, ii. 344
Taphozous, ii. 183
Tapir, fossil in N. China, i. 123
Tapir, Malayan figure of, i. 337
Tapiridæ, European Eocene, i. 125
TAPIRIDÆ, ii. 212
Tapirs, birthplace and migrations of, i. 154
ii. 212
Talpa, European Miocene, i. 117
ii. 190
TALPIDÆ, ii. 190
Tamandua, ii. 247
Tamias, ii. 235, 236
Tanæcia, ii. 474
Tanagers, ii. 283
Tanagra, ii. 98
Tanagrella, ii. 98
TANAGRIDÆ, ii. 283
Tantalus, ii. 361
Tanygnathus, ii. 326
Tanysiptera, ii. 316
Taoniscus, ii. 344
Taphozous, ii. 183
Tapir, fossil in N. China, i. 123
Tapir, Malayan figure of, i. 337
Tapiridæ, European Eocene, i. 125
TAPIRIDÆ, ii. 212
Tapirs, birthplace and migrations of, i. 154
ii. 212
Page 926
Tapirus, European Pliocene, i. 113
Indian Miocene, i. 122
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
Tarandus, ii. 219
Tarentola, ii. 400
Tarsier, Malayan, figure of, i. 337
Tarsiger, ii. 259
TARSIIDÆ, ii. 177
Tarsipes, ii. 252
Tarsius, ii. 177
Tasmania, comparative zoological poverty of, i. 441
Tatare, ii. 258
Tatusia, ii. 246
Taxidea, ii. 199
Taxila, ii. 475
Taxodon, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 200
Taygetis, ii. 471
Tchitrea, ii. 271
TECTONARCHINÆ, ii. 275
Teguexius, ii. 390
TEIDÆ, ii. 390
Indian Miocene, i. 122
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
Tarandus, ii. 219
Tarentola, ii. 400
Tarsier, Malayan, figure of, i. 337
Tarsiger, ii. 259
TARSIIDÆ, ii. 177
Tarsipes, ii. 252
Tarsius, ii. 177
Tasmania, comparative zoological poverty of, i. 441
Tatare, ii. 258
Tatusia, ii. 246
Taxidea, ii. 199
Taxila, ii. 475
Taxodon, European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 200
Taygetis, ii. 471
Tchitrea, ii. 271
TECTONARCHINÆ, ii. 275
Teguexius, ii. 390
TEIDÆ, ii. 390
Page 927
Teinopalpus, ii. 479
Teira, ii. 391
Teius, ii. 390
Teleopis, ii. 375
TELEOSTEI, ii. 424
Telephonus, ii. 272
Tellia, ii. 450
TELLINIDÆ, ii. 506
Telmatobius, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
ii. 417
Telmatolestes, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Temnotrogon, ii. 314
Temnurus, ii. 273
Tephrocorys, ii. 289
Tephrodornis, ii. 272
Teracolus, ii. 478
Terebratula, ii. 539
TEREBRATULIDÆ, ii. 532
Terekia, ii. 353
Terenura, ii. 104
Teretristis, ii. 279
Teira, ii. 391
Teius, ii. 390
Teleopis, ii. 375
TELEOSTEI, ii. 424
Telephonus, ii. 272
Tellia, ii. 450
TELLINIDÆ, ii. 506
Telmatobius, N. American Cretaceous, i. 164
ii. 417
Telmatolestes, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Temnotrogon, ii. 314
Temnurus, ii. 273
Tephrocorys, ii. 289
Tephrodornis, ii. 272
Teracolus, ii. 478
Terebratula, ii. 539
TEREBRATULIDÆ, ii. 532
Terekia, ii. 353
Terenura, ii. 104
Teretristis, ii. 279
Page 928
Terias, ii. 478
Terinos, ii. 474
Terns, ii. 364
Terrapene, ii. 408
Terrestrial Molluscs, ii. 512
Terrestrial Mollusca, summary and conclusion, ii. 551
lines of migration of, ii. 552
Tesia, ii. 263
Testacella, ii. 516
ii. 517
TESTUDINIDÆ, ii. 407
Testudo, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Indian Miocene, i. 123
great antiquity of the genus, i. 289
Testudo, ii. 408
Tethionea, ii. 501
TETRABRANCHIATA, ii. 506
Tetracha, ii. 486, 487
Tetrachus, European Miocene, i. 117
Tetraceros, ii. 224
Tetracus, ii. 188
Tetradactylus, ii. 397
Tetragonoderus, ii. 490
Terinos, ii. 474
Terns, ii. 364
Terrapene, ii. 408
Terrestrial Molluscs, ii. 512
Terrestrial Mollusca, summary and conclusion, ii. 551
lines of migration of, ii. 552
Tesia, ii. 263
Testacella, ii. 516
ii. 517
TESTUDINIDÆ, ii. 407
Testudo, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Indian Miocene, i. 123
great antiquity of the genus, i. 289
Testudo, ii. 408
Tethionea, ii. 501
TETRABRANCHIATA, ii. 506
Tetracha, ii. 486, 487
Tetrachus, European Miocene, i. 117
Tetraceros, ii. 224
Tetracus, ii. 188
Tetradactylus, ii. 397
Tetragonoderus, ii. 490
Page 929
Tetragonops, ii. 306
Tetragonopterus, ii. 445
Tetragonosoma, ii. 380
Tetranematichthys, ii. 443
Tetrao albus, in Italian caverns, i. 161
Tetrao, ii. 339
Tetraogallus, ii. 339
TETRAONIDÆ, ii. 338
Tetraophasis, ii. 340
Tetrodon, ii. 457
TEUTHIDÆ, ii. 505
TEUTHIDIDÆ, ii. 433
Textor, ii. 286
Thais, ii. 479
Thalassarctos, ii. 201
Thalassictis, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 195
ii. 197
Thalassornis, ii. 364
Thaleichthys, ii. 447
Thalurania, ii. 107
Tetragonopterus, ii. 445
Tetragonosoma, ii. 380
Tetranematichthys, ii. 443
Tetrao albus, in Italian caverns, i. 161
Tetrao, ii. 339
Tetraogallus, ii. 339
TETRAONIDÆ, ii. 338
Tetraophasis, ii. 340
Tetrodon, ii. 457
TEUTHIDÆ, ii. 505
TEUTHIDIDÆ, ii. 433
Textor, ii. 286
Thais, ii. 479
Thalassarctos, ii. 201
Thalassictis, Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 195
ii. 197
Thalassornis, ii. 364
Thaleichthys, ii. 447
Thalurania, ii. 107
Page 930
Thamnistes, ii. 104
Thamnobia, ii. 260
Thamnodyastes, ii. 379
Thamnomanes, ii. 104
THAMNOPHILINÆ, ii. 297
Thamnophilus, ii. 104
Thaumalea, ii. 340
Thaumantis, ii. 472
Thaumastura, ii. 108
Thaumatias, ii. 109
Thecla, ii. 477
Theloderma, ii. 419
Theope, ii. 476
Theorema, ii. 477
Theraps, ii. 438
Therates, ii. 486
Theridomys, European Miocene, i. 126
European Eocene, i. 126
S. American Eocene, i. 148
ii. 239
Theropithecus, ii. 173
Thestias, ii. 478
Thamnobia, ii. 260
Thamnodyastes, ii. 379
Thamnomanes, ii. 104
THAMNOPHILINÆ, ii. 297
Thamnophilus, ii. 104
Thaumalea, ii. 340
Thaumantis, ii. 472
Thaumastura, ii. 108
Thaumatias, ii. 109
Thecla, ii. 477
Theloderma, ii. 419
Theope, ii. 476
Theorema, ii. 477
Theraps, ii. 438
Therates, ii. 486
Theridomys, European Miocene, i. 126
European Eocene, i. 126
S. American Eocene, i. 148
ii. 239
Theropithecus, ii. 173
Thestias, ii. 478
Page 931
Thestor, ii. 477
Thetia, ii. 391
THINOCORIDÆ, ii. 354
Thinocorus, ii. 354
Thinohyus, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
ii. 215
Thinolestes, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Thinornis, ii. 356
Thomomys, ii. 233
Thous, ii. 197
Thrasaëtus, ii. 348
Threnetes, ii. 107
Thripadectes, ii. 103
Thripophaga, ii. 103
Thryophilus, ii. 263
Thryothorus, ii. 263
Thrushes, ii. 255
Thyca, ii. 471
Thylacinus, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 249
Thylacoleo, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 252
Thetia, ii. 391
THINOCORIDÆ, ii. 354
Thinocorus, ii. 354
Thinohyus, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
ii. 215
Thinolestes, N. American Tertiary, i. 133
Thinornis, ii. 356
Thomomys, ii. 233
Thous, ii. 197
Thrasaëtus, ii. 348
Threnetes, ii. 107
Thripadectes, ii. 103
Thripophaga, ii. 103
Thryophilus, ii. 263
Thryothorus, ii. 263
Thrushes, ii. 255
Thyca, ii. 471
Thylacinus, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 249
Thylacoleo, Australian Post-Tertiary, i. 157
ii. 252
Page 932
Thymallus, ii. 447
Thynnichthys, ii. 452
Thynnus, ii. 429
Thyreopterus, ii. 491
Thyrus, ii. 398
Tiaris, ii. 284
ii. 402
Tichodroma, ii. 264
Tiga, ii. 303
Tiger-beetles, ii. 486
Tigrisoma, ii. 359
Tijuca, ii. 102
Tillodontia, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Tillotheridæ, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Tillotherium, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Tilmatura, ii. 108
Timalia, ii. 261
TIMALIIDÆ, ii. 260
Timetes, ii. 474
Timor, physical features of, i. 389
group, mammalia of, i. 422
birds of, i. 422
origin of fauna of, i. 424
Thynnichthys, ii. 452
Thynnus, ii. 429
Thyreopterus, ii. 491
Thyrus, ii. 398
Tiaris, ii. 284
ii. 402
Tichodroma, ii. 264
Tiga, ii. 303
Tiger-beetles, ii. 486
Tigrisoma, ii. 359
Tijuca, ii. 102
Tillodontia, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Tillotheridæ, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Tillotherium, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Tilmatura, ii. 108
Timalia, ii. 261
TIMALIIDÆ, ii. 260
Timetes, ii. 474
Timor, physical features of, i. 389
group, mammalia of, i. 422
birds of, i. 422
origin of fauna of, i. 424
Page 933
insects of, i. 426
TINAMIDÆ, ii. 343
TINAMINÆ, ii. 344
Tinamous, ii. 343
TINAMOTINÆ, ii. 344
Tinamotis, ii. 344
Tinamus, ii. 344
Tinca, ii. 452
Tinoceras, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Titanomys, European Miocene, i. 121
ii. 242
Titanotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Tits, ii. 265
Tityra, ii. 102
TITYRINÆ, ii. 293
Tmesisternus, ii. 501
Toads, ii. 415
Tockus, ii. 317
TODIDÆ, ii. 313
Todies, ii. 313
Todirhamphus, ii. 316
TINAMIDÆ, ii. 343
TINAMINÆ, ii. 344
Tinamous, ii. 343
TINAMOTINÆ, ii. 344
Tinamotis, ii. 344
Tinamus, ii. 344
Tinca, ii. 452
Tinoceras, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Titanomys, European Miocene, i. 121
ii. 242
Titanotherium, N. American Tertiary, i. 137
Tits, ii. 265
Tityra, ii. 102
TITYRINÆ, ii. 293
Tmesisternus, ii. 501
Toads, ii. 415
Tockus, ii. 317
TODIDÆ, ii. 313
Todies, ii. 313
Todirhamphus, ii. 316
Page 934
Todirostrum, ii. 101
Todopsis, ii. 271
Todus, ii. 313
Tolypeutes, ii. 246
Tomarctos, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Tomistoma, ii. 405
Tomodon, ii. 175
Tonga Islands, birds of, i. 443
Topaza, ii. 107
TORNATELLIDÆ, ii. 530
TORPEDINIDÆ, ii. 462
Tortoises, classification of, i. 100
of Mascarene Islands and Galapagos, i. 289
ii. 407
TORTRICIDÆ, ii. 373
Tortrix, ii. 373
Totanus, ii. 353
Toucans, ii. 306
Touraco of W. Africa, figure of, i. 264
Toxodon, S. American Pliocene, i. 137
Toxodontidæ, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Toxotus, ii. 502
Todopsis, ii. 271
Todus, ii. 313
Tolypeutes, ii. 246
Tomarctos, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
Tomistoma, ii. 405
Tomodon, ii. 175
Tonga Islands, birds of, i. 443
Topaza, ii. 107
TORNATELLIDÆ, ii. 530
TORPEDINIDÆ, ii. 462
Tortoises, classification of, i. 100
of Mascarene Islands and Galapagos, i. 289
ii. 407
TORTRICIDÆ, ii. 373
Tortrix, ii. 373
Totanus, ii. 353
Toucans, ii. 306
Touraco of W. Africa, figure of, i. 264
Toxodon, S. American Pliocene, i. 137
Toxodontidæ, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
Toxotus, ii. 502
Page 935
Trachelyopterus, ii. 443
TRACHINIDÆ, ii. 428
Trachinus, ii. 428
Trachurus, ii. 429
Trachycephalus, ii. 401
ii. 418
Trachydosaurus, ii. 397
Trachyphonus, ii. 306
TRACHYPTERIDÆ, ii. 432
Trachytherium, European Miocene, i. 119
TRAGELAPHINÆ, ii. 223
Tragelaphus, ii. 223
Tragocerus, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
Tragopan, Himalayan, figure of, i. 331
Tragops, ii. 379
TRAGULIDÆ, ii. 218
Tragulus, ii. 218
Trapelus, ii. 402
Trechus, ii. 489
Tree-crows, ii. 273
Tree-kangaroo, figure of, i. 415
TRACHINIDÆ, ii. 428
Trachinus, ii. 428
Trachurus, ii. 429
Trachycephalus, ii. 401
ii. 418
Trachydosaurus, ii. 397
Trachyphonus, ii. 306
TRACHYPTERIDÆ, ii. 432
Trachytherium, European Miocene, i. 119
TRAGELAPHINÆ, ii. 223
Tragelaphus, ii. 223
Tragocerus, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
European Miocene, i. 120
Tragopan, Himalayan, figure of, i. 331
Tragops, ii. 379
TRAGULIDÆ, ii. 218
Tragulus, ii. 218
Trapelus, ii. 402
Trechus, ii. 489
Tree-crows, ii. 273
Tree-kangaroo, figure of, i. 415
Page 936
Tree-shrew of Borneo, figure of, i. 337
Tree-snakes, ii. 378
Tremarctos, ii. 202
Treron, ii. 332
Tres Marias, zoology of, ii. 59
Tribolonotus, ii. 397
Triboniophorus, ii. 517
Tribonyx, ii. 352
Trichastoma, ii. 261
TRICHECHIDÆ, ii. 203
Trichechus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 203
TRICHIURIDÆ, ii. 429
Trichixos, ii. 262
TRICHOGLOSSIDÆ, ii. 327
Trichoglossidæ, birds specially adapted to Australia, i. 393
Trichoglossus, ii. 327
Tricholæma, ii. 306
Trichomycterus, ii. 444
Trycondyla, ii. 486
Trichonis, ii. 477
Tree-snakes, ii. 378
Tremarctos, ii. 202
Treron, ii. 332
Tres Marias, zoology of, ii. 59
Tribolonotus, ii. 397
Triboniophorus, ii. 517
Tribonyx, ii. 352
Trichastoma, ii. 261
TRICHECHIDÆ, ii. 203
Trichechus, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
ii. 203
TRICHIURIDÆ, ii. 429
Trichixos, ii. 262
TRICHOGLOSSIDÆ, ii. 327
Trichoglossidæ, birds specially adapted to Australia, i. 393
Trichoglossus, ii. 327
Tricholæma, ii. 306
Trichomycterus, ii. 444
Trycondyla, ii. 486
Trichonis, ii. 477
Page 937
TRICHONOTIDÆ, ii. 435
Trichothraupis, ii. 99
Trichotropis, ii. 507
Triclaria, ii. 328
TRIDACNIDÆ, ii. 535
Trigla, ii. 428
TRIGLIDÆ, ii. 427
Trigona, ii. 536
TRIGONIADÆ, ii. 534
Trigonoptera, ii. 501
Trimeresurus, ii. 385
Tringa, ii. 353
Tringoides, ii. 353
TRIONYCHIDÆ, ii. 409
Trionyx, Indian Miocene, i. 123
Miocene and Eocene, i. 165
ii. 409
Triprion, ii. 418
Triptorhinus, ii. 297
Tristan d'Acunha, zoology of, i. 271
Tristram, Canon, summary of the birds of Palestine, i. 203
on the arrangement of the Sylviidæ, ii. 257
Trichothraupis, ii. 99
Trichotropis, ii. 507
Triclaria, ii. 328
TRIDACNIDÆ, ii. 535
Trigla, ii. 428
TRIGLIDÆ, ii. 427
Trigona, ii. 536
TRIGONIADÆ, ii. 534
Trigonoptera, ii. 501
Trimeresurus, ii. 385
Tringa, ii. 353
Tringoides, ii. 353
TRIONYCHIDÆ, ii. 409
Trionyx, Indian Miocene, i. 123
Miocene and Eocene, i. 165
ii. 409
Triprion, ii. 418
Triptorhinus, ii. 297
Tristan d'Acunha, zoology of, i. 271
Tristram, Canon, summary of the birds of Palestine, i. 203
on the arrangement of the Sylviidæ, ii. 257
Page 938
Triton, ii. 413
TRITONIADÆ, ii. 530
Trochalopteron, ii. 261
Trochatella, ii. 522
TROCHILIDÆ, ii. 321
Trochilus, ii. 108
Trochus, ii. 510
Troglodytes, ii. 170
ii. 263
TROGLODYTIDÆ, ii. 263
Trogon, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 314
Trogon, ii. 314
TROGONIDÆ, ii. 314
TROGONOPHIDÆ, ii. 388
Trogonophis, ii. 388
Trogontherium, Post-Pliocene of Europe, i. 111
ii. 234
Tropidechis, ii. 383
Tropidococcyx, ii. 379
Tropidodipsas, ii. 379
Tropidolepis, ii. 401
TRITONIADÆ, ii. 530
Trochalopteron, ii. 261
Trochatella, ii. 522
TROCHILIDÆ, ii. 321
Trochilus, ii. 108
Trochus, ii. 510
Troglodytes, ii. 170
ii. 263
TROGLODYTIDÆ, ii. 263
Trogon, European Miocene, i. 161
ii. 314
Trogon, ii. 314
TROGONIDÆ, ii. 314
TROGONOPHIDÆ, ii. 388
Trogonophis, ii. 388
Trogontherium, Post-Pliocene of Europe, i. 111
ii. 234
Tropidechis, ii. 383
Tropidococcyx, ii. 379
Tropidodipsas, ii. 379
Tropidolepis, ii. 401
Page 939
Tropidolepisma, ii. 397
Tropidonotus, ii. 375
Tropidophorus, ii. 397
Tropidopterus, ii. 490
Tropidorhynchus, ii. 276
Trucifelis, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 129
Trugon, ii. 333
Trumpeters, ii. 358
Truncatella, ii. 519
Trgyon, ii. 463
TRYGONIDÆ, ii. 463
Tuatara, ii. 405
Tudora, ii. 521
Tundras of Siberia, greatest extent of, i. 216
Tupaia, ii. 186
TUPAIIDÆ, ii. 186
Tupaiidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
Turacœna, ii. 333
Turacos, ii. 307
Turacus, ii. 307
TURBINIDÆ, ii. 510
Tropidonotus, ii. 375
Tropidophorus, ii. 397
Tropidopterus, ii. 490
Tropidorhynchus, ii. 276
Trucifelis, N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 129
Trugon, ii. 333
Trumpeters, ii. 358
Truncatella, ii. 519
Trgyon, ii. 463
TRYGONIDÆ, ii. 463
Tuatara, ii. 405
Tudora, ii. 521
Tundras of Siberia, greatest extent of, i. 216
Tupaia, ii. 186
TUPAIIDÆ, ii. 186
Tupaiidæ, European Miocene, i. 118
Turacœna, ii. 333
Turacos, ii. 307
Turacus, ii. 307
TURBINIDÆ, ii. 510
Page 940
TURDIDÆ, ii. 255
Turdinus, ii. 262
Turdus, ii. 256
Turnagra, ii. 262
Turner, Mr., on classification of Edentata, i. 90
TURNICIDÆ, ii. 341
Turnix, ii. 341
TURRITELLIDÆ, ii. 509
Tursio, ii. 209
Turtles, ii. 409
Turtur, ii. 333
Tylas, ii. 267
Tylodon, European Eocene, i. 125
ii. 196
Tylognathus, ii. 451
Tylotriton, ii. 413
Typhlina, ii. 372
Typhline, ii. 372
Typhlocalamus, ii. 374
TYPHLOPIDÆ, ii. 372
Typhlops, ii. 372
Turdinus, ii. 262
Turdus, ii. 256
Turnagra, ii. 262
Turner, Mr., on classification of Edentata, i. 90
TURNICIDÆ, ii. 341
Turnix, ii. 341
TURRITELLIDÆ, ii. 509
Tursio, ii. 209
Turtles, ii. 409
Turtur, ii. 333
Tylas, ii. 267
Tylodon, European Eocene, i. 125
ii. 196
Tylognathus, ii. 451
Tylotriton, ii. 413
Typhlina, ii. 372
Typhline, ii. 372
Typhlocalamus, ii. 374
TYPHLOPIDÆ, ii. 372
Typhlops, ii. 372
Page 941
Typhloscincus, ii. 399
Typotherium, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
TYRANNIDÆ, ii. 290
TYRANNINÆ, ii. 291
Tyranniscus, ii. 101
Tyrannulus, ii. 101
Tyrannus, ii. 102, 291
Tyrant-Shrikes, ii. 290
U.
Uaru, ii. 439
Uintacyon, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Uintatherium, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Uintornis, N. American Eocene, i. 163
Uma, ii. 401
UMBRIDÆ, ii. 449
Umbrina, ii. 428
Ungalia, ii. 381
Ungulata, classification of, i. 89
antiquity of, i. 154
of the Palæarctic region, i. 182
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 241
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 303
range of Oriental genera of, i. 374
Typotherium, S. American Pliocene, i. 147
TYRANNIDÆ, ii. 290
TYRANNINÆ, ii. 291
Tyranniscus, ii. 101
Tyrannulus, ii. 101
Tyrannus, ii. 102, 291
Tyrant-Shrikes, ii. 290
U.
Uaru, ii. 439
Uintacyon, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Uintatherium, N. American Eocene, i. 139
Uintornis, N. American Eocene, i. 163
Uma, ii. 401
UMBRIDÆ, ii. 449
Umbrina, ii. 428
Ungalia, ii. 381
Ungulata, classification of, i. 89
antiquity of, i. 154
of the Palæarctic region, i. 182
range of Palæarctic genera of, i. 241
range of Ethiopian genera of, i. 303
range of Oriental genera of, i. 374
Page 942
range of Australian genera of, i. 476
Ungulata, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 119
Indian Miocene, i. 121
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 135
of Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
UNGULATA, ii. 211
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 226
summary and conclusion, ii. 542
Unio, European Secondary, i. 169
ii. 534
UNIONIDÆ, ii. 534
Upucerthia, ii. 103
UPUPIDÆ, ii. 317
Uragus, ii. 285
Urania of Madagascar, i. 282
Urania, ii. 482
URANIIDÆ, ii. 482
Uria, ii. 367
Uroaëtus, ii. 348
Urocissa, ii. 273
Urochroa, ii. 107
Ungulata, European Pliocene, i. 112
Miocene of Greece, i. 115
European Miocene, i. 119
Indian Miocene, i. 121
European Eocene, i. 125
N. American Post-Pliocene, i. 130
N. American Tertiary, i. 135
of Brazilian caves, i. 144
S. American Pliocene, i. 146
UNGULATA, ii. 211
general remarks on the distribution of, ii. 226
summary and conclusion, ii. 542
Unio, European Secondary, i. 169
ii. 534
UNIONIDÆ, ii. 534
Upucerthia, ii. 103
UPUPIDÆ, ii. 317
Uragus, ii. 285
Urania of Madagascar, i. 282
Urania, ii. 482
URANIIDÆ, ii. 482
Uria, ii. 367
Uroaëtus, ii. 348
Urocissa, ii. 273
Urochroa, ii. 107
Page 943
Urochroma, ii. 328
Urocyon, ii. 197
URODELA, ii. 411
Urogalba, ii. 311
Urolestes, ii. 272
Uromastix, ii. 402
UROPELTIDÆ, ii. 373
Uuropeltis, ii. 374
Uropsila, ii. 264
Uropsilus, ii. 190
Uropsophorus, ii. 385
Urospatha, ii. 313
Urospizias, ii. 348
Urosticte, ii. 108
Urotrichus, ii. 190
Urotriorchis, ii. 347
Ursidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
URSIDÆ, ii. 201
Ursitaxus, Indian Miocene, i. 121
ii. 200
Ursus, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
Urocyon, ii. 197
URODELA, ii. 411
Urogalba, ii. 311
Urolestes, ii. 272
Uromastix, ii. 402
UROPELTIDÆ, ii. 373
Uuropeltis, ii. 374
Uropsila, ii. 264
Uropsilus, ii. 190
Uropsophorus, ii. 385
Urospatha, ii. 313
Urospizias, ii. 348
Urosticte, ii. 108
Urotrichus, ii. 190
Urotriorchis, ii. 347
Ursidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 135
in Brazilian caves, i. 144
URSIDÆ, ii. 201
Ursitaxus, Indian Miocene, i. 121
ii. 200
Ursus, Post-Pliocene, i. 112
Page 944
Indian Miocene, i. 121
ii. 201
Urubutinga, ii. 348
Urva, ii. 195
Uta, ii. 401
Utica, ii. 477
V.
Vaginulus, ii. 518
Valgus, ii. 495
Valvata, ii. 510
Vanga of Madagascar, figure of, i. 278
Vanga, ii. 272
Vandellia, ii. 444
Vanellus, ii. 356
Vanessa, ii. 474
VARANIDÆ, ii. 389
Varanus, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Indian Miocene, i. 123
VENERIDÆ, ii. 536
Venilia, ii. 303
Vermicella, ii. 383
Verreauxia, ii. 303
ii. 201
Urubutinga, ii. 348
Urva, ii. 195
Uta, ii. 401
Utica, ii. 477
V.
Vaginulus, ii. 518
Valgus, ii. 495
Valvata, ii. 510
Vanga of Madagascar, figure of, i. 278
Vanga, ii. 272
Vandellia, ii. 444
Vanellus, ii. 356
Vanessa, ii. 474
VARANIDÆ, ii. 389
Varanus, Miocene of Greece, i. 116
Indian Miocene, i. 123
VENERIDÆ, ii. 536
Venilia, ii. 303
Vermicella, ii. 383
Verreauxia, ii. 303
Page 945
Vertebrata, summary of Palæarctic, i. 186
summary of Ethiopian, i. 255
summary of Oriental, i. 318
summary of Australian, i. 397
summary of Neotropical, ii. 13
summary of Nearctic, ii. 120
Vespertilio, European Eocene, i. 125
ii. 183
VESPERTILIONIDÆ, ii. 183
Vidua, ii. 286
Vipera, ii. 385
VIPERIDÆ, ii. 385
summary of Ethiopian, i. 255
summary of Oriental, i. 318
summary of Australian, i. 397
summary of Neotropical, ii. 13
summary of Nearctic, ii. 120
Vespertilio, European Eocene, i. 125
ii. 183
VESPERTILIONIDÆ, ii. 183
Vidua, ii. 286
Vipera, ii. 385
VIPERIDÆ, ii. 385
Page 946
Viperus, European Miocene, i. 165
Vipers, ii. 385
Vireo, ii. 280
VIREONIDÆ, ii. 279
Vireolanius, ii. 280
Vireosylvia, ii. 280
Viscacha, ii. 237
Vitrina, ii. 516
Viverra, European Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 195
Viverricula, ii. 195
Viverridæ, European Miocene, i. 118
European Eocene, i. 125
VIVERRIDÆ, ii. 194
Vivia, ii. 303
Volatinia, ii. 284
Voluta, ii. 508
Volutes, ii. 508
VOLUTIDÆ, ii. 508
Volvocivora, ii. 269
Vulpes, ii. 197
Vipers, ii. 385
Vireo, ii. 280
VIREONIDÆ, ii. 279
Vireolanius, ii. 280
Vireosylvia, ii. 280
Viscacha, ii. 237
Vitrina, ii. 516
Viverra, European Pliocene, i. 112
European Miocene, i. 118
ii. 195
Viverricula, ii. 195
Viverridæ, European Miocene, i. 118
European Eocene, i. 125
VIVERRIDÆ, ii. 194
Vivia, ii. 303
Volatinia, ii. 284
Voluta, ii. 508
Volutes, ii. 508
VOLUTIDÆ, ii. 508
Volvocivora, ii. 269
Vulpes, ii. 197
Page 947
Vultur, ii. 346
VULTURIDÆ, ii. 345
VULTURINÆ, ii. 346
W.
Wagtails, ii. 290
Walden, Viscount, on birds of Philippine islands, i. 346
on birds of Celebes, i. 428
on arrangement of the Timaliidæ, ii. 261
Wallago, ii. 441
Wall-lizards, ii. 399
Walrus, ii. 203
Wart-snakes, ii. 382
Washakius, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Waterhouse, Mr. G. R., on classification of rodentia, i. 90
on classification of marsupials, i. 91
Water-lizards, ii. 389
Weaver-finches, ii. 286
West African sub-region, description of, i. 262
mammalia of, i. 262
birds of, i. 262
Oriental or Malayan element in, i. 263
river scene with characteristic animals, i. 264
reptiles of, i. 264
amphibia of, i. 264
Oriental and Neotropical relations of, i. 265
insects of, i. 265
VULTURIDÆ, ii. 345
VULTURINÆ, ii. 346
W.
Wagtails, ii. 290
Walden, Viscount, on birds of Philippine islands, i. 346
on birds of Celebes, i. 428
on arrangement of the Timaliidæ, ii. 261
Wallago, ii. 441
Wall-lizards, ii. 399
Walrus, ii. 203
Wart-snakes, ii. 382
Washakius, N. American Tertiary, i. 134
Waterhouse, Mr. G. R., on classification of rodentia, i. 90
on classification of marsupials, i. 91
Water-lizards, ii. 389
Weaver-finches, ii. 286
West African sub-region, description of, i. 262
mammalia of, i. 262
birds of, i. 262
Oriental or Malayan element in, i. 263
river scene with characteristic animals, i. 264
reptiles of, i. 264
amphibia of, i. 264
Oriental and Neotropical relations of, i. 265
insects of, i. 265
Page 948
land-shells of, i. 265
islands of, i. 265
West Australia, peculiar birds of, i. 441
Whelks, ii. 507
Whip-snakes, ii. 379
Whydah finch of W. Africa, figure of, i. 264
Wing-shells, ii. 507
ii. 533
Wollaston, Mr. T. V., on the Coleoptera of the Atlantic Islands, i. 209
on the wings of the Madeiran beetles, i. 211
on the origin of the insect fauna of the Atlantic Islands, i. 214
on the Coleoptera of the Cape Verd Islands, i. 215
on the beetles of St. Helena, i. 270
Wombats, ii. 253
Woodpeckers, ii. 302
Wood-warblers, ii. 278
Woolly monkeys, ii. 174
Wrens, ii. 263
Wrynecks, ii. 304
X.
Xanthocephalus, ii. 282
Xantholæma, ii. 306
Xanthomelus, ii. 275
islands of, i. 265
West Australia, peculiar birds of, i. 441
Whelks, ii. 507
Whip-snakes, ii. 379
Whydah finch of W. Africa, figure of, i. 264
Wing-shells, ii. 507
ii. 533
Wollaston, Mr. T. V., on the Coleoptera of the Atlantic Islands, i. 209
on the wings of the Madeiran beetles, i. 211
on the origin of the insect fauna of the Atlantic Islands, i. 214
on the Coleoptera of the Cape Verd Islands, i. 215
on the beetles of St. Helena, i. 270
Wombats, ii. 253
Woodpeckers, ii. 302
Wood-warblers, ii. 278
Woolly monkeys, ii. 174
Wrens, ii. 263
Wrynecks, ii. 304
X.
Xanthocephalus, ii. 282
Xantholæma, ii. 306
Xanthomelus, ii. 275
Page 949
Xanthopygia, ii. 270
Xanthosomus, ii. 282
Xanthotis, ii. 275
Xema, ii. 364
Xenelaphis, ii. 376
Xenica, ii. 471
Xenicus, ii. 265
Xenochrophys, ii. 375
Xenocypris, ii. 452
Xenodermus, ii. 376
Xenodon, ii. 375
XENOPELTIDÆ, ii. 373
Xenopeltis, ii. 373
Xenophrys, ii. 421
Xenopipo, ii. 102
Xenops, ii. 103
Xenorhina, ii. 415
XENORHINIDÆ, ii. 415
Xenospingus, ii. 284
Xenurelaps, ii. 383
Xenurus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
Xanthosomus, ii. 282
Xanthotis, ii. 275
Xema, ii. 364
Xenelaphis, ii. 376
Xenica, ii. 471
Xenicus, ii. 265
Xenochrophys, ii. 375
Xenocypris, ii. 452
Xenodermus, ii. 376
Xenodon, ii. 375
XENOPELTIDÆ, ii. 373
Xenopeltis, ii. 373
Xenophrys, ii. 421
Xenopipo, ii. 102
Xenops, ii. 103
Xenorhina, ii. 415
XENORHINIDÆ, ii. 415
Xenospingus, ii. 284
Xenurelaps, ii. 383
Xenurus, in Brazilian caves, i. 145
Page 950
ii. 246
Xiphias, ii. 430
Xiphidiopicus, ii. 303
XIPHIIDÆ, ii. 430
Xiphius, ii. 208
Xiphocolaptes, ii. 103
Xiphodontidæ, European Miocene, i. 119
Xipholena, ii. 102
Xiphorhampus, ii. 445
Xiphorhynchus, ii. 103
Xiphostoma, ii. 445
Xystrocera, ii. 501
Y.
Ypthima, ii. 471
Yuhina, ii. 266
YUNGIDÆ, ii. 304
Yungipicus, ii. 303
Yunx, ii. 304
Z.
Zabrus, ii. 489
Zalophus, ii. 203
Xiphias, ii. 430
Xiphidiopicus, ii. 303
XIPHIIDÆ, ii. 430
Xiphius, ii. 208
Xiphocolaptes, ii. 103
Xiphodontidæ, European Miocene, i. 119
Xipholena, ii. 102
Xiphorhampus, ii. 445
Xiphorhynchus, ii. 103
Xiphostoma, ii. 445
Xystrocera, ii. 501
Y.
Ypthima, ii. 471
Yuhina, ii. 266
YUNGIDÆ, ii. 304
Yungipicus, ii. 303
Yunx, ii. 304
Z.
Zabrus, ii. 489
Zalophus, ii. 203
Page 951
Zamenis, ii. 375
Zanclostomus, ii. 309
Zaocys, ii. 375
Zebras, ii. 211
Zegris, ii. 478
Zemeros, ii. 475
Zenaida, ii. 333
Zenaidura, ii. 332
Zephyrus, ii. 477
Zeuglodon, ii. 210
Zeuglodontidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
ii. 210
Zeus, ii. 429
Zeuxidia, ii. 472
Zoarces, ii. 431
Zonites, ii. 516
Zonites priscus, Palæozoic, i. 169
Zonotrichia, ii. 284
ZONURIDÆ, ii. 391
Zonurus, ii. 392
Zoological characteristics of Palæarctic region, i. 181
Ethiopian region, i. 252
Zanclostomus, ii. 309
Zaocys, ii. 375
Zebras, ii. 211
Zegris, ii. 478
Zemeros, ii. 475
Zenaida, ii. 333
Zenaidura, ii. 332
Zephyrus, ii. 477
Zeuglodon, ii. 210
Zeuglodontidæ, N. American Tertiary, i. 140
ii. 210
Zeus, ii. 429
Zeuxidia, ii. 472
Zoarces, ii. 431
Zonites, ii. 516
Zonites priscus, Palæozoic, i. 169
Zonotrichia, ii. 284
ZONURIDÆ, ii. 391
Zonurus, ii. 392
Zoological characteristics of Palæarctic region, i. 181
Ethiopian region, i. 252
Page 952
Oriental region, i. 315
Australian region, i. 390
of Neotropical region, ii. 5
of Nearctic region, ii. 115
Zoological regions, discussion on, i. 50
their origin and relations, ii. 155-161
Zoothera, ii. 256
Zootoca, ii. 391
Zosterops, ii. 277
Zygæna, ii. 481
ZYGÆNIDÆ, ii. 481
Zygnopsis, ii. 398
Australian region, i. 390
of Neotropical region, ii. 5
of Nearctic region, ii. 115
Zoological regions, discussion on, i. 50
their origin and relations, ii. 155-161
Zoothera, ii. 256
Zootoca, ii. 391
Zosterops, ii. 277
Zygæna, ii. 481
ZYGÆNIDÆ, ii. 481
Zygnopsis, ii. 398
Page 953
THE END.
LONDON: R. CLAY, SONS, AND TAYLOR, PRINTERS.
Notes
[1]
Messrs. Sclater and Salvin, and Professor Newton, divide the Neotropical
Region into six sub-regions, of which our "Brazilian sub-region"
comprises three—the "Brazilian," the "Amazonian," and the
"Columbian;" but, after due consideration, it does not seem advisable to
adopt this subdivision in a general work which treats of all the classes of
terrestrial animals. (See p. 27.)
[2]
Mr. Salvin, who has critically examined the ornithological fauna of these
islands, has kindly corrected my MS. List of the Birds, his valuable paper
in the Transactions of the Zoological Society not having been published
in time for me to make use of it.
[3]
This name will be used for the whole island of St. Domingo, as being
both shorter and more euphonious, and avoiding all confusion with
Dominica, one of the Lesser Antilles. It is also better known than
"Hispaniola," which is perhaps the most correct name.
[4]
Myospalax has hitherto formed part of the next family, Spalacidæ; but a
recent examination of its anatomy by M. Milne-Edwards shows that it
belongs to the Muridæ, and comes near Arvicola.
[5]
The species of the genera Phylloscopus and Hypolais are so mixed up in
the Hand List, that Mr. Tristram has furnished me with the following
LONDON: R. CLAY, SONS, AND TAYLOR, PRINTERS.
Notes
[1]
Messrs. Sclater and Salvin, and Professor Newton, divide the Neotropical
Region into six sub-regions, of which our "Brazilian sub-region"
comprises three—the "Brazilian," the "Amazonian," and the
"Columbian;" but, after due consideration, it does not seem advisable to
adopt this subdivision in a general work which treats of all the classes of
terrestrial animals. (See p. 27.)
[2]
Mr. Salvin, who has critically examined the ornithological fauna of these
islands, has kindly corrected my MS. List of the Birds, his valuable paper
in the Transactions of the Zoological Society not having been published
in time for me to make use of it.
[3]
This name will be used for the whole island of St. Domingo, as being
both shorter and more euphonious, and avoiding all confusion with
Dominica, one of the Lesser Antilles. It is also better known than
"Hispaniola," which is perhaps the most correct name.
[4]
Myospalax has hitherto formed part of the next family, Spalacidæ; but a
recent examination of its anatomy by M. Milne-Edwards shows that it
belongs to the Muridæ, and comes near Arvicola.
[5]
The species of the genera Phylloscopus and Hypolais are so mixed up in
the Hand List, that Mr. Tristram has furnished me with the following
Page 954
enumeration of the species which in his view properly belong to them, by
the numbers in that work:—
Phylloscopus. Hypolais.
3032 3026
3033 3028
3048 = 3038 3029
3039 3054 = 3031 = 3036
3063 = 3047 = 3054 = 3061 3042
3048 3043
3049 304
3050 3062 = 3047
3051 3046 = 2932
3052 3035
3053 2976
3056 = 3081
3057
3059
3060
[6]
The term "Malaya" is used here to include the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
Borneo, and Java, a district to which many species and genera are
confined. "Malay Archipelago" will be used to include both Indo-Malaya
and Austro-Malaya.
the numbers in that work:—
Phylloscopus. Hypolais.
3032 3026
3033 3028
3048 = 3038 3029
3039 3054 = 3031 = 3036
3063 = 3047 = 3054 = 3061 3042
3048 3043
3049 304
3050 3062 = 3047
3051 3046 = 2932
3052 3035
3053 2976
3056 = 3081
3057
3059
3060
[6]
The term "Malaya" is used here to include the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,
Borneo, and Java, a district to which many species and genera are
confined. "Malay Archipelago" will be used to include both Indo-Malaya
and Austro-Malaya.
Page 955
*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS, VOLUME 2 ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be
renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright law
means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the
Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States
without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying
and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the
PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a
registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for an eBook,
except by following the terms of the trademark license, including paying
royalties for use of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge
anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is
very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg
eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may do
practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by
U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF ANIMALS, VOLUME 2 ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be
renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright law
means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the
Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States
without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying
and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the
PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a
registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for an eBook,
except by following the terms of the trademark license, including paying
royalties for use of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge
anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is
very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg
eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may do
practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by
U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
Page 956
THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any
other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”), you
agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg License
available with this file or online at www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic work,
you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the
terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright)
agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement,
you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg
electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy
of or access to a Project Gutenberg electronic work and you do not agree to
be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used on
or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can
do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works even without complying
with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a
lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg electronic works if you
follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to
Project Gutenberg electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual
work is unprotected by copyright law in the United States and you are
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any
other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”), you
agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg License
available with this file or online at www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic work,
you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the
terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright)
agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement,
you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg
electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy
of or access to a Project Gutenberg electronic work and you do not agree to
be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used on
or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can
do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works even without complying
with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a
lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg electronic works if you
follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to
Project Gutenberg electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual
work is unprotected by copyright law in the United States and you are
Page 957
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works
based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are
removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg
mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing
Project Gutenberg works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for
keeping the Project Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can
easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you
share it without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a
constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the
laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before
downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating
derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg work.
The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status
of any work in any country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which the
phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied
or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in
the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country
where you are located before using this eBook.
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works
based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are
removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg
mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing
Project Gutenberg works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for
keeping the Project Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can
easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you
share it without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a
constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the
laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before
downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating
derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg work.
The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status
of any work in any country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which the
phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied
or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in
the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country
where you are located before using this eBook.
Page 958
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived from
texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a notice
indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the
work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without
paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a
work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on
the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs
1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted with the
permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply
with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed
by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project
Gutenberg License for all works posted with the permission of the
copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg License
terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any
other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently
displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or
immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format other than “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version posted on the
official Project Gutenberg website (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no
additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of
exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work
in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format
must include the full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph
1.E.1.
texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a notice
indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the
work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without
paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a
work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on
the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs
1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted with the
permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply
with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed
by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project
Gutenberg License for all works posted with the permission of the
copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg License
terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any
other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently
displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or
immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format other than “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version posted on the
official Project Gutenberg website (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no
additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of
exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work
in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format
must include the full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph
1.E.1.
Page 959
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing,
copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works unless you comply
with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to
or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in
this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the Project
copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works unless you comply
with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to
or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in
this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the Project
Page 960
Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3
below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread works
not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project Gutenberg™
collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, and
the medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as,
but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription
errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or
damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that
damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except
for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to
you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE
THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT
EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE
THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE
NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you
can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the
defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund.
If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to
below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread works
not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project Gutenberg™
collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, and
the medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as,
but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription
errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or
damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that
damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except
for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to
you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE
THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT
EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE
THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE
NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you
can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the
defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund.
If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to
Page 961
you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work
electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you
may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the
problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or
the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable
to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum
disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity
or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that
arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause
to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b)
alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg
work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic
works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the
electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you
may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the
problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or
the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable
to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum
disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity
or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that
arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause
to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b)
alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg
work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic
works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the
Page 962
efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks of
life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance
they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals and ensuring
that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely available for
generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for
Project Gutenberg and future generations. To learn more about the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations
can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)
(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of
Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541.
Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax
deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s
laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza #516,
Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact links and up
to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website and
official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the
number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
in machine-readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment
life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance
they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals and ensuring
that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely available for
generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for
Project Gutenberg and future generations. To learn more about the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations
can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)
(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of
Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541.
Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax
deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s
laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza #516,
Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact links and up
to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website and
official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the
number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
in machine-readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment
Page 963
including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are
particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort,
much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not
received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or
determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have
not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against
accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us
with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the
United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation methods
and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including
checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit:
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with
anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg
eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed editions,
all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in the U.S. unless a
particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort,
much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not
received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or
determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have
not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against
accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us
with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the
United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation methods
and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including
checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit:
www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with
anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg
eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed editions,
all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in the U.S. unless a
Page 964
copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in
compliance with any particular paper edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including how
to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email
newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
compliance with any particular paper edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including how
to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email
newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
Page 965
Page 966
back
Page 967
back
Page 968
back
Page 969
Page 970
back
Page 971
Page 972
back
Page 973
Page 974
back
Page 975
Page 976
back
Page 977
back
Page 978
Page 979
back